he
a ee
wl
:
ee ,
ee, iar
rit
TWENTY-NINTH
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE
BUREAU OF
AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
TO THE SECRETARY OF THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
1907-1908
WASHINGTON
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
1916
‘4 we paler va a:
Up
iene
i
bt 7 ak os TAS
i } it bf
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,
BurEAU oF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY,
Washington, D. C., August 4, 1908.
Str: I have the honor to submit herewith the Twenty-
ninth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology,
for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1908.
Permit me to express my appreciation of your aid in the
work under my charge.
Very respectfully, yours,
W. H. Hoimss, Chief.
Dr. CHARLES D. WaALcort,
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.
aN
a
tr
rus
-
0h EASE Waa
aan ;
ra PT J Ste Pee A 7 i cs
‘4 : 7 oe : st -
th ivi pe ese 0 tify ote eh saree} 7 fe a
iv Vi en On i 1 ;
Tad , ae Ten ae
ben: i A Reid Doe tid ti: ee Fi
: Wii NOG Heep netiny! ty EE cory Ce iat Deere AL
aC ALES le RED ty Mgety eet
i LE a be ciipl I ween Pan RIES 1.04) at 7 ei f
« Pegi) Pive eed Le A eae
. Kf i
ei
.
CONTENTS
REPORT OF THE CHIEF
Page
Systematicmesear ches nsec me se ie seat ace areas ce. Sees te SSUeAReeee 9
Ie Clalim esearch Caeser eae neem 2 = nace eee re 8 ai sinporeimr eee cies - 18
JEROME Ob Exon (ODUINES nob Okan eae Bees be Soper Eao be cood dee oeeeeee 20
(Collars -nasuoascds anes snnose sa see nes Tees Eee Ona ee ese eta ae ao oes 20
Jeo MEDION Ec: panama saane esa Soe e an Ganee As Osby Reno er ERB aod Ser ooeeNenooees 21
Ibiiayqiilnte Mare Neal tse hoe See Se RUS ee Sa aCe aP BA OES a8 San See ee oe 22
EVNUE Us fren GOV eee oe eee See es aor oye e ster mars Sloe a s/o eeinicinmin se oie sare’ 23
Ilnlenis jopboerecceesbaces Go dato Hee Ott Ee Ee oee tee es ee eee ee eee 24
(Clericalbworleseseeene epee sen pies name acre tri stenoses cee mecietecur ses as 24
Jes co odonk doc L ee Se RS aS Ue Se ARO ane Ooo oes Eee eer ee 25
Noteronsuberaccompanyinospapens- serene seem oes eee see eee aa ee ee ei 25
ACCOMPANYING PAPER
The Ethnogeography of the Tewa Indians, by John Peabody Harrington (plates
Alleria psp —2 Oe Ato Oridiacram Il) see oss ce cea ae nee eee = oe 29
tg ese te eee on cee eye esis ste ceed nee RiciMicio doe weet gaits dee ae 619
5
a
it oe
Late?!
2 tT
co
(ales Pipi
i
roa
RROD OR Eth CEH
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
W. H. Hotmes, CHIEF
The operations of the Bureau of American Ethnology for
the fiscal year ended June 30, 1908, “conducted in.accordance
with the act of Congress making provision for continuing
researches relating to the MPeritan Indians under direction
of the Smithsonian Institution, were carried forward in con-
formity with the plan of operations pee by the Secre-
tary May 25, 1907.
SYSTEMATIC RESEARCHES
As in previous years, the systematic ethnologic work of
the Bureau was intrusted mainly to the regular scientific
staff, which comprises eight members. This force is not
large enough, however, to give adequate attention to more
than a limited portion of the great field of research afforded
by the hundreds of tribes, and the Bureau has sought to
supply the deficiency in a measure by enlisting the aid of
other specialists in various branches of the ethnologic work.
By this means it is able to extend its researches in several
directions at a comparatively modest outlay. While seeking
to cover in the most comprehensive manner the whole range
of American ethnology, the Bureau has taken particular care
to avoid entering upon researches that are likely to be pro-
vided for by other agencies, public or private. The results
sought by the Bureau are: (1) Acquirement of a thorough
knowledge of the tribes, their origin, relationship to one
another and to the whites, locations, numbers, capacity for
9
10 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
civilization, claims to territory, and their interests generally,
for the practical purposes of government; and (2) the com-
pletion of a systematic and well-rounded record of the tribes
for historic and scientific purposes before their aboriginal
characteristics and culture are too greatly modified or are
completely lost.
During the year researches were carried on in Arizona,
New Mexico, Colorado, Texas, Minnesota, Pennsylvania,
and Ontario. Investigations in the field were more than.
usually limited on account of the necessity of retaining
nearly all of the ethnologic force in the office for the purpose
of completing the revision of their various articles for the
second part of the Handbook of American Indians and in
preparing additional articles on subjects overlooked in the
first writing or that are based-on data recently collected.
The Chief remained in the office during nearly the entire
year, dividing his time between administrative duties and
ethnologic investigations. and writing. The completion of
numerous articles for the second part of the Handbook of
American Indians, the revision of reports and bulletins, and
the examination of various manuscripts submitted for publi-
cation, especially claimed his attention. Aside from these
occupations, his duties as honorary curator of the Division
of Prehistoric Archeology in the National Museum, and as
curator of the National Gallery of Art, absorbed a portion
of his time. During the year much attention was given to
the collections of the Division of Prehistoric Archeology in the
National Museum, especially to their classification with the
view of removal in the near future to the New National
Museum Building. In the same connection the Chief carried
forward the preparation of his Handbook on the Stone
Implements of Northern America.
In October the Chief was called on to make an official
visit to the Jamestown Exposition for the purpose of exam-
ining the exhibits of the Institution and superintending
necessary repairs. In April he was assigned the very pleas-
ant duty of visiting Detroit, Michigan, in company with the
Secretary, for the purpose of inspecting the great collection
of art works recently presented to the Smithsonian Institu-
ADMINISTRATIVE REPORT HOE
tion by Mr. Charles L. Freer. On this occasion he availed
himself of the opportunity of examining the interesting col-
lections of art and ethnology preserved in the Detroit
Museum of Art.
In June the Chief was selected to represent the Institution
as a member of the delegation of Americans appointed by
the Department of State to attend the Pan American
Scientific Congress to be held in Santiago, Chile, beginning
December 25, 1908, and he began at once the preparation
of a paper to be read before the Congress, the subject chosen
being “The Peopling of America’.
At the beginning of the year Mrs. M. C. Stevenson, eth-
nologist, was in the office engaged in preparing reports on
her recent researches in the field. Her work at Taos, Santa
Clara, and other Rio Grande pueblos was not so well advanced
as to admit of final treatment, but progress was made in the
classification and elaboration of the data thus far collected.
Principal attention was given while in the office to the com-
pletion of papers relating to the medicinal and food plants
of the Zuni Indians, the pantheon of the Zufi religious
system, the symbolism of Pueblo decorative art, and the
preparation of wool for weaving among the Pueblo and
Navaho tribes.
On May 28 Mrs. Stevenson again took the field in the Rio
Grande Valley with the view of continuing her investigations
among the Taos, Santa Clara, San Ildefonso, and other
Pueblo groups, and at the close of the year she was able to
report satisfactory progress in this work.
Mr. F. W. Hodge, ethnologist, was engaged during the
year on the Handbook of American Indians, the editorial
work of which has proved extremely arduous and difficult.
This work is in two parts. Part 1, A—M, was issued from the
press in March, 1907, and the edition became practically
exhausted in a few months. Indeed, the demand for the
work has been so great that the Bureau has found it impos-
sible to supply even a third of the copies requested by cor-
respondents. ‘The quota under control of the superintendent
of documents also was soon exhausted, necessitating the
reprinting of an edition of 500 copies (the limit allowed by
12 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
law) in order to fill the orders received. The main body of
Part 2 was in type at the close of the fiscal year, and about
250 pages had been finally printed, though progress in
proof reading was exceedingly slow on account of the great
diversity of the topics treated and the difficulty of preparing
or of bringing to date numbers of articles relating often to
obscure tribes and subjects. It is expected that the second
part will be ready for distribution late in the coming autumn.
In the editorial work Mr. Hodge had the assistance of all the
members of the staff of the Bureau, and especially of Mrs.
Frances §. Nichols, who devoted her entire time to the task.
In addition the following specialists rendered all possible
assistance in their particular fields: Dr. $8. A. Barrett, of the
University of California; Rev. W. M. Beauchamp, of Syra-
cuse; Dr. Franz Boas, of Columbia University; Dr. Herbert
E. Bolton, of the University of Texas; Mr. D. I. Bushnell, jr.;
Dr. Alexander F. Chamberlain, of Clark University; Mr.
Stewart Culin, of the Brooklyn Institute Museum; Dr.
Roland B. Dixon, of Harvard University; Dr. George A.
Dorsey, of the Field Museum of Natural History; Mr. J. P.
Dunn, of Indianapolis; Mr. Wilberforce Eames, of the New
York Public Library; Lieut. G. T. Emmons, United States
Navy; Dr. Livingston Farrand, of Columbia University;
Miss Alice C. Fletcher, of Washington; Mr. Gerard Fowke,
of St. Louis; Dr. Merrill E. Gates, of the Indian Rights Asso-
ciation; Mr. William R. Gerard, of New York; Dr. P. E.
Goddard, of the University of California; Dr. George Bird
Grinnell, of New York; Mr. Henry W. Henshaw, of the
United States Biological Survey; Dr. Edgar L. Hewett, of
the Archeological Institute of America; Dr. Walter Hough
and Dr. Ales Hrdlitka, of the United States National Mu-
seum; Dr. William Jones, of the Field Museum of Natural
History; Dr. A. L. Kroeber, of the University of California;
Mr. Francis La Flesche, of Washington; Dr. A. B. Lewis, of
the Field Museum of Natural History; Dr. Charles F. Lum-
mis, of Los Angeles; Dr. O. T..Mason, of the United States
National Museum; Mr. Joseph D. McGuire, of Washington;
Rey. Leopold Ostermann, of Arizona; Mr. Doane Robinson,
of the South Dakota Historical Society; Mr. Edward Sapir,
ADMINISTRATIVE REPORT 13
of the University of Califorma; Mr. Frank G. Speck, of the
University of Pennsylvania; Mr. C. C. Willoughby, of the
Peabody Museum; Dr. Clark Wissler, of the American
Museum of Natural History. I take this occasion to express
the appreciation of the Bureau for the valued aid so gener-
ously rendered by these specialists, without which it would
not have been possible to make the ‘work either as complete
or as accurate as it is.
Throughout the year Mr. James Mooney, ethnologist,
remained in the office, occupied either in the preparation of
articles intended for the second part of the Handbook of
American Indians or in preparing answers to ethnologic
inquiries made by correspondents of the Bureau. His prin-
cipal work for the Handbook was an elaborate and detailed
study of the numerical strength of the aboriginal population
north of Mexico prior to disturbance by the whites. This
important foundation study of American ethnology has
never before been undertaken in a systematic and comprehen-
sive manner, and the result proves of much scientific interest.
Contrary to the opinion frequently advanced on superficial
investigation, the Indians have not increased in number since .
their first contact with civilized man, but have decreased by
fully two-thirds, if not three-fourths. California alone, the
most populous large section during the aboriginal period,
contained probably as many Indians as are now officially
recognized in the whole United States. The causes of de-
crease in each geographic section are set forth in detail in
chronologic sequence in Mr. Mooney’s study.
During the year Dr. John R. Swanton, ethnologist, was
occupied entirely with work in the office, principally in con-
nection with the Indian languages of Louisiana and Texas.
He finished the analytic dictionary of the Tunica language
and compiled similar dictionaries of Chitimacha, Attacapa,
and Tonkawa, All the extant Comecrudo and Cotoname
material, as well as the material pertaining to related tribes
contained in Fray Bartholomé Garecia’s Manual para admin-
istrar los sacramentos (Mexico, 1760), was similarly arranged,
and in addition a comparative vocabulary was constructed
which embraces the last-mentioned data as well as the
14 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
Karankawa and Tonkawa. During the months of May and
June another dictionary was prepared, embracing all the
Biloxi linguistic material collected by Doctor Gatschet and
Mr. J. O. Dorsey in 1886, 1892, and 1893. The material
in this last work is exceptionally full and complete. The
Comecrudo and Cotoname, the material extracted’ from
Garcia’s catechism, and the Biloxi, are nearly ready for the
press. The languages referred to above, with the addition
of the Natchez, include practically all of those in the eastern
and southern United States that are in immediate danger of
extinction. The information regarding most of them is very
limited, and in order that the precious material may not by
any misadventure be destroyed, it should be published at
an early date.
Besides work strictly linguistic, Doctor Swanton had in
hand a paper on the tribes of -the lower Mississippi Valley
and neighboring coast of the Guif of Mexico. This can not
be completed, however, vntil additional researches among the
tribes in question have been made.
Dr. J. Walter Fewkes, ethnologist, spent July and August
largely in the preparation of his report on the excavation
and repair of the Casa Grande ruins, Arizona, during the
preceding fiscal year, which was printed in the Smithsonian
Miscellaneous Co!lections for October.
Doctor Fewkes was in the Southwest from October 24,
1907, to the end of the fiscal year. From November to the
middle of March he was in charge of the excavation and
repair work at Casa Grande, for which there was available
the sum of $3,000, appropriated by Congress, to be expended
under the direction of the Secretary of the Smithsonian
Institution. The season’s operations at Casa Grande began
with excavations in Compound B, the second in size of the
great compounds which form the Casa Grande group. This
was found to be a rectangular area inclosed by a massive
wall; within this are many buildings, the majority of which
were once used for ceremonial and communal purposes. On
excavation it was ascertained that the two great pyramids
in Compound B are terraced and that they contain seven
ADMINISTRATIVE REPORT 15
distinct floors. The remains of small fragile-walled houses
resembling Pima jacales were found upon the tops of these
pyramids, and in the neighboring plazas subterranean rooms
with cemented floors and fireplaces were unearthed under
the massive walls. This compound was thoroughly repaired
with Portland cement, and drains were built to carry off the
surface water. A roof was built over the subterranean
room, the decayed upright logs that once supported the
walls were replaced with cedar posts, and other steps were
taken for the permanent preservation of these interesting
remains.
The walls of Compounds C and D were traced throughout;
in the middle of the latter compound is a large building,
‘the ground-plan of which resembles Casa Grande. The
most extensive structure excavated at Casa Grande is a
clan house, a building 200 feet long, with 11 rooms, whose
massive walls inclose a plaza. In the middle of the central
room of this cluster there is a seat, called by the Pima Indians
“the seat of Montezuma’. On the north side there is a
burial chamber, the walls of which are decorated in several
colors. This room contains a burial cyst in which was
found the skeleton of a priest surrounded by ceremonial
paraphernalia. The bases of the walls of the clan house
were protected with cemefit, and drains were built to carry
off water. For the convenience and information of visitors
all the buildings excavated were appropriately labeled and
placards containing historic data were posted at various
points. Although the appropriation was not sufficient for
completing the work of excavation and repair of the Casa
Grande group, the amount available made it possible to
present a type ruin showing the general character of the
ancient pueblo remains in the Gila and lower Salt River
Valleys.
At the close of the work at Casa Grande, Doctor Fewkes
was able to make a comparative study of the mounds in the
neighborhood of Phoenix, Mesa, and Tempe, and also of the
ancient habitations on the Pima Reservation. Several large
ruins in the vicinity of Tucson were visited, and an extensive
16 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
ruin, known to the Pima and Papago as Shakayuma, was
discovered near the northwestern end of the Tucson Moun-
tains. Several ancient reservoirs, now called “Indian tanks,”
situated east of Casa Grande, along the trail of the early
Spanish discoverers, were identified by their historic names.
In a reconnoissance down San Pedro River to its junction
with the Gila a number of ruins was discovered on both banks
of the San Pedro and of Aravaipa Creek. A visit was also
made to the imposing cliff-houses near Roosevelt Dam, lately
declared national monuments by Executive proclamation.
Ruins near the mouth of Tonto River were likewise examined.
At the close of April, by direction of the Secretary of the
Smithsonian Institution, Doctor Fewkes proceeded to the
Mesa Verde National Park in southern Colorado, where he
took charge of the excavation and repair work of the cele-
brated Spruce-tree House. This ruin was thoroughly exca-
vated and its walls were repaired and put in good condition,
in order that it might serve as a type ruin of the cliff-dwellings
of the Mesa Verde National Park. One hundred and fourteen
rooms and eight kivas were excavated; two of the kivas were
furnished with roofs reconstructed like aboriginal kiva roofs
in Peabody House; an approach to the ruin was graded and
drained; and labels were placed at convenient points for
the information of visitors. Several large rooms, hitherto
unknown, were unearthed, and the structure of the kivas was
carefully studied. In order to deflect the water that fell on
the ruin from the rim of the canyon, causing great damage, a
channel 300 feet long was blasted out of the rock on top of the
cliff. Two collections of considerable size were made, one at
Casa Grande and the other at Spruce-tree House. The for-
mer includes many rare and several unique objects that shed
much light on our knowledge of the culture of the prehistoric
inhabitants of the Casa Grande of the Gila. The latter includes
skulls; pottery of rare forms and decoration; stone and
wooden implements; basketry, cloth, and other woven fab-
rics; sandals; and bone implements of various kinds. The
objects from the Spruce-tree House will be the first large
accession by the National Museum of collections of objects
ADMINISTRATIVE REPORT 17
from the Mesa Verde ruins. Doctor Fewkes completed his
work at Spruce-tree House on June 27.
Mr. J. N. B. Hewitt, ethnologist, remained in the office
during the entire year. Much time was devoted to the collec-
tion and preparation of linguistic data for a sketch of Iro-
quoian grammar as exemplified by the Onondaga and the
Mohawk, with illustrative examples from the Cayuga, Seneca,
and Tuscarora dialects, for the forthcoming Handbook of
American Indian Languages. In pursuing these studies Mr.
Hewitt was fortunate in obtaining data which enabled him to
supply translations of a number of very important archaic
political and diplomatic terms in the native texts embodying
the founding, constitution, and structure of the government of
the League of the Iroquois. The meanings of these terms are
now practically lost among those who speak the Iroquoian
languages. As time permitted these texts were studied and
annotated for incorporation in a monograph on the above-
mentioned phases of the government of the League of the
Iroquois, a work which hitherto has not been seriously under-
taken because of its cumbrousness, its extremely complicated
character, and the great difficulty in recording the native
material expressed in tens of thousands of words.
In addition to these studies Mr. Hewitt prepared for the
Handbook of American Indians descriptions of the early
mission towns and villages of the Iroquois tribes, and also
brief biographical sketches of Red Jacket (Shagoyewatha)
and Thayendanegen (Joseph Brant). He wrote the articles
Seneca, Sauk, Squawkihow, and Tuscarora, and has in
preparation the articles Woman and Wampum.
From time to time Mr. Hewitt was called on to assist also
in preparing data of an ethnologic nature for replies to
correspondents of the office.
During the greater part of the year Dr. Cyrus Thomas,
ethnologist, devoted attention chiefly to the preparation of
the catalogue of books and papers relating to the Hawaiian
Islands. After the number of titles had reached about 4,000
the Institution’s committee on printing suggested some
87584°—29 rTH—16——2
18 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
modification of the plan of the catalogue, which necessitated
a change in the form of the titles of periodicals—about one-
third of the entire list. In connection with this work Doctor
Thomas made supplementary examinations of works in the
libraries of Washington, especially the Library of Congress
and the libraries of the Department of Agriculture and the
National Museum, and in those of Boston and Worcester.
He carried on also, so far as time would permit, the prepara-
tion of subject cross-references.
Doctor Thomas continued to assist in the preparation of
Part 2 of the Handbook of American Indians, furnishing a
number of articles, especially biographies, and assisting the
editor in the reading of proofs, particularly with the view of
detecting omissions, lack of uniformity in names, and certain
other shortcomings.
SPECIAL RESEARCHES
In addition to the systematic investigations conducted by
members of the Bureau staff, researches of considerable im-
portance were undertaken by collaborators of distinction.
Dr. Franz Boas, honorary philologist of the Bureau, practi-
cally completed his work on the Handbook of American In-
dian Languages, and at the close of the year a large part of
the manuscript of volume 1 had been submitted to the Bu-
reau. This volume comprises an extended introduction by
Doctor Boas, and a number of studies of selected languages, by
special students, designed to illustrate the introductory dis-
cussion. With the approval of the Secretary the first of these
studies—the Athapascan (Hupa)—by Dr. Pliny E. God-
dard, was submitted to the Public Printer with the view of
having it placed in type for the use of Doctor Boas in pre-
paring other sections for the press. The highly technical na-
ture of the typesetting made this procedure necessary. Field
work required in completing the Handbook was limited to a
brief visit by Doctor Boas to the Carlisle Indian School in
Pennsylvania and to certain investigations among the rem-
nant of the Tutelo Tribe in Ontario, conducted by Mr. Leo
J. Frachtenberg.
ADMINISTRATIVE REPORT 19
Dr. Herbert E. Bolton continued his studies relating to the
tribes of Texas, so far as the limited time at his disposal per-
mitted, but he was not able to submit the first installment of
manuscript at the close of the year, as was expected. An
outline of the work undertaken by Doctor. Bolton was pre-
sented in the last annual report.
During the year for the first time the study of native Indian
music was seriously taken up by the Bureau. Miss Frances
Densmore was commissioned to conduct certain investiga-
tions relating to the musical features of the Grand Medicine
ceremony of the Chippewa on the White Earth Reservation,
Minnesota. The phonograph was employed in recording the
songs, and after the close of the ceremony and visits to other
Indian settlements, Miss Densmore was called to Washing-
ton, where she reproduced her records and engaged success-
fully in recording songs of members of the various Indian
delegations visiting the Capital. A preliminary report was
submitted by Miss Densmore, with the understanding that
it is not to be printed until additional researches have been
made in the same and related fields. The collection of
phonographic records thus far obtained is extensive, and the
investigation promises results of exceptional interest and
scientific value.
During the year arrangements were made to accept for
publication as a bulletin of the Bureau a report on certain
explorations among the ancient mounds of Missouri by Mr.
Gerard Fowke. These explorations were undertaken under
the auspices of the Archeological Institute of America, but
form an appropriate addition to the work of the Bureau in
this particular field. A part of the collections made by the
explorer were presented to the National Museum by the
Archeological Institute.
It is proper that appreciation of the gratuitous labors of
Dr. Nathaniel B. Emerson in editing and proof reading his
memoir on the ‘Unwritten Literature of Hawaii,” accepted
for publication during the year as Bulletin 38, and also the
important part taken in the preparation of the “List of
Works Relating to Hawaii,” by Mr. Howard M. Ballou,
should be acknowledged in this connection.
20 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
PRESERVATION OF ANTIQUITIES
The Bureau maintained its interest in the antiquities of
the country during the year. Bulletin 35, “The Antiquities
of the Upper Gila and Salt River Valleys in Arizona and
New Mexico,” by Dr. Walter Hough, was issued. The
$3,000 appropriated by Congress for the excavation, repair,
and preservation of Casa Grande ruin in Arizona, and the
$2,000 allotted by the Interior Department for similar work
among the cliff-dwellings of the Mesa Verde National Park
in Colorado, were expended under the immediate auspices
of the Smithsonian Institution, the execution of the work
being intrusted to Dr. J. Walter Fewkes, ethnologist, as
elsewhere reported.
Progress was made in the preparation of a catalogue of
antiquities, and valuable data in this field were collected by
Mr. W. B. Douglass, of the General Land Office, whose official
labors recently brought him into contact with the antiquities
of southeastern Utah.
During the year, by Executive proclamation, several addi-
tions were made to the growing list of national monuments.
Three of these are of especial archeologic interest, namely,
the Tonto National Monument, situated in the Tonto drainage
basin, Gila County, Ariz., including two cliff-dwellings not
yet reported on in detail; the Gila Cliff Dwellings National
Monument, in the Gila National Forest in New Mexico, com-
prising the group of cliff-dwellings described in the Bureau’s
Bulletin 35 (page 30); and the Grand Canyon National Monu-
ment, comprising within its limits the Grand Canyon of the
Colorado, in which are situated innumerable antiquities,
including cliff-dwellings, pueblos, dwelling sites, and burial
places. The cliff-dwellings are found mainly in the walls of
the canyon, while the other remains are scattered along the
margins of the plateaus.
COLLECTIONS
The collections acquired during the year and transferred
according to custom to the National Museum are not equal
in importance to those of the preceding year. They com-
ADMINISTRATIVE REPORT 21
prise 14 accessions, the most noteworthy being collections
of stone relics from the Potomac Valley, by G. Wylie Gill
and W. H. Holmes, respectively; a collection of ethnologic
material obtained from the Tahltan Indians of British
Columbia, by Lieut. G. T. Emmons, United States Navy;
a collection of stone implements from Washington State, by
C. W. Wiegel; and relics and human bones from ancient
burial places in Missouri, by Gerard Fowke.
PUBLICATIONS
During the year Mr. F. W. Hodge continued his labors as
editor of the Handbook of American Indians, to which pub-
lication reference has already been made. The general edi-
torial work of the Bureau was in charge of Mr. J. G. Gurley,
editor.
The edition of the Twenty-fifth Annual Report, contain-
ing papers by Dr. J. Walter Fewkes on his explorations in
the West Indies and in Mexico, was received from the Public
Printer in September; Bulletin 30, the “Handbook of
American Indians,” Part 1, in March; Bulletin 33, “Skeletal
Remains Suggesting or Attributed to Early Man in North
America,” in November; and Bulletin 35, “ Antiquities of the
‘Upper Gila and Salt River Valleys in Arizona and New
Mexico,” in February. The Twenty-sixth Annual Report
was in the bindery at the close of the year. At that time
Bulletin 34, “ Physiological and Medical Observations among
the Indians of Southwestern United States and Northern
Mexico,” by Dr. AleS Hrdli¢ka, was for the main part in
stereotype form, while Bulletin 38, “Unwritten Literature
of Hawaii,” by Dr. Nathaniel B. Emerson, the manuscript
of which was transmitted to the Public Printer early in the
year, was largely in pages. The manuscript of Bulletin 39,
“Tlingit Myths and Texts,” by Dr. John R. Swanton, and of
a section of Bulletin 40, “Handbook of American Indian
Languages,” Part 1, was also transmitted to the Public
Printer.
In addition to the work required in connection with the
foregoing publications, Mr. Gurley devoted a portion of his
22 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
time to reading proof of Part 2 of the Handbook of American
Indians (Bulletin 30). He was assisted in the general edi-
torial work of the Bureau by Mr. Stanley Searles, detailed
for the purpose for about two months from the proof-reading
force of the Government Printing Office, and in the prepara-
tion for the press of the Handbook of American Indian
Languages, by Miss H. A. Andrews, whose work was done
under the personal direction of the editor, Dr. Franz Boas.
The distribution of publications was continued as in
former years. Fifteen hundred copies of the Twenty-fifth
Annual Report, and a like number of Bulletins 33 and 35,
were distributed to the regular recipients, most of whom
sent their own publications in exchange.
There was greater demand for the publications of the
Bureau than during previous years. The great increase in
the number of public libraries and the multiplication of
demands from the public generally resulted in the almost
immediate exhaustion of the supply (3,500 copies) allotted
to the Bureau. During the year the Bureau received from
outside sources a number of the earlier issues of its reports
and was thus able to respond to numerous requests from
Members of Congress for complete sets, except the First
Annual, the edition of which is entirely exhausted. About
1,000 copies of the Twenty-fifth Annual Report, as well as
numerous copies of other annuals, bulletins, and separate
papers, were distributed in response to special requests,
presented largely through Members of Congress.
LINGUISTIC MANUSCRIPTS
The archives of the Bureau contain 1,659 manuscripts,
mainly linguistic. The card catalogue of these manuscripts,
begun in the preceding year and completed during the year,
comprises more than 14,000 titles, which give as completely
as possible the stock, language, dialect, collector, and
locality, as well as the character and the date, of the manu-
script. While it was not possible in every instance to
supply all the information called for under these heads, the
catalogue is found to meet all ordinary requirements of
ADMINISTRATIVE REPORT 23
reference. There were several important additions to the
collection of manuscripts during the year, mainly through
purchase. Prominent among linguistic students who have
recently submitted the results of their labors to the Bureau
are Mr. Albert B. Reagan, who is making important investi-
gations among the Hoh and the Quileute Indians of Wash-
ington, and Mr. J. P. Dunn, an authority on the Algon-
quian languages of the Middle West.
Owing to the number and bulk of the Bureau’s manu-
scripts, it is not possible to place them all in the fireproof
vault, and about half the material is arranged in file cases,
convenient of access. These manuscripts may be classified
as: (1) dictionaries and vocabularies, (2) grammars, and
(3) texts. By far the greater number are vocabularies, of
varying length and completeness. Usually they give the
Indian name and English equivalent without recording the
derivation or current usage of the term given. Of greatest
value are the several dictionaries, among them a @egiha
(Siouan) dictionary, prepared by the late Mr. J. Owen Dorsey,
containing about 26,000 words; the Peoria dictionary of
Dr. A. 8. Gatschet; an Abnaki dictionary in three thick
folio volumes, prepared by the Rev. Eugene Vetromile, by
whom it was deposited with the Bureau; and a dictionary
in five volumes, of the Choctaw tongue, by the Rev. Cyrus
Byington.
ILLUSTRATIONS
The Division of Illustrations was, as heretofore, in charge
of Mr. De Lancey Gill, who was assisted by Mr. Henry
Walther. Illustrations for Bulletins 37 and 38 were revised,
and a large number of edition prints for the publications
was examined. During the year 2,810 photographic prints
were made for use in illustrating publications, for corre-
spondents, and for the cataloguing of negatives, which is now
well in hand. A large number of prints of Indian subjects
were acquired by purchase and filed for reference and for
future use as illustrations. The photographic work included
the making of 366 negatives, 310 of these being portraits of
Indians of visiting delegations. The importance of the col-
lection of portraits thus being brought together is indicated
24 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
by the list of tribes represented, and is especially emphasized
by the fact that these delegations usually consist of the best
representatives of the tribes and hence may serve as types
of the race. The negatives are 65 by 83 inches in size.
_ The tribes represented are as follows: Apache (Apache
proper, Arizona and New Mexico; Chiricahua Band held as
prisoners in Oklahoma), Arapaho of northern Wyoming and
southern Oklahoma, Cheyenne of northern Montana and
southern Oklahoma, Chippewa (White Earth, Red Lake,
and Mille Lae Bands), Choctaw, Coeur d’ Aléne, Creek, Crow,
Eskimo of Labrador, Flathead, Iowa, Kickapoo, Omaha,
Osage, Oto, Pawnee, Pima, Potawatomi, San Blas (Argona
tribe, Rio Diablo, south of Panama), Shoshoni, Sioux, Teton
Sioux (including Brulé, Ogalala, Hunkpapa, and Tihasapa),
and Yankton.
LIBRARY
The librarian, Miss Ella Leary, made good progress in
accessioning and cataloguing the newly acquired books,
pamphlets, and periodicals. In all there were received and
recorded during the year 392 volumes, 800 pamphlets, and
the current issues of upward of 500 serials, while about 600
volumes were bound at the Government Printing Office.
The library now contains 14,022 volumes, 10,600 pamphlets,
and several thousand numbers of periodicals relating to
anthropology, most of which have been received by exchange.
The purchase of books and periodicals has been restricted to
such as relate to the Bureau’s researches.
CLERICAL WORK
The clerical force of the Bureau consists of five regular
employees—Mr. J. B. Clayton, head clerk; Miss May 8S. Clark,
stenographer; Miss Jeanne W. Wakefield, stenographer (ap-
pointed through transfer from the United States Civil Service
Commission in place of Miss Lucy M. Graves, resigned
November 1, 1907); Mrs. Frances 8. Nichols, clerk; and Miss
Emilie R. Smedes, stenographer, indefinitely furloughed but
assigned to the pay roll for limited periods during the course
of the year.
ADMINISTRATIVE REPORT 25
PROPERTY
The property of the Bureau is comprised in seven classes,
as follows: (1) Office furniture and appliances; (2) field out-
fits; (3) linguistic and ethnologic manuscripts and other docu-
ments; (4) photographs, drawings, paintings, and engravings;
(5) a working library; (6) collections held temporarily by col-
laborators for use in research work; and (7) an undistributed
residuum of the Bureau publications.
W. H. Hotness, Chief.
NOTE ON THE ACCOMPANYING PAPER .
The accompanying paper on the Ethnogeography of the Tewa Indians, by John
Peabody Harrington, forming the body of this report, comprises some of the results
of the research undertaken jointly in New Mexico ‘by the Bureau of American Eth-
nology and the School of American Archeology of the Archzeological Institute of
America in 1910 and 1911, other results being the papers on the Physiography of the
Rio Grande Valley, New Mexico, in Relation to Pueblo Culture, the Ethnobotany
of the Tewa Indians, and the Ethnozoology of the Tewa Indians, either published or
in press as bulletins of the Bureau. Still further results of the joint investigation of
the Tewa Indians and their environment are in preparation for publication at the pres-
ent writing.
Mr. Harrington has devoted much time during the last few years to study of the
Tewa Indians of New Mexico, especially those of the pueblos of Santa Clara and San
Ildefonso, and his knowledge of the structure of their language has served him well
in the preparation of the present memoir. The task has been perplexing, as the
Tewa people are notably conservative in all matters pertaining to their religious and
social organization, making it extremely difficult to obtain information bearing on
this phase of their life and requiring the utmost discretion in dealing with questions
relating thereto. Nevertheless Mr. Harrington has succeeded admirably in his quest,
as 1s shown by the results of his ethnogeographic studies. The scope of the paper is
set forth briefly in the author’s introduction; consequently more need not be said here,
except to emphasize the importance of the contribution in the light it sheds on the
concepts of the Tewa people with respect to the cosmos, their symbolism of natural
phenomena, their periods of time, and their mode of thought with reference to the
application of geographic nomenclature within the restricted limits of the universe
as it is known to them.
F. W. Hopes,
Ethnologist-in-Charge.
DeEcEMBER, 1913
rein "Se efi: ath ar
7
7
7
7
ee COMPANYING PAPER
ECD RENO G HOG RAE ERY (OR “THE
-TEWA INDIANS
BY
JOHN PEABODY HARRINGTON
CONTENTS
TROT WTTO RG ogee ho Soe es BSR SESE Se OS EBLE SE Sea So enn eee ae
ONG Ul GPO yee es eee ee oa aoe ie Poa e ees aoe come
es Cosmopraphiytessassecc=e2 = 32 sss a= ana bees Pe fort As bi
WN oer ixenlel=s- saccsesdees ove nee Be SES ESTEE CLO eee eee eee eer ee
The cardinal directions and their symbolism. .........--.---.--.--------
(Cardinaltcol Oras ae sees eee oe see eee te a eens eee caine
ordinals Corn Mard ens ss ses Senses as oe ee are -esie ecient
Gardinallemamrial sae 65sec ts aes te ew er ee eee chee ae
Gardinalljbirdssjrstacee tena cine ine ye a a ae Men cencreie.2 ho ce
@ardinalignalkcesssecssees sere as asa eee ctero Ree eters arte seieete sects 2
Gandinaltshel latepaaa tees ae a arses re or es ec en we eee
Wardinaillitrees= sas ais 8 Ao ee so So te ne cerape eee nch ee ROS ere
Gardinalimountainssee sacs 22s ne eee ce Cora See ee ee oes
Cardinalisacredaw ater lakesssseas--ssese oa eae Saeetee ete Nein
Otherieardinaladentin#catlonss sss esnenecre ere er ares see cates = 2s.
The'sky:-<2.:t<tac5< se on Bn Oe Sa SAREE CEE aS ee eee
Sig ar Gen O ONE eee al aes ent eye os Ser tersiecae ete a Gere heiehs, fe hase
(Constellations see st eer re er eerie a ester coetedias ths as
aUniey Tebavo lesan, dard (elo sob scone eSceae See CeCe SS” AOE Rn cine oe is Rio See
Mhevearthitee ae eases hse sees. 4 Ra ero ete Ae seis oat ence
IWER anal HN = sore senosnes Hee Omen Jeane sehe ose etooe ude aerate
GANS LI Cpe te eae ays ey ia OT AY Soe A ens MEPIS AS oe os22)d
Ihnateeynhn\s. sanocoe soe ConAGeCOOOO Sue as ae CORE An ae Sea eee
II. Meteorology ..-....- Soe: phe oon Gabor: OLE earns. 0 Goes tae aon eee
Mainawealthereenenner str ae eemeeel- came e = sec ene aa eacGe cine sl ce
Steammavaporeessec pees snes see serene mew ie issn aS nne Lenee eee
VET se OF eee rata e ore one R Sas ce kia2 2 eros ie Eee sepa
IBrOStyNOaTinOsh seer eee eee eae a ao aoe oe cee eee
(OLE Ei i ore ee eit SS Sl ee Oe ne Rear tcok: Bis ese
II.
CONTENTS
Rainy snoWs. 2c sazeiereren ase Src bee eeek see ace ae see eee
Little: holessinithelsn owancseccs sees ee rere rise ee ee ee ee
Lightning: “scares eee cece ano oes eee Rec R eee Se ee see ee meee
Thunder;thunderstormy: =. 2 22.c.0-022 sete eee oe ee eee
Hicho.22iieccosseccrens = etn. chc Son Son eset en SS eee ee eee
Sess0ns i. osaesis sisieisies's siaccas shine = Spe sees Rais ate RE eee ee
Months $2020. 0525 <incuecp ocawseis = tanec cmeinsse se Steet Sena eee aes
The Christianiweek..<j..2)26)05.2)7/5268 cden.cee - Sees ee eee eee eae eee eee
Day, night, times) ofdayiand night---o--s-s---15=- 5955420 sear eee
Hours; minutes; seconds: <2 6. ses sieese ese ace en ee ee ee eee
Mest Valles te cia octets = eee Se a rae eee ee eee
Hair Carnival os <jecis- ste sisiars f= epee = Goes bse asst ae ae ee reece ae
epPlacemamesines 5-450 Fas. Sesto a ne On a eee
Imtrodtictions< sd. -.9< sists cers tse sie oS ae) seye ree hse ee ee
Wargo Teaturesiecenacecisccc cee ene oe one ee eee eee ee
Prailss. 5325 ceics2 lesson ee a eee ee eee ance ie
Placenames jn regionimappedie ss sasese ean ee eee eee eee rece e
[Uileitematamoarilatsh eet peceseeec secant eee eee rae
[2] Pedernal Mountainjsheef@222-- =o =e es seee eae epee ose oes
[S]"Albiquiuisheet: 2. 22i2--csosace cess eae teeta se see eee
[4]ZEI Rito sheets. oo s.0 sot Mec eet ee Senge cise = vine ek cine eraeyeee
[5] Lower Chama ‘River sheets smecc-cc cee. = ein. = sia ae eee
[6] UpperiOjoiCalienteisheet=--°=--- 22-2 =- =. =.= 352 eee
[Zi] #ower'Ojo:Caliente:sheets:ese-e--0- eee a ee
[8] Laos!sheets. a5. — seen smemieseee cee neree see ee eee
[WU iSantJuantshee tetecencsseetsam seni = sei c ea elaa- te ee
[12 ]eSan\Jttanvetlsheetseeces sea asses sae = ee eee ee
[NS] eC hamitaisheeteepersseeenceeeeseesee ao er ee eee Suistekeatenpaqats
[14] Santa; Claranwestisheet-eeen. wso-ce see se ee
[15] :Sante (Clara: Mastisheet= seep csse ss secs ae kas eee eee
[16] San Tidefonso Northwest sheet-.........-.--.--.2.22e2e2--4ee--
[L7]: San Tdefonso; Southwest sheet. 5... 2... -:-225--520s-e eee
[18] Black. Mesa sheets. Aaeeen sere ase - 22 seo sce ae eee
[19] Sanlldefonso:sheet=- ass. soos 2-5-5 -2 28 seo eee
[20] Buckman’ sheets 222 ceeeceeen esse <enisiso..2,25 see ee ee
(21) Jacona sheets: 5.2. sea cee cers see eesios ce aies Sas See ee
[22]| Santa He. Mountain(sheet@emereesetacs.< 2-2. ++. - =e eee
[23]. Nambé sheeti..0-... coms coer eens o> an ois cc eee eee
[24] Nambé:Northisheeti-ce-e-ccememere ceinsinecoss ccc dee eee
bo
oo
CONTENTS 33
Place-names in region mapped—Continued. Page
[ol Gunde orshiee teemer eer ase tec eset h se eee eer <7
[2bllesuquevshectsaee ey cece e ak acae ween ss 22 ce eee eeeremeeee 385
[27] Jemez sheet..........- a arc a2 2 i, dic ae ae oe eee 390
[28] kGochitiisheetaseee seen snes. 28 ooo. e ee ee eee 409
(ZolFSowthemisheetie 42 serene certs coco 2c as 2 oie eee 457
Unmapped places aoa snack bAseee ah ceca ce cae nicl ot oo. soe Sos eee 558
Unilocated "places; notim region*mapped - 2-2 -2-s2--2-5-222--62se05-ee ees 571
IMiVvthicgplaGestaernee en tne se Seen omer Sas t ac tecat soe vais cece 571
VilES Namesioitribesiand! peoples: s-s-= semester cee ence cnt oss enescen nee 573
sValilis Namves(ofimineralls= 22 saeco = Ges) oece o2 nee cies ees = Sap Sse Saeees eee 579
Bib lop tarp yer me pect see aaa ate era tee atone ter atte as) tats Sle ctaee\a aie wee eisee Sees 585
TbIstOlsp lace nam esyese et memerse area eters tele aici taasuiesc\c ses ss cieaine 588
87584°—29 ETH—16——3
ee ee
eae aie, te “i Fi . 7 ee) aE St,
Seer 8 7 ” A 1 et
PLATE
ILLUSTRATIONS
PLATES
1. a. Gallinas ‘‘Bad Lands’’ in the Chama drainage. 6. Scene near
the headwaters of Santa Clara Creek, the slender truncated
cone of Pedernal Peak in the distance. - - - -
2. a. Ancient trail leading up the mesa to Tsipiy p’eywi Ruin. b. Tsi-
(Wn Opty Is Wihi\.- 3 oo55 5 Sooadebens te see esHeee Be aae epee
3. a. Presese’onwi Ruin. b. The large white rock near Rwonwi Ruin,
from which the ruin probably derived its name.............-..
Ava litho imeeyepMesaeretyots set-ta Ase s sts Asam See hans hae ce sete se
6. “Tent rocks” near Potsuwwi’onwi Ruin, showing entrances to exca-
rs 5
patedudiw clings tps see see so ee tem ee aes eine cts a aiere ses, ace
7. “Tent rocks’”’ near Potsuwi’onwi Ruin, capped b rojecting frag-
0 PP y pro) g
menteroldharderstutateacsce As Seeks terete ate ese eeepc eene Ss
8. “Tent rock ’’ near Potsuwi’oywi Ruin, capped by projecting fragment
Oluhard eniilitar eet eee Soc tesitine eee acces aster asic sees sacle
9. Scene on Sxkewi’i Mesa, showing the old Indian trail........-...--
10. Scene on Sxekewi’i Mesa, showing the old Indian trail. ......--..--
iipAnclentideersputiall at NGOCUw Wakao cane ease ee eee forsale = = «
12. a. Black Mesa of San Ildefonso, from the Rio Grande, looking north.
b. View from top of the Black Mesa of San Ildefonso, looking
southwest. ¢. Tfepiyp a small mesa-like peak, from the fields
east of the Rio Grande, looking west...:...-......-------------
13. Mouth of White Rock Canyon of the Rio Grande, looking south . -. .
14. Soda Dam, one mile above Jemez Hot Springs............---------
15. Gorge of the Rio Grande near the mouth of Frijoles Canyon. looking
WHERE No.5 slat S550 SRobseobee oe na scedseee seca oon odo Seceeoore
16. Ruined cave-dwellings in the northern wall of Frijoles Canyon,
ICM POR DLE OREN S os cea bes ono ead sas Ban SOS SE aeRe ener
17. Fields in the lower part of Frijoles Canyon, below Puqwige’ onwi Ruin.
SPMD e Painted! Cavielresnre cia \stste cps cis eran at ein Paras Satie Malate ere aici afels =.cia me
19. a. Cochiti Pueblo. 6. Santo Domingo Pueblo..........-...--..--
20. a. San Felipe Pueblo. 6. Santa Ana Pueblo .............-.-.--.--
21. a. SiaPueblo. 6. Scene near Cabezon, N. Mex., Cabezon Mesa on the
Map 1.
oe wb
MierrapAtmarillairepioni: eee sees tis = Woe afoot anine eee Se ge =
ep bedernaleMoumpalmy re Omar ese re era caresses etoy ie oem (eter sists tenses
MPA OL CUI R eR Lone mee seas eet oases a otto cic cia ete lore ae eai ers <i Si<
. El Rito region .......- A a dette apas a te Net AN cee bee al ee
mlowenC@hamaRiverreploness <> 0c. 2. d-easected ee cece eee moos ses
Page
107
120
129:
140
147
36 ILLUSTRATIONS
Page
Map"6: Upper ‘Ojo Calientemesion tes psease a= pemeeate 5405-2 eee 157
7. Lower! Ojo ;Calientemerionae sees aera nee enna: 32152. ee 168
8. Taos: YO R10 55 ry ee erate ae re ee eer a aes ah 20 ccc 172
9: Velardewegion? actrees eee ance ae es 197
10. Old Santivanttestonmsee ete = eae ee oe eee 205
11. ‘San Jiuanirer om eese ee feed te eves eee ene nee fs eee 208
12. ‘San, Juan elliresiones soos s sn eno eee ioe 3 eee 219
13. Chamita:resionsseep.seeaa 4-1 So te eee eee = ce ae 223
14. SantayClaraswWestiregion: -jescaer-1- eySee eee ane noe eee 231
To. Santa, Clara ghlasteres ions snc. sehen ase seer pees ee ae 22 ee ee 249
16:; San TidefonsomNorthwestirerion'. 3-22 2- secs eaaeelat ances eee 260
17. San Ildefonso Southwest region...........- OMe. SESS as dave ss eee 278
1giBlack Messmerion 2.x << 15-pageus le ae ee ro ee 289°
19 San, tld efonso'repion?=.28) Sioa aac ae eee ae oe te ee 300
20S Buckmanyretion 2. 2h icc. 2 sete soe eye tee eee eee he eee 322
ZV ACONATEPION ss - 6 one Soe tee hese ae ae eee aCe nee eicee 329
22a Sanitaikie Moun talnen ep Ones ecse s- aeee eaeeeee ee eee 338
235s NAIDOC TERION © «212 -0(s\cs. hes, Serpe ee re eee EE ee ee es SS ee 357
2iaNam be North region. =<: ous 2 = 32a se ee eee aes Gee eee oe, 370
25. Cunday6 region..2 . 220.2. <ise (5. Scctaterneige ae sao el gee oe Sepa 377
26. APesUquUe region. <6: 22 lyse deen 2 asc ectels een se wine peer etake oie 385
Die EMEA TCRION cis Heise ea tim cyt aay ope eae ER ee er =e 390
ZOrKCOCHUMTELION 23k os ce Eee es 2G es ese Or eee ee eee ee 409
29 mM Soubber Peotone sas ae oe ee a ee ee Seis aee ioe 457
29A. Plat of the San Cristébal or E. W. Eaton grant .................-.- 480
80. Key to the several regions mapped-..-...-.---2-+---2s2--e- eee net 558
Dracram 1. Ground-plan of southern half of San Ildefonso pueblo, giving
the Tewa nomenclature for the parts of a pueblo...........- 305
THE ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS
By Joun Prasopy Harrincton
INTRODUCTION
ee: paper presents the geographical knowledge of the Tewa
Indians of the upper Rio Grande Valley, New Mexico. These
Indians speak a language of the Tanoan stock, related to the Jemez
and Pecos languages, and again to those of Taos, Picuris, Sandia,
Isleta, and the Piro. The Tewa inhabit at present five villages
by the Rio Grande: San Juan, Santa Clara, San Ildefonso, Nambé,
and Tesuque; and one, Hano, among the Hopi pueblos of north-
eastern Arizona. The range of subjects is about the same as that
covered by a school textbook on geography. The information was
gathered chiefly in 1910, partly by systematic questioning, partly as
incidental to other information.
The difficulties encountered have been many. The Tewa are
reticent and secretive with regard to religious matters, and their cos-
mographical ideas and much of their knowledge about place-names
are hard to obtain. Their country is rugged and arid. Most of the
places visited were reached on foot in company with one or more
Indian informants whose names for obyious reasons are not here
given. The region has never been accurately mapped. All of the
maps at the writer's disposal are full of errors, many of the features
shown being wrongly placed or named, while others are omitted
altogether, and still others given where they do not exist. The
occurrence of many of the names in a number of dialects or languages
has not facilitated the work.
As in a school geography, cosmographical and meteorological
information is presented first. An alphabetically arranged list of
terms denoting the geographical concepts of the Tewa is next given.
The treatment of place-names follows. The region in which Tewa
place-names are more or less numerous has been divided into 29
exveas, each of which is shown ona map. The places are indicated
on the maps by numbers which refer to the adjacent text. Thus
arranged, maps and names will be found convenient for reference.
Names of places in Spanish, English, and various non-Tewa Indian
languages have been included. A list of tribal names and one of
names of minerals known to the Tewa conclude the paper.
37
38 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN, 29
The section on place-names is the most complete portion of the
paper. Interesting studies could be made concerning them. The
large proportion of etymologically obscure place-names leads to the
important conclusion that the Tewa have inhabited for a long time
the region at present occupied by them. Again, the presence in
various Tanoan languages of phonetically differentiated cognate
forms of Tewa place-names indicates that certain names of places
must already have been used by the Tewa at a remote time in the
past, when the divergence of the Tanoan languages was still null or
slight. Folk-etymologies and forms assumed by Tewa names bor-
rowed by Spanish are curious. The abundance and the preciseness of
description of the geographical terms are also worthy of special men-
tion. In an arid and little settled region there is perhaps more need
of the richness and preciseness of these terms than elsewhere, since
accurate descriptions of places seldom visited are necessary in order
to identify them.
That a remarkably large number of tribes and minerals are known
by name to the Tewa should also be noted.
The writer wishes to take this opportunity of acknowledging his
deep indebtedness to Dr. E. L. Hewett, director of the School of
American Archeology, who suggested that the work be undertaken,
made it possible, and has given information and advice on many
points connected with it. Thanks are also due to Mr. F. W. Hodge,
ethnologist-in-charge of the Bureau of American Ethnology, who
has aided in many ways; Mr. K. M. Chapman, Mr: N. C. Nelson, and
Mr. Owen Wood, who assisted in the preparation of the maps; Miss
Barbara Freire-Marreco, Dr. H.J.Spinden, Mr. T.S. Dozier, Mr. K. A.
Fleischer, Mrs. M. C. Stevenson, Mr. J. A. Jeancon, Mr. J.L. Nusbaum,
Mr. O.-Goetz, Mr. C. L. Linney, and several other persons, including
the Indian informants.
PHONETIC KEY
I. Trwa Sounps
1. Orinasal (‘‘nasalized”) vowels, pronounced with mouth and nose
passages open: @ (Eng. father, but orinasal), ¢ (Eng. man, but ori-
nasal), ¢ (moderately close e, orinasal), 7 (Portuguese s/m), @ (French
pas, but orinasal), 0 (Portuguese tom), wu (Portuguese atwm).
2. Oral vowels, pronounced with mouth passage open and nose
passages closed by the velum: @ (Eng. father), e (moderately close e),
z (Eng. routzne), o (moderately close 0), wv (Eng. rzvle).
Length of vowels is not marked unless it distinguishes words other-
wise alike; thus ’okw ‘hill,’ ow ‘turtle.’ A superior vowel symbol
indicates that the vowel is very short and apt to be grating (Ger.
knarrstimmig). All the vowels are breathy. Unless a vowel or
nasal is followed by the glottal clusive, a glottalized clusive, or a
sonant, an aspiration is distinctly heard at its end.
3. Semi-vowels: 7 (Ger. ja, but very fricative), w (Eng. way).
4, Laryngeal consonants: / (laryngeal /),’ (glottal clusive).
5. Dorsal consonants: / (voiceless lénis), /w (voiceless lénis labial-
ized (Latin guis), & (glottalized), 2‘ (aspirated), g (Eng. finger, voiced
inflative g preplosively nasal), g (Castilian abogado), gw (Castilian
juez), y (Eng. singer), yw (Eng. Langworthy).
6. Frontal consonants: ny (Castilian mafana), ¢ (voiceless lénis),
? (glottalized), ¢° (aspirated), d (Eng. landing, inflative d preplosively
nasal), “ (Japanese roku), ts (Ger. 2 unaspirated), fs (Ger. 2 glottal-
ized), s (Eng. saw), ¢f (Eng. chew but lénis), f/f (Eng. chew, glottal-
ized), / (the capital form is 7; Eng. ship), x (Eng. now).
7. Labial consonants: p (voiceless Jénis), p (glottalized), p‘ (aspi-
rated), 6 (Eng. lambent, voiced inflative 6 preplosively nasal), 6 (Cas-
tilian abogado), m (Eng. man).
The sound of / is heard in some words of foreign origin, and in San
Ildefonso polamimz ‘butterfly.’
The consonants may also be classified as follows:
Voiced constringents: 7, w.
Voiceless fricatives: A, s, /f.
Voiceless fricative labialized: gw.
Voiceless lénis sonoplosive clusive labialized: hv.
Voiceless glottalized clusives: &, #, p.
Voiceless lénis affricative clusives: ¢s, ¢/.
39
40 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH, ANN. 29
Voiceless glottalized affricative clusives: fs, ff.
Voiceless aspirate clusives: k*, ¢', p*.
Voiced inflative clusives, preplosively nasal: g, d, b.
Voiced lévis clusives: g, “, 6. The g of this series is not as lévis as
the “ and 6.
Voiced nasals: 9, n.7, n, m.
The following phonems are consonantal diphthongs: gu, hw, ts, és,
tf, tf, g, d,and b. In the glottalized clusives (h, #, és, {f, p) the glottal
plosion follows the oral plosion, even following the glided or sukuned
sand fof the consonantal diphthongs; that is, the &, #, és, ff, or p is
completely immersed in a glottal clusive. It has been determined
that, in many instances, g and g,d and 4, and 6 and 6 are respec-
tively but two aspects of the same phonem, as is the case with
Castilian g and lévis g, 7 and lévis d, b and lévis 4. The consonants
occur in one length only. They may be more or less orinasal when
contiguous to orinasal vowels. The sonancy of the voiceless lénis
clusives begins nearly simultaneously with the explosion.
A grave accent is placed over the vowel of a syllable weakly stressed,
and with falling intonation. The tone and stress of the other sylla-
bles are not written in this memoir. I
An intensive study of Tewa phonetics has been made, the results of
which will be published soon. The reader is referred to this forth-
coming memoir for a more complete description of the Tewa sounds,
including explanation of a number of assimilations and other phonetic
phenomena not mentioned above.
Il. PuHonetic SpELLinc or Non-Tewa Worps
The symbols used in Tewa have the same value as in Tewa.
Vowels: @ (French patte), y (unrounded ~). The acute accent over
a vowel symbol indicates that it is loudly stressed. A circle under a
vowel symbol indicates that it is surd.
Consonants: * (aspiration), ” (a peculiar weak aspiration occurring
in Jemez), « (marginal, ‘‘ velar”, k, lénis), g (Ger. ach), g, d, b (sonant
stops as in Ene.), rv (bilabial 7); 7 after a consonant symbol indicates
palatalized or palatal quality.
UI. AteuaBpetic ORDER
CCF FOO Qh GK kwkhki limnnyp y yp OOP PP Wqwre
sfttittstfts tf uuyrvw. The glottal clusive is ignored in the
alphabetic sequence.
The alphabetic order followed in this memoir is: cadxx2dbbidd
I. COSMOGRAPHY
THe Wortp
>Opa ‘the world’ ‘the universe’. The word is perhaps akin to
Taos papy ‘sky’. °Opa includes everything that is. It is thought
of as being alive and is worshipped as ’ Opasey rp ‘Universe Man’ (Copa
‘world’; seyp ‘man in prime’). The Milky Way is said to be its
backbone (see p. 51). The world is represented in Pueblo art in
various ways. Bandelier’ writes:
Here [among the Tewa], as well as among the Queres [Keresan stock], we must
distinguish between the heavens and the sky. The latter is a male deity called
O-pat-y Sen.”’
This statement is incorrect; ’ Opasey is not the Sky but the World.
THe CarpinaL Drrecrions AND THEIR SyMBOLISM
The Tewa distinguish six cardinal directions or regions, namely:
north, west, south, east, above, and below. They are usually named
in the order here given. Tewasymbolism assigns series of colors, per-
sons, animals, plants, and inanimate objects to these cardinal directions.
Divinities in some instances are multiplied that one may be asso-
ciated with each direction. These cardinal identifications are not
regarded as merely general information, but rather as a portion of
secret ritual: therefore it is difficult to obtain information about them.
The names of the cardinal directions are clearly descriptive in ori-
gin. In the names of the four horizontal directions the postpound is
pije when ‘in’ or ‘to’ the region is expressed, p‘a’ge when ‘from’
the region is expressed. P2jesi (ui ‘from’) sometimes takes the
place ofp'age. The names are used as nouns, adjectives, and adverbs.
Pimptje ‘in the north’ ‘to the north,’ pimp'a’ge ‘from the north’
(piy ‘mountain’; peje ‘toward’ ‘direction’; page ‘from the
direction of’).
Tsimpije ‘in the west’ ‘to the west’, tsdmp'age ‘from the west’
(tséy pr unexplained, but ef. tsa’ndi”* ‘yesterday,’ and ni’ otsdnnd ‘it is
a little cloudy’; pzje ‘toward’ ‘direction’; p'a’ge ‘from the direc-
tion of’).
> Ahompije ‘in the south’ ‘to the south’, ’wkomp'age ‘from the
south’ (akon ‘plain’; pije ‘toward’ ‘direction’; p'a’ge ‘from the
direction of.’ )
1 Final Report, pt. I, 1890, pp. 311-12; see BIBLIOGRAPHY, pp. 585-87 of the present memoir.
41
42 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH, ANN, 29
T’ampije ‘in the east’ ‘to the east’, Camp‘q’ge ‘from the east’
(any ‘sun’; pije ‘toward’ ‘direction’; p'a’ge ‘from the direction of’).
’Opakesi ‘in or to the top of the world or above’, ’opakesip'a’ge
‘from the top of the world or above’ (opa ‘world’; ke ‘on top of?
‘top’; p'a’ge ‘from the direction of’).
> Opanuge, ninsogenuge ‘in or to the place under the world or down
where the earth sits’, ‘opanugesi, opanugep'a’ge, ninsogenugest or
ninsogenugep v ge ‘from the place under the world or down where the
earth sits’ Copa ‘world’; nuge ‘below’ ‘under’ ‘down’ <nw x ‘un-
der’, ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; ndyyp ‘earth’; soge ‘to sit’; “7 ‘from’;
pwge ‘from the direction of’).
. Bandelier! gives the Tewa cardinal directions as ‘‘Pim-pi-1”,
north; ‘*Tzam-pi-i”, west; ‘“‘A-com-pi-i”, south; ‘*Tam-pi-i”, east;
‘**Q-pa-ma-con”, above; ‘‘Nan-so-ge-unge”, below. These are for
pimpije, tsimpije, akompije, tampije, °opamakowa, and ndnsogenuge.
’Opamakowa means ‘sky of the world’ Copa ‘world’; makowa ‘sky’)
and is not the proper term. Bandelier does not name the points in
their Tewa order.
Directions intermediate between the cardinal directions are defined
by postfixing jwa ‘between’; thus pimpijetsimpiyjej@a ‘northwest’
(pimpije ‘north’; tsdmpije ‘west’; java ‘between’). More definite
descriptions of points between cardinal directions of points appear
nottobe used. Bee ‘dell’ ‘corner’ is sometimes postpounded instead
of jaa.
Terms for the cardinal directions have been obtained in the neigh-
boring languages also. The Taos and Jemez have somewhat com-
plicated systems, position higher or lower than the speaker requiring
different forms. Each distinguishes six directions. The Cochiti recog-
nize six directions, which they name in the same order as do the
Tewa.
CARDINAL COLORS
The color symbolism is the same at all the Tewa villages. It has
been obtained by the writer from all of them, that of some from a
considerable number of informants. This symbolism differs from
that of some other Pueblo and non-Pueblo tribes of the Southwest.
Thus, the Zufiand the Hopi color scheme assigns blue to the north
and yellow to the west, but otherwise is the same as the Tewa. The
vardinal colors of Isleta have been obtained by Gatschet,? of Zuni by
Mrs. Stevenson,’ of the Navaho by the Franciscan Fathers* and
others, of the Apache by Gatschet,? of the Dieguenio by Waterman.*
1 Final Report, pt. 1, p. 311, 1890.
2Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 325, 1907.
3 The Franciscan Fathers, An Ethnologie Dictionary of the Navaho Language, p. 55, Saint Michaels,
Ariz., 1910.
4The Religious Practices of the Dieguefo Indians ( Univ. of Calif. Publs. in Amer. Archxol. and
Ethnol., vol. 8, pp. 332-4, 1910.)
HARRINGTON ] COSMOGRAPHY 43
The Tewa colors are: north, ¢séyw’i”' ‘blue’ ‘green’; west, fse7/”'
‘yellow’; south, p:’2' ‘red’; east, fsx’7! ‘white’; above, ¢szege’/” ‘all-
colored’ or temege7? ‘variously colored’; below, p‘endz” ‘black’.
Bandelier’s information,’ probably obtained by him at San Juan, is
identical. An old Tewa of San Ildefonso said that this assignment
of colors seems very natural to him. The north always looks blue to
him, he says. The west is yellow, for it is not as bright as the east.
The south is hot and reddish. The east is white just before the sun
rises. The above is a mixture of all colors, like the sky, and the
below is black. The Tewa do not seem to be aware that neighboring
tribes assign different colors.
In connection with Tewa color symbolism Bandelier says:! ‘tThe
summer sun is green, the winter sun yellow.” ‘‘ The winter rainbow
is white, the summer rainbow tricolored.”
CARDINAL CORN MAIDENS
The Tewa mention six corn maidens, each assigned a direction
and a color: north, K‘ytsén pwa''n ypu, Blue Corn Maiden; west,
K'ytsej’a@n yy, Yellow Corn Maiden; south, K‘wpinw’a’n pu, Red
Corn Maiden; east, K‘ufsenpwa'nypu, White Corn Maiden; above,
K'ytsegev’ wen py, All-colored Corn Maiden; below, A’yp'e’nd?a¢n-
yu, Black Corn Maiden.
CARDINAL MAMMALS
North, k'xy.r ‘mountain-lion’; west, ce ‘bear’; south, hea ‘badger’;
east, /'ujo ‘wolf’; above, tse ‘eagle’; below, ndyk' xy» ‘gopher’, lit. earth
mountain-lion (nin ‘earth’; /°2y ‘mountain-lion’). These are very
powerful medicine animals. The sacred corn-meal is thrown as a
sacrifice to these and other divinities. The names have been obtained
at San Juan, Santa Clara, San Ildefonso, and Nambé. Mrs. Stevenson
has recorded similar ‘*beast-gods” from Zuni and Sia.
CARDINAL BIRDS
An investigator at Santa Clara obtained the following names of
cardinal birds: north, ¢se ‘ eagle’; west, ———; south, gwempi ‘ red-
tail hawk’ or tan.pi ‘macaw’; east, ———; above, /untsive, unidenti-
fied, lit. ‘corn bird’ (A"wy p ‘maize’; ts/ze ‘ bird’); below, hatsie, un-
identified, lit. ‘leaf bird’ (Aa ‘leaf’; fstve ‘ bird’). Mrs. Stevenson
has recorded the Zuni and Sia cardinal birds.
CARDINAL SNAKES
The Tewa of San Ildefonso mention ’vban.pu, or serpent deities of
the six regions, each with its appropriate color. Mrs. Stevenson?
mentions (not by name) the six snakes of. the cardinal regions of the
Zuni, and gives* the Sia names of six serpents of the cardinal points.
1 Final Report pt. 1, p. 311, 1890. 2 The Zui Indians, p. 445. 3 The Sia, p. 69.
44 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS (ETH. ANN. 29
CARDINAL SHELLS
The information was obtained at Santa Clara that ’e/7 ‘abalone’ is
the shell of the west; ’oga’e, applied to olivella and cowric shells,
that of the south; fse¢'a, applied to large white bivalves, that of the
east. A San Ildefonso Indian told the writer that ’¢// ‘abalone’ refers
to the west, but that he had forgotten the other identifications. The
Navaho shell assignments are given by the Franciscan Fathers.?
CARDINAL TREES
The native trees assigned by the Tewa to the cardinal points have
not been learned. Mrs. Stevenson records those of the Zuni? and the
Sia®. An investigator learned at Santa Clara four cardinal fruit
trees: north, be ‘apple’; west, seygwambe, a kind of apple that ripens
early, lit. St. John’s apple (séygwayr < Span. San Juan; be ‘apple’
‘fruit’), since it ripens in St. John’s month, June; south, be‘sej:
‘yellow plum’ and pzbe ‘red plum’ (be ‘apple’ ‘fruit’; ésejz”? ‘ yellow’ ;
pi ‘redness’ ‘red’); east, depo? ‘peach’ (be ‘apple’ ‘fruit’; p‘o
‘hair’ ‘hairy’; ’7” locative and adjective-forming postfix).
CARDINAL MOUNTAINS
The cardinal mountains are the same for San Juan, Santa Clara, and
San Ildefonso. From the other villages they have not been obtained.
North, Aepiy ‘bear mountain’ (Le ‘bear’; pry ‘mountain’), San
Antonio Peak (see p. 560), northwest of Taos; west, 7s7hwmupiyp * cov-
ered obsidian mountain’ (¢s¢ ‘ flaking-stone obsidian’; Awmw ‘to cover’;
piyy ‘mountain’), Santa Clara Peak [2:13];* south, Oapinp ‘turtle
mountain’ (o/% ‘turtle’; p27, 7 ‘mountain ’), Sandia Mountain [29:83];
east, ’Agat/enupiyy, of obscure etymology Cagatfenu unexplained;
piyy ‘mountain’), Lake Peak [22:54]. There is no cardinal mountain
of the above or the below. The cardinal mountains are also called,
respectively, according to the regions: Pimp/jéimpiny ‘north moun-
tain’? (Pimpije ‘north’; ty locative and adjective-forming postfix;
piyf ‘mountain’), ete.
Zuni and Sia cardinal mountains are mentioned by Mrs. Stevenson,
but not identified with mountains now existing on earth. The names of
the Navaho cardinal mountains have been recorded by Dr. Washington
Matthews, the Franciscan Fathers, and Dr. Edgar L. Hewett.
CARDINAL SACRED WATER LAKES
The cardinal sacred water lakes have been learned for San Ildefonso
only. When medicine water, wopo (wo ‘medicine’; po ‘water’) is
prepared in connection with certain ceremonies, small quantities of
1 An Ethnologic Dictionary of the Navaho Language, p. 56, 1910.
2 The Zuni Indians, p. 25.
8 The Sia, p. 28.
4 See the accompanying maps, with explanation on p. 97.
HARRINGTON] COSMOGRAPHY 45
water are collected from the following four places, all situated near
San Ildefonso Pueblo: North, Busogepohwi [15:17]; west, Potsdénsen-
nepokwi [16:37]; south, Potsin@ege [19:123]; east, Potsifww [19:39].
These places are also sometimes called, respectively, prmpijeimpokwt
‘north lake’ (pimpdje ‘north’; zy locative and adjective-forming
postfix; pokwt ‘pool’ ‘lake’), ete. The medicine water from theabove
is rainwater; that from the below is obtained by digging a hole in the
ground where water can be reached. The water from the six sources
is mixed in a woposa’’’' ‘medicine-water bowl’ (wo ‘medicine’; po
‘water’; sv ‘to be’, said of 3+; °7' locative) and used ceremonially.
OTHER CARDINAL IDENTIFICATIONS
Mrs. Stevenson! mentions cumulus clouds, ants, ‘‘Ahayuta,” ete., of
the six regions of the Zuni. Certainly many Tewa identifications
remain to be obtained.
THE Sry
Makowa ‘sky’. Distinct from’opakeri ‘the above’; see under Car-
pinaL Drrections. This is probably what Bandelier means when he
writes:” ‘‘ Here [among the Tewa], as well as among the Queres [ Kere-
san stock], we must distinguish between the heavens |the above/]| and
the sky. The latter is a male deity called O-pat-y Sen.” ‘‘O-pat-y
Sen” is evidently for ’ Opasey p * the World,’ as remarked above under
Tue Wortp. The sky is personated as Makowasendo ‘Sky Old Man’
(makowa ‘sky’; sendo ‘old man’). The Sky is the husband of the
Earth, who is personified as Viyhkwijo ‘ Earth Old Woman’; see below
under THe Eartu.
‘In the sky’ is expressed by makowa without locative postfix.
Thus the sun, moon, stars, the Christian God, ete., are said to live
or to be in the sky: makowa tan ndt'a ‘in the sky the sun lives’
(makowa ‘sky’; tay p ‘sun’; nd ‘it? ‘he’; fa ‘tolive’). Makowakesi
means ‘up in the sky’ ‘at the top of the sky’ (kei ‘on top of’).
Tewa stories tell of a pueblo in the sky in which an Indian from this
earth has adventures. The sun and the moon have their paths in
the sky.
SUN AND MOON «
The sun is called ¢’ayy, the moon po. Tay is perhaps connected
with the word ¢‘a ‘day’. Po is used also with the meaning ‘month’.
The divinities resident in the sun and moon are called 7‘ansendo ‘Sun
Old Man’ (¢ay,7 ‘sun’; sendo Sold man’) and Posendo ‘Moon Old Man’
(po ‘moon’; sendo Sold man’). Both sun and moon are male, as they
1 The Zuni Indians, pp. 21, 580.
2 Final Report, pt. 1, pp. 311-12, 1890.
46 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
are also in the belief of the Cochitefios, and the sun is never called
‘father’ and the moon ‘mother’, as among the people of Taos, Isleta,
Jemez, and Zufi.
“The Tehuas ['Tewa],” says Bandelier,’ ‘‘call the sun T’han and
the moon Po; and their principal deities bear the names of T’han Sendo,
sun-father, and P’ho Quio, or moon-woman.” The moon is never
called Pokwi. jo, nor does 7 ansendo mean ‘ sun-father.’
Names for sun in other Pueblo languages are: Taos ¢°wlend, Isleta
funite, Piro (Bartlett) ‘‘pu-é”, Jemez pe or pet pasa, Cochiti dfata,
Zuni ja'ttok pa (Stevenson: ‘‘ Yiitokia . .. means bearer of light’’),
Hopi t@wa. The moon is called: Taos paend, Isleta pace, Piro
(Bartlett) ‘‘a-é,” Jemez fd, Cochiti t@wata, Zuni jdiinanne, Hopi
MY] AU Ube
There is in Tewa no name such as ‘luminary’ applied to both sun
and moon.
The sun and moon pass daily from east to west over trails which run
above the great waters of the sky. They see and know as do Indians
here on earth. Whenthey set they pass through a lake to the under-
world and travel all night to the east, where they emerge through a lake
and start out on theirtrails again. They know their trails,’ ¢mb7 po’ iy
‘they 2°+; 62 possessive; po ‘trail’). Cf. Sanskrit dyu-patha- ‘sky
trail,? Latin cursus solis. The trails are also called ’ok’¢mpo ‘ vapor
trails’ (ok'¢yy ‘ vapor’; po ‘trail’).
When there is an eclipse the sun or the moon is said to die. The
expressions are: ndtantfu ‘it sun dies’ (nd Sit? She’; fay ‘sun’; tfu
‘to die’), nd pot fu *it moon dies’ (nd ‘it’ ‘he’; po ‘moon’; ¢ fw ‘to die’).
The Indians never say Z"ansendo ndt fu or Posendo nitfu, for the
divine persons in the sun and moon can not die. ‘*Our Lords can not
die.”
The sun is said to walk through the sky clothed in white deerskin
and ornamented with many fine beads. The sun has a beautiful face
ise, hidden by a mask, fan p'd or “ambi a (fay ‘sun’; ’é ‘mask’; b¢
possessive). An extracted tooth is thrown to the sun. ‘* The summer
sun is green, the winter sun yellow.”
Of a ring ubout the sun the Tewa say Z”ansendo ’obuma ‘Sun Old
Man hasa ring’ (7 ansendo, see above; ’o ‘he’ ‘it’; bu ‘ring’ ‘circle’;
ma ‘to have’). Mexicans of New Mexico call this phenomenon ojo
del buey ‘ox’s eye’: The Indians say that it does not mean anything.
When the sun is ‘‘drawing water” the Tewa say ¢ ambi qwey yp ‘ the
sun’s tail’ (¢‘ay_r ‘sun’; 67 possessive; gweyp ‘tail’). This phenome-
non is seen when the sun is low in the sky, and the name is applied
because the rays resemble a tail.
The emergence hole in the lake through which the sun rises is called
Cayk oft (Cayp ‘sun’; k‘ojt ‘emergence hole’ ‘roof-hole’). Mit'ampi,
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 308, 1890.
2Tbid., p. 311.
HARRINGTON] COSMOGRAPHY 47
nitampre® ‘the sun rises’, lit. ‘the sun comes out’ (nd ‘it? She’; fay.
‘sun’; pz ‘to come out’ ‘to go out’ ‘to issue’; ’x’% ‘to come’). Wakwa-
gemeyn sp “it goes high’ (nd@ ‘it? ‘he’; Awaje ‘height? ‘high’ ‘on top’;
men p ‘to go’). Natsusemenp ‘it Bete! , lit. ‘it enters’ (n¢@ ‘it’ She’; tse
‘to enter’; mxyp ‘to go’).
Of the winter solstice is said: fan néwiny or nétanwiny ‘the sun
stands still (¢@y7 7 ‘sun’; nd ‘it? She’; win ‘to stand’), The conception
is that the sun rises at the same place for a number of days. (Cf. the
etymology of “‘solstice”.) The winter solstice marks the beginning of the
year (pajo), which is then called pajo tsambi' ‘new year’ (pajo ‘year’;
tsambc* ‘new’). Of the time following the winter solstice, when the
sun rises a little farther south each day, the Tewa say fanp ih duihonp
(fay ‘sun’; 2 ‘it?; AG4z said to indicate motion in steps or grades;
hoy ‘to go away’); also: tan n@’x® ‘the sun is coming’ (fay
‘sun’; n@ ‘it? ‘he’; x ‘to come’). The summer solstice is called
tan nata or ndtant'a ‘the sun lives’ (fay ‘sun’; nd ‘it? She’; ta ‘to
live’). When the sun rises a little farther north each day the Tewa
say: Canp ih atime? (any ‘sun’; 2 ‘it’; Aduz said to indicate motion
in steps or grades; ma? said to indicate the direction). Also: fan
nimey? ‘the sun is going’ (fay ‘sun’; nd ‘it’; men p ‘to go’). When
the sun runs low, as in the period about the winter solstice, it is said:
tans dygetage najv* ‘the sun moves low? (t'ay,r ‘sun’; *dygetage ‘low’
‘on the lower ee of a slope’ <’dn yp ‘foot’; ge locative; ta’a ‘gentle
slope’; 2d ‘it? ‘he’; 77? ‘to move’ ‘to go about’). When the sun runs
high, as in Ate | it is said: fan Ea nijv? ‘the sun moves high’
(tay ‘sun’; kwaje ‘height’ ‘high’ ‘on top’; nd ‘it? She’; 727” ‘to move’
‘to move about’).
The Tewa have no designation for the equinoxes and say that these
are not recognized.
The calendar is determined by noticing the point at which the sun
rises. This is done by sighting along race-courses, hills, or merely
marking the rising place on the outline of the eastern mountains. At
Santa Clara the sun appears always to rise at different points in the
great gap in the Santa Fe Range known as W7jo[22:29]. Who does the
determining of the rising place and just how it is done remain to be
learned. The Tewa believe that the sun has a house in the east, and
has a wife. The fatber of the War Gods, according to Tewa ver-
sions, 1s ’Ok'uwapi ‘red cloud’ (?ok‘uwa ‘cloud’; pi ‘red’), who lives
on top of Sandia Mountain [29:83], and not the Sun.
The spots on the moon are said to be his clothing: Posendobi ’a ‘the
Moon Old Man’s clothing’ (posendo, see above; 67 possessive; 7a ‘cloth
‘clothing’).
The terms applied to the rising and setting of the sun are also
applied to the moon.
48 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BTH. ANN, 29
The new moon is called po tsdmbi ‘new moon’ (po ‘moon’; tsdimbi
‘new’; ’i’' locative and adjective-forming postfix). Its appearance
marks the beginning of the Tewa month. Of the slender crescent
is said: tfx/* ni poko ‘the moon is little’ (¢/x‘ littleness’ ‘little’;
7? locative and adjective-forming postfix; nd ‘it’; po ‘moon’; ko
‘to lie’ ‘to be’). As the crescent grows fuller they say: ndpo'x?
‘the moon is coming’ (ng ‘it’ ‘he’; po ‘moon’; ##% ‘to come’). The
full moon is called po fagz* ‘round moon’ (po ‘moon’; fag ‘large’
‘round’)., As the moon wanes they say: ndpomey yp ‘the moon is going’
(nd ‘it’; po ‘moon’; mxey ‘to go’). When the moon disappears they
say: ni pohoy sp ‘the moon is gone’ (nd ‘it’ She’; po ‘moon’; hoy p ‘to
be gone’). Why the moon has phases the Tewa do not pretend to
know. :
Other expressions are: kwdndi* po ‘rainy moon’ ‘moon seen in
rainy weather’ (Away ‘rain’; ’/ locative and adjective-forming post-
fix; po ‘moon’). - Of the moon on top ofa cloud is said Posendo ’ok' u-
wakewe ney p ‘Moon Old Man sits on a cloud’ (posendo, see above;
-ok'wwa ‘cloud’; kewé ‘on top of’; .nd@ ‘it’ ‘he’; ’xy ‘to sit’). Po-
sendo nibuma ‘Moon Old Man has a ring’ (Posendo, see above; nq ‘it’
‘he’; bw ‘ring’ ‘circle’; ma ‘tohave’). The writer learned at San Ide-
fonso that this is a sign that it will rain in three or four days. The
information was obtained at Santa Clara that if the ring is white it
means snow; if blue, rain; if red, wind. Mr. C. L. Linney, of the
United States Weather Bureau at Santa Fe, states that in this part
of New Mexico the lunar ring is truly a sign that it will rain in two
or three days. He says it is a scientific fact. The ring is seen only
when high clouds (cirrus or alta) are in the air. These clouds are
supposed to be in reality minute spicules of ice—frozen moisture sus-
pended in the air.
SUN-DOG
Tannuge nitse ‘under the sun it is yellow’ (fay ‘sun’; nwu ‘un-
der’; ge locative; nd@ ‘it’; tse ‘to be yellow’).
STARS
>Agojo ‘star’. The gender is mineral. Makowa d?agojosa ‘the
stars are in the sky’ (makowa ‘sky’; di ‘they 2+’; ’agojo ‘star’; sa ‘to
be in or at’, said of 3+),
Pueblo languages have the following words for star: Taos paqy-
taend, Isleta pak'ytate, Piro (Bartlett) ‘‘a-hio-sa-é,” Jemez wuhu,
Cochiti fet pata, Hopi séhy.
° Agojo so’jo ‘large star’ Cagojo ‘star’; so’jo ‘large’). ? Agojo’e ‘little
star’ (agojo’e ‘star’; ’e diminutive). Din ’agojo kipo® ‘the stars
come out’ (din ‘they 3+to me’; ’agojo ‘star’; £z ‘light’; po’? causa-
tive). *Agojo dimeyp ‘the stars are marching’ (agojo ‘star’; dz ‘they
2+; mexyp ‘to go’ ‘to march’). ?Agojo inuwek‘and? ‘a dim star’
HARRINGTON] COSMOGRAPHY 49
Cagojo ‘star ; muwe ‘heat lightning ‘light’; h°a@y7y ‘ hoariness’
‘hoary’; *2”* locative and adjective-forming postfix). ’Agojo muwe-
kev? ‘a bright star’ Cagojo ‘star’; muwe ‘heat lightning’ ‘light’;
ke ‘strength’ ‘strong’; 2” locative and adjective-forming postfix).
Wi ?agojo nik'enqway yr ‘a star descends angry’ (wz ‘a’ ‘one’;
-agojo ‘star’; nd@ ‘it’; key ‘angry’; gway ‘to descend’). This is
said of a falling star; curiously enough, the Jemez have the same idea:
puse wuhyu g pubdmy ‘a star is going to fight’ ‘a star is chasing to fight’
(puse Sone’; wuhy ‘star’; gpubd ‘to fight’; mz ‘to go’). The Tewa
sometimes also say ’agojo niketa ‘a star falls’ (agojo ‘star’; nd ‘it’;
keta ‘to fall’, said of a single object).
A comet is called ’agojo qwendi’ ‘tailed star’ (agojo ‘star’;
qwey p ‘tail’; 7 locative and adjective-forming postfix). The comet
seen in November, 1910, excited the interest of the Tewa.
The Morning Star, i. e., the brightest star seen in the morning, is
called merely ’agojo sojo ‘big star’ (agojo ‘star’; so’jo ‘ big’). In
this Tewa agrees with nearly all the Indian languages of the South-
west. It is a male divinity. ‘‘One of the fetiches of Tzi-o-ueno
Ojua, or the morning star.”1 Tsiguwenuy p ok’ wea is the Lightning
Cachina (és’guwenuwy p ‘lightning’; ?ok'wwa ‘Cachina spirit’) and not
the Morning Star.
The Evening Star is, however, to the Tewa a female divinity. Her
name is Tekan p agojo ‘dim yellow star’ or T sek ankwijo ‘old
woman with the yellowish hoary hair’ (ise ‘yellowness’ ‘yellow’;
kan p ‘dimness’ ‘dim’ ‘fadedness’ ‘faded’ ‘hoariness’ ‘hoary’; ’agojo
‘star’; Awijo ‘old woman’). She is followed by ’Oke’agojo (see below),
who has a carnal desire for her.
Oke agojo or >Agojo’oke ‘star of San Juan Pueblo’ ( Oke ‘San Juan
Pueblo’; ’agojo ‘star’) is said to be a bright star that continually
chases Tsck'an p’agojo; see above.
Agojosendi* ‘horned star’ Cagojo ‘star’; sey ‘horn’; *2* locative
and adjective-forming postfix) isa bright star not yet identified.
»Ahompijes* ’agojo ‘the southern star’ Cakompije ‘south’; *7”* loca-
tive and adjective-forming postfix; ’agojo ‘star’). This is a bright
star seen far in the southern heavens. In October it is seen near
dawn.
The Tewa had no special name for ‘tthe North Star. They did not
notice particularly that one star in the sky is stationary. Of it might
be said: windmempi ‘Sit does not march’ (wi... pz negative; nd
‘it’; men p ‘to go’).
The Tewa did not know planets other than the Morning Star and
the Evening Star. The latter are now one planet, now another, but
they did not know it.
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. I, p. 309, 1890.
87584°—29 erH—16—4
50 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [erH. ANN, 29
CONSTELLATIONS
K entabe ‘meal-drying bowl’ (k'x7p ‘flour’ ‘meal’; ta ‘to dry’; be
‘vessel’ ‘bowl’). This name is given to the Northern Crown constel-
lation, the stars of which studded on the black sky show beautifully
the form of a perfect and symmetrical meal-drying jar. These jars
are of black ware, and meal is placed in them and stirred near a fire
in order to dry it for keeping. There appears to be no New Mexican
Spanish name for this constellation.
Cassiopeia is not known to the Tewa. Persistent attempts to gain
knowledge prove this. The Indians can readily see that it looks like
a séywipp ‘zigzag’ or W, but never call it thus. The Mexicans
appear to call it ‘tla puerta del cielo.”
fee ‘ladder’. Said to be a constellation; not yet identified.
’ Agojoteqwa ‘star house’ (agojo ‘star’; tegwa ‘house’). This isa
large constellation seen after sunset in the west in September. The
writer did not identify the stars.
Towutst ‘pulls eye’ (tov *bull’<Span. toro; ¢sz Seye’). Name of
a constellation called in Span. Ojo del Toro. Not identified.
Buta ‘big round circle,’ name of an October dance (bu ‘ring’ ‘cir-
cle’; fa ‘large and round’). This is a great irregularly-shaped ring
of stars near the Northern Crown. Some of the stars are very dim.
No Spanish name.
El Corral. Spanish name of a constellation near Cassiopeia.
Los Ojitos de Santa Lucia. Spanish name; consists of two stars,
seen east of Orion.
La Campana. Spanish name of a constellation of perfect bell shape,
seen between Orion and the Pleiades.
?Ok'ambwu ‘sandy corner’ Cohan ‘sand’; bw ‘large low round-
ish place’). This is a large constellation of dim stars seen near Orion,
Miynyp ‘hand’. This constellation contains five stars at the tips of
the imaginary fingers, and one at the wrist. No Spanish name.
Qwis?inr Sin a row’ (qwiti ‘row’ ‘line’; inp locative and
adjective-forming postfix). The San Juan form is gwiintyy. This
refers to the three bright stars in a row in Orion’s belt. The Spanish
name is Las Tres Marias.
Tsebege ‘seven corner’ (tse ‘seven’; bee ‘small low roundish
place’; ge locative). This name is given to Ursa Major, which is
said to contain seven bright stars. Some Indians call it tsegweyp,
which they translate ‘seven tail’ or even ‘dog tail’ (¢se ‘seven’, also
‘dog’; guweyy ‘tail’). It is so called because some of the stars (the
handle of the dipper) project like a tail. Mexicans call it El Carro.
Tigiyy ‘ina bunch? (tg? ‘bunched’; ’i77 locative and adjective-
forming postfix). The San Juan form is #giniy. This is the name
of the Pleiades. The Mexicans call them Las Cabrillas.
HARRINGTON] COSMOGRAPHY bull
Diinp ‘turkey foot’ (dé ‘turkey’ ‘chicken’; ’éyp ‘foot’). This
is an easily learned constellation of the exact form of a turkey’s foot.
The Mexicans do not know it. The Tewa also make a cat’s cradle in
the form of a dv’dyp.
Kuqwisesipu ‘belly of a sling’ (ku ‘stone’; guise ‘to sling’; sipu
‘the hollow under a person’s ribs’). This isapplied to the Dolphin, or
Job’s Coffin, constellation. The Mexicans interviewed did not know
it. It has the form of a sling belly.
P'cketo ‘yoke? (p'e ‘stick’ ‘wood’; ke ‘neck’; to‘ to be in or on’).
This is a translation of Spanish el Yugo, ‘the Yoke, name of the
square part of the Little Dipper, or Ursa Minor, constellation.
The Milky Way has two names. ’Opatuh'y ‘backbone of the uni-
verse’ (opa ‘world’ ‘universe’; tu ‘back’; h'y ‘hard straight_thing’
-*bone’) appears to be the common name. It is called also Tse ovo
‘whitishness’ (fsx ‘whiteness’ ‘white’; ‘ozo element to weaken force
of és). TheTaos and the Jemez call the Milky Way by names which
mean ‘backbone of the universe.’ The Mexicans usually call it el
Camino del Cielo.
Tur UnpdERWORLD
No term for ‘underworld’ different from those meaning ‘the below’
has been obtained. (See under CarprnaL Directions.) The Tewa
declare that they believe in a single underworld, where the sun shines
at night, pale like the moon., It was there that the human race
and the lower animals lived until they found their way through
Sipop'e (see pp. 567-69) and entered this world. The underworld
is dark and dank, and this world rests on top of it. The under-
world is never personified; it is the base of ’opa ‘the universe.’
When the sun sets in the west it passes through a lake (pokw?) and
enters the underworld (opanuge or ndénsogenuge), passing through
the latter to reach the east (¢'dmpdje) again.
In the underworld is situated Wajima, ‘the happy hunting-grounds” »
(see pp. 571-72). Wajima is described as a kiva-like place of the
spirits of the dead. The word is akin to Cochiti Wén ema and Zuii
Wéjima. :
Tue Eartu
Niny ‘the earth’; personified as Ndykwijo ‘Earth Old Woman’
(ndyyp ‘earth’; kwijo Sold woman’), wife of the Sky. Bandelier! says:
“The earth a female deity, called Na-uat-ya Quio, and totally dis-
tinct from the conception of below.” ‘* Na-uat-ya Quio” must be
intended for Naykwijo, as the Earth is not known by any other name.
For the peculiar ‘‘-uat-ya” cf. Bandelier’s ‘‘ O-pat-y”, quoted under THe
Sky. According to Mrs. Stevenson? the Zuni speak of ‘‘ A’witelin
1 Final Report, pt. I, p. 312, 1890. 2The Zui Indians, p. 24.
52 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN, 29
‘Si’‘ta (Earth Mother)”. The Tewa never speak of the earth as
‘Earth Mother’ but as ‘Earth Old Woman’. The Taos call the earth
namend, the Isleta namite, the Jemez huy or hunapeta, the Piro
(Bartlett) ‘*na-f’ol-é”.
EARTHQUAKE
Nint'at'g ‘earthquake’ (ndyy ‘earth’; ¢‘at'a ‘to quiver’ ‘to trem-
ble’). Mindnt at ‘apo’? ‘the earth is trembling’ (nd ‘it’; néyp ‘earth’;
tata ‘to tremble’; po’? postpound).
’
LANDSLIDE
Nininsun yu ‘the land slides or slips’; ndndnjemu ‘the land falls’
(n@ ‘it’; ndyy ‘land’; sun pu ‘to slide’; jemzu ‘to fall’, said of 3+).
WaTER
Po ‘water’. Water was not personified. It symbolized life and
fruitfulness.
OCEAN, LAKE
Pokwi ‘lake’ ‘ocean’ (po ‘water’; kui unexplained).
The Tewa in primitive times knew of many lakes, and doubtless also,
in'a more or less mythical way, of the ocean. All lakes were sup-
posed to be the dwelling places of ’0/*wwa ‘cachinas’ and passage-
ways to and from the underworld.
WAVE
Unpuyy ‘wave’. °Ola(<Span. ola) is also sometimes used.
IRRIGATION
The Tewa constructed systems of irrigation ditches before the
Spaniards came to their country. Irrigation ditch is called tii.
A large or main ditch is called jijakw7o, lit., ‘mother ditch’ (jija
‘mother’; Av’o ‘ditch’). Cf. Span. acequia madre, of which the
Tewa expression may be a translation. A small irrigation ditch is
called kw7’o’e ?e diminutive). The ditches in use at the present day
are of modern construction and supply Mexican and American as
well as Indian farmers. In the spring the governor of each Tewa
pueblo orders the Indians of his pueblo to repair the ditches used by
the pueblo, and each male member of the community must do his
share of the work. In former times the women also worked at ditch
cleaning.
Il. METEOROLOGY
Farr WEATHER
TKijagitinnd ‘it is fair weather’ (of obscure etymology: 47 appar-
ently ‘light’ ‘bright’; nd ‘ to be’).
Icr
> Oj ‘ice’. > Oji tsdnwe’i* ‘green or blue ice’ (ojz ‘ice’; tsdywe
‘oreenness’ ‘green’ ‘blueness’ ‘blue’; *2 locative and adjective-
forming postfix). ’Oj7 p'@ndi* ‘black ice’ (ojz ‘ice’; p'eyp ‘black-
ness’ ‘black’; ’2” locative and adjective-forming postfix). ‘ Black ice’
is found the year round on the east side of Truchas Peak [22:13], q. v.
Po n@oji ‘the water is frozen’ (po ‘water? ng ‘it’; ’oji ‘ice’ ‘to
freeze’). Nwojijuwa ‘the ice is melted’ (nd ‘it’: ’ojt ‘ice’; juwa
‘to melt’).
Icicle is called ’ojisateyn r ‘long slender form in which the ice lies’
(ajz ‘ice’; sa ‘to be in or at’, said of 3+, here used with sing. of min.
gender; tey ‘tube’ ‘thing of long slender form’).
GLACIER
There is no special term for ‘glacier.’ The Indians would say
pA Je
merely oi niko ‘ice lies’ (oji ‘ice’; nd ‘it’: ko ‘to lie’).
Herat, Cotp
Nisuwa ‘it is warm’ (n@ ‘it’; swwva ‘Sto be warm’). Said of the
weather and of objects. NVdtsdnwe ‘it is hot’ (nd ‘it’; tsdywe ‘to be
hot’). Said of the weather and of objects. diz ‘it is cold’ ‘it is
cool’ (nd ‘it’; ti ‘to be cold’). Said of the weather only. Ho'ahijo
nati ‘it is very cold’ (ho’ahvjo ‘very’; n@ ‘it’; ti ‘to be cold’). Said
of the weather only. W@ok'as ‘it is cold’ (nd ‘it’; ok" aut ‘to be
cold’). Said of objects only.
The winter is cold in the Tewa country, and in the summer the
temperature rarely rises above 90° F.
SMOKE
*Inpe ‘smoke’. Tobacco is smoked in connection with ceremonies,
the smoke symbolizing clouds.
53
54 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH, ANN, 29
STEAM, VAPOR
Oh inp ‘steam’ Svapor’. The trails of the Sun and the Moon are
said to consist of vapor. See Sun anp Moon.
Kwivok wp ‘rain vapor’ (kwd ‘rain’; ’oh‘inp ‘vapor’). This is
applied to vapor or steam sometimes seen rising from the ground after
a rain.
Mist, Foe
Sobok'uwa ‘mist’ ‘fog’ (unexplained, ef. ’ok*wwa ‘cloud’). WVa-
sobok' uwand “it is misty’ (nd ‘it’; sobok*wwva, as above; nd postpound).
Nisobok' uwapt ‘the mist is coming out’ (nd ‘it’; sobohk*wwa as above;
pi ‘to issue’). Masobok' uwako ‘the mist is out? (né ‘it’; sobok'woea, as
above; ko ‘to. lie’). Sometimes the mist comes strangely thick and
white. This is called sobok'wwa tsekw7? ‘thick white mist’ (scboh*wwa,
as above; ‘sx ‘whiteness’ ‘white’; ka ‘thickness’ ‘thick’; °2’ locative
and adjective-forming postfix).
Mist is rare in the Tewa country, but sometimes there are two or
three days of continuous mist. Mist is recognized by the Tewa as
being merely a cloud on the surface of the earth. It is often seen
rising from the river at nightfall in winter.
Drew
Pose ‘dew’ (po ‘water’; se unexplained). 7’posejemude* ‘the dew is
falling’ (7 ‘it?; pose ‘dew’; jemw ‘to fall’, said of 3+, here used with
sing. of min. gender; de’ present).
Frost, Hoarrrost
th sept ‘white comes out’ (‘se ‘whiteness’ ‘white’; pi ‘to issue’).
Nitseping ‘it is (hoar-) frosty’ (nd ‘it?; tsep7, as above; nd ‘to be’).
> Ojeg? is » peculiar sort of light frost with long spicules, seen espe-
cially on the surface of snow when after a snowstorm a cold wind
comes from the northeast. Small spicules of ice come down as a mist,
and even fall in such quantity that they can be scooped up by
the handful where they have fallen as powder on top of the snow.
It is also called p'on pojeg? (p'ony ‘snow’). According to Mr. C. L.
Linney, of the Weather Service at Santa Fe, ’ojeg? is not hoarfrost—
there is no popular English name for it. VWojegind ‘the ground is
covered with this kind of frost? (nd ‘it’; ’ojegz, see above; nd ‘to be’).
CLouDS
> Oh*uwa is applied to any kind of cloud. It is distinguished from
0k’ wwa ‘spirit? cachina’ by having its first syllable short; it is doubt-
less connected etymologically with the latter word. Cf. also sobok'wwa
‘mist’. Wordsmeaning ‘cloud’ in other Pueblo languages are: Jemez
waha f, Cochiti hé'nate, Hopi (Oraibi) émaii’y.
HARRINGTON] METEOROLOGY By)
Clouds are said to come up or out and then to be in the sky.
Nv ok uwap’ x? ‘the cloud is coming up or out’, i.e. into view above the
horizon (nd ‘it’; ?ohk*wwa ‘cloud’; pz ‘to issue’ ‘to emerge’; ’x# ‘to
come’). ?Ohwoa makowa n@xenp ‘the cloud is in the sky’ (oh*uwa
cloud’; makowa ‘sky’ ‘in the sky’; nd ‘it’; xy ‘to sit? ‘to be’).
The verb ’ok*wvand means ‘to be cloudy’. NwWok uwand ‘it is
cloudy’ (nd ‘it?; ok" wea ‘cloud’; nd postpound). To give the mean-
ing that the whole sky is overcast, tek? ‘all or femepije ‘in every
direction’ may be added.
Clouds are frequently mentioned in connection with their color.
Thus ’oh*uwwa ts??? ‘white cloud’ (ok'woa ‘cloud’; ise ‘whiteness’
‘white’; ’2” locative and adjective-forming postfix); ’ok wwa pet ‘red
cloud’ (ok’wva ‘cloud’; pi ‘redness’ ‘red’; *2’ locative and adjective-
forming postfix). The word jodi ‘flower’ is used in describing fluffy,
cumulus clouds of white or dark color. ? Ok'weapobi ‘fiutly, cumu-
lus cloud’ (ok*uwa ‘cloud’; pobi ‘flower’)—literally ‘flower cloud’.
Ok'uwa pobiise? or oh*wwa tsepobV’* ‘white flower-cloud’ ‘fluffy
white cloud’ (?ok' wwa ‘cloud’; pobi ‘flower’; tse ‘whiteness’ ‘white’; ’:”4
locative and adjective-forming postfix). ?Ok'uwa pobinuk'wi* or
-ok'uwa nykypobv?* ‘dark flower-cloud’ ‘dark-colored fluffy cloud’
Cok‘uwa ‘cloud’; pobi ‘flower’; nuhk"y ‘dark color’ ‘dark’; 2” locative
and adjective-forming postfix).
Names of seasons are prepounded. Frequent is pgjo’oh*uwa ‘spring
cloud’ (pajo ‘spring time’; ’o/" wwe ‘cloud’).
Clouds may be described by their accompaniment. W@ok' wwa or
rok 'uwa weve? wind cloud’ (wd ‘wind’; ok wea ‘cloud’; *2” locative and
adjective-forming postfix). Poy /’ok'uwa ‘snow cloud’ (p' ovr ‘snow’;
oh wwa cloud’). Awinpok'uwa ‘rain cloud’ (kwéy yp ‘rain’; oh wa
‘cloud’), Tsiquwenuy p’ ok wwa ‘lightning cloud’ ‘thunder cloud’ (ts/gu-
wenyy fp lightning’; eh wwa ‘cloud’).
Other expressions relating to clouds follow. Avwdydi* ni’ ok’ uwand
‘it is cloudy and threatens rain’, lit. ‘rainily it is cloudy’ (Awdyy
‘vain’; 72 locative and adjective-forming postfix; nd ‘it’; ’oh' wwa
‘cloud’; nd@ verbifying element). ?Ok'uwawinki ‘a long strip of
cloud’ ‘a stratus cloud’ (ok*woa ‘cloud’; winkt ‘long, straight, and
narrow’). ?Ok'woabu ‘long bent cloud’, stratus or other cloud that
extends far across the sky, because of its length appearing to be
bent Cok’uwa ‘cloud’; bu ‘length and state of being bent’ ‘long
and bent’). ? Ok‘ uwa tsdywep igi? ‘small tlattish bluish cloud’ of the
kind seen high in the sky on some cold days (oh* wa ‘cloud’; tsdywe
‘blueness’ ‘blue’; ‘greenness’ ‘green’; p'7g7 ‘smallness and flatness’
‘small and flat’; 2’ locative and adjective-forming postfix). 7” Ok" wwa-
bout ‘cloud pile’ ‘cumulus cloud’ (ok'wwea ‘cloud’; bow ‘ pile’).
Ok'uwa tsinwe i? ‘bluish cloud’ of the kind usually large and
high (ok‘uwa ‘cloud’; tsdywe ‘blueness’ ‘blue’ ‘greenness’ ‘ green’;
56 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [aru ann. 29
*2* locative and adjective-forming postfix). ’ Ok uwasinwinp ‘cloud
zigzag’ ‘cloud in zigzag form’ (ok'wea ‘cloud’; sénwiyp ‘zigzag’).
-Ok'uwaokg ‘cloud down’, applied to high whitish cirrus clouds
Cok'wwa ‘cloud’; ’oko ‘down’ ‘fine feathers’ ‘fluff’). °Ok'woa kev
‘sharp cloud’ ‘cloud with a sharp point or edge’ (ok'wva ‘cloud’; ke
‘sharpness’ ‘sharp’; 72” locative and adjective-forming postfix).
Key f ok uwa ‘mountain-lion cloud’, a light-colored cloud associated
with the north (4°29 ‘mountain-lion’; ’oh"wwa ‘cloud’). ? Ok" wea
quajev' ‘hanging cloud’ (ok‘wwa ‘cloud’; gwajé ‘to hang’; ’7# loca-
tive and adjective-forming postfix).’? °’Ok'uwawisi ‘horizontally pro-
jecting point of a cloud? (ok'uwwa ‘cloud’; wii ‘horizontally project-
ing point’; see under GmocrapHicaL Terms). ? Oh uwapinp ‘cloud
mountain’; sometimes applied to a cloud that resembles a mountain
Cok'wwa ‘cloud’; piyy ‘mountain’); these clouds are usually dark.
Oh uwa water’ ‘scattered clouds’ Cok uwa ‘cloud’; wade ‘scattered’ ;
‘Y? locative and adjective-forming postfix). ?Ok'wwa qwiti ‘a line or
row of clouds’ (ok wwa ‘cloud’; gwisi ‘line’ ‘row’). Pokanu, the
Tewa name of Julian Martinez of San Ildefonso, is said to mean a line
or arch of clouds. ’Ok*uwa t'w ‘spotted cloud’, applied to a kind
of greenish cloud with whitish tinge (ok wwa ‘cloud’; fy ‘spotted-
ness’ ‘spotted’). ? Ok uwa p'agi* ‘broad flat cloud’? Cok‘ wwa ‘cloud’;
p agi ‘breadth and flatness’ ‘broad and flat’; °/? locative and adjec-
tive-forming postfix). ’Ok'wowe ‘little cloud’ (ok*wwa ‘cloud’; ’e
diminutive).
The mythological serpents, ?Abanyy, and cachinas, ’0h*wwa, are
supposed to live in the clouds and to be seen sometimes by people
when looking upward. The cachinas or deified spirits (dk*wwa) are
supposed ever to be present among the clouds, and the close asso-
ciation between them and the clouds probably accounts for the
resemblance of the words ’ok°wea and ?ok'uwa. The Tewa also
speak of mythic persons who are known as ’oh"wwatowd ‘cloud peo-
ple’ Cohk’uwa ‘cloud’; tow ‘person’ ‘people’), ’ohk*uwareny ‘cloud
youth’? (ok'wwa ‘cloud’; ’eny ‘youth’), and 7ohk*wwwwnypu ‘cloud
maiden’ (ok ‘wea ‘cloud’; ’>#@n ru ‘maiden’). These people, youths
or maidens, are also mentioned with appropriate colors for the six
directions.” Ok'uwapi ‘red cloud’ figures in the War God myth.
The Tewa also speak of ’oh'wvateqwa ‘cloud house’ Cok wea ‘cloud’ ;
teqgwa ‘house’). They tell of a pueblo in the sky above the clouds.
The terrace, so common in Tewa art, represents clouds. Bandelier?
says: ‘The clouds, the moon, lightning, and the whirlwind maintain
[in Tewa religious paintings] the same hues all the year round.”
Tewa personal names compounded with ’ok"wva seem to be given to
males only.
Tobacco smoke, soap plant suds, feathers, ete., symbolize clouds in
ceremonies.
1 Final Report, pt. I, p. 311, 1890.
HARRINGTON] METEOROLOGY Did)
The shadow of a cloud is called ’ok‘wwa’ok'y ?ok'wwa ‘cloud’; ?oh'y
‘shadow’).
Cloudiness is n@otsinnd ‘it is a little cloudy’ ‘the sun is somewhat
obscured by clouds’ (nd ‘it’; ’otsdyp unexplained; cf. tsémpije, ‘west?
and tsdndi ‘yesterday’; nd ‘to be’ postpound).
Rain
‘The rainy season is defined, inasmuch as it is limited to the months
of July, August, and September. ... Weeks may elapse without
the discharge of a single shower; then again weeks may bring a series
of thunder-storms accompanied by floods of rain. During the other
nine months of the year there are occasional days of rain, which
usually comes from the southeast, and lasts until the wind settles in
the opposite quarter. The same happens with snow-storms; the
southeasterly winds are their forerunners, while northwesterly cur-
rents bring them to a close.”* Most rains of the Tewa country come
from the southwest, not from the southeast as Bandelier states.2
Rain is of supreme importance to the farmer in the Southwest. The
Tewa religion is replete with practices and prayers the object of
which is to bring rain and insure crops. There are also special dances
held by the Tewa for producing rain. These are called hewdnfase,
kwimpafate, or kwimpindnfate ‘vain dance’ ‘rain-making dance’
‘rain-power dance’ (kway p ‘rain’; fate ‘dance’; pa ‘to make’; pindyy
‘magic power’).
Rain is called kwdéyp. ?Lhwa’ndo”? ‘it is raining’ (¢ ‘it’; hwainp
‘rain’; ’0? progressive postpound, present). ?Ziwdnnd ‘it has rained’
(2 ‘it’; kway yp ‘vain’; nd verbifying postpound, perfect). Wahwdyha-
dw” ‘it wants to rain’ (n@ ‘it’; hwdyp ‘rain’; ha causative; da ‘to
want’). Awdéyye ‘a drizzle’ ‘a little rain’ (kwdyy ‘rain’; ’e diminu-
tive). wine h’indi? ‘a little rain’ (kwiny ‘rain’; h’iny ‘little’;
7* locative and adjective-forming postfix). Bajehi ’ikwdando”® ‘it is
raining much’ (bajeki ‘much’; *¢ ‘it’; kwdyy ‘rain’; ’o° progres-
sive, present), Hv’wokwiyp ‘good rain? (A’wo ‘goodness’
‘oood’; kwinp ‘rain’). Mikwinwiyy ‘the rain is standing’, said
when rain is seen in the distance (nd ‘it’; hwdyp ‘rain’; winp ‘to
stand’). Mékwdéywintse ‘the rain stands yellow’, said when rain is
seen in the distance and looks yellowish (nd ‘it’; wdyyp ‘rain’: wins
‘to stand’; fse ‘yellowness’ ‘yellow’). Mikwiny'x® ‘the rain is
coming’ (nd ‘it’; hwiny ‘rain’; ’x’?% ‘tocome’). fuwagi ikwaykema
‘soon it will rain’ (fwwag? ‘soon’; *¢ ‘it’; hwinp‘rain’?; hema future).
Kwimpo ‘vain water’ ‘rain’ (kwdéyyp ‘vain’; po ‘water’). Awd’ ndiwe
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. I, p. 15, 1890.
2See Henderson, Geology and Topography of the Rio Grande Region in New Mexico, Bull, 54, Bur.
Amer. Ethn.
58 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [peru. ann. 29
(or kwimporiwe) napopt ‘springs come up in the rain’ (hwy,
‘rain’; Awadmpo ‘vain’ ‘rainwater’ <hwdyp ‘rain’, po ‘water’; dwe
locative; nd ‘it’; po ‘water’; pz ‘to issue’).
A cloudburst is called kwdm po so’ on p ‘big rain’ (kwampo ‘rain? ‘rain
water’ < kwdyy ‘rain,’ po ‘water’; so’oyp ‘big’).
RAINBOW
Kwintembe ‘rainbow? (kway ‘rain’; tey ‘long cylindrical thing
or tube’; be referring to’ round or wheel-like shape; wagon wheel is
called tembe). The divinity of the rainbow is Avwdntembesendo ‘ Rain-
bow Old Man’ (sendo ‘old man’). A rainbow on top of another is
called kwantembe kwageinys ‘rainbow on top’ (wage Son top’; ine
locative and adjective-forming postfix.) Bandelier* says: ‘*The win-
ter rainbow [of Tewa symbolism] is white, the summer rainbow
tricolored.”
Hain
Sakdmbe’® ‘hail’ (of obscure etymology
y; be? seems to mean ‘small
and round’). "Jsak@mbe’o”? ‘it is hailing?’ (72 ‘
it’; 0° progressive).
Snow
Poy ‘snow’. ILp'ondo’? ‘it is snowing’ (¢ ‘it’; p'oyr ‘snow’;
*0’° progressive). Snowball is called p'ombw’u or p'ombee according
to its size (poy ‘snow’; bww ‘large and round’; é¢e ‘small and
round’). For ‘snowy’ the adjective is formed: kw p'o’nd?* ‘ snowy
stone’ (kw ‘stone’; p'oy ‘snow’; ‘2?* locative and adjective-form-
ing postfix).
HAIL-LIKE FLAKES OF SNOW
P'ombewee ‘small round snow’ (p'onr ‘snow’; bewe ‘small and
round’; ’¢ diminutive) is the name given to small flakes of snow, hard
like hail, which come down while it is snowing.
RAINY SNOW
Kwimp' ony ‘rain snow’ (kwaiynyp ‘rain’; p'on pr ‘snow’). Said of
oy iy, 0
snow mixed with rain.
LITTLE HOLES IN THE SNOW
Little holes seen in the crust of fallen snow are called p‘omp‘o’e
(pony ‘snow’; p'o ‘hole’; *¢ diminutive).
1 Final Report, pt. 1, p. 311, 1890.
HARRINGTON] METEOROLOGY 59
Wind
Wa ‘wind’. Lido ‘itis blowing’ ‘it is windy’ (¢ Sit’; wd ‘wind’;
0’ progressive). Miwdda’4 ‘it wants to blow’ ‘it looks like wind’ (ng
Sit’; wd ‘wind’; da’@ ‘to want’). Kegt *¢wdo’ ‘it is blowing hard’
(kegi ‘hard’). A bullroarer is called waty ‘wind call’ (we ‘wind’; tu
‘to call’), Wind is produced by Wéhwzjo ‘Wind Old Woman’ (wd
‘wind’; Aw?jo ‘old woman’), who lives on Sandia Mountain [29:83].
DUST-WIND
Nei « dust-wind’ (of obscure etymology). 7? Zn@2770"? Sit is dust-
windy’ ‘there is a dust storm’ (7 ‘it’; ’o? present). Ww j7th'y ‘a
pea ] Pp = 4] wu
dark dust-cloud? (n@’277”4, as above; /°u ‘darkness’ ‘dark’).
“= b] 2)
WHIRLWIND
Migomi ‘there is a whirlwind’ (nd ‘it’; gomz unexplained). Ban-
delier ' speaks of the whirlwind in Tewa symbolism.
LIGHTNING’
Tsiguwenuyy ‘lightning’. ?Jisiguwenunde’e ‘lightning flashes’ (2
‘it’; tscguwenuyy ‘lightning’; dee present). At the point of each
lightning bolt there is supposed to be a tsiguwenunts’’? ‘lightning
point? (ts¢guvenuyy lightning’; ts7’2 ‘flaking stone’ ‘piece of flint or
obsidian’ ‘arrow point’). The light accompanying a lightning flash is
called ¢sth‘xyn p ‘meal of the point’ (¢s2’2 as above; h'x7 7 ‘meal flour’).
Lightning is produced by ’dk'wwa, who throw it from the clouds.
Flaking stone, wherever found, is supposed to be the result of light-
ning striking the earth. An? dk‘wwa, having hurled a tsiqguwenunts’’4,
picks it up again if it is not shattered. That is why no perfect
tsiguwenunts’’? are ever found on the earth.
The arrows of the War Gods were of lightning; these arrows they
stole.
Mr. C. L. Linney of the Weather Bureau at Santa Fe gives the in-
formation that lightning caused more than twenty deaths in New
Mexico in 1911. Three years ago a prominent Indian of Nambé was
killed at the place called Jobuhw uv [25:60], east of that pueblo.
TuunbER, THUNDERSTORM
Kwité ‘thunder’. ’Ikwdt@o ‘it is thundering’ (2 ‘it’; hwdtd
‘thunder’; ’o progressive). Thunder is produced by the Awdtihwzyo
‘Thunder Old Woman’ (Awdté ‘thunder’; kw7jo ‘old woman’).
1 Final Report, pt. 1, p. 311, 1890.
60 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [nrH. ANN, 29
There is no Tewa name for ‘thunderstorm’, although such storms
are very frequent in summer. The Tewa speak merely of hwdtd
‘thunder’ and kwdy yp ‘rain’.
“FI RAT-LIGHTNING”’
Muwe ‘heat-lightning’ ‘light of dawn which resembles heat-light-
ning’ ‘northern lights’ ‘brightness,’ said of starlight (of obscure
etymology). Vimuwetfa ‘the heat-lightning leaps up’ (nd ‘it’;
muwe ‘heat-lightning’; tfa ‘to leap’). °Zmuwede® ‘it is light-
ning with heat-lightning’ (7 ‘it’; mywwe as above; e¢ present).
Nimuwepo? ‘it is lightning with heat-lightning’ (ng@ ‘it’; muwe as
above; po? verbifying postpound). J/wwe appears in a number of
personal names.
MiracE
Ni pokowagi nito or nd pokowagi untfiy yp ‘it resembles water lying’
(nd Sit’; po ‘water’; ko ‘to lie’; wag? ‘like’; ng ‘it’; to ‘to resemble’;
uns ‘it’; tan ‘to appear to one’).
EcHo
Niitoto ‘it echoes’ (nd ‘it?; toto ‘to echo’).
)
III. PERIODS OF TIME
YEAR
Paio ‘year’; ef. pajogett ‘summer’. Vx? 'W@¢n puke tesist pajo
indmu ‘this girl is sixteen years old’ (nz ‘this’; *2’ locative and
adjective-forming postfix; °W@n puke ‘ girl’; teuisi ‘ sixteen’ <tex ‘ten’,
it ‘from’, sz ‘six’; pajo ‘year’; *2 ‘she’; nd ‘she’; mu ‘to have’
“to be’).
The year began at the time of the winter solstice. The time of new
year was called pajo tsimb * (pajo ‘year’; tsdimbi ‘new’; i” locative
and adjective-forming postfix).
Nei pajo ‘this year’ (nz ‘ this’; *2 locative and adjective-forming
postfix). /e pajo ‘last year’ (he ‘last’ in this sense). Wewi’a pajo
or “owewa pajo ‘next year’ (nex ‘this’; wi’a ‘coming’ ‘ other’ ‘ dif-
ferent’; ’owe ‘there’). Wije pajo nép'atev ‘two years ago’ (wije
‘two’; pajo ‘ year’; nd ‘it’; paste ‘to pass’; *2” locative and adjective-
forming postfix). Wije pajo ’vwe ‘in two years’ ‘two years from
now’ (wije ‘two’; pajo ‘year’; ’7we ‘at’, ‘in’ in this sense).
SEASONS
The Tewa distinguish only two seasons—summer and winter. The
summer (pajoge7, unexplained, but cf. pajo ‘ year’) begins in the
spring and lasts until the fall, including the months of April, May,
June, July, August, and September. The winter (¢e’nws7, unex-
plained) begins in the fall and lasts until the spring, including the
months of October, November, December, January, February, and
March. The Tewa speak also of twdndz ‘the spring or planting time’,
and p'ojeut ‘the harvest time’, both of these words being obscure in
derivation and not considered to denote true seasons. Unlike the
Tewa, the Jemez appear to distinguish four seasons: todégiii ‘spring’,
pef ‘summer’, pat ‘autumn’, ‘dot ‘ winter’.
Nev tenusti ‘this winter’ (ne ‘this’; ’7? locative and adjective-
forming postfix; fenuwi? ‘winter’). NVew?a tenuti ‘next winter’
(nz ‘this’; wa ‘other’; tenwse ‘winter’). LHe tenwti ‘last winter’
(he ‘last’; te’nwi ‘ winter’).
All the clans of the Tewa villages belong to either the Summer or
the Winter phratry. The same clan, wherever itis found, always
belongs to the same phratry. The Summer phratry or division is
called Pajoges’’intows ‘summer people’ (pajogesi ‘summer’; *i7/
locative and adjective-forming postfix; tows ‘person’ ‘ people’),
61
62 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. ann. 29
Run petows ‘turquoise people’ (kun re ‘turquoise’; towd ‘person’ *peo-
ple’), or A”we (of obscure etymology). The Winter phratry is called
Tenusiintows ‘winter people’ (tenusi ‘winter’; ’ty locative and
adjective-forming posttix; fow% ‘person’ ‘ people’); Potow ‘squash
people’ (po ‘squash’ ‘pumpkin’ ‘gourd’ ‘calabash’; fowi ‘person’
‘people’), or Awe (of obscure etymology). The Summer people are
presided over by the Summer cacique, po’etunjo ‘ceremony-presiding
chief’ (po’s ‘to preside at a ceremony’, said of either Summer or Win-
ter cacique); tunjo ‘chief’, who is in charge of the summer ceremo-
nies. The Winter people and ceremonies are in charge of the Winter
cacique, ?ojiketunjo ‘hard ice chief’ (ojz ‘ice’; ke ‘hardness’ ‘hard’;
tunjo ‘chief’). Bandelier' writes: ‘‘ The [Tewa] altar (Cen-te) used in
the estufas is green for the summer months, yellow after the autum-
nal equinox.” So far as the present writer has learned, the Tewa do
not recognize equinoxes, but only solstices.
Distinct personal names were considered appropriate for children
according to the season in which they were born—summer or winter.
MontTHs
The Tewa year contained twelve, not thirteen months. In this it
agreed with the Zuni year according to Cushing (see the accompany-
ing table). The months are said to have begun at the time of the new
moon, but this subject needs further investigation. They are divided
into summer and winter months (see under Srasons). Month is
called po ‘moon’. The term Posendo is applied only to the divinity
resident in the moon (see under SuN AND Moon).
The months were known by descriptive names, which are passing
out of use. These names differed considerably according to the
speaker and the village. The accompanying table gives month-names
obtained from Indians of four Tewa villages; also Jemez and Zuii
month-names, the latter from Cushing.’ It will be noticed that the
old designations of some months have been supplanted partially or
wholly by names of saints, whose festivals play an important réle in
present-day Tewa life. December is invariably named from nyp*a
‘Christmas,’ and the old name could not be discovered.
= == = =
1 Final Report, pt. 1, p. 311, 1890.
2Zuni Breadstutl, The Millstone, p. 58, April, 1884.
63
PERIODS OF TIME
HARRINGTON]
*., SABMYVR OY}
Ul 4OU Sal, MOUS,
umnyo} - RA- TIM AY
~BI,{ - [B-[N-Weu-O,,
«MOUS
Surpusosep
Jo yqstom oxy Aq
udyorg oie sysNod
Udy SUIT} OY} ST FT
JBY} JRF OY} ULOIT
poured os ‘unyo}
-vX-nyo}-tuRk-vBy,,
*,< UOdsou09 ay}
JO yUsdSeI0 , UNTO}
-ef-nd-8,0,4-qoys
-I,, JO ,,,JUaoDsaI0
OqIUM Suro,
unyo}-"A-nd-qox-,T,,
(surysnp)
INQZ
*(,qjuour,
<uoou, pd faary
-nururrp %/} $, year,
41, 6v) ,yyuoUt
Jeol [[VUs , PIR /70,du
o,
*(,qyuoUr,
,uoour, pd f,purar
-jsnp, pp !,Butods
-ouou sniodruny,
fy) qyuour pur
4snup repeo, pdppiy
*(,qjuour, ,woour,
pd :.que sursy,
Sh fyas) Yywom
que Surty, pdnsyas
TAWA
-ozrvut*ds >nsrpu
“O191G2J
‘dg > nra(r)g,d
-oraua "dg > nraua,
HINOW
a0 GNVN HSI
-NVdg 40 NOILY
-IONONOUD VAAL,
*(,qjuour, ,woour,
og !,ysnory yp ds
07, .<4tfds 03, agnd
,yeol, DY) ,~WPIOY
WV SOABOT 94
usyM yuo, OJagodny
“ynd Wat} o1B
SpIBZI[T BSAq} JO Sp109
JeABU 9y} asnNBdaq
pal[vo Os aq 0} preg
‘(,qjuotm, ,uoour,
olf, ureis ssoroe yno
0}, 187 § ATTA, 28 !pIv
~2Y[ JO puly vB IPugsoy)
<qjuour ynd ATTAq
prezit, odpspspputsoy
*(,qjuoUr,
,woom, od {,00T,
2fo,) .yyuout aor, od2fo,
“(,yjuour, ,uooUr,
od {a 8no01yq4
qITds 09, .4rTds
0}, agnd {,yRoarT,
py) ,~YWoy Ywo1iq
SOABIT JY} WaT
yom, odagndnvy
*(,qjuour, ,woou,
og ‘pura, bm)
<qyuou pura, odin
*(,qjuour, ,woour,
of ‘001, 2£0,)
<yyuour aot, od?fo,
*(,qquour,
moour, oJ $y ano}
yids 04, .y1{ds
0}, agnd ‘S,yvoq,
py) ,q Woy YRaaq
SOAROT OT} UWOTAL
yjuom, odagndny
O00] O.1A.I
-aJ,, Ystuedg ary
Jo uoneydepe ue
Ayqeqoid st oureu
SITL ‘“19aq.BAM
sno1aystoq 94} Jo
asnRoaq pa[[Bd Os oq
0} preg *(,qj}uoUT,
,woour, od §,AzeI0,
<SSourzBio, — opoq)
.Uquout AzB10 , od opog
*( qjuout,
moour, of £901, 2/0,)
<quour oot, odz/o,
‘quod Way} O18 spre
-ZI[ 8SaY} JO sps10d
JOABU OY} OSTBI2q
poT[Bo Os aq 0} preg
“(.qqyuou, ,woou, of
+, UIBIS OY} Ssor10B
4nd 01, D8? £, ATTAq,
as parezty Jo pury B
anb®sy) , yyuour
yno AT[eq piv
“ZI, odvspsirymbésy
*papjanys
918 8930400 OY} PUB
uUMOP 9TqUIN} SYI[O
ou} WUoUL sty} UL
qvq) poureldxo st 4y
*(.qjuour, ,uoour, og
‘,preije ATuappns
aq 0}, ,payaeis oq
01, ®yd £,a,0400,
ap) , papas oav
89}30409 9Y} Wey
qiyuom, od#ydop
*(,qjuour, , uoouI,
of +,001, 2£0,)
<qjuout 901, odzfo,
ie YoIByL
-* ArenIqay
~** AIBnuBe
VAL JANVN
VAMUT OSNOUAATT NVS
VARI, VaVIO VINVS
VAG NvOf NYS
HSIIONS
[BTH, ANN, 29
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS
64
(DUBE
ou JO yUua0sSer9
ayy, BU-O-UIR-/1qs
BAM Y-UNYOI-BA,,
«¢) SUIIOJSPUBS
I9}B013 94) JO
yjuOUr ay}, UNTO}
-A-BU-, BL 4-B TF
-BIEVA Y-94-TI TL,
«¢ SULIO}S
pues Jassay oy} JO
yjuour ey}, UNTO}
-& - BU - BS} - BIL
-BU-BAY-9}- TTL,
*(,yjuour, , uooul,
pd ‘ueng uvg ‘dg
> dmazbs) ,yuow
uyor 4S, pdinabs
ae guecoline
SIq] Ul Uloq a1R
adojajue = asneoaq
PaTLBd OS aq 0} preg
*(,qjuour, ,Wooul,
pd ‘aatynuru
ap wy ‘,odojayue,
psy). yguour adoy
-oqun Aquq, pd%ynsy
*(,yjuoul, ,moour,
pe +51, DF S.FBOT,
0, 5.41, Ow) ,qyuoUr
year 51q, DID}0,0u
‘orunl ‘dg> nauny
‘oxeut dg > nfpu
‘THqB dg > 7779p,
*(,qjuour, ,uoeur,
od ‘uene usg dg >
fGimbGis) ,yyuou
uyor 48, odwinbdis
*(,qjuour,
<uoout, od £,MO8 04,
juryd o}, oy !,azreur,
Jah,y) ,Yyuom sur
4jurid usloo, odoyany
*(,qjuour, ,woour,
of ‘{,puvdxa 04,
,uado 04, arpm ! Ral,
py) ,Wwado SABE, OY
ud A Y}aOUL, odarpapy
*(,qjuoul, ,uooul,
od tuene uvg ‘dg >
Janmbads) qyuour
uygor 49, odwimbais
*(,qyuour, ,moour,
od $,Mos 0}, jued
04, OY
Johny) ~qqyuou Sur
-juvyd u109, of oyan y
,azleu,
*(,qquour,
uoour, o£, pusdxa
0}, ,wado 0}, arpm
‘year, vy) ,uado
SOABAL OY] UWOTTAr
yuou, odarpmpy
*(, qyuour - ,uooul,
od Suene urg ‘dg >
Saimbais) .qyuour
uygor 49, odwimbais
*(yjuout, oou, o¢
{0M 0}, YBUI OI,
od {,[t0s, ,yqIBe,
Janu) ,yyuour ony
-[no1ssB, odndwyu
*(,qjuour, ,uoour,
od £,Mos 07, ued
O04}, OY !,azIBM,
SOR) uou Sur
urd us0o, ofoyan,y
*(,qquour, , woot,
od ‘uenp usg‘dg >
daimbads) ,yyuouw
uyor 1g, odwimbais
*“1O[OO ua_IS
-Ylep Iq} pours
-se ApRalye dABy
SOABOT BY} BsNBIAq
P2TTBd O8 9q OF PBS
*(yguou, ,uoour,
od :,yrvp, Jan,y
‘year, DY) ,qyuour
payror-yrep,odwn yoy
*(,qjuour, , woour,
od {,10pua}, &s
‘YBa, DY) ,qyuoUr
poyea[sepuey, od #spy
“(,qyuour,
woour, of §, yano144
ytrds 04, ards
oO}, agnvd !,yRat,
DY) , Woy Ywoiq
SOABIT OT} UoTAr
qyquom, odagvdvy
(surysn))
INnZ
7ZAWAL
HINOW
JO ASNVN HSI
-NVdg dO NOILY
-IONONOUd VAAL
VARTL TANVN
YMG. OSNOATATT NVS
VAGL VaVIQ VINVS
VAGL Nvoc Nvg
HSITONG
65
PERIODS OF TIME
HARRINGTON]
eC DIT 555
« COUT 5 55
cc MOTION, 5
(yjuou, ,woou, pg
f.[VAysos, pnynd
fensursorg ‘dg >
mobispd) —, yyuout
[BAT]S9J B[NAUISAI,
"MOTO OUIBU "JO
yng “yyuoUr sTqy
JO WIP 94} UO sInd
-00 OTqang oOsurm
-Od OJURS 4B VISEy
yRois oy} asnBoaq
pa[Bd Os aq 07 preg
*(,qquour, ,uoour,
pE ',[VAT}soy,
pnynd) yy uouL
TBAT}SOF,
“(,qjuour, ,woourT,
pd ‘osvyurgds>
qovfjbs) — ,qyuour
sour 4s, pdnbnlaj 0s
pdynyndnobtspd
pdynynd
“a1QUIaT]OS
‘dg> erquazjas
“0}
088 ‘dg > 1s00v,
‘orn dg> myny
*(,qjuour,
,uoou, of {,uaty aM,
‘QatyRo0l am ‘,adti,
<ssouedu, a) ,ssou
-adii jo yyuour, odamad
“(.qjuour, ,woom, o€
$,9N0 0} , D8} {yRaTTA 0}
SuLuoyor )) , yuour
Suyyno ywoya, oFps75)
*(,qjuour, , uoouml,
od ‘oseyurg ‘dg>
pOvyuis) <ujuour
somer 49, odubpoiyuis
“qyuoUL
Sq} Ul OpBur st
dnits u10d asuBdeq
pel[Bo O8 aq OJ preg
‘(,qjuou™, ,woOuI,
od ‘,axyvm 0}, nd
f,aomnt, ,rayem, of
‘JOOMS, SS9UJIAAMS,
B.> dnys od9,)
OpBur st dniis way Ad
yyuow, odndodd,
*(, qquour,
od {,yn0 04, 87
wey 0} SuLay
-ar b)) ,yyuou Sur}
nd yoga, odps757
*(,qjyuour, ,uoour,
og ‘oseyuvg -dg>
nopyuis) ,qyuouL
sour yg, odnbpyuis
*(,qjuour, oor, oF
UL OYV} 0}, ,AYBI
01, 9) ',aZTBUr,
Jay) ut way}
SI W100 9} way
qjuom, od9a,7un,y
*(, Wyuour
,uoou, og $,adiz
aq Oy, ad 118,
at, @y) qyuour
adi [1B, odad®y
*(,qyuour, , woour,
og {.4n0 01, 3}
{yBal[M 0} Sutidoyjor
3) .quow = 3uy
no ywoya, odps7d)
“(yjuow, ,uoour,
od ‘osunurg ‘dg >)
nipyuis ,q,uou
some yg, odvbnruis
*(,qquour,
,moou,og f,as10y ,
rfémy) — yyuour
asioy, odwl ny
*(,qjuour, ,uooUut,
od t,amoy oy B4
oy, mp7) ,qyaout
emoy ex}, odern.y
*(,yquomr, ,uooul,
o@ {.4n0 03, ns?
‘yRoyM 0} Sutdoy
-ot 5)) , Yyuom 3uy
4no yaya, odpszd)
*(,yjuour, ,uoOouTI,
od toseyung ‘dg>
nbpyubs) ,yyuout
somBe ys, odnbpzyuds
*(,qjuour, ,uoour,
og {,uaq a , ‘aatyRo
-OT am t,adi1, ,ssau
-adi, a@) ,ssouedts
jo yuour, odamad
“raquraydag
age SA STLs Hive
5
—29 ETH—16
87584°
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BTH, ANN, 29
66
*(,qjuow, , uwoour,
“(,qjuour, ” *(,qjuoUul,
¢ : ssvut o1ou8) “(,qjuour, ,uoour, oF ,uoour, of !,org, *(qjuour, ,woout, og woou, o¢ fry,
weuroy , usta ds > {o1y, vd ‘,soyse, vd ‘.soyse, nu {aqy, 0d‘ soyse, hu vd ‘saysv, tu
CEUTA EASES nu> ay soyse, > ,ary sayse, A[[R > ,a1y sayse, AL[B > ,a1y soyse, ALB
nue Bers) 7 A[pesozty SBUSTIYO, dH, ‘,SBunysiig), du, ‘,SBuysuyo, sayy ‘sBpurswyp,
peumu) — yyuout EEG HEG) OE) vdhu) <qjuoUuL vdnu) ,yjyuow p,dmu) ,yyuow v,diu) qquour
a POV,» | SBUSTIGO, Pd ysrwtin | ds> erquaysap seuysy9, odvdru|svaysuy), odvdiu | seuysuyg, odvdiu | svonsyo, odndiu |- zaquieseq
, ‘(,qauoul, , woour, *(qjuour, wooul, *(,qjuou, 1oouL,
*(,qauour, ,uoour, “(,qjuour, ,woour, o@ {ur 194483 of {ut r9yye3 og fur soyyed
pd { [watsay, pnypd od {ur reyes 0}, 0}, Jayje80} 1oyyBs 0}, .194}030} 19yIVs 0}, 1049050) 10q}B3
{,ToVUrM , 07 5, won} ,19y}o80} Iay}Bs 07, oy, asm {118, 01, 36,0 fq78, 01, aban S118,
1B, gpd) ,qjuout aim s,17B, 1t, By) it, #y) ,ut pore gt, £y) ,ut paso at, @y)° ur peso
«}UV08ap [BATSOF IOJULM pus ‘aIQUIOTAOU Uf paroyyes st [eB -Yjes SE [[B Waar -Yjes st [[B Way -Y}BS St [[B Ua
“UP IO poyesowa,,, | RF, pdymyndoypd | -ds> erqwargow | uaymyuour,odatjné&y | yyuom, o¢atin@y | yuom, ofa jnéy | ywuow, oat jnéy |-roquraaoy
*(,qquour, *(,qjuow, ,woour, *(,qjuoUr, ,uoOur,
*(,qjuour, ,woour, od !+¢ Jo pres og ‘+g Jo pres *(,qjuour, od ‘+¢ jo pres ‘rey |
muoom, pd ',ysny UB} 07, nual ‘year, T[LBF 04, nwal ! yeoq, <uoou, og {480A 0}, nwal {,yRot,
o1, 2fpy) .qyuou “aiqny by) ,SAABIT BUITLRJ DY) ,SAABO, BUI[[VJ -rey, afo,d) ,qyuour DY) ,SOABIT SBULT[RT
a COHYM,,, | SUrysny, PI2fry | -00-ds> ergniyo, | jo yuout, odnwalny | yo qyuour, odnwafpy | ysaarvy, ogafo,d | yo yquom ognwalpy |--- 1240100
HLINOW
© ee. ZAWaL Aa Sato? VAGL GANVN YMG] OSNOdIAIT NVg| VAAL VaVIQ VINVS VAG Nvaf Nvg HSTIONG
“IONONOUd VAAL,
* HARRINGTON] PERIODS OF TIME 67
THe CHRISTIAN WEEK
Jati ‘time between’ Sundays, ‘week’. Domiyngi ‘Sunday’ is fre-
quently used to render ‘week’. Spanish semana ‘ week’ is rarely used
in Tewa.
Domingu ‘Sunday’ (<Span. domingo). Lwné ‘Monday’ (<Span.
lunes). J/auté ‘Tuesday’ (<Span. martes). J/eskolé ‘ Wednesday’
(<Span. miercoles). Qwebe ‘Thursday’ (<Span. jueves). Biemmeé
‘Friday’ (<Span. viernes). Sabadu ‘Saturday’ (<Span. sabado).
No expressions meaning ‘first day’, ‘second day’, etc., are in use.
Day, Nicur, Times or Day anp Nicut
Ta ‘day’; cf. tayp ‘sun’. Tavi ‘day’ (ta ‘day’; “ ablative,
locative). Za refers to the period beginning when it becomes
light in the morning and ending when it gets dark in the evening.
For a day of twenty-four hours there is no expression current in
Tewa.
Nitatsisimey yp ‘the days are getting shorter’ (nd ‘it’; ta ‘day’;
tsii ‘cut short’; menyp ‘to go’). Tfeiad* nat and ‘the days are short’
(tfeua4 ‘short’; nd ‘it’; ta ‘day’; nd ‘to be’). Mgt asomey p ‘the
daysare getting longer’ (nd ‘it’; a ‘day’; so‘large’; mexyp ‘to go’).
Hehzen pu nit ang ‘the days are long’ (hehenpu ‘long’; ng ‘it’; ta
‘day’; nd ‘to be’).
Nik unné ‘itis dark’ (nd ‘it’; hwy p ‘dark’; nd ‘to be’). Mikipowa x’®
‘the light is going to come’ (nd ‘it’; 27 ‘light’; powa ‘to arrive’; *x#
‘tocome’). Mit'e’x’%ho?*the light is already coming’ ‘it is beginning
to get light’ (nd ‘it’; fe ‘light’ ‘clear light’; ’#’# ‘to come’; fo’? ‘already’).
Nit eng ‘it is light? ‘it is clear’ (nd ‘it’; te ‘light’ ‘clear light’; nd ‘to
be’). WMiakipo’? ‘it is light’ (nd ‘it’; A7 ‘light’; po’? ‘to make’). Miékind
‘it is light? (nd ‘it’; /7 ‘light’; nd ‘to be’). Wa'viue ‘the time of the
early morning when already light but not yet dawn or sun-up’ (of
obscure etymology). WVdt'amwe’# ‘the dawn is coming’ (nd ‘it?s Camu
‘dawn’; ’2”# ‘to come’). Miét'amund ‘it is dawn’ (nd ‘it’; tamu ‘dawn’;
ni ‘to be’). Muwet'e ‘the light of dawn’ (muwe ‘heat-lightning’; te
‘Jight’). Mamuwet'epo ‘the dawn is shining’ (nd ‘it’; muwet'e as
above; po” ‘to make’). Mitampix’® ‘the sun is about to come up’ (nd
‘it’; fayp ‘sun’; pe ‘to issue’; 2% ‘to come’). WVdtampi ‘the sun
comes up’ (nd ‘it?; fayyp ‘sun’; pi ‘to issue’ ‘to come out’). Z"ant'e
‘sunshine’ ‘sunlight’ (ayy ‘sun’; fe ‘light’). Mit ant'e ‘the sun is
shining’ (nd ‘it’; tay ‘sun’; ¢e ‘to shine’). /Zevembo’? ‘early morning”
(hesen p- ‘morning’; 60 progressive). L/esend? ‘morning’ ‘forenoon’
(heen p- ‘morning’ ‘forenoon’, absolute form never used; 7 ablative,
locative). Hesentagesi ‘morning straight up time’ ‘time about nine
or ten o’clock in the morning’ (heey ‘morning’; tagesd as below; cf.
t citagesi’).
68 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BTH, ANN, 29
Tage ‘straight up’, referring to the sun, ‘ noon’ (cf. ¢aje ‘straight’,
not crooked or bent). Zagesi ‘noon’ (tage as above; «2 ablative, loca-
tive). Zan tagesi nding ‘the sun is at noon’ (fayp ‘sun’; tagess
‘noon’; ng ‘it’; nd ‘to be’). Mitagepo’? ‘it makes straight up’ ‘it is
noon’ (nd@ ‘it’; tage as above; po? ‘to make’). fuwag? ndtagepo?
‘noon comes very soon’ (fwwagi ‘soon’; nitagepo® as above).
Nitagetip'ate “noon is passed’ (nd ‘it’; tage ‘noon’; p'ate ‘to
pass’). Zagesip'ateti ‘afternoon’ (tageti ‘noon’; p‘ate ‘to pass’;
ablative, locative). TZ"etagesi ‘evening straight up time’ ‘time
about two or three o’clock in the afternoon’ (¢'¢7 ‘evening’; tagevi as
above). Zeist ‘evening’ (¢'¢% ‘evening’, absolute form never used;
ui ablative, locative). NVugepije nétammeny ‘the sun is declining’
(nuge ‘down’ ‘below’ <nwu ‘below’, ge locative; pije ‘toward’; nd
‘it’; Cane ‘sun’; maeyp ‘to go’). Nikiyy ‘it is twilight’ (nd ‘it’;
kip ‘to be twilight’). Ajndé ‘twilight’ (Ain ‘to be twilight’; «7
ablative, locative). Mik wmpo? ‘it gets dark’ (nd ‘it’; k°uyy ‘dark’;
po? ‘to make’). Mik'uyy ‘it is dark’ ‘it is night’ (nd ‘it’; k'uyp
‘to be dark’). Mik'unnd ‘it is dark’ (n@ ‘it’; h'uny ‘dark’; nd ‘to
be’). Ay ‘night’, especially used meaning ‘last night’ (2°, con-
nected with k'uyyr ‘to be dark’; “7 ablative, locative). A“ ywiai
‘night’ (4° ute as above; “2 ablative, locative).
Net'a ‘to-day’ (ne ‘this’; ta ‘day’). A“wti ‘last night’, see
above. Ts@ndi k'yti ‘last night’ (tsd’ndi ‘yesterday’; k'wi as
above). Zsd’ndi ‘yesterday’ (tsdy p, cf. tsimpije ‘west? and nd’otsénnd
‘it is a little cloudy’; “2 ablative, locative). Zsdmpzyge ‘day before
yesterday’ (¢sdéy,r, as above; peyge ‘beyond’). T"a’ndi ‘to-morrow’
(fayp ‘sun’; 4 ablative, locative). Zandihesendi ‘to-morrow
morning’ (fa@ndi ‘to-morrow’; heendi ‘morning’). T*wimpenge
‘day after to-morrow’ (¢'ayp, as above; pxeyge‘ beyond’).
Hours, Mryures, Seconps
>Ouu *hour’ (<Span. hora). IM/inutt ‘minute’ (<Span. minuto).
Segundi. ‘second’ (<Span. segundo). Wetedijonu out wi ‘*day”
‘twenty-four hours make a ‘‘day”?’ (wetxijonu ‘twenty-four’; ’oud
‘hour’; we Sone’). Seginte’® minutis wi ?ouu ‘sixty minutes make an
hour’ (segint#’® ‘sixty’; minut ‘minute’; wz ‘one’; ’ot ‘hour’).
Seginte’® segundu wi minutt ‘sixty seconds make a minute’ (segintex’®
‘sixty’; segundt ‘second’; w?/ ‘one’; ménuth ‘minute’).
Clock or watch is called tanta ‘sun measure’ (“ayy ‘sun’; ta
‘measure’), or fampuywe ‘sun for looking at’ (“ayp ‘sun’; puywe
‘to look at’). Gaemauti ’umbi tampuywe ‘look at your watch! (gx
‘you l’ imperative; muti ‘to look’; ’umbi ‘your’; t'ampuywe ‘ watch’).
*Thest * o'clock’ (said to mean something like ‘long being’—ef. hen pz
‘long’—w7 ablative, locative; the ’¢ is unexplained). Tke *cheud wx’?
‘you will come at seven o’clock’ (tse ‘seven’; *zhet7, as above; ’u ‘you’;
>x#® Sto come’).
HARRINGTON] PERIODS OF TIME 69
Hen pu iheuin ning ‘what time is it? (henyu ‘how much’;
theudy sp, ck. iheti above; nd ‘it’; nd ‘to be’). Tx’ thei ‘ten o'clock’
(txe# ‘ten’; thett ‘o’clock’). Hawisi te ihesi or mati teihevi ‘about ten
o'clock’ (hatiut, mati ‘about’). Sonu saha pingehesi ‘half past four’
(jonu ‘four’; “aha ‘and’; pingehett ‘half <piyge ‘in the middle’, hewd,
cf. *theti, above). Tx’? minut nate tesiwijeiwe ‘ten minutes before
twelve’ (tz? ‘ten’; minuti ‘minute’; nd ‘it’; te ‘to be lacking’; tewiwije
‘twelve’; *2we locative). Ws ?ova ndte ‘one hour ‘remains’ (w? ‘one’;
oud ‘hour’; nd ‘it’; te ‘to be lacking’).
FESTIVAL
feykv isi ‘festival ‘fiesta’ (of obscure etymology) or hi ‘festival’
‘fiesta (related to hit fd ‘to be glad’).
Farr, CAarNIvaL
P'etia< Span. feria. Aamiba(l)<Span. carnival. Fairs or carni-
vals are held at Santa Fe and Albuquerque. |
Timr oF PLAGUE
Heiwiwagi towd tahinds? ‘dying of a great many people? (Aw /wi-
wagt ‘very many’< ha iwi ‘very many’, wag? ‘like’; fowd ‘people’;
tahiyp ‘to die of the plague’; ’2”’ locative and adjective-forming
postfix).
IV. GEOGRAPHICAL TERMS
Norr.—The alphabetic order isa~adxedbbiddeefrg gghi
tikhkwkk'limanpyyqwypoopppy qqwrasfttt ts tf ts tf
uuyovw. ‘The glottal stop (’) is ignored in the alphabetic sequence.
Ara ‘steep slope’. Cf. tava ‘gentle slope’.
? Ahombwu * plain wholly or partly surrounded by higher land’ ‘ corner
of a plain’ Cakoy pt+bwu).
>? Akompije ‘south,’ literally ‘direction of the plains’ (akon pt+pije).
Ahompije inte’e ‘south estufa’ Cakompzje ‘south’+te’e). Synonyms:
pajogesi’ intowadite’e, kun petee, and k'ajete’e.
Akompije inqgwapeyge ‘locality beyond (south of) the south house-
row of a pueblo’ Cakompzje ‘south’+’2'+penge). See diagram 1,
p- 305.
’Ahompijeingwasu ‘south houserow of a pueblo’ Pakompzje ‘south’+
Vi+qwasu).
-Ahompijepend? ‘south part of a pueblo’ Cakompijetpend?).
» Akondiwe ‘at the plain’ Cakoy p+ iwe).
-Akonnu ‘plain’ Cakeyp+nu). ?Akonne Cakoyp+nex) is never used.
The various postfixes can be added to ’akonnu as to ’akoyn p with-
out difference of meaning. But ‘little valley’ is rendered akon pe,
not ’whonnwe.
> Akonge, ’akonnuge ‘down at the plains’ Cakoy p, ’akonnutge).
"Akon p ‘plain’.
Akon phenpiyy ‘long plain’ ‘long valley or glen with flat bottom’
‘long mesa-top’ Cakeypthenyiyr ‘length’ ‘long’, mineral
gender).
> Akon phi’u ‘arroyo with a flat, plain-like bottom’ Cakey p+hwu).
>Anwu ‘foot of a slope’ ‘below a slope’ (@atnwu).
> Apinnusi ‘middle of a slope’ ‘half way up or down a slope’ (‘a’a+
pinnud?).
> Awap'abi’u, awap'abee, ’awap ibwu, awap'ibe’e ‘low place in which
cattails grow’ Cawap'‘a, awap't species of cattail + bw'u, be’e).
AE po ‘race track’ (ge ‘to run’+Po ‘trail’ ‘track’ ‘road’).
Aki ‘V-shape’.
Ange ‘foot of’? ‘base of? (ayy ‘foot’+ge). This is often combined
with other words, as: dyge’age ‘down the slope to the base of
the slope’.
An peegi ‘on the head’.
An pegiku, Cin pegit+ku) a conical rock bearing on its apex a rock
cap, thought by the Indians to resemble a person carrying a
burden on the head. (See pls. 7, 8.)
70
HARRINGTON ] GEOGRAPHICAL TERMS Zak
Baa ‘woman’s belt’. It is also used figuratively of a belt or strip of
country. A man’s belt is called sembwa (sey ‘man’+baa).
Baw ‘ford’ (<Span. vado ‘ ford’).
Be ‘pottery’ ‘vessel’.
Bee (1) ‘small, low roundish place’ ‘dell’ ‘dale’ ‘small valley’ ‘small
corner’ of a space, asofaroom. (2) ‘of roundish ball-like shape’
‘ball? ‘clod’ ‘mound’.
Benudite ‘watchhouse for watching a melon field’ (benwdi ‘musk-
melon’ + Ze).
Bepuk' abe ‘potsherd’ (be ‘ pottery ’+pu ‘base’+h"abe ‘to break’).
Besu ‘chimney’ ‘fireplace connected with a chimney’ (apparently bee
(1) or bee (2)+su ‘arrow’).
Besup‘o ‘hole or opening of a chimney’ (besw+p‘o).
Bey yp ‘little bend’.
Ben phwu ‘arroyo the course of which bends at short intervals’ (bey +
hwu).
Bi- ‘small and roundish’.
Bige ‘sharp bend’ (b7- +ge).
Bist ‘small roundish pile, grove, clump, hill or mound’.
Boka ‘mouth of acanyon’ (<Span. boca ‘mouth’ ‘ mouth of a canyon’).
Bow ‘large roundish pile, grove, clump, hill or mound’.
Buta ‘dry dell’ (bw u (1)+#a ‘dryness’ ‘ dry’).
Bw u (1) large roundish low place’ ‘dell’ ‘ dale’ ‘ valley’ ‘ bottom’ (in the
sense of ‘low dell’) ‘large corner of a space’ ‘courtyard’ ‘plaza’
‘placita’ ‘settlement surrounding a plaza’ ‘settlement’ ‘town’
‘city’. (2) ‘of large roundish ball-like shape’ ‘large ball’ ‘large
mound’. See diagram 1, p. 305.
Buwate ‘oven’ (buwa ‘bread’ + te).
Buy ‘large bend’ ‘large turn of a waterway’.
Buy phwu ‘arroyo the course of which makes large turns at intervals’
buy p t+ hwu).
Dep'o ‘coyote’s den’ (de ‘coyote’ +p’).
Dey y ‘small point’ ‘small conical point’.
Duy yp ‘large point’ ‘large conical point’.
°F ‘offspring’ ‘child’, also used as the diminutive postpound. The
tone in the singular is falling, in the 2+ plural it is rising-falling.
When meaning ‘offspring’ ‘child’ two plural forms are in use: ’¢
and ’en px.
> Ehwela ‘school (<Span. escuela ‘school’).
> Hhweliteqwa ‘schoolhouse’ Cekwelt + teqwa).
* Kui, ‘threshing floor’ (<Span. era ‘threshing floor’).
> Etap‘ ett ‘post office’ (<Span. estafeta ‘post office’).
’ Etasion ‘railway station’ (<Span. estacion ‘ railway station’).
’ Ktup‘a ‘stove’ (<Span. estufa ‘ stove’).
2 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BTH, ANN, 29
Ge ‘at’ ‘down at’ ‘to’ ‘down to’, locative postfix denoting rest or
motion at or motion toward one or more places below the level
of the speaker.
He ‘that yonder’ ‘there yonder,’ demonstrative element denoting
location not very far from the speaker. Cf. ne (1) and’o. It is
much used before postfixes of locative meaning, e. g. hekwaje ‘up
yonder on top’ (he +fhwaje). It is also used as a noun prefix,
e.g. hetequwwiwe ‘at that house’? (Ax + tegwat’twe); also as an
adjective he” tequw@iwe ‘at that house’ (hx +77" + tegqwa+?iwe).
LITege ‘down there yonder,’ denoting location not very far from the
speaker and lower than the speaker (Ax + ge).
Ilene ‘there yonder,’ denoting location not very far from the speaker
(he + ne [2)).
STewe ‘there yonder,’ denoting location not very far from the speaker
and at about level of or higher than the speaker (hx + we).
Hewijakwov' ‘inner storeroom’ ‘closet’ (hewi ‘something’ ‘thing’
+ jakwo ‘to be put away’ +72”).
Tewiquwikwonwi? ‘inner storeroom’ ‘closet’? (hew? ‘something’
‘thing’ + gwikwonu ‘to be hung up’ +72”).
Hinge ‘beside’ ‘at one side of’ and not contiguous (Ady p- + ge).
LHinquwose, pokwihdngwote ‘mouth of a lake ora body of water’ (Ady
‘respiration’ ‘spirit’? + gwote; pokwt). Hiangwoe is also applied
to the break in the ‘‘life-line”, a line which nearly encircles the
vessel in certain designs of pottery painting.
Thins in hinge.
Hee ‘small groove’ ‘arroyito’ ‘ gulch’.
He’e ‘wide gap’.
Fegi ‘gulchlike,’ ‘ groove’.
LTejipije ‘lengthwise’ (hej unexplained + p/je).
LHesempwage ‘place down where the sun shines in the morning’ (heveyp
‘morning’ + pwage).
Tletvempwvatt *place where the sun shines in the morning’ (heseyp
‘morning’ + pa’ad?).
Tlesenkeniyge ‘side or place where there is shade in the morning’
(heveyn pr ‘morning’ + hey p + *1ge).
Tesenkennuge ‘place where there is shade in the morning’ (hecey
‘morning’ + hey p + nw + ge).
Tlesenkeyge ‘place where there is shade in the morning’ (hevenp +
hey sp + ge).
TTin peseg?™ ‘neck of a peninsula’ (Aine ‘smallness’ ‘small? + segz
‘slenderness’ ‘slender’ + 2”).
Livi ‘near,’ loeative prefix and adverb (Az unexplained + 2).
[luge ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’ (hwu + ge).
Tlugepo ‘arroyo water’ ‘water from an arroyo’ (Awu+ ge + po
‘water’).
HARRINGTON] GEOGRAPHICAL TERMS 73
Huqwoge ‘delta of an arroyo’ ‘place down where an arroyo cuts
through’ (Aww + gwoge).
Hutahwu ‘dry arroyo’ (hwu + ta ‘dryness’ ‘dry’ + hau).
Hwu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’ ‘ cafada’,
Ibe locative postfix meaning ‘in’ ‘into’, referring to rest or motion
in or motion into hollow object(s); ’2*’ + be unexplained). ?Zbe is
also used as a noun meaning ‘room of a building’. ‘In’ contigu-
ous gas, liquid or solid is expressed by */we.
’ Tbepinge ‘in the middle’ (be + pinge).
*7 is primarily a locative postfix meaning ‘at’, referring to place at
about the same level as or above the speaker. It is also postfixed
to adjective stems to denote gender and number. ’/” never means
‘in.’ Its forms may be tabulated as follows:
Sing. Dual 3+ Plural
ViineralkoenGer-, cu edictwer = dsters; 1) 22° INP pt
Weretalloenderyy tmasiiv-) seu Pep) neat 2 INP yt
Amimalvcenders far.) Meryacs os Mone. ben 170? INP Dp
When postfixed to words ending in 0, 0, uv or w, we’, wip may be
used instead of 72, “tyr. °Z? appears as a part of many other
postfixes, as “be (7+ be), pendi™ (pen +7). ?L* and its
compounds denote place either near or remote. This can be
observed by comparing ’¢pije (t+ pije) ‘to this place’ ‘to that
place’ with nepije (nz + pije) ‘to this place’, hepzje ‘to yonder
place’, ’opzje ‘to that remote place’. The forms in *{7,7 are some-
times elided with the preceding syllable; thus ’ Okey ‘San Juan
people’ for ’ Oke vy p C Oke ‘San Juan Pueblo’).
Tje locative postfix meaning ‘at’, referring to two or more places of
about the same level as or above the speaker (’2”? + je unexplained).
At two er more places ‘in’ contiguous gas, liquid or solid, is also
expressed by "te. Of. ’2we.
’Tepije ‘to’ ‘toward’, referring to two or more places of about the
same level as or above the speaker (2je + p7je).
>Tjew ‘from’ ‘out of’, referring to two or more places of about the
same level as or above the speaker (*#e + 7).
Inu ‘in? ‘within’, referring to motion which takes place entirely within
an object, as in the sentence ‘eagles soar 77 the sky’ (7? + nw).
’Iwe locative postfix meaning ‘at’, referring to one place but to one or
more objects of about the same level as or above the speaker
(v’'+we). ‘In’ contiguous gas, liquid or solid is also expressed
by *zwe. Cf. *zje. ?Iwe is also used as “be is used, especially if
the whole of an object is not inside, e. g. of a person’s hand ‘in’ a
box.
Iwepije ‘to’ ‘toward’, referring to one place but to one or more ob-
jects of about the same level as or above the speaker (72e + pije).
74 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eTH. ANN. 29
> Iwesi ‘from’ ‘out of’, referring to one place but to one or more objects
of about the same level as or above the speaker (ewe + 7).
Inne ‘side’ ‘at side’ (inp (2) + ne).
Inne ‘side’ ‘at side’ (inv (2)+ne+m). Cf. ’inneg.
Inge ‘side’ below speaker, ‘down at side’ (yy (2) + ge).
*Tygesi ‘side’ below speaker, ‘down at side’ (47 p (2) + ge + u7). Cf. inge.
Typ (1) a form of 77’, q. v. (2) appearing in several words meaning
‘side’.
Ja ‘in the middle’, appearing in various compounds.
Jage ‘amid’ ‘in the middle of? (ja + ge).
Jase in pojade ‘island’ (apparently ja + 4e unexplained).
Jat ‘between’ ‘among,’ referring to a position between or among
two or more places or objects (ja + 2).
Jawe ‘outside’ ‘out doors’ (ja, probably akin to ja ‘to put away’ ‘to
put out of the way’ + ve).
Jints’é ‘willow-grown canyon’ (jaéyp ‘willow’ + {s7/).
Siyge ‘amid’ ‘in the midst of? (jd7,r-+ge). Used, for instance, in the
sentence Towdjange *oj?' ‘lam moving about in the midst of a
crowd of people’ (towa ‘people’; ’o ‘1’; 72” ‘to move about’).
Jang ‘middle location’ ‘middle’ ‘medial’ (7dy/ + gi, postfix appear-
ing in many adjectives).
Singip agi, Jingip igi ‘flat terrace part way up between base and top
of mesa’, as, e. g., ‘bench at top of talus slope’ (jdygz ‘middle loca-
tion’ ‘middle’ ‘medial’ + p'ag? ‘largeness and flatness’ ‘large and
flat?; p' 2g? ‘smallness and flatness’ ‘small and flat’).
Hin p- amid’ in the compounds jayge and jing.
Jo augmentative postpound. It may be postpounded to certain words
only, its usage being not as free or frequent as that of the dimin-
utive e.
Kabajuk'a’* ‘pasture fenced in for grazing for horses’ (habajis < Span.
caballo ‘horse? + h°a +72).
Kabajite, kabajtiteqwa *barn or stable for horses’ (kabajy < Span. ca-
ballo ‘horse’ + fe; teqwa).
Kan pediy ‘catiada’ ‘glen’ ‘narrow mountain valley’ (< Span. cafiada,
of same meaning).
Kan peti po's’’i ‘catiada with canyon-like walls with a stream flowing
in it? (han pesiu + potse’?).
Kapijia ‘chapel’? (< Span. capilla’ ‘ chapel’).
Kampusantu ‘graveyard’ (< Span. campo santo ‘ graveyard’).
HKendv* ‘shady place’ (hey p- +2").
Kennu ‘shady place? (hey p- + nv).
Key p- ‘shade,’ in some compounds, as heteyheninge).
Keji ‘old’, said of things, not persons. Used only as a postpound.
A%, an element postfixed to many adjective stems. Its meaning is not
clear.
Kite * prairie-dog holes’ (47 ‘prairie-dog’ + Ze).
HARRINGTON] GEOGRAPHICAL TERMS 75
Kimmu ‘edge’ (kin + mu unexplained).
Kinnu ‘edge’ (kin p- + nu).
Kinge ‘edge,’ as of a table or mesa (29 " + ge).
Kin p- in hinge, hinnu, ete.
Kop‘e ‘boat? ‘bridge’ ‘plank or log across a diten or body of water to
serve as a bridge’ (o probably identical with ko ‘to bathe’ + p‘e
‘stick’ ‘wood’ ‘timber’ ‘plank’ ‘log’). What is said to be a primi-
tive Tewa bridge is to be seen over the mother-ditch at San Juan
Pueblo. Such a bridge consists of a roughly flattened log.
Kowa ‘corral (< Span. corral ‘corral’). The native Tewa equivalent
is ha.
Koui- ‘right? opposed to left, in various compounds.
Kowigewi ‘at the right side of? locative postfix (o’s2-’+ ge + u/).
Ko vine ‘on the right? ‘at the right side’ (ko’u7- + nx [2)}).
Ko ‘barranca,’ ‘bank of an arroyo or gulch’ ‘arroyo’ ‘gulch’, The
term is applied especially to arroyos of which a barranca is a
prominent feature. Arroyos which have a bankon one side and a
gentle slope on the other, like those of the Pajarito Plateau, are
called fo. Asa term for arroyos kohww is as common as ho.
Kohwu ‘arroyo with barrancas or banks as a prominent feature’ ‘large
groove by the barrancas’ (0 + hwu). Cf. ho.
Koso’o, hosoge, kosojo large barranca’ ‘large arroyo’ (ho + so’o ‘large-
ness’ ‘large’; ge; jo).
Kotahwu ‘dry arroyo’ (ko + ta ‘dryness’ ‘dry’ + Aw).
Kowasti ‘wide gap between barrancas’ (0 + wad).
Kow?i ‘gap between barrancas’ (20 + 72).
Kut fija ‘knite-like tapering ridge’ (<Sp. cuchilla of same meaning).
EKuwak'a ‘sheep-fold’ (kuwa ‘sheep’ + h*a).
Kute ‘store’ ‘shop’ (ku ‘to barter’ + te).
Kwa- in kwage, kwaje, ete.
Kweaa ‘downstairs’ ‘on the ground floor’.
Kwage ‘on or at the broad-topped height of’ ‘flat-topped height’
‘mesa’ ‘height’ (Awa-+ge). Used of mesa-top, top of frustrated
cone, flat top of a hand-quern, ete.
Kwagefwu ‘horizontally projecting point of a mesa’ (Awage + fwu).
Kwagewisi ‘horizontally projecting point of a mesa’ (Aiage + wid?).
Kwajé ‘on or atthe height of’ ‘height’ ‘ontop of’ ‘above’ (Awa +je
unexplained). This is the most inclusive term meaning ‘on top’
‘at the top’ ‘in the top’ ‘above’ ‘above the top’. It may be
used, for instance, of a bird in the top of a tree, on the top of a
tree, or above a tree. Pokwajé means ‘above, not touching, the
surface of the water’ (po ‘ water’).
Kwajepije ‘up’ (kwaje + pije).
Kwastt ‘room’ of a building (<Span. cuarto ‘room of a building’).
The term of native Tewa origin is 776e.
Kwekwi?' ‘Mexican settlement’? (Kiweku ‘Mexican’ +77”).
76 ETH NOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [PTH. ANN. 29
Kwekubiteqwa i ‘Mexican settlement’ (Aweku, ef. Kwekuyp “ron’,
‘Mexican’ + 6¢ possessive + tegwa + 7),
Kwekubwu ‘Mexican placita’ ‘Mexican plaza’ ‘Mexican settlement?
(Kweekw ‘Mexican’ + bwu).
Kwekum po ‘railroad? (kwekuyp ‘iron’ ‘metal’, cf. kweku ‘Mexican’
+i p, vegetal gender of ‘7’'?). This term is frequently used for
railroad train, thus: Awekwm po nimey p ‘the train is going,’ lit-
erally ‘iron road goes’ (nd ‘it’ + men p ‘to go’).
Kwekumpokop'e ‘railroad bridge’ (<kwekwmpo + kop‘e).
Kweu ‘winter person ‘member of winter phratry’ (unexplained.)
Kweute’e ‘winter people’s estufa’ (kweui ‘winter person’ + te’e).
Synonyms: tenwi *intowibitee, pimpije *intowubite’e, pote’e.
Kwijekwv'o ‘irrigating ditch’ (Aw7je ‘to irrigate’ + kw7o).
Awro ‘irrigation ditch’ ‘ditch’. The Tewa made extensive use of
irrigation by means of ditches, in pre-European times. Ditch-
work is now done by the men. In olden times it was done by
men and women working together and the implements used were
narrow shovel-shaped digging-sticks. Ditchwork is. still, as
formerly, communal and compulsory.
Kwvojija ‘main ditch’, literally ‘mother ditch? (A270 + j7ja ‘ mother’).
The corresponding term in New Mexican Span. is acequia madre,
of which the Tewa name is probably a translation.
Kwvopo ‘irrigation ditch water’ ‘water from an irrigation ditch’
(hwo + po ‘ water’).
Ka ‘denseness’ ‘dense’ ‘thicket’ ‘forest’. The word refers to any
thick growth of vegetal matter.
Kabowi ‘erove’ ‘clump-shaped thicket? (ka + bow).
Kabwu ‘erove’ (ka + bwu).
Kasoge ‘big forest’ ‘grove’ (ka + so’o ‘largeness’ ‘large’ + ge).
Ke ‘point’ projecting more or less vertically, ‘projecting corner’ as
of a table, ‘sharp point’ as a cactus thorn.
Ke ‘neck’ of man or lower animal. The tone of the word is distinct
from that of ke ‘point.’
Kedugi ‘large pointed peak’ (ke+dugi ‘largeness and pointedness’
_ ‘large and pointed’).
Kege ‘edge’ (ke ‘neck’ + ge). This is perhaps the commonest word
meaning ‘edge’ of a cliff, ‘shore’ of a lake, ‘bank’ or ‘edge’ of
a river, etc.
Kese ‘dipper’ ‘ladle’ (of obscure etymology).
Keti ‘on top’ of an upward-projecting pointed object (ke ‘point’ +
vi). The term seems to refer to an edge at the top of an upward-
projecting more or less sharp object.
Kesipije ‘to the summit’ (keud + pije).
Kewe ‘on top’ of an upward-projecting pointed object, ‘point’ ‘peak?
‘dome’ (ke ‘point’ + we). The term seenis also to be used with
HARRINGTON] GEOGRAPHICAL TERMS TT
the more general meaning ‘in, on or at the top of? ‘above,’ in
such usage being identical with /ywaje. Said of water, it denotes
position above the SUMILES, not touching the surface; cf. kwa/e.
Kewepa* ‘near the top’ ‘a short distance below the top’ ‘not as far
up as the top’ (kewe + pa).
Kigi ‘onthe upper surface and contiguous with the upper surface’
‘on top of or on a surface’ (of obscure etymology). Thus po-
kigi means ‘on the surface of the water’ (jo ‘ water’).
Ku ‘stone’ ‘rock’.
Kubée ‘rocky dell’ (ku + bee [1]).
Kubisi ‘small pile of stones’ (ku + bia).
Kubosi “large pile of stones’ (ku + bowi).
Kubwu (1) ‘rocky dell,’ (2) ‘place enclosed within a circle of stones’, as
at the shrine of the Stone Lions [28:27] or Stonehenge.
Kudedegi?i?', kududugi’i?' ‘pointed rock’ ‘tent rock’ (ku+ dedegi,
dudugi ‘pointedness? ‘pointed’.+ 724). See plates 6-8.
Kudendendi', Kudundund?' Tees rock’ ‘tent rock’ (ku + dendey p
‘pointedness’ ‘pointed’ +724).
Kuk‘aje ‘stone fetish’ ‘stone shrine’ (kw + k'aje). This term is applied
to all kinds of fetishes and shrines made of stone. Cf. k'ajekubouwi.
Kuk embenp ‘little gravelly bend’, as for instance in the course of a
creek (kuk' xy p + ben).
Kuk embwu ‘gravelly dell’ (he uk‘ cen p + bw [1]).
Kuk empo ‘gravelly water’ (kuk’ xy p + po ‘ water’).
Kuk xy p a ‘coarse sand? (ku + k'ey yp ‘flour’ ‘meal’ ?).
Kuk i onwi ‘pueblo built of tufaceous stone’ (kuk'i ‘tufa’ ‘tuff?
‘pumice stone’ ‘tufaceous stone’ +’oywt).
Kuk’ oywikeji ‘tufa stone pueblo ruin’ (kuk'i ‘tufa stone’ + ?oywi +
keji).
Kuk'iwaze ‘place where tufa stones or blocks are strewn or scattered’
(kuk'i ‘tufa stone’ + wave ‘to strew’ ‘to scatter’),
Kwn pete ‘ant nest? (kwnype ‘ant’ + te).
Kun petebiad sant hill? (kw? n pete + bidi).
Kun petee ‘turquoise estufa’ (kun pe ‘turquoise’ + te’e). Synonyms:
'akompije’ inte’e, pajoges”’ intowabitee and k'ajete’e.
Kv onwi Pad built of stone’ (lew + (ting i).
Kwonwikeji ‘stone pueblo ruin’? (ku +? onwi + keji ).
Kupwune, said to be a Santa Clara equivalent for kubisi ‘small pile
of stones’ (ku + pw’u unexplained + nz (2)).
Kupo ‘stone water’ ‘water in stony creek-bed’ (kw + po ‘ water’).
Kup'o ‘hole in a stone’ ‘hole ina stone in which water collects’ ‘water
hole’ in a stone or rock (ku + p'0). This is the only name by
which water-holes are commonly designated.
Kup op ave ‘hole through a stone’ (ku + p'o + p'awe ‘to go completely
through’).
78 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
Kusiywimbuu ‘dell partly or wholly surrounded by a zigzag of stone’
(kusiywinp + bu’u (1).
Rusinwinp ‘zigzag stone’ ‘stone zigzag’ (ku + sinwiy ‘zigzag’).
Applied, for instance, to strata of stone with serratedly eroded
edges. These are “onan in pottery painting.
Rusenp ‘hornlike projection of rock’ (ku + seyp ‘horn? ).
Aufv'u ‘horizontally projecting point of stone’ (ku +/wu).
Kuta’*ndi* ‘painted rock’ ‘rock painting’ (kw + tay p ‘ painting’ +77").
Kutepa ‘stone-wall’ used Sela as a fence, or as part of a building
(ku + tepa).
Rutoba ‘rock cliff? (ku + fob).
Kut adugié ‘ vocky peak or pinnacle’ (ku+¢'a unexplained + dug/ ‘ large-
ness and pointedness’ ‘large and pointed’).
Kuwase ‘place where stones are strewn or scattered’ (hv + wade ‘to
strew’ ‘to scatter’).
Aa ‘corral’ ‘fence’ surrounding an enclosure, ‘fence’ ‘enclosure’.
K’abwu ‘roundish place enclosed by a fence or hedge of some sort’
(k'a + bwu[1]). The enclosures made for certain Jizarilla Apache
and Navaho dances are called k'abwu.
Kaje ‘fetish’ ‘shrine’, applied to anything in which pindyy ‘magic
power’ is believed to reside.
K'ajée ‘summer person’ ‘member of summer phratry’ (unexplained).
Kajeku, k'ajekubosi ‘sacred stone’ ‘sacred stones’ ‘sacred stone-pile’
‘shrine’ (K'aje+ ku + bos). Cf. kuk‘aje.
K'ajete’e ‘summer people’s estufa’ (k*ajé ‘summer person’ + te’e).
Synonyms: ’akompije’intowabite’c, pajogesi’intowadite’e, and
hun peete’e.
Kaw?i ‘gap between fences’ ‘entrance or exit of a corral’ (k'a@+w72).
Kew’t ‘outside corner oa houserow, pose: corral, ete.’ (/°e unex-
plated + wri).
Ko ‘arm’ of body or, used figuratively, ‘branch’ ‘bough’ of a tree,
‘arm? of a lake or aie body of water, ‘inlet’ ‘bay? ‘bight’.
Kojt Svoothole’ ‘door in the roof through which entrance and exit
are effected’. In Tewa dwelling rooms the #077 have been largely
replaced by doors in the walls, but the estufas or kivas still have
them. Mythical 2°0j7are believed to exist at lakes; see pokwik'oj?.
Tewa k'ojt has been hispanized as céye, and the word is cur-
rent in New Mexican Spanish. Bandelier* writes ‘‘Ko-ye.”’
Tewa X'077 means ‘roofhole’, not ‘inner room’.
EK ondiwe ‘place where mineral or other substance is dug’ ‘mine’
‘quarry’ (k‘oyp ‘to dig’ + zwe).
EK oyge ‘at the end’ ‘end’ ‘extent’ (k*onp + ge).
Kon s- in k' onge.
Makina ‘machine’ ‘engine’ ‘sawmill’? (<Span. méquina ‘machine’
‘engine’),
1 Final Report, pt. 1, p. 262, 1890.
HARRINGTON ] GEOGRAPHICAL TERMS 79
Ma ‘ocean’ (<Span. mar ‘sea’ * ocean’).
Maspokwi ‘ocean’ (mat+ pokwi).
Maspokwipengeniyge ‘the country down pveyond the ocean’ (mad-
pokwi+peygerniy /+ge).
Mesa ‘table’ ‘mesa’ ‘tableland’ (<Span. mesa ‘table’ ‘mesa’ ‘ table-
land’).
Mesikwage ‘mesa’ ‘tableland’ (mesa+hwage).
Misate ‘church’? (misa <Span. misa ‘Roman Catholic mass’+¢e).
Misitee ‘chapel’ ‘little church’ (misite+’e).
Nata ‘cultivable field’ ‘field’. The word has the same meaning as
Russian 2,fiva, which it resembles insound. Tewa nada has noth-
ing to do with the uncommon Span. word nava “plain.”
Naba ‘game pitfall’ ‘large bottle-shaped hole excavated in the earth,
covered with brush and earth’; deer fall into it and are thus
caught. Such a pitfall is called in the Taos language guana.
Plate 11 shows an ancient naba.
Nababwu ‘dell of cultivable land’ (naba ‘ field’+6ww [1]).
Nabahwu ‘arroyo or cafiada with cultivable land in it’ ‘field arroyo’
(naba ‘ field’+hwu).
Nabapohwu ‘arroyo or canada with cultivable fields and a stream of
water in it’ (naba ‘field’+pohwu).
Nabats?i ‘canyon with cultivable land in it’ ‘field canyon’ (naba
‘field ’+¢s7’2).
Nasa, nasa ‘ fishweir’ (<Span. nasa ‘fishweir’).
Ne (1) ‘this’ ‘here’, demonstrative element denoting position close by
the speaker. Cf. Ax and’o. It is much used before posttixes of
locative meaning, e. g. nexkwajé ‘here on top’ (nx + kwajé). It is
also used as a noun prefix, e. g. nxtegwa’iwe ‘at this house’
(ng + teqwa + iwe); also as an adjective nx’2 teqwaiwe ‘at this
house’ (nz + 72? + teqwa + 7iwe). (2) ‘at? locative postfix.
Mege ‘here’ ‘down here’, denoting position of or close by the speaker
and relatively low (nz + ge).
Nene ‘here’, denoting position of or close by the speaker (nz + nz [2]).
Nenex ot onne ‘on this side’, referring usually to a river or other body
of water (nene + ?ot' onne).
Nenexr ‘on this side’, said of body or otherwise (nzenzx + 7).
Newe ‘here’, denoting of or close by the speaker, and relatively high
(nz + we).
Newesi ‘here’ ‘on this side’ (newe + 2).
Nimbee ‘small clump of earth’ ‘mound of earth’ (néyyp + bee).
Nimbwu ‘large clump of earth’ ‘mound of earth’ (ndyp + bw [2)).
Ninsipu ‘shrine’, literally, ‘earth’s hollow where belly and rib-
region join’ (ndéyy + sipu ‘belly base’ ‘depression below the ribs
and above the protruding part of the belly on each side of the
navel’ <sz ‘belly’, pu ‘ base’).
80 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. ann. 29
Ninta ‘desert’ ‘dry land’ (ndy yp + ta ‘dryness’ ‘dry’).
Ninge ‘floor’ ‘country’ (néy yp + ge).
Ninkesi ‘on earth’ ‘in the world’ (ndy yp + kew2).
Nin ‘earth’ ‘land’ ‘country’ ‘soil’ ‘floor’.
Niop'ée ‘plaster’ ‘mortar’ (nd formative element + ’op‘e’e unexplained).
Napo ‘kneaded or workable mud’ ‘mud suitable for making adobe
walls or brick’ (ng formative element + po ‘ water’). Cf. pots?.
Napok'u ‘hard adobe’ whether in form of adobe bricks or in other form
(népo + k'y indicating length and hardness, as in p‘ek‘w ‘bone’ (p'e
‘stick’)). The Tewa constructed pueblos of adobe in pre-Colum-
bian times, building up the walls, a layer at a time, with formless
mud (ndpo). They learned from the Spaniards how to make
adobe brick and the modern Tewa pueblos are constructed of
such brick. The Tewa call an adobe brick wi népok'y (wi ‘wv
‘one’).
Nipo oywrkeji ‘adobe pueblo ruin’ (népo + ’onwike)/).
Napowd ‘the water trickles down’ said, for instance, of water trickling
down a cliff (nd ‘it’; po ‘water’; wd ‘to trickle down’).
Nitobajemu ‘the bank falls’ (nd ‘it’; toba ‘cliff’; jemu ‘to fall’, said of
3+, used here with mineral singular). Cf. the San Juan name for
February (p. 63).
Nia Nambé and San Juan form sometimes used instead of ’i7, loca-
tive and adjective forming postfix.
Nowia ‘well’ (< New Mexican Span. noria Swell’). This is the ordi-
nary Tewa word meaning ‘well’.
Nu ‘ashes’.
Vu locative postfix meaning ‘at’, referring to one or more objects at
any level. It never means ‘in’. Its usage appears to be iden-
tical with that of nz.
Nuge ‘below’ ‘under’ ‘beneath’ ‘at the foot of? (mw + ge).
Nugepije ‘down’ (nuge + pije).
Nwu ‘below’ ‘under’ ‘beneath’ ‘at the foot of’ ‘af the base of?
‘close to’ ‘down in’; said of liquids.
Nwentai* ‘place where pine sticks are scattered on the ground’
‘place where pines are dry’ (ywey ‘rock-pine’ +#a ‘dryness’
‘dry? +77’),
Nye me- ‘left’, in various compounds.
N pe megest ‘at the left side of’; locative posttix (m px’me-+ ge + v7).
Nepemene ‘on the left’ ‘at the left side’ (n pe’mex- + n& (2)).
>O ‘that’ ‘there’, demonstrative element denoting remoteness from
speaker. It can not be postfixed. Cf. nx#(1)and he. It ismuch
used before postfixes of locative meaning, e. g., ’okwajé ‘way up
there on top’ (0+ kwaje). It is also used as a noun prefix, e. ¢.,
oteqwa iwe Sat that house’ (’o + tegwa +%we); also as an adjective
00 teqwaiwe ‘at that house’ (’o +72! + teqwa + ?cwe).
HARRINGTON] GEOGRAPHICAL TERMS 81
> Oge ‘down there’, denoting remoteness from and position lower than
speaker (0 + ge).
> O74 ‘ice’.
> Ojipiy ‘ice mountain’ ‘mountain with ice, snow or glaciers on it’
(Coji + pry sp).
>Oku ‘hill’. Distinguished by its tone and the length of its vowels
from ’oku ‘turtle’.
? Okuhege ‘ guichlike place by (lower than top of) hill(s) (Cohw+he'e+ge).
Okuhegi ‘gulchlike place of the hills ?Cohw+hegi ‘marked by gulches’
‘oulchlike’).
’ Okukewe ‘hill peak’ ‘peaked hill’ (okw + kewe).
-Okupiny ‘large hill’ ‘small mountain’ ‘mountainous hill’ ‘hill-like
mountain’ (ohw + pip).
> Okup anki ‘not very narrow hill or hilltop ridge’ Coku+ p'dyki ‘ large-
ness and narrowness’ ‘large and narrow’).
> Okup inki ‘narrow hill or hilltop ridge’ (okw + p'iki ‘smallness and
narrowness’ ‘small and narrow’).
> Okutuywejo ‘very high hill’? Coku + tunwe ‘highness’ ‘high’ ‘tallness’
‘tall’; jo augmentative). The name is applied especially to cer-
tain tall hills with shrines on them; near each of the three pueblos,
San Juan, San Ildefonso, and Tesuque, one hill called thus and
having a shrine on its summit is found. These were in former
times ascended each dawn by a priest to worship the rising sun,
it is said.
> Okuwasi ‘wide gap in the hills’ Cokw + wad?).
-Ohkuwie ‘gap in the hills’ Cokw + w7?).
-Ohdmbe’e ‘small sandy low place’ (ok'dny + bee).
-Ok'dmbiat ‘small sand pile’ (oh‘dyp + btu). This is used, for in-
stance, of the sand piles made by ants.
>? Ok imbowt ‘sand pile’ ‘sand dune’ (ok'dnp + bow).
Ok imbwu ‘large sandy low place’ (?ok'dyp + bu). This is also the
name of a constellation. (See p. 50.)
> Ok'dmpo ‘sandy water’ Coh'dyp + po).
Ok dmp'o ‘hole in sand’ ‘quicksand’ (ok'dyp + p'0).
-Ok‘innupo, ninnupo ‘subterranean water’ (okdyp + nwu + po
‘water’; ndyp).
> Ok ink’ eto, ok ink zetoto ‘quicksand’ (ok‘dyp + keto ‘to sink in’; to
‘to be apt to’ ‘to look as if it would’).
Ok dnp ‘sand’.
Okt p ‘steam’ ‘vapor’.
’Ok'u ‘shadow’ ‘shade’ ‘shed’.
Ok winge ‘shady side’ (ohk'u ‘shade’ ‘shadow’; “ingest? ‘side’
<’inge ‘side’, wi ablative, locative). The shady side of a moun-
tain, e. g. of Truchas Peak [22:13], is called thus.
’Ok'uteqwa ‘shed’ Cok‘w + teqwa). 6
87584°—29 ErH—16 6
82 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eru. ann. 29
?Onez ‘there’, denoting remoteness from speaker (0 + nz [2]).
> Ot onnz ‘on the other side’, used especially with reference to bodies
of water (0 + -Conr-+n#). For ‘on this side’ of a body of
water nenx ot onne is used.
> Owe ‘there’, denoting remoteness from speaker and position at about
level of or higher than speaker (’o + we).
Onwt ‘pueblo’ ‘village’. The Santa Clara form is ’wywi.
Onwikejt ‘pueblo ruin’ Coywi + kej?).
’Onwinge ‘pueblo’ ‘down at a pueblo’ (oywi + ge).
Oywip ak ondi”* ‘burnt pueblo’ ?oywi + p'ak' ony ‘to burn’ < p‘a ‘fire’,
kon p ‘to do’ + 72),
Onwitsimbs’? ‘new pueblo’ ‘pueblo at present inhabited’ (oywt +
tsdmbv? ‘new’).
Pwa- in pwage, pwati (akin to Jemez pe ‘sun’).
Pa’? ‘sleeping mat’ ‘bedding’ ‘bed’ ‘mattress’.
Po* in kewepa’*.
Paage ‘sunny place’ below speaker (pa’a + ge).
Pusepije ‘to the front’? ‘in front’ (pa’%we ‘first’ ‘eldest’ ‘older
brother or sister’ + p7je).
Peat ‘sunny place’ (paa+ “).
Pajoges’ intowabditee ‘summer people’s estufa’ (pajogew ‘summer’+
i + tows ‘people’ + 62 possessive + tee). Synonyms: akompije-
intowaditee, kun pexte’e, and k'ajete’e.
Pante ‘oven’ (pay ‘bread’ <Span. pan ‘ bread’ + ¢e).
Pen pute ‘snake nest’ ‘snake hole’ ‘snake den’ (pen pu ‘snake’ + te).
Peseninko ‘salt lick’ frequented by deer (pe ‘deer’ +e ‘they’ 3 +
ninp + ko ‘to eat’).
Pid ‘thread’ ‘string’. The word is probably also used figuratively
to mean ‘little stream’.
Penibée, penibwu ‘graveyard’ (pent ‘corpse’ + be’e, bru).
Pesotck'a ‘pigsty’ (pesote ‘pig’ + ka).
Pibitage ‘place where meat is dried’ (pi6/ ‘meat’ + ta ‘to dry’ + ge).
Priwe ‘ford’, literally ‘where they come or go through’ (p72 ‘to issue’
‘to come or go through’ + ’7we).
Pije ‘to’ ‘toward’ ‘direction’ ‘region’. Vabipije means ‘to my
home’ (nade ‘my’ + pije), “ubipije ‘to your home’ (yds * your’ +
Die).
Pijesi ‘from’ ‘from the region or locality of’ (p7je + 2).
Piwe ‘ford’ (pi ‘to come or go through’ + we).
Pinay yp ‘power’ ‘magic’ ‘magic power resident in a fetish
Pinnu ‘in the midst of’ (pin + nu).
Pinnudi ‘middle’ ‘in the middle’ (piyy + nu + 47).
Piyge ‘in the middle of’ ‘amid’ (piyy+ge). It means also ‘half-
way’.
Pingesi ‘in the middle’ ‘from the middle’ (piyge + 2).
HARRINGTON ] GEOGRAPHICAL TERMS 83
Piyyp ‘heart’ ‘core’ ‘middle’.
Pope ‘driftwood’ ‘pile of driftwood’ (unanalyzable).
Popeboui ‘pile of driftwood’ (pope + boui).
Popewadse ‘scattered driftwood’ (pope + wae ‘to scatter’).
Pose ‘fishweir’ (unanalyzable).
Powete ‘watchhouse built near a fishweir’ (pove + te ‘dwelling place’).
Potée ‘squash estufa’ (po ‘squash’ ‘pumpkin’ ‘calabash’ + Zee).
Synonyms: pimpije intowdbitee, tenus’ intowaditee, and kweuite’e.
Potage ‘place where squashes are dried’ (po ‘squash’ ‘pumpkin’
‘calabash’ + fa ‘to dry’ + ge).
Pu ‘base’ ‘buttocks’ ‘root’.
Pudeynp ‘tree stump’ (pu + dey).
Punabe ‘ball’ (probably containing be, referring to roundish shape).
Punwu ‘near’ ‘a little way from’, said, for instance, of an object on
the ground near a house (pu + nwa).
Pute ‘rabbit holes’ (pu ‘rabbit? ‘cottontail rabbit’ + Ze).
Puwa ‘cultivated land’ ‘ ploughed field’ (unanalyzable).
Puwabv’u ‘dell of cultivated land’? (pwuwa + bwu),
Pwenté ‘bridge’ (< Span. puente ‘ bridge’).
Pzndi ‘on the other side’ ‘beyond’ (pxy yp + uz).
Pzndi*' ‘part’ ‘side,’ used especially of parts or quarters of pueblos
(peys +70").
Penne ‘on the other side’ ‘beyond’ (pxyp + nz [2]).
Penge ‘over or down on the other side’ ‘beyond’ (pxyp- + ge).
Pezyp- ‘beyond’ ‘side’, used only in compounds, such as pende,
penne peyge.
Pimbwu ‘a dell in the mountains’ (pin p + bv’u).
Pimpijeintee ‘north estufa’ (pimpije ‘north +77 + tée). Synonyms:
pujoges”’ intowibitee, pote’e, and kwerite’e.
Pimpije inqwape yge ‘locality beyond (north of) the north houserow’
of a pueblo (pympije ‘north’ +77 + gwa + peyge).
impije tyqwasy ‘north houserow’ of a pueblo (pimpzje ‘north? +77"
+ qwasu).
~mpo ‘mountain stream’ (piy.p + po ‘ water’).
Pimpo ‘mountain trail’ (piyy + po ‘trail’).
Pimp'a ‘flat-topped mountain’ (piyy + p'a ‘largeness and flatness’
‘large and flat’).
Pimp dyki ‘mountain ridge’ (piyy + p'énki ‘narrowness’ ‘narrow’).
Pimp'opi ‘bald mountain’ (piyy + p'o ‘hair? + pi negative). The
term is doubtless due to the influence of Span. cerro pelado, ete.
Pindugi ‘mountain peak’ (piyy + dug? ‘largeness and pointedness”
‘large and pointed’).
Pinnz ‘in the mountains’ (pin + nz [2]).
Pinsdnwins ‘zigzag-shaped mountain’ (piyp + séywiy yp ‘ zigzag’).
84 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [erH any. 29
wkwaje ‘mountain top’ ‘mountain height’ (pry p + kwaje).
yke ‘sharp mountain peak’ (pin y + ke).
ykedugi ‘mountain peak’ ‘mountain with a tall peak’ (piyyp + ke +
dugi *largeness and pointedness’ ‘large and pointed’).
ykewe ‘mountain peak’ (pine + kewe).
ywase * place where mountains are strewn or scattered’ (piy p + wade
‘to strew’ ‘to scatter’).
Pinwasi ‘wide gap in the mountains’ (pin + wai).
Pinwibo’o ‘lone mountain’ (pin + wi ‘one’ + b0’o ‘ being’).
Pinw?? ‘mountain pass’ ‘gap in the mountains’ (Pin + wi?)
Pin ‘mountain’.
Pin p’e ‘small mountain’ (pin +e).
Pinfok'u ‘mountain shadow’ ‘shady locality in a mountainous
country’ (pin + ’ok"u).
Po ‘water’ ‘river’ ‘creek’ ‘brook’ ‘body of water’ ‘juice’. The
writer has not learned that rivers are personified by the Tewa.
But Goddard says of the Pecos, Canadian, Rio Grande, and Chama:
‘These are the sacred rivers of the Jicarilla. The Canadian and
Rio Grande are male, ‘men,’ the Pecos and Chama are female and
are so pictured in the ceremonial by paintings.” *
Po ‘trail’ ‘track’ ‘road’.
Pobe’e ‘dell with water in it’ (po ‘water’ + bee [1]).
Pobige ‘sharp bend in a stream’ (po ‘water’ + b7ge).
Pobwu ‘dell with water in it’ (po ‘water’ + bw’ [1)).
Po’e ‘small stream’ ‘ brook’ ‘puddle’ (po * water’ + ’e).
Poe * small trail’ (fo ‘trail’ +e).
Po’ego ‘a stream or body of water which shifts its bed’ (po ‘water’
+ ego ‘to shift’).
Poge ‘river’ ‘creek’ ‘low place where water is or runs’ (po ‘water’
+ ge).
Poge ‘trail’ ‘road,’ conceived of as running low, on, or through the
surface of the earth (po ‘trail’ ‘road’ + ge).
Pohee ‘little gulch in which water is or runs’ (po ‘water’ + Ae’e).
Pohege ‘little gulch where water is or runs’ (po ‘water’ + he’e + ge).
Pohuge ‘arroyo or canada in which water is or runs’ (po * water’ + hwu
+e).
Pohwu ‘arroyo or canada in which water is or runs’ (po ‘ water’ + hav).
Pojase ‘island’ (po ‘water’ + jae).
Pojege ‘confluence of two streams’ (po ‘water’ + je “to meet’ ‘to join’
+Qe).
Pojemuge ‘waterfall’ (po ‘water’ + jemu ‘to fall’, said of 8 + + ge).
Pojemw i ‘waterfall’ (po ‘water’ +jemu ‘to fall’, said of 3+ +72”).
Pojemwiwe ‘waterfall’ (po ‘ water’ + jemu ‘to fall’, said of 3 + + we).
P
A
P
D
Sd
D
D
1 Goddard, Jicarilla Apache Texts, p. 223, footnote, 1912.
HARRINGTON] GEOGRAPHICAL TERMS 85
Pokinge ‘bank of a river or body of water’, said of a bank which has
a rather sharp and straight edge (po ‘ water’ + hinge).
Pokwajé ‘up river’ ‘north’ (po ‘water’ + kwaje).
Pokwi ‘lake’ ‘pond’ ‘lagoon’ ‘sea’ ‘body of water’ (po ‘water’ +
kwt unexplained). The -427 can perhaps be explained by compar-
ing the Taos pagwid- ‘lake’ and Taos gwid- ‘pit’ ‘pitfall’. Lakes
are believed by the Tewa to be the dwelling places of ’0h'wwa
and to communicate with the waters beneath the earth. At every
lake there is a koj¢ or roof-hole, through which the ’ok*wwa pass
when they leave or enter the lake. It is said that each pueblo has
its lakes of the four cardinal points. Among the Tewa place-
names will be found the names of many sacred lakes.
Pokwi’e ‘little lake’ ‘pond’ ‘lagunita’ (pohwi +e).
Pokwige ‘lake’ ‘down at a lake’*(pokwi + ge).
Pokwikinge ‘rim of a lake’ (pokwi + hinge).
Pokwik'o ‘arm or inlet of a lake’ (pokwi + k'o).
Pokwik'oji ‘roothole of a lake,’ a mythie opening ina lake through
which the ’6/"wwa are supposed to pass (pokwi + h*077).
Pokwine ‘by a lake’ (pokwi + nz [2)).
Pokwinu ‘by a lake’ (pokwt + nu).
Pokwitwiwe ‘place where lake grass grows’ (pokwi + ta ‘grass’ + ’¢we).
Pokege ‘banks or shore of a body of water’ ‘river bank’ (jo ‘water’ +
kege). This word is commonly used where we use ‘river.’ The
Tewa speak of going down to the river bank (fokege) instead of
going to the river.
Pokegep’iwe ‘place on the edge or shore of a body of water where
one enters or emerges from a ford’ (pokege + p?iwe).
Poko ‘stagnant water’ ‘body of water’ (po ‘water’ + ko ‘to lie’).
Pokowagi ndto ‘mirage’ (po ‘water’ + ko ‘to lie’ + wag? ‘like’ ‘similar
to’ + na ‘it’? + fo ‘to have the semblance of’).
Poku ‘rock in the water’ (po ‘water’ + ku ‘stone’ ‘rock’).
Pok‘onge ‘end of the water’ ‘end or mouth of a river’ (fo ‘water? +
k'onge).
Pomey ‘running water’ (po ‘water’ + meyp ‘to go’).
Ponuge ‘down river’ ‘south’ (po ‘water’ + nuge).
Po’o ‘water mill’ ‘mill driven by water’ (fo ‘water’ + ’o ‘metate’
‘quern’ ‘mill’).!
Popi ‘spring’ (po ‘water’ + pé ‘to issue’).
Popibee ‘dell where there is a spring or are springs’ (pop? + be’e [1]).
Popibwu ‘dell where there is a spring or are springs’ (pop? + bw’u [1]).
Popi’e ‘little spring’ (popi +e).
Popip'o ‘basin, pool or bowl of a spring’ (pop? + p'o).
Pop'o ‘water hole’ ‘hole in a rock or elsewhere in which water col-
lects’ (po ‘water’ + p’o).
3
1 For a good illustration of a New Mexican water-mill, see W. G. Ritch, Illustrated New Mexico,
p. 133, 1885.
86 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. ann. 29
Poqwa ‘water tank’ ‘water reservoir’ ‘basin of water’ (po ‘water’ +
qua). The artificially constructed reservoirs of ancient Tewa
pueblos were called thus.
Poquwe ‘little reservoir’ ‘cistern’ (pogwa +’e).
Poqwoge ‘delta of a stream’ ‘place where the water cuts through or
washes out’ (po ‘ water’ + gwoge).
Poqwoue ‘water outlet? ‘place where water cuts through or washes out
little by little, as at the outlet of a lake’ (po ‘water’ + gwoe ‘to cut
through little by little’<qgwo ‘to cut through’, ve seemingly
meaning ‘little by little’).
Posajendiwe, posajeéiwe ‘place of bubbling, boiling or turbulent water?
(po ‘water’ + saje, sajey p ‘to bubble’ ‘to boil’ ‘to be turbulent’
+?we). This term is applied to some hot springs and to the
water of the Rio Grande at Embudo Canyon [8:75], north of San
Juan Pueblo.
Posisw i? ‘stinking or stagnant water’ (po ‘water’ + szsu ‘to stink’ +
2),
Poso ‘high water’, said of the Rio Grande when it is high (po ‘water’
+ so ‘to be at flood’ ‘to be high’).
Posoge ‘big river’ (po ‘water’ + so’o ‘bigness’ ‘big’ + ge). This term
is applied especially to the Rio Grande. It is never applied to
the ocean.
Poso’o ‘hig river’ (po ‘water’ + so’o ‘bigness’ ‘big’). This term is
applied similarly to posoge, above.
Posuwai* ‘warm water’ ‘place of warm water’ (po ‘water’ + sua
‘warmth’ ‘warm’ +2”). This term is applied to hot springs.
Pofwu ‘bend of a body of water reaching into the land’ ‘projecting
bend of water of a river,’ literally ‘water point’ (po ‘water’ +
Swu).
Poto ‘place where the water of a stream sets back’ ‘pool or place of
stagnant or slowly flowing water beside a stream’ (jo ‘water’
+ to ‘to set back’).
Poto’e ‘small backset or pool by a stream’ (Poto +e).
Potoge ‘backset side of a stream’ (oto + ge).
Potoiyge ‘place by the side of a stream where water sets back or a
pool is formed (poto + ’inge).
Poia ‘drying or dry water’ ‘mud’ (po ‘water’ + ta ‘dryness’ ‘dry’
‘to dry’). This is also used of low water in the river; opposite
of poso ‘ high water.’
Potage ‘place where water is drying up or has dried up’ (po ‘ water’ +
ia ‘dryness’ ‘dry’ ‘to dry’ + ge).
Poiw’? ‘place where water is drying up or has dried up’ (po ‘ water’
+ fa ‘dryness’ ‘dry’ ‘ to dry’ + 2”).
HARRINGTON] GEOGRAPHICAL TERMS 87
Pota iwe ‘place where water has dried up or is drying up’ (po ‘ water’
+ fa ‘dryness’ ‘dry’ ‘to dry’ + ’%we).
Potsa ‘marsh’? ‘swamp’ ‘marshy meadow’, in Span. cienega. Potsi
‘mud’ is the diminutive form (po ‘ water’ + ¢sa, which is said to
be identical with ¢sa ‘to cut through’ ‘to cut across the grain’,
because water cuts or oozes through land in making a marsh, but
this may be only a popular etymology). Cf. pots?.
Potsage ‘marsh’ (potsa + ge).
Potsak' entoto’iwe ‘miry place’, as in a marsh where persons or stock
sink into the mud (potsa + k'znto ‘to sink in’ + to ‘ to be apt to’ +
Wwe).
Potsapojase ‘land in a marsh or swamp’ (Potsa + pojacz).
Potsdywe’ 7? ‘hot water’? ‘hot water place’ (jo ‘water’ + tsdywe
‘hotness’ ‘hot’ + 2”). This term is applied to hot springs.
Potsi ‘unkneaded and unworkable mud’ ‘nasty mud’ ‘puddly mud’
‘mud’ ‘muddy place’ (po ‘water’ + ¢s¢ diminutive of the ¢sa
which appears in potsa). Cf. ndpo.
Potsibee ‘muddy dell’ (pots + be’e [1]).
Potsibwu ‘muddy dell’ (pots + bw wu [1]).
Potsige ‘muddy place’ (potsi + ge).
Potsthwu ‘arroyo with muddy places in it’, as for instance Tesuque
Creek [26:1] (pots + hwu).
Potsuse mendiwe ‘place where the water sinks into the earth’ (jo ‘water’
+ tsute ‘to enter’+mexy yp ‘to go’ + we).
Potsige ‘canyon in which water is or runs’ (po ‘water’ + fs7’7 + ge).
Pots’i ‘canyon with water in it? (po ‘water’ + és7”/).
Powe ‘river’ ‘creek’ (jo ‘water’ + we). Used only in the Nambé dia-
lect.
Pow? ‘gap through which a trail or road passes’ (po ‘trail’ ‘road’ +
wee).
Powondiwe ‘confluence’ of two streams (po ‘water’ + won ‘to come
down’ + ’2we).
Pabe’e ‘hearth’ ‘stove’, literally ‘fire corner’ (p‘a ‘fire’ + be’e [1]).
Pabuge ‘hearth’ (p’a ‘fire’ + bwu (1) + ge).
Prabwu ‘hearth’ (p‘a ‘fire’ + bw’. [1]).
P'ahewe ‘hearth’ (p‘a ‘fire’ + he’e + we).
P'@mpije ‘hither from’ (p'Wyp-+ pie). P'@mpije means ‘from
hither toward speaker’; “2 and its compounds mean merely ‘from’
and denote nothing as to destination.
P'@yge ‘hither from’ (p'@yr-+ge). P'Wyge means ‘from hither to
speaker’; “2 and its compounds mean merely ‘from’ and denote
nothing as to destination.
PWyp, in pCmpije, P'Vyge.
Pe ‘stick’ ‘timber’ ‘log’ ‘ wood’ ‘ plant’.
P'ek'a ‘wooden corral or fence’ (p'¢ + ka).
88 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [erTH. Ann. 29
Pk xyki kewe ‘a peak, hilltop, or mountain top as steep as a vertical
pole’ (‘p'e + k'vké ‘verticalness’ ‘vertical’ + kewe).
P'epu ‘underside of a roof’ (p*e+ pu).
Pepuniyy * dirt or dust that lodges on the rafters or thatch of the
ceiling of a house’ (p'epu + nin /).
Prep asibev* sawmill’ (p‘ep‘a ‘lumber’ <p‘e ‘stick’ ‘wood’ ‘timber’
‘log’, pa ‘largeness and flatness’ ‘large and flat’ + se ‘to cut
across the grain’ +2). Szbe should be contrasted with pate ‘to
split with the grain’.
Presitev? ‘sawmill’ (pe ‘stick’ ‘wood’ ‘timber’ ‘log’ + s¢be ‘to cut
across the grain’ + 72”).
Pefwu ‘horizontally projecting point of timber’ ‘horizontally pro-
jecting point of cliff, mesa or rock with timber on it’ (p'e+ fwu).
P*eteqwa ‘wooden house’ ‘log cabin’ ‘log fort’ (p'e + tegwa).
P'ivi ‘small pile’, said, for instance, of a pile of owl manure and of
hills resembling in shape such a pile. See [8:18].
P'o ‘hole’, as opening through or into an object, ‘mouth of a canyon
‘cave’ ‘pit’.
P'obe’e ‘dell with a hole or pit in it’ (po + bee [1}).
P'o’e ‘little hole’ (p‘o +e).
P'op'awe ‘hole’ going completely through an object (p'o + p'awe ‘to’
go completely through’). Such holes in natural rocks and hill-
tops attract much attention and are represented in pottery
painting. See [19:75].
Posi ‘doorway’ ‘door’, referring to the hole and not to the leaf
or operculum (p‘o + uz). The word is applied only to holes
through which people pass. Po? can be applied to a roofhole
doorway or hatchway, although the more proper term for the
latter is koji. Cf. p'otisd, k'ojt, and qwap‘o7.
P'otisi ‘thin flat object used to close an opening’ ‘door’ ‘shutter’
‘operculum’ (p'‘o + ¢z¢ ‘shield’).
P'owist ‘horizontally projecting point at or side of a hole’ ‘canyon-
side at the mouth of a canyon’ (po + wiz).
Pompiyp ‘snowy mountain’ (poy ‘snow’ + piyy). According to
Fewkes! the Hano Tewa call the high, snowy San Francisco Moun-
tains of Arizona, ‘*‘Pompin,” which is evidently this same term;
cf. Fewkes’ spelling ‘‘ Pon” as the name of the ‘ snow’ cachina (p.
123 of the same report).
Qwa ‘row of houses’ ‘ houserow or side of a pueblo.’ In its primary
meaning it seems to denote the state of being a receptacle; cf.
teqwa, pogwa. The houserow is regarded as the unit of pueblo
architecture. Probably entirely distinct from qgwa-, gwi- below.
Qiwa- referring to a wall in the compounds gwa’cwe and qwap't.
1 Hopi Katcinas, Twenty-first Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., p. 105, 1903.
HARRINGTON ] GEOGRAPHICAL TERMS 89
(QQwa-, qwi- ‘line’, in the compounds grad7, qwisi.
Qwa awe ‘surface of a wall’ ‘wall of a building’ ‘housewall’ (gwa as
in qwap'i+ awe unexplained). Cf. gwap'i, tepa, and tep't.
Qwakwage ‘a mesa that resembles a pueblo houserow’ (qwa+kwage).
Qwake, qwaketi ‘upstairs’ ‘second story’ ‘upper stories’ (gwatke;
lM).
Qwapt ‘small, low housewall,’ apparently used as diminutive of
Qu awe (qua as in qua awetp ¢ as in tep'i, possibly identical with
p tin p'riki ‘narrowness’ ‘narrow’). Qwap't is employed espe-
cially to designate the low parapet which runs around the flat
roofs of Tewa adobe houses. Cf. gua awe, tepa, and tep‘t.
Qwap'o * window hole, through which people did not pass, in the wall
or roof of a building’ (ga (1)+p'0). These holes were sometimes
closed by Pueblo Indians in ancient times by means of slabs of
selenite or mica or by stretching cornhusk. Cf. gwap‘ou7.
Qwap ott ‘window of the modern sort, fitted with panes of glass, and
capable of being opened’. Distinguished from the ancient gwap'o
by their resemblance to doors (gwa + p'ou7). Ct. gwap'o.
Qwal ‘large long line’ (qwa-+42). Augmentative of gwiti. See
wast, the San Juan form of the word.
Qwasu ‘row of houses’ ‘houserow or side of a pueblo’ (gwa + su
unexplained).
Qwats’’¢ ‘street’, as in Indian pueblos or Mexican or American settle-
ments (gwa + #7’).
Qwawtt ‘gap or passageway between houserows of a pueblo’
(qwa + wri). ;
Qwawisi Send of a houserow’ (gwa + wisi).
Qwawits’t ‘street-like gap or passageway between houserows of a
pueblo’ (gwa + wie + tsi’).
Qwi ‘fiber’ ‘line’. Cf.-qwadi, qwiti.
QYwitt ‘small slender line’ (gwi-+2). Diminutive of qwaci. See
wild, the San Juan form of the word.
Qwoge ‘delta’ ‘place down where an arroyo or water cuts through,
breaks through, or washes out’ (gwo ‘to cut through’ + ge).
Qwoe ‘outlet of a lake or body of water’ (gwo ‘to cut through’ ‘to
break forth’ +e). Cf. hdqwoze.
we is postfixed to many verb roots and denotes either continuous
or intermittent action. Cf. se ‘to push’ and se/e ‘to push in little
jerks’; gwo ‘to cut through’ and gwove ‘to cut through con-
tinually’, as water through the outlet of a lake.
yi ‘from.’ The ablative meaning often goes over into almost locative
meaning. g7z and its compounds mean merely ‘from’ and denote
nothing as to destination; p'Wyge, p\W@Wmpije mean ‘from’, in a
direction to or toward the speaker.
90 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS | [pru. ann. 29
Sawayp ‘vestibule’ ‘hall’ ‘corridor’ (<Span. zaguan of same mean-
ing).
Sdnwiyp ‘zigzag’.
Sipu ‘the hollow at each side of the abdomen below the ribs’ (s7 ‘belly’
+pu ‘base’). Sipu does not refer to the hollow just below the
sternum nor to the hollow about the navel. The former is called
pimp'o ‘heart hole’ (piyy ‘heart? + p‘o ‘hole’), the latter s/bep‘o
‘navel hole’ (s/6e ‘navel’+ p'o ‘ hole’). Scipu appears compounded
in the words ndnsipu ‘shrine’ (ndy yp Searth’), and sipuwisd * pro-
jecting ribs at the sides above the s/pu’ (s/pu + wuz), the latter
being used as the place-name [2:36].
Sipopigeteqwa ‘sweat-house’ such as the Jicarilla Apache use for
taking sweats (s7po ‘sweat’ + pz ‘to come out’ + ge + tegwa).
So ‘mouth’ of person, animal, cave, bottle, ete.
Sop'o ‘mouthhole’ of person, animal, cave, bottle, etc.
Sundatuk'a ‘military stockade’ (sundast% ‘soldier’ + ka).
Sundasupo ‘military trail or road’ (sundaw& ‘soldier’ + po ‘ road’)
Sundatup eka ‘vilitary stockade’ (sundaw& ‘soldier’ + p‘eh'a).
Suywe’' teqwa ‘saloon’ (suywe't”! <suywe ‘to drink’ +72 + teqwa).
fee ‘ladder’ ‘stairway’.
fukege ‘edge of a horizontally projecting point’ (fw + kege).
fwu ‘horizontally projecting point’ (probably connected with fw
‘nose’).
fuviti ‘horizontally projecting corner’ (fwu + wii).
Twa ‘gentle slope’. Cf. ’wa ‘steep slope’.
Tajepo ‘straight trail’ ‘short-cut’ (¢aje ‘straightness’ ‘straight’ +
po ‘trail’? Sroad’).
Taki ‘horizontal layer or stratum’ (unanalyzable).
Tv yp * painting’ ‘ pictograph’.
Tayke ‘tank’ ‘water tank’ (< Span. tanque Stank’). Thetrainis said
to drink at a railroad water tank.
Tintsat’eta ‘threshing floor’ (tdypr ‘seed’ ‘grain?+ fsa ‘to cut
through’ + 42 + eda).
Te ‘dwelling-place’ ‘house’ ‘habitation’ ‘nest or hole of certain
animals’.
Te-, referring to wall in the compounds tepa and tep’t.
Te ‘cottonwood tree’ ‘ Populus wislizeni’.
Te ‘wagon’. Nothing could be learned as to the origin of this word.
It means ‘ wagon’ and nothing else. ‘Wheel’ is tebe (be ‘round-
ness’ ‘ round’),
Tea ‘tipi’ ‘wigwam’ ‘tent’ (¢e ‘dwelling place’ +a ‘ cloth’).
Tebee ‘dell where there are cottonwood trees’ (fe ‘cottonwood’ +
bee).
Tebwu ‘dell in which there are cottonwood trees’ ‘ plaza or park in
which cottonwood trees grow’ (te ‘cottonwood’ + bw’x [1]).
HARRINGTON] GEOGRAPHICAL TERMS 91
Tee, tev *estufa’ ‘kiva.’ Both pronunciations are in use.
Tee but ag?’ ‘round estufa’ (tee + but'ag? ‘roundness’ ‘round? +24),
Tee hejiv* ‘rectangular estufa’ (tee + eji ‘longness’ ‘long’ +72”).
Tehwu ‘arroyo or cahada in which cottonwood trees grow’ (te ‘cot-
tonwood’ + jiu).
Teji * pueblo ruin’ (te ‘dwelling place’ + 77 as in hej). This is said to
be a little used San Juan form equivalent to the ordinary ’oywi-
heji or tehe/jt.
Teheji ‘ruin’ (te ‘dwelling place’ + ez). This is a more inclusive
term than oywihei.
Tehop'e ‘wagon bridge’ (te ‘wagon’ + kop'e)..
Teka ‘cottonwood grove’ (te ‘cottonwood + ka).
Tckabowi ‘roundish grove of cottonwoods’ (fe ‘cottonwood’ + ka +
bow).
Tenusiintowabitee ‘winter people’s estufa’ (¢enwi ‘winter? +7 +
tow ‘people’ +82 possessive + fee). Synonyms: pimpije’in-
towabite’e and pote’e.
Te ok uy p ‘wagon shed? (te ‘wagon’ + ok wyp).
Tepa ‘wall (teas in tep'4 + pa unexplained). Cf. tep't, gwa’awe and
qwap %.
Tepo ‘wagon road’ (te ‘wagon’ + po ‘trail’ ‘road’).
Tep'y ‘small, short wall,’ apparently used as diminutive of tepa (te as
in tepa +p"), as in gwap't, possibly the same as in pik? ‘narrow-
ness’ ‘narrow’). Zep'2 is applied to the low, short walls or fire-
screens built beside some fireplaces of Tewa houses. Zep‘i was
also applied to a low stone wall used as a fence, although tepa
is said to be a more proper term for such a wall. Cf. tepa,
qua'awe, and qwap't.
Teqwa ‘house’ (te+qwa). This is the common term for separate
house. <A ‘ Kosa’s house’ traced on the ground in connection with
a certain dance at Santa Clara was also called tegwa.
Teqwabe'e ‘inside corner of a house’ (tegwa + be’e (1)).
Teqwak' ew? i ‘outside projection corner of a house’ (tegwa + k'ew?/).
Teqwap ak‘ ondi* ‘burnt house’ (teqwa + pak‘ oy p * to burn’ < p‘a ‘fire’,
kon p ‘to do’? +2”).
Teqwawibo'o ‘lone house’ ‘detached house’ not part of a houserow
(teqwa + wi ‘one’ +bo’o * being’).
Tjenda ‘store’ (< Span. tienda ‘tent’ ‘store’).
Tadawe ‘place where the mud curls up when it dries’ (éa ‘to dry’
‘dryness’ ‘dry’ + dawe ‘to be curled up’ ‘to have risen in a
curled state’).
Tadawebw’u ‘dell where the mud curls up when it dries’ (tadawe +
bwu (1)). x
@v* ‘goal’ such as set in playing certain games (fa unexplained +
eat)
92 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS (ETH, ANN, 29
Teme- ‘every’ in compounds.
Temepije ‘in every direction’ (tgmz. + pije).
Tigi ‘dot’.
Toba ‘cliff.
Tobabwu ‘dell surrounded by cliffs’ (to6a + bw’u (1)).
Tobahup'o ‘mouth of a cliff-walled arroyo or cafiada’ (fobahwu + p'o).
Tobahup' owisi ‘horizontally projecting point at the mouth of a cliff-
walled arroyo or caiada’ (fobahw'u + p'owi?).
Tobahwu ‘arroyo or caiiada with cliff-like walls’ (toba + hw’u).
Tobaketwiwe ‘place where a cliff or bank is tumbling or falling down’
(toba + hetdé ‘to fall’ + ewe).
Tobakwage ‘mesa surrounded by cliff-like walls’ (fob + kwage).
Tobakwaje ‘cliff top’ ‘heights at top of cliffs or cliff-like land’ (#oba+
kwaje).
Tobanwu ‘place at the base of a cliff? (foba + nw).
Todap'o ‘hole in a cliff? (06a + p'o).
Tobaqwa ‘clitt-dwelling’ ‘cave-dwelling’ (foba + qwa). See plate 16.
Te obaquak entov* ‘subterranean cave-dwelling’ (tobaqwa + k «nto ‘to
sink? + 72”).
Tobafurn ‘horizontally projecting point of a cliff? (foba + fw).
Tobata’ndi? ‘painted cliff? (oa + t@ yp +70).
Tobawasi ‘wide gap in cliffs’ (toba + watt).
Tobawii ‘gap or pass in the cliffs’ (06a + wi).
Tobawisi ‘horizontally projecting point of a cliff’ (foba + wiz’).
Tokwakoyp ‘sage-brush plain’ (#0 ‘chamiso’, commonly called sage-
brush + ka + ’akonp).
Tampijeiyqwapeyge ‘locality beyond (east of) the east houserow’ of
a pueblo (¢ampije ‘east’ +774 + qua + peyge).
Tampijewquasy ‘east houserow’ of a pueblo (Campije ‘east? +77% +
gas).
Ton appears only in ’ot'onnex ‘on the other side’.
Tsampijeiqwapeyge ‘locality beyond (west of) the west houserow’ of
a pueblo (¢sdmpije ‘west’? +774 + qwa + pxyge).
Tsimpije vyqwasu ‘west houserow’ of a pueblo (¢sémpije ‘ west’ + °77*
+ was).
Tsimadia ‘chimney’ ‘hearth’ (<Span. chimenéa, of sanie meaning).
Tsiteqwa ‘dog house or kennel’ (¢sz ‘dog’ + tegwa).
Tsikwage ‘basalt mesa’ (ts? ‘basalt’ + Awage).
Tstkwajée ‘basalt mesa or height’ (¢st ‘ basalt’+ Awaz).
Tsifwu ‘horizontally projecting point of basalt’ (ts? ‘ basalt’+ fw’).
Tsiwiti ‘horizontally projecting point of basalt’ (¢s¢ ‘basalt?+ wz),
Tsuge ‘entrance’ ‘shed’ (tsu ‘to enter’+ ge).
Tsusev* ‘entrance’ (tsute ‘to enter’+ 2”),
Tsuteiwe ‘entrance’ (tsute ‘to enter’ + 2we).
Tsige ‘canyon’ (is2’t + ge.)
Tsigepo ‘canyon water’ ‘water from a canyon’ (/s2’d + ge + Po ‘ water’).
HARRINGTON] 7 GEOGRAPHICAL TERMS 93
Tsi’i ‘canyon’ ‘large steep-walled groove or channel’.
Tsip‘o ‘mouth of a canyon? (f82"i + p'0).
Psip owiai ‘horizontally projecting point at the mouth of a canyon’
(tsi + p'owiu?).
Tsiso’o ‘great canyon’ (/s7”i + so’o ‘largeness’ ‘large’).
Tsiwasi ‘wide gap in a canyon? (fsid + vai).
Tsiwek’iwe ‘narrow place in a canyon’ ((s7?7 + weki ‘narrowness’
‘narrow’ +?/we).
Wa ‘breast’ ‘mountain that resembles a breast’.
Wage ‘wide gap’ (wa as in wad? + ge). This is an uncommon form
equivalent to waz.
Wagiy ‘stair’, especially foothole cut in rock for climbing steep
slopes, cliffs, rocks, etc. (unanalyzable).
Waki ‘slope’, used especially of ‘talus slope’ ‘talus’ at the base of a
cliff (va probably identical with wa in wali + k7).
Wake ‘nipple’ ‘head of breast? (wa + ke ‘point’).
Wa#e ‘to scatter’ ‘state of being scattered’ ‘scattered’.
Wai ‘wide gap with sloping sides’ (wa probably identical with ww in
waki, but cf. also w72, of which it may be the augmentative +.//).
Wau, San Juan dialectic form of gwadi.
Wastk'a ‘cattle corral (wast ‘cow’ ‘cattle’ + ha).
Wasiteqwa ‘cowshed’ (was ‘cow’ + teqwa).
Wap'o ‘window hole’ (wd ‘wind’ + p’o).
Wap'owi ‘window’, the part that fills the hole, the removable part (wd
‘wind’ + p'o + 47).
Waw?i ‘windy gap’ (wd ‘wind? + 72).
We postpounded in many locative postfixes and postfixed in a number
of place-names. It appears to have the same meaning as ’/we,
supplanting the latter to a large extent in the Nambé dialect.
Weg? ‘hollowness’ ‘hollow’ or ‘dell’ of small size. Cf. wog?.
Wekz ‘narrow place’.
Wengekwo'r* ‘council chamber’ (weyge ‘together’ + hwo * to sit’ + 7”).
Wige ‘gap’ ‘pass’ (2777 + ge).
Wige ‘horizontally projecting point or corner’ (#7 as in wid + ge).
This is a form used only in the Santa Clara dialect and equivalent
to wii.
Wihwu ‘arroyo or cafiada running through or froma gap’ (777+ Awu).
Wi ‘gap’ ‘pass’ ‘chink’.
Windt ap’ iwe ‘place where no one lives’ ‘desert’ (#7. . . pd negative
+ nd ‘he’ + ta ‘to live’ ‘to dwell’ + ’zwe).
Wise ‘horizontally projecting corner or point’ as of a cliff, mesa, or
house (77 unexplained + 2).
Wi San Juan dialectic form of gwii.
Wits’¢ ‘canyon running through or from a gap’ (7d + ts2’2).
Wobte ‘high and dry plain’ ‘arid plain’ (unanalyzable).
Wogz ‘hollowness’ ‘hollow’ or ‘dell’ of large size. Cf. weg?.
V. PLACE-NAMES
INTRODUCTION
The Tewa have a marked fondness for geographical conversation,
and the number of place-names known to each individual is very large.
Many a Tewa is acquainted with all or nearly all the place-names in
localities in which he has lived or worked. A Tewa is almost certain
to know most of the names of places about his village current in the
dialect of the village. He is especially familiar with names of places
near his field or fields. Of places situated about other Tewa villages
he usually knows but few names. Shepherds and hunters are best
informed about places lying in the hills or mountains remote from the
villages. The Tewa do not travel much outside their own country.
A few occasionally attend festivals at Taos, Picuris, Cochiti, or Santo
Domingo. They frequently go shopping to Espanola or to Santa Fe.
Hardly any of the places with Tewa names lying outside the Tewa
country are ever visited or seen by the persons who use the names in
daily speech. No one Tewa knows more than a fraction of the total
number of place-names presented in this paper. The number of place-
names known to an individual depends on environment, interest, and
memory.
The use of place-names by the Tewa before the introduction of Euro-
pean culture was doubtless very much the same as it is to-day. As
many places outside the Tewa country were known to the Tewa, and as
few visited, as at present.
Each Tewa pueblo has about it an area thickly strewn with place-
names well known to its inhabitants and in their peculiar dialect. Itis
probable that these areas correspond closely with those formerly oc-
cupied by the settlements of the clans which have united to form the
present villages. The Tewa’s knowledge of geographical details fades
rapidly when one passes beyond the sphere of place-names of his
village.
The majority of the names are descriptive terms denoting land con-
figuration. Elements denoting animal or vegetal life or things or
events at the place are frequently prepounded. It requires but little
use to make a descriptive name a fixed, definite label. It is said
that no more flaking-stone is found at Flaking-stone Mountain than at
other mountains of the western range, and yet the label is Flaking-
stone Mountain [2:9]. The Chama is a large river as well as the
94
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 95
Rio Grande, and yet the name Posoge ‘big river’ [Large Features :3]
is applied to the latter only. Most of these names are made up of
nouns or of nouns and adjectives. A number contain verbs, as for
example: Kusun pupiys ‘where the stones slide down’ [2:15]. The
bahuvrihi type is rare; example: A’‘ose’y f’oywi ‘big-legging place’
pueblo of the people who have the big leggings’ [Unmapped].
Names of obscure etymology, concerning the origin of which the
people remember nothing, and which are nevertheless clearly of Tewa
origin, form quite a numerous class. A newly settled country has its
Saint Botolph’s Towns, a country in which a language has long held
sway, its Bostons. The occurrence of a considerable sprinkling of
obscure names argues for the long habitation of the country by Tewa-
speaking Indians; names of this class are especially noted in the treat-
ment below.
The translation into Tewa of foreign place-names is very rare.
Aside from a number of problematical cases in which a Tewa name
may be the translation of a Spanish place-name, or vice versa, and
names like Taos Mountains, which would naturally be the same in all
languages, there is known to the writer only one translated foreign
name, that is, Zsepin p ‘Eagle Mountain’ [29:93], a peak south of Jemez
Pueblo, which is clearly a translation of the current Jemez name.
Quite a number of foreign names have, however, been borrowed by
the Tewa; thus Suwnp7 ‘Zuni,’ probably borrowed from the Keresan.
Folk etymology has distorted some of these foreign loan-names.
Keresan (Cochiti dialect) Ad¢rete, a word of obscure etymology even
in Keresan and which means nothing to the Tewa ear, has been taken
into Tewa and changed to Aute’e ‘Stone Estufa’; see [28:77].
Some names of villages, mountains, rivers, etc., appear in various
Tanoan languages in cognate forms. These place-names were evi-
dently already in use at some remote time in the past when the Tanoan
languages were not so diversified as they are at present. Such names
are discussed in the detailed treatment below.
When a pueblo was shifted from one place to another, the old name
was regularly retained. There have been, for instance, three succes-
sive pueblos of the San Juan Indians called by the same name, ’ Oke,
each occupying a different site. Compare the English place-names
transferred to places in America by the English colonists.
Some much-used names are abbreviations; thus Poge ‘Santa Fe’
for ’ Ogapoge or Kwa'apoge [29:5]; Buu ‘ Espafiola’ for Bwutsimbé”*
[14:16].
The practice of distinguishing villages or mesas by numbering
them ‘first’, ‘second’, ‘third’, etc., seems to be peculiar to the Hopi.
The Hopi distinguish the Tewa village of San Ildefonso as the ‘first’,
Santa Clara as the ‘second’, San Juan as the ‘third’, Tewa village.
See under the treatment of these village names.
96 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [pra ann. 29
Sometimes we find two names for one place current in a single dia-
lect. Thus the Rito de los Frijoles [28:6] is in Tewa Pugzwige, alias
Tunabahuge. Again, two or more places have precisely the same
name. Almost every Tewa village has its ’ohutuywejo ‘high hill’, a
certain high hill near the village on which a shrine is situated being
called thus, although there may be higher hills in the neighborhood.
See [12:27], [19:27], [26:14]. There are several arroyos in the
Tewa country known as Hutahwu ‘dry arroyo’; see [1:31], [15:26].
There is one P*efww [3:36] in the Chama Valley, another [20:unlo-
cated] south of Buckman. Many streams are called by different
names in different parts of their courses, as the Chama River [Large
Featurés :2], Pojoaque Creek [19:3], etc. On the other hand, several
arroyos may have the same name if they come from the same water-
shed, as [10:13]. Two streams starting from a pass, gap, or moun-
tain in opposite directions sometimes bear the same name, as [13:19]
and [18:26]; [20:9] and [20:10], ete.
Place-names overlap as much as among us. One place-name may
cover an area part of which is covered by one or more others. Such
an inclusive name as fumapeyge ‘the region about Buckman, south
of [20:5] covers many other more limited named localities. Names
of small but important localities may be extended to cover the
region of which the locality forms part. Thus P'efupije ‘toward
Abiquiu [3:36]? is used with the meaning ‘up the Chama Valley’,
since Abiquiu is to the Tewa the most important place in the valley.
Numerous instances will be noticed of a stream being called from a
height, or vice versa.
The process of applying a name to a place not previously named, or
giving a new name to a place, could not be directly studied. It
occurs very rarely. It appears that a place-name is usually first
applied by a single individual. It may or may not be adopted by a
smaller or larger group of other individuals. Many, perhaps the
majority of place-names, exist for a shorter or longer time in the
mind of one or a few individuals only and are then forgotten, never
becoming generally known to the community. The process can not
be called an unconscious one.
How ancient or recent a place-name is can not in most instances be
determined. The vocabulary sometimes enables us to distinguish
post-Spanish names. Zek'abekwaje *break-wagon height’ [2:40] and
Kabajweiy phwu ‘colt arroyo’ [17:42] are clearly given by a people
familiar with wagons and colts.
Many Tewa place-names have Spanish counterparts of the same
meaning. In such instances the Tewa may be the translation of the
Spanish name, the Spanish may be a translation of the Tewa name,
both may be translations of a name in some other language, or both
may be descriptive and of the same or independent origin. It is im-
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 97
possible to determine satisfactorily the origin of many of these names.
Tewa feeling or tradition is the safest guide. Where Tewa idiom is
violated, as in Tewa ?Akonnute [18: 46] for Spanish Loma Tendida
(which is poor Tewa but good Spanish), the Tewa is clearly the
translation. The Mexicans translated a number of Tewa place-names,
and took not a fewof the Tewa words directly into their language, very
carelessly modifying their pronunciation. It is a custom of the Mexi-
cans to call a place after the surname of a long-resident, important,
or numerous family, or the sole family inhabiting it. These names are
sometimes singular, sometimes plural; as, Velarde [9:6], Los Luceros
[9:35]. The Tewa, not well understanding this custom, attempt
sometimes to translate Spanish names of this origin into their
language, rendering Los Luceros, for example, by ’Agojoso’jo’zwe ‘ place
of the morning star’ (translating Span. lucero ‘morning star’).
There is and always has been considerable dislike for the Mexicans
on the part of the Tewa, and this feeling is responsible for the purist
tendencies of many Tewa speakers. The Tewa are apt to avoid the
use of Spanish place-names when speaking Tewa, either translating
them or using the old Tewa equivalents. When talking Tewa in the
presence of Mexicans they are especially careful not to use any Span-
ish words, lest they be understood and the secret subject of the con-
versation be betrayed. Dislike for the Mexicans has tended to keep
the old Tewa place-names in use, and, in general, to preserve the
language.
The area covered by the maps is that in which Tewa place-names
are common. Twenty-nine regional maps (the key to which is pro-
vided in map 30) are here presented, of varying scale according
to the number of the place-names; these follow the Indian political
divisions more or less faithfully. Each map is designated by a
number in boldfaced type inclosed in brackets, and also by a name
representing some prominent feature. For several reasons the
place-names are not given on the maps: The Indian names are too
long; frequently they have several variant forms in a single dialect;
many are found in several dialects or languages; there are often two
or more names for one place. The places are indicated by numbers.
The text treatment of the names follows their placement on the maps.
The number in boldfaced type in brackets indicates the map on which
the place occurs; the light-faced number refers to the place of cor-
responding number on the map. Thus [22:3] refers to sheet [22], or
Santa Fe Mountain sheet, and to the place on the sheet numbered 3.
Explanatory information inserted by the author in quotations is
placed in brackets.
Conversation with Mr. Francis Ep Flesche, student of the Omaha
and other Siouan tribes, suggests interesting comparisons between the
place-names of a sedentary Pueblo tribe, as the Tewa, and those
87584°—29 ETH—16——7
98 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
of a typical Plains tribe, as the Omaha. It appears that the Omaha
have fewer place-names than the Tewa, but more widely scattered and
more lucidly descriptive. A detailed study should be made of the
place-naming customs of two such diverse tribes.
LarGe FEATURES
[Large Features:1]. (1) Pimpenge, Tsimpijev Pimpeyge * beyond
the mountains’ ‘ beyond the western mountains’ (piyy ‘moun-
tain’; Tsdmpijev' piyy ‘the Jemez Mountains’ [Large Features:
8]; peyge ‘beyond’). This name is applied to the region of the
“* Valles” [16:44], [16:45], [16:131], and [27:6], q. v.
(2) Eng. The Valles (<Span. (3)), ‘tthe Valles”.?
(3) Span. Los Valles ‘the valleys’. = Eng. (2). ‘* Los Valles”.?
These are high, grass-grown meadow-valleys west of the
crest of the Jemez Range (7sdmpijev piy r [Large Features: 8]).
Such valleys are found also in the Peruvian Andes, where they are
called by the German-speaking inhabitants Wiesentiiler. There
are four of the Valles with distinct Spanish names: Valle de
Santa Rosa [16:45], Valle de los Posos [16:44], Valle Grande
[16:131], and Valle de San Antonio [27:6]. See also [2:11] and
Valle de Toledo [27:unlocated]. The Valles are at present unin-
habited and no ruins of former Indian settlement have been dis-
covered in them, This lack of inhabitants was perhaps due to
altitude, cold climate, and unsuitability for Indian agriculture.
‘‘Altitude may have been the main obstacle to settlement in some cases, for
the beautiful grassy basins, with abundant water and fair quality of soil, that
extend west of Santa Fé [29:5] between the ranges of Abiquiu, Pelado, and
Sierra de Toledo on the east, and the Sierra de la Jara and the mountains of
Jemez on the west [for these names see under Tsdmpije’i’ ? Pin p [Large Features:
8] ], under the name of ‘Los Valles’, are destitute of ruins. There it is the
long winter, perhaps also the constant hostility of roaming tribes contending fora
region so abundant in game, that have kept the village Indian out.’’? ‘‘Twenty-
five miles separate the outlet of the gorge [14:24] at Santa Clara [14:71] from
the crest of the Valles Mountains [ Tsdmpije’’? piy 7j].t The Valles proper are
as destitute of ruins as the heartof the eastern mountain chain [ T"@mpije’?’¢ pyy _p);
beyond them begin the numerous ancient pueblos of the Jemez tribe’’.®
*Aoainst the chain of gently sloping summits which forms the main range
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 201, 1892.
2Tbid., pp. 12, 200.
3Tbid., pp. 11-12.
4° The distances are not absolutely accurate, but according to the statements made to me, the only
means of checking them being my own experience on foot. The view from the crest, where the
Pelado [2:13] looms up on one side and the Toledo range [27:unlocated] on the other, is really
striking. Thesight of grassy levels glistening with constantly dripping moisture is something rare in
the Southwest. To heighten the effect, groves of ‘Pino Real’ and mountain aspen rise everywhere.
The soil is very fertile, and there is abundant water, and yet no trace of ancient abodes has been
found. The winters are long in the Valles, and there is too much game not to attract the cupidity of
a powerful tribe like the Navajos [Navaho]. . . . I suppose that no ruin on the flanks of the chain,
both east and west, is to be found at an altitude exceeding 7,500 feet.’’
& Bandelier, op. cit., pp. 65-66, and note.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 99
from the peak of Abiquiu [2:10?] to the Sierra de la Palisada [27:unlocated]
in the south abuts in the west an elevated plateau, containing a series of grassy
basins to which the name of ‘ Los Valles’ (the valleys) has been applied. Per-
manent streams water it, and contribute to makean excellent grazing region of
this plateau. But the seasons are short, for snow fills the passes sometimes till
June, and may be expected again asearlyas September. During the three months
of summer that the Valles enjoy, however, their appearance is very lovely... .
The high summits are seldom completely shrouded for more than a few hours
at a time, and as soon as the sun breaks through the mist, the grassy basins shine
like sheets of malachite. Flocks of sheep dot their surface, and on the heights
around the deep blue tops of the regal pines mingle with the white trunks and
light verdure of the tall mountain aspens. It is also the country of the bear
and the panther, and the brooks teem with mountain trout.
But for agriculture the Valles offer little inducement; for although the soil is
fertile, ingress and egress are so difficult that even potatoes, which grow there
with remarkable facility, can not be cultivated profitably. The descent to the
east toward Santa Clara [14:71] is through a long and rugged gorge [ 14:24], over
a trail which beasts of burden must tread with caution, while toward Cochiti
[28:77] the paths are still more difficult. Op the west a huge mountain mass,
the Sierra de la Jara [27:10], interposes itself between the principal valley,
that of Toledo [Valle de Toledo [27:unlocated] ], and the Jemez country.
Both north and south of this mountain the heights are much less considerable;
still the clefts by which they are traversed are none the less narrow, and the
traveller is compelled to make long detours in order to reach the Jemez River
[27:34].”’1 ‘‘The Valles constitute a water supply for the Jemez country.
Two streams rise in it, the San Antonio [27:11] on the eastern flank of the Jara
Mountain [27:10], and the Jara [Jara Creek [27:unlocated]] at the foot of
the divide, over which crosses the trail from Santa Clara [14:71]. These unite
soon to form the San Antonio ‘river’ [27:11], which meanders through the
Valles de Santa Rosa [16:45] and San Antonio [16:6] for seven miles in a
northwesterly direction, and enters a picturesque gorge bearing the same name,
and then gradually curves around through groves until, at La Cueva [27:
unlocated], it assumes an almost due southerly direction.’ ?
See especially [16:44], [16:45], [16:131], [27:6], Valle de
Toledo [27:unlocated], and 7simpije’”* pry p [Large Features : 8].
[Large Features:2]. (1) San Juan Popiny ‘red river’ (po ‘ water’
river’; pz ‘redness’ ‘red’; iy locative and adjective-forming
postfix). This is the old Tewa name of the Chama River, doubt-
less formerly current at all the Tewa pueblos. It is given because
of the red color of the water of the river. The water discharged
by the Chama frequently makes the Rio Grande red for miles
below the confluence. Bandelier learned that this red water in the
Chama comes from Coyote Creek [1:29] (see the quotation below),
but the water of the Chama is at all times reddish.
(2) Tfamapo, Tfama pokege (Lama < Span. Chama, see Span.
(5), below; po ‘water’ ‘river’; kege ‘bank place’ < ke ‘edge’
‘bank,’ ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’). This loan-name is current at all
the Rio Grande Tewa pueblos.
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 0, pp. 200-201. 2Thid, pp. 201-202.
100 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. ann. 29
(8) Cochiti Zpétepotféna ‘northwest river’ (t.réte ‘north’; pd
‘west’; ¢féna Sriver’). The Cochiti are fond of naming geograph-
ical features according to their direction from Cochiti [28:77].
(4) Eng. Chama River. (<Span.). =Tewa(2), Span. (5).
(5) Span. Rio Chama, Rio de Chama ‘river of Zsd7d’, the name
Tsimé haying been applied by the Tewa to the pueblo ruin [5:7]
and its vicinity. Fora discussion of the origin of the name see
[5:7]. =Tewa (2), Eng. (4). The upper Chama River above the
confluence of [1:4] and Vado settlement [1:5] is called by the
Tewa Pampo, see [1:6].
‘*A picturesque gorge or cafon terminates above Abiquiu [3:36],
and from it emerges the Chama River”.'
The Chama usually carries its waters above the sand to the Rio
Grande confluence. ‘*South of the Rio Chama, the waters of not
a single tributary of the Rio Grande reach the main artery
throughout the whole year”.?
The water of the Chama is always reddish. ‘‘The branches of
which the Chama is formed are the Coyote [1:29] in the west,
the Gallinas [1:24] north of west, and the Nutrias[1:14] north. It
is said that the waters of the first are red, those of the Gallinas
white, and those of the Nutrias limpid. According as one or the
other of these tributaries rises, the waters of the Chama assume a
different hue. The word ‘Chama’ is properly ‘Tzama’”.* The
water of the Chama is always somewhat reddish and when the
water of the Rio Grande is reddish it is said to be due to the dis-
charge of the Chama. See Posoge [Large Features:3]. Compare
the San Juan name of the Chama River given above.
The region of the Chama River is sometimes spoken of as the
Chama region or Abiquiu region. For the Tewa expression see
|1: introduction].
See [1:4], [1:6], [1:8], [1:11], [1:14], [1:15], [1:24], [1:29],[1:31],
[5:7], [5:16], and Posoge [Large Features:3].
[Large Features:3]. (1) San Juan, Santa Clara, San Ildefonso Posoge,
Nambé Posoge ‘place of the great water’ (po ‘water’ ‘river’; so
‘largeness’ ‘large’ ‘great’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’). The Nambé
form is irregular. Compare the names of similar meaning.
(2) Picuris ‘* Paslipaané”.+
(3) Jemez Lin papakwi ‘place of the great water’ (hdn pd
‘large’ ‘great’; fd ‘water’; Aid locative). Compare the forms
of similar meaning.
(4) Cochiti 7/féna ‘river’.
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 55, 1892. 8Tbid., pt. 1, p. 56.
2 Tbid., pt. I, p. 17, 1890. 4Spinden, Picuris MS. notes, 1910.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 101
(5) Zuni ‘the ‘Great Flowing Waters’”,! evidently a transla-
tion of the Zuni name. Compare the names of similar meaning.
(6) Hopi (Oraibi) Pajo ‘river’—this is the only name for the
Rio Grande familiar to the writer’s informant.
(7) Jicarilla Apache ‘* Kutsohihi”.? No etymology is given.
(8) Eng. Rio Grande. (<Span.). Compare the names of similar
meaning.
(9) Span. Rio Grande del Norte, Rio Grande, Rio del Norte
‘oreat river of the north’ ‘great river’ ‘river of the north’.
Compare the names of similar meaning.
The Rio Grande never becomes dry as far north as the
Tewa country. In summer the waters frequently sink into the
sand a short distance above Bernalillo [29:96]. In July, 1908, the
stream flowed only a short distance beyond Cochiti Pueblo [28:77].
At high water the Rio Grande is dangerous to ford in the Tewa
country.
The chief tributaries of the Rio Grande in the Tewa country are
Truchas Creek [9:9], the Chama River [Large Features:2], Santa
Cruz Creek [15:18], Santa Clara Creek [14:24], Pojoaque Creek
[19:3], Guaje Creek [16:53], ‘‘Buckman Arroyo” [20:25], Paja-
rito Canyon [17:30], Water Canyon [17:58], and Ancho Canyon
[17:62]. The Chama River is said to run perennially to its con-
fluence with Rio Grande. ‘‘South of the Rio Chama, the waters
of not a single tributary of the Rio Grande reach the main artery
throughout the whole year.”* The Rio Grande is quite clear above
the Chama confluence. The water of the Chama is reddish with
mud and the water of the Rio Grande below the Chama confluence
has a dirty reddish or brownish color. See under [Large Fea-
tures:2].
Justabove the Tewa country the Rio Grande passes through the
Canyon [8:64], q. v. From this it emerges at [8:75], but the
precipitous wall of Canoe Mesa [13:1] hugs the river on the west
as far south as the Chama confluence.
From the vicinity of the Chama confluence in the north to that
of San Ildefonso Pueblo [19:22] in the south the valley of the Rio
Grande is comparatively broad, bordered on the east by low hills
and on the west by low mesas. This section is frequently called
by Americans the ‘‘ Espanola Valley”, from Espanola [14:16], its
chief town.
_In this section lie the three Tewa pueblos situated by the river,
namely, San Juan [11:San Juan Pueblo], Santa Clara [14:71], and
1 Cushing in The Millstone, vol. 1x (Sept., 1884), p. 152.
2 Goddard, Jicarilla Apache Texts, p. 41, 1911.
8Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 17, 1890.
102 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [x1a. ann. 29
San Ildefonso [19:22]. In the east lie the Santa Fe Mountains
(T"ampijev' piyp [Large Features:7], in the west the Jemez
chain (Zsimpijev* piy rp [Large Features:8]), ranges parallel to the
Rio Grande and 10 to 20 miles from it.
About 3 miles below San Lidefonso [11:22] at [19:125] the Rio
Grande enters a second canyon, which extends, with exception of
a short stretch in the vicinity of Buckman [20:19], as far south
as Cochiti [28:77]. This is called by the Tewa merely Pots?’
‘water canyon’ or Posoge’impotsi’i ‘water canyon of the Rio
Grande’ (po ‘water’; és’i ‘canyon’; Posoge ‘Rio Grande? (see
above); *zy.f locative and adjective-forming postfix); but the
Americans have a specific name for it, namely, White Rock
Canyon. See Poisi’i [Large Features:4], below.
So far as the writer has learned, the Tewa do not personify the
Rio Grande and other rivers as do the Jicarilla Apache, according
to Goddard.!| The Tewa appear to have no myth of the origin of
the Rio Grande, but say that it has run since the beginning of the
world, as the result of rain.
[Large Features:4]. (1) Potsi’i, Posogeimpots?i ‘water canyon of
the Rio Grande’ (po ‘water’; és7’Z ‘canyon’; Posoge ‘Rio Grande’—
see [Large Features:3], above; ’iy locative and adjective-form-
ing postfix). This is the only name which the Tewa have for this
canyon of the Rio Grande. It is also one of the Tewa names
of [8:64].
(2) Eng. White Rock Canyon. This name is said to have been
applied only since the building of the Denver and Rio Grande
Railroad. Persons very familiar with the region know of no white
rock to which it refers. It can hardly refer to the white rock
[28:94] from which Pena Blanca [28:92] is named, for that is 5
miles below the southern end of the canyon. Span. (4) appears
to be a translation of Eng. (3). ‘*White Rock Cafion.”” ‘* White-
Rock Canyon.”*
(3) Eng. Devil Canyon. The writer has heard an American
apply this name to the canyon.
(4) Span. Cafion de la Pefia Blanca, Cation Blanco ‘white rock
canyon’ ‘white canyon.’ (Probably < Eng.). =Eng.(2). ‘* Canton
Blanco.’
(5) Span. ‘‘Cafion del Norte.”? This means ‘north canyon’ and
is a Span. name used by people living south of the canyon.
(6) Span. Caja, Caja del Rio Grande, Cajon, Cajon del Rio
Grande Cafion, Cafion del Rio Grande, ‘box’ ‘box of the Rio
Grande Canyon’ ‘Canyon of the Rio Grande.’ ‘*Caja del Rio.’”
1 Jicarilla Apache Texts, 1911. 3 Hewett, Communautés, p. 20, 1908.
2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 79, 1892. 4 Bandelier, op. cit., pp. 80, 149.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 103
‘‘Almost opposite San Ildefonso [19:22] begins the deep and
picturesque cleft through which the Rio Grande has forced its
way. It is called ‘Canon Blanco,’ ‘Cafion del Norte,’ or ‘White
Rock Canon.’ Towering masses [Buckman Mesa [20:5]] of lava,
basalt, and trap form its eastern walls; while on the west
those formations are capped, a short distance from the river, by
soft pumice and tufa.”! The eastern wall of the canyon ends in the
vicinity of Buckman [20:19] with the discontinuation of Buckman
Mesa [20:5], but is continued farther south by Chino Mesa [29:1].
The whole canyon is spoken of by Bandelier® as ‘the canon
that separates San Ildefonso [19:22] from Cochiti [28:77]. He
also speaks of ‘‘the frowning walls of the Caja del Rio . . . with
their shaggy crests of lava and basaltic rock” as viewed from the
dell [28:22] looking east. -
“Except at the little basin [20:22], the Rio Grande leaves no space for set-
tlement between San Ildefonso [19:22] and Cochiti [28:77].° It flows swiftly
through a continuous cafion, with scarcely room for a single horseman along-
side the stream. The lower end of this cafon afforded the people of Cochiti
a good place for communal fishing in former times. Large nets, made of yucca
fibre, were dragged up stream by two parties of men, holding the ends on each
bank. The shallowest portions of the river were selected, in order to allow a
man to walk behind the net in the middle of the stream. In this manner
portions of the river were almost despoiled of fish. The same improvidence
prevailed as in hunting, and the useful animals were gradually killed off.
After each fishing expedition, the product.was divided among the clans pro
rata,and a part set aside for the highest religious officers and for the communal
stores.’’*
See Posoge [Large Features:3], [8:64], also [19:125], [20:5],
[28:81], [29:1].
[Large Features:5]. Zewdndynge *‘Tewa country’ (Zewa name of the
‘tribe; andy ‘earth’ ‘land’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’).
The Tewa consider their country the region between the Santa
Fe (T’ampijev pry p (Large Features:7]) and Jemez (7sdmpijev!
piny [Large Features:8]) Mountain Ranges, from the vicinity of
San Juan Pueblo [11:San Juan Pueblo] in the north to that of
San Ildefonso [19:22] and Tesuque [26:8] pueblos in the south.
The Rio Grande Valley proper, that is, the narrow strip of culti-
vated land on each side of the river, is called Tewiubege *Tewa dell’
(Tewt name of the tribe; bee ‘small, low, roundish place’; ge ‘down
at’ Soverat’), The entirelow country of the Tewa, extending from
mountain range to mountain range and including high hills and
mesas, is called Zewiubuge ‘Tewa valley’ (Zewa name of the tribe;
bwu ‘large, low, roundish place’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’). The
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 79, 1892.
2Tbid., p. 179.
8 The vicinity of Buckman [20:19] should also be excepted.
+ Bandelier, op. cit., p. 149.
104 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [nru. ann. 29
portion of the Tewa country at the foot of the mountain chains
is known as Zewiapinnuge ‘Tewa place beneath the mountains’
(Jews name of the tribe; pry ‘mountain’; nw w ‘below’; ge
‘down at’ ‘over at’). According to the writer’s informants the
Tewa had in ancient times a strong feeling that the Tewa country
was their land and property, and would have resented the attempt
of any other tribe to make a settlement in it. The Tewa had in
former times also many pueblos in the region south of the present
Tewa country, known as 7" anuge, q. v. [Large Features:6].
[Large Features:6]. (1) Z"anuge, T’anugeakoyp ‘live down coun-
try” ‘live down country plain’ (¢a ‘to live’; nuge ‘down he-
low <nww ‘below’, ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; ’akoyy ‘plain’).
This name refers to the great plain south of the Tewa country
and east of the Rio Grande. Its Indian inhabitants were called
T anugé intown ‘live-down-country people’ (Zz anuge, see EOS:
inf locative and adjective- forming postfix; fowd ‘person’ ‘peo-
ple’), or for short Z"anutowa. See Tano, page 576.
(2) Eng. Santa Fe Plain. This term seems applicable. Santa
Fe city [29:5] is at the northern border of the plain and com-
mands a view of the greater part of it; hence the name is applied.
This plain has been called by Bandelier ‘‘the central plain of
northern New Mexico”. He also speaks! of the northern part
of it as “the plateau of Santa Fé,” while to the southern part he
applies ‘‘the Galisteo [29:40] plain,”? and ‘* the basin of Galisteo *
[29:40]. This is the broad arid plain extending from the region
about Santa Fe [29:5] in the north to that about Galisteo [29:40]
in the south. This plain was, roughly speaking, formerly the
homeland of the southern Tiwa. See Tano, under Names or
TRIBES AND PEOPLEs, page 576, and Galisteo Pueblo ruin [29:39].
[Large Features:7]. (1) Tampijei'pinr, tampijepiny ‘eastern
mountains’ (¢ampije ‘east? <fayyp ‘sun’, pije ‘toward’; 7!
locative and adjective-forming postfix, 3+ plu.; piy.p ‘moun-
tain’). So called because the mountains are east of the Tewa
country. Cf. Tsémpijev pin [Large Features:8].
(2) Eng. Santa Fe Mountains, named from Santa Fe city [29:5].
(<Span.). =Span. (3). This name has been applied sometimes
to the whole range, as we use it here; sometimes to the southern
part of that range only, in the vicinity of Santa Fe city. ‘‘Santa
Fé range.”* ‘*Santa Fe Range.”®
1Final Report, pt. , p. 88, 1892.
2Tbid., p. 106.
8Thid., pp. 20, 87, 88.
4Ibid., pp. 45-46, 65
§ Land of Sunghines a Book of Resources of New Mexico, p. 23, 1907. Ore Deposits of New Mex-
ico, p. 168, 1910,
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 105
(3) Span. Sierra de Santa Fe, ‘Santa Fe Mountains,’ named
from Santa Fe city [29:5]. =Eng. (2). This name is, like its
Eng. equivalent, applied now to the whole range, now to the
southern part of the same. ‘‘Sierra de Santa Fé.” *
(4) Span. ‘‘Sierra Nevada.”? This means ‘snowy mountains.’
Identified with the Santa Fe Range by Bandelier.*
These names refer to the range of mountains east of the Tewa
country from Jicarita Peak [22:9] in the north to the vicinity of
Santa Fe [29:5] in the south and west of the upper course of the
Pecos River [22:62]. They do not properly apply to the Taos
Range [8:24], nor to the Mora Range [22:64]. The peaks and
other features of this range are given on [22]. :
The Span. name Sangre de Cristo ‘blood of Christ’ is not cor-
rectly applied to these mountains. It is given on the standard
maps as a range northwest of Trinidad, Colorado, separating the
headwaters of the Arkansas and the Rio Grande in Colorado.
Indians and Mexicans tell of a half-breed, called in Spanish
Miguel el Indio, ‘ Michael the Indian,’ ‘‘ Indian Mike,” who lives
in the wild portions of these mountains, eating bear and deer
meat and avoiding human company. He is said to talk very lit-
tle Spanish, and no one seems to know what Indian language he
speaks.
[Large Features:8]. (1) Zsimpijei' pins, Tsimpijepinr ‘western
mountains’ (¢sdémpije ‘west’ <tsayr unexplained, pije ‘toward’;
7% locative and adjective-forming postfix, 3+ plu.; pin ‘moun-
tain’). So called because the mountains are west of the Tewa
country. Cf. T‘ampije’*piyy [Large Features: 7].
(2) Eng. Jemez Mountains, named from Jemez Pueblo [27:35].
This name has perhaps long been applied loosely to the whole
range, but the writer has not found such usage in print earlier
than the writings of Hewett. Bandelier* uses ‘‘Sierra de
Jemez” as a synonym for Jara Mountain [27:10], q. v. “A
great complex of mountains loosely known as the Jemez.’®
“ Jemez mountains.” ©
(83) Valles Mountains. (<Span.). =Span. (5). This is thename
applied to the chain by Bandelier, who uses it just as Hewett
uses ‘‘ Jemez Mountains.” ‘‘ Valles Mountains.”? ‘* Valles chain.”*
“Range of the Valles.’’’
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 120, 1892.
2 Castafleda (1540-42) quoted by Bandelier, ibid.
3 Tbid.
‘Thid., p.72, note.
56 Hewett, Antiquities, p. 9, 1906.
6Tbid., p. 14.
7 Bandelier, op. cit., pp.65, 72 (note).
5 Tbid., pp. 32, 53.
106 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS | [eru. ann. 29
(4) Eng. Santa Clara Mountains. This name is suggested by a
prominent English-speaking Indian of Santa Clara Pueblo [14:71],
who thinks the name Jemez Mountains or Valles Mountains is not
appropriate. Santa Clara Pueblo is the only Rio Grande Tewa
pueblo lying on the west side of the Rio Grande, and the names
Santa Clara Creek [14:24] and Santa Clara Peak [2:13] are well
established.
(5) Span. Sierra de los Valles, ‘mountains of the valleys,’ re-
ferring to the meadow-valleys known as Los Valles; see Pim-
peyge [Large Features:1]. This is the name always used by
Mexicans and by Tewa when they speak Spanish. It is also the
.name used by Bandelier. =Eng. (3). ‘Sierra de los Valles.”!
“Sierra del Valle.”
These names refer to the entire range of mountains west of the
Tewa country, which Bandelier* describes as ‘‘the mountains
which divide the Rio Grande valley from the sources of the Rio
Jemez [27:34].” Mountains or groups of mountains of this
chain or range pass under many special names, most of which
do not appear on any map, and cannot be definitely located.
‘“As 1 shall have occasion to refer frequently to the different sections of the
Valles Mountains under their current Spanish names, I give here a list of them
from north to south. The northern end of the range is formed by the Sierra de
Abiquiu [2:unlocated], with the peak [Abiquiu Peak [2:10]] of the same
name; then follows the Cerro Pelado [Santa Clara Peak [2:13]]; afterwards
come the Sierra de Toledo [27:unlocated], Sierra de San Miguel [28:29],
Sierra de la Bolsa [27: unlocated], and, lastly, the Sierra de la Palisada [27:
unlocated]. As seen from Santa Fé [29:5], they seem to constitute one long
chain of contiguous heights. West of this range, at an elevation of at least
8,000 feet, extend the grassy basins of the ‘Valles’ [Pimpeyge [Large Fea-
tures: 1]]; beyond it rises the high Sierra de la Jara [Jara Mountain [27:10]],
sometimes called Sierra de Jemez, because the Jemez region lies on its western
base.’ 4
Other mountains of the range are: Capulin Mountain [1:28],
Pedernal Mountain [2:9], Kusunpupin [14:25], Pitepinp [14:
23), A wobukwajé [16:134], Cochiti Mountains [28:5], and the
mountains with Jemez names shown on the eastern part of [27].
TRAILS
Po ‘trail’ ‘road’. Wagon roads are sometimes called tepo ‘wagon
road’ (te ‘wagon’; po ‘road’) or poso’jo ‘big road’ (po ‘road’; so’jo
s 5] J 8 9 80)
‘big’), in contradistinction to which trails are called po’e (e diminu-
tive). Aabajiupo or hwejipo ‘horse trail’ (habaju, kweji ‘horse’; po
‘trail’), Budupo ‘donkey trail’ (budu ‘donkey’; po ‘trail’).
1Bandelier, The Delight Makers, p.1, 1890; Final Report, pt. 0, p. 71, 1892.
2Tbid., p. 199.
Ibid., pt. 1, p. 14, note, 1899.
+Ibid., pt. u, p. 72, note, 1892.
MAP 1
TIERRA AMARILLA REGION
”y te) ~ .
7WNN 2777 ae
}JI40pwyse
pssaly
e
er)
Fit yyw“
= Hy hi
I
ww
7 v aw 7 a
MAN My 2 2
=i 6 %- % =
=~ <= > S
SoM ANS ee ah
GT eden '
Sue Z
= = 0
Tis :
LdVIN LYOd3Y TVNNNV HLNIN-ALNSML ASOTIONHLS NVYOINSWV 4O NVSY"NG
NOISSY VIMYEYVNVY VeYall
= SS NAN Sad
Py — 1 WS
mee
me
\
-»
3 Re
aN,
YY We) =
= IWSse vax =
z RHP ees
s PARIS
s V1 \*
z “yy.
5S AB
Z .
7) \\~
, 2
py
ca
Wl, ~ 2
A yy, Z ;
i Cis
AVI A
Salg z ay
> ie 4 .
< Z%,
te
hy
<S
Si
NOIDSY VITIYVAY VeXSsll
THIS
==} %, aL
“aS
,
,
- \
a ~~
<
aa =
Z
NW, =
= es > = ’
1 I. 4 = ae Se, en
HRS 2 = : = =
SIWNIAAZs \vils,= z
E "—Yizz = 2
=SS= 4 > S
= = : :
= Tt, OF = = =
“Zs ‘OE m) ~ z
S s “ re 2.
Hw = J :
Cia av = 7,
Wy,
a we 6 thi,
‘4 : Ni
= <4
6% :
oe 2 ie
le aH “1% BT =
i, ==
_ Nw
wy, > we
ZS athe
5. atl! =
RUA . : -oaty
re
Sra a
“sr, wy we
ZIM iy, ZS Z,
Wy wWee4
‘ :
Nyy tas
~
Se as 1m
2 ee ee
TR :
Th te og = = =
= ee 3 ~
Ave . ST anaey
AY astiyy> |
at ey, =
aay 5,
: Why, aro
‘ “
wi = ie
ee BH
iy > FUE, = z
= =
“yan,
4
L
4, 1
ie
wily, 2 4M [Ivy
= ee SN
: NG
Ws
|
Za.
SNS
7/1 1N\™
si \.
yates = ee
ave = & se
— = z =
= 4 “nes
= “ih -
Tap psllee lle 2 =e
. uy . ? Ft hereed = 4 ”
way yr, 4 oles > Ahn g LENE?
ES UN og 42, - "Ye aS) =
= YZ, Ay ey ynS “UN > =
=a 8 6 Sez = = oe = :
< = =e? =
= = %
- 33 = hy,
So yout Eo
= = ae E
= = hey -
er: seis Z
% My =
tdVW L¥Og3u IVANNY HININ-ALN3SML
ASOIONHLS NVOINSWY JO Nva"uNG
MAP 1
TIERRA AMARILLA REGION
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 107
The region known to the Tewa is covered at present with a network
of innumerable trails, most of which are made by stock. The intro-
duction of the horse doubtless greatly modified the course and charac-
ter of trails used in traveling. Satisfactory knowledge about the
ancient trails is surprisingly difficult to get. The chief ancient trails
leading west were doubtless those which passed up the Santa Clara
and Guaje Creeks and over the western mountains into the Jemez
country. Important trails must have run along both sides of the Rio
Grandeand Rio Chama. Allinformation obtained about ancient trails
is included in the present section. Old Indian informants say that the
Tewa had no bridges across the Rio Grande and the Chama in ancient
times; their trails led them to well-known fording places. These
were the only streams which could not be forded anywhere. Ford is
called merely popi’iwe ‘ place where one goes through the water’ (jo
‘water’; pz ‘to issue’ ‘to go through’; ’/we locative). As in the case
of the trails, the fords are fully treated in the present section.
Some of the smaller streams and ditches of the Tewa country were
spanned by flat-hewn logs.
Trails were sometimes named after the places or peoples to which
they led or after the peoples who used them: Thus, P*efwpo * Abiquiu
trail? (Plefwu ‘Abiquiu’; po ‘trail’?); Wdansabépo ‘Navaho trail’
( Wainsabe ‘Navaho’; po ‘trail’).
PLACE-NAMES IN Regions Maprep
[1] TrmBRRA AMARILLA SHEET
The Tewa have no current term for the region shown on map 1.
Occasionally ?Abéhjupije Sup Abiquiu way’ ( Abekjw ‘Abiquiu’, see
[3:36]; pzje ‘ toward’) is used to designate all the country about and
beyond (north of) Abiquiu. Tierra Amarilla is applied to the sheet
because Tierra Amarilla is the name of the county seat of Rio Arriba
County, which has been used to denote this district. Bandelier * men-
tions ‘‘the cold and well-watered Tierra Amarilla in northern New
Mexico” as ‘‘among the few typical timbered areas”.
Only one pueblo ruin is shown on [1]. Probably many other ruins
will be discovered later, however, in the southern part of this area.
Inquiry has failed to reveal that the Tewa have any knowledge as to
what people built these pueblos. The results secured by the writer
are as negative as those of Bandelier, who writes: ? ‘To what tribe or
linguistic stock the numerous vestiges of pueblos along the Upper
Rio Chama, north of Abiquiu and west of El Rito, must be attributed,
is still unknown.” See [2:7].
1 See explanation regarding maps, on p. 97.
2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 19, 1890.
3Ibid., pt. 11, p. 53, 1892.
108 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [pra any. 29
The Jicarilla Apache now occupy the northwestern corner of the
area. It was not many decades ago, however, that these Indians
ranged east of Taos, and the country now occupied by their reserva-
tion was held by the Southern Ute. See Jicarilla Apache and Ute,
pages 574 and 578, respectively.
[1:1] (1) Pokwiwi?i “lake gap’ (pokwi ‘lake’ <po ‘water’, kwi
unexplained; 227 ‘gap’ ‘pass’). This name refers to the lake
and the whole locality. It was not known to the informants
whether there is a gap or pass there.
(2) Pokwi wripokwr, Pokwiwt Pvt pokwy ‘lake gap lake’ (pokwt
‘lake’ < po ‘water’, /w?t unexplained; wi ‘gap’ ‘pass’; 2” loca-
tive and adjective-forming postfix, mineral singular; pokwy ‘lake’
< po ‘water’, wy unexplained), This name refers especially to
the lake.
(3) Kabajupokwi, Kwejipokwi, Kabajwi'pokwi, Kwejvii-
pokwt ‘horse lake’ (kabaj ‘horse’? <Span. caballo ‘horse’;
kweji ‘horse’, perhaps an early borrowing from Span. caballo
‘horse’; 2% locative and adjective-forming postfix, mineral singu-
lar, agreeing with postpounded pokw? ; pokwt ‘lake’ < po ‘water’,
kwt unexplained). =Taos (5), Eng. (6), Span. (8).
(4) Pimpijepokwi, Pimpijes*pokwi ‘northern lake’ (pimpije
‘north’ <piyy ‘mountain’, pije ‘toward’; */* locative and adjec-
tive-forming postfix, mineral singular; pokvi ‘lake’ < po ‘ water’,
kwt unexplained). Horse Lake is thus known as the northern
lake, Boulder Lake [1:2] as the middle lake, and Stinking Lake
[1:3] as the southern lake, of the present Jicarilla country.
= Eng. (7), Span. (9).
(5) Taos Adupaqwidand ‘horse lake’ (hdi- ‘horse’; paqwid
‘lake’ <pa ‘water’, gwidi- unexplained, the compound pagwid-
probably being cognate with Tewa pokwt; and noun postfix,
agreeing in gender and number with postpounded paqwid-).
=Tewa (3), Eng. (6), Span. (8).
(6) Eng. Horse Lake. =Tewa (3), Taos (5), Span. (8).
(7) Eng. North Lake. =Tewa (4), Span. (9).
(8) Span. Laguna del Caballo ‘horse lake’. =Tewa (3), Taos
(5), Eng. (6).
(9) Span. Laguna del Norte ‘north lake’, =Tewa (4),
Eng. (7).
This lake is on the Jicarilla Apache Indian Reservation. It is
frequently mentioned in connection with Boulder Lake [1:2] and
Stinking Lake [1:3].
[1:2] (1) Kuk'@iwe ‘at the stone enclosure’ (kuk‘a ‘stone barrier or
wall of roughly piled stones enclosing a space’ < ku ‘stone’, h'a
‘fence enclosing a space’ ‘corral’; *éwve ‘at’, locative postfix.)
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 109
One informant stated that the lake is called thus because it is
surrounded by a parapet or rim of rocks.
(2) Kuk’ @iwepokwi ‘lake at the stone enclosure’ (kuk'a ‘stone
barrier or wall of roughly piled stones enclosing a space’ < ku
‘stone’, ka ‘fence enclosing a space’ ‘corral’; *zwe ‘at’, locative
postfix; Pokwi ‘lake’ < po ‘water’, /wt unexplained). Cf. (1),
above.
(3) Kupokwi ‘stone lake’ (kw ‘stone’; fokwi ‘lake’ < po
‘water’, wt unexplained). = Taos (5), Eng. (6), Span. (8).
(4) Pingepokwi, Pinge?*pokwi ‘middle lake’ (piyge ‘in the
middle’; 2” locative or adjective-forming postfix, mineral singular,
agreeing with postpounded pokwi; pokwy ‘lake’ < po ‘water’,
kwi unexplained). The lake is thus called in contradistinction
to Horse Lake gr North Lake [1:1] and Stinking Lake or South
Lake [1:3]. =Eng. (7), Span. (9).
(5) Taos Qiipaqwidand ‘stone lake’ (giti- ‘stone’; pagwid
‘lake’ < fa-‘ water’, gwid- unexplained; and noun postfix, agreeing
in gender and number with postpounded paguid-). =Tewa (3),
Eng. (6), Span. (8).
(6) Eng. Boulder Lake. =Tewa (3), Taos (5), Span. (8). Cf.
Tewa (1) and (2).
(7) Eng. Middle Lake. =Tewa (4), Span. (‘).
(8) Span. Laguna Piedra ‘stone lake’. =Tewa (3), Taos (5),
Eng. (6). Cf. Tewa (1) and (2).
(9) Span. Laguna en el Medio. =Tewa (4), Eng. (7)..
It is near this lake that the Jicarilla Apache hold a dance on the
night of September 15 and for several nights following, every year.
The dance takes place inside a large round corral built of brush.
This corral is known to the Tewa as k'abw wu ‘large roundish low
place enclosed by a corral’ (4°a ‘corral’; bw’ ‘large roundish
low place’). The Tewa call the dance h* abu’ fase (fave * dance’).
This lake is often mentioned in connection with this dance ; also
in connection with Horse Lake [1:1] and Stinking Lake [1:3 ].
[1:3] (1) Posw’s?t ‘smelling water’ (po ‘water’; su ‘to smell’, in-
transitive, said of pleasant or unpleasant smells; ’/” locative and
adjective-forming postfix, mineral singular, agreeing with fo).
Cf. Span. (7).
(2) Pokwisw7t ‘smelling lake’ (pokwi ‘lake < po ‘water’, hwi
unexplained; sw ‘to smell’, intransitive, said of pleasant or unpleas-
ant smells; 2 locative and adjective-forming postfix, mineral sin-
gular, agreeing with jo. =Taos (4), Eng. (5), Span. (8).
(3) ’ Akompijepokwi,’ Akompij2t pokwy ‘southern lake’ (akom-
pije ‘south’ <’akoyp ‘plain’ ‘level country’, pie ‘toward’; 7”
locative and adjective-forming postfix, mineral singular, agreeing
with pokwi; pokwi ‘lake’ < po‘ water’, kwyunexplained). = Eng.
110 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [xru. ann. 29
(6), Span. (9). The lake is thus called in contradistinetion to
Horse Lake or North Lake [1:1] and Boulder Lake or Middle
Lake [1:2].
(4) Taos Paqwidtawaand ‘stinking lake’ (paquwia ‘lake’ < pa
‘water’, gwid unexplained; /~ ‘to smell’, intransitive, said of
pleasant or unpleasant smells; wa said to have the force of ‘which’;
and noun postfix, agreeing in gender and number with postpounded
tawa). ='Tewa (2), Eng. (5), Span. (8).
(5) Eng. Stinking Lake. =Tewa (2), Span. (8). Cf. Tewa (1).
(6) South Lake. =Tewa (3), Span. (9).
(7) Span. Laguna del Ojo Hediondo ‘lake of the stinking
spring’. Cf. Tewa (1).
(8) Span. Laguna Hedionda ‘stinking lake’. =Tewa (2), Taos
(4), Eng. (5). Cf. Tewa (1). ;
(9) Span. Laguna del Sur ‘south lake.’ =Tewa (3), Eng. (6).
According to some of the names and the statements of two
Indian informants the lake gets its name from a spring the water
of which has a strong odor. Just where this spring is situated
could not be ascertained. This lake is often mentioned in con-
nection with: Horse Lake [1:1] and Boulder Lake [1:2]. Notice
also [1:4]. Several other Tewa forms of the name of this lake
are probably also in use.
This lake is situated south of the Jicarilla Apache Indian
Reservation, and not on it, as are [1:1] and [1:2].
[1:4] (1) Poswiwepohwu, Poswiwe?* pohwu ‘smelling water creek’
(posw’?* ‘smelling water’, one of the names of Stinking Lake < po
‘water’, su ‘to smell’, intransitive, used of pleasant as well as of
unpleasant smells; ’7” locative and adjective-forming postfix, min-
eral singular, agreeing with po, *¢we, formed by the juxtaposition
of @ and we, ‘at’, a locative postfix which is not used unless pre-
ceded by 7? except in the Nambé dialect; 7 locative and ad-
jective-forming postfix, mineral gender, agreeing with pohwu,;
pohwu ‘creek’ < po ‘water’, Awu ‘large groove’). Cf. Eng.
(2), Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Stinking Lake Creek. Cf. Tewa (1), Span. (3).
(83) Span. Arroyo de la Laguna del Ojo Hediondo ‘creek
or wash of the lake of the stinking spring’. Cf. Tewa (1),
Eng. (2).
Many other Tewa forms might also be applied to this creek.
1:5] (1) Batibwu ‘Vado town’ (bat < Span. Vado, name of the set-
tlement; bw’w ‘ town’).
(2) Eng. Vado. (< Span. Vado).
(3) Span. Vado ‘ford’.
Vado is a small lumbering settlement. The informants did not
know whether there is really a ford there. The Spanish name is
never translated into Tewa. The Chama River above Vado is
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 1a
called Pampo, below Vado it is called Popiny,; see Chama River
[Large Features:2].
[1:6] Pampo ‘river of the captive(s)’ (pay ‘captive’ ‘prisoner’; po
‘water’ ‘river’). The informants do not know why this name is
applied. They do not know whether in Spanish a corresponding
name, which would be Rio del Cautivo or Rio de los Cautivos
‘river of the captive(s)’, is in use.
This name is applied to what Americans call the upper Chama
River above the confluence of [1:4] and the vicinity of Vado set-
tlement [1:5]. TheTewa, however, consider /ampo to be a river
distinct from the Chama. See Popiyy [Large features: 2].
[1:7] (1) Buastibwu ‘ Brazos town’ (Basti <Span. Brazos, name of the
settlement; bw’w ‘ town’).
(2) Eng. Los Brazos. (< Span.).
(3) Span. Los Brazos ‘the arms’ (bodypart) ‘the branches’.
Why this name was given is not known. Cf. [1:8] and [1:9].
[1:8] (1) Buastpohwu, Buasivi? pohwu ‘ Brazos Creek’ (Buas < Span.
Brazos, name of the settlement; 7 locative and adjective-forming
postfix, mineral singular, agreeing with pohwu,; pohwu ‘creek’ <
po ‘water’, Aww ‘large groove’).
(2) Eng. Los Brazos Creek. (< Span.).
(3) Span. Rito de los Brazos ‘arms creek.’ Cf. [1:7] and [1:9].
[1:9] (1) Buastipinp, Beasivim piyp ‘ Brazos mountain’ (Bast <Span.
Brazos, name of the settlement; ’277 locative and adjective-form-
ing postfix, vegetal singular, agreeing with piyy,; pry *moun-
tain’).
(2) Eng. Los Brazos Peak(s). (<Span. Los Brazos ‘the arms’).
(3) Span. Cerro de los Brazos, Sierra de los Brazos ‘the arms
mountain’.
The Indian informants stated that two peaks are conspicuous.
Cf. [1:7] and [1:8].
[1:10] (1) ?Ohibwu ‘Ojo town’ C?ohii <Span. ojos ‘springs’; bwu
‘town’).
(2) Span. Los Ojos ‘the springs’.
It is stated that this settlement is a couple of miles northwest
of Tierra Amarilla town and east of the Chama River. Several
informants have stated that the Tewa call the town of Parkview
by this name.
[Tierra Amarilla region] (1) Méntsejiwe ‘at the yellow earth’ (néyy
‘earth’; tse ‘yellowness’ ‘yellow’; iwe ‘at’ locative postfix, 7
being infixed whenever 2%, ’iyp or *iwe is postfixed to fse).
=Eng. (2), Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Tierra Amarilla region. (<Span.). =Tewa (1),
Span. (3).
1} ETH NOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
(3) Span. region de Tierra Amarilla ‘yellow earth region’.
=Tewa (1), Eng. (2).
All the country about Tierra Amarilla town is known by this
name. Several informants have declared that this is the ‘‘old
Indian name” of the locality, and that the locality is named from
the pigment deposit discussed below under [1:13]. Cf. [1:11]
and [1:12]. Furthermore, it is stated that the earth in this whole
region is yellowish.
[1:11] (1) Mintsejiwepo, Mintsejimev*po ‘river at the yellow earth,
i. e., in the Tierra Amarilla region’ (ndnisejiwe ‘at the meilon
earth’ ‘at Tierra Amarilla’ <ndéyy ‘earth’, ése ‘ yellowness’ ‘yel-
low’, éwe ‘at’ locative postfix, 7) being eed whenever 727,29, or
*iwe is postfixed to tse; 7 locative and adjective- arene postfix,
mineral singular, agreeing with po; po ‘water’ ‘creek’ ‘river’).
=Taos (2), Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(2) Taos Vamtsulipa’and ‘yellow earth river, i. e., Tierra Am-
arilla river’ (namétsuli- ‘yellow earth’ ‘Tierra Amarilla’ <nam-
‘earth’, fsuli ‘yellow’; pa- ‘water’ ‘creek’ ‘river’; and noun
postfix, agreeing in gender and number with postpounded ja).
=Tewa (1), Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(8) Eng. Tierra Amarilla Creek. (<Span.). = Tewa (1), Taos
(2), Span. (4).
(4) Span. Rito de Tierra Amarilla ‘ yellow earth creek’. =Tewa
(1), Taos (2), Eng. (3).
(5) Span. Rio Nutritas ‘little beaver river’, Cf. [1:12], [1:14].
Cf. Tierra Amarilla region, above, also [1:12] and [1:13].
‘{l: 12] (1) NMantsejiwebw’u ‘town at the yellow earth’ (ndyy ‘earth’;
ise ‘ yellowness’ ‘ yellow’; *dwe ‘at’ locative postfix, 7 Beidennaced
whenever 77", ’iy.f, or *2we is postfixed to tse; bwu ‘town’. Cf.
Eng. (2), Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Tierra Amarilla town. (<Span.).. = pan. (8). Cf.
Tewa (1).
(3) Span. Tierra Amarilla ‘yellow earth’. =Eng. (2). Cf.
Tewa (1).
(4) Span. Las Nutritas ‘the little beavers’. Cf. [1:11], [1:14].
Tierra Amarilla is the county seat of Rio Arriba County. Cf.
[Tierra Amarilla region] above, also [1:11] and [1:13].
[1:13] (1) Tseji’* k'ondiwe ‘where the yellow pigment is dug’ (fse
‘yellowness’ ‘yellow’; °7 locative and adjective-forming postfix,
mineral singular, here refering to yellow stuff or pigment, 7 being
infixed whenever 72”, ’iy.p, or "éwe is postfixed to tse; k ondiwe
‘where it is dug’ ‘pit’ ‘quarry’< kon ‘to dig’, ’Zwe ‘at’ locative
postfix).
It is said that this pigment deposit is situated a short distance
northwest of Tierra Amarilla town. The substance is moist when
HARRINGTON] i PLACE-NAMES 113
itis dug out. It is mixed with water and used for ‘‘ yellowing”
the walls of rooms in pueblo houses, near the floor. It is stated
that the deposit is occasionally visited by Tewa Indians, who carry
home quantities of the pigment for this purpose. The substance
may be called ndnfsej7* ‘yellow earth’ (ndéyy earth’), but is com-
monly called merely fsej’*.. See under Mryerats. The names
of the Tierra Amarilla region, river, town, etc., are probably to
be explained from the presence of this deposit and from the fact
that the earth is yellowish in the vicinity. Cf. [Tierra Amarilla
region], pp. 111-12, also [1:11] and [1:12].
[1:14] (1) ’?Ojotepo ‘beaver house water’ (’ojote ‘beaver house’
‘beaver nest’ <’ojo ‘beaver’, te ‘house’; po ‘water’ ‘creek’
‘river’). This is probably the original Tewa name of this creek.
Though Nutritas is perhaps as common in Spanish as is Nutrias,
the former word is never translated in Tewa speech, while the
Nutrias River is regularly called ’Ojotepo. Cf. Taos (2), Eng.
(3), Span. (4).
(2) Taos Pajapaand ‘beaver water’ (paja- ‘beaver’; pa ‘water’
‘creek’ ‘river’; and@ noun postfix, agreeing in gender and number
with postpounded pa). =Eng. (3), (Span. (4).
(3) Eng. Nutrias Creek. (<Span.). =Taos (2), Span. (4).
Cf. Tewa (1).
(4) Span. Rito de las Nutrias ‘beaver creek’. Bandelier' gives
‘the Nutrias”. =Taos (2), Eng. (8). Cf. Tewa (1).
Bandelier! says: ‘*The branches of which the Chama is formed
are the Coyote in the west, the Gallinas north of west, and the
Nutrias north. It is said that the waters of the first are red,
those of the Gallinas white, and those of the Nutrias limpid.
According as one or the other of these tributaries rises, the waters
of the Chama assume a different hue.” Cf. the name Nutritas,
[1:11], [1:12}.
[1:15] (1) S22! po ‘onion water’ (s7 ‘onion’; ’2* locative and adjec-
tive-forming postfix, mineral gender, agreeing with po; po ‘water’
‘creek’ ‘river’). Probably a mere translation of the Span. name.
= Eng. (2), Span. (8).
(2) Eng. Cebolla Creek. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (8).
(8) Span. Rito Cebolla ‘onion river’. =Tewa (1), Eng. (2).
Cra sal:
[1:16] (1) Tobatse’* ‘white cliffs’ (foba ‘cliff’; ése ‘whiteness’
‘white’; ’2* locative and adjective-forming postfix, mineral gen-
der). =Eng. (2).
(2) ‘‘ White Butts”.2 =Tewa (1).
1 Final Report, pt. 1, p. 56, note, 1892.
2U. S. Geographical Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, Parts of Southern Colorado and Northern
New Mexico, atlas sheet No. 69.
87584°—29 erH—16——8
114 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. ann. 29
The white substance of which ‘these cliffs are composed is said
to be of no use to the Indians.
[1:17] (1) Si?cwe ‘at the onion(s)’ (s/ ‘onion’; *zwe ‘at’, locative postfix
referring to a single place). Probably a mere translation of the
Span. name. =Eng. (2), Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Cebolla. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (3).
(3) Span. Cebolla ‘onion’. =Tewa (1), Eng. (2). ‘‘Sebolla.”*
The settlement is said to consist of a few scattered houses inhab-
ited by Mexicans. It is said that the road from El Rito to Tierra
Amarilla passes through this settlement. Cf. [1:15].
[1:18] Popiyy is the name applied to the Chama River below Vado.
See Chama River [Large features:2].
[1:19] (1) Dépiyy ‘turkey mountains’ ‘chicken mountains’ (dz ‘tur-
key’ ‘chicken’; piy.p ‘mountain’). Probably a mere translation
of the Span. name. =Eng. (2), Span. (4), Fr. (6).
(2) Eng. Gallinas Mountains. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span.
(4).
(3) Eng. Gallinas Bad Lands. (<Span.). =Span. (5), Fr. (6).
(4) Span. Cerros de las Gallinas ‘chicken mountains’ ‘turkey
mountains’. =Tewa (1), Eng. (2).
(5) Span. Terrenos Malos del Rio de las Gallinas ‘chicken or
turkey river bad lands’. =Eng. (3), Fr. (6).
(6) ‘*Les Mauvaises Terres de Gallinas”? ‘Gallinas bad lands’,
=Eng. (8), Span. (5). Cf. [1:24], [1:25]. See plate 1, A.
[1:20] (1) Awijo’v’a ‘old woman steep slope’ (Awijo ‘old woman’;
wa ‘steep slope’). Tewa kwaje or kwage ‘mesa’ is never applied.
Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Las Viejas Mesa. (<Span.). Cf. Tewa (1).
(3) Span. Mesa de las Viejas ‘old women mesa’. Cf. Tewa (1).
This mesa or slope is east of the Chama River and north of
[1:31]. It would be ditficult to determine whether the Tewa or
the Span. namie is original.
[1:21] (1) Eng. Largo Canyon. (<Span.).
(2) Span. Cation Largo ‘long canyon’.
This canyon drains into San Juan River. Two of the inform-
ants know the canyon but say that there is no Tewa name for it.
[1:22] (1) Sompinpiwe Sat porcupine mountain’ (sempiy yp *porcu-
pine mountain’, see [l:unlocated] <soyr ‘poreupine’, pry
‘mountain’; “we ‘at’ locative postfix, indicating a single place).
This term is applied to the region which since Cope’s time has
been known to some Americans as Cristone. Cf. [1:23].
(2) Eng. Cristone. (<Span. creston ‘hog-back ridge’). See
[1:23].
1 Topographic Map of New Mexico, U.S. Geological Survey, Professional Paper 68, pl. I.
2Hewett, Communautés, p. 42, 1908.
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT PLATE 1
A, GALLINAS ‘BAD LANDS” IN THE CHAMA DRAINAGE
B. SCENE NEAR THE HEADWATERS OF SANTA CLARA CREEK, THE SLENDER TRUNCATED
CONE OF PEDERNAL PEAK IN THE DISTANCE
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 115
[1:23] (1) Sompin pPweoywrkeji, Sompinp ime -onwikeji ‘pueblo
ruin at porcupine mountain’ (sompinp’iwe Sat porcupine moun-
tain’, see [1:22] (1); ’2* locative and adjective-forming postfix;
-onwikejt ‘pueblo ruin’ <’oywi ‘pueblo’, ej? postpound
‘ruin’). Cf. Sompiyp [1: unlocated] and [1:22].
(2) Eng. Cristone Pueblo ruin. This ruin was named by Prof.
E. D. Cope, presumably from Span. creston ‘ narrow crest’.
“In riding past the foot of the precipice I observed what appeared to be stone
walls crowning its summit. Examination of the ridge disclosed the fact that a
village, forming a single line of 30 houses, extended along its narrow crest, 22
of them being south of the causeway and 8 north of it. The most southern in
situation is at some distance from the southern extremity of the hog-back. .
This town I called Cristone. The same hog-back recommences a little more
than a mile to the north, rising to a greater elevation, say 600 or 700 feet above
the valley.’’!
Professor Cope clearly had in mind Span. creston ‘ridge’
‘erest’. ‘*Cristone.”?
This ruin is described by E. D. Cope, as stated above. <A part
of Cope’s report on the ruin is quoted by Hewett.*
[1:24] (1) Dépo ‘turkey water’ ‘chicken water’ (dz ‘turkey’ ‘chicken’;
po ‘water’ ‘creek’ ‘river’). (Probably <Span.). = Eng. (2), Span.
(3).
(2) Eng. Gallinas Creek. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (3).
(8) Span. Rio de las Gallinas ‘chicken river’ ‘turkey river’.
=Tewa (1), Eng. (2). ‘The Gallinas.”
“‘The branches of which the Chama is formed are the Coy-
ote in the west, the Gallinas north of west, and the Nutrias
north. It is said that the waters of the first are red, those of the
Gallinas white, and those of the Nutrias limpid. According as
one or the other of these tributaries rises, the waters of the
Chama assume a different hue.”‘ Cf. [1:19] and [1:25].
_ [1:25] (1) D’iwe ‘where the turkeys or chickens are’ (dz ‘turkey’
‘chicken’; ze ‘at’ locative postfix indicating a single place).
= Eng. (2), Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Gallinas settlement. (<Span.). =Tewa(1), Span. (3).
(3) Span. Las Gallinas ‘the chickens’ ‘the turkeys’. =Tewa
(1), Eng. (2).
It seems probable that the Tewa name is a translation of the
Spanish. Gallinas seems to be a favorite place-name with the
Mexicans; ef. Gallinas Creek, by which the city of Las Vegas is
built. See Gallinas Creek, page 559. The Tewa word di was
1. D. Cope, Wheeler Survey Report for 1875, vil, pp. 353, 355, 1879, quoted by Hewett, Antiquities,
pp. 42, 43.
2 Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 365.
8 Antiquities, pp. 41-44.
4Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 0, p. 56, note, 1892.
116 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [era. any. 29
originally applied to the wild turkey, but since chickens were
introduced it has been used to designate both turkeys and chickens,
turkeys being distinguished when necessary by calling them pin/d
‘mountain chickens’ (pin ‘mountain’; dz ‘turkey’ ‘ chickens’).
Cf. [1:19] and [1:24].
[Capulin region] (1) ?Abé’227e ‘where the chokecherry is’ (abe ‘choke-
cherry’ ‘Prunus melanocarpa (A. Nelson) Rydb.’; ’Zive ‘at? loca-
tive postfix indicating a single place). _=Cochiti (2), Eng. (3),
Span. (4).
(2) Cochiti Apo féko ‘chokecherry corner’ (dpo ‘chokecherry’
‘Prunus melanocarpa (A. Nelson) Rydb.’; oko ‘ corner’). =Tewa
(1), Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(3) Eng. Capulin region. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Cochiti (2),
Span. (4).
(4) Span. rejion Capulin ‘chokecherry region’. =Tewa (1),
Cochiti (2), Eng. (3). Cf. [1:26], [1:27], [1:28].
[1:26] (1) °ABC iwemakina, ?AbCiwe?*? makina, ?Abeiwep'epabei,
Abeimer pepabe’ ‘chokecherry sawmill’ (abe’iwe ‘where
the chokecherry is’ ‘Capulin’, see [Capulin region], above; 77” loca-
tive and adjective-forming postfix; makina * machine’ ‘mill’ ‘saw-
mill’ <Span. méquina ‘machine’ ‘sawmill’; p'epabe??”* ‘sawmill’
<pre ‘stick’ ‘timber’, pabé ‘to cut crosswise’, *2” locative and
adjective-forming postfix). —=Eng. (2), Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Capulin sawmill. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (3).
(3) Span. asserradero de Capulin ‘chokecherry sawmill’.
=Tewa (1), Eng. (2).
This sawmill is frequently moved from one part to another
of the wild region in which it is situated. Tewa Indians have
been frequently employed at this sawmill. Cf. [Capulin region],
aboye, also [1:27] and [1:28].
[1:27] (1) ?Abepo ‘chokecherry creek’ (abe, as under [Capulin region],
above, ‘chokecherry’ ‘Capulin’; po ‘water’ ‘creek’ ‘river’).
= Eng. (2), Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Capulin Creek. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (3).
(3) Span. Rito Capulin ‘chokecherry creek’. =Tewa (1).
Eng. (2).
This creek is tributary to Gallinas Creek [1:24]. Cf. [Capulin
region], above, also [1:26] and [1:28].
[1:28] (1) ?Abepiny ‘chokecherry mountain’ (abe, as under [Capulin
region], above, ‘chokecherry’ ‘Capulin’; piyy ‘mountain’).
= Eng. (2), Span. (38).
(2) Eng. Capulin mountain. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (3).
(3) Span. Cerro Capulin ‘chokecherry mountain’. =Tewa (1),
Eng. (2).
This mountain is said to be high.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES nL
[1:29] (1) Depo ‘coyote water’ (de ‘coyote’; po ‘water ’ ‘creek’
river’). =Cochiti (3), Eng. (4), Span. (7).
(2) Mipotapo ‘adobe river’ ‘mud river’ (nd pota ‘adobe’ ‘ clayey
mud’; po ‘ water’ ‘creek’ ‘river’). =Eng. (5), Span. (8).
(3) Cochiti [tsonatséna. ‘coyote river’ (fétsona ‘coyote’;
tséna ‘river’). =Tewa (1), Eng. (4), Span. (7).
(4) Eng. Coyote Creek. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Cochiti (3),
Span. (7).
(5) Eng. Puerco Creek, Muddy Creek, Dirty Creek. (<Span.).
=Tewa (2), Span. (8).
(6) Salinas Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (9).
(7) Span. Rio Coyote ‘coyote river’. =Tewa (1), Cochiti (3),
Eng. (4). ‘The Coyote.” *
(8) Span. Rio Puerco ‘muddy river’ ‘dirty river’. = Eng. (5).
Cf. Tewa (2).
(9) Span. Rio Salinas ‘creek of the alkali flats’. = Eng. (6).
‘* Salinas Creek.” ”
After much questioning at San Juan it seems clear that these
names refer to one stream, the name Coyote Creek coming per-
haps from Coyote settlement, which is situated onthe creek. ‘‘The
branches of which the Chama is formed are the Coyote in the
west, the Gallinas north of west, and the Nutrias north. It is said
that the waters of the first are red, those cf the Gallinas white,
and those of the Nutrias limpid. According as one or the other of
these tributaries rises, the waters of the Chama assume a differ-
ent hue.”! Cf. [1:30] and [29:120].
[1:30] (1) Dedwe ‘coyote place’ (de ‘ coyote’; ’zwe ‘at’ locative post-
fix referring to asingle place.) (Probably <Span.). =Eng. (2),
Span. (3). This name refers of course to the whole region as
well as to the Mexican settlement itself.
(2) Eng. Coyote settlement and region. (<Span.). =Tewa(1),
Span. (8).
(3) Span. Coyote ‘coyote’. =Tewa (1), Eng. (2). Cf. [1:29].
[1:31] (1) Hutahwu ‘dry arroyo arroyo’ (Jw ‘arroyo’ ‘large groove’;
ta ‘dryness’ ‘dry’; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). =Eng. (3),
Span. (5). This name is applied especially to the lower part of
the stream, as far up as the white mineral deposit or farther, this
portion of the bed being usually dry. This is perhaps a transla-
tion of Span. Arroyo Seco.
(2) Pesen phuu, Pesempo ‘deer horn arroyo’ ‘deer horn water’
(peseynr ‘deer horn’? <px ‘deer’, sey ‘horn’; hwu ‘large
! Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 56, note, 1892.
2U. 8. Geographical Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, Parts of Southern Colorado and North-
ern New Mexico, atlas sheet No. 69.
118 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [era ann. 29
groove’ ‘arroyo’; po ‘water’ ‘creek’ ‘river’.) Cf. Eng. (4),
Span. (6). This name is applied most frequently perhaps to the
upper course of the waterway, near Cangilon Mountain [1:35].
Since this is not an exact equivalent of the Span. name, Pesey./
may be an old Tewa name applied originally to either Cangilon
Mountain or Cangilon Creek.
(3) Eng. Cangilon Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (4). Cf. Tewa (2).
(4) Span. Rito Cangilon ‘horn river’. = Eng. (3). Cf. Tewa(2).
This creek rises at Cangilon Mountain. Cf. [1:33], [1:54],
[1:35], and [22:unlocated }.
[1:32] (1) Sabépo‘ Athabascan water’ (Sabe ‘ Athabascan’; po‘ water’
‘spring’). Cf. Tewa (2), Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(2) Nwdnsabe po‘ Navaho water’ (Ywdnsabe ‘ Navaho’ < Yuin p-
‘Jemez’, Sate ‘ Athabascan’; po ‘water’ ‘spring’). =Eng. (3),
Span. (4). Cf. Tewa (1).
(3) Eng. Navaho spring. (<Span.). =Tewa (2), Span. (4). Cf.
Tewa (1).
(4) Span. Ojo Navajo ‘ Navaho spring’. =Tewa (2), Eng. (3).
Cf. Tewa (1).
This spring, said to be perennial, is situated on the west side
of Cangilon Creek, as shown on the map. See Navaho Canyon
[1:unlocated].
[1:33] (1) Eng. Lower Cangilon settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Cangilon el Rito abajo ‘ horn settlement down creek’.
=Eng. (1). Prof. H. E. Bolton states that the name Cangilon
was given by Father Escalante in 1776. ‘‘Cangillon” is dis-
tinguished from ‘*Upper Cangillon”.' ‘* Canjilon.”?
No Tewa name was obtained. Cf, [1:31], [1:34], and [1:35].
[1:34] (1) Eng. Upper Cangilon settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Cangilon el rito arriba ‘horn (settlement) up creek’.
=Eng. (1). ‘SUpper Cangillon”.!
[1:35] Pesempiyy ‘deer-horn mountains’ (pesey ‘deer-horn’ <pe
‘deer’, sen.e ‘horn’; pin ‘mountain’). Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (3).
Since this is not an exact equivalent of the Span. name, /xsey
may be an old Tewa name applied originally to either Cangilon
Mountain or Cangilon Creek. Cf. [1:51].
The main road from El Rito to Tierra Amarilla is said to pass
through Upper Cangilon. No Tewa name was obtained. Cf.
[1:31] and [1:35].
1U. 8. Gansu Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, Parts of Southern Colorado and Northern
New Mexico, atlas sheet No. 69, 1873-1877.
2Map accompanying Hewett, Antiquities, 1906; also Topographic Map of New Mexico, Us.
Geological Survey, Professional Papers 68, pl. 1, 1903-1908.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 119
[1:36] (1) San Juan 7" ~buhwu ‘T7"% dance, large low roundish place’
‘arroyo’(7"¢ ‘a kind of dance held in winter at San Juan Pueblo’;
bw’u ‘large low roundish place’; jw’ ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
At any time those wishing to dance the 7”i dance get permission
from the War Captain; a man and a woman are the principal
dancers and property is thrown to the crowd at the close of the
dance; dit'j’0 ‘they are dancing this kind of dance’ (di ‘they
3 +’; 70° progressive postfix). The etymology given above has
been confirmed by four San Juan Indians, from whom, however,
no information could be obtained as to the real meaning of #7.
The ¢ of ¢7 is clearly aspirated. A Santa Clara informant stated
that the ¢7/ae (unaspirated ¢ ! ; fate dance’) is a San Juan dance
and described it as it had been described to the writer by San
Juan Indians. The Santa Clara informant stated that ¢7 is the
name of a kind of headdress, made of skin and sticks, which pro-
jects upward and forward from the forehead of the wearer, and
that this headdress is worn in the San Juan ¢ifate. There has
been no opportunity to have this information discussed by San
Juan Indians. The place-name is not known to Santa Clara, San
Ildefonso, or Nambé Indians so far as could be ascertained. The
verbs ¢'7f°7 ‘to sparkle’ and ¢7k'eu7 ‘to stumble’ were suggested
by « San Ildefonso Indian as possibly throwing light on the
etymology.
(2) Span. Arroyo Silvestre ‘Silvestre Arroyo’. The Span.
name of the arroyo is from the name of the Mexican settlement
Silvestre [1:unlocated ].
UNLOCATED
(1) Buwakuko ‘breadstuff stone barranca’ (buwaku ‘guayave stone’
<buwwa ‘breadstuff’ ‘any kind of bread’, ku ‘stone’; ko ‘bar-
ranca’). =Span. (2).
This is one of the localities at which the kind of stone used
for baking paper-bread is obtained. See under Mryerats,
where the preparation of these stones is described. This
place is probably known to a number of people at each of
the Tewa pueblos, but informants differ widely as to its location.
They agree in placing the locality east or north of the upper
Chama River. One informant places it above [1:20], another
below [1:31].
(2) Span. Arroyo Comal ‘arroyo of the stone or pan for cook-
ing tortillas, guayave, and the like’. =Tewa (1).
(1) Jindiwe ‘where the willows’ (jéy ‘willow’; ’dwe ‘at’ locative
postfix). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. La Jara ‘the willow’. =Tewa (1).
120 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [era ann. 29
This is the rame of some locality on the Jicarilla Apache Reser-
vation. The form -/dndzwe is in use in Tewa.
(3) Eng. *‘ Navaho Canyon”. Given by Hewett as a northern
tributary of Cangilon Creek.
(1) Pobeho ‘water-jar barranca’ (pube ‘water jar’ ‘olla’ < po ‘water’,
be referring to roundish shape; /:0 barranca). Cf. Span. (2).
(2) Span. Arroyo Tinaja ‘large storage-jar arroyo’. Cf. Tewa
(1). Tinaja is ndtube in Tewa; Tewa pobe signifies ‘olla’ in Span.
This locality is said to be east or north of the upper Chama
River.
(1) Eng. Sierra Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
g. 0) p I
(2) Span. Rito Sierra ‘mountain range creek’, =Eng. (1).
This creek is either a tributary of Coyote Creek [1:29] or
somewhere in the vicinity of Coyote Creek. None of the Indian
informants had heard of this creek.
(1) Span. Silvestre ‘wild’ ‘sylvan’. This isa hamlet on Silves-
tre Creek [1:36]. =Eng. 2.
(2) Eng. Silvestre town. (<Span.). =Span. (1).
Sompiyy ‘porcupine mountain’ (seyy ‘porcupine’; piyr ‘moun-
tain’).
A high mountain somewhere near [1:23].
Psegikw i’ ‘where the white mineral’ (fsegiku ‘a kind of white min-
eral used for whitewashing the walls of rooms of pueblo houses,
perhaps gypsum’ <ésegi unexplained, kw ‘stone’ ‘mineral’; *”!
locative and adjective-forming postfix, used here since mere
isegiku would not indicate the place but the mineral itself).
This mineral is burned and then mixed with water and used for
whitening interior walls. See under Mrnerats. The location
of this deposit is somewhere east or north of the upper Chama
River. The informants’ estimates of the number of miles from
Abiquiu to this deposit vary widely. Since this substance is
called yeso in Span. the deposit may be on or by the Rito Yeso.
See below.
Span. ‘‘ Rito Yeso”.1 This is given as an eastern tributary of Can-
gilon Creek entering the latter near its junction with the Chama
River. The name means ‘gypsum or chalk creek’, yeso being
the Span. equivalent of Tewa fsxgiku. See the preceding item.
[2] PEDERNAL MOUNTAIN SHEET
The country shown on this sheet (map 2) includes some of the
Chama River valley and part of the Zsdmpije7"' piy yp * western moun-
1 Hewett, Antiquities, pl. xv.
MAP 2
PEDERNAL MOUNTAIN REGION
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
Vy
= >
a & <
WAZ, i z =
XY ices yf SO Zn
S Wey, a =
: -
ra
ay
,
we
EN
2
lay WE
A
A
uu)
v
PEDERNAL |
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 2
CHT Ue
SPI
Hele
6 i9 MILES™
Eee Eee
TAIN REGION
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT
MAP 2
CAN ETHNOLOGY
BUREAU OF AMERI
>
“s |
= :
= eo Creare
>
Mts ZZ
>
a wth. ~ nate y
A 3 3 3 rer Bt:
% = aw wie
>. 4 Stes ca \ s
% ; a In
s G
=
=
AMEEE Wy ty
.
wh
°
At yw se
3
=
=
4
SS
=
\
4
a
°.
iD)
fi
404
/1
=
a
-
"
j
A
= s\
aX \ Wis
teSSe5
=F
<_<
Sh
ZI
1}
SS
‘LZ
Nene
=
=
'
-
oe,
wes
Nips
un ye, = : =
Wee I= 4 .
t yes est
yarn
try yt ys ie ally =e
eg TT INS T41¢ |
ANS Elie: S:
fey
7
AL tasyyyyst
P 190 MILES~
pEDERNAL MOUNTAIN Region
MAP 2
PEDERNAL MOUNTAIN REGION
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT PLATE 2
(Photograph by J. A. Jeancon)
A. ANCIENT TRAIL LEADING UP THE MESA TO TSIPLNS’QNW| RUIN
(Photograph by J. A. Jeangou)
B. TSIPLYS'QNW| RUIN
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 121
tains’ [Large Features:8] of the Tewa. This portion of the western
range of mountains, situated near Abiquiu, is referred to by Bande-
lier! as the range of ‘‘ Abiquiu”, and as ‘‘ Sierra de Abiquiu”.?
Pedernal Mountain [2:9], plate 1, 6, 7,580 feet in altitude, is per-
haps the most conspicuous feature of the area, and the sheet has been
called Pedernal Mountain sheet.
This region is as little known as that included in the Tierra Ama-
rilla sheet. Here also the site of only one ruin is shown, although
several doubtless exist. See Pueblo Ruin nearer to Pedernal Peak
than [2:7], [2:unlocated].
[2:1] See [1:29].
[2:2] See Chama River [Large Features: 2].
[2:3] See [1:36].
[2:4] (1) Eng. Cafiones Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Rito Cafiones ‘the creek by Cafiones settlement’. See
[2:5], [2:6], and [2:7].
[2:5] This is the upper part of Cafiones Creek [2:4] according to Mr.
J. A. Jeancon. See [2:4], [2:6], and [2:7].
[2:6] (1) Eng. Polvadera Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) New Mexican Span. Rito Polvadera ‘dust-storm creek’.
=Eng. (1). See [2:4], [2:5], and [2:7].
[2:7] (1) Zsipinp onwrkejé * flaking-stone mountain pueblo ruin’ * Ped-
ernal Mountain pueblo ruin’ (Z7s¢piy.p ‘Pedernal Mountain’, see
[2:9]; “oywikej? ‘pueblo ruin’? <’oyw2 ‘pueblo’, keji postpound
‘ruin’). (Pl.2,B.) ‘*Chipiinuinge (Tewa, ‘house at the pointed
peak’)”.® = 7st pin p onwige (ge * down at’ ‘ over at’ locative postfix
indicating position not above the speaker). ‘**Chipiinuinge”. *
‘*Chipiinuinge (maison du pic pointu)”.® ‘*Tziipinguinge (Tewa,
the place of the pointed mountain, from tzii, meaning point, ping
meaning mountain, and uinge the place or village”. = 737 pin p-
-onwige ‘down at or over at the pueblo by Pedernal Mountain’
(ge locative post-fix ‘down at’ ‘overat’). ‘*Tziipinguinge”.”? In
a letter to the author, October 27, 1911, Mr. Jeangon states: ‘‘ Re-
garding the name. The Cerro Pedernal undoubtedly has given the
ruin its name. The translation as given to me is: The Place or
Village of the Pointed Mountain . . . Although Suaso® says
there is another place nearer the Pedernal by that name and
that this is not the true Tziipinguinge”. In the same com-
1 Final Report, pt. 1, p. 11, 1892.
2 Tbid., p. 72, note.
3 Hewett, Antiquities, p. 36, 1906.
4Tbid., pl. xvi.
5 Hewett, Communauteés, p. 42, 1908.
6J. A. Jeancon, Explorations in Chama Basin, New Mexico, Records of the Past, X, p- 101, 1911.
7J. A. Jeancon, Ruins at Pesedeuinge, ibid., x1, p. 30, 1912.
8 Aniceto Suaso, a Santa Clara Indian.
122 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [nru. ann. 29
munication Mr. Jeancon locates the ruin as follows: ‘‘The ruin
is located between two creeks. The Cafiones Creek joins the
Polvadera just a short distance north of the ruin and the com-
panion mesas are situated in the crotch formed by this juncture.
Cafiones runs southwest from the junction, the Polvadera almost
due south . . . The ruin is inthe Piedra Lumbre grant.” The
following remarks by Bandelier' have some bearing on this ruin:
““The ruins above Abiquiu, and on the three branches by which
the Chama is formed, I have not visited. Some of them have
been noticed in the publications of the U. S. Geographical Survey
and of the Bureau of Ethnology, to which I refer the student.” ”
‘While at the Rito [4:5], Don Pedro Jaramillo told me of a
pueblo lying west of it [i. e., of the Chama River], and north-
northwest of Abiquiu’”.* No information has been obtained as to
what tribe built or occupied this pueblo. The name is merely a
descriptive one and would be applied to any ruin near Pedernal
Mountain. Cf. [2:4], [2:5], [2:6], [2:8], and [2:9]; see pl. 2, B.
[2:8] Smaller mesa southeast of the mesa on which Zs/piy pPonwt
stands. The end of the arrow marks the situation of a peculiar
neck of land or causeway which connects this small mesa with the
large and high mesa southeast of it.*
[2:9] (1) Zs/piyp ‘flaking stone mountain’ (¢s27¢ ‘ flaking stone’ ‘ obsi-
dian’ ‘flint’; jin ‘mountain’). =Cochiti (2), Eng. (4), Span. (5),
Fr. (6). Cf. Cochiti (8).
(2) Cochiti éfiejan pekdt'e ‘flaking stone mountain’ ‘obsidian
mountain’ (Adftejan re ‘flaking stone’ ‘obsidian’; két'e ‘moun-
tain’). =Tewa (1), Eng. (4), Span. (5), Fr. (6). Cf. Cochiti (3).
(3) Cochiti He fiejan pemé nakakot e ‘black obsidian mountain’
(héf te jane “flaking stone’; mé'naka ‘black’; ké¢'e ‘mountain’).
Cf. Tewa (1), Cochiti (2), Eng. (4), Span. (5), Fr. (6).
(4) Eng. Pedernal Mountain, Pedernal Peak. (<Span.). =Tewa
(1), Cochiti (2), Span. (5), Fr. (6). Cf. Cochiti (8).
(5) Span. Cerro Pedernal ‘flaking stone mountain’. =Tewa (1),
Cochiti (2), Eng. (4), Fr. (6). Cf. Cochiti (3).
‘‘The truncated cone of the Pedernal”.® ‘Cerro Pedernal”.®
1 Final Report, pt. 1, pp. 55-56, 1892.
2 Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers for 1875, Appendix LL (App. J, i), Part ii, p. 1086, copied
into Report upon United States Geographical Surveys West of the Hundredth Meridian (vol. vii,
Special Report by Prof. E. D. Cope, pp. 351 to 360 inclusive). It is also interesting to note that ruins
on the Chama were also noticed in 1776 by that remarkable monk, Fray Silvestre Velez de Escalante,
during his trip to the Moqui Indians by way of the San Juan country. See his Diario of that jour-
ney, and the Carta al P. Morfi, April 2, 1778 (Par. 11).
8 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 53, note.
*See Jeangon, Explorations in Chama Basin, New Mexico, Records of the Past, X, pp. 102-103,
1911.
6Bandelier, op. cit., p. 32.
6 Hewett, Antiquities, pl. XVII.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 143}
(6) Fr. *‘Pic Pedernal”*. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Cochiti (2),
Eng. (4), Span. (5). Cf. Cochiti (3).
A number of Tewa Indians have stated that there is no more
obsidian about Pedernal Mountain than elsewhere in mountains
west of the Tewa villages.
The top of the peak is flat and its whole appearance is peculiar.
Tt appears to be the highest mountain (7,580 feet) within 20 miles
northwest of [2:13]. It can be seen from most of the surrounding
country, and names for it will probably be found in a number of
Indian languages. Florentin Martinez, of San Ildefonso, has
Tsipiyy as his Tewa name. Mr. J. A. Jeancgon states that when
he excavated at 7s? pin p’ onwi [2:7] very little obsidian was found,
but quantities of calcedony and other varieties of flaking stone.
See [2:7], [2:10], and 7sémpijev piyy [Large Features:8]; also,
plea, Bb:
[2:10] (1) fupiny ‘cicada mountain’ (fw ‘cicada’; pry ‘ mountain’).
Cf. [5:19], [22:30].
(2) Eng. Abiquiu Mountain. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(8) Span. Cerro Abiquiu ‘Abiquiu [8:36] mountain’. =Eng.
(2). ‘‘ Abiquiu Peak”. ‘*The pyramid of the extinct volcano
of Abiquiu”.* The high peak of Abiquiu”.* ‘*The former vol-
cano of Abiquiu”.® ‘*The base of Abiquiu Peak, and of its south-
ern neighbor, the Pelado”.® For the Pelado see [2:13]. The
writer has not found a Tewa Indian who knows this mountain by
the name of Abiquin Peak.
Bandelier’ states that this peak is 11,240 feet high according to
Wheeler’s measurements. This mountain does not look to be as
high as [2:9] and not nearly so high as [2:13]. Its top is quite
pointed. A distant view of the peak is shown in plate 2, B. See
[2:11], [2:12], Abiquiu Mountains [2:unlocated], and Zsdmpijev-
pw |Large Features:8].
[2:11] (1) pupimpenge ‘beyond cicada mountain’ (7upiy yp, see [2:10];
peyge ‘ beyond’).
On the other side, i.e., the western side of Abiquiu Mountain,
there are no trees, it is said; but it is a beautiful place, with
much grass, waist high. One kind of grass which grows there
is used for making brooms. See Pimpzyge [Large Features:1].
1Hewett, Communautés, p. 42.
2U.S. Geographical Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, Parts of Southern Colorado and Northern
New Mexico, atlas sheet No. 69, 1873-1877.
3 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1f, p. 32, 1892.
4Tbid., p. 53.
5 Ibid., p. 63.
6 Ibid., p. 33.
7 Tbid., p. 53, note.
124 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. ann. 29
[2:12] (1) fupinnuge ‘at the base of cicada mountain’ (fupiny, see
[2:10]; nuge ‘at the base of? <nww ‘at the base of’, ge ‘down
at’ ‘over at’).
(2) Eng. Vallecito. (<Span.). =Span. (8).
(3) Span. Vallecito ‘little valley’. = Eng. (2).
The Vallecito is a large, comparatively level, area where con-
siderable dry-farming is practised by Mexicans. This locality is
reached from Abiquiu by driving up the canyon, which is also
known as the Vallecito. This canyon the Tewa might call
fupinnugepots?é (pupinnuge, as above; potsii ‘canyon with
water in it’ <po ‘water’, és’’¢ ‘canyon’), but they usually call the
whole canyon and vicinity fupinnuge. See [2:10] and [2:11].
[2:13] (1) Tsikwmupiyy, probably abbreviated either from fszs7-
nikwmy pin ‘mountain covered with flaking stone or obsidian’,
or tsindhw imu pin * flaking stone is covered mountain’ ‘mountain
where the flaking stone or obsidian is covered’ (¢s2’2 ‘ flaking stone’,
here referring almost certainly to obsidian, which abounds in the
range of mountains of which this is a peak; “2 ‘from’ ‘by’ ‘ with’
postfix showing separation or instrumentality; nd ‘it’; hw mu ‘to
be covered’; piyy ‘mountain’). The writer has discussed this
etymology with a considerable number of Indians. ‘The first
etymology mentioned above was suggested by an old man at San
Juan, a very trustworthy old man at San Ildefonso, the old cacique
of Nambé, and several other reliable informants. One often
hears such an expression as kuti nékwmu ‘it is covered with
stones’, said of the ground (eu ‘stone’; “2 ‘from’ ‘by’ ‘with’; n¢
‘it’; kwmu ‘to be covered’). The verb heowmu may also be used of
eyes covered bya hand, face covered by a blanket, ete.
2) Lsampijcimpiny ‘mountain of the west’ (¢sdmpije ‘west’
<tsdyp unexplained, pije ‘toward’; *in locative and adjective-
forming postfix; piy.r ‘mountain’). This is the ceremonial name,
the mountain being the Tewa sacred peak of the west. See Car-
DINAL Mounrains.
(8) Popipinr ‘bald mountain’ (p'opi ‘bald? <p‘o ‘hair’,
pinegative; pin ‘mountain’). =Cochiti (4), Eng. (5), Span. (7).
This is a mere translation of the Span. name of the mountain,
hardly ever used by the Tewa. Some of the informants did not
know that it refers to 7s7hw mupin p.
(4) Cochiti @’vatakot'e ‘bald mountain’ ( f@wata ‘bald’; két'e
‘mountain’). =Tewa (3), Eng. (5), Span. (7). This translates
the Span. name. The Cochiti use now the Span. name, now the
term here given, for designating this or any of the other ‘* bald”
mountains of this part of New Mexico.
HARRINGTON | PLACE-NAMES 125
(5) Bald Mountain, Baldy Mountain, Pelado Mountain. (<Span.).
=Tewa (3), Cochiti (4), Span. (7).
(6) ‘“‘Santa Clara Peak”.?
(7) Span. Cerro Pelado ‘bald mountain’. =Tewa (3), Cochiti
(4), Eng. (5).
““The base of Abiquiu Peak, and of its southern neighbor,
the Pelado”.? So far as it can be ascertained this is the
highest peak of the Jemez or Valle Range. Its height is given
by Wheeler as 11,260 feet.* It is the Tewa sacred mountain of the
west and worship is performed on its summit.‘ It may also be
the sacred mountain of the east of the Navaho. See CarprnaL
Mountarns, page 44. The Jemez name for the mountain could
not be obtained. The top is almost destitute of trees, hence the
Span. name. See [2:14]. For the name Pelado ef. [27:10], ete.
[2:14] Zetokwajée probably ‘cottonwood inside of something height’
(te ‘cottonwood,’ Populus wislizeni; fo ‘to be inside of some-
thing’, said of objects within hollow objects; Awajé ‘on top’
‘height’). Why the locality is called thus is not known to the
informants. This name applies to the yellowish slope near the
top of Bald Mountain on the eastern side. This slope is grassy
and, especially in autumn, hasa bright yellow color. See
[2:13].
[2:15] Kusun pupiny ‘sliding stone mountain’ (ku ‘stone’; sun pu ‘to
slide or slip down a gradual or steep slope’; pzy.r *mountain’).
The mountain is called thus because its sides are so steep that a
stone will slide down.
This is a high and thin ridge which separates the upper Oso
drainage from Santa Clara Creek. For designations of places
along its southern side for which the Santa Clara people have
names, see [14].
[2:16] Awmantsihwu ‘Comanche arroyo’ (Awmants? ‘Comanche’
<Span. Comanche; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
One of the headwaters of Oso Creek [5:35]. It is said that
it flows into [2:17]. Comanche arroyo is a common name in
New Mexico; ef. [6:12].
[2:17] Adgipo ‘wild-goose water’ (kag? ‘wild goose’; po ‘water’
‘creek’ ‘river’).
One of the headwaters of Oso Creek [5:35]. See [2:18].
[2:18] Span. Riachuelo ‘rivulet’ ‘arroyo’.
This isasmall Mexican settlement on the Adgipo [2:17]. Three
families lived there in 1911 according to a San Juan informant.
1U. S. Geographical Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, Parts of Southern Colorado and Northern
New Mexico, atlas sheet No. 69, 1873-1877.
2Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 33, 1892.
’Gannett, Dictionary of Altitudes, p. 648, 1906.
4See W. B. Douglass, A World-quarter Shrine of the Tewa Indians, Records of the Past, vol. XI,
pt. 4, pp. 159-173, 1912.
126 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [nru. ann. 29
[2:19] Aiwets:’? Soak canyon’ (kwe ‘oak’; ts7’7 ‘ canyon’).
This is the most southerly of the chief headwaters of the Rio
Oso [5:35].
[2:20] Tsk enne ‘at the white meal or flour ’ (tse ‘whiteness’
‘white’; A‘xyr ‘meal’ ‘flour’; nz Sat’).
This locality lies between [2:15] and [2:21]. ;
[2:21] Peevend yko’t ‘where the deer eat earth’ (pe ‘mule deer’; we
‘they 3+; ndny ‘earth’ incorporated object; ko ‘to eat’: 74 loe-
ative and adjective-forming postfix).
Presumably a salt-lick frequented by deer. The earth at this
place is said to be salty. The locality is said to be a short dis-
tance east of [2:20].
[2:22] Sebehkwaje ‘pottery bowl height’ (sxbe ‘a kind of howl’ <sx
unexplained, be ‘roundish’ ‘roundish vessel’; Awajé ‘on top’
‘height’).
This high flat-topped mesa is conspicuous from the Rio Grande
valley. Cf. [2:24] and [2:25]. Sandy hills lie between this mesa
and the Chama River.
[2:23] Tsit'inne ‘at the basalt fragments’ (¢s¢ ‘basalt’; typ ‘frag-
ment’ ‘to break’ ‘to crack’; nex ‘at’).
It is said that this place is a short distance southwest from San
Lorenzo settlement. See San Lorenzo [2:unlocated]. It is at
the base of Malpais Mesa [2:24]. In this vicinity are strewn
great quantities of cracked and broken basalt and lava. There is
a spring at this place.
[2:24] (1) Mvexpiyy unexplained (m@zx unexplained; piyy *moun-
tain’).
(2) Eng. Malpais Mesa. (<Span.) =Span. (3).
(3) Span. Mesa Malpais, Cerrito Malpais ‘ basalt mesa’ ‘ basalt
mountain’.
The top of M@xpiny has the shape of a mountain peak rather
than of amesatop. The height is about the same as that of Black
Mountain. Cf. [2:22] and [2:25].
[2:25] (1) Pink'uyy ‘dark mountain’ (pin ‘mountain’; 2 uy
‘darkness’ ‘dark’ ‘obscure’). Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Black Mountain, Negro Mountain, Black Mesa, Negro
Mesa. (<Span.). =Span. (38).
(5) Span. Cerro Negro, Cerrito Negro, Mesa Negro ‘black
mountain’ ‘black mesa’, =Eng. (2). Cf. Tewa (1).
The Tewa name is more picturesque than the Span. The moun-
tain looks peculiarly dark in certain light, but would hardly be
called black. The top is quite flat, and it may well be called a
mesa. It can easily be seen from the Rio Grande Valley. Cf.
[2:22] and [2:24].
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 127
[2:26] (1) P'ewaboui, P’ewaimboui * cross knob’ (p‘ewa ‘cross’ <p*e
‘stick’, wa unexplained; bo0/7 ‘round pile’ ‘groove’ ‘knob’
‘knoll’? ‘round-topped mountain’). Probably <Span. =Eng.
(2), Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Cruz Mountain. (<Span.). =Tewa(1), Span. (3).
(3) Span. Cerrito de la Cruz ‘cross mountain’. =Tewa (1),
Eng. (2).
This small round mountain can be seen at the base of J/@ex-
pip [2:24]. The Tewa name is evidently a translation of the
Span. Why it should be called ‘cross mountain’ is not known to
the informants.
[2:27] (1) San Juan Kep'endi’thege ‘over at the black peak gullies’
(ke ‘peak’; pep ‘blackness’ epincs7, Sak Wet and : adjectiv e-
forming postfix; hee ‘small groove’ ‘arroyito’ ‘gully’; ge ‘down
at’ ‘over at’).
(2) Eng. Capirote Hill. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(3) Span. El Capirote ‘pointed cap’ * hood’ ‘falcon hood’; also
‘body louse’ ‘grayback’. The informants do not know with
which meaning this name was originally used.
This hill was pointed out to the writer from several localities in
the Chama Valley. It seemed to be dark or blackish.
[2:28] San Juan Zowibuhw’u unexplained (Zowibwu, see [2:29];
hwu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyito’).
[2:29] San Juan Zowibw’w unexplained (¢ow? unexplained; one San
Juan informant has tried hard to account for the origin of tow?
but without success; b2w ‘large low roundish Bee ). See [2:28].
[2:30] San Juan Rataled wu ‘malar sal chills dale arroyo’ (Kotibw’u, see
[2:31]; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[2:31] San Juan Aoéibw’u ‘malarial chills dale’ (kof? ‘malarial chills?
as in nd *okotipo” ‘I have the chills’? <’n@ ‘1’ emphatic pronoun,
’o ‘I’ prefixed pronoun, kofi ‘malarial chills’, po’? ‘ to make’ ‘to
be affected by’; bux ‘large low roundish place’ ‘dale’ ‘ valley’).
See [2:30].
[2:32] § San Juan Psextageko, Tsetage’ inka ‘white slope barranca’
(Lsextage, see [2:unlocated]; °in locative and adjective-forming
postfix; /o ‘barranca’).
The place Tsztage, from which this barranca takes its name, is
not located. See [2:unlocated ].
[2:33] San Juan Tsikukohwu, Tsikuinkohwu ‘basalt rocks arroyo’
(tsi ‘basalt’; ku ‘stone’; ’iyp locative and adjective-forming
postfix; Aohww ‘barranca arroyo’<o ‘barranca’, hww ‘large
groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[2:34] pun pek' ondiwe hwu, pun pek onniny hwu ‘arroyo where the
white earth is dug’ (fun pe k'ondiwe, see [2:35]; "typ locative
and adjective-forming postfix; iw’w ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). See
[2:35].
128 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [rrn. ann. 29
[2:35] San Juan punpek'ondiwe ‘where the white earth is dug’
(fun pe *a kind of white earth used by the Tewa’, see MINERALS;
k'oyp ‘to dig’; *dwe Sat’). See [2:34].
[2:36] San Juan S/puwisi * projecting corner formed by the lower ribs
at each side above the abdomen’ (s/pu ‘the depression at each side
of the upper part of the abdomen of a person, just below the ribs,’
noticeable especially in lean persons <s? ‘belly’, pu ‘base’; wisi
‘projecting corner’), ‘This name is given to the ends of the tongues
of the low mesa west of San José [13:44] both north and south of
Lup fek ondiwehwu [2:34], but chiefly south of the latter. See
[2:37] and [2:38].
[2:37] San Juan Sipuwitihvu, Sipuvie?in phwvu ‘projecting lower
ribs arroyo’ (S¢pwiwiti, see [2:36]; °inr locative and adjective-
forming postfix; /w’w ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). This name re-
fers to several small arroyos south of pun pek' ondiwehwu [2:34]
and at Sipuwisi. See [2:36] and [2:38].
[2:38] San Juan S/puwit’oku ‘projecting lower ribs hills’ (Sipuwii,
see [2:36]; ’okw ‘hill’).
These low hills are seen on top of the plateau west of Sipuwii.
See [2:36] and [2:37].
[2:39] (1) Watfehwaj@akoyy ‘plain of the height by Guache’ ( Wat fe
‘Guache’ [14:11]; Awajé ‘on top’ ‘height’; ’akoyy ‘ plain’).
= Tewa (2).
(2) Mahubugekwajeakon r ‘plain of the height by owl corner’
(Mahubwu, see [14:11]; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; kwaje Son top’
‘height’; ’akoy yr ‘plain’). =Tewa (1). See [14:11].
[2:40] San Juan Zek'abekwaje ‘break wagon height’ (Zek‘abé, see
[13:47]; Awaje ‘on top’ ‘ height’).
San Juan Indians go much to this place for firewood. They
reach the height by driving up a small arroyo which is called
Tek abehu'u; see [18:47].
[2:41] (1) Eng. Roman Mountain. (<Span.). ‘* Mt. Roman.”! =Span.
(2).
(2) Span. Cerro Roman. =Eng. (1). Only one Santa Clara
Indian was found who knows this name. Inquiry at Espafola
revealed the fact that this mountain bears the given name of
Roman Sarasar, a Mexican butcher of Espanola, who has cattle
pastured there.
[2:42] Santa Clara Creek, see [14:24].
[2:43] Coyote Creek, see [1:29].
[2:44] Cebolla Creek, see [27:3].
1 Hewett, Antiquities, pl. Xvi.
MAP 3
ABIQUIU REGION
Ree bee SL) Us,
-
g: vi
TOES : kK en
oH) SS
iA Hy Me
We Vi
Zoos
oy
WS SZ ae
yy
\
sv,7
EdVW LYOd3SY TVANNVY HLNIN-ALNSML ADOTONH.LS NVOINSWY JO NVaYENG
Ms
=
4 bd
Ne
=!
7 5
: rat
2
=
an
BscAbiquiu
“ony yw? .
AS
eas
a
°
37
2 MILES
ABIQUIU REGION
NOIDSaY NINDIEV
BI
~ : N
a Oe
“ns 4 41\\~
. a
- . =
“ry ~
ai > S
‘3 . el
aa S
A 8! =S
i %y
Z TI
a y, =
Aad 4 % 7,
WIS ays OTT “
~
= BI
=
¢ ale Z
ead x AMY)
. * e a
440° uo Fe0® GZ .
. \\
tess es Ai{i\\\il
- = %
Say, 4 4 i
2.5
os “Zn z=
ith : Ws st
Fans fens
ae “ais “1
TTT
Se
%
OF %,,.orr00r
8% ; Y,
AV ZZ
og. S74
74 xe
ONS
Zev
£& Ss
5 wy Ww Ze0¢
Y HI Vit
L1G
S dVW LYOd3Y TWANNV HLNIN-ALNSML
Meee ayye “tno
.
7, =
a sae
2 eh
= RS
s se SS
= 27
4 a
a 4%
>
:
Ni ao
WEE.
e Wee
7) aS
AES
1 Ee
mmbiqy 8) |
“warn 2 24 Si a PC __}
'
ADOTIONHLS NVOINSWY JO NvayNE
MAP 3
ABIQUIU REGION
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 129
UNLOCATED
(1) Eng. Abiquiu Mountains. (<Span.). =Span. (2). ‘‘the range.
. . of Abiquiu.” ?
(2) Span. Sierra de Abiquiu ‘Abiquiu Mountains’, named from
Abiquiu Peak [2:10] and Abiquiu settlement [3:36]. = Eng. (1).
‘Sierra de Abiquiu.” ?
The mountains west of Abiquiu are thus called. They are
really the northern part of the Jemez Range; see Zsimpijee" pin
[Large Features: 8]. ‘‘The northern end of the range [7sdm-
pier py y|is formed by the Sierra de Abiquiu, with the peak
of the same name [2:10]; then follows the Cerro Pelado [2:13].”?
It is very uncertain just which and how many mountains are in-
cluded by the name. See [2:10] and [3:36].
Diinkwaje ‘turkey tracks height’ (di ‘turkey’ ‘chicken’; ’dy yp ‘foot’
‘footprint’; Awajé ‘on top’ * height’).
This is said to be a low mesa somewhere near Romin Mountain
[2:41]. The name is familiar at San Juan, Santa Clara, and San
Ildefonso.
Santa Clara Aup'ubwu * hollowed stone corner’? (ku ‘stone’; p'w ‘hol-
lowness’ ‘hollow’; 6:71 ‘large low roundish place’). Pw is prob-
ably connected with p'vw ‘ to inflate’.
A place near upper Oso Creek [5:35], according to two Santa
Clara informants.
Santa Clara Makowipiyp ‘sky mountain’ (makowd ‘sky’; pin
‘mountain ’).
This is a mountain north or northwest of Santa Clara Pueblo.
Span. San José ‘Saint Joseph’.
According to Mr. J. A. Jeangon this is a Mexican settlement
on upper Oso Creek [5:35].
(1) Eng. San Lorenzo settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. San Lorenzo, Plazita San Lorenzo ‘ Saint Lawrence’.
= Eng. (1).
This Mexican settlement is said to be southeast of Sxbehwajeé
[2:22] and northeast of Zsif°innex [2:23].
Tsetage ‘over at the white slope’ (‘sex ‘whiteness’ ‘white’; ¢a’a
‘oradual slope’ ‘gentle slope’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’). See
[2:32].
Pueblo ruin nearer Pedernal Mountain [2:9] than [2:7], q. v-
[3] ABIQUIU SHEET
The Tewa refer to the country about Abiquiu as ?Abéhjuprje
‘up Abiquiu way’ (Abéehkjyu ‘Abiquiu’; pzje ‘toward’). The ruins
shown on this sheet (map 3) are all claimed by the Tewa.
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 11, 1892.
2 Tbid., p. 72, note.
87584°—29 rru—16——9
130 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eru. ann. 29
[3:1] Span. ‘‘Arroyo Cubre.”! This would mean ‘copper arroyo’.
This name was not known to the informants.
[3:2] (1) P‘efupi pe Pie aes timber and little mountain’ (P'efw,
see [3:36]; piy.r ‘mountain’; ’e diminutive). Cf. (2) and (3).
(2) -Atehjupinpre, ?Abefupiyyr’e ‘Abiquiu little mountain’
(Abehju, -Abefu ‘Abiquiu’, see [3:36]; Pin y ‘mountain’; ’e di-
minutive). Cf. (1) and (3).
(3) Koso’ oywigepin ye, K‘osopiyrre ‘large legging or large
legging village little mountain’ (A oso’ onwige, see [3:36]; Pins
‘mountain’; ’e diminutive).
[3:3] See [2:12].
[3:4] (1) Eng. Santa Rosa Chapel. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Capilla de Santa Rosa ‘chapel of Saint Rose’.
The ruins of this chapel lie about a mile east of Abiquiu, south
of Chama River, between the main wagon road and the river.
The walls are still standing; the door was tow ard the east. The
structure was built of adobe.
[3:5] Chama River. See Chama River [Large Features: 2].
[8:6] Jimpowthwokwe ‘little hills of [8:7]? (Jimpowthwu, see [8:7];
-oku ‘hill’; ’e diminutive).
The hills of [3:12] might also be called thus.
[3:7] (1) Aimpowthwu ‘willow water gap arroyo’ (Jimpow?’?, see
[3:unlocated]; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
(2) Eng. Madera Arroyo. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(3) Span. Arroyo Madera, Canada Madera ‘timber arroyo’
‘timber cafiada’. =Eng. (2).
Thisarroyo enters Chama River slightly east of and opposite [8:9].
Mexicans go up this arroyo to get timber with which to build
houses, hence the Span. name. They get the timber especially at
a place upthe arroyo called Jdmpow?7 in Tewa; see [3:unlocated].
A trail passing up this arroyo connects Abiquiu [8:36] and El
Rito [4:5].
[3:8] (1) Pofukestawu ‘squash projection height arroyo’ (Po fukesi,
see [3:10]; Awu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
(2) Kyukesthwu ‘skunk-bush height arroyo’? (Ayketz, see
[3:10]; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). See also [8:8].
[3:9] (1) Pofukes? onwikeji ‘squash projection height pueblo ruin’
(Po fukewi, see [8:10]; ’onwikeji ‘pueblo ruin’ <’oywi ‘pueblo’,
hkeji postpound * ruin’).
(2) Kykew’ onwikeji *skunk- foe height pueblo ruin’ (Aukes?,
see [8:10]; ’oywikeszt ‘pueblo ruin’ < ’oywi ‘pueblo’, kejz * ruin’).
See also [8:8].
1 Hewett, Antiquities, pl. XVI.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES IGSHIE
[3:10] (1) Pofukes ‘squash projection height’ (po ‘squash’ ‘gourd’
‘pumpkin’; fww ‘horizontally projecting end of anything’; kezz
‘at the top’ ‘ height’).
(2) Kukest ‘skunk-bush height’ (/y ‘skunk-bush’; kev ‘at the
top’ ‘ height’).
There is much skunk-bush growing on this mesa.
[8:11] (1) Tomajopiys ‘good pifion mountain’ (fo ‘pifion tree’; majo
‘ood’ ‘best’ ‘tip-top’ ‘chief’, its second syllable being probably
the augmentative jo; piy.p ‘ mountain’).
It is probable that there are good-sized pifion trees on this
mountain. With this name cf. Chimayo [22:13].
(2) Eng. ‘‘ Black Mountains”.*
The mountain is not at all black.
(8) Span. Cerro de los Burros ‘donkey mountain’. So called
because there either are or were many wild donkeys on this moun-
tain. This appears to be the common name among Mexicans
about Abiquiu.
(4) Span. Cerro Tequesquite ‘tequesquite [see Mrnerars]
mountain’. This name is applied because Tequesquite Spring
[8:14] is situated near this mountain.
(5) Span. Cerro Abiquiu ‘Abiquiu mountain’. This name is
frequently applied by Mexicans living in the Ojo Caliente region
and in Chama River valley below the mountain.
From Ojo Caliente it appears to be the most prominent moun-
tain near Abiquiu [3:36].
Cf. [8:2], [8:13], [8:14], [3:15].
[3:12] Tomajopimpeyge okwe ‘small hills behind [8:11]? (Tomajopiny,
see [8:11]; Pxeyge ‘over beyond’ ‘behind’ <peyy- ‘beyond’, ge
‘down at’ ‘over at’; ’okw ‘hill’; ’e diminutive). This name could
be applied by a speaker anywhere, the Tewa thinking of the set-
tled Chama River country somehow as being in front of the
mountain [3:11] and of the little hills [8:12] as being behind it.
These hills could also be called Jémpowthwokwe [8:6] or by sev-
eral other descriptive names. Cf. [8:11], [3:13], [3:14], [8:15].
[3:13] Tomajopinnugéoku ‘hills at the foot of [8:11]? (Lomajopins,
see [3:11]; nuge ‘over at the base of’? <nw’u ‘Sat the base of’, ge
‘down at’ ‘over at’; ’oku ‘hill’). This name refers to the entire
chain of four whitish hills and also to the two small dark hills
[3:15] south of this hill-chain.
There are many foba ‘cliffs’ by these hills. Cf. [8:11], [8:12],
[3:14], [3:15].
[3:14] (1) "Ase popi’e, Tomajopinnugedsepop’e ‘little alkali spring?
‘little alkali spring at the foot of [8:11]? (dse# ‘alkali’ <d@ asin
1Hewett, Antiquities, pl. Xvit.
1132 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS | [eru. ann. 29
in pe ‘salt’, se ‘pepperiness’, see MINERALS; pop? ‘spring’ < po
‘water’, pz ‘to come out’; ’¢ diminutive; P omajopinnuge as in
[3:13]). Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (3).
Although ’dsx refers to any kind of alkali the alkaline deposit
of this spring has peculiar properties and is called in Span. by a
special name. See Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Tequesquite Spring. (<Mex. Span.). =Span. (38).
Cf. Tewa (1).
(8) Span. Ojo Tequesquite ‘spring where a peculiar alkaline
substance known in Mexican and New Mexican Span. as teques-
quite is obtained.’ See Tequesquite under Minerats. = Eng.
(2). Cf. Tewa (1).
(4) Span. Ojo del Pajaro ‘bird spring’. This name was ob-
tained only from Mr. José Rafael Gallego, who lives at [8:20].
He says that he has heard the spring called by this name, but that
it is usually called Ojo Tequesquite.
This spring is in the arroyo which issues from between the most
easterly of the chain of hills [8:13] and the hill next to the most
easterly one. Mr. Gallego, who has lived long in the vicinity, at
[3:20], and has visited the spring many times, states that the teques-
quite is deposited as a crust on the bed of the arroyo about the
spring. In most places this crust is so thin that the substance can
not be gathered without considerable admixture of sand. Mexi-
cans and Indians go to the place and carry away sacks of the sub-
stance, which is used by them as a purgative and for raising bread.
See Tequesquite, under Minerats. <A specimen of the teques-
quite from this spring was obtained from an old Indian of San
Juan, who kept a sack of the substance in his house to use as medi-
cine and as baking powder. Cf. [8:11], [8:12], [8:13], [8:15].
[3:15] Tomajopinnuge okuk' wy r’e ‘little dark hills at the foot of [8:11]’
(Tomajopinnuge as in [8:13]; ’oku ‘hill’; k'wyyp ‘darkness’ ‘dark’;
*e diminutive).
These two small, low, dark-colored hills are situated on the
southern slope of the chain of hills [8:13] and east of the Teques-
quite Spring [3:14].
[3:16] Pueblo ruin.
This ruin lies just west of Mariana [3:19], between the wagon
road and the river. The writer used every endeavor at San Juan
to obtain the Indian name of this ruin, but without success. A
low mound could be seen in the field where the ruin lies.
[3:17] Mahysap‘ivihwu ‘owl excrement pile arroyo’ (Mahysap'ei,
see [8:18]; Aw’u ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
This arroyo is lost in the fields just east of Mariana [8:19].
See [3:18].
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 133
[3:18] Mahusap‘ist ‘little piles of owl excrement’ (mahu ‘owl’; sa
‘excrement’; p dz ‘small pile’).
These hills might easily be thought to resemble owl excrement.
[3:19] (1) Eng. Mariana settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Mariana ‘pertaining to Mary’. Mariana is in Span. a
woman’s given name. =Eng. (1). ‘‘ Mardiana,’’!
(8) Span. El Puente, La Puente, ‘the bridge’. A Mexican
living at this place said that there was formerly a bridge across the
Chama River there; hence thisname. ‘Three miles below (south-
east) Abiquiu, ata place called ‘La Puente’ (the Bridge).”? ‘*La
Puenta’’.*
It is said that some Mormon families came to live at this place
about six years ago and that the name Mariana was never heard
before they came. The name of the post-office is now Mariana.
Mexicans still call the place El Puente, and few who do not live
in the vicinity seem to know that the name has been changed
to Mariana. Mariano and Mariana are given names common
in New Mexico. At present there are two frame houses at
Mariana, in one of which is the post-office. The ruin [8:16]
lies in the fields just west of Mariana and the ruin on a bluff
150 feet above the river described by Yarrow, Bandelier, and
Hewett, must be somewhere near. It is possible that the latter
is [8:9]. See [3:unlocated] for complete discussion.
[3:20] Span. Los Gallegos. This place is named from Mr. José Ra-
fael Gallego and family, who have a ranch there.
The place is just west of Tierra Azul [3:26].
[3:21] Tomajobu’'u ‘over at the corner by [8:11]? (Lomajo for Tomajo-
pin, see [8:11]; bw wu ‘large low roundish place’).
All this low sandy arid corner is called thus.
[3:22] Tomajokohu’u ‘arroyos of [8:11]? (Lomajo for Tomajopiys,
see [3:11]; Lohw’u ‘barranca arroyo <hko ‘barranca,’ Aww ‘large
grooye’ ‘arroyo’).
The arroyo, which enters the river just east of the wagon road,
has its mouth slightly to the west of the ranch of Mr. Farran, a
Frenchman who married the daughter of a Mexican ranch owner
named Chavez. See [3:11].
[3:23] The main wagon road between El Rito [4:5] and Abiquiu [8:36].
[3:24] ?Awap'abu’w ‘cattail corner’ Cawap‘a ‘cattail’; bwu ‘large
low round place’).
This swampy place is just west of the cottonwood grove [8:25].
[3:25] Tekabu’u ‘cottonwood grove corner’ (fe ‘cottonwood’ ‘ Popu-
lus wislizeni’; ka ‘thicket’ ‘forest’ ‘thick’, meaning ‘close to-
gether’; bw ‘large low round place’).
1 Hewett, Antiquities, pl. xvi.
2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 56, 1892.
3 Hewett, Communautés, p. 42, 1908.
134 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
This is almost due north of Tierra Azul [8:26].
[8:26] (1) Mintsdywrbwu * blue or green earth corner’ (ndyy ‘earth” ;
tsdywe ‘blueness’ ‘blue’ ‘greenness’ ‘green’; bww ‘large low
round place’). =Eng. (2), Span. (8).
(2) Eng. Tierra Azul. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (3).
(8) Span. Tierra Azul ‘blue earth’.
The names refer to the bluish, or rather grayish, color of the
soilat the place. The Indian informants insist that Vantsdywebwu
is the original Tewa name of the place. At present the locality
is occupied by a number of Mexican farms.
[8:27] Depowihohwu, see [5:12].
[3:28] Lowe, see [5:14].
[3:29] erito’impo, see [4:3].
[3:30] Zsdmadpin yp, see [5:5].
[3:31] Sdywe piv ‘at the red sandstone’ (sénwe ‘sandstone’; pi ‘red-
ness’ ‘red’; 72” locative and adjective-forming postfix). Cf. [8:32]
and [3:33].
[3:32] Zegwapibwu ‘red house corner’ (teqwa ‘house’; pz ‘redness’
‘red’; bwu ‘large low roundish place’).
This refers to the locality northeast of Mr. Gonzales’ house.
Cf. [3:31] and [3:33].
[8:33] (1) Zeqwapibwu ‘red house town’ (teqwa ‘house’; pz ‘redness’
‘red’; bw’u ‘town’). Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Plaza Colorada. (<Span.). =Span. (3). Cf. Tewa
(1).
(3) Span. Plaza Colorada ‘red courtyard’ =Eng. (2). Cf.
Tewa (1).
This is the name of the Mexican settlement north of Chama
River opposite Abiquiu [8:36].
[3:34] (1) P'efunugepopi ‘springs below [8:36]? (P*efu-, see [8:36];
nuge ‘over below’ <nwu ‘below’, ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; popi
‘spring’ < po ‘water’, p7 ‘to issue’).
(2) ’AbeSunugepopi, ’Abehjunugepopi ‘springs below [8:36]?
( Abefu-,’ Abek)u, see [3:36]; nuge ‘over below’? <niwu ‘below’, ge
‘down at’ ‘over at’; Pop? ‘spring’ < po ‘water’; pi ‘to issue’).
(38) A“oso’oywinugepopt ‘springs below [8:36] (A oso’ oywi, see
[3:36]; nuge ‘over below’ <nw’u * below’, ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’;
popi ‘spring’ < po ‘water’, pz ‘to issue’).
Kast of [8:35] are two little gulches in each of which is a peren-
nial spring, the water of which is said to be very good. This is
presumably the best water in the vicinity of [3:36].
[3:35] (1) Pefunugepotsa ‘marsh below [8:36] (P'efu, see [8:36];
nuge ‘over below’ <nwu ‘below’, ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; potsa
‘marsh’ < po ‘water’, tsa ‘to cut through’).
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES Sis
(2) Abe funugepotsa, ’Abekjunugepotsa *marsh below [3:36]
(Abe fu-, Adehju, see [8:36]; nuge ‘over below’ <niwu ‘below’,
ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; potsa ‘marsh’ < po ‘water’, tsa ‘to cut
through’).
(3) A“oso’oywinugepotsa ‘marsh below [8:36]? (A* oso’ onwi, see
[8:36]; nuge ‘over below’ <nw’u ‘below’, ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’;
potsa ‘marsh’ < po ‘water’, tsa ‘to cut through’).
[3:36] (1) San Juan P'efubwu ‘timber end town’ (p'e ‘stick? ‘timber’:
Jwu ‘end of longish object in horizontal position’; byw town’).
The name P'e fw- is applied to both the present town and the ruin
[3:38]; it is used by the San Juan people only. It is undoubtedly
the original Tewa name of the pueblo ruin [8:38] as well as of the
present Mexican town, and of it Span. Abiquiu is a corruption.
See Span. (7). The original reason why this place is called thus
appears to have been forgotten in the remote past. The name
means either the end of a stick or log, or the sharp end of a mesa
or some other geographical feature which projects horizontally
and has timber on it. The same word appears as a San Ildefonso
place-name in P'e fukwaje [20:46]and Pe futa’a [20:47]. —Tewa
(2), Cochiti (6), Eng. (7), Span. (8). ‘‘At San Juan the name
was given to me as Fe-jiu”.!| This is given as the name of the
present town. ‘‘In that case it is quite likely that its name
was Fe-jyu”.? This is given as the probable name of. the
pueblo ruin [8:38].
(2) ?Abefwu,’Abekju. (<Span.(8)). Both of these forms have
been modified by folk-etymology. °Abé- is identical with ’vbe
‘chokecherry’ ‘Prunus melanocarpa’ while the Mexicans say
Abikji. pwu in’ Abefwy is the word meaning ‘end’ just as it
appears in the original Tewa name P'efwu, so that the whole
meaning of ?Abéfwu, is ‘chokecherry end’. This is the form
commonly used at all the Tewa pueblos except San Juan, while
*"Abechju is seldom heard. =Tewa (1), Cochiti (6), Eng. (7),
Span. (8). ‘‘Se-pii-ue and Abe-chiu.”? In the sentence fol-
lowing the one from which these words are quoted Bandelier
refers to information obtained by him from the Tewa of San
Ildefonso. His ‘‘Abe-chiu” is evidently’ Abé fv w and was probably
obtained by him at San Ildefonso. ‘*Abechiu (Tewa, ‘the screech
of the owl’)”.4 ‘‘Abechiu (le cri du hibou)”.®
(3) Koso’ on Poywi, Koso’ oywi, Koso’ ombu'u, K osobw'u ‘ large
legging pueblo’ ‘large legging town’ (A™oso’on p ‘Hopi person’
<k'o ‘legging’, so’oyy irregular vegetal singular of so’jo ‘large’,
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 54, 1892.
.?Ibid., p. 55.
3Tbid., p. 78.
‘Hewett, Antiquities, p. 36, 1906.
5Hewett, Communautés, p. 42, 1908.
1386 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
agreeing with ko ‘legging’, often clipped to so’ or so in various
forms referring to the Hopi; ’eywt ‘pueblo’; bwu ‘town’). A
peculiar feature of this name is that when 7” or zy locative and
adjective-forming postfix, is inserted, it becomes ww? or win p;
thus Aoso onwimbwu instead of K‘oso’on pimbwu which one
would expect. =Tewa(4). ‘‘Jo-so-ge.”! This seems to rest on
some ungrammatical Tewa form. The writer has spent much
time inquiring about this form. All the informants agree that
although a Tewa might say A” osoge or A’ oso’ onge and these forms
would be understood, they are not correct Tewa, for ge ‘down at?
‘over at’ added to the name of a people means nothing. There are
no such forms as Zewage, K‘apoge, Poqwouege, etc. It has been
ascertained from San Juan, Santa Clara, San Idefonso, and Nambé
Indians that A™osoge is an incorrect form, which does not sound
right to Tewa ears. See Tewa (4) and the general discussion of
Abiquiu below.
(4) MokVonwi, Mokibwu ‘Hopi (Moki) Pueblo’ ‘Hopi (Moki)
town’ (Moki *‘ Moki’ ‘ Hopi’? <Span. Moqui, see Hopi (NAMEs OF
TRIBES AND PEorrEs); oyw? ‘pueblo’; bww*town’). =Tewa(3).
**Muké”.* For the reason why the names A’‘oso’oy p- and DMoki-
are applied to Abiquiu, see the general discussion of Abiquiu,
below. The name J/ok? is applied very seldom or not at all and
is therefore omitted from the items on place-names about Abiquiu
in which the name of [3:36] appears prepounded.
(5) Cochiti ?Avehjitse CAvehju <Span. (7); tse locative).
=Tewa (1), Tewa (2), Eng. (6), Span. (7).
(6) Eng. Abiquiu. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Tewa (2), Cochiti
(5), Span. (7).
(7) Span. Abiquit, Santo Tomés de Abiquit. (<Tewa (1),
above). =Tewa (1), Tewa (2), Cochiti (5), Eng. (6). ‘‘Abiquiu”.!
This is the established Span. spelling of the name. Initial p* in
the San Juan dialect approaches bilabial fand would easily be
heard by Span. speakers as a medial Span. 6. The Tewa -/- be-
came Span. -qui-; the sound of Tewa / might easily be thought
by a Spanish speaker to resemble that of -qui- (ki or k/). Ana
vas added to the Span. form before the medial 6.
The Tewa have clearly explained this multiplicity of names
as follows: The original Abiquiu was the pueblo ruin [8:38].
The original name of this was P’efu-. See Tewa (1), above.
When the Mexicans came to the country they mispronounced
P'efu-, calling it Abiquit. At present only the San Juan
Indians preserve the old name /*efw— in their speech, the other
Tewacalling the place by the Span. name usualty mispronounced so
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 54, 1892.
2 Hewett, Antiquities, p. 26, 1906.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES : ISH
as to make it sound like, ’Aéé/w’u ‘chokecherry end’. See Tewa
(2), above. After the Tewa pueblo at Abiquiu was colonized by
the Spaniards a number of Indian captives, mostly Hopi (Moki),
were settled there by the Spaniards. From this time the pueblo
or town was known by the name A’‘oso’on p- or Moki- as well as
by its old name, P’efu-, and its mispronounced Span. name,
Abe fwu, ’?Abehkju, because the Hopi (Moki) were or had been
living there. Bandelier’s information agrees with that of the
Tewa informants and makes the history of these names very
clear, ‘*The modern town of Abiquiu stands almost on the site
of an ancient village [3:38]. That town was peopled in part by
‘Genizaros’, or Indian captives, whom the Spaniards had rescued
or purchased from their captors. The Tehuas ['Tewa] of Santa
Clara contend that most of those Genizaros came from the Moquis
[Hopi], and that therefore the old pueblo was called Jo-so-ge.”
Considerable documentary history of Abiquiu is also given by Ban-
delier. The Spanish settlers had always to contend with the Ute
and later on with the Navaho, according to Bandelier. The Tewa
word rendering Span. genizaro or cautivo is pay. Great festi-
vals were formerly held at Abiquiu, and many people of various
pueblos used to go thither to attend these. The Tewa say that
there is much Hopi blood and still more Tewa blood in the present
Mexican population of Abiquiu. The Tewa state that Abiquiu
was a Tewa pueblo, whose inhabitants had the same culture and
customs as the people of the other Tewa villages, and spoke a
dialect which was slightly different from that of any other Tewa
village but no more different from the dialects of the other Tews
pueblos than the dialect of San Juan is from that of Santa Clara.
Abiquiu is today a quaint old Mexican town with one large plaza.
It contains six saloons. Its largest store is owned by a Hebrew
merchant. On a cross which stands on the west side of the
plaza one reads ‘** Recuerdo de la Mission 16 de Marzo 1887.” The
Tewa and other Indian languages formerly spoken there have
become entirely extinct. According to information obtained from
a Tewa Indian by an investigator at Santa Clara the people were
formerly saved from a flood by taking refuge in caves at Abi-
quiu, Chimayo, and the Black Mesa near San Ildefonso [18:19].
The cave at Abiquiu to which the people fled was as big as a
house. According to the Tewa informants the panfare (pany
‘captive’; fase ‘dance’), called in Span. el baile de los cautivos,
was much danced at Abiquiu a few generations ago. This was
danced out of doors in the night-time in a specially prepared
yard. Tewa, Hopi, and Mexicans took part. See [3:38]. The
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. I, p. 54, 1892.
138 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
Ollero division of the Jicarilla Apache received rations from
the Government at Abiquiu for several decades prior to 1880,
according to Goddard.*
[3:37] (1) P'efuhwu ‘arroyo of [3:36] (P*efu-, see [8:36]; Awu ‘large
groove’ ‘arroyo’).
(2) ’Abefuhwu, Abehjuhwu ‘urroyo ot (3:36) (Abefu-,’ Abehju,
see [3:36]; Awu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
(8) MosP onwihwu ‘arroyo of [8:36]? (A ‘oso’ oywi, see [8:36];
Awu‘ large groove’ ‘ arroyo’).
[3:38] (1) P’efwonwikeji ‘pueblo ruin of [3:36]? (P'efu-, see [8:36];
-oywikejé ‘pueblo ruin’? <’oywt ‘pueblo’, kejz ‘ruin’ postpound).
(2) ?Abefwonwikesi, Abehjwoywikei ‘pueblo ruin of [3:36]?
(Abefu-, Abehju, see [8:36]; Voywikejt ‘pueblo ruin’ <’oywi
‘pueblo’, ez ‘ruin’ postpound).
(3) Kos on Poywike)i, Nose oywikeji ‘pueblo ruin of [8:36]?
(Koso on p-, see [8:36]; ’onwikej? ‘pueblo ruin’ <’oyw?i ‘pueblo’,
keji ‘ruin’ postpound).
(4) MokV onwikeji ‘pueblo ruin of [8:36]? (W/ok2, see [3:36];
-onwikej? ‘pueblo ruin’? <’oywt ‘pueblo’, kez ‘ruin’ postpound).
This ruin is described by Bandelier? and by Hewett.* See
[3:36].
[3:39] (1) P'efukwage ‘mesa of [8:36]’ (P'efu-, see [8:36]; wage
“mesa’),
(2) Abefukwage,’ Abehjukwage ‘mesa of [3:36) (?Abefu-, ’Abekju,
see [8:36]; kwage ‘mesa’).
(8) K‘oso’ onwikwage ‘mesa of [8:36] ( A‘ oso’ oywi, see [3:36];
kwage *mesa’).
This mesa is high and flat-topped, and is composed of basalt.
Cf. [8:40].
[3:40] (1) P'efukewt ‘height of [8:36]’ (P'efu-, see [8:36]; heu
‘height’).
(2) Abefukest, Abehjukeut ( Abofu-, Adbehju, see [8:36]; kext
‘ height’).
(3) K‘oso’ onwikesi, K oso onkeesi ‘height of [8:36]? (A’oso’onwt,
K oso’ on p-, see [8:36]; keut height’). Cf. [8:2] and [8:39].
UNLOCATED
Cave near Abiquiu. According to information obtained by an inves-
tigator at Santa Clara the ancient people were saved from a flood
by fleeing to caves at Abiquiu, Chimay6, and the Black Mesa near
San Ildefonso [18:19]. The cave at Abiquiu to which they fled
was as large asa house. Since caves actually exist at Chimayé
1 Jicarilla Apache Texts, p. 7, 1911.
2 Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 54-55, 1892.
3’ Hewett, Antiquities, No. 31, 1906.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 139
and at the Black Mesa near San Ildefonso we may assume that
there is a large cave somewhere near Abiquiu.
Jimpow i, see [3:7].
Span. Mesa Encantada ‘enchanted mesa’.
Mexicans say that there is an enchanted mesa near Abiquiu.
Sounds come from this mesa resembling a faint singing of many
voices or again like the faint crowing of a cock.
Tsxehwu, Tsexin phww, Tsx po, PT sx’ impo ‘white arroyo’ ‘white creek’
(tse ‘whiteness’ ‘ white’; ’iy.7 locative and adjective-forming post-
fix; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’; po ‘water’ ‘creek’).
This is the name of an arroyo or creek not far west of Abiquiu
on the north side of Chama River.
Pueblo ruin northwest of Abiquiu. ‘‘ While at the Rito [4:5], Don
Pedro Jaramillo told me of a pueblo lying west of it [4:5], and
north-northwest of Abiquiu.”! This may refer to [2:7].
Pueblo ruin ona high bluff near La Puente [3:19]. ‘‘ Three miles
below (southeast) Abiquiu, at a place called ‘La Puente’ (the
Bridge), on a bluff close to the river on the south bank, stands
the ruin which Dr. Yarrow of Washington examined about sixteen
years ago, and of which he has given descriptions and a ground
plan.”?
Bandelier devotes pages 56 and 57 of his Final Report (pt. 1) to
a description of this ruin. The ruin is described also by Hew-
ett,’ and later mentioned by him.* Unfortunately the writer’s
Tewa informants did not know either the location or the name
of this ruin, unless indeed [8:9] be meant. Bandelier gives two
names for this ruin, and Hewett records still another.
(1) “To this ruin the San Juan Tehuas apply the name of
Abechiu.”*® This is true only in the sense that the San Juan
people might apply the name of [3:36] to any ruin in the vicinity
of [8:36] of which they did not know the true name. The whole
region about Abiquiu is called by the name of [3:36].
(2) ** To this ruin the San Juan Tehuas apply the name of Abe-
chiu, while those of Santa Clara call it Oj-po-re-ge, ‘Place where
metates are made rough’. Abechiu is undoubtedly the original
name, and the other one of more recent date’.”° In a footnote
on the same page Bandelier adds: ‘* ‘ Lugar adonde pican los
metates’. As the ancient metates were not made rough by pick-
ing, I therefore conciude that it is a modern designation for
— ——
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 53, note, 1892.
2Tbid., p. 56. Bandelier refers to H. C. Yarrow, Notice of a Ruined Pueblo and an Ancient Burial
Place in the Valley of the Rio Chama, Report upon United States Geographical Surveys West of 100th
Meridian, vm, pp. 362-65.
3 Antiquities, No. 30, 1906.
4Communautés, p. 42, 1908.
6 Bandelier, op. cit., p.58.
140 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. ann. 29
the place.’’ Either Bandelier or his informants have made a
mistake in giving this form. ’O po’? means ‘rough metate’ (’o
‘metate’; po ‘rough’; ’2’* locative and adjective-forming postfix).
The expression meaning ‘I make the metate rough’ is ndvoyp’o-
poo”? (nd ‘I’? emphatic pronoun; “oy ‘I it for myself’ prefixed
pronoun; ’0 ‘metate’; po ‘to roughen’; ’o® present progressive).
No such form as -pove- is possible. The writer has studied this
word especially with Santa Clara informants. Po ‘rough’ is a
very uncommon word, pa being the common word rendering
‘rough’ and the verb kutse the common expression meaning to
roughen by pecking. ’ Okutsx’iwe would be the common Santa
Clara translation of ‘‘lugar adonde pican los metates” (0 ‘me-
tate’; kutse ‘to roughen by pecking’; ’ée locative). Pore means
‘fishweir’, pove means ‘head’. Prepounding ’o ‘metate’ to either
of these words would form a compound which has little meaning.
The Santa Clara informants can not understand ‘‘Oj-po-re-ge”
at all, and none of them nor any other Tewa informant ever
heard Abiquiu Pueblo ruin called by such a name. ’Opo’oywi,
ope oywige could be formed, but ‘‘ does not sound right” (’o ‘me-
tate’; po ‘rough’; ’oyw2 ‘pueblo’; ge ‘ down at’ ‘over at’).
(8) ‘*Kwengyauinge (‘blue turquoise house’).”! ‘‘ Kweng-
yauinge (maison de la turquoise bleue)”.’ This name is evi-
dently Aunype’oywige ‘over at the turquoise pueblo’ (kun pe
‘turquoise’ <kwu ‘stone’, nx as in’dn pe ‘salt’, ef. °@ ‘alkali’;
-onwt ‘pueblo’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’). The Tewa know two
pueblos by the name Awypx’oywi,; one is the inhabited pueblo
called in Eng. and Span. Pueblito [13:15], which lies northwest
from San Juan on the west side of the Rio Grande and is inhab-
ited by San Juan Indians; the other is the pueblo ruin in the Tano
country [29:23] near the turquoise deposit [29:55]. That the Tewa
know a third pueblo by this name is not impossible, but persistent
questioning of informants has failed to bring the information that
there is a Aun px’ onwi in the Chama River valley. Cf. Kukesi-
-onwikeji, one of the names of [38:9].
See [8:9], [8:16], [3:19], and [3:36].
[4] EL RITO SHEET
The region shown on this sheet (map 4) is generally called in Tewa,
Eng., and Span. after El Rito town [4:5] or the plain or creek bearing
that name. In the central and southern part of the area shown vege-
tation is scarce and the low hills are sandy.
1 Hewett, Antiquities, p. 34, 1906.
2 Hewett, Communauteés, p. 42, 1908.
MAP 4
EL RITO REGION
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 4
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
ally,
<
BN Cee WULUZ aie,
~ ‘ 4
ZEN eS NMC “e3
Vie, e Sy 7
\\ s =~ "7°
ie a) \ 2 Wanless, aN
ae a Wh, Was Latin =
; >: ~ > NS
5 > <= =
— = = =
NSS ars = COS gee
Sw SS WANs RO SS zi (iS S >
_ sess San Pacts ax ‘ r
FS SST ONO ANSE ENTS ces Zaye Zw
COO ETM SFT yy ZN ~ = . a ih
Zp AMOS TH ANAT NST EDR
. S71 Ae Si) Ais Sa tas se cae
7 ~ wh Bie - =
/ WATT DS 4 . 7 2
oe, / SS 7 as F
“aX HSS “asi |
2 SEH eT) :
Zz LAI MOOS 4s
- = Ee \
47a =
Z Jas :
< . =e 7” = :
co aN ass 5 Arba :
ae ‘ B
~ °
ores aS
3 SS
= 2)
WS
os RAC ae
~ Nyle 2 oS
wy =S = »
=s ites
Mov Prirhs ia ast " =
acum Me oe ee
Seren > ae = eS
Casainiy’ SDs \\ul : z
y wv a
—
>
~yn*
SN
sss
SALI Roeeen
Ge
ae
Sie 5
7, =
sh tly =
SS =
< :
NOISSY OLIY Th
PIU & '
61 mw
vi
wy Why
Baas win, My, co
. ct ie bs
.
oe! i a
= oY ae LD s
Sa 5
er ’ - iyi’
Tip 4 5, 47]4N
M1. TE (ise cath RY uae
Sa = wl abittary, >
= fe “\ 2
Ay Vs
(a Wed
= )z
oe ie
=
my) A
7“,
Tau
-
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
wlls,
eae
\\ pemne '*4,
\
ao wl ta, Swe
+
a
<
=
=
a
fe)
a.
Fd
o
2 =
=] sll
a =
>
z \t ‘* ola,
< a
. aes
; aS
sla : ae
3 > om oe
rg °
- > hte
_- —
j aie
~
ee
ad «8 “Nw
=’,
~ > "e - -
faya* ~ r7, . ar of
Pairk ie “ TT tl % iy 25
= *, 5%, "4 = 74
‘ ] fe 3% y =
rien a = 4s SS 4
: S35 ; 2% =
2 Ye %, 5 % %
: be ee -
ww ° a =
ah wii : % ~~?
\ 'y 3 2, =
lie / ° 3 G =
\ my \\ . - - 2 4 —
a = =a ON 4 = %, =
= :
: Se ; 2? 9s = z =
x : ‘ : , ~ Z 2
ven gt’ Wi Pee % ¥ 7) A =
\ ie “9 = D ~~
AS ~ A. =o ? Th \
“ogy \* ~ ~ e
mr AZ, ty : . = RY
ee, SeaNsl % yythMay
kK POTN Se AY) “4,
_ ~ - ~
. . = ot : -
ally: S “ =
- > > —
f t) > =
é a >
>
Gaim. © ‘
Fe) -
_
~
AIT RN TER a
~\M NAN vo wy,
ean ve) VP B ‘ ¥
WwW Shwe Ny
RAN) 4
‘ei Par ae <
“< See " <
fey <—e oP a
' IN ae y=
s Y, E SA rea +4
sesiitk HN SEN | > 544, WO oh
eT A IN (ANY “5 a, = 4 d ~
To 2
SST veel “Ree cree =
tase Page> ey . ~
SIN a <a : :
6 é « - - 5
mee sf = 3
Re (| ee ae i =
; ; =! Pay haces .
itt! liye, v : a ot wih .
Sat | Anh Se — = Nay, wll,
= SOG 222 = ; ey
Se ~ Ph inated sD _ y .
Aa By ee et +7 ‘ - = 2 =
* os aan ly <a Wise é VV wuz
OS SAN == : WLAN Pes
ss8 Wee VASA ASS = - RUZ as
St Ae vasa =
AON |
02S SONS = Sf raer
eS) = vgn
ANSE SD
AWD MAIEV WS
EL RITO REGION
MAP 4
EL RITO REGION
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 141
Two pueblo ruins are shown on the sheet. These two seem to be
the only ruins in this area which are known to the San Juan people.
They are claimed by the Tewa, who have definite traditions that they
were built and occupied by their ancestors.
[4:1] (1) Prapins, Pikwaje, P?apiykwaje ‘light-reddishness moun-
tains’ ‘light-reddishness heights’, referring to the color of the
mountains (pd old absolute form of p2dwi", p?dwiny ‘light-
reddishness’ ‘light red’ ‘pinkness’ ‘pink’ <7 ‘redness’ ‘red’,
"Gwe", "dwinsp *brownness’ ‘brown’ but when postpounded to
other color names indicates light and faint quality of color; pin
‘mountain’; Awaje height’). With the use of the absolute form
of the color-adjective in this name, that is, of 7d instead of
Prdwe, pradwiys compare pos? ‘greenness’ ‘green’ in the name
[6:24] instead of postwi"', posiwiyy, and ho ‘evayness’ ‘gray’ in
the name [6:21] instead of how", howiys. The forms pid, posi,
and ho do not occur in Tewa as it is spoken at the present time,
but they are understood. They are old nouns and correspond to
the noun-forms of other color-words, as ~7 ‘redness’, as compared
with pve, priyp ‘red’.
These mountains or heights are more noticeably reddish than
the plain [4:4] at their base, and it is not improbable that all the
other geographical features which are called P/’d- get their names
from them. The canyon [4:2] and creek [4:3], the town [4:5], and
ruin [4:7] certainly get their names P7’d- from the mountains
[4:1] and the plain [4:4], and since the plain is less conspicuously
red than the mountains and bears the name P/’dnuge ‘ over at the
foot of the pink’ (see [4:4]), one is led to think that the mountains
give the names to all these places, or at least suggest the names
as strongly as does the plain.
(2) yetopins, Yuoim piyy ‘El Rito Mountains’ (e77#d <Span.
El Rito, Rito, see discussion under [4:3]; ’i7 locative and
adjective-forming postfix; piy ‘mountain’). =Eng.(3), Span.
(4).
(3) Eng. El Rito Mountains. (<Span.). =Tewa(2), Span. (4).
(4) Span. Sierra del Rito Colorado, Sierra del Rito, Cerros del
Rito ‘red creek mountains’. See discussion under [4:3]. —=Tewa
(2), Eng. (3).
Cf. [4:2], [4:3], [4:4], [4:5], and [4:7]. The most easterly of the
mountains shown on the sheet is not as reddish as the others.
[4:2] (1) P’dnugepots?i, P?Panuge im potsi?i ‘pink-below water can-
yon’ (Pidnuge, see [4:4]; *iny locative and adjective-forming
postfix; Pots’? ‘canyon with water in it’ < po ‘water’, és2’? can-
yon’).
142 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [nru. ann. 29
(2) apitupo'si’2, apitwimpotsd’s * El Rito Canyon? (az7tu, see [4:3];
iy locative and adjective-forming postfix; pofs7’7 ‘canyon with
water in it’ < po ‘water’, és7’¢ ‘canyon’).
‘*The Mexican settlement of El Rito lies at the northern end of
the basin, near where the creek issues from a sombre and rocky
gorge”.' Cf. [4:2], [4:3], [4:4], [4:5], [4:7].
[4:3] (1) P?dnugepohwu, Pldinug?impohwu ‘pink below creek?
(Pi dnuge [4:4]; iy locative and adjective-forming postfix; pohwu
‘ereek with water in it’ < po ‘water’, Aww ‘large groove’
‘arroyo’).
(2) epitt pohwu, apitivim pohwu * El Rito Creek’ (grit: < Span.
(4), "tyr locative and adjective-forming postfix; pohwu ‘creek
with water in it’? < po ‘water’, Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
= Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(3) Eng. El Rito Creek, Elrito Creek, El Rito Colorado Creek,
Rito Creek. (<Span.). =Tewa(2), Span. (4).
(4) Span. El Rito Colorado, El Rito ‘the red creek’ ‘the creek’.
Mexicans say that the proper name is El Rito Colorado, but most
of them say El Rito. =Tewa (2), Eng. (8).
The creek proper, Tewa pohw, begins where the stream emerges
from the canyon [4:2] three miles above El Rito town [4:5] and
is called pohwu from that point to its mouth. The course below
El Rito town appears at the present time to be dry throughout the
year; this may be due to irrigation at El Rito town. The places
[4:1], [4:2], [4:4], [4:5], and [4:7] seem to get their Span. names
from the creek [4:3] while their old Tewa names, P?’d-, are derived
from either the mountains [4:1], the plain [4:4], or from both.
Perhaps this creek is occasionally called by still another name in
Tewa and Span.—Aasitapohwu, HasitVWimpohwu, Span. Rito
Casita, Rito de Casita, referring to [4:9] and [4:10], but San Juan
Indians have denied this. Cf. [4:1], 4:2], [4:4], [4:5], and [4:7].
[4:4] (1) Pidnuge, Pvanugeakon pr, PP inuge inp akon p ‘pink below’
‘pink below plain’ (p7’'a ‘pinkness’ ‘pink’ < pz ‘redness’ ‘red’,
*d ‘brownness’ ‘brown’, but when postpounded to other color-
names indicates light or faint quality of color; nuwge ‘below’ in
contradistinction to the mountains [4:1] < nwu ‘below’, ge ‘over
at’ ‘down at’; ’iy 7 locative and adjective-forming postfix; ’ahon /
‘plain’?). See [4:1]. Cf. [4:2], [4:8], [4:5], [4:7]. ‘‘The level
basin of El Rito spreads out to the view. It is surrounded by
wooded heights on all sides; its soil is dark red, and on its eastern
edge flows the stream that has taken its name from the color of
the ground.”
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. mu, p, 41, 1892.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 1438
(2) yetwakony, yutwiny akoyp ‘El Rito plain’ (77th < [4:3],
Span. (4); “typ locative and adjective-forming prefix; ’ahoys
‘plain’). =Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(3) Eng. El Rito Plain, Elrito Plain, Rito Plain. (< Span.).
=Tewa (2), Span. (4).
(4) Span. Llano del Rito Colorado, Llano del Rito, ‘red creek
plain’ ‘the creek plain’. =Tewa (2), Eng. (3). ‘‘The Rito
plain.” *
This name applies to the whole plain about El Rito town [4:5],
this plain lying entirely west of the creek [5:5]. The plain is
level and reddish, but not as markedly so as the mountains [4:1].
It extends toward the south beyond [4:9] and [4:10]. See [4:1].
Cf. [4:2], [4:3], [4:5], [4:7]. _
[4:5] (1) P?dnugebw'u, PVdénugeimbwu ‘pink below town’ (P?d-
nuge, see [4:4]; ty locative and adjective-forming postfix; bw
‘town’).
(2) aithbwu, eitwim bwu ‘El Rito town’? (g77ti < [4:3], Span.
(4); *tyr locative and adjective-forming postfix; bw’w ‘ town’).
=Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(8) Eng. El Rito settlement, Elrito settlement, Rito settlement.
(<Span.). =Tewa (2), Span. (4).
(4) Span. El Rito Colorado, El Rito, ‘red creek’ ‘the creek’.
‘¢The Mexican settlement of El Rito.”?
Bandelier gives the elevation of El Rito, according to Wheeler,
as 6,792 feet.t ‘*The Mexican settlement of El Rito lies at the
northern end of the basin, near where the creek [4:3] issues from
a sombre and rocky gorge [4:2].”? There is considerable land
under irrigation at El Ritotown. Cf. [4:1], [4:2], [4:3], [4:4], [4:7].
[4:6] (1) (Ekwelt noumal. (<Span.). Eng. (2), Span. (8).
(2) Eng. Spanish-American Normal School. =Tewa (1),
Span. (3).
(8) Span. Escuela Normal. =Tewa (1), Eng. (2).
Mr. Eulogio Cata, of San Juan Pueblo, is the only Tewa Indian
who has attended this school, the object of which is the training
of teachers for schools in which many of the pupils come from
Mexican homes.
[4:7] (1) P?dnugeoywikeji “pink below pueblo ruin’ (P?énuge, see
[4:4]; ’oywikej? ‘pueblo ruin’? <’oywi ‘pueblo,’ hej7 ‘ruin’ post-
pound).
(2) aritWonwikesi, grittin pPonwikej]? SE] Rito Pueblo ruin’
(g77td <[4:3], Span. (4); ’iy_7 locative and adjective-forming post-
fix; ’onwikejt ‘pueblo ruin? <’oywi ‘pueblo’, kez ‘ruin’ posttix).
1 Bandelier. Final Report, pt.m, p.53, 1892.
2Tbid., p. 51.
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS LETH, ANN. 29
The pueblo ruin is a quarter of a mile northeast of the Spanish-
American Normal School. It consists of indistinct mounds
which lie in a field. Potsherds of red ware may be picked up
from the mound. According to San Juan informants this was
a Tewa pueblo and its old name was the name given above
under Tewa (1). This is all the information that could be
obtained about it.
[4:8] Sepewe’ onwikeji ‘ Sepewe Pueblo ruin’ (Sxpewe unexplained
except that -wé is probably the locative postfix used in the Nambé
dialect meaning ‘at’ ‘up at’; ’oywikeji ‘pueblo ruin’? <’oywi
‘pueblo,’ /ejz ‘ruin’ postfix). An effort has been made to get the
explanation of this name at San Juan, Santa Clara, San Ilde-
fonso, and especially at Nambé, where the old Winter Cacique
thought a long time about it. The meaning of the word has been
forgotten by the Tewa. ‘*Se-pii-uii”’.1 ‘‘Se-pi-ue’’.? ‘*Sepiue’’.3
** Sepawi’’.*
This ruin is described by Bandelier® and by Hewett. Accord-
ing to Bandelier it is the largest ruin in New Mexico. ‘‘ Les
traditions rattachent cette tribu [Nambé] & celle des Sepawi
sur Poued El Rito, dans la vallée du Chama.”7 ‘‘A 9 milles au
sud-ouest @Ojo Caliente, dans Ja vallée El Rito, on aper¢oit Se-
pawi, l’une des plus grandes ruines de la région Pueblo . . . On
n’en connait pas lhistoire, mais, d’aprés la tradition, ce serait
le village actuel de Nambé, 4 [20] milles & vol @oiseau au sud-
est.”® The old Winter Cacique of Nambé informed the writer that
Nambé people or Tewa used to live at Sepxweé, but this informa-
tion had to be gained as an answer to a leading question. A num-
ber of Tewa were found who knew of Sx pxwé ruin, but not one who
seemed to know definitely that Nambé people used to live there.
It is generally known that it is a Tewa ruin. The writer is un-
able to understand from reading Bandelier and Hewett on which
side of El Rito Creek the ruin is situated. According to Hewett,°
**Sepawi” is located on the east side of El Rito Creek; three San
Juan informants and the old Winter Cacique of Nambé stated that
the ruin is on the west side of the creek, but perhaps they were led
to say this because they know the ruin is near El Rito town and
that the latter is on the west side.
[4:9] (1) Aastta. (<Span.). =Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(2) Teqwae ‘little house’, translating Span. (4) (feqiva ‘house’
< te ‘dwelling-place’, gwa indicating hollowness or receptacle; ’e
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 17, 182.
2 Ibid., p. 51. :
3 Ibid., p. 52.
4 Hewett: General View, p. 597, 1905; Antiquities, p. 40, 1906; Communautés, pp. 33, 41, 99, 1908.
5 Bandelier, op. cit., pp. 51-52.
6 Antiquities, No, 38, 1906; Communautés, pp. 33, 41, 1908.
7 Tbid., p. $3. 8 Ibid., p. 41. 9 Antiquities, pl. XVII.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 145
diminutive). .=Tewa (1), Eng. (3), Span. (4). This term would
hardly be used, but the writer heard it employed once in the
conversation of a San Juan Indian.
(3) Eng. Casita. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Tewa (2), Span. (4).
(4) Span. Casita ‘little house’. =Tewa (1), Tewa (2), Eng. (3).
The modern Mexican settlement is entirely on the western side
of the creek. At this point a wide low plain extends eastward
from the creek, but above and below Casita there is no plain east
of the creek, the country being covered by low barren hills.
See [4:10].
[4:10] (1) Aasttiheji, Kasitabukeji ‘old Casita’ ‘old Casita town’
(Kasiti <Span. Casita ‘little house’; bww ‘town’; hej? ‘ruin’
postpound). =Tewa (2), Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(2) Leqwaekeji, Teqwaebukeji ‘little house ruin’ ‘little house
town ruin’ (feqva ‘house’ <fe ‘dwelling-place’, qwa indicating
hollowness or receptacle; ’e diminutive; bww ‘town’; kej? ‘ruin’
postpound). =Tewa (1), Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(8) Eng. Old Casita. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Tewa (2), Span. (4).
(4) Span. Casita Vieja ‘old little house’ settlement. =Tewa
(1), Tewa (2), Eng. (3).
The ruins of the adobe houses of Old Casita are seen about a
mile south of the present Casita on the eastern side of the creek
[4:3]. The ruin of an adobe church looms among them. The
ruin is about 500 feet east of the creek. An old plum tree stands
on the western bank of the creek opposite the ruin. An old
informant of San Juan said that when he was a boy Old Casita
was still inhabited by Mexicans. See [4:9].
[4:11] Pokwtiabu’u ‘dry lake corner’ (pokwi ‘lake’ < po ‘water’, kiwi
unexplained; fa ‘dryness’ ‘dry’; bw ‘large low roundish
place’).
This hollow among the hills is 3 or 4 miles east of [4:10] and
north of [4:18]. An old San Juan Indian said that when he was
a boy his father and he went deer hunting in the hills east of El
Rito Creek; having killed a deer, they hung it up in a cedar tree
at Pokwitabwu. They went to Placita Colorada [5:16] to get a
donkey on which to carry the deer home. When they returned
to Pokwitabu’u they discovered that someone had taken the deer
during their absence. They found the deer at the house of a
Mexican at the now ruined Old Casita. It is said that Pokwitabwu
does not drain into any creek. There is a little water in the lake
there only after a heavy Yain.
[4:12] Depowthohwu ‘coyote water gap barranca arroyo’ (Depow?’,
see under [4:unlocated]; hohww ‘barranca arroyo’ <o ‘bar-
ranea’, hw’u ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
87584°—29 rrH—16——10
146 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ura ann. 29
This arroyo runs into [4:13] and is crossed by the wagon road
[4:15] west of [4:14]. The gap from which it gets its name is
somewhere near the upper course. The trail [4:16] is said to pass
through this gap. See Depow?’é [4:unlocated].
[4:13] Lomajok ohwu, see [3:22].
[4:14] Toww’e ‘little people’ ‘the twin War Gods’ (towts ‘person’; ’e
diminutive).
At the northeastern extremity of the low mesa indicated on the
map stand two eroded knobs of earth about the size of half-grown
children. These are at the top of a cliff 20 or 30 feet high, at
the level of the top of the mesa. The main road between El
Rito and Abiquiu passes within a few hundred feet of these War
Gods, the arroyo [4:13] lying between the wagon road and
the effigies. ‘‘ Picturesque rocks, curiously eroded, line the creek
bottom on the east.” *
[4:15] Main wagon road connecting El Rito and Abiquiu. The road
from El Rito to Abiquiu passes the Spanish-American Normal
School [4:6] and the Rito Plain [4:4], Casita [4:9], and somewhat
below Casita crosses the creek [4:3], recrossing it just north of
[4:17].
[4:16] Minisejiwepo, Nintsejiweim po ‘Tierra Amarilla trail’ (Wdntse-
jiwe, see [1:Tierra Amarilla region]; ’27 locative and adjective-
forming postfix; po ‘ trail’).
in following this old trail one leaves Rio Chama town [5:16],
crosses El Rito Creek [4:3] and the upper [4:13], passes through
Depowvi (4: unlocated], and across [1:32], [1:15], and [1:14] to the
Tierra Amarilla region.
[4:17] ?Ohu hehen pwr? ‘long hill? Coku ‘hill’; hehen pu ‘onees ;
locative and adjective-forming postfix).
One wagon road passes down the east side of the creek between
the stream and the crest of this hill. In driving from El Rito to
Abiquiu one takes the road which turns to the west [4:15] before
reaching this hill.
[4:18] Nameless arroyo, see [7:12].
[4:19] Zutsimbehwu, see [7:18].
UNLOCATED
Depow?i ‘coyote water gap’ (de ‘coyote’; po ‘water’; wt ‘gap’
‘ pass’).
This is a gap in the hills somewhere in the upper course of [4:12],
q- v. The trail [4:16] passes through it. There is said to bea
spring or a wet place at the gap, hence the name po ‘ water.’
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 53, 1892.
MAP 5
LOWER CHAMA RIVER REGION
Lr
bg iy,
2 %
Fi fy,
\ gore nile
‘ A
‘
\
ey eal = ¢|
GdVW 1YOd3Y IVWNNNV HLNIN-ALNSML
ADOTONHL|S NVOINSWY JO NWAHNE
NOISSY YSAIY VWAVYHO Y3SMO71
Saws
2EO8 = SETS SS Soe Mie
Tas, Wy. /) ASE,
1 LING AY We
i “cA VA y Ni
Ley
C0) TIVO
AAT Nr
HANS
FONG eee”
NY)
> Sn. vt =
NOIDSY YSAIY VWANVHO YSMO71
Se, gaia
“4a ren
Saws
rd
>
+ AI IAN SS
=
rT |
a
hm,
%
= ¥ uilin,
SdVW 1Y¥Od3y IVANNY HININ-ALN3SML
ASOTONHL]S NYOINSWY JO Nv3aHNE
MAP 5
LOWER CHAMA RIVER REGION
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 147
Tsefuu ‘eagle end’ (tse ‘eagle’; fwu ‘projecting end of a long
object in horizontal position ’).
This was said bya Santa Clara informant to be a mountain north
of El Rito[4:5]. It was also said that the name is Zsefu ‘eagle
nose’(fw ‘nose’), but this was probably due to misunderstanding.
[5] LOWER CHAMA RIVER SHEET
This sheet (map 5) includes a part of the lower Chama River valley.
Six pueblo ruins are shown, all of which have old Tewa names and
are declared by the Tewa to have been occupied by their ancestors.
[5:1] Tomajokohwu, see [8:22].
[5:2] Toww’e, see [4:14].
[5:3] El Rito Creek, see [4:3].
[5:4] Zutsimbehwu, see [7:18].
[5:5| Zsdmapiyy ‘wrestling mountain’ (Zsémd, see [5:7]; Pry ‘moun-
tain’).
This small, round hill is about half a mile southeast of the junc-
tion of El Rito Creek with Chama River. It is not more than 50
feet high, but very symmetrical and prominent. The name given
above is certainly the old Tewa name of the hill, and it is not im-
possible that the hill gave the name Zsdmd- to the pueblo ruin
[5:7] and other features in the vicinity. Inquiry was made of a
Mexican family which lives on the ranch situated between [5:5]
and [5:6] as to the Mexican name of the hill, but they said that it
has none. However, another Mexican said that he calls it Cer-
rito Redondo ‘round hill’. See [5:7]. Cf. [5:6], [5:38], [5:9].
[5:6] Tsimikesi, Tsimikwaje ‘wrestling height’ (Zsdmd, see [5:7];
kesi, kwaje height’).
This is the height on which the pueblo ruin [5:7] stands. The
main wagon road down the Chama River valley east of the river
passes between [5:5] and [5:6] and then along the base of [5:6],
between [5:6] and [5:8] and [5:9]. Cf. [5:5], [5:7], [5:8], [5:9].
[5:7] Zsim@oywikejt ‘wrestling pueblo ruin’ (tsdmd ‘to wrestle’;
-onwikeji ‘pueblo ruin’ < ’oywi ‘pueblo’, kez ‘ruin’ postpound).
The verb ¢sdmd is used only ina perfect or past sense; the verb
denoting ‘wrestling’ in the present or future is n.rq@. Thus d76c-
nade’ ‘they are wrestling with each other’ (dbz ‘they 3+ with
themselves’; na ‘to wrestle’; “c’ progressive present); dibctsdmd
‘they have wrestled with each other’ (d/6z ‘they 3+ with them-
selves’; ésdmd ‘to have wrestled’). The informants thought it
likely that the name 7sdémdé was originally applied to the pueblo,
perhaps because there was at some time in the past a wrestling
contest there, and that the other places in the vicinity are named
148 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [ern. ann. 29
Tsamé fromthe pueblo, The writer has not had an opportunity to
look through early Span. documents for mention and forms of the
name Chama. The form ‘t Zama” isused by Zarate-Salmeron.’ So
far as he is aware theonly other form which occurs in Span. docu-
ments is the now standardized Chama; San Pedro de Chama also
occurs. These terms, Zama, Chama, and San Pedro de Chama,
appear to have been used in Span. invariably to designate either the
whole Chama River district (‘San Pedro de Chama, as the district
was called after the reoccupancy of New Mexico”’) or the Chama
River itself. The diminutive form Chamita has been and is given
tothe eastern part of the V-shaped tract of lowland formed by the
confluence of the Chama River with the Rio Grande, and to the
Mexican settlement made there. The latter place and settlement
have been or are also called San Gabriel del Yunque and San Gabriel
de Chamita, oreven merely San Gabriel. See [18:28]. ‘‘The name
Chamita dates from the eighteenth century, and was given in order
to distinguish it from the settlements higher up on the Chama
River.”? Now Span. Zama, Chama, evidently come from Tewa
Tsimd, name of the former Tewa pueblo [5:7], applied also to
several other places near that pueblo. Since there is much land
good for agriculture in the vicinity of that pueblo, the writer
believes that one of the Span. settlements higher up on the Chama
River in contradistinction to which Chamita gets its name, was at
Tsima-. Atany rate, the first extensive farming land encountered
in going up the Chama valley after leaving the region about the
Canoe Mesa near San Juan [5:55] is at Zsdmd-, and it is not at all
strange that the name Zsémd- was taken over into Span. and
applied first to a more or less definite region up the Chama Valley,
as the Tewa applied it, then to the whole Chama River region,
and more recently especially to the Chama River itself. It was
forgotten long ago by the Mexicans, if indeed it was ever clearly
understood by them, that Zsdmd- is properly only the name
of a former Tewa pueblo and of a little round hill, a marsh, and
rich bottom-lands which le beside it. What relation the name
Placita Rio Chama [5:16] bears to the names discussed above is
impossible to determine without historical evidence. It is always
called Placita Rio Chama ‘Chama River town’ and never Placita
Chama. ‘The settlement may be called by this name for no other
reason than because it is in the Chama River valley. In going
up the river it is the first compact Mexican settlement met after
passing [5:33] and entering the narrower part of the Chama
River valley. From Chama applied to the Chama River the
1Quoted by Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 60, 1892.
*Bandelier, ibid., p. 62.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 149
modern town of Chama on the Denver and .Rio Grande Railroad
in the northernmost part of New Mexico gets its name.
Tima onwikeji is a very large ruin consisting of low mounds,
Three large courtyards can be distinctly made out. An Indian
living at San Juan also told the writer that there are three bwu
‘courtyards’ which can be seen at this ruin. The long axis of the
village, running through these courtyards, is ina northeast-south-
west direction. An old and disused wagon road can be traced up
the side of the slope toward [5:5]. The Indian informants are
inclined to believe that this village had already been abandoned
at the time of the coming of the Spaniards to this region. But
the name Zsdémd is still known to and used by the Tewa, being
applied to this ruin and a number of places about it, but never,
as the Mexicans apply Chama, to the Chama River or the Chama
River region. See[5:5], [5:6],[5:8], [5:9], [5:16], [18:27], [18:28],
and Chama River [Large Features: 2].
[5:8] Zsamdan Uaeb oe ‘swamp below [5:6]? (Zsdmd, see [5:7]; nuge
‘below’ <nwu ‘below’, ge, ‘down i fover at’; potsa ‘marsh’
< po ‘water’, tsa ‘to cut through’).
Cf. [5:5], [5:6], [5:7], [5:9], [5:10].
[5:9] Tsémdnugepokwi ‘pools below [5:6]? (Tsdmd, see [5:7]; nuge
‘below’? <nw’u ‘below’, ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; pokwz ‘lake’<
po ‘water’, kwi aneplmeny CE AS:bIS [5:6)) [57]; [5:8],
[5:10].
[5:10] Zsdmdnugepome’iwe ‘where the water went below [5:6]’
(Tsdmd, see [5:7]; nuge ‘ below’ <nwu ‘below’, ge ‘down at’ ‘over
at’; pome’iwe ‘where the water went’ <po ‘water’, mx ‘to
have gone’, "Zwe locative). This name refers to the old bed of
the Chama River, dior bet be clearly traced through the marsh
[5:8]. Cf. [5:5], [5:6], ], [5:8], [5:9].
[5:11] Mahusap‘ia, see ane
[5:12] "Ok'@oku ‘sand hills’ (ok'@ ‘sand’; ’oku ‘hill’).
(ites) 7 vkasogikohwu, Tekasog?’ iy kohwu ‘cottonwood grove barranca
arroyo’ (tekasog? ‘cottonwood grove’ < te ‘cottonwood’ ‘Populus
wislizeni’; ka ‘denseness’ ‘dense’ ‘forest’; sog?/ giving the idea
‘together’ ‘bunched’; *i7,7 locative andadjective-forming postfix;
kohwu ‘barranca arroyo’? <ko ‘barranca’, /i?u ‘large groove’
‘arroyo’).
This little dry gulch is so called because its mouth is near a small
grove of cottonwood trees on the river.
[5:14] Nweywisiweoku ‘rockpine point hills’ (yweyr ‘rockpine’
‘Pinus scopulorum’; wi7 ‘projecting corner’ ‘ point’; we elided
form of ’/we locative; ’okw ‘ hill’).
150 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [nru. ann. 29
These hills are opposite Rio Chama settlement [5:16]. The
ends of the tongues of these hills projecting toward the Chama
River would be called w247, a word which is applied to the corner
of a table, for instance.
[5:15] Mintsejiwepo, see [4:16].
[5:16] (1) Eng. Rio Chama settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Placita Rio Chama ‘Chama River hamlet’. =Eng.
(1). For a discussion of the name see under [5:7].
It is at this place that the old trail to Tierra Amarilla leaves
the Chama River valley. See [5:15].
[5:17] Plasiti epi Tfama kwajé ‘height by Placita Rio Chama?’
(Plasita gin Tfama < [5:16], Span. (2); Awaje ‘ height’).
This name is applied to the height back of Rio Chama settle-
ment. The trail [5:15] passes up this height.
[5:18] See Chama River [Large Features: 2].
[5:19] fupoveoywikeje ‘cicada head pueblo ruin’ (fy ‘cicada’; Powe
‘head’; oywikejt ‘pueblo ruin? < ’oywt ‘pueblo’, kei ‘ruin’
postpound).
The ruin is on the mesa [5:21] and at the foot of the hill
[5:20]. The San Juan informant who pointed out the site of this
pueblo ruin said that he guessed it got its name from the hill
[5:20], which the ancient Tewa may have thought resembles a
cicada’s head. Cf. [2:10], [5:20], and [5:21].
[5:20] puposeoku ‘cicada’s head hill’ (fupodse, see [5:19]; ’oku ‘hill’).
For an Indian’s guess at the origin of this name see [5:19]. Cf.
[5:21].
15:21] pupovekwage ‘cicada’s head mesa’ (fupose, see [5:19]; hwage
‘mesa’). This name refers to the broad rolling mesa on which the
ruin [5:19] stands. See [5:19], [5:20].
[5:22] Kapokohwu, Kapoinkohwu ‘leaf water barranca arroyo’
(Kapo, see [5:23]; ‘ty locative and adjective-forming postfix;
hohwu ‘barranca arroyo’ < ko ‘barranca’, hwu ‘large groove’
‘arroyo’).
Cf. [5:24]; also the similarly sounding names A‘apo, Santa
Clara Pueblo [14:71], and ‘‘Kapo”, a Tano Tewa pueblo ruin
[29:unlocated]. The latter name may be but probably is not
identical.
This is described as a large pueblo ruin. Cf. [5:22], [5:24].
[5:23] Kapo onwrkejt ‘leaf, water pueblo ruin’ (ka ‘leaf’; po ‘water’;
-onwikejt ‘pueblo ruin’ < oywt ‘pueblo’, kez ‘ruin’? postpound).
Where the leafy water is situated from which this pueblo ruin
gets its name, is not known. The name may be taken from that
of the arroyo [5:22], or vice versa.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES eS!
[5:24] Kapokwajée ‘leaf water heights’ (Aapo, see [5:23]; hwaje
‘height’). Cf. [5:22], [5:23].
[5:25] Pen putebwu ‘snake dwelling-place corner’ (pen pu ‘snake’; te
‘dwelling place’; bww ‘large low roundish place’). Cf. [5:26].
[5:26] Pen putekwaje ‘snake dwelling-place height’ (pen yu ‘snake’;
te ‘dwelling place’; Awajée ‘height’). Cf. [5:25].
This is a very low mesa between [5:22] and [5:27].
[5:27] Zehwu ‘cottonwood arroyo’ (¢e ‘cottonwood’ ‘Populus wishi-
zeni’; hwu ‘deep groove’ ‘arroyo’).
It is not difficult to understand how this arroyo gets its name.
There is at present a large cottonwood tree growing in it not far
from the mouth. See [5:28].
[5:28] Zehwiwepopi, TehwWiweimpopi ‘spring in [5:27]? (Tehwu, see
[5:27]; *cwe locative; *typ locative and adjective-forming postfix;
popi ‘spring’ < po ‘water’, pz ‘to issue’).
[5:29] Sebekwaje, see [2:22].
Peqwendiwe ‘where the deer’s tail’ (pe mule-deer; gueyp ‘tail’;
-iwe ‘locative’). This is the name of the whole region about
[5:30] and [5:31], q. v.
[5:30] Pequwendiwepiyp ‘mountains at the deer’s tail place’ (Pxqwen-
diwe, see the preceding term; )77 ‘mountain’).
[5:31] Pequwediwe okwe ‘little hills at the deer’s tail place’ (Pxquwen-
diwe, see [5:29]; ’ohw ‘hill’; ’e diminutive).
[5:32] Span. Arroyo Palacio ‘palace arroyo’.
According to information obtained froma San Juan Indian,
Mr. Samuel Eldodt, the merchant of San Juan Pueblo, formerly
had a claim on a bit of tillable land at the mouth of this arroyo;
but a freshet washed the land away and Mr. Eldodt quit the claim.
[5:33] Powdwisi ‘water wind point’ (po ‘water’; wd ‘wind’; wi
‘projecting corner’).
This point projects far out, forming a narrow gap through
which the river passes. This gap is always windy, according to
Tewa informants. Although perfectly conceivable that the point
might have been given this name because of the river flowing past
and the windy character of the location, the Tewa when using the
name also think of the Powdéhd ‘water-air spirits’ (fo ‘water’;
wa ‘wind? ‘air’; Ad ‘pulse’ ‘respiration’ ‘life’ ‘ spirit’), invisible
spirits who live in the air and are sometimes heard to speak.
According: to one story they catch people who try to kill them-
selves by hurling themselves over cliffs and make them fall lightly
and unhurt. Cf. [5:34].
[5:34] Powdwieipiyy ‘water wind point mountain’ (Powdwisi, see
[5:33]; Diy ‘ mountain’).
The following queer story came to the mind of a San Juan
informant when he was asked about this high hill back of Powd-
52 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. ann. 29
witi, St. Cecilia once appeared to some Mexican soldiers near
Las Truchas [22:11]. The soldiers followed her across the Rio
Grande and across Chamita [13:28]. At last she passed through
a hole in Powtwisipiy p. The soldiers found her shoe on the
other side.
[5:35] (1) P*esevepo ‘shove stick creek’ (P'esete, see [5:37]; po
‘water’ ‘creek’). This is the old Tewa name of the creek.
(2) Kepo ‘bear creek’ (Ae ‘bear’; po ‘water’ ‘creek’). This is
a mere translation of Span. (4), but is frequently used nowadays.
= Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(3) Eng. Oso Creek. (<Span.). =Tewa (2), Span. (4).
(4) Span. Rito Oso, Rio Oso ‘bear creek’ ‘bear river’. The
Span. name is often pronounced Joso by native Span. speakers of
New Mexico.
Although the etymology of P*esese is discussed under [5:37], it
is quite possible that the pueblo ruin [5:37] takes its name from
the creek. Oso Creek flows into Chama River nearly opposite,
but somewhat above, the point at which Ojo Caliente Creek joins
the latter from the northeast and just opposite the big projecting
tongue of land Powdwisi [5:33]. See [5:37].
[5:36] "Asehwu ‘alkali arroyo’ (dsx ‘alkali’? <’¢ ‘alkali’, se ‘pep-
periness’ ‘peppery’; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[5:37] P'eseseonwikejt ‘shove stick pueblo ruin’ (p‘e ‘stick’ ‘log’
‘timber’; sete ‘to shove or push away from one’s self with little
jerks’; ’oywihejz ‘pueblo ruin’ < ’oywy ‘pueblo’, keji ‘ruin’ post-
pound). (Pl. 3, A.) W@ vop'esese means ‘I push the stick or
log in little jerks’ (nd ‘I’ emphatic pronoun; o ‘1 it’; pe ‘stick’
‘log’ incorporated object; see ‘to shove or push away from one’s
self with little jerks’). dé wop‘ese would mean ‘I push the stick
from me steadily, not in jerks’). Cf. [5:35], [5:38]. ‘* Indians of
San Juan have given me the names of some of the ruined pueblos
that lie on the mesas west and south of the Chama River; for in-
stance, Fe-se-re and Te-e-uing-ge”.! This is the only reference
which Bandelier makes to this ruin. Hewett does not seem to
mention it at all. ‘* Pesede-uinge (Tewa, the place of the sliding
log)”,? for P'esere onwige ‘down at or over at the shove stick jerk-
ingly pueblo’ (?oywe ‘pueblo’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’).
There is much information about Peseze onwtkej? in two articles
by Mr. J. A. Jeangon* which have recently appeared. See [5:38].
[5:38] P'eseseonwikejinaba ‘fields of [5:37] (P'esese’onwikeji, see
[5:37]; nada ‘field where crops are raised’).*
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 58, 1892.
2J. A. Jeancon, Explorations in Chama Basin, New Mexico, Records of the Past, vol. X, p. 96,
1911.
8J. A. Jeancon, ibid., pp. 92-108; also Ruins at Pesedeuinge, ibid., vol. x1, pp. 28-37, 1912. These
two articles give photographs and maps of the ruin.
4See Jeancon, Explorations in Chama Basin, op. cit.
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT PLATE 3
A, P‘ESEYE'ONW] RUIN
(Photograph by J. A. Jeangon)
B. THE LARGE WHITE ROCK NEAR KUONWI RUIN, FROM WHICH THE RUIN PROBABLY
DERIVED ITS NAME
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 153
[5:39] Wee pins, see [2:24].
[5:40] P'ewabour, see [2:26].
[5:41] Kep'endi’thege, see [2:27].
[5:42] Santa Clara Awoywikeji ‘stone pueblo ruin’ (ky ‘stone’;
-onwikejt ‘pueblo ruin’ <’onwt ‘pueblo’, kez ‘ruin’ postpound).
This name is not mentioned in the writings of Bandelier or Hew-
ett. ‘‘Kuuinge”.! Mr. Jeangon, who has described this ruin,?
thinks that it may get its name because of an isolated column of
cream-colored tufa which stands in the lowlands a short distance
southwest of the mesa on which the ruin is situated. This rock
(pl. 8, B) is a hundred feet or more in height and is at present un-
scalable. There are well-worn old trails leading to it, and part of
a trail which evidently once led up to the top was noticed by Mr.
Jeancon. This showed the effects of the attrition of human feet.
There was probably a shrine on top of this rock, such as are
found at high places about all Tewa pueblos. That the pueblo
takes its name from this rock seems very probable, inasmuch as
kwoywikeji means merely ‘stone pueblo ruin’ and is applied to
any ruin of a pueblo built of stone, in contradistinction to
nipotwonwikeji ‘adobe pueblo ruin’ (ndpota ‘adobe’ < nd ‘it’,
po ‘water’, ta ‘to be dry’). Mr. Jeancon kindly furnished the
following information regarding this ruin in a letter bearing date
October 27, 1911: ‘‘Kuuinge is not the same ruin as Teeuinge
[5:43]. We visited the latter first; then went back to the road
just after it leaves San José [18:44], and taking a road leading to
the left of the main road to Abiquiu, crossed the hills until we
came in sight of the Oso. From there we turned directly to the
left until we came to the vicinity of Kuuinge. The name was
given me by Aniceto Suaso and was recognized by a number of
other Santa Clara Indians. The plan of the place shown by Dr.
Hewett in his Antiquities of the Jemez Plateau as Teéuinge is
altogether different from that of Kuuinge. Kuuinge can not be
seen from Chili [5:46] or Cuchilla [5:49].” In October, 1910, the
San Juan Indian who pointed out 7?’ ?onwrkeji [5:43] from the
Chama Valley said that there is another pueblo ruin about a mile
west of 7?’ oywikejt and south of Oso Creek, but he could not
remember the name. At San Juan Pueblo the writer talked with
another Indian who knew of this ruin a mile or so west of
Tee onwikeji, but he also was unable to give the name of it.
After learning the name and location of Awoywikeji from Mr,
Jeancon’s article, a Santa Clara Indian was found who knew the
ruin by that name and supplied the etymology of it, which Mr.
Jeancon states he also obtained, although he does not give the mean-
1J. A, Jeangon, Explorations in Chama Basin, New Mexico, Records of the Past, vol. X, p. 92 et passim,
1911.
aIbid., pp. 94-96.
154 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [erTH. ann. 29
ing of the name in his article. That the place received its name
from the rock described above is only Mr. Jeancgon’s conjecture; no
Indian has explained the origin of the name in this way. Two
San Ildefonso Indians whom the writer asked about the name did
not know either the name or the ruin, although they knew the ruins
[5:37] and [5:43]. Notice also that Bandelier gives the names of
the ruins [5:37] and [5:43], but does not mention [5:42].*
[5:43] Teewonwikesi, Tee oywikeji, Te Cewikes? onpwike)i, Teekesi-
-onwikeji ‘little cottonwood gap pueblo ruin’ ‘little cottonwood
pueblo ruin’ ‘little cottonwood gap height pueblo ruin’ ‘little
cottonwood height pueblo ruin’ (7eewii, Tee, see [5:44]; heat
‘height’; ’oywikej? ‘pueblo ruin’? <’oywy ‘pueblo’, kejz ‘ruin’
postfix). See [5:43]. ‘‘Indians of San Juan have given me
the names of some of the ruined pueblos that lie on the mesas
west and south of the Chama River; for instance, Fe-se-re [5:37]
and Te-e-uing-ge”,? ‘‘Teéuinge”,’ ‘*Tééuinge”,* ‘‘Teeuinge”.°
This ruin is described. by Hewett.° The mesa on which this
ruin stands can be clearly seen from Chili [5:46]; also from the
Cuchilla [5:49] and many points in the Chama River valley south-
east of the Cuchilla. The gap [5:44] and the hill [5:45] are also
clearly seen from these places. Mr. Jeancon states that part of
the ruin is being washed away by an arroyo and bones and various
other objects are being exposed to view.
[5:44] Zvews? ‘little cottonwood gap’ (¢e ‘cottonwood’ ‘ Populus
wislizeni’; ’e diminutive; wd ‘ gap’).
This is agap or pass between the mesa on which the ruin [5:43]
lies and the hill [5:45]. It was presumably called thus because at
some time undersized or young cottonwood trees stood at the
place. This gap has given the name to the pueblo ruin [5:43], to
the hill [5:45], and to the arroyo [5:50]. An old trail is said to
pass through the gap. Cf. [5:43], [5:45], [5:50].
[5:45] Teew? bout ‘little cottonwood gap knob’ (7ée’ew7’7, see [5:44];
bowé ‘roundish pile’ ‘knob’ ‘round hill’). Cf. [5:43], [5:44], [5:50].
[5:46] (1) San Juan Zs/papu of obscure meaning (¢s7’¢ ‘flaking stone’
‘obsidian’; pa unexplained; pw ‘buttocks’ ‘region about the
anus’). This is the old San Juan Tewa name of the place.
(2) Tfili. (<Span.). =Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(3) Eng. Chili settlement. (<Span.). =Tewa (2), Span. (4).
Span. Chili unexplained. =Tewa (2), Eng. (3).
1See Bandelier, Final Report, pt. I, p. 58, 1892.
3 Tbid.
3 Hewett, Antiquities, p. 34, 1906.
4 Hewett, Communauteés, p. 42, 1908.
5 Jeancon, Explorations in Chama Basin, New Mexico, Records of the Past, yol. X, p. 97, 1911.
6 Antiquities, No. 29, 1906.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 155
[5:47] (1) Zstpapwokwe ‘little hills of [5:46? (ZscPapu, see [5:46];
’okw ‘hill’; ’e diminutive).
(2) Tfil’okwve ‘little hills of [5:46] (7/tlz, see [5:48]; ’okw
‘hill’; ’e diminutive).
[5:48] (1) Zsipapuho, Tsipapukohwu, ‘barrancas of [5:46] ‘barranca
arroyos of [5:46] (Zs7papw, see [5:46]; hohw’u ‘ barranca arroyo’
<ko ‘barranea’, Aww ‘large groove’ ‘ arroyo’).
(2) Tfiliko, Tfilikohwu, ‘barrancas of [5:46]? ‘barranca ar-
royos of [5:46) (772i, see [5:46]; Lohiwu ‘barranca arroyo’ <ho
‘barranca’, Au ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). ‘
[5:49] (1) Zstjokest ‘knife height’, translating the Span. name (¢s7jo
‘knife’ <¢s7’¢ ‘flaking stone’,.jo augmentative; ket? * height’).
Cf. Tewa (2), Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(2) Kutfija. (<Span.). =Eng. (3), Span. (4). Cf. Tewa (1).
(8) Cuchilla. (<Span.). =Tewa (2), Span. (4). Cf. Tewa (1).
(4) Span. Cuchilla, ‘sharp narrow ridge of land’. =Tewa (2),
Eng. (3). Cf. Tewa (1).
This long thin ridge of basalt curves slightly northward just
before touching the river. The extreme point of this ridge was
cut through several years ago for a proposed railway through the
Chama River valley and the cut has been utilized for running an
irrigation ditch. There are several narrow ridges of land called
by the Mexicans Cuchilla, in northern New Mexico. See for
instance Cuchilla [9:2]. [5:49] tapers gradually and is very
symmetrical.
[5:50] Zeewihwu ‘little cottonwood gap arroyo’ (Ze ew?77, see [5:44];
hwu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). See [5:44].
A wagon road leads up this arroyo.
[5:51] Zekaboui ‘cottonwood grove’ (te ‘cottonwood’ ‘Populus wisli-
zeni’; ka ‘denseness’ ‘dense’ ‘forest’; boui ‘pile’ ‘cluster’).
The valley is wide here on the side southwest of the river, with
good alfalfa fields and a grove of cottonwoods. This is possibly
the cottonwood grove where the Jicarilla Apache used formerly
to hold a ceremony at certain times. See under [5:unlocated].
This is the cottonwood grove lying farthest down the river in the
part of the valley above Zsqqwiuz [13:2].
[5:52] Nameless arroyo of considerable size. .
[5:53] San Juan M/dsikwaje ‘young female deer height’ (midst said by
anaged San Juan informant to be an antiquated form of mdge
‘young female of the mule deer’; Awajé ‘height’). This is the
old San Juan Tewa name.
This hill is south of Ojo Caliente Creek. The main wagon road
between Ojo Caliente and Chamita passes between this hill and
the mesa [5:55].
156 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [nru. ann. 29
[5:54] 7sqeeud * projecting corner of basalt’ (¢s¢ ‘ basalt’, as in Zs¢hwwaje,
the name of the whole mesa [5:55]; wid ‘projecting corner’).
7s(widt is sometimes applied to this corner of the Black Mesa near
San Juan, though it is usually applied to the more prominent
corner [18:2], q. v. See also [13:1].
[5:55] Tstkwaje, see [13:1].
[5:56] San Juan Sdywekohwu ‘sandstone barranca arroyo’ (sdywex
‘sandstone’; Lohwu * barranca arroyo’< ke * barranca’, Aw’u ‘large
groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[5:57] San Juan Zowsbuhawu, see [2:28].
[5:58] San Juan Tsxtageko, see [2:32].
[5:59] San Juan Zhikukohwu, see [2:33).
UNLOCATED
Cottonwood grove, where the Jicarilla Apache used to hold a fiesta.
Doctor Hewett informed the writer that he had learned from Tewa
Indians that the Jicarilla Apache used to hold a fiesta at a cotton-
wood grove in the lower Chama Valley about 4 miles above the
confluence of the Chama with the Rio Grande, somewhere near the
mouth of Ojo Caliente Creek. It is probably the same grove that
he means when he writes: ‘*‘ About 4 miles above the confluence
of the Chama with the Rio Grande is the noble cottonwood grove
whose grateful shade has been the noon or evening goal of every
traveler that has toiled up or down that sandy valley for a cen-
tury. At this point a chain of detached fragments of the great
Black Mesa (Mesa Canoa) [18:1] crosses over to the south side of
the river and extends for some miles southwestward”.! Even the
statement that the basalt formation crosses the river at the place
does not enable the present writer to locate the grove. It is not
unlikely, however, that it is [5:51]. The San Juan Tewa inform-
ants who accompanied the author up the Chama Valley knew
nothing of the Jicarilla Apache haying formerly held a fiesta at
a grove in the jower Chama Valley. An informant at San Juan
Pueblo, however, knew of this practice and volunteered the in-
formation that it was the ‘‘ fiesta de San Antonio” which was there
celebrated. But unfortunately he was not certain even as to the
side of the river on which the grove is situated. One of God-
dard’s Jicarilla Apache texts says of the fiesta: ‘*‘ We [the Jica-
rilla Apache] started away [from Tierra Amarilla] immediately to
Cuchilla [5:49] where they were to holda feast. For that purpose
we all came there. The Pueblo Indians brought fruits there and
the Mexicans came with wagons and on horseback. They had a
rooster race. After the feast was over we moved camp back
again to Tierra Amarilla, where we and the Ute remained in sepa-
1 Hewett, Antiquities, p. 33, 1906.
MAP 6
UPPER OJO CALIENTE REGION
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 6
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
= Petaca
xy,
SS 5
Cee bier
>.
e
¢
MILES
Uae
oO
LD
a. 98 oO
wy , 18) _
SAU ~ 2 ie)
SSM" =)
a °
Wyse : =
A ANS ~ > m w%
HS = OS, O
yy eS
ae,
a ee
ZS :
=
SIZ See
te SVS AU Swhllag < c
< SS \J SIA = = 5
SESS LZ NA =
SSE SISA WWE Wy Galtd, CUS eCea S
a= |tS2s\ 3 SW RANEY S18 Mae NS
vol Wipes rs ee AWG 2 Ne = Stns os
OBS x PAENY |
"ing aed WEN HES Be ott
SSS Laon
J x pe\
ss SAGE i
UPPER OJO CALIENTE REGION
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 6
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
=PeTaca
é€
ch
ert
rahe
Myre Zhe ee
CP?
Ve
SNA
/
it
,
Owes,
“n a “ey
4 ~
rw
f?
“UZ
AU Pees:
va
7
go
Fs
=
’
3
ry
‘
s
‘yyy?
aay’
ts
- atte
UPPER OJO CALIENTE REGION
MAP 6
UPPER OJO CALIENTE REGION
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES . 157
rate camps”.! Goddard explains concerning the fiesta: ‘‘The
feast of San Antonio formerly held on the Chama River in a cot-
tonwood grove near the mouth of Caliente Creek [Ojo Caliente
Jreek]”.2 The text implies that the grove is at or near the Cu-
chilla [5:49]. Perhaps [5:51] is the grove.
“Poihuuinge”.? ‘*Poihiitunge”.t None of the informants interro-
gated have known the name or the ruin. The -wenge or -unge of
the forms of the name quoted above is evidently for ’oywige
‘down at the pueblo’ ‘over at the pueblo’ (oni ‘ pueblo’, ge* down
at’ ‘over at’). The etymology of the first part of the name is not
apparent.
The ruin is situated as follows: ‘‘ About 4 miles above the con-
fluence of the Chama with the Rio Grande is the noble cottonwood
grove whose grateful shade has been the noon or evening goal of
every traveler that has toiled up or down that sandy valley for a
century. At this point a chain of detached fragments of the
great Black mesa (Mesa Canoa) [18:1] crosses over to the south
side of the river and extends for some miles southwestward. On
the top of one of these black fragmentary mesas about a mile
south of the river stood the village of Poihuuinge”.° See
[9:unlocated], where Hewett’s ‘*‘ Poihuge” is discussed.
[6] UPPER OJO CALIENTE SHEET
This sheet (map 6) shows the region about and above Ojo Caliente.
Three pueblo ruins are included, all of which have old Tewa names.
These are claimed by the Tewa as former pueblos of their people. The
Tewa believe this region to have been the cradleland of their race.
Ojo Caliente hot springs [6:24] and the caves at La Cueva [6:30], [6:31]
are of special interest.
[6:1] (1) Eng. Petaca. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Petaca, ‘a small coffer or grip of sewed leather or
canvas used in traveling or for storing articles, much as a suitcase
is now used.’ Very old petacas can still be seen in some of the
Mexican houses in New Mexico. Why this name was applied to
Petaca settlement has not been learned.
This is a small Mexican settlement. See [6:4].
[6:2] Pokzen puk' ondiwe ‘where a certain kind of mineral called po-
hen ypy is dug’ (poken pu, see under MInERALs, p. 582; kh ondiwe
‘where it is dug’ < hon p ‘to dig’, "Zwe locative).
This mineral deposit is situated in the hills more than two miles
east of Petaca [6:1]. It is still occasionally visited by the Tewa
1 Goddard, Jicarilla Apache Texts, p. 257, 1911.
2Tbid., p. 161, note.
3 Hewett, Antiquities, p. 33, 1906.
4 Hewett, Communautés, p. 42, 1908.
5 Hewett: Antiquities, pp. 338-34, 1906; see also Communauteés, op. cit.
158 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [evTH. ann. 29
for the purpose of obtaining the glistening earth called pohen py,
which is used by the Tewa women in making pottery. The name,
poken yu is applied to coal-tar and asphalt, as wellas to mica,
but it is supposed that it is micat or micaceous earth which is
referred to by the Indians. See [7:2] and Minerats, p. 582.
[6:3] Tebow: ‘cottonwood grove’ (fe ‘cottonwood’ ‘Populus wisli-
zeni’; bow ‘pile’ ‘grove’).
Petaca [6:1] is said to be situated about a mile north of this
grove. This grove may be identical with Old Servilleta [8:8], q. v.
[6:4] (1) Avpo, AV’impo ‘prairie-dog water’ (47 ‘prairie-dog’; po
‘water’ ‘creek’). =Taos (3), Eng. (5), Span. (8).
(2) Petakupo, Petakivympo ‘Petaca water’. (< Span.). =Eng.
(4), Span. (7).
(8) Taos Ait'ypaand ‘prairie-dog dwelling place water’ (42
‘prairie-dog’; ¢'w ‘to dwell’, cognate with Tewa ¢'w ‘to dwell’;
pa-* water’ ‘creek’; ang noun postfix). =Tewa (1), Eng. (5),
Span. (8).
(4) Eng. Petaca Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (7).
(5) Eng. Tusas Creek. (<Span.). =Tewa(1), Taos (3), Span.(8).
(6) Eng. Servilleta Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (9).
(7) Span. Rito Petaca ‘leathern case creek’, named from the
settlement Petaca [6:1]. =Eng. (4).
(8) Span. Rito de las Tusas ‘prairie-dog creek’. =Tewa (1),
Taos (3), Eng. (5).
(9) Rito Servilleta ‘napkin creek’, named after Servilleta
Vieja [6:unlocated ].
[6:5] (1) Eng. Vallecito Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Rito Vallecito, Arroyo Vallecito, ‘little valley creek’
‘little valley arroyo’. =Eng. (1).
[6:6] San Juan JJahusenne, Mahusennepiny ‘at the owl’s horns?
‘mountain at the owl’s horns’ (mahy ‘owl’; seyy ‘horn’, also
applied to the ‘thorns” of owls; nz locative; pty ‘mountain’).
An old San Juan informant said that he had heard that the moun-
tains are called thus because from the vicinity of Ojo Caliente
[6:26] two peaks are seen resembling the horns of an owl. These
are evidently the peak directly north of [6:21] and the norther-
most of the peaks or mountains called by this name. It requires
considerable imagination to see this resemblance. The horn to
the right is more prominent than that to the left.
These mountains seem to be about as high as [6:16], whereas
the other mountains shown on the sheet are lower. The caves
[6:30], [6:31] are at the foot of the northernmost mountain. The
colored cliffs [6:11] are in the southern slope of the southern-
most. This southernmost peak of J/ahusenn one sees when look-
ing straight up the Ojo Caliente Valley.
1See W. G. Ritch, Illustrated New Mexico, p. 140, 1885.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 159
[6:7] (1) Posipo ‘greenness water’, referring to Ojo Caliente hot
springs [6:24] (Posi, see [6:24]; po ‘water’ ‘creek’ ‘river’).
(2) Taos Paliiipaand ‘hot water river’, referring to Ojo Cali-
ente hot springs [6:24] (pa- ‘ water’; tid ‘hot’; pa- ‘water’; and
noun postfix). =Picuris (3), Eng. (4), Span. (5).
(3) Picuris ‘‘ Pasxlupane”.* ='Taos (2), Eng. (4); Span. (5).
(4) Eng. Ojo Caliente Creek. (<Span.). =Taos (2), Picuris (3),
Span. (5).
(5) Span. Rito Ojo Caliente, Rio Ojo Caliente ‘hot water creek’
‘hot water river’, referring to Ojo Caliente hot springs [6:24].
=Taos (2), Picuris (8), Eng. (4). ‘This is the Rio del Ojo Cali-
ente, which takes its name from the remarkable medicinal ther-
mal springs [6:24] on its western banks”.?
[6:8] Mahusennets:’i ‘canyon at the owl’s horns’ (Mahyusenne, see
[6:6]; fs¢’¢ canyon’).
This is a deep, narrow, and beautiful canyon. The walls are
rocky andin many places perpendicular. J/ahusennex [6:6] towers
to the northeast and Pos? piyp [6:16] and Posipin yc [6:17] to the
southwest.
[6:9] Mahusennets’’iwepo’o ‘water mill at the canyon by the owl’s
horns’ (Mahusennezts?’7, see [6:8]; *cwe locative; po’o ‘water mill’
< po ‘water’, ’o ‘metate’).
The wagon road which runs through Mahusenneets?’? [6:8] is on
the northeastern side of the creek. Several small brooks which
flow down from the heights of J/ahusenne [6:6] cross this road.
At the fourth of these brooks which crosses the road, counting
from the confluence of Comanche Creek [6:12], stands the Mexican
water-mill. The little brook which turns the wheel is said to flow
quite strongly all the year.
[6:10] Mahusennetsip'owisi, Mahyusennep' owisi ‘the projecting cor-
ners or points at the opening or mouth of the canyon at the owl’s
horns’ (Mahusenneisz’i, see [6:8]; p'owtse ‘projecting corner or
point at the opening or mouth of a canyon’ < p’o ‘hole’ ‘open-
ing’, wii ‘projecting corner or point’). This name refers to
both the northern and the southern mouth of the canyon [6:8].
The northern mouth is also shown on the enlargement. A San
Juan informant was heard to say Mahusemp'owisi, but when his
attention was called to the name he said that he did not consider
the latter part correct.
[6:11] Mémp?dwr* ‘at the pink or light-reddish colored earth’ (nin
‘earth’; pidwi”, prdwiny ‘pink’ ‘light reddish’? < pi ‘red’
‘redness’, ’¢ ‘brown’ but when postpounded to color-denoting
1Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910. 2Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 37, 1892.
160 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [27H. ann. 29
words indicating light or faint quality of color; 7” locative and
adjective-forming postfix).
The flesh-colored area on the southern slope of the southern
peak of J/ahusenne [6:6] extends to about one-third the height
of the mountain on this slope. It has the form of a broad stripe
extending east and west. It is seen when looking up Ojo Cali-
ente Valley from the vicinity of Ojo Caliente hot springs [6:24].
This earth is said to be of no use.
[6:12] (1) Aumatsthvu ‘Comanche arroyo’ (AKumatsi ‘Comanche’;
hwu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). =Eng. (2), Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Comanche Creek. (< Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (3).
(8) Span. Cafiada de los Comanches, Canada Comanche, Arroyo
Comanche ‘Comanche gulch’ ‘Comanche arroyo’. =Tewa (1),
Eng. (2). ‘‘Cafiada de los Comanches”.' ‘*The situation of
Houiri [6:21] is such as to command a fair ey for a few miles of
the valley of the Cafiada de los Comanches”
The land on both sides of Comanche Creek is dry, rolling, and
dotted with pifion trees. There is no water running on the sur-
face of the creek bed during most of the year. The old Jutapo
or Ute trail [9:17] crosses the Awmatsihwu above [6:14], but just
where has not been determined.
[6:18] Kumatsthup‘owiti, Kumatsip'owia ‘the projecting corners or
points at the opening or mouth of Comanche arroyo’ (Awmats?-
hwu, see [6:10]; p' owed ‘projecting corner or point at the opening
or mouth of an arroyo’ <p‘o ‘hole’ ‘opening’, wid ‘projecting
corner or point’). This name is said to apply especially to the
northern projéction, the southern one, on which the pueblo ruin
[6:21], q. v., stands, being also called owt. Mr. Tomas
Lucero still lives on his ranch at Awmatsihup'owist north of the
mouth of Comanche Creek just as he did when Bandelier visited
the locality 30 years ago. ‘‘Don Tomas Lucero, who lives near
Houiri [6:21]”.1 As a San Juan Indian said: Zoma Lusest
Kumitsip owisi nat'a ‘Tomas Lucero lives at [6:13]? (Zoma Lusest
<Span.; Awmatsip‘owisi, see above; nd ‘he’; fa ‘to live’).
[6:14] (1) Buwapiny ‘bread mountain’ (buwa ‘any kind of bread’;
iy ‘mountain’). = Tewa (2).
(2) Pampiys ‘bread mountain’? (yay ‘bread’? <Span. pan
‘bread’; pip ‘mountain’). This latter form is said to be the
only one used by the San Juan.
The mountain has the shape of an inverted cheese-box and must
have been thought to resemble bread of some kind. It is men-
tioned in the aeeeiaiae story. The Sun first spoke to Posejemw’s
virgin mother at Buwapiyp.
[6:15] Papin yp, see [4:1].
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 0, p. 40, 1892.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 161
[6:16] (1) Posipiyy ‘greenness mountain’, referring to Ojo Caliente
hot springs [6:24]? (Pos/, see [6:24]; piy.r ‘mountain’).
(2) Eng. Ojo Caliente Mountain. (<Span.) (3). =Span. (3).
(3) Span. Cerro Ojo Caliente ‘hot spring mountain’. =Eng,.
(2). Mexicans regularly give the mountain this name.
This mountain is about as high as the highest (the north) peak
of [6:6] and can be seen from afar, especially from the southwest,
where there is nothing to hide it. It was said by Mexicans
living on the lower Chama River to mark the site of Ojo Caliente.
Cf. [6:17].
[6:17] Posipiye ‘little greenness mountain’ (Pos’, see [6:24]; piny
‘mountain’; ’e diminutive).
This hill rises just west of the pueblo ruin [6:18] Cf. [6:16].
[6:18] San Juan //upob)onwikeji ‘pueblo ruin of the flower of the
one-seeded juniper’ (Au ‘one-seeded juniper’ ‘Juniperus mono-
sperma’, commonly called sabina in Span. and ‘‘cedar” in Eng.;
poor ‘flower’; °onwikeji ‘pueblo ruin? <’oywt ‘pueblo’, het
91 2
‘ruin’ postpound). ‘‘Ho-mayo”.' ‘‘Homayo”.’? Bandelier uses
the spelling ‘‘Ho-mayo” once and the spelling ‘*Homayo” a
number of times; he does not give the meaning of the name.
Hewett evidently copies Bandelier’s spelling and name. That
Hupobi- is the name of this pueblo ruin is generally known among
the older San Juan Indians. ‘‘ Homayo”, whatever Tewa form it
may stand for, is certainly a mistake. San Juan Indians have sug-
gested Tomajo, the name of the large mountain [3:11] when
‘‘Homayo” has been pronounced to them. The sound? might
easily not be heard, or it might be taken for / by an ear unused to
Tewa; or *‘ Homayo” may be for Awmajo ‘good one-seeded juni-
per’ (Aw ‘one-seeded juniper’; majo ‘good’ ‘tip-top’ ‘chief’),
although none of the San Juan informants had ever heard such a
nameas humajo. Hypobd- isthe name for this pueblo ruin current
at San Juan, and until someone proves that a second name for
it resembling ‘‘Homayo” exists, we may remain sceptical.
** Hypobv oywi isan old Tewa pueblo,” said a San Juan Indian,
“companion to Howi2’ oni [6:21]. Another San Juan informant
volunteered the information that Posejemu, a hero or god of the
Tewa, lived at Hupob?’ onwi. This information was given under
such circumstances that it could not be followed up by further ques-
tioning. Hupob and Howii [6:21] are said to lie farthest north
of all pueblos. The ruin has been described by Bandelier* and
by Hewett *.
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 37, 1892.
2Tbid., p. 388 et passim; Hewett: General View, p. 597, 1905; Antiquities, p. 39, 1906; Communautés,
p. 41, 1908.
3 Bandelier, op. cit., pp. 41-42.
4 Antiquities, No. 36, 1906.
87584°—29 rrH—16——_11
162 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [nru. ann. 29
[6:19] San Juan Hupodvkesi ‘one-seeded juniper flower height’
(Tupobr-, see [6:18]; keri *height’). This designates the height
or mesa on which the pueblo ruin [6:18] lies.
[6:20] San Juan /upobihwu ‘one-seeded juniper flower arroyo’
(JTupobi-, see [6:18]; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[6:21] San Juan Howie? onwike)ji ‘gray point pueblo ruin’ (ho abso-
lute form of how?, howiy meaning ‘ grayness’ ‘gray’; wii ‘ pro-
jecting corner’ ‘point’, referring to the projecting corner or point
of mesa just below the confluence of Comanche Creek and Ojo
Caliente Creek, on which the paces ruin stands; ’enwikej7 ‘pueblo
ruin’ <’oywt ‘pueblo’, hej? ‘ruin’ postpound). With the use of
the absolute form of the color adjective in this name, that is, of
ho instead of how?', howityp, compare pid instead of prdw7t,
prdwryy in the name [4:1] and pos? instead of posiui, posiwin ,
in the name [6:24]. The forms Ao and posi do not occur in
Tewa as it is spoken at the present time, but they are understood.
They are old names and correspond to the noun forms of other
color words still in use, as 7 ‘redness’ as compared with p77",
prin ‘ved’. The pueblo gets its name, according to San Juan
informants, from the ndyyp how ‘gray earth’ (ndyp ‘earth’;
howi', howty p ‘ gray’), of which the w77 or point of land on which
it stands is composed. The ground all about this place has, in
fact, a gray color. ‘‘Ho-ui-ri”.* ‘** Houiri”.? Bandelier does not
givethe etymology. ‘‘ Hoiuri’”.* Hewett evidently copies spell-
ing and name from Bandelier.
This ruin is said to have been an old Tewa pueblo, companion
to LupobV onwikej? [6:18]. *
[6:22] Howisiketi, Howiai- * gray point height’ ‘eray point? (Howitt,
see [6:21]; heat ‘height’).
This is a low mesa projection about as high as [6:19].
[6:23] Howtvihohwu ‘gray point barranca arroyo’ (/fowiu7, see [6:21];
hohwu *barranca arroyo” <ko ‘barranca’, Aww ‘large groove’
‘arroyo’).
This is an arroyo, a hundred feet or so broad, which joins Ojo
Caliente Creek just south of //owiu’’onwikejt [6:21]. Its lower
course runs straight toward Pos/piyy’e [6:17], the little mountain
which stands west of Ojo Caliente Creek.
[6:24] (1) Postpopi, Posipokwi ‘greenness spring’ ‘greenness pool’
(post old absolute form of pos?w?', posiwin yr ‘moss-greenness’
‘moss-green’, this adjective being applied to water, stain, paint,
and things stained or painted which have this color, while of
ordinary green and blue colors fsdywe is used; pop? ‘spring’
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 22,37, 1892.
*Tbid., p. 37, et passim; Hewett: General View, p. 597, 1905; Antiquities, p. 40, 1906.
3 Hewett, Communautés, p. 41, 1908.
4 For description see Bandelier, op. cit., pp.39-40; Hewett, Antiquities, No. 37, 1906.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 1638
<po ‘water’, pi ‘to issue’; pokwi <po ‘water’, kwi unex-
plained). With the use of the absolute form of the color adjec-
tive in this name—that is, of pos? instead of pos/w7i, posiwin p—
compare p7’¢ ‘pinkness’ ‘pink’ in the name [4:1] instead of
prawe, prawinp and ho ‘grayness’ ‘gray’ in the name [6:21]
instead of how2, howin. As to the forms pos7, p7’d and ho see
[6:21] above. Lhe etymology of post (postwi*, postwiny) is un-
known to the modern Tewa, but it may be that it was origi-
nally compounded of po ‘water’ and s? ‘to stink’, which ap-
pears, for instance, in ndsisy ‘it stinks’ (nd ‘it’; sz ‘to stink’
prepound; sy ‘to smell’ intransitive, said of agreeable or dis-
agreeable smells), and that pos? originally referred to stinking
water, which frequently has a moss-green color. This is, of
course, only a conjecture, and in the absence of records of
ancient Tewa language can not be proved. *At the present
time ‘stinking water’ is rendered in Tewa by posisw’i”* (po
‘water’; s/sy’/? ‘stinking’? <s? ‘to stink,’ which appears only
prepounded to certain verbs, su ‘to smell’, intransitive, said of
agreeable or disagreeable smells; 2’ locative and adjective-
forming postfix), and the -sy- of this expression can not be
omitted. The reason why this name os? ‘moss-greenness’ was
applied to Ojo Caliente hot springs by the ancient Tewa is easily
discovered. ‘‘On account of the high temperature of the water
of the stream, and of the hot springs issuing from the naked rock
and covering them with an emerald-green stain, they were not
only objects of curiosity to the native, but, like everything he
does not comprehend, objects of veneration, of worship.” !
The italics are the writer’s. The green stain mentioned may still
be seen where the hot mineral water oozes from the ground on
the banks of the little arroyo just west of the bathhouse.
The sacred old green-edged pool has been changed and obscured
by building the bathhouse over it. Bandelier and Hewett have
recorded a number of times, in Bandelier’s spelling, the name of
the pueblo ruin [6:25], which is derived from that of the springs;
see under [6:25]. None of the other place-names beginning with
posi- have, so far as is known, been recorded or published, nor has
the etymology of Posi been ascertained or published. Bande-
lier has ‘* Pose” or ‘* P’ho-se” in all of his forms (see under [6:25]),
the e of which can be explained only as a result of defective
hearing or of confusion of this name with the name of the culture
hero Posejemu, Bandelier’s ‘*Pose-yemo”, etc. It is needless to
say that the place-names beginning with Pos/- and the name of
the mythical person Posejemu, alias Posegwebe, have nothing in
common except that they happen to begin with the word po
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 46-47, 1892.
164 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [n1H. ann. 29
‘water’. The springs give rise to the names of [6:7], [6:16],
[6:17], [6:25], [6:26]. See [6:Ojo Caliente region], page 165,
where names for the Ojo Caliente region in the Taos, Picuris,
and Cochiti languages, based on names of the spring which were
not recorded, are given.
(2) Eng. Ojo Caliente hot springs, or more properly Ojo
Caliente spring. (<Span.). =Span. (3). .
(3) Span. Ojo Caliente ‘hot spring’. =Eng. (2).
This hot spring is situated 25 miles west of Taos and 50
miles north of Santa Fe, New Mexico, and about 12 miles from
Barranca station [8:70] on the Denyer and Rio Grande Railway,
from which point a daily line of stages runs to the spring.
Altitude 6,300 feet.?
The hot spring is situated about 300 feet from the mouth of
a smail arroyo or gulch, which starts beneath Ojo Caliente
Mountain [6:16] and discharges into Ojo Caliente Creek [6:7]
from the west about 2 miles south of the junction therewith of
Comanche Creek [6:12]. The spring is situated where this
arroyo emerges from the mesa. Mineral water at a temperature
of from 90° to 122° F. oozes out or spurts forth from the earth
at this point, mostly on the southern bank of the arroyo, but cov-
ering a considerable area.’ The old pool, over which the bath-
house is now built, was also on the south side of the arroyo.
This greenish pool of hot water was one of the most sacred places
known to the Tewa. According to a San Ildefonso informant,
when the Tewa lived in the Ojo Caliente region and Posejemu,
the culture hero was still among them, he used at times to enter
this pool. A Santa Clara Indian says that Posejemw’s grand-
mother lived and still lives in this pool; that Posejemw comes from
the south to visit her one day each year, passing in some way
near Santa Clara Pueblo when he makes this journey. Sacred
pools such as this were believed to be the dwelling places of
mythic beings and openings between this world and ’opanuge
‘the under world’ through which spirits freely passed. ‘‘Joseph’s
Ojo Caliente.” ‘*The Hot Springs belonging to the Honorable
Antonio Joseph.”* Mr. Joseph died several years ago, and the
spring is now in charge of his son.
San Juan informants said that the Tewa drink and probably
also formerly drank the water of this hot spring. Bandelier
writes: ‘‘It is not unlikely that superstition prevented the
ancient Tehuas of Ojo Caliente from using the warm waters of
its stream for irrigation.”®> The San Juan informants knew of
1 Wheeler gives the altitude of Ojo Caliente as 6,292 feet.
2For a geological description of the springs, see Lindgren, Graton, and Gordon, the Ore
Deposits of New Mexico, Professional Paper 68, U. 8. Geol. Sury., pp. 72-74, 1910.
8Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 22, 1892.
4Tbid., p. 86.
5 Ibid., p. 47
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES , 165
no such superstition. See [6:Ojo Caliente region], below, and
nameless mineral spring 18 miles east of Abiquiu [8:36], [6:un-
located].
[6:Ojo Caliente region] (1) Pos’ ‘at the greenness’, referring to
Ojo Caliente hot springs [6:24]’ (Pos? see [6:24]; 72‘ locative and
adjective-forming postfix). - This name refers to the whole region
about Ojo Caliente hot springs [6:24], from which the Tewa claim
that they originally came. For spellings of Pos/- by Bandelier
and Hewett applied to the pueblo ruin [6:25] see under [6:25].
For the etymology and origin of Posé- see [6:24].
(2) Taos Patidaba ‘at the hot water’ (pa- ‘water’; lid ‘hot’,
cognate with sz in Tewa swwva ‘hot’; bd locative). = Picuris (3),
Cochiti (4), Eng. (6), Span. (7).
(8) Picuris ‘‘P4xlima”,! probably a spelling for a form iden-
tical with the Taos form given above. =Taos (2), Cochiti (4),
Eng. (6), Span. (7).
(4) Cochiti Kawatpatse ‘at the hot spring’ (kawa ‘hot’, said of
water; ¢.ra ‘spring or issuing’; ¢sx locative). =Taos (2), Picuris
(3), Eng. (6), Span. (7).
(5) Jicarilla Apache ‘‘d/d, ‘Ojo Caliente’ ”.?
(6) Eng. Ojo Caliente region. (<Span.). =Taos (2), Picuris
(8), Cochiti (+), Span. (7).
(7) Span. region de Ojo Caliente ‘hot spring region’. =Taos
(2), Picuris (3), Cochiti (4), Eng. (5).
The Tewa always refer to this region as their cradleland. Cf.
[6:7], [6:16], [6:17], [6:24], [6:25], [6:26], and nameless mineral
springs 18 miles east of Abiquiu [3:36], [6:unlocated].
[6:25] Pos? oywikeji, Rosipokwigekes onwikeji ‘greenness pueblo ruin’
‘oreenness pool height pueblo ruin’? (Posi-, Pos/pokwi, see [6:24];
ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; heed ‘height’; ’oywikeji ‘pueblo ruin’
<’onwt ‘pueblo’, keji ‘ruin’ postpound). The form Pos? eywige
(ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’) is evidently the form on which the
spellings quoted below are based. ‘‘ Pose-uing-ge”.* ‘‘ Pose-
uingge”. ‘* Village of Po-se or P’ho-se”.® ‘‘Pose Uingge”.®
‘*Poseuinge or Posege”.? The Tewa informants state that no
such form as Posige or ‘‘Posege” is ever used, and that such a
form is not correct. ‘* Poseuinge”.®
The ruin has been described by Bandelier,® and by Hewett.”
Posejemu, the Tewa culture hero, dwelt at this village and at
Hupob’onwi [6:18] and Howiw’onwy [6:21] according to a tra-
1 Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910. 6 Tbid., p. 43.
2 Goddard, Jicarilla Apache Texts, p. 161, 1912. 7 Hewett, Antiquities, p. 88, 1906.
3 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 310, 1890; pt. 8 Hewett, Communautés, p. 41, 1908,
II, p. 22, 1892. 9 Bandelier, op. cit., pt. 11, pp. 48-46.
4 Ibid., p. 37 et passim. 10 Antiquities, No. 35, 1906.
5 Ibid., p. 42.
166 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. ayn. 29
dition current at all the Tewa pueblos. ‘‘He [Posejemu] is
represented as having dwelt in the now ruined pueblo of
Pose-uing-ge, at the hot springs belonging to the Hon. Antonio
Joseph”.!
[6:26] (1) Posibwu ‘greenness town’ (Posi-, see [6:24]; bwu ‘town’).
(2) Eng. Ojo Caliente town. (< Span.). =Span. (3).
(3) Span. Ojo Caliente ‘hot spring’. = Eng. (2).
Ojo Caliente town is east of the creek [6:7], opposite the hot
spring [6:24].
[6:La Cueva region] (1) J/ghwwisi ‘owl point’, referring to the
projecting corners or points of Mahusenne mountain (mahy
‘owl’, referring to Mahusenne [6:6]; wisi ‘projecting corner or
point’).
(2) Eng. La Cueva region. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(3) Span. region de La Cueva ‘region of [6:28]. =Eng. (2).
[6:28] (1) San Juan Mahuwisihwekubuu, Mahuwisibu’u ‘owl
point Mexican town’ ‘owl point town’? (Mahywisi, see [6:La
Cueva region]; kweku ‘Mexican’, of obscure etymology; bw u
‘town’).
(2) Eng. La Cueva town. (<Span.). =Span. (8).
(8) Span. La Cueva ‘the cave’, referring to the caves [6:30] and
[6:31]. =Eng. (1).
A short distance north of the arroyo [6:29] stands the house of
Florentin Gallegos, the most southerly house of La Cueya settle-
ment.
[6:29] (1) San Juan Mahuwitikohwu ‘owl point barranca arroyo’
(Mahuwiti, see [6:La Cueva region], above; kohwwu ‘barranca
arroyo’ </o ‘barranca’, Awu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
This arroyo has water throughout the year in its lower course,
this condition being the result of the presence of a number of
small springs.
[6:30], [6:31] (1) San Juan Zemap'o ‘Keres holes’ (Zemi ‘Keres’,
applied to the Indians of Cochiti, Santo Domingo, San Felipe,
Santa Ana, Sia, Laguna, and Acoma pueblos; p‘o ‘hole’ ‘ cave’).
(2) San Juan I/ahuwisip'o ‘caves of La Cueva region’
(Mahwwist, see [6: La Cueva region], above; p'o ‘hole’ ‘ cave’).
The cliff in which these caves are situated is about 25 feet high.
The caves are tunnel-shaped, have a level floor, and are high
enough for a man to stand erect in them. The northern cave
extends into the cliff 25 or 30 paces; its innermost recesses are
dark owing to a curvature which the cave makes. The openings
are a few feet above the creek bottom. The interior surface
of the caves is smooth and flesh-colored. From these two caves
the Temutowu, ‘Keres people’, are said to have come forth when
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 310, 1890.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 167
they first entered this world, while the Tewa originated in the
lake near Alamosa, Colorado (see p.568). Nothing further con-
cerning this advent of the Keresan people could be learned.
[6:32] Smooth grassy bottom, not marshy. The land belongs to Mrs.
Maria de la Luz Lucero.
[6:33] (1) San Juan Mahuwisipotsa ‘marsh of La Cueva region’
(Mahuwisi, see (6: La Cueva region]; potsa ‘marsh’ < po ‘water’,
tsa ‘to cut through’).
(2) Eng. La Cueva marsh. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(3) Span. Cienega de La Cueva ‘marsh of the cave’, referring to
[6:28] settlement. =Eng. (2).
This marsh is found in two places as indicated on the sheet. The
ground is grass-grown, soft, and boggy. Curiously enough, in
front of the caves [6:30] and [6:31] and the little cave [6:36] there
is firm grass-grown ground. According to a San Juan informant
the land west of the creek, opposite and below this marsh, was also
marshy when he was a boy, but has gradually become dry and
sandy.
[6:34] This fence divides the land of Mrs. Maria de la Luz Lucero on
the north from that of Mrs. Dolorita Menguarez on the south.
[6:35] Smooth grassy bottom, not marshy. The land belongs to Mrs.
Dolorita Menguarez.
[6:36] A small cave is situated in the cliff at this place.
[6:37] Remains of an old stone wall are seen here on the slope above
the cliff. Whether this was made by Indians or by Mexicans was
not ascertained.
[6:38] A small stream flows down a gully in the cliff at this place; its
source is evidently a spring. .
[6:39] A second ledge or cliff, 25 feet higher than the first.
[6:40], [6:41] San Juan Mohuwisipokwi ‘owl point pools’ (Mahywisi,
see [6:La Cueva region], page 166; pokw?t ‘pool’ < po ‘water’,
kwi unexplained). ~
According to the San Juan informants these two pools were as
sacred to the ancient Tewa as was the pool [6:24] at Ojo Caliente,
but the water in them was cool, not warm. The pool farther from
the creek is now choked with sand.
[6:42] San Juan Mahwwisokwe ‘little hills at owl point’ (Mohuwi,
see [6:La Cueva region], page 166; ’okw ‘hill’; ’e diminutive).
UNLOCATED
Span. Falda ‘slope at the rear of a hill’.
A Mexican settlement on Petaca Creek [6:4] situated below [6:3].
Span. Servilleta Vieja ‘old Servilleta.
A Mexican settlement on Petaca Creek a short distance below
Petaca [6:1]. See [8:8], which gives the approximate location;
see also [8:9] and [6:4].
168 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
Soda Springs. ‘‘In the same county [Taos County], 3 miles north of
Ojo Caliente, are soda springs.”
Soda Springs. ‘‘There are... soda springs 4 miles southeast of
Petaca, in the same county [Rio Arriba County]”.?
Old Spanish silver mine. ‘‘Traces of such ancient mining for silver
are found . . . ata prospect near Ojo Caliente”.’
Nameless mineral springs 18 miles east of Abiquiu [8:36]. ‘‘There
are mineral springs 18 miles east of Abiquiu in Rio Arriba
County.”* This would place the springs somewhere near Ojo
Caliente hot springs [6:24], q. v. Perhaps the latter are re-
ferred to.
[7] LOWER OJO CALIENTE SHEET
Thissheet (map 7) shows a portion of lower Ojo Caliente Creek
and adjacent country. The southeastern part of the area is occu-
pied by the great Black Mesa, or Canoa Mesa[7:16]. Two ruined
Tewa pueblos are located on this sheet.
[7:1] San Juan Wuteko ‘ashes estufa barranca’ (WVute’e, see [7:2]; ko
‘barranca’). This arroyo is named after the pueblo ruin [7:2].
[7:2] San Juan Vute’oywikejt ‘ashes estufa pueblo ruin’ (nw ‘ashes’;
tee ‘estufa’; onwrthej7 ‘pueblo ruin’ <’oywi ‘pueblo’, kez ‘ruin’
postpound). The connection in which the name was originally
applied is forgotten by the Tewa of to-day. So far as they know,
it is the ancient name of the place.
The ruin lies between the main wagon road which leads up the
valley, and the creek, being about 500 feet from the road and a
couple of hundred feet from the creek. A modern irrigation
ditch cuts through the ruin. Four cottonwood trees stand beside
this ditch. The writer picked up a glistening black potsherd at
the ruin, which an Indian informant said had been prepared with
poken yyw from [6:2]. The pueblo was of adobe, and the ruins
are now in the form of low mounds. The land on which it stands
was said by Mexicans who live near by to have belonged to Mr.
Antonio Joseph. The land adjoining the ruin on the south
belongs to Mr. Juan Antonio Archuleta. There is a small grove
of cottonwood trees about 300 yards north of the ruin. This ruin
marks the northern extent of 7fugx’ iwe.
(7:3] (1) Tfuge’iwe ‘place of the Falco nisus’ (fuge ‘Falco nisus’;
‘iwe locative). =Eng. (2), Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Gavilansettlement. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (3).
(3) Span. Gavilan ‘ Falco nisus’. =Tewa (1), Eng. (2).
This name is applied to the locality extending on both sides of the
creek from [7:2] to [7:8]. Most of the Mexican houses are on the
eastern side of the creek. There is no plaza. It was at 7/fugx’cwe
1 Frost and Walter, The Land of Sunshine,a Handbook . . . of New Mexico, etc., p. 173, Santa Fe, 1906.
3Tbid., p. 177.
5 Ore Deposits of New Mexico, p. 17, 1910.
MAP 7
LOWER OJO CALIENTE REGION
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 7
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
wlty,
My,
wo”
Ojo Caliente
Sp neg MN
ay
NOIDSSY ALNSIWO OfO YS3MO1
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 7
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
te
ion
Ojo Cal
.
D
‘aw
aul,
.
ow
PLLA
Vig
Fr \\ wy, wll;
Wn ® Ve a gh -
a os ole
>, pe ae
“ay “tte
LOWER OJO CALIENTE REGION
MAP 7
LOWER OJO CALIENTE REGION
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 169
that Posejemu, the Tewa culture hero, had his contest with -/os?,
the god of the Mexicans and Americans, according to a Tewa
myth. Whether the Tewa name. is a translation of the Span.
name, or whether the opposite is true, could not be ascertained.
[7:4] (1) Tfugx’iwekwaje, Tfuge’iweokwe ‘Falco nisus heights’
‘Falco nisus hills’ (Z/ugex’iwe, see [7:3]; kwajed ‘height’; ’oku
‘hill’; ’e diminutive).
(2) San Juan Wutehwaje, Nuteokwe ‘ashes estufa heights’
‘ashes estufa hills’ (Vute’e, see [7:2]; Awajé ‘height’; ’ohku ‘hill’;
’e diminutive).
A San Juan informant insisted that these hills are not called by
the same name as [7:5], although one cannot understand why they
should not be so called.
[7:5] San Juan Zsepenge’ohwe ‘little hills beyond the basalt’, referring
to ['7:16]; ¢s¢ ‘basalt’, referring to 7s¢iwajé ‘basalt height? [7:16];
’oku ‘hill’; ’e diminutive).
[7:6] Zfuge’iwepo’o ‘water mill at Falco nisus place’ (Z/fuge’dwe, see
[7:3]; po’o ‘water mill’ < po ‘water’, ’o ‘metate’).
This Mexican water mill stands on the west side of the creek
slightly north of the spot where [7:8] enters.
(7:7) Zfugekohwu, Tug’ iwekohwu ‘barranca arroyo at Falco nisus
place’ (Zfugz, Tfugeiwe, see [7:3]; hohwu ‘barranca arroyo’
<ko ‘barranca’, hw w ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[7:8] (1) San Juan AyAahwu ‘skunk-bush corral arroyo’ (ky ‘skunk-
bush’; 4'a ‘corral’ ‘fence’; Aww ‘large greove’ ‘arroyo’). Per-
haps a translation of the Span. name.
(2) Lemita Arroyo. (<Span.). =Span. (8). Cf. Tewa (1).
(3) Span. Arroyo de las Lemitas ‘skunk-bush arroyo’. = Eng.
(2). Cf. Tewa (1).
This small arroyo is Jess than three-fourths of a mile north of
[7:11]. The most southerly houses of Gavilan settlement [7:3]
are north of this arroyo.
[7:9] Ojo Caliente Creek, see [6:7].
[7:10] About 200 yards east of the creek and about a quarter of a mile
north of the mouth of [7:11] is a peculiar figure, like the ground-
plan of two squarish rooms with corners touching. It is outlined
on the valley bottom by small stones arranged one next to another
so as to formlines. This structure is at the foot of the low mesa.
Neither Indians from San Juan nor Mexicans who live at Gavilan
[7:3] could explain the origin or significance of this figure.
[7:1] (11) Eng. Buena Vista Arroyo. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Cafiada de la Buena Vista ‘good view arroyo’.
= Eng. (1).
This name was furnished by Mr. Antonio Domingo Rivera of
Gavilan [7:3]. The arroyo is less than three-quarters of a mile
south of [7:8] and 710 paces north of the pueblo ruin [7:19].
170 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BTH. ANN, 29
[7:12] Nameless arroyo. This is a large and long gulch, without
water except just after rains. The main trail connecting San
Juan Pueblo with El Rito passes through this arroyo.
[7:13] San Juan Pon pi pa thei, Pon pipa *kwajé ‘height of the beds
of plumed arroyo shrub’ (Pon ipa’, see [7:14]; hest, knwaje
‘height’).
This is the height or low mesa on which the pueblo ruin [7:14]
stands.
[7:14] San Juan Pon pipa*her’ onwikeji, Pon pipathwaj2 oywikeji
‘pueblo ruin of the plumed arroyo shrub beds height’ (pon pt
‘plumed arroyo shrub’ ‘ Fallugia paradoxa acuminata’, called by
Mexicans living in the Tewa country, pofile; pa’? ‘bed’ ‘mat-
tress’ ‘sleeping-mat’; hes/, dwajd ‘height’; ’onwikeji ‘pueblo
ruin? <’oywt ‘pueblo’, efi ‘ruin’ postpound). Bandelier’s
‘**P’o-nyi Pa-kuen” is almost certainly his spelling for Pon pipa’4-
kwajé: **The Tehuas claim Sepiiue [4:8] as one of their ancient
settlements, but I failed to obtain any folk-lore concerning it. I
was also informed that another ruin existed near by, to which
the Indians of San Juan give the name of P’o-nyi Pa-kuen. It
might be the ruin of which I was informed as lying about 7 miles
farther west, near the road to Abiquiu. My informant told me
that near that ruin there were traces of an ancient acequia”.'
The supposition expressed in the next to the last sentence quoted
is evidently erroneous. It is not clear from Bandelier’s text
whether the ‘‘traces of an ancient acequia” which he mentions
are near ‘*P’o-nyi Pa-kuen” or near the ruin 7 miles west of
‘*Sepiiue”. No traces of an ancient ditch were noticed near [7:14].
The circumstances under which the name Pon pipe *keai was origi-
nally given were probably forgotten long ago. Large mounds
lying on the mesa top mark the site of the ancient Tews village.
[7:15] San Juan Pon pipwtkesihkohwu, Pon pipathwajekohw ieibamrenicn
arroyo of the plumed arroyo shrub beds height’ (Pon pipa’tkesi,
Pon pipe eawaje, see [7:14]; kohwu ‘barranca arroyo’ <ko ‘bar-
ranca’, Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
This is an arroyo of considerable size, the first large arroyo
joining Ojo Caliente Creek north of the northern end of 7sikwajée
[7:16]. A Mexican informant who lives at Gavilan [7:3] said that
this arroyo has no Mexican name, but that he would call it Arroyo
del Pueblo ‘pueblo arroyo’, referring to [7:14].
[7:16] San Juan 7sthwaje, see [13:1].
[7:lower Ojo Caliente region] San Juan Zsipenge, Tsikwajepenge
“beyond the basalt’ ‘ beyond the basalt height’, referring to [7:16]
(tst ‘basalt’; Awaje ‘height’; peyge ‘ beyond’). This name refers
to the anal region northwest of [7:16]. See [7:4], [7:5], [7:17],
[7:19], [7:20], [7:22]
pene Final noes pt. 11, p. 58, 1892.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 171
[7:17] San Juan Tsipeygetekaboui ‘cottonwood grove beyond the
basalt’, referring to [7:16] (¢s¢ ‘basalt’; peyge ‘beyond’; te ‘cot-
tonwood’ ‘Populus wislizeni’; /a ‘denseness’ ‘dense’ ‘ forest’;
bowi ‘roundish pile’ ‘ grove’).
This small group of cottonwood trees is west of the creek and
southwest of [7:14].
[7:18] (1) San Juan Zutsdmbehwu ‘peas arroyo’ (tutsimbe ‘pea’ <
tu ‘bean’, tséy.p ‘blueness’ ‘blue’ ‘greenness’ ‘green’, absolute
form of tsdywe of same meaning, be denoting roundish shape;
hwu ‘large groove’ arroyo’). (<Span.). =Eng. (2), Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Arvejon Arroyo. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (3).
(3) Span. Arroyo Arvejon ‘peas arroyo’. —Tewa (1), Eng. (2).
[7:19] San Juan Zsipeygedse’’* ‘at the alkali beyond the basalt’,
referring to [7:16] (¢s¢ ‘basalt’; payge ‘béyond’; ’dsx ‘alkali’
<’@ ‘alkali’, se ‘pepperiness’; *2” locative and adjective-forming
postfix).
This is a small alkali flat.
[7:20] San Juan Zsipeygepotsa ‘marsh beyond the basalt’, referring
to [7:16] (¢st ‘basalt’; paeyge ‘beyond’; potsa ‘marsh’ < po ‘ water’,
tsa ‘to cut through’).
This is a small alkaline marsh west of the creek ['7:9].
[7:21] (1) Eng. Ranchitosdel Coyote settlement. (<Span.). = Span. (2).
(2) Span. Ranchitos del Coyote ‘little farms of the coyote.’
= Eng. (1).
This name is applied by Mexicans vaguely to an area a couple
of miles in length. The settlement consists at present of a couple
of deserted Mexican houses at the place indicated by the number,
near where the trail from Estaca [10:3] descends the mesa [7:16].
[7:22] (1) San Juan Zsipxygebwu ‘corner beyond the basalt’, refer-
ring to [7:16] (¢s¢ ‘basalt’; Penge ‘beyond’; bwwu ‘large low
roundish place’).
(2) Tsewibwu ‘eagle gap corner’, referring to [7:24] (Zsew2’, see
[7:24]; bw’u ‘large low roundish place’).
This large low area is formed partly by a concave curve which
the mesa [7:16] makes at this locality, partly by the receding of
the small hills [7:5]. The place is arid and uninhabited.
[7:23] Tsewikwaje, Tsewikewi ‘eagle gap height’ (Zkew72, see [7:24];
kwaje, keti ‘height’).
This round knob is of the same height as the adjacent mesa-top
[7:16] and is really only adetached portion of the latter separated
from it by an eroded gap [7:24]. The little mountainous knob is
very striking in appearance, and appears to be well known to
many Tewa in the various villages. It can be seen from a great
distance at many points west and north of it, but is not visible
from any of the Tewa villages now inhabited. It would not be
surprising if a shrine were discovered on its top.
WG) ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [ertn. ayn. 29
[7:24] Tsew?’? ‘eagle gap’ (tse ‘eagle’; wd ‘gap’ ‘ passageway’).
The gap is at its southeastern extremity perhaps only about
25 feet deep. It separates the well-known knob [7:23] from the
body of the mesa['7:16}].
[7:25] Jut&po, see [9:17].
[7:26] Tsewipo, see ]10:3].
[7:27] Qwakesi, see [18:3].
[8] TAOS SHEET
This sheet (map 8) shows, roughly speaking, the country of the
Taos and Picuris Indians, which constitutes the extreme northeastern
corner of the Pueblo territory. The attempt has been to locate on
this sheet only those places which are known to the Tewa. Only a few
Taos and Picuris names of important places are given below to supple-
ment the Tewa, Eng.,and Span. names. Most Tewa Indians have
visited Taos and Picuris and are familiar with many if not nearly all
of the places named on this sheet. The Taos and Picuris names for
places in this area are however very numerous, and would require a
special and prolonged study. Pueblo ruins exist in this area in great
number, but, so far as is known, none is claimed by the Tewa as a
village of their ancestors. For information about the relationship of
the Taos and Picuris to the Tewa and other. tribes see NAMES oF
TriIsES AND PEOPLES, pages 573-78.
[8:1] Cangilon Mountain, see [1:35].
[8:2] El Rito Creek, see [4:3].
[8:3] El Rito ona, see [4:1].
[8:4] (1) AZpiny ‘prairie-dog mountains’ (47 ‘prairie-dog’
‘mountains’). = Taos Q), Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(2) Taos AvPupidnend ‘prairie-dog dweiling-place mountains’
(Az ‘prairie-dog’; ¢y ‘to dwell’? cognate with Tewa ?’a ‘to dwell’;
>; pwr
pidn- ‘mountain’; en@ noun ending). =Tewa (1), Eng. (3),
Span. (4).
(3) Eng. Tusas Mountains, Tusas Hills. (<Span.). =Tewa
(1), Taos (2), Span. (3).
(4) Span. Cerritos de las Tusas ‘ prairie-dog mountains’.
=Tewa (1), Tacs (2), Eng. (8).
Cf. Petaca Creek, Tusas Creek [6:4], and Tusas settlement [8:6].
[8:5] Petaca Creek, Tusas Creek, see [6:4].
[8:6] (1) Avbwu ‘prairie-dog town’ (h7 ‘prairie-dog’; bw wu ‘ town’).
=Eng. (2), Span. (8).
(2) Eng. Tusas settlement. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (8).
(8) Span. Tusas ‘prairie-dogs’. =Tewa (1), Eng. (2).
Cf. Petaca Creek, Tusas Creek [6:4], and Tusas Mountains [8: 4].
MAP 8
TAOS REGION
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
al
SWAIN
SQ
= = ry
a A;
4a
13 Tres Piedras
8
9
Servilleta SY 37
aOjo Caliente
=78
ca care tteenaeg, BOS,
4,
3. =
SantaBarbara® 99
amizal
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 8
wee
TROT Fs
MUS Mel S et
ANS UMSESS UL
" Nee! Saal
6h ik Sa
Is
o JAN 7)
U\\s
ZN
SS
Tie
NV
a
“SSS
re,
(ei
ny
=
4s
tl
esc
~
ih
we
BENS
i
aos Pueblo” wy.
RD
SON ns
AR
~ OAed, lta gs
PWS ns ‘ Wh oF
TNS Wii ANS SW |
z SALIVA SS) we POOXN
MINS JINN, \ FZ ESHA
53 aN Ss WN
SMM
F PNG
WSS
AN
“AN
SMaNMta *
ce NS)
zATA
=
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
=
{
S
77,
“AyAv eal
WNeky\s
10 8" NoZAguaa
Wire,
SAT
Dy
eo line
chee Mags
=
=
PE Sad
%
at Ma,
SMa
TAOS FEGION
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 8
U
a ANE Ze
Zs
\ ro
aS 1 Sigeee
ae
~
rah
B 1\
>
68
mm Ranches
57
lye
7
Me
7
“
rag
Onl,
‘
:
\
.
ins aS
aw
SS sy
24 Se
city wwSy,
SA
5
NS.
x
S
VAS.
> :
|
a HoantaBarbara® 99
\hamiza .
as
ry
S YEA Ate
as
=
~~
~
is
t\
MAP 8
TAOS REGION
HARRINGTON | PLACE-NAMES iy(e
[8:7] Petaca settlement, see [6:1].
[8:8] (1) Eng. Old Servilleta. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Servilleta Vieja ‘Old Napkin’. =Eng. (1).
Before the Denver and Rio Grande Railroad was built Servil-
leta was a Mexican settlement situated on Petaca Creek [6:4]
somewhat below Petaca settlement [6:1]. Since the building of the
railroad Servilleta proper has been situated on the railroad; see
[8:9]. The former location is distinguished by calling it Old Ser-
villeta, Servilleta Vieja. Old Servilleta has not been exactly
located; therefore it is not shown on sheet [6] but is mentioned
under [6:unlocated]. The writer is inclined to think that Old
Servilleta is identical with [6:3], q. v.
[8:9] (1) Eng. Servilleta town. (<Span). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Servilleta ‘napkin’. =Eng. (1). See [8:8].
The route commonly taken to Taos Pueblo is that from Ser-
villeta Station. It is from Servilleta Station that Taos Pueblo is
most frequently reached.
[8:10] (1) Eng. No Agua settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2)
(2) Span. No Agua ‘no water’. =Eng. (1).
[8:11] (1) Awvakupohwu, Kuwakwimpohwu ‘mountain-sheep rock
water arroyo’ (Auwaku, see [8:12]; pohwu ‘arroyo which carries
water’ <po ‘water’, Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). This is the
old Tewa nanie, still in common use. =Taos (2).
(2) Taos Auwagitigidlund *mountain-sheep rock arroyo’ (huwa
‘mountain-sheep’; gi ‘stone’; gtidlu- ‘arroyo’; nd noun end-
ing). =Tewa (1).
(3) Eng. Tres Piedras Arroyo. (<Span.). =Span. (5).
(4) Span. Arroyo de las Orejas ‘ear arroyo’, referring to Ore-
jas Mountain [8:37]. This is the only name for the arroyo cur-
rent in Span. Neither in Tewa nor Taos, nor in English, so far
as is known, is this arroyo ever referred to by the name of the
mountain [8:37], as in Span.
(5) Span. Arroyo de las Tres Piedras, Arroyo Tres Piedras
‘three stone arroyo’, referring to [8:12]. This name is used infre-
quently if at all in Span.
The region which this arroyo drains-is very barren.
[8:12] (1) Awwaku ‘mountain-sheep rocks’? (Jaca ‘mountain-sheep’;
ku ‘stone’). =Taos (2).
(2) Awwagitind ‘mountain-sheep rocks’ (Ava ‘mountain-sheep’;
qii- ‘stone’; n@ noun postfix denoting 2+ plural, the correspond-
ing noun postfix denoting the singular being na). =Tewa (1).
(8) Eng. Tres Piedras rocks. (<Span.). =Span. (4).
(4) Span. Tres Piedras ‘three rocks’. = Eng. (38).
These two or three large rocks are just west of Tres Piedras set-
tlement [8:13]. Perhaps the Tewa translation of the Span. name,
174 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ern any. 29
which would be Pojéku ‘three rocks’ (pojé ‘three’; ku ‘stone’),
is in use in addition to the old and commonly employed Tewa
name given above.
(8:13| (1) Kuwakuw?* ‘at the mountain-sheep rocks’ (Auwaku, see
[8:12]; 7? locative and adjective-forming postfix). =Taos (2).
(2) Taos Auwagiit'd, Kuwagiiba ‘down at the mountain-sheep
rocks’ ‘up at the mountain-sheep rocks’ (Avwagiti-, see [8:12];
td ‘down at’ ‘over at’; dé ‘up at’). =Tewa (1).
(8) Eng. Tres Piedras settlement, Tres Piedras region.
(<Span.). =Span. (4).
(4) Span. Tres Piedras, rejion de las Tres Piedras ‘three rocks’,
referring to [8:12].
_ Taos is sometimes reached from Tres Piedras instead of from
Servilleta [8:9].
[8:14] (1) Eng. Caliente station. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Caliente ‘hot’. = Eng. (1).
[8:15] (1) Eng. Montuoso Mountain. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Cerro Montuoso ‘ wooded mountain’. = Eng. (1).
[8:16] (1) Eng. San Cristé6bal Mountain. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Cerro San Cristébal ‘St. Christopher Mountain’.
= Eng. (1).
[8:17] (1) Eng. Los Taoses Mountain. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Cerro de los Taoses ‘ mountain of the Taoses’, referring
to [8:45], [8:53], and [8:58]. = Eng. (2).
[8:18] (1) Eng. Los Cerros Mountains. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Los Cerros ‘the mountains’. = Eng. (1).
Just north of these mountainous hills, beyond the limits of our
map, there is a Mexican settlement called Los Cerros.
[8:19] (1) Pipogepo, Pipogeimpo ‘red water creek’ (pi ‘redness’
‘red’; po ‘water’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’, locative postfix; po
‘water’ ‘creek’). The name refers to Pik‘ ondiwe, the mineral
deposit [8:22]. Cf. Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(2) Taos 7ysitipaand of obscure etymology (¢ysiti unexplained;
pa- ‘water’ ‘creek’ ‘river’; and noun postfix). This is the old
and only Taos name of the stream.
(8) Eng. Red River, Colorado River. (<Span.). =Span. (4).
Cf. Tewa (1).
(4) Span. Rio Colorado, Rito Colorado ‘red river’ ‘red creek’.
=Eng. (3). Cf. Tewa (1).
No two maps examined agree in even the principal data concern-
ing Red River. Cuesta town[8:20], Cabresto Creek [8:21], and Red
River town [8:23]are differently located on each map. The data
given on sheet [8] concerning Red River, and Cuesta and Cabresto
Creeks are derived from information furnished by Hon. Melaquias
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 5
Martinez of Taos, New Mexico, who is familiar with the Red
River region. Certain proportions and directions may be incor-
rect as shown, but Mr. Martinez states that the main features are
correct.
[8:20] (1) Eng. La Cuesta town. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. La Cuesta ‘the slope’. =Eng. (1). Perhaps the name
refers to the red slope [8:22].
[8:21] (1) Eng. Cabresto Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Cafion Cabresto ‘rope canyon’. =Eng. (1).
[8:22] (1) Pik‘ondiwe, Pipoge impo iwepik'ondiwe ‘where the red is
dug’ ‘where the red is dug by red water creek’ (7 ‘redness’ ‘red
pigment’ ‘red’; k°oy 7 ‘to dig’; *éwe locative; Pipoge impo, see
[8:19]). Cf. Taos (2).
(2) Taos P'diqwiba, Tystit'a P' diqwiba ‘up at the red slope’ * up
at the red slope over at [8:19]? (p‘di- ‘red’, referring to the red
pigment; gw ‘slope’; bd ‘up at’ locative; Zysiiit-, see [8:19];
ta ‘down at’ ‘over at’ locative).
The red pigment which is found at this place is used by the
Taos, Picuris, Tewa, Queres, Jicarilla Apache, Ute, and other
tribes. Indians belonging to various tribes come here to dig it.
The pigment is called in Tewa fz ‘redness’ ‘red’, in Taos
p dijenema (derived from p'di ‘red’). The Indians use it to paint
their bodies, also moccasins and various other things. The deposit
is onaslope between [8:19] and [8:21], about 7 miles from the Rio
Grande. The soil of the whole locality has a reddish color, but
there is only one spot where it is found in purity and has a dark-
red color. A cavelike hole has been formed by Indians digging
at this spot. The presence of this deposit and the red color of the
soil of the slope have probably given rise to the names [8:19],
[8:23], and [8:20].
[8:23] Eng. Red River town. Cf. [8:19] and [8:22].
[8:24] (1) Z"awipiyp ‘dwell gap mountains’ (Z"aw77, see [8:45]; pin p
‘mountain’).
(2) Sandia ‘‘ Téwipien”.1
(3) Jemez Jwlaftuf ‘Taos Mountains’ (Ju ld, see [8:45]; /ruf
‘mountain’).
(4) Taos Mountains. (< Span.). =Span. (5).
(5) Span. Sierra de Taos ‘Taos Mountains’. =Eng. (2).
““Taos range”.? ‘‘Sierra de Taos.”? ‘‘ Mountains of Taos”.®
This is the general name for the mountains east of Taos.
[8:25] Eng. Wheeler’s Peak.
This is northeast of Pueblo Peak [8:40].
1A. 8S. Gatschet, Sandia vocabulary, Bur. Amer. Ethn., MS. No. 1563.
2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. U1, p. 34, 1892.
8 Tbid., p. 45.
176 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BrH. ANN, 29
[8:26] (1) Taos ‘‘*Laptlasita”.+
(2) Eng. Elizabethtown.
(8) Span. Morena.
“In 1866... prospectors from Colorado found placer gold
... at Elizabethtown in Colfax County, and in that district
operations on a larger or smaller scale have continued until the
present day”.?
[8:27] (1) Eng. Cebollas Creek. (< Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Rito Cebollas, Rito de las Cebollas ‘onion Creek’,
=Eng. (1).
[8:28] Rio Grande. See Rio Grande [Large Features: 3], p. 100.
[8:29] (1) Eng. San Cristébal Creek. (< Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Rito de San Cristébal ‘St.* Christopher Creek’,
=Eng. (1). Cf. [8:30].
[8:30] (1) Eng. San Cristébal settlement. (< Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. San Cristébal ‘St. Christopher’. =Eng. (1). Cf.
[8:29].
[8:31] Eng. John Dunn’s Bridge. Cf. [8:36].
[8:32] (1) Taos Tuhupaand, of obscure etymology (tvAu- unexplained;
pa ‘water’ ‘creek’; and noun postfix). Cf. [8:33] and [8:34].
Budd gives Taos ‘* Hii/alulila’ku ‘Arroyo Hondo’”.* The au-
thor’s Taos informant could not understand this form at all.
Perhaps it refers to Arroyo Hondo [8:65].
(2) Picuris ‘* Atsiindhiilépaltilma”.t This name presumably
indicates [8:32]. ;
(3) Eng. Arroyo Hondo Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (5).
(4) Eng. Los Montes Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (6).
(5) Span. Arroyo Hondo ‘deep gully’. =Eng. (3). ‘‘ Arroyo
Hondo”.*
(6) Arroyo de los Montes ‘forest gully’. =Eng. (4)... ‘‘ Los
Montes Creek”. Mr. Melaquias Martinez of Taos says that the
name Los Montes is never applied to this creek at the present
day, but that it is applied to the locality of an irrigation ditch
somewhere south of [8:32].
[8:33] (1) Eng. Arroyo Hondo Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Cation del Arroyo Hondo ‘deep gully canyon’.
= Eng. (1).
The canyon extends from a short distance east of Valdez settle-
ment [8:35] to the sources of Arroyo Hondo Creek.
1Budd, Taos vocabulary, MS. in possession of Bur. Amer. Ethn.
2Ore Deposits of New Mexico, p. 18, 1910.
3 Budd, op. cit,
4 Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910.
6 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 32, et passim, 1892.
6U. 8. Geographical Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, Parts of Southern Colorado and Northern
New Mexico, atlas sheet No, 69, 1873-1877.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES Uren
[8:34] (1) Taos Awdldt*d, of obscure etymology (kidd unexplained;
t‘aé ‘down at’ ‘over at’). ‘‘ Kivialata”.t
(2) Eng. Arroyo Hondo settlement. (<Span.), =Span. (4).
(8) Eng. Los Montes settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (5).
(4) Span. Arroyo Hondo ‘deep gully’, referring to [8:32].
= Eng. (2).
(5) Span. Los Montes ‘ the forests’, referring probably to [8:32].
=Eng. (8). ‘“‘Los Montes”.? Mr. Melaquias Martinez says
that the name Los Montes is never applied to this town at the
present day.
Arroyo Hondo settlement is about 3 miles above the junction
of [8:32] with the Rio Grande. The settlement lies on both sides
of the creek.
[8:35] (1) Eng. Valdez settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Valdéz (Span. family name). = Eng. (1).
Valdez town is situated just below the mouth of the canyon
[8:33]. Unlike Arroyo Hondo settlement, Valdez lies entirely on
the north side of the creek.
8:36] Eng. John Dunn’s sulphur spring. Cf. [8:31].
[8:37] (1) Deojepinr ‘coyote ears mountain’ (de ‘coyote’; ’oje ‘ear’;
pin ‘mountain’). =Taos (2). Cf. Eng. (3); Span. (4).
(2) Taos Zuqwatatuat'und ‘coyote ears mountain’ (¢uqwa- *coy-
ote’; tdtyd- ‘ear’; tw ‘pile’ ‘mountain’; md noun postfix).
=Tewa (1). Cf. Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(8) Eng. Orejas mountain. (<Span.). =Span (4). Cf. Tewa
(1), Taos (2).
(4) Span. Cerro Orejas ‘ears mountain’. =Eng. (3). Cf.
Tewa (1), Taos (2).
The mountain is said to resemble ears in some way.
[8:38] A bridge constructed in 1911 to facilitate the driving of sheep.
[8:39] (1) Eng. Cebolla spring. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Ojo de la Cebolla, Bajada de la Cebolla ‘onion spring’
‘onion slope’. = Eng. (1).
There is a spring of sulphurous water at this place.
[8:40] (1) Maquwolopiynp, Maqwalopiny, Maiqwalupiny, borrowed
from the Taos language (d/dqwolo-, ete. <Taos (2); pine
‘mountain’). By some Tewa this name is perhaps applied vaguely
to the whole Taos Range [8:24].
(2) Taos Maqwalund, of obscure etymology (dé unexplained;
qualu ‘high’, ef. qwalalamé ‘it is high’; nd noun postfix).
=Tewa(1). ‘One of them [referring to ruins of the Taos people }
to which I was told they gave the name of Mojua-lu-na, or Mo-
1 Budd, Taos vocabulary, MS. in Bur. Amer. Ethn.
2U.S. Geographical Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, Parts of Southern Colorado and Northern
New Mexico, atlas sheet No. 69, 1873-1877.
87584°—29 rrH—16——12
178 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN, 29
jual-ua, is said to exist in the mountains”.' Bandelier has here
recorded the Taos name of Pueblo Peak. From his information
the name appears to be applied also to a pueblo ruin probably
situated somewhere near the peak. A Taos informant says that
no such form as ** Mojual-ua” is in use in the Taos language.
(3) Eng. Pueblo Peak. (<Span.). =Span. (4).
(4) Cerro del Pueblo ‘mountain of the pueblo’, referring to
Taos pueblo. = Eng. (3).
This great peak rises immediately northeast of Taos Pueblo. It
is a mountain especially sacred to the Taos. The sacred lake
[8:50] is situated close to this mountain. The mountain and its
Taos name in corrupted form are well known to the Tewa.
[8:41] (1) Taos Pakupaand, of obscure etymology (pa ‘water’; ku un-
explained; pa ‘water’ ‘creek’; and noun postfix). Cf. [8:42]
(2) Picuris ‘* Hiilétiane ‘dry creek’.”? =Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(8) Eng. Arroyo Seco Creek, Seco Creek. (<Span.). =Picuris
(2), Span. (4).
(4) Span. Arroyo Seco ‘dry arroyo’. =Picuris (2), Eng. (3).
Cf. [8:42].
[8:42] (1) Taos Pukut'd, Pakubd, of obscure etymology (paku- as in
[8:41] < pa ‘water’, du unexplained; ¢'d ‘down at’ ‘over at’; ba
‘up at’). ‘* Pakuté.”*
(2) Eng. Seco town, Arroyo Seco town. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(8) Span. Arroyo Seco ‘dry arroyo’. =Eng. (2), named after
[8:41], on the banks of which it stands.
[8:43] (1) T'awipo, Tawi ympo ‘dwell pass water’ (T° aw7i, see [8:45];
inp locative and adjective-forming postfix; po ‘water’ ‘creek’).
This name is sometimes used vaguely to include [8:52] and [8:57].
(2) Taos *ldlap'dipaand ‘red willow water’, referring to [8:45]
(létap di-, see [8:45]; pa- ‘water’ ‘creek’; and noun postfix).
(3) Taos Tydtdpaand, Tiabapaand * water down at the pueblo’
‘water up at the pueblo’, referring to Taos Pueblo (7%dt'd-,
Tiiaba-, see [8:45]; pa * water’ ‘creek’; and noun postfix). = Eng.
(7), Span. (9).
(4) Taos Atpawai ‘our water’ (Ai . . . wat ‘our’; pa-
*water’).
(5) Jemez Jwlapd ‘water of’ (Jwld-, see [8:45], (13); pa
‘water’ ‘creek’).
(6) Cochiti T pct p fokotféna ‘north corner river’, referring to
the region of Taos (Tpétpfoko, see [8:45]; tféna ‘ river’).
(7) Eng. Pueblo Creek. (<Span.). =Taos (3), Span. (9).
(8) Eng. Taos Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (10). This name also
refers to Fernandez de Taos Creek [8:52].
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 32, 1892.
2 Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910. A
3 Budd, Taos vocabulary, MS. in Bur. Amer. Ethn.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES ill 719
(9) Span. Rio del Pueblo, Rito del Pueblo ‘ pueblo creek’, refer-
ring to Taos Pueblo [8:45]. =Taos (8), Eng. (7).
(10) Span. Rio de Taos, Rito de Taos ‘Taos Creek’. = Eng.
(8). This name is avoided by many Mexicans, since it is applied
also to Fernandez de Taos Creek [8:52]. ‘‘Petites riviéres de
Taos”.
In its upper course the creek passes through a beautiful canyon.
The lake [8:50], about which the Taos hold secret dances, flows into
this creek. The creek is spanned by quaint log bridges at Taos
Pueblo [8:45]. ‘‘I am informed by Mr. Miller that blocks or
‘chunks’ of obsidian, as large as a fist or larger, are found in the
Arroyo de Taos. This would be about 60 miles north of Santa
Fé”.2. The ‘‘Arroyo de Taos” here referred to is probably
Pueblo Creek.
[8:44] (1) Eng. Lucero Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Rito de los Luceros, referring to the settlement [8:47].
=Eng. (1). See [8:44].
[8:45] (1) Taw?’ onwi ‘dwell pass pueblo’ (ta ‘to dwell’ ‘to live ata
place’; w7’? ‘gap’ ‘pass’; ’oywi ‘pueblo’). To what pass or gap
this name refers or why the name was originally applied is not
known to the Tewa informants. The Tewa name for Picuris
Pueblo [8:88] also contains postpounded 2w2’2, although the Tewa
do not understand to what pass it refers. It is not impossible
that Tewa Z”awi- is a corruption of Taos 7yd-; see Taos (4)
“Ta-ui”’, ‘‘Téwih”.* Hodge*® suggests that the Span. name
Taos is derived from the Tewa form, but Span. Taos resembles
Taos Tyd- as closely as it resembles Tewa T’aw?’2. Span. Taos is
derived from Taos 7'%id-; see Taos (4) and Span. (22), below.
By the San Juan a single Taos person is called 7” a7’? or T’aw?",
while two or more are called 7’ awiny (7, “wy locative and
adjective-forming postfix). At San Ildefonso a single Taos person
is called Z*aw?’?? while two or more are called Z°awi tiny. The
San Juan form 7Z"awiyy ‘Taos people’ sounds like ‘dwell mice’
(t'a ‘to dwell’; wy ‘mouse’), and the informant took pleasure
in pronouncing the name so that the second syllable sounded just
like the word meaning ‘mouse’ or ‘rat’ (he rather looks down on
the Taos people).
(2) San Juan Pinso’ oni ‘great mountain pueblo’, referring to
[8:24] or [8:40] (pin ‘mountain’; so ‘great’; *oywt ‘ pueblo’).
Tewa (1) is, however, the name for Taos commonly used at San
1 Hewett, Communauteés, p. 24, 1908.
2Bandelier: A Visit to the Aboriginal Ruinsin the Valley of the Rio Pecos, in Paps. Arch. Inst.
Amer., Amer. ser. I, 2d ed., p. 129, note, 1883.
3 Bandelier, in Revue d’Ethnographie, p. 203, 1886.
4 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1899 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, pp. 688, 691, 1910).
5 Tbid., p. 688.
180 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
Juan. ‘Taos person’ is rendered by Pinsowi’i, Taos people by
Pinsowin p (v', °inp, wi, winp locative and adjective: forming
postfix). The form Pinsow?‘yp sounds like ‘great mountain
mice’ while Z7"awiyy (see above, Tewa (1)), sounds like ‘dwell
mice’ or even ‘day mice’ (fa ‘day’).
(3) Taos Liilap'aitt'a, Tilap aiba ‘down at or at the red wil-
lows’ ‘up at the red willows’ (idta ‘willow’ <’id- ‘willow’ cog-
nate with Tewa jay ‘willow’, la ‘wood’ probably cognate with
Tewa soyyp ‘firewood’; p'dt ‘red’; ta. ‘down at’ ‘over at’; ba
‘up at’). The name seems to refer to ordinary willows, nice
are reddish, rather than to a peculiar species of willow. Accord-
ing to a Taos informant this is the real name of Taos Pueblo.
“Red Willow Indians”’.t ‘*,-Ta-i-na-ma, or willow people”?—per-
haps for ’/itdindmd ‘willow people’? (id- ‘willow’; taindmd
‘people’), a form about which no opportunity has been afforded
to question a Taos Indian, ‘‘Ya‘hlahaimub’Ahtitilba ‘red willow
place’. No opportunity has offered to ask a Taos Indian about
this form either. The first three yi llables are evidently
filap'ai-; the syllable 2’@ is probably pa ‘water’; the last sylla-
ble ba is probably ba ‘up at’.
(4) Taos Tidt'a, Tuaba ‘down at or at the village’ ‘up at the
village’ (¢tid- ‘house? ‘houses’ ‘village’ ‘pueblo’ f cognate with
Dawe. te ‘dwelling- place’; ¢'a ‘down at? ‘at’; dé Sup at’). It is
probably from the form 7%é that Span. Taos is derived. See
Tewa (1), above, and Span. (22), below. ‘‘ Taos, or Te-uat-ha”.!
**'Taos, Te-uat-ha”.? ‘*Tegat-hi”.® Bandelier has here ‘‘ega”
for ud. ‘*Tta-ta”.? ‘*Tai-ga-tah”.’ This spelling has “ai-ga”
for ud. The orthography is perhaps French and a7 stands per-
haps for the sound of e, which % resembles; the g is for w, as in
Bandelier’s form, above.
(5) Taos Avétidwat ‘our pueblo’ (hi. . . wad Sour’; tid as in
Taos (4), above).
(6) Taos Taindma ‘the people’, referring especially to the Taos
people. This form is also postpounded to the Taos names for
Taos Pueblo given above in order to render ‘Taos people’.
Thus, for instance, ’/ilap'ditaindmd, lilap‘ait'atdindmd,
Titap aibatainama. ‘*Tafinamu”.®
1 Arny in Indian A ffairs Report for 1871, p. 382, 1872.
2 Miller, Pueblo of Taos, p. 34, 1898.
8 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1899 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 691, 1910).
4 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. I, p. 123, 1890.
6 Ibid., p. 260, note.
6 Bandelier, Gilded Man, p. 233, 1893.
7 Jouvenceau in Catholic Pioneer, 1, No. 9, p. 12, 1906.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 181
(7) ‘**Indian name’ Takhe”.! ‘‘Taos (in der eigenen Sprache
Takhe genannt)’ “Taxé”.? It may be that the forms used by
Gatschet and Fes are based on Loew’s form. Loew’s orthog-
raphy and informacion are often incorrect. For Taos tija-?
(8) Taos ‘‘Wee-ka-nahs”.* According to the authority®
from which many of the synonyms of Taos herein eited are taken,
this name is given by Joseph as the Taos Indians’ own tribal name
for themselves. Misprint and error? See [8:88], (2), (4).
(9) Picuris **Tuopa”.® This spelling is probably for a form
identical with 7iyjabd,; see Taos (4), above. ‘«Taopa ‘the northern
one’.”? This spelling is probably also for a form identical with
Tiida; see Taos (4), above.
(10) Picuris ‘‘Kwapihalki ‘Taos Pueblo.’ It means ‘chief
houses or village’. M@dwi is the present word for chief.
Kwapihal was an old word for chief”.’
(11) Sandia ‘‘ Towirnin”.®
(12) Isleta ‘*Tuwirat”’.®
(13) Jemez Jwldtd of obscure etymology (w/a *Taos Indian’;
ta loecative). There is reason to believe that locative post-tixes
other than ¢é may also be used, but no record of such forms
appears in the writer’s Jemez notes. /Jw’/d@ means ‘Taos Indian,’
‘Taos person’. For ‘Taos Indians’ ‘Taos people’ either the
plural Jw’laf or the compound Jwidisd’af (tsd’af ‘ people’) is
used. ‘*Yulita”.* This form is given as the Jemez and Pecos
name of the pueblo.
(14) Pecos ‘*Yuldta”.© As Hodge suggests, Span. (25), below,
may come from this form. There is a Jemez locative ending 00.
Perhaps the forms Span. (25) come from a hypothetical Pecos
Jwlabi.
(15) Cochiti T pét_pfokotsee ‘north corner place’ (t.rctp ‘north’;
Soko ‘corner’; tsz locative). Tpetpf dko ‘north corner’ refers
to the whole northern corner of the Pueblo Indian country,
to the whole Taos region. The Span. name Taos (see Span. (22) )
is probably also used in the Cochiti language.
(16) Sia ‘‘Tausame ‘Taos people’”. This is probably from
Span. Taos + mx ‘people’.
(17) Laguna ‘‘Ta-uth”.®
1 Loew in Wheeler Survey Report, Vu, p. 345, 1879.
2 Gatschet, ZwOlf Sprachen, p. 41, 1876.
8 Powell in Amer. Naturalist, xv, p. 605, Aug., 1880.
4 Josephin First Report Bur. Amer. Ethn., p. 10%, 1881.
5 TTandbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 691, 1919.
6 Hodge, ibid.
7 Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910.
8 Spinden, Sia notes, MS., 1910.
9 Gatschet, Laguna MS. vocabulary, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1879,
182
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS
[ ETH. ANN, 29 -
(18) Zuni ‘* Topoliané-kuin ‘ place of CORE jogs trees’”.!
(19) Jicarilla Apache ‘‘Ké6ho‘hIte”.?
(20) Jicarilla Apache ‘
name seems
Span. (23):
(21) Navaho **To Wolh ‘water gurgles’”.°
‘the Taos’”.?
gurgles’”.6 ** Tqowhiil,
swift water (7), Taos’ ”.§
(22) Eng. Taos.
dacosiye ‘ at Taos’ ”.4
tive ending; the d is equivalent to the ¢ used in this memoir.
to be merely the Jicarilla Apache pronunciation of
(<Span.).
‘* Kigdtsaye ‘Taos’ ”.
The Zye is a loca-
The
“Ta Wolh ‘water
‘“Tqéwhit ‘running or
=Span. (22).
(23) Span. Taos, probably from 7%d-, the Taos name oF the vil-
lage; see Tewa (1), Taos (+), and Taos (5), above.
sounded in New Mexican Span.
The -s is gently
Such forms as Pecos and Tanos
are often used by Mexicans as singulars, paneer these words, and
probably also Taos, are properly plural forms.
Mio wel’2.2° © <*Tahos??22
OsVaew ~ “LAOS pyr
<*'aosis””. 12
**S. Geronimo de los Thaos”.
los Thaos”’.?8
“St Jerome”’.26
ronimo de Toas”.”®
““Taoses?.* sc9Mouser2s2°
‘*San Geronimo de Taos”.*?
quotes ‘*‘ Taos”
‘*San Geronimo de los Taos”.
sath a@sines
‘*San Gerénimo de los Tahos”’.”
i
“S. Jérome de los Taos”.
‘San Gerénimo Thaos
oe Yaos 99 30
eS'Moag72.36
SS AOS ee
as the name of a Nicaraguan tribe.
2 eh aeesant
is Ne
*"Taoros”.*® ‘**S. Hieronymo”.”
‘*S* Hieronimo”.”°
**San Geronymo de
‘St Jeronimo”.
**Tous”’.28 ‘°S. Je-
‘*Taosas”’. 32 «66 Tao”.33
*“Taosites?2.3) &"Macose7332
‘*Taosans”.*! Gatschet?”
Taos:
9 12
**Tuas 9? 22
9) 27
-“hons ees
1Cushing, 1884, quoted in Handbook Inds., pt.
2, p. 691, 1910.
2 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn.,
ibid.
3 Goddard, Jicarilla Apache Texts, p. 14, 1912.
4Tbid., p.121.
5 Curtis, American Indian, I, p. 138, 1907.
6 Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 691, 1910 (misquot-
ing Curtis).
7 Franciscan Fathers, Ethnologie Dictionary of
the Navaho Language, p. 128, 1910.
8Ibid., p. 136.
9 Onate (1598) in Doc. Inéd., XVI, pp. 109, 306, 1871.
10 Ofhate (1598), ibid., p. 257.
n Zarate-Salmer6n (ca, 1629) quoted by Ban-
croft, Native Races, I, p. 600, 1882.
12 Benavides, Memorial, p. 37, 1630.
13 Linschoten, Deser. de l’ Amérique, map 1, 1638.
14 Sanson, l’Amérique, map, p. 27, 1657.
15 Freytas, Pefialosa Rel. (1662), pp. 42,74, 1882.
16Blaeu, Atlas, XU, p. 71, 1667.
WTbid., p. 61.
sTbid., p. 62.
1Vetancurt (1696) in Teatro Mex., li
1871.
2 De l’'Isle,
1895,
I, p. 318,
Carte Mex. et Floride, 1703.
21 Rivera, Diario, leg. 950, 1736.
2 Mota-Padilla, Hist. Nueva Galicia, p. 515, 1742.
% Villa-Sefior, Theatro Americano, I, p. 410,
1748.
*% Vaugondy, map Amérique, 1778.
> Bowles, map Am., 1784.
26 Kitchin, map N. A., 1787.
7 Aleedo, Dic. Geog., Vv, p. 115, 1789.
23 Arrowsmith, map N. A., 1795, ed. 1814.
2 Walch, Charte America, 1805.
3 Pike, Expedition, map, 1810.
3\Tbid., opp. to pt. UI, pp. 7,9.
32 Gregg, Commerce Prairies, I, p.
33 Disturnell, map Méjico, 1846.
4 Ruxton, Adventures, p. 199, 1848.
35 Garrard, Wahtoya, p. 131, 1850.
36 Gallatin in Nowv. Ann. Voy., 5th series, XXVII,
. 304, 1851.
37 Davis, EL-Gringo, p. 311, 1857.
38 Buschmann, New Mexico, p. 230, 1858.
*9 Ward in Indian Affairs Report for 1867, p. 213,
1868.
40 Hinton, Handbook to Arizona, map, 1878.
il Poore in Donaldson, Moqui Pueblo Indians,
p. 101, 1893.
“ ZwoOlf Sprachen, p. 45, 1876.
124, 1844.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 183
(24) Span. ‘‘ Braba”.! ‘*Brada”.? As Hodge suggests,? Cas-
tafieda’s ‘‘ Braba” may be a miscopying of ‘‘Tuata”, but it seems
to the writer that it is probably a miscopying of Tuaba or some
such spelling of the Taos name 7%id)d (see Taos (4), above).
(25) Span. ‘‘ Valladolid”.* Taos was probably called thus by
the Spaniards on account of its fancied resemblance to, or in mein-
ory of, the Spanish city of this name.
(26) Span. **Yuraba”.® ‘‘Uraba”.® As Hodge suggests,’ these
forms are perhaps in place of the Pecos form equivalent to
Jwlaté, or rather of Jwlabé, which is thought to be another
Jemez form.
(27) Span. ‘t Tayberon”,’ as a name for the province of ‘* Teos”
Taos.
(28) Span. ‘‘Tejas”.§ It is not certain that Gareés refers to
the Taos when he uses this word.
(29) Span. ‘*Tejos”.° This is identified with Taos.*°
Bandelier describes Taos as follows: ‘‘ Taos has two tall houses
facing each other, one on each side of the little stream, and com-
municating across it hy means of wooden foot-bridges.”"" Cf. the
names [8:24], [8:43], [8:51], [8:52], [8:53], [8:54], [8:57], [8:58].
[8:46] Pueblo ruin about a hundred yards northeast of Taos.
Dr. H. J. Spinden has described this ruin as follows: ‘There
isan old pueblo site about a hundred yards from Taos pueblo,
on the north side of the creek, up the creek from Taos. This
is said to be a part of Taos which burned down about four hun-
dred years ago. Remains of pottery of several kinds, metates,
mortars, etc., may be picked up at the ruin”. The following de-
scription evidently refers to the same ruin: ‘“‘Au nord du village
de Taos, & quelques métres de la mazson du nord du village actuel,
on voit les ruines du pueblo oceupé en dernier lieu par les Indiens
Taos, avant ’établissement des deux grandes constructions en ter-
rasses qwils habitent aujourd’hui. Ces ruines ne sont plus que
des amas adobe désagrégé en miettes. On ne sait pas quand le
village de Taos a été rebati sur le plan actuel, mais il est probable
que ce fut dans la période historique. Cette question sera stire-
ment élucidée par les investigations ultérieures”.'”
1Castaneda, 1596, in Fourteenth Rep. Bur. Amer. Eihn., pt. 1, pp. 511, 525, 1896,
2Curtis, Children of the Sun, p. 121, 1883 (misquoting Castafieda).
3 Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 688, 1910.
4Castanieda, op. cit., p. 511.
5 Relacién del Suceso (ca. 1542), ibid., p. 575.
6 Jaramillo (ca. 1542), ibid., p. 587.
7 Ofiate (1598) in Doe. Inéd., Xv1, p. 257, 1871, given in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 691, 1910.
§Garcés (1775-76) diary, p. 491, 1900.
Squier in Amer. Review, p. 522, Noy., 1848.
10 Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 691, footnote, 1910.
11 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. I, p. 266, 1890.
12 Hewett, Communautés, p. 29, 1908.
184 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [evH. ayy. 29
[8:47] (1) Taos ** Pitawenuma’ya‘lita ‘Placita de los Luceros’”.!
(2) Taos ‘*Ya‘lihainémté ‘Placita de los Luceros’, second
name”!
(3) Luceros settlement. (< Span.). =Span.( 4).
(4) Span. Luceros, Plazita de los Luceros, from the family
name Lucero. = Eng. (38).
This Mexican settlement is a mile and a quarter southwest of
Taos Pueblo, and just south of Prado settlement [8:48].
[8:48] (1) Eng. Prado settlement. (< Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Prado ‘meadow’. =Eng. (1).
This Mexican settlement is just north of Luceros [8:47].
[8:49] North branch of Pueblo Creek or Pueblo Canyon [8:43].
[8:50] The sacred lake of the Taos Indians. |
This was located for the writer by Mr. Melaquias Martinez, of
Taos. Once when passing near this lake Mr. Martinez came
suddenly upon a body of Indians, who leveled their rifles at him.
He hastened from the spot as fast as he could go, not daring to
look back. Mr. Martinez did not see Indians dancing. Two
Mexican informants say that they have friends who have seen
Indian men and women dancing naked about this lake. An
American friend informed the writer that an old man (an Ameri-
can) recently came upon the Indians when they were dancing at
this lake, and that they had on their ordinary dancing costumes.
Mr. Martinez says that he knows the location of the lake very
well, and that it drains into Pueblo Creek [8:43].
[8:51] (1) Eng. Taos Peak. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Cerro de Taos ‘mountain of Taos’, =Eng. (1).
“The Truchas [22:13] are slightly higher than Taos Peak.
The latter is 13,145 feet, the former 13,150,2—both according to
Wheeler. The altitude of the Jicarita [22:9] has not, to my
knowledge, been determined; but the impression of those who
have ascended to its top is that it exceeds the Truchas in height.”*
It would appear that either Taos Peak, Truchas Peak, or Jicarita
Peak is the highest mountain of the Santa Fe-Taos Range.
[8:52] (1) Taos ‘‘Paxwentapwhwik’qu® ‘Fernandez Creek’”.! ‘‘ Pa-
xwenti-” is evidently the same as ‘* Paxwindéwia-” in Picuris (2)
and Paqwitinuw- in [8:54].
(2) Picuris ‘* Paxwinéwiapaxhiine (pahtia ‘canyon’; paxwinéwia
‘spring’), Fernandez de Taos Creek’”.* ‘* Paxwinéwia-” is evi-
dently the same as ‘‘ Paxwenitd-” in Taos (1) and * Paqwiinuwa-”
in [8:54].
1 Budd, Taos vocabulary, MS., Bur. Amer. Ethn.
2The United States Geological Survey has determined the height of Truchas Peak to be
13,275 feet.
3 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 34, note, 1892.
4Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 185
(8) Eng. Fernandez Creek, Fernandez de Taos Creek, Taos
Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (4).
(4) Span. Rito Fernandez, Rito Fernandez de Taos, Rito de
Taos, etc. See [8:54].
[8:53] (1) Eng. Fernandez Canyon, Fernandez de Taos Canyon, Taos
Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Cafion Fernandez, Cation Fernandez de Taos, Caton
de Taos, ete. See [8:54].
Perhaps Picuris (2) of [8:52] is the Picuris name for the canyon
instead of for the creek.
[8:54] (1) Taos “ Paqwiiinuwaaga” ‘down at night pool’, referring to
the pool of a spring situated somewhere near Taos settlement
(paqwid- ‘lake’ ‘pool’; nuwa ‘night’; aga ‘down at’).
The pool to which the name refers is said to have green grass
about it all winter. This name is evidently applied also to Fernan-
dez Creek [8:52] and Fernandez Canyon [8:53]. See ‘*Paxwenti-”
and ‘‘ Paxwinéwia-” under [8:52].
(2) Eng. Fernandez de Taos, Fernandez Taos. (<Span.).
=Span. (3). The name Taos is the official and commonly used
form.
(8) Span. Fernandez de Taos, Fernandez Taos. Information
bearing on the history of this name is lacking.
This is the town of Taos, county seat of Taos County.
*“The modern town of Fernandez de Taos, which lies about 3
miles west of the pueblo”.' According to the maps ‘ west” in
the quotation above should be corrected to ‘‘southwest.” ‘*The
Ranchos de Taos [8:58] lie 4 miles from Fernandez de Taos, the
modern town”. ?
[8:55] (1) Eng. Taos Pass. =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Paso de Taos. =Eng. (1).
[8:56] (1) Z“anupo, T’anugeimpo ‘dwell below water’ ‘dwell below
place water’, referring to the Tano and especially to Galisteo
[29:40] (Z"anu, T’anuge, see [29:40]; po ‘water’ ‘creek’ ‘river’).
(2) T/unge impo ‘river of [29:33]’ (Tf unge, see [29:33]; ’uyp
locative and adjective-forming postfix; po ‘water’ ‘creek’
‘river’).
[8:57] (1) Eng. Rio Grande of Taos Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Rio Grande de Taos ‘great river of Taos’ ‘big creek
of Taos’. =Eng. (1).
One would expect that this creek would also be called after
[8:58].
[8:58] (1) gantf/u. (<Span.). =Span. (5).
(2) Taos ‘*T’a’lamuna. ‘los Ranchos de Taos’”.* = Picuris (3).
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 32, 1892.
2Tbid., p. 33, note.
8 Budd, Taos vocabulary, MS., Bur. Amer. Ethn.
186 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [prH. ayn. 29
(8) Picuris **Talamona, ‘name of the pueblo ruin at Ranchos
de Taos’”’.! Evidently the same as Taos (2), above.
(4) Eng. Ranchos de Taos, Ranchos of Taos, Ranches de Taos,
Ranches of Taos, Ranchos, Ranches, Francisco Ranchos, Francisco
Ranches. (<Span.). =Span. (5).
(5) Ranchos de Taos, Ranchos, Ranchos de Francisco, Francisco
Ranchos. ‘‘ Ranchos de Taos”’.?
“*The Ranchos de Taos lie 4 miles from Fernandez de Taos, the
modern town”.* ‘*There are said to be considerable ruins near
the Ranchos de Taos, and also extensive vestiges of garden
plots”.* See [8:59].
[8:59] Picuris ‘‘Talamoni ‘name of the pueblo ruin at Ranchos de
Taos’”.! Budd records what is evidently the same word as the
Taos name for Ranchos de Taos [8:53].
Mr. Melaquias Martinez informs the writer that the pueblo
ruin is at the site of the modern Mexican town [8:58]. Dr.
Spinden states as follows: ‘‘ There are remains of an old pueblo
near Ranchos de Taos. This pueblo ruin is apparently quite
modern—walls are still standing. I was informed at Picuris
that this pueblo ruin had its former population depleted by dis-
ease. Some of the remnant went to Taos and some to Picuris.
The people have mixed with those of other pueblos, but there are
none at present at Picuris.”
[8:60] (1) Eng. Miranda Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Arroyo Miranda, Arroyo de Miranda ‘ Miranda
arroyo’. Miranda is an important family name in New Mexican
history.
This is a small arroyo on which the sulphur spring [8:61] is
situated,
[8:61] (1) Eng. Sulphur Spring. =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Ojo de Azufre, ‘sulphur spring’. =Eng. (1).
This is a sulphur spring on the arroyo [8:60].
[8:62] (1) Eng. Frijoles Creek. (< Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Rito de los Frijoles, Rito Frijoles ‘bean creek’.
= Eng. (1). uy
[8:63] (1) Kup‘endiwe ‘at the black stone’ (ku ‘stone’; p'ey/ ‘black’;
‘iwe locative).
The informants were one San Juan and one San Ildefonso
Indian. Each of these said that there must be a black stone
somewhere near the settlement, but did not know where the stone
is situated.
(2) Eng. Cordova. (< Span.). =Span. (3).
(3) Span. Cordova, name of a city in Spain. =Eng. (2).
1Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910. 3Tbid., p. 33, note.
2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 33, 34, 1892. 4 Ibid., pp. 32-33.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 187
[8:64] (1) Poseimpohwu, Powe impotsi i ‘fishweir water-canyon’ (pove
‘fishweir’; iy locative and adjective-forming postfix; pohwu
‘arroyo or canyon with water in it’ < po ‘water’, Awu ‘large
groove’ ‘arroyo’; pots:’7 ‘canyon with water in it’ < po ‘water’,
is’i ‘canyon’). This name was given because the Tewa used to
construct fishweirs in this canyon. Cf. Love’ waqwabe’iwe [8:67]
and Powe iwe [8:73].
The Cochiti used to make fishweirs in the canyon of the Rio
Grande above the Keres country; see [28: White Rock Canyon].
2) Posogeimpohwu, Posogeimpots?i ‘water canyon of the
great river’, referring to the Rio Grande (Posoge, see [Large
Features: 3]; “iy locative and adjective-forming postfix;
pohwu ‘arroyo or canyon with water in it’? < po ‘water’,
Awu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’; pots’ ‘canyon with water in it’
< po ‘water’, és7’2 ‘canyon’). This name could be applied to any
canyon through which the Rio Grande passes.
(8) Dembuavimpohwu, Dembustwwim pohwu, Dembutw im pots’,
Dembutiwimpots?’i ‘Embudo water canyon’ (Dembuit <Span.
Embudo, see Span. (6), below; 70", wi’? locative and adjective-
forming postfix; pohww ‘arroyo or canyon with water in it’ < po
‘water’, hw ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’; pots?’i ‘canyon with water
in it’ < po ‘water’, tse’? ‘canyon’). =Eng. (5), Span. (6).
(4) Picuris ‘‘ Pasxlapakwlix ‘the whole Rio Grande or Embudo
Canyon’ (pasxlapaa ‘canyon’)”.!
(5) Eng. Embudo Canyon. (<Span.). =Tewa (3), Span. (6).
(6) Span. Cation Embudo, Cafion del Embudo, Embudo ‘ funnel
canyon’ ‘funnel’. =Tewa (3), Eng. (5).
This gorge extends from the mouth of [8:43] to the mouth of
[8:79], or according to other informants, to the mouth of [9:3].
‘““The banks of the Rio Grande, from the San Luis valley [Un-
mapped] to the [lower] end of the gorge of the Embudo, appear
... not to have been settled in ancient times”.?
[8:65] (1) HKobuts’7 ‘barranca corner canyon’ (%o ‘barranca’; bw’v
‘large low roundish place’; fs2’/ ‘canyon’). The situation of the
large low roundish place from which the arroyo takes its name
was not made clear to the writer.
(2) Taos Patsijuhial und ‘water locust creek’ (pa- ‘ water’; tszju-
‘cicada’, equivalent to Tewa fu, Span. chicharra; /idlu- ‘arroyo’,
the first syllable of which seems to be cognate with Tewa hwu
‘arroyo’; 2@ noun postfix). Budd’s vocabulary has a form
“* Hit/'aluli‘la’ku ‘arroyo Hondo’”.’ This form the Taos in-
formant was unable to understand. It may refer to Arroyo
Hondo [8:32].
1Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910.
2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. I, p. 13, 1892.
Budd, Taos vocabulary, MS., Bur. Amer. Ethn.
185 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
(3) Eng. Arroyo Hondo, Arroyo Hondo Arroyo, Hondo Arroyo.
(<Span.). =Span. (4).
(+4) Span. Arroyo Hondo ‘deep arroyo or gulch’. =Eng. (3).
This is the first deep gulch entering the Rio Grande from the
east above Cieneguilla [8:67]. According to Mr. Melaquias
Martinez, of Taos, a Mr. London Craig owns a fine piece of land
at the head of this arroyo, which he irrigates by means of
springs situated where the arroyo begins [8:66]. Arroyo Hondo
played an important part during the Taos rebellion of 1847.
Cf. Arroyo Hondo [8:32].
[8:66] Hobuts/popi ‘spring of barranca corner canyon’ (Aobutsi’i, see
[8:65]; popi ‘spring’ < po ‘water’, p7 ‘to issue’).
This is the spring (or springs) on Mr. Craig’s place, referred to
under [8:65].
[8:67] (1) San Juan Pole waqwabiwe ‘fishweir slope descending
place’ (pove ‘tishweir’; ’w@a ‘steep slope’; gwabé ‘Sto descend’;
*iwe ‘locative’). The name would indicate that a fishweir or
fishweirs were formerly built at this place. Cf. the names of
Embudo Canyon, Poe’ impohwu [8:64], and Embudo Station,
Pose iwe [8:73].
(2) Eng. Cieneguilla. (<Span.). =Span. (38).
(8) Span. Cieneguilla ‘little marsh’. =Eng. (2).
This Mexican settlement lies on both sides of the little arroyo
[8:68]. There is some marshy ground there; hence the Span.
name. The name Cieneguilla appears never to be translated into
Tewa. The San Ildefonsos seem to know the place only by its
Span. name. Cf. [8:68] and [8:69].
[8:68] (1) San Juan Pose vaqwab]iwehu, Powe waqwabé iwe in phic
‘fishweir slope descending place arroyo’ (Loew aqwab’iwe, see
[8:67]; °2°? locative and adjective-forming postfix; Aww ‘large
groove’ ‘arroyo’).
(2) Eng. Cieneguilla Arroyo. (<Span.). =Span. (8).
(3) Span. Arroyo de la Cieneguilla ‘arroyo of [8:67].
= Hing: (2):
[8:69] San Juan. Pote'waqwatckwajée ‘tishweir slope descending
place height’ (Povewaqwabe-, see [8:67]; kwajé ‘height’). This
name refers to the mesa each side of Cieneguilla Creek; for
some reason the name seems to be considerably used. Cf. [8:67].
[8:70] (1) Eng. Barranca station. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Barranca ‘cleft’ ‘barranca’. =Eng. (1).
[8:71] A bridge across the Rio Grande. This bridge, about 4 miles
below Cieneguilla [8:67], is sometimes called Barranca bridge
because it is near Barranca [8:70].
HARRINGTON J PLACE-NAMES 189
[8:72] (1) Eng. Comanche station. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Comanche, ‘Comanche’. = Eng. (1).
[8:73] (1) San Juan Pose iwe ‘at the fishweir’ (poe ‘fishweir’; *Zie
locative). The name implies that there was formerly a fishweir
or that there were fishweirs built in the river at this place. Cf.
[8:64] and [8:67].
(2) Eng. Embudo station. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(8) Span. Embudo ‘funnel’. = Eng. (2). The name is perhaps
a recent one and is taken from the canyon [8:64].
Cf. Dixon, Old Embudo, Embudo [8:78].
[8:74] Black Mesa near San Juan, see [13:1].
[8:75] (1) San Juan Posaj?iwe ‘where the water bubbles or boils’
(po ‘water’; sajé ‘ to boil’ ‘to bubble’; *¢we locative). This name
refers to the water bubbling over the rocks at the mouth of
Embudo Canyon [8:64].
(2) Pougimpohup owisi * projecting points at the mouth of
[8:64]? (Pose impohwu, see [8:64]; p'owise ‘ projecting point at
mouth’ <p’o ‘hole’ ‘ mouth of canyon,’ w247 * projecting corner or
point’).
(3) Posoge@impohup'owiti ‘projecting point at mouth of
[8:64]? (Posoge “impohwu, see [8:64]; p'owiud ‘projecting point
at mouth’ < p’o ‘hole’ ‘mouth of canyon’, wi/7 ‘projecting corner
or point’).
(4) Dembueimpohup' owisi ‘projecting points at the mouth
of [8:64]? (Demburwimpohwu, see [8:64]; powiee ‘projecting
point at mouth’ <p’o ‘hole’ ‘mouth of canyon’, wiz? * projecting
point or corner’).
(5) Eng. Embudo Canyon mouth. (<Span.). =Span. (6).
(6) Span. Boca del Caton del Embudo ‘mouth of funnel can-
yon’. =Eng. (5).
[8:76] San Juan Aubewekwaje ‘roundish rock height’ (ku ‘stone’
‘rock’; bewé ‘smallness and roundishness’ ‘small and roundish’;
kwajé ‘height’). The mesa probably gets this name from its
roundish appearance.
This high mesa separates [8:79] from [9:3]. Its southernmost
part rises just north of La Joya corner [9:5]. Aubewehwaje is
about the same height as Canoe Mesa [8:74]. It may be the
“Table Mountain” of some Americans.
[8:77] (1) Picuris ‘*Padtsond ‘the mouth of Embudo Creek’”.1
(2) Eng. Rinconada. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(3) Span. Rinconada ‘corner’. = Eng. (2). A Tewa translation
of Rinconada would be ?Akombwu Cakoy yp ‘plain’; bwu ‘large
low roundish corner’), but the Tewa use the Span. name only.
The low land about the mouth of Embudo Creek [8:79] is called
Rinconada.
1Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910.
190 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [2rs. ann. 29
[8:78] (1) Eng. Dixon settlement. This is at present the oflicial
name,
(2) Old Embudo, Embudo. (<Span.). =Span. (4).
(3) Span. Dixon. (<Eng.). =Eng. (1).
(4) Span. Embudo Viejo, Embudo ‘old funnel’ ‘funnel’.
=Eng. (2). This name refers to Embudo Canyon [8:64].
Before the Denver and Rio Grande Railroad was built, this was
the only settlement called by the name of Embudo. The naming
of the station [8:73] Embudo caused confusion and led to the
final adoption of Dixon as the name of the old Embudo settlement.
‘*Embudo is a small Mexican town five miles from the railroad
station of the same name”’.!
[8:79] (1) San Juan. Zen pepo, Ten pe’impo ‘Rydberg’s cottonwood
water or narrow-leaved cottonwood water’ (Zen re Tewa name of
both Rydberg’s cottonwood (Populus acuminata) and the narrow-
leaved cottonwood (Populus angustifolia); 2’? locative and
adjective-forming posttix; po ‘water’ ‘creek’ ‘river’).
(2) Dembustpo, DembuseWimpo *‘Embudo water’? (Dembusi
<Span. Embudo, cf. [8:64]; °’”’ locative and adjective-forming
postfix; po ‘water’ ‘creek’ ‘river’).
(8) Eng. Embudo Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (4).
(4) Span. Rio Embudo, Rito Embudo ‘funnel river’ ‘funnel
creek’, referring to [8:78] and [8:64]. ‘* Rio del Embudo.”!
Embudo Creek is formed by the joining of Pueblo Creek [8:86]
and Pefiasco Creek [8:85]. ‘One of these brooks is the Rio del
Pueblo; the other the Rio del Penasco, and they unite at a dis-
tance of a mile below the pueblo of Picuries to form the Rio del
Embudo, and thus become tributary to the Rio Grande.” ?
[8:80] (1) Eng. Trampas Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (2)
(2) Rio de las Trampas ‘trap river’. =Eng. (1). For the
name cf. Trampas settlement [22:4], (2). No Tewa name for this
creek has been found.
[8:81] (1) Eng. Ojo Zarco springs and settlement. (<Span.).
= Span. (2).
(2) Span. Ojo Zarco ‘light blue spring’. =Eng. (1).
**At Ojo Sarco on the Rio Grande, north of Santa Barbara
[8:99], Taos County, is a fine group of mineral springs.” ”
[8:82] (1) Eng. Ojo Zarco Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Rito del Ojo Zarco ‘creek of the light-blue spring’,
referring to [8:81]. =Eng. (1).
[8:83] (1) Eng. Chamizal settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Chamizal, adjective form of Chamizo, an unidentitied
shrub common in the Tewa country. =Eng. (1).
Cf. [8:84].
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. U, p. 35, note, 1892. 2 Land of Sunshine, p. 178, 1906.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 191
[8:84] (1) Eng. Chamizal Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Rito Chamizal.
Cf. Chamizal settlement [8:83].
[8:85] (1) Picuris ‘* Tuikwepapama ‘river on the other side’, name of
the Pefiasco River”.*
(2) Eng. Pefiasco Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (4).
(8) Eng. Lucia Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (5).
(4) Span. Rio del Petiasco, Rito del Pefasco ‘rock river or
creek’ ‘rocky cliff river or creek’. =Eng. (2). ‘‘Rio del
Penasco”’.? Pefiasco valley ”.?
(5) Span. Rio Lucia, Rito Lucia * Lucy River or Creek’, =Ene.
(3). Why this name is applied was not ascertained.
‘*From these two mountains [ [9:4], [9:13], [22:9], [22:15] ] de
scend two streamlets, which run almost directly to the west,
parallel with each other, for many miles, divided by wooded
ridges of small width. One of these brooks is the Rio del Pueblo
[8:86]; the other the Rio del Penasco [8:85], and they unite at a
distance of a mile below the pueblo of Picuries to form the Rio del
Embudo [8:79], and thus become tributary to the Rio Grande”.?
The present writer has not been able to learn any Tewa name for
Penasco Creek.
Cf. Penasco settlement [8:98].
[8:86] (1) Picuris “‘ Tetpopapama ‘Pueblo canyon and Pueblo river
near Picuris pueblo’.”!
(2) Picuris ‘‘ Telpupaipama ‘whole Pueblo river above Picuris’
(telpapa ‘above’; pama ‘river’)”.1
(8) Picuris ‘* Ténopahtikuil ‘Pueblo river below the canyon’ ”.!
(4) Eng. PuebloCreek, Pueblo River. (<Span.). =Span. (6).
(5) Eng. Picuris Creek, Picuris River. =Span. (7).
(6) Span. Rio del Pueblo, Rito del Pueblo, ‘pueblo river’, refer-
ring to Picuris Pueblo [8:88]. =Eng. (4). ‘Rio del Pueblo”.*
(7) Span. Rio de Picuris, Rito de Picuris. = Eng. (5).
Budd@’s Taos ‘‘ Pa’tiilshenaya ‘Pueblo Canyon’”* presumably
refers to Pueblo Canyon [8:43] above Taos Pueblo.
It is understood that the canyon extends from the vicinity of
Picuris Pueblo upward to the mountains. A short distance above
Picuris Pueblo there was formerly a sacred rock in the middle of
the stream, which had an ancient sun-painting on its surface. In
spite of the protest of the Picuris Indians this rock was blasted
away a couple of years ago by the employees of a lumber com-
pany. See excerpt from Bandelier, under [8:85].
[8:87] Confluence of Pueblo Creek [8:86] and Pefiasco Creek [8:85]
about one mile below Picuris Pueblo [8:88].
1 Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910. 3 Budd, Taos vocabulary, MS., Bur. Amer. Ethn.
2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 35, 1892.
192 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS (ETH. ANN. 29
[8:88] (1) Pinwioywi ‘mountain-gap pueblo’ (pipe ‘mountain’; wit
Soap’ ‘pass’; ’oywt ‘pueblo’). The form with no other word
postpounded is Piywi’é. ‘Picuris person’ is regularly enough
Pinwi ii; ‘Picuris people’, Pinwiinp C7, inp locative and
adjective-forming postfix). =Jemez (8). Ping-gwi’ ‘gateway
of the mountains’”.' Picuris can hardly be said to be situated in
a gap in the mountains, and why the Tewa and Jemez names and
perhaps some of the unexplained names should mean ‘mountain
gap’ has not been made clear. Cf. 7" aw7’i ‘dwell gap’, the Tewa
name for Taos Pueblo [8:45].
(2) Taos ‘‘ Wilana.”? =Picuris (4).
(3) Taos ‘* Hittuta.”*
(4) Picuris: ‘‘ Picuries, the aboriginal names of which are both
Ualana and Ping-ul-tha.”* ‘* Piecuries, Ualana, also Ping-ul-tha.’’®
‘*We-la-tah.”* =Taos (2). Cf. [8:45], (8).
(5) Picuris: ‘‘ Pinuélté”.t ‘‘Pitwelth4 ‘Picuris Pueblo.’”?
** Pitwelene ‘ Picuris people.’”?
(6) Sandia ‘*Sam-nin.”! Cf. Isleta (7). This is apparently a
plural form and may mean ‘ Picuris people.’
(7) Isleta ‘*Sam-na’i”;1 ef. Sandia (6).
(8) Jemez Pehwileté ‘at the mountain gap’ (pe ‘mountain’;
kwile ‘gap’ ‘pass’; td locative). =Tewa (1). ‘* Pe’kwilita’.”?
A Picuris person is called Pekwile: two or more Picuris people
are called Pehkwilef. One also says, for instance, Pekwilebeli
‘Picuris old man’ (bc/d ‘old man’), Pekwilets@af ‘Picuris people’
(is@ af * people’). Peis cognate with Tewa pry ‘mountain’; /w7-
is cognate with Tewa wd ‘gap.’
(9) Jemez Ota of obscure etymology. Otais@df means
‘Picuris people’ (is@’af ‘ people’). This name was obtained from
one Jemez Indian only. If it is correct, it may be that Ofate’s
**Acha” (Span. (17), below) is a corruption of this name.
(10) Pecos ‘* Pe’ kwilitaé’.”! This is given as the Jemez and
Pecos name.
(11) Cochiti Phuri. The informant volunteered the informa-
tion that this is merely the Span. name pronounced as it is by
Cochiti Indians. In New Mexican Span. the final s is usually
faint or has disappeared altogether. Mexicans commonly say
Pikuri for the written form Picuris. =Sia (12), Keresan (13),
Eng. (15), and Span. (16).
1 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 5Ibid., p. 260.
(Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 245, 1910). 6 Jouvenceau in Catholic Pioneer, 1, No. 9, p. 12,
2Tbid., 1899 (Handbook Inds., op. cit., p. 246). 1906.
8Spinden, Taos notes, MS., 1910. 7Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910.
4Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 123, 1890.
HARRINGTON J
(12) Sia ‘¢ Pikurfs.”?
PLACE-NAMES
Probably from the Span.
193
=Cochiti
(11), Keresan (13), Eng. (15), and Span. (16).
(13) Keresan (dialect not stated) ** Pikuri’a”’.
392
Pikuria, its Keresan name.
** Picuris from
It seems probable that this is
merely the Span. name as pronounced by Keresan Indians.
=Cochiti (11), Sia (12), Eng. (15), and Span. (16).
(14) Jicarilla Apache ‘“* Ték’elé.”°
(15) Eng. Picuris. (<Span.).
(13), Span. (16).
(16) Span. Picuris (of unknown origin).
*¢Pecuri,”’ ®
‘*S. Lorenzo de Picuries.”®
Buenaventura.” °
** Pecuries.” ®
‘¢S. Lorenzo de los Picuries.”
‘‘Pecucis.2 “‘* Pecuris.” 1
222 ONIT CUS: 22
Picuries.”** ‘* Pecucio.”
ris.”7 ‘*Pecora.” ¥
de Pecuries.””! ‘‘ Picux.” ”
ris.” 25 ‘¢S, Lorenzo.” 6
Ties ae
ris.2°! °* Picuris.
(17) Span. ‘‘ Acha.’’*
Bandelier.
(8), above.
Jemez Ota.
9) 32
‘* Picoris.
** Picuni.
SoPicurisee?
*¢ San Lorenzo de los Picuries.” *°
=Cochiti (11), Sia (12), Keresan
“¢Picuries.”4* ‘Sant
‘*San Lorenzo de los Pecuries.”*7
‘St. Lawrence.”!?
** San Lorenzo de
** Pica-
*¢ San Lorenzo
Miecorie.> | °° Picto-
‘©Picuria.” 2 °° Piccu-
‘* Le village des Picu-
9
Uo) Beverly a
99 23
‘¢Acha”’ is identified with Picuris by
It may be a corruption of Jemez Ota; see Jemez
Or it may come from a Pecos form cognate with
Picuris Pueblo stands on the north side of Pueblo Creek
[8:86] about a mile above the confluence of the latter with Pe-
fiasco Creek [8:35].
Bandelier says of Picuris: ‘‘At the time of
the first occupation of New Mexico, Picuries formed a considera-
1Spinden, Sia notes, MS., 1911.
2Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895
(Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 245, 1910).
3 Hodge, ibid., p. 246.
4 Ofiate (1598) in Doe. Inéd., XVI, pp.109, 257,1871.
5 Ofiate, ibid., p. 257.
6 MS. of 1683, quoted by Bandelier in Arch. Inst.
Papers, 111, p. 88, 1890.
7 Vetancurt (ca. 1693) in Teatro Mex., p. 318,
1871 (mission name.)
8 Vetancurt, ibid., p. 300.
9 Jefferys, Amer. Atlas, map 5, 1776.
10 Kitchin, map of N, A., 1787.
11 Bowles, map of America, 1750+.
12 Hervas (ca. 1800) quoted by Prichard, Phys.
Hist. Man., v, p. 341, 1847.
13 Alencaster (1805) quoted by Prince, New
Mexico, p. 37, 1883.
14 Pike, Exped., 2d map, 1810.
15 Tbid., 3d map, 1810.
16 Humboldt, Atlas Nouy.-Espagne, carte 1, 1811.
17 Simpson, Exped. to Navajo country, 2d map,
1850.
87584°—29 rrH—16——13
18 Calhoun, in Cal. Mess. and Corresp., p. 212,
1850.
19 Calhoun, ibid., p. 211.
% Lane in Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, v, p. 689,
1855.
2 Ward in Indian Affairs Report for 1867, p. 213,
1868.
22 Hinton, Handbook to Ariz., map, 1878.
23 Powell in Amer. Naturalist, X1v, p. 605, Aug.,
1880.
2% Gatschet in Mag. Amer. Hist., p. 259, Apr.,
1882.
% Curtis, Children of the Sun, p. 121, 1883.
% Bancroft, Ariz. and N. Mex., p. 281, 1889.
= Tpid., p. 176, map.
2% Indian Affairs Report, p. 506, 1889.
* Ladd, Story of New Mexico, p. 201, 1891.
30 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. U1, p. 206, 1892.
31 Hewett, Communauteés, p. 29, 1908.
32 Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 245.
33'Castafeda (1596) in Ternaux-Compans, Voy.
IX, p. 168, 1838.
194 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [ETH. ANN. 29
ble village; to-day it is reduced to a mere hamlet.”* A San Juan
informant says that the principal shrine of the Picuris Indians is
on top of Jicarita Mountain [22:9]. An old scalp-house (Tewa
pok‘owitte ‘head-skin house’) is still to be seen in the plaza of
Picuris. Scalps are hanging in this house in plain sight of all
who enter.
[8:89] The ‘Old Castle,” presumably called in Span. Castillo Viejo.
This ruin stands just north of the pueblo. Dr. H. J. Spinden?
furnishes the following information about it. ‘* There are still
several houses at Picuris which show pre-Spanish construction.
The best example is the ‘old castle’ on a mound back of the
pueblo. It is said to have been five stories high. It is now
three, but is in an advanced stage of decay. ‘There are still two
perfect rooms, which are sealed up and which contain some
sacred meal. There is a shrine on the mound of the ‘ old castle.’
On it a fetish of clay representing an animal, a piece of an old
tube pipe, and four small stones, one of them a piece of obsidian,
were to be seen.”
[8:90] (1) Pinwipiyy ‘mountain-gap mountains’ (Piywi’i, see [8:88];
piyy ‘ mountain’).
(2) Picuris ‘* Pitene—the Picuris mountains are called thus;
also any range of mountains is called thus.” ?
(3) Eng. Picuris Mountains. =Span. (4).
(4) Span. Sierra de Picuris ‘mountains of [8:88], q. v. = Eng. (3).
‘*The dark mountains of Picuries divide the ruins in the Taos
country from those to which the traditions of the Picuries are
attached”.* ‘* There is a trail leading from Taos to Picuries, but
I preferred the wagon road as more commodious and as furnish-
ing a better view of the eastern high chain. This road sur-
mounts the crests of the Sierra de Picuries by going directly
south from the Ranchos de Taos [8:58] for some distance. It
follows at first a pleasant valley and a lively rivulet, and then
penetrates into forests of pine on the northern slopes of the
Picuries chain. These wooded solitudes afforded no room for the
abode of man in ancient times. The modern traveller delights in
their refreshing shade, and notices with interest the animal life
that fills the thickets. The jet-black and snow-white magpie
[Tewa waa] flutters about; blue jays [Tewa se] appear, and
variegated woodpeckers. It is so different from the arid mesas
and barren mountains that we forget the painful steepness of the
road. Its general direction is now to the southwest. Once on
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 35, 1892. 3 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 33.
2 Picuris notes, MS., 1910.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 195
the southern slope of the Picuries range, we strike directly for
the west. . . . the abrupt Sierra de Picuries, against which the
pueblo leans on the south, is covered with stately forests ”.'
[8:91] Eng. United States Peak.
Wheeler? gives the height as 10,734 feet. It appears to be the
highest peak of the Picuris Mountains [8:90].
[8:92] The old trail between Taos and Picuris.
Bandelier® evidently mentions this trail: ‘‘There is a trail
leading from Taos to Picuries”. Mr. Spinden* gives this infor-
mation: ‘* This trail goes over 11,000 feet high; some people can
not stand it. The road attains a height of over 10,000 feet.”
[8:93] Picuris ‘‘ Matsoita, meaning ‘muy fragoso’ ‘very rough’”.*
[8:94] Picuris ‘‘ Poiketh4”.*
[8:95] Picuris ‘“‘ Kaket’héa, ‘the old pueblo’”.° Whether this name
means old pueblo in general or is the proper name of this ruin is
not clear.
Dr. Spinden furnishes the following native description: ‘*The
old pueblo is on the ridge between Pueblo and Pefiasco Rivers.
This old pueblo was established after the flood. It continued to
increase until Cortés came. The people of this pueblo went to
the east. But five families went west to California. Most of
the Indians of this pueblo went to Red River [8:19] and founded
a new pueblo close to a very high mountain. It was a very long
time ago when they were last heard of. There are old remains on
top of a flat ridge between Rio Pueblo and Rio Penasco about 1
mile below Smith’s store. Bowlder foundations extend over a
large area. Pottery fragments are common. It is black and
white painted pottery with geometric designs. A common ele-
ment is standing triangles with parallel lines. Also incised black
pottery was found. The incisions are horizontal lines a quarter
to half an inch apart. Also a few samples of corrugated ware
were picked up. Remains of small grinding stones were fairly
common.”
[8:96] Picuris ‘‘Quta, lower bench of the tongue of land between
Pueblo Creek and Pefiasco Creek”.*
‘Krom these two mountains [22:9] [22:13] descend two stream-
lets, which run almost directly to the west, parallel with each
5
other, for many miles, divided by wooded ridges of small width”.°
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 34-35, 1892.
2U. 8. Geographical Surveys west of the 100th meridian, parts of southern Colorado and northern
New Mexico, atlas sheet No. 69, 1873-1877.
3 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 34.
4Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910.
5 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 35.
196 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eTH. Any. 29
[8:97| Picuris ‘* We"to"ta, ‘high hill’, upper bench of the tongue of
land between Pueblo Creek and Penasco Creek”.! See quotation
from Bandelier under [8:96].
[8:98] (1) Eng. Pefiasco settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Pefiasco, ‘rock’ ‘rocky cliff’. =Eng. (1).
Cf. Peftiasco Creek [8:85]. Whether there is a rocky cliff in the
vicinity is not known to the writer.
‘Penasco, about 24 miles southeast of Picuries, is higher than
Taos [8:54], while Embudo [8:78] is more than a thousand feet
lower”.?
[8:99] (1) Eng. Santa Barbara settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Santa Barbara, ‘Saint Barbara’, = Eng. (1).
Cf. ‘Sierra de Santa Barbara” under [22:unlocated], page 355.
[8:100] (1) Eng. Junta Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Rito de la Junta, ‘confluence creek’. =Eng. (1).
UNLOCATED
‘*Bear Mountains.” The Taos informant said there are certain moun-
tains south of Taos Pueblo which the Taos call by a name in their
language which means ‘ bear mountains.’
Picuris ‘‘ Ki’pama, ‘eye of a bear,’ the name of a canyon.”!
Picuris ‘‘ Kalene Creek; Kalene means ‘here sits a wolf.’”?
Taos ‘‘ Hiutiitt’a, ‘a ruined pueblo on Red River.’” *
Pueblo ruin in the Taos Mountains. ‘‘The ruins of the Taos people
are to be sought along the base of its high mountains. One of
them, to which I was told they gave the name of Mojua-lu-na, or
Mojual-ua, is said to exist in the mountains.”* See Pueblo
Peak [8:40].
Picuris ‘‘Qiiomé, a mountain of the Picuris range north-northeast of
the Government school-house at Picuris pueblo.” !
(1) Eng. Sora settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Sora. =Eng. (1). The Span. dictionaries give ‘‘sora, a
kind of drink prepared from maize.” Or for Span. Zorra, * fox”?
A Mexican town on Petaca Creek [8:5] somewhere above
Petaca settlement [8:7].
Taos ‘*Tii‘luia ‘Plaza Rota, in Rio Hondo.’”* Rio Hondo refers
perhaps to Arroyo Hondo [8:32]. A Span. dictionary gives
“rota” as meaning ‘route’ and ‘rattan.’
1Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910.
2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p, 35, note, 1892. Wheeler gives the altitude of Penascoas 7,452 feet,
and the Denver and Rio Grande Railway gives the height of Embudo as 5,509 feet.
3 Harry Budd, Taos vocabulary, in Bur. Amer. Ethn,
4Bandelier, op. cit., p. 32.
MAP 9
VELARDE REGION
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
===
7%
en
2S
=
So,
Zur
‘ ZtLe
i va
\
1
aN.
S A
Dp 4 5
Z 2
1
wend
Y we Wwe 3
swe x
vy, 7 ee, :
SHI ARO WEARS
4 Tr
. Oy 6 o~_———"
© Ik ©
f y 5
~ Wi, MUA MUG
S2/ sissy OES
\ Y Gipiin s
12 TS aa iris
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 9
= 8
9 22
en ’ 5 a
aN meas - wet fee
pe, “HAIN ws LO
0
REGION
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
i] ME
Ay LZ ee
MUA ae
WHEY wre
ays
ere erage
7 ‘ K criasiegs a agi"
Tis * ARS AWARE} will!
9
‘
A
A, SUZ, SIG Se
Walla Xs aye See sar en
~\t
rats
Wi ten P., sy) ;
BGR M S77 SUE
7,04,
, .
vyir
Ne Zi
TWENTY-NINTH
ANNUAL REPORT MAP 9
MAP 9
VELARDE REGION
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 197
Unlocated pueblo ruin near Picuris Pueblo. ‘* The ruins of a pueblo
exist on one of the mesas near by, but I had no time to investi-
gate them, and have only seen many fragments of pottery and of
grinding-slabs from that locality.”' Perhaps identical with
[8:95].
Unlocated sulphur springs. ‘‘Five miles south of Taos . . . are
sulphur springs of rare medicinal value.”* Perhaps identical
with [8:61].
Unlocated sulphur springs. ‘‘Between Pefasco [8:98] and Mora
[Mora in Mora County, not on any of the accompanying maps]
on the Rio Pueblo [8:86], are sulphur springs of rare medicinal
value.” ,
[9] VELARDE SHEET
All the region shown on this sheet (map 9) is claimed by the Tewa
of San Juan. Three Tewa pueblo ruins are included. The sheet is
named from Velarde [9:6], which is perhaps the most widely known
settlement.
[9:1] Canoe Mesa, see [13:1].
[9:2] San Juan Kubewekwaje, see [8:76].
[9:3] San Juan Johww ‘cane cactus arroyo’ (jo ‘cane cactus’ ‘Opun-
tia arborescens’; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[9:4] (1) San Juan Aop‘ebe’e ‘boat corner’ ‘bridge corner’, referring
to the Span. name (kop‘e ‘boat’ ‘bridge’ <ko unexplained, p‘e
‘stick’ ‘log’; be’e small low roundish place). Cf. Span. (4).
(2) Eng. Brady. This name, now the official one, was given
to the place several years ago and is in common use.
(3) Eng. Canoa. (< Span.). =Span. (4). Cf. Tewa (1).
(4) Span. Canda, ‘canoe’ ‘boat’. The name is perhaps taken
from Canoe Mesa [9:1]. =Eng. (3). Cf. Tewa (1).
[9:5] (1) San Juan Zsigiibwu ‘chico corner’ (¢s¢gw an unidentified bush
very common in New Mexico, called by the Mexicans of the
Tewa country chico; 6v’w ‘large low roundish place’).
There is much chico growing at this place.
(2) Picuris ‘‘ Phahi’téna, ‘hole in the ground.’”* Perhaps a
translation of the Span. name. =Span. (4). °
(8) Eng. La Hoya, La Joya. (<Span.). =Span. (4). Cf.
Picuris (2).
(4) Span. La Hoya, New Mexican Span. La Joya, ‘the dell’
‘the hollow.’ =Eng. (3). Cf. Picuris (2). The Span. name is still
in common use as a designation of the whole locality. It was
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, pp. 35-36, 1892. 3 Tbid., p. 175.
2 Land of Sunshine, Santa Fe, pp. 173-175, 1906. 4 Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910.
198 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. any. 29
formerly also used as the name of the settlement [9:6], which was
recently changed from La Hoya to Velarde because of confusion
with La Hoya on the Rio Grande below Albuquerque. In New
Mexican Span. words beginning with a vowel or / are frequently
pronounced with an initial 7. Hence the current misspelling ‘‘ La
Joya” for La Hoya. Hoya is a much applied geographical term
in New Mexican Span., being the nearest Span. equivalent of
Tewa bwu, bee. ‘*La Joya (ten miles north of San Juan)”.!
[9:6] (1) Eng. Velarde settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Velarde (family name). =Eng. (1).
This place was formerly called La Hoya settlement; see [9:5].
Because of confusion with La Hoya on the Rio Grande south of
Albuquerque the name of the post office was recently changed
to Velarde, this being now the official name and adopted by
Mexicans living in the vicinity. The name Velarde was chosen
because of a prominent Mexican family named Velarde, which
resides at the place.
[9:7] (1) San Juan Aut f7jvoku ‘Cuchilla Hill’ (Aut fia <Span. (2);
’oku ‘hill’). Cf. Span. (2).
(2) Span. Cuchilla, ‘narrow sharp ridge’. Cf. Tewa (1).
The bladelike point of [9:8] is called by thisname, Some apply
the name vaguely to the whole hill. See [9:8].
[9:8] San Juan Zsigubugeimpiyr ‘chico corner mountain’, refer-
ring to [9:5] (Zségubwu, see [9:5]; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; *v’
locative and adjective-forming postfix; j7y ‘mountain’). This
hill or mountain is perhaps sometimes called by the same names
as [9:7]. Perhaps the Mexicans would call it Cerro de La Hoya,
but such a name might refer to any mountain or large hill near
La Hoya, while the Tewa name given above does not.
[9:9] (1) San Juan ? Omengeinrhwu ‘crooked chin place arroyo’
( Omeyge, see [22:unlocated]|; 77” locative and adjective-forming
postfix; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
(2) Eng. Truchas Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(3) Span. Rito de las Truchas, ‘trout creek.’ Probably so called
from the presence of trout therein; but cf. Truchas settlement
[22:11], which is probably named from the creek, although the
reverse may be true. _
This long creek has perennial water only in its upper course.
See ’ Ome yge [22:unlocated], and Truchas settlement [22:11].
[9:10] San Juan’? Omeygehugetoba ‘cliffs at crooked chin place arroyo’
(Omengehwu, see [9:9]; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; toda ‘ cliff’).
These very noticeable cliffs are on the north side of the creek
[9:9] about two miles from the Rio Grande.
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. m1, pp. 63-64, 1892.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 199
[9:11] San Juan Kuso’ jowihwge hea Ome ngehuge vy wp oku ‘hills of
[9:9] and [9:12]? (Kusojowihwu, see [9: ap ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’;
heswa ‘and’; ’ Omengehwu, see [9:9]; *v* locative and aajective.
forming postfix; ’okw *‘ hill’).
[9:12] San Juan Kuso’jowihwu Eo rock gap arroyo’ (Auso’jow?"/,
see [9:15]; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[9:13] San Juan Jagem@oku of obscure etymology (jage ‘between’; ;
md unexplained; ’okw ‘ hill’).
[9:14] San Juan Awso’jo ‘great stone’ (ku ‘stone’; so’jo ‘ great’, form
agreeing with kw, mineral singular).
This stone is what remains of the woman who fed the water-
man according to the myth related under [10:26]. Fleeing from
» Oke onwikeji [10:26] over the old trail to Picuris, she reached the
site of this stone, where she became petrified as she lay down on
the ground to rest. The stone lies on a little height about a dozen
yards east of Auso’jowii [9:15] through which the old trail to
Picuris passes. It is a hard grayish-white stone, about the size
of aperson. The length is five feet, its diameter averages about a
foot and a half. Its surface is smooth and roundish. The stone
hes north-northwest and south-southeast. The head end, which
is to the south-southeast, is slightly higher than the other end.
Arms, breasts, and other features (female) are clearly to be made
out, as the old Indian informant showed the writer. The stone
would weigh a thousand pounds, perhaps. Some small fragments
of stone lie on the ground just southwest of the stone. These are
said to be what remains of two ears of corn which the old woman
had with her as provisions during her flight. This stone isa /w/e,
or sacred thing. A wagon road passes a few rods east of the spot.
Mexicans travel on this road, knowing nothing of the existence of
the old woman. The stone has given names to [9:12], [9:15], and
[9:16].
[9:15] San Juan Kuso’jowii ‘great stone gap,’ referring to the Auso’jo
[9:14] (wet ‘gap’ * pass’).
The old trail to Picuris passes through this gap. The trail is
deeply worn in the gap. The petrified old woman lies near by,
to the east.
[9:16] San Juan Kusojo’oku ‘great stone hills’, referring to the
Kuso’jo (see [9:14]; ’okw Shills’).
[9:17] Sutinpo ‘Ute trail’ (Jutu ‘Ute’; po ‘ trail’).
This is the old and still well-worn trail to the Ute Indian
country. It climbs Canoe Mesa [9:1] opposite the pueblo ruin
[9:23], passing up the Jutipo’inrhwu [9:18]. It crosses Canoe
Mesa [9:1], going toward the north, and Comanche Creek [6:12]
at a place not determined, and passes thence to the country where
the Ute formerly ranged.
200 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
[9:18] San Juan Jutipoiyrhwu ‘Ute trail arroyo’ (Jutupo, see
[9:17]; °V* locative and adjective-forming postfix; Awu ‘large
groove’ ‘arroyo’). See [9:17].
[9:19] (1) Eng. Lyden station.
(2) Span. Bosque, ‘forest’, the Span. name referring to the
locality both west and east of the Rio Grande. See [9:20].
[9:20] (1) San Juan Boké. (<Span.). =Eng. (2), Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Bosque. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (8).
(3) Span. Bosque, ‘forest.’ =Tewa (1), Eng. (2).
This name is applied to the locality on both sides of the river,
including Lyden, which is on the west side. The name Lyden
seems never to be applied to the settlement on the east side of the
river, which is always called Bosque. See [9:21].
[9:21] San Juan Bokép‘ek'abwu ‘Bosque corral corner’ (Boke, see
[9:20]; p'ek'a ‘corral’ <p'e ‘stick’ ‘timber’, ka ‘fence’ ‘en-
closure’; bw’u ‘large low roundish place’).
[9:22] San Juan Sefuhwu ‘corn-silk arroyo’, referring to [9:23]
(Safu, see [9:23]; liu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
This is a large arroyo.
[9:23] San Juan Sxfwoywihe)i ‘corn-silk pueblo ruin’ (sxefu ‘ corn-
silk’ < se ‘corn-silk’, fw perhaps connected with /u ‘to fly’;
-oywikej? ‘pueblo ruin? <’oywt * pueblo’, kez ‘ruin’ postpound).
‘*They [the Tewa of San Juan]also state that there are two ruins
at La Joya [9:5], (ten miles north of San Juan), one of which
they call‘ Sii-jiu Uing-ge’, and the other ‘Pho-jiu Uing-ge’.”!
‘**Poihuge (maison du clan de Peau), et Saihuge (maison du clan
du tabac) & dix milles au nord des villages actuels sur le méme
cdté de la rivicre.” ?
The ruin consists of low mounds on a low bluff beside the river.
Potsherds and other débris are strewn along the edge of the bluff
for a distance of 200 yards or more. The ruin is being eroded
by the river, and much of it is already gone. An irrigation ditch
runs at present at the foot of the bluff between the bluff and the
water of the river. The sandy island [9:24] is opposite the ruin.
[9:24] (1) San Juan Bokepojate ‘Bosque Island’? (Boke, see [9:20];
pojate ‘island’ < po ‘water’, ja/e ‘in the middle of’ ‘in’).
(2) San Juan Sx fupojase ‘corn-silk island’ (Sx fu, see [9:23];
Pojase ‘island’? < po ‘water’, jae ‘in the middle of’ ‘in’).
This is a large, low sendy island opposite the ruin [9:23].
[9:25] San Juan Sx fubwu ‘corn-silk corner’ (Sx fu, see [9:23]; bw’ u
‘large low roundish place’).
This is a little dell beside the river just below [9:23]. A small
arroyo which has its mouth here might be called Sx fubuhwu
(hw ‘arroyo’).
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 68-64, 1892.
2Hewett, Communauteés, p. 30, 1908.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 201
[9:26] Nameless arroyo. The San Juan informant could not remem-
ber its name.
[9:27] Nameless pueblo ruin.
Many fragments of Indian pottery are strewn here on the ground.
Part of a wall composed of adobe bricks was found at the place.
The site is an open plain. It is not certain that this is the ruin
of an Indian pueblo. The San Juan informant could not remem-
ber the name of this ruin, but said that he had heard the name of
either this or another ruin somewhere in this vicinity. It may
be that this is PopobVoywikeji; see under [9:unlocated]. Mr.
Juan de Dios Romero, whose home is in this region, told the
writer that he knows of Mexicans finding Indian metates at a
place not far from the river and about midway between [9:27]
and [9:34]. There used to be two Mexican houses at the place
where the metates were found, but nobody lives there now.
[9:28] Farmhouse of Mr. Felipe Lopez, given in order to locate
[9:27].
[9:29] Farmhouse of Mr. Manuel Martinez, given in order to locate
[9:27].
[9:30] San Juan Poben putebwinko ‘barranca of Avanu dwelling-place
corner’, referring to [9:31](Poben putebw’u, see [9:31]; 777 locative
and adjective-forming postfix; ko ‘barranca’ ‘arroyo with a
noticeable bank’).
This gulch runs straight back from Alcalde station.
[9:31] (1) San Juan Poben putebwu, ‘Avaiu dwelling-place corner’,
referring to the pool [9:32] (Pobden pute, see [9:32]; bww ‘large
low roundish place’).
(2) Eng. Alcalde station. (< Span.). =Span. (38).
(8) Span. Alcalde ‘magistrate’ ‘judge’, =Eng. (2). This
name was recently given and properly belongs to Alcalde settle-
ment [10:15] on the east side of the river.
There are a station and windmill at [9:31].
[9:32] San Juan Poben pute, Poben putepokwi ‘Avatiu dwelling-place’
Avaiu dwelling-place pool’ (Poben yu San Juan form of the San
Ildefonso ’Atanyu ‘horned-snake divinity’, probably < po
‘water’, pen pu ‘snake’; te ‘dwelling-place °; pokw? * pool’ ‘lake’
<po ‘water’, wi unexplained).
West of the station and windmill and by the river’s edge isa
depression as large as a span of horses, where water may collect.
This was believed by the Tewa of San Juan to be one of the
dwelling-places of ’Aban ru ‘horned-snake divinity’.
[9:33] San Juan Sundaip' ck awiy p ’akonnw ‘plain of the corral of
the soldiers’ (Sundaup ‘eka, see [9:34]; 72%, wv"; locative and adjec-
tive-forming postfix; ’ahonnu ‘plain? <’ahoyy ‘plain’, nw unex-
plained). :
This is a wide, level, barren plain.
202 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eTH. Any. 29
[9:34] (1) San Juan Sundatp'eh'@iwe ‘at the corral of the soldiers’,
translating the Span. name. = Eng. (2), Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Corral of the Soldiers, translating the Span. name,
Corral de Los Soldados. =Tewa (1), Span. (3).
(3) Corral de los Soldados, ‘corral of the soldiers’. =Tews
(1), Eng. (2). Cf. [9:33], [9:36], [9:37].
Some American soldiers had their barracks at this place at
some time or other, when, the informants did not know; hence
the name. This place is about a mile below Bosque [9:20].
[9:35] (1) Eng. Los Luceros settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Los Luceros (a family name). =Eng. (1).
The northernmost houses of Los Luceros are at [9:34]; the
most southerly are at [9:44].
[9:36] San Juan Sundaup‘ek'abwu ‘corner by the corral of the sol-
diers’ (Sundatip‘ck'a, see [9:34]; bw ‘large low roundish place’).
This name refers to the low place by the river about and below
the mouth of [9:37]. The mesa almost merges into the bottom-
lands here, so slight is its elevation.
[9:37] San Juan Sundatp'ch'wiykohwu ‘barranca arroyo of the
corral of the soldiers’ (Sundaup'ck'a, see [9:34]; ?2* locative and
adjective-forming postfix; ohiwu ‘ barranca arroyo’ <ko ‘ bar-
ranca’, Awu ‘large groove’ ‘ arroyo’).
To this large arroyo the spring [9:38] is tributary.
[9:38] (1) San Juan Zsighponw’u, Tsighponupopt ‘down by the chico
water’ ‘spring down by the chico water’ (7s/gt unidentified
species of bush, called by the Mexicans of the Tewa country
chico; po ‘water’; nwu ‘below’ ‘down at’; popé ‘spring’ < po
‘water,’ pz ‘to issue’).
(2) Eng. Ballejos spring. (<Span.). =Span. (8).
(8) Span. Ojo de los Vallejos, Barrancas de los Ballejos, ‘ Balle-
jos Spring’ ‘Vallejos Barrancas’ (Vallejos, Span. family name,
name of a Mexican family which used to live near this place).
= Eng. (2).
This spring is the only water in the vicinity and is used for
watering sheep. The place is almost due west of Alcalde station
[9:31]: The old San Juan informant formerly spent much time
herding sheep about this spring. When the spring did not have
enough water, the sheep had to be driven down to the river to
water them. The whole region south of Awso’jo [9:14] is loosely
called Tsiguponwu. See [9:39], [9:40], [9:41], and [9:42].
[9:39] San Juan Tsighuponugedtoba’e ‘little cliffs or banks down by
the chico water’ (7s7guponwu, see [9:38]; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’;
7* locative and adjective-forming postfix; fvba ‘cliff? ‘bank’; ’e
diminutive).
The spring and pool are surrounded on the north and east by
peculiar little cliffs.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 203
[9:40] San Juan Zsighponugeohwe ‘little hills down by the chico
water’? (Zsigiuponwu, see [9:38]; ge ‘down at’ ‘overat’; 2” locative
and adjective-forming postfix; ’o/w ‘hill’; ’e diminutive).
Southeast of the spring and pool is a range of very small hills.
[9:41] San Juan 7signuponugeimpokiiec ‘little pool down by the chico
water’ (7sighponwu, see [9:38]; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; ’2? loca-
tive and adjective-forming postfix; pokwi ‘pool’ ‘lake’ < po
‘water’, /77 unexplained; ’e diminutive).
This is a small round pool which drains to the south. North-
east and west of it are small knolls of bluish, pebbly earth.
Grass grows luxuriantly in a small patch south of the pool. The
little arroyo [9:42] can be traced from the spring.
[9:42] San Juan TZsiguponwgetyke ‘barranca down by the chico
water’ (Z7siguponwu, see [9:38]; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; 72”? loca-
tive and adjective-forming postfix; oa ‘barranca’ ‘banked
arroyo’). See [9:41].
[9:43] San Juan P'Pogeoywi ket ‘pueblo ruin down at the wood-
pecker place’ (p‘v’o ‘woodpecker’, Span. ‘carpintero’; ge ‘down
at’ ‘over at’; ’onwikej? ‘pueblo ruin’ <’oyw? ‘pueblo’, kejz ‘ruin’
postpound). The whole region about the ruins is called P'/oge.
There are several names of animals compounded with ge. Thus
Tsitege ‘down at the bird place’ [17:34], for instance. ‘* Pio-ge.”!
**Pioge.”?
The pueblo ruin lies perhaps a hundred yards southeast of the
‘farm of Mr. Isador Lopez. A wagonroad runs between this
farm and the ruin. A ditch about 15 feet deep has been cut
through the ruin from north to south. This ditch was con-
structed for irrigation purposes about seven years ago, but owing
to financial difficulties of the company which dug it, the ditch
has never been utilized. The pueblo was of adobe and the ruin
consists of low mounds. Bandelier' says of P'aoge. ‘* Pio-ge,
three miles northof San Juan. This is smaller than Abiquiu [3:38];
but the disposition of its buildings appears to have been similar.
Considerable pottery has been exhumed from Pio-ge, and hand-
some specimens are in Mr. Eldodt’s possession. Among them
are sacrificial bowls with the turreted rim that characterizes those
vessels, and the symbolic paintings of the rain-clouds, of water-
snakes, and of the libella. Similar fetiches of alabaster have also
been unearthed. Pio-ge is claimed by the Tebuas of San Juan as
one of their ancient villages, and they assert that it was aban-
doned previous to Spanish times.”
‘*Quatre endroits sont bien connus des Indiens de San Juan
pour avoir été habités anciennement par quelques-uns de leurs
clans: Pioge, & trois milles au nord de San Juan.”? P'?oge has
given the name to the small arroyo [9:44].
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 63, 1892. 2 Hewett, Communautés, p. 80, 1908.
204 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [nru. ayn. 29
[9:44] San Juan P'Pogeinyho ‘barranca down at the woodpecker
place’ (P'?oge, see [9:43]; °7" locative and adjective-forming
postfix; /o ‘ barranca’ ‘ cleft arroyo’).
[9:45] San Juan ?Awap'abwu ‘cattail corner’? Cawap'a ‘eattail’,
unidentified species; bw’ ‘large low roundish place’). This name
is applied to the low land by the river south of the vicinity of the
mouth of [9:44] and north of the vicinity of the mouth of [10:6].
Cattails Cawvap'a) were seen growing at the upper end of this area.
The corner has given its name to [9:46] and to [10:6].
[9:46] San Juan ?Awap'ahwajée ‘ cattail heights’, referring to [9:45]
Cawapa ‘cattail’, as in [9:45]; Awaje ‘height’). This name
refers to the higher land east of [9:45]. The ruin [9:43] is said to
stand on ’awap'akwaje.
UNLOCATED
A pueblo ruin mentioned by Bandelier as ‘* Pho-jiu Uing-ge”
and by Hewett as ‘* Poihuge.”
“They [the Tewa of San Juan]also state that there are two ruins
at La Joya (10 miles north of San Juan), one of which they call
*Sii-jiu Uing-ge’ [9:23], and the other ‘Pho-jiu Uing-ge’.”?
“Quatre endroits sont bien connus des Indiens de San Juan pour
avoir été habités anciennement par quelques-uns de leurs clans . . .
Poihuge (maison du clan de Veau).”* No form like ** Poihuge”
can mean in Tewa ‘‘ house of the water clan,” and what is more
perplexing no Tewa can make any meaning out of ‘* Pho-jiu.”
The writer labored with these forms persistently among the San
Juan Indians. The San Juan informants suggest that *‘ Pho-jiu”
is for Pofwu, the name of the pueblo ruin [8:9] situated near
Abiquiu; and they think that ‘t Poihuge” must be the same name
with the locative ge postfixed, as is often done. Bandelier may
quite easily have made this mistake. There is, however, another
plausible explanation, and that is that ‘‘Pho-jiu” may be for
Popodti; see Popobv onwikej/, page 205. Popobi may have been
changed to Pofwu by Bandelier’s informant because of influence
of Sx fu, with which it was associated. Sa fu may have called to
his mind Pofwu, although the latter is a ruin inthe Chama River
drainage, especially since /fwu and LPopobtd both contain po
‘squash’ as their first svllable. Or the writer’s informants may all
be wrong. But it would be strange if there were a pueblo ruin
named Pofwu near Abiquiu and another by the same name near
La Hoya [9:5]. One should also notice in connection with these
names Hewett’s ‘* Poihuuinge ”, which he locates inthe Chama River
drainage; see *‘ Poihuuinge ” under [5:unlocated], page 157.
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 63-64, 1892. 2 Hewett, Communauteés, p. 30, 1908.
MAP 10
OLD SAN JUAN REGION
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
Wy
19 Rom 20
AM
OLD SAN
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 10
13 vty
Tes, xi
TNS ry Was ee
JIN NN aA VNS. Z7p {NSIT Anaya ave
TU TAPE TPN Pues
Yeon nf aa TAA ae Le “us
ALLOA fae fe Ue Prin A ve \ a] Allee,
RUS i ST ORT af "a,, ge WML, Pane SIA) RW dr
= Nae NON WE ZEN GEE W757
AD . ci ‘ 4,
= ru 20 ‘ SEALING Seite ui
a AD ASSIS AAAS w 4 ft
“tn ALIN AUN ANAT Wy ay NAAN TPN FILO EZ yn
DOE ZA na
!
AUSTIN ZIVES 7 WSS ii
THIN TIN
JINN 2 ZN Rd Ao
1 “THIS \’
CTSA AALS SATS SEe,
/
CORRAL LOMA ATE a 1} 7 yew®
:
s
N REGION
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 10
yheee
‘ “
* ¢
Te oy bt ree
WP, 1 atl hing,
nbs 444 X%
Pes’ ATANY Ups Wy
WAZ EVR,
CEOS G4
Niles
Ve LN |
U
i Ne RU vee NOT a, yi tte SN! Ole, ANE re)
a Ne oie * Vive “Au SMUG G, Be WET Gs, ie Ray ede
« Bey rai, Se ie See, a ‘t At Pde
Cr
JINN 21 AT EANSS pany. HAS 277
Vues “ Ne 5 ny Wye 4
Tw? Soh a wit HN 74
t
NN ipl
i} (N°
MAP 10
OLD SAN JUAN REGION
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 205
San Juan PopobYoywikeji ‘squash flower pueblo ruin’ (po ‘squash’
‘pumpkin’; pot? ‘flower’; “oywikeji ‘pueblo ruin’? <’oywi
‘pueblo’, keji ‘ruin’, postpound). This name was known to
three San Juan informants. They agreed that this ‘ruin’ is lo-
cated somewhere near Sefwoywikej [9:23]. It may be the
nameless and problematic ruin [9:27] the name of which the in-
formant could not remember. At any rate it is almost certain
that it is the name for which Bandelier’s ** Pho-jiu” is intended.
[10] OLD SAN JUAN SHEET
This sheet (map 10) shows a tract just northof San Juan Pueblo. One
pueblo ruin, Old San Juan [10:26], is included, from which the sheet
has been named.
[10:1] Canoe Mesa, see [18:1].
[10:2] San Juan Qwakew/, see [18:3].
[10:3] Zsewipo ‘eagle gap trail’, so called because it passes north of
but near [7:24] (Zsew7¢, see [7:24]; po ‘ trail’).
This is an old trail. It is the one frequently taken when going
by trail from the vicinity of San Juan to Ojo Caliente or El Rito
regions. The trail winds its way up Canoe Mesa [10:1] just back
of Vamp‘ onwu [10:4] and almost directly opposite the old ruin of
P Voge [9:48]. The trail is perhaps also called by the San Juan
Nimp onupo (Nimp'onwu, see [10:4]; po ‘trail’). Itis probably
to this trail that Bandelier* refers when he says: ‘‘A trail leads
across it [Canoe Mesa] to the Rio Grande from Ojo Caliente”’.
[10:4] (1) San Juan Mamp'onwu ‘down at the holes in the earth”,
referring to holes of some sort in the ground at the foot of the
cliff of Canoe Mesa [10:1] at this place (ndy yp ‘earth’; po ‘hole’;
nwu ‘below’, applied to distinguish the place from the height of
Canoe Mesa [10:1], which overhangs it).
(2) Eng. Estaca settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(3) Span. Estaca ‘the stake’. =Eng.(2). In what connection
this name is applied is unknown. ‘‘ La Staka”.?
The most southerly house of this place is the large residence of
Mr. Juan Lopez, which is approximately opposite Alcalde [10:15];
the place extends to the north to the point at which the 7sew/po
trail [10:3] climbs the mesa. The hill or slope called Qwakew
[10:2] lies between the place and the cliff of the mesa [10:1].
[10:5] San Juan ’?Awap'abwu, see [9:45].
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 63, note, 1892.
2U. S. Geographical Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, Parts of Southern Colorado and Northern
New Mexico, atlas sheet No. 69, 1873-1877.
206 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [nru. any. 29
[10:6] San Juan ?Awap'abwiyko ‘cattail corner arroyo’ (Awap'a-
bwu, see [9:45]; 77’! locative and adjective-forming postfix; ko
‘barranca’ ‘arroyo with banks’).
This is a broad and straight arroyo which gets its name because
its mouth is at [10:5].
[10:7] (1) Eng. La Villita settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. La Villita ‘the little town.” =Eng. (1). <A few
Mexican houses at this place are called by this pretentious name.
No San Juan Tewa name for this place could be learned.
[10:8] (1) Eng. Los Pachecos settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Los Pachecos (Span. family name). =Eng. (1).
There are a few Mexican houses at this place.
[10:9] San Juan ’Anubww of obscure etymology (any unexplained;
bwu ‘large low roundish place’). ’Anw appears also in a number
of other names; see [10:10], [10:11], [10:12], [10:13], [10:14], and
; [10:15].
[10:10] San Juan’? Anukesi of obscure etymology (anu, see [10:9];
keti ‘height’). This name is applied to the higher land east of
[10:9].
[10:11] San Juan ’Anyko of obscure etymology (anu, see [10:9]; he
‘barranca’ ‘arroyo with banks’).
This arroyo passes about half a mile north of Alcalde settle-
ment [10:15].
[10:12] San Juan ?Anwoku of obscure etymology (anu, see [10:9];
*oku ‘hill’).
The group of hills here referred to is about 2 miles from the
Rio Grande.
[10:13] San Juan ?’Anwokuko of obscure etymology (any, see [10:9];
-ohu ‘hill’; oe Sbarranca’ ‘arroyo with banks’).
[10:14] San Juan’? Anwokubwu *? Anu (unexplained) hill corner’ Cany,
see [10:9]; ’okw ‘hill’; bw ‘large low roundish place’).
This low place lies between ’Anw’okw [10:12] and Huisekwajeé
[10:21]. It is said to be barren, with no trace of the works of
man in sight.
[10:15] (1) San Juan “Anwbw wu ‘’?Anw (unexplained) town’ (anu, see
[10:9]; bu ‘town’).
(2) *Akadebwu ‘Alcalde town’ (Akadé, see Span. (4); bwu
‘town’). =Eng. (8), Span. (4).
(3) Eng. Alcalde settlement. (<Span). =Tewa (2), Span. (4).
(4) Span. Alcalde, Plazita Alcalde ‘magistrate’ ‘judge.’
=Tewa (2), Eng. (3). Span. alcalde is translated in Tewa by
the word ¢tsod?, but the name of Alcalde settlement is never
translated.
This is an old Mexican settlement.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 207
[10:16] San Juan P2?{wisi ‘clay point’ (p77 ‘a kind of pottery clay,’
see Mipi’t under MINERALS; wi? ‘projecting corner or point’).
This name is given to a small point of land projecting toward the
south, situated about midway between [10:15] and [10:20]. Cf.
[10:17] and [10:18].
[10:17] San Juan P? iwi iy phwu ‘clay point arroyo’ (P7y{wisi, see
[10:16]; @? locative and adjective-forming postfix; hww ‘large
groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[10:18] San Juan P?iwiebwu ‘clay point corner’? (2 ywiu/, see
[10:16]; dw’w ‘large low roundish place’).
[10:19] San Juan Qwotenebwu ‘corner where it cuts through’ (qwoue
‘to cut through’ as a stream cuts through earth or sand; nz
locative; bw ‘large low roundish place’). Cf. [10:20].
[10:20] San Juan Qwolenekohwu ‘barranca arroyo where it cuts
through’ (Qwosenex, see [10:19]; hohwu ‘barranca arroyo’ </o
‘barranca’, Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
This large arroyo flows out from //ufsekwajé [10:21], and in its
upper part might perhaps be called //yfsehohwu. See [12:2].
[10:21] San Juan /Zutsehwaje, see [12:2].
[10:22] Small nameless arroyo.
[10:23] San Juan Pitckutse’iy phi’ ‘arroyo where the meat is or was
pounded’ (pibé ‘meat’; kutse ‘to pound’ ‘to peck’; 7%” locative
and adjective-forming postfix; /w’w ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[10:24] San Juan ?Anpibww ‘sunflower corner’ (ani ‘sunflower’,
probably <Span. afile ‘sunflower’, used instead of the old Tewa
name ¢dmpobi ‘sun flower’ (¢dy ‘sun’; pods ‘flower’); bw'w
‘large low roundish place’). Why the name was originally ap-
plied was not known to the informants. Cf. [10:25] and [10:26].
[10:25] San Juan’ An pikesi,’ An pibukesi, An pibwokekesi ‘sunflower
height’ ‘sunflower corner height’ ‘sunflower height where Old
San Juan is’ (an z ‘sunflower’, An pibwu, see [10:24]; ’oke, see
[10:26]; kevi ‘height”). The higher land east of [10:24] is called
thus.
Old San Juan Pueblo ruin [10:26] is at this place.
[10:26] San Juan ’? Oke onwikejt, “An probwoke onwikeji ‘? Oke (unex-
plained) Pueblo ruin’ ‘’Oxe (unexplained) Pueblo ruin at sun-
flower corner [10:24]? (Oke unexplained, name of San Juan
Pueblo, see San Juan Pueblo under [11], pages 211-15; ’oywthkejt
‘pueblo ruin’ <’oyiwt ‘pueblo’, kejz ‘ruin’ postpound; ’An pibw’u,
see [10:24]).
No previous mention of this pueblo ruin can be found. The
San Juan informants say that San Juan Indians speak of it more
frequently than they do of any other pueblo ruin, for it is old
San Juan, and the San Juan people used to live there before they
208 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN, 29
migrated south to build a pueblo [11:17], also called ? Ose and now
in ruins, and more recently to build the present pueblo of San
Juan, which they now inhabit and to which they still apply the
old name ’ Oke, the present pueblo being the third to which this
name has been applied.
An pibwoke onwikej7, above, was abandoned because of a flood,
according to the San Juan informants. It was once a very popu-
lous pueblo. In those old days there were certain religious cere-
monies which required that a man be shut up without food or
water for twelve days. A certain man, inhabitant of the ancient
pueblo, was once shut up according to this custom; he was con-
fined in a dark room, and a man and a woman were appointed to
watch him and see that he neither drank nor ate. On the eleventh
day he burst out of the room like a madman, and crazed for want
of water, running to a marshy place at’? An pibw’w [10:24], just
below the old pueblo, he lay down and drank and drank of the
water. This wasa bad omen. After a while the man burst, and
water from his body gushed over all the highlands and lowlands
and obliterated the whole pueblo. One can still see at the ruin
traces of this catastrophe. The inhabitants fled, and built a new
> Oke village at [11:17] about a mile farther south. The woman
who had been guarding the fasting man also took to flight, fol-
lowing the old trail which Jeads to Picuris. Where this trail
passes through a gap in the hills the woman lay down on the
ground to rest, when she was suddenly transformed into a stone,
which can still be seen lying near the pass. This stone is called
Kuso’jo* great stone’; see [9:14]. The gapreferred to is Auso’jowié
‘great stone gap’ [9:15]. According to an old custom, the woman
carried a couple of ears of corn with her to sustain her on her
journey. These also turned to stone, and may be seen beside the
petrified old woman. No names of the persons who figure in this
myth could be obtained.
The site of the ruin is on a low highland not far from the river.
Not even a mound could be distinctly traced, so completely oblit-
erated is the ruin. Some fragments of gray and black unpainted
pottery were picked up.
10:27] San Juan Hop‘ag?’typ, see [11:6].
[11] SAN JUAN SHEET
This sheet (map 11) shows the country in the immediate vicinity of
San Juan Pueblo. So far as could be learned, only one pueblo ruin is
included in the area shown. On the lowlands east of the Rio Grande
and west and southwest of San Juan Pueblo the San Juan Indians do
most of their farming.
MAP 11
SAN JUAN REGION
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 11
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
ie
12
—-
wan
EI g
°
a
uv
3
eS oO
me % Tt ¢
Na & ie}
Zits ; 5
“ a 5
eo 28 &
g G
S = 5 0
RY
»
~
yun
——
27
a.
26
34
t
c
a
rena
45
46
44
. Netey ss , . |
veges COTS STEN SETTINGS
42
40
39
15
aes
ay tape
SAN JUAN REGION
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 11
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
it
zs
%,
7,
UTS
+
% ~
“1p yyseun®
12
Pueblo
8
bad
wr)
r)
a
a
34
cn
trea’
45
46
> aa
teaaeiee MUTT NS
cd TET S771 See
42
.”
sagas eee eae
SAN JUAN REGION
MAP 11
SAN JUAN REGION
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 209
[11:1] San Juan Zsik'owabe’e ‘little corner of the fireflies’ (¢s¢ko'wa
said to mean ‘firefly’; bée ‘small low roundish place’).
This little corner merges into ?Anpibw’u [10:24]. Mr. Julian
Sanchez owns the land and has his house a short distance east of
the low place on 7sik*owakwajeé [11:2]. This low place appears
to have given [11:2] and [11:3] their names.
f1l:2] San Juan Zsiko'wakwaje, Tsiko'wabehwaje * firefly height’
‘height of the little corner of the fireflies’ (Zs¢h'owa, Tsik owabe’e,
see[11:1]; Awajé‘height’). This name is applied to the high land
north and northeast of Zs7i*owabe’e [11:1].
[11:3] San Juan Zstk'owabe’inko ‘arroyo of the little corner of the
fireflies’ (Zsik’owabe’e, see [11:1]; *2’* locative and adjective-
forming postfix; /o ‘barranca’ ‘arroyo with banks’).
This little gulch is tributary to Zsh*owabe’e [11:1].
[11:4] San Juan Aopenge, Kop'agr inhopenge ‘bevond the arroyo’
‘beyond the wide gulcharroyo’ (Ao abbreviated from Aop‘ag/ ipko,
see [11:6]; pxyge ‘beyond’). This name refers especially to the
locality which lies immediately north of the lower Kop agriyp
[11:6].
[11:5] San Juan Aopeygebwu, Hop'ag’iyko pengebwu ‘low corner
beyond the arroyo’ ‘low corner beyond the wide gulch arroyo’
(Kopengebw u, Kop ag’ inkopengebwu, see [11:4]; ww ‘large
low roundish place’.)
[11:6] San Juan Hop agri, Kop'ag’inko ‘broad arroyo’ ‘broad
gulch arroyo’ (/o ‘ barranca’ ‘arroyo with banks’; p'agé * broad’;
inp locative and adjective-forming postfix).
This is a large and straight arroyo with barrancas at many
places along its course. In the names [11:4] and [11:5] it is often
referred to simply by /o ‘the arroyo’. Its mouth is opposite the
upper end of the sandy island [11:9]. Its upper course is called
Kopikag’iyko,; see[12:7]. Oneshould compare the name Kop agi-
inko with Kop'agekohw'u [19:3], the San Ildefonso name of the
lower part of Pojoaque Creek, which lies north of San Ildefonso
Pueblo just as this [11:6] lies north of San Juan Pueblo.
[11:7] San Juan Jop'e’i?oku, see [13:17].
[11:8] Pueblita Pueblo, see [13:15].
[11:9] San Juan Pojasi ‘the island’ (po ‘water’; ja? ‘in the midst of’
im?) s
This large sandy island is crossed by the wagon road which con-
nects Chamita settlement [13:28] with San Juan Pueblo.
[11:10] Poke ‘water neck’ ‘water brink’ (po ‘water’; ke ‘neck’
‘height”). The river bank in the vicinity of San Juan is known
by this name.
87584°—29 eru—16——14
210 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH, ANN. 29
[11:11] San Juan Po fupokwage ‘level bank by the bend in the river’
(po ‘water’; {ww ‘projecting corner or point’, in this instance
referring to a bend in the river; po ‘water’; kwage ‘high and
level place’).
[11:12] San Juan ’Oke akonnu ‘plain of? Oke or San Juan Pueblo’
(Oke, see San Juan Pueblo, below; ’akonnu ‘plain’? <’akoyny
plain; 2 unexplained). The entire plateau on which the present
pueblo of San Juan stands is called thus. Cf. [12:6].
[11:13] (1) San Juan A%v’o Jzja ‘mother ditch’, translating the Span.
name (/'1020 ‘irrigation ditch’; 77ja ‘mother’). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Acequia Madre ‘mother ditch’. =Tewa (1).
This is the chief irrigation ditch of the San Juan Indians, and
is therefore called by this poetic name. <A part of it is shown on
the map.
[11:14] San Juan Jinh'em'bwu of obscure etymology (jay ‘willow’;
ken unexplained; bw ‘large low roundish place’).
Cf. [11:15] and [11:16].
[11:15] San Juan Jdyheywiai of obscure etymology (Jayk'en yp, see
[11:14]; we ‘projecting corner or point’). Cf. [11:14]. This
name applies to a sort of projecting point of higher land east of
the ditch [11:13].
[11:16] San Juan Penibege ‘dead body corner’ ‘graveyard’ (pend
‘corpse’ ‘dead body’; bee ‘small low roundish place’; ge ‘down
at’ over at’).
This is the Roman Catholic graveyard at San Juan at present in
use. In earlier times interments were made in the churchyard
[11:22]. The graveyard is on the level ground just north of the
north end of the race-track [11:20]. It is surrounded by a fence.
[11:17] San Juan Avyiig?’?* ‘bunched stones place’ (ku ‘stone’; tigi
‘in a bunch’ ‘bunched’, as in 7’7g7’in.f, San Hdefonso name for the
Pleiades; ‘7’ locative and adjective-forming postfix). This name
refers to the bunches or groups of stones, which are said to be all
that remain of the second pueblo cailed by the name ’Oke. See
Kidig? oke onwikeji under [11:unlocated], p. 219. The whole lo-
cality about this as yet unlocated ruin is called Avéig?’7. A
number of Mexican houses are at the place. See Autigéhwajé
[11:23], this name being applied to the height on which the present
San Juan Pueblo is built.
[11:18] San Juan /ejebwu of obscure etymology (pe is said to sound
like pe, ‘an unidentified species of rodent resembling the field-
mouse’; je unexplained; bw’wu ‘large Jow roundish place’). Cf.
[11:19].
This low corner lies just west of the rise to the higher land and
east of Auéigd it [11:17].
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 211
[11:19] San Juan Pejebwwa ‘slope by [11:18]? (Pejebw’u, see [11:18];
aa ‘steep slope’). It is said that the bottom [11:18] rises some-
what to the north at this place; hence the name.
[11:20] San Juan Pimpijeiypepo ‘northern race-track’ (pimpije
‘north’? <piyy ‘mountain’, pije ‘toward’, °2’* locative and
adjective-forming postfix; “expo ‘race-track’ <’ex ‘to run,’ po
‘trail? ‘track’).
This is the northern race-track of the San Juan Indians; it
runs north and south. For the southern one see [11:33]. Mrs.
Perlina Sizer Cassidy, of Santa Fe, New Mexico, informs the
writer that there are at the northern end of this race-track two
stones, one on each side, marking the starting place. The one
on the eastern side is a shaft of sandstone nearly a foot in diameter,
about 24 feet high, and approximately square. The one on the
western side, about 30 feet from the other, is of a kind of granite
formation of pyramidal form, about 15 feet high, with base of
rounded triangular form, each side of which is about 2 feet long.
At about 2 o’clock on St. John’s day, 1912, after a race run
on this track was finished, three women were observed by Mrs.
Cassidy to pour water with meal in it over these stones and rub
them with their hands. This water was what remained in the
ollas from which the racers had been drinking. Why there
should be two race-tracks at San Juan and whether this one is
considered to belong to the Summer or to the Winter phratry, or
to both or neither, are questions which, so far as the writer knows,
have not been determined.
[11:21] San Juan’? Okehkwajée ‘’? Oke (unexplained) height’ ( Oke, see San
Juan Pueblo, pp. 211-215; kwaje ‘height’). The extreme north-
eastern corner of San Juan Pueblo is called thus. This place is
said to be called Aguapa by the Mexicans, a term for which no
explanation has been obtained.
{11:San Juan Pueblo] (1) ?Okeonwi of obscure etymology (ohe
unexplained; ’oyz ‘pueblo’). The original etymology of *oke is
no longer known to the Tewa. ’Ode sounds exactly like ‘hard
metate’ (o ‘metate’; /e ‘hardness’ ‘hard’). One should also
notice the fs¢’oke name of a certain Tewa religious officer, which is
said to mean ‘hard metate face’ (fse ‘face’; ’o ‘metate’; fe Shard’).
In most of the forms quoted below the noticeable aspiration at
the end of the o just before the / is represented by a letter such
as hor Span. 7. Dr. J. Walter Fewkes seems to have noticed some
peculiarity, since he writes’. A single San Juan person is called
regularly ?Oke??*; two or more San Juan people are called regu-
larly ’Oke'iyp, but the San Juan Tewa and perhaps some other
Tewa sometimes say ’ Okey p (2? *, °ty.p locative and adjective-form-
ing postfix). The name’ O/e was originally applied to the pueblo
ETH NOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [pTH. ANN. 29
ruin [10:26] and after that pueblo was destroyed, to the unlocated
pueblo ruin at [11:17], the present pueblo of San Juan being
according to the tradition the third to which the name has been
applied. See the general discussion below. The forms of ’ Oke
quoted from various sources! all apply to the present San Juan, no
mention of the pueblo ruins to which this name is applied being
there made. ‘‘Obque.”? ‘*Ochi.”* ‘*Oj-qué.”4 ‘*San Juan do
los Caballeros, or Oj-ke.”° ‘‘San Juan, Jyuo-tyu-te Oj-ke.”°®
The writer has not had opportunity to question Tewa about ‘+ J yuo-
tyu-te.” The spelling has a non-Tewa appearance. ‘Ohke,
‘up-stream place’.”? The meaning given is certainiy incorrect.
“Orke’.”§ Given as the Hano Tewa name of San Juan. ‘‘ Kaj-
kai;”® this is given as the native name.
(2) San Juan Autigihwaje oywi, Kutigikwaje oke oywi ‘bunched
stone height pueblo’ ‘bunched stone height pueblo of ’ Ose (un-
explained) (Awtigthkwaje, see [11:23]; ’Oke, see Tewa (1), above;
?onwt ‘pueblo’). This name is applied to distinguish the present
San Juan from the first- and second-built pueblos, now in ruins,
which were called by the same name.
(3) Taos ‘* Pakabaltiyt, ‘where the Rio Grande opens into a
plain’”.7 Cf. Picuris (4), Isleta (6).
(4) Picuris ‘‘ Pakuqhalai”.1° ‘‘ Pakupala”." Cf. Taos (3), Is-
leta (6).
(5) Picuris ** Topfane ‘San Juan people’ ”."
(6) Isleta ‘* Paki’parai”.*? Cf. Taos (3), Picuris (4).
(7) Jemez Sdhwd (<Span.). The writer is convinced that this
is the only name for San Juan commonly used at the present day
by the Jemez. See Jemez (8).
(8) Jemez ja pag? of obscure etymology (/7d unexplained; pa
‘water’; g7v ‘down at’ Sover at’). This is an old and abandoned
name formerly applied to San Juan, as nearly as the informant
could remember. It seems likely that it is however the old Jemez
nume of Santa Clara Pueblo; see [14:71]. The people of -japag7t
were called pjapats@af (is@af * people’).
(9) Cochiti Sanhwan. (<Span.). =Span. (14).
(10) Sia *‘Sanhwan’’.” (<Span.). =Span. (14).
1 Chiefly through Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 443, 1910.
2Smith, Cabega de Vaca, p. 163, 1871.
3 Gatschet in Mag. Amer. Hist., p. 259, April, 1882.
4 Bandelier in Ritch, New Mexico, p. 201, 1885.
5 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 123, 1890.
6 Ibid., note, p. 260,
7 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 443, 1910).
8 Fewkesin Nineteenth Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., p. 614, 1900.
» Jouvenceau in Catholic Pioneer, 1, No. 9, p. 12, 1906.
10 Hodge, op. cit., p. 444.
1 Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910.
12 Spinden, Sia notes, MS., 1910.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 213
(11) Oraibi Hopi Ju'paka Téwa ‘last Tewa’ (jyu'paka ‘last’;
Téwa ‘Tewa’). San Juan is the village of the Tewa passed last
of all when going up the Rio Grande Valley; hence the name.
(12) Navaho *‘ Kin Kléchint ‘red house people’ ”’.* * Khinli-
chfni, the red house people, the SanJuan’’.? ‘* Khinlicht, red house,
San Juan.’”*
(13) Eng. San Juan. (<Span.). =Span. (14).
(14) Span. San Juan, San Juan de los Caballeros ‘Saint John>
‘Saint John of the gentlemen’. =Eng. (13). Bandelier+
explains why ‘‘de los Caballeros” was added to the saint name:
“The village [18:27] was definitively forsaken in 1598, for the
benefit of the Spaniards, who established themselves in the houses
temporarily, until they could build their own abodes. This
occurred with the consent of the Indians, who voluntarily relin-
quished the place to join their brethren at San Juan; and it was
partly on account of this generous action that the title ‘De los
Caballeros’ was bestowed upon the Tehuas of the latter village”.®
“Sant Joan”.® ‘*Sant Joan Batista”.? ‘San Juan de los Cabal-
leros”.8 ‘Saint-Jean de Chevaliers”.® ‘St. Johns”.’? ‘‘San
Juan?! S John™. °S.Joanne’. “°S. Jean”.4°°"S. lean”.
“San Juaners”.® **San Juan de los Cabelleros”.!7 ** San Juane-
ros”.18 ‘*San Juan de Cabalenos”."
1 Curtis, American Indian, I, p. 138, 1907.
2 Franciscan Fathers, An Ethnologic Dictionary of the Navaho Language, p. 128, 1910,
3Tbid., p. 136.
4Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 61-62, 1892.
5“ Historia dela Nueva Mexico (fol, 141)—
Aqui los Indios mui gustosos,
Con nosotros sus casas dividieron,
Y luego que alojados y de asiento,
Haziendo vezindad nos assentamos.
Also— :
Hazia un gracioso Pueblo bien trazado
A quien San Juan por nombre le pusieron,
Y de los caualleros por memoria,
De aquellos que primero lebantaron,
Por estas nueuas tierras y regiones,
El sangriento estandarte donde Christo,
Por la salud de todos fue arbolado.
This disposes of the fable that the title ‘Caballeros’ was given to the San Juan Indians for
their loyalty to Spain during the insurrection of 1680. On the contrary, the Indians of San Juan
were among the most bitter and cruel of the rebels; and their participation in the risings of 1694 and
1696 is well known”’.—BANDELIER, ibid.
6 Ofate (1598) in Doc. Inéd., XVI, p. 256, 1871.
7Tbid., pp. 109, 116.
8 Cordova (1619) trans. in Ternaux-Compans, Voy., X, p. 440, 1838; Villa-Senor, Theatro Amer., I,
p. 418, 1748.
® Cordova, op. cit.
10 Heyleyn, Cosmography, p. 1072, 1703.
1 Shea, Cath. Miss., p. 82, 1870.
12D’ Anville, Map. N. A., Bolton’s ed., 1752.
18 Morelli, Fasti Novi Orbis, p. 31, 1776.
M4 Vaugondy, Map Amérique, 1778.
1s Crepy, Map Amérique Septentrionale, 1783 (?).
16 Davis, Span. Conquest New Mexico, p. 289, 1869.
17 Villa-Sefior (1748) quoted by Shea, Cath. Miss., p. 83, 1855.
18 ten Kate, Reizen in N. A., p. 221, 1885.
19 Donaldson, Moqui Pueblo Indians, p. 91, 1893.
914 ETH NOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. ann. 29
According to San Juan tradition, the present pueblo is the third
one which has been called’? Oe. The first ? Oke Pueblo is [10:26],
the ruins of which are about a mile north of the present San Juan.
When this pueblo was destroyed by a miraculous flood, the inhab
itants built a second pueblo called ’?Oke at Avdig?’/‘ [11:17], the
ruin of which has not been located. This second pueblo was only
afew hundred yards northwest of the third and present pueblo of
Oke, which is situated on the height or mesa near Avwtigi’i, the
latter name applying to a low place. Why the second-built
pueblo was abandoned for the present site was not known to the
informants. The now ruined pueblo of /uwyge [18:27] and the
pueblo of ’ Oe (the present San Juan) used to be ‘* like brothers,”
itis said. When /uyge was abandoned its inhabitants went to
live at’ Oke or at Pueblita [13:15]. When /wyge was permanently
abandoned seems not to be known to the historians. Bandelier?
says: ‘‘Yuge-uingge must have been still occupied in 1541, for
Castafieda says, in Cibola, p. 138: ‘ Mais ceux de Yuque-yunque
abandonnérent deux beaux villages qwils possédaient sur les bords
du fleuve, et se retirérent dans les montagnes .. . On trouva
beaucoup de vivres dans les deux villages abandonnés’”.
Bandelier obtained the following interesting tradition from the
San Juan Indians: ‘* Indian folk-lore has much to say about Yuge-
uingge. The Tehuas relate that when their ancestors journeyed
southward from Cibobe, and the division into summer and winter
people occurred, of which I have spoken in the First Part of this
Report [p. 303], the summer people, under the guidance of the
Pay-oj-ke or Po-a-tuyo, settled at Yuge-uingge; but the winter
people, after wandering over the eastern plains for a long
while, at last went in search of their brethren, and established
themselves near San Juan in sight of the other’s village at
Chamita. Finally it was agreed upon that a bridge should be
built across the Rio Grande, and the official wizards went to work
and constructed it by laying a long feather of a parrot over the
stream from one side, and a long feather of a magpie from the
other. As soon as the plumes met over the middle of the stream,
people began to cross on this remarkable bridge; but bad sor-
cerers caused the delicate structure to turn over, and many people
fell into the river, where they became instantly changed into
fishes. For this reason the Navajos, Apaches, and some of the
Pueblos refuse to eat fish to this day. The story goes on to tell
that both factions united and lived together at Oj-ke on the east
bank”.?
The present writer obtained a somewhat different version of
the same tale, which is given under S/pop'e, Myrutc PLacEs,
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 61, note, 1892. 2 Ibid., pp. 60-61.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 215
pages 571-72. The informant of San Juan who related this
tale knew nothing of /wyge [18:27] being settled by Summer
people and ’Oke by Winter people. He said that he supposed
that both these places were settled by the same kind of people.
He did not know that the feather bridges were made at San
Juan; he had heard merely that they were made somewhere
across the Rio Grande. The informant said that both Juyge and
Oke (at its various sites) were inhabited for a very long time,
but that at last /ynge was abandoned, the people being merged
into the ’ Oke villagers, as stated above. The informant was an
old man, and his statements were honestly made.
The San Juan Indians will invariably tell one that San Juan
was the chief Tewa village in olden days. Councils (Span. ae
of villagers from all the Tewa pueblos, from Tano pueblos, Taos
and Picuris, used to be held at San Juan. It was from San Juan
that word was sent out when the Tewa tribe declared war. The
Tewa of the other pueblos do not contradict these statements.
San Juan, it will be remembered, played a leading part in the
rebellion of 1680.
In ancient times, it is said, the people of San Juan used to raise
melons, corn, cotton, etc., on the highlands east of San Juan, in
places which are now barren indeed. It was dry farming and crops
were not certain; but usually plenty of rain fell in those times.
According to the informants, the Tewa of San Juan are of
pure blood, not mixed with non-Pueblo blood as are the Taos.
This information was received in one instance unsolicited. Yet
Bandelier* says: ‘‘at San Juan the Yutas [Ute] and Apaches
[Jicarilla Apache]. . . have assiduously contributed to the prop-
agation of the species.” As regards the architecture of San Juan
the same authority says: ‘‘Santo Domingo, San Juan, Santa Ana,
and especially Acoma, consist of several parallel rows of houses
forming one to three streets.”? There is only one estufa at San
Juan; this is in the northern part of the village. It is a rectan-
gular structure, above ground, and contains no permanent paint-
ings in its interior.
by elevation of San Juan, according to the Wheeler Survey,
5,601 feet.®
gue is a post office at present at San Juan Pueblo, but the
official name of the post office is Chamita.
The name ’ Ve is also applied by the San Juan to a bright star
seen in the southern skies; see Srars, page 49.
1 Final Report, pt. 1, pp. 261-262, 1890.
2Thbid., p. 265,
8’ Gannett, Dictionary of Altitudes, p. 650, 1906.
216 ETH NOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
[11:22] San Juan J/sdte ‘mass-house’ ‘church’ (misc ‘mass’ <Span.
misa ‘Roman Catholic mass’; fe ‘dwelling-place’).
This is the Roman Catholic church. Its entrance faces the
east. It is sometimes distinguished from the chapel across from
it by being called Wistite heji?i”' ‘the large church’ (Aeji ‘large’;
7% locative and adjective-forming postfix). Across the street
from this church, east of it, isa Roman Catholic chapel, which
has its entrance toward the west. This is called MMstte’e (e
diminutive) by the San Juan Indians to distinguish it from the
church. In front of the church stands a statue of the Mother of
Jesus, which is called by the San Juan Indians Vw {mbi Aivijo
‘our lady’, translating the Span. ‘‘Nuestra Sefiora” (nd ynbi
Sour’; Aw7jo ‘old woman’, used here to show reverence).
[11:23] San Juan Auéigikwajé ‘bunched stone height’, referring to
Kutig?’?' (Kutigé, see [11:17]; Awaje ‘height’). This name refers
to the whole high locality on which the pueblo of San Juan is
built, the present pueblo itself sometimes being distinguished as
Kuligihwajéoke; see San Juan Pueblo, above. See also [10:26]
and [11:17].
[11:24] San Juan Autehej7’7* ‘the big store’ (kute ‘store’ </y ‘to
trade’, te ‘dwelling-place’ ‘house’ ‘building’; Aejz ‘large’; *7”
locative and adjective-forming postfix).
This is the store of Reuth, Eldodt & Co.
[11:25] San Juan ’?Age ‘down at the slope’ ’wa ‘steep or short slope’;
ge ‘down at’ Sover at’). All the lowland sloping toward the
river west of San Juan Pueblo is called thus. This is the form
used when the speaker is at San Juan and the place is below
him.
[11:26] San Juan Potsa ‘marsh’ (po ‘water’; tsa ‘to cut through’).
Although potsa is applied to any marsh, when used at San
Juan, unless otherwise indicated, the word refers to this place.
There is some swampy ground, and several cottonwood trees
stand at the place.
[11:27] San Juan ’Akoyge tyke ‘the arroyo down at the plain’ ‘the
arroyo over at the plain’ ‘the arroyo of the plain’, referring to
-Okeakonnu [11:12] Cakoyp ‘plain’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’;
»>4’* loecative and adjective-forming postfix; /o * barranca’ ‘arroyo
with banks’).
This arroyo runs in front of (north of) the residence of Mr.
Samuel Eldodt, the merchant, of San Juan. See [11:28] and
[11:29].
[11:28] San Juan Aogwoge ‘down where the arroyo cuts through?
‘delta of the arroyo’, referring to [11:27] (4o * barranca’ ‘arroyo
with banks’; gwo ‘to cut through’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’).
This name is instantly understood by a San Juan Indian as
referring to a definite locality. See [11:27].
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES DANG.
[11:29] San Juan Aonuge ‘down below thearroyo’, referring to [11:27]
(Ao ‘barranca’ ‘arroyo with banks’; nww ‘below’; ge ‘down at’
‘overat’). This name refers to quite a large and indefinite locality
below (i. e., west of) the end [11:28] of the arroyo [11:27]. See
{11:27] and [11:28].
[11:30] San Juan ’#/ddbe tegwa ‘dwelling house of Eldodt’ (£7do
<German Eldodt; 67 possessive postfix; tegwa ‘house’ < ‘te dwell-
ing-place’, gwa indicating state of being a receptacle).
This is the red-brick residence of Mr. Samuel Eldodt. He has
a collection of rare Indian objects from existing pueblos and
pueblo ruins, which he courteously allowed the writer to examine
and use for purposes of study.
[11:31] San Juan ’Zvakevi ‘threshing-floor height’ (‘e/a ‘threshing-
floor’ <Span. era ‘threshing-floor’, which in turn is derived from
Latin area, of same meaning; eu? ‘ height’).
This isa high place southeast of Mr. Eldodt’s house where wheat
is threshed in Mexican fashion by driving animals over it.
[11:32] San Juan ?Ekweldteqwa ‘school house’ (ehwela ‘school’
<Span. escuela ‘school’; tegwa ‘house’ <te ‘dwelling place’,
gwa denoting state of being a receptacle).
This is the Government schoolhouse for Indian children. It is
south of the pueblo.
[11:33] San Juan “Ahompijeinrxpo ‘southern race-track’ Cakompije
‘south’? <’akoy yp ‘plain’, pije ‘toward’; 77”* locative and adjective-
forming postfix; ’#po ‘race-track’<’# ‘to run’, po ‘track’ ‘trail’).
This is the southern ceremonial race-track of the San Juan
Indians. It lies on the level, barren height of Zs/gwakonnu
[11:34] and extends in a north and south direction as does the
northern race-track. See [11:20].
[11:34] San Juan TZsigWakonnu, Tsigikwajé ‘chico plain’ ‘chico
height’ (Zszgu an unidentified species of bush, called chico by
the Mexicans of the Tewa country; ’wkonnw ‘plain’? <’akon sp
‘plain’, nw unexplained; kwajée ‘height’). This name is given to
the high, barren plain southeast of San Juan Pueblo. Chico
bushes grow on it; hence the name.
This may also be regarded as a part of ’?Oke’akonnw [11:12].
South of [11:34] is 7s7qibw’w [11:44], q. v.
[11:35] San Juan ?Lkwelapengeera ‘threshing-floors beyond the
school’, referring to the Government schoolhouse [11:32] (ekwela
‘school’ <Span. escuela ‘school’; peyge ‘beyond’; era ‘thresh-
ing-floor’? <Span. era ‘threshing-floor’).
There are several threshing-floors at the locality known by this
name.
[11:36] San Juan WVuge ‘déwn below’, so called because of its low
and southerly location (nww ‘below’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’).
218 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [ern ann. 29
Mr. Tomasino Martinez lives about where the more southerly
of the two circles suggesting this name is placed.
[11:37] San Juan Augwanugeinko ‘drag-stone-down arroyo’ (ku
‘stone’; qgwa ‘to drag’; nuge ‘down’ ‘from a higher place to a
lower place across a surface’ <nw’u ‘below’, ge ‘down at’ ‘over
at’ ‘down to’ ‘over to’; *Zy7 locative and adjective-forming post-
fix; 4o ‘barranca’ ‘arroyo with banks’).
Who dragged a stone down, and under what circumstances, is
probably forever forgotten. It is not impossible that the arroyo
itself did the dragging of a stone or stones referred to by this
name.
This arroyo is quite deep where it cuts through the edge of the
highland. It starts at Zigwakonnu [11:34] and loses itself in
the lowlands of Vuge [11:36]. See [11:38].
[11:38] San Juan P'ewawindiwe ‘where the cross stands’ (p‘ewa
‘cross’ <p‘e ‘stick’, wa unexplained; wiyy ‘to stand’; “diwe
locative).
On the high corner just north of [11:37] where the latter
leaves the highland stands a wooden cross, said to have been
erected by Mexicans in connection with a funeral procession.
[11:39] San Juan Ke’apo ‘badger water’ (ke’a ‘badger’; po ‘water’).
This is a low place near the bank of the Rio Grande.
[11:40] San Juan Piyge ‘in the middle’, referring in some way to the
middle or central portion of the lowlands.
fll:41] San Juan pugode’e ‘little corner of the mosquitoes’ (/ugo
‘mosquito’ ; bee ‘small low roundish place’).
[11:42] San Juan Puwabwu ‘cultivated land corner’ (puwa ‘cultivated
land’ ‘land under state of cultivation’; bw’w ‘large low roundish
place’).
It is at this place that the clay-pit [11:43] is situated.
[11:43] San Juan Pinapok' ondiwe * where the clay is dug’, referring
to a peculiar kind of clay (p?’inapo ‘moist clay’ ‘clay that is
moist when it isdug out’ <p7’? ‘reddish pottery-clay’, napoas in
napota ‘adobe’; kon p ‘to dig’; iwe locative).
This is the source of the clay used in making the common red
pottery of San Juan. See Miép7’t, under Mineratrs. The clay-
pits are at the place called Puwabwu [11:42].
[11:44] San Juan Zsigitbwu ‘chico corner’ (¢s‘gu name of an uniden-
tified bush which is called chico by the Mexicans of the Tewa
country; bw ‘large low roundish place’). See [11:54].
[11:45] San Juan Pute’inho, see [12:20].
[11:46] San Juan Pute’tyhoqwoge ‘delta of jackrabbit hole arroyo’
[11:45] (Putetyko, see [12:20]; gwoge ‘delta’ < gwo ‘to cut
through’, ge ‘down at’ ‘ over at’).
Pute wha is here lost in the lowlands of 7s/gibwu [11:44].
MAP 12
SAN JUAN HILL REGION
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
Vy Wty,
‘
NL
te
ND Wn,
w\
SAN JUAN |
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 12
10
{2
cently 3
yiddsas wii, AULT ue
i] ws,
ay WVU aybbbbidayy, vw LEAN YT]
. aia 1 Ae Yeas
Ss NU aes vail VAs 77a ne ewig ss SOc oes PACA
Lhe (pees “u “vl WL AN) v/
WAMllizy, 2X “ex Vay,
1 NU a sal NNLLIL 8} TSS ONNUL Ly aatent -
pean tn, $C UES SN ats OT
2 We Ss PTIUN | or Sei, ye
CM 4 Ny | Ve ee FIND SEA di
> THINS mis REACH ag) Uae CIA, AALS
. ) SS wer = 0
LANSS HK oes LINN: “i; Ht Ve ENS a “7 VN) :
4 * .
SHUN tags? ONS HW Las
N77 eS
[ei ee Be Tayihe fea
eeetdiay yp *, att,
Ws,, Wy, ‘ qi
YUL LU, Foy ; CULL 7 Fe V4 |
Mtns, Vy, 4, My, RNID “Oe MUU, Ret
ur faci. Fahd Sy, fe Se GTZ, oa
4
.
i I ORS 5 we
“ga ee Ce AS AAW, TINS FALSE LATION ce
st ALLS Gin 1S< LT TVS UT ~
GINS PEIN : LLP a ZENS Reece A (a)
aS COONS ~ 7 TAN ros verid .
OOS Lays /
Creve
“
\
yy
Whey
tT
ey
UN 7)
33 ae <c a
REGION
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 19
teres
a
ven lly
yehldZZ Zu eabidag,
3
‘ . 4,
Tee ee, TG ay, apetiday oe
SEAN “MU baa, we yi PET PRU ZERONY ioe a aL
eo. SSS 2 ON DUT Villee wey “re WW, vl AT, abize UU (a \V0te
Uti sSz ts AUNT, SN 5 ae Le LAUUIZ,, SM lag “‘e0atan a CoN ty,
Slaediesa,” s PA ee SET PT ae My as fa - PTH. 7p
UN, 2 TUN WOT oy “Fes? = Lue Fe pas er
. “
“tee OPIN AZ F606 SWS CHIN rN
BENS EN SOTA aI FERNS ens “1 Ape a
Wants 7) 4% ’ : :
uN MAUNA, MTN eas
;
3 Wmv se
eA Ss yee Gedt « CHAN
* Aes oy ~
vat , ‘
‘= Freese "ag, aily, oa
cae cull SUT, | “oy, i hlliyy SOU Ne yvida
*'¢ « s me \ . Fas* ¢ RY i
IY ty, stars ‘aS STV ROVE he, lg UE COME NU NL Srey
SI ON D LED saw eM, PS PN Pie 1 (7) oliaial pe aS LT,
~ An a Se ‘ ' . hd 4; . ‘ ‘ ‘, wi
Joes ies 7, PINS ope = sential (ka
, oP At Seles 2 vy AY aw)
= iti a . 8 = CT aA OTT a " H
4 > 4
“lire / sat sta pee b
TH eA pqilive ttt ZLELINN IL Oe) cae REDUCE es
mn ' oe ttt at es NN Ty Vet TH
HOC OWS LIS STAT TAN . > A ipl Au aah
Ze rept s® 4 Ot aa ‘ :
a 167, AAs, it Pe | ‘ 71s
FE FEE TAVUFLTING “a, FEIN UNS can ROOT
9 COUN Ts 9%, AHI a EUS
PNT phi tame) a FF, 8
SOM AG he, fy ieee
7 HMAC . wee,
ANAS ul 7 Miz, .Mily
ty V0744, 4,
4, ate 17 Neg,
th. Ms fear, ps
ve
‘4
15 ri Pee
S14 =: Sie i7
== = SN
Hin WNW NG -
fl
Ue j.§
oF
SANG
i
,
©
y)
ce ty wile
Wea.
45,
ry
iy.
w\
ty
Nn
“I
Adve §
21
“1s ‘ =z aver 24
my '‘n,
23 “Tie,
=
= ills ee,
SS .
- .
=~ .
Ts iw
2m TW CO
LES eae TNs
15
SAN JUAN HILL Region
MAP 12
SAN JUAN HILL REGION
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 219
UNLOCATED
San Juan Kutig? oywikesi, Rutig’ oke onwikeji,’ Oke oywikeji bunched
stones pueblo ruin’ ‘bunched stones pueblo ruin of ’ Oke (unex-
plained)’ ‘ pueblo ruin of ’ Oke (unexplained)’ (Kutigi, see [11:17];
-onwikeji ‘pueblo ruin’ <’oywi ‘pueblo’, fej7 ‘ruin’ postpound;
> Oke, see San Juan Pueblo, above).
This pueblo ruin of the second-built village called ’ Oke is said
to be somewhere in the vicinity of the place called Autig??7*[11:17],
in the lowlands a short distance northwest of the present San
Juan Pueblo. The site was not visited by the writer. See dis-
cussion under [10:26] and San Juan Pueblo, above.
[12] SAN JUAN HILL SHEET
This sheet (map 12) shows a small area of arid hill country east of
San Juan Pueblo. The hill [12:27] is the chief ceremonial hill of the
San Juan villagers.
[12:1] San Juan Qwosenekohwu, see [10:20].
[12:2] San Juan Hutsekwajé ‘yellow one-seeded juniper height’ (hy
‘one-seeded juniper’ ‘Juniperus monosperma’; tse ‘yellowness’
‘yellow’, absolute form of éseji”, tsejiyy ‘yellowness’ ‘yellow’;
kwajé ‘height’). These two long ridges bear this name. Cf.
[12:3].
[12:3] San Juan /yfseko ‘yellow one-seeded juniper arroyos’, refer-
ring to [12:2] (Z7yise, see [12:2]; ko ‘barranca’ ‘arroyo with
banks’).
These arroyos join, forming Qwovenxkohuw'u [10:20].
[12:4] San Juan Aop‘ag?iny, see [11:6]. Only the lower course of
the arroyo is called by this name.
[12:5] San Juan ’Agekwaje'akoy p ‘plain of the height above the slope’
(age ‘down at the slope’ <’a’a ‘steep slope’ ‘short slope’; ge
‘down at’ ‘over at’; Awaje ‘height’; ’akoy p ‘ plain’).
Just why this name is applied did not seem to be clear to either
of the two informants. It refers to the generally level plain
north of [12:7] and east of . 10:26].
[12:6] San Juan ’ Okekwageakoy.» ‘plain of the high flat place by ’ Oke
(unexplained)’, referring to San Juan Pueblo ( Use, see San Juan
Pueblo, under [11], pp. 211-215; Awage ‘high flat place’ ‘mesa
top’; ’akoy ‘plain’).
[12:7] San Juan Aopzkagi ‘red starving arroyo’ (ko ‘barranca’
‘arroyo with banks’; pi ‘redness’ ‘red’; kag? ‘starving’ ‘ becom-
ing or having become thin from starvation’).
220 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [peru. ann. 29
The connection in which this name was originally given was
not known to the informants. This arroyo and its height [12:8]
are reddish in places. The arroyo is nothing but the upper part
of [12:4]. Cf. [12:8].
[12:8] San Juan Kopikag?inkwaje, Kopikagi inkwaje oku ‘red starving
arroyo height’ ‘hills of. red starving arroyo height’ (Kopikag?,
see [12:7]; ‘v’ locative and adjective-forming postfix; Awajé
‘height’; ’okw ‘ hill’).
This reddish height is north and northeast of the arroyo from
which it appears to take its name. See [12:7].
[12:9] San Juan Simp'aniho, Jimp'winko ‘broad willow arroyo’
(Gay ‘willow’; p'a ‘broadness’ ‘broad’ ‘largeness and flatness’
‘large and flat’, here evidently referring to the shape of a willow
tree or a group or number of willow trees; 27,7, nz locative and
adjective-forming postfix, the San Juan dialect sometimes having
nt for wy; ko ‘barranca’ ‘arroyo with banks’). See [12:13].
Whether the name originally applied to the arroyo or to the
height [12:13] it is of course impossible to determine. No willow
trees were to be seen either in the dry gulch or on the height.
See [12:13].
[12:10] (1) San Juan Wobcu2 ‘medicine piles’ (wo ‘medicine’ ‘magic’ ;
iui ‘pile’ or ‘heap’ of roundish shape). Why this name is applied
appeared not to be known to the informants. Perhaps it refers
to the occurrence of the medicinal plant referred to by name (2),
below.
(2) San Juan ?Agojop'eoku ‘contrayerba hills’ (agojop‘e ‘con-
trayerba’ ‘ Dorstenia contrayerba’, a kind of weed the stalks of
which are chewed, the cud being applied to sores and swellings
by the Indians <’agojo ‘star’, p‘e ‘stick’ ‘stalk’ ‘plant’; ’ohw
‘hill’).
[12:11] San Juan Papibe’e ‘red fish corner’, referring to [12:12] (Papi,
see [12:12]; bee ‘small low roundish place’).
[12:12] San Juan Papikwajé ‘red fish height’, said to be applied
because the height looks like the reddish spine of a reddish fish,
although the writer could not see the resemblance (pa ‘fish’; p7
‘redness’ ‘red’; kwajé ‘ height’).
[12:13] San Juan Simp'akwaje ‘broad willow height’ (Jémp‘a, see
[12:9]; Awajeé ‘height’.
[12:14] San Juan 7inte@thin pe’ ‘little shield painting’ (¢/.47 ‘shield’ ;
ta4 ‘painting’; Ain pe ‘small’; *2 locative and adjective-forming
postfix).
This little hill is as round as a shield and is of reddish and
yellowish color as if painted. The ‘large shield painting’ hill
[12:33] is, however, not of shield shape. Cf. [12:15] and [12:33].
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 921
[12:15] San Juan Zivta@thineko ‘little shield painting arroyo’
(Tiacta@ thin pe, see [12:14]; 40 ‘barranca’ ‘arroyo with banks’).
This little gulch takes its name from [12:14].
[12:16] San Juan Maimpibiwi ‘pile of red earth’ (ndyy ‘earth’; pi
‘redness’ ‘red’; 62v¢ ‘roundish pile of small size’).
This is a small roundish hill of bright red color which is con-
spicuous afar off.
[12:17] San Juan Toba, Tasentuywejotoba ‘the cliffs’ ‘the cliffs of the
tall tasey grass species place’, referring to [12:19] (tuba * cliff’
‘vertical bank’; Zasentunwejo, see [12:19]).
These cliffs are high and noticeable, and give the upper part of
the dell of [12:7] a markedly barren appearance. The cliffs are
yellowish and reddish in color. See [12:18] and [12:19].
[12:18] San Juan Tobapeyge, Tusentuywe jotobape yge* beyond the cliffs’
‘beyond the cliffs of the tall fasey_r grass species place’, referring
to [12:17] (Toba, Tasentuywejotoba, see [12:17]; peyge * beyond’).
This name refers to quite a large region of arid, broken country.
[12:19] San Juan Zasentuywejooku ‘hills of the tall taseyy grass
species’ (¢aseyr ‘an unidentified species of grass which is very
good for grazing purposes and grows waist-high under very
favorable conditions, called by the Mexicans zacate azul’ </a
‘orass’, sen unexplained; tuywejo ‘very high’ <tuywe ‘high’,
jo augmentative; *ohw * hill’).
These hills are much higher than any other hills shown on the
map. They can be seen distinctly from places far west of the Rio
Grande. There are two peaks or heights.
[12:20] San Juan Pute iho ‘jackrabbit hole arroyo’, referring to
[12:25] (Pute, see [12:25]; °7’* locative and adjective-forming
postfix; 4o ‘barranca’ ‘arroyo with barrancas’).
The lower course [11:45] and end [11:46] of this arroyo are
shown on map [11].
[12:21] San Juan 7sigubwau, see [11:44].
[12:22] San Juan Kutsdywebwinko ‘blue rock arroyo’ (Kutsénwabwu,
see [12:23]; °z’* locative and adjective-forming postfix; /o ‘ bar-
ranca’ ‘arroyo with banks’). The name appears to be taken
from [12:23], in which the arroyo lies.
The arroyo is tributary to [12:20].
[12:23] San Juan Autsdywebwu ‘blue stone corner? (ku ‘stone’;
tsdywe “blueness’ ‘blue’ ‘greenness’ ‘green’; bwwu ‘large low
roundish place’).
The informants said that there were bluish or greenish stones
in this low place. The place has given names to [12:22] and
[12:24]. :
[12:24] San Juan Kutsigwebukwaje ‘blue stone corner height’ (Kutsd-
gwebwu, see [12:23]; kwaje ‘height’). Cf. [12:22] and [12:23].
222 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [pru. ann. 29
[12:25] San Juan Puteoku ‘rabbit hole hill’? (pu ‘rabbit’; te ‘dwell-
ing-place’ ‘warren’ ‘rabbit hole’; ’ofw ‘hill’). This name ap-
plies also to the small hills surrounding the larger hill on which
the circle is placed. See [12:26].
[12:26] San Juan Kuk‘ ondiwe ‘stone quarry’ (ku ‘stone’; kon ‘to
dig’; °¢we locative).
There is a quarry at this place from which stone has been taken
to build the church and other buildings at San Juan Pueblo.
The quarry is said to belong to Mr. Samuel Eldodt, of San Juan
Pueblo.
[12:27] San Juan ?Okutuywejo ‘high hill’ Cokw * hill’; tuywejo ‘very
high’ < tuywe ‘high’, jo augmentative).
This is the sacred high hill of the San Juan Indians. It has
two shrines on its top; see [12:28] and [12:30]. The unidentified
medicine-plants kutebé and ¢/wo were found growing on this hill.
[12:28] The northern peak of [12:27] hill. On this summit is a shrine
of stones arranged like a letter U, about a yard in length, with
the opening toward San Juan Pueblo.
[12:29] The middle peak of [12:27] hill.
There is no shrine on this peak.
[12:30] The southern peak of [12:27] hill.
There is on this summit a large V-shaped stone shrine with the
opening toward San Juan Pueblo. Where the two lines of the
V meet is erected a large slab of yellowish stone.
[12:31] San Juan ’Okutuywejopeyge, Okutuywe jopeygebu’u ‘beyond
the high hill’ ‘corner beyond the high hill’ ( Ohutuywejo, see
[12:27]; paenge ‘beyond’; bw’u ‘large low roundish place’).
These names refer to a more or less definite locality beyond,
i.e., east of, [12:27]. Cf. [12:32].
[12:32] San Juan ? Okutugwejopeygekwajé ‘heights beyond the high
hill’ ( Okutuywejopeyge, see [12:31]; Awaze ‘height’). This name
may be used to include [12:33], which has also a name proper
to itself.
[12:33] San Juan 7ivtethej7v' ‘large shield painting’ (77/ta’4, see
[12:14]; Aeje Slargeness’‘ large’; ’2” locative and adjective-forming
postfix).
This is the large shield painting as distinguished from the
‘small shield painting’ [12:14]. [12:33] is long and not shield-
shaped, while [12:14] is round like a shield. As noted under
[12:32], this hill is sometimes included with the hills designated
[12:32] under the descriptive name of ’ Ohutuwywejopeyngekwaje.
[12:34] San Juan Tobap'okwajetoba ‘cliff hole height cliffs’ (Tobap'o-
kwaje, see [12:36]; toba ‘ cliff’). Cf. [12:35].
MAP 13
CHAMITA REGION
“it
By a
His gins
Peon
pes
SU! K :
-
fa.
EL dVW LYOd3Y TIWNNNY HLNIN-ALNSML ABOTIONHL] NVOINSWY JO NVSYNE
M6
2MILES
CHAMITA REGION
NOIDSY VLINVHO
S31IW @
stats ‘
“unn
ea vz, © purs
SMM nnliSD
> ss ‘a
Wy At ms (
Y 8
€L dVW 1YOd3Y IWNNNV HLNIN-ALNSML
ABDOTONHLS NVOINSWY J
oO nva4"unE
MAP 13
CHAMITA REGION
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES QOS
[12:35] San Juan Tobdap‘o, Todap'o’”' ‘cliff hole’ ‘at the cliff hole’
(toba ‘cliff’; p‘o ‘hole’ ; 7 locative and adjective-forming postfix).
There is a cave in the cliff at this place. This ‘cliff hole’ has
given names to [12:34] and [12:56].
[12:36] (1) San Juan Vobap‘okwaje ‘cliff hole height’ (Zobap'‘o, see
[12:35]; Awajé ‘height’). The hills, or perhaps more properly the
western hill only, are so called because of the. well-known cave
[12:35].
(2) San Juan ’Agap'chwaje, ?Agup'dsikwaje, of obscure ety-
mology ( Agap'e, > Agap‘etsi2, see [12:37]; Awaze ‘height’). This
name is surely taken from that of [12:37].
[12:37] San Juan ’Agap‘es’’? of obscure etymology (aga an unex-
plained word which occurs also in [22:54]; pe ‘stick’; fs7’2
‘canyon’).
This is said to be a deep gulch, tributary to [12:20].
[12:38] San Juan Sapobwu ‘corner of the thin or watery excrement’
(sa ‘excrement’; po ‘water’; bww ‘large low roundish place’).
This is a large hollow in the hills which extends far to the south-
east toward Santa Cruz Creek. Cf. [12:39].
[12:39] San Juan Sapokwaje, Sapokwajoku ‘height of the thin or
watery excrement’ ‘hills of the height of the thin or watery
excrement’ (sapo, see [12:38]; Awaze ‘height’; ’okw ‘ hill’).
[12:40] ’ Oke onwikej7, see [10:26].
UNLOCATED
San Juan Pibw’u ‘red corner’ (pi ‘redness’ ‘red’; bwu large low
roundish place’).
This is said to be a dell in the hills east of and not very far
from San Juan Pueblo.
[13] cHAMITA SHEET
The area shown on this sheet (map 13) lies about the confluence
of the Chama and Rio Grande, west of San Juan Pueblo [13:24].
Canoe Mesa [18:1] occupies the upper part of the sheet. The whole
of the area shown was formerly claimed and occupied by the San
Juan Indians.
The entire region west of San Juan Pueblo, west of the Rio Grande,
is called’? Ot onne ‘on the other side’ (ot'oy 7 unexplained; nz loca-
tive) by the San Juan Indians. They use also the Span. name
Chamita, as do Mexicans and Americans, to indicate the territory
west of the Rio Grande, west of San Juan. Chamita is more strictly
the name of the Mexican settlement [18:28].
224 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS | [prn. ayy. 29
[13:1] (1) Tstkwaje, Tsikwage ‘basalt height’ ‘basalt mesa’ (si ‘ ba-
salt’; Awaje ‘height’; Awage ‘large flat high place’ ‘mesa’).
(2) Eng. Canoe Mesa, Canoa Mesa. (<Span.). =Span. (4).
(3) Eng. Black Mesa, Black Mesa near San Juan. =Span. (5).
Cf. [18:19]. ** Black Mesa”.' ‘‘ Black Mesa (Mesa Canoa)”.?
(4) Span. Mesa de la Canoa, Mesa Canoa ‘Canoe Mesa’ ‘boat
mesa’. =EKng. (2). ‘‘Mesade laCanoa”.? ‘‘ Black Mesa (Mesa
Canoa)”’.*
(5) Span. Mesa Prieta ‘black mesa’. =Eng. (3). Cf. [18:19].
The mesa is commonly called thus by Mexicans of the vicinity.
Mr. Thomas $. Dozier of Espanola informs the writer that this
is the name which appears on deeds and land grants; he has seen
a large blueprint map which had this name on it.
This high mesa with its dark cliffs is one of the most striking
geographical features of the Tewa region. It is called Black
Mesa from its color, and Canoe Mesa presumably because of its
oblong boatlike shape. The name Black Mesa is better avoided,
lest it be confused with other mesas of the region called by this
name. The Tewa of all the villages call it Zsiiwaze, or Tsikwage.
Bandelier* says of the mesa: ‘‘In the east an extensive plateau,
covered by a layer of black trap, separates this valley [the Chama
Valley] from the Rio Grande; it is called the ‘Mesa de la Canon’,
and there are no vestiges of antiquity on its surface so far as I am
aware, but there are rents and clefts in its eastern side that I have
reason to believe are used to-day by the Indians of San Juan for
sacrificial purposes”. Canoe Mesa is crossed by at least two im-
portant trails; the /utipo [9:17].and the 7sew/po [10:3]. It is
probably to the latter trail that Bandelier® refers when he says:
**A trail leads across it [Canoe Mesa] to the Rio Grande from Ojo
Caliente”. See [5:54], [7:23], [13:2].
[18:2] San Juan Tsoi, Tsifiru ‘basalt point’, referring to [18:1]
(¢sz ‘basalt’; w7¢ ‘projecting corner or point’; /ww * projecting
point’).
[13:3] San Juan Qwakesi ‘housetop height’ (gwa showing state of
being a receptacle, as in tegwa ‘house’, pogwa ‘reservoir for
water’, gwasy ‘houserow of a pueblo’; kesd ‘height’ ‘top’). It
is said that this long hill is so called because of its resemblance to
a house or row of houses; also, that Qwakesitoba (toda ‘ cliffs’) is
either another name of the hill or a name of a locality near the
hill. See [18:4].
1 Hewett, Antiquities, pl. xvm, 1906.
2Jeancgon, Explorations in Chama Basin, New Mexico, Records of the Past, X, p. 92, 1911.
8 Bandelier, Final Report, pt.m, p. 63, 1892.
4Jeancon, op. cit.
© Bandelier, op. cit., note.
HARRINGTON | PLACE-NAMES 925
[18:4] A large white house with a red roof, owned by a Mexican.
The southern end of Qwakeui [18:3] is almost due west of this
Mexican villa. ;
[13:5] San Juan Ta’n pentuywejo’oku, Tan pentunwejoboui ‘hill of
the tall twnpxeyyp bushes’ (ta’nreyy an unidentified species of
bush; tuywejo ‘very high’? <tuywe ‘high’, jo augmentative;
-okw ‘hill’; bow ‘large roundish pile’ ‘hill’). The adjective
refers to the bushes, not to the hill. See [18:6].
[18:6] San Juan /262wi?? ‘meat gap’ (pibs ‘meat’; w7’s ‘gap’ ‘ pass’).
This gap gives the name to P/biwirryko [18:7].
[13:7] San Juan Pibiweiyko ‘meat gap arroyo’ (Pbiw772, see [18:6];
inp locative and adjective-forming postfix; /o * barranca’ ‘arroyo
with barrancas’). Why the arroyo was thus named, was not
known to the informants.
[13:8] San Juan Jefukohwu of obscure etymology (je fu unexplained;
kohwu ‘arroyo with barrancas’ </o ‘barranca’, Aww ‘large
groove’ ‘arroyo’).
This arroyo is lost in the fields north of Pueblito [18:15].
[13:9] San Juan Tobap‘okwajéboui ‘the roundish height of the cave
in the cliff’, referring to[18:9](Lobap’'o, see [18:9]; kwajeé ‘height’;
bout ‘large roundish pile’). See [13:10].
[13:10] San Juan Tobap'o ‘cliff hole’ (foba ‘cliff’; p'o ‘hole’).
This cave is situated on the southern side and near the top of a
peculiar round knob [13:9]. The cave opens to the south. Its
floor is level. ‘The mouth is 8 feet wide; the depth of the cave is
6 feet. From the innermost part of the cave and on the level of
its floor a small tunnel-like hole runs back horizontally 5 feet or
more. There isa niche in the western wallof the cave. The
roof of the cave is arching, low, and sooty.
[13:11] San Juan Tobap‘okesi ‘cliff hole height’ (Tobap'o, see [18:10];
kesi Sheight’, here referring to a narrow ridge).
This ridge incloses the low roundish place [18:13]. It isa
thin neck of hill; one can walk along its top as along the ridge-
pole of a house. See [13:12].
[13:12] San Juan Tobatse’”’' ‘at the white cliff’ (foba ‘cliff’; tse
‘whiteness’ ‘white’; ’2’* locative and adjective-forming postfix).
At the place indicated by the circle, on the eastern slope of
[13:11], is this white cliff. See [13:11] and [13:12].
[13:13] (1) San Juan Tobap‘obww ‘cliff hole corner’, referring to
[13:10] (Lobap'o, see [18:10]; bw’w ‘large low roundish place’).
(2) San Juan Tobatsebwu ‘white cliff corner’, referring to
[13:12] (Lobatse, see [18:12]; ww ‘large low roundish place’).
This arid low place gives the arroyo [13:14] its name.
7584°—29 erH—16——15
2296 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [2TH ann. 29
[13:14] (1) San Juan Tobap'o’iyko ‘cliff hole arroyo’, referring to
[13:10] (Tobap‘o, see [18:10]; in locative and adjective-forming
postfix; /o ‘barranca’ ‘arroyo with barrancas’).
(2) San Juan Tobatsx’inko ‘white cliff arroyo’, referring to
[13:12] (Tvbafse, see [18:12]; ‘inp locative and adjective-forming
postfix; /o ‘barranca’ ‘arroyo with barrancas’).
[13:15] (1) San Juan’ Aun pe’ onwi ‘turquoise pueblo’ (kun pe ‘tur-
quoise’ ‘kalaite’; ’oywz ‘pueblo’). This name is applied also to
the pueblo ruin [29:23]. Compare also ‘*a la Puenta [8:19], on
voit la grande ruine de Kwengyauinge (maison de la turquoise
bleue)”.! See [8: unclassified].
(2) San Juan’ Of onnx’oywt ‘pueblo on the other side’ (?of-—
onnz ‘onthe other side’ <’ot oy r unexplained, nz locative;’onwt
‘pueblo’). This name is much used by the San Juan people.
(3) Eng. Pueblito settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (4).
(4) Span. Pueblito ‘little pueblo’. =Eng. (8).
San Juan is the only Tewa pueblo which has a suburb—Pueb-
lito. Pueblito isa genuine little Tewa pueblo, built about a court-
yard or plaza, but inhabited by Indians who are identical with
the San Juan in origin, dialect, and customs. Bandelier? says of
Pueblito: ‘‘The Indians of San Juan to-day still hold a portion of
the arable lands about Chamita, and a small colony of them dwell
on the west side of the Rio Grande at the so-called ‘Pueblito’”.
A summer village of the Acoma is also called Pueblito in Span.°
[13:16] San Juan Desiwikwajeé ‘stinking coyote gap height’ (Destw7’Z,
see [13:18]; Awajé ‘ height’).
[13:17] San Juan Jop‘e’?’’ohu * hill adorned with cane cactus’ (jo ‘cane
cactus’ ‘Opuntia arborescens’; p‘e ‘adorned’ ‘fixed up’; *2” loca-
tive and adjective-forming postfix; ’okw ‘ hill’).
The railroad track lies close under this hill.
[13:18] San Juan Destw7’7 ‘stinking coyote gap’ (de ‘coyote’; sz said
to mean ‘stinking’; wz’? ‘gap’ ‘ pass’).
This place has given names to [18:16], [13:19], and [13:26].
[13:19] San Juan Desiwikohwu ‘stinking coyote barranca arroyo’
(Desiw?’i, see [18:18]; hohww ‘barranca arroyo’ <ho ‘barranca’,
hwu large groove’ ‘arroyo’). [18:26] is called by the same
name.
[13:20] San Juan Kop‘ag?iny, see [11:6].
[13:21] The San Juan name (which unfortunately has been mislaid by
the writer) means ‘where the water is deep’.
[13:22] San Juan Zepokop‘e ‘wagon road bridge’ (tepo ‘wagon road’
<te ‘wagon’, po ‘road’; kop‘e ‘bridge’ ‘boat’ <ko ‘to bathe’,
pe ‘stick’ Slog’).
1 Hewett, Communautés, p. 42, 1908,
2Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 62-68, 1892.
%See Handbook Inds,, pt. 2, p. 316, 1910.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 227
[13:23] San Juan Pojasi, see [11:9].
[13:24] San Juan Pueblo, see under [11], page 211.
[13:25] San Juan Puteinko, see [12:20].
[13:
[13:
26] San Juan Desiwikohwu ‘stinking coyote gap barranca ar-
royo’ (Desiw7?, see [13:18]; hohwu ‘barranca arroyo’ <q ‘bar-
ranea,’ Aww ‘large groove’ ‘Sarroyo’).
27] (1) San Juan Suygeoywikeji of obscure etymology (juyge
means clearly enough ‘down at the mocking bird place’ <juyp
‘mocking bird’, ge ‘down at’ ‘over at,’ just as the name of the
pueblo ruin P’?’oge [9:43] means ‘ down at the place of the wood-
pecker’ and that of the pueblo ruin 7s/rege [17:34] means ‘down
at the place of the bird’; but although the San Juan informants
agree that this is unquestionably the meaning, they state that
when they use the word they never think of a mocking bird or of
any etymology at all; ’oywihej/ ‘pueblo ruin’ <‘oywi ‘pueblo,’
keji ‘ruin’ postpound). The forms quoted below from various
sources are intended for /uyge’onwige (ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’):
“Yuqueyunque.”! This isa poor spelling, indeed. The writer
may have been influenced by Span. yunque ‘anvil’ < Latin incus
Sanvil.” ‘** Yuque-Yunque’ are the Zehuas [Tewa], north of
Santa Fé.”? ‘ Yuque-yunque, or Chamita.’”? ‘** Yuque-yun-
que’.”* ‘Yunque is but a contraction of Yuge-uingge. Esca-
lante says, in Carta al Padre Morfi | April 2, 1778], par. 2: ‘Una
Villa de Espafioles, que era de San Gabriel del Yunque, primero y
despues de Santa Fé.” ° Juyge is not a contraction but a portion
of the name Junge onwige. London would hardly be called a con-
traction of London town. ‘*Yuqueyunk.”® ‘* Yuqui Yanqui.”?
**Ynqueyunque.”& ‘‘Juke-yunque.”® ‘*Yunque.”!? ‘* Yuge-
uingge.” 4 **Yuge-uing-ge.”!? ‘* Yugeuinge.”*3 ‘**Yun-que.’” 4
“Yugeuingge (Tewa: ‘village of the ravine’).”!° This etymology
cannot be correct. It is based on ju ‘to pierce.’
(2) Span. ‘* Sant Francisco de los Espafoles.” 1°
1 Castaneda (1596) in Fourteenth Ann. Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., p. 525, 1896.
2 Bandelier (quoting Castafieda), Historical Introduction, pp. 23-24, 1881.
3 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 31, 1892.
4Ibid., p. 61, note.
5Tbid., p. 60, note. is
®Gallatin in Trans. Amer, Ethn. Soc., 11, p. 1xxi, 1848,
7 Kern in Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, rv, map, pp. 38-39, 1854.
8 Davis, Span. Conquest of New Mexico, pp. 185, 221, 225, 1869,
9 Loew (1875) in Wheeler Surv. Rep., vit, p. 344, 1879.
10 Bandelier in Ritch, N. Mex:, p. 210, 1885.
11 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. m, pp. 48, 58, 60, 61, 1892.
12Tbid., pt. 1, p. 128, 1890.
13 Hewett: Antiquities, p. 38, 1906; Communautés, p. 30, 1908.
4K. E. Twitchell in Santa Fe New Mexican, Sept. 22, 1910.
15 Hodge in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, 1007, 1910.
16Onate (1598) in Doc. Inéd., XVI, p. 116, 1871.
+
228 PTHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [x2ru. ann. 29
(3) Span. ‘‘ Sant Gabriel.”! ‘‘San Gabriel.”? ‘‘Sant Ga-
briele.” *
“©The pueblo was voluntarily relinquished to the Spaniards under
Ojate in 1598, the inhabitants joining their kindred at San Juan.
In the year named the first white settlement in the West was here
made, under the name ‘San Francisco de los Espafoles,’ and on
September 8 the chapel was consecrated. In the following year
the name was changed to San Gabriel, which has been retained
by the Mexicans as the name of the place to this day. San Gabriel
was abandoned in the spring of 1605 and Santa Fé founded as the
seat of the New Mexican provincial government.”4 The older
Indians of San Juan are still familiar with the name San Gabriel.®
[13:28] (1) Eng. Chamita settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Chamita, diminutive of Chama <San Juan Zsdmd,;
see discussion under [5:7]. ‘‘The name Chamita dates*from the
eighteenth century, and was given in order to distinguish it from
the settlements higher up on the Chama River.”* ‘Chamita.”7
“Ta ville mexicaine de Chamita.”* The Tewa use the Mexican
name only.
The name Chamita is applied definitely to the settlement
[13:28]; also vaguely to the whole region about this settlement.
See [5:7], (13:27], [13:31].
[13:29] Chamita warehouse or station.
[13:30] (1) San Juan Juygeokwe ‘little hills of [18:27]? (Junge, see
[13:27]; ’okw ‘hill’; ’e diminutive). This is the old name.
(2) San Juan Zfamitwokwe ‘little hills of [13:28]? (Zfamita,
Span. Chamita, see [18:28]; ’o/ ‘hill’; ’e diminutive).
These hills are mentioned under the name first given, in a San
Juan myth.
[13:31] San Juan Zut'onkes? ‘grass shooting up height’ (¢a ‘grass’;
toys ‘to shoot upward,’ said to refer here to the slope of the land
itself; kev? ‘height’).
At the grassy rise known by this name Mr. Romelo de Herrera
has a store. Mexicans at the place said that they include this
under the name Chamita. The arroyo indicated on the map,
west of the circle indicating this place, is presumably named
2Shea, Cath. Miss., p. 78, 1870.
3Bandelier in Papers Arch. Inst., 1, p. 19, 1888
1 Hodge in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 1007, 1910.
5 For a ground plan of the ruin sce Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, pl. 1, fig. 10,1892. Fora deserip-
tion see the same work, pp. 58-63,and Hewett, Antiquities, No. 38, 1906. See also San Juan Pueblo
under [11].
6‘ Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 62, note, 1892.
TIbid., p. 59 et passim.
8 Hewett, Communautés, p. 30, 1908.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 229)
[18:32] The San Juan have a special name for this locality, but the
information is not available.
[13:33] San Juan Awekumpo ‘the railroad’ (hwekuyy ‘iron’ ‘metal?’
unexplained; po ‘trail’ ‘ road’).
[13:34] San Juan Kwekum pokop'e ‘the railroad bridge’ (Kwekumpo,
see [13:33]; Lop‘e ‘bridge’ * boat’ </o ‘to bathe’, p'e ‘ stick’ * log’).
[13:35] San Juan ’A fuge ‘down at the alkali point? (¢ ‘alkali’; fww
‘horizontally projecting point’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’).
The V-shaped alkaline meadow at the confluence of the Chama
and Rio Grande rivers is called by this name. It is here that
An pekwijo, the Old Salt Woman, used to dwell and give of her
body to the people, according to San Juan mythology. See
[29:110]. The San Juan do not gather salt from this place at the
present time. The place is, indeed, very scantily supplied with
alkali or salt, a fact may explain the origin of the myth, which
relates that Old Salt Woman forsook the place. See [29:110],
Salt, under Minerars; cf. [13:36], [18:15].
[13:36] San Juan Pojege ‘down where the waters meet? (po ‘water’;
je ‘to meet’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’).
This name applies to the confluence and the adjacent locality.
Asused at San Juan Pueblo it often refers especially to the fields
of San Juan Indians bordering on the Rio Grande, just east of
the confluence.
[13:37] San Juan Qwebdjegenugekesi, sometimes abbreviated to Quwe-
tenugekeri ‘height of kick down together low place’ (Quweb2-
jegenuge, see [18:38]; keri ‘ height’).
The wagon road leading up the Chama Valley on the north side
of the river passes over this height before plunging into [13:38].
[13:38] San Juan Qwebejegenuge ‘kick down together low place’
(qwebe ‘to kick an object’ as in the kicking-race game; je ‘to
meet’, said to refer here to the objects kicked; ge ‘down at’ ‘over
at’; nw uw below’). The name probably refers to the kicking of
objects in a direction toward each other and downward at this
place, in connection with the playing of some game, it is said.
Cf. [13:37].
(13:39] San Juan 737/00 ‘basalt arroyos’ (fs? ‘basalt’; “o ‘barranca’
‘arroyo with barrancas’).
These short and broken gulches extend from the mesa-cliff to
the river. The place is strewn with blocks and masses’ of basalt.
Cf. [18:1], [13:2].
[13:40] (1) Eng. Duende settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Duende ‘dwarf’. =Eng. (1). Why the name ‘dwarf’
was given is not known.
230 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [ETH. ANN. 29
There is no San Juan Tewa name for this Mexican settlement.
The Tewa word meaning ‘dwarf? is p'¢énénz, but is never applied
to this place. :
[13:41] San Juan pun peek ondiwehwu, see [2:34].
[13:42] San Juan Sipwwiud, see [2:36].
[13:43] San Juan Sipuwirihwau, see [2:37].
[13:44] (1) San Juan //winne ‘where the one-seeded juniper’ (Au
‘one-seeded juniper, Juniperus monosperma’; "(7 locative and
adjective-forming postfix; nx locative). The use of two locative
elements in this word appears to be irregular. The one-seeded
juniper still grows at the place. This is the old name of the place.
People at San Juan Pueblo often say /winne ot onne. (ot onne
‘on the other side’ ‘on the other side of the river’, referring to
the Rio Grande).
(2) Eng. San José, San José des Chama settlement. (<Span.).
= Span. (8).
(8) Span. San José, San José de Chama ‘Saint Joseph’ ‘Saint
Joseph of Chama’, referring to Chama River. =Eng. (2).
This settlement extends for two or three miles in a northwest-
erly-southeasterly direction. The Mexican houses are along the
irrigation ditch, which runs where the higher irrigated lands to
the southwest merge into the lower irrigated lands nearer the
Chama River. The ditch is perhaps half a mile from the river.
See [13:45].
[13:45] The Roman Catholic church at San José de Chama.
This is situated at the southern end of the settlement.
[13:46] (1) San Juan ?Ahonnute ‘stretched plain’ Cakennw ‘plain’
<ahonyp ‘plain’, nw locative; te ‘state of being stretched’
‘ stretched’). Cf. Span. (2).
(2) Sp. Loma Tendida ‘stretched hill’ ‘flat hill? ‘mesa’. Cf.
Tewa (1), which is evidently a translatien of this idiomatic Span.
expression.
[18:47] San Juan Zehk'abehwu ‘break wagon arroyo’ (te ‘wagon’;
habe Sto break’; Awu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
San Juan Indians go much to the mesa Jes abchwajeé [2:40] for
firewood. ‘To reach the height they drive up this small arroyo,
the wagon road of which is very rough and hard on wagons.
See [2:40].
[18:48] (1) Mahubuwisi, Mahwwisi ‘owl corner point’ ‘owl point’
(Mahubwu, see [14:11]; wiu7 ‘projecting corner or point’).
(2) Watfewiad ‘point of [14:11]? (Wate <Span. Guache, see
[14:11]; wes? ‘projecting corner or point’).
This long projecting tongue of mesa separates Guache settle-
ment from San José de Chama [13:44]. See [14:11].
MAP 14
SANTA CLARA WEST REGION
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
Tome, nt
:
a
Z =
: Ze Ww \)
Ee: TT at
= i{/
S== Zula
SSE ees -
Ds nes W/Z . Wat eae
=~
- N <— ay EN\WEN “ Lan.
Ais 2
a? ‘
25 29 4,
eis Le
/
i
ail
IA
/
My
J
et}
ae
Awe 4%,
(Th
SANTA CLA
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 14
-ST REGION
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 14
2
g
NGS
tr
2 .
“ty, ale
THN HS
ve
“TUI\NS
Est
108 66 67 los
oe eee
S77 L UWS
477
~ RK Wi NEN
WS > Es Ai (ibe N \ WF a AS
S Mg ve ‘ 5 NAS Zi 7 -
if teste
~, * »
OTT RPE OPER oe
24
tee Mtr, Stes,
on
(47,,°
ern Mn
NN pe
SU iy, =
7
“rns Os Th
on
‘7
/
a
ss
age
LP 0
——
7
~~
—_——=—s
——_-!
~
TT tee?
1 wy
AN teay ae
wh Menge
aS aS
ALINWSWZ paves” c
SANTA CLARA WEST REGION
MAP 14
SANTA CLARA WEST REGION
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES Peril
UNLOCATED
San Juan Potekeg? oywikeji ‘pueblo ruin down at the edge of the ugly
water’ (po ‘water’; te ‘ugliness’ ‘ugly’; kege ‘down at the edge
of? <ke ‘neck’ ‘height’, ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; ’onwikeji
‘pueblo ruin’ <’oywt ‘pueblo’, /ej7 ‘ruin’ postpound). This
form was obtained from a single San Juan informant, now dead,
as the name of a pueblo ruin somewhere near Chamita.
[14] SANTA CLARA WEST SHEET
The central feature of this sheet (map 14) is Santa Clara Creek
[14:24]. Roughly speaking, the area of the sheet proper was claimed
by the Santa Clara people, and a large percentage of the places included
in this area have names which are known to the Santa Clara Indians
only.
Santa Clara Pueblo [14:71] is shown, also the important Mexican
and American settlement of Espafiola [14:16], and a number of pueblo
ruins which are claimed by the Tewa and in some cases rather defi-
nitely by the Santa Claras as the homes of their ancestors.
The.Santa Claras claim also considerable territory east of the Rio
Grande; see sheet [15].
[14:1] fupinnuge, see [2:12].
[14:2] Sxebekwaje, see [2:22].
[14:3] Zetokwaje, see [2:14].
[14:4] Awmantsihwu, see [2:16].
[14:5] Adgipo, see [2:17].
[14:6] Awets?7, see [2:19].
[14:7] Oso Creek, see [5:35].
[14:8] Mahubuwiui, see [13:48].
[14:9] Mahubwinko, Mahwiyko ‘owl corner arroyo’ ‘owl arroyo’
(Mahubw'u, see [14:11]; *inp locative and adjective-forming post-
fix; ko ‘barranca’ ‘arroyo with barrancas’). See [14:11].
[14:10] Mahubukwaj oku, Mahwoku ‘hills of the height by owl cor-
ner’ ‘owl hills’ (Mahubwu, see [14:11]; Awaje ‘height’; *ohu
‘hill’). See [14:11].
[14:11] (1) Mahubwu ‘owl corner’ (mahy ‘owl’; bwu ‘large low
roundish place’).
(2) Eng. Guache settlementand vicinity. (>Span.). =Span. (3).
(3) Span. Guache, of obscure etymology. =Eng. (2). So far
as it has been possible to learn, ‘*‘Guache” has no meaning in Span.,
and is not a corruption of any Tewaname. Cf., however, Guache-
panque [14:20].
232 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BTrH. ANN. 29
This Mexican settlement merges into Placita Larga [14:12] on
the south, and is separated from San José de Chama [18:44] on
the north by M/ahubuwiei [14:8].
[14:12] (1) "Qywiheji, Buheji ‘long pueblo’ ‘long town’, translating
the Span. name (oyiwt ‘pueblo’, hardly properly applied toa Mexi-
can settlement; /ej/ ‘length’ ‘long’; wu ‘town’). =Eng. (2),
Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Placita Larga. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (3).
(8) Span. Placita Larga ‘long town’. =Tewa (1), Eng. (2).
Mr. L. Bradford Prince of Santa Fe, New Mexico, has a ranch
near this place.
[14:13] Woberyko, see [15:13].
[14:14] (1) Eng. Angostura settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Angostura ‘narrow place’. =Eng. (1).
[14:15] (1) Kutepa’iwe ‘stone wall place?’ (kutepa ‘stone wall? <ku
‘stone’; tepa ‘wall’; ’éwe locative). Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Corral de Piedra. (<Span.). =Span. (3). Cf. Tewa (1).
(3) Span. Corral de Piedra ‘stone corral’, =Eng. (2).° Cf.
Tewa (1). Both the Tewa and the Span. names are descriptive
and may have originated independently.
[14:16] (1) Butsdb7°7", Butsdb’iwe ‘new town place’ (bu ‘town’;
isdbe ‘newness’ ‘new’; 72! locative and adjective-forming post-
fix; **we locative). This name is felt to be the opposite of
Bukeji or Guachepanque [14:20], the latter name meaning ‘old
town’.
(2) Eng. Espanola. (<Span.). =Span. (8). The “ official”
spelling of the name omits the tilde.
(3) Span. Espafiola ‘Spanish’; agreeing with some such femi-
nine form as placita ‘town’, which is understood. =Eng. (2).
The Santa Clara people definitely claim Espanola as within the
territory formerly considered as belonging to them. Espanola
contains two large stores and a number of American inhabitants.
The Indians of Santa Clara and San Ildefonso pueblos do most of °
their shopping here.
[14:17] Butsgbvi'kop'e, Butsab'i'tepokop'e ‘new town bridge’ ‘new
town wagon bridge’ (Butsdébi’7, see [14:16]; hop‘e ‘bridge’
‘boat’ <ko ‘to bathe’, p‘e ‘stick’ ‘log’; tepo ‘wagon road’
<te ‘wagon’, po ‘trail’ ‘ road’).
This is the only wagon bridge between San Juan Pueblo and
Buckman [20:19]. When the Rio Grande is so high as to make
the fords near San Ildefonso dangerous the San Ildefonso people
in driving to Espafiola take the road on the eastern side of the
Rio Grande, which is not so good as that on the western side, cross-
ing by means of this bridge.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 233)
[14:18] Santa Cruz Creek, see [15:18].
[14:19] Santa Clara Tunwejokohwu ‘high arroyo’ (tuywejo * very
high’? <tuywe ‘high’, joaugmentative; kohw’u ‘arroyo with bar-
rancas’ <ko ‘barranca’, hu’u ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). Why
this name is applied was not known to the informants.
[14:20] (1) Santa Clara Potsipd’ége ‘down at the mud string place’
(potsi ‘mud’? <po ‘water’, tsi unexplained; pa’? ‘thread’
‘string’ ‘cord’, used also figuratively; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’).
Span. (4) is a corruption of this name. The Santa Claras of the
present day do not fully understand the meaning of the name,
and the informants have puzzled much over it. The reference is
perhaps to a muddy string, or to mud lying in the form of a
string. The word pots? is applied to any mud except regularly
made adobe mud, the latter being called napofa.
(2) Bukeji Sold town’ (bw’u ‘town’; keji ‘old’ postpound).
This name is felt to be the opposite of Butsdbi’v’’, Espanola
[14:16], the latter name meaning ‘new town’. The name Bukeji
is used especially in conversation when it is feared that Mexicans
would overhear and understand Guachepanque.
(3) Eng. Guachepanque. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (4).
(4) Span. Guachepanque. (<Tewa (1)). =Tewa (1), Eng. (8).
The settlement of Guachepanque lies mostly on the edge of the
low mesa. The Santa Claras distinguish the lowlands lying in
this vicinity by the river as Potsipa igenuge, see [14:21]. The
Santa Claras usually pass through Guachepanque when going to
Espafiola. If talking Span., they sometimes use low tones when
passing this place, for fear that the Mexicans will overhear.
This is, of course, mere sentiment.
[14:21] Santa Clara Potsipd’égenuge ‘down below the mud string
place’, referring to [14:20] (Potsipa’ige, see [14:20]; nw’ w ‘below’;
ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’). As explained under [14:20], this name
is applied to the lowlands by the river at [14:20].
[14:22] Santa Clara Peak, see [2:13].
[14:23] Pitepiny ‘loathsome penis mountain’ (fz for pida ‘ head of the
penis’; te ‘loathsomeness’ ‘loathsome’; piy.7 ‘ mountain’).
[14:24] (1) Kapopohwu, K'apoimpohwu, K'apopots’i, K apo’impo-
ts?’ ‘creek of Santa Clara Pueblo [14:71]? ‘canyon of Santa
Clara Pueblo [14:71]? (Aapo, see [14:71]; ’¢y,7 locative and ad-
jective-forming postfix; pohaww ‘arroyo with water in it’ < po
‘water’, Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’; pots: ‘canyon with water
in it’ <po ‘water’, tsi’ ‘canyon’). Pohw wu is used of the more
open, pofs2’? of the more closed-in, parts of the creek. Merely
pohwu or potsi’é is often used by the Santa Claras, it being under-
stood to which creek or canyon the reference is made. Santa Clara
Creek is appropriately named, for Santa Clara Pueblo is at its
234 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [nru. ann. 29
mouth, and it is claimed by the Santa Clara Indians as their own
creek. Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (8).
(2) Eng. Santa Clara Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (3). Cf.
Tewa (1).
(3) Span. Rito de Santa Clara, Arroyo de Santa Clara, Cafion
de Santa Clara * creek, arroyo or canyon of [14:71]. =Eng. (2).
“‘Lesriviéres . . . Santa Clara.”! Bandelier’s ‘‘Arroyo de Santa
Clara”? certainly does. not apply to Santa Clara Creek; see
under [14:116].
[14:25] Kusun pupipy, see [2:15].
[14:26] Santa Clara’? Apipibwu ‘naked red corner’ (ap? ‘nakedness’
‘naked’; p72 ‘redness’ ‘red’; bww ‘large low roundish place’).
This name refers to a low place on both sides of the creek. It
is said to be reddish. Cf. [14:27].
[14:27] Santa Clara’ Ap/pibukwaje* naked red corner height’ (Ap/p/-
bru, see [14:26]; Awajd ‘ height’).
[14:28] Santa Clara 7Zkseewasi ‘wide gap of the little eagle’ (¢se
‘eagle’; ’e diminutive; waz ‘ wide gap’).
[14:29] Santa Clara Awon peg?iwe, Kwon pegibwu * stone on its head
place’ ‘stone on its head corner’ (kw ‘stone’; ’on reg? ‘on the
head’, adverb; “iwe locative; bw’wu ‘large low roundish place’).
There are at this place ‘‘tent-rocks” (see pls. 6-8), which are
thought to resemble people carrying objects on their heads; hence
the name.
[14:30] Santa Clara Tsxk'enne ‘white meal place’ (se ‘whiteness’
‘white’; key ‘meal’ ‘flour’; nex locative).
A Mexican family is said to live at this place, which is north
of the creek, under Ausun pupin yp [14:25].
[14:31] Santa Clara Augwa’s ‘rock house place’ (ku ‘stone’ ‘rock’ ;
gwa denoting state of being receptacle ; ’/”' locative and adjective-
forming postfix). The name refers to the location of a rock
which has caves in it or is hollow, capable of being used as a
house.
[14:32] Santa Clara Buwwakupa’awe ‘sunny place of the stone for baking
bread? (buwaku ‘bread stone », referring here to stone of the kind
of which slabs are made for cooking buwajabé ‘paper bread’
< buwa ‘bread’, jabe ‘to tear off the surface layer from an
object’; ku ‘stone’; pa’awe ‘sunny place’ ‘sunny side’ <pa’a
akin to Jemez pe ‘sun’, we locative).
- There is said to be at this place a deposit of the kind of sand-
stone used for preparing guayave slabs. So far as could be
learned, the Santa Clara or other Tewa do not get guayave stones
from this place at the present time.
1 Hewett, Communautés, p. 24, 1908. 2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ul, p. 65, 1892.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 235
[14:33] Santa Clara pup'inne oywikejt ‘pueblo ruin at the narrow
point’ (/ww ‘horizontally projecting corner or point, as of a mesa
top’; pin for piyki ‘narrowness’ ‘narrow’, ne locative ;
-onwikeji ‘pueblo ruin’ <’oeywt ‘pueblo’, hej? ‘old’ postpound).
The Santa Clara informant does not know why this name is
given; he thinks that the narrow point referred to may be the whole
of the mesa. Bandelier writes: ‘‘On the north side a castle-like
mesa of limited extent detaches itself from the foot of the Pelado.
The Tehuas call it Shu-finné.”! ‘*Shu Finne.”? ‘‘Shu-finné.”’®
‘*Shufinne.”* ‘‘Shufinné.”® ‘‘Tsiphenu.”® ‘‘Tsifeno.”® The
forms ‘*Tsiphenu” ‘‘Tsifeno,” meaning black obsidian’ (see
under Mrnerats, p. 584) are incorrect, being based on informa-
tion obtained by the writer in 1908 from San Ildefonso and Santa
Clara Indians, who did not know the old Santa Clara name for
the place. Mr. Ignacio Aguilar of San Ildefonso calls the place
Tsip'ennu ‘black obsidian’ to this day. The ruin and locality
are described by Bandelier’? and by Hewett. See [14:46], [14:54].
[14:34] Santa Clara Aup‘ubw’u ‘rocky rabbit-brush corner’ (ku
‘stone’; pu ‘vabbit-brush’ ‘Chrysothamnus bigelovii’; bw’ w ‘large
low roundish place’). See [14:35].
[14:35] Santa Clara Ap’ ubulanage -onwikeji ‘pueblo ruin of the height
at rabbit-brush corner’, referring to [14:34] (Kup'ubwu, see
[14:34]; kwaje ‘height’; ’oywikej? ‘pueblo ruin’ ?oywi ‘pueblo’,
hejt ‘old’? postpound).
[14:36] Santa Clara Qwensapo’akonnu ‘plain of the soft rat excre-
ment’ (gweyy a species of rodent resembling the woodrat; sapo
‘watery excrement’ <sa ‘excrement’, po‘water’; ’akonnu
‘plain’? <’ahkoyy ‘plain’, nw locative).
This is a low, level, meadow-like place. See [14:37].
[14:37] Santa Clara Qwensapoakonnwoywikeji ‘pueblo ruin at the
plain of the soft rat excrement’, referring to pes se (Qwensa po-
rakonnu, see [14:36]; ’oywikej? ‘pueblo ruin’ <’oywr ‘pueblo’,
keji ‘old’? postpound).
[14:38] Santa Clara 7sipiw7? ‘gap where the pieces of flaking stone
come out of the ground’ (¢s7”/ ‘flaking stone’; pz ‘to emerge’ ‘to
come out’ ‘to go out’ ‘to issue’; wi ‘gap’ ‘pass’). For quoted
forms of the name see [14:39].
Doctor Hewett furnishes the information that the gap or pass
referred to by this name is west of the ruin [14:39], q. v.
1 Final Report, pt. 11, p. 66, 1892.
2 Bandelier, Delight Makers, p. 378, 1890.
3 Bandelier, Final Report, op. cit., pp. 7, 19, 66, 67.
4 Hewett: General View, p. 598, 1905; Antiquities, p. 14, 1906; Communauteés, p. 45, 1908.
5 Hewettin Out West, XX XI, p. 702, 1909.
6 Harrington, ibid.
7 Final Report, op. cit., pp. 66-67.
8 Antiquities, No.1, 1906.
236 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eTH. ANN. 29
[14:39] Santa Clara 7s/p/w? oywihkejé * pueblo ruin at [14:88]? (Zsipiw7?,
see [14:38]; ’oywikej? ‘pueblo ruin’ <’oywt ‘pueblo’, kej7 ‘old’
postpound). Hewett mentions ‘‘cliff dwellings of Chupadero
Canyon” [14:87].1. ‘* Chipiwi”.?
Tsipiw7i is a ruin situated on the southern rim of the mesa
east of the gap from which it takes its name, according to Doctor
Hewett, by whom it is described.*
[14:40] Santa Clara Pujehohwu, Puwjeinkohwu ‘arroyo of [14:46]’
(Puje, see [14:46]; *inr locative and adjective-forming postfix;
hohwu ‘arroyo with barrancas’ <ho ‘barranca’, Awu ‘large
grooye’ ‘arroyo’).
The two chief head waters, or rather head gulches, of this
arroyo unité just south of the western extremity of the mesa
[14:45] to form Pwjyekohww proper.
[14:41] Santa Clara Pujeyweykabowi ‘vock-pine grove of [14:46]’
(Puje, see [14:46]; yweyf Srock-pine’ ‘Pinus scopulorum’; ha
®denseness’ ‘dense’ ‘forest’; 607 ‘large roundish pile’, possibly
referring here to a hill, but more probably referring to a groye).
The Santa Clara informant insists that this is a regular place
name.
[14:42] Santa Clara /ube’e ‘little corner of the one-seeded juniper’
(hu Sone-seeded juniper’? ‘Juniperus monosperma’; bee ‘small
low roundish place’). Cf. [14:43].
[14:43] Santa Clara /Zubchwaje ‘height at the little corner of the one-
seeded juniper’ (//ube’e, see [14:42]; Awaje * height’).
[14:44] Nameless pueblo ruin, located by Doctor Hewett.
[14:45] Santa Clara Pujekwaje, Pujekwage ‘height of [14:46]? ‘mesa
of [14:46]? (Puje, see [14:46]; kwaje ‘height’; wage ‘height’
‘mesa’). (Pl. 4.)
“Puyé isa rock of grayish-yellow tufa, 5,750 feet long, vary-
ing in width from 90 to 700 feet. It isa fragment of the great
tufaceous blanket that once covered the entire Pajarito plateau
to a thickness of from 50 to 500 feet.”* See [14:46].
[14:46] Santa Clara Pujeuywikeji probably ‘pueblo ruin where the
rabbits meet or assemble’ (pu probably ‘cottontail rabbit’; je
probably ‘to meet’ ‘to assemble’; “yywikejé ‘pueblo ruin’
<*yywi * pueblo’ (Santa Clara dialectic form of Tewa oyiwi), hejt
‘old’? postpound). This etymology is not certain, although it is
given by Tewa Indians when asked to etymologize the word. The
Santa Clara pronounce puje with rising-falling tone of the last
syllable, while je ‘to meet’ has a level tone. One informant sug-
gested that if the etymology given above is correct, the name may
1 General View, p. 598, 1905.
2 Hewett: Antiquities, p. 15, 1906; Communautes, p. 45, 1908.
3 Antiquities, No. 3, 1906.
4Hewett in Out West, XxxI, p. 697, 1909.
VSAW 3ANd 3O 43I19
ADOTIONHL]A NVOIYSWY JO NVSYNA
+ 3LV1d LYOd3Y IWANNY HLNIN-ALNAML
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES QBN.
refer to rabbits being driven together at a communal rabbit hunt.
Although pw refers properly to the species of cottontail rabbits
with which the Tewa are familiar, it is also used as the general
word for ‘rabbit’. Pwjé means ‘deerskin’. Stephen’ gives
‘*puyé” as meaning ‘quail’ in the Hano dialect of Tewa. Note
also the etymology by Hewett, quoted below. ‘‘Puiye.”?”
‘“Puye.”? ‘“‘Pu-yé.”*4 ‘“‘Puye (Tewa: [place of the] ‘berry’)”.®
“cc Puyé.”®
The pueblo ruin is described by Bandelier,’ by Hewett,* and by
S. G. Morley.® The Santa Claras say that their ancestors lived
at Puye, although this is perhaps a conclusion at which they would
naturally arrive rather than a definite historical tradition. The
Tewa of the other pueblos consider: that all the country about
Santa Clara Creek belongs to the Santa Clara Indians, and that
Puye, being situated in this country, must also belong to the
Santa Claras. The writer has talked with many Tewa on the
subject, but has never been able to learn anything further than
this. But Bandelier' writes:
For two consecutive years I inquired of the Tehuas of San Juan and San Ilde-
fonso if they knew anything about the caye dwellers, and they invariably told me
they did not. At last, in 1888, I became acquainted with the people of Santa
Clara, and during three protracted stays at their village I succeeded in gaining
the confidence of several of their principal Shamans. These medicine-men
assured me that the pueblo on the summit of the Pu-yé, and the cave dwellings
in that cliff and at the Shu-finné, were the work and abodes of their ancestors.
Subsequently I questioned the medicine-men of San Juan, and they acknowl-
edged that what their neighbors had told me was true, but that it was no part
of their local traditional history. The same was said to me afterwards by one
of the wizards of San Ildefonso. The Indians of Santa Clara also informed me
that drought and the hostility of nomadic Indians had compelled the final aban-
donment of the sites. Thestatements of these Indians were so emphatic, that I
am strongly inclined to believe them. The caye-houses and the highest pueblo
appear therefore to have been the homes of that portion of the Tehua tribe whose
remnants now inhabit the village of Santa Clara, in days long previous to the
coming of Europeans.
The statements which Santa Clara Indians have made to the
present writer relative to this subject have been only what one
might expect, and apparently are based on speculation rather
than definite tradition. Hodge" says:
The natives [the Santa Claras] asseft that their ancestors dwelt in the clusters
of artificial grottos excavated in cliffs of pumice-stone (Puye and Shufinne)
1A. M. Stephen, A Vocabulary of the Language of Te’wa, One of the Moki Pueblos, extract made by
A. 8. Gatschet, Bur. Amer, Ethn.; MS. no. 1540.
?Bandelier, Delight Makers, p.3, 1890.
8Tbid., p.178; Hewett: General View, p. 598, 1905; Communautés, p. 29 et passim, 1908.
4Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 0, p. 67 et passim, 1892.
5 Hewett in American Anthropologist, vol. V1, p. 649, 1904.
6 Hewett: Antiquities, p.14, 1906; in Out West, xxx1, p. 703 et passim, 1909; Harrington, ibid.
7 Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 67-71, 1892.
8 Antiquities, No. 2, 1906, alsoin Out West, xx xt, 1909.
SIbid., xxx11, No. 2, p. 121, 1910.
10Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 74-75, 1892.
11 Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 456, 1910.
238 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS | [eru. ann. 29
west of the Rio Grande, and this may be true of both historic and prehistoric
times; but the Santa Clara people probably were not the only Tewa occupants
of these cliff-lodges.
Puye has given the names to [14:40], [14:45], and [14:47].
[14:47] (1) Santa Clara Pujepopi ‘spring at [14:46]’ (Puje, see [14:46];
popi ‘spring’ <po ‘water’, pz ‘to issue’).
(2) Eng. Nine Mile spring. It is called thus because it is
supposed to be 9 miles from Santa Clara Pueblo, or from the Rio
Grande.
[14:48] Santa Clara Swwako ‘warm barranca’ (swwa ‘warmth’ ‘warm’;
ko ‘barranca’). Why this bank or gulch is called warm the in-
formants did not know. Suwa is used much as Eng. ‘ warm’ is
used, of objects which are warm, of warm and sunny locations, ete.
[14:49] Santa Clara Avpwunze ‘at the small pile or piles of stones’
(ku ‘stone’; pww ‘small roundish pile’ of about the same mean-
ing as biv7; nz locative).
[14:50] Santa Clara TZup'ojateqwaiwe ‘place of Tafoya’s house’
(Tap'ojt <Span. Tafoya, surname of a Mexican who has a house
at this place; tegwa ‘house’ <¢e ‘dwelling-place’, gwa denoting
state of being a receptacle; ’/we locative).
[14:51] Santa Clara Potage ‘down at the place where the squashes,
pumpkins, or gourds are dried’ (po ‘squash’ ‘pumpkin’ ‘gourd’;
ta ‘to be dry’ ‘to dry’, transitive; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’). Cf.
[14:52].
[14:52] Santa Clara Potagehwu ‘arroyo at the place where the
squashes, pumpkins, or gourds are dried’ (Potage, see [14:51];
hwu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[14:53] Santa Clara ’Awap‘asak’imu ‘corner where the cat-tails are’
Cawap'a ‘cat-tail’; sa 2+ plural of t/a ‘to be at a place’; k? imu
said to mean about the same as bw’w ‘large low roundish place’).
[14:54] Santa Clara P*up‘inne, P'up‘innekwaje ‘rabbit-brush nar-
row place’ ‘rabbit-brush narrow place height’ (pw rabbit-brush’
‘Chrysothamnus bigelovii’; pty for p'ink? ‘narrowness’ ‘nar-
row’; n# locative; kwajé ‘height’). Cf. [14:33] and [14:55].
[14:55] Santa Clara P'up'innehwu ‘rabbit-brush narrow place arroyo’
(P'up'inna, see [14:54]; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
It is said that the main wagon road leading to Puje [14:46]
passes through the lower part of this arroyo.
[14:56] Santa Clara *Abeehwu ‘little chokecherry arroyo’ (abe
‘chokecherry’ ‘Prunus melanocarpa’; ’¢ diminutive; Aww ‘large
groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[14:57] Roman Mountain, see [2:41].
[14:58] Santa Clara Vamp'embwu ‘black earth corner’ (ndyp ‘earth’;
peny ‘blackness’ ‘black’; bw’u ‘large low roundish place). Cf.
[14:59].
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 239
[14:59] Santa Clara Mamp'eykwaje ‘black earth height’ (ndmp'eyp,
see [14:58]; Awaje ‘height’).
[14:60] Santa Clara 7@jiai’* ‘box-elder place’ (tejiud ‘box-elder’
‘Acer negundo’; *2” locative and adjective-forming postfix).
[14:61] Santa Clara Pobe’e ‘little corner of the squashes, pumpkins,
or gourd’ (po ‘squash’ ‘pumpkin’ ‘gourd’; be’e ‘small low
roundish place’). Cf. [14:62].
[14:62] Santa Clara Pobehu’u ‘arroyo of the little corner of the
squashes, pumpkins, or gourds’ (Pobe’e, see [14:61]; hu’u ‘large
groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[14:63] Santa Clara ’A’atsénwebe’e ‘little corner of the blue slope’
(aa ‘steep or short slope’; tsdywe ‘ blueness’ ‘blue’ * greenness’
‘green’; be’e ‘small low roundish place’).
[14:64] Santa Clara Potsibe’e ‘little mud corner’ (potsi ‘mud’ < po
‘water’, tsi unexplained; be’e ‘small low roundish place’). Cf.
[14:20].
[14:65] Santa Clara Qwempiwi’i ‘gap of the red-tailed hawk’ (qwempr
‘*red-tail hawk”, unidentified species of bird <qweyp ‘tail’, pr
‘redness’ ‘red’; wi’i ‘gap’ ‘pass’). The gulch at the place is
probably called Qwempiwihwu (hwu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
The locality was pointed out to the writer, but the gap itself
could not be definitely located. Perhaps it is identical with the
gulch or arroyo.
[14:66] Santa Clara Jowi’i ‘cane cactus gap’ (jo ‘cane cactus’ *Opun-
tia arborescens’; wii ‘ gap’).
[14:67] Santa Clara K‘apopohw iykwekumpokop'e ‘railroad bridge of
[14:24]? (Kapopohu'u, see [14:24]; typ locative and adjective-
forming postfix ; kwekumpo ‘railroad’ <kwekuy yp ‘iron’, of ob-
scure etymology’, po ‘trail’? ‘road’; kop‘e ‘bridge’ ‘boat’ <ko
‘to bathe’, p’e ‘stick’ ‘log’).
[14:68] Santa Clara Nubw’u ‘corner below’ (nu’u ‘below’ ‘under’;
bw’u ‘large low roundish place’). The place is called thus, it is
said, because it is far below Santa Clara Pueblo.
[14:69] (1) Santa Clara Kapijikeji ‘old chapel’ (kapija <Span.
capilla ‘chapel’; keji ‘old’ postpound). =Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(2) Santa Clara AMisate’ekeji ‘old chapel’ (misate’e ‘chapel’
<misi <Span. misa ‘Roman Catholic mass’; te ‘dwelling-place’
‘house’; ’e diminutive; keji ‘old’ postpound). Cf. Tewa (1),
Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(8) Eng. the Old Chapel. =Tewa (1), Span. (4).
(4) Span. Capilla Vieja ‘old chapel’. =Tewa (1), Eng. (3).
Cf. Tewa (2).
It is said that there is at this place the ruin of a Catholic
chapel.
240 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [prH. any. 29
[14:70] Seco Arroyo, see [15:26].
[14:71] (1) A’apo'unwr of obscure etymology (/*apo unexplained;
’unwr ‘pueblo’). Although a large number of Tewa Indians have
been questioned concerning the etymology of this name and
although what are apparently cognate forms of the name occur in
other Tanoan languages, Aapo has withstood up to the present
time all attempts to explain its meaning. Both syllables are
long in the Tewa form of the name; the first syllable has level
tone and the second syllable circumflex tone. The syllable % ‘a
with level tone has no meaning in Tewa. Neither /‘a ‘corral’
‘fence’, ‘a ‘weight’ ‘heavy’, % ‘ain tsth'a ‘eyeball’ (tsz ‘eye’)
nor k‘a’* ‘wild rose’ ‘rose’ ‘any rosa species’ is identical with
the syllable /’a@in A‘apo. The second syllable of A“apo, namely
po, is even more perplexing. It has the circumflex tone, as said
above, and is identical with Tewa po ‘trail’ ‘road’. The seem-
ingly cognate Jemez form of the name (see Jemez (5), below) has
as its second syllable the Jemez word pd ‘ water’, cognate with
Tewa po ‘water’. The quoted Taos, Picuris, and Isleta forms
seem to show pa ‘water’. Tewa has besides po ‘trail’, also po
‘water’ and po ‘moon’, each of these three words having a differ-
ent tone. The etymology of the name A’apo is not known either
to the Tewa or to the Jemez. If a Tewa Indian is asked to give
the meaning of A’‘apo he couples either ‘corral’, ‘heavy’, ‘ spheri-
cal’, or ‘rose’ with either ‘trail’, ‘water’, or ‘moon’. Some of
the fancied etymologies formed in this way are very pretty.
Thus he may render the name by ‘ rose-trail’ ‘ spherical moon’
‘heavy water’. One informant was strongly in favor of ‘corral
water’. An investigator at Santa Clara Pueblo writes: ‘I asked
. what Kapo meant... He answered without hesitation
‘dew’ (Span. rocio)—what comes in the night and looks pretty in
the morning.” This Indian had chosen the meanings ‘ rose-water’
and construed them as the water on rose plants, that is, ‘dew’, the
similarity in sound between Span. rosa ‘ rose’ and Span. rocio (¢
in New Mexican Span. =s), ‘dew’, perhaps, helping along this ety-
mology. In alater letter the same investigator writes: ‘I have
discovered that the Indians do not know the meaning of K‘apo.”
The writer is hopeful that a thorough study of the forms of the
name in the Indian languages in which it occurs, other than Tewa,
will make clear its etymology. Some of the forms quoted below
represent a variant pronunciation, A“apo’. It is possible, but
hardly probable, that the name of a former Tano Tewa pueblo,
Bandelier’s ‘* Ka-po”, etc. [29:unlocated] is the same. Cf. this
name, and also Awpo, name of the pueblo ruin [14:71], which is,
of course, entirely distinct. The present pueblo [14:71] is said to
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 241
be the third which has borne the name A“ apo. The first to have
this name .was [14:116], the second [14:117]. See general dis-
cussion below: ‘*‘Capoo.”? ‘‘Capo.”? ‘‘Ca-po.”* ‘* Ka-po.’’#
“Kapung”® (given as Hano Tewa name). ‘* Kapou.”*
*¢Ka-Poo.”? ‘*Kap-hé”8 (given as . San Ildefonso and
San Juan name). ‘‘ Kha-po’-o.”® ‘‘Ka’po.”!° ‘* Kah-po. 1
“*Ca-po.” ‘K’hapédo ‘where the roses (7) grow near the
water.’” 18
(2) Taos “* Haipaai”.4 ‘*Hai’bata”.® Haiba’/ya’’.®
(3) Picuris ‘‘ Haiphaha”.® ‘* Kaipaa ‘in the river there are wet
cornstalks’”.°
(4) Isleta ‘* K’haibhat”.®
(5) Jemez fjapdg7t of obscure etymology but evidently akin to
the Tewa, Tiwa, and Keresan forms (//é unexplained; pé ‘water’;
at least it sounds exactly the same as Jemez pd ‘water’; gvt loca-
tive, probably equivalent to Tewa ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’). This
name was given the writer as the old and now no longer used
Jemez name of San Juan Pueblo. It was seen at once, however,
that it must be the old Jemez name for Santa Clara Pueblo, Aapv.
This is corroborated by the fact that the same name was obtained
by Mr. Hodge as the name of Santa Clara Pueblo; see below. The
people of fjdpdg/i are called by the Jemez /jdpat/@af (F@as
‘people’). ‘*Shi-ap’-a-gi”’.®
(6) Pecos ‘‘Giowaka-a’”.'® ‘‘Giowatsa-a’”."* ‘**Giowa-” in these
forms is clearly the same as Jemez géowd ‘over above’ ‘up-
country’; ‘‘tsa-a’”’ of the Pecos form second given is certainly
equivalent to Jemez f/@af ‘people’. In the Jemez language
giowat{@af means ‘up-country people’ and is said to be applied
to the Ute, Jicarilla Apache, Taos, ete., who live up-country,
1 Benavides, Memorial, p. 59, 1630.
2Vetancurt (1696), Crénica, p. 317, 1871.
3 Bandelier in Riteh, New Mexico, p. 201, 1885.
4Bandelier (1888) in Proc. Int. Cong. Amér., V1, p. 457, 1890; also in Final Report, pt. I, pp. 124, 260,
1890.
5 Stephen in Highth Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., p. 37, 1891.
6 Bandelier, op. cit., pt. II, p. 64.
7 Bandelier, Gilded Man, p. 232, 1893.
8 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 457, 1910).
*Tbid.
10 Fewkes in Nineteenth Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn.., p. 614, 1900.
11 Jouvenceau in Catholic Pioneer, 1, No. 9, p. 12, 1906.
12Twitchell in Santa Fe New Mexican, Sept. 22, 1910 (quoting early Span. source).
13 Hodge in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 456, 1910.
14 Budd, Taos vocabulary, MS. in Bur. Amer. Ethn.
15 Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910.
16 Stevenson, Pecos MS. vocabulary, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1887.
87584°—29 rtH—16——16
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
above, north of Jemez Pueblo. Probably the corresponding
Pecos form, of which Stevenson has fortunately given us a record,
had the same meaning, being applied to the Tewa and other tribes
living up country from the Pecos. The ‘‘ ka-a’” of the Pecos
form first given remains unexplained.
(7) Pecos ‘*‘ Ak’-e-ji”.?
(8) Cochiti Apa. This name is said to have no etymology
known to the Cochiti. ‘‘ Kai’p’a”.?
(9) “Sia ‘Tinjititja me’”.’ The last syllable is evidently mz
‘people’.
(10) Acoma ‘‘ Kaiipa”.4
(11) Oraibi Hopi Vasatbe’etewa ‘ middle Tewa’ (nasabe’e ‘ middle’ ;
Téwa ‘Tewa’). So called because. Santa Clara is the central vil-
lage of the Tewa villages on the Rio Grande, lying between San
Ildefonso and San Juan.
(12) Navaho ‘‘Ana S’tshi ‘tribe like bears’”.® It is explained
that the Santa Claras are so named from their skunk-skin moccasins
which at first were thought to be of bear siin.
(18) Probably Keres or Tiwa ‘‘Caypa”.® This name is con-
founded with San Juan.
(14) Eng. Santa Clara. (<Span.). =Span. (15).
(15) Span. Santa Clara ‘Saint Clara’, =Eng. (14). ‘‘Santa
Clara”.” *°S*Clara”.® ““S#*Clara’.® *°S: Clara?
With A“apo compare the name of the pueblo ruin Aapo oywikeji
[5:23] and Bandelier’s *t Ka-po” given as the name of a pueblo ruin
near Golden, New Mexico[29: unlocated]. Bandelier describes Santa
Clara Pueblo: ‘‘Jemez, Santa Clara, and San Felipe are each a
double quadrangle with two squares.” ‘*At Santa Clara...
the Yutas . . . have assiduously contributed to the propagation
of the species”. A Santa Clara informant knew nothing of the
Ute blood at Santa Clara Pueblo. ‘* The church of Santa Clara was
first used in 1761”.1% The present pueblo is the third to bear the
name A”apo according to Santa Clara tradition. The first A“wpo
pueblo was [14:116], a short distance northwest of the present
Santa Clara Pueblo. This was abandoned, so the story goes, its
inhabitants building a second village called A” apo at a site some-
what northeast of the present Santa Clara; see [14:117].
1 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 457, 1910).
2 Hodge, ibid.
3 Spinden, Sia notes, 1910.
4 Hodge, op. cit.
5 Curtis, American Indian, I, p. 188, 1907.
6 Ofiate (1598) in Doc. Inéd., XVI, p. 256, 1871.
7 Tbid., p. 116.
§ De l’'Isle, Carte Mex. et Flor., 1703.
9 D'Anville, Map Amér, Septentrionale, 1746.
10 Crépy, Map Amér. Septentrionale, 1783 (?)
11 Final Report, pt. 1, p. 265, 1890.
12 Tbid., pp. 261-62.
13 Tbid., p. 267, note.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 243
[14:72] Santa Clara Awehe’e ‘oak arroyito (Awe ‘oak’; hee ‘small
groove’ ‘arroyito’). Cf. [14:73], [14:120].
[14:73] Santa Clara Awehekwajée ‘oak arroyito height’ (Awehe’e, see
[14:72]; kwaje ‘height’). Cf. [14:72].
[14:74] Santa Clara Kupun pebukohwu ‘arroyo of the corner where
the stone is conspicuous’ (Kupunpebwu, see [14:75]; hkohawu
‘arroyo with barrancas’ <ko ‘barranca’, Aww ‘large groove’
‘arroyo’). Cf. [14:75].
[14:75] Santa Clara Kupun pebwu ‘corner where the stone is conspicu-
ous’ (ku ‘stone’; pun ye ‘to be conspicuous’ ‘to be noticeably
beautiful’; bw ‘large low roundish place’).
[14:76] Santa Clara Kunw in phwu ‘arroyo below the rocks’ (ky ‘rock’
‘stone’; nww ‘below’; 77 locative and adjective-forming post-
fix; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
There is said to be white sand in this gulch. Cf. [14:77].
[14:77] Santa Clara Aunwinphukwaje, Kunukwaje ‘height of the
arroyo below the rocks’ ‘height of the place below the rocks’
(Kunw in phivu, Kunwu, see[14:76]; kwaje ‘height’). Cf. [14:76].
[14:78] Santa Clara P'eqgwapohwu ‘drag pole or log creek’ (p‘e ‘pole’
‘log’; gwa ‘to drag’; pohwu ‘creek with water in it’ <jpo
‘water’, Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[14:79] Santa Clara Avinphwu ‘rocky arroyo’ (ku ‘rock? ‘stone’;
*v* locative and adjective-forming postfix; Aww ‘large groove’
‘arroyo’).
[14:80] San Ildefonso 7sabsjodehiwu, see [18:8].
[14:81] Santa Clara Pi?dn pehwu ‘smooth red arroyo’ (i ‘redness?
‘red’; dn px ‘smoothness’ ‘smooth’; Aww ‘large gulch’ arroyo’).
[14:82] Santa Clara 7Z"antahwu ‘arroyo where the sun lives or
dwells’, said to refer to the shining of the sun (¢@y 7 ‘sun’; ta
‘to live’ ‘to dwell’; Aw ‘large gulch’ ‘arroyo’). For the name
cf. [23:16] and [23:17].
[14:83] Santa Clara Tw isehww ‘arroyo of the yellow ¢'w% mineral’
(tw a kind of whitish mineral, see under Mrverats; fse ‘yel-
lowness’ ‘yellow’; Awz ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). :
[14:84] Santa Clara Qwawiwag?iyphwu ‘arroyo of the place like a
gap between the houserows of a pueblo’ (gwaw?’? ‘gap between
the houserows of a pueblo’ <gwa ‘house,’ indefinite term show-
ing state of being a receptacle, w7’d ‘gap’; wag? ‘like’ similar to’
postfix; *2* locative and adjective-forming postfix; /ww ‘large
gap’ ‘arroyo’).
[14:85] (1) Santa Clara A“ahwu ‘corral arroyo’ (ka ‘corral’; hwu
‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). Cf. Span. (2).
(2) Span. Arroyo de las Latas ‘slat arroyo’. Cf. Tewa (1).
[14:86] (1) Santa Clara Ywempupohwu, Ywempupo ‘ rock-pine roots
creek’ (yweyy ‘rock-pine’ ‘Pinus saxorum’; pu ‘base’ ‘root’;
244 ETH NOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS | [xru. ann. 29
pohwu ‘arroyo with water in it’ < po ‘
arroyo’). Cf. Span. (2).
(2) Span. Arroyo del Pinayete ‘rock-pine arroyo’. Cf.
Tewa (1).
[14:87] (1) Santa Clara Aywihw'u ‘skunk-bush gap’ (Aywi’i, see under
[14:unlocated]; hwu ‘large groove’ arroyo’).
(2) San Ildefonso ’A’¢n pundw@eniy rhwu ‘arroyo where the two
maidens sit’? C@@¢n puy 2+ plural of ’w@¢n yu ‘maiden’ ‘virgin’;
da ‘they two’ third person dual prefixed pronoun with intransi-
tive verb; xy p ‘to sit’; “iy locative and adjective-forming post-
fix; hu’u ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). Why this name is applied
was not known to the informants.
(8) Eng, Chupadero Creek, Chupadero Arroyo, Chupadero
Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. (4).
(4) Span. Arroyo Chupadero, Cation Chupadero ‘sucking place
canyon’. =Lng. (8).
Span. chupadero means ‘sucking place’ ‘nursing bottle’.
Doctor Hewett explains the application of the name Chupadero
to this canyon in a very satisfactory way. In the bed of the
lower part of the arroyo, Doctor Hewett says, holes or pits in
the sand are always to be seen. These, which are sometimes 5
feet or more in depth, are made by the donkeys pastured in the
region, whoalways obtain water in this fashion, although the sur-
face of the arroyo-bed may be entirely dry. This explanation
probably accounts for the frequent appearance of the name of
Chupadero on the map of New Mexico. Mr. Hodge informs the
writer that the name ‘‘chupadero” is applied also to a certain
apterous insect. Information given by Indians and Mexicans
leads to the conclusion that no such application is current in New
Mexico. “*Chupadero Canyon.”! ‘*Chupadero”.? For the name
ef. [22:51], [22:58], [23:25], [26:4].
[14:88] Santa Clara P'ininik’eywrr ‘dwarf-corn meal gap’ (p‘inini-
k'xyy ‘dwarf-corn’ a variety of corn resembling our sweet corn
<pinini ‘dwarf’? ‘puny and undersized person’, New Mex.
Span. pininéo ‘ pygmy’, key? ‘meal’ ‘flour; wis ‘gap’ S pass’).
For quoted forms of the name see under [14:93].
Doctor Hewett informs the writer that this isa deep gap. It
has given names to [14:89], [14:91], and [14:93].
[14:89] Santa Clara P'ininik’xywikwaje ‘height by dwarf-corn meal
gap’ (P‘ininik'xywi'r, see [14:88]; kwaje ‘ height’).
[14:90] Santa Clara Nabahu'uywikeji ‘pueblo ruin of the arroyo of
cultivatable fields’, referring to [14:91] (Nabahw’u, see [14:91];
uywikeji ‘pueblo ruin? <*uywi * pueblo’, keji ‘old’ postpound).
water’, hwu ‘large groove
1 Hewett, General View, p. 598, 1905.
2 Hewett in Out West, XXx1, p. 707, 1909.
:
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 945
‘¢Navahti”.2 ‘*Navahu”.? ‘*Navahdé”.® The ruin stands on
low land, at the side of the arroyo [14:91] from which it takes its
name. It is described by Hewett.’
[14:91] (1) Santa Clara Nadahw’u ‘arroyo of the cultivatable fields’
(naba ‘piece of land which is or has been cultivated or is con
sidered capable of being cultivated’; hw’u ‘large groove’ ‘ar-
royo’). The name refers to any arroyo to which the definition
applies. It means about the same as ‘arroyo where the people
raise crops’. There are many such arroyos in the rugged Navaho
country, and it is probable that the tribal name Navaho is a cor-
ruption of Tewa nabahw'u as suggested by Hewett*; see under
NavaHo, page 575. For quoted forms of Nabahw’u see under
[14:90].
(2) Santa Clara P‘ininik’xywinrhwu *dwarf-corn meal gap
arroyo’ (P*ininiwii, see [14:88]; °i’* locative and adjective-form-
ing postfix; hu’u ‘large groove’ ‘ arroyo’).
[14:92] Nameless pueblo ruin.
[14:93] Santa Clara P'ininik’eywi’unwikej ‘pueblo ruin at dwarf
corn meal gap’ (P‘ininik'xywr'i, see [14:88]; ’wywikeji * pueblo
ruin’? <’ywywt ‘pueblo’, kejz ‘old’ postpound). ‘* Pininicangwi
(‘place of the corn-flour’)’.* ‘* Pininicangwi.”® — ‘‘ Phinini-
kanwii.”?
The ruin stands on low land, at the side of the creek [14:91]
and some distance east of the gap [14:88], from which it takes its
name,
[14:94] Nameless ruin.
[14:95] Span. Arroyo del Ojo de Agua ‘arroyo of the spring of
water’. The name is supplied by Doctor Hewett.
[14:96] Pimpije’inqwoge ‘northern arm, of the delta’ (pimpije
‘north’ <piyy ‘mountain’, pie ‘toward’; °7’? locative and
adjective-forming postfix; qwoge ‘delta’ ‘arm of delta’ <qwo ‘to
cut through’ ‘to gouge out’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’). One of
the names of the creek [14:87] may also be prepounded. See
[14:87], [14:97].
[14:97] ?Akompijeinqwoge ‘southern arm of the delta’ Cakompije
‘south’ <’akoyy ‘plain’, pije ‘toward’; ’2’* locative and adjec-
tive-forming postfix; qgwoge ‘delta’ ‘arm of delta’ <qwo ‘to cut
through’ ‘ to gouge out’; ge ‘ down at’ ‘ over at’).
[14:98] Rio Grande, see [Large Features], pages 100-102.
[14:99] Black Mesa, see [18:19].
[14:100] San Ildefonso Aupo, see [16:50].
1 Hewett, Antiquities, p. 16, 1906.
2 Hewett, Communautés, p. 45, 1908.
3 Hewett in Out West, XXXI, p. 704, 1909.
4Hewett, Antiquities, No. 4.
6 Hewett in American Anthropologist, 1. 8., VIII, p. 193, 1906.
6 Hewett: Antiquities, p. 16; Communautcs, p. 45.
7 Harrington in Out West, XxX XI, p. 706, 1909.
246 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [xru. ayn. 29
[14:101] San Idefonso Kupiwauiinisi’d, see [16:49].
[14:102] Guaje Creek, see [16:53].
[14:103] San Idefonso Vegets:’?, see [16:80].
[14:104] San Ildefonso 7’/ehwau, see [16:20].
[14:105] San Ildefonso 7"upihwu, see [16:24].
[14:106] San Ildefonso P'ahewthwu, see [16:25].
[14:107] San Ildefonso ? 2° dyhohwu, see [18:40].
[14:108] Santa Clara A“apopohupenge ‘beyond Santa Clara Creek’
(Mapopohwu, see [14:24]; peyge ‘ beyond’).
This term is applied more or less definitely to the region beyond
(north of) Santa Clara Creek.
{14:109] Santa Clara Behe’e ‘arroyito of the fruit trees’ (be ‘intro-
duced fruit’ ‘introduced fruit tree’, meaning originally ‘round-
ishness’; /e’e ‘small groove’ ‘arroyito’).
The informant thought that some fruit trees used to grow
somewhere in this gulch. It is very small and dry, yet is appar-
ently identical with Bandelier’s ‘‘mountain torrent called Ar-
royo de Santa Clara”.! See under [14:116]. Cf. [14:110].
[14:110] Santa Clara Behekwajé ‘fruit tree arroyito height’ (Behee,
see [14:109]; Awaje ‘ height’).
[14:111] Santa Clara Aatsinahee ‘Cachina arroyito’ (Aatsina ‘cachina,’
a kind of mythical being; Ae ‘arroyito’). Cf. [14:112.]
{14:112] Santa Clara Autstnahekwajé ‘height by Cachina arroyito’
(Katsinahee, see [14:11]; hwajé * height’).
[14:113] Santa Clara Subepenthe’e ‘Athabascan corpse arroyito’ (Sabe
‘Athabascan Indian’; pen? ‘corpse’ ‘what remains of a dead
body’; hee ‘small groove’ ‘arroyito’).
Mr. J. A. Jeancon states that he learned while at Santa Clara
Pueblo that two ‘‘Apache” Indians are buried somewhere
slightly south of the village. At times in the night these Apache
rise from their graves and are seen by Santa Clara Indians. Mr.
Jeangon’s informant said that he always ran when he passed near
the place at night. He refused to tell Mr. Jeangon just where
these Apache lie buried for fear the latter might dig up the
remains, an act which the informant thought might cause trouble.
[Cf. 14:11].
[14:114] Santa Clara Sabepenthekwajée ‘Athapascan corpse arroyo
height’ (Sabepenthe’e, see [14:113]; Awajé * height’).
[14:115] Santa Clara Auta’wiwi ‘painted rock point? (ku ‘stone’
‘rock’; ¢a% ‘painting’ ‘pictograph’; ew7¢ ‘projecting corner or
point’).
[14:116] Santa Clara A“ apounwike)i (first site) of obscure etymology
(Aapo, see [14:71]; ’wywikeji ‘pueblo ruin? <’uywt ‘pueblo’,
keji Sold? postpound).
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 65, 1892
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 247
This ruin is said to lie northwest of Santa Clara and west of the
railroad track. It is said that this is the first and original site of
Kapoyunwi. Bandelier certainly refers to this site when he
writes: ‘‘A still older site [than [14:117]] is at the outlet of a
mountain torrent called Arroyo de Santa Clara, a short dis-
tance to the west [of Santa Clara Pueblo]. There, say the natives,
stood ‘old Kapo before the white man and the gray fathers came
to dwell among us’”.! It is not known what is meant by a
“‘mountain torrent called the Arroyo de Santa Clara”. Any
arroyo back of Santa Clara would be called Arroyo de Santa
Clara by the Mexicans. The ruin must lie somewhere near Behe’e
[14:109]. One would hardly call the latter a ‘‘ mountain torrent”.
Can it be that the well known Santa Clara Canyon is here referred
to? Hewett? refers to this ruin in the last clause of the fol-
lowing passage: ‘‘Prés du village de Santa Clara, deux endroits
ont été autrefois occupés par cette tribu. Celui qui a été habité
le plus récemment est Old Kapo [14:117], & quelques métres a
Pest du village actuel; de l’autre il ne reste que des débris”. Cf.
[14:71], [14:117].
[14:117] Santa Clara A“ apo’unwikeji (second site) of obscure ety
mology (A ‘apo, see [14:71]; *wywike7? ‘pueblo ruin? <’uywi
‘pueblo’, kejz ‘old? postpound).
It is said that this ruin, which lies northeast of the present vil-
lage of Santa Clara, is what remains of the pueblo occupied by
the Santa Clara Indians after they abandoned the pueblo [14:116]
and before they built their present village [14:71]. Bandelier!
says of this site: ‘‘ The former pueblo and church of Santa Clara
have long since disappeared, but their site is still known to the
Indians, north of the pueblo”. Of this ruin Hewett? writes:
**Pres du village de Santa Clara, deux endroits ont été autrefois
occupés par cette tribu. Celui qui a été habité le plus récemment
est Old Kapo, & quelques métres 4 Vest du village actuel”. Cf.
[14:71], [14:116]. So far as can be learned this is the pueblo
which the Santa Claras inhabited at the time of the coming of the
Spaniards, and it was at this pueblo that the church and monastery
were erected between 1622 and 1629.%
(14:118] Santa Clara I/isiiteheji ‘ old church’ (misite ‘church’? < mist
<Span. misa ‘ Roman Catholic mass’; fe ‘ dwelling-place’ ‘house’;
keji ‘old’ postpound).
‘*The church dates from 1761”.1 This church is now in ruined
condition and is no longer used. °
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 65, 1892.
2Communuuteés, p. 31, 1908.
3 See Handbook Inds,, pt. 2, p. 457, 1910.
248 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [pru. ayy. 29
[14:119] A special name is applied by the Santa Clara Indians to the
southern part of their village, but unfortunately the name is not
available.
[14:120] Santa Clara Awehepeyge ‘beyond oak arroyito’, referring to
|14:72] (Awe he’e, see [14:72]; Penge ‘beyond’). This name refers
rather vaguely to the locality beyond (that is, south of) the gulch
[14:72].
[14:121] Santa Clara A“ aponuge ‘down below [14:71] (A‘apo, see
[14:71]; nww ‘below’, ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’). This name applies
to the low farming lands near Santa Clara, lying west of the Rio
Grande.
[14:122] Santa Clara’ Of onne ‘on the other side’ (ot oy r unexplained;
ne locative). This name applies vaguely to the region east of the
Rio Grande, on the side of the river opposite Santa Clara. It is
very commonly used, sometimes added to other names denoting
places east of the river.
UNLOCATED
Santa Clara Aywi?t ‘skunk-bush gap’ (ky ‘skunk-bush’ ‘three-leaved
sumac’ ‘Rhus trilobata’, called lemita by the Mexicans of the
Tewa country; w?? ‘gap’).
This gap is somewhere in the drainage of [14:87]. It gives
[14:87] its Santa Clara name. It also gives rise to the two names
next below.
Santa Clara Aywikwaje, Kuwitobakwaje ‘skunk-bush gap height’
‘skunk-bush gap cliff height’ (Aww7, see above; kwajé ‘height’;
toba ‘ cliff’).
Santa Clara Ayw?'uywikeji ‘skunk-bush gap pueblo ruin’ (Ayw?"/, see
above; “wywike)7 ‘pueblo ruin? <*uywi ‘pueblo’, efi Sold’ post-
pound).
This is said to be a large pueblo ruin, near the place called
Kuwri.
‘*Pajarito” Hill. ‘* Les ruines les plus septentrionales [du district de
Gallinas] appartiennent 4 la colline Pajarito, prés de la riviére de
Santa-Clara, 4 dix ou douze milles 4 louest du village indien de
ce nom”™,!
San Juan Pimp'yu of obscure etymology (pir ‘mountain’; p'y unex-
plained). This name is applied by the San Juan Indians to a large
mountain not far south of the headwaters of Santa Clara Creek
[14:24]. It can be seen from San Juan Pueblo, but is difficult to
identify.
1 Hewett, Communautés, p. 42, 1908.
MAP 15
SANTA CLARA EAST REGION
At — WL, xn Bi rjoyods
eu lS Wy sit ty ny wy Ses ok sas :
“ny, 2 ‘< wg
ve u “Li
S nitiy, magruog
Wi = “
RUIN), Why, = Yee ly
DRE Y, z wl, Z
wy, 4s rs * Sts) i ,
& lly, wy, © s ‘,
aMityy > Un sy ‘4s - ®
: Z _ : =
2
ray
“
ser Iie Wy, Z yelly, wily,
4 WINN 2% Uwe < andres . oyuoy ot 2
Ce oe > MI, = :
wy 2 a SS - i = <
Lee Z r : : ~ : 4) or »
a!
ol
TLL
~ 74487111" :
’ Wes yyy
"
el
SL d¥W LHOd3H TYANNY HLNIN-ALNSML ABDOTONHLS NVOINSWY JO NV3HNE
N RVR
ni
V
~
>
NOID3Y LSV3 VWHV19
WY,
wl ( Wy,
NL Vins,
ie, tn,
VLNVS
22, \\
i
RAN
trie
will IS!
SAME
NNT
et
=
Nt
OY
N
S
=
<
Sy
*
=
(lee
rt
NOIDSY LSV3 VYvV10 VLNVS
yh,
.
| Real Tb
Wl
A ate
Sle Wy,
~ iy
. 7
et =
PLULS2W ez
yl ly, :
tt
o1gand
4/4 pyre zn’
t+ =
= eines des
Wis,
ey <F. ae
al s7 4
ay ok ” We
€ Bec
% F.
ZT ha
ul
RY Wty,
win
4 iY,
O41 p2y ung oz
=
"61
zy puns
aMidy,
4
Z
wjoyods
oppuvy vt
Ca)
trean®
WU,
9 4%.
oa
LHOd3Y TWONNV HLNIN-ALNSML
", at
Zaye
ABDOTIONHLS NVOINSWY JO NvaHNE
MAP 15
SANTA CLARA EAST REGION
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 249
San Juan Popik‘anwu of obscure etymology (fopi ‘spring’ < po
‘water’, pe ‘to issue’; ’°a unexplained; nw’w * below’). Name of
a mountain situated not far south of the headwaters of Santa
Clara Creek.
This mountain can be seen from the vicinity of San Juan Pueblo.
Santa Clara Qwen pjopo ‘creek or water of a species of rat-like animal
called gweypjo’ (qwuey rjo unidentified species of rodent, perhaps
a kind of woodrat; jo ‘water’ ‘creek’).
“‘Thampijebukwa ‘east town yard’, the narrow place east of Dono-
ciano’s house [at Santa Clara]. ”*
‘“Teikwaa ‘estufa yard’ east of José Guadalupe’s house, but rather
south of it, near the corrals [at Santa Clara].”?
Shrines on the hills west of Santa Clara.
On the hills [14:110], [14:112], and [14:114], and on the high land
just west of these hills are many curious shrines made by
arranging stones of various kinds on the earth. Prayer-sticks
and sacred meal are deposited at these shrines. Mr. J. A.
Jeancon states that he counted more than 30 distinct shrines on
these hills.
Place near Santa Clara where candles are burned in the night on
certain occasions. This custom is of Christian origin, according
to Mr. Jeangon.
[15] SANTA CLARA EAST SHEET
It is claimed by the Santa Clara Indians that the region about lower
Santa Clara Creek [15:18] as far north as Ranchito [15:14], as far south
us slightly to the south of Mesilla settlement [15:28], and about as far
east as Puebla [15:25], was formerly held by their people. (See map
15.) San Juan and San Ildefonso informants also have stated that
this region is considered to have belonged to the Santa Clara people.
The pueblo ruins [15:21] and [15:22] are claimed by them. The ruin
[15:24 ]is said by all the Tewa to have beena Hano pueblo. See under
[15:24]. On the eastern side of the river San Juan names prevail as
far south as Ranchito [15:14].
[15:1] Chama River, see [Large Features], pages 99-100.
[15:2] Rio Grande, see [Large Features], pages 100-102.
[15:3] San Juan Piyge, see [11:41].
[15:4] San Juan Zi¢gibw’u, see [11:44].
[15:5] San Juan Sapobwu, see [12:38].
[15:6] San Juan Pojege, see [18:36].
[15:7] San Juan Pop endiwe ‘black water place’ (jo ‘water’; pens
‘blackness’ ‘black’; ’2we locative).
At this place black marsh-water is found only about a foot below
the surface of the ground. There is an apple orchard just east of
the place.
1 Information, 1910.
250 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. ann. 29
[15:8] San Juan Po’okasiwe ‘cold water place’ (po ‘water’; ’ohaai
‘coldness’ ‘cold’; we for *dwe locative).
A stream of cold water runs from this place down to Potsage
[15:10].
[15:9] San Juan Pofuge ‘down by the bend in the river’, referring to
a small bend in the river (po ‘water’; fw’w ‘projecting corner or
point’, here referring to a bend of the river; ge ‘down at’ ‘over
at’). :
There are several cottonwood trees at this place.
[15:10] San Juan Potsage ‘down at the marshy place’ (po ‘water’;
‘sa ‘to cut through’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’),
This place extends for some distance along the river. A stream
from a spring, from which Po’chawiwe [15:8] gets its name, runs
down to this place.
[15:11] San Juan Potsagwoge ‘down where it cuts through or gouges
out at the marshy place’ (po ‘water’; ésa ‘to cut through’ ‘to
ooze out’; gwo ‘to cut through or gouge out as when a stream
washes away land’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’). This name is said to
be applied to a kind of gulch or bank at Potsage [15:10].
[15:12] San Juan Wobe ‘the high plain’ (unanalyzable). The level
land all about Ranchito settlement [12:14] is called thus by the
San Juan Indians. Cf. [12:13] and [12:14]. It is probable that
the locality called Llano [15:15] was formerly included under the
name Wobe.
[15:15] (1) San Juan Wobeotyho ‘arroyo of [15:12]? ( Wobe, see [15:12];
Vv? locative and adjective-forming postfix; o ‘barranca’ ‘arroyo
with barrancas’).
(2) Eng. Ranchito Arroyo. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(3) Span. Arroyo de Ranchito ‘arroyo of the little farm’, refer-
ring to [12:14]. =Eng. (2).
This arroyo runs through the settlement of Ranchito [15:14].
[15:14] (1) Eng. Ranchito settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Ranchito ‘little farm’. =Eng. (1). The San Juan
and Santa Clara Indians use only the Span. name when referring
to this place.
Ranchito lies on both sides of Ranchito Arroyo [15:13]. There
are a number of Mexican houses and a small school-house at the
place.
[15:15] (1) Eng. Llano settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Llano ‘the plain’. =Eng. (1). It is probable that
the vicinity of Llano was formerly included under the Tewa name
Wobe [15:12].
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 251
[15:16] Zeripoge ‘down at the cottonwood fluff water’ (¢evd * green
seedpod of the female tree of Populus wislizeni, Populus acumin-
ata, or Populus angustifolia’, but used in this place-name as an
abbreviation of ted podd (pobi ‘ flower’) or tead@oku Coku ‘down’?
‘fluff’), ‘the fluff of the seed of the female tree of these species’; po
‘water’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’). There were cottonwoods and
pools at the place; hence the name.
This is the old Tewa name of the site of the present ranch of
Mr. Lucero Amado, which is passed by the main road connecting
San Juan Pueblo and Santa Cruz settlement [15:19].
[15:17] (1) Busoge, Busogepohwt ‘big corner’ ‘pool of the big corner’
(wu ‘large low roundish place’; so”? ‘bigness’ ‘* big’; ge ‘down
at? ‘over at’; pokwi ‘pool’ ‘lake’ <po ‘water’, iwi unex-
plained).
(2) San Ildefonso Pimpijepokwi ‘lake of the north’ (pimpije
‘north’? <pipy ‘mountain’, pije ‘toward’; pokwi ‘lake’ < po
‘water’, Awt unexplained). For the reason that this name is
given, see below.
These names refer to the large dell near the Rio Grande just
to the north of the mouth of Santa Cruz Creek [15:18]. Near the
Rio Grande this dell is marshy and there is a pool. This pool
is the ‘‘lake of the north” of the San Ildefonso sacred water cere-
mony; see CARpINAL SacreD Water Lakes, pp. 44-45. It is
at this pool that the Santa Clara and San Ildefonso Aosa societies
hold their initiation ceremony annually, when certain members
sing and pray at the pool for eight days. The Aosd paint their
bodies with stripes, using the mud of this pool for the purpose.
[15:18] (1) Zsimajo’impohwu ‘creek of the superior flaking stone’,
referring to Zsimajo [22:18] (Tsimajo, see [22:18]; °7* locative
and adjective-forming postfix; pohw’u ‘creek with water in it’
< po ‘water’, Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). Cf. Picuris (3).
(2) Kan ped, Kan pee@impohwu ‘the Catiada’ ‘Catada Creek’
(kan peta <Span. Canada, referring to the Canada de Santa
Cruz, see Span. (5), below; °7”* locative and adjective-forming
postfix; pohwwu ‘creek with water in it’ <po ‘water’, ww
‘large grooye’ ‘arroyo’). This is a sort of translation of the
Span. name.
(3) Picuris ‘‘Chémdiyont ‘Cafada de Santa Cruz.’?”! Cf.
Tewa (1).
(4) Eng. Santa Cruz Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (5).
(5) Span. Canada de Santa Cruz ‘mountain valley of the holy
cross’, referring to Santa Cruz settlement [15:19].
The course of the headwaters of the creek is shown on sheet [22].
1Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910.
252 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BTH. ANN. 29
[15:19] (1) .Kan peuvimbw’u ‘catiada town,’ referring to the Canada
de Santa Cruz [15:18] (Kan peu, see [15:18]; °7’? locative and
adjective-forming postfix; bw’u ‘ town’).
(2) Eng. Santa Cruz settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(8) Span. Santa Cruz ‘holy cross’, =Eng. (2).
The Roman Catholic church at Santa Cruz is at present the only
church in the central and southern part of the Tewa country
which has a priest in residence. Many Tewa are married at this
church.
[15:20] (1) Sam Peuu corrupted from the Span. nume. =Eng. (2),
Span. (3).
(2) Eng. San Pedro settlement. (<Span.). =Tewa(1), Span.(3).
(3) Span. San Pedro ‘Saint Peter’. =Tewa (1), Span. (3).
[15:21] Santa Clara P'ajobw’wuywikeji ‘pueblo ruin of winnowing
basket corner’? (P’ajobu’u, see under [15:unlocated]; ‘wywikesi
‘pueblo ruin? <uywi ‘pueblo’, keji ‘old’ postpound). ‘* Pa-
yumbu”.!
Bandelier does not mention this ruin. Hewett! says of it:
Prés du village de Santa Clara, deux endroits ont été autrefois occupés par
cette tribu. Celui quia été habité le plus récemment est Old Kapo, 4 quelques
métres i l’est du village actuel; de l’autre il ne reste que des débris. D’autres
emplacements des clans de Santa Clara se trouvent dans la Canada de Santa-
Cruz, vis-d-vis d’ Espanola, de l’autre cdté de la rivicre, 4 deux ou trois milles
de leur village actuel. Au sud de Santa-Cruz, 4 moins d’un mille du confluent
de la rivicre avec le Rio Grande, Tewai [15:22] s’élevait sur une haute colline.
Payumbu est 4 un demi-mille au nord, du cété opposé de la riyiére. Ce sont
des lieux dont la tradition a gardé le souvenir; il ne reste que des quantités de
tessons qui couyrent le sol et quelques outils de pierre.
Twitchell? evidently refers to the ruin in the following passage:
Up the Santa Cruz river [15:18], beginning just below the site of the pres-
ent church, where there was a pueblo, in a number of places are sites of old
pueblos, any one of which can be pointed out to the tourist or student.
The writer has not visited the sites of [15:21] and [15:22).
These are located on the map through the kindness of Doctor
Hewett and Mr. Jeangon, who have visited them independently.
A number of Indians also have located them for the writer. Both
[15:21] and [15:22] are claimed by the Santa Claras as being
former pueblos of their people. Cf. [15:22}.
[15:22] Santa Clara Tewige’wywikezi * pueblo ruin below cottonwood
gap’ (Tewi’2, see under [15:unlocated]; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’;
‘unwikeji ‘pueblo ruin? <"wywt ‘pueblo’, keji ‘old’ post-
pound). ‘*Tewai.”! The name resembles Tewige, the Tews
name of Santo Domingo Pueblo [29:109], but has different intona-
tion and a totally distinct etymology and origin. See [29:109].
1 Hewett, Communauteés, p. 31,1908. 2R.E. Twitchell in Santa Fe New Mexican, Sept. 22, 1910.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 253
Some Indians, however, careless in etymological matters, have
attempted to connect the two names.
Bandelier does not mention this ruin. See excerpt from
Hewett, under [15:21].
The writer has not visited the site, but Doctor Hewett and Mr.
Jeancon have kindly located it for him. Mr. Jeancon writes !:
““Tewai as given in Hewett’s report [ Communautés| is correct as
regards location.”
[15:23] Tsxewadls. This name means in the San Juan dialect, and pre-
sumably also in the Nambé dialect, either ‘broad white line’ or
‘wide white gap’ (fsx ‘whiteness’ ‘white’; was? ‘wide gap’, but
in the San Juan dialect and presumably also in the Nambé dialect
qwati ‘broad line’ of the other Rio Grande dialects has become
wad). In the other dialects of Rio Grande Tewa the name means
only ‘wide white gap’. The interpretation of the name in Hano
Tewa has not been learned. A conspicuous broad line of soft,
whitish rock occurs at this place on both sides of Santa Cruz
Canada. Specimens of the rock were obtained, but have not yet
been analyzed. The Hano Tewa formerly lived at the pueblo
[15:24] at this place and the name is probably of Hano Tewa
origin. The question whether the Tewa name meant originally
‘white line’ or ‘white gap’ must await answer until it is deter-
mined whether the Hano Tewa word meaning ‘broad line’ is
quasi or wati. The Nambé form Tsewasi [28:30] clearly means
‘yellow gap,’ not ‘ yellow line’. The Tewa commonly translate
the nameas ‘white gap’. At which Tewa village Hewett obtained
the following explanation is not known to the writer:
Tsawari est un mot des Tewas et signifie bande blanche vers le centre. Or,
derriére la colline sur laquelle est situé le village, s’éléve un plateau, et une
intercalation de roches blanches calcaires, au centre de la paroi du précipice,
donne l’apparence d’une bande blanche autour du rocher. C’est la coutume
des Tewas dé donner 4 leurs villages des noms qui décrivent leur situation.”
The pueblo ruin [15:24] has taken its name from this ruin, as
Hewett says in the quotation given above. For quoted forms of
the name, see under [15:24].
[15:24] Tsxwaui onwikepi ‘pueblo ruin of the wide white gap’, refer-
ring to [15:23] (Tsewasi, see [15:23]; ’oywikejz ‘pueblo ruin’
<oywz ‘pueblo’, keji ‘old’ postpound). For the application of
the name, see the quotation under [15:23]. ‘‘ Tceewddigi,” *‘ Tcee-
wige”.* (Hano forms.) The first form is probably for Tse-
waivv* (a locative); the second form the writer takes to be a
1In a letter to the writer, November, 1911. 3Stephen in Highth Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., p. 35, 1891.
2Hewett, Communauteés, p. 31, 1908.
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BTH. ANN. 29
poorer spelling, equivalent to the first. ‘*Chawari”.! ‘*Tsa-
warii”.? This form is doubtless for Tsewawi’i* (7! locative).
““Tcewadi”.? ‘‘Tsawari”.* ‘‘Tsawari, ou Tcewadi”.® The first
of these forms is evidently from Hewett’s information from the
Tewa, the second Fewkes’s spelling.
The ruin consists of low mounds of disintegrated adobe, lying
on a low bluff on the south side of Santa Cruz Creek a short dis-
tance west of the Mexican settlement of Puebla [15:25]. It is
strewn with fragments of pottery. The site is well known to
Mexicans who live in the vicinity, one of whom guided the writer
to the place. bit
The ruin is known to the Tewa by the name Tse#wauw’i". Tewa
and Mexican informants had never heard that it is called also
“Yam P’ham-ba”,® San Cristobal, or any name other than Tsewaui.
Of the history of the people of Tsxwasi prior to their building of
the pueblo the informants knew nothing; not one of them had
heard that the people of Tsxwai were Tano people or that they
came originally from the Tano country or from ‘down country’.
See Tano (NAMESOF TRIBES AND PEOPLES, page 576). The evidence
is contradictory and confusing. We quote in chronologic order
what various writers say: ‘* Los Queres [Keresans], Taos y Pecos,
peleaban contra los Tehuas y Tanos.”7 ‘* Los Tanos, que cuando
se sublevaron vivian en San Cristébal [29:45] y en San Lazaro
[29:52], dos pueblos situados en la parte austral de la villa de Santa
Fé [29:5] despues por las hostilidades de los Apaches y de los Pecos
y Queres [Keresans] se trasladaron y fundaron con los mismos
nombres dos pueblos, tres leguas largas de San Juan [11: San Juan
Pueblo].”*’ ‘* Higher up [in Santa Cruz Canada, [15:18]], toward
Chimayo [22:18], there are said to be well defined ruins on the
mountain sides, the names of two of which are Po-nyi Num-bu [22:
unlocated] and Yam P’ham-ba [elsewhere given by Bandelier as
the Tano Tewa name of San Crist6bal [29:45], q..v.]. The site of
Yam P’ham-ba is probably that of the socalled ‘ Puebla’ [15:25],
two miles east of Santa Cruz [15:19]. The former [Po-nyi Num-
bu] is very ancient, but Yam P’ham-ba was a village which the
Tano [see Names or Tripes AND PropieEs, page 576] constructed
in the vicinity of Santa Cruz [15:18] after the uprising of 1680,
when they forsook the Galisteo [29:39] region and moved north in
1Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Nambé information), Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 823,
1910.
2Tbid. (Santa Clara information).
3Fewkes in Nineteenth Rep. Bur. Amer, Ethn., p. 614 (Hano name.)
‘Hewett, General View, p. 597, 1905.
‘Hewett, Communauteés, p. 31, 1908.
6Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 83, 1892.
7 Escalante (1778), Carta al Padre Morfi, par. 7, quoted by Bandelier, ibid., p. 103, note.
8Relacion Anénima, 1718, p.127, quoted by Bandelier, ibid.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 255
order to be nearer their kindred, the Tehuas[Tewa]. Vargas found
them there in 1692, when he made his first successful dash into
New Mexico. There is also a ruin in that neighborhood, I-pe-re
[elsewhere given by Bandelier as the Tano Tewa name of San Laz-
aro [29:52]], or San Lazaro, which dates from the same period.
Both were abandoned after the reconquest, San Lazaro in 1694, and
Yam P’hamba or San Cristobal in the same year. It [San Crist6-
bal] was subsequently reoecupied, and finally deserted in 1696,
after the murder of the missionary Fray José de Arvizu on the 4th
of June. With him was killed the priest of Taos, Fray Antonio
Carboneli. In the Cafiada de Santa Cruz [15:18], consequently,
there are ruins of historic, as well as of pre-historic pueblos; a
fact which future explorers should bear in mind”.t ‘* After the
expulsion of the Spaniards [1631], the Tanos of San Cristobal
[29:45] settled in the vicinity of Santa Cruz [15:18], as already
related. Most of their descendants are now among the Moquis
[Hopi]”.2 ‘*San Lazaro [29:52] . . . which was abandoned after
the uprising in 1680 and never occupied again.”* ‘Les ruines de
Tsawari se trouvent sur une petite colline du cdté sud, & cing
milles plus haut [than [15:21] and [15:22]], sur la Canada [15:18].
Le nom historique de ce village est San Cristoval. Nous avons
établi que ce lieu est le Tsawari, ou Tcewadi, ot vivait le peuple
Hano, aujourd’hui a Hopi. Les Indiens de Santa Clara et de San
Ildefonso ont a cet égard des traditions. Dans ces deux villages,
on trouve encore des Indiens qui se rappellent les visites faites
par les Indiens Hano a leur demeure ancestrale, selon une coutume
en usage chez les Pueblos. Une preuve d’identification importante
est la localité elle-méme .. . L’identification de cet endroit avec le
San Cristoval de Vhistoire est également compléte, car c’est le nom
par lequel la ruine est connue des Mexicains de la vallée. A propos
de ce village, Bandelier dit: ‘Yam P’hamba était un village con-
struit par les Tanos dans le voisinage de Santa Cruz aprés la
réyolte de 1680, lorsqwils abandonnérent la région de Galisteo et
allérent au nord pour se rapprocher de leurs parents, les Tehuas.
Il y a aussi, dans ce voisinage, une ruine, Ipera, ou San Lazaro,
qui date de la méme période. Ils furent tous deux abandonnés
aprés la conquéte, en 1694, furent ensuite repris et finalement
désertés en 1696.’”* ‘*The natives of this pueblo [San Cristébal
[29:45 ]], and of San Lazaro [29:51] were forced by hostilities of the
Apache, the eastern Keresan tribes, and the Pecos to transfer their
pueblos to the vicinity of San Juan [11:San Juan Pueblo], where
the towns were rebuilt under the same names (Bancroft, Ariz. and
N. Mex., p. 186, 1889). This removal (which was more strictly toa
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 83and notes, 1892. %Ibid., p. 105.
2Tbid., p. 103. ‘Hewett, Communautés, pp. 31-32, 1908,
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
place called Pueblito [ Puebla [15:25]], near the present Potrero [15:
unlocated], about 2m. ©. of Santa Cruz [15:19], on the Rio Santa
Cruz[15:18]), occurred after the Pueblo revolt of 1680, and prior to
1692, at which latter date the natives were found by Vargas in their
new locality. The pueblo was abandoned in 1694, but was later re-
occupied, and was finally deserted in 1696 after the murder of their
missionary inJune of that year. Most of their descendants are now
among the Hopiof Arizona.” ! Itwill be noticed that Bandelier ap-
pears not to have visited Tsewasi Pueblo ruin or vicinity, and
merely approximates the site of ‘‘ Yam P’ham-ba” (San Cristébal)
as a pueblo [15:25]. Hewett is more definite, but his information
is contradicted by the writer’s information. Even the Mexicans
living at Puebla [15:25] whom the author interviewed had appa-
rently never heard that Tsewasi Pueblo ruin is called San Cristobal.
The history of the people of Tsxwaui after they abandoned the
pueblo is, on the other hand, widely known among the Tewa.
Bandelier says merely: ‘‘After the expulsion of the Spaniards
[from New Mexico in 1680], the Tanos of San Cristobal [29:45]
settled in the yicinity of Santa Cruz [15:19], as already related.
Most of their descendants are now among the Moquis [Hopi].”?
“Tt {San Cristébal by Santa Cruz [15:19]] was. . . finally deserted
in 1696, after the murder of the missionary Fray José de Arvizu on
the 4th of June.”* ‘*Tsawari, ou Tcewadi, ot vivait le peuple
Hano [unmapped], aujourd@’hui & Hopi. Les Indiens de Santa
Clara et de San Ildefonso ont & cet égard de traditions. Dans
ces deux villages, on trouve encore des Indiens qui se rap-
pellent les visites faites par les Indiens Hano & leur demeure
ancestrale, selon une coutume en usage chez les Pueblos.”* ** Most
of their descendants [those of San Cristobal [29:45] and San
Lazaro [29:52]] are now among the Hopi of Arizona.”' The
writer has succeeded in obtaining from a number of Tewa
Indians the uniform information that the inhabitants of T’sxwas7
were Tewa and that they fled to the Hopi several generations
ago to escape from the tyranny of the Mexicans and to help
the Hopi fight the Navaho and the Mexicans. On reaching
the Hopi country they built a new pueblo, called ‘‘Tewa” (see
Hano [unmapped]). Hano Tewa frequently visit the Tewa and
other pueblos of the Rio Grande drainage, trading or selling
goods. They sometimes visit also Tsxwasi, the site of their
former pueblo. Two Hano Tewa men visited the Tewa villages jn
1910. Information obtained by a friend from J. M. Naranjo, an
aged Santa Clara Indian, assigns a reason not usually given for the
migration of the people: ‘‘Long ago people of our language
1 Hodge in Handbook Indsg., pt. 2, p. 428, 1910. 3 Tbid., p. 83.
2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 103, 1892. 4 Hewett, Communautés, p. 31, 1908.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES OT
lived near Chimayo [22:18], at Tsewasi, and there came Moki
[k°oso’on r, Hopi] people and said they were fighting much with
the Navaho, and for these people to go with them to fight the
Navaho, and that they would give them lands to sow for their
families. They all went, to a man, deserting Tsewasi. They
went to tobakwajé ‘a mesa top’ [toba ‘ cliff’; kwajé ‘top’| and were
given lands below. Then came Navaho, very many. The cap-
tain told the people that he would spend the night below in the
fields and half-way up on the mesa. After breakfast they all
went down to fight the Navaho, they and the A ‘osooyy. They
met the Navaho at a place between two high hills. They fought
all day, from breakfast until the sun was pretty low. All the
Navaho were killed except one to carry the news home. Many
Moki [Hopi] died also. So that place is called Zrw7? [tu ‘ flesh’;
wri ‘eap’|.” An old man of San Ildefonso gave the writer
the following information: A fellow tribesman of Pw’e ‘ Little
Jackrabbit’ (pu ‘jackrabbit’; ’e diminutive; Tewa name of a
young Oraibi Hopi silversmith, who lives, working at his trade,
at San Ildefonso and Santo Domingo) visited San Ildefonso a
couple of years ago. This man said that the people of ‘‘Tano ”
village at Hopi used to live at Tsewasi. When the people
left Tsewasti they buried a big storage jar (ndfumbe ‘storage
jar,’ Span. tinajon) filled with blue turquoise, red coral, and
other beautiful things, somewhere near the pueblo. What the
jar contains is very valuable. Nobody has yet found it. The
Tsewasi people went straight to the Hopi country. They shot
an arrow four times and then they reached Hopiland. See
[15:23], [15:25], Tano (Names or Trrpes AND PropLes, page 576),
San Cristébal [29:45], San Cristébal [15:unlocated], San Lazaro
[29:52], San Lazaro [15:unlocated], ‘‘ Potrero” [15:unlocated],
Hink'dygi [15:unlocated], > Ok ombouvt [15:unlocated], and Hano
Pueblo [unmapped].
[15:25] (1) Eng. Puebla... (< Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Puebla, perhaps named from the large town of this
name in Mexico. Span. puebla means ‘settlement,’ but is an
uncommon and little-known word in New Mexican Span.
= Eng. (1).
‘The site of Yam P’ham-ba is probably that of the so called
‘Puebla’ two miles east of Santa Cruz”.! Bandelier identifies the
site of his “‘Yam P’hamba” with that of Tsxwaui’enwikeji; see
“Yam P*hamba” [29:45]. ‘‘Tsawarii . .. The Tewa name of a
pueblo that once stood at or near the present hamlet of La Puebla,
or Pueblito, a few miles above the town of Santa Cruz, in s. Er. Rio
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 83, note, 1892.
87584°—29 rtH—16——17
258 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [pTH. ANN. 29
Arriba Co., N. Mex.”! Indian and Mexican informants state that
the place is called Puebla, never Pueblito. The settlement consists
of a string of Mexican houses and farms between the arid hills on
the south and the bed of Santa Cruz Creek on the north. See
[15:23], [15:24].
[15:26] (1) Hutahwu ‘dry arroyo’, probably translating the Span.
name. Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (38).
(2) Eng. Seco Arroyo, Arroyo Seco Arroyo. (< Span.).
=Span. (8). Cf. Tewa (1).
(83) Span. Arroyo Seco ‘dryarroyo’. =Eng. (2). Cf. Tewa (1).
This is a large, deep, and usually dry arroyo. It was at this
arroyo that a “‘ battle” was fought between Mexicans and Tewa
Indians about a century ago, according to a San Juan informant.
“The governor of San Juan Pueblo was at that time Baltazar and
the name of the captain of the Mexicans was Armijo. They had
a battle in the /Zutahi’u, or Arroyo Seco, south of Santa Cruz
Creek. It was a big battle. There were five wagonloads of dead
Mexicans. One wagon which the Indians captured contained
ammunition. At evening of the day of the battle the Mexican
leader wanted to confer with the Indian leader. The latter agreed
to come unarmed to the former. Peace was made. But when
the Mexicans and Indians were returning together to Santa Cruz,
suddenly the Indians were seized and were locked up in Santa
Cruz church. Justa little bread was thrown in to the Indians,
but they refused to eat such food. They were Tewa Indians, and
some of them were from San Juan.” This informant was an old
man and he stated that his father took part in this ‘‘ battle.” The
writer is unable to explain this account. It can hardly refer to
the engagement which Bandelier? mentions: ‘“‘The Arroyo Seco
was the scene of the engagement in August, 1837, in which Goy-
ernor Perez was routed by the insurgents from Taos and north-
ern New Mexico”.
It is said that there is a deposit of good guayave stone [see
Mrnerats]| somewhere near Seco Arroyo.
[15:27] (1) Eng. Polvadera settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) New Mexican Span. Polvadera for Span. polvareda ‘dust
storm’ ‘dust wind’. =Eng. (1).
The settlement consists of a few Mexican farms scattered along
near the river. There appears to be no Tewa name. The Span.
name is well applied; it is a very dust-windy place.
[15:28] (1) San Ildefonso 7"unjopeyge ‘beyond Black Mesa [18:19]?
(T'unjo, see [18:19]; penge ‘ beyond’).
1 Hodge in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 822, 1910. 2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. §3, note, 1892.
HARRINGTON | PLACE-NAMES 259
[15:29] Nambé Johwu ‘cane-cactus arroyo’ (jo ‘cane-cactus’ ‘ Opun-
tia arborescens’; hw’u ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
The upper part of this arroyo is shown on map [22]. Cf.
* [22:34].
UNLOcATED
Santa Clara Jéyk'dygi ‘end of the willows’ (jéy / ‘willow’; kdnge
said to mean ‘end’). This name was obtained from a single Santa
Clara informant, and was said by him to refer to a place near
Tsxewasi [15:24]. It was obtained in connection with the writer's
endeavor to get information respecting Bandelier’s ‘‘ Yam
P’hamba”; see ‘*‘ Yam P’hamba” under [15:24].
(1) Eng. Montevista. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Montevista ‘forest view’. =Eng. (1).
This place is said to be a small Mormon settlement a short dis-
tance north of Santa Cruz [15:19].
Santa Clara ’Ok'ombouwi ‘large sand-pile’ (ok‘oy ‘sand’; boud ‘large
pile’).
This name was given as that of a place in Santa Cruz Canada
[15:18] a short distance above Santa Cruz [15:19]. The inform-
ant was unable to locate the place more definitely. It can hardly
be the ‘*Yam P’ham-ba” of Bandelier; see under [29:45] and
[15:24].
Santa Clara P’ajobwu ‘winnowing basket corner’ (p‘ajo ‘shallow
roundish basket used for winnowing wheat and other purposes’;
bwu ‘large low roundish place’).
This is the corner which gives the ruin [15:21] its name. Its
exact location is uncertain.
‘*Potrero”.t The name means ‘tongue of land’ ‘enclosed piece of
pasture land’. ‘*The natives of this pueblo [San Cristébal [29:45 ]]
and of San Lazaro [29:52] were forced by hostilities of the
Apache, the eastern Keresan tribes, and the Pecos to trans-
fer their pueblos to the vicinity of San Juan [11:San Juan
Pueblo], where the towns were rebuilt under the same names
(Bancroft, Ariz. and N. Mex., p. 186, 1889). This removal
(which was more strictly to a place called Pueblito [Puebla
[15:25]] near the present Potrero, about 2 m. ©. of Santa Cruz
[15:19], on the Rio Santa Cruz[15:18]), occurred after the Pueblo
revolt of 1680 and prior to 1692, at which latter date the natives
were found by Vargas in their new locality. The pueblo [two
pueblos?] was abandoned in 1694, but was later reoceupied, and
was finally deserted in 1696 after the murder of their missionary
in June of that year. Most of their descendants are now among
the Hopi of Arizona.”* The present writer’s Tewa and Mexi-
1 Hodge in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 428, 1910.
260 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [pru. any. 29
can informants knew of no place in the vicinity of Santa Cruz
[15:19] called the ‘* Potrero”. See [15:24], [29:45], [29:52], San
Crist6bal [15:unlocated], and San Lazaro [15:unlocated].
(1) Eng. Santo Nifio. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Santo Nifio ‘ holy child’, referring to Jesus. = Eng. (1).
This name is applied to a locality or a hamlet between Ranchito
[15:14] and Santa Cruz [15:19].
(1) Eng. Cuarteles. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Cuarteles ‘ quarters’ ‘barracks’. =Eng. (1). ‘*Quar-
tellas.””!
The informants said that Cuarteles is somewhere south of Santa
Cruz [15:19]. The archeological map! referred to above places it
on the northern side of Santa Cruz Creek, about a mile east of
Santa Cruz.
Santa Clara Zewi?, Tewige ‘cottonwood tree gap’ ‘down at cotton-
wood tree gap’ (te ‘cottonwood tree’ ‘Populus wislizeni’; w7Z
‘gap’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’).
This unlocated gap has given the ruin [15:22] its name. See
[15:29].
Span. San Crist6bal, a former settlement of Tano Indians 3 leagues
from San Juan [11:San Juan Pueblo], situated probably in Santa
Cruz Cafada [15:18]. See [29:45], [15:24], and San Lézaro
{15 : unlocated].
Span. San Lazaro, a former settlement of Tano Indians 3 leagues from
San Juan[11:San Juan Pueblo] and probably in Santa Cruz Cafiada
[15:18]. See [29:52], [15:24], and San Cristébal, above.
[16] SAN ILDEFONSO NORTHWEST SHEET
This sheet (map 16) shows a large area of Pajarito Plateau, west of
San Ildefonso Pueblo and south of Santa Clara Creek. The country
is a high plateau of tufaceous stone cut by deep canyons and arroyos.
The drainage is from the Jemez Mountains in the west to the Rio
Grande in the east. The region shown is wild and little explored, and
the existing maps of it are very inadequate. Many ruins exist, some
of which are shown. In this area is the Pajarito Park. ‘‘I here
restrict the name Pajarito Park to the district 10 miles long by 4 wide
that is under withdrawal and consideration for a national park (H. R.
7269, 58th Cong.) ... As the lines are now drawn it creates Paja-
rito Park with the ‘ Pajarito’ [17:34] left out.’’?
[16:1] Santa Clara Creek, see [14:24].
[16:2] Puye Mesa, see [14:45].
1 Hewett, Antiquities, pl. xv11, 1906. 2 Hewett, General View, p. 598, 1905.
MAP 16
SAN ILDEFONSO NORTHWEST REGION
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
TONS 225 NSN
: ~ %
>, yh” % > 5 hs
7 AOE we TIN
%
4,
wg
SAN ILDEFONSC
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 16
3
UNS
tm
Bw?
129
San Mdefonso
Pueblo
Fee etee, gag,
ree,
i :
Ze
146.
AWEST REGION
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 16
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
14
-
‘¥ WS tte, GIWS S77) RS
LUN 265 TAINS AGN
S 4 YIN erase
Thi CHI yyy x ies
SOE
> te
ery gr?
. ~
fers
Sy
Serr
eS ry
tre ree. 5
27
Th
PS fi
Hes edag,
ceenner, ery
male « Reta Me y
~—S = AT nl
AO eet wore “00,5 \ Shade,
See .* fey
ie eo) Pe
ahs
ANA
Hoy AS
tT LIN
Meer
* 92.
SAU ZNO, 2
teste
39 «39%
<
Saket yw
SS v8
San lidefonso
Pueblo
MUN
- wines. 10
Wy
SRM
VANES
AN
c/ )
ZO BS
one
> = - 2
Fg IT, SANT EAN SD ; . x : | 2
Rat alleges ose . “ fare 27ESs® Foe % =
lie ye Wig Spas Saweaae “4, 4 :
er Le ow teil = ps .
wire Serials iC ee) a aes )
=A Gr Ata | ae =v
-- - s= Nel ieee foe > :
‘alates . . : ae :
> we ,
Feu WU, Can
" he
‘ CN Sa ae
te
arm
“ees ctag, ANNU My,
a | eM e,
=
gat
Sari =
aie
5 SH yen
TTP TTK wv
146.
SAN ILDEFONSO NORTHWEST REGION
MAP 16
SAN ILDEFONSO NORTHWEST REGION
HARRINGTON | PLACE-NAMES 261
[16:3] Santa Clara P*eqwapohwu, see [14:78].
[16:4] Santa Clara Awinphiwu, see [14:79].
[16:5] Santa Clara P?dn pehwu, see [14:81].
[16:6] Santa Clara 7" ant'ahwu, see [14:82].
[16:7] Santa Clara 7" wutsehwu, see [14:83].
[16:8] Santa Clara Qwawiwag?in phwu, see [14:84].
[16:9] Santa Clara K'ahwu, see [14:85].
{16:10] Santa Clara Vwepupohwu, see [14:86].
[16:11] Santa Clara Vabahwu, see [14:91].
[16:12] Santa Clara Aywihwu, see [14:87].
[16:13] Pimpijeingqwoge, see [14:96].
[16:14] “Akompijernqwoge, see [14:97].
[16:15] Rio Grande, see [Large Features], pages 100-102.
[16:16] San Ildefonso Tobaqgwak' nto iwe ‘cave-dwelling in which the
meal was put’ (tobaqwa ‘ cave-dwelling’ <toba ‘ cliff’, gua denoting
state of being a receptacle; '2y ‘flour’ ‘meal’; fo ‘to put in’
“to be in’; “2we locative).
[16:17] San Ildefonso 7fxhwimpingehwajé ‘the height between the
two branches of [16:20] (7'fehwu, see [16:20]; °7’* locative and
adjective-forming postfix; piyge ‘in the middle of’; /wajé
‘ height’).
[16:18] San Idefonso Pimpijeint fehwu ‘northern branch of [16:20]’
(pumpije ‘north’? <piny ‘mountain’; pije ‘toward’; 2? locative
and adjective-forming postfix; 7fehwu, see [16:20]). Cf. [16:19].
[16:19] San Ildefonso ’Akompijeintfehwu ‘southern branch of
[16:20]? Cakompzije ‘south’? <’ahonp ‘plain’? ‘down country’,
Pie eetate » ‘ locative and adjective-forming postfix; 7'fz-
hw, see :20]). Cf. [16:18].
[16:20] (1) San Ildefonso 7fehwu of obscure etymology (¢fx unex
plained, said to be neither ¢fz ‘small’ nor tf/x# ‘money’; hwu
‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). Cf. [16:26], [16:27].
(2) Eng. Las Marias Arroyo. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(8) Span. Canada de las Marias ‘mountain valley of the three
bright stars of Orion’s Belt’. =Eng. (2).
[16:21] San Ildefonso Peqweykwage ‘deer tail mesa’ (px ‘mule-
deer’; gwey yp ‘tail’; “wage ‘mesa’).
[16:22] San Ildefonso Dehebe’e ‘little corner of the hard penis’ (de
‘penis’; Ae ‘hardness’ ‘hard’; bee ‘small low roundish place’).
[16:23] San Ildefonso T“upihukwaje ‘height by red white-earth ar-
royo’ (T"upihwu, see [16:24]; kwajé ‘ height’).
[16:24] San Ildefonso 7*upihwu ‘red white-earth arroyo’ (fw ‘a
kind of white earth’, see under Mrnerats; 2 ‘redness’ ‘red’;
hwu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
262 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
[16:25] San Ildefonso P‘ahewihwu ‘arroyo of fire gully gap’ (P‘ahe-
wr7, see under [16:unlocated], p. 277; Aww ‘large groove’
‘arroyo’).
[16:26] San Ildefonso 7'fxinkwage of obscure etymology (¢ fz unex-
plained, as in [16:20] and [16:27]; 7’? locative and adjective-form-
ing postfix; swage ‘mesa’).
[16:27] San Ildefonso 7fxpiyy of obscure etymology (¢f# unex-
plained, as in [16:20 and [16:26]; piy *mountain’).
This large hill has a small flat top surrounded by cliffs. (See
pl. 12, C.) This hill is said to have no Span. name.
[16:28] San Ildefonso Tfapimbwu, Tfebwu of obscure etymology
(Tfepinys, see [16:27]; ¢fx unexplained, as in [16:20], [16:26],
[16:27]; bw’w ‘large low roundish place’).
[16:29] San Ildefonso Txbindyk' onge ‘down where the soft earth is
dug’ (tei ‘soft’; ndyp ‘earth’; k'ony ‘to dig’; ge ‘down at’
‘over at’).
[16:30] Eng. Pajarito station. This station was established by the
Denver and Rio Grande Railroad Company some time between
1908 and 1912. The name was probably given by Miss Clara D.
True, who owns a large ranch near by, which she has named Pa-
jarito Ranch. The name Pajarito is taken of course from the
Pajarito Plateau, etc.; see [17:34].
[16:31] San Ildefonso Stibesohwijobinaba ‘Mrs. Stevenson’s ranch’
(St’beso <Eng. Stevenson; kw7jo ‘old woman’; 67 possessive;
naba *ranch’).
Mrs. M. C. Stevenson has a ranch at this place. Mrs. Steven-
son herself calls her ranch Tunyo Ranch, naming it from 7“ynjo,
the Black Mesa [16:130].
[16:32] San Ildefonso Zakabw'u, Tabwu ‘corner where the grass is
thick’ ‘grass corner’ (ta ‘grass’; ka ‘denseness’ ‘dense’; bw
‘large low roundish place’).
This place is near the river, just south of Mrs. Stevenson’s most
southerly alfalfa field.
[16:33] Pojoaque Creek, see [19:3].
[16:34] (1) San Ildefonso Pesey phwu ‘deer horn arroyo’ (px ‘mule-
deer’; sey ‘horn’; Awu ‘large groove’ ‘ arroyo’).
(2) Eng. Contrayerba arroyo. (<Span.). =Span. (8).
(8) Span. Cafada de las Contrayerbas ‘ narrow mountain val-
ley of the weed-species called by the Mexicans contrayerba.’
= Eng. (2).
[16:35] San Ildefonso Trbéhohwu ‘soft arroyo’ (txb7 ‘softness’
‘soft’; hohwu ‘arroyo with barrancas’ </o ‘barranca’, hw u
‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). 7Zrb/ would be said of soft earth or
rock or any other soft substance.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 263
[16:36] San Ildefonso Pesage oywike)? ‘pueblo ruin down at the place
of a species of kangaroo rat’ (peda a small rodent which walks
and jumps like a kangaroo, also called pe; ge ‘down at’ ‘over
at’; ’oywi ‘pueblo’; kei ‘old’ postpound). ‘‘ Pe-ra-ge.”*
“*Perage.”? ‘* Perage (maison du clan du rat des montagnes).” *
Perage has been described by Bandelier,t and Hewett.‘
Twitchell® evidently refers to Pesage when he writes, ‘‘a large
mound across the river from the present pueblo of San Ildefonso.”
The present writer’s Tewa informants did not know whether
Pesage was still inhabited or already abandoned at the time the
Spaniards first came to the Tewa country. The scene of a Corn
Maiden story obtained at San Ildefonso is laid at Pevage. ‘The
tradition that Pevage was a village of the San Ildefonso people is
very definite and widely known. According to Hewett: ‘* When
the mesa life grew unbearable from lack of water, and removal to
the valley became a necessity, a detachment from Otowi [16:105]
founded the pueblo of Perage in the valley on the west side of
the Rio Grande about a mile west of their [the San Ildefonso
people’s] present site.”® It is believed that Pecage is located
quite accurately on the sheet.
[16:37] (1) San Ildefonso Potsdnwasenne, Potsinsenne, Potsdnwesen-
ne pokwi, Potsé nsenne pokwr, Potsd WOE seNne ’ohku, Potsinsen-
nee’ oku, Potsdywesennetoba, Potsinsennxtoba Telace of the blue
or green water man’ ‘pool at the place of the blue or green
water man’ ‘hill at the place of the blue or green water man’
‘ cliffs at the place of the blue or green water man’ (po ‘ water’;
tsinwe *blueness’ ‘blue’ ‘greenness’ ‘green’, the syllable we
being most frequently elided when the place-name is pronounced;
seyp ‘man in prime’; nx locative ‘at’, locative postfix; pokwy
‘lake’ ‘pool’? <po ‘water’, wi unexplained; ’ohw ‘hill’; toda
‘cliff’). Many inquiries regarding potsdywesey p were Prades but
it was not possible to learn whether or not the name designates a
mythic being. The color ¢séywe symbolizes the north, not the
west. The name Potséywesenne appears to have in its origin
something to do with the pool; see below.
(2) San Ildefonso 7% sampijepokwr ‘lake of the west’ (¢sdmpije
‘west’ <tsdyy unexplained, pije ‘toward’; pohwz ‘lake’ * pool?
<po ‘water’, Awi unexplained). For ihe reason this name is
applied, see below. ;
The pool is just west of the big pear tree of the farm belonging
to Mr. Ignacio Aguilar. This pool is the “‘lake of the west” of
Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 78, 1892. » ‘Antiquities, p. 16, 1906.
2Hewett: General View, p. 597, 1905; Antiqui- 6In Santa Fe New Mexican, Sept. 22, 1910.
ties, p.16 1906. 6 Hewett, Antiquities, p. 20, 1906.
3 Hewett, Communauteés, p. 32, 1908.
264 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS | [prn. ann. 29
the San Ildefonso sacred water ceremony; see CarDINAL SACRED
Water Lakes, pp. 44-45. West of the pool rise two little hills—
the ’oku, with clifflike sides, and the foba. Cf. [16:38] and [16: 39].
[16:38] San Ildefonso Potséynwesenne’in phivu, Potsinsennx’ in phwu
‘blue or green water man place arroyo’ (Potsinwe senn#, see
(LGsSii; Vv? locative and adjective- forming postfix; Aww ‘large
groove’ ‘arroyo’). The name is probably taken from [16:37].
[16:39] San Ildefonso Potsiqwasennee’ inkwage, Potsinsenne inkwage
‘blue or green man place mesa’ (Potsdywesennex, see [16:37];
vv? locative and adjective-forming postfix; Azvage ‘mesa’). The
name is probably taken from [16:37].
[16:40] San Ildefonso A™ovobwu of obscure etymology (/°0/0 unex-
plained; bw’w ‘large low roundish place’). Cf. [16:41].
[16:41] San Ildefonso A“ ovobukwage ‘mesaat (16:40) ; (A‘osobwu, see
[16:47]; wage ‘mesa.’)
[16:42] San Ildefonso ?Omapiny of obscure etymology (oma unex-
plained; ~iy.7 ‘mountain’). *O means with different intonations
‘scar’ and ‘metate’. The syllable ma is postpounded in several
other place-names, but its meaning is no longer understood.
This high hill is thought of by the San Ildefonso in connection
with pumapiny [16:130]. °“Omapiny is on the west side of the
Rio Grande at the mouth of the canyon, /wmapiny is on the east
abe The locality at the foot of ?Omapiny is called ? Omapinnwu
r?Omanwu (nwu ‘below’). ?Omapiyy is a conspicuous moun-
aie as viewed from San Ildefonso Pueblo.
[16:43] San Ildefonso ’Omapinwi?, ?Omawii ‘gap by (16:42) ? Oma-
pip, ? Oma see [16:42]; wi? ‘gap’).
A wagon road goes through this gap or pass.
[16:44] (1) San Ildefonso Pimpeyge ‘beyond the mountains’ (pin
‘mountain’; peyge ‘beyond’). There is no more definite Tewa
name for this valley.
(2) Eng. Santa Rosa Valley. (< Span.). =Span. (8).
(3) Span. Vallede Santa Rosa ‘valley of Saint Rose’. = Eng. (2).
This is one of the high, grass-grown meadow-valleys west of
the Jemez Range. Such valleys occur also in the Peruvian Andes,
where they are called by the German-speaking inhabitants
*‘Wiesentiler.” Cf. [16:45] and [16:131]. See also [27:11].
[16:45] (1) San Ildefonso Tsisopimpeyge ‘beyond the mountain of the
great canyon’, referring to [16:46] (Z'sisopinp, see [16:46]; Penge
‘heyond’). The loc: ality is also referred to by the more inclusive
and loosely applied name Pimpeyge ‘beyond the mountains’. Cf.
[16:45]. F
(2) Eng. Posos Valley. (< Span.). =Span. (3).
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 265
(3) Span. Valle de los Posos ‘ valley of the holes’. =Eng. (2).
The Span. name is said to refer to the holes in the grassy surface
of the valley.
This is, like [16:44] and [16:131], one of the high, grass-grown
meadow-valleys west of the Jemez Range.
[16:46] San Ildefonso Tsisopin r, Tsisopinkewe ‘ mountain of the great
canyon’ ‘mountain peak of the great canyon’ (T'siso’o, see [16:53];
pin ‘mountain’; kewe ‘ peak’).
This mountain is at the head of 7's/so’o, or Guaje Canyon [16:53].
A trail much used by Tewa people when going to Jemez leads up
the Guaje Canyon [16:53], over this mountain and across the
Valle Grande [16:131] to Jemez. See [16:47].
[16:47] San Ildefonso Tsisopiy Pafa?' great canyon mountain steep
slope where one goes up as one ascends stairs or ladders’ (Lséso-
pw Pp, see [16:46]; aw ‘steep slope’; fa ‘to go up a stairway ora
ladder’; *2 locative and adjective-forming postfix).
On this slope the trail mentioned under [16:46] is steep and
stairway-like.
[16:48] San Ildefonso Aupiwaui inkwage ‘red stone strewn mesa’? (kv
‘stone’; pz ‘redness’ ‘red’; wa/i ‘strewn’ ‘scattered’; in,
locative and adjective-forming postfix; /wage ‘mesa’). Whether
the name ‘red stone strewn’ is originally applied to [16:48] or
[16:49] or to both is not determined. Cf. [16:49].
[16:49] (1) San Ildefonso Aup/wasi ints?’ ‘red stone strewn canyon’
(Kupiwasi, see [16:49]; *2’’ locative and adjective-forming post-
fix; fs?’7 ‘ canyon’). Whether this name was originally applied
to [16:48] or [16:49] or to both is not determined. Cf. [16:48].
(2) Eng. Angostura Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. (3),
(8) Span. La Angostura, Cafon de la Angostura ‘the narrow
place’ ‘ canyon of the narrow place’. =Eng. 2.
[16:50] (1) San Ildefonso Kupo ‘rock water’ (ku ‘stone’ ‘rock’; po
‘water’ ‘ creek’). Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (8).
(2) Eng. Piedra Creek, Piedra Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
Cf. Tewa (1).
(3) Span. Agua de Piedra ‘rock water’. =Eng. (2). Cf.
Tewa (1).
The stream gives [16:51] its name. Whether the Tewa name
is a translation of the Span., or vice versa, is not determined.
[16:51] San Ildefonso Kupokwaje ‘rock water height’ (Aupo, see
[16:50]; Awaje ‘ height’).
[16:52] San Idefonso /Zuwijéiwe ‘place of the two arroyos’, referring
to [16:50] and [16:49] (Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’; wije ‘two’;
*twe locative).
266 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [pru. ann. 29
[16:53] (1) San Ildefonso Tsisc’o ‘ creat canyon’ (ts?¢ ‘canyon’
sv’o ‘greatness’ * great’). This name refers to the Guaje Canyon
above its junction with [16:100]. Below this junction it is called
by the San Ildefonso Tewa ’Omahwu,; see [16:126]. The Guaje
is a very large canyon, and it is easy to understand why the name
Tsiso’o was originally applied.
(2) Eng. Guaje Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(3) Span. Cafion de Guaje, Cafion Guaje, Cafion de los Guajes
‘canyon of the long gourd(s) or gourd rattle(s)’. =Eng. (2).
Why theSpan. name wasapplied has not beenlearned. ‘‘ Guages.” !
This deep and long canyon has its mouth near the railroad bridge
[19:121]. There is said to be always water in its upper course.
The pueblo ruin [16:60], situated on the Guaje, is an important
one. ‘The trail leading up Guaje Canyon is mentioned under
[16:46].
[16:54] San Ildefonso Psiwehi pee yge ‘beyond the narrow canyon’
referring to [16:55] ( (Tsiweki, see [16:55]; penge ‘ beyond’).
[16: oats an Tidefonso Tsiwekiiwe ‘place of the narrow canyon’ (fs77z
‘canyon’; wekd ‘narrowness’ ‘narrow’; */welocative). The canyon
is narrow at this place. The ie has given the names to [16:54],
[16:56], and [16:57].
[16:56] San Ildefonso Pinpijelsiwekiiyhwage ‘northern mesa by the
place ae the canyon is narrow’ (pimpzje ‘north’ < Por ‘“moun-
tain’ ‘up country’, pije ‘toward’; : Fsiweki, see [16: 55]; 2? loca-
tive and adjective-forming postfixs kwage ‘mesa’). Cf. [16:57
[16:57] San Ildefonso Ahompijetsiwek inkwage ‘southern mesa by the
place that the canyon is narrow’ Cakompije ‘south’ Seceg
‘plain’? ‘down country’, pije ‘toward’; Tsiwek?, se [162555 20"
locative and adjective-forming postfix; wage ‘mesa’). ‘Ct.
[16:56].
[16:58] San Ildefonso Aapotew’t ‘gap by the Santa Clara houses’
(Kapo ‘Santa Clara Pueblo’, see [14:61]; te ‘dwelling place’; w7Z
‘oap’) It is said that Santa Clara Indians used to dwell at this
place; hence the name.
The informants say that it was not more than a hundred years
ago when Santa Clara people lived at this place.
[16:59] San Ildefonso ’A’ywetege ‘down where the spider was picked
up’ C@ywe ‘spider’; fe‘ to pick up’; ge ‘down at’? ‘over at’).
[16:60] Nameless pueblo ruin. Doctor Hewett informs the writer
that this ruin is at least as large as that of Potsww?? [16:105].
The Indian name for the ruin has not been ascertained.
1Hewett: Antiquities, pl. xvu, 1906; Communautés, p. 24, 1908.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 267
[16:61] (1) San Ildefonso PWejekwage ‘mesa where the threads meet’,
referring to [16:62]; Pwje, see [16:62]; sewage ‘mesa’).
(2) Eng. Cuchilla de Piedra height. (<Span.). =Span. (8).
(3) Span. Cuchilla de Piedra ‘stone ridge+point’. =Eng. (2).
[16:62] San Ildefonso Pa jer * where the threads meet’, probably re-
ferring to the two streams (pd’¢ ‘thread’, now never applied to a
stream of water; je ‘to meet’ ‘ to flow together’; ’2 locative and
adjective-forming postfix).
[16:63] San Ildefonso Pingepiy ‘mountain in the middle’, referring
to its position between [16:53] and [16:85] (piyge ‘in the middle’;
pyr ‘mountain ’)
[16:64] (1) San Ildefonso Tsxbivr ‘at the small white roundish rocks’
(tse ‘whiteness’ ‘ white’; 67 ‘very small and roundish or conical’;
7 locative and adjective-forming postfix).
(2) Span. Las Tienditas ‘the little tents’, There are many
small tent-rocks (see pls. 6-8) at this place; hence the name.
Cf. [16:65].
[16:65] San Ildefonso Tsxb:iykwage ‘mesa at the small white round-
ish rocks’ (L'sxb7, see [16:64]; °/”* locative and adjective-forming
postfix; wage ‘mesa’). See [16:64].
[16:66] San Ildefonso Awmantsihkihetab’iwe ‘where the Comanche fell
down’ (Avwmantsi ‘Comanche’; ketab7 ‘to tall down’; ?7we locative).
This name refers to the locality about a high cliff on the north
side of the arroyo [16:67]. A Comanche Indian once, when pur-
sued by the Tewa, fell over this cliff and died; hence the name.
The place has given the name to the arroyo [16:67].
[16:67] San Ildefonso Awmantsiketab’'iy phwu ‘arroyo where the Co-
manche fell down’ (Awmantsiketab/, see [16:66]; °2*! locative and
adjective-forming postfix; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[16:68] San Ildefonso Qwekadegi ‘little mountain mahogany forest
peak’ (gw ‘mountain mahogany’ ‘Cercocarpus parvifolius’,
called by the Mexicans ‘palo duro’; ka ‘denseness’ ‘dense’ ‘ for-
est’; deg? ‘smallness and pointedness’ ‘small and pointed’).
Bushes of the mountain mahogany grow all over this little peak.
Cf. [16:69].
[16:69] San Ildefonso Qwekadeg? ints? ‘canyon of little mahogany-
forest peak’ (Qwekadeg/, see [16:68]; °7' locative and adjective-
forming postfix; fs’? ‘canyon’).
[16:70] San Ildefonso indi’? ‘where the willows’ (jdéy ‘willow’;
*?* locative and adjective-forming postfix). One informant said
the Span. name of this place would be La Jara ‘the willow.’
The name refers to a nearly level place where willows grow.
This is said to be a pretty place. Cf. [16:71].
268 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [era ANN. 29
[16:71] San Ildefonso Jéimpo, Jampotsi’i ‘willow water’ ‘willow
water canyon’ (Jéy, see [16:70]; po ‘water’; és7’7 ‘canyon’).
[16:72] San Hdefonso Pidatawii ‘dry head of penis gap’ (péda ‘head
of penis’; éa ‘dryness’ ‘dry’; w7d ‘ gap’)
[16:73] San Ildefonso Vatakwage, Nabawikwage * pitfall mesa’ ‘ pitfall
gap mesa’ (Waba, Nabaw?’7, see [16:74]; kwage ‘mesa’).
[16:74] San Ildefonso Nabaw?t ‘pitfall gap’ (naba ‘pitfall’; wi?
‘oap’). The naba were bottle-shaped holes several feet in length
cut in the tufaceous rock in gaps through which deer and other
large game were likely to pass. They were covered over with
sticks and earth so that the animal suspected nothing till it
crashed through. Cf. [16:73]. There is another Vabaw72 in the
Pajarito Plateau; see [17:15].
[16:75] San Ildefonso Tse’ebukwajé ‘little eagle corner height’
(Tee ebwu, see [16:76]; Awaje Sheight’). Cf. [16:76], [16:77].
[16:76] San Ildefonso Tse’ebw'u ‘little eagle corner’ (tse ‘eagle’; ’¢
‘diminutive’; ww ‘large low roundish place’). This place has
given names to [16:75] and [16:77].
[16:77] San Ildefonso Tseebuhwu ‘little eagle corner arroyo’ (7se’e-
bwu, see [16:76]; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). Cf. [16:75],
[16:76].
[16:78] San Ildefonso Qwebonxbwu ‘mountain-mahogany round hill
corner’ (Qwebonx, see [16:79]; bwwu ‘large low roundish place’).
[16:79] (1) San Ildefonso Qwebonez, Qwebonekewe ‘at the round hill
of the mountain mahogany’ ‘round hill peak of the mountain
mahogany’ (gwe ‘mountain mahogany’ ‘Cercocarpus parvifolius’
called by the Mexicans ‘ palo duro’; bo, referring to large ball-like
shape as in d0u2 ‘large roundish pile’; nx locative). Cf. [16:78].
(2) Span. Cerro Palmilloso ‘hill where there is much yucca’.
[16:80] San Ildefonso Megets’’i of obscure etymology (nx unex-
plained; ge ‘down at’ ‘ over at’; fsz’7 ‘ canyon’).
[16:81] (1) San Ildefonso Px’dntohwu ‘arroyo in which there are or
were deer tracks’ (px ‘mule-deer’; dy ‘foot’ ‘foot-track’; to
‘to be in’; Awu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). Cf. [16:82].
(2) Span. Arroyo de las Barrancas ‘arroyo of the barrancas’.
[16:82] San Ildefonso Px’dntohube’e ‘little corner by the arroyo in
which there are or were deer tracks’ (Px’dntohwu, see [16:81];
be ‘small low roundish place’).
[16:83] San Ildefonso Sonnxbe’e ‘little corner where the firewood is
or was’ (son ‘firewood’; nx locative; bee ‘small low roundish
place’).
[16:84] San Ildefonso Sonnebe’iyrhwu ‘arroyo of the little corner
where the firewood is or was’ (Sonnewbe’e, see [16:83]; °7* loca-
tive and adjective-forming postfix; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
Cf. [16:83].
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 269
[16:85] San Ildefonso Ywxywr in phwu ‘rock-pine gap arroyo’ (Ywe-
yweri, see under [16:unlocated], below; °i”’ locative and adjective-
forming postfix; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[16:86] San Ildefonso puwatap' aykwage ‘dry louse not very narrow
mesa’ (fwwa ‘louse’; fa ‘dryness’ ‘dry’; p'ayy as in p'ayki
‘largely narrow’ ‘not very narrow’ and corresponding nouns;
kwage ‘mesa’). P'ayki is the augmentative form of p‘inki
‘narrow’.
The flattish hill to which this name applies looks thin and nar-
row, like a dry dead louse.
[16:87] San Ildefonso P'egwapokwage ‘drag pole or timber trail mesa’
(p‘e ‘pole’ ‘timber’ ‘log’; gwa ‘to drag’; po ‘trail’; /wage ‘mesa’).
[16:88] San Ildefonso Towe’ygekwage ‘mesa where the piiion trees
are all together’ (/o ‘ pifion tree’ ‘ Pinus edulis’; we’yge ‘together
in one place’; wage ‘ mesa’).
[16:89] San Ildefonso ’Abebeyn phwu ‘arroyo with chokecherry grow-
ing at its little bends’ (abe ‘chokecherry’ ‘ Prunus melanocarpa’ ;
bey ‘a small bend’; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’) Cf. [16:90].
[16:90] San Ildefonso ’Abebey phugwoge ‘delta of the arroyo with
chokecherry growing at its little bends’ ( Abebey phwu, see [16:
89]; gwoge ‘delta’ ‘down where it cuts through’ < gwo ‘to cut
through’, ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’). See [16:89].
[16:91] San Ildefonso Jin phinnu ‘where the willow is all gone’
(jan p ‘willow’; Ady p ‘to be all gone’; nw locative). This name
is applied to the locality both north and south of the stream.
There are many cottonwood trees at this place and the inform-
ants think that the Mexicans call the place Bosquecito ‘little
forest’.
[16:92] San Ildefonso Mipoma of obscure etymology. (No part of
the word can be explained; ma occurs as the last element of
several place-names).
This locality is on the southern side of the stream-bed.
[16:93] (1) San Ildefonso Buduh* ehwage * mesa where the donkey was
killed’ (budu ‘donkey’ < Span. burro ‘donkey’; i‘e ‘to be
killed’; “wage * mesa’). Cf. Span. (2).
(2) Span. Banco del Burro ‘donkey bank’. Cf. Tewa (1).
The following story explains the name: A Navaho once stole
a donkey from the Tewa, taking it from a corral at night. He
was overtaken by armed Tewa somewhat east of this place on the
following morning. The Navaho made the donkey fall over the
cliff of this mesa, thus killing it, and escaped by fleeing afoot.
The Tewa found the dead donkey at the foot of the cliff.
270 ETH NOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
[16:94] San Ildefonso WYwaempeki i ‘place where the rock-pine tree is
bent’ (gwen p ‘rock-pine’ ‘Pinus scopulorum’; pekd ‘bent’, said
for instance of an arm bent at the elbow or at the wrist; ’2 loca-
tive and adjective-forming postfix).
There is a peculiarly twisted and bent rock-pine tree at this
place; hence the name,
[16:95] (1) San Ildefonso Kusin pambwu of obscure etymology (ku
‘stone’ ‘rock’; s¢ unexplained; nydyp ‘nest’; bu ‘large low
roundish place’).
(2) Span. Vallecito ‘little valley’.
This is described as being a large and deep dell at the head of
[16:98].
[16:96] (1) San Ildefonso Awhiwauikwage ‘tufa-strewn mesa’ (kuk'i
‘tufa’ < ku ‘stone’, 27 unexplained; waz ‘to strew’ ‘to scatter’;
kwage ‘mesa’). Cf. [16:97] and [16:99].
(2) Span. Chiquero ‘pigsty’ ‘sheepfold’. Why this Span.
name is applied is not known.
[16:97] San Ildefonso Auk iwasipin yp, Kuk iwasipinkewe ‘tufa-strewn
mountain’ ‘tufa-strewn mountain peak? (AvA"iwas7, see [16:96];
piyy ‘mountain’; kewe ‘ peak’). Cf. [16:96].
[16:98] San Ildefonso Pifsawehwu of obscure etymology (p/ apparently
‘redness’ ‘red’; tsawe unexplained; hw’w ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[16:99] San Ildefonso Auk’ iwasthwu ‘tufa-strewn arroyo’ (Kuk'iwasi,
see [16:96]; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). This name is applied
to the two upper forks of [16:100] because they are situated in
the locality called Auk‘ twasikwage [16:96].
[16:100] (1) San Ildefonso 7ehwu ‘cottonwood tree arroyo’ (te ‘ cotton-
wood’ ‘Populus wislizeni’; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). Cf.
Span. (4), of which this Tewa name is perhaps a translation.
(2) San Ildefonso ’? Obebuhwu ‘arroyo of [16:121]? ? Obebu’u, see
[16:121]; Awu ‘large groove’ Sarroyo’).
(8) Eng. AlamoCanyon. (< Span.). =Span.(4). Cf. Tewa(1).
‘**Alamo canyon.”! ‘*Canyon de los Alamos.”?
(4) Span. Cafiada de los Alamos ‘narrow mountain valley
of the cottonwoods’. =Eng. (3). Cf. Tewa (1).
The headwaters of this arroyo are called Auh*iwasihwu, see
[16:99].
[16:101] San Ildefonso Awwasento’d’, Nuwasentoinhwu ‘place in
which the horn or horns of the mountain-sheep is or was, are or
were’ ‘arroyo in which the horn or horns of the mountain-sheep
is or was, are or were’ (Awwa ‘mountain-sheep’; sey ‘horn’; to
‘to be inside or in*; 7°27", locative and adjective-forming postfix;
iwu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
1 Hewett, Antiquities, p. 18, 1906.
2Ibid., p. 21.
1S3M ONIMOOT 'NINY TMNO.IMNS Lod
S$ 31V1d LYOd3Y TWANNV HLNIN-ALNSML ASOTONHLS NVOINSWY JO NV3a"Na
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES ial
[16:102] (1) San Ildefonso Kuk ebuhwu ‘arroyo of the large gravelly
dells’ (kuk'e ‘coarse gravel’; bw’ ‘large low roundish place’;
hwu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). Cf. Span. (3).
(2) Eng. ‘‘Otowi canyon”.’ This is evidently the same can-
yon. For the etymology of *‘Otowi” see [16:105].
(3) Span. Cafada de los Valles ‘narrow mountain valley of the
dells’. Cf. Tewa (1).
The Tewa name is applied to the arroyo only above the vicinity
of Potsuwii [16:105]. Below that vicinity the arroyo is called
Tsedets’’i; see [16:115].
[16:103] San Ildefonso Pextokwokwage ‘mesa on which the deer are
or were enclosed’ (px ‘mule-deer’; ¢o ‘to be inside or in’; hwo
‘to be’ said of 3 +; Awage ‘mesa’). The name is applied, it is
said, because the walls of the mesa are so steep that deer on the
top of the mesa were as if impounded ina corral. The eastern
extremity of this mesa bears the ancient name Tfugeefwu; see
[16:104].
[16:104] San Ildefonso 7fugeefwu ‘little sorcerer point’ (¢fuge
‘sorcerer’ ‘wizard’ ‘witch’; ’e diminutive; fw/w ‘horizontally
projecting corner or point’). This name is applied to the eastern
extremity of Pextohwokwage [16:103]. Tfugeefwu is just west
of Potswwit ruin [16:105]. The name is said to be ‘ta very old
one”. The reason for its application was not known.
[16:105] San Ildefonso Potsuw/oywikeji ‘pueblo ruin at the gap
where the water sinks’, referring to [16:106] (Potswwid, see
[16:106]; ’oywikeji ‘pueblo ruin’? <’oywi ‘pueblo’, kei ‘old’
postpound). Cf. [16:106], [16:144]: also, see plate 5. The ‘‘tent
rocks”, including several ‘rocks which carry a load on the head”,
are shown in plates 6-8. ‘‘Po-tzu-ye”.? For Bandelier’s spell-
ing of was “ye” or “Syu” see [16:114] and [22:42]. **Otowi”.*
*“Otowo”.*
Referring to Otowi Mesa, Hewett? says:
Half a mile to the south [of [16:105]] the huge mesa which is terminated
by Rincon del Pueblo bounds the valley with a high unbroken line, per-
haps 500 feet above the dry arroyo at the bottom. The same distance to the
north is the equally high and more abrupt Otowi mesa, and east and west
an equal distance and to about an equal height rise the wedge-like terminal
buttes which define this great gap [16:106] in the middle mesa.
Potsuw?i ruin is merely mentioned by Bandelier;? it is fully
described by Hewett. Of the location of the ruin Hewett says:
The parallel canyons [16:102] and [16:100] running through this glade
[16:106] are prevented from forming a confluence by a high ridge, the rem-
1 Hewett, Antiquities, p. 18, 1906. 4Ibid., Table des matiéres.
2Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 0, p. 78, 1892.
3 Hewett: General View, p. 598, 1905; Commu-
aautés, pp. 29, 45, 85, 86, 1908.
22 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BTH. ANN. 29
nant of the intervening mesa. Upon the highest part of this ridge is located a
large pueblo ruin which formed the nucleus of the Otowi settlement. In every
direction are clusters of excavated cliff-dwellings of contemporaneous occupa-
tion and on a parallel ridge to the south are the ruins of one pueblo of con-
siderable size and of seven small ones, all antedating the main Otowi settle-
ment.!
Of the ruins of the pueblo to the south, Hewett says further:
This is a small pueblo ruin in Otowi canyon [16:100] just across the arroyo
[the bed of [16:100]?] about 300 yards south of Otowi pueblo. Itis situated on
top of a narrow ridge which runs parallel with the one on which the large ruin
stands. The stones of the building are smaller and the construction work is
cruder. The building consists of one solid rectangle with one kiya within the
court. Seven other small pueblo ruins or clan houses are scattered along the
same ridge to the west within a distance of one mile, all apparently belonging
to this settlement.”
It is a tradition generally known at San Ildefonso that a con-
siderable number of the ancestors of the San Ildefonso people
used to live long ago at Potswwi?d [16:105] and at Sekavii
{16:114]. The writer has obtained two myths the scene of which
is laid at Potswwi7. The San Ildefonso Indians insist that Po-
tsuwi'i and Sekewi’d were inhabited by their ancestors, and not
by those of any of the other Tewa villagers. Hewett says:
The traditions of Otowi are fairly well preserved. It was the oldest village
of Powhoge [San Ildefonso] clans of which they have definite traditions at
San Ildefonso. They hold in an indefinite way that prior to the building
of this village they occupied scattered ‘small house’ ruins on the adjacent
mesas, and they claim that when the mesa life grew unbearable from lack of
_ water, and removal to the valley became a necessity, a detachment from Otowi
founded the pueblo of Perage [16:36] in the valley on the west side of the Rio
Grande about a mile west of their present village site.?
5
The **tent rocks” (pls. 6-8) near Potsww77 ruin are called by
the San Ildefonso Tewa Potsuwikudendendiwe ‘ place of the
pointed or conical rocks of the gap where the water sinks’ (Potsz-
wei, see [16:106]; dendeyp ‘largeness and pointedness’ ‘large and
pointed’; *¢we locative).
From about half a mile to a mile above the main pueblo of Otowi is a cliff-
village that is unique. Here is a cluster of conical formations of white tufa,
some of which attain a height of thirty feet . . . These are popularly called
‘tent rocks’. They are full of caves, both natural and artificial, some of which
have been utilized as human habitations. These dwellings are structurally
identical with those found in the cliffs. They present the appearance of enor-
mous beehives. *
See [16:106], [16:114].
[16:106] San Idefonso Potswwii ‘gap where the water sinks’ (po
‘water’; ¢sw ‘to sink in’; wid ‘gap’). The ordinary expression
meaning ‘the water sinks’ is ndpotsusemey p (nd ‘it’; po ‘water’;
1 Hewett, Antiquities, p. 18, 1906. 2Tbid., p. 20. 8Tbid., p. 19.
SONITISMG GSLVAVOXS OL SSONVYLN|A ONIMOHS 'NINY TMNOAMNSLOd YyVSN .SHOON LN3L,
9 3LV1d LYOddY IWANNVY HININ-ALNSML ADOIONHLZ NVOINSWV SO NVSYNE
Y4NL Y3ONVH 4O SLNSWOVYS DNILOSPOYd AB G3ddVO 'NINY TMNOWMNSLOd YY3N .SMOOY LNSLy
2 3LV1d LYOd3Y TIWANNV HLNIN-ALNSML ADSOTONHLA NVOINSAWY JO NV3SY"N
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT PLATE 8
“TENT ROCK” NEAR POTSUWI ONW| RUIN, CAPPED BY PROJECTING FRAGMENT OF HARDER
TUFA
FIWYL NVYIGNI G10 SHL DSNIMOHS ‘vVS3aW LIMayaS NO AN39S
6 3LV1d LYOd3Y IWANNVY HLNIN-ALNSML ADOIONHL] NVOIYSWY JO NV3Y"Ng
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT PLATE 10
SCENE ON SAKEWI'I MESA, SHOWING THE OLD INDIAN TRAIL
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES Thea
tsutemey p ‘to sink in’ <fsw ‘to sink in’, ve ‘little by little’,
men p ‘to go’). Why the gap is so called appears to be no longer
known to the San Ildefonso people. Perhaps the water of the
arroyos [16:102], [16:100] or some other water sinks or sank in
the earth or sand at this locality. The name hints at the prob-
able reason for the abandonment of the pueblo. The gap gives
its name to the pueblo ruin [16:105].
Hewett! describes this gap as follows:
The long narrow potrero [tongue of mesa] bounding the canyon on the north
is entirely cut out for a distance of nearly a mile, thus throwing into one
squarish, open park the width of two small canyons and the formerly inter-
vening mesa. From the midst of this little park, roughly a mile square, a view
of surpassing beauty is to be had.
[16:107] San Ildefonso Syndatponwu ‘below the soldiers’ road’, re
ferring to a road made in this locality by American soldiers, it is
said (sundaz <Span. soldado ‘soldier’; po ‘trail’ ‘road’; naw
‘below’). Cf. [16:108].
[16:108] San Ildefonso Sundatupokwajée ‘soldiers’ road height’
(sundatpo, see [16:107]; Awajé Sheight’). Cf. [16:107].
16:109] Nameless pueblo ruin. Hewett? says:
[ p y
[16:
[16:
This ruin is situated in Canyon de los Alamos on a high ridge running par-
allel with the stream on its south side. It is about three-quarters of a mile
west of Tsankawi and its inhabitants eventually merged with the population
of that village. The settlement consisted of one rectangular pueblo of consid-
erable size and a number of small clan houses scattered along the ridge to the
west for about half a mile. It belongs to the older class of ruins.
Doctor Hewett informs the writer that an old trail leads
straight from Sexkew7i [16:114] due west to this ruin.
110] Nameless pueblo ruin. Doctor Hewett informs the writer
that a small pueblo ruin exists about where located on the map.
So far as can be learned, this ruin has not been mentioned in any
publication.
111] San Idefonso Sekewikwaje, Sekewikwage ‘height or mesa of
the gap of the sharp round cactus’, referring to [16:112] (Sekew?’,
see [16:112]; Awaje, kwage ‘height’ ‘mesa’). =Eng. (2).
(2) Eng. ‘*Tsankawi mesa”.? (<Tewa). =Tewa(1). For the
spelling of the name see [16:114]. (Pls. 9, 10.)
[16:112] San Ildefonso Sxekew7’i ‘gap of the sharp round cactus’ (se
applied to several varieties of jointed round cactus, among others
to Opuntia comanchica and Opuntia polyacantha; ke ‘sharpness’
‘sharp’, probably referring to the sharpness of the thorns; w77
‘gap’). This gap has given the names to [16:111], [16:113],
[16:114], and [17:13].
8 Ibid., p. 20.
1 Antiquities, p. 18, 1906. 2Tbid., p. 21.
°
87584° —29 etrH—16——_18 Z
274 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [etn any. 29
This gap or narrow and low place is west of the pueblo ruin
[16:114]. Whether round cactus now grows at the pass has not
been ascertained. For quoted forms of the name, see under
[16:114].
[16:113] San Ildefonso Stkewinuge oywikeji ‘pueblo ruin below the
gap of the sharp round cactus’, referring to [16:112] (4 ekewr i
see [16:112]; nuge ‘down below’ <niwvu ‘below’, ge ‘down at’
‘over at’; ’oywikeji ‘pueblo ruin’ <’onwi ‘pueblo’, keji ‘old’
postpound), Cf. [16:114].
Hewett? says of this ruin:
This is a small pueblo ruin of the older type, situated on a lower bench just
north of the Tsankawi mesa [16:111], about half a mile south of the Alamo
[16:100]. The walls are entirely reduced. The site belongs to the same class
and epoch as nos. 9 and 11.
See under [16:105] and [16:109]. It has not been possible to
obtain any tradition about this ruin.
[16:114] San Ildefonso Sekew? oywikeji, Sekewikwaj? onwikeji ‘pueblo
ruin of the gap of the sharp round cactus’ ‘pueblo ruin above the
gap of the sharp round cactus’, referring to [16:112] (Sekewii,
see [16:112]; Awaje ‘height’ as in [16:111]; “oywikejz * pueblo
ruin? <’oywi ‘pueblo’, ej? ‘old’ postpound). Cf. [16:113].
‘“¢Sii-ke-yu”. For Bandelier’s spelling of w7’7 as ‘‘ ye” or “yu”
see [16:105] and [22:42]. ‘*Tsankawi”.* ‘* Tsankawi” (Tewa,
* place of the round cactus’).”*
Sexkew?i ruin is merely mentioned by Bandelier;° it is fully de-
scribed by Hewett.® Of the location of the ruin Hewett says:
“Tt isa veritable ‘sky city’. ... The site was chosen entirely
for its defensive character and is an exceptionally strong one”.
It is a tradition generally known at San Ildefonso that a consider-
able number of the ancestors of the San Ildefonso people used to
live long ago at Potsuw?i [16:105] and Sekewii [16:114]. The
writer has obtained a myth the scene of which is laid at Sekew? i.
The San Ildefonso Indians usually mention the names Potswwi"i
and Sxrkew/’: together and insist that these two places were
inhabited by their ancestors and not by those of the other Tewa
villagers.
[16:115] San Ildefonso Tsedeetsi’t ‘ canyon of the erect standing spruce
trees’ (/se* Douglas spruce’ ‘ Pseudotsuga mucronata’, called by the
1 Antiquities, p. 22, 1906.
2Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 78, 1892.
3 Hewett: General View, p. 598, 1905; Antiquities, p. 20, 1906; Communauteés, pp. 45, 85, 86, and table
des matiéres, 1908.
i Hewett, Antiquities, p. 20, 1906.
5 Bandelier, op. cit.
6 Hewett, op. cit.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 275
isi ‘canyon’). Whether spruce trees now grow in the canyon
is not known to the writer. This name is applied to the arroyo
or canyon only below the vicinity of PotswwiZ ruin [16:105].
See [16:102].
It is believed that the canyon is correctly located on the sheet.
[16:116] San Ildefonso 7ke’ew?"t ‘gap of the eagle(s) (tse ‘eagle’; ’e
diminutive; wi?‘ gap’). Cf. [16:117].
[16:117] San Ildefonso Zke’ewthwajée ‘height by the gap of the
eagle(s)’ ( Z’e’ew?"2, see [16:116]; Awajé ‘height’).
[16:118] San Ildefonso ’Agap‘itege of obscure etymology (aga unex-
plained but occurring also in a few other Tewa place-names, for
instance ’Agat fanu [22:54]; p'i said to sound exactly like p'/ ‘a
sore’; te ‘to lift up’ ‘to pick up’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’). This
name applies to the western part of the low mesa shown on the
sheet.
[16:119] San Ildefonso ’ Obeknwaje ‘ height there by the little bend’, re-
ferring to [16:121]; (Ode, see [16:121]; Awaje ‘height’) Cf.
[16:122].
[16:120] San Ildefonso Pen put akege ‘hill where the snake(s) live(s)’
(pen pu ‘snake’; ta ‘to live’ ‘to dwell’; kege ‘hill’ ‘knob’ <ke
indicating height, ge ‘down at’ ‘ over at’).
The author was shown the holes in this hill in which many snakes
of various kinds are said to live.
[16:121] San Ildefonso ’Obebw’u ‘corner there by the little bend’ (o
‘there’; be ‘little bend’; bw ‘large low roundish place’). The
canyon at this place is very deep and has precipitous walls,
especially on the southeastern side. It forms a sharp little bend;
hence the name. Cf. [16:119], [16:122].
[16:122] San Ildefonso ’ Obebutoba, * clits there by the little bend’, re-
ferring to [16:121] ( Obebw’u, see [16:121]; toda ‘ cliff’).
As noted under [16:121], there are high cliffs at this place on the
southeastern side of the canyon. These cliffs are of blackish
basalt.
[16:123] (1) San Ildefonso Awewius ‘oak-tree point’ (Awe ‘oak’;
wit ‘horizontally projecting corner or point’). Cf. Span. (2).
(2) Span. Creston ‘ridge’ ‘hog-back’. Cf. Tewa (1).
These names are applied to a projecting ridge situated on the
south side of Guaje Arroyo. There is a spring of good water at
the locality.
[16:124] San Ildefonso’ Omapeyge * beyond [16:42)' ( Oma, see [16:42];
penge ‘beyond’). This name is, of course, applied vaguely to the
region beyond the hill [16:42]; especially to the locality indicated
on the map. See [16:42].
276 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [nru. ann. 29
[16:125] San Ildefonso Kun petewaki ‘turquoise dwelling-place slope’
(kun pe ‘turquoise’ <hku ‘stone’, 2. rx unexplained but postfixed
to some other nouns, as *én pe ‘salt’; te ‘dwelling-place’; waki
‘slope’). The informants were amused at this name. There is,
they said, neither turquoise at this locality nor is it a dwelling-place
for anything oranybody. The name applies somewhat vaguely to
the slope on the southern side of Guaje Arroyo a short distance
east of [16:123].
[16:126] San Ildefonso ’Omahwu ‘arroyo by [16:42]? (Oma, see
[16:42]; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). The lower course of
Guaje Arroyo, from the confluence of Alamo Canyon [16:100] to
the mouth [16:127], is called thus very regularly by the San Ilde-
fonso Indians. They think of the conspicuous hill or mountain
[16:42] and of this wide arroyo together and call them both by
the name ’Oma-. See [16:42], [16:53], [16:127].
[16:127] San Ildefonso ’Omahuqwoge ‘delta of [16:126]’ C Omahwu,
see [16:126]; gwoge ‘delta’ ‘down where it cuts through’ <gwo
‘to cut through’, ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’).
The mouth of the great Guaje is a wide dry gulch just west of
the railroad bridge. See [16:126].
[16:128] San Ildefonso Totexbihwajé ‘quail height’ (totxbi/ ‘quail’;
kwaje ‘ height’).
This is a large mesa-like height southwest of [16:42] and on the
south of Guaje Arroyo. The Santa Clara Indians call quail fote
instead of totxbi.
[16 :129] San Ildefonso Betw’iwe * place that fruit is dried’ (be ‘ roundish
fruit’, as apples, peaches, pears, etc. ; fa ‘to dry’ ‘dryness’ ‘dry’;
*iwe locative).
This nearly level place on the western bank of the river was
formerly used by Indians for drying fruit, so it is said. The
name is probably of recent origin.
{16:130] Buckman Mesa, see [20:5]
[16:131] (1) San Ildefonso Pogwawipimpeyge ‘beyond the reservoir
gap mountains’, referring to [16:132] (Pogwaw7i, see [16:152];
pin ‘mountain’; paeyge ‘beyond’). Also called merely Piym-
peyge ‘beyond the mountains’. Cf. [16:44] and [16:45].
(2) Grande Valley, Valle Grande. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(8) Span. Valle Grande ‘large valley’. =Eng. (2).
This is the largest of the high grass-grown meadow-valleys
west of the Jemez Range. Cf. [16:44] and [16:45].
[16:132] San Ildefonso Pogwawi’i ‘water reservoir gap’ (poqwa ‘ water
reservoir’ ‘water tank’ < po ‘water’, gwa indicating state of being
a receptacle; wz? ‘ gap’).
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES OT
The name is said to refer to a gap or pass in the range itself.
Why the name was given is not known; the informants say that
there may be an old water reservoir there or that the pass may
resemble a reservoir in some way. The canyon [16:133] begins at
this pass, from which it takes its name. Cf. also [16:151].
[16:133] San Hdefonso Pogwawitsii ‘water reservoir gap canyon’,
referring to [16:132] (Pogwaw7’/, see [16:132]; fs/7 ‘canyon’).
[16:134] San Ildefonso A“ yjobukwajé ‘wolf corner height’, referring
to [16:135] (A°ujobwu, see [16:135]; Awaje ‘ height’).
[16:135] San Ildefonso A™ujobwu ‘wolf corner’ (h'ujo ‘wolf’; bwu
‘large low roundish place’).
This name refers to a very large and well known low place.
[16:136] San Ildefonso Zsivege’intsi’/, see [17:30].
[16:137] San Ildefonso Sx fukeve ‘round-cactus point hill’ (se ‘round-
cactus’ of varioys species, among others Opuntia comanchica and
Opuntia polyacantha; fw ‘horizontally projecting point or cor-
ner’; kewe ‘hill’ ‘knob’). Three informants gave this form of
the name independently; one gave the first syllable as fx
‘erouse’.
This is a small roundish topped hill south of [16:135] and on the
southern side also of [16:136].
[16:138] San Ildefonso 7"ant akwaje iy phwu, see [17:10].
[16:139] San Ildefonso Posugein rhwu, see [17:17].
[16:140] San Ildefonso A’edawihwu, see [17:19].
[16:141] San Ildefonso Ywdawithwu, see [17:25].
[16:142] San Ildefonso ’Abebehwu, see [17:29].
[16:143] San Ildefonso Beswin phwu, see [17:37].
[16:144] San Ildefonso 7sttehwu, see [17:34].
[16:145] San Ildefonso 7sikwaje, see [20:45].
[16:146] San Ildefonso Aubajwein rhwu, see [17:42].
[16:147] San Ildefonso Posepopatsi’7, see [17:58].
[16:148] Frijoles Canyon, see [28:6].
UN LocATED
San Ildefonso A‘ajepiyy ‘fetish mountain’ (Awe ‘fetish’ ‘shrine’;
pw ‘mountain’).
This mountain is said to be somewhere west of Guaje Creek
[16:53].
San Ildefonso P'ahew?7 ‘fire guleh gap’ (pa ‘fire’; he ‘small groove’
‘arroyito’ ‘gulch’; w7? ‘ gap’).
This gap is said to be in the vicinity of the upper P'ahew/hwu
[16:25] and gives the name to the latter.
278 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS (ETH. ANN. 29
Span. Rincon del Pueblo ‘ pueblo corner’.
Half a mile to the south [of [16:105]] the huge mesa which is terminated by Rincon
del Pueblo bounds the valley with a high unbroken line.!
Of two San Ildefonso Indians one had heard this name, the
other had not. Neither knew where the place is.
San Ildefonso Tobaqwak' eto’iwe ‘ place where the cliff-dwelling is sunk
"underground (fobaqwa ‘clift-dwelling’ < toba ‘cliff’, gwa indicat-
ing state of being a receptacle; /°xto ‘to sink under’ ‘to be im-
mersed’, said for instance of one sinking into quicksand < /e
unexplained, fo ‘to be in’; *%we locative). This name was ob-
tained from a single San Ildefonso informant, who could locate
the place no more definitely than to say that it is somewhere in
the Pajarito Plateau west of San Ildefonso. He had never seen
the place.
[17] SAN ILDEFONSO SOUTITWEST SHEET
This sheet (map 17) shows a large area in the Pajarito Plateau south-
west of the San Ildefonso Pueblo. The country is of the same charac-
ter as that shown on sheet [16]. This sheet [17] contains 7s7rege Pueblo
ruin [17:34], after which Doctor Hewett named the Pajarito Plateau;
see [17:34], and the introduction to sheet [16]. The area represented
on the sheet proper is claimed by the San Ildefonso Indians, and most
of the names of places are known to them only. The southern boun-
dary of the sheet proper is approximately the boundary between the
country claimed by the San Ildefonso people as the home of their
ancestors and that claimed by the Cochitias the home of their ancestors.
The part of the area near the Rio Grande is often included under the
name fumapenge ‘beyond Buckman Mesa [20:5]’; see introduction
to [20].
[17:1] San Ildefonso Tsiso’o, see [16:53].
[17:2] San Ildefonso Zehwu, see [16:100].
[17:3] San Ildefonso ’Omahuw’u, see [16:126].
[17:4] San Ildefonso Sekewikwaje, see [16:111].
[17:5] San Ildefonso Sundawponuge, see [16:107].
[17:6] San Ildefonso Sundatpokwaje, see [16:108].
[17:7] San Ildefonso Totxbihwaje, see [16:128].
[17:8] San Ildefonso Beta ‘we, see [16:129].
[17:9] San Ildefonso 7"ant'akwajé ‘sun dwelling-place height’ (¢¢7/
‘sun’; fa ‘to live’ ‘to dwell’; Awajé height). The name refers
toamesa. Cf. [17:10].
[17:10] San Ildefonso. T"ant'akwaj@inrhwu ‘san dwelling - place
height arroyo’, referring to [17:9] (Zantakwaje, see [17:9]; °v"!
locative and adjective-forming postfix; Aww ‘large groove’
‘arroyo’).
1Hewett, Antiquities, p. 18, 1906.
MAP 17
SAN ILDEFONSO SOUTHWEST REGION
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
ye
PTAA
40
al
\
~
y
yN
ak
Z))\
WALES
WES
PS
tle.
SAN
SOLE
“a>
ILDEFONS(
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPU:.T MAP 17
AViy, 7,
ae Ne?
rm
ANANSI TFN
“A
tae.
34
sue
rnithoe
Awe Hay 39
5 MILES
THWEST REGION
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPU,.T MAP 17
: Ady
we, NUE ~ a
ro .
< \ ‘ -
ioe NIZA Lean : As.
HA RANE bs , :
sss
SVAN SA Nr = .
AUNSZIANN
= * Aw
a 4) i a
’ 3) .
ae
a SO
x
UR
.)
STIL
2
=
~
ie
“rye
oe
v roe
aot
1
ATPL Ue
SAN ILDEFONSO
6 MILES
SOUTHWEST REGION
MAP 17
SAN ILDEFONSO SOUTHWEST REGION
(SSHONI 9 L354 4 AB SAHONI Z
1334 S ‘WOLLOG YVSN SNOISN3WIG ‘SSHONI 9 L334 € 'HLNOW JO YSLSWVIC ‘SSHONI + L334 11 Hld3d) LIMVSVN LV WV4Lld-¥a30 LNZIONV
tL SLV1d LYOd3Y TVWANNV HLNIN-ALNSML ASOTIONHL]A NVOINAWV JO NVSHNG
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 279
[17:11] San Ildefonso Aetobagwakwaje * bear cliff-dwelling height,’ re-
ferring to [17:12] (Aeobaq“wa, see [17:12]; Awajée ‘height’). The
name refers to a roundish mesa, it is said.
[17:12] San Idefonso Ketobagwa, Kaobaqwa’iwe ‘bear cliff-dwelling’
‘bear cliff-dwelling place’ (ke ‘bear’ of any species; tobaygwa
‘cliff-dwelling’ <foba ‘cliff, gwa indicating state of being a re-
ceptacle; *Zwe locative). The name evidently refers to a cliff-
dwelling which was oecupied by a bear.
The cave-dwelling is said to be near the top of the mesa [17:11]
to which it gives the name.
[17:13] San Ildefonso Sekewihwu ‘arroyo of the sharp round-cactus
gap’, referring to [16:112] (Sekew?i, see [16:112]; hwu ‘large
groove’ ‘arroyo’).
This arroyo starts.at [16:112] and flows into [17:14].
[17:14] (1) San Ildefonso Sandidnabahwu ‘watermelon field arroyo’
(sandia <Span. sandia ‘watermelon’; naba ‘field’; wu ‘large
groove’ ‘arroyo’). Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (3). This Tewa name is
applied only to the upper part of the arroyo, the part below the
gap [17:15] being called Posuge iy plaeu; see [17:17]. The Eng.
and Span. names, however, refer to the whole arroyo.
(2) Eng. ‘‘Sandia Canyon.”?. (<Span.) =Span. (3). Cf.
Tewa (1).
(3) Span. Cafiada de las Sandias ‘narrow mountain-valley of
the watermelons.’ =Eng. (2). Cf. Tewa (1).
Possibly the name Posyge [17:17], now applied only to the lower
course of the arroyo, was originally applied to the whole arroyo,
and the names given above owe their origin to watermelon fields
inits upper course. There are many cliff-dwellings in this arroyo,
See [17:17].
[17:15] San Ildefonso Nabaw?i ‘pitfall gap’ (naba ‘pitfall’; w7'?
‘gap’). There is another nabaw7i on the Pajarito Plateau; see
[16:74]. For quoted forms of the name see [17:16], a pueblo
ruin which is called after this gamepit gap. The pitfall is shown
in plate 11. Hewett describes [17:15] as follows:
"On the narrow neck of mesa about 300 yards west of the pueblo [17:16], at
the convergence of four trails, is a game-trap (nava) from which the village
[17:16] takes its name. This is one of a number of pitfalls which have been
discovered at points in this region where game trails converged. One of the
best of these is that at Navawi. It was so placed that game driven down the
mesa from toward the mountains or up the trail from either of two side canyons
could hardly fail to be entrapped. The trap is an excavation in the rock which
could have been made only with great difficulty, as the cap of tufa is here
quite hard. The pit is bottle-shaped, except that the mouth is oblong. It is
1Hewett, General View, p- 598, 1905.
280 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [pru. ann. 29
15 feet deep and about 8 feet in diameter at the bottom. The mouth of the pit
is about six feet in length by four in breadth. The trap has been used in
modern times by the San Ildefonso Indians.!
[17:16] San Ildefonso Nabaw? oywikej/ ‘ pitfall gap pueblo ruin’, refer-
ring to the gap [17:15], which is just east of the ruin (Vabaw?’ 7,
see [17:15]; ’oywikeji * pueblo ruin’? <’oywi ‘pueblo.’ kejz ‘ruin’).
‘“Navakwi’.? ‘*Navawi (‘place of the hunting trap’)’*. ‘‘Na-
vawi.” 4
The ruin is not mentioned by Bandelier. It is fully described
by Hewett.®
[17:17] San Ildefonso Posygeh wu ‘arroyo of the place where the
water slides down’ (Posuge, see under [17:unlocated]; Aww ‘large
groove’ ‘arroyo’). The lower course of the arroyo [17:14], below
the gap [17:15], is called by this name, although in Eng. and Span.
the entire arroyo is called by asingle name. For Sandiinabahwu,
the name of the upper course of the arroyo, see [17:14]; for Posuge,
see under [17:unlocated], page 289.
[17:18] San Idefonso ’Awap‘av* ‘cattail place’ Cawap‘a a kind of
broad-leaf cattail <’awa ‘cattail’, p‘a ‘large and flat’, referring
to the leaves).
Some cattails grow at this place. It is said to be the point of
beginning of the Avdawzhwu. There isa Mexican house at the
place, but no Mexican name for it is known. See [17:19].
[17:19] San Ildefonso Aedawihwu ‘arroyo of the gap where the bear
is or was desired’, referring to Aedaw7? [17:unlocated]; hwu
‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). Cf. [17:20].
[17:20] San Ildefonso Avedawihwinkwage, ‘mesa of the arroyo of the
gap where the bear is or was desired’ (Aedawihwu, see [17:19];
>? locative and adjective-forming postfix; /wage ‘ mesa’).
It appears that this name is given especially to the mesa north
of the upper Acdawihwu, see [17:19].
[17:21] San Ildefonso Wantuhegeinkwaje ‘height of the arroyitos of
the earth flesh’ (Wantwhege, see [17:22]; ’24 locative and adjective-
forming postfix; Awajé ‘ height’).
[17:22] San Ildefonso Vantuhegeinfhwu ‘arroyo of the arroyitos of
the earth flesh’, referring, it is said, to a kind of clay mixed with
earth (nay f ‘earth’; tu ‘flesh’; Aée ‘small groove’ ‘arroyito’; ge
‘down at’ ‘over at’; 7’? locative and adjective-forming postfix;
wu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
It is said that some brownish or reddish clay is mixed with the
earth at this place. Cf. [17:21].
1 Hewett, Antiquities, pp. 22-23, 1906. 4 Hewett, Communautés, p. 98, 1908.
2Hewett, General View, p. 5 Antiquities, No. 14, 1906.
® Hewett, Antiquities, p. 22, 1908.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 281
[17:23] San Ildefonso Ywdw?? ‘wind gap’ (ywd ‘wind’; w7’t Sgap’).
This wide and windy gap is believed to be correctly placed on
the sheet. The names [17:24] and [17:25] are derived from it.
[1'7:24] San Ildefonso Vwiwikwaje, Nwawikesi ‘wind gap height’, re-
ferring to [17:23]; kwajé ‘height’; ker ‘height’). Especially
the mesa between Ywew7? [17:23] and the Rio Grande is called
by this name.
[17:25] San Ildefonso Ywawihwu ‘wind gap arroyo’, referring to
[17:23] (Ywaw???, see [17:23]; Aww ‘large groove’ Sarroyo’).
The Aedawthwu [17:19] is the largest tributary of this arroyo.
[17:26] Buckman wagon bridge, see [20:20].
[17:27] Buckman settlement, see [20:19].
[17:28] San Ildefonso A“owip' x’? ‘place of the twisted corn-husks’
(Sowa ‘skin’ ‘tegument’, here referring to ‘corn-husks’; p'x
‘to twist’ ‘to braid’ ‘to interlace’; °2” locative and adjective-
forming postfix).
Corn-husks were and are sometimes twisted and knotted into
strange forms and thus prepared have some ceremonial use. At
the ruins on the Pajarito Plateau a number of twisted corn-husks
have been found.
The locality is described as a nearly level dell at the head of the
> Abebehwu [17:29].
[17:29] (1) San Ildefonso ’Abebehw'u, ’ Abebets’’i ‘arroyo of the little
corner of the chokecherry’ ‘canyon of the little corner of the
chokecherry’ (Abebe’e, see under [17: unlocated], page 288; Aww
‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’; és7’/ ‘ canyon’).
(2) Buey Canyon, Ox Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(3) Span. Caton del Buey ‘ox canyon’. = Eng. (2).
[17:30] (1) San Ildefonso Ts/zegetsi’, Tsivegehwu ‘bird place canyon’
‘bird place arroyo’, referring to [17:34] (Zsc“ege, see [17:34];
tsi ‘canyon’; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).. The name
Tsisegets’i is applied especially to the upper, 7sivegehwu to the
lower, course of the waterway. Cf. Cochiti (2), Eng. (8),
Span. (4).
(2) Cochiti Wa ftethan ro ‘bird canyon’, probably translating
the Span. name (wd ftet ‘bird’; kan yo ‘canyon’ <Span. cafion).
Cf. Tewa (1), Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(3) Eng. ‘‘ Pajarito Canyon”.1 (<Span.). =Span. (4). Cf.
Tewa (1), Cochiti (2).
(4) Span. Cation del Pajarito ‘canyon of the little bird’, refer-
ring to Pueblo del Pajarito [17:34]. =Eng. (8). Cf. Tewa (1),
Cochiti (2).
The arroyo begins at A‘ ujobwu [16:135]. At places in its
upper course it is a deep and narrow canyon. The lower course
seldom carries surface water. ‘‘A limited supply of water can
1 Hewett, General View, p. 595, 1905.
282 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. ann. 29
still be obtained at almost any season at the spring in the arroyo
a quarter of a mile away [from [17:34] |, and during wet seasons
the Pajarito carries a little water past this point ”.!
[17:51] (1) San Idefonso’ Ahoy pheinkwage ‘long plain mesa’ Cakonp
‘plain’; Ae ‘length’ ‘long’; ’2”* locative and adjective-forming
postfix; Awage ‘mesa’). Cf. Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Phillips Mesa, so called because a Mr. Phillips does
dry-farming on this mesa, raising large crops of corn.
(3) Span. Llano Largo ‘long plain’. Cf. Tewa (1).
This mesa is several miles in length. The ruins [17:32] and
[17:56] are found here. °
[17:32] Nameless pueblo ruin. Doctor Hewett informs the writer
that a large pueblo ruin lies on the mesa approximately where
indicated. See [17:31].
[17:33] San Ildefonso Makinwi* ‘sawmill place’ (makina * machine’
‘sawmill’? <Span. maquina ‘machine’; */ locative and adjective-
forming postfix).
This is one of the sites on which sawmills have been built.
[17:54] (1) San Ildefonso Zs/uegeonwikeji ‘pueblo ruin down at the
bird’ ‘pueblo ruin of the bird place’ (sive ‘bird’; ge ‘down at?
‘over at’; “oywikeji ‘pueblo ruin’? <’oywi ‘pueblo’, keji ‘old?
postpound). Several other Tewa place-names are compounded
of a word denoting a species of animal, plus the locative ge; thus
P*Poge ‘woodpecker. place’ [9:43], Perage ‘place of a species of
kangaroo rats’ [16:36], ete. Some other place-names are animal
names with “/we postfixed; thus Deiwe ‘coyote place’ [1:30].
Why such animal names are given to places it has not been pos-
sible to learn; it is believed that clan names have nothing to do
with them. Bandelier? says of Zs/vege: ** It is also called ‘ Pajaro
Pinto,’ from a large stone, a natural concretion, found there,
slightly resembling the shape of a bird.” A large number of San
Ildefonso Indians have been questioned about this bird-shaped
rock, but none has been found who knows of the existence of
such. Several Indians ventured to doubt this explanation of the
name, and said that it is the Tewa custom to name places after
animals and that that is all they know about it. ‘‘Tzirege.”*
*'Tzi-re-ge.”* ‘*(Tewa; Tchire, bird; ge, house =house of the
bird people: Spanish Pajarito, a little bird.) Tchirege.”* ‘* Tshi-
rege (Tewa, ‘a bird;’ Spanish’ pajarito, ‘small bird’).”* ‘*Techi-
rege.”7 Cf. Cochiti (2), Span. (3).
1 Hewett, Antiquities, p. 25, 1906.
2Final Report, pt. 11, p. 79, note, 1892.
3 Bandelier, Delight Makers, p. 381, 1890.
4Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 16, 78, 79, 1892.
5Hewett, General View, p. 598, 1905.
6Hewett, Antiquities, p. 23, 1906.
7Hewett, Communautés, pp. 45, 85, 86, and table des matiéres, 1908.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 283
(2) Cochiti Wafteth@aftetafoma ‘old village of the bird’
(wa ftet ‘bird’; h@afteta ‘village’ ‘pueblo’; féma Sold’). Cf.
Tewa (1) ,Span. (3).
(8) Span. Pueblo del Pajaro, Pueblo del Pajarito ‘bird pueblo’
‘little bird pueblo.” Cf. Tewa (1), Cochiti (2). ‘‘ Pueblo of the
Bird”* (evidently translating the Span. name). ‘‘Pajarito.”?
Bandelier gives ‘‘ Pajaro Pinto” [‘piebald bird’]* as the name of
the pueblo, but none of the Tewa informants are familiar with
the name with ‘‘ pinto” added. Mr. J. S. Candelario of Santa Fe
informs the writer that he has heard the name Pajarito Pinto
applied by Mexicans to a ruin somewhere near Sandia Pueblo
[29:100].
Tsitege was first described by Bandelier.‘ It is fully described
by Hewett, who says in part:
Tshirege was the largest pueblo in the Pajarito district, and with the exten-
sive cliff-village clustered about it, the largest aboriginal settlement, ancient or
modern, in the Pueblo region of which the writer has personal knowledge,
with the exception of Zui... Tshirege is said to have been the last of all
the villages of Pajarito Park to be abandoned. A limited supply of water can
still be obtained at almost any season at the spring in the arroyo a quarter of a
mile away, and during wet seasons the Pajarito [17:30] carries a little water
past this point.°
The San Ildefonso Indians state very definitely that their ances-
tors and not the ancestors of the other Tewa villagers lived at
Tsitege. No detailed tradition, however, was obtained from
them. One Cochiti informant stated that Zsivege was formerly
inhabited by Tewa. The Pajarito Plateau (see introduction to
[16], page 260) was named by Hewett after Zséege,; so also Pajarito
Park. TZkzege gave rise also to the names of [17:30], [17:35],
[17:36], and [17:39].
[17:35] San Ildefonso Tsivege ingwakwage ‘bird place house mesa’,
referring to [17:54] (7szvege, see [17:34]; °7** locative and adjec-
tive-forming postfix; gwa indicating state of being a receptacle
or, house-like shape; wage ‘mesa’). This name is applied, it is
said, to a large mesa shaped like a Pueblo house, situated just
north of Zsivege ruin [17:34]. Cf. [17:36].
[17:36] (1) Cochiti ‘“‘Tziro Ka-uash”.? Bandelier says: ‘*The Queres
eall it ‘Tziro Ka-uash’, of which the Spanish name is a literal
translation”. ‘‘Tziro Kauash”.* Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Pajarito Mesa. (<Span.). =Span. (3). Cf. Cochiti (1).
(8) Span. Mesa del Pajarito ‘little bird mesa’, doubtless refer-
ring to [17:34]. =Eng. (2). Cf. Tewa (1). ‘‘Mesa del Paja-
1Bandelier, Delight Makers, p. 378, 1892. 4Tbid., note.
2 Hewett, General View, p. 598, 1905. 5 Hewett, Antiquities, pp. 23-25, 1906.
3 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 79, note, 1892. 6 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 168.
284 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. ayy. 29
rito”.* So far as could be learned, the Tewa do not apply the
term 7sivege or Pajarito to any mesa other than [17:35]. The
Cochiti name quoted above is just as likely a translation from the
Span. name as vice versa. Bandelier? says: ‘‘The Mesa del Paja-
rito forms the northern rim of a deep gorge called Rito de los
Frijoles [28:6]”. Hewett* writes:
Beginning about a mile and a half south of Tsankawi [16:114], the aspect of
the country changes. From the Pajarito Canyon [17:30] to Rito de los Frijoles
[28:6], a distance of perhaps 10 miles, the high abrupt narrow tongue-like
mesas protruding toward the river with broad timbered valleys between are
replaced by one great table-land, the Mesa del Pajarito, which at first sight
appears to be one continuous expanse only partially covered with pifion, cedar,
and juniper. It is, howeyer, deeply cut at frequent intervals by narrow and
absolutely impassable canyons.
Cf. the names Pajarito Plateau and Pajarito Park; see intro-
duction to [16], page 260. Perhaps [17:53] is the nearest Tewa
equivalent to ‘‘Mesa del Pajarito” as the latter is applied by
Bandelier. See also [17:65].
[17:37] San Ildefonso Beswiwe ‘chimney place’ (besw ‘chimney’
apparently <be ‘smallness and roundness’ ‘small and round’, sx
‘arrow’ ‘shaft’; *2we locative).
It is said that some American soldiers once built houses at
this place, of which the chimneys are still standing. The arroyo
[17:38] is named after this place. .
[17:38] San Ildefonso Beswiyrhwu ‘chimney place arroyo’, referring
to [16:37] (Beswiwe, see [16:37]; ?7’ locative and adjective-
forming postfix; Aiw ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[17:39] San Ildefonso Tsivegeakompijeakoyy ‘plain south of the bird
place’, referring to [17:34] ( Zs/vege, see [17:34]; ’akompzje ‘south’
<’akoy ‘plain’ ‘down country’, pije ‘toward’; ’akon yp ‘ plain’).
This name is applied to the large low region between 7Zkvege and
the Rio Grande.
[17:40] Rio Grande, Box Canyon of the Rio Grande, see special treat-
ment [Large Features], pages 100-102.
[17:41] San Ildefonso ZkiAvwaje, see [20:45].
[17:42] (1) San Ildefonso Aabajwe'inrhwu ‘eolt arroyo’ (habaju
‘horse’ <Span. caballo ‘horse’; ’e diminutive; ’7” locative and
adjective-forming postfix; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). Cf.
Eng. (2), Span. (8).
(2) Eng. Colt Arroyo. (<Span.) =Span. (3). Cf. Tewa (1).
(3) Span. Arroyo del Potrillo‘colt arroyo’. =Eng. (2). Cf.
Tewa(1). Whether the Tewa or the Span. name was first applied
is hardly ascertainable, nor is it known why the name was applied.
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 79, 168, 1892. 3 Antiquities, p. 22, 1906.
2Ibid., p. 79.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 285
The name ‘horse or colt canyon or arroyo’ is frequently applied
by Mexicans and Americans; cf. [28:52]. The name refers to a
long arroyo which flows into the river.
[17:47] is an important tributary.
[17:43] San Ildefonso Makinw?* ‘sawmill place’ (makina ‘machine’
‘sawmill’? <Span. maquina ‘machine’; ’2” locative).
A sawmill is situated at this place at the present time (1912).
Cf. [17:45].
117:44] Nameless pueblo ruin. The information is furnished by
Doctor Hewett.
[17:45] San Ildefonso AubajwWehwinkwaje, Kabajwekwaje ‘colt arroyo
height’ ‘colt height’, referring evidently to[17:42]( Aabajwehwu,
Kabajwe, see [17:42]; 727? locative and adjective-forming postfix;
hwu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). The name is applied, it is said,
only to the mesa on the south side of part of [17:43]; on the north
side of [17:42] are [17:41] and [17:39].
[17:46] San Ildefonso ’Anpewii ‘smooth gap’ (dane ‘smoothness’
‘smooth’; wi ‘gap’). This gapis really smooth; hence probably
the name. The gap connects [17:47] and [17:58]. Cf. [17:47].
[17:47] San Ildefonso An fzwihwu ‘smooth gap arroyo’, referring to
[17:46] (An pew7??, see [17:46]; hw ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
It is said that this arroyo flows into [17:42]. An pew? [17:46],
from which it takes its name, is situated near its head.
[17:48] San Ildefonso Beswiweinrhwu ‘chimney place arroyo’ (besu
‘chimney,’ apparently <de ‘smallness and roundness’ ‘small and
round’, sw ‘arrow shaft’; *¢we locative’ i’ locative and adjective-
forming postfix; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). The name is the
same as [17:38]. Either a mistake has been made or there are two
arroyos by this name. See [16:37], [16:38].
[17:49] San Ildefonso Awebukwajé ‘height of the large roundish oak
trees’ (Awe ‘oak’; bu ‘largeness, and roundish form like a ball’
‘large and roundish like a ball’; Awajeé ‘ height’).
[17:50] Jemez Mountains, see special treatment, [Large Features:8],
page 105.
[17:51] San Idefonso Pogwawitsi’i, see [16:133].
[17:52] San Ildefonso Pogwawitsikwaje ‘water reservoir arroyo
height’, referring to [17:51] (Poqwawitsi’i, see [17:51]; hkwajé
‘height’).
[17:53] San Ildefonso Aabajuh'a?', Habajih'winkwage ‘horse fenced
in place’ ‘horse fenced in mesa’ (Aabajt% ‘horse’ <Span. caballo
‘horse’; A*a ‘fence’ ‘corral’; ?2”*, ’in_p locative and adjective-form-
‘ing postfixes; wage ‘mesa’). This name is applied to a large and
indefinite mesa area north of the upper course of the Rito de los
Frijoles [28:6]. It is perhaps the nearest equivalent of ‘* Mesa del
286 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. any. 29
Pajarito” as the latter is applied by Bandelier. It is said that
horses are confined in the area and that this fact explains the
name. See [17:36]. Cf.[17:57].
[17:54] San Idefonso Qwempifwu ‘red-tailed hawk point’ (qwemp7i
‘an unidentified species of red-tailed hawk’? <quweyy ‘tail’, pz
‘redness’ ‘red’; {ww ‘horizontally projecting point or corner’).
The point gives the name to the canyon [17:55]. There is at
San Ildefonso a QGwemp/ Clan.
[17:55] San Ildefonso Qwaempifugéinis?i ‘canyon down by red-
tailed hawk point’, referring to [17:54] (Qwaempifwu, see [17:54];
ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; *v? locative and adjective-forming post-
fix; és/’7 ‘canyon’).
This is a deep canyon, on the northeast side of which [17:54] is
situated.
[17:56] Nameless pueblo ruin.
This ruin has been approximately located through the kindness
of Doctor Hewett. It is said to be at the upper end of the long
mesa [17:31].
[17:57] San Ildefonso Aabajik'wi'potiwe ‘place of the water at the
horse-fenced-in place’, referring to [17:53] (Aabajuk'w7*, see
[17:53]; po ‘water’; *%we locative). The name refers to a spring
at the very head of [17:58] proper.
It is said that a sawmill was formerly situated about 100 yards
north of this place. The locality is like a rolling valley, it is
said.
[17:58] (1) San Ildefonso Posepopa’s.si’?, literally ‘fishweir water
thread canyon’, but the etymology is not clear (pode ‘fishweir’;
po ‘water’; pa’? ‘thread’ ‘cord’ not used in modern Tewa with
the meaning ‘stream’, but perhaps used so in ancient Tewa; fs7’7
‘canyon’).
(2) Eng. Water Canyon. . ‘Water Canyon’ is a common name
in the Southwest. Cf. Huntington: ** But there ain’t no water in
these mountains, except once in about 10 years in Water Can-
yon”.! The reference is not to this Water Canyon.
(8) Span. Cafion del Diezmo ‘canyon of the tenth or the tithe’.
Why this Span. name is applied is not explained.
The names apply to a very long canyon, running from [17:57],
it is said, to the Rio Grande.
[17:59] San Ildefonso Mukinw’* ‘sawmill place’ (makina ‘machine’
‘sawmill? <Span. maquina ‘machine’; *7’* locative and adjective-
forming postfix).
It is not ascertained on which side of the creek [17:58] the saw-
mill formerly stood at this place.
! Huntington in Harper’s Magazine, p. 294, Jan., 1912.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 287
[17:60] San Ildefonso Pobatebehwu ‘cliff cottonwood little corner
arroyo’ (Tobateb/e, see under [17:unlocated], below; Ai ‘large
groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[17:61] Nameless pueblo ruin.
The ruin was located on the sheet by Doctor Hewett.
[17:62] (1) San Ildefonso Zunabahwu ‘bean-field arroyo’ (tu ‘bean’;
naba ‘field’; hwu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). It is said that for-
merly there were bean-fields in this canyon; hence the name.
This and not [28:6] is the frijol or bean canyon of the Tewa, but
is never thus designated in Span.; cf. the Span. name of the
neighboring Rito de los Frijoles [28:6].
(2) Eng. Ancho Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(3) Cafiada Ancha, Cation Ancho ‘broad mountain-valley’
‘broad canyon’. It is so called because of its breadth and large
size. =Eng. (2). ‘‘Cafiada Ancha.”! ‘*There are caves in the
deep Cafiada Ancha.”?
[17:63] San Ildefonso S/ywinge iy rhwu ‘arroyo down by the place
where he or she stood and cried and wept’ (S/ywiyge, see under
[17 :unlocated], below; 1? locative and adjective-forming postfix;
hwu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[17:64] Nameless pueblo ruin.
This has been located on the sheet by Doctor Hewett.
[17:65] San Ildefonso Top'op'awe it ‘place of the pifon tree which
has a hole through it’, referring to a peculiar tree that stood and
perhaps still stands in the locality (fo ‘ pifion’ ‘ Pinus edulis’; p'o
‘hole’; p'awe ‘pierced’; °7* locative and adjective - forming
postfix). This name is given to the mesa north of the Rito de los
Frijoles, northwest of the pueblo ruin [28:12]. This is a part of
the mesa region to which Bandelier applies the name Mesa del
Pajarito; see [17:36].
[17:66] (1) San Ildefonso Tohwu ‘arroyo of the chamiso hediondo’
(fo ‘an unidentified species of plant which the Mexicans call cham-
iso hediondo; Aw’ ‘large groove’ arroyo’). Cf. Eng. (3).
(2) San Ildefonso Sakewein phwu ‘arroyo of a kind of thick
cornmeal mush’ (sakewe ‘a kind of cornmeal mush thicker than
atole’; 7’ locative and adjective-forming postfix; hw wu ‘large
groove’ ‘arroyo’).
(3) Eng. Bush Canyon. It is so called by Doctor Hewett and
others, although this name appears never to have been published.
Cf. Tewa (1).
This is a short canyon between Ancho Canyon [17:62] and
Frijoles Canyon [28:6]. See Rito del Bravo under [17 :unlocated|]
below.
1Bandelier: Delight Makers, p. 381, 1890; Final Report, pt. 11, p. 79, 1892.
2Tbid.
288
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS (HTH, ANN. 29
[17:67] Frijoles Canyon, Rito de los Frijoles, see [28:6].
[17:68] San Ildefonso Pugwige oywikeji, see [28:12].
[17:69] San Ildefonso Pugwig? intsigepojemuge, see [28:14].
[17:
(17:
[live
[L%:
[17:
San
70] Nameless canyon, see [28:17].
71] Alamo Canyon, see [28:20].
72] Capulin Canyon, Cuesta Colorada Canyon, see [28:30].
I yon, yon,
73] Cochiti Canyon, see [28:52].
74] Quemado Canyon, see [28:66].
UNLOCATED
Ildefonso ’ Abebe’e ‘little corner of the chokecherry’ (abe ‘ choke
cherry’ ‘Prunus melanocarpa’; ee ‘small low roundish place’).
This dell is said to be somewhere in the vicinity of the upper
part of [17:29], to which it gives the name.
Span. Rito del Bravo ‘creek of the brave’ ‘creek of the non-Pueblo
San
San
Indian’. ‘Bravo’ is often used by Span. speaking people of New
Mexico to distinguish non-Pueblo from Pueblo Indians. But
it is possible that the name is not Rito del Bravo, but Rito Bravo,
‘wild, turbulent river’; cf. Rio Brayo del Norte, an old Span.
name of the Rio Grande. See non-Pueblo Indian, page 575, and
Rio Grande [Large Features:3], pages, 100-102. This name was
not familiar to the Tewa informants. It is evidently the Span.
name of some canyon not far north of Frijoles Canyon [28:6].
Hewett! mentions this stream at least three times in his Antig-
uities: **It [ruin No. 18] is not less than 800 feet above the waters
of Rito del Bravo, which it overlooks”. ‘‘No. 19... A small
pueblo ruin in the beautiful wooded park just south of the Rito
del Bravo and a mile north of Rito de los Frijoles”.* ‘‘ This site
fof ruin No. 20] overlooks the deep gorge of the Bravo to the
north, and south a few rods is another deep canyon”.
Ildefonso Avedawi’? ‘gap where the bear is or was desired’ (ke
‘bear’? of any species; dwa ‘to wish’ ‘to want’ ‘to desire’; w27
‘oap’). For the name cf. Nambe Padabwu [22:44]. The circum-
stances under which the name was originaily given were not
known to the informants.
Ildefonso ?Odo’ebwu ‘little crow corner’ (‘odo
tive; bw ‘large low roundish place’).
This corner is indefinitely located as somewhere not very far
north of Frijoles Canyon [28:6].
‘ LER Fes, OAD
Crow: 5...é diminu-
Span. Mesa Prieta ‘dark mesa’. Bandelier* writes:
The formation of black trap, lava, and basalt crosses to the west side of the
Rio Grande a little below San Ildefonso, and extends from half a mile to a mile
west. Hexagonal columns of basalt crop out near the Mesa Prieta.
1 Antiquities, p. 25. 1906, 3 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 148, 1892.
2Ibid., p. 26,
MAP 18
BLACK MESA REGION
RA
Pei RQtnn
ue
Oy We
s
Y
-%
Aryl
“TINS
77s
a4,
°%,
’
*
‘
wut
1) an
cai
bl
u
8L dVW 1LY¥Od34 TVNNNV HLNIN-ALNSML ASOIONHLS NVOINSWY JO NVSYHNE
NOISSY VSSW OVI
s
ed
yert
Ie
4
‘
‘
\
\
** ciqeng Osudjapl|] uvS
lee,
Or Seles 2 -
. TINO D
‘ co
“ai
vy
Zl
E = ae \
et Ay .
vay pea 0)
2% {73
% sv
av
rai
- \VWIy, tt,
; wll ty, = 1, Zz ‘ :
o : [Bas ae oe
NS &
yy, SNe! Ws 0) Iv
‘ 4 SAWS ty
See ere aes MS eran >)
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 18
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
7,
Vl
silt, 20
.Y
\}
“AN
Youu
Un tne!
,
»,
<=>
Su
~
‘
\Ur
Pa
t
Au
a
wai
~
ul),
ws a |
Nie)!
wey
Pie\
(oA
~ Cm |
Se aren |
c = |
p 7
, S ret q
\ |
SSS
LAN SASSI
“% {Nv CF ipwwaa |
ye LD \
MANY if
\
BLACK MESA REGION
MAP 18
BLACK MESA REGION
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 289
This place is seemingly situated on either [16] or more probably
on [17]. See the unlocated pueblo ruins given below. Two or
three San Ildefonso Indians have been questioned, but they know
of no mesa by this name.
San Ildefonso Posuge ‘where the water slides down’ (fo ‘water’; sw
said to be the same as su in sunpu ‘to slide’; ge ‘down at’
‘over at’). This name is said to be applied to a place in or near
the lower course of Posuge’in phwu [17:17], from which the latter
takes its name. See [17:17].
San Ildefonso S/nwinge ‘down where he or she stood and cried and
wept’ (s’ywip ‘to stand and cry and weep’ <<? for s7jv’7 ‘to ery
and weep’, ywin ‘to stand’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’). The rea-
son why this name is applied is not known, nor can the place be
definitely located. See Siywrygeryphwu [17:63], which takes its
name from S7ywzyge.
San Ildefonso Sufsiidiwe ‘place of the weed species’ known as
sufsviny ‘an unidentified species of weed which grows in
marshy ground and is ground up and rubbed all over a person
as a cure for fever’ (<sy ‘to smell’ intransitive, és?’iyp unex-
plained; ’/we locative); said to be known in Span. as poléo,
The name is applied to a locality on the west side of the Jemez
Mountains opposite Aabajtihk' vv! (17:53).
San Ildefonso Tobateb2e ‘little corner of the cliffs and cottonwood
trees’ (loba ‘cliff’; fe ‘cottonwood’ ‘Populus wislizeni’; bee
‘small low roundish place’).
The informant says that there are cliffs at this place in one
of whichis a large cave, but he does not remember any cottonwood
trees. The place can not be definitely located. See Tobatebe-
huw’u [17:60], which takes its name from Tobatebe’e.
Pueblo ruins Nos. 17, 18, 19, and 20 of Hewett’s Antiquities (1906) lie
in the area, but it has not been possible to locate them definitely.
[18] BLACK MESA SHEET
This sheet (map 18) shows the Black Mesa north of San Ildefonso
Pueblo and some of the hill country about the Black Mesa. Besides
the ruins of temporary structures on the mesa, only one pueblo ruin
is represented on the sheet proper; this is [18:9], which is perhaps in-
correctly placed. The entire region shown east of the Rio Grande is
claimed by the San Ildefonso Indians and most of the place-names are
known only to them.
[18:1] San Ildefonso 7" un pjopengedi pop? iwe ‘where they go through
the river beyond [18:19]’ (Z" un pjopeyge, see [18:10]; dz they 3 +;
87584°—29 rrH—16——19
290 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [ern. ann. 29
po ‘water’ ‘river’; pz ‘to issue’ ‘to pass’; *2we locative). This
name is applied to the little-used wagon ford of the Rio Grande
slightly north of Hobart’s ranch [18:11].
[18:2] Santa Clara Aw in phwu, see [14:79].
[18:3] San Ildefonso Mampiheg? ‘red earth with the many little
gulches’ (ndyp ‘earth’; fz ‘redness’ ‘red’; hegi ‘gulched’
<hée ‘little groove’ ‘gulch’ ‘arroyito’, g7 asin many adjectives
which denote shape). Cf. [23:59]. The name is applied to the
first range of low reddish hills east of Black Mesa [18:19].
The range is more than a mile long. It is much eroded and
cut by small gulches. On its highest point is the ancientaltar or
shrine [18:4]. A higher range of hills, east of Vampcheg7 and run-
ning parallel with it is Pijoge [21:2].
[18:4] San Ildefonso Vampihegikuboui ‘stone pile of the place of the
red earth with the oe little gulches’, referring to [18:3]
(Nimpihegi, see [18:3]; kuboui ‘pile of stones’ ‘altar or shrine
consisting of a pile of stones’? <ku ‘stone’, bow ‘large roundish
object or pile’).
This shrine is situated on the highest point of the whole
Nampihegi Range.
[18:5] San Ildefonso funpek' oywii ‘gap where the mineral called
Sun pe is dug’ (pun pek' on p-, see [18:6]; wit *gap’). This name
refers especially to the vicinity of the pit [18:6] but more loosely
to the whole gap between Vimpihegi {18:3] and Pijoge [21:2].
See [18:6].
[18:6] San Ildefonso pun peek ondiwe ‘place where the mineral called
fun pe is dug’ (fun ye a whitish mineral used in pottery making
(see Minerats); ‘opp ‘to dig’; *iwe locative).
The pit follows the outcropping of the vein of the mineral. It
extends 60 feet or more in length in an easterly and westerly
direction. It is nowhere more than a few feet deep and a few
feet broad. Thisis the place where San Ildefonso pottery-makers
usually obtain funpe. A well-worn ancient trail leads to the
place from San Ildefonso and a modern wagon road passes a short
distance west of the pit. Cf. [18:5].
[18:7] San Ildefonso Zsabijodehuku ‘stone on which the giant rubbed
or scratched his penis’ (¢tsabéjo ‘a kind of giant’ <tsab7 unex-
plained, jo augmentative); de ‘penis’; Aww ‘to rub’ ‘to seratch’;
ku ‘stone’).
This is a trough-shaped stone about 7 paces long and 2 or 3
feet broad. The child-eating giant who lived within Black Mesa
[18:19] used to visit this rock. In former times San Ildefonso
Indians were accustomed to come to this stone to pray. The San
Ildefonso informants say that the writer is the first non-Indian
FARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 291
to whom this stone was shown and explained. All knowledge of
it iskept from outsiders with scrupulous care. Cf. [18:8], to
which this stone gives the name.
[18:8] San Ildefonso Tsadijodchukwin phwvu, Tsabijodehwu ‘arroyo of
the stone on which the giant rubbed his penis’ ‘arroyo of the
giant’s penis’ (Zsabijodehuku, Tsabijode, see [18:7]; °i?* locative
and adjective-forming postfix; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
The arroyo begins near [18:7] and takes its name from the
latter. The Mexicans are said to refer to it as Arroyo Seco ‘dry
arroyo’ if they give it a name. The arroyo enters the Rio
Grande just north of Hobart’s ranch [18:11]; it is perhaps some-
times included under the name 7" un pjopengehiu, see [18:10].
[18:9] San Ildefonso and Santa Clara Qwapige oniwikeji ‘pueblo ruin
of the red house-wall(s)’ (gwa ‘house-wall’; p7 ‘redness’ ‘ red’;
ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; ’oywike7? ‘pueblo ruin’ <’oyw? ‘ pueblo’;
heji ‘old’ postpound).
Whapige (maison du clan du faucon 4 la queue rouge), reconnu par les Po-
whoges [San Ildefonso Indians] comme la maison d’un de leurs clans, al’ époque
de Perage. Ce clan (Whapitowa) existe encore 4 San Ildefonso."
Hewett’s informants confuse the first part of the name with
quempi ‘red-tailed hawk.’ Early in November, 1911, Mr. J. A.
Jeancon told the writer that Santa Clara Indians had informed
him that the Tewa name of this pueblo ruin means ‘‘ place of the
lazy people.” In a letter dated November 15, 1911, Mr. Jeancgon
writes:
I have had the Santa Clara people repeat the name a number of times and
to my untrained ear I get ‘Wahpie, which they say means the ‘‘ Place of the
Painted Walls.’’ I misunderstood about the meaning ‘‘ Lazy People.’’ Itseems
that the people of that place were very lazy, and that when people of other
places were lazy they were told to go to ‘Wahpie. This does not refer to the
name, however. This information was corroborated by Ancieto (?) Suaso,
Nestor Naranjo, Victor Naranjo, Pueblo (?) Vaca, Pablo Silva, and Geronimo
Tafoya. All of these were questioned apart and without any intimation that
any one else had been spoken to about the name.
Doctor Hewett kindly located the ruin on the sheet, but it is
doubtless placed too far south. Hewett describes its location
very indefinitely:
A quelques milles au nord de Tuyo [18:19], A la base de collines de sable, et
vis-4-vis de Santa Clara [14:71], on voit emplacement de Whapige. !
Mr. J. M. Naranjo, an aged Santa Clara Indian, stated that there
is a pueblo ruin at ‘* La Mesilla [15:28]—this was Ywap7 and the
people were Z"anu.” It was not known to the writer’s San Ildefonso
1 Hewett, Communautés, p. 33, 1908.
999 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. Ann. 29
informants either that the people of Qwapige were T°anw (Tano)
or that, as Hewett says in the quotation above,’ they were the an-
cestors of San Ildefonso people.
[18:10] San Ildefonso 7° un pjopenge * beyond [18:19]’ (7"un rjo, see
[18:19]; peyge *heyond’). This name refers especially to the
locality just north of Black Mesa [18:19], and more vaguely to
all the region north of Black Mesa. The name Hobart is some-
times applied much as 7"unpjopeyge is applied, but Hobart
refers properly to [18:11] only, q. v. Cf. [18:14].
[18:11] Eng. Hobart’s ranch, Hobart, so called because a Mr. E. F.
Hobart, now of Santa Fe, owned the ranch for many years. The
ranch is now owned by Mr. H. J. Johnson. Sometimes the name
Hobart is used to designate more or less vaguely all the region
between Black Mesa [18:19] and Mesilla [15:28] or to include
Mesilla itself.
[18:12] Rio Grande, see [Large Features:3], pages 100-102.
[18:13] Santa Clara P?dn pela’, see [14:81].
[18:14] San Ildefonso 7" un pjopeyge ty pli ‘arroyo beyond [18:19]’
‘arroyo of the region [18:10]? (Z"un jo, see [18:19]; peyge
‘beyond’; ‘i’? locative and adjective-forming postfix; Aw ‘large
groove’ ‘arroyo’).
This arroyo runs from 7" un pjow?? [18:21] to the Rio Grande.
It passes south of Hobart’s ranch [18:11], and is the first large
arroyo north of Black Mesa [18:19]. To it is tributary the arroyo
of the salt spring [18:16].
[18:15] San Ildefonso ’An px po, An pepo iwe ‘the salt water’ ‘at the
salt water’? Cdn pe ‘salt? <’d alkali, mp2 unexplained, perhaps the
same as in kun px ‘turquoise’, ete.; po ‘water’; we locative).
The salt spring is about 100 yards above the confluence of the
little stream which comes from the spring, with the main bed of
[18:16]. The bed of the little arroyo in which the spring is situ-
ated is whitish with saline substance for some distance ahout the
spring. It is said that this spring never goes dry, but the little
water it contains sinks into the sand at the spring or a few
feet below according to season. © It was at this place that the San
Ildefonso Indians used to get salt many years ago, but now all
the salt there has turned into peppery alkali (dsx), itis said. The
arroyo [18:16] takes its name from this. See Salt, under Mry-
ERALS; also [29:110] Cf. [13:35].
[18:16] San Ildefonso "An pepoinphwu ‘arroyo of the salt water’
referring to [18:15] (An pepo, see [18:15]; 7? locative and
adjective-forming postfix; jw ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[18:17] Santa Clara 7"ant'ahwu, see [14:82].
1 Communauteés, p. 33, 1908.
a
= = il 7 +
7 7 ‘ mi ey nt a _
i. : + ’ <n : wry :
i r= © : 7
il 7 . i
: iT : - rs, zm a ’
7 a 7 :
? ’ - ae 7 : i : ni
« 1 aoe H i 5 ,
» Y Q: 7 ’ ;, am
-. Ter a i ra + ; J
id a) a 7 ' 1 5 i :
. § as a iy i)
: - mn - i 7 o i 7 " i 1
; - '¥ " ie
:
' ‘
: a
ZL 1 r r 7 ay) _ - ;
n i :
; ; i : i ih. | -
i) : _ Jt i 7G
i 1 i) i. ’ u -
1 we b Oe is Teun) 7 ?
i: 1 7 i a, An hs i
' i» v O
ih Fi fi no iu 7 i :
J — ni . 1
. a a - ih ? ; 4 - 7 :
; ve A a 7 au . 7 ny
oat
Liss : 7
Gai Dye : y aan ca te - }
: i if a
; : i ie 2 - ;
° 1 ae
= 7 _ : iP
1 af : cy 7 oO
7. : a - ar
" he T o ' , 7
Oo i 7 ’
- i a ;
’
oy - ot y ‘a
.
+“ i :
ih 7 Ltn
7
i! ‘ 7 - >
ie
:
”
; oi)
; . i ia
ot a 7 +9
¥ . 7 .
; - ib ie ou a 1
iu : ; : A
a ; : =
: aan ot a 4 v 7
oe | Par wy, " 5 +
] = roel iT n
i as i i ‘ oe
v fi ' a) r? - is
an i — _ a - : co oa
orl os ra 7 : (ee
-_ ary = Mee * a 7 : ;
7) - v7 7 t _ i - a ey ; wn : '
: an fs 7 es Ae loa 7
; i i i uy fac) Sones ‘
7 : a UF - a UTE Nogenere vat - i © 7
7 vy rf ni a iy hn cf) a _
. ; en es
“ a Oh - a my 7
i _ i y 1
i" 7 7 -
:
7" /
i
1 ou 7 Uy
? a
- i 7
" ‘ o i
An) : a
‘ oP " : a
6 yt fi , ’
a
ivy 7
ay i 7 _ te
: : i ?
i eee i
<
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT PLATE 12
A. BLACK MESA OF SAN ILDEFONSO, FROM THE RIO GRANDE, LOOKING NORTH
B. VIEW FROM TOP OF THE BLACK MESA OF SAN ILDEFONSO, LOOKING
SOUTHWEST
nf A SMALL MESA-LIKE PEAK, FROM THE FIELDS EAST OF THE RIO
GRANDE, LOOKING WEST
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 293
[18:18] Santa Clara 7"wutsehwu, see [14:83].
[18:19] (1) T’un pjopinr, apparently ‘very spotted mountain’ ‘very
piebald mountain’ (¢'yn jo, apparently identical with the augmen-
tative form of tu ‘spottedness’ < twy ‘spottedness’, jo aug-
mentative; pi7y ‘mountain’). No etymology for the name usu-
ally exists in the minds of the Indian users. 7 uy pjo ‘very
spotted’ ‘piebald’ is in common use in the language and sounds
exactly like the name of the mesa. Z"wy ‘spottedness’ ‘spotted’,
without the augmentative jo, appears in Tat wyge, the old Tewa
name for Tesuque; see [26:8]. The northern cliffs of Black
Mesa, especially about the cave [18:21], are marked with large
greenish spots, and if 7"unyjo really meant originally ‘very
spotted’ this feature may have given rise to the name. Many
surrounding features are named from Z“unpjo. ‘**Tu-yo”.*
“Tuyo.”? The Tewa name of Terecita Martinez, a young woman
of San Ildefonso, is Tun pjo ‘weave basket’ (fuyp * basket’; jo ‘to
weave’), which merely happens to sound like the name of the
Black Mesa.
(2) Eng. Black Mesa, Black Mesa of San Ildefonso, Black Mesa
near San Ildefonso (pl. 12, A). Cf. [18:1] No Span. name of
similar meaning appears to be applied to this mesa. The mesa
is composed of blackish basalt and is near San Ildefonso Pueblo;
hence these names. ‘‘ Black Mesa”.* ‘*The Black Mesa of San
Ildefonso”.* ‘Black Mesa of San Ildefonso”.°
(3) Eng. “Sacred Fire Mountain”.® It is so called because of
the altar [18:23] on its top.
(4) Eng. Mesita, Mesilla. (< Span.). =Span. (9).
(5) Eng. Orphan Mountain. (< Span.). =Span. (10). This
name is much used by Americans who live in the Tewa
country.
(6) Eng. San Ildefonso Mesa, Mesa of San Ildefonso. San
Ildefonso is sometimes coupled with the other names applied in
Eng. and Span. to the mesa. =Span. (11).
(7) Eng. Beach Mesa, Beach Mountain. Doctor Hewett some-
times calls it thus because its top is strewn with pebbles as if it
had once been a beach.
(8) Eng. Round Mesa, Round Mountain. Mr. John Stafford
of Espanola regularly calls the mesa thus. The name is given
because of its apparent roundish shape, although in reality the
mesa is squarish rather than roundish, as shown on the sheet.
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 81, 82, 1892.
2Hewett: Communautés, pp. 32, 33, 1908; in Out West, XxX XI, p. 701, 1909.
3 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 173; Hewett: Communautés, p. 32, 1908; in Out West, op. cit.
4 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 81.
5Ibid., p. 64.
6 Hewett, in Out West, op. cit,
294 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [e7H. ann. 29
(9) Span. Mesita, Mesilla ‘little tableland’ ‘little mesa’.
= ng. (4). Cf. the names of the settlement Mesilla [15:28] and
of the Mesilla on the west side of the Rio Grande somewhere
opposite the latter [14:unlocated], which take their names from
[18:19]. ;
(10) Span. Huérfano ‘the orphan’, so called because the mesa
is so isolated. =KEng. (5). This is perhaps the commonest Span.
name of the mesa.
(11) Span. Mesa, Mesita 6 Mesilla de San Ildefonso. = Eng. (6).
The Black Mesa is the most conspicuous geographical feature
in the Tewa valley country. It looms like a great black fort,
about midway between San Ildefonso and Santa Clara Pueblos.
Of the geology of the Black Mesa Hewett writes: ‘*‘ Here is an
example of the geologically recent basaltic extrusions which char-
acterize the Rio Grande Valley from this point south through
White Rock Cafon”.! The entire mesa is of blackish basalt; see
the discussion of its history, below. The cave [18:21] was
deepened in the hope of finding mineral deposits, but up to the
present time no mineral of commercial value has been discovered
at the mesa; see [18:21].
The Tewa say that the mesa has been used as a place of refuge
and defense in time of war since the earliest period. The cliffs
are scalable in four places only: [18:27], [18:28], [18:29], and
[18:25]. At one of these places [18:29] are remains of an ancient
wall. In historic times the San Ildefonso Tewa were besieged on
the top of this mesa by the Spaniards at the close of the Indian
revolt of 1680.
It was on this cliff [18:19] that the Tehuas [Tewa] held out so long in 1694
against Diego de Vargas. No documentary proof of this is needed. Vargas
made four expeditions against the mesa, three of which proved unsuccessful.
The first was on the 28th of January, 1694, and as the Tehuas made proposals
of surrender, Vargas returned to Santa Fé without making an attack upon
them. But as the Indians soon after resumed hostilities, he invested the mesa
from the 27th of February to the 19th of March, making an effectual assault on
the 4th of March. A third attempt was made on the 30th of June, without
results; and finally, on the 4th of September, after a siege of five days, the
Tehuas surrendered. Previously they had made several desperate descents
from the rock, and experienced some loss in men and in supplies. The mesa
is so steep that there was hardly any possibility of a successful assault. The
ruins [18:24] on its summit [18:19] are those of the temporary abodes con-
structed at that time by the Indians.”
The San Ildefonso Indians preserve traditions of this siege.
Brave Indians used to descend every night through the gap
[18:27] and get water from the river for the besieged people to
1 Hewett in Out West, XXXI, p. 701, 1909. 2? Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. $2, and note, 1892.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 295
drink. The Spaniards were afraid to come near enough to be
within range of rocks and arrows. ‘The stone wall [18:29] and
the ruined houses [18:24] probably date from the siege of Vargas,
but still older remains of walls and houses may be discoverable
on the mesa.
Black Mesa has much to do with the mythology and religion of
the Tewa. A giant (Tewa fsab7jo) formerly lived with his wife
and daughter within the mesa. They entered through the cave
[18:21] and their oven was [18:30]. The giant was so large that
he reached San Ildefonso village in four steps. He made daily
trips thither in order to catch children, which he took home and
he and his family ate. He used to drink from the Rio Grande.
See also [18:7]. At last the giant and his family were killed by
the War Gods (Tewa Towwe ‘little people’). The giant’s heart
is a white stone situated on top of the mesa at [18:22], which
probably is mythic, as are so many other things both in the Tewa
world and in our own. Cf. [19:118].
It is said that Black Mesa is one of the four places which for-
merly belched forth fire and smoke. The others were pumawa-
hip'o iwe [19:116], ’ Oguhewe [20:8], and Tomapiy p [29:3], accord-
ing to San Ildefonso tradition.
The altar [18:13] on top of the mesa is still: perfectly pre-
served, and remains of offerings are to be found by it, showing
that it is still used. It is said that dances were once performed
on certain occasions on top of the mesa.
From the top of Black Mesa one may view the whole Tewa
country (see pl. 12, B). Itis a strange place, full of historical and
mythical interest, and no visitor at San Ildefonso Pueblo should
fail to take a trip to the top of the mesa in company with an
Indian informant.
Mr. A. Renahan, of Santa Fe, has published a book of verse
entitled ‘‘Songs of the Black Mesa”. Whether the title refers
to [18:19] is not known to the writer.
[18:20] San Ildefonso 7"un pjowaki ‘slope or talus of [18:19]? (Z" un pjo,
see [18:19]; wak7 ‘slope’ ‘talus’). This name refers to the talus
slopes at the foot of the cliffs of [18:19]. The cliffs themselves
are called 7"un pjotoba (toba ‘ cliff’). See [18:19].
[18:21] San Ildefonso Z"un pjop‘o, Tun pjop'ot ‘hole of [18:19]’
‘place of the hole of [18:19]? (Z"unyjo, see [18:19]; p'o ‘hole’;
*?* Joeative.and adjective-forming postfix). Note that the p‘o
‘hole’ is used and not any of the words meaning ‘ cavity’ or ‘cave’.
Po suggests p‘ovi ‘door’ and appears to be used because the cave
is thought of as an opening leading into the hollow interior of
the mesa.
296 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [prH. ANN. 29
According to information obtained from Tewa, Mexicans, and
Americans, a natural cave has always existed at this place. This
cave was deepened about 25 years ago by a party of miners from
the Middle West, under extraordinary conditions, according to
information obtained from Mr. E. F. Hobart, of Santa Fe. A
woman who resided in an Illinois town saw in a trance the Black
Mesa, and mineral deposits at its center. She had never been in
the West, but she saw it just as it is. Organizing a party consist-
ing of four men and herself, a start was made at once for San
Ildefonso, under guidance of the spiritual insight of the woman.
They made a camp near Hobart’s ranch, and under the woman’s
direction the men commenced digging and blasting, making the
ancient cave deeper. No mineral of commercial value was dis-
covered. After carrying the cave to its present dimensions the
project was abandoned and the party returned to the East.
The cave is at present 13 feet high at its mouth and 6 feet
across. The mouth is at the top of the talus slope, perhaps about
300 feet above the bed of the Rio Grande. The floor is horizontal
and the walls are quite uniform and smooth. The cave is 75 feet
deep, and 50 feet from the mouth is a cavity with perpendicular
sides, 12 feet deep. The portion of the cave near the mouth is
clearly in its ancient condition, unaltered. ‘There are traces of red
lines still left on the roof, evidently the work of Indians. There
are also concentric circle designs about + inches in diameter, and
some incised and reddened lines. It is difficult to determine just
where the old part of the cave ends and the recently excavated
portion begins, but it is not far from the mouth.
Owing to mythological ideas even the sophisticated Tewa of the
present day do not like to venture near the hole. It was through
this hole or door that the child-eating giant went in and out.
From out this hole in very ancient times the mountain belched
smoke and fire. See further concerning this under [18:19].
According to information obtained at Santa Clara Pueblo by
an informant, at the time of the flood the Tewa people were
rescued in caves at Abiquiu [3:36], Chimayo [22:18], and 7" un pjo.
The only published reference to this cave that has been found
is in Bandelier:
On the steep side of the Tu-yo there is a cave about which some fairy and
goblin stories are related which may yet prove useful for ethnological and his-
toric purposes. !
See [18:19].
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 82, 1892.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 297
[18:22] (1) San Ildefonso TZsabdcjob/piny ‘the giant’s heart’ (¢sadcjo
‘giant’; 62 possessive; p77 ‘ heart’).
(2) San Ildefonso Autsx’/’ ‘white stone’ (hv ‘stone’; fsx ‘white-
ness’ ‘white’; 7” locative and adjective-forming postfix.)
These names are said to refer to a white stone about a foot in
diameter situated on the top of the mesa near the northern edge
and slightly east of a point on the surface over the cave [18:21].
This stone is what remains of the giant’s heart, it is said.
An Indian told the. writer that although he has been on top of
the mesa many times and knows that the heart exists, he has never
seen it. A careful search along the northern edge of the mesa
failed to reveal the giant’s heart. See [18:19].
[18:23] San Ildefonso Z"un pjokwajek'ajeku ‘holy stone on top of
[18:19] (Z"unpjo, see [18:19]; Awajé ‘height’ ‘on top of’; k'aje
‘holy object’ ‘fetish’; du ‘stone’).
This is a roundish bowlder-altar on the western side of the top
of Black Mesa. Hewett describes it as follows:
Un sanctuaire sur le bord ouest du plateau sert aujourd’ hui encore au culte des
Indiens. C’est un cairn creux, conique, de six pieds de haut, fait de gros eail-
loux, avec un creux pour le feuasabase. I] est connu sous le nom du sanctuaire
du feu. Iloccupe la place la mieux en évidence de toute lavallée du Rio Grande.
Fresh prayer-plumes and feathers have been found deposited
at the altar. Because of this shrine Hewett has called the Black
Mesa ‘‘Sacred Fire Mountain” ’. See [18:19]. :
[18:24] San Ildefonso 7"un pjokwajeteqwake)i ‘old houses on the top of
[18:9]? (Tun jo, see [18:19]; Awajé ‘height’ ‘on top of’; tegwa-
kejt ‘old house’ <teqwa ‘house < te ‘dwelling place,’ gwa denoting
state of being a receptacie; 4ejz ‘old’ postpound).
Somewhat north and east of the center of the surface of the
mesa the walls and rooms of former houses or shelters can be
traced as low ridges and mounds. The Indians say that the top
of Black Mesa was never inhabited except temporarily in times
of war. Bandelier is evidently correct when he writes:
It was on this cliff [18:19] that the Tehuas [Tewas] held out so long in 1694
against Diego de Vargas. The ruins on its summit are those of the temporary
abodes constructed at that time by the Indians.*
See [18:19].
[18:25] At the place indicated one can climb up and down the cliff,
but only with considerable difficulty. The cliff is high and steep,
and there is no easy way up as there is at [18:27], [18:28], and
[18:29].
1 Hewett, Communauteés, pp. 32-33, 1908. 3 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 82, 1892.
2 Hewett in Out West, XXxI, p. 701, 1909.
298 ETH NOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
[18:26] The place indicated is the highest part of the mesa-top. It is
a sort of a knoll on the otherwise flat surface. There is no
shrine or altar on its summit.
[18:27] San Ildefonso Tsdémpijckutsikipo’e ‘little trail of the notch in
the rock at the west side’ (tsdmpije ‘west’ <tsdyp- not fully ex-
plained, pije ‘toward’; fu ‘rock’ ‘stone’; ¢si// ‘notch’ ‘notched’;
po ‘trail’; ?e diminutive). This is the expression in current use.
It is said that through this gap brave young Tewa went down
to the river to get water at night when the San Ildefonso people
were besieged by Vargas on top of the mesa in 1694. It is at
present difficult to get up or down through this cleft. See
[18:19]. Cf. [18:28].
The cleft is called also Aupabe’iwe ‘where the rock is cleft’ (kw
‘rock’; pabé ‘to split’; *zwe locative), but this is merely a de-
scriptive term. It can, of course, also be spoken of as a w’7, as
[18:28] is usually referred to.
[18:28] San Ildefonso *Akompijeiywii ‘the south gap’ Cakompije
‘south’ <’wkoyy ‘plain’ ‘down country’, pije ‘toward’; 4”
locative and adjective-forming postfix; w7’7 ‘ gap’).
It is through this gap in the cliff that access to the top of the
mesa is usually gained. A well-worn ancient trail leads up the
talus-slope and through the gap to the top of the mesa. See
[18:19 CE. [18:20
[18:29] San Ildefonso 7sabcjobipanteiweintepakeji ‘old wall by the
giant’s oven’, referring to [18:30] (Zsabcjobipante, see [18:30];
‘iwe locative; *7* locative and adjective-forming postfix; fepa
‘wall’; /ej7 Sold’ postpound). The name applies to the remains
of a stone wall which may date from the time of de Vargas or
earlier, or may have been built more recently for the purpose of
fencing in stock. This was built across a place at which there is
no cliff at all and at which ascent or descent would be easy if not
barred in some way. See[18:19]. Cf. [18:30].
[18:30] San Ildefonso 7sab/job/pante ‘the giant’s oven’ (tsab7jo * giant’;
07 possessive; pante ‘oven’ <payyp ‘bread’ <Span. pan ‘bread’,
te ‘dwelling-place’ ‘house’, probably for an earlier buwate, buwa
being the native Tewa word for ‘ bread’).
This dome-shaped detachment at the southeastern extremity of
the mesa is nearly as high as the mesa itself. It is separated
from the main mesa-top by a narrow and shallow gap [18:31].
Tewa tradition says that this was the giant’s oven, in the inner-
most recess of the mountain, at the extremity farthest from the
opening [18:21]. Into this oven the cruel giant put the youthful
War Gods, but they got out and, placing the giant’s only daughter
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 299
in the oven, they burned her up in their stead. See [18:19]. Cf.
[18:29], [18:31].
[18:31] San Ildefonso 7sabijobipante iywi't ‘gap by the giant’s oven’
( Tsabijobipante, see [18:30]; 7? ‘locative and adjective-forming
postfix; wid ‘gap’). This name is applied to the narrow gap
which separates [18:30] from the main mesa-top. See [18:30].
[18:32] San Ildefonso 7" un pjowei ‘gap by [18:19] (Z"unyjo, see
[18:19]; wd ‘gap’ ‘ pass’).
The main wagon road connecting San Ildefonso and Santa Cruz
passes through this gap or pass. The northern [18:14] and south-
ern [18:32] Z°unpjohwus both start at this pass. For a similar
pass cf. [20:9]. See [18:19].
[18:33] San Ildefonso’ Ahompijeint un p johwu, ?Akompijeint un pjo-
wikohwu, Tun pjohukehwu ‘arroyo south of [18:19]? ‘southern
arroyo of [18:19] gap’ ‘arroyo at the foot of [18:19]? Cakompzje
‘south’ <’akoyy ‘plain’ ‘down country’; i”? locative and adjec-
tive-forming postfix; Z°un jo, see [18:19]; Aww ‘large groove’
‘arroyo’; we’? ‘gap’, here referring to [18:32]; hohww ‘arroyo
with barrancas’ </o ‘barranca’, Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’;
nwu ‘below’ ‘at the foot of’).
This is the first large arroyo south of Black Mesa.
[18:34] Santa Clara Kuwihwu, San Idefonso An pundwenin phw uv;
see [14:87].
[18:35] San Ildefonso Potipiyp, Pi obipin sy oku ‘flower mountains’
‘flower mountain hills’ (pot? ‘flower’; piyy ‘mountain’; *ohw
‘hill’). Why this name is applied is not known.
There are three of these little hills, one north and two south of
[18:36]. The hills give the name to [18:36], which in turn gives
the name to [18:37].
[18:36] San Ildefonso Potipinwit, Potipinpokuw?i ‘gap of the
flower mountains’ ‘gap of the flower mountain hills’, referring to
[18:35] (Pobipry s, Pobipry roku, see [18:35]; wet Seap’).
This gap is between the hills [18:35]. It gives the name to the
arroyo [18:37].
[18:37] San Ildefonso Potipinwihwu, Pobipin pokuwthwu ‘arroyo of
the gap of the flower mountains’ ‘arroyo of the gap of the flower
mountain hills’, referring to [18: 36] (Pobrprywrr, ?, Pobvpiy p oku-
wer, see [18:36]; hww eee groove’ ‘arroyo’).
This arroyo begins at the highest part of Wampzhegi [18:3]
and flows through the gap [18:36] whence it takes its name.
[18:58] San ideronce Kunukuk ondiwe ‘where the limestone is dug’
(kunu ‘limestone’, literally ‘stone ashes’ <kw ‘stone’, nw ‘ashes’;
ku ‘stone’ ‘rock’; k'oyp ‘to dig’; *éwe locative).
300 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [era any. 29
Whitish stone, probably real limestone, is found at this place;
at any rate, Mexicans and, imitating them, Indians, gather and
burn this stone, making mortar or cement from it. The custom
appears not to be a primitive Tewa one. See Awnuku under
MINERALS.
[18:39] San Ildefonso ?E”°dykohugeoku, ?E’dnpoku ‘hills of the ar-
royo of the child’s footprints’ ‘hills of the child’s footprints’
CE’dykohwu, see [18:40]; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; ’okw ‘hill’).
The name is probably taken from [18:40]. It is applied rather
indefinitely to a number of hills and hillocks, of which the three
chief ones are shown on the sheet. The arroyo of the same name
extends north of the most southerly and largest of these hills.
Cf. [18:40].
[18:40] San Ildefonso ’ 2°’ dyhohiwu ‘child’s footprint arroyo’ (e ‘child’
‘offspring’; “dy ‘foot’ ‘footprint’; Lohwu ‘arroyo with bar-
rancas’? </o ‘barranea’, wu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). Why the
name was originally applied is not known. The arroyo extends
through the hills [18:39], which are called by the same name.
[18:41] Mrs. M. C. Stevenson’s ranch, see [16:31].
[18:42] San Ildefonso Zukabw'u, Tabwu, see [16:32].
[18:43] San Ildefonso Aop'agehupxengedipop’iwe ‘where they go
through the river beyond [18:46] (Avop‘agehwu, see [18:46]: Penge
‘beyond’; dz ‘they 3+’; po ‘water’ ‘river’; pz ‘to issue’ ‘to
pass’; */we locative). This is a wagon ford, often used when
[19:12] is dangerous.
[18:44] San Ildefonso 7fxhwu, see [16:20].
[18:45] San Ildefonso Pojuywe’oku, see [19:5].
[18:46] Pojoaque Creek, see [19:3].
[19] SAN ILDEFONSO SHEET
The area is claimed by the San Ildefonso Indians and is full of
places known by name to them. One pueblo ruin [19:40] is included
in the area of the sheet proper (map 19).
[19:1] San Ildefonso 7'fxehwu, see [16:20].
[19:2] San Ildefonso °?Os/bww ‘corner there at the wrinkles’ (’o
‘*there’; s/ ‘wrinkle’ as in a tegument or surface; bw ‘large low
roundish place’). Why the name is applied is not known. This
name is applied to the lowlands on both sides of Pojoaque Creek
[19:3] at the confluence of the latter with the Rio Grande.
There are several Mexican farms at the place where, among other
crops, good melons are raised. Particular inquiry was made of
the Mexicans; they have no special name for the place.
[19:3] (1) Posuywegeimpohwu ‘creek of [21:29], (Posuywege, see
[21:29]; 7’! locative and adjective-forming postfix; pohwu ‘creek
MAP 19
SAN ILDEFONSO REGION
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
d
-,
“ees, =
“ay, = a
Seng, cas x
ayy) 3 Ky
oon 6 12 2 xX
5 13 17
5 7B 17 38 x
cee S = 14 «18 37
“ . 15
ae Wy, 20'717 1° 408
"
i Si an lidefonso 2! 43 Pueblo 41
Pi ry
to 16 26 ~ CI e, LUZ
Wy ty oy 24° 22 Ree SIZ
co Tyan . Bele “
2 SEN
& i iy
= x
> way, RNY) 7,
a = = 3 Ti
0 Zane CANN,
Af; ht “ty < KS
oN “aun fi
SAN ILDE!
vt
os
Seat
2
id
ve
%
RUZ ee
TA
ov
1O REGION
iu
Wn, -
NUL aes
AM a Wie s
Ne
ly, Wey
evi
‘ret i} Hh wt
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 19
DU
* RNs sie
A
y% ah
HS
Narr
SHE an
wl
ANS
Trpasy\
Frye
ws
UNG LE
SWisnnestee
A
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT map 19
‘\
‘
4
vA
2
aay, eS
oe "tay, = = ar ’
¢ -
“ reas Z = . _
2, 6 5 8 Fis pein 4
= S$. seat Md hala! UNS
ry ay Shea .
: ‘
77a =
Jttes, rey ®s50
“4, rh 8 249
Mt Wy, Cf Ranchos
itt Yay, \ 48 4
= ot
: {0 > =
MI 1, bet g =
“% ANU, ys 3
é i
~ AV,
s ze
- ~ =
y* oS)! 0s
7/7 wer! % :
as 1 4 S
" Main
Le
Soy
‘i rat ans
het,
lt
Pts ae
t Te ws,
Wi a anions
MV yt Myer as a3
VAN MIN
\ Z oy, We fe NN
x . qattee >
WZ oa ¢ WW, MUTE SEN gg
8 SO GE Am ROA eRe y Ys NO
My 7 = —— & 76 { AS ‘
WWW Wey Ne
Mes
gill fe
\ 120
‘
4
HUEY,
Mtr”
VEO AL Ke ip IN
SAN ILDEFONSO REGION
MAP i9
SAN ILDEFONSO REGION
HARRINGTON | PLACE-NAMES 301
in which water flows’ < po‘ water’, hw’u ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
=Eng. (6), Span. (7). This name is applied especially to the part
of the creek between Pojoaque [21:29] and the Rio Grande: but
it is applied also to the creek which runs past Nambé Pueblo[28:4].
(2) Jemez Pafupad ‘creek of San Ildefonso [19:22]? (Pafu,
see [19:22]; fd ‘ water’ ‘ creek’).
(3) Mimbeimpohwu ‘creek of [28:4]? (Wambe, see [28:4]; °27
locative and adjective-forming postfix; Pohww ‘creek in which
water flows’ < po ‘water’, Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). =Eng.
(8), Span. (9). This name is sometimes applied only to the creek
which flows past Nambé Pueblo [23:4] and down only as far as
Pojoaque [21:29]; but it is applied also to the whole creek from
the mountains back of Nambé to the Rio Grande.
(4) San Ildefonso Aop'agehwu ‘broad bank place arroyo’ (/0
‘barranca’; pa ‘broadness’ ‘broad’ ‘largeness and flatness’ ‘large
and flat’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
This name applies properly to the lower part of Pojoaque Creek
only, where it is a quarter of a mile or more wide; hence the
name. Cf. Kop'ag’typ [11:6], a name of similar meaning applied
by the San Juan people toa wide arroyo just north of their pueblo.
For the application of the simple Aop'age, see [19:17].
(5) Nambé Po, Pohwu ‘the water’ ‘the creek’ (fo ‘water’;
pohwu ‘creek in which water flows’ <po ‘water’, Aww ‘large
groove’ ‘arroyo’). The Nambé people often refer to the creek
merely by this simple designation; they mean the creek which
flows past Nambé Pueblo [23:4] and less definitely the creek from
the mountains back of Nambé to the Rio Grande. ‘The Nambé
people regularly say pokege of going down to the river or the
river bank which refers to the creek, while the same word used
at San Ildefonso refers to the Rio Grande. See [23:1].
(6) Eng. Pojoaque Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (7), Tewa (1).
Applied the same as Tewa (1).
(7) Arroyo de Pojoaque, Rio de Pojoaque ‘arroyo of [21:29]’
‘river of [21:29]’. =Tewa (1), Eng. (6). Applied the same as
Tewa (1). ‘‘ Rio de Pojuaque, called in its upper course Rio de
Nambé”.!
(8) Eng. Nambé Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (9), Tewa (38).
Applied the same as Tewa (3).
(9) Span. Arroyo de Nambé, Rio de Nambé ‘arroyo of [28:4]’
‘river of [23:4]’. =Tewa (8), Eng. (8). Applied the same as
Tewa (3). ‘‘ Rio de Pojuaque”.1
The most important tributary of Pojoaque Creek is Tesuque
Creek [26:1].
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 84, 1892.
302 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. ann. 29
[19:4] San Ildefonso Pojuywe’e of obscure etymology (po ‘water’;
jun apparently ‘to pierce’; wx’e unexplained).
The locality to which this name is applied includes a portion of
the creek bed and some territory north of it. In the creek bed is
a water hole frequented by live stock. North of the creek Fe-
cundo Sanchez of San Ildefonso has a shanty. There are some
cottonwood trees by the northern bank. The locality in this
vicinity south of the creek is called Potsifwu; see [19:38].
Pojuywe'e gives the name to the hills [19:5].
[19:5] San Ildefonso Pojyywe’oku ‘hills of [19:4]’ (Pojunwe'e, see
[19:4]; *okw ‘ hill’).
These little bare hills have ridges like devilfish arms stretching
in many directions.
[19:6] San Hdefonso Pesen rhwu, see [16:34].
[19:7] San Ildefonso Pesage Dorcas @ see le
[19:8] San Ildefonso Txbthohwu, see [16:35
[19:9] Rio Grande, see [Large Features], pp. 100-102.
[19:10] San Ildefonso Potsdnwesenne, see [16:37
[19:11] San Ildefonso Potsdywesenne in rhwu, see o [16: 38].
[19:12] San Ildefonso Dipopiiwe, Poqwogedipopi’iwe ‘where they
cross the river’ ‘where they cross the river by San Ildefonso’ (d7
‘they 3+’; po ‘water’ ‘river’; pz ‘to issue’ ‘to cross’; *¢we ‘loca-
tive’; Poqwoge, see [19:22]).
This is the chief ford in the vicinity and is more used than any
other ford in the Tewa country, the bridges at Espafiola and San
Juan Pueblo making fording unnecessary at those places. At
high water the river is 3 or 4 feet deep at this ford. The
fords [18:1] and [18:43] are said to be slightly shallower, but not
so conveniently situated. A Mexican family named Ganley
lives just west of the ford.
[19:13] San Ildefonso Potsigebw’u ‘marshy place corner’ (pots?
‘marsh’ < po ‘water’, ¢s? ‘to cut through’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over
at’; bw ‘large low roundish place’). This name is given to the
low land on the eastern side of the river near the ford [19:12].
[19:14] San Ildefonso Pukege ‘the bank of the river’ (po ‘water’; ke
‘height’ ‘above’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’). This name is applied
to the bank of the river and the land near the river bank The
common expression meaning ‘I am going to the river’ is n@
‘opokege ome (nad ‘1’; °o ‘there’; pokege as explained above;
9 ‘1’; mex ‘to go’). Cf. [19:15].
[19:15] San Ildefonso Pokegetage ‘down at the slope by the river
bank’ (Pokege, see [19:14]; ta’a ‘gentle slope; ge ‘down at’
‘over at’). This name is given to the level, gently sloping lands
directly west of San Ildefonso Pueblo. Cf. [19:14].
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 3038
[19:16] San Ildefonso Zefubwu ‘cottonwood tree bend corner’ (¢e
‘cottonwood’ ‘Populus wislizeni’; ww ‘horizontally projecting
corner’, here referring to a bend of the river which is conceived
of as a projection of the water of the river; dw’w ‘large low
roundish place’).
The place is by the river bank, due west of [19:34].
[19:17] San Ildefonso Aop'age ‘down by the broad arroyo’, referring
to the lower course of the Hop age ip. rhivu [19:3]. This name is
applied to the locality north of San Ildefonso Pueblo from as far
south as the vicinity of the schoolhouse [19:18] to and including
the arroyo [19:3]. See Aop'age’inphwu [19:3], the commonest
San Ildefonso name for the lower part of Pojoaque Creek.
[19:18] San Ildefonso ’Zkweldteqwa ‘the schoolhouse’ Cehweld < Span.
esquela ‘school’; fegwa ‘house’ <¢e ‘dwelling place’, qua denot-
ing state of being a receptacle).
This is the Government school, which the younger Indian chil-
dren of San Ildefonso attend. There are a schoolhouse proper and
a living house for the teacher. The well contains better water
than is generally to be obtained about San Hdefonso,
[19:19] San Ildefonso Zenugebu’u ‘corner down below the cottonwood
trees’ (fe ‘cottonwood’ ‘Populus wislizeni’; nw ‘beneath’; ge
‘down by’ ‘over by’; bw’w ‘large low roundish place’). A large
area northeast of San Ildefonso Pueblo is called by this name.
There are at present no cottonwood trees at the place.
[19:20] San Ildefonso Aonuge ‘down below the barranca or arroyo’
(ko ‘barranca’ ‘arroyo with barrancas’; ww ‘below’ ‘beneath’;
ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’). This name refers to the locality of the
old plum orchard, situated about midway between San Ildefonso
Pueblo and the schoolhouse [19:18] and west of the main road
leading northward from San Idefonso. There is an irrigation
ditch with large barrancas at the side of the locality toward San
Ildefonso Pueblo; hence probably the name. The locality is used
as a latrine.
[19:21] San Ildefonso Tejikwage of obscure etymology (tej? unex-
plained; Awage ‘ mesa’ ‘high level land’). This name is applied
to the locality north of the northern estufa [19:23] of San Ilde-
fonso Pueblo, that is, north of the middle of the northern house.
row. It consists partly of bare ground used as a dumping place
for rubbish near the houserow, and partly of a cultivated field
which lies farther north. The informants say that it is an old
name, of unknown etymology.
[19:22] (1) Pogwoge onwi ‘pueblo where the water cuts down through’
‘pueblo down by the delta’ (po ‘water’; qwoge ‘where it cuts
down through’ < gwo ‘to cut through’, ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’;
304 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. any. 29
oywi * pueblo’). A San Ildefonso person is called either regularly
Poqwoge Yt, 2+ plural Poqwoge iy pCi, typ locative and adjective-
forming postfix) or irregularly Pogwowe, 2+ plural Pogwoue (qwode
‘to cut through little by little’ < qwo ‘to cut through’, ve ‘little
by little’). Just where it was that the water cut through or washed
out was long ago forgotten. Any stream of water from the Rio
Grande running down to an irrigation ditch or gully may have
done the work which gave the place its name. Qwoge and qwoe
appear in many Tewa place-names. The name Pogwoge was ap-
plied both before and after the site was shifted to the north; see
general discussion below. Cf. Hano (2), Taos (3), Isleta (4),
Jemez (5), Cochiti (7), Santa Ana (8). ‘‘O-jo-que”.! —‘* Po-juo-
ge”.? **P’Ho-juo-ge”.* ** Po-juo-ge”.?_ **Poo-joge”.4 — ‘* Po’-
kwoide”.’ This form was obtained by Fewkes from the Hano; it
is evidently Fewkes’s spelling of Pogwoe ‘San Ildefonso people’.
**Powhoge”.® ‘*Po-hua-gai”.7 The a7 is evidently intended to
be pronounced as in French, *‘Powhoge (maison au confluent
des eaux)”.§ ‘*O-jo-que”.® It may be that Bandelier’s ‘‘O-po-
que” and Twitchell’s ‘‘O-jo-que” are copied from some Spanish
source unknown to the present writer.
(2) Hano ‘*Poséwe”.'° No such form is known to the Rio
Grande Tewa. Notice also the Hano form included under
Tewa (1), above. Cf. Tewa (1), Taos (3), Isleta (4), Jemez (5),
Cochiti (7), Santa Ana (8).
(3) Taos ‘‘ Pihwé’‘lita”.1 ‘*Pawhéhlita”.’ Said to mean
‘“‘where the river entersa canyon”. Cf. Tewa (1), Hano (2),
Isleta (4), Jemez (5), Cochiti (7), Santa Ana (8).
(4) Isleta ‘‘ P’Ahwia‘hliap”.'? Cf. Tewa (1), Hano (2), Taos (3),
Jemez (5), Cochiti (7), Santa Ana (8).
(5) Jemez Pafug’i of obscure etymology (pd ‘water’; fu
unexplained; g/t locative, akin to Tewa ge). San Ildefonso people
are called Pafuls@af (Pafu, see above; ts@af ‘ people’). Cf.
Tewa (1), Hano (2), Taos (8), Isleta (4), Cochiti (7), Santa Ana (8).
Cf. also Jemez (6).
1 Bandelier: In Ausland, p. 925, 1882; in Ritch, New Mexico, p. 210, 1885.
2? Bandelier: Final Report, pt. 1, p. 124, 1890; pt. 11, p. 82, 1892.
3 [bid., pt. 1, p. 260.
4Bandelier, Gilded Man, p. 232, 1893.
5 Fewkes in Nineteenth Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., pt. 1, p. 614, 1900.
6 Hewett: In American Anthropologist, n. 8., VI, p. 680, 1904; Antiquities, p. 20, 1906,
7Jouvenceau in Catholic Pioneer, 1, No. 9, p. 12, 1906.
® Hewett, Communauteés, p. 32, 1908.
8 Twitchell in Santa Fe New Mexican, Sept. 22, 1910.
Stephen in Kighth Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., p. 37, 1891.
11 Budd, Taos vocabulary, MS., Bur. Amer. Ethn.
12 Hodge field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 441, 1910).
DIAGRAM |
GROUND-PLAN OF SOUTHERN HALF OF SAN ILDEFONSO
PUEBLO
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
vo
ag =n
» a
eS a qwos
ets ¥
y 2 9 & o San lLlder
N 9 SEES 3
& 6 Sy tt
vv be : = :
So DE : zs
ES Roh yc
hy lows | XE 5 ll eo
oan) es [RS Shady
Ke S86 ~ 2
Qa, 2 ay
t Te &&
Quawitss
7. 3 es ee ind la Pante
S aiipel ez wawsge © @@ Ovens
Woke cte ene anes ~ Pota Agernr
pota > “watt farch |) es
Porch y
Qwea writ
End of row
Porch
& Pot “AW
[L -.
ea |
i Corral : ce a
Oe ee ae
Te Iwe wi foo
Separate Aouse Ak omp
S«
Te flere
Fp cf Starvrw
GROUND-PLAN OF SOUTHERN HALF OF SAN ILDEFONSO PUEBI
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT DIAGRAM 1
©
OQ
So .
rv 9 oN
R 9 yoo aK)
i) > x <
rm BU St owe &Y
, c ay ES (Qs
Go as & oO Y)
SO Plaza t4 vu 8
3 Ny NS Cees
Ss © a
& & a Ry
os Sy vn)
ety .
| . i K
7 ge Grew e)
fe
TS a@ mpi erpgwawit
Eastern Entrance
onwood tree
VT Peet
= mize ¢ ea
@ Over ;. i) an ore
e Shady Side
es @¢
Po: rch | Pota
Ak gmpty Cig g Ww ase Qwawir
eSnie ht PIO o Houses End of row
—
pty © fr eredt
uth Sitde
- Pa’age
Side §
‘werrte’e
<i
Kiva
JING THE TEWA NOMENCLATURE FOR THE PARTS OF A PUEBLO
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
v
Or
8 5 ?
og 8 Pogwogeimouu
« 8 M F 4
y ; 38 S San Lldefons? Plaza
r ™
be Ss i
QR ae ae uw §
i & a ete
ae Bie shatras
Bot heed font tomo Al 79@
Oh os a as fit oe . Hennt78
gS] 2 ady Side
Kee] Fo ys “
t
7Te ED) Qittonwoo of tree
| ahaa J
of row '
Pare
T -
WENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT DIAGRAM 1
Op
®
x) 0
ro s a
ae 8 oo ANN
x8 3 e
Sv 3 v
wy Ns hy
ox is, (Qn
Lo4 v § v Y
ae ce QR y
ys N LS x
a 5 |
SK oy ni
ba ol
a i 9° asic
& a7 ad f CLIGJwawis
Lastern Entrance
v sinh ain ; Pante fee —,
7s aire lt] eing we wzge % @@ Ovens ele con B ‘eg § | Cone,
Western Entrance 4 Pota Ken nuge Bia Sle
Porch
Porch | Pota
Qwa Writ
End of row
Te gwawiéfoo
Separate Aouse
Akompt tiv ey ’
. Blu, Bree
lva@
7Tefle'e
oh Starrway
? Wwawit
GROUND-PLAN OF SOUTHERN HALF OF SAN ILDEFONSO PUEBLO GIVING THe teWa NOMENCLATURE FOR THE PARTS OF A PUEBLO
End of row
DIAGRAM |
GROUND-PLAN OF SOUTHERN HALF OF SAN ILDEFONSO
PUEBLO
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 305
(6) Jemez Salifoso. (<Span.). =Eng. (11), Span. (12). This
form is given because the corruption is in common use, is stand-
ardized.
(7) Cochiti Pak'wete of obscure etymology (no part of the word
explainable; evidently borrowed long ago from Tanoan). Cf.
Tewa (1), Hano (2), Taos (3), Isleta (4), Jemez (5), Santa Ana (8).
(8) Santa Ana ‘‘Paékwiti”.t The form is evidently identical
with Cochiti (7). Cf. Tewa (1), Hano (2), Taos (3), Isleta (4),
Jemez (5).
(9) Oraibi Hopi Séstavanatewa ‘first Tewa’ (séstavana ‘first’;
téwa ‘Tewa’? <Tewa Jew). San Ildefonso or its population is
so called because it is the first Tewa village reached when going
up the Rio Grande Valley. Cf. the Hopi names of other Tewa
villages.
(10) Navaho ‘* Tsé Tit Kinné”;? said to mean ‘* houses between
the rocks”.
(11) Eng. San Ildefonso. (<Span.). =Jemez (6), Span. (12).
(12) Span. San Ildefonso ‘ Saint Ildefonsus.’ =Jemez (6), Eng.
(11). ‘Sant Ilefonso”’.* ‘*SanIlefonso”.* ‘* San Ildephonso”.°
**S. Ildefonso”. ‘‘S. Idefonse”.? ‘‘San Jldefonso”.® ‘* Ilde-
fonso”.® San Aldefonso”.t° ‘*San Ildefonsia”.‘! ‘‘San II de
Conso”.2 ‘San Yldefonso”.*® San Ildefonzo”.* ‘* Sant Ylde-
fonso”.® ‘*San YIdefonzo”."*
(13) Span. (4) ‘‘ Bove”.17. This reminds one of the Tewa word
wobe ‘high plain’. With the name San Ildefonso cf. Ildefonso
[19:49].
The plaza of San Ildefonso (see diagram 1) was formerly (previ-
ous to the uprising of 1696, according to Bandelier*’) just south of
its present location, so that the row of houses south of the present
plaza was then the row of houses north of the plaza. The place
1 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 441, 1910).
2Curtis, American Indian, I, p. 138, 1907.
3 Onate (1598) in Doc. Inéd., XVI, p. 116, 1871.
4 Benavides, Memorial, p. 26, 1630.
5 Villa-Senor, Theatro Americano, I, p. 413, 1748.
6D’ Anville, Map N. A., Bolton’s edition, 1752.
7Vaugondy, Map Amérique, 1778 (French form).
8Wislizenus, Memoir, map, 1848.
9Calhoun in Cal. Messages and Correspondence, p. 213, 1850,
10Simpson, Rep. to Sec. War, p. 140, 1850.
11 Simpson, ibid., 2d map.
12ane (1854) in Schoolcraft, Indian Tribes, v, p. 659, 1855.
13 Davis, El Gringo, p. 88, 1857.
14 Brevoort, New Mexico, p. 20, 1875,
15 Bandelierin Arch. Inst. Papers, 1, 1881 (correcting Ofiate, according to Handbook Inds,, pt. 2
1910).
16C urtis, Children of the Sun, p. 121, 1883.
17 Ofiate, op. cit., p. 256.
18 Final Report, pt. 1, p. 82, 1892.
87584°—29 ErH—16
20
» p. 441,
306 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [pru. any. 29
formerly occupied by the plaza is called Tadawe; see [19:26]. The
south estufa [19:24] was in the center of the former plaza. The
house rows surrounding the former plaza were two or three stories
high; most of those of the present pueblo are only one story
high, while a few have two stories. According to San Ildefonso
tradition, when the plaza occupied its former southern location
San Ildefonso was a populous and prosperous village. It was big
and several-storied. All went well until certain sorcerers advo-
cated moving the pueblo to the north. All good people, including
the Po’entujo (Summer cacique), opposed this move, saying that
people must always migrate to the south, villages must always be
moved southward. It was arranged at last that the good people
and the bad sorcerers should hold a gaming contest and that the
pueblo should be moved according to the wish of the winners.
What kind of game was played is no longer remembered. The
bad sorcerers won the game by witchcraft, and according to their
wish the pueblo was shifted northward. Since that time the San
Ildefonso people have decreased in number, have had pestilence,
famines, persecutions. This is because the pueblo was shifted
in the wrong direction. Concerning this shifting Bandelier says:
After the uprising of 1696, when the church was ruined by fire, the village
was moved a short distance farther north, and the present church is located
almost in front of the site of the older one, to the north of it.!
In a footnote Bandelier adds concerning the destruction of the
church:
This occurred on the 4th of June, 1696. Two priests, Father Francisco Cor-
bera and Father Antonio Moreno, were murdered by the Indians, who during
the night closed all the openings of both church and convent and then set fire
to the edifice. Several other Spaniards also perished. The facts are too well
known to require reference to any of the numerous documents concerning the
events.
The plaza of the present San Ildefonso used to contain, within
the memory of an informant about 45 years of age, seven large
cottonwood trees. Of these at present only one remains.
Cf. especially [19:23], [19:24], [19:25], [19:26].
[19:23] San Ildefonso Pimpijetee ‘the north estufa’ (pimpije ‘north’
<piyy ‘mountain” ‘up country’, pije ‘toward’; tee ‘estufa’
‘kiva’).
This is a rectangular room, entirely above ground, a part of
the north houserow of the village. Cf. [19:24].
[19:24] San Ildefonso ’ Ahompzjete’e ‘south estufa’ Cahompzje ‘south’
<akony ‘plain’ ‘down country’, pije ‘toward’; tee ‘estufa’
*kiva’).
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 82, 1892.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 307
This is a circular room, entirely above ground. It formerly
stood in the middle of the plaza of the pueblo, before the pueblo
was shifted toward the north. Cf. [19:23].
[19:25] San Ildefonso Misdte, Pogwogemisate ‘the church’ ‘the church
of [19:22]’ (mdsdte ‘church’ <misd <Span. misa, Roman Catholic
mass’, te ‘dwelling place’, ‘house’; Pogwoge, see[19:22}). Of the
church at San Ildefonso Bandelier Says:
The church . . . of San Idefonso is posterior to 1700.1 After the uprising
of 1696, when the church was ruined by fire, the village was moved a short
distance farther north, and the present church is located almost in front of the
site of the older one, to the north of it.?
The present church faces southward. About the front of the
church is the graveyard, few of the graves of which are marked
in any way. In interring a body bones of other bodies are usu-
ally dug up. The San Ildefonso call the graveyard by the usual
word: penzbe’e ‘little corner of the corpses’ (pend ‘corpse’; be’e
‘small low roundish place’ ‘ corner’).
Mr. Dionisio Ortega, of Santa Fe, informed the writer that sev-
eral years ago at Ranchos [19:50] he obtained some religious images
which were said to have come from the old church of San Ilde-
fonso, the one destroyed in 1696. That they came from the old
church seems improbable. Indians have said that carved beams
from the old church were in possession of some of the Indians a
few years ago. The site of the old church, south of that of the
present church, is known to many of the Indians. See [19:22].
[19:26] San Ildefonso Tadawe, Tadawebu'u ‘where it is curled up
when it dries,’ ‘corner where it is curled up when it dries,’
referring to mud (fa ‘to dry’ ‘dryness’ ‘dry’; dawe ‘to be Galea
up’ ‘to have risen up curlingly’). The name refers to the crack-
ing and curling up of the surface layer of drying mud such as
one often sees in New Mexico and elsewhere and sees in drying
puddles at this very place. One says commonly of this phe-
nomenon no ndta ‘the mud is dry’ (ndpo ‘mud’ <nd unex-
plained, po ‘water’; nd ‘it’; ta ‘to be dry’); ndpo ndtadawe ‘the
mud is dry and curled up’ (nd@po ‘mud’ <nd unexplained, po
‘water’; nd@ ‘it’; ta ‘to dry’ ‘to be dry’; dawe ‘to be curled up’).
The name is applied to all the locality immediately south of the
southern houserow of the pueblo about the southern estufa [19:24].
The place is entirely west of the main wagon road which leads
south from San Ildefonso and extends indefinitely to the west to
a point perhaps about south of the church [19:25]. A large cot-
tonwood a couple of hundred yards south of the southern house-
row marks the southern extremity of the locality. This locality
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 267, 1890. 2Tbid, pt. 11, p. $2, 1892.
308 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [rru. any. 29
was the former site of San Ildefonso. When at ths site the
pueblo was only slightly north of a point due west of the shrine
hill] 19:27]. See [19:22], [19:24].
[19:27] San Ildefonso ?Qhutuywejo ‘the very high hill’ (okw ‘hill’;
tuywejo ‘great height’ ‘very high’ <tuywe ‘height’ ‘high’, jo
augmentative).
This symmetrical high round hill is the shrine hill of San
Ildefonso. A well-worn trail leads from the southeast corner of
the pueblo to the shrine [19:28] on the summit of the hill. See
[19:28].
[19:28] San Ildefonso ’ Okutuywejokewek ajekuboui ‘holy rock-pile on
top of the very high hill’? ( Okutwywejo, see [19:27]; kewe * peak’
‘on the very top of a pointed thing’; Z'aje ‘fetish’ ‘holy thing’
‘holy’; kubouwd ‘pile or group of stones’ <ku ‘stone’, bow? ‘large
and roundish like a pile’). See [19:27].
[19:29] San Ildefonso ? Ohawit ‘the gap in the hills’ Cohw ‘hill’; 27
‘gap’).
This refers to the gap between ’ Okutuywejo [19:27] and? Ohu-
pagviny [19:33]. Out from the gap runs the arroyo [19:30],
which takes its name from the gap. Just east of the gap lies the
claypit [19:31] which also takes its name from the gap. The lower
part of the western side of the gap is used by the villagers as a
latrine. At daybreak on the day of the buffalo dance (January 24)
the dancers tile down through this gap from the east.
[19:30] San Ildefonso ’ Okuw?in phwu ‘arroyo of the gap in the hills’
referring to [19:29] ? Okww7’7, see [19:29]; *zy,r locative and adjec-
tive-forming postfix; Aw u ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). See[19:29].
[19:31] San Ildefonso ’ Okwwindyh' ondiwe ‘place at the gap in the
hills where the earth or clay is dug’ (? Okww?’2, see [19:29]; ndyy
‘earth’; /°on 7 ‘to dig’; *¢we locative).
This deposit is the chief, indeed practically the only, source of the
clay from which San Ildefonso women make their pottery. The
clay is reddish, and both the red and the black ware of San Ilde-
fonso are made from it. See Nd@pi’i, under MinEerats.
[19:32] San Ildefonso ’Okubwu, ?Okupenge ‘corner of the hills’
‘corner back of the hills’ Codw ‘hill’; baw ‘large low roundish
place’; peyge ‘beyond’). This name applies to the dell or low
place back of the hills immediately southeast of San Ildefonso.
[19:33] San Ildefonso’ Okup'ag’iyy ‘the two broad flat hills’? Cohw
‘hill’; p'ag? ‘broadness and flatness’ ‘broad and flat’; “27 loca-
tive and adjective-forming postfix).
There are two of these hills which appear nearly flat when
compared with ’ Ohutuywejo [19:27].
HARRINGTON | PLACE-NAMES 309
[19:
[19
[19
[19
34] San Ildefonso Swpok*e ‘where the arrow water starts’ (sw
‘arrow’; po ‘water’; k’e ‘to start to move’). Why this name,
which seems peculiar even to the Indians, is applied, is not
known. No water starts at the place. The name is given to the
locality west of [19:33] and south of [19:26].
:35] San Ildefonso Tfumd@oku of obscure etymology ({fuma unex-
plained; ’ofw ‘hill’). A number of unanalyzable place-names end
in ma. This name is applied to the long ridge, extending north
and south, which has a horizontal streak [19:36] on its western side.
It is much higher than the low chain of hills between it and the
Rio Grande. There is no other hill as near San Ildefonso as
T fuma, which is nearly as high as ff uma. The northern end of
‘uma rises immediately south of 7°abaa [19:41]. See [19:36],
[19:70], to which this place gives names.
:36] San Ildefonso Thumapiqwati, Pigwasi ‘the large red line of
[19:35) ‘the large red line’ (Ffuma, see [19:35]; pz ‘redness’
‘red’; qgwa#i ‘large or broad line’, contrasting with gw? ‘small
or thin line’).
This horizontal reddish line on the west side of Lfwia is very
conspicuous. See [19:55].
:37] San Ildefonso Wetogonsalbitequaiwe ‘place by Nestor Gon-
zales’ house’ (Vetogonsale < Span. Nestor Gonzales; bz possessive;
- tegwa ‘house’ < te ‘dwelling place’, gwa denoting state of being
[19:
[19:
a receptacle; “we locative).
Mr. Nestor Gonzales, a Mexican about 40 years of age, has
lived here with his family for years. Mr. Gonzales speaks Tewa
to some extent and is especially liked by the Indians. This desig-
nation of the locality is much used.
38] San Ildefonso Potsifuw'u ‘muddy point’ (pots? ‘mud’.< po
‘water’, ts? ‘to cut through’ ‘to ooze through’; fww ‘horizou-
tally projecting point or corner’). It is said that the marsh is
called thus because it runs out in a point toward the east. This
marsh is just south of [19:14] and entirely on the south side of
the creek. There is a pool or spring almost in the middle of the
marshy place; see [19:39].
39] (1) San Ildefonso Pots: fupopi ‘spring of the muddy point’
referring to [19:38] (Potsifwu, see [19:38]; popé ‘spring’ < po
‘water’, pz ‘to issue’).
(2) San Ildefonso Z"ampijepokwi ‘lake of the east’ (“ampye
‘east’ < tanf ‘sun’, pije ‘toward’; pokwi ‘lake’ ‘pool’ < po
‘water’, dwi unexplained). For the reason that this name is ap-
plied, see below. These names refer to a small pool of water on
310 ETH NOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BrH. ANN. 29
the south side of Pojoaque Creek, almost in the middle of the
marshy meadow [19:38]. This pool or spring is never dry. Live
stock drink there. The pool is the ‘lake of the east’ of the San
Ildefonso sacred water ceremony; see pages 44-45.
[19:40] San Idefonso Zab oywikeji ‘live belt pueblo ruin? (T*abaa
see [19:41]; ’oywikeji ‘pueblo ruin’ <’oywi ‘pueblo’, keji ‘old’,
postpound), ‘*Vha-mba.”! The ‘‘I” is evidently a misprint for
R27 oi dihamba:?2
All that could be learned of this pueblo is that it is very old
and probably was formerly inhabited by some of the ancestors of
San Ildefonso people. It was constructed of adobe. Bandelier
says of it:
On the south side of the Pojuaque River, between that village [21:29] and
San Ildefonso, two ruins are known to exist; Jacona, orjSacona [21:9], a small
pueblo occupied until 1696, and I’ha-mba, of more ancient date. I have not
heard of any others in that vicinity.?
Hewett says:
Prés de la rivicre [19:3], au-dessus de San Ildefonso, on trouve les ruines
de Sacona [21:9] et d’Ihamba . . . Toutes ces ruines sont historiques.?
See [19:41].
[19:41] San Ildefonso 7"abwa ‘live belt’ ‘belt where they live’ (fa
‘to live’ ‘to dwell’; baa ‘woman’s belt’, applied also sometimes
to a belt of country). The etymology of the name is not very
clear to the Indians. For quoted forms see under [19:40].
This name is applied to a strip of country at the foot of the
north end of F/uma’oku [19:35]. The place. gives names to the
pueblo ruin [19:40] and the arroyo [19:42].
[19:42] San Ildefonso T"abakohwu ‘live belt arroyo’ (T'aba’a, see
[19:41]; ohwu ‘arroyo with barrancas’ <o ‘barranca’, hwu
‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). The gulch takes its name from [19:41].
[19:43] San Ildefonso Site’e, Sitepo ‘vagina estufa’ ‘vagina estufa
water’ (st ‘vagina’ ‘vulva’; tee ‘estufa’ ‘kiva’; fo ‘water’).
There is a spring near Zuni called by the Zuni ‘‘ vulva spring.”*
For the use of tee cf. [24:11].
Although in a dry dell of the hills, there is always water in this
spring. There is a roundish pool about 15 feet across, from one
side of which two long narrow arms extend 10 feet or more, each
arm ending in a small roundish pool. The large pool is the
‘vagina estufa’ proper; the arms are called 40 ‘arm’). The
water is clean and tastes good. Mexican women come to the pool
1 Bandelier;, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 85, 1892,
2 Hewett, Communauteés, p. 33, 1908.
§Stevenson, The Zui Indians, Twenty-third Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., p. 87, 1904.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES Sila:
regularly to wash clothes. Sometimes Mexicans of Ranchos
[19:50] fetch barrels of water from the spring for domestic use at
Ranchos. Indian and Mexican live stock water at the place. The
water flows into and soon sinks beneath the sands of [19:44], to
which the spring gives the name. The name and place are curi-
ous; whether any religious significance is or was attached to this
spring has not been learned. The spring is a short distance north
of the curious place [19:70] and is sometimes said to be, loosely
speaking, at [19:70]. The spring gives names to [19:44], [19:45],
and [19:46].
[19:44] San Ildefonso Sitekohwu ‘vagina estufa arroyo’, referring to
[19:43] (Site’e, see [19:43]; hohwu ‘arroyo with barrancas’ </@
‘barranca’, Ji’u ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
The lower part of the guich passes just east of a Mexican farm-
house. Below the farmhouse the gulch is lost in cultivated
fields. The water of the spring [19:43] sinks under the sand a
few feet below the pools of the spring; in dry times the water
sinks at the pools themselves, so that there is no outflow.
[19:45] San Ildefonso Sitehwaje ‘height by vagina estufa’, referring
to [19:43] (Sitée, see [19:43]; Awaje Sheight’). This name is ap-
plied to the high land immediately south and east of S7e’e spring
[19:43], but not to the hill [19:47].
[19:46] San Ildefonso Siteakonny ‘vagina estufa plain’, referring to
[19:43] (Site’e, see [19:43]; ’akonnu ‘plain’ <’akon yp ‘plain’, nu
locative). This name is applied to the large, nearly level area south
of Site’e spring [19:43] and between it and the northern limits
of the broken country called Sdywepinge |19:70].
[19:47] San Ildefonso Pefwi’ohu, Pefwi' of obscure etymology
(pe unexplained; ww apparently fwu ‘horizontally projecting
point or corner’; ’7” locative and adjective-forming postfix; ’ohw
‘hill’). This name is applied to the hill or hills immediately east
of Sitee [19:43] and directly south of Zep'enkewe [19:49]. The
hills [19:51] are never called by this name and are carefully
distinguished.
[19:48] San Idefonso Awekupenibe’e ‘little corpse corner of the Mex-
icans’ (Kweku ‘Mexican’, of ohscure etymology; cf. kwekuy p
‘iron’; pend ‘corpse’; bee ‘small low roundish place’). This name
refers to the Mexican graveyard which lies just south of the main *
wagon road that leads up Pojoaque Creek from San Ildefonso.
The place where the graveyard is situated can also be included as
a part of the locality [19:49].
[19:49] (1) San Ildefonso Tep'ennwu, Tep'eykewe ‘below the black
dwelling-place’ ‘black dwelling-place height’ (¢e ‘dwelling-place’
sal ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [nrn. any. 29
‘house’; p'eyyp ‘blackness’ ‘black’; nwu ‘below’; kewe ‘top’
‘peak’ ‘height’). The former of the two names refers to the low
lands beside Pojoaque Creek; the latter refers to the hilly land a
few rods south of the creek.
(2) Eng. Ildefonso. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(3) Span. Ildefonso, so called because of its proximity to San
Ildefonso Pueblo [19:22]. =Eng. (2). The Eng. and Span.
names are very recent; see below.
There are a few Mexican houses at this place. The post-office,
formerly at San Ildefonso Pueblo under the name San Ildefonso
Pueblo, has recently been moved to this place and is now called
Ildefonso. This name has not come into use, however, and most
of the letters received at the post-office are addressed to San Ilde-
fonso Pueblo or San Ildefonso. The official list of New Mexican
post-offices spells the name Ildefonzo. With the names San Ilde-
fonso and Ildefonso ef. Santo Domingo [29:61] and Domingo
[29:60]. This system of place-naming is confusing. The name
Tep' enkewe may be applied so as to include the locality of the
graveyard [19:48].
[19:50] (1) San Ildefonso A™oso’o, probably ‘large legging’ but possi-
bly ‘large arm’ (/°0 ‘legging’ ‘arm’; so’o ‘largeness’ ‘ large’).
This is the old name of the place and is still frequently applied.
It refers especially to the locality where Ranchos village is the
biggest. Why the name is applied is no longer remembered.
One should compare with this name A™oso’iyy (p. 561), the Tewa
name for the Hopi.
(2) San Ildefonso Kwekwi' ‘place of the Mexicans’ (Kweku
‘Mexican’, of obscure etymology; cf. Awekuyy ‘iron’; *2* loca-
tive and adjective-forming postfix). This name is used perhaps
more commonly than (1), above. This is the largest Mexican set-
tlement in the immediate vicinity of San Idefonso, hence there is
no misunderstanding.
(8) Eng. Ranchos. (<Span.). =Span. (4).
(4) Span. Ranchos, Ranchos de San Antonio ‘ranches’ ‘ ranches
of Saint Anthony’. =KEng. (3). According to Mr. Dionisio
Ortega of Santa Fe the only proper name of the place is Ranchos
de San Antonio.
The settlement extends for some distance along the south side
of the creek as a row of small Mexican farms. The place gives
names to [19:51] and [19:52].
[19:51] (1) San Ildefonso A‘oso’okw ‘hills of [19:50]? (A™oso’o, see
[19:50]; ?okw ‘ hill’).
(2) San Ildefonso Awekwi?’oku ‘hills of the place of the Mexi-
cans’, referring to [19:50] (Awaekw7, see [19:50]; ’okw ‘hill’).
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 313
[19:52] (1) San Ildefonso A“osokohwu ‘arroyo of [19:50]? (K°os0’o,
see [19:50]; Aohwu ‘arroyo with barrancas’ <e * barranca’, hw u
‘large groove’ arroyo’).
(2) San Ildefonso Awekwinykohwu ‘arroyo of the place of the
Mexicans’, referring to [19:50] (Aweky’i', see [19:50]; kohwu
‘arroyo with barrancas’ </o ‘barranca’, Aww ‘large groove’
‘arroyo’).
[19:53] San Ildefonso Aube’e ‘small rocky corner’ (ku ‘stone’ ‘rock’;
bee ‘small low roundish place’).
The dell called by this name is on the south side of the creek,
about a mile east of Ranchos [19:50]. There are some Mexi-
can farms at or near the place. The place gives the name to the
hills [19:54].
[19:54] San Ildefonso Auwbeoku ‘hills of the small rocky corner’, refer-
ring to [19:53] (Aube’e, see [19:53]; °okw ‘ hill’).
These hills are low and scattering.
[19:55] San Ildefonso Potsigwajége of obscure etymology (pots?
‘marsh’ <po ‘water’, és? ‘to cut through’-‘to ooze through’;
qwaje apparently identical with gwajé ‘to hang’ intransitive; ge
‘down at’ ‘over at’).
The name refers to the large marshy place on both sides of
Pojoaque Creek, east of [19:53]. It is said that Mr. Felipe Roybal
is one of the Mexicans who have farms at or near this place.
The place gives the name to [19:56].
[19:57] San Ildefonso Wajima@oku of obscure etymology ( Wajima the
abode of spirits in the underworld; vf: ‘hill’), see pages 571-72.
This small roundish hill is south of the two ’Okup‘ag?iyys
[19:33] and is separated from them by the Waj¢mawi7 [19:58].
Cf. [19:58] and [19:59].
[19:58] San Ildefonso Wajimaw?i of obscure etymology ( Wajima, see
[19:57]; wee ‘ gap’).
This gap is between [19:33] and [19:57]. From it Wajémako-
Awu [19:59] runs westward.
[19:59] San Ildefonso Wajiémakohwu of obscure etymology ( Wajima,
see [19:57]; hohww ‘arroyo with barrancas’ </o ‘ barranca’, Aww
‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
This arroyo runs westward from Waj¢émaw?? [19:58] until its
course is obliterated in the cultivated lands about midway between
the hills and the Rio Grande.
[19:60] San Ildefonso Zamakoge of obscure etymology (tama unex-
plained, but note that a number of unexplained Tewa place-names
end in ma, ko ‘barranca’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’).
This is a place that is much spoken of. The name refers espe-
cially to the higher level land just west of the hills [19:62], both
north and south of the arroyo [19:64]. Wheat is threshed at this
314 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BTH. ANN. 29
place. It is here that one of the chief ancient foot-trails con-
necting San Ildefonso and Cochiti Pueblos leaves the lowlands by
the Rio Grande. This trail runs directly south from San Ilde-
fonso Pueblo up through the gap [19:63] and southwestward
through the hills [19:102]. Clay similar to that dug at [19:31] is
obtained at this place; just where could not be learned. At this
place, or more precisely at the western foot of [19:63], is a ledge
of rock which is used for making the handstones (manos) for
metates; see [19:63]. A large cottonwood tree stands just south
of the place on the north bank of the arroyo [19:68]. The place
has given names to [19:61], [19:62], [19:63], and [19:64].
[19:61] San Ildefonso Tamakogeimbw’u ‘corner by [19:60 (Zamakoge,
see [19:60]; zy p locative and adjective-forming posttix; 61’w ‘large
low roundish place’). This name is given to the low, cultivated
land immediately west of [19:60].
[19:62] San Ildefonso Tamakogeoku ‘hills of [19:60] (Zaumakoge, see
[19:60]; ?ow ‘ hill’).
These hills lie south of the gap [19:65]. Somewhere at the
western foot of the hills, called in Tewa Tamakogeokunwu (nwu
‘below’ ‘at the foot of’) is a ledge of rock which is used by
the San Ildefonso Indians for making manos for metates. This
kind of stone is called merely sdnweku ‘sandstone’ (sdnwe. ‘ sand-
stone’; ku ‘stone’).
[19:63] San Ildefonso Zamakogew?i ‘gap by [19:60] (Zamakoge, see
[19:60]; wz ‘gap’).
This gap is north of the hills [19:62] and through it the San
Ildefonso-Cochiti trail passes; see under [19:64]. Through this
gap runs the arroyo [19:64].
[19:64] San Ildefonso Zamakogekohwu ‘arroyo by [19:60]? (Zama-
koge, see [19:60]; hohwu ‘arroyo with barrancas’ <o ‘barranca’,
hwu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[19:65] San Ildefonso Zefwu, Te fubwu ‘cottonwood tree point’ ‘cor-
ner by cottonwood tree point’ (Ze ‘cottonwood’ ‘ Populus wisli-
zeni’; fwu ‘horizontally projecting corner or point’; bw’w ‘large
low roundish place’). The name and place are said to be distinct
from [19:16].
The land at this place is low and is cultivated. A house belong-
ing to Mr. Ignacio Aguilar of San Ildefonso stands in Zamakoge
[19:60] very near where the latter joins Ze fwu.
[19:66] San Ildefonso Pojage ‘the island’ ‘in the midst of the waters’
(po ‘water’; jage ‘in the middle of’). It is said that after heavy
rains the land at this place is more or less flooded; hence the name.
This place consists of low, cultivated land. The place probably
gives the name to [19:67].
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 815
[19:67] San Idefonso Pojagebu’u ‘corner by the island’, referring
probably to [19:66] (Pojage, see [19:66]; bu ‘large low roundish
place’)
The arroyos [19:87] and [19:95] end at this place. The boundary
between this place and [19:98] is indefinite. See [19:66].
[19:68] San Ildefonso K‘unsehohwu ‘arroyo of the boiled or stewed
maize’ (k*uy fr ‘maize’ ‘corn’ ‘Zea mays’; sx ‘ boiled stuff’ ‘stew’,
‘to boil’ ‘to stew’; kohwu ‘arroyo with barrancas’ </fo ‘bar-
ranca’, fw ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). Why this name is applied
is not known. The arroyo is called by this name as far up as the
point at which the arroyos [19:69], [19:71], and [19:74] come
together to form it.
- The arroyo is lost in the lowlands at [19:66].
[19:69] (1) San Ildefonso Sdywepingekohwu ‘arroyo in the midst of
the sandstone,’ referring to [19:70] (Sdywepinge, see [19:70];
kohwu ‘arroyo with barrancas’ </o ‘barranca’, Aww ‘large
groove’ ‘arroyo’).
(2) San Ildefonso Chumapeygekohwu ‘arroyo beyond F/uma
[19:35]’ (Lf umapenge, see [19:70]; kohwu ‘arroyo with barran-
cas’ </o ‘ barranca’, Aw ‘ large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
See [19:70].
[19:70] (1) San Idefonso Sdywepinge ‘in the midst of the sandstone’
(sdywe ‘sandstone’; piyge ‘in the midst of’). The place is a
maze of curiously eroded sandstone; hence the name. 3
(2) San Ildefonso Tfumapenge ‘beyond Tfuma [19:35] (Lfuma,
see [19:35]; paenge * beyond’).
The place drains into the arroyo [19:69], to which the same
name is applied. It was at this place that a crazy man used to try
to kill himself by wrapping himself completely in his blanket and
rolling over the cliffs, but he was rescued every time by the
Water-Wind Spirits (Powdhdyy), who caught him in the air and
made him fall gently. [19:70] is a weird place at night, when the
whole region looks mottled and streaked and the little cliffs throw
their shadows.
[19:71] San Ildefonso Tfepehohwu of obscure etymology (tfepe unex-
plained, but see under [19:72]; kohwu ‘arroyo with barrancas’
<ko ‘barranca’, Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). The arroyo
designated thus is known by a different name in the uppermost
part of its course [19:83] and by a still different name in its lower
course [19:68]. See [19:72].
[19:72] San Ildefonso Tfepe’?”* of obscure etymology (tfepe unex-
plained, but perhaps from Span. chepa ‘ hunch’ ‘ hump’, referring
to the hillocky land at the place; 7% locative and adjective-form-
ing postfix). The writer has recorded the name Zsepe’c” a couple
316 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS | [nrn. ann. 29
of times, but this is probably not correct. The name is applied,
it is said, to the locality in the immediate vicinity of the spring
[19:73] and is not equivalent to [19:70]. Cf. [19:71], [19:73].
[19:73] San Ildefonso Tfepe’t”*po ‘the water at [19:72]? (Teper,
see [19:72] po ‘ water’). This name refers to a spot in the bed
of [19:71] where water can always be obtained by digging in the
sand a few feet. Since the water at most times of the year does
not flow forth of its own accord, the place is not called a spring.
See [19:72].
[19:74] San Ildefonso Pimpijeimp op awekohwu ‘northern arroyo of
the place, with the hole through it’ (pimpije ‘north’ < pins
‘mountain’ ‘up country’, pie ‘toward’; “in locative and adjee
tive-forming postfix; P'op'awe, see [19:75]; hohwu ‘arroyo with
barrancas’ < /9 ‘barranca’, wu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). For
the southern P*op'awekohwu, see [19:87].
The arroyo must not be confused with [19:77].
[19:75] San Ildefonso Pop'awe, P‘op'awei* ‘the hole which goes
through’ ‘place of the hole which goes through’ (po ‘hole’;
p awe ‘to go completely through’; ’2* locative and adjective-form-
ing postfix).
At the spot indicated, at the western end of the ridge, near
the summit, a small eroded hole passing completely through the
ridge was formerly to be seen. There was a cave-in here many
years ago (more than fifty according to one informant) but the
place where the hole was is still remembered and the name is
still used. The site of the hole is a short distance southeast
of Poqwawii [19:76]. The hole gives names to [19:74], [19:76],
[19:87], and [19:91].
[19:76] San Ildefonso P'op'aweoku ‘hills of the hole which goes
through’, referring to [19:75] (P'op‘awe, see [19:75]; *ohw ‘hill’).
There are two chief ridges, parallel to each other, called by this
name. The hole [19:75] from which the name is taken is at the
western end of the more northerly of these two hills. See [19:91].
[19:77] San Ildefonso Pogwawikolwu ‘arroyo of water reservoir gap?
referring to [19:78] (Pogwaw7’/, see [19:78]; kohwu ‘arroyo with
barrancas’ < ho ‘barranca’, Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
This small arroyo runs into [19:71] from the south.
[19:78] San Ildefonso Pogwaw?t ‘gap of the water reservoir’ (pogwa
‘water reservoir’ ‘hollow where water collects’ < po ‘water’,
qwa denoting state of being a receptacle; w77/ ‘ gap’).
No reservoir or water-hole of any kind could be found at the
place, and the informants said that they had never heard of the
existence of any. Why the place is called thus is not known.
The place gives names to [19:77] and [19:79].
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES SiLey,
[19:79] San Ildefonso Pogwawi’oku, Pogwawi?okwe ‘hills by water
reservoir gap’ ‘little hills by water reservoir gap’ (Pogwawii
see [19:78]; ’okw ‘hill’; ’e diminutive).
The gap [19:78], from which the hills take their name, is in the
range of hills.
[19:80] San Ildefonso Qwetyb/oku of obscure etymology (gwe appar-
ently gwe ‘mountain mahogany’ ‘Cercocarpus parvifolius’, called
by the Mexicans palo duro; ¢w sounds exactly like ¢y ‘to say’; 67
apparently the possessive 6/7; ’okw ‘ hill’).
This roundish hill is much higher than any other hill east of
San Ildefonso Pueblo shown on this sheet. The hill either gives
the name to [19:81] or vice versa.
[19:81] San Ildefonso Qwetub/okubwu, Qwetubibwu of obscure ety-
mology (Qwetubioku, see [19:80]; bw’w‘ large low roundish place’).
Whether the name Qwetybe was originally applied to the hill
[19:80] or to this low corner can not be determined.
The hill is far more conspicuous than the corner.
[19:82] San Ildefonso Pobiband?’', Pobibandi’’oku of obscure ety-
mology (pobi ‘flower’; band7’ unexplained, apparently <bayy
unexplained, *7 locative and adjective-forming postfix; ’oku
‘hill’). Whether ’o/w is added or not, the name refers to the two
hills of roundish shape slightly northeast of the high hill [19:80].
The hills give rise to the name [19:83].
[19:83] San Ildefonso Pobiband’kohwu ‘arroyo of [19:82] (/bi-
band’, see [19:82]; hohwu ‘arroyo with barrancas’ <ko ‘bar-
ranca,’ /wu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). The uppermost part of
the course of the arroyo [19:71] is so designated.
[19:84] San Ildefonso A7vbw’w ‘ prairie-dog corner’ (47 * prairie-dog’;
bu ‘large low roundish place’).
This 67’w is bounded on the east by the Ywentsa’oku [19:85].
There is an abandoned Mexican house at the place,
[19:85] San Ildefonso Ywentsvoku ‘hills where the rock-pine trees
are or were cut’ (ywey/ ‘ rock-pine’ ‘ Pinus scopulorum’; tsa ‘to
cut across the grain’ ‘ to cut down’, said of a tree; ’okw ‘hill’).
No rock-pine trees were to be seen on the hill. The hills give
the name to [19:86].
[19:86] San Ildefonso Ywentswokuhkohwu ‘arroyo of the hills where
the rock-pine trees are or were cut’, referring to [19:85]
(Nwentsa oku, see [19:85]; hohwu ‘arroyo with barrancas’ <ho
‘barranca,’ hw ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
This gully discharges over the lowlands just south of A7Zbw’x
[19:84].
[19:87] San Ildefonso ?Akompijeimp op awekohwu, Pop awehohwu
‘southern arroyo of the place with the hole through it’ ‘arroyo
318 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. ann. 29
of the place with the hole through it’, referring to [19:75]
Cakompije ‘south’? <’akon p ‘plain’ ‘down country’, pije ‘toward’;
“iy locative and adjective-forming postfix; P*op'awe, see [19:75];
‘khohwu ‘arroyo with barrancas’ <do ‘barranca’, hwu ‘large
groove’ ‘arroyo’). Cf. [19:74].
This arroyo is very large. Its lower end is at [19:67].
[19:88] San Ildefonso 7" ynvohu, said to mean ‘white earth hills’
(¢uni, said to be for ¢wua kind of white earthy mineral, see
MINERALS, page 583; ’oku ‘hill’). The name is not clear in its
meaning. It may have referred originally to the arroyo [19:89]
instead of to these hills, or it may have referred originally to
both arroyo and hills.
A wagon road connecting Ranchos [19:50] and Buckman passes
just east of these hills. A trail follows the wagon road, making
short cuts, being in some places identical with the wagon road.
No kind of whitish earth or rock was to be seen at the hills. The
hills clearly give name to [19:90].
[19:89] San Ildefonso 7" untkohwu, said to mean ‘white earth arroyo’
(T’uni, see [19:88]; Aohwu ‘arroyo with barrancas’ <fo ‘bar-
ranca’, Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). The name 7"ywni may
have been applied originally to the arroyo instead of to the hills
[19:88], vice versa, or to both. No white earth was to be seen
at either hills or arroyo.
[19:90] San Ildefonso 7" unVokubwu ‘corner by the white earth hills’
referring to [19:88] (Z°unVoku, see [19:88]; bwu ‘large low
roundish place’).
This bu is just south of the hills [19:85].
[19:91] San Idefonso P'op'aweokubwu, P'op'awe okupengebwu ‘cor-
ner by the hills of the hole that goes through’ ‘corner beyond
the hills of the hole that goes through’, referring to [19:76]
(Plop'aweoku, see [19:76]; bww ‘large low roundish place’;
penge ‘ beyond’).
At this corner is the spring Px pop? [19:92].
[19:92] San Ildefonso Pxpopi ‘deer spring’ (px ‘mule deer’; popi
‘spring’ < po ‘water’, pz ‘to issue’).
This spring, which is sometimes dry, is situated at the corner
[19:91].
[19:93] San Ildefonso Mink‘ ondiwe ‘where the earth is or was dug’
(ndyp ‘earth’; hoy p ‘to dig’; Zwe ‘locative’). Cf. [19:94] and
[19:95]; also Vink onywv't under [19: unlocated].
A hole in the ground is still clearly seen at this place. It is
said that earth was removed long ago for the purpose of making
a thin layer of clay or plaster on the walls of rooms.
19:94] San Ildefonso Mink'onwioku ‘hills of the gap where the
earth is or was dug’ (Wayh*onwv, see [19:93]; ’okw ‘hill’).
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 319
[19:95] San Ildefonso Maéyk‘qnwVkohwu ‘arroyo of the gap where
the earth is or was dug’ (Mink onwV 7, see [19:93]; hohwu ‘arroyo
with barrancas’ <q ‘barranca’, Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[19:96] San Ildefonso Mink‘ onwvokwesa ‘threshing floor of the hills
by the gap where the earth is or was dug’, referring to [19:94]
(Mink onwvoku, see [19:94]; ’etu <Span. era ‘threshing floor’),
This threshing floor is on a Jow, flat hilltop.
[19:97] San Ildefonso ’Omapiy yp, see [16:42].
[19:98] San Ildefonso ’Omahw’u, see [16:126].
[19:99] San Ildefonso fumanww ‘at the foot of [19:112] (ruma, see
[19:112]; nw‘ below’ ‘at the foot of’). The name refers to
quite a definite locality as it is usually applied; this locality is
indicated by the number on the sheet and is equivalent to the
lower drainage of the arroyo [19:100], to which fumanwu gives
the name.
[19:100] San Ildefonso fumanwinsrhwu ‘arroyo at the base of
[19:112]’, referring to [19:99] (fumanwu, see [19:99]; in loca-
tive and adjective-forming postfix; Aw ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
This large arroyo has several large tributaries.
[19:101] San Ildefonso Pimpijeinfumawikohwu, pumawikohwu
‘northern arroyo of [20:9]? ‘arroyo of [20:9]? (pimpzje ‘north’
< pin ‘mountain’ ‘up country’, pie ‘toward’; *27.7 locative and
adjective-forming postfix; fumawi2, see [20:9]; kohwu ‘arroyo
with barraneas’ </o ‘barranca’, hww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
Cf. [20:11] and [18:14].
[19:102] San Ildefonso Masiwe, Matiweoku, Matiwekwajé of obscure
etymology (ma/iwe unexplained but apparently ending in the
locative we; ’oku ‘hill’; Jwaje ‘height’).
This ridge is very long, stretching far toward Tesuque. It is
crossed by a number of trails, notably by the old trail connecting
San Ildefonso and Cochiti, which leaves the lowlands by the Rio
Grande at Zamakoge [19:60]. This trail crosses [19:102] about
two miles east of Buckman Mesa[19:112], itissaid. Cf. [19:103],
[19:104], and [19:105].
[19:103] San Ildefonso Maviwetwa of obscure etymology (ma/iwe, see
[19:102]; twa ‘gentle slope’). This name is given to the gentle
slope to Mauweoku just south of the arroyo [19:105].
[19:104] San Ildefonso Masiwepenge, Matiwepengebwu, Masiwebwu
‘beyond [19:102]? ‘corner beyond [19:102]’ ‘corner by [19:102]’
(madsiwe, see [19:102]; parnge ‘beyond’; bu ‘large low roundish
place’).
The locality is better shown in [20:13].
[19:105] San Idefonso Masiwehwu ‘arroyo of [19:102]? (naciwe, see
[19:102]; haw ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). Cf. [20:26].
320 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [pru. ann. 29
This is the chief tributary of [19:100], or, in other words, it
may be said that the upper course of [19:100] is known by this
name.
[19:106] San Ildefonso A“ ahwu ‘fence arroyo’ ‘corral arroyo’ (k'a
‘fence’ ‘corral’; hw u ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
{19:107] San Ildefonso Pobibe’e ‘little corner of the flowers’ (pot?
‘flower’; bee ‘small low roundish place’).
The corner gives the name to the arroyo [19:107].
[19:108] San Ildefonso Pobibehwu ‘arroyo of the little corner of the
flowers’, referring to [19:107] (Potibee, see [19:107]; Aww ‘large
groove’ ‘arroyo’). ;
{19:109] San Ildefonso Pon yibwu ‘corner of the plumed arroyo shrub’
(pont ‘plumed arroyo shrub’ ‘ Fallugia paradoxa acuminata’;
bwu ‘large low roundish place’).
This large corner gives the name to [19:110].
[19:110] San Ildefonso Pon pibuhwu ‘arroyo of the corner of the
plumed arroyo shrub’, referring to [19:109] (Pon pibwu, see
[19:109]; hw ‘large groove’ ‘ arroyo’).
[19:111] San Idefonso Kutsiywehwu ‘blue rock arroyo’ (ku ‘stone’
‘rock’; ¢sdywe ‘blueness’ ‘blue’ ‘greenness’ ‘green’; hw u ‘large
groove’ ‘arroyo’). It is said that there are bluish rocks at the
arroyo; hence the name.
[19:112] San Ildefonso fumapiny, see [20:5].
{19:113] San Ildefonso fumawahi ‘slope of [19:112]’ ‘talus slope of
[19:112)? (Puma, see [19:112]; wak2 ‘slope’ ‘talus slope at the base
of a cliff’). This name is applied to the talus slope at the foot of
the cliffs of [19:112]. See [19:115] and [19:116].
[19:114] San Hdefonso ’Anwowapo ‘tickle-foot trail’? Caéyp ‘foot’;
wowa ‘to tickle’; po ‘trail’). The trail is so called because it is
gravelly and the gravel tickles one’s feet through the moccasins.
This trail ascends the mesa [19:112] west of trail [19:117], pass-
ing the cave [19:116] about half-way up. Cf. [19:115}.
[19:115] San Ildefonso Aywowa'a ‘tickle-foot slope’ (Aywowa-, see
[19:114]; wa ‘steep slope’). This name is given to the gravelly
foot-tickling slope where the trail of like name [19:114] ascends
the mesa |19:112].
[19:116] (1) San Ildefonso pumawahip'o, pumawakip'ov' ‘hole of
[19:113]? ‘place of the hole of [19:113]? (f7umawakz, see [19:13];
po ‘hole’; *2 locative and adjective-forming postfix).
(2) San Ildefonso Nayhetdbev', Niyketibep'o’v' *place where
the earth tumbles down quickly’ ‘place of the cave where the
earth tumbles down quickly’ (ndyy ‘earth’; /etdbe, said to mean
‘to tumble quickly’; 2? locative and adjective-forming postfix;
po ‘hole’ ‘cave’).
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 321
On the east side of a small gulch near the top of the talus there
is a cliff of earth about 15 feet in height. It is said that in former
times there was a cave at the bottom of the cliff. Large frag-
ments of the earthen cliff have broken off from time to time, until
now not a trace of the cave can be seen. The cave was in ancient
times, it is said, one of the places from which fire and smoke
issued. The other places were ’Oguhewe [20:7], Toma [29:3],
and Tun pjop oi [18:21] according to San Ildefonso tradition.
[19:117] San Ildefonso Zajepo ‘the straight trail’ (taje ‘straight’; po
‘trail’). The name is applied to distinguish this trail from the
more devious trail [19:114].
This trail goes straight up the mesa [19:112]. Either [19:117]
or [19:112] is often used when traveling down the river on foot
or horseback.
[19:118] San Ildefonso Tsab/jobip'o, Tsabijobip'o’v* ‘the hole of the
giant’ ‘ the place of the hole of the giant’ (¢sa6zjo ‘a kind of giant’;
67 possessive; p'a ‘ hole’ ‘cave’: *7” locative and adjective-forming
postfix).
This is a large but shallow cave at the base of the cliff above
the talus. It is said to have been one of the caves frequented by
the giant who lived within the Black Mesa; see under [18:19].
[19:119] San Ildefonso ° Odote fuwisi * projecting corner of the crow
dwelling-place’ (odo ‘crow’ ‘raven’; fe ‘dwelling place’, here
almost equivalent to ‘nest’ in the vaguer sense of the word; fw,
witi ‘horizontally projecting corner”). The name is applied to
a projecting corner of blackish cliff.
[19:120] Potsip'owivi * projecting corners at the hole or mouth of the
river canyon’, referring to the canyon of the Rio Grande south of
‘the place (pots:’7 ‘river canyon’ < po ‘ water’ ‘river’, fs7Z ‘ can-
yon’; po ‘hole’, here referring to the ‘mouth’ of acanyon; wiz
‘horizontally projecting corner’). The name refers to the pro-
jecting corners of higher land at each side of the mouth of the
canyon. See special treatment of the Rio Grande [Large Fea-
tures], pages 100-102.
[19:121] San Ildefonso Awakym pokop'e ‘the railroad bridge’ (wekwy
‘iron’ ‘metal’; po ‘road’ ‘trail’; kop'e ‘boat’ ‘bridge’ <ko ‘to
bathe’, p'e ‘stick’ ‘ log’).
This bridge is the only railroad bridge across the Rio Grande
north of Albuquerque, New Mexico.
[19:122] San Ildefonso Awekympo ‘the railroad’ (kwekuyyp ‘iron’?
‘“metal;’ po ‘road’ ‘ trail’)—the Denver & Rio Grande Railroad.
[19:123] (1) San Ildefonso Potsind’ege ‘down at the little muddy
place’ (potsind ‘it is muddy’ < potsi ‘mud’ < po ‘ water’, tsi ‘ to
cut through’ ‘to ooze through’; n@ ‘to be’; ’e diminutive; ge
87584°—29 erH—16——21
322 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [wrH. ANN. 29
‘down at’ ‘over at’). The use of ndé in this name is unusual and
its force is obscure.
(2) San Ildefonso ’Akompijepokw?i ‘lake of the south’ (’akom-
pije ‘south’? <’akoyy ‘plain’ ‘down country’, pije ‘toward’;
pokwy ‘lake’ * pool’ <po * water’, kwi unexplained). For the
origin of this name see below.
(8) Eng. Rio Grande station. =Span. (4).
(4) Span. estacién Rio Grande (named after the Rio Grande).
These names refer to the locality of a short guleh which has its
head near the top of the mesa and forms a junction with the Rio
Grande. It is crossed at its mouth by the railroad. <A tank
[19:124] for supplying engines with water stands at the mouth
just east of the track. The water for the tank comes from a spring
near the head of the gulch. There was formerly a pool at this
place called Potsinw’ egepokwi (pokwi ‘lake’ ‘pool’ < po ‘water’,
kwi unexplained). This pool was the ‘‘lake of the north” of the
San Ildefonso; see page 251. Hence the name San Ildefonso (2),
above. Some Mexicans live at RioGrande. See [19:124].
[19:124] (1) San Ildefonso Awakympopoqwa ‘the railroad tank’? (Awe-
kumpo, see [19:122]; pogwa ‘tank?’ ‘reservoir’ < po ‘water’, qwa
denoting state of being a receptacle).
(2) San Ildefonso Awekumpotayke ‘the railroad tank? (kwe-
kumpo see [19:122]; tayke <Span. tanque ‘ tank’).
' It is at this tank that the train drinks (xdsugwe ‘it drinks’), as
the-San Ildefonso express it.
[19:125] Potsip‘owisi, Posog@impotsip‘owisi ‘mouth of the water
canyon’ ‘mouth of the water canyon of the Rio Grande’ (Pots?’/,
Posogeimpots?’i, see [Large Features], pp. 102-03; p'owiui ‘hori-
zontally projecting point or points of high land at the mouth of a
canyon’ <p'o ‘hole’, wz ‘horizontally projecting point’).
This is the northern mouth of White Rock Canyon. See
Potsi’i [Large Features], pp. 102-03.
UNLOCATED
San Ildefonso Néyk'oywri ‘gap where the earth is or was dug’,
referring to [19:93] (Miyk'on yp as in [19:93]; wed ‘ gap’).
This gap is situated somewhere near [19:93], [19:94], and [19:95].
[20] BUCKMAN SHEET
The sheet (map 20) shows places with Tewa names about Buckman,
Mexico. No pueblo ruin is known to exist in this area west of the New
Rio Grande. ‘The territory is claimed by the San Ildefonso Indians
and the names of places were obtained from them. The whole region
is known to the San Ildefonso and other Tewa as pumapeyge ‘beyond
Buckman Mesa [20:5]? (guma, see [20:5]; peyge ‘beyond’).
MAP 20
BUCKMAN REGION
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
ere
Buckman
19
‘
WSS
ZA INS
UD AWN
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 20
21/23
NN eu
=> Wie
'
Ga ~
enbnsaL
Syn
ae
RU
Vans 40;
AT My, Ally,
SENT? Nae ys
Rs REET Sy, ell
S :
7
«, Obie
- ¢
. 3 e.
SUS “25 OT oe TTY
a’ 4 an Akos
“7 ’
OTIS. al
= Battees,
le te
“ ate = he ara Nines
EZ, ~ SOULS at Aaa
= 39 a= g
< 7 -
> Catt 400
3 >
~\ 16 Cra’
SS utes
>
= a
p> ce
a CS
= Teas”
Z-
Z 29
Ss 1 2 3 MILES
REGION
BUREAU OF AMERICAN
We
se etsy shits ©
“F404 +, s
270908 "%eeeys™
“a
MENT,
UNE e hd,
WUT a foun
Hae ays
ETHNOLOGY
~
x
\
wi
. rate te.
sole ON
D6 Sai Sat S .
Re Ht ONS ZN
~
Wtlize
We -
Fes, §
z
BUCKMAN REGion
TWENTY-
NINTH ANNUAL REPORT map 20
7s 3 ae
= <
47 ws wtlle,
CS
«Cay
Se Ww . "y Vine
sae 4 Waar col!
¢.
ae 7
PETLINSSS
Degg oT AY tte fe
.
ssX%es,,
29
3 MILES
MAP 20
BUCKMAN REGION
HLNOS ONIXOO7 ‘SGNVYD O1Y SHL AO NOANVD WOOY SLIHM 4O HLNOW
€lL 3LV1d LYOdaY TWANNY HLNIN-ALNASML ADNOTONHL]A NVOINAWY JO NV3aHNG
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 323
[20:1] San Ildefonso ’Omahwu, see [16:126].
[20:2] San Ildefonso Nintsew?i ‘yellow earth gap’ (ndyyp ‘earth’;
ise ‘yellowness’, absolute form of tsejz”* ‘yellow’; wid ‘gap’).
This is a little gulch about 400 yards south of [19:123]. In it
lumps of yellow mineral (probably ocher) are picked up, which are
ground and used as yellow paint. See under Mrnerats.
[20:3] White Rock Canyon of the Rio Grande (pl. 13), see special
treatment of the Rio Grande [Large Features: 3], pages 100-102.
[20:4] San Ildefonso Tobatse7?”* ‘the white cliff or rock’ (toda ‘cliff?
‘large cliff-like rock’; isx. ‘whiteness’ ‘ white’; ’2 locative and
adjective-forming postfix).
It is not certain that this ‘‘ white rock” exists except in the
minds of some of the Indians, who claim that White Rock Canyon
of the Rio Grande must be named after it. See special treatment
of Rio Grande [Large Features: 3], pages 100-102. One Indian
describes the ‘“‘white rock” as a ‘‘ledge as white as snow in
the middle of a black cliff.” Mr. F. W. Hodge suggests that
the white rock referred to may be a perfectly white ‘‘ patch” in
a cliff on the east side of the river, which may be seen from the
road out of Buckman leading to the Rito de los Frijoles.
[20:5] (1) San Ildefonso fumapryy of obscure etymology (uma un-
explained, bat containing -/a in common with many other unana-
lyzable Tewa place-names, as for instance ’ Oma [16:42] across the
river from uma; piyp ‘mountain’). Mr. W. M. Tipton, of
Santa Fe, informs the writer that ‘‘cuma” is given in an old Span.
document as the name of a hill or mountain west of Santa Fe; see,
however, Toma [29:3]. ‘*‘Gigantes’, or the black cliff of Shyu-
mo south of San Ildefonso.” ! ‘*The Tehuas call . . . the gigan-
tic rocks forming the entrance to the Rio Grande gorge south of
their village, Shyu-mo.”! The o at the end of these forms of
Bandelier is probably a misprint for a.
(2) Eng. Buckman Mesa (named from Buckman [20:19]). ‘This
name seems to be rapidly coming into use.
(3) Span. Mesa de los Ortizes ‘mesa of the Ortizes (family
name)’. This is the common Span. name; why applied is not
ascertained.
(4) Span. ‘*Gigantes.”! Probably so called because of the tra-
dition of the giant; see [20:7], [19:118].
This high basaltic mesa wma forms, as it were, the eastern
pillar at the mouth of White Rock Canyon of the Rio Grande;
the smaller but equally dark ’Oma [16:42] forms the western
pillar. The mesa is crossed by an ancient trail connecting San
Ildefonso with the more southern pueblos. From two places on
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 81, 1892.
324 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH, ANN. 29
fume tire and smoke were belched forth in ancient times, it is said,
namely, from [20:78] and [19:116], q. v. Many other features
of interest in the vicinity of “wma will be noticed on the maps.
[20:6] San Ildefonso ’ Oguhewe, ’Oguhewekewe of obscure etymology
Coguhewe unexplained, except that -we is apparently locative;
kewe * peak’ ‘height’).
The top of Buckman Mesa [20:5] is flattish; ’ Oguhewe rises like
a hillock on the western side of the mesa top. It contains the
hole ? Oguhewep‘o [20:7] from which fire and smoke used to belch
forth. See [20:7].
[20:7] San Ildefonso ’Oguhewep'o, ?Oguhewep‘o'’”* ‘hole at [20:6]?
“place of the hole at [20:6]? ( Oguhewe, see [20:6]; p'o ‘hole’; 777
locative and adjective-forming postfix).
This is described as a hole 10 feet or so deep which goes verti-
tically into the earth at the summit of [20:6]. According to San
Ildefonso tradition this is one of the four places from which
fire and smoke came forth in ancient times; the other places
were fumawakip'o [19:116], Toma [29:3], and 7" un pjop‘o [18:21].
Bandelier ' mentions this tradition, but names only three of the
places: ‘‘To-ma”, ‘‘Shyu-mo”, and ‘‘Tu-yo.”
[20:8] San Ildefonso pumawii ‘gap by (20:5) (fuma, see [20:5]; wie
* gap’).
This is the pass east of wma Mesa just as 7"un pow? [18:32]
is the pass east of 7"ynyjo Mesa[18:19]. The main wagon road
between San Ildefonso and Buckman runs through this pass.
See [20:9] and [20:10].
[20:9] San Ildefonso Pimpijeinfumawikohwu, pumawikohwu, see
[19:101].
[20:10] San Ildefonso ’Ahompijeinfumawikohwu ‘southern arroyo
of [12:8]? Cakompije ‘south’< ’akoyy ‘plain’ ‘down coun-
try’, pye ‘toward’; iy locative and adjective-forming postfix;
fumawer, see [20:8]; Lohwu ‘arroyo with barrancas’< ko ‘bar-
ranca’, jwu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
This arroyo runs into the Hohoswwage [20:11]. It is not as
important or as well known as [20:9].
[20:11] San Ildefonso Hohowwwage of obscure etymology (ko ‘bar-
ranca’; hovw unexplained; wa apparently as in wawi ‘wide gap’;
ge apparently the locative ‘down at’ ‘over at’). It has not been
found possible to analyze the name.
This arroyo is deep and narrow; its walls are in many places
vertical cliffs, its bed sandy. One can walk through it, and to do
so is a strange experience, so narrow and shut in is it. The arroyo
discharges into the Rio Grande just below the spring [20:17]. Its
1 Final Report, pt. 1, p. 81, 1892.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 325
lower course is spanned by a wooden railroad bridge. Its upper-
most course, or what may be termed an upper tributary, is
[20:10].
[20:12] San Ildefonso Mawiwe, Masiweohu, see [19:102].
[20:13] San Ildefonso Maciwepeyge, see [19:104].
[20:14] Aujemugeinkohwu, see [21:22].
[20:15] San Ildefonso Posugehw’u, see [17:17].
[20:16] San Ildefonso Awekumpo ‘the railroad’? (kwekuyp ‘iron’
‘metal’; po ‘trail’ ‘road’).
This is the narrow-gauge Denver and Rio Grande Railroad.
[20:17] San Ildefonso pumapeygepotsip'owisi * projecting corners at
the mouths of the canyons of the river beyond Buckman Mesa
[20:5]’ (rumapezyge, see introduction to sheet [20]; pots: ‘river
canyon’ <po ‘water’ ‘river’, here referring to the Rio Grande;
isv’7 ‘canyon’; p'o ‘hole’ ‘mouth of canyon’; wii * horizontally
projecting corner or point’). This name is applied to the vicinity
of the projecting corners of higher land at the mouth of the can-
yons of the Rio Grande both north and south of Buckman. These
are called merely ‘the canyon mouths at Buckman’, to translate
freely.
[20:18] San Ildefonso fumapengeimpopi ‘the spring beyond Buck-
man Mesa’ [20:12] (fumapeyge, see introduction to sheet [20];
iy locative and adjective-forming postfix; pop? ‘spring’ < po
‘water’, pz ‘to issue’).
This spring is most peculiarly situated. It is near the top of a
steep earthen bank beside the Rio Grande and perhaps 20 feet
above the bed of the river. There are two little basins for water,
one of which has been recently boxed in with boards. Although
it is hard to determine the source of the water, the spring runs
the year round and probably contains the best water for drinking
purposes in the vicinity of Buckman. The San Ildefonso Tewa
say that it isa very old and good spring, and frequently go to
it to drink when at or passing through Buckman.
[20:19] (1) fumapeygetequav* ‘place of the houses beyond Buck-
man Mesa’ (fwnapenge, see introduction to sheet [20]; tegwa
‘house’ <te ‘dwelling-place’, gwa denoting state of being a
receptacle; ’7” locative and adjective-forming postfix). Indian
purists use this name. It is also used sometimes so that Mexicans
and Americans will not understand that Buckman is referred to.
(2) San Ildefonso Bakameyn yp, Bakamayny. ‘The first of these
forms is evidently from the Eng., the second from the Span., pro-
nunciation of the name; see below.
(3) Eng. Buckman. Named, it is said, from ‘‘ old man Buck-
man,” now dead, who operated a sawmill in the mountains west
3826 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [nru. ann. 29
of Buckman, in the eighties. The railroad station and settle-
ment were named after him 20 or 30 years ago. The name is
applied also to several surrounding geographical features, as
Buckman Mesa [20:5]. One San Ildefonso Indian had curiously
enough determined that this name must mean ‘ male deer’; he took
“buck” as px ‘deer’ and ‘*man” as sey_f, meaning ‘man’ ‘male’
5
since pxsey.? means ‘male deer’ in Tewa. =Tewa (2), Span. (4).
(4) Span. pronounced Bakman, Bakaman. (<Eng.). =Tewa
(2), Eng. (8).
The settlement of Buckman consists at present of several small
houses and shacks mostly south of the railroad, and a large lum-
ber yard. The lumber sawed in the territory west of the Rio
Grande is hauled to Buckman in wagons and thence shipped by
train. Buckman is only a stone’s throw from the two arroyos
(20:11] and [20:25]. The vicinity of Buckman itself and of
places designated by Buckman used in compounds is usually
rendered in Tewa by fumapxyge, literally ‘beyond Buckman
Mesa’ [20:5]; see introduction to sheet [20], page 322.
[20:20] San Ildefonso pumapeygetekop' e ‘wagon bridge beyond Buck-
man Mesa’ [20:5] (fumapxyge, see under introduction to sheet [20];
te* wagon’; kop’e ‘bridge’* boat’ <ko ‘to bathe’, p’e ‘stick’
‘log’).
This is the only wagon bridge across the Rio Grande between
Espanola and Cochiti.
20:21] San Ildefonso Ywdwihwu, see [17:25].
[20:22] San Hdefonso ’Abebehwu, see [17:29].
[20:23] San Ildefonso 7sivegehwu, see [17:30].
[20:24] Rio Grande, see [Large Features], pages 100-102.
[20:25] San Ildefonso Hosoge, Kosoge’iy phwu ‘down at the large bar-
ranca or arroyo’ ‘arroyo down by the large barranca or arroyo’ (/o
‘barranca’ ‘arroyo with barrancas’; so’o ‘ largeness’ ‘large’; ge
‘down at’ ‘over at’; ’ 7 locative and adjective-forming postfix;
Jwu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). Some individuals appear to use
Kosoge and Hosoge’ty rhwu indiscriminately; others insist that a
certain locality in the arroyo is called A’osoge and that the whole
arroyo must be called Aosogeinyhwu. There are very large and
high barrancas at several places in the arroyo and although the
writer was accompanied by an Indian at Buckman who had ad-
vocated the two-name, two-place theory, he did not know to
which barranca Aosoge should be applied.
This arroyo is very large and in the neighborhood of the mesa
[20:33] wildly picturesque. It is known by the Americans as
‘Buckman Arroyo”, but since [20:11] also can be so designated,
this cannot be given as an established name.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 32 7
(20:
(20
(20
[20
(20
[20:
26] San Ildefonso Masiwepeyge in rphwu, Madsiwehwu ‘arroyo of
[20:13]’ ‘arroyo of [20:12) (Masiwepenge, see [20:13]; Masiwe,
see [20:12]; "inp locative and adjective-forming postfix; wu
‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). Cf. [19:105].
This flows from the vicinity of [20:13] and enters [20:25] not
very far above Buckman settlement [20:19].
:27| San Ildefonso Sxisebw’w ‘white round-cactus corner’ (sz
‘round-cactus’ of several species, as ‘Opuntia comanchica’ and
‘Opuntia polyacantha’; fs ‘ whiteness’ ‘white’; bw’w ‘large low
roundish place’).
It is said that the cactus plants look whitish or dusty at this
place, hence the name. The corner is believed to be accurately
located on the sheet.
:28] San Ildefonso P'amupubeiyphwu ‘arroyo of the little cor-
ner of the roots of Yucca glauca’, referring to [20:29] (P*amu-
pubee, see [20:29]; *iny locative and adjective-forming postfix;
wu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
:29] San Ildefonso P'amupub/e ‘little corner of the roots of
Yucca glauca (p'amu ‘Yucca glauca’ a small species of Spanish
bayonet the roots of which are used for washing people’s hair
and for other purposes; pu ‘root’; bée ‘small low roundish
place’).
This small corner gives the name to the large arroyo [20:28].
:30] San Ildefonso Perk u ‘corner where the thread or fila-
ment is on top’ (pa ‘thread’ ‘filament’; ke said to be the same
as in kewe and to mean ‘on the very top’; bw ‘large low round-
ish place’). To what the name refers is not clear to the modern
Indians. It may be that the name was originally applied to
[20:31], q. v.
31] San Ildefonso Pa%kekwaje ‘height where the thread or fila-
ment is on top’ (Pa%ke, see [20:30]; kwaje ‘height’). It may be
that 2a%ke- was applied originally to the height instead of to the
dell [20:30], or more probably originally to both.
[20:32] Tesuque ’Atugwepenge iykohwu, see [26:2].
[20:33] San Ildefonso Mantis, Mintipiyy ‘place of the swollen
hand’ ‘swollen hand mountain’ (mdéyy ‘hand’; ¢i ‘swollenness’
‘swollen’; *2” locative and adjective-forming postfix: pip. ‘moun-
tain’). Why this name is applied is unknown to the informants.
The little mountain bearing this name is clearly visible from the
railroad. It has a flattish top and is very picturesque. The
common form of the name is said to be Manti’/. It appears
that Tewa usually use the word without thinking of its etymology.
The mountain appears to give names to [20:34], [20:35], and
[20:36]. :
328 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [peru ann. 29
[20:34] San Ildefonso Mant’ the’e ‘little arroyo of the place of the
swollen hand’, referring to [20:33] (Jlént’’7", see [20:33]; hee
‘small groove’ ‘little arroyo’).
This arroyito runs into [20:: 25]:
[20:35] San Ildefonso Manti’i'ts’’i ‘canyon at the place of the swollen
hand’, referring to [20:33] (Mdn#t7’7", see [20:33]; fs7’z ‘ canyon’).
This name is given to the beautiful canyon of [20:25] opposite
- Mint’??? Mountain [20:33].
It is at the lower part of the canyon in the bed of the arroyo
that the spring [20:36] discharges.
[20:36] San Ildefonso Minti’?*popi ‘spring by the place of the
swollen hand’, referring to [20:33] (Mdint?’7, see [20:33]; pop
‘spring’ < po ‘water’, pz ‘to issue’).
The spring is situated as described under [20:35], above. It is
said that it is never dry.
[20:37] San Ildefonso Tsen puta’ ip phw u ‘arroyo of the whitish gentle
slope’, referring to [20:38] (Tsen putwa, see [20: 38]; iy Pf locative
and adjective-forming postfix; wu ‘large groove’ ‘ arroyo’).
This arroyo joins, [20:40] and the two form the canyon [20:35].
[20:38] San Ildefonso Tsen pute a ‘whitish gentle slope’ (tsen pu, said
to be an old form of ése ‘whiteness’ ‘white’ now used only in
this place-name and in the name of the White Corn Maiden
(Kuntsenpwom pu <kuyp ‘corn’, tsen pu ‘ whiteness’ ‘ white’,
wn pu ‘maiden’); tava ‘gentle slope’). Why the sloping plain
is called thus was not known to the informants. It may be said
to be whitish.
The plain gives names to [20:37] and [20:39].
[20:39] San Ildefonso Teen putwo oku ‘hills by the whitish gentle
slope’, referring to [20:38] (Leen puta’ a, see [20: 38]; -oku Shill’).
[20:40] San Ildefonso 7ehwu ‘cottonwood tree arroyo’ (te ‘cotton-
wood’ ‘Populus wislizeni’; ww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[20:41] San Ildefonso Aabajwein phivu, see [17:42].
[20:42] San Ildefonso Povepopests’’, see [17:58].
[20:43] San Ildefonso Zunabahwu, see [17:62].
[20:44] San Ildefonso Tohwu, see [17:66].
[20:45] TZsihwaje, see [29:1].
[20:46] San Ildefonso P*e fuhwaje, see [29:2].
[20:47] San Ildefonso P*efut@a ‘gentle slope of timber point’
(Pe firu, see under [20:unlocated]; ta’a ‘gentle slope’).
A large sloping part of the mesa top is called thus.
[20:48] San Ildefonso P'efubouz ‘roundish hill of the timber point’
(P'efwu, see under [20:unlocated]; bov7 ‘large roundish thing or
pile’).
[20:49] San Ildefonso A‘ump'tbwu ‘shin corner’ (k°wmp't ‘shin’
<h'unyp ‘leg’; p't ‘narrowness’ ‘narrow’ as in p'iki of same
meaning; bww ‘large low roundish place’).
MAP 21
JACONA REGION
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 21
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
Wis
NPA F ite,
$= dT *
S, “ZIP ad
ty a
“71h
z
Ey a,
> SSeS eters 2
tin AY en
_ Ay ~ ,
, = pain = =
Lies Ome vs SS
S =
Ay yr RUN Wy, reas:
SW), ie SE
ae ’ fe =
VAT tlie Aes Ree CSS
Was ae he pip VW TEIN) eel
WI. Me Se Sai - ape
WL, x Dede Nt degen NUTT AE Secs
. v WO) ‘ - es PON —,
wwllZ, A Ws PERU eID paral eee LASS) er
[ae WES SUG NM ft
USAT Wes his Nee
=f \ f =
G
NOISaYu VWNOOV?
one
anSuownvy|o5 gz Py Ue fH vz
Lr
\\ .
ry, o
gs Q PINT SdL oc z
5 6t a
es] menbonlod!
ns tees 8B 3 aA
€!
ei
€1
15
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 21
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
21
W%
Wiss Filtz
‘
Suse Al? WIG
‘ RUVZari 71S JS Si
\ A mm)
NS STEELS S
ana SIN SATIN, NAT TINA ' STS
2 NWN SM, “El Va arg
aj / Wate’
A/V NNs*44
vs
-
‘
ws
et"
JACONA REGION
————
Eh
ee _
MAP 21
JACONA REGION
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 329
The place gives the name to [20:50]. Why the name is given
is not known to the informants.
[20:50] (1) San Ildefonso A‘ ump tbukwaje ‘height by shin corner’
(A“ump'ibwu, see [20:49]; kwaje ‘ height’).
(2) Span. Mesa del Cuervillo, Mesa del Cuervo ‘crow mesa’.
Why this name is applied is not known. Mesa del Cuervo is
erroneously identified with [29:3] by Bandelier.
This name is given to the northern extremity of the great mesa
[29:1], especially to the portion that towers above the dell [20:49].
UNLOCATED
Jacona station, Jacona section. This is a place on the railroad a few
miles east of Buckman. There are no buildings there. The name
is but recently applied and is taken from [21:6], q. v.
San Ildefonso P'efwu ‘timber point’ (p'e ‘stick’ ‘log’ ‘timber’;
fwu ‘horizontally projecting point’). Cf. P*efwu, the Tewa
name for Abiquiu; see [3:36].
Just where this point is and of just what nature it is the infor-
mants did not know. It gives names to [29:2], [20:48], and
[20:47].
[21] sACONA SHEET
The sheet (map 21) shows the vicinity of the Mexican settlements
Jacona and Pojoaque, also three pueblo ruins about which definite
traditions have been preserved. It is not certain what kind of Tewa
formerly occupied this area.
[21:1] San Ildefonso fun peek onwvi, see [18:5].
[21:2] San Ildefonso and Nambé Péjoge, Pijogeoku ‘down at the very
red place’ ‘hills down at the very red place’ (pz ‘redness’ ‘red’;
jo augmentative; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; ’okw ‘hill’).
This is a high, long, and much eroded reddish range of hills.
It is the highest and most conspicuous range between Nambé
Pueblo and the Black Mesa [18:19]. P/joge is separated from
NMimpihegi [18:3] by the gap pun pek onwii [18:6]. Pijoge is
nearly as conspicuous as the Black Mesa [18:19]. According to
a San Ildefonso story, a Santa Clara man once loved a Cochiti
woman. The woman had a Cochiti husband. A pencia ‘dry
corpse’ (pent ‘corpse’; fa ‘dryness” ‘dry’) volunteered to kill
the husband. The story ends by saying that the penta went to
sleep in a cave somewhere in Péjoge, where he is still sleeping.
[21:3] Nambé Z”otuge, T° otubwu ‘down at the place of the pure
white earth’ ‘white earth corner’ (70? Nambé form of ¢w#
‘white earth’, see under Minerats; fu said to be for tua’?
‘pureness’ ‘pure’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; bww ‘large low
roundish place’).
330 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [nru. ann. 29
There is much ‘‘tierra blanca” at this place, as can be seen
from far off. Cf. [21:4].
[21:4] Nambé 7" ofubuhwajée ‘heights by white earth corner’, referring
to [21:3] (J otubwu, see [21:3]; hwaje ‘ height’).
[21:5] Pojoaque Creek, Nambé Creek, see [19:3].
[21:6] (1) Sakone, Sahkonekwekwit ‘at the tobacco barranca’ ‘ Mexi-
can place at the tobacco barranca’ (Sakonex, see [21:9]; Kweku
‘Mexican’, modified from kweekun p ‘iron’ ‘metal’; °2 locative and
adjective-forming postfix). =Eng. (2), Span. (3). For quoted
forms of the name see under (9) below.
(2) Eng. Jacona settlement. (<Span.). =Tewa(1), Span. (3).
(3) Span. Jacona. (<Tewa Sukonz). =Tewa (1), Eng. (2).
The change from s to Span. 7 is peculiar.
This is quite a large Mexican settlement. The main road
between Pojoaque and San Ildefonso runs through it. See espe-
cially Jacona under [20:unlocated| and Jaconita [21:7].
[21:7] (1) Sakone’e, Sakonekwekwi’e ‘little place at*the tobacco
barranca’ ‘little Mexican place at the tobacco barranca’
(Sakone, Sakonekwekwi', see [21:6]; ’e diminutive). Cf. Eng.
(2), Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Jaconita. (<Span.). =Span. (8). Cf. Tewa (1).
(3) Span. Jaconita, diminutive of Jacona [21:6]. =Eng. (2);
cf. Tewa (1).
Jaconita is nearly a mile west of Jacona [21:6] and like the lat-
ter isa Mexican settlement through which the main road between
Pojoaque and San Ildefonso passes.
[21:8] Sakonzenugepotsa ‘marsh below the place of the tobacco bar-
ranca’, referring to the vicinity of [21:6] (Sakonex, see [21:6];
nwu ‘below’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; potsa ‘marsh’ < po
‘water’, ¢sa ‘to cut through’ ‘to ooze through’).
The bed and vicinity of Pojaque Creek are meadowy at this
place.
[21:9] Suhonx’ oywiheji ‘pueblo ruin by the tobacco barranca’ (sa
‘tobacco’; ko ‘barranca’; nx locative; ’oywikejé * pueblo ruin’ <
-onwit ‘pueblo’, kej7 ‘old’ postpound). ‘* Xacona.”! ‘*Xacono.”?
“*S. Domingo de -Xacona.”* ‘5S. Domingo de Xacomo.” 4
“*S. Domingo de Xacoms.”> ‘‘Jacoma.”® ‘‘Iacona.”7 ‘‘Sa’-
kona.”8 ‘*Jacona, or Sacona.”® ‘*Sacona.”? ‘*Sacoma.” #4
‘* There is also one [a ruin] near Jacona.” ”
1 De l'Isle, carte Méxique et Floride, 1703. 8 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1885
2 De I'Isle, Atlas Nouveau, map 60, 1733. (Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p, 627, 1907).
8P'Anville, map Amérique Septentrionale, * Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 85, 1892.
1746. 10 Hewett: General View, p. 597, 1905; Com-
4 Jefferys, Amer. Atlas, map 5, 1776. munautés, p. 33, 1908.
6 Walch, Charte America, 1805. Hewett, Antiquities, pl. xvi, 1906.
6 Davis, El Gringo, p. 88, 1857. 12 Twitchell in Santa Fe New Mexican, Sept. 22,
7 Buschmann, Neu-Mex., p. 230, 1858. 1910.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES Soll
This is the ruin of a historic pueblo, as is evident from the
quoted names given above. Bandelier says of it:
On the south side of the Pojuaque River [21:5], between that village
[21:29] and San Ildefonso, two ruins are known to exist; Jacona, or Sacona, a
small pueblo occupied until 1696, and T’ha-mba, [19:40], of more ancient
date. I have not heard of any others in that yicinity.!
In a note Bandelier! adds:
In 1680 Jacona was an ‘aldea’ [village] only. Vetancurt, Cronica, p. 317.
It belonged to the parish of Nambé. After its abandonment it became the
property of Ignacio de Roybaiin 1702. Merced de Jacona, MS.
The ruin is evidently still in possession of the Roybal family,
for its southern end is on land owned by Mr. Juan Bautista
Roybal while the remainder is on land belonging to Mr. Remedios
Roybal. The pueblo was of adobe, and the ruins consist of low
mounds altogether about 200 feet long. The site is well known
to Tewa and Mexicans of the vicinity and the writer was informed
by Mexicans at Jacona settlement [21:6] that some good pottery
has been found at the ruin. The Mexicans added Santo Domingo
‘holy Sunday’ or ‘Saint Dominick’ to the Indian name, as will be
noticed in the quoted forms above. There is no record of a church
or chapel ever having been built at the place. Just why the name
Sakonx was originally applied is no longer known to the Tewa,
so it seems. One myth has been obtained at San Ildefonso, the
scene of which is laid at Sckonx. The informants do not know
whence the Sahonzx people departed, except that they went to
live at other Tewa villages. Sakone gives rise to the names of
[21:6], Jacona [20:unlocated], [21:7], and [21:10].
[21:10] San Ildefonso Sakonzx’oku ‘hills by the place of the tobacco
barranca’, referring to the vicinity of [21:6] (Sakon, see [21:9];
-oku Shill’?). This name is in common use and is found also in a
San Idefonso myth, above mentioned. When the Parrot Maiden
brought her husband hack to Svkonz, the home of his parents,
she alighted on the Sukonz’oku. The maiden and her hushand
remained there till after nightfall, when they went to the pueblo.
[21:11] Nambé Aup'eyphwu ‘arroyo of the black rocks’ (kw ‘rock’
‘stone’; p'eyp ‘ blackness’ ‘black’; Ai’u ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
This arroyo is formed by the joining of [15:29] and [21:20]. It
discharges into Pojoaque Creek at the upper end of the marsh
[21:8]. Cf. [21:19].
[21:12] Nambé Pakehu'u, T'akebuhwu ‘arroyo where they live on
top’ ‘arroyo of the corner where they live on top’, said to refer to
[21:13] (L°ake-, T'akebwu, see [21:13]; hwu ‘large groove’
‘arroyo’).
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 85, 1892.
332 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
[21:13] Nambé 7" vkebwu ‘the corner where they live on top’ (¢'a ‘to
live’; ke ‘on top’ as in kewe ‘on top’; bww ‘large low roundish
place’). Why the name was given is not known; the informants
presume that some people used to live ‘‘on top” somewhere near
this low place.
The place extends both north and south of Pojoaque Creek
and all about the lower course of [21:12]. On the south side of
Pojoaque Creek there are many Mexican farms and a Roman
Catholic chapel [21:15]. The Mexicans include this locality under
the name Pojoaque, it seems. The locality gives names to [21:12]
and [21:14].
[21:14] Nambé Takckwaje, T’akebukwaje ‘height of the place where
they live on top’ ‘height of the corner where they live on top’
referring to [21:13] (T'ake-, T’akebu’u, see [21:13]; kwaje ‘on
top’). The name refers to the high lands north of Pojoaque
Creek in the vicinity of [21:13].
[21:15] Nambé Misutee, T’akebumisatee ‘the little church’ ‘the little
church of the low corner where they live on top’, referring to
[21:13] (mzsate ‘church’, literally ‘mass house’ <mdsi <Span.
misa ‘Roman Catholic mass’; te ‘dwelling-place’ ‘house’; ’e
diminutive; Z*akebwu, see [21:13].
This is the Roman Catholic chapel mentioned under [21:13].
[21:16] Nambé Tseqweywisihwu, see [24:8].
[21:17] Nambé Zapubuhwu ‘grass root corner arroyo’, referring to
[21:18] (Zapubiu, see [21:18]; hvu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[21:18] Nambé Zapubwu ‘grass root corner’ (ta ‘grass’; pu ‘root’;
bwu ‘large low roundish place’).
[21:19] Nambé Aup'ey phiwukwaje ‘height of the arroyo of the black
stones’, referring to [21:11] (Kup‘eprhwu, see [21:11]; kwaje
‘height’).
[21:20] Nambé /Zusoge, see [24:1].
[21:21] Tesuque Creek, see [26:1].
[21:22] San Ildefonso, Nambé, Tesuque, and Santa Clara Ayjemuge in-
hohwu ‘arroyo of the place where they threw the stones down’
referring to [21:24] (Aujemuge, see [21:24]; inp locative and
adjective-forming postfix; kohwu ‘arroyo with barrancas’ <ho
‘barranea’, jiu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[21:23] Nambé Mosoge, Husoge, ’ Ohupeygekosoge, ’ Okupeygehusoge,
see [23:48]. x
[21:24] San Ildefonso, Nambé, Tesuque, and Santa Clara Aujemuge-
-onwikeji ‘pueblo ruin where they threw down the stones’ (kw
‘stone’; jemu ‘to throw down three or more objects’: ge ‘down
at’ ‘over at’; ’onwihkejt ‘pueblo ruin’ <’oyw? ‘pueblo’, het Sold’
postpound),
HARRINGTON ]
PLACE-NAMES
333
Throwing down stones from a height was a common means of
defense in Pueblo warfare.
Under what circumstances the stones
were hurled down at [21:24] has apparently been forgotten.
“Cuyammique.”? ‘“*Cuyo, Monque.”? ‘*Cuyamungué.”? ‘ Cuya-
manque.”* ‘*Cuya Mangue.”®
‘*Cuyamonge.”’®
8
que.”7 ‘*Cuya-mun-ge.
**Cu-ya-mun-gue.”" ‘* Ku Ya-mung-ge.
[21:25].
““Coyamanque.”° **Cuyamun-
‘**Cuyamunque.”?!°
‘**Kyamunge.” See
9:12
The Tewa retain memory of this pueblo much as they do of
Sahonz [21:9], with which they often couple its name.
Bandelier says of it:
[21:9], it is a historic ruin.
Like
Near Pojuaque [21:29] the Tezuque stream [21:21] enters that of Pojuaque
[21:5] from the southeast.
On its banks, about three miles from the mouth,
stand the ruins of Ku Ya-mung-ge.
This Tehua village also was in existence
until 1696, when it was finally abandoned.!?
In a note Bandelier adds:
In 1699 the site of the pueblo was granted to Alonzo Rael de Aguilar; in 1731
it was regranted to Bernardino de Sena, who had married the widow of Jean
l Archéyéque or Archibeque” [the murderer of La Salle].
According to Hewett," the land where the ruin stands is part of
an Indian reservation (the Tesuque grant) at the present time.
The Indian informants agree that the people of Awjemuge were
Tewa, who, after the abandonment of the place, went to live at other
Tewa pueblos, but one old man at Nambé insisted that Avjemuge
was a Tano pueblo. The ruin is on a low mesaand is said to con-
sist of mounds of disintegrated adobe. Aujemuge gives the names
to [21:22] and [21:25].
[21:25] (1) San Ildefonso Aujemugekwekw 7? ‘place of the Mexicans
by the place where they threw the stones down’, referring to
[21:24] (Kujemuge, see [21:24]; Aweku ‘Mexican’, modified from
kwekuyp ‘iron’ ‘metal’? <kwe ‘oak,’ ku ‘stone’; °2” locative
and adjective-forming postfix). =Eng. (2), Span. (8).
(2) Eng. Callamongue and other spellings. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(3) Span. Callamongue and various other spellings, as will be
noticed in the quoted forms under [21:24].
Eng. (2).
(<Tewa). =Tewa (1),
Although the spelling of the name varies so much, the
pronunciation among Mexicans appears to be quite uniform. It
1Vargas, 1692, quoted by Bancroft, Ariz. and
N. Mex., p. 199, 1889.
2Davis, El Gringo, p. 88, 1857.
3 Buschmann, Neu-Mexico, p. 230, 1858.
41Domenech, Deserts, I, p. 443, 1860.
5Vetancurt, Teatro Mexicano, In, p. 317, 1871.
6Cope in Ann. Rep. Wheeler Survey, app. LL, p.
76, 1875.
7Bandelier in Arch. Inst. Papers, 1, p. 23, note,
1881.
®Bandelier in Ritch, New Mexico, p. 201, 1885.
*Pullen in Harper's Weekly, p. 771, Oct. 4, 1890.
10Bandelier in Arch. Inst. Papers, 1, p. 23, 1881.
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 123, note, 1890.
12Tbid., pt. 11, p. 85, 1892.
3 Hewett: General View, p. 597, 1905; Antiqui-
ties, pl. xvi, 1906; Communautés, p. 33, 1908.
44 General View, p. 597, 1905.
334 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [wru. ann. 29
is hajamoyngé. ‘This pronunciation has been obtained from a num-
ber of Mexicans, and from a Cochiti Indian who had heard only
the Span. form of the name, with considerable uniformity. Such
pronunciations as kajamoyké, kajamoyke and kijamoyke are prob-
ably also to be heard. Mr. Antonio Roybal and some of his
friends who live at Callamongue were questioned as to the spell-
ing of the name by residents of the place. Mr. Roybal wrote
**Callamongué,” which was approved by the others. This spell-
ing has been chosen therefore from among many current ones.
[21:26] Nambé Pojege ‘down where the waters or creeks meet’ (po
‘water’ ‘creek’; 7e ‘to meet’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’). This
name refers to the confluence.
[21:27] Nambé Posuywegenwu, Posunwegenugepotsa ‘place below the
drink water place’ ‘ marsh below the drink water place’, referring
to [21:29] (Poswywege, see [21:29]; nwu ‘below’; ge ‘down at?
‘over at’; potsa ‘marsh’ < po ‘water,’ tsa ‘to cut through’ ‘to
ooze through’).
The author once tried to cross this marshy place ata time when
it looked like a dry meadow, but he slumped in up to his knees,
much to the amusement of some Mexicans who live near. Of
course Poswywegenwu is a more inclusive name than the other,
but the two names seem to be used by the Indians indiscriminately.
There are a number of Mexican houses at the place.
[21:28] Nambé Posyywegekwaje ‘height of the drink water place’,
referring to [21:29] (Poswywege, see [21:29]; hwajé ‘height’).
This name is given to the whole height or hill on which Pojoaque
stands.
[21:29] (1) Poswywege ‘drink water place’ (po ‘water’; suywe ‘to
drink’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’). Why the name was originally
applied appears to have been forgotten. All the forms in vari-
ous languages given below seem to be either corrupted from or
cognate with this name. ‘‘San Francisco Pajagiie”.! ‘* Pojua-
que”.? ‘‘Pujuaque”.® ** Pasique”.* ‘* Pusuaque”.® ‘° Ojuaque”.®
“Ohuaqui”.? ‘* Ohuqui”.s **Pojaugue’’.® *tPojodque”.” ‘* Po-
godque”." ‘‘Payuaque”.” ‘*Pejodque”.® ‘* Pajuagne”.'* ‘‘ Pa-
juaque”. ** Projoaque”.*® ** Pozuaque”’.’7 ‘* Pofuaque”.!® ‘* Nues-
1 Villagran (1610), Hist. Nueva México, app. 3, °Parke, Map of New Mexico, 1851.
p. 96, 1900. 10 Calhoun (1851) in Schooleraft, Ind. Tribes, v1,
2 MS. ca. 1715 quoted by Bandelierin Arch. Inst. p. 709, 1857.
Papers, V, p. 193, 1890. U Tbid., 111, p.633, 1853.
$ Villa-Senor, Theatro Amer., I, p. 418, 1748. 12 Meriwether (1856) in H. R. Ex. Doe. 37, 34th
4 Alcedo, Dic. Geogr., Iv, p. 114, 1788. Cong., 3d sess., p. 146, 1857,
5 Hezio (1797-98) quoted by Meline, Two Thou- 18 Schoolcraft, op. cit., VI, p. 688.
sand Miles, p. 208, 1867. 14 Domenech, Deserts N. A., I, p. 63, 1860.
6 Escudero, Noticias Estad. Chihuahua, p. 180, 16 [bid., I, p. 183.
Mexico, 1834. 16 Taylorin Cal. Farmer, June 19, 1863.
7 Ruxton, Adventures, p. 196, 1848. 7 Ind, Aff. Rep. for 1864, p. 193, 1865.
8 Ruxton in Nouy. Ann. Voy.,5th s., X XI, p. 84, 18 Tpid., p. 191.
1850.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 335
tra Sefiora de Guadalupe de Pojuaque”.' ‘*Poujuaque”.? ‘‘ Pa-
joaque”.? ‘*Pojoague”.* ‘*Pojoaque”.> ‘‘ Pojanquiti”.® ‘‘Po-
jake”.7 ** Pojanque”.®
* Po-zuan-ge”.® ** Pojuague”.!°
‘*Potzua-ge” (given here as ‘‘native name” according to Hand-
book Inds., pt. 2, p. 274, 1910).41 ‘* Pojouque”’. ** Pohuaque”.¥
‘**Pojuaque, or more properly Pozuang-ge”." ‘* Pojuaque, P’Ho
zuang-ge”. ** Po-zuang-ge, or Pojuaque”.*® ‘‘ Pojuaque, or
P’o-zuang-ge”.'7 ‘* Phojuange ”.18 ‘* Posonwi”.!® This form was
obtained by Fewkes from the Hano Tewa. It is clearly for
Posuywe-, the ge being for some reason omitted. ‘* Pojoaque”.?°
‘* Po-suan-gai”.*?
(2) Picuris **A’sona’, Pojoaque Pueblo. Last syllable hard to
get—seems to have a sound before the a, but not clear.”?? Prob-
ably identical or cognate with ‘* Tigua” ‘‘ P’asuiip”’, below.
(3) ‘*Tigua” (presumably Isleta) ‘‘ P’asuiap”.* Cf. Picuris
b)
**A’sona’”’, above.
(4) **Poyudki”.** Clearly <Span. Pojuaque.
(5) Cochiti Pohwake, Pohwaketse (ts locative). Clearly <Span.
Pojuaque.
(6) Eng. Pojoaque, also other spellings. (<Span.)
(7) Span. Pojoaque, also other spellings; see under Tewa (1)
above. (<Tewa). Span. 7 for Tewas is the same change as
in the name Jacona [21:6] (<Sakonx) and some other words.
Notice also that under Tewa (1), above, names are quoted showing
that attempts have been made to attach the saint-names Nuestra
Sefiora de Guadalupe and San Francisco to ‘Pojoaque, but they
haye not remained. The name Pojoaque must not be confused
with Pohuate, name of a subpueblo of the Laguna Indians.
The Handbook of Indians quotes ‘* Pokwadi” * and ** Po’kwoide” 2°
as Hano forms meaning Pojoaque, but this is erroneous;
1 Ward in Ind. A ff. Rep. for 1867, p. 213, 1868.
2 Arny, ibid., 1871, p. 383, 1872.
3 Loew (1875) in Wheeler Survey Rep., vit, p. 345,
1879.
4 Morrison, ibid., app. NN., p. 1276, 1877.
5 Gatsehet, ibid., vit, p. 417, 1879.
®Stevenson in Smithsonian Rep. 1880, p. 187,
1881.
7 Stevenson in Second Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., p.
328, 1883.
8 Curtis, Children of the Sun, p. 121, 1883.
® Bandelier in Ritch, New Mexico, p. 201, 1885.
10 Bandelier in Revue d’ Ethnog., p. 203, 1886.
ll Bandelier, ibid.
12 Wallace, Land of the Pueblos, p. 42, 1888.
13 Briihl in Globus, Ly, No. 9, p. 129, 1889.
14 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 124, 1890.
1s Tbid.,; p. 260.
16 Tbid., pt. 11, p. 83, 1892.
17 Thid., p. 84.
18 Cushing in Johnson’s Uniy. Cyclopedia, vir,
p. 3, 1896.
19 Fewkes, Tusayan Migration Traditions, in
Nineteenth Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., pt. 1, p. 614, 1900.
20 Hewett, Antiquities, pl. xvi1, 1906.
21 Jouvenceau in Catholic Pioneer, 1, No.9, p.
12, 1906.
22 Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910.
23 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895
(Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 274, 1910).
*4 Gatschet, Isleta MS. vocabulary, 1885, cited
in ibid.
25Stephen in Lighth Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., p.
37, 1891.
26 Fewkes, op. cit.
836 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _[pru. ann. 29
‘** Pokwadi” and ‘* Po’kwoide” are both for Tewa Pogwoue ‘San
Illdefonso people’ (see [19:22]).
Pojoaque has changed gradually from an Indian pueblo to a
Mexican settlement.
It became the seat of the Spanish mission of San Francisco early in the
seventeenth century. After the Pueblo rebellions of 1680 and 1696 it was
abandoned, but was resettled with five families, by order of the governor of
New Mexico, in 1706, when it became the mission of Nuestra Senora de Guada-
lupe. In 1760 it was reduced to a visita of the Nambe mission; but in 1782 it
again became a mission, with Nambe and Tesuque as its visitas. In 1712 its
population was 79; in 1890 it was only 20; since 1900 it has become extinct as
a Tewa pueblo, the houses now being in possession of Mexican families. !
In 1909 the writer could not find an Indian at Pojoaque, although
a girl was found who said she was partly Indian but did not know
the Indian language. At Pojoaque were obtained the names of
three men said to be Pojoaque Indians. The family names of
these men is Tapia. One was said to be living at Nambé and two
at Santa Fe. The history of Pojoaque is well known to the
Indians of other pueblos. When at Santo Domingo in 1909 the
writer was told that he could not be permitted to sleep at that
pueblo and was reminded by an old Indian of the fate of Pojoaque.
Cf. especially [21:30] and [21:31].
[21:30] (1) Posuywege’e ‘little drink water place’ (Poswywege, see
[21:29]; ’e diminutive). Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Pojoaquito. (<Span.). =Span. (3). Cf. Tewa (1).
(8) Span. Pojoaquito (diminutive of Pojoaque [21:29]). =Eng.
(2). Cf. Tewa (15.
The eastern group of houses on Pojoaque height is called thus.
The church is at this place. Both Mexicans and Indians are care-
ful to distinguish between Pojoaque and Pojoaquito.
[21:31] (1) Teh eoywikeji, Tek’ oywikej? oywipiyge, Tek’ e oywipinge-
-onwrikejt ‘cottonwood bud pueblo ruin’ ‘cottonwood bud pueblo
ruin centrally situated among the (Tewa) pueblos’ (éch'e bud of
male tree of Populus wislizeni, Populus acuminata, or Populus
angustifolia < teas in tevd, see under [15:16], /°¢ ‘kernel’ ‘ grain’;
-oywikeji ‘pueblo ruin’ < ’oywi ‘pueblo’, heji Sold’ postpound;
piyge ‘in the middle of’ ‘in the midst of’). Why the pueblo was
given the name ‘cottonwood bud(s) seems no longer to be known.
It was designated ’oywipiyge ‘centrally situated among the pueblos’
because it and the historic Pojoaque [21:29] are actually so situ-
ated. San Juan is north, Santa Clara northwest, San Ildefonso
west, Tesuque south, and Nambé east of this place. No other
pueblo is so situated. This was stated independently by several
1 Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 274, 1910.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 837
Indians at San Ildefonso, Nambé, and San Juan. When the
writer objected that other pueblos, as Jacona [21:9] for ex-
ample, when inhabited also occupied a central position, the in-
formants answered that that might be true, but that it did not
alter the fact that the pueblo ruin [21:31] used to be called
’onwipinge. One San Ildefonso Indian said that [21:31] was the
middle of the Tewa country. It is not known what importance
should be attached to his statement. Bandelier writes of the
pueblo ruin:
The Tehuas [Tewa] claim that this pueblo marks the center of the range of
their people, and that the division into two branches, of which the Tehuas
became the northern and the Tanos the southern, took place there in very
ancient times. Certain it is that in the sixteenth century the Tehuas already
held the Tesuque valley ten miles south of Pojuaque, as they still hold it today.!
San Juan ‘*Te-je Uing-ge O-ui-ping”.t This is evidently for
the locative form Teh*eonwige oywipiyge. ‘* Tehauiping ”.*
(2) Posuywege oywikei ‘drink water place pueblo ruin’, refer-
ring to the vicinity of [21:29] (Poswnweege, see [21:29]; “onwikeji
‘pueblo ruin’ <’oywi ‘pueblo’, keji ‘old’ postpound). The
informants say that this name is descriptive and that the name
given under (1) above is the real, old name of the pueblo ruin.
Bandelier, Hewett, and the Handbook of Indians incorrectly locate
the puebloruin. Bandelier writes:
Around the Pojuaque [21:29] of today cluster ancient recollections. A
large ruin, called by the San Juan Indians Te-je Uing-ge O-ui-ping, occupied
the southern slope of the bleak hills [21:28] on which stands the present vil-
lage [21:29]!
The writer’s Indian and Mexican informants knew of no pueblo
ruin on the southern slope of [21:28]. Zeh'eoywikej?oywipinge,
as is well known to the Tewa and many Mexicans, is situated as
located on sheet [21] on the northern slope overlooking Pojoaque
Creek. Bandelier’s mention of San Juan informants makes it
probable that his information was obtained at San Juan Pueblo and
that he did not visit the ruin. Bandelier’s mention of San Juan
in formants gives rise to a mistake in the Zandbook of Indians; see
below. Hewett and the Handbook evidently follow Bandelier:
Le village de Pojoaque [21:29] s’est dépeuplé récemment; il tombe en
ruines. Sur la colline, au sud, sont les restes d’un ancien village appelé
Tehauiping.?
The ruins of a prehistoric Tewa pueblo on the s. slope of the hills on which
stands the present pueblo of San Juan, on the Rio Grande in New Mexico.*
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 84, 1892. 8 Handbook Inds, pt. 2, p. 724, 1910.
2Hewett, Communauteés, p. 33, 1908.
87584°—29 rrH—16——22
338 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [p?H. Ann. 29
It will be noticed that the first edition of the Handbook (1910),
owing probably to the mention of San Juan informants in Bande-
lier’s sentence, is doubly in error in indicating the location of the
ruin on the south slope at San Juan when in reality it is on the
north slope at Pojoaque.
The ruin lies on the nearly level hilltop, which slopes slightly
toward Pojoaque Creek. It overlooks the creek, from which it
is separated by a precipitous hillside. The land on which the
ruin is situated belongs to Mr. Camillo Martinez, who lives near
San Ildefonso Pueblo. The ruin consists of mounds of adobe.
It measures 138 paces in an east-west direction and 131 in a north-
south direction. The Tewa say that it had once a large popula-
tion. The pueblo has certainly not been inhabited in historic
times. Informants say it was a Tewa pueblo, but what became
of its inhabitants they do not know.
[21:32] (1) Nambé Migelkohwu ‘Michael arroyo’ (Migel <Span.
Miguel; kohwu ‘arroyo with barrancas’ <ko ‘barranca’, hwu
‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). (<Span.) Cf. Span. (2).
(2) Arroyo Miguel ‘ Michael’s arroyo’. Cf. Tewa (1). Why
the name is given is not known. .
UNLOCATED
Nambé Koy pqweyge ‘place down at the tail of the American bison’
(ko’n_p ‘American bison or buffalo’; gweyy * tail’; ge ‘down at’
‘over at’).
The place known by this name is somewhere east of Tesuque
Creek [21:21] and near Callamongue settlement [21:25].
Nambé Sogwiwi’i ‘bridle gap’ (sogwi ‘bridle’ <so ‘mouth’, gwé
‘cord’ ‘fiber’; wee ‘ gap’).
This ‘gap’ is situated somewhere in the northeastern part of
the sheet. The name must have originated since the introduction
of the horse.
[22] SANTA FE MOUNTAIN SHEET
The mountains east of the Tewa country are shown on this
sheet (map 22). These mountains are called by the Tewa
Tampijet'piyy ‘eastern mountains’ (ampiye ‘east’? <Canp
‘sun’, pije ‘toward’; 72 locative and adjective-forming postfix;
piyy ‘mountain’). The Americans call them, especially the range
west of the Pecos River [22:62], the Santa Fe Mountains; see spe-
cial treatment of Santa Fe Mountains [Large Features:7] Most -
of the place-names were obtained from Indians of Nambé, who are
better acquainted with the region than are those of the other Tewa
MAP 22
SANTA FE MOUNTAIN REGION
TWENTY=-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 22
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
ane = TPA eit ne
ss = MULAN aN WEE By
3s wees =
AS OSI
STN, aera
2 TS “ Wy SSS a ==>
8 SS.
RN
SSS ery ld
Bs Synge
TE eA
‘
ay
Fryer
ai
AML QMIEe
UA
“eat
Picuris Puebl
12
s
"'Trucha
Csaater OES
NOIDSY NIVLNNOW 34 VLINVS
aye ee So SW a
PERL CITI HS fy
rey 4
>
\\
ASS
iA)
Le Sy
ojaand squioN BBA —
ze
NOIDSY NIVLNNOW 33 VLNVS
gi
3 2 Wy, Tay
“reais
Mais
—
“LIAS HAN tS
“74%
<
teat
WAalig,
Soe
‘a Frays*
ae
WZ
Favlatss
ze
6.
o199"d 2quion J
wy
MT
SOUPNII 4,
a
4)
s
‘A>
Yee,
UIA UL Ve
HAS =
a wsvdupy » a idle
aoe SE
alts,
sivablac-
@ dVW LYOd3Y TIVWANNV H.LNIN-ALNSML ADSOTONHLS NVOINSWY 4O NvaHNEG
MAP 22
SANTA FE MOUNTAIN REGION
HARRINGTON J PLACE-NAMES 339
pueblos. The located ruins on the sheet proper are all claimed
by the Nambé Indians as the villages of their ancestors. The
ereater part of the area shown is at present comprised in the
Pecos National Forest (formerly known as Pecos River Forest
Reserve).
[22:1] Rio Grande, see special treatment | Large Features], pp. 100-102.
[22:2] Embudo Creek, see [8:79].
[22:3] Trampas Creek, see [8:80].
[22:4] (1) Eng. Trampas settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Trampas, Las Trampas ‘the traps’. =Eng. (1).
**'Trampas.””!
It appears that no Tewa name for the settlement exists. Cf.
[22:3].
[22:5] Penasco Creek, see [8:85].
[22:6] Penasco settlement, see [8:98].
[22:7] Picuris Pueblo, see [8:88].
[22:8] Pueblo Creek, see [8:86].
[22:9] (1) Tumpiyy ‘basket mountain’ (#uy.r ‘basket’; Pry ‘ moun-
tain’). It is said that the name is applied to the mountain because
of its shape. Cf. Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(2) Picuris ‘‘ Jicarilla or Jicarita peak is called Qayaitha, which
means mountain. Jicarilla or Jicarita is called putipi"eno, ‘eat-
ing basket’”.?
(8) Eng. Jicarita Mountain, Jicarita Peak. (<Span.). =
Span. (4). Cf. Tewa (1).
(4) Cerro Jicara, Cerro Jicarita, Cerro Jicarilla ‘mountain of
the basket’ ‘mountain of the cup-shaped basket’. = Eng. (2).
Cf. Tewa (1). ‘‘ Jicarilla Peak”.* ‘‘ Jicarrita”.*
The peak is roundish like an inverted basket; it is not heavily
wooded; Bandelier? calls it ‘tthe bald Jicarrita.” The altitude of
the mountain has been determined by the United States Geolog-
ical Survey to be 12,944 feet. It is well known to the Tewa that
Jicarita Peak is a sacred mountain of the Picuris Indians. The
Picuris have a shrine on its summit, it is said, and members of
certain fraternities of Picuris frequently visit the top of Jicarita
in a body.
[22:10] Truchas Creek, Las Truchas Creek, see [9:9].
[22:11] (1) Eng. Truchas settlement, Las Truchas settlement.
(<Span.). =Span. (2).
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 35, 1892.
2 Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910.
3U.S. Geog. Surveys W. of the 100th Merid., Parts of Southern Colorado and Northern New Mexico,
atlas sheet No. 69, 1873-77.
4 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 34.
5 Gannett, Dictionary of Altitudes, p. 645, 1906.
340 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [pru. Ann. 29
(2) Span. Truchas, Las Truchas ‘the trout’, probably called so
from Truchas Creek [22:10]. ‘‘Truchas”.t| There is no Tewa
name for the settlement.
This is a small Mexican town. Sheep and other stock are
raised on the hills in the vicinity. The grandfather of one San
Juan informant used to herd his sheep up by Truchas, make
cheese from the milk at Truchas town, and bring it to San Juan
Pueblo to sell. The important claypit [22:12] is near Truchas.
[22:12] San Juan? Omeynge ty phugendyk ondiwe ‘ where the earth is dug
down by crooked chin place arroyo’, referring to [22:10]? Omxy-
geipphwu, see [22:10]; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; ndyp ‘earth’
‘clay’; kon p ‘to dig’; *¢we locative).
It is said that at this place the best red pottery clay known to
the Tewa is obtained. It is pebbly, but makes very strong
dishes, and it is used especially for ollas. It is said that Tewa of
various pueblos visit this place frequently and carry away the clay.
See under Mringerazs, page 581. The clay deposit is a mile or
two southeast of Truchas town [22:11].
[22:13] (1) Kusempiyy, Kusenne apparently ‘rock horn mountain’
‘place of the rock horns’, but sey has the intonation of sey /
‘man in prime’ rather than that of sey ‘horn’ although some
Indians recognize it as the latter word and feel sure of the mean-
ing given above (ku ‘stone’ ‘rock’; sey ‘horn’; piyy ‘moun-
tain’; n# locative). If this etymology is correct, as several
Indians have assured the writer, the name doubtless refers to the
upward-projecting rocks of the summit described by Bandelier:
‘*The summit of the Truchas is divided into sharp-pointed peaks,
recalling the ‘ Hérner Stécke’ or ‘ Dents’ of the Alps”.?
(2) Eng. Truchas Mountain(s), Truchas Peak. (<Span.).
=Span. (3).
(8) Span. Sierra Truchas, Sierra de las Truchas ‘mountain or
mountain range of the trout’. =Eng. (2). This name appears
to be taken from Truchas Creek [22:10], which rises at this
mountain. ‘*Trout mountains (Sierra de la Trucha)”.* ‘‘Sierra
de las Truchas.”* Of the height of Truchas Peak Bandelier says:
The highest point of the whole region [i. e., the whole southwestern United
States], as far as known, lies in northern New Mexico. The ‘Truchas’, north
of Santa Fé, ascend to 13,150 feet above sea level. None of the peaks of the
Sierra Madre reach this altitude; they do not even attain the proportions of
lesser mountains in New Mexico like the Sierra Blanca . . . [11,892 according
to official maps], ‘Baldy’ [22:53] (12,661) ,the Costilla (12,634) or the Sierra
de San Matéo [29:115] (11,200). The same may be said of Arizona, where
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 35, 45, 1892.
2Ibid., p. 35.
3 Bandelier in Papers Arch. Inst. Amer., Amer. ser., I, p. 39, 1881.
4See Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, pp. 34, 35, 63, 1892.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 341
only the northern ranges of the Sierra de San Francisco and the Sierra Blanca,
rise above 12,000 feet.
Again:
The Truchas are slightly higher than Taos Peak [8:51]. The latter is 13,145
feet, the former 13,150,—both according to Wheeler. The altitude of the
Jicarrita [22:9] has not, tomy knowledge, been determined; but the impression
of those who have ascended to its top is that it exceeds the Truchas in height.”
The United States Geological Survey has established the altitude
of Truchas Peak as 13,275 feet, and that of ‘‘Jicarilla” Peak as
12,944 feet. See [22:14]. It is said that nwkw is found on this
peak; see under MrneRaLs.
[22:14] Ok wingesi, Kusem pimpeyge ok wingedi, Kusenne penge ok'u-
‘ingeti ‘the shadowy side or place’ ‘the shadowy side beyond
rock horn mountain’ ‘the shadowy side beyond the place of the
rock horns’ (ok"y ‘shadow’; *iygezi ‘side’; Kusem Pips Kusenne,
see [22:13]; peyge ‘beyond’). It is said that on the other side of
the great mountain [22:13] the sun rarely shines. On that side
near the mountain top all the place is like smoky ice (0/7 p'endé*
‘black ice’ < ’ajz ‘ice’, p’ey pr ‘blackness’ ‘black’, *7' locative and
adjective-forming postfix). On the mountainside below this ice
are flowers, white, red, yellow. See [22:13].
[22:15] San Juan Zasentuywxjoohku, see [12:19].
[22:16] San Juan Sapobwu, see [12:38].
[22:17] Santa Cruz Creek, see [15:18].
[22:18] (1) Zstmajo, Tsimajobwu ‘flaking stone of superior quality’
‘town of the flaking stone of superior quality’ (¢s7’7 ‘flaking
stone’ of any variety; majo ‘superior’ ‘chief’, apparently <ma
unexplained, jo augmentative; bw ‘town’). With the name cf.
Tomajo * piion of superior quality’ [8:11]. Just why the name
was originally applied has been forgotten. No obsidian or other
flaking stone is known to exist at the place. = Eng. (2), Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Chimayo settlement. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (3).
(3) Span. Chimayé. (<Tewa). =Tewa(1), Eng. (2). The pho-
netic condition of the Tewa name is well adapted to be taken over
into Span.; ef., for general sound, Chumayel, a place in the
country of the Maya Indians. ‘*Chimayo’’.* The Indians of
Taos (according to information obtained by the writer) and of
Picuris (according to information obtained by Doctor Spinden)
know the place well, but call it by its Span. name.
The Indians say that Chimayo used to be a Tewa Indian pueblo,
then called 7stmajo onwi Coywi ‘pueblo’). ‘This pueblo was situ-
ated where the church now is, the informants stated. The church
is on the south side of the creek. Where the church now is there
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. I, pp. 7-8 and notes, 1890.
21bid., pt. 11, p. 34, note, 1892.
3 Ibid. ,p. 83.
342 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BTH. ANN. 29
used to be a pool, they say, called Zsimajopokwi (pokwi ‘pool’
<po ‘water’, kwi unexplained). The earth or mud of this pool
has healing properties; see below. Doctor Hewett furnishes the
following information about Chimayo:
Chimayo was originally an Indian pueblo, a pueblo of blanket weavers.
There is a famous old shrine at the place. It was originally an Indian shrine.
After the pueblo became Mexicanized a church was built by the shrine and
pilgrimages were made to the shrine from all over the Southwest. The church
built at the shrine is in the custodianship of the people of purest Indian descent.
In a grotto is the curative earth. Boards in the floor are taken up in order
to getat the earth. People used to carry the earth away with them. Articles
of silver, brass, and glass were deposited at the place. The earth was con-
secrated.
The Mexican inhabitants of Chimayo are famous for the beau-
tiful blankets which they weave. The blankets are of a thin
texture and have attractive designs in colors. Hundreds of dol-
lars’ worth of these blankets are purchased from the makers every
year. ‘*Chimayo blankets made by Chimayo Indians of northern
New Mexico, who are now practically extinct, are thought to be
the connecting link between Navajo and Saltillo weaving.” ! It
is probable that the Chimayo blankets are a development of
ancient Tewa weaving. No blankets are now woven by the Tewa
Indians, this art probably having been lost since the Mexicaniza-
tion of the Tewa country. It is said that Chimayo blankets are
woven also by Mexicans living at Santuario [22:20] and at other
places in the vicinity of Chimayo.
Chimayo lies in a deep canyon or cafada. Bandelier? mentions
the ‘‘ gorges of Chimayo.” He probably refers to a number of
gorges, as those of [22:17], [22:22], and [22:26]. It is said
that a large part of the settlement is on the north side of the creek;
the church and some houses are, however, on the south side.
There is very little published information about Chimayo. Ban-
delier merely mentions the name, and no information is given in
Hewett’s publications. 7Zs/majo gave the creek [22:17] its old
Tewa name. It gives the name also to a mountain or hill [22:19].
According to information obtained by an investigator at Santa
Clara Pueblo, Chimayo was one of the places at which fire and
smoke were belched forth in ancient times.
[22:19] Zstmajopiy r ‘mountain of the flaking stone of superior qual-
ity’, referring to [22:18] (Zs¢majo, see [22:18]; pry ‘ mountain’).
This name is given to a mountain or hill north of Chimayo
[22:18]; it was seen and located from the heights between Nambé
and Cunday6 [25:7].
1Amer. Museum Journal, X11, no. 1, p.33, Jan., 1912.
2 Final Report, pt. 11, p. 74, 1892.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 343
[22:20] (1) Eng. Santuario settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Santuario ‘sanctuary’. =Eng. (1). There is no
Tewa name for this Mexican settlement.
See under [22:41] and Santuario Mountains under [22:un-
located].
[22:21] Nambé Pon pituywebwu ‘corner of the tall plumed arroyo’
shrub’ (pon i ‘plumed arroyo shrub’ ‘Fallugia paradoxa acu-
minata’; ¢wywe ‘tallness’ ‘tall’; 677 ‘large low roundish place’).
It is said that this low place is so named because the plumed
arroyo shrub actually grows tall there.
[22:22] (1) Nambé and San Juan Po’epohwu ‘little water creck’
‘creek of the small stream of water’ (po ‘water’; ’e diminutive;
pohwu ‘creek with water in it’? <po ‘water’, hvu ‘large groove’
‘arroyo’). Cf. Picuris (2), Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(2) Picuris “Pat fiiqéoné, Rio Chiquito, literally ‘little river’.”?
Cf, Tewa (1), Eng. (8), Span. (4).
(3) Eng. Rio Chiquito. (<Span.). =Span. (4). Cf. Tewa (1),
Picuris (2).
(4) Span. Rio Chiquito ‘little river’. =Eng. (3). Cf. Tewa (1),
Picuris (2). There is reason to believe that the Tewa form is the
original one, and that the Span. form is an attempt at translating
it, while the Picuris form is a mere translation of the Span. form.
It is said that the creek is called by its Tewa name because the
stream of water in it is very small. Cf. Rio Chiquito settlement,
also Rio Frijoles, under [22:unlocated].
[22:23] Sapaprywr'd of obscure etymology (Sapapiyy, see under [22:
unlocated]; w7/ ‘ gap’).
This pass drains into the Pecos River [22:62] and Medio Creek
[22:28].
[22:24] Nambé Pugapiyy ‘mountain of an unidentified species of
bird’ (puga a large species of bird the description of which indi-
cates that it is probably the sandhill crane’; p~7y.r ‘mountain’).
It is said that the Pecos River [22:63] has its origin at this
mountain.
[22:25] (1) Nambé Humatopry pr of obscure etymology (humato unex-
plained; piy ‘mountain’).
(2) Span. Cerro del Cuballe ‘mountain of the notch.’
This is a very high peak. It can be distinguished by its yel-
lowish color.
[22:26] Nambé Topi, see [25:14].
[22:27] Nambé Topimpeygeimpohwu, see [25:15].
[22:28] Medio Creek, see [25:3].
1Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910.
344 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [xru. ann. 29
[22:29] I7jo ‘the great gap’ (wi ‘gap’; jo augmentative).
This gap is well known to all the Tewa. It is large and wide
and can be clearly seen from most parts of the Tewa country. At
Santa Clara Pueblo the sun appears to rise through this gap, a
fact which has been mentioned by Santa Clara Indians both to
another investigator and to the writer. Somewhere at or near
the gap is the ruin of the ancient pueblo W/jo’oywt ‘pueblo of
the great gap’ ( W2jo, see above; ’oyw? ‘ pueblo’), which was built
by the united Summer and Winter people after they had wan-
dered separately for generations. See W7jo0 oywikeji under [22:
unlocated }.
[22:30] Nambé rukwaje ‘locust height’ (fw ‘locust’; Awaje * height’).
Cf. [2:10].
[22:31] Nambé Aujotfa, Kojotfa apparently ‘big rock there’ (ku, ko
‘stone’ ‘rock’; jo augmentative; {fa ‘to be there’ ‘to be at a
place’, the dual and plural forms being sq).
22:32] Nambé Aup'ey phu’u, see [21:11].
2:33] Nambé Johwu, see [15:29].
2:34] Nambé Johwokwe, Johukwajé ‘little hills of cane-cactus
arroyo’ ‘height of cane-cactusarroyo’, referring to [22:33] (Johwu,
see [22:33]; ’okw ‘hill’; ’e diminutive; wajé ‘ height’).
[22:35] Nambé Pxrtehwu ‘deer dwelling-place arroyo’ (/%xte-, see
[22:36]; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). The name is probably
taken from [22:36], q.v.
This arroyo flows into Husoge [24:1].
[22:36] Nambé Pxtehwajé ‘deer dwelling-place heights’ (pe ‘mule-
deer’; ze ‘dwelling-place’; kwajé * height’). This place probably
gives the name to [22:35]. It is said that there is good deer
hunting on these heights, hence the name.
[22:37] Nambé Creek, see [19:3].
[22:38] Nambé Pxpo ‘deer water’ (pe ‘mule-deer’; jo ‘water’), The
lower course of this arroyo is called ’ Cbipowe, see [23:25].
[22:39] Nambé Iahupowe ‘ owl water’ ‘owl creek’ (mahy ‘owl’; po
‘water’; we locative).
[22:40] Nambé Aehwaje’oywikejé ‘pueblo ruin of the sharply pointed
height’ (ke ‘peak’ ‘sharpness’ ‘sharp’; Awaje ‘height’;
-onwikeji § pueblo ruin’ <’oywi ‘pueblo’, keji * old’ postpound),
** Ke-gua-yo”.! ‘* Keguaya”’.?
Of this pueblo ruin Bandelier says:
Mesas with abrupt sides border upon the valley [of Nambé] in the east, and
on these there are pueblo ruins. The Indians of Nambé assert that they were
reared and occupied, as well as abandoned, by their ancestors prior to the
establishment of Spanish rule in New Mexico. They also gave me some of the
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 84, 1892. 2 Hewett, Communautés, p. 33, 1908.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 345
names: ... Ke-gua-yo, in the vicinity of the Chupaderos [probably
[22:51]], a cluster of springs about four miles east of Nambé in a narrow
mountain gorge.!
Hewett says:
Plus loin, ce sont les ruines de Keguaya, 4 quelques milles 4 l’est de
Nambe . . . on suppose que ce sont celles des villages historiques des Nambe.?
All that could be learned is that this is a very ancient village of
the Nambé people.
[22:41] Nambé ?Agawonwonwikeji of obscure etymology, perhaps
‘pueblo ruin where the cowrie or olivella shells are or were hang-
ing down’ (aga unexplained, but occurring in several Tewa place-
names, e. g. "Agat fanupiy [22:54], possibly an old form of ’oga
‘cowrie shell’, ‘olivella shell’, it is said; wo ‘to hang’; nw loca-
tive; ‘oywikeji * pueblo ruin’ <’oywi ‘pueblo’, kejz ‘old’ post-
pound). Since the etymology above was given by a very reliable
informant, an aged cacique, considerable weight is to be attached
to it. ‘‘A-ga Uo-no”.t ‘“‘Agauono”. This is given” both as
the name of the pueblo ruin and, by mistake, as the name of
Juan B. Gonzalez* of San Ildefonso, whose Indian name is
-Agojown re ‘shaking star’ (agojo ‘star’; @n pe * shaking’), not
> Aqawonu.
Bandelier has already been quoted with regard to this pueblo
ruin (see under [22:40]). He speaks further of—
A-ga Uo-no and Ka-ii-yu [22:42], both in the vicinity of the Santuario in
the mountains.
The location of ‘‘ the Santuario” has not been ascertained.
[22:20] is the Mexican settlement called Santuario. Hewett
writes as follows:
Plus loin, ce sont les ruines de Keguaya [22:40], 4 quelques milles a l’est
de Nambe et de Tobipange [25:30], 4 8 milles au nord-est; on suppose que ce
sont celles des villages historiques des Nambe. Les ruines d’Agauono et de
Kaayu [22:42] sur le Santuario [see above], 4 quelques milles plus loin au
nord-est, indiquent probablement l’ancienne résidence de certains clans des
Nambe.?
>Agawonw is said to have been a very ancient pueblo of the
Nambé people.
[22:42] Nambé A’wew? onwikejz‘ puebloruin of an unidentified species
of bird called k'@ ew?’ (A'@ewi’t an unidentified species of bird
of bluish color which cries Adhd; ’onwikeji ‘pueblo ruin’? <’oywr
‘pueblo’, kez ‘old’ postpound.) For Bandelier’s spelling of w7’2
as ‘‘ ye” or ‘‘yu”, see [16:105] and [16:114].
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 84, 1892. 3Tbid., pl. xvii.
2Hewett, Communautés, p. 33, 1908. :
346 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [xrn. ayn. 29
For quoted information about A“@xw7? see under ’Agawonu
[22:41],above. As in the case of ’Agawonw, it could be learned
only that A“Wewet was a very ancient pueblo of the Nambé
people.
[22:48] (1) Nambé Vambepohupojemwiwe ‘place of the waterfalls of
Nambé Creek’ (Nambepohiu, see [19:3]; pojenwiwe * waterfalls’
< po ‘water’, jemu ‘to fall’, said of 3+,’Zwe locative). This is
the descriptive name current at all the Tewa pueblos.
(2) Nambé Pojemwiwe ‘the waterfalls’ (po ‘water’: jemu to
fall’ said of 3+; *2we locative). When this term is used at Nambé
it is understood which waterfalls are meant.
(3) Nambé Pot fune ‘where the water dies’ (po ‘water’; ¢fw
‘to die’; nx ‘at’ locative postfix). Cf. [22:44], [22:45], [22:46].
(4) Eng. Nambé Falls.
(5) Span. Salto de Agua de Nambé, Caida de Agua de Nambé,
‘Nambé Falls’.
These are the well-known waterfalls of Nambé Creek. Three
portions of the falls have distinct names; see [22:44], [22:45],
and [22:46]. The Nambé name Potfunz appears to refer espe-
cially to the two lower falls; see [22:46].
[22:44] Nambé Potfun’u ‘below where the water dies’ (Pot, see
[22:43]; nwu *below’). This name is given to the first water-
fall met when going up Nambé Creek, the lowest of the Nambé
Falls. See [22:43], [22:45], and [22:46].
[22:45] Nambé Potfuk'entabege ‘meal-drying jar place where the
water dies’ (Potfu, see [22:43]; k'entabe ‘meal-drying jar’, for
_ drying meal for preservation <k'xy ‘meal’ ‘flour’, ta ‘to dry’:
be ‘vessel’ ‘pottery’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’). It is said that the
name is applied because of the bowl-like shape of the canyon at
the base of this fall. This name is given to the middle one of
the Nambé Falls, situated between [22:44] and [22:46]. See
[22:43], [22:44], [22:46].
[22:46] Nambé, Potfupenne, Potfukewe, Pot fukwaje ‘waterfall or
place beyond or above the place where the water dies’ (Potfv,
see [22:43]; panne ‘beyond’ < pxeyy unexplained, nx locative;
hewe ‘above’ < ke ‘top’, we locative; kwaje‘above’). This name
is applied to the uppermost of the Nambé Falls. See [22:43],
[22:44], [22:45].
[22:47] Nambé Pimpijeimpowe ‘the northern creek’ (Pimpije ‘north’
< ply ‘mountain’ ‘up country’, pije ‘toward’; iy + locative
and adjective-forining postfix; Powe ‘creek’ < po ‘water’, we
locative).
This is the north branch of upper Nambé Creek. See [19:3],
[22:48].
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 347
[22:48] Nambé ?Ahompijeimpowe ‘the southern creek’ (Cahkompije
‘south’? < ’akoyy ‘plain’? ‘down country’; pije * toward’; in
locative and adjective-forming postfix; powe ‘creek’ < po ‘water’,
we locative).
This is the south branch of upper Nambé Creek. See [19:3]
and [22:47].
[22:49] (1) Nambé Pbiwe ‘little red pile of roundish shape’ (7 ‘red-
ness’ ‘red’; 62 as in bir, ‘small and roundish like a ball’; we
locative).
(2) Span. Cerrito de la Junta ‘little mountain of the joining’,
said to refer to the joining of [22:47] and [22:48].
This small mountain is a short distance southwest of [22:50].
[22:50] Nambé Aaw7’2 ‘place of the twisted leaf or leaves’ (Aa ‘leat’;
wi for gwi of San Ildefonso and Santa Clara dialects, meaning ‘ to
twist’; ’2 locative and adjective-forming postfix).
This place is described as a high, level locality a short distance
northeast of the little mountain [22:49].
[22:51] (1) Nambé and San Ildefonso Tsepobwu, Tsepokoge * corner of
the seven waters’ ‘place down by the barranca of the seven
waters’ (tse ‘seven’; jo ‘water’, here evidently referring to
springs of water; bw’w ‘large low roundish place’; /o * barranca’;
ge ‘down at’ ‘ over at’).
(2) Span. Los Chupaderos, Chupaderos ‘the sucking places’
meaning where water is sucked up. For the name ef. [23:25],
[22:58], [14:87]. It is probable that the Tewa and Span. names
refer toa single place. Bandelier says: ‘* Ke-gua-yo [22:40] in
the vicinity of the Chupaderos, a cluster of springs about four
miles east of Nambé in a narrow mountain gorge.” ! See [22:52].
[22:52] Nambé Zkepopowe ‘creek of the seven waters’ (7sepo, see
[22:51]; powe ‘ creek’ < po ‘water’, we locative).
[22:53] (1) Nambé Potipiyy ‘flower mountain’ (pod) ‘flower’; pin +
‘mountain’). Why it is called thus is not known, unless it be
because it is bare on top, with flowery meadows in the summer
time. This name refers to the very high peak just north of
[22:54]. Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (3), Span. (4).
(2) Eng. Baldy Peak, Santa Fe Baldy. Cf. Tewa (1), Span.
(3), Span. (4). ‘‘ Baldy.”? ‘‘Santa Fe Baldy.” ?
(8) Span. Cerro Pelado ‘bald mountain’. Cf. Tewa (1), Eng. (2),
Span. (4). The mountain is so called because of its bald top,
snow-capped in winter, grassy in summer.
(4) Span. Cerro del Zacate Blanco ‘mountain of the white
grass’. This evidently refers to its grassy top. Cf: Tewa (1),
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 84, 1892.
2 Tbid., p. 88, note.
3 The Valley Ranch (pamphlet on the Valley Ranch, Valley Ranch, N. Mex., n. d.).
348 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS | [nxru. ann. 29
Eng. (2), Span. (3). This name appears to be considerably used
by Mexicans who live about Nambé.
This great peak seems to be better known to Mexicans and
Americans who reside in the Tewa country or about Santa Fe
than it is to the Tewa Indians. The chief attention of the Tewa
is directed to the sacred Lake Peak [22:54], and many Tewa of
San Ildefonso, Santa Clara, and San Juan do not know Baldy
Peak by any name. Bandelier says of Baldy Peak and Lake
Peak:
Two of the highest peaks of the southern Rocky Mountains rise within a
comparatively short distance of Santa Fé,—Baldy, 12,661 feet, and Lake Peak
[22:54], at the foot of which the Santa Fé River [22:56] rises, 12,405 feet.1
Subsequent measurement by the United States Geological Sur-
vey determines the height of Baldy as 12,623 feet, and that of
Lake Peak as 12,380 feet. Somewhere immediately north of
Baldy Peak rises the unlocated T'/fi’jopiyy; see under [22:unlo
cated]. Zfwjopiyy is a large mountain, it is said, but not so
large nor so high as Baldy Peak. Cf. Grass Mountain [22:
unlocated] and Pecos Baldy [22:unlocated }.
[22:54] (1) “Agatfanupins of obscure etymology (aga unexplained,
but possibly an old form of ’oga ‘cowrie shell’, ‘olivella shell’; it
is found in several unetymologizable Tewa place-names,as Nambé
Agawonu [22:41]; fz unexplained; nw apparently locative). One
San Ildefonso Indian pronounced the name’ Agat fanz, but others
asserted that this form is not correct. The lake ’Agatfenupiy-
kewepokwi, [22:unlocated] is sometimes designated merely ’Agat-
Senupokw?, and this usage may shed some light on the origin of
the name Agat fanu-.
(2) Tampijéimpiny ‘mountain of the east’ (Z"ampije ‘east’
<tayy ‘sun’, pije ‘toward’; iy locative and adjective-forming
postfix; piyy ‘mountain’). This is the ceremonial name, the
mountain being the Tewa sacred mountain of the east. See
CarprinaL MounrtaIns.
(3) Pinkewe ‘the mountain peak’, abbreviated from (1) and (2),
above (pry ‘mountain’; kewe ‘ peak’ ‘top’ <ke ‘ point’, we
locative).
(4) Eng. Lake Peak, referring to the lake [22:55]. Cf. Span.
(5). ‘‘ Lake Peak.”?
(5) Span. Cerro de la Laguna, referring to a lake or lakes on
its summit; see below. Cf. Eng. (4).
Bandelier writes:
The elevation . . . of Lake Peak [is given] at 12,405... . The lagune on
Lake Peak is of course lower than the summit.
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. U1, p. 88, note, 1892. 2Tbid., pp. 12, 88. 8 Tbid., p. 12, note.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 349
See also excerpt from Bandelier with regard to Baldy and Lake
Peaks, under [22:53].
For the height of the two peaks as subsequently determined by
the United States Geological Survey, see page 348.
The trail to Spirit Lake [22:unlocated] follows a charming little stream ten
miles through the woods, up an appropriate canon, to where the little lake lies
hidden away in the woods, surrounded by high rock walls, some 11,000 feet
above sea level. A few miles beyond the white sign which points to Spirit
Lake, the trail emerges from the trees into an open glade. On the right is
Santa Fe Baldy [22:53], 12,623 feet above the sea, snoweapped the greater
part of the year; on the left, but a little lower, is Lake Peak, a crater long
burnt out, which now holds the Crystal Lakes [22:unlocated], the sources of
the Santa Fe and Nambee Rivers. Far below, between the peaks, lies the
Rio Grande Valley, through which the Rio Grande River is traceable to its
very source by its fringe of trees.!
As is stated above, Lake Peak is the Tewa sacred mountain of
the east. Somewhere at or near the top of this peak is a lake
which is called ?Agatfzenupiykewepokwi q. v. under [22:unlo-
_ cated], page 551.
Certain secret societies of some of the Tewa pueblos hold
summer ceremonies on top of this peak at this lake, just as the
Picuris do on top of Jicarita Peak [22:9] and the Taos do at the
sacred lake [8:50] near Pueblo Peak [8:40]. This information is
confirmed by Bandelier:
Prayer-plumes are found on the Sierra de San Matéo (Mount Taylor) [29:
115], as well as at the lagune on Lake Peak, near Santa Fé.?
See’ Agat fenupinkewepokwi, Crystal Lakes, Lagoon on Lake
Peak, Spirit Lake, all under [22:unlocated], [22:51], and [22:52].
[22:55] Santa Fe Creek, see [29:3].
[22:56] Santa Fe city, see [29:5].
[22:57] Nambé Paqwempiyy ‘fish-tail mountain’ (pa ‘fish’; gwey ys
‘tail’; p77 ‘mountain’). The mountain is said to be so named
because in form it resembles a fish’s tail.
The location of this peak given on the sheet is only approxi-
mately correct.
[22:58] Eng. Chupadero Creek, see [26:4].
[22:59] Tesuque Creek, see [26:1].
[22:60] (1) Nambé and Tesuque Pogepiy yp, ’ Ogapogepin r ‘mountains
down by the place of the water’ ‘mountains down by the place of
the olivella shell water’, referring to Santa Fe (Poge, ’ Ogapoge,
see [29:5]; f2y, 7 *mountain’). This name includes Atalaya Moun-
tain [22:60], Thompson Mountain [22:61], and other peaks in the
neighborhood of the city of Santa Fe.
1The Valley Ranch, op. cit. 2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 12, note, 1892.
350 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [nru. ann. 29
(2) Eng. Atalaya Mountain. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(3) Span. Cerro Atalaya, Cerro de la Atalaya ‘mountain of the
watchtower’. =Eng. (2). This name is known to some Mexicans
at Santa Fe. It appears on the Santa Fe sheet of the United States
Geological Survey, 1894, as ‘‘Atalaya Mt.”
The mountain lies south of Santa Fe Creek Canyon, east of
Santa Fe.
[22:61] (1) Nambé and Tesuque Pogepiy p, -Ogapogepin rp. = Nambé
and Tesuque [22:60].
(2) Eng. “*Thompson Peak”.' | This name appears to be un-
known locally. The writer is informed that the mountain was so
named by Mr. Arthur P. Davis, of the United States Geological
Survey, in honor of the late A. H. Thompson, geographer of the
Survey.
The United States Geological Survey determined the altitude
of Thompson Peak to be 10,546 feet. The mountain is east of
[22:60]. It is about the same size as [22:60].
[22:62] Pecos River, see [29:32].
[22:63] (1) Eng. El Macho settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. El Macho ‘the jack-mule’ ‘the male mule’. = Eng. (2).
This is a small Mexican hamlet on Pecos River. There is no
Tewa name for it.
[22:64] (1) San Juan and Nambé Pirage’ impiny ‘mountains of the red
slope’ (pz ‘redness’ ‘red’; ’aa ‘steep slope’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over
at’; -iny locative and ic ena ti postfix; piyy ‘moun-
tain’). Why this name is applied was not known to the inform-
ants. They stated definitely that the name applies to the entire
range east of the headwaters of the Pecos River [22:62].
(2) Nambé and San Ildefonso 7"anupopeygeimpiyy ‘moun-
tains beyond the Tano river’, referring to the Pecos River [22:62]
(T"anupo, see [29:32]; paeyge ‘beyond’; in locative and adjec-
tive-forming postfix; piy ‘mountain’). This name is descriptive
and refers to the whole range east of the river.
(3) T’ampijeimpiyp ‘eastern mountains’ (fampije ‘east?
<fayyp ‘sun’, pije ‘direction’; %y locative and adjective-form-
ing postfix; piyyr ‘mountain’). This name applies to all the
mountains east of the Tewa country, including of course this
range east of the headwaters of Pecos River. See the special
treatment of Santa Fe Mountains, pages 104-05 [Large Fea-
tures:7].
ye Eng. Mora Mountains. (occ ). =Span. (5).
(5) Span. Sierra Mora ‘mulberry range of mountains’; Morai is
applied also to blackberries, in the Span. of the Southwest. The
mountains are evidently so named from Mora town [Unmapped],
Mora grant, ete.
‘Santa Fe sheet of the U. 8. Geological Survey, 1894.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES Sok:
[22:65] (1) Eng. Toro Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Rio del Toro ‘bull river’. =Eng. (1). ‘Rio El
Loror+
This creek joins Vao Creek [22:66], forming a creek tributary
to Pecos River [22:62].
[22:66] (1) Eng. Vao Creek. (< Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Rio La Vao ‘breath river’, =Eng. (1). ‘‘Rio la
Vao”.?
This creek joins Toro Creek [22:65], forming a creek tributary
to Pecos River [22:62].
Un ocaTEeD
’ Agat fenupinkewepokwi, ?Agatfenupokwi, Pinkewepokwi ‘lake of
[22:54]? (Agatfenupinkewe, see [22:54]; pokwi ‘lake’? <po
‘water’, iw? unexplained).
This is the sacred lake on or near the top of Lake Peak [22:54]
at which summer ceremonies of secret societies are held; see
under [22:54]. It is probably identical with the Crystal Lakes
[22:unlocated] and with the Lagoon on Lake Peak [22:unlo-
cated]. See ?Agatfenupiny [22:54], and Crystal Lake, Lagoon
on Lake Peak, and Spirit Lake, all under [22 :unlocated].
Arnold Ranch. This is a ranch in Pecos River Valley [22:62] above
Valley Ranch [29:unlocated].
Aztec Mineral Springs.
Four miles east of Santa Fe, in the foothills of the Sangre de Cristo range
{Santa Fe Mountains], and a few hundred yards from the Scenic Highway,
are the Aztec mineral springs . . . of late they have been abandoned, owing
to the remoyal of their owner to the city of Mexico.
There are two “‘scenic highways” leading toward the east from
Santa Fe. The exact location of the springs has not been deter-
mined by the writer.
Span. Cangilon ‘horn’. This is said by San Juan Indians to be the
Span. name of some hills far up the arroyo [9:37].
There is no Mexican settlement at the place, it is said. A
wagon road passes through the hills.
‘Crystal Lakes”.
A few miles beyond the white sign which points to Spirit Lake [22:unlo-
cated], the trail emerges from the trees into an open glade. On the right is
Santa Fe Baldy [22:53], 12,623 feet above the sea, snowcapped the greater
part of the year; on the left, but a little lower, is Lake Peak [22:54], a crater
long burnt out, which now holds the Crystal Lakes, the sources of the Santa
Fé [22:55] and Nambee [22:37] Rivers.!
‘**Crystal Lakes” appear to be identical with the Lagoon of
Lake Peak [22:unlocated] and ’Agatfenupinkewepokwi [22:
unlocated], although the description is not definite enough to
1The Valley Ranch, op. cit.
2The Land of Sunshine, a Handbook of Resources of New Mexico, p. 173, 1906.
352 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [nru. ayn. 29
make this identification certain. See ’Agatfenupin rp [22:54],
and’ Agat fenupinkewepokwi ‘Lagoon on Lake Peak’ ‘Spirit Lake’,
all under [22 :unlocated ].
Elk Mountain. This is shown as a mountain east of Pecos River
[22 :62].1
Span. Rio de los Frijoles, Rito de los Frijoles ‘bean creek’, given by
Nambé Indians as the name of a creek somewhere by the Rio
Chiquito [22:22].
Grass Mountain. This is a mountain in the territory included in
this sheet.
There is a trip to Grass Mountain, partly over good roads and partly over
trails, but always in the midst of a splendid country. The top of Grass Moun-
tains is a plateau remarkably level for this country, covered with velvety grass,
and gay with wild-flowers.?
This is evidently distinct from Baldy Peak [22:53], which is
mentioned as distinct from Grass Mountain on the same page of
the pamphlet.
Nambé Ainnihwu ‘willow arroyo’ (jéy,7 ‘willow’; 2¢ Nambé and San
Juan form sometimes used instead of in.r, locative and adjective-
forming postfix; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
This is a large arroyo north or east of Topiyy [25:14]. See
Jinnihw onwikej? [22 :anlocated], below.
Nambé Jinnihwonwikeji ‘willow arroyo pueblo ruin’ (Jinnzhwu, see
under [22:unlocated], above; *oywikejz ‘pueblo ruin’ <’oywi
‘pueblo’, kejz Sold’ postpound).
This is a pueblo ruin on the Ainnthwu, see under [22 :unlocated],
above,
Nambé Awskwaje of obscure etymology (ka/z, unexplained, sounds
like the latter part of ’okasi ‘coldness’ ‘cold’; Awajé ‘ height’).
This is the name of a height east of Nambé.
Nambé Avtepohwi ‘leaf dwelling-place lake’ (Aa ‘leaf’; te ‘dwelling-
place’; pokwi ‘lake’ < po ‘water’, Aw? unexplained).
This is a small lake somewhere in the mountains east of Nambé.
(1) Nambé Aepo ‘bear water’ (ke ‘bear’; po ‘water’). Cf. Span. (2).
(2) Span. Rito Oso, Rio Oso ‘bear creek’ ‘bear river’. Cf.
Tewa (1).
This is the name of a creek somewhere near the headwaters of
[22:28].
Nambé Aojajepo ‘water of an unidentified species of plant’ (ojaje
small yellow-flowered plant which the Mexicans call yerba de la
vibora ‘rattlesnake weed’; po ‘water’ ‘creek ’).
This is the name of a creek near Chimayo.
Nambé Awep'ag’impiny ‘flat oak-grown mountain’ (Awe ‘oak’; page
‘flatness’ ‘flat’, referring to large flat surfaces; ’7y 7 locative and
1The Valley Ranch op. cit. (see map therein). 2 Ibid.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES : 353
,
adjective forming postfix: piyy ‘mountain’). The word pin
is sometimes omitted.
This mountain is somewhere near the upper course of the Rio
Chiquito [22:22].
Nambé Kuse’ ewege ‘place of the rock bowl (ku ‘stone’ ‘rock’; sx’2we
‘bowl’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’).
This is a dell in the mountains east of Nambé.
Lagoon on Lake Peak. ‘‘The lagune on Lake Peak is of course lower
than the summit.”! ‘‘Prayer-plumes are found on the Sierra de
San Matéo (Mount Taylor) [29:115], as well as at the lagune on
Lake Peak [22:54], near Santa Fé.”? This lake is probably iden-
tical with ’Agatfenupinkewepokwi [22:unlocated] and Crystal
Lakes [22:unlocated]. See ’“Agatfenupiyp [22:54], and Aga
tfenupinkewepokwi ‘Crystal Lakes’ ‘Spirit Lakes’, all under [22:
unlocated |.
Nambé Mountains. Bandelier mentions ‘‘the high mountains of
Nambé”? and ‘‘Sierra de Nambé.”* He evidently refers to the
section of the Santa Fe Range near Nambé.
Nambé Vaimpibwu ‘red earth corner’ (ndyp ‘earth’; pz ‘redness
‘red’; bw ‘large low roundish place’).
This is a locality in the mountains east of Nambé.
Nambé Nweenkepo ‘ sharp rock-pine water’ (yweyy ‘rock-pine’
‘Pinus scopulorum’; ke ‘sharpness’ ‘sharp’; po ‘water’ ‘creek’.
The name refers to sharp pine-needles.
This is given by the old ecacique of Nambé as the Nambé name
for the creek which the Mexicans call Rio Panchuelo. It is
doubtful, however, whether this information is correct. The creek
is said to be somewhere in the mountains northeast of [25:15] and
to be tributary to Santa Cruz Creek [22:17]. For discussion of
this perplexing matter see [25:15].
(1) Nambé’ Ohdywetefsii ‘canyon of the dwelling-place of an uniden-
tified species of medicinal weed called by the Mexicans contra
yerba’ ( Okdynwe ‘contra yerba’; te ‘dwelling-place’; fs7’z ‘can-
yon’).
(2) Span. El Rito ‘the creek’.
This place is in the mountains northeast of Nambé.
(1) San Juan’? Omeyge,? Omeygeimpop?, said to mean ‘crooked chin’
‘crooked chin springs’ (’o ‘chin’; mzyge ‘crookedness’ ‘crooked’;
*~n f locative and adjective-forming postfix; pop? ‘spring’ < po
‘water’, pz ‘to issue’).
(2) Span. Los Ojitos ‘the little springs’.
This is a locality on the lower course of [22:10] but not found
on sheet [9].
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 12, note, 1892. 3Tbid., p. 64.
2Tbid., p. 12. 4Ibid., p. 83.
87584°—29 ErH—16——23
54 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
3
Nambé /adabwu ‘corner where the fish was desired’ (pa ‘fish’; daa
‘to wish’ ‘to want’ ‘to desire’; bw, ‘large low roundish place’).
For the name cf. San Ildefonso Aedaw/’7 [17:unlocated]. The
circumstances under which the name was originally applied were
not known to the informant.
The place is said to be a large dell in the mountains near the
upper course of the Mahupowe [22:39].
Span. Rio Panchuelo. See Yweykepo under [22:unlocated], above,
and Topimpeyge vy hw u [25:15].
Pecos Baldy. This isa high peak somewhere in the mountains east
of Nambé.
A three days’ jaunt [from Valley Ranch] will take you to the headwaters
of the Pecos [22:62]—Pecos Baldy, 13,000 feet above the sea, and the Truchas
Peaks [22:13], towering still higher.!
Nambé ‘‘ Po-nyi Num-bu.”’?
Higher up [than Santa Cruz [15:19] ] toward Chimayo [22:18], there are
said to be well defined ruins on the mountain sides, the names of two of which
are Po-nyi Num-bu and Yam P’ham-ba.?
For ‘‘ Yam P’bam-ba” see [29:45]. The writer’s Nambé inform-
ants had never heard this name Po-nyi Num-bu and were sur-
prised to hear that there is a pueblo ruin by this name. They
thought the name may be a mistake for Pon pitunwebw'u [22:21],
but they knew of no ruin at the latter place. It is not clear from
Bandelier’s text from which Tewa village he obtained the name.
Cf. Nambé Sentineu@ onwikejt under [22: unlocated], below.
Nambé Put?’va ‘swollen buttocks slope’ (pu ‘region about the anus
‘buttocks’; ¢7 ‘swollenness’ ‘swollen’; ‘wa ‘steep slope’).
This place is somewhere near the upper course of Nambé Creek
[22:37]. Cf. Nambé Putc’apo [22:unlocated], below. There are
springs at the place, it is said.
Nambé Puti’apo ‘swollen buttocks slope water’, referring to Put/wa,
above; po ‘ water’ ‘creek’.
This is a creek which takes its name from Puti’wa (see above),
but under what name is not known to the writer.
Pik‘ ondiwe ‘place where the red paint is dug’ (pz ‘redness’ ‘red’;
kon p ‘to dig’; *Zwe locative).
This is a deposit of bright red paint situated about 2 miles east
of Santa Fe, the informants think north of Santa Fe Creek [22:55]
in high land a few hundred yards from that creek. This paint
was used for body painting. It is said that Jicarilla Apache still
go to the deposit to get this paint and sometimes sell it to the
Tewa. See pz (under Mrnerats).
1The Valley Ranch, op. cit.
2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 83, 1892.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 355
(1) Eng. Rincon. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Rincon ‘the corner’. = Eng. (1).
This isa mountain about 10 miles northwest of Pecos Pueblo
ruin [29:33] and due east of Santa Fe.
The Rincon, upon whose peak the cross [of the Penitentes] is set, is only a
half day’s ride from the Valley Ranch [29:unlocated], and the trip is worth
making for the view, as well as to get an idea of the terrible climb it must be
for the suffering and laden Penitentes, who choose always the steepest, roughest
way.!
(1) Eng. Rio Chiquito settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Rio Chiquito ‘little river’, see [22:22].
This is a small Mexican town on the Rio Chiquito near Chimayo
[22:18]. Some Chimayo blankets are woven there, it is said. Cf.
[22:22]. {
Span. ‘Sierra de Santa Barbara”? ‘the mountains of Saint Barbara’,
the name referring perhaps to the part of the Santa Fe Mountains
near Santa Barbara settlement [8:99].
¢Santuario Mountains. Bandelier mentions ‘‘the Santuario”.? Hew-
ett, perhaps following Bandelier, uses the expression ‘‘Sur le
Santuario.”* Whether there are mountains by this name has not
been learned; Hewett understands that there are. Nomap known
to the writer shows any place named Santuario other than Santu-
ario settlement [22:20].
Sapapiyy of obscure etymology (sa apparently the same as sa of
ndasatu ‘it makes a rushing sound’, said of water <nd ‘it’, sa ‘to
make a rushing sound’, fu ‘to say’; pa apparently ‘to crack’
‘state of being cracked’ ‘cracked’; pin ‘mountain’). The verb
pa is used of unfolding leaves, but the word can not be explained
as referring to unfolding tobacco leaves because sa ‘tobacco’ has
a different intonation. Nor can it mean ‘cracked excrement’ for
sa ‘excrement’ has still a different intonation.
The mountain is somewhere near the pass [22:23], to which it
appears to give the name. The mountain is well known to the
Tewa and is said to be one of the highest of the range. One of
the boys of San Ildefonso Pueblo is named Sapapin p.
Nambé Sdywep ukwaje ‘height of the sandstone and the rabbitbrush’
(séqwe * sandstone’; pu * rabbitbrush’ ‘Chrysothamnus bigelovii’;
kwaje ‘ height’).
This mountain is between ?Agatfenupiyp [22:54] and
Paqwempiy p [22:57].
1 The Valley Ranch, op. cit. The pamphlet contains an illustration of the cross and a map showing
the location of Rincon.
2 Bandelier in Papers Arch. Inst. Amer., Amer. ser., 1, p. 37, 1881.
3 Final Report, pt. 11, p. 84, 1892.
4Communautés, p. 33, 1908.
356 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [prn. Ann. 29
Nambé Sentinesa oywikeji of obscure etymology (sentinesa apparently
<Span. sentinela ‘ guard’ although the writer learned of no such
Span. place-name; ’oywikej/ ‘pueblo ruin’ <’oywi ‘pueblo,’ kejz
‘old? postpound). A Nambé informant gave this as the name of
a pueblo ruin, which he located a short distance north of [22:21].
(1) Eng. Spirit Lake. (<Span.). =Span. (2). ‘Spirit Lake.”?
(2) Span. Laguna del Espiritu Santo ‘Holy Ghost lake.’
=Eng. (1). ‘‘ Espiritu Santo Lake.”?
The trail to Spirit Lake follows a charming little stream ten miles through
the woods, up an appropriate canon, to where the little lake lies hidden away
in the woods, surrounded by high rock walls, some 11,000 feet above sea level.
A few miles beyond the white sign which points to Spirit Lake, the trail
emerges from the trees into an open glade. On the right is Santa Fe Baldy
[22:53], 12,623 feet above the sea, snowcapped the greater part of the year;
on the left, but a little lower, is Lake Peak [22:54], a crater long burnt out,
which now holds the Crystal Lakes, the sources of the Santa Fe [22:55]
and Nambee [22:37] Rivers. Far below, between the peaks, lies the Rio
Grande Valley, through which the Rio Grande River is traceable to its very
source by its fringe of trees.?
The map given in the pamphlet cited shows Spirit Lake about a mile and
a half southeast of the summit of Baldy Peak [22:53]. The data available
do not warrant identifying ‘‘Spirit Lake’’ with any of the Tewa lake names
of this region. Illustrations of this beautiful little lake have been published.®
See ’Agatfenupiyp [22:54] and ?Agatfenupinkewepokwi
‘Crystal Lakes’ ‘Lagoon on Lake Peak’, all under [22: unlocated].
“Stewart Lake.”!
This lake is mentioned in connection with Spirit Lake [22:
unlocated], and is probably situated in the mountains east of
Nambé.
Nambé 7iubiuonwikeji ‘pueblo ruin of the little pile of grass’ (¢a
‘orass’; b¢v7 ‘small roundish pile’; ’oywikes? ‘pueblo ruin’ < oywit
‘pueblo’, keji ‘old’ postpound).
This is said to be a pueblo ruin in the hills southeast of Nambé.
Tamujoge, T amujogepokwr ‘place of the great dawn’ ‘lake of the
place of the great dawn’ (amu ‘dawn’ <fa ‘day’, mu ‘heat
lightning’ ‘northern lights’; jo augmentative; ge ‘down at’
‘over at’; pokwi ‘lake’ <po ‘water’, kwt unexplained).
This place and lake are most sacred to the Tewa, being men-
tioned in songs connected with cachina worship. Most of the
informants said that they had heard the name of the lake and
place, but do not know the location. Several, including one very
1 The Valley Ranch, op. cit.
2 Land of Sunshine, a Handbook of Resources of New Mexico, p. 22, 1906.
3 Ibid., opp. p. 23; also in the pamphlet on the Valley Ranch, op. cit.
MAP 23
NAMBE. REGION
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
Nambé Pueb
rn.
N
.
OTT he
“PIV
ee ae
NAM
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 23
Z\Ne
a
Sty ONS
4 VY
HAN Y
22
7
Wolly
\
= - i
SESS ON
ON
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
TWENTY-
NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 28
Vageent
al AS
JIS ASS
IIS ks
77h aca hh
2s $e,
* eset
Wn ie==
PALL Kies
4 '
— : 8
12 Nambé Pueblo
(i$
Be
7
VES
pe lisy,
Z
>,
We Fh ayees
Loh
ze
40
s
>
:
howe
wie,
-* y
MEIN
“11461 NS
NAMBE REGION
MAP 23
NAMBE REGION
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 350
trustworthy San Ildefonso informant, place 7” amujoge somewhere
in the mountains east of Nambé, as indeed the name might sug-
gest the location to be. The informant referred to insists that it
is a real place, not mythical.
Nambé Tubagebwu ‘bowed back corner’ (LTubage, see Tubage onwikeji
[22:unlocated], below; bw w ‘large low roundish place’).
This is a corner in the hills near the upper course of Jahupowe
[22:39]; see Tubage oywikeji [22:unlocated], below.
Nambé Tubage oywikeji ‘bowed back pueblo ruin’ (fu ‘back’; bage
state of being ‘bowed’ ‘bent as under a load’; *oywikej? ‘pueblo
ruin’ < ’onwet ‘pueblo’, kez Sold’ postpound).
This is a pueblo ruin at Tubagebwu, a dell in the hills some-
where near the upper course of Mahypowe [28:46]. See Tubage-
bwu [22:unlocated], above.
Nambé 7'/wjopiyy, Tfwijokewe, Tfwjo, Tfwjo'e of obscure etymol-
ogy (¢fwyo said by the old Indian who gave the name to refer to
some kind of black material; this is all he would explain, and no
other informant of whom inquiry was made was able to ex-
plain it at all; piyy ‘mountain’; hewe ‘peak’; ’e diminutive).
This is a mountain north of Baldy Peak [22:53] and south of
Kujot fa [22:31]. It is a high mountain, it is said, but not so high
as Baldy Peak.
San J uan, San Ildefonso, and Nambé W7jo’oywikej/ ‘pueblo ruin of
the great gap,’ referring to [22:29] ( Wijo, see [22:29]; onwikesi
‘pueblo ruin’? < ’oywz ‘pueblo,’ kej7 ‘old’ postpound).
This pueblo plays an important rdle in one version of the Tewa
migration legend. It was built, so it is related, by the united
Summer and Winter people after they had wandered separated
for generations. It was here that two-cacique government was
first instituted. So far as the writer is aware, this ruin has not
hitherto been mentioned in print. It has not been possible to
learn of its location more definitely than that it is somewhere in
or near the great gap [22:29]. It is said that the ruin is not very
large. See [22:29].
Nameless mineral spring. It is said that Mr. Fritz Miller, of Santa
Fe, owns a mineral spring situated in the hills south of Nambé
and east of Tesuque. The water is cold. Some of it has been
bottled and sold in Santa Fe.
[23] NAMBE SHEET
This sheet (map 23) shows some of the country around Nambé
Pueblo, especially to the south. The region is claimed by the
358 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [pru. ayn. 29
Nambé Indians and nearly all the place-names were obtained from
them and are in the Nambé dialect.
[23:1] Nambé Creek, see [19:3].
[23:2] Nambé’ Okupeygehohwu ‘arroyo behind the hills’, referring to
[23:3] C Okupenge, see [28:3]; kohwu ‘arroyo with barrancas’
< ko ‘barranca,’ Aw u ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
The Mexican water-mill [23:4] is a short distance east of the
mouth of this arroyo.
[23:3] Nambé ’Oku, *Okukwajé ‘the hills’ ‘the hill heights’ Coku
‘hill’; Awaze ‘height’). This name refers definitely to the heights
indicated, southwest of Nambé Pueblo and between the latter and
the arroyo [28:2]. The name refers also vaguely to al] the hills
south of Nambé or even to hills anywhere. The region beyond
[23:3] or beyond the hills in general is called ‘ohupzxyge or ’ohu-
kwajepenge (penge ‘ beyond’). An old trail leads from Nambé
Pueblo across [23:3] to [23:49].
[23:4] Nambé Po’, Naimbev'po’o, NMimbev'pooiwe ‘the water-mill’
‘the water-mill by Nambé’ ‘place of the water-mill by Nambé’
(fo ‘water’; ’o ‘metate’; Mambee, see [23:5]; *7 locative and
adjective-forming postfix; ’7we locative).
This Mexican water-mill is situated on the south side of Nambé
Creek [23:1] and a short distance east of the mouth of the arroyo
[23:2]. Indians and Mexicans living about Nambé have much
wheat and maize ground at this mill.
[23:5] (1) Nambeoywt, Nambee ‘pueblo of the roundish earth’ ‘the
roundish earth’, referring probably to a mound of earth (Wambe’e,
see [25:30]; oywt ‘ pueblo’). This name was originally given
to the pueblo ruin [25:30] which is now distinguished as
Mimbeonwikejt or Nambehkeji (keji ‘old’ pestpound); for the
etymology of the name see [25:30]. All of the forms of the
name quoted below are with exception of one of the Oraibi names
and one of the Span. names either identical or akin. ‘San
Francisco Nambe.”! ‘‘Nambé.”? ‘*Nambé.”* ‘* Vampe.”’4
‘““Namba.”® ‘*NamiTe.”® ‘‘Nampé.”? ‘‘Mambo.”® ‘‘Mambe.”®
1 Vetancurt (ca. 1693) in Teatro Mex., III, p. 317, 1871.
2 MS. ca. 1715 quoted by Bandelier in Arch. Inst. Papers, V, p. 193, 1890.
3D’ Anville, map Amérique Septentrionale, 1746.
4 Pike, Exped., 3d map, 1810.
5 Bent (1849) in Cal. Mess. and Corres., p. 211, 1850.
6 Simpson, Report to See. War, 2d map, 1850.
7 Domenech, Deserts North Amer., IJ, p. 63, 1860.
8 Ward in Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1864, p. 191, 1865.
9 Tbid. for 1867, p. 212, 1868.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 359
2
‘*San Francisco de Nambe.”! *‘ Nambi.”? ‘* Na-imbe,”* given as
Tewa name. ‘‘ Na-im-be,”* given"as Tewa name. ‘* Nambé” or
‘*Nambe.”° Bandelier uses these forms promiscuously through-
out his inal Report. ‘*Ntmi;”® this is given as the Hano Tewa
form; it is evidently merely a poor spelling of Wdambe’e; cf.
Fewkes’ spelling of the Hano form given below. ‘* Na-i-mbi;”?
given as the Tewa form. On hearing a pronunciation of this
spelling a Tewa Indian said, ‘‘ Mr. Bandelier didn’t hit it as nearly
as the old Mexicans did.” The name has two, not three syllables.
‘¢ Na-i-mbi” sounds like Tewa n@imbi ‘ our’ (nd 1; tyr 2+ plural
sign; 67 possessive). ‘* Nambe;”* given as the Hano Tewa form;
cf. Stephen’s spelling of the Hano Tewa form, given above.
‘*Na-im-bai.”® ‘* Nambe (from Nam-bé-é, the native name, proba-
bly referring to a round hill or a round valley).” !° ‘* Nambee.” "
(2) Picuris ‘‘Nammo’lona ‘little mound of earth.’”'!? This is
important as a corroboration of the meaning of the Tewa name.
With the syllable -md/- cf. Tewa -be’e and Isleta -bur- in the
Isleta form quoted below.
(3) Isleta ‘‘ Namburuip”,' given as the Isleta form. This is
undoubtedly the old Isleta name. With the syllable -bur- cf.
Tewa be’e, Picuris -mol-.
(4) Isleta sing. ‘‘ Nambe-hitide”, plu. ‘‘ Nambéhun”’;** given as
Isleta name for the Nambé people. The first part of the name is
merely a Span. loanword.
(5) Jemez Nambee. The Nambé people are called Wambe’e-
is@af (ts?af * people’).
(6) Cochiti Vambx’x. This is the old name. The people are
called Nambx’xmex (me ‘people’). Cf. especially Acoma (8).
(7) Cochiti Vambé. This is merely a Span. loanword.
(8) Acoma ‘* Nomé’é”."* Cf. especially Cochiti (6).
(9) Oraibi Hopi Tohwiveétéwa ‘Tewa near the mountains’
(tékwi ‘mountain’ ‘mountain range’; vee ‘at’ ‘near’; téwa
<Tewa Jewu ‘Tewa’). This name is applied by the Hopi to the
the Nambé and Tesuque Tewa.
1 Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1867, p. 218, 1868.
2 Cooper in Ind. Aff. Rep., p. 161, 1870.
3 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 124, 1890.
4Ibid., p. 260.
5 Tbid., passim.
6 Stephen in Highth Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., p. 37, 1891.
7 Bandelier, op. cit., pt. 1, p. 83, 1892.
8 Fewkes in Nineteenth Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., pt. I, p. 614, 1900.
9 Jouvenceau in Cath. Pioneer, 1, No. 9, p. 12, 1906.
10 Hodge in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 15, 1910.
The Valley Ranch, op. cit.
12 Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910.
13 Hodge, op. cit., p. 16. )
14 Gatschet, Isleta MS. vocab. in Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1885, cited in Handbook Inds,, pt. 2, p. 15, 1910.
360 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [pru. ayn. 29
(10) Oraibi Hopi Vambé. This is merely a Span. loanword.
(11) Eng. Nambé Pueblo, Nambe Pueblo, Nambé, Nambe.
(<Span.).
(12) Span. Nambé. (<Tewa WVimbe’e).
(13) Span. ‘‘San Francisco Nambe”.! ‘*San Francisco”.? *‘St.
Francis”.’ ‘San Francisco de Nambe”.* This saint-name is no
longer in use, although it is well known to the Indians that St.
Francis is the patron saint of the pueblo.
Nambé is the second village known by the name Vémbée. The
first village called Vambe’e is the pueblo ruin [25:30], which ac-
cording to Mr. A. V. Kidder, is a very ancient pueblo. Cf. Nambé
settlement under [23:unlocated ].
Of the origin of the Indians now inhabiting Nambé Pueblo,
Bandelier says: ‘‘The people of Nambé are a compound of origi-
nal Tehuas [Tewa], of Navajos, and of Jicarilla Apaches”.* The
writer’s Nambé informants, who were reliable, stated that they
had never heard of any appreciable amount of Navaho or Jicarilla
Apache blood existing in the Nambé body of Indians. They said
further that there is not a single Athapascan Indian settled at
Nambé at present, but that one of the former caciques of the
pueblo was of Navaho extraction. Bandelier mentions as former
pueblos of the Nambé Indians: ‘*T’o B’hi-piing-ge” (a name which
means merely ‘beyond the mountain’ [25:14] and could be applied
to any or all of the pueblo ruins [25:18], [25:23], and [25:30] and
perhaps to other pueblos; see introduction to sheet [23]); ** Ke
gua-yo” [22:40]; ‘‘A-ga Uo-no” [22:41]; and ‘* Ka-ii-yu” [22:42].°
Hewett? mentions as former pueblos of the Nambé these same
four village names given by Bandelier, and adds Sepewe [4:8]:
Plus loin, ce sont les ruines de Keguaya [22:40], 4 quelques milles 4 lest de
Nambe et de Tobipange [see above], 4 8 milles au nord-est; on suppose que ce
sont celles des villages historiques des Nambe. Les ruines d’ Sgauono [22:41]
et de Kaayu [22:42] sur le Santuario, 4 quelques milles plus loin au nord-est,
indiquent probablement l’ancienne résidence de certains clans des Nambe, et
les traditions rattachent cette tribu 4 celle des Sepawi sur |’oued El Rito, dans
la vallée du Chama.
1Vetancurt (ca. 1693) in Teatro Mex., III, p. 317, 1871.
2Villa-Senor, Theatro Amer., II, p. 425, 1748.
3Shea, Cath. Miss., p. 80, 1855.
4Ward in Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1867, p. 213, 1868.
6 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 261, 1890.
6Ibid., pt. 1, p. 84. 1892. Mr. Hodge informs the writer that he made special inquiry regarding
these names while at Nambé in 1895 and was informed that ‘T’o B’hi-ping-ge”’ is a ruin in the Mora
Mountains about 5 miles east of Nambé; ‘‘Ke-gua-yo’’ is about 3 miles southeast of Nambé, and
“A-ea Uo-no” (pronounced Agiwano by the Nambé informant) about 4 miles to the eastward, in
the Mora Mountains. The exact localtiy of ‘‘Ka-ii-yu’’ could not be given, although the name was
known to the Indians, A ruin called Kekwaii is situated near Ag4wano, and another, known as
Kopiwari, lies about 5 miles north of the present Nambé. 4
7Communautés, p. 33, 1908.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 361
Jeancon! writes:
I have heard some stories that the people of Nambe lived in Pesede-uinge
[5:37] at one time, but have not been able to corroborate them as I have not
had the time.
Nambé Indians informed the writer that the ruins [22:40],
[22:41], [22:42], [23:36], [25:8], [25:18], [25:23], and [25:30]
were built and inhabited by their ancestors at various times in
the past. The unlocated Wijo’onwikej: [22:unlocated] was in-
habited by their ancestors with the ancestors of all the Tewa
Indians of other villages. The old Winter cacique of Nambé
knew the name and location of Sx pxwe [4:8] and said the Nambé
or Tewa people used to live at that pueblo, but the latter infor-
mation was gained only as an answer to a leading question. A
number of Tewa knew of Sxpxewé ruin, but not one seemed to
know definitely that Nambé people used to live there. Oppor-
tunity has offered to ask only one San Ildefonso and one Santa
Clara Indian about the tradition that the ancestors of the Nambé
Indians formerly inhabited P'eseveoywikejt [5:37]. They had
not heard of such a tradition. It appears that Mr. Jeangon ob-
tained his information at Santa Clara Pueblo.
There is at present only one estufa (kiva) at Nambé, and this is
a Winter estufa. The only cacique is a Winter cacique. This
estufa is of the round above-ground type, like the south estufa of
San Ildefonso. It contains some faces of kosd crudely painted on
the pillars of its interior. The estufa is in the somewhat irregular
courtyard of the village about 200 feet east of the Government
schoolhouse. The old cacique says that he has been told by
Indians now dead that the high land where the church [23:10]
stands was covered in earlier times with houses of the pueblo.
See [25:30], [28:10], [23:11], [23:12], [23:6], [23:7], [28:8], [23:9].
[23:6] Nambé Zsehw’u ‘eagle arroyo’ (tse ‘eagle’ of any species; hwu
‘large groove’ arroyo’). The whole arroyo is called thus. Cf.
the names [24:15], [24:6], [24:7], and [24:8]. The part of this
arroyo immediately west of Nambé Pueblo is called by the Nambé
Indians ‘west arroyo’, the part immediately north of Nambé
Pueblo ‘north arroyo’; see [23:7], [23:8].
[23:7] Nambé TZsdmptjeinrhwu ‘west arroyo’ (tsimpije ‘west’
<tsiny ‘to set’, pije ‘toward’; ’iny locative and adjective-form-
ing postfix; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). The part of the
arroyo [23:6] immediately west of Nambé Pueblo is called thus.
See [23:6], [23:8]. Cf. [23:12].
1Explorations in Chama Basin, New Mexico, Records of the Past, Mar.-Apr., p. 108, 1911.
862 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [sru. ann. 29
[23:8] Nambé Pimpijeiyrhwu ‘north arroyo’ (Pimpije ‘north’
<piyy ‘mountain’? ‘up country’, pije ‘toward’; *~yy locative
and adjective-forming postfix; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
The part of the arroyo [23:6] immediately north of Nambé
Pueblo is called thus. See [23:6], [28:7]. Cf. [23:12].
[23:9] Nambé Apo, A’ poge ‘the race-track’ ‘place down at the race-
track” (ge ‘to run’; po ‘track’ ‘trail’? ‘road’; ge ‘down at?’
“over at’).
This track for ceremonial foot-racing is now seldom used. It
extends several hundred feet in an east-west direction on the level
land north of the part of the Zsehwu [23:6] called Pimpijein p-
hw [23:8] and due north of Nambé Pueblo. This is the only
race-track which at present exists at Nambé, so far as could be
learned.
[23:10] Nambé Iisite, Mimbeimmisite ‘the church’ ‘ Nambé church’
(miscate ‘church’ < mist < Span. misa ‘Roman Catholic mass’, fe
‘dwelling-place’ ‘house’; Wdémbe’e, see [23:5]; ’in locative and
adjective-forming postfix).
[23:11] Nambé Ww, Mimbenwu ‘below’ ‘below the roundish earth’
referring to [23:5] (mvu ‘below’; NWambee, see [23:5]). This
name is applied to a strip of low land about a hundred feet wide
extending along Nambé Creek [28:1] at Nambé Pueblo. It is
applied especially to the part of this low land due south of Nambé
estufa (see [23:5]) and just west of the gulch [23:12].
There is a spring at this place which is thought to contain better
water than that obtained from the creek or from the irrigation
ditches.
[23:12] Nambé Z"ampijeinkohwu ‘eastern arroyo’ (¢ampzje ‘east’
<tanyp ‘sun’, pije ‘toward’; ‘in locative and adjective-forming
postfix; Aohww ‘arroyo with barrancas’ < ho ‘barranca’, jw’ u
‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
This is asmall gulch just east of Nambé Pueblo. Cf. [23:7]
and [23:8].
[23:13] Nambé ’?O'epiy yr of obscure etymology (’o’e unexplained, possi-
bly meaning ‘little metate’ or ‘little scar’ but the intonation is
wrong for either of these interpretations; j27.7 ‘ mountain’).
The two circles on the map indicate the location and extent of
the hill or hills thus called.
[23:14] Nambé Pogwaw?i ‘drag water gap’ (po ‘water’; gwa ‘to
drag’; wi’? * gap’). Why the gap is thus called was not under-
stood by the informants. A San Ildefonso Indian said that it
refers perhaps to the sluggish manner in which water flows through
the sand.
The main wagon road connecting Nambé with Santa Fe passes
through this gap.
a
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 3 63
[23:15] Nambé P*abouwikwaje, P’aboui ‘height of the roundish hill of
the yucca’ ‘roundish hill of the yucca’ (p'a yucca * Yucea bac-
cata’; bovd ‘roundish hill’ of large size; kwajé * height’).
The ends of 7“antehwajé [23:16] tapering toward the south and
east are called thus. See [23:16].
ae Nambé Z"antehwaje ‘sun dwelling-place height’ (fay ‘sun’;
te ‘dwelling-place’ ‘ house’; /waje height) For the name cf.
Tqrit alobas [17:9]. The name is peculiar and poetic.
This great bare hill has a high rounded point to the northwest.
To the south and east it runs out into P'abowthwaje [23:15]. See
also [23:17].
[23:17] Nambé Zantebwwu ‘sun dwelling-place corner’ (Z"ante-, see
[23:16]; ww ‘large low roundish place’).
This large dry corner is west of and eared by [23:16], from
which it takes its name.
[23:18] Nambé Avwajitwa ‘ gentle slope where the prairie-dogs move
about’ (kiva, said to be an old form equivalent to kz ‘prairie-
dog’, just as one hears in modern Tewa both pe and peva applied
to what is apparently but one species of rodents, resembling kan-
garoo rats; 77 ‘to moveabout, at, orin a place’; ¢a’a ‘gentle slope’).
Prairie-dogs actually live at the place. The prairie a short dis-
tance east of Nambé Pueblo is called thus. Cf. [23:22].
[23:19] Nambé Pibuhw'u, see [24:39].
[23:20] Nambé Ziajéehwu, see [24:43].
[23:21] Nambé P'awopin, see [24:44].
[23:22] Nambé Wobe ‘high plain’ (unanalyzable).
The name refers to a large, level, barren area exceeding a mile
square.
[23:23] Nambé Pen puqwekabouiin phavu ‘arroyo by the round hills
of the snaky mountain-mahogany thickets’, referring to [23:24]
(Pen puqwekaboui, see [23:24]; ’2y » locative and adjective-form-
ing postfix; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
This arroyo runs down between the little hills [28:24] and the
height [23:16].
[23:24] Nambé Pen puqwekabowd ‘the round hills of the snaky moun-
tain-mahogany thickets’ (pen pu ‘snake’; gwe ‘mountain mahog-
any’ ‘Cercocarpus parvifolius’; 4a ‘denseness’ ‘dense’ ‘ forest’
‘thicket’; bovz ‘large roundish pile’ ‘round hill’).
These hills give the name to the arroyo [28:23].
[23:25] (1) Nambé ’? Obipowe ‘duck creek’ (obi ‘duck’; powe ‘water’
‘creek’ < po ‘water’, we locative).
(2) Tesuque Rutanihvu “pointed rock arroyo’, referring to
[23:37] (Kuta’2-, see [23:37]; ni a Tesuque form of *¢y- locative
364 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
and adjective-forming postfix; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). It
is well known at Nambé and Tesuque that the names differ.
(3) Span. Chupadero Creek ‘sucking place creek’. For the
name cf, [14:87], [22:51], [22:58]. The upper course of this
arroyo is called by the Nambé Pepo, see [23:34]. Name [23:25]
and name [23:34] begin to be applied about where [23:33] joins
the waterway. Whether the Tesuque and Span. names apply like
the Nambé name to the lower course only or include [28:34] has
not been determined. On the writer’s first visit to Nambé it was
learned that ? Vdipowe is sometimes also called "Upowe ‘awl creek’
Cu ‘awl? ‘punch’) but this information is probably incorrect.
See [23:37], [23:34].
[23:26] Numbé Jémp'ag??oku ‘hills of the broad, flat place of the
willows’, referring to [23:27] (Jémp‘ag7, see [23:27]; ?74 locative
and adjective-forming postfix; ’o/w ‘hill’). These low hills are
evidently named from the arroyo [23:27].
[23:27] Nambé Jamp'agikohwu ‘broad, flat arroyo of the willows’
(jay p ‘willow’; p'agi ‘largeness and flatness’ ‘large and flat’;
kolavu ‘arroyo with barrancas’ <fo ‘barranca’, Aww ‘large
groove’ arroyo’).
There appear to be now no willows in this arroyo.
[23:28] Nambé Sdywekwage ‘sandstone mesa’ (séywe ‘sandstone’;
kwage ‘mesa’ height’). It is said that the Nambé people say also
Saywewage; the last two syllables they do not understand, but
take them-to be equivalent to -/wage.
This is a flattish hill. It gives the name to the arroyo [23:29].
[23:29] Nambé Sdywekwageinexhwu, Sigwekwage ty phivu ‘arroyo of
sandstone mesa’, referring to [23:28] (Sdywekwage, Sdnwxewage,
see [23:28]; *2y 7 locative and adjective-forming postfix; Aww
‘large groove’ arroyo’).
[23:30] Nambé Psewaui ‘great yellow gap’ (tse tyellowness’ ‘yellow’;
wast ‘wide gap’). Cf. Tsewasi [15:23]. A yellowish hill appears
to be called by this name. The name gives rise to that of [23:31].
[23:31] Nambé Tsewatihw'u ‘great yellow gap arroyo’, referring to
[23:30] (Tsewau, see [23:30]; Aww ‘large groove’ arroyo’).
[23:32] Nambé ’/n retebe’e ‘round smoke house’ (ém pe ‘smoke’; te
‘dwelling-place’ ‘house’; 6¢’e ‘roundishness’ ‘roundness like a
ball’). Why the name is given was not known to the writer’s
informants.
[23:33] Nambé Tentuwex inqwoge ‘flute talk delta’ (fey 7 ‘hollow tube’
‘flute’; ¢uwe said to mean ‘to talk’ ‘to whistle’, the ordinary
word meaning ‘to talk’ being simply tu; iy rlocative and adjective-
forming postfix; gwoge ‘delta’ ‘down where it cuts through’ < gwo
‘to cut through’, ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’). Why the name is
given was not known to the informants.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 365
[23:34] Nambé Px po, see [22:38].
[23:35] Nambé Puywekwajé ‘buttocks thorn height’ (pw ‘region
about the anus’ ‘ buttocks’; ywe ‘thorn’; /wajé ‘ height’).
This is quite a high mesa; its sides though steep are not cliffs.
Why the name is given was not known to the informants. Cf.
[23:36], [23:38].
[23:36] Nambé Puywekwaje oywikeji ‘buttocks thorn height pueblo
ruin’? (Puywekwaje, see [28:35]; ’onwikej7 ‘pueblo ruin’ < ’oywt
‘pueblo’, kejz ‘old’ postpound).
This is an ancient adobe pueblo ruin, said to have been inhab-
ited by some of the ancestors of the Nambé people.
[28:37] Nambé Autadiwe, Kutadi’ ‘place of the painted rock’ ‘the
painted rock’ (ku ‘rock’ ‘stone’; ¢@’* ‘a painting’; we locative;
7% locative and adjective-forming postpound).
This is a large isolated rock, on the west face of which faint
Indian pictographs as well as partially obliterated Mexican letters
are still to be seen. This rock gives the waterway [23:25] its
Tesuque name.
[23:38] Nambé Punwekwaj?infwu ‘projecting point of buttocks
thorn height’, referring to [28:35] (Puywehkwaje, see [23:35];
‘iny locative and adjective-forming postfix; {ww ‘horizontally
projecting corner or point’).
[23:39] Nambé Tanababuhwu ‘arroyo of dry field corner’, referring
to [23:40] (Tanadabwu, see [28:40]; Aww ‘large groove’
‘arroyo’).
[23:40] Nambé Tanababwu ‘dry field corner’ (ta ‘dryness’ ‘dry’;
naba ‘cultivable field’; bww ‘large low roundish place’).
It is said that this arid corner was cultivated long, long ago.
The place gives the name to the gulch [23:39].
[23:41] Nambé’ Odajata’a ‘gentle slope of an unidentified species of
weed called ‘obaja’ (obaja a kind of weed; ta’a ‘gentle slope’).
There were none of the ’obaja weeds on the slope when the
writer visited it.
[23:42] Nambé P'ep'apdind: ‘place of the half-burnt wood’ (p’e
‘wood’ ‘timber’ ‘log’; p'a ‘to burn’ ‘state of being burnt’
‘burnt’; pdéyy ‘half’ in the sense of ‘not thoroughly or com-
pletely’; *2’* locative and adjective-forming postfix). The name
refers to the height south of Nambé Creek opposite [23:43]. No
burnt wood was seen at the place.
[23:43] Nambé 7?°in phi’ ‘cottonwood arroyo’ (¢e* cottonwood tree’
‘ Populus wislizeni’; "iy locative and adjective-forming postfix;
hwu ‘large groove’ ‘ arroyo’).
This dry gulch enters Nambé Creek just below the locality
[23:45]. The gulch begins at the locality [23:44].
366 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [aru. ann. 29
[23:44] Nambé Auk'xp'age ‘ gravelly flat place’ (kukie ‘gravel? <ku
‘stone’, k'v as in ’ok'# ‘ sand’; p'a ‘largeness and flatness’ ‘large
and flat’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’).
This is a high, arid, somewhat sandy and gravelly place. Here
[23:43] begins.
[23:45] Nambé Potsej/be’e ‘small corner of the yellow squash(es)’ (po
‘squash’ ‘ pumpkin’; fsej/ ‘ yellowness’ ‘yellow’; e’e ‘ small low
roundish place’).
This is a little dell on both sides of Nambé Creek at a sharp
turn in the creek. There are some cottonwood trees there, also
cultivated fields.
[23:46] Nambé I/ahupowe, see [22:39].
[23:47] Nambé Tsufsen pihwu ‘arroyo of the yellow ¢sy,’ an unidenti-
fied weed (Zsutsenpi-, see [25:58]; Awu ‘large groove’ ‘ar-
royo’). Whether the name Zsyfsenp7- referred originally to this
arroyo or to the mountain [25:58] is uncertain.
[23:48] Nambé Aosoge, ’ Okupzeygekosoge * place of the big arroyo’
‘place of the big arroyo beyond the hills’ (ko ‘ barranca’; so
‘largeness’ ‘large’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; ’Okupenge, see
under [23:3]).
The upper course of this large arroyo is called Pefadahwu
see [23:58].
[23:49] Nambé Tefsekwaje ‘ height of a kind of whitish earth called
tetsx’ found at this place and of which no use is made <¢e un-
explained, fs ‘whiteness’ ‘ white’). Cf. [23:50].
There are many small piles of stones on top of this height,
seemingly placed there for some religious purpose. See [23:50],
[23:51], [23:52].
[28:50] Nambé Zefsebwu ‘corner of a kind of whitish earth called
tetse’ (Tetsxe-, see [28:49]; bw?u ‘large low roundish place’). Cf.
[23:49]. This name is applied to the locality between [23:49] and
the arroyo [23:48]. See [23:49], [28:51], [28:52].
[23:51] A large artificial pile of earth.
[23:52] Several small piles of stones.
[23:53] Old and partially obliterated wagon road connecting Nambé
Pueblo and Callamongue [21:25].
[23:54] Nambé Qwepupo’oku ‘mountain mahogany roots water hill’
(qwe ‘mountain mahogany’ ‘Cercocarpus parvifolius’ called by
the Mexicans palo duro; pu ‘base’ ‘root’; po ‘water’ ‘spring’;
roku Shill’). It was said that there is no place called merely
Qwepupo.
This small hill is correctly located on the sheet. The old
wagon road [23:53] passes between this hill and [23:49].
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 367
[23:55] Nambé Dets/’a’a ‘lean coyote slope’ (de ‘ coyote’; ts ‘leanness’
‘lean’; wa ‘steep slope’).
This slope runs up high toward the south. In summer it is
erassy and green. The white stratum [23:56] is at this place.
[23:56] Nambé pun peise, (un pe ‘see’ dwe ‘the white white-earth’ ‘ place
of the white white-earth’ (funyze ‘a kind of white earth’, see
Mrverats; fsx ‘whiteness’ ‘white’; *zwe locative).
This is a broad stratum of white at a place [23:55], marked by
the presence of cliffs.
[23:57] Nambé Pxt'adapo, Prt adapopi ‘spring of the deer wanting
to tremble’ (pz ‘mule-deer’; ¢ada ‘to want to tremble’ ‘to be
about to sates <fa, usually fata, ‘to tremble’, daa ‘to
want’; po ‘water’ ‘spring’; pop? ‘spring’ <po ‘water’, pd ‘to
issue’), The meaning of the name was not very clear to the
informants.
This is a perennial spring of good water at the foot of a cliff of
soft rock on the south side of the arroyo bed. The spring gives
the name [23:58] to the SHnoe part of the arroyo.
[23:58] Nambé Pet'adahwu ‘arroyo of the deer wanting to tremble’
said to refer te the spring [23:57] (Pxt'ada, see [28:57]; hw
‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
The upper part of the Aosoge [28:48] is called thus.
[23:59] Nambé Vampchegi ‘red earth with many little gulches’ (ndyy
‘earth’; pi ‘redness’ ‘red’; hegd ‘gulched’ </he’e ‘little groove’
‘eulch’ ‘arroyito’, gas in many adjectives which denote shape).
Cf. [18:3].
The large region bearing this name is reddish in color and much
cut by small gulches. It is bordered on the east by Vémpibw'u
[28: 60]. All the vague region beyond, i. e. south of Mampiheg?,
is called Mimpipenge “beyond the red earth’ (peyge * beyond’).
[23:60] Nambé Mimpibw'u ‘large, low, roundish place of the red earth’
(ndmp7-, as in [23:59]; buu alnroey low, roundish place’).
[23:61] Tesuque Creek, see [26:1].
[23:62] Tesuque ’Atuywepeygery rkohwu, see [26:2].
UNLOCATED
Nambé names of places not at all definitely located are included
here.
Bihilbiteqwa ‘the houses of the Vigils’ (B/ii? <Span. Vigil, family
name +6/ possessive + ¢eqwa ‘house’ < te ‘dwelling-place,’ gwa
denoting state of being a receptacle). The name refers to a group
of four or five houses near Nambé Creek, about a mile east of
Nambé Pueblo. The houses are the homes of Nambé Indians the
Mexican family name of most of whom happens to be Vigil.
368 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BTH. ANN. 29
Hence the name. The place is sometimes called in Eng. Upper
Nambé.
Nambé Buwatakwiwe ‘dry bread stone place’ (buwa ‘bread’; fa ‘dry-
ness’ ‘dry’; ku, ko ‘stone’; *iwe locative).
A place east of Nambé. Why the name is given was not known
to the informant.
Nambé Johekewe ‘cane-cactus arroyito height’ (jo ‘cane-cactus’
‘Opuntia arborescens’; hee ‘little groove’ ‘arroyito’? ‘gulch’;
kewe ‘height’ ‘peak’). The name may refer to one or more than
one arroyito.
The place is somewhat east of Nambé.
Nambé Aa fuwist ‘leaf point’ (ka ‘leaf’; {ww Sherizontally project-
ing corner’; wztd ‘horizontally projecting corner’).
This isa height east of Nambé. See Aw fuwis7 onwikeji, below.
Nambé Aa fuwis?onwiket ‘leat point pueblo ruin’ (Aa fuwis7, see
next item above; ’oywikeji ‘pueblo ruin’? <’oywt ‘pueblo’, kez
‘old’? postpound). This is the name applied to a small pueblo
ruin said to exist on top of Aw@fuwivi. The informant knew no
details concerning it and nothing about its history.
Nambé Awe’iykoge ‘oak arroyo’ (kwe ‘oak’; *iyy locative and
adjective-forming postfix; ko ‘barranca’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’).
This is a gulch east of Nambé.
Nambé Kowdge, Rowagenwu ‘place down where the hair is or was
dressed’ ‘place down beneath where the hair is or was dressed’
(kows ‘to dress hair’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; nu ‘beneath’).
This is a place east of Nambé.
Nambé Kuhaje, Kuhajeiwe ‘the hanging rock’ ‘place of the hanging
rock’? (kw ‘stone’ ‘rock’; hajé ‘to hang’ intransitive; ’/we
locative).
Nambé Aupibowi ‘round hill of the red rock(s)’ (kw ‘stone’ ‘rock’; pz
‘redness’ ‘red’; bowd round hill’). Cf. [25:40].
A_ plate several miles southwest of Nambé; some Mexicans live
there, it is said.
Nambé Kupohwu ‘cob creek’ (ku ‘cob’ ‘corn-cob’; pohwu ‘creek
with water in it’ < po ‘water’, Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
A place in the mountains east of Nambé.
Span. Rio de en Medio, Rio ex el Medio, ‘middle river’, said to be a
southern tributary of Nambé Creek. Cf. [22:28].
ing, and Span. Nambé settlement. The name Nambé is applied
rather vaguely to all the country about Nambé Pueblo. Nambé
post-office is at present in a store kept by a Mexican about half a
mile west of Nambé Pueblo. Some Mexicans who live a short
distance east of Pojoaque say that they live at Nambé.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 369
Nambé Nwey rkoge, Nwenphwu ‘rock-pine arroyo’ (ywey yp ‘rock-
pine’ ‘ Pinus scopulorum’; ko ‘barranca’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over-at’;
hwu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
This is an arroyo in the mountains east of Nambé.
Nambé Po’a i ‘place of the steep slope by the water’ (po ‘water’;
wa ‘steep slope’; °c” locative and adjective-forming postfix). ;
This is a place in the mountains east of Nambé. It is north of
Podendiwe; see next item below.
Nambé Podendiwe ‘empty water place’ (po ‘ water’; dey ‘emptiness’
‘empty’; ’we locative).
This place is in the mountains east of Nambé, south of Poa”;
see above.
Nambé Po'inpa’a ‘cane slope’ (po ‘cane’, probably ‘ Phragmites
communis’, called by the Mexicans carrizo; *i7,7 locative and
adjective-forming postfix; ’a’a ‘steep slope’).
This place is several miles southeast of Nambé.
Nambé Pomawi, said to mean ‘where the water gouges out’ (po
‘water’; maw said to mean ‘to gouge out’, but this is doubtful).
This is a vlace in the mountains east of Nambé.
Nambé P'enw7’t ‘black gap’ (p‘ey ‘blackness’ ‘black’; wi’? ‘gap’
‘ pass’). :
This is a gap in the hills south of Nambé. It is said that the
road connecting Nambé and Santa Fe which passes through [23:14]
passes also through this gap.
Nambé Qweyrjopo ‘water or creek of an unidentified species of rodent
resembling the woodrat’ (gweyyjo a species of rodent < gweyyp
a species of rodent, jo augmentative; po ‘water’ ‘creek’).
This is a creek in the high mountains east of Nambé.
Nambé Qwentsikewe ‘peak of the eye of an unidentified species of
rodent resembling the woodrat’ (gweyy a species of rodent; ts7
‘eve’; kewe ‘peak’ ‘height”’).
This is a small peak in the high mountains east of Nambé.
Nambé Sexyk'ohwu ‘arroyo of an unidentified species of hush’ (seyk'o
an unidentified species of bush the wood of which is very hard;
hwu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
This is an arroyo east of Nambé.
Nambé S@ywe fukwaje ‘squirrel point height’ (s@’ywe a kind of
squirrel; {vu ‘horizontally projecting point’; kwaje ‘height’).
This is a height in the high mountains east of Namnbé.
Nambé Sepohwu * bluebird creek’ (se ‘bluebird’ of several species:
pohwu ‘creek with water in it? < po ‘water’, iwu ‘large groove’
‘arroyo’).
This is an arroyo situated along the eastern boundary of sheet
[23]. Cf. Sepokese, next below.
87584°—29 ErTH—16 24.
370 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [nrn. ann. 29
Nambé Sepokese ‘bluebird water height’ (sepo-, see next above; kese
- height’).
This is a place near Sepohwu; see next item above.
Nambé Svheiykg ‘belly-ache arroyo’ (si ‘belly’; he ‘ache? ‘aching’;
‘iy locative and adjective-forming postfix; ko ‘barranca’).
This is a gulch somewhere near the eastern boundary of sheet
[23].
Nambé 7sepove ‘eagle’s head’ (tse ‘eagle’ of any species; poze said to
mean ‘head’ < po ‘head’, “e unexplained). Cf. [24:37].
This is a hillock south of Nambé, in plain sight of the pueblo,
probably somewhere near [23:13]. The name was not known to
the informants with whom the author took walks in the hills south
of Nambé,
Nambé 7s:w7c ‘flaking-stone gap’ (ts?7 ‘flaking-stone’; w777 ‘gap’).
This is a gap in the hills or mountains far east of Nambé. Cf.
Tsiwibo.i, next below.
Nambé 7siwibott ‘round hill by flaking-stone gap’, referring to
Tsiwvi, next above (b047 ‘roundish pile or hill’).
Upper Nambé, see B7hi/b/teqwa under [23:unlocated], above.
Vigil’s place. See Brhilbitegwa under [28:unlocated], above.
‘
[24] NAMB NORTH SHEET
This sheet (map 24) shows the country immediately north of Nambé
Pueblo. No ruins are known to exist in the area. The place-names
were all obtained at Nambé.
[24:1] Nambé /Zusoge ‘the large arroyo’ (Awu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’;
so ‘largeness’ ‘large’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’).
The uppermost course of this arroyo, which is canyon-like, is
called Aupits?’7; see [25:40]. The /Zusoge flows into Kup en phivu
[21:11].
[24:2] Nambé //ubaheg? ‘one-seeded juniper belts gulched’ (hu ‘one-
seeded juniper’ ‘Juniperus monosperma’; 6a a ‘woman’s belt’,
probably here referring to belts of juniper; Aeg? ‘gulched’).
A large high area of broken land lying north of the central
course of the /Zusoge is called thus. It is said that until a few
years ago the northern line of the Nambé Pueblo land grant ran
through the Hybaheg?; now the line extends south of this place,
it is said.
[24:3] Nambé Pxetehawu, see [22:35].
[24:4] Nambé Pekehwu ‘sharp fruit arroyo’ (pe ‘ripeness’ ‘ripe’
‘fruit’; ke ‘sharpness’ ‘sharp’, said, e. g., of cactus thorns; /wu
‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
MAP 24
NAMBE NORTH REGION
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
iz
Ler eeny
4,
toes 4.
wv ,
os
BS Nambé Pueblo
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 24
22 |25
aes
RAN = -
LW Sy, , we =
Or rire = Z ~ So aCe =
zi : Pipnin OALUNS = “UN
7ttas*
*,
,
<
»
s
~
ats
she
SAN 7 WS
tte “
23 ay AT ied
SS u TIN
ZTIANS TINS m
LINN
“TV “HENS 4at
t £ 1 MILE.
H REGION
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
21
12
13
Ue eeag,
7,
"tia?
Nambé Pueblo
NAMBE NORTH REGION
7
oF
71
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 24
25
ws
Wy,
%- FESS ONY,
tae L "
N\ WN Wy WEES wil\as NIN
Cais => S 3%, ~
Sass SSS as $6 GINS! NS Z71\N
RETINGA Ww Si “A Se Ln
oes ~\ RGD DR)
STTINETTAN SS
DSTI 23
£ 1 MILE.
MAP 24
NAMBE NORTH REGION
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES By qfail
[24:5] (1) Nambé’ Osxwe ‘ place of the unidentified weed species called
ose’ (ose aspecies of weed; we locative).
(2) Span. Gallinero ‘place for keeping chickens’ ‘chicken house
or yard’, probably so called because of fancied resemblance in shape
between the ridge and a chicken house.
Both Nambé and Span. names seem to refer rather vaguely
to the whole arid locality.
[24:6] Nambé Tseqweywisi ‘eagle-tail point’ (tse ‘ eagle’ of any species;
qwey yp ‘tail’; wivt ‘horizontally projecting point’, here referring
to the westward projecting end of the little hill). There are sey-
eral names on the sheet which contain ¢se ‘eagle.’
The hill by this name gives the names to [24:7] and [24:8].
[24:7] Nambé Zseqwueywivipenge ‘beyond eagle-tail point’, referring
to [24:6] (Tseqweywisi, see [24:6]; pxeyge ‘beyond’). This name
‘seems to be applied rather definitely to the locality just north of
the hills [24:6].
[24:8] Nambé 7keqweywis’inrhwu ‘arroyo by eagle-tail point’, refer-
ring to [24:6] ( Zseqweywisz, see [24:6]; 1p locative and adjective-
forming postfix; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
This arroyo flows into Aup‘ey phwu [21:11]. Notice the places
with names in its upper course.
[24:9] Nambé ’ Ok*'dw77d ‘sandy gap’ (ok*d ‘sand’; we gap’). This
name refers definitely to a gap through which the arroyo [24:8]
passes, and vaguely to the whole region about the gap. _
[24:10] Nambé Mintsexy pige ‘ place of the white earth’ (ndyp ‘earth’;
isen i ‘whiteness’ ‘white’, applied to the White Gorn Maiden
and found in some other place-names <ésx ‘white’, m7 un-
explained but occurring with some other color names; ge ‘down
at’ ‘over at’).
The earth is whitish at this place. There are low hillocks on
the northern side of the arroyo [24:8].
[24:11] Nambé P'ete’e ‘trap estufa’ (p‘e ‘trap’ of any kind; tee
‘estufa’). For the name cf. Site’e [19:48]. This name is applied
to two little springs in the bed of the arroyo [24:8] near the
source of the arroyo.
[24:12] Nambé Jfigelkohwu, see [21:32].
[24:13] Nambé Creek, see [19:3].
[24:14] Nambé TZkchwu, see [28: 6].
[24:15] Nambé Zseqwajo, Txeqwajo’oku said to mean ‘ where the eagle
dragged very much’ ‘hill where the eagle dragged very much’
(tse ‘eagle’; gwa ‘to drag’; jo augmentative). The reason for
applying the name was not known to the informants. There are
several other names on the sheet in which ¢se ‘eagle’ appears.
The name applies to a small bill somewhat farther west than the
Se ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [nru. Ann. 29
other hills shown on this part of the sheet. The old trail from
Nambé to Cunday6 passes east of this hill.
[24:16] Nambé Pon pih'e?, Pon pik'ehwajé ‘dodge plumed arroyo
shrub place’ ‘dodge plumed arroyo shrub height’ (yoni ‘plumed
arroyo shrub’ ‘ Fallugia paradoxa acuminata’; £°¢? ‘to dodge’;
kwajé *height’). The verb X'¢¢ appears to be used much as is
Eng. ‘to dodge.’ The exact meaning of the name was not under-
stood by the informants. This name is applied to two ridges, the
more southerly one having a depression in its middle.
An old trail leading to P*ojo [24:21] passes east of Pon pik'e.
[24:17] Nambé Hasep@ikewe ‘fasting thread peak or height’
(Hasepwt-, see [24:19]; kewe ‘peak’ ‘height’). Perhaps the
name //asepw4- was originally applied to the arroyo [24:19].
See [24:18].
[24:18] Nambé Tobapupi, Tobapup?iwe ‘cliff roots come out’ ‘place
where the cliff roots come out’ (éoba ‘cliff’; pu ‘base’, here
‘root’; pz ‘to come out’ ‘to issue’; *éwe locative).
A peculiar mineral formation, probably of fossil origin, is found
at this place. Straight pieces of brownish stone resembling
fragments of human ribs are found protruding from the ground,
“coming up’, here and there on the southern slope of [24:17]
near the base of some low cliffs. These pieces of stone are said
by the Nambé Indians to be the pw ‘roots’ of the cliff, which is
conceived of as having roots as does a plant. Earl and Archie
Bolander, sons of the teacher of the Government Indian school at
Nambé, had also noticed this formation and had supposed it to
consist of fossilized bones.
[24:19] (1) Nambé /avepa’tts:’¢ ‘fasting thread canyon’ (hase ‘to
fast’ ‘to hold a religious fast’; pa’? ‘thread’; és’2 ‘canyon’).
The meaning of the name was not fully understood by the
informants. It is not clear what ‘fasting’ has to do with
‘thread’,
The locality would be a good place to fast since it is absolutely
devoid of food and water. There is ordinarily not even a thread-
like stream of water in the bed of the ‘canyon’. This waterway
should be called a Aww rather than a fs’, as the informants re-
marked; ef. -kohwu in Nambé (2), below. Cf. [24:17] and [24:21].
(2) Nambé Tobabwinrkohwu ‘cliff corner arroyo’ (Tobabwu,
see [24:20]; ’inp locative and adjective-forming postfix; Lehwu
‘arroyo with barrancas’ <fo ‘barranca’, hwu ‘large groove’
‘arroyo’). This name is applied because the arroyo is conceived
of as flowing about the low place [24:20].
This arroyo and the arroyo [24:25] are the chief tributaries of
the 7sehwu [24:14]. Cf. [24:20].
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES oe
[24:20] (1) Nambé Havepia’tbi’u ‘fastening thread corner’, probably
referring to [24:19] (lawepd@’4-, see [24:19]; bwu ‘large low
roundish place’).
(2) Nambé Tobabiwu ‘cliff corner’ (foba ‘cliff’; bw ‘large low
roundish place’). Thecorner is called thus because it issurrounded
on the north and west by the named little hills with cliffs [24:17],
[24:16], [24:27], and [24:28]. The arroyos [24:19] and [24:25]
may be called after this low place.
[24:21] Nambé P'ojo ‘the big hole’ (p‘o ‘hole’; jo augmentative).
This hole is merely a natural pit or cave at the base of a tall
cliff. Coyotes sleep and raise their young at this place according
to an old informant. An old trail leads between [24:16] and
[24:17] to the place. The gulch by the hole drains into the
arroyo [24:19]. See [24:22].
[24:22] Nambé P'ojobwu, P'ojopeygebv’u ‘corner by the big hole’
‘corner beyond the big hole’, referring to [24:21] (p'ojo, see
[24:21]; bw’w ‘large low roundish place’; peyge ‘beyond’). The
two forms of the name refer to the same locality.
[24: 23] Nambé //odewe ‘gray coyote place’ (ho ‘ grayness’ “gray” ; de
‘coyote’; we locative).
This place is a short distance northwest of [24:32]. It gives
names to [24:24] and [24:25]. The arroyo [24:25] begins at this
place.
[24:24] Nambé Hodewepeyge ‘beyond gray coyote place’, referring to
[24:23] (Hodewe, see [24:23]; penge ‘ beyond’).
The arroyo [24:19] is said to commence at this ee
[24:25] (1) Nambé Hodewehw'w ‘gray coyote place arroyo’, referring
to [24:23] (Zodewe, see [24:23]; hw’u ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
So called because it begins at Hodewe ieee
(2) Tobabuhwu ‘cliff corner arroyo’, referring to [24:20] (Toba-
bwu, see [24:20]; hwu ‘large groove? ‘arroyo’). Cf. [24:19].
This arroyo and the arroyo [24:19] are the chief tributaries of the
Tsehwu [24:14]. The little arroyo [24:26] is tributary to [24:25].
[24:26] Nambé Vimp‘endihw’u ‘black earth arroyo’ (ndyp ‘earth’;
pevnf ‘blackness’ ‘ black?; ¢* locative and adjective-forming post-
fix; hwu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
This gulch runs into the arroyo [24:25].
[24:27] Nambé Psehowey p white morning’ (fsx ‘whiteness’ ‘ white’;
hesey p ‘morning’, cf. the common expression /esendi*’ ‘in the
morning’ shane ‘morning’, ’2” locative and adjective-forming
postfix).
This little arid knob of a hill has a very pretty and poetic name.
The old trail north from Nambé passes between it and [24:15].
[24:28] Nambé pun peek‘ ondi', pun peek ondikwaje ‘place where the
white earth called fun ye is dug’ ‘height where the white earth
374 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BTH. ANN. 29
called fun pe is dug’ (fun pre a kind of white earth used in pottery
making, see under Mryerats; kon ‘to dig’; ’7 locative and
adjective-forming postfix; Awajé ‘ height’).
A horizontal layer of pure white fun runs near the top of the
hill. The hill contains two peculiar caye-dwellings [24:29] and
east of it are the ‘ water-jar on the head’ rocks [24:30].
[24:29] (1) Nambé Tobaqgwa, Tobaquwwiwe ‘the cliff-dwellings’ ‘the
place of the cliff-dwellings’ (foba ‘cliff’; gwa denoting state of
being a receptacle, here about equivalent to ‘cave’ or ‘house’;
*iwe locative).
(2) Nambé Sesababuwate, Sesabapante ‘ovens of the Sxsaba’
(Sesaba, a being personated on certain occasions by a masked
man who goes about Nambé Pueblo flogging children with a whip
of yucca; buwate, pante ‘oven’? <buwa ‘bread’, te ‘dwelling-
place’ ‘apartment’; pay ‘bread’ <Span. pan ‘bread’). The
caves are said to haye something to do with the Sxsaba cere-
mony; hence the name.
These are large caves with flat floors and roundish roofs, seem-
ingly artificially excavated. Traces of smoke can be seen on the
roots. These caves closely resemble the typical dwelling-caves of
the Pajarito Plateau. The caves are part -way up the steep side of
the hill [24:28]. The hillside forms a fold, so that the two caves
face each other. The eastern cave is high enough for a man to
stand upright in it; the western cave is only about 3 feet high.
See [24:28].
[24:30] (1) Nambé Pobe’dn peg? ‘water-jar on the head’ (pobe ‘water-
jar’ ‘olla’ <po ‘water’, be ‘jar’ ‘pottery’; ’dnyeg? ‘on the
head’).
(2) Nambé Sdywe'dn peg? ‘sandstone on the head’ (séywe
‘sandstone’; *dn peg? ‘on the head’).
(3) Nambé Sdyweke’’' ‘the sandstone necks’ ‘place of the sand-
stone necks’ (sdéywx ‘sandstone’; ke ‘necks’ ‘necked’; *2% loca-
tive and adjective-forming postfix).
These names are used indiscriminately in referring to some
eroded rock pillars the slender base of which supports a large
and heavy top, suggesting the figure of a woman carrying an olla
on the head.
[24:31] Nambé Wobe, see [23:22].
[24:32] Nambé ?Awup‘iwe, ?Awap'iwebwu ‘place of a kind of cattail
called *wwap'v ‘corner of the place of a kind of cattail called
‘wwap'? Cawap'? an unidentified species of cattail with narrow
leaves <’awa ‘cattail’, p'z ‘smallness and flatness’ ‘small and
flat’, cf. °awap'a ‘broad-leaved cattail’; we locative; bww ‘large
low roundish place’).
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 375
This name refers toa large region. Just where the cattails
which gave rise to the name grow or grew was not known to the
informants. The place mentioned gives names to [24:33 ], [24:34],
and [24:35].
[24:33] Nambé ’Awap‘twehww ‘arroyo by the place of a kind of cat-
tail called DEL referring to [24:32] (Awap‘iwe, see [24:32];
Awu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
This little dry gulch proceeds from Awap twe [24:32] north of
the little mesa [24:34] and disappears in the high plain of Wobte
[24:31].
[24:34] Nambé ’Awap'iwekave * mesa or height of the place of a kind
of cattail called ’awap's’, referring to [24:32] (Awap'iwe, see
[24:32]; kewe ‘height’ ‘mesa’ ‘peak’).
This little mesa rises abruptly from the plain with cliff walls to
a height of 30 feet or more. It can be scaled without the help of
tackle only in two or three places. Its topis flat and 30 or 40 feet
in diameter. There is a little water hole in the top at its south-
west extremity which contained good water in October, although
it was said that no rain had fallen for several days. There isa
cave in the cliff at the southern end of the mesa; see [24:35].
The little mesa is very conspicuous from Nambé Pueblo and from
all the plain about.
[24:35] Nambé ?Awap‘iwekeweimp'o ‘the hole in ee mesa or height
of the place of a kind of cattail called ’awap‘?’, referring to [24:
34] ( Awap'iwekewe, see [24:34]; inp locative end adjective- form-
ing postfix; p‘o ‘hole’).
This cave of [24:35], unlike the caves of [24:28], appears to be
of natural origin and shows no signs of having been inhabited.
[24:36] (1) Nambé ’Awafrijahwu. (<Span.). Cf. Span. (2).
(2) Span. Arroyo del Agua Fria ‘cold water arroyo’. Cf.
Tewa (1).
There appears to be no name for this gulch in the Nambé
language. It is distinguished by running in front of, i. e., just
south of the mesa [24:34]. Why the name ‘cold water’ should
be applied to this dry gulch is not clear.
[24:37] Nambé Tsepohww ‘eagle's head arroyo’ (tse ‘eagle of any
species’; po ‘head’; hw ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). Several
place-names on the sheet contain the word ¢se ‘eagle’. Cf. espe-
cially Zsepore under [28:unlocated].
This gulch runs from T7sepokwaje [24:38], to which it appears
to give the name, until it is lost in the arid plain.
[24:38] Nambé TZkepokwaje ‘eagle Se height’ (Zsepo-, see [24:37];
kwajé ‘height’).
The 7: sepohw u [24:37] begins at this place.
376 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
[24:39] Nambé Pibuhwu, Pibupeygehwu ‘red corner arroyo’ ‘arroyo
beyond red corner’, referring to [24:41] (Pibw x, see [24:41];
peyge ‘beyond’; hwu ‘large groove’ ‘ arroyo’).
This arroyo runs straight toward Nambé Pueblo, but its course
becomes obliterated in the lowlands.
[24:40] Nambé Popobibw’u ‘squash flower corner’ (po ‘squash’
‘pumpkin’ ‘ calabash’; pobt ‘flower’; bw’u ‘large low roundish
place’).
This is an arid corner amid low hills.
[24:41] Nambé Pibw’w ‘red corner’ (pi ‘redness’ ‘red’; bww ‘large
low roundish place’).
This corner gives the names to [24:39] and [24:42].
[24:49] Nambé Pibwkwajd ‘heights by red corner’, referring to
[24:41] (Pibwu, see [24:41]; kwaje ‘height’).
[24:43] Nambé Ziajehwu ‘the straight arroyo’ (tajé ‘straightness’
‘straight’; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
The course of this large arroyo is very straight; it runs toward
Nambé Pueblo until it becomes obliterated in the lowlands. Its
uppermost course is called P'etsawihiwu; see [25:46]. Many
places on its upper course are known by name; see sheet [25].
When returning from the mountains northeast of Nambé the bed
of the Zajéhwu is the favorite route.
[24:44] Nambé Pawo’oku, P'awopiyy ‘fire medicine hill’ ‘fire medi-
cine mountain’ (pa ‘fire’; wo ‘medicine’ ‘magic’; ’okw ‘hill’;
pry f ‘mountain’).
This hill is very well known at Nambé Pueblo. The Indian
name of a boy at Nambé is P*‘awo. There is a small shrine
(kuk‘aje) on top of the hill. Cf: [24:45]. A Nambé schoolboy
tried to etymologize the name as ‘yucca medicine’ (p'a ‘yucca’
‘Yucca baccata’; wo ‘medicine’ ‘magic’) but the old cacique
laughed at this interpretation. The place gives the name to
[24:45].
[24:45] Nambé P*awopow?? ‘hole through road gap’ (P*awo, see
[24:44]; po ‘trail’, here ‘road’; w7’7 ‘gap’ ‘pass’).
An old wagon road passes through this gap between the hills
[24:44] and [24:46].
[24:46] Nambé Mahutenukwaje, Mahutenukwage ‘heights at the foot
of the owl dwelling-place’ (mahy ‘owl’ of any species; fe *dwell-
ing-place’ ‘house’, also ‘nest’ in the sense of dwelling-place; 220w
‘below’ ‘beneath’; kwajé, kwage ‘height’). The name indicates
that there was an owl dwelling-place or nest somewhere above or
on top of these heights, but no such dwelling-place was known to
the informants.
This name is applied to the entire length of the ridge from
[25:58] to [24:44]. The ridge is a large one, and its proximity to
Nambé Pueblo renders it especially well known.
MAP. 25
CUNDAYO REGION
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 25
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
NOISSY OAVGNNO
viet}
=
“a1IWe
Wily,
TY RN /; WWE
SSAWVWPSM ESBS
wyyeziS SLY INGA hs
WZ EIS
ZS
NC,
ES Cepek
4 aot r =
StL Ae
tue
NU
EN AAA
es WY
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 25
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
tyr
7I\N
, \
ly ah) de
Ae AIL Pn Peer sr,
ees. / jonas
Sie SEMANA ees SY,
Mt VAAN Noe
7 A ‘ 11, 7
Wr 4
WZ
“s
“an
4
°
ANN JMS
he
z
-
i
day
77ir”
Cian
23
iyi
“ath
758
Se
WS x
77
Vals,
—
CUNDAYO REGION
MAP 25
CUNDAYO REGION
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES iil
[25] cUuNDAYO SHEET
This sheet (map 25) shows Topiy mountain [25:14] and the country
about the mountain, including the Mexican settlement of Cundayé.
Cunday6 is the only Mexican settlement known to exist in the area
shown on this sheet, and is indeed the only place with a well-known
Span. name. Hence the sheet has been called the Cundayé sheet.
The region east of the mountain Topiny [25:14] is called by the
Nambé Indians Topimpenge (Topiyp, see [25:14]; peyge *‘beyond’).
Topimpeyge is Bandelier’s ‘*T’o B’hi-ping-ge, the former village of
the Nambé tribe, 8 miles northeast of the present pueblo”! and Hew-
ett’s ‘‘Tobipange, 4 8 milles au nord-est [de Nambé].”? As a mat-
ter of fact Topimpeyge can be applied to any one of the pueblo
ruins at Topimpe yge—to [25:18], [25:23], [25:30], and even to [25:8].
[25:1] Santa Cruz Creek, see Leh
[25:2] Rio Chiquito, see [22:22
[25:3] (1) Nambé Kofsi7, ean i ‘stone canyon’ (ko, ku ‘stone’ ‘rock’;
fs?i ‘canyon’). This name is given to the creek canyon both be-
low and above the junction of [25:15].
The walls are in many places high rock-cliffs.
(2) Medio Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (4).
(8) Eng. Cundayé Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (5).
(4) Span. Rio de en Medio, Rio Medio ‘creek in the middle’
‘middle creek’. It appears that this name is given because the
upper part of the creek les between [25:2] and [25:15]. —=Eng.
(2). This name appears to be given especially to that part of the
creek above the confluence of [25:15].
(5) Span. Rio de Cundayé, Rio Cundayé (named after Cundayé
settlement [25:7]). This name was obtained froma Mexican at
Cunday6; it appears that it is given especially to the part of the
creek below the confluence of [25:15] in the vicinity of Cundayé
settlement. See [25:7].
This creek rises at Wijo [22:29]. The canyon is large and
beautiful. Whether the creek has any established Span. or Eng.
name is doubtful.
[25:4] Nambé Pojegepiy ‘mountain down where the waters or creeks
come together’, referring to [25:5] (Pojege, see [25:5]; piny
‘mountain’).
[25:5] Pojege ‘down where the waters or creeks come together’ (po
‘water’ ‘creek’; je ‘to meet’ ‘to come together’; ge ‘down at’
‘over at’).
The locality of the confluence of the creeks [25:2] and [25:3]
is called thus. Cf. [25:4].
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 84, 1892. 2?Hewett, Communautes, p. 33, 1908.
378 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH, ANN. 29
[25:6] Nambé Pepofwu, Pepofuge ‘deer water point’ ‘place down
by deer water point’ (pe ‘mule-deer’; po ‘water’; fww ‘hori-
zontally projecting point’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’).
This is a projecting corner of a hill on the northeast side of the
canyon a short distance below Cundayé settlement [25:7]. There
are Mexican farms on the bottom lands about this place. The
Mexicans probably include this place under the name Cundayé.
[25:7] (1) Nambé Audijokwekwi* ‘Mexican settlement at [25:8]?
(Kudijo, see [25:8]; Kweky ‘Mexican’, modified from kwekuy p
‘iron’ ‘metal’; ’2’* locative and adjective-forming postfix). Cf.
Eng. (2), Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Cunday®é settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (8).
* (3) Span. Cunday6d, a corruption of Tewa Audijo, see [25:8].
=Eng. (2).
This is a small Mexican settlement on the level land of the can-
yon bottom. It is mostly on the south side of the creek. The
name Cundayé was obtained from a Mexican living there. The
Santa Fe Sheet of the United States Geological Survey, March,
1894, locates a Mexican hamlet at the site of Cundayd, but calls
it ‘‘ Escondillo.” This is a mistake. A Mexican hamlet consist-
ing of two or three houses situated somewhere in the canyon
[25:3] is called Escondido ‘hidden’. Just where this Escondido
is situated seems not to be generally known even by Mexicans
living about Nambé.
[25:8] Nambé Hudijo’oywikeji of obscure etymology (kudijo unex-
plained, but evidently containing the augmentative Jo as its last
syllable as in the name Zs/majo [22:18]; ’onwikeji ‘pueblo ruin’
<’oywi ‘pueblo’, keji ‘old’? postpound). This name refers to
the ruins of a large adobe pueblo on a level height west of and a
hundred feet or more above the present Mexican hamlet of Cun-
dayé [25:7].
' This is claimed by the Nambé Indians as one of the ancient
villages of their people. No published reference to the ruin has
been found. The ruin gives the name to [25:7].
[25:9] Nambé 7izzuibow ‘round hill of the little bells’ (¢é7 said by
the old cacique to be an ancient form or mutilated form of ¢ininz
‘little bell’; bov7 ‘large roundish pile’ ‘ round hill’).
Tisitt appears also in the names [25:10] and [25:11].
[25:10] Nambé Zrziuvihwu ‘arroyo of the little bells” (7iziu7, see
[25:9]; Aww ‘large groove’ arroyo’). Cf. [25:9] and [25:11].
This gulch begins at [25:11] and discharges into Santa Cruz
Creek [25:1], it is said.
[25:11] Nambé Tiseduiwit ‘little bells gap’ (Ziviuz, see [25:9]; wie
‘gap’). Cf. [25:9] and [25:10].
This gap is between the hills [25:9] and [25:12].
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 379
[25:12] Nambé *Gbukwaje ‘height of ‘obw wv [25:unlocated]’ (‘obwu,
see under [25:unlocated]; Awajé ‘ height’).
[25:13] Nambé Johukwaje, see [22:34].
[25:14] Nambé Topiyy ‘piiion tree mountain’ (fo ‘ pinion tree’ ‘Pinus
edulis’; iy ‘mountain’). There is a considerable growth of
pifon on the mountain, hence it is easy to understand why the
name is given.
This is a very high, large, isolated mountain, farther west than
the other high mountains. It gives the name to the large and
vaguely defined region east of the mountain, which is called
Topimpenge ‘beyond pifon mountain’ (Penge ‘ beyond’); see
under introduction to sheet [25], page 877. Cf. [25:15].
Although several Mexicans and Indians were questioned, no
Span. name for this mountain could be learned. The Indian
informants said that there is none. Although the mountain is
clearly shown on the Santa Fe Sheet of the United States Geologi-
* cal Survey, March, 1894, no name is given. Mr. Cosme Herrera
of Nambé states that the Mexicans do not pretend to have any
names for most of the mountains and creeks in the wild country
east of Nambé.
[25:15] (1) Nambé Topimpengein phwu, Topimpeygchwu ‘arroyo be-
yond pifon mountain’, referring to [25:14] (Lopimpeyge, as
explained in the introduction to sheet [25], above; *277 locative
and adjective-forming postfix; jw ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
The creek is called thus because of its location with reference to
Topiyp mountain.
(2) Span. Rio Panchuelo? Panchuelois aug. of Pancho, familiar
form of Francisco, but how it came to be applied to a creek in this
region is not known to the writer. Again, it may be a corruption
of panzuelo, ‘big belly’. Mr. Cosme Herrera of Nambé, who
knows the country well, says that [25:15] is the Rio Panchuelo of
the Mexicans. The Santa Fe Sheet of the United States Geologi-
cal Survey, March, 1894, gives what is unmistakably this creek
as ‘‘Panchuelo Creek.” The Indian informants, however, who
accompanied the author on the foot tour back of Topin.e Moun-
tain, declared that [25:15] is not the Rio Panchuelo, which they say
lies somewhere northeast of [25:15]. The old cacique pointed out
a trail that leads from [25:15] to the Panchuelo. The Nambé
name of the Panchuelo, according to the old cacique,’ is Vweykepo
‘sharp rock-pine water’; see under [23:unlocated]. The state-
ments are seriously perplexing. :
There are three pueblo ruins and many places with names
along the lower course of [25:15]. The creek forms a deep can-
880 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eTH. ANN. 29
yon in places. The region is quite well wooded; it is wild and
very beautiful.
The portion of the creek in the vicinity of Old Nambé Pueblo
[25:30] is said to be called Desewthwu; see [25:28].
[25:16] Nambé Autuyweboui round hill of the high stone(s)’ (ku
‘stone’; tuywe ‘highness’ ‘high’; b07 ‘large roundish pile’).
This little mountain gives the name to [25: 17].
[25:17] Nambé (VA EIR DH GaP uv, Kutuywebwu ‘corner by the
round hill of the high abone(a)? ‘corner by the high stone(s)’,
referring to [25:16] Wen iiion Kuiunwe, see [25:16]; bux
‘large low roundish place’).
This low place is between [25:16] and [25:14].
[25:18] Nambé P7biu7 oywikeji ‘pueblo ruin of the little red mound’
(pz ‘redness’ ‘red’; 6/47 ‘small roundish pile’; oywike/i ‘pueblo
ruin’? <’oywi ‘pueblo’, ‘keji ‘old’ postpound). Perhaps the
name refers to the reddish hill on which the ruin stands. Cf. the
designation of [25:30], which is also named after a mound.
This is the ruin of a very ancient pueblo, largely obliterated.
The potsherds found are commented on by Mr. A. V. Kidder
as being of a very archaic type. It is said that the pueblo was
inhabited by ancestors of the Nambé Indians. The place gives
the name to [25:20]. See [25:19].
[25:19] Nambé 7"w*k’ ondiwe ‘where the kind of earth called ¢'w’¥ is
or was dug’ (tw, see under Miverats. k'oyp ‘to dig’; *zwe
locative).
[25:20] Nambé Pibivihwu ‘little red mound arroyo’, referring to
[25:18] (Pibiuz, see [25:18]; Aww ‘large groove’ Sanrogo
[25:21] (1) Nambé Avwotsa’/é ‘place of the sparkling stones’ (kw
‘stone’; ’otsa ‘sparkling’; ’/ locative and adjective-forming post-
fix). Cf. Nambé (2).
(2) Nambé Way pots’? ‘place of the sparkling earth’; (ndyp
‘earth’; otsa ‘sparkling’; *7* locative and adjective-forming
postfix).
The ground on both sides of the creck at this locality contains a
sparkling substance like mica. This is not utilized in any way.
[25:22] Nambé 7kschwikwaje of obscure etymology (¢s¢ said to sound
like ts? ‘eye’; kwt unexplained; kwajé ‘ height’).
[25:23] Nameless pueblo ruin. It closely resembles [25:18] in appear-
ance, beig ona slight elevation on the south side of thecreek. The
old cacique tried hard to think of its name but it had slipped his
memory. He said that he had known the name but had not
thought of it for years.
The ruin is claimed as one of the homes of the ancestors
of the Nambé people.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 381
[25:24] Nambé pwnikwajé ‘height of the sparkling black mineral
called fw¥ (fw, see under Minerats; ni said to be for “ip
locative and adjective-forming postfix; kwajée ‘height’). Cf.
[25:25].
This is a height or mesa at which the black pigment called
fw, used for body painting, is found. See 7s//ykwaje under
(25: unlocated].
[25:25] Nambé fw’"ni nwu ‘place below the sparkling black mineral
called fw, referring, it is said, to [25:24] (rw *nz-, see [25:24];
nwu ‘below’ ‘at the foot of’).
[25:26] Nambé Pokenfwaa, Pokey fwapiys ‘bitumen slope’ ‘bitu-
men slope mountain’, referring to [25:27] (Poken fu, see [25:27;
va ‘steep slope’; pPiyr ‘mountain’). The deposit of bitumen
or tar-like earth [25:27] about half way up the southern slope of
this mountain gives the name.
[25:27] Nambé Pokenfwi? ‘place of the bitumen or tarry earth’
(pokenfu ‘bitumen’, see under Minerats; 72 locative and ad-
jective-forming postfix).
[25:28] Nambé Desew?’e of obscure etymology (de ‘coyote’; se unex-
plained ; wd‘ gap’). This name refers to a narrow place in the
canyon. The creek at this place may be called Desewthwu or
Desewipo (hwu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’; po ‘ water’).
The place is north of the pueblo ruin [25:30].
[25:29] Nambé Potsx’iwe ‘ place of the white water’ (po ‘ water’; tsz
‘whiteness’ ‘ white’; ’2we locative). This name is given to the
locality of a spring on the north side of the creek.
The informants were not sure whether they found the spring,
but the place is certainly correctly located.
[25:30] Nambé Vambeonwikeji, Nambe’e ‘ pueblo ruin of the roundish
earth’, probably referring to a mound of earth (ndyp ‘earth’;
bee equivalent to beg? ‘smallness and roundishness’ ‘small and
round’). The name is said to refer to a small mound of earth,
and this meaning is confirmed by the Picuris form [23:5], (2). It
is possible, however, that the name refers to a number of small
“mounds or humps of earth, or even to roundish clods or balls of
earth. The informants stated that the mound-like height on
which the ruin lies might be called a ndmbe’c. This pueblo ruin
gives the name to Nambé Pueblo [23:5]. For quoted forms of
the name see [23:5]; all of these forms refer to [23:5]. Cf. the
name P7ibiw onwikejé [25:18], which also refers to a mound.
The remains of the village can be traced as disintegrated adobe
mounds on top of a slight elevation on the south side of the creek.
This is Old Nambé, one of the ancient villages of the Nambé peo-
ple. The ruin gives the names to the gulches [25:31].
382 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [e7H. ann. 29
[25:31] Nambé Mimbehwu ‘arroyos of [25:30) (Wambe'e, see [25:30];
Jiu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo”).
These gulches are respectively on each side of the height on
which the ruin [25:30] lies.
[25:32] Nambé Tsejinwu ‘below the yellow’, referring to [25:33]
(Tsej 7-, see [25:: 33]; nwu * below’).
Rbse3 3] Nambé PsejiPinr ‘yellow mountain’ (fsejz ‘ yellowness’
‘yellow’; pin ‘mountain’). Cf. [25:32].
[25:34] Nambé Kuwasie ‘little place of the strewn stones’ (ku, ko
‘stone’; wade? ‘strewn’; ’e diminutive). One informant called
the place also Ronnaeinan uv, which would presuppose a Awwawi-
kwaje (nwu ‘below’; kwajé ‘ above’).
[25:35] Nambé Tenoabee of obscure etymology (fse ‘ yellowness’
‘yellow’; wa unexplained; bee ‘small low roundish place’).
This dell is east of [25:26].
[25:36] Nambé Qwet'ipiyy of obscure etymology (gwe ‘mountain
mahogany’ ‘Cercocarpus parvifolius’; 7% unexplained, it is said
to sound like ¢2 ‘fragment’ and may well be this word; pin
‘mountain ’).
[25:37] Nambé Simitahwaje ‘coarse flour height’ (stmta ‘a kind of
coarsely ground ilour’; kwajé ‘ height’).
[25:38] Nambé Pink’ ubone ‘dark round mountain’ (piy. ‘mountain’;
ky ‘darkness’ ‘dark’; 60 ‘roundishness’ ‘ roundish’; 2% locative).
[25:39] Nambé Quwetebékewe of obscure etymology (gwe ‘mountain
mahogany’ ‘Cercocarpus parvifolius’; ¢eb¢ unexplained; sewe
‘height’ ‘peak’ ).
[25:40] Nambé Kupits’’i, Kupiwasi * red rock canyon’ ‘red rock gap’
(ku ‘rock? ‘stone’; pi ‘redness’ ‘red’; és2’/ ‘canyon’; waud ‘wide
gap’). ‘The uppermost course of the SERECES [24:1] is called by
this name. See [25:41], [25:42], and Nambé Aupits? oywikeji,
Kupiwas’ oywikeji (25:unlocated |.
[25:41] Nambé Ojitsenw’u ‘at the base of the white ice’ (ojz ‘ice’;
ise ‘whiteness’ ‘white’; nw’ ‘ below’).
This isa spring. Cf. [25:42].
[25:42] Nambé Dekanwu ‘below coyote thicket’ (de ‘coyote’; ka
‘denseness’ ‘dense’ ‘thicket’ ‘forest’; nw w ‘ below’).
This is a spring. Cf. [25:41].
[25:43] Nambé Pibuhiwu, see [24:39].
[25:44] Nambé Pibukwaje, see [24:42].
[25:45] Nambé P*etsaw?’d ‘cut wood gap’ (p'e ‘wood’ ‘timber’ ‘log’;
tsa ‘to cut across the grain’; w7? ‘gap’). Firewood is or was
cut at this gap; hence the name, it is said. Cf. [25:46].
[25:46] Nambé P*etsawihwu ‘arroyo of cut wood gap’ (P'etsaw?’?,
see [25:45]; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 383
A wagon road passes along this arroyo; this is said to be used
for getting wood.
[25:47] Nambé Zajehi’u, see [24:43].
[25:48] Nambé Pse’cha’u ‘arroyo of the little Douglas spruce(s)’ (fe
‘Douglas spruce’ ‘Pseudotsuga macronata’; ’e diminutive; jiu
‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[25:49] Nambé Topimpeygeimpo ‘trail going back of pifion mountain’
referring to [25:14] (Topimpzxyge, see under introduction to sheet
[25], page 377; *4y,p locative and adjective-forming postfix; po
*trail’).
This old trail follows the creek [25:15] closely, here on one
side, there on the other, until somewhat east of the ruin [25:30].
It then passes through [25:45] and along [25:49] until it reaches
the place indicated by the number [25:49]. It proceeds straight
toward [25:54] until it strikes the Zijéhww [25:47] the bed of
which it follows for the greater part of the distance to Nambé
Pueblo [23:5].
[25:50] Nambé Aybww ‘skunk-bush corner’ (ky ‘skunk bush’ ‘Rhus
trilobata’; be ‘large low roundish place’). One informant said
Kube’e (bee ‘small low roundish place’) instead of Aybwu, but
this may have been a mistake.
This dell is north of the ruin [25:53]. It gives the name to
[25:51].
[25:51] Nambé Kubuhwu ‘arroyo of skunk-bush corner’, referring to
[25:50] (Aubwu, see [25:50]; hw’u ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[25:52] Nambé Kositsibe’e ‘chifonete eye corner’ (lost ‘chifonete’;
tsi ‘eye’; bee ‘small low roundish place’).
Chifonete’s eyes are sometimes represented in Tewa drawings
by concentric circles, sometimes by two small circles from the
circumferences of which lines radiate. Why the place is called
thus is not known. It appears to give the name to the little
ruin [25:53].
[25:53] Nambé Kosdtsibetekeji ‘ruined dwelling-place at chifonete
eye corner’, referring to [25:52] (Kositsibe’c, see [25:52]; tekepi
‘ruined dwelling-place’ < ¢e ‘dwelling place’ ‘house’, kejz ‘old’
postpound).
A small ruin is said to exist in this little low dell, but the writer.
has not seen it, and no details about it or its history could be
learned.
[25:54] Nambé ?Ojawiui ‘cheek point’ (oa ‘cheek’; wizz ‘horizon-
tally projecting point’).
The trail [25:49] leaves the Zajéehwu [25:47] opposite this hill.
384 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [xrH. ann. 29
[25:55] Nambé Auk'xde* ‘gravel points’ ‘gravel turrets? (kuk'e
‘oravel’ ‘course sand’ < ku ‘stone’, k°@ as in ’o‘ke ‘sand’; de
‘small cone’ ‘upward projecting cone of small size’ ‘turret’).
The hill has gravelly turrets, hence the name. It is quite a
long ridge.
[25:56] Nambé 7s/p‘ahi’u ‘flaking-stone fire arroyo’ (¢s?’¢ ‘flaking-
stone’; ‘p‘a ‘fire’; hw ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). Cf. [25:57]
[25:57] Nambé 7s’p'akwajé ‘ flaking-stone fire height’ (7s7p‘a-, see [25:
56]; kwaje ‘ height’).
This height is for the greater part north of the 7s/p"ahw wu (25:56).
[25:58] Nambé Zsuisen pipip ‘mountain of the yellow weed called
isu’ (¢sy ‘an unidentified weed said to bear yellow flowers’; tsenpi
an old form meaning ‘yellowness’ ‘yellow’, used in the name of
the Yellow Corn Maiden and in some place-names; piyy ‘moun-
tain’).
Rae long narrow range of hills extends from [25:55] to [25:62].
f. [25:59].
(25: He Nambé Tsyfsen pipowt ‘road gap of the yellow weed called
tsu’ (Zsyutsen pi; po ‘trail’ ‘road’; wii ‘gap’). Cf. [25:58].
An old wagon road passes through a gap at this place.
[25:60] Nambé Johwu, Jobuhwu ‘cane-cactus arroyo’ ‘cane-cactus
corner arroyo’ (jo ‘cane cactus’ ‘Opuntia arborescens’; bw’v
‘large low roundish place’; Aw ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). The
name presupposes a -/obw’u; see under [25:unlocated].
[25: 61] Nambé Pop‘ewetikewe of obscure etymology (po
p ewett unexplained; kewe ‘height’ ‘peak’).
[25:62] Nambé Mahutenukwaje, see [24:46].
‘water’;
UNLOCATED
Nambé ’ Abepin p of obscure etymology (abe unexplained; pin ‘moun-
tain’). This appears to be the name of a mountain situated some-
where in the area covered by the eastern part of this sheet. Cf.,
however, [25:12] with which it may be identical, ’a being for ’o
and bee the counterpart of byw.
Nambé Jobu’u ‘eane-cactus corner’ (jo ‘cane cactus’ ‘Opuntia arbor-
escens’; bw wu ‘large low roundish place’). The designation /obu-
hi’ [25:60] presupposes this name.
Nambé Avhowdis’’é of obscure etymology (kehowd unexplained; fs777
canyon’).
This is a canyon not very far east of ee. 24], it is said.
Nambé Kupits? onwikeji, Kupiwasi ome ikeji ‘ved rock canyon pueblo
ruin’ ‘red rock gap pueblo ruin’, referring to [25:40] (Awpits7”/,
Kupiwasi, see [25:40]; ’onwikeji ‘pueblo ruin’ < ’oywz ‘pueblo’,
keji ‘old’ postpound).
MAP 26
TESUQUE REGION
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 26
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
SANS
eat Ne
i=]
a
x
) 4h,
} = b
) z : ;
z ‘ ‘
1 2 a x ‘
% a S Ss
24
oO
a
7a
a
A‘ =
AN
w~\ —
Soh
eH
VO]
eh
ay
Oe
Mi tz
a= i
eae
y
TESUQUE REGION
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 26
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
“Haier,
Uo
Me
s
=
>
z
%
7,
MG
. tt.
‘ MY et VG,
> sf
Se a ey
' 7 es
Sn Me, NN
pees oo
SoS \! Te
tpg h Bee,
ee
1 MILE
TESUQUE REGION
MAP 26
TESUQUE REGION
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 385
This evidently is the ruin ‘‘ Kopiwaéri” previously mentioned
(page 360, note 6) as recorded by Mr. Hodge in 1895, and noted
by him as situated about 5 miles north of Nambé Pueblo.
Nambé ?Obiu of obscure etymology (’o said to sound like neither ’o
‘handquern’ nor ’o ‘scar’; perhaps it is the demonstrative ’o
‘there’; bw’ ‘large low roundish place’). The name of the little
mountain [25:12] presupposes this name, but the informants did
not know to which corner this name should be applied.
Nambé 7si fukwajé ‘eye sparkling black stuff height, (és¢ ‘eye’; /y*
‘a sparkling black mineral used as face paint’; Avwajeé ‘ height’).
It is said that ¢s7 ‘eye’ is prepounded because daubs of the min-
eral are put at the corners of the eyes in face painting. This may
be a second name for the place [25:24].
[26] TESUQUE SHEET
This sheet (map 26) shows some of the places with Tesuque names
in the immediate vicinity of Tesuque Pueblo. Owing to the atti-
tude of the Tesuque Indians the author’s work was made difficult and
after a short time forbidden altogether, so that it was impossible to
collect the place-names known to the Tesuque as completely as in
the case of the other Rio Grande Tewa Pueblos. It is regretted
especially that permission to study the place-names of the wild
country east and southeast of the Tesuque Pueblo was withheld.
No pueblo ruins are shown on the sheet. Pueblo ruins are known
to exist in the area, but their names and sites have not been learned.
Bandelier' says: ‘* Higher up[than Rujemuge; see [21:24] ], in the Tezu-
que valley proper, are various sites which the Indians of Te-tzo-ge
(Tezuque) state are those of settlements of their forefathers. I have
not been able to learn their names of these ruins, most of which are
almost obliterated.” Hewett? says: ‘* Dans la vallée de Tesuque, au-
dessus du village, on traverse quelques ruines préhistoriques qui n’ont
pas de nom.” So far as known, Twitchell is the only writer who pub-
lishes the name of one of these ruins; see ‘*‘ Pio-go” under [26:unlo-
cated]. Mr. Hodge states that he ‘‘ was informed by the Tesuque In-
dians in 1895 that the site of the original Tesuque—the pueblo occu-
pied at the first coming of the Spaniards and bearing the same name
(Tét-su’-ge)—was situated about 3 miles east of the present village.”
See [26:8].
[26:1] (1) Tat'uygepohwu ‘dry spotted place creek’, referring to
[26:8] (Tat'uyge, see [26:8]; pohwu ‘creek with water in it’ <po
‘water’, Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). This is the old Tewa
name. Cf. Tewa (2), Eng. (3), Span. (4).
1 Final Report, pt. 11, p. 85, 1892. 2Communautés, p. 33, 1908.
87584°—29 prHo—16——25
386 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [era ann. 29
(2) Tetsugepohwu *Tesuque creek’ (Zetsuge, see [26:8]; pohwu
‘creek with water in it? <po ‘water’, Aww ‘large groove’
‘arroyo’). Cf. Tewa (1), Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(3) Eng. Tesuque Creek. (<Span.). =Span. 4. Cf. Tewa
(1), Tewa (2).
(4) Span. Rio de Tesuque ‘river or creek of [26:8]’. =Eng.
(3). Cf. Tewa (1), Tewa (2).
This great creek is the largest tributary of Pojoaque Creek
[19:3]. It flows past the pueblo of Tesuque and the greater part
of its drainage was formerly held by the Tesuque Indians; hence
the name. Cf. [26:6].
[26:2] Tesuque A/uywepenge inkohw'u ‘arroyo beyond the tall steep
slope’, referring to [26:3] (Atuywe, see [26:3]; pange ‘beyond’;
‘inp locative and adjective-forming postfix; kohiww ‘arroyo with
barrancas’ <ko ‘barranca’, Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
This dry arroyo is tributary to Tesuque Creek [26:1].
[26:3] Tesuque *Atuywe ‘tall steep slope’ ('a’a ‘steep slope’; tuywex
‘tallness’ Stall’). This name applies to the ridge as a whole.
Portions of the ridge are also known by separate names; see
[26:11] and [26:12]. All the vague region beyond, i. e. west of,
the ridge is known as ’Atuywepeyge ‘beyond the tall steep
slope’ ( Atuywe, see above; pxeyge ‘beyond’). Cf. [26:2].
[26:4] (1) Tesuque Tsehwu, Tsepohwu ‘eagle arroyo’ ‘eagle creek’
(tse ‘eagle’; hw ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’; pohwu ‘creek with
water in it’? <po ‘water’, Aw’u ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
(2) Span. Rio Chupadero ‘sucking place river or creek’. For
the name cf. [22:51], [23:25], [14:87]. This may be a mistake; at
any rate notice the proximity of this creek to the upper course
of [23:25], the latter being called with certainty Rio Chupadero.
[26:5] Tesuque Topobv’oku ‘pition flower hill’ (é0 ‘pifion tree’ ‘Pinus
edulis’; pobi ‘flower’; ’okw ‘ hill’).
[26:6] (1) Pat ungekohwu ‘dry spotted place arroyo’, referring to
Tesuque [26:8] (Tat'unge, see [26:8]; kohiwu ‘arroyo with bar-
rancas’ <ko ‘barranca’, hwu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
(2) Tetsugekohwu *Tesuque Arroyo’ ( Tetsuge, see [26:8]; kohwu
‘arroyo with barrancas’ <ko ‘barranca’, Aww ‘large groove’
‘arroyo’).
This dry arroyo has its course just west of Tesuque Pueblo.
Notice the tributaries [26:21], [26:24], and [26:23]. Cf. [26:1].
[26:7] (1) Tat'uygebw’u ‘dry spotted place corner’, referring to Tesuque
[26:8] (Lat uyge, see [26:8]; bu ‘large low roundish place’).
(2) Zetsugebwu *Tesuque corner’ (Zetsuge, see [26:8]; bw’ wu ‘large
low roundish place’).
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 387
The cultivated dell or locality where Tesuque Pueblo is situated
is called thus.
[26:8] (1) Tat'uygeoywi ‘pueblo down at the dry spotted place’ (éa
‘dryness’ ‘dry’; ¢wu ‘spottedness’ ‘spotted’; ge ‘down at’ ‘ over
at’; ’oywi ‘pueblo’). This is the old Tewa name of the pueblo.
Why the name was originally given is not known. All the forms
given below, with exception of Oraibi Hopi (9) and the saint-
names, are probably corruptions, adaptations, or dialectic forms
of Tat'uyge. Span. Tesuque is probably a corruption of 7 at wyge
or of a Keresan form. At the present time there are many Tewa
who know only the Span. corruption and the Tewa corruption of
the Span. corrupt form; see Tewa (2), below. ‘San Lorenzo
Tezuqui”.t ‘‘San Lorenzo de Tezuqui”.? ‘‘Thezuque”.* ‘‘Te-
guque”.* ‘*Tesuque”.> ‘*Tesuqui”.® ‘*Tusuque”.? ‘‘Zesu-
qua”.® ‘*Temqué”.® ‘*San Diego de Tesuque”.” ‘*Tosugui”.™
‘““Tersuque”.? ‘*Tesuke”.% ‘‘Tejugne”. ‘‘Teseque”. ‘‘Te-
sulkay?2°
(2) Tetsuge. (<Span. (12), below). This is the current Tewa
corruption of Span. Tesuque, Tezuque (pronounced ftesvke or
teovike), which in turn is a corruption of Tewa Tutunge. At-
tempts to etymologize TZetsuge in its corrupted form lead of
course to error. ‘‘Te-tzo-ge.”!7 ‘*Tetsdgi’”,"* given as the Hano
Tewa form of the name. ‘‘ Tét-su’/-ge”,"* given as the Tewa name,
meaning ‘cottonwood-tree place’. ‘‘ Tét-su-ge’”’, 1° given as the
San Juan pronunciation of the Tewa name. ‘* Tetsogi”,?° given
as the Hano Tewa form of the name. ‘‘ Tai-tzo-gai.” 74
(3) Taos ‘** Tutsuiba”,! given as meaning ‘small pueblo.’ =
Picuris (4). i
Hl
1Vetancurt (1696) in Teatro Mex., III, p. 316, 1871.
2{bid., Iv, p. 274.
3 Vargas (1704) quoted by Bandelier in Final Report, pt. 1, p. 144, 1890.
4Villa-Senor, Theatro Amer., II, p. 418, 1748.
5 Alcedo, Dic. Geog., Vv, p. 101, 1789.
6Simpson in Rep. Sec. War, 2d map, 1850.
7 Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, 111, p. 406, 1853.
8 Lane (1854) in ibid., v, p. 689, 1855.
’Domenech, Deserts N. Amer., II, p. 638, 1860.
10 Ward in Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1867, p. 213, 1868.
11 Morgan in N. Amer. Rev., map, Apr., 1869.
12 Cooper in Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1870, p. 161, 1870.
13 Stevenson in Second Rep. Bur, Amer, Ethn., p. 328, 1883.
14 Dufouri in Cath. World, Apr., p. 75, 1884.
15 Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1889, p. 506, 1889.
16 Fewkes in Twenty-second Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., p. 18, 1904.
7 Bandelier: in Ritch, New Mexico, p. 201, 1885; in Rev. d’ Ethnogr., p. 203,1886; Final Report, pt. 1,
260, 1890; pt.11, p. 85, 1892. ;
18 Stephen in Highth Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., p. 37, 1891.
19 Hodge, field notes, Bur, Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 785, 1910).
20 Fewkes in Nineteenth Rep Bur. Amer. Ethn., pt. 1, p. 614, 1900.
21 Jouvenceau in Cath. Pion., I, No. 9, p. 12, 1906.
388 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [nrn. ayn. 29
(4) Picuris ‘‘ Té-tsiir-ma’.”! ‘‘ Tdtséma.”? These two Picuris
forms are evidently equivalent to Taos (3), above.
(5) Isleta ‘‘ Tucheaap.”?
(6) Jemez and Pecos ‘* Tso’-ta.”
(7) Cochiti ZL piitsuko, Tputsukotse (tse locative). ‘* Tyu'-
tso-ku:”* this form, like Santa Ana (8), appears to be derived
from the Tewa dialect of Tanoan or from some very ancient
Tewa form. The Cochiti and other Keresan Indians also use the
Span. form Zesike.
(8) Santa Ana ‘* Tiédtsokoma:”??! this form is evidently the same
as Cochiti (7); ma for mx ‘people.’
(9) Oraibi Hopi Zokwiveétewa *Tewa near the mountains’
(tokwi ‘mountain’ ‘mountain range’; v’é ‘at’? ‘near’; Téwa
<Tewa Zewa ‘Tewa’). This name is applied by the Hopi to the
Nambé and Tesuque Tewa.
(10) Oraibi Hopi Jeske. (<Span.). =Span. (12).
(11) Eng. Tesuque. (<Span.). =Span. (12).
' (12) Span. Tesuque. (<Tewa). See Tewa (1).
(13) Span. ‘*San Lorenzo Tesuqui.”* ‘*San Lorenzo de
Tezuqui:”* the name means Saint Lawrence; this appears to be
the saint-name of the Span. mission established at Tesuque Pueblo
early in the seventeenth century.
(14) Span. ‘‘ San Diego de Tesuque.”* ‘*S. Diego:?* the name
means Saint James.
Interesting facts about Tesuque Pueblo are that it is the most
southerly of the present Tewa pueblos® and that it and a pueblo
near Cienega [29:21] were the Indian villages nearest to the site
of Santa Fe when the Spaniards first came to New Mexico.’ For
information furnished by Mr. Hodge regarding a pueblo ruin by
the same name, located three miles from Tesuque, see page 385.
[26:9] Tesuque Potsibée ‘marshy corner’ (potsi ‘marsh’ < po ‘water’,
ts¢ ‘to cut through’; bee ‘small low roundish place’).
[26:10] Tesuque Hutahwu ‘dry gulch arroyo’ (Awu ‘large groove’
‘arroyo’; fa ‘dryness’ ‘dry’).
[26:11] Tesuque Awaapiyy ‘bead mountain’ (kwa’a ‘bead’; piny
*‘mountain’).
[26:12] Tesuque 7"dnte fou, T dante fwoku ‘sun dwelling-place point’
‘sun dwelling-place point hill’ (¢dyy ‘sun’; te ‘dwelling-place’
‘house’; fw ‘horizontally projecting point’; ’okw ‘hill’).
1
1 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer, Ethn., 1895 4 Ward in Jnd. Aff. Rep. for 1867, p. 213, 1868.
(Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 735, 1910). 5 Bancroft, Ariz., and N. Mex., p. 281, 1889.
2Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910. 6 Hewett, Communautés, p. 33, 190s.
Vetancurt (1696) in Teatro Mex., 111. p. 316, 7 Twitchell, in Santa Ie New Mexican, Sept. 22,
1871, 1910.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 389
[26:13] Tesuque P*apinne ‘yucca mountain’ (p'a ‘yucca’ * Yucca
baceata’; piyy ‘mountain’; nx locative).
[26:14] Tesuque ’ Okutuywexjo ‘the very high hill’ Cokw ‘hill’; twywe
‘highess’ ‘high’; jo augmentative).
This is the sacred hill of the Tesuque. There is a stone shrine
on top and a well-worn path leads from the pueblo to the summit.
See [26:15].
[26:15] Tesuque Avbori ‘the rock pile’ (ku ‘stone’; bord ‘large round-
ish pile’).
This is the stone shrine mentioned under [26:14].
[26:16] Tesuque Jokabe’e ‘cane-cactus thicket corner’ (jo ‘cane cactus?
‘ Opuntia arborescens’; ka ‘denseness’ ‘dense’ ‘ thicket’ ‘forest’;
b2e ‘small low roundish place’).
[26:17] Tesuque Sepinne ‘bluebird mountain’ (se ‘bluebird’ of sey-
eral species; piy.p ‘mountain’; nz locative).
[26:18] Tesuque 7sewasinwu * below eagle point’, referring to [26:19]
(Tsewati, see [26:19]; nw ‘ below’).
[26:19] Tesuque 7sewai ‘eagle point’ (tse *eagle’; waui ‘horizontally
projecting point’).
[26:20] Tesuque MWahut fand7', said to mean ‘where the owl is’ (mahu
‘owl’ of any species; ¢/ayy ‘to be ina place’; 77’ locative and
adjective-forming postfix).
A Mr. Miller had a ranch at this locality in 1910, it was said.
[26:21] Tesuque Gwen jot ube’e ‘ corner where an unidentified kind of
rodents resembling wood-rats live’ (gwen yjo an unidentified
species of rodent <gwxyy an unidentified species of rodent, jo
augmentative; ta ‘to live’; bee ‘small low roundish place’).
This corner gives the name to the arroyo [26:22].
[26:22] Tesuque Qwen pjot'ahwu ‘arroyo of the corner where an uni-
dentified species of rodents resembling wood-rats live’, referring
to [26:21] (Qwen pjot'a-, see [26:21]; hi’vu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
[26:23] Tesuque Sefsx’s”' ‘place of the white prickly-pear cactus’
(se ‘prickly-pear cactus’ of the species ‘Opuntia comanchica’
and ‘ Opuntia polyacantha’; fsx ‘ whiteness’ ‘ white’; °2” locative
and adjective-forming postfix).
[26:24] Tesuque Kumahwu of obscure etymology (ku ‘stone’; ma
unexplained; Aww ‘large groove’ ‘ arroyo’).
[26:25] Tesuque Pintuywekwage ‘high mountain height’ (pin
‘mountain’; tuywe ‘highness’? ‘high’; kwage ‘height’ ‘ flat-
topped height’).
This is a large, rather flat hill.
390 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [nru. ann. 29
UNLOCATED
Tesuque (¢) ** Pio-go”.* This appears to be the only one of numerous
pueblo ruins in the vicinity of Tesuque Pueblo the name of which
has been published. Mr. Twitchell says: ‘‘ Eastward and south-
east of Tesuque, toward the mountains there is the ruin of
Pio-go.” This may be merely a mistake which Mr. Twitchell has
made. See the mention of pueblo ruins in the introduction to
sheet [26], page 385.
Tesuque ’Okuhen i ‘the long hill’ (okw ‘hill’; hen pi ‘ length’
*long’).
This is a hill about three miles south of Tesuque.
Tesuque ’Okupie* ‘the red hill? ?okw ‘hill’; p72 ‘redness’ ‘red’; ?2%
locative and adjective-forming postfix).
This is a hill about three miles south of Tesuque.
Tesuque Seboui ‘round hill of the prickly-pear cactus’ (se ‘ prickly-
pear cactus’ of the species ‘Opuntia comanchica’ or ‘ Opuntia
polyacantha’; bo ‘large roundish pile’).
This is a hill not far south of Tesuque Pueblo.
Tesuque settlement. In Span. and Eng. Tesuque is applied rather
vaguely to the whole region about Tesuque Pueblo, and especially
to the locality along Tesuque Creek [26:1] above Tesuque Pueblo,
where there are a number of good farms belonging to Americans
and Mexicans.
[27] JEMEZ SHEET
Thissheet (map 27) shows, roughly speaking, the country of the Jemez
Indians. These Indians, together with the remainder of the Pecos
Tribe, who spoke a closely related dialect of the same language, live at
Jemez Pueblo [27:35]; in this connection see pages 477-78. The
names of the places shown on the sheet are mostly in the Jemez, Cochiti,
and Tewa languages. The whole country of the Jemez is called by
the Tewa Wingeintowibi niyge ‘country of the Jemez people’
( Waingeintowa, see under [27:35]; 7 possessive; ndyge ‘country’ <
nan ‘earth’, ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’). All the mountains about
Jemez Pueblo are called vaguely by the Tewa Waimpiyy ‘Jemez
mountains’ (Way.p-, see [27:35]; pin ‘mountain’).
The numerous pueblo ruins shown are all claimed as ancestral
homes.by the Jemez people.
[27:1] (1) Eng. Guadalupe Canyon. (<Span.). = Span. (2).
(2) Span. Cation de Guadalupe ‘Guadalupe Canyon’. . =Eng.
(1). **Rio de Nuestra Senora de Guadalupe.” ?
IR. E. Twitchell in Santa Fe New Mezican, Sept. 22, 1910.
?Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 201, 1892.
MAP 27
JEMEZ REGION
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 27
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
S
8 Sulphur'Springs
OF Nile,
le,
Mies
prings
Jemez S
18
AursMh ieee
itt,
Walegee
oat
Al Mee.
A
Jemez Pueblo:
35
°O,
“
a
=
34
“a
7
nt
°
JEMEZ REGION
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 27
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
Jigyas es
“
TINGS
wie
AS
N
’
n
'
‘
way,
a
))
0
¢c
te
aq
. tp)
%, ” N
1
! MAW, I E ©
8 2 Bo.”
«4, el)
fF Oe vlan Wy
= =
ig
mm Jemez Pueblos
%
Ma
.
”
Mrayesten’
Alu
VSS oti lees
JEMEZ REGION
MAP 27 \
JEMEZ REGION 2
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 391
[27:2] (1) Eng. Nacimiento Mountains. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Sierra del Nacimiento, Sierra Nacimiento ‘mountain
range of the birth (of Jesus)’. = Eng. (1).
[27:3] (1) Eng. Cebollo Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Rito del Cebollo ‘onion creek’. =
[27:24].
[27:4] Jemez Wavemd of obscure etymology.
This is a very large mountain north of the Valle de San Antonio
[27:6].
[27:5] Santa Rosa Valley, see [16:44].
[27:6] (1) Eng. San Antonio Valley. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Valle de San Antonio ‘Saint Anthony’s valley.’
=Eng. (1). ‘Valle de San Antonio.”! Cf. San Antonio hot
springs [27: unlocated].
This is one of the high grassy meadow-valleys like [27:5] and
[27:7]. See [27:11].
[27:7] Grande Valley, Valle Grande, see [16:131].
[27:8] (1) Posajendiwe ‘place of the boiling water’ (po
sajeyn p ‘to boil’; *7we locative).
(2) Jemez Pat rofulunu ‘place of the boiling water’ (pda
‘water’; tpofulu said to mean ‘toboil’; mw locative). Cf.
(27:13. ].
(3) Eng. Sulphur springs, The Sulphurs. (<Span.). =Span.
(4).
(4) Span. Los Azufres ‘the sulphurs’. = Eng. (3).
These springs are described in Zhe Land of Sunshine.’ There
is a hotel at the springs. Cf. San Antonio springs; see under
[27: unlocated |].
[27:9] Jemez ®wodé fii ‘chicken-hawk mountain’ (dwodd ‘chicken-
hawk’ or some species of hawk called by the name chicken hawk;
Jt ‘ mountain’).
This mountain is just north of the great mountain [27:10].
[27:10] (1) Jemez Pamv@’di fii of obscure etymology (pd ‘flower’ akin
to Tewa poti * flower’; mid unexplained; fi ‘ mountain’). ;
(2) Cochiti r@watokot/y ‘bald mountain’ (f@wate ‘bald’; kotfu
‘mountain’). This is probably a mere translation of the Span.
name (7).
(8) Eng. Mount Redondo. (<Span.). =Span. (6).
(4) Eng. Pelado Mountain, Bald Mountain. (<Span.). =Span.
‘water’;
(5) Eng. Jara Mountain. (<Span.). =Span. (8).
(6) Span. Cerro Redondo ‘round mountain’. =Eng. (4). This
is a popular name for the mountain; it is given because of its
round shape.
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 0, p. 201, 1892.
2 The Land of Sunshine, Handbook of Resources of New Mexico, p. 169, 1906.
392 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [wru. any. 29
(7) Span. Cerro Pelado ‘bald mountain’. =Eng. (5). It is
probably to this mountain that Bandelier! refers when he writes:
“The Jara Mountain, called also Cerro Pelado, is 11,260 feet
high”. Both the Wheeler Survey map and the Jemez sheet of
the United States Geological Survey, 1890, give ‘* Pelado” as the
name of this mountain. Wheeler gives the height as 11,260 feet,
as Bandelier quotes.*, The Jemez sheet merely shows by con-
tour that the mountain exceeds 11,000 feet in altitude. The
Jemez Indian informants gave Pelado as the Span. name of the
mountain, which they call Pamwé fit for the name Pelado. Cf.
[2:13].
(8) Span. Cerro de la Jara, Cerro Jara ‘ willow mountain’, per-
haps taken from Jara Creek [27:unlocated]. =Eng. (5). This
name was not known to the Jemez informants as a name for this
mountain; but Bandelier writes: ‘‘The Jara Mountain, called
also Cerro Pelado, is 11,260 feet high”.*
(9) Span. ‘‘Sierrade Jemez”. -This means ‘Jemez Mountains’.
See Tsimpijev'piyy [Large Features: 8], pages 105-06, where
another application of the Eng. equivalent of this name will be
found. ‘‘ The high Sierra de Ja Jara, sometimes called Sierra de
Jemez, because the Jemez region lies on its western base”.+
This is a very high and conspicuous mountain. The Jemez
pueblo ruin called Se fokwd (27: unlocated] is said to lie at its base.
See Jara Creek [27:unlocated], and Zkimpijei*piyy [Large
Features: 8], page 105.
[27:11] (1) Eng. San Antonio Creek, San Antonio Canyon.
(<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Rio de San Antonio, Cafion de San Antonio, ‘Saint An-
thony’s Creek’, ‘Saint Anthony’s River’. Cf. Vallede San Antonio
[27:6] through which the creek flows.
This name is given to the north fork of San Diego Canyon
[27:13] above the junction of the south fork [27:12]. Bandelier®
says of it:
While the mountainous parts of the Queres [Keresan] range are dry, the
Valles constitute a water supply for the Jemez country. Two streams rise in
it [the Valles?], the San Antonio on the eastern flank of the Jara mountain
(27:10], and the Jara [27:unlocated] at the foot of the divide, over which
crosses the trail from Santa Clara. These unite to form the San Antonio ‘river’,
which meanders through the Valles de Santa Rosa [27:5] and San Antonio
[27:6] for 7 miles in a northwesterly direction, and enters a picturesque gorge
bearing the same name [San Antonio Canyon par excellence], and then gradu-
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 202, note, 1892.
2See U. S. Geographical Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, Parts of Southern Colorado and
Northern New Mexico, atlas sheet No. 69, 1873-1877.
3 Bandelier, op. cit.
4Tbid., p. 72, note.
5Ibid., pp. 201-2.
“
SONIYdS LOH Z3W3P SAO8V 3TIW 3NO ‘Wva aos
FL 3LW1d LY4Od3Y TVANNY HLNIN-ALNSML ADOIONHL]A NVOINSWY JO NVAYHNE
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 393
ally curves around through groves until, at La Cueva, it assumes an almost due
southerly direction. One or two more brooks increase its volume on the way,
descending directly from the mesa pedestal of the Jara Mountain [27:10], and
its name is changed from San Antonio to the Rio de San Diego [27:13].
Just where the change in name occurs is indefinite. See [27:6],
[27:13].
[27:12] South fork of San Diego Canyon [27:13].
[27:13] (1) Jemez Pat po fulunywwdmuy ‘boiling water canyon’ (Pat.pe-
Sulunu, see [27:8]; wamy ‘canyon’). Since this is the canyon
that has hot springs at various places in it, it is naturally enough
called ‘boiling water canyon’.
(2) Eng. San Diego Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(3) Span. Cation de San Diego, ‘Canyon of Saint James’, = Eng.
(2). ‘*Rio de San Diego”.!
This canyon is very deep in its lower portion. The north fork
of its upper part is called San Antonio Canyon, San Antonio
Creek; see [27:11].
[27:14] Jemez ‘Ufag7’i ‘place where the one-seeded juniper trees are’
(‘w Sone-seeded juniper’ ‘Juniperus monosperma’, akin to Tewa
hu; fa ‘to be at a place’; gz’z locative, akin to Tewa ge).
This is an ancient pueblo ruin, north of the Soda Dam [27:16]
and on the western side of the creek. It is separated from the
pueblo ruin [27:15] by an arroyo. See [27:15].
[27:15] Jemez Mini fdg’i ‘place where the cottonwood trees are’
(ndni ‘cottonwood’, species undetermined but probably Populus
wislizeni; fd ‘to be at a place’; gz’ locative). Manz is probably
cognate with Tewa nana ‘aspen’ but is not applied to the aspen.
‘* No-nyish’-ii-oi’”.”
This pueblo ruin is situated a short distance south of ruin
[27:14], from which it is separated by an arroyo.
[27:16] The Soda Dam (pl. 14). This is what the place is called com-
monly in Eng. No Span. or Jemez name was learned. Bandelier
says of the place:
In that gorge [San Diego Canyon], ice-cold soda springs issue near the river
bed, and a short distance above the bathing establishment [27:18] a huge cyl-
indrical dam traverses the stream, in which steaming currents and cold streams
flow parallel to each other, neither affecting the temperature of the others,
although only a few inches of rock separate them.*
[27:17] (1) Jemez Giusewdtowd, said to mean ‘ pueblo at the hot place’
referring to Jemez springs [27:18] (Gtusewd, see [27:18]; towd
‘pueblo’). ‘‘Qicinzigua.”* ‘* Qui-umzi-qua.”*
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 200, 1892.
2 Hodge in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. $1, 1910.
3Bandelier, op. cit., pp. 202-203.
4Zarate-Salmeron (ca. 1629) quoted by Bancroft, Native Races, I, p. 600, 1882.
5 Zaérate-Salmeron (ca. 1629) Rel., in Land of Sunshine, Los Angeles, p. 183, Feb., 1900.
394 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [ern any. 29
**Cuunsiora.”! ‘*Quicinzigua.”? ‘‘Guin-se-ua.”? ‘*Gin-se-ua.”4
‘*Giusewa.” >
(2) Span. ‘‘San Diego de los Emex.”® ‘‘S. Diego.”7 ‘* San
Diego de Jemez.”® ‘San Diego de Jemes.”® ‘‘San Diego de
James.”?° ‘San Diego de los Hemes.”™ ‘‘San Diego.”” ‘‘San
Diego de los Temes.” !% ‘San Diego de Jemez.” !
For a good account of the Pueblo ruins see Handbook Inds.,
pt. 1, p. 514, 1907.
[27:18] (1) Wangeposuwa’?* ‘hot water place by Jemez’ ( Wange, see
[27:35]; po ‘water’; swwa ‘hotness’ ‘hot’; ’2” locative and adjec-
tive-forming postfix).
(2) Jemez Giysewd, said tomean ‘hot place’ (giuse, said to mean
‘hot’; wa locative). For quoted forms applied to the pueblo ruin
near the springs, see [27:17].
(8) Eng. Jemez springs. (<Span.). =Span. (6). ‘‘Jemez
Springs.”’° The name of the post office was recently changed
from Archuleta to Jemez Springs.
(4) Eng. San Diego springs. (<Span.). =Span. (7). ‘*Hot
springs of San Diego.”?®
(5) Eng. Archuleta. (<Span.). =Span. (8). Until recently
this was the name of the post office; see Eng. (3), above.
(6) Span. Ojo Caliente de Jemez ‘hot springs of Jemez.’
=Eng. (3). This is the commonest Span. name.
(7) Span. Ojos de San Diego ‘Saint James’ springs.’ This uses
the saint-name of the pueblo ruin [27:17].
(8) Span. Archuleta (a Span. family name). There are Mexi-
cans named Archuleta still living about the springs.
Jemez springs are described by Bandelier,” also in Zhe Land
of Sunshine.'®
[27:19] (1) Jemez Zotdsckwinw ‘place of the priests standing’ (té¢dse
‘priest’; kw? ‘to stand,’ cognate with Tewa ywz ‘to stand’; nu
locative). Cf. Span. (2).
10rozco y Berra in Anales Minis. Fom. Méx., p. 196, 1882.
2Tbid., p. 196 (quoting Vargas).
3Bandelier, Final Report, pt. I, p. 126, 1890.
4Ibid., pt. 11, pp. 204, 205, 210, 216, 1892.
6 Hewett, General View, p. 599, 1905.
6 MS. of 1643 quoted by Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 206, note, 1892.
7D’ Anville, Map Amer., Sept., 1746.
8 Aleneaster (1805) quoted by Prince, New Mexico, p. 37, 1883.
9 Alencaster (1805) quoted by Meline, Two Thousand Miles, p. 212, 1867,
10 Ind, Aff. Rep. for 1867, p. 218, 1868
11 Vetancurt, Menolog. Fran., p. 275, 1871.
12 Bandelier in Arch. Inst. Papers, 1, pp. 23, 27, 1881; Hewett, General View, p..599, 1905.
13Orozco y Berra, op. cit., p. 255.
14 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 204, 210, 1892.
WIbid., pt. 1, p. 11, note, 1890.
16 Tbid., p. 126; pt. 11, p. 202.
NV [bid,, pt. 1, p. 11, note; pt. 11, pp. 202, 203.
18 The Land of Sunshine, a Handbook of Resources of New Mexico, pp. 167, 169, 1906.
HARRINGTON] } PLACE-NAMES 395
(2) Span. Los Tres Padres ‘the three priests.’
These names refer to three projections at the top of the red-
colored cliff of the east wall of San Diego Canyon [27:13]
slightly south of east of Jemez springs [27:18].
[27:20] Jemez Awasti’jiikwd ‘place of the rock-pine locust’ (kwést?’jii
‘rock-pine locust,’ a kind of locust which is said to sing as loud
as a rattlesnake rattles <kwé ‘rock pine’ ‘Pinus scopulorum,’
cognate with Tewa ywey p ‘rock pine’; stijii any species of locust;
kwa locative).
This is the pueblo ruin on the high mesa-top nearest to Jemez
Springs [27:18]. It was at this ruin that excavation was conducted
jointly by the Bureau of American Ethnology and the School of
American Archeology in the summer of 1911. By mistake this
ruin bas been confused by some persons with [27:23]. The name
given above was obtained from four Jemez Indians independently.
[27:21] Jemez Touwkwa ‘place of tovw® (tovw® a word said when in
certain ceremonies a cigarette is touched by one person to the
foot of another; kwd locative). ‘‘To-ua-qua”.t ‘*To-wa-kwa”.?
This pueblo ruin gives the name to the arroyo [27:22].
[27:22] Jemez Jovw4wdawd ‘arroyo of [27:21]? (Zovw4, see [27:21];
wdawd ‘arroyo’ ‘ canyon’).
|27:23] (1) Jemez Amuftikwd ‘ant-hill place’ (amy ‘ant’ of any
species; fi ‘mountain’ ‘hill’, here referring to an ant-hill or to
ant-hills; kwd locative). ‘‘Amoxunqua”.* ‘‘ Amo-xium-qua”.4
** Amo-shium-qua”.® ‘*Amoxunque”,? apparently misquoting
Zirate-Salmeron. ‘‘ Amdshungkwa”.°®
Bandelier locates Amuftikwd indefinitely: ‘‘There was Amo
xium-qua, on the mesa above the mouth of the great gorge
[27:13]”.7 Again: ‘‘ Amoxiumqua lies on the mesa that rises west
of the springs [27:18]”.§ Hewett writes: ‘‘ Amoxiumqua — on
the high mesa overlooking Jemez Hot Springs [27:18]”.°
Of the traditional origin of the people of Amu ftikwd Bandelier
writes: ‘‘ But they [the Jemez Indians] also say that the people of
Amoxiumqua first dwelt at the lagune of San José, 75 miles to
the northwest of Jemez, and that they removed thence to the
pueblo of Afu-quil-i-jui, between the Salado [29:92] and Jemez
[27:34]”.1° In a footnote Bandelier adds: ‘* Afu-quil-i-gui lies
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 207, note, 1892.
2 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 796, 1910.)
3 Zarate-Salmeron (ca. 1629) in Land of Sunshine, p. 183, Feb., 1900.
4Bandelier (1888) in Proc. Internat. Cong. Amér., VII, p. 452, 1890.
5 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. I, p. 127, note, 1890.
6 Hodge, op. cit., pt. 1, p. 51, 1907.
7 Bandelier, op. cit,, p. 126.
8Ibid., pt. 11, pp. 205-206, 1892.
9 Hewett, Antiquities, p. 48, 1906.
10 Bandelier, op. cit., pt. 11, p. 207.
396 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [xru. ann. 29
north of Jemez”. See *‘Anyukwinu” under [27:unlocated] and
Patckwa (27:29]. Bandelier’s and Hewett’s statements might lead
one to suppose that Amufitkwa is Nwastijiikwd [27:20], which
according to four reliable Jemez informants, asked independently,
is not correct.
(2) Span. Cebollita ‘little onion’. According to a reliable old
Jemez informant this is the Mexican name for Amufiikwa. Ct.
[27:3].
(8) Span. San José (?). Bandelier, after studying the writings
of Benavides and Zarate-Salmeron, concludes: ‘‘ It seems probable
that Amoxiumqua was San Joseph de los Jemez.”' Again: ‘‘As
to San Joseph de los Jemez | incline to the belief . . . that it
vas Amoxiumqua.”’?
From studying the documents of Zérate-Salmeron, who lived
among the Jemez in 1618, Bandelier concludes: ‘‘It seems that
Ginseua [27:17] and Amoxiumqua were then the principal pueblos
of the Jemez tribe [in 1618].”* For accounts of Amuftikwd, see
the writings of Bandelier and Hewett above cited.
[27 :25| Jemez J/andkwa ‘horned toad place’ (Adnd ‘horned toad’
‘horned lizard’; kwd locative). ‘* Ham-a-qua.”* ‘* Han-a-kwa.”®
It is said that there are two ruined pueblos by this name, and
that they may be distinguished by Indian words which mean
‘oreat pueblo of the horned toad’ and ‘little pueblo of the horned
toad’. The two pueblo ruins are not very far apart, and it is not
certain whether it is the great or the little one which we show on
the sheet.
[27:26] Jemez K rd/sékwd ‘mountain-sheep place’ (/7disd ‘mountain-
sheep’; kwa locative). ‘*Quia-tzo-qua.”* ‘* Kiatsikwa.”®
This pueblo ruin is north of Oda fw [27:27].
[27:27] Jemez Oda fii ‘ occipital-bone mountain’ (oda ‘ occipital bone
‘process on occipital bone’ where head and neck join; /% ‘moun-
tam’).
This large hill is on the west side of Guadalupe Canyon [27:1].
[27:28] (1) Jemez’ Ast palak pokwa, Ast palékwa of obscure etymology
(ast ald unexplained; kyo apparently meaning ‘to lie’; kwd loca-
tive). The full form of the name contains the syllable ko, but
this syllable is frequently omitted. ‘‘Ateyaldi-keokvd.”7 ‘*Ate-
?
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 205, note, 1892.
2Tbid., p. 206, note.
3Tbid., p. 205, note.
‘Tbid.,p. 207, note.
5 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 530, 1907).
®Ibid., p. 682.
7Gatschet, Zwolf Sprachen aus dem Stidwesten Nordamerikas, p. 45, 1876.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 397
yala-keokvé.”! ‘‘Asht-ia-la-qua.”? ‘‘Asht-ya-laqua.”* **Ash-
tyal-a-qua.”* ‘‘Asht-yalaqua”® (confounding ‘Ast pala(k po)kwa
with Piétékwa [27:29]. ‘‘Astialakwaé.”® According to Hodge’
the Jemez assert that there is another pueblo ruin, distinct from
Ast pala(k po)kwa, which is called *‘Ost’-yal-a-kwa.” Hodge thinks
that this is the same as Bandelier’s ‘*Osht-yal-a.”’§
(2) Jemez Mat pa fiik pokwd of obscure etymology (mata unex-
plained; fi ‘mountain’; £o apparently meaning ‘to lie’; kid
locative). This name was given by several Indians independently
as referring to the same pueblo ruinas the name ’Ast pala(k po)kwa.
(8) Span. San Juan ‘Saint John’(4). See below.
Hodge writes of the ruin:
A former pueblo of the Jemez, on the summit of a mesa that separates San
Diego [27:13] and Guadelupe [27:1] canyons at their mouths. It was proba-
bly the seat of the Franciscan mission of San. Juan, established early in the
17th century.®
[27:29] (1) Jemez Patokwa of obscure etymology (pa apparently pa
‘flower’; 76 ‘pueblo’ ‘dwelling-place’, akin to Tewa te, kwa loca-
tive). ‘‘ Batokva”.?° ‘* Bato-kya”.4! ** Patoqua” > (confounding it
with °Ast pala(k po)kwa [27:28]). ‘*Patoqua (‘village of the
bear’)”.! The meaning ‘village of the bear’ is not correct, nor
does ‘*Walatoa”, one of the Jemez names of Pueblo, mean ‘village
of the bear’ as is stated by Hodge.*
(2) Jemez Wefiilekwa ‘place where they both are,’ referring to
San Diego Canyon [27:29] and Guadalupe Canyon [27:1] (we
‘both,’ akin to wif ‘two’; fiile ‘to be at a place’; kwa locative).
This is an old name of /atékwd, applied because the pueblo was
at the confluence.
(8) Jemez A pa’dtusekwa ‘place where they hit or ring the stones’
(kpa@d ‘stone’; tuse ‘to hit’; kwa locative). A slab of stone
was suspended by a deerskin thong and struck with some hard
object, producing a clear metallic tone. Such bell-stones used
to be struck at Patékwa in connection with certain dances; hence
this name, we are told.
(4) Span. ‘‘S. Josef”.
1Loew in Wheeler Survey Rep., Vit, p. 343, 1879.
2Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 126, 1890.
3Bandelier in Proc. Cong. Internat. Amér., VII, p. 452, 1890.
4Bandelier, op. cit., pt. 11, p. 206, 1892.
5Ibid., p. 207, note.
® Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 106, 1907).
7 Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 162, 1910.
8 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 207, note.
9Hodge, op. cit., pt. 1, p. 106.
10 Loew (1875), op. cit.
UGatschet, Zw6lf Sprachen aus dem Siidwesten Nordamerikas, p. 45, 1876.
12 Hodge, op. cit., pt. 2, p. 210.
18 Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 630, 1907.
4)’ Anvyille, Map Amer. Sept., 1746.
398 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [pru. ann. 29
“St. Josef”.1 “°S. Josefo”.2 **S. Iosepho”.* “**St. Joseph”.*
‘*San Joseph de Jemez”.®
Hodge summarizes the history of Patékwa as follows:
‘It seems to have been the seat of the Spanish mission of San
Joseph de los Jemez (which contained a church as early as 1617),
but was abandoned in 1622 on account of the hostility of the Nay-
aho. In 1627, however, it and Gyusiwa [27:18] were resettled
by Fray Martin de Arvide with the inhabitants of a number of
small pueblos then occupied by the Jemez. It was permanently
abandoned prior to the Pueblo revolt of 1680. The people of this
pueblo claim to have dwelt at the lagoon of San José, 75 miles
northwest of Jemez, and that they removed thence to a place be-
tween Salado [29:92] and Jemez [27:34] rivers, where they built
the pueblo of Anyukwinu.”®
The migration tradition which Hodge here relates of Patdkwa is
strangely similar to what Bandelier says of Amu fiikwd :
But they [the Jemez Indians] also say that the people of the Amoxiumqua
dwelt first at the lagune [lagoon] of San José, 75 miles to the northwest of
Jemez, and that they removed thence to the pueblo of Afu-quil-i-jui, between
the Salado [29:92] and Jemez [27:34].’
In a footnote Bandelier adds: ‘‘Anu-quil-i-gui lies north of
Jemez”. See ‘*Anytkwinu” under [27 :unlocated].
[27:30] (1) Jemez Gajit. (<Span. Cafion). =Eng. (2), Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Caton settlement. (<Span.). =Jemez(1), Span. (3).
(8) Span. Cafion ‘canyon’. =Jemez (1), Eng. (2).
This is a small Mexican settlement below the confluence of San
Diego [27:13] and Guadalupe [27:1] canyons, mostly on the east
side of Jemez Creek [27:34].
[27:31] (1) K pw ddwo ‘red rock’ (ka’d ‘stone’ ‘rock’; pwo * red-
ness’ ‘red’). Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (8).
(2) Eng. Red Rock. Cf. Jemez (1), Span. (3).
(8) Span. Pena Colorada ‘red rock’. Cf. Jemez (1), Eng. (3).
This is a large red rock on the east side of Jemez Creek [27:34].
The main wagon road passes through the gap between the rock
and the red cliffs east of the rock. Wild bees have large nests in
crevices of the rock. On the east face of the rock are some inter-
esting old pictographs representing deer.
1D’Anville, Map N. Amer., Bolton’s edition, 1752.
2 Jefferys, Amer. Atlas, map 5, 1776.
3Crépy, Map Amer. Sept., ca. 1783.
4Shea, Cath. Missions, p. 80, 1870.
56 Bandelier (1888) in Compte-rendu Cong. Amér., VII, p. 452, 1890.
6 Hodge in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 210, 1910.
7 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 207, 1892.
‘
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 399
[27:32] (1) Jemez Hijija of obscure etymology.
(2) Eng. Vallecito Creek, Vallecito. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(3) Spans Vallecito, Rito del Vallecito ‘little valley’ ‘creek of
the little valley’. =Eng. (2).
There are a number of Mexican farms in the valley of this
creek. The same names are applied to the settlement as to the val-
ley itself.
[27:33] Jemez Hunupdwa ‘place of the owl water’ (Aunu ‘owl’; pa
‘water’; wd locative). The name is applied to springs and to a
gulch on the west side of Jemez Creek [27:34] northwest of Jemez
Pueblo.
[27:34] (1) Wangeimpo, Wingeimpohwu ‘creek of [27:35]? ( Winge,
see [27:35]; *¢y locative and adjective-forming postfix; po
‘water’; Pohwu ‘creek with water in it’? <fo ‘water’, hwu
‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’).
(2) Picuris ‘‘Hemepane” ‘Jemez River’.! Evidently ‘‘pane”
means ‘river’.
(3) Cochiti Pon ret féna ‘western river’ (pone ‘west’; tfena
‘river’).
(3) Pa, Pawedwa, He pa, Hepdawiwd, Hewi@wa ‘the river’
‘the river caflada’ ‘Jemez River’ ‘Jemez River Cafada’ ‘Jemez
Canada’ (pd ‘water’ ‘river’; pdwdwd ‘cafada with a stream
in it? <pd ‘water’, wd’wd ‘canada’; He- Jemez; wi’ wa ‘arroyo
‘canada’).
(+) Eng. Jemez Creek, Jemez River,
(5) Span. Cafada de Jemez, Rio de Jemez, Rito de Jemez
‘Jemez Caiada’ ‘Jemez River’ ‘ Jemez Creek’. ‘‘ Rio de Jemez”.?
** La Canada de los Xemes”.?
The name Jemez Creek is given because Jemez is the principal
puebio situated on it. The Keres pueblos Sia [29:94] and Santa
Ana [29:95] are on the lower course of the creek. Bandelier2
notes: **The Queres | Keres] held and hold to-day about one-half
of the course of the Rio de Jemez.”
[27:35] (1) Wange oywi of obscure etymology ( Way. ‘Jemez Indian’
unexplained; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’ since the settlement is
thought of as being over beyond or down beyond the mountains;
-oywt pueblo’), Jemez Indian is called Wayn-p, a word of uncer-
tain etymology. It sounds almost like woyy ‘to descend’ but the
vowel sounds of the two words are distinct. Jemez people are
called either Waintowd or Wainge intows (tows * people’ ;°ipp loca-
tive and adjective-forming postfix). Win intowd is never used,
perhaps because it is not euphonic. The Navaho are called Ly the
1Spinden, Picuris notes, 1910. 3Tbid., p. 213, note.
2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 199, 1892.
400 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [27TH ann. 29
Tewa Winsabe, literally ‘Jemez Athapascan’ (Way ‘Jemez In-
dian’; Sate ‘Athapascan Indian’ ‘Apache’ ‘Navaho’). ** Wéng’-
ge’”:* given as the Santa Clara and San Ildefonso Tewa name;
erroneously said to mean ‘* Navaho place.”
(2) Hano Tewa ‘‘Jemesi, or Jemez.”* The former name
is probably borrowed from (Oraibi) Hopi (18), the latter from
Span. (22). No doubt the name Wdyge exists also among the
Hano Tewa.
(8) Picuris *‘ He-mi-ma’.”* ‘‘Héméma’.”* These Picuris forms
are evidently some form of the name Jemez plus the locative -bd.
(4) Isleta Ziemai of obscure etymology (/Zem- as in Hiemite
‘Jemez Indian’, evidently a form of the Jemez word He-; ai
locative). Jemez Indian is called Wiemive; 2 + plu. Hiemnin (ie,
nin number-denoting postfixes). ‘‘Hiem-ai.”° Gatschet also
gives ‘‘Hiémide” meaning Isleta Indian, plu. *‘ Hiemnin”; see
forms obtained by the writer, above. *‘ He’-mai.”*
(5) Jemez Hewd, LHekwad, Hejo of obscure etymology (//e
Jemez Indian; wd ‘at’; kwd ‘at’ ‘to’; jo ‘at’ about’). Jemez
Indian is called He; 2+ plu. Hemif (Ze unexplained; mz/f plu.
ending as in wmif ‘you2 +’, plu. of wy ‘you 1’). It is from the
form /Zemif meaning ‘Jemez Indians’ ‘Jemez people’ that the
Span. and probably all the forms in the other languages with the
exception of the Tewa and Navaho forms are derived.
(6) Jemez Towa, Tékwa, Tojo ‘at the pueblo’ ‘to the pueblo’
‘the pueblo’ (¢é- ‘dwelling-place’ ‘pueblo,’ akin to Tewa ¢e
‘dwelling-place’; wd ‘at’; kwd ‘at’ ‘to’; jo ‘at’ ‘about’). This
is the commonest name applied to Jemez Pueblo by the Jemez
Indians. ‘‘Tuhoa:”’® given as meaning ‘‘ houses.” The name
means ‘‘houses” only in the collective sense of ‘pueblo.’
Tw wart® .
(7) Jemez Hetiwa, Hetikwd, Hetdjo ‘at the pueblo of the
Jemez’ ‘to the pueblo of the Jemez’ ‘pueblo of the Jemez’ (//e
Jemez Indian; ‘éwd, tékwd, téjo as in Jemez (6), above).
(8) Jemez Waldtiwd, Walatikwa, Waldtéjo, Wa waldtowd,
Wewilitikwi, Wewaldtéjo, Hewiwilatiwd, Hewdwalatokwa,
Hewiwalatéjo ‘at the pueblo in the cafiada’ ‘at the pueblo
in the cafada’ ‘the pueblo in the caflada’ ‘at the pueblo in
Jemez Cafada’ ‘to the pueblo in Jemez Canada’ ‘the pueblo in
Jemez Caifada,’ referring to Jemez Cafada [27:34], (wd, wa’wa
1 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 631, 1907).
2Fewkes in Nineteenth Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., p. 614, 1909.
3 Hodge, op. cit., p. 630.
4Spinden, Picuris notes, 1910.
6Gatschet, Isleta vocabulary, 1885 (Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 630, 1907).
6 Bandelier in Das Ausland, p. 813, Stuttgart, 1882.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 401
‘arroyo’ ‘cafiada’; /é ‘in? ‘at’; téwd, tdkwa, téjo, as in Jemez (6),
above; /7e Jemez Indian, Jemez). This name was applied to dis-
tinguish Jemez Pueblo [27:35] as the pueblo in the canada of
Jemez Creek [27:34] in contradistinction to the former pueblos
of the Jemez in the vicinity of San Diego [27:13] and Guadalupe
[27:1] Canyons. This name is not a corruption of Valladolid,
nor does it mean ‘‘ village of the bear”, an etymology which is
due to Bandelier’s confusion of wd/d- with dwia/d ‘bear.’ ‘* Ha-
waw-wah-lah-too-waw,”! evidently for Hewdawaldtiwd. ‘* Valla-
toa.”2 ‘*Walatoa.”? ‘‘Uala-to-hua (‘ Village of the Bear,’
and not a corruption of Valladolid, as Mr. Loew has imagined).” 4
“© Ual-to-hua.”> ‘* Wa’-la-tu-wa.” ®
(9) Jemez ‘* Wa-la-nah:” 7 this is certainly a mistake.
(10) Pecos ** He”-wi’:”® evidently equivalent to Jemez //ewd;
see Jemez (5), above.
(11) Keresan (dialect unspecified) ‘* Hii-mish.”° ‘* Hae-mish.”°
(12) Cochiti Hemefetse (Hemefe ‘Jemez Indian or Indians’,
probably borrowed from or akin to Jemez Hemi f * Jemez peo-
ple’; ¢s# locative). The Cochiti call Jemez Indian or Indians
Hemefe. In all the Keresan dialects the name is practically
identical with the Cochiti form.
(13) Santa Ana ‘‘ He’ mi:”§ this is perhaps a Santa Ana pro-
nunciation of Span. (22).
(14) Sia ‘‘ He’-me-shu-tsa.”*® ‘*Jemi/itse.”"
(15) San Felipe ‘* Hemeshitse.” §
(16) Laguna ‘* Hemeshitse.” §
(17) Acoma ‘‘Hémishitz”.’ The -tz is for fsz.
(18) Oraibi Hopi //emist (cf. the Keresan forms). This is
applied with postfixes or postpounds to both pueblo and people.
Cf. the first form quoted under Hano Tewa (2), above.
(19) Southern Ute Hmafi (cf. Jemez Hemif ‘Jemez people’,
also the Keresan and Hopi forms). Applied with the various
postfixes or postpounds to both pueblo and people.
1 Simpson in Rep. Sec. War, p. 143, 1850,
2 Loew in Wheeler Surv. Rep., Vil, p. 344, 1879.
3 Gatschet in Mag. Amer. Hist., p. 259, Apr., 1882.
4 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 260, note, 1890.
5 Tbid., pt. 11, p. 203, 1892.
6 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 631, 1907).
7 Jouvenceau in Cath. Pion., 1, No. 9, p. 13, 1906.
8 Hodge, op. cit.,p. 6380.
’Bandelierin N. Y. Staatszeitung, June 28, 1885.
10 Bandelier in Rev. d’ Ethnog., p. 203, 1886.
11 Spinden, Sia notes, 1910.
87584° —29 rtH—16——26
402 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ern. ann. 29
(20) Navaho *‘ Mai-déc-kiz-ne”,’ said to mean ‘wolf neck’.
‘Mai Déshkis,”? said to mean ‘coyote pass’. ‘* Ma’ideshgizh,” *
said to mean ‘coyote pass’, according to the Franciscan Fathers*
the Navaho call the Jemez people ‘* Miwideshgizhni”.
(21) Eng. Hemes, Jemez. (<Span. 22). Spellings such as
Hemes, Mohave, Navaho are to be preferred. The spelling
Hemes is phonetically perfect, and at the same time happens
to be the spelling used by Castaneda about 1565; but the form
Jemez has become fixed geographically and officially.
(22) Span. Jemez, Jemes. Hodge follows Bandelier (see Kere-
san (11), above) in deriving the Span. form ‘‘form Hii-mish, or
Hae’-mish, the Keresan name of the pueblo.—Bandelier”™.°
writer does not see why some of the forms at least may not have
come directly from Jemez L/emif ‘Jemez people’, a word which
probably was foundalso in the Pecos language. A Zuni name for
Jemez, so far“as can be learned, has never been published.
“¢Hemes”.® ‘* Emexes”.? ‘‘ Ameias”.® ‘‘Emeges”.® ‘‘ Emmes”.
‘“Amejes”.! ‘*Ameies”. ‘‘Emés”.’® ‘“Emes”.“ “*Hemeos”.*
‘¢Henex”.2° “*Gemex”.!? ‘‘Hémés”.® “‘ Amires”.?® ‘* Xemes”.?°
22
‘“*Gemes”.2!_ **Gomez”.”
“$Gemez”.4 ‘°*Temez”.%* ‘“Jemes”.”
<< Jamez’’.26 **‘Hemez”’.27 *‘Ameries”.22 ‘*Jemas”.”? °**Xeméz”.
ss
““Yemez”.*! ‘* James”. ‘* Jemez
28) *° Djémez?23* “4s Jenies”.2°
lten Kate, Synonymie, p. 6, 1884.
2 Curtis, Amer. Ind., I, p. 138, 1907.
3 Franciscan Fathers, Navaho Ethnol. Dict., p. 136, 1910.
4Ibid., p. 128.
5 Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 629, 1907.
6 Castafieda (ca. 1565) in Ternaux-Compans, Voy., IX, p. 138, 1838.
7 Espejo (1583) in Doe. Inéd., XV, p. 116, 1871.
8 Espejo (1583) quoted by Mendoza (1586) in Hakluyt Soc. Pub., XV, p. 245, 1854,
9 Espejo (1583) in Doc. Inéd., XV, p. 179, 1871.
10 Ofiate (1598), ibid., XVI, pp. 102, 260, 1871.
11 Mendoza in Hakluyt, Voy., 111, p. 462, 1600.
1 Tbid., p. 469.
13 Villagran, Hist. Nueva Mex., p. 155, 1610.
M4 Cérdoya (1619) in Ternaux-Compans, Voy., X, p. 444, 1838.
15 Z4rate-Salmeron (ca. 1629) quoted by Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 205, 1892.
16 Zarate-Salmeron (ca. 1629) quoted by Bandelier in Arch. Inst. Papers, 1v, p. 205, 1892.
17 Zérate-Salmeron (ca. 1629) quoted by Bancroft, Native Races, I, p. 600, 1882.
18 Benavides (1630) quoted by Gallatin in Nowy. Ann. Voy., Sth ser., XXVU, p. 305, 1851.
19 Ogilby, Amer., p. 294, 1671.
20 Rivera, Diario, leg. 950, 1736.
21 Villa-Sefior, Theatro Amer., pt. II, p. 421, 1748.
2 Arrowsmith, map. N. A., 1795, ed. 1814.
3 Humboldt, Atlas Nouv. Espagne, carte 1, 1811.
% Alegre, Hist. Comp. Jesus, I, p. 336, 1841.
° Mendoza, (1742) in Meline, Two Thousand Miles, p. 213, 1867.
26 Gallegas (1844) in Emory, Recon., p. 478, 1848.
% Squier in Amer. Review, p. 522, Nov. 1848, misquoting Castafieda.
28 Squier, ibid., p. 523.
2 Wislizenus, Memoir, p. 24, 1848.
30 Ruxton, Adventures, p. 194, 1848.
8 Latham, Var. of Man, p. 396, 1850.
32 Marcy in Rep. Sec. War, p. 196, 1850.
33 Simpson in Rep. Sec. War, p. 59, 1850; Hewett, Antiquities, p. 44, 1906; Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p.
629, 1907.
% Gallatin in Nouv. Ann. Voy., 5th ser., XX VII, p. 280, 1851.
8 Calhoun in Schooleraft, Ind. Tribes, 11, p. 638, 1853.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 4038
‘‘Hernes”.! “‘Jermz”.? ‘‘Tames”.? ‘“‘Ameges”.4 ‘‘Jemex”.®
‘“Jeures”.® ‘*Amies”.? ‘*Amios”.8 ‘‘Zemas”.® ‘‘Jemos”.”
“« Jemes(sprich: chémes)”."! ‘*Hemes”. ‘*Amayes”.* ““Temes”."
‘“‘Hermes”.» ‘¢ yemes”.!® ‘*Jumez”.!7 ‘*Emenes”.'* ‘‘Emeaes”.”
‘‘EKuimes”.”” ‘‘Jemmes”.**
The Jemez express ‘Jemez Indian’ not only by //e, plu. Hemi f,
but by postpounding fsd’@ ‘person’, plu. fsd’@f ‘people’, to any
of the numerous forms denoting the pueblo. The Jemez lan-
guage’ is similarly expressed by postpounding is@d¢y ‘language’
(isd’a ‘person’ ‘human being’; fy ‘to speak’).
For a good account of the history of Jemez Pueblo and of the
Jemez Tribe see Hodge in Handbook Inds., pt. 1, pp. 629-81, 1907.
Some of the older men at Jemez remember the history of the
tribe very accurately. Of the shape of Jemez Pueblo Bande-
lier writes: ‘Jemez . . . a double quadrangle with two squares.”
Bandelier probably exaggerates the amount of Navaho blood at
Jemez: ‘* Jemez is more than half Navajo, and one of their lead-
ing men, whom unsophisticated American Indian worshippers are
wont to admire as a typical and genuine Pueblo, the famous
Nazlé, was Navajo by birth, education, and inclination.”* ‘* We
ought to consider that, for instance, the Indians of Zuni have
intermarried with and plentifully absorbed Navajo, Tigua, and
Jemez blood.”**
[27:36] San Isidro, see [29:91].
[27:37] Span. Ojo Chamizo ‘‘spring greasewood”. ‘*Ojo Chamiso”.”
[27:38] Jemez Awad2ii ‘rock-pine mountain’ (kwa ‘rock-pine’ ‘Pinus
scopulorum’; fi *mountain’).
1 Kern in Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, Iv, pp. 82, 39, 1854.
2 Ibid., p. 39.
3 Brackenridge, Early Span. Discoy., p. 19, 1857.
4 Sigiienza quoted by Buschmann, Neu.-Mex., pp. 228, 264, 1808.
6 Taylor in Cal. Farmer, June 12, 1863.
6 Ward in Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1867, p. 210, 1868.
7 Davis, Span. Conquest New Mex., p. 252, 1869.
8 Tbid., map.
9 Simpson in Jour. Amer. Geog. Soc., V, P, 195, 1874.
10 Loew (1875) in Wheeler Surv. Rep., Vu, p. 345, 1879.
ll Gatschet, Zw6lf Sprachen aus dem Siidwesten Nordamerikas, p. 41, 1876.
12Bandelier in Papers Arch. Inst., Amer. ser., I, p. 23, 1881.
13 Duro, Don Diego de Pefialosa, p. 128, 1882.
4 Gatschet in Mag. Amer. Hist., p. 259, Apr., 1882.
1s Curtis, Children of the Sun, p. 121, 1883; misquoting Castaneda.
16 ten Kate, Synonymie, p. 6, 1854.
7 Arch. Inst. Rep., V, p- 37, 1884.
18 Bancroft, Ariz. and N. Mex., p. 182, 1889.
19 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 206, 1892.
20 Columbus Memorial Vol., p. 155, 1893.
21 Peet in Amer. Antiq., XVU, p. 354, 1895.
22 Bandelier, op. cit., pt. I, p. 265, 1890.
23Thid., p. 262.
4 Tbid., p. 261.
%U.S. Geol. Survey, Jemes sheet, 1890.
404 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS (Bru. ann. 29
[27:39] Jemez A yatapa fii ‘macaw water mountain’ (k ydtd ‘macaw’;
pa ‘water’; f% ‘mountain’). Whether there isa spring, lake, or
creck called A’ rdtapa, from which the mountain takes its name,
was not determined.
[27:40| Jemez UW" pind fit, U*piyabé *cottontail rabbit courting moun-
tains’ ‘cottontail rabbit courting place’ (w’ * *cottontail rabbit’;
pipd ‘to go courting’; fi ‘mountain’; bd ‘up at’ locative). The
name refers to two little mountains. The place gives the name
to the creek [27:41]. See ‘UW piydkwda Pueblo ruin under [27:
unlocated].
[27:41] Jemez ‘W"piydpa ‘cottontail rabbit courting water’, referring
to [27:40] (W*piyd-, see [27:40]; pd ‘water’ ‘creek’).
This flows into Peralta Creek [27:44].
[27:42] Jemez Owala fi ‘bear mountain’ (wala ‘bear’; ft ‘moun-
tain’). Cf. [27:45] and [27:46].
[27:43] See [28:69] for the possible Cochiti name.
[27:44] Peralta Creek, see [28:71].
[27:45] (1) Jemez Owalapdwa ‘bear spring’ (pwald as in [27:42];
pawad ‘water place’ ‘spring’? <pd ‘water’, wd locative). Cf.
Cochiti (2), Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(2) Cochiti AGhaijokawe f ‘bear spring’ (kdhazjo ‘bear’; hawef
‘spring’). Cf. Jemez (1), Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(3) Eng. Oso Spring. (<Span.). =Span. (4). Cf. Jemez (1),
Cochiti (2).
(4) Span. Ojo del Oso ‘bear spring’. = Eng. (3). Cf. Jemez (1),
Cochiti (2).
[27:46] Oso Creek, see [28:103].
[27:47] Span. Arroyo Hondo ‘deep arroyo’.
It is said that the spring [27:48] is situated in this arroyo.
[27:48] Span. Ojo del Borrego ‘sheep spring’.
The spring is in the Arroyo Hondo [27:47], it is said. It gives
the name to a large Span. land grant situated in the vicinity,,also
to Borrego Creek [27:49]. The Cochiti sometimes call the spring
Borrégokdwe f (kawef *spring’).
[27:49] Borrego Creek, see [29:64].
UNLOCATED
Jemez ‘‘Afiu-quil-i-jui”.! ‘‘Anu-quil-i-gui”.? ‘‘Anyikwinu”.®
This is the name of an unlocated pueblo ruin. Bandelier says
of it:
But they [the Jemez Indians] also say that the people or Amoxiumqua
[27-23] dwelt first at the lagune of San José, 75 miles to the northwest of
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 207, 1892.
2 Thid., note.
3 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 63, 1907).
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 405
Jemez, and that they removed thence to the pueblo of Afiu-quil-i-jui, between
the Salado [29:92] and Jemez [27:34].!
Jemez Léletsokwd of obscure etymology (ddle ‘abalone shell’; éso
unexplained ; kwd locative). ‘* Bul-itz-e-qua”’.?
It is said that this is one of the largest of the pueblos formerly
inhabited by Jemez Indians. It is situated east of San Diego
Canyon [27:13].
Jemez ‘*Caatri”.* ‘*Catréo0”.t Mentioned by Ofiate as an inhabited
pueblo of the Jemez.
Span. **Cerro Colorado”.° The name is given in the manuscript cited
as designating a hill at the foot of the unlocated mesa where the
Jemez and Santo Domingo Indians dwelt when visited by Vargas
in 1692.
Jemez **Guatitruti”.* Mentioned by Onate as an inhabited pueblo of
the Jemez.
Jemez ‘*Guayoguia”.’ Mentioned by Ofate as an inhabited pueblo
of the Jemez.
Cochiti Haihmekot fo ‘ice mountain’ (Adlme ‘ice’; ko- ‘mountain’;
tfo locative). It is possible that this is the Cochiti name of
[27:10].
Cochiti TTétokawakot. fo ‘willow spring mountain’ (éto ‘willow’;
kawa ‘spring’; ko- ‘mountain’; ‘fo locative). Cf. Cochiti
Hétokawa, below.
This is a large mountain north of [27:45].
(1) Cochiti étokawa ‘willow spring’ (ZZétokawa as in Tétckawa-
kot fo, above). Ct. Cochiti Hotokawa, above. Cf. Span. (2).
(2) Span. Ojo de la Jara ‘willow spring’. Cf. Cochiti (1).
This is a spring north of [27:45].
Jemez “U*pinakwa ‘at the rabbit courting place’ (‘U’%piyd-, see
[27:40]; kwa locative).
This is a pueblo ruin near [27:40].
(1) Eng. Jara Creek. (<Span). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Rito de la Jara ‘willow creek’. =Eng. (1). It is
suggested that the creek may give the name ‘‘ Jara” to the moun-
tain [27:10].
‘““While the mountainous parts of the Queres [Keresan] range
[territory held] are dry, the Valles | Pimpzyge [Large Features: 1],
page 98] constitute a water supply for the Jemez country. Two
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 207, 1892.
2 Tbid.
8 Ofiate (1598) in Doc. Inéd., Xv1, p. 102, 1871.
4Ibid., p. 114.
° Bandelier quoting Autos de Guerra, MS. (1692), op. cit., p. 212.
6 Onate (1598) quoted by Hodge in Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 510, 1907.
7Ibid., pp. 510-511.
406 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [zrH. ann. 29
streams rise in it [the Valles?]; the San Antonio [27:11] on the
eastern flank of the Jara Mountain [27:10] and the Jara at
the foot of the divide, over which crosses the trail from Santa
Clara [14:71]. These unite soon to form the San Antonio
‘River’, which meanders through the Valles de Santa Rosa [27:5]
and San Antonio [27:6] for 7 miles in a northwesterly direction,
and enters a picturesque gorge bearing the same name, and then
gradually curves around through groves until, at La Cueva, it
assumesan almost due southerly direction. One or two more brooks
increase its volume on the way, descending directly from the mesz
pedestal of the Jara Mountain [27:10], and its name is changed
from San Antonio to the Rio de San Diego [27:13].”?
Jemez ‘*Quia-shi-dshi.”? ‘* Kiashita.”*
According to Hodge this pueblo ruin is located ‘‘in Guadalupe Canyon
fei?
Jemez A patsokwd of obscure etymology (k rd ‘crow’; tso unexplained ;
kwd locative). ‘*Quia-tzo-qua.”* ‘* Kiatstikwa.”’®
This is a pueblo ruin somewhere east of San Diego Canyon
[27:13].
Span. La Cueva ‘the cave’. See Bandelier’s reference to La Cueva
under (1) Eng. Jara Creek, above.
Jemez ‘‘Leeca.”® ‘*Ceca.”7 Mentioned by Onate as an inhabited
Jemez pueblo.
Jemez ‘** Mecastria.”’ Mentioned by Onate as an inhabited Jemez
pueblo.
Jemez ‘‘No-cum-tzil-e-ta.”? ‘‘ No-kyun-tse-le-ta’.”'!° Named as a
Jemez pueblo ruin of undetermined location.
Jemez ‘*Pem-bul-e-qua.”?: ‘‘Pe’-bu-li-kwa.”'? Named as a Jemez
pueblo ruin of undetermined location.
Jemez ‘* Pe-cuil-a-gui.”" ‘‘ Pe’-kwil-i-gi-i’.” ”
Bandelier says of the ruin:
In conclusion, I would call attention to the name of one of the old Jemez
pueblos, given to me by the Indians as ‘Pe-cuil-a-gui’. ‘Pii-euil-a’ [ Pdkwild]
is the name for the tribe of Pecos, and the Pecos spoke the Jemez language. It
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 201-02, 1892.
2Ibid., p. 207, note.
3 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 681, 1907).
4Bandelier, op. cit., p. 207. i
5 Hodge, op. cit., p. 682.
6Ofate (1598) quoted by Hodge, op. cit., p. 225.
7Ibid., pp. 225, 629.
8[bid., p. 829.
° Hodge, op. cit., pt. 2, p. 80.
10Tbid., p. 220.
11 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 207, note, and p. 216,
12 Hodge, op. cit., p. 223.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 407
would be well to investigate whether Pe-cuil-a-gui designates a Jemez pueblo
inhabited previously to the secession of the Pecos.!
Cf. [29:33].
Span. Cerro Pelado ‘bald mountain’. It issaid thata bare peak some-
where about the headwaters of Peralta Creek [28:71] is called by
this name.
Jemez ‘*Potre.”? ‘*Poze.”* Mentioned by Ofate as an inhabited
pueblo of the Jemez.
(1) Eng. San Antonio springs. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Ojos de San Antonio ‘Saint Anthony’s springs’. For
the name cf. [27:6] and [27:11].
These springs appear to be situated somewhere in San Antonio
Canyon [27:11]. There are a bath-house and other houses at the
place, it is said. Bandelier says:
In the gorge of San Antonio [27:11] rises a spring, the temperature of which
is 110° F. About five miles south of it are mud-baths [27:8?], on the heights
that separate the Valles from the San Diego gorge.*
If the identification of the ‘‘mud-baths” as Sulphur springs
[27:8] is correct, San Antonio springs would appear to be some-
where north or west of the mountain north of Sulphur springs.
The Land of Sunshine locates them west of Sulphur springs:
Four to six miles west of the Sulphurs [27:8] are the San Antonio Springs,
which resemble the Jemez Springs [27:18] and are equally efficacious in kid-
ney and stomach disorders.°
Bandelier® gives the altitude: ‘‘The springs of San Antonio lie
at an altitude of 8,586 feet”. .
Jemez Sefokwa ‘eagle dwelling place’ ‘eagle nest place’ (se ‘eagle’;
So ‘to live’ ‘todwell’; kwd locative). ‘*Se’-shiu-qua.”? ‘*Sé-
shu-kwa.”’§
This is a pueblo ruin situated somewhere south of Cerro Pelado
[27:10].
Jemez ‘‘Se-to-qua.”*® ‘‘Setokwa.”!” This is given as the name of a
pueblo ruin, situated, according to Hodge, about 2 miles south of
Jemez Pueblo. ;
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 216, 1892.
2Onate (1598) in Doe. Inéd., xvi, p. 114, 1871.
3Ibid., p. 102.
4Bandelier, op. cit., p. 202.
°The Land of Sunshine, a Handbook of the Resources . . . of New Mexico, p. 169, 1906,
6Bandelier, op. cit., p. 202, note.
TIbid., p. 207, note.
8 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 513, 1910).
*Bandelier, op. cit., p. 207, note.
10 Hodge, op. cit., p. 514.
408 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BTH, ANN, 29
Span. ‘Sierra de la Bolsa”.t The name, which means ‘pocket range’,
is givenas that of a mountain of the Jemez Range between Sierra de
San Miguel [27:unlocated] and Sierra de la Palisada[27:unlocated ].
Span. ‘Sierra de la Palisada”.t The name meaning ‘ palisade range’,
is given as referring to a mountain south of Sierra de la Bolsa [27:
unlocated |.
Span. ‘‘Sierra de Toledo”.? The name means ‘range of Toledo’ (a city
in Spain). ‘*Toledo range”.* Bandelier locates the mountain
somewhere south of the Cerro Pelado [27:10].4 See Valle de
Toledo [27:unlocated], below.
Span. Valle de Toledo ‘Toledo Valley,’ referring to the ‘‘Sierra de
Toledo” [27:unlocated]. ‘*On the west a huge mountain mass,
the Sierra de la Jara [27:10], interposes itself between the princi-
pal valley, that of Toledo, and the Jemez country”.® This is evi-
dently a name for one of the Valles. See Pimpeyge {Large Fea-
tures], page 98, and ‘‘Sierra de Toledo” [27:unlocated], above.
Jemez ‘*Trea”.® Mentioned by Onate as an inhabited Jemez pueblo.
Jemez ** Tya-juin-den-a”.” Given as the name of a pueblo ruin.
Jemez ** Tyasoliwa”.* Given as the name of an unlocated pueblo ruin.
Jemez ‘* Uii-hii-tza-e”.7 Given as the name of an unlocated pueblo
ruin.
Jemez Wabikwa of obscure etymology (wabd unexplained; kwd loca-
tive). ‘*Wa-ba-kwa”.® The name refers to a pueblo ruin some-
where east of San Diego Canyon [27:13].
Jemez Wagikda (the name is said by the informant to mean ‘‘rubber
weed”). It is uncertain whether this name refers to a pueblo
ruin or merely to a locality.
Jemez “Yjar”.'° Mentioned by Onate as an inhabited Jemez pueblo.
Jemez ‘* Zo-lat-e-se-djii”.7_ ‘* Zo-lé-tu"-ze-zhi-i”."" Given as the name
of a pueblo ruin.
Warm springs at the head of San Diego Canyon [27:13]. ‘* Warm
springs have been located at the head of San Diego Cafion above
the Jemez springs [27:18]”.” Just where is meant by the ‘head
of San Diego Canyon” [27:13] is uncertain. Are the springs at
the Soda Dam [27:16] intended?
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 72, note, 1892.
2Tbid., pp. 11, 64, and 72, note.
3 Tbid., p. 65.
4Tbid., p. 72, note.
5Tbid., p. 201.
®Onate (1598) quoted by Hodge in Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 629, 1907.
7 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 207, note.
8 Hodge in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 859, 1910.
9Tbid., p. 884.
10 Onate (1598) quoted by Hodge, ibid., p. 997.
0 Hodge, ibid., p. 1015.
12The Land of Sunshine, a Handbook of the Resources . . . of New Mexico, p. 177, 1906.
MAP 28
COCHITI REGION
TET
>
Te,
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 28
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
SS
in’
a
eM,
‘s
A{\\ TINS
Ay = WN
‘y lft 5
4 5 5
+4,
» 5 a
YI ae J
y , 4 io
Z; 7 7
> epee
: sigh) AY
“ee Ge
‘ wuvur a ZZ
Asuiliags fe = Zz
= e y
fe Ss /
=I7
SS y
=e %
= red A
S Zz
“a = 2
&;
L ~
WWisg “40a
TS V]y\ Nie 5
Mn, ",
Coy
87
wn,
mniwr Dey
tte
HAWS
50
MDS
z
a
EA Vas
Fy
ee
nw Zee
SURAT wile
1
CONT TI
REGION
COCHITI
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 28
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
,
oS =(s
y >)> =
- = ~
2 =): SVS
Td ee :
SS f= :
(gece We 3 ae
ofs “Awww
ks: ; =
ge 4
2
Bsa
ar
“36 H
~ OTA
( — ws
DI\%
.
S
~< te ir
is : = > ae «
le antag, = > S
7 Me, => -
ee oO “Mats
ef a “aS O
i = =| = 6.
2
<
4
Z
‘ Ss
ane S
a aS ; S
A 33s We.
zh: 33
Ph ZS=
= 4 aa
+ \% ARs
7% 1 x
ca ¢ AY a
z/s 3 S a
<fs S 2
xyz = :
SS Fi =
Lad Yes < s
>) $ a
Le RD = 2
= ce
—
were
TUNPee es e®
Pa
Ss
.
* o
y °
: -
“fs
S
‘
\ A
.
. “U2 i TT avers
=) % =: ZAM
wv aS y
cb age oy 7
D d, : ”,
Wy, a,
At Bae. 5 y
AS 'y = ay
- VV lf Y
Ws, 7 7 £)
\ ~ 4
* *, Ce ah
12, i Me
eitllag
. = Nites
wld, UU} SNE ees
2. “= : we G
. Pie st “ult tes
val Gen i a
Wiz, tll,
=
A awry
(UNS EE vA
HINGE et occ 5 ES
Wyse ee MWe” y SS WY Ane
WAZA ee aa Zs em 2 WA
MWA is se | Zly % Wa St aad
AKA cen Y Goma y, a Nt, am NS Wil Lai"
WEA UI REN UL Se ees Sq yWXont we
NG/ WON AE WM eae = r
iA PH NOt ea Nviuli4, =
Men) = =
pe) -
{ZA ot ) 22- ey “
eae. my 7 x %
We izipss) | a =
=
eee ca . ¢
CAINS
REGION
COCHITI
MAP 28
COCHITI REGION
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 409
[28] cocHITI SHEET
This sheet (map 28) shows the country about Cochiti Pueblo. This
region is claimed by the Cochiti Indians, who belong to the Keresan
linguistic stock. Hewett refers to this region as ‘‘le district de
Cochiti”.1 It is said by the Tewa that the ancient boundary between
their territory and that of the Cochiti west of the Rio Grande runs
somewhere between Ancho Canyon [28:4] and Frijoles Canyon [28:6].
The northern boundary of the Cochiti sheet has been placed therefore
in that vicinity. ‘‘The Rito de los Frijoles[28:6], with its numerous
cave dwellings, forms what seems to be a boundary line dividing the
Tehuas from the Queres [Keresan] stock”.? ‘‘ Les gorges profondes
du Rito de los Frijoles [28:6] séparent les deux districts [Cochiti dis-
trict and Pajarito district], et la tradition en fait Vancienne ligne de
division entre les deux branches de Tewa et des Kérés, qui, A ce qwil
parait, étaient rarement en paix lune avec l’autre”.t The Tewa in-
form the present writer that the dividing line was north of Frijoles
Canyon [28:6], a fact also evident from statements made by Bande-
lier and Hewett to the effect that the pueblo village [28:12] and cliff-
dwellings in Frijoles Canyon were built by Keresan people; see quo-
tations under [28:12].
[28:1] Pajarito Canyon, see [17:30].
[28:2] Colt Arroyo, see [17:42].
[28:3] Water Canyon, see [17:58].
[28:4] Ancho Canyon, see [17:62].
[28:5] (1) Zemapiny *‘Keresan Mountains’ (Zemd& ‘Keresan Indian’;
pin ‘mountain’). Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (8).
(2) Eng. Cochiti Mountains. Cf. Tewa(1), Span. (3). ** Moun-
tains of Cochiti”.*
(3) Span. Sierra de Cochiti ‘Cochiti Mountains’. Cf. Tewa
(1), Eng. (2).
These terms apply indefinitely to the mountains west of Cochiti.
Bandelier refers to them when he writes: ‘‘The mountainous
parts of the Queres [Keresan] range [i. e. territory] are dry”.*
“The arid hills that separate Jemez [27:35] from Pena Blanca
[28:93]”.°
[28:6] (1) Pugwigeinis’’i ‘canyon of the place where they scrape(d)
or wipe(d) the bottoms (of the pottery vessels)’, referring to
[28:12] (Pugqwige, see [28:12]; yr locative and adjective-form-
ing postfix; ts:’/ ‘canyon’). (See pl. 15.)
1Hewett, Communautés, p. 46, 1908.
2Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 139, 1892.
3Ibid., p. 169 (quoting from some Span. source ale
4Ibid., p. 201.
5Ibid., p. 203.
410 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [nra. ann. 29
(2) Tewa ‘‘Tupoge”.t This is for Zupoge ‘down to or at bean
creek’ (¢u ‘bean’; po ‘water’ ‘creek’; ge ‘down to’ ‘over to’), a
mere translation of the Span. name, never used by the Tewa.
Cf. [17:62]. :
(3) Cochiti 7 pon pekdih’'ja of obscure etymology, referring
to [28:12] (Tpe’on pe, see [28:12]; kail’ja ‘canyon’).
(4) Eng. Frijoles Canyon, Rito de los Frijoles. (<Span.).
= Span. (5).
(5) Span. Rito de los Frijoles, Cation de los Frijoles ‘bean
creek’ ‘bean canyon’. ‘This is acommon name in Spanish-speaking
America. Cf. Rio de los Frijoles, Rito de los Frijoles [22:unlo-
cated], page 352. It isquitelikely that the Span. name was applied
without influence of Tewa nomenclature. Another origin, how-
ever, suggests itself. The Tewa give assurance that the old Tewa
name of Ancho Canyon [28:4] is Zunabahwu ‘bean field arroyo’
‘bean field canada’, and think that the Span. name Rito de los
Frijoles is a translation of this Tewa name applied to the wrong
canyon. Frijoles Canyon is the next large canyon south of Ancho
Canyon.
This canyon is described by Bandelier? and by Hewett.? The
documentary history of the canyon has been studied by Mr. S. G.
Morley, of the School of American Archeology. The canyon was
not inhabited by Indians at the time of the Spanish conquest.
Mexicans settled in it in early times and farmed the cultivable
lands above the falls [28:14] nearly down to the present time.
At one time in the eighteenth century the canyon was the rendez-
vous of Mexican bandits. Bandelier writes:
I have not been able to examine the papers relating to the grant of the Rito;
but that cattle and sheep thieves made it their hiding place is said to be men-
tioned in them. The tale is current among the people of Cochiti and Pena
Blanca.*
It is said that no one lived permanently at Frijoles Canyon for
many years previous to 1907, in which year Judge A. J. Abbott
settled at the cultivable land about [28:12]. Judge Abbott has
built a house from tufa-blocks of the ruin [28:12] and has made
many improvements. He has been given a permit by the United
States Forest Service to remain on the land temporarily. Judge
Abbott bas named his place ‘* Ten Elder Ranch”, referring to some
box-elder trees growing there. See the various numbers indicat-
ing places in and about the canyon for which names have been
obtained, especially [28:12]; see also plate 15.
[28:7] North fork of Frijoles Canyon [28:6].
1Bandelier, Delight Makers, p. 178, 1890.
2Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 139-49, 1892.
3 Papers School Amer. Archxol., No. 5, 1909, and No. 10, 1909.
4 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 142, note.
WV3Y1LSdN DNINOOT 'NOANYS SA10fy¥s 4O HLNOW 3H YVEN SQNVYD O14 SHL JO 3DYOD
Gb 3LV1d LYOd3Y TIWANNY HININ-ALNSML
ASOTONHL]A NVOINSWYV JO Nv3aYNG
th
*
>
7- -
ee tay,
ge
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 411
[28 :8] South fork of Frijoles Canyon [28 :6].
[28 :9] Potembwu ‘water tube corner’ (po ‘water’; ten ‘tube’; bw’
‘large low roundish place’). This name is given to the dell where
[28:7] and [28:8] join [28:6]. It is said that the dell and the sur-
rounding canyons are tube-like; hence the name.
[28:10] San Ildefonso K‘awig?ints?’i ‘corral gap canyon’ (A ‘aw?!
see [28:unlocated]; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; *iy locative and
adjective-forming postfix; és/’7 ‘canyon’).
[28:11] Pajarito Mesa, see [17:36].
[28:12] (1) Pugwigeonwikeji ‘pueblo ruin where the bottoms of the
pottery vessels were wiped or smoothed thin’ (pw ‘base’ ‘bottom
of a vessel’ ‘buttocks’ of an animal, ‘root’ of a plant, here being
equivalent to bepu ‘bottom of vessel’ <be, ‘pottery vessel’, pr
‘base’; gw? ‘to wipe smooth’ ‘to wipe’ ‘to scrape’, commonly
employed in its fuller form gw7gi of same meaning; ge ‘down
where’ ‘over where’; ’onwikej? ‘pueblo ruin’ <’eywt ‘pueblo,
keji ‘old’ postpound). See plates 16, 17. It is said that the
ancient inhabitants used to make the bottoms of their pottery
vessels very thin; hence the name. Several times the writer has
heard the name so pronounced that it approximated in sound
Puhuge, which could be analyzed as pu ‘base’; Aww ‘large groove’
‘arroyo’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’. The form Puhuge is however
merely a corruption of Pugwige, probably due to vowel harmony.
A certain etymology of obscene meaning is given only by Indians
who do not know the’ correct explanation. So far asis known,
the Tewa name has not before been published.
(2) Cochiti Teen pe, Tp0on pehdafteta, Toon pekd matse-
Soma of obscure etymology (Z7p@’on re unexplained, it probably
has nothing to do with ZT énye ‘immediately’ ‘right now’;
hiafteta * pueblo’; ka’matsefma ‘pueblo ruin’ <hdmatse ‘set-
tlement’, {dma ‘old’). ‘* Yu-iu-ye”:! the ¢ was probably heard
as y, orthe Y may bea misprint for T. ‘‘Tyuonyi”.?
Tyuo-nyi . . . a word having asignification akin to that of treaty or contract.
It was so called because of a treaty made there at some remote period, by
which certain of the Pueblo tribes, probably the Queres [Keresan], Tehuas
[Tewa] and perhaps the Jemez, agreed that certain ranges loosely defined
should belong in the future to each of them exclusively.*
The writer’s Cochiti informants knew of no such etymology or
tradition. ‘‘Tyuonyi”.* ‘‘Tyvonyi (place du pacte)”.® ‘* Zy'w-
ony? haarctitce? (ty'wWony?, unexplained + hdarctitc%, houses)”.®
1Powell in Fourth Rep. Bur. Ethn., p. xxxvi, 1886.
2Bandelier, Delight Makers, p. 3, et passim, 1890.
3 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 145, 1892.
4 Hewett, General View, p. 599, 1905; Antiquities, p. 26, 1906.
5 Hewett, Communautés, p. 46, 1908 (evidently following Bandelier, op. cit.).
6 Harrington’s information quoted by Hewett in Papers School Amer. Archxol., No. 10, p.670, 1909.
412
(28:
[28:
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN, 29
(3) Eng. Frijoles Canyon pueblo ruin, pueblo ruin in the Rito
de los Frijoles, referring to [28:6]. Cf. Span. (4).
(4) Span. Pueblo Viejo del Rito de los Frijoles, referring to
[28:6.] Cf. Eng. (38).
The pueblo ruin, cliff-dwellings, and outlying ruins of this
ancient settlement have been described most fully by Bandelier,*
and by Hewett.’ This settlement is claimed by the Cochiti Indians
as a home of their ancestors, and two old San Ildefonso Tewa
informants have stated positively that it was a Zarda [Keresan]
village. Bandelier says:
The people of Cochiti told me that the caves of Rito [28:6], as well as the
three pueblo ruins [situated near together on the floor of Frijoles Canyon],
were the work of their ancestors, when the Queres [Keresans] all lived there
together, in times much anterior to the coming of the Spaniards.*
The ancient boundary between the Tewa and Keresan territory
is said to have been somewhat north of Frijoles Canyon; see under
[28:6]. This settlement is claimed by the Cochiti Indians to have
been their earliest home. Abandoning this village, they built,
occupied, and abandoned several pueblos, now in ruins, south of
Tone until at last they moved to their present site [28:77].
For discussion of this tradition see under [28:77]. See also [28:6],
[28:13]; plates 16 and17. The fields shown in the latter lie below
the pueblo ruin and above the waterfall [28:14].
13] The so-called ‘ceremonial cave’.
This great natural cave is in the north wall of the canyon [28:6],
about 150 feet above the waters of the creek. In it are the re-
mains of an ancient estufa, or kiva and of several small houses.
The cavern has been described by Hewett.‘
14] (1) Puqwigepojemuge ‘waterfall down by the place where the
bottoms of the pottery vessels were wiped or smoothed thin’
referring to [28:12] (Puqwige, see [28:12]; pojemuge ‘waterfall’
<po ‘water’, jemu *to fall’, said of 3+, ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’).
(2) Cochiti TpOonpeft pif ikan pif of obscure etymology
(Tpo’on re, see [28:12]; ft pi fikan rif * waterfall’).
(8) Eng. Frijoles Canyon Waterfall, referring to [28:6].
(4) Span. Salto de Agua del Rito de los Frijoles ‘bean creek
waterfall’, referring to [28:6].
This waterfall is perhaps 60 feet high and the canyon is so nar-
row at the place that there is not room to build a wagon road at
the side of the falls. One can see the Rio Grande from the
waterfall.
1Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 189-49, 1892.
2 Papers School Amer. Archxol., Nos. 5 and 10, 1909.
3 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 145.
4 Papers School Amer, Arch#ol., No. 10, pp. 664-66, 1909.
NINdg TMNO.3E1MdNd YV3N 'NOANYS S370fI¥4 3O TIVM NYSHLYON SHL NI SONITTSMG-3AVO GSNINY
9L 3LV1d LYOd3Y IVANNY HININ-ALNSML
ASOTONHLS NVOINSWV JO NVv3aHNA
=
1
+ —
= pia te
- “Ua
is }
7 if
a
=
= ss
- "
os 7 7
ore .
.
a
29 7
=
: i
hy
'
1
ia
NINY TMNO,39IMONd MOSS 'NOANYS S3TOPINs JO LYVd Y3MO7 SHL NI SATIS
ZL 31LW1d LYOdaY TWONNV HLNIN-ALNSML ADOTONH.LA NVOINSWY 4O NVv3HNa
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 413
[28:15] (1) Eng. Frijolito Pueblo ruin. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Pueblo Viejo Frijolito ‘little bean pueblo ruin’, dimin-
utive of the name Frijoles; see [28:6], [28:12]. The name was,
so far as the writer knows, first applied by Mr. A. V. Kidder in
1908. The Tewa and Cochiti Indians apply to the ruin names
which merely describe its location.
This is a small pueblo ruin, of about 50 rooms, on top of the
mesa [28:16] south of Frijoles Canyon [28:6]. It is opposite the
pueblo ruin [28:12] and about 15 yards from the ruin of the mesa.
(28:16] Span. ‘* Mesa del Rito”.! | The name means ‘mesa of the
. creek’, referring to [28:6].
Bandelier says:
The Mesa del Rito borders on the south the gorge of the ‘Tyonyi’, and is
covered with bushes and with groves of taller trees like Pifion (Pinus edulis
and P. Murreyana). Whether there are ruins on this long and comparatively
narrow plateau is doubtful, as I have seen none myself, and the statements of the
Indians are contradictory on this point. Across this mesa a trail from east to
west, formerly much used by the Navajo Indians on their incursions against
the Spanish and Pueblo settlements, creeps up from the Rio Grande, and,
crossing the mesa, rises to the crest of the mountains. It seems almost
impossible for cattle and horses to ascend the dizzy slope, yet the savages more
than once have driven their living booty with merciless haste over this trail
to their distant homes. I estimate the length of the Mesa del Rito at 6 miles
from north to south.
Just where the old Navajo trail referred to runs is not known
to the writer. The Tewa informants called [28:28] a Navajo
trail. See Navajo trail [28:unlocated]. Cf. [28:17], [28:19].
[28:17] Nameless canyon.
This canyon starts as a slight ravine in the pine-grown mesa-
top west of the ruin [28:15] and grows gradually deeper and more
canyon-like until it reaches the Rio Grande. A couple of hundred
yards before it reaches the river its bed drops precipitously a
hundred feet or more, thus forming the low dell [28:18] at its
mouth. This canyon may be the ‘‘Cafion del Rito” of Bandelier;
see reference thereto in excerpt from Bandelier under [28:19] (2).
Bandelier’s description fits [28:17] except that it can not be deter-
mined how he makes the Potrero del Alamo [28:23] bound it on
the west and southwest. The writer has walked down the canyon
[28:17] from the vicinity of the ruin [28:15] to the Rio Grande.
See [28:18].
[28:18] Nameless low dell at the mouth of the canyon [28:17]. This
appears to be not the same as the dell described by Bandelier in
the quotation under [28:22], q. v. See also [28:17].
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, pp. 146-47, 1892.
414 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. ann. 29
[28:19] (1) Keresan [Cochiti?] ‘t Kan-a Tshat-shyu.” *
(2) Span. ‘*Chapero.”? It is said that the name means in New
Mexican Span. ‘abrupt point of a mesa,’ also ‘old slouch hat.’
Bandelier says:
I estimate the length of the Mesa del Rito [28:16] at 6 miles from north to
south; it terminates at what is called the Chapero in Spanish, and Kan-a
Tshat-shyu in Queres [Cochiti?]. This is an elevation of trap or basalt, rising
almost vertically from the banks of the Rio Grande to the surface of the mesa,
above which its slope becomes quite gentle to the top, which is flat and
elliptical. On the west the descent is precipitous for more than a hundred
feet. The Chapero in former times was the scene of reckless butcheries of
game, termed communal hunts. The adult males of Cochiti, or sometimes those
of that village and of Santo Domingo combined, forming a wide circle, drove the
game to the top of the Chapero, from which it could escape only by breaking
through the line of hunters. Mountain sheep oftentimes precipitated them-
selves headlong from the precipice on the west. On such occasions the slaugh-
ter of game was always very great, while panthers, wolves, and coyotes,
though frequently enclosed in the circle, usually escaped, the hunters not car-
ing to impede their flight. At the foot of the Chapero, a deep, narrow gorge,
the Canon del Rito [28:17?], comes in from the northwest. The Mesa del
Rito [28:16] bounds it on the north and northeast, and the high and narrow
plateau called Potrero del Alamo [28:23] (in Queres [Cochiti?], Uish-ka, Tit-yi
Hiin-at) on the west and southwest.*
See [28:16], [28:18], [28:20].
[28:20] (1) Paitunwejoge ints’? ‘high thread place canyon’, referring
to Pa 'tuywejoge |28: unlocated] (77 7 locative and adjective-form-
ing postfix; fs7’¢ ‘canyon’)
(2) Cochiti Wéfkakail’ja of obscure etymology (wéfka unex-
plained; kat/’ja ‘ canyon’).
* (8) Eng. Alamo Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. (4).
(4) Span. Cafion del Alamo ‘cottonwood canyon’. =Eng. (3).
‘Cation del Alamo”.* ‘*Alamo”.*
Alamo Canyon is the first large canyon south of Frijoles Can-
yon [28:6]. Its mouth is at the Chapero [28:19]:
As we look into the mouths of the Cafion del Alamo and of the Cafada Honda
[28:21], from the little bottom [28:22] at the foot of the Chapero [28:19], they
open like dark clefts of great depth between the cliffs of the lofty mesas.°
The walls of Alamo Canyon are at places in its upper course a
hundred feet or more high. There are cliff-dwelling ruins some-
where in its upper course:
In the gorges both north and south of the Potrero [28:25] are quite a num-
ber of artificial caves. Those on the north, in the Cafiada Honda [28:21] and
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 147, 1892.
2Tbid., pp. 147, 148.
3 Ibid., pp. 147-148.
‘Tbid., pp. 149, 156; Hewett (quoting Bandelier), Antiquities, p. 30, 1906.
5 Hewett, Communautés, p. 24, 1908.
6 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 149.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 415
the upper part of the Cafion del Alamo, are fairly preserved. The upper
part of that gorge [Cafion del Alamo] is wooded, and the caves were thus
somewhat sheltered. They offer nothing worthy of special mention, and do
not compare in numbers with the settlement at the Rito [28:12]. The Queres
[Keresans] say that these caves also are ‘probably’ the work of their ancestors.'
The location of the place Pvétuywejoge, which gives the can-
yon its Tewa name, was not known to any of the informants.
[See [28:21], [28:22], [28:23], and pueblo ruin in the dell at the
mouth of Alamo Canyon [28:unlocated], page 453.
[28:21] (1) Eng. Hondo Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Cafion Hondo, Cafiada Honda ‘deep canyon’ ‘deep
canada’. ‘*Canada Honda”.’
This is a large and deep southern tributary of Alamo Canyon
[28:20]. Doctor Hewett states that it enters Alamo Canyon
about a quarter of a mile from the mouth of the latter. See ex-
cerpts from Bandelier under [28:20] (4). See also [28:22].
[28:22] Dell at the mouth of Alamo Canyon [28:20].
At the foot of the Chapero [28:19], a deep, narrow gorge, the Cafion del
Rito [28:17?], comesin from the northwest. The Mesa del Rito [28:16]
bounds it on the north and northeast, and the high and narrow plateau called
Potrero del Alamo [28:23] (in Queres [Keresan], Uish-ka Tit-yi Hin-at) on
the west and southwest. This gorge [28:17?] empties into a little basin on
the west bank of the Rio Grande, and as low as the level of that stream.
From this basin, the geological features of the surrounding heights can be
very clearly seen. The cliffs near the stream are of dark-hued trap, basalt,
and lava, forming a narrow strip along the river . . . while all the rocks
west of it are of light-colored pumice and tufa. The basin is not more than three
quarters of a mile in diameter, and groves of cottonwood trees grow on its fer-
tile soil. A small ruin [Pueblo ruin in the dell at the mouth of Alamo Canyon
[28:unlocated]] ... From this basin the cliffs surrounding it on three sides
rise to towering heights, and the Potrero del Alamo [28:23] especially pre-
sents a grand appearance. On the east side of the Rio Grande the frowning
walls of the Caja del Rio loom up, with their shaggy crests of lava and
‘basaltic rock . . . As we look into the mouths of the Cafion del Alamo
[28:20] and of the Cafiada Honda [28:21], from the little bottom at the foot
of the Chapero [28:19], they open like dark clefts of great depth between
the cliffs of the lofty mesas. On the south a crest, perhaps a thousand feet
high, rises above the western bank of the river, crowned by battlements of
basalt. This is the Mesa Prieta [28:24], or Kom-asa-ua Ko-te, from which a
steep slope descends covered with volcanic débris, hard and soft. Up this
slope toils the almost undistinguishable trail to Cochiti.*
Doctor Hewett states that Alamo Canyon [28:20] and Hondo
Canyon [28:21] unite about a quarter of a mile above the con-
fluence with the Rio Grande, and form a little bottom. The
writer passed what is believed to be this dell in walking down the
west bank of the Rio Grande. See [28:20], [28:21], [28:24], and
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 156, 1892. 3 Ibid., pp. 148-150.
2Tbid., pp. 149, 156.
416 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [nra. ann. 29
pueblo ruin in the dell at the mouth of Alamo Canyon [28:unlo-
cated], page 453.
[28:23] (1) Keresan [Cochiti?] ‘‘ Uish-ka Tit-yi Ha-nat.”?
(2) Eng. Alamo Mesa. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(3) Span. Mesa del Alamo, Potrero del Alamo, ‘cottonwood
mesa’ ‘cottonwood land-tongue’, referring to [28:20].
The mesa has been located by Doctor Hewett. The location
can not be determined definitely from Bandelier’s description
(quoted under [28:22]).
The mesa lies between [28:21] and [28:20], taking its name from
the latter. See [28:20], [28:22], and Pueblo River in the dell at
the mouth of Alamo Canyon [28:unlocated], page 453.
[28:24] (1) Keresan [Cochiti?] ‘‘ Kom-asa-ua Ko-te.”?
(2) Span. Mesa Prieta ‘dark mesa’. Evidently so called be-
cause of its color.
For Bandelier’s description of this mesa, see excerpts from his
Final Report, under [28:22] and [28:25] (2).
[28:25] (1) Eng. Vacas Mesa, Potrero de las Vacas. (<Span.).
=Span. (2).
(2) Span. Potrero de las Vacas ‘land-tongue of the cows’, prob-
ably so called because cattle are pastured there. ‘* Potrero de las
Wacass
Bandelier writes of this mesa:
From the crest [of 28:24] we overlook in the south a series of rocks and
wooded heights, and in the west a ridge flanked by gorges on both sides.
This ridge is the end of a long, narrow plateau, sloping gently toward the Mesa
Prieta [28:24] from the eastern base of the Sierra de San Miguel [28:29]. The
name of this tongue is Potrero de las Vacas, and on it stand some of the most
remarkable antiquities [ [28:26] and [28:27]] in the Southwest. It requires
several hours of steady walking to reach the upper end of the Potrero de las
Vacas. The trail leads through forests, in which edible Piflons abound, and in
autumn, when the little nuts ripen, bears are not unfrequently met with, and
their presence is marked by the devastated appearance of the Pinon trees.
These trees are also beset by flocks of the Picicorvus columbinus (called Pifionero
in Spanish and Sho-hak-ka in Queres), a handsome bird, which ruthlessly plun-
ders the nut-bearing pines, uttering discordant shrieks and piercing cries. The
forest of the Potrero de las Vacas is therefore not so silent and solemn as other
wooded areas in that region, where a solitary raven or crow appears to be the
only living creature. To the right of the trail yawns the deep chasm of the
Canada Honda [28:21], from which every word spoken on the brink re-echoes
with wonderful distinctness. Toward the eastern [certainly misprint for
western!] end of the Potrero the forests begin to thin out, and an open space
extends until within a half mile of the rocky pedestal of the San Miguel Moun-
tains [28:29].4
See [28:26], [28:27].
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 148, 1892. 8Tbid., pp. 21, 150.
2Tbid., p. 150. 4Ibid., pp. 150-151,
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 417
[28:26] (1) Mendw@endiwe onwikeji ‘ pueblo ruin where the two
mountain lions sit or crouch’, referring to[28:27]( A x2ndwendiwe,
see [28:27]; ’onwikej? eenio ruin’? <’oywt ‘pueblo’, kejz ‘old’
postpound). Cf. Jemez (2), Cochiti (3), Eng. (4), Span. (5).
(2) Jemez ¢ pat re fidzonu ‘dwelling place where the mountain
lions sit or crouch’, referring to [28:27] (7 rat refi-, see [28:27];
So ‘to live’ ‘to dwell’; nu locative). Cf. Tewa (1), Cochiti (5),
Eng. (4), Span. (5).
(3) Cochiti Mkatakowetkd? matse Séma ‘pueblo ruin where the
ORE lions lie’, referring to (28:2 1] (ka? matse Soma ‘pueblo
ruin’? <kd’matse ‘settlement’, féma ‘old’). Ct. Tewa (1), Jemez
(2), Eng. (4), Span. (5). ;
A very interesting find was made at this pueblo in 1885, by Governor L.
Bradford Prince of New Mexico, who obtained a number of stone idols, rudely
carved human figures, some of them of large size, belonging to the kind called
by the Queres Yap-a-shi.' The name of Pueblo of the Yap-a-shi has accord-
ingly been applied to the ruin, but its proper name is still unknown to me,
as the designation current among the people of Cochiti, Tit-yi Hi-nat Ka-ma
Tze-shum-a, signifying literally ‘the old houses above in the north,’ with the
addition of Mo-katsh Zaitsh, or ‘where the panthers lie extended,’ is sub-
sequent to the abandonment of the village. This name refers to the life-
size images of pumas or American panthers (also called mountain lions) which
lie afew hundred yards west of the ruin, in low woods near the foot of the
cliffs called ‘Potrero de la Cuesta Colorado’ [28:unlocated].
So far as the present writer could learn Mohkatakowetkd matse-
Joma is the regular and ancient Cochiti name of the pueblo.
‘“Yap-a-shi” does not mean ‘stone idol’ of any sort, but is
simply jdpafenye ‘sacred enclosure’. See [28:27]. ‘ Tit-yi
Hii-nat Ka-ma Tze-shum-a” appears to be for 7'péte .
ka@matsefoma (tpée ‘north’; ‘‘ Hi-nat,” meaning perhaps
‘above’ . ef. [28:52] Keresan (1); ka’ matsef6ma ‘pueblo ruin’
<kd’matse ‘settlement’ , Soma ‘old’). Unfortunately the writer
HOMO to ask for an explanation of ‘‘Mo-katsh, Zaitsh . .
‘where the panthers lie extended’” (mékata ein lion’;
“‘zaitsh”, meaning not ascertained). “Pueblo of the Yapashi”, 3
“Pueblo de Yapashi”.* ‘‘ Mék’atc* géwete haarctitet (mékatct
mountain lion, + gdéwetc, crouching, + hdarctitct, houses). The
Pueblo of the Stone Lions on the Potrero de las Vacas [28:25]”.°
“1 Yap-a-shiis a generic name given to fetiches representing human forms, Hence they are distinct
from animal fetiches, but are not lares or penates. Other names given to such images in Queres
idiom are I-jiar-e Ko, and Uashtesh-kor-o. Many of them may represent the same deity or idol, and
they ordinarily serve ‘for magical purposes. The Tshayanyi, or medicine-men, have most of them
in their possession, although some are in private hands.’’—BANDELIER, Final Report, pt. I, p. 152,
1892.
2Tbid.
3Hewett, Antiquities, p. 29, 1906 (following Bandelier).
4 Hewett, Communautés, p. 46, 1908.
5 Hewett (quoting Harrington) in Papers School Amer. Archxol., No. 10, p. 670, 1909.
87584°—
418 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH, ANN. 29
Bandelier applies the name ‘‘Ti-tji Hiin-at Ka-ma Tze-shu-ma”!
also to Caja del Rio pueblo ruin [28:49].
(4) Eng. Pueblo of the Stone Lions, Stone Lions Pueblo. Cf.
Tewa (1), Jemez.(2), Cochiti (3), Span. (5). This designation is
in common use. ‘* Pueblo of the Stone Lions”.*
(5) Span. Pueblo de los Leones de Piedra ‘ Pueblo of the Stone
Lions’. Cf. Tewa (1), Jemez (2), Cochiti (3), Eng. (4).
This pueblo is described by Bandelier.* According to the tra-
dition of the Cochiti Indians obtained by the present writer, this
is the second one of the villages built and for a time inhabited by
their ancestors in their migration southward from 7'p0’on re
[28:12]. See the discussion of this migration tradition under
[28:77]. Bandelier* mentions a Cochiti legend that the village
was attacked by pygmies, many of its people were slaughtered, and
the rest driven off. See [28:27], and Potrero de la Cuesta Colorada
[28: unlocated], page 454.
[28:27] (1) A*endwendiwe, Kenda endiweninsipu, Kenda endiwe-
kubuge ‘place where the two mountain-lions sit or crouch’ ‘earth
umbilical region where the two mountain-lions sit or crouch,
‘place of the large round stone enclosure where the two mountain-
lions sit or crouch’ (k'2y9,r ‘mountain-lion’; da ‘they 2’; °xy_p ‘to
sit? ‘to crouch’; Zwe locative; ndnsipu ‘earth umbilical region’
‘shrine’ <ndyp ‘earth’, sipv ‘hollow at each side of the abdomen
just below the lowest ribs’ <.s7 ‘belly’, pu ‘base’; kubuge ‘place
of the large round stone enclosure’ <ku ‘stone’, bwu ‘large low
roundish place’, ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’), Cf. Jemez (2), Cochiti
(3), Eng. (4), Span. (5). The stone images themselves are called
k eykuk'ajé *mountain-lion stone fetishes’ ("#7 ‘mountain-lion’;
ku ‘stone’; k'ajé ‘ fetish’).
(2) Jemez p pdt re fileny ‘place where the mountain-lions sit or
crouch’ (f rate *‘mountain-lion’; f{/e *to sit’ ‘to crouch’, another
form of f% ‘to sit’? ‘to crouch’; ny locative). Cf. Tewa (1),
Cochiti (3), Eng. (4), Span. (5).
(3) Cochiti Mokatakowettsdpa’a féma ‘ancient shrine where
the mountain-lions lie’ (mékata ‘mountain-lion’; kéwete ‘place
where they lie’ <kéwe as in kéwetif ‘they 2 lie’, tz ‘locative’;
tsépa’a ‘shrine’ of this sort; fdma ‘old’). Cf. Tewa (1), Jemez
(2), Eng. (4), Span. (5).
(4) Eng. Stone Lions Shrine. Cf. Tewa (1), Jemez (2), Cochiti
(3), Span. (5). ‘* The Stone Lions”.°
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 80, note, 1892.
2 Hewett (quoting Harrington) in Papers School Amer. Archxol., No. 10, p. 670, 1909.
‘Op. cit., pp. 151-52.
4Tbid., p. 166.
‘Hewett, Antiquities, p. 29, 1906.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 419
(5) Span. Santuario de los Leones de Piedra ‘shrine of the
stone lions’. Cf. Tewa (1), Jemez (2), Cochiti (8), Eng. (4).
This interesting shrine has been described by Bandelier.!
Hewett says of it:
A quelques milles au sud, sur le Potrero de las Vacas [28:25], se trouve une
ruine importante, celle du pueblo de Yapashi [28:26]. Ce nom est celui d’un
ancien sanctuaire pres du pueblo, consistant en une palissade pentagonale, en
pierres, dressée autour de deux statues du lion des montagnes, ou puma
d’Amérique, considérablement plus grands que nature et sculptés en haut
relief sur le rocher méme. Ils sont représentés accroupis l'un 4 edté de l’autre,
la téte reposant sur les pattes et la queue étendue. Quoique ces figures ne
soient que grossicrement ¢Gbauchées et qu’elles aient souffert d’actes de
vandalisme, elles ont un air de force singuli¢rement impressionnant. Ce sont
sans doute les meilleurs exemples qu’on possede de sculptures en haut relief,
au nord de la région de Azteques du Mexique. Ces anciens fétiches sont vénérés
par toutes les tribus indiennes de la vallée du Rio Grande. Le sanctuaire de
Mokatch (le lion de la montagne) est visité par des tribus aussi éloignées que
les Zunis, 4 150 milles 4 ]’ouest.?
It is true, as Hewett says, that the name ‘‘ Yapashi” refers to
the Stone Lions Shrine, although I find no statement to this
effect in Bandelier, who calls the pueblo ruin [28:26] ‘* Yap-a-shi”
because stone idols were discovered at the ruin by Mr. L. B.
Prince. See under [28:26]. ‘*Yap-a-shi” is for Jépafen re and
means ‘sacred enclosure’. It is said that this term is applied
to a certain class of shrines of which this is one. The name
is merely one of many descriptive terms which might be applied
to the shrine [28:27] by the Cochiti Indians, and is not a real
name of the shrine. The fact that Zuni Indians make pilgrim-
ages to this shrine was first learned and made public by Mrs.
M. C. Stevenson, who learned also that this shrine is believed by
the Zuni to be the entrance to ‘‘Shi’papolima”, the home of
‘*Po’shaiyiinki”, a god who is probably equivalent to the Tewa
divinity Posejemu. Mrs. Stevenson writes:
Previous to the coming of the A’shiwi (Zufiis) to this world through
Ji’mi'kianapkiatea, certain others appeared coming through the same place,
which the Zufis locate in the far northwest; and these others, by direction
of the Sun Father, traveled eastward, crossing the country by a northern route
to Shi’papolima (place of mist). Doctor Fewkes gives the Hopi name as
Si’papu, which is, according to Hopi lore, their place of nativity, or coming
through to this world. Bandelier gives the Keres name as Shi’papu, the
place of nativity of that people. The writer found the Sia Indians, who are
Keres, using the form Shi/papo. Among the Zufis the name is Shi/papolima
and its signification is quite different; Shi/papolima is not the place of their
nativity, but the home chosen by Po/shaiyiinki (Zufi culture hero) and his fol-
lowers. After remaining four years (time periods) at Shi/papolima, this party
of gods—for such they were or became—movyed eastward and southward a short
distance, and made their home at Chi’pia, located by the Zufiis in Sandia
1 Final Report, pt. 1, pp. 152-155, 1892. 2 Hewett, Communautés, p. 46, 1908.
420 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. ann. 29
(watermelon) mountain [28:83], New Mexico. . . Just four years after
these gods came to this world another party appeared through Ji/mi'klanap-
kiatea, consisting of Po’shaiyiinki, his associates, and the possessors of the
secret of O/naya’nakla (Mystery medicine), Po’shaiyiinki, who figures as the
culture hero of the Zufis, being the leader. These also followed a northern
route to Shi’papolima, where they remained. ‘This place is held sacred by the
Zunis as the home of their culture hero and of the Beast Gods. The Zufis be-
lieve the entrance to Shi’papolima to be on the summit of a mountain about 10
miles from the pueblo of Cochiti, N. Mex. Two crouching lions, or cougars, of
massive stone in bas-relief upon the solid formation of the mountain top guard
the sacred spot. The heads of the animals are to the east. A stone wall some
4 feet high forms an inclosure 18 feet in diameter for the cougars. Additional
stone walls, also about 4 feet in height and 14 feet in length, mark a passage-
way 3 feet wide from the inclosure. A monument of stones stands 12 feet be-
fore the middle of the entrance, which faces east or a little south of east. It is
remarkable that these wonderful pieces of aboriginal sculpture should haye no
legends associated with them by the Indians who live in comparatively close
proximity. The Jemez, Sia, San Juan, Santa Clara, San Ildefonso, and Cochiti
Indians have been closely questioned regarding these carvings, and while they
have no history associated with them other than that the lions were converted
into stone at the time that the great fire spread over the earth, the Zuiis be-
lieve them to be the guardians of the place chosen by Po/shaiyiinki as a home
for himself and his followers. The writer visited this spot in 1904 and found
these carvings to be just as the Zuni theurgists had described them to her,
other than that the heads of the lions had been defaced by the vandalism of
sheep herders. When Mr. Stevenson visited Shi/papolima in 1880 these cary-
ings were in perfect condition.?
In the next to the last sentence Mrs. Stevenson probably fol-
lows Bandelier, who writes:
They [the lion images] are much disfigured, especially the heads. The act
of vandalism was perpetrated by shepherds.”
Tewa informants have told the writer very consistently that
the Stone Lions Shrine is used by some secret religious society of
the pueblo of Cochiti. They say that the entrance of a shrine
always extends toward the pueblo at which the worshipers live.*
This is true at least of a number of shrines on hills in the vicin-
ity of Tewa pueblos. The entrance to the inclosure of this shrine
extends southwest toward Cochiti Pueblo. The Tewa informants
deny that this shrine has anything to do with the S/pop‘e of the
Tewa, and say that they have never learned of any Zuni belief
concerning it. A plaster mold of the Stone Lions has been made
by Prof. Frederick Starr, of the University of Chicago. The
shrine gives the name to the near-by pueblo [28:26]. Cf. the
similar shrine [28:45]. See [28:26] and Potrero de la Cuesta
Colorada [28 :unlocated], page 454.
1M. CG. Stevenson, The Zufi Indians, Twenty-third Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., pp. 407-08, 1904.
2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 153 and note, 1892.
3See Frederick Starr, Shrines near Cochiti, New Mexico, Amer. Antiquarian, xxu, No. 4, July-
Aug., 1900.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 491
[28:28] An old trail now often followed in going between Frijoles
Canyon [28:6] and the Stone Lions Shrine [28:27].
The whole region is covered by a network of trails. The San
Ildefonso Indian workmen employed in excavating the pueblo ruin
[28:12] at Frijoles Canyon have called this trail Winsabepo ‘the
Navaho trail’ ( Wansabé ‘Navaho’; po ‘trail’), but it is doubtful
whether this trail was followed by raiding Navaho any more than
any other of the numerous trails of the vicinity. Cf. the so-called
Navaho trail described by Bandelier [28:unlocated], which appears
not to be identical with this one.
[28:29] (1) San Ildefonso Segwempiyy ‘bluebird tail mountains’ (se
‘bluebird’ of several species; gweyy ‘tail’; Pin ‘mountain’).
Why the name is applied is not known to the informants.
(2) Cochiti Rpe't pokot'e ‘cottontailrabbit mountains’ (7 p2't yo,
one form of the word meaning ‘cottontail rabbit’; dt‘e ‘moun-
tain’). The Cochiti informant said that there is a large white
spot on the east side of the mountains, which resembles in some
way a cottontail rabbit; hence the name. One can see this spot
from Cochiti Pueblo and the informant said that Indians go toward
this spot or ryz’to (‘ cottontail rabbit’) when going to the Stone
Lions Shrine [28:27]. Bandelier says, however, ‘‘that cluster
fof mountains] is called by the Queres [of Cochiti] Riitye, or
Rabbit, as its crests on one side resemble the outline of a colossal
rabbit, crouching, with its ears erect.”' For quoted forms of the
name applied to the pueblo ruin see under [28:39].
(3) Eng. San Miguel Mountains. -(<Span.). =Span. (4).
‘San Miguel Mountains.”
(4) Span. Sierra de San Miguel ‘Saint Michael’s Mountains’.
=Eng. (8) ‘Sierra de San Miguel.”? The mountains appear to
give the name to the mesa [8:37].
The San Miguel Mountains are conspicuous from the Rio
Grande Valley:
To the west especially the view [from 28:49] is striking, the somber cafiones
opening directly opposite, beneath the bold crest and peaks of the Sierra de
San Miguel.®
The land-tongue called Potrero de las Vacas [28:25] extends
eastward from the base of these mountains:
This ridge is the end ofa long, narrow plateau, sloping gently toward the
Mesa Prieta [28:24] from the eastern base of the Sierra de San Miguel. The
name of this tongue is Potrero de las Vacas, and on it stand some of the most
remarkable antiquities of the Southwest.*
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 157, 1892. 3 Ibid., p. 81.
2Tbid., pp. 72, note, 81, 150, 158. +Tbid., p. 150.
499 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [era. any. 29
The base of the mountains is reddish:
The gorge [28:30] on the northern side of which this cave village [28:un-
located] and the Cueva Pintada [28:31] lie, is called Canada de la Cuesta
Colorada, deriving its name from seams of blood-red iron ochre that appear
in cliffs west of it, at the base of the San Miguel Mountains.'
The mountains give the pueblo ruin [28:39] some of its names.
See [28:25], [28:30], [28:39]. ;
[28:30] (1) Tobaqwatesndiwe in's7 ‘canyon of the painted cave place’
referring to [28:31] (Tobaqwatand/we, see [28:31]; in 7 locative
and adjective-forming postfix; fs7’/ ‘canyen’). Cf. Cochiti (3),
Ene. (5), Span. (8).
(2) "Apiints?’i, -Apiniy pinis’i, Nimpi’aints’t ‘red slope
canyon’ ‘red slope earth canyon’ ‘red earth slope canyon’, trans-
lations of Span. (9) (@a ‘steep slope’, translating Span. cuesta; p/
‘redness’ ‘red’, translating Span. colorada; zy locative and
adjective-forming postfix; is’’/ ‘canyon’; ndyy ‘earth’). Cf.
Eng. (6), Span. (9).
(3) Cochiti Tsét patetan fat et pamakdih’ja ‘painted cave can-
yon’, referring to [28:31] (Zset patetan fkat et rama, see [28:31];
kdih’ja canyon’). _ =Eng. (5), Span. (8). Cf. Tewa (1).
(4) Cochiti ’ Apokdth ja ‘chokecherry canyon’, probably a trans-
lation of Span. (10) Capo ‘chokecherry’ ‘Prunus melanocarpa’, ,
Tewa abe; kail’ja ‘canyon’), Cf. Eng. (7), Span. (10), and espe-
cially [28:50].
(5) Eng. Painted Cave Canyon, referring to [28:31]. © =Cochiti
(3), Span. (8). Cf. Tewa (1).
(6) Eng. Cuesta Colorada Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. (9).
Cf. Tewa (2).
(7) Eng. Capulin Canyon. (<Span.). =Cochiti (4), Span. (10).
(8) Span. Cation de la Cueva Pintada ‘painted cave canyon’.
=Cochiti (3), Eng. (5). Cf. Tewa (1).
(9) Span. Canon de la Cuesta Colorada, Cafada de la Cuesta
Colorada ‘red slope canyon’ ‘red slope cafiada’, =Eng. (6).
Cf. Tewa (2). ‘*Cafada de la Cuesta Colorada”.? ‘‘Canada de
la Questa Colorada”.* It is so called from the red slope of the
San Miguel Mountains [28:29] at the upper course of the canyon.
Cafada de la Cuesta Colorada, deriving its name from seams of blood-red
iron ochre that appear in cliffs west of it, at the base of the San Miguel Moun-
tains [28:29].!
Cf. Span. Potrero de la Cuesta Colorada [28:unlocated],
page 454.
(10) Span. Cation Capulin, Cafion del Capulin ‘chokecherry
canyon’ ‘canyon of the Prunus melanocarpa’. =Cochiti (4),
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 157, 1892.
2 Tbid., et passim.
3 Hewett, Communautés, p. 46, 1908.
BAYS GSLNIVd SHL
8b 3Lv1d LHOd3Y TVWANNV HLNIN-ALNSML ADSOIONHL]A NVOINAWY JO NV3HNG
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 493
Eng. (7). That this is merely another name for the Cafon de la
Cuesta Colorada is stated by reliable informants of Cochiti Pueblo
and by Judge A. J. Abbott, who lives at Frijoles Canyon [28:6].
According to an American informant Capulin Canyon is the name
regularly applied by the Americans who live at Pines [28:53].
Cf. the name Capulin Mesa [28:36].
This large canyon begins in the San Miguel Mountains [28:29]
and opens into the Rio Grande; it contained a considerable stream
of water when the writer saw it early in September. The mouth
of the canyonis narrow. On the northern side of the canyon, 3 or
4 miles from its mouth, lies the famous Painted Cave [28:31]; see
pl. 18. Cf. Potrero de la Cuesta Colorada [28: unlocsted|: page 454.
[28:31] (1) Pobaqwaty ondit, T. ota quate *ndiwe ‘painted cave’ ‘place of
the painted cave’ (fobaqwa ‘cave dwelling’ < iota ‘cliff’, gwu de-
noting state of being a receptacle; fa@%y yp ‘painting’ ‘painted’;
7 locative and adjective-forming postfix; ’2we locative). =Cochiti
(2), Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(2) Cochiti Tsét EE Skat et pama ‘painted cave’ ( Tsét patetan f
‘painting’; kat etfamgs cave’), =Tewa (1), Eng. (3), Span. (4).
“T7ek-iat-a-tanyi”!, given as the ‘‘Queres” [Keresan] form, by
which Bandelier means evidently the Cochiti. The name is Ban-
delier’s spelling of Tsétpatetanf; see above.
(3) Eng. Painted Cave. =Tewa (1), Cochiti (2), Span. (4).
**Painted Cave”.1
(4) Span. Cueva Pintada ‘painted cave’. =Tewa (1), Cochiti
(2), Eng. (3). ‘*Cueva Pintada”.? ‘*La Cueva Pintada”.’ ‘‘ La
Cueva Pintada (‘the painted cave’)”.!
The Painted Cave is well described by Bandelier.®
It gives some of the names to the canyon [28:39]. See 7ét pa-
tetanf kat et pamahda Stadafoma [28:unlocated], page 456.
[28: 32] Nameless canyon. ,
The cafion of the Cuesta Colorada [28:30] runs ieee the southern base of
the Potrero de las Vacas [28:29], and a short distance west of the Painted Cave
[28:31] another narrow gorge [28:32] joins it from the southwest.®
See [28:33], [28:34].
[28:33] Mound-like ruin.
At the junction of both gorges [ [28:30] and [28:33] ] lies a much obliterated
mound, indicating a rectangular building about 25 by 50 meters (80 by 160
feet). The pottery on it is the same as at the Cueva Pintada [28:31].°
See [28:32], [28:34].
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 156, 1892.
2Tbid., p. 156 et passim; Hewett, Communautés, p. 46, 1908.
3 Hewett, General View, p. 599, 1905.
4 Hewett, Antiquities, p. 30, 1906.
6 Bandelier, op. cit., pp. 156-157.
6Tbid., p. 157.
494 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [2rH. ann. 29
[28:34] Span. ‘*Potrero de las Casas”.t This name means ‘land-
tongue of the houses’, probably referring to the ruin [28:35].
Bandelier writes:
Between the two [[28:30] and [28:32] ] rises a triangular plateau, called
Potrero de las Casas, on the top of which is said to be a pueblo ruin [28:35].!
See [28:35].
[28:35] Pueblo ruin on ‘‘ Potrero de las Casas”.
See excerpt from Bandelier under [28:34].
Mr. K. A. Fleischer informs the writer that he saw this ruin,
which consists of low mounds; it is not far from the point of the
Potrero. See [28:34].
[28:36] (1) Eng. Capulin Mesa. (<Span.). =Span. (8).
(2) Eng. Chata Mesa. (<Span.). =Span. (4).
(3) Span. Potrero Capulin, Mesa Capulin ‘chokecherry mesa’
‘mesa of the Prunus melanocarpa’. =Eng. (4). ‘‘ Potrero del
Capulin”.? ‘* Potrero Chato, or Capulin”.* Capulin is also one
of the names applied to the canyon [29:30]
(4) Span. Mesa Chata, Potrero Chato ‘blunt mesa or land-
tongue’. =Eng. (2). ‘* Potrero Chato, or Capulin”.* ‘‘ Potrero
Chiato”.*
As explained to the writer by a Cochiti Indian, the more inclu-
sive name is * Potrero Chato,’ the upper part of which, near the
San Miguel Mountains [28:29], is called Potrero de San Miguel
[28:37], while the central and lower part is also called Potrero
Capulin. The three names are used very loosely. Buandelier
says of this mesa:
The one [potrero] forming the southern wall of the Cuesta Colorada gorge
[28:30] is an extensive plateau called Potrero Chato, or Capulin, and on its
top are many ancient remains. A number of small houses are scattered over
it, and near the foot of the Sierra San Miguel [28:29] lie the ruins of the
pueblo [28:39]... . Itstands on a bald eminence, from which, as from the
Potrero de las Vacas [28:25], an extensive view is obtained in all directions
except the west and north. ... The soil on the surface of the Potrero
[28:36] is fertile, but there is no permanent water. ... Precipitation. . . is
sufficient in ordinary years to permit the growth of Indian corn, beans, and
squashes. Game was abundant in olden times, and is not unfrequently en-
countered to-day,—principally deer, bears, and turkeys.°
Again:
The orography of this part of the Valles chain [Jemez Mountains] is imper-
fectly known. The nomenclature varies greatly according to the source whence
it is obtained. Thus the Potrero Chato is frequently called Capulin, and its
upper part is termed Potrero de San Miguel [28:37]. As it is three-lobed, the
three lobes bear different local names. Between them lie, from north to south,
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 157, 1892. 4Tbid., p. 159.
2Ibid., p. 21. 5Ibid., pp. 158-160.
3Tbid., p. 158.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 495
the Cafion Jose Sanchez [28:51] (Tyesht-ye Ka-ma Chinaya), and the Canon
de la Bolsa [28:unlocated] (Ka-ma Chinaya). Ka-ma signifies house, and
Chin-a-ya torrent, or mountain gorge in which runs a torrent. South of the
Potrero Chato is the Potrero Largo [28:40], with two additions, of which
the eastern one is called the Potrero de los Idolos [28:44] (Shkor-e Ka uash,
or round mesa).!
This passage is vague. The mesa is said to be three-lobed and
“the three lobes bear different local names.” Yet Chata and
Capulin are given as synonymous and applied to the whole mesa
and San Miguel is said to be applied only to the upper part. The
names of the lobes therefore do not seem to be given. It is diffi-
cult to understand how José Sanchez Canyon can lie between any
of the lobes, or where the ‘‘Cafon de la Bolsa” (unknown to the
writer’s Cochiti informants) is situated. See [28:37], [28:38],
[28:39], [28:59].
[28:37] (1) Eng. San Miguel Mesa. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Mesa San Miguel, Potrero San Miguel ‘Saint Mi-
chael’s Mesa or land-tongue’. Cf. Sierra San Miguel [28:29].
= Eng. (1). ‘‘ Potrero de San Miguel.”?
According to an Indian informant of Cochiti, this name is ap-
plied to the upper part of [28:36], at the foot of the San Miguel
Mountains [28:29]. On this stands the ruin [28:39]. Bandelier
writes: ‘‘The Potrero Chato [28:36] is frequently called Capulin,
and its upper part is termed Potrero de San Miguel.”* It is evi-
dently the Potrero San Miguel which Bandelier describes when
he writes: ‘‘It [28:39] stands on a bald eminence, from which,
as from the Potrero de las Vacas, an extensive view is obtained
in all directions except the west and north.”? See [28:36].
[28:38] Nameless pueblo ruin. Doctor Hewett informed the writer
of this ruin and kindly located it for him. Bandelier says of
Capulin Mesa: ‘‘ A number of small houses are scattered over
it.”! Bandelier* gives considerable general information about
the small ruins scattered over Capulin Mesa, but mentions no-
where the existence of this pueblo ruin. Cf. [28:39].
[28:39] (1) Cochiti Hi atsekd’ matse f oma ‘pueblo ruin of the earth’
(A@atse ‘earth’ ‘world’; kd’ matse {ma ‘pueblo ruin? <kd’matse
‘settlement,’ [dma Sold’). This name was not familiar to any of
the Cochiti informants, but was given as an emendation of the
name given by Bandelier.. A clan called Ha@atse is not known by
them to exist or to have ever existed at Cochiti or Santo Domingo.
Hodge‘ gives this word, however, as the name of now extinct clans
of San Felipeand Laguna. ‘‘ This pueblo[28:39] the Queres [ Kere-
sans] of Cochiti call Ha-a-tze (earth), which seems to be its origi-
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 158, 1892. 3Ibid., pp. 159-160.
2Thid., pp. 158-159. 4 Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 587, 1907.”
426
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
2
nal name.”! ‘‘Ha-atze.”? ‘‘Ha-a-tze.”* ‘‘Haatse.”* ‘* Haatse,”®
apparently following Bandelier, but using the dieresis instead
of hyphenation to separate the two a’s. ‘‘ Haatse (maison du peu-
ple des lapins)”,® probably a mistaken etymology of the name
Cochiti (2) is here wrongly applied to the word H@atse. ** //dats*
(earth) may indicate a settlement of the Earth people”? (the
spelling was supplied by the present writer). ‘‘Haats®”* (the
spelling was supplied by the present writer).
(2) Cochiti R pee't pokd’matse fbma ‘cottontail rabbit pueblo
ruin’, said to refer to [28:29] (2?pe’'tyo, see [28:29]; ha matse-
Soma ‘pueblo ruin’ <kd’matse ‘settlement’, foma ‘old’). The
Cochiti informants volunteered the information that this is merely
a descriptive term, given because of the proximity of the pueblo
ruin to the mountains [28:29] to which the name R pe't po- is
applied by the Cochiti. Cf. the application of San Miguel to
this pueblo ruin, which also refers originally to the mountains
[28:29]; see Span. (4), below. The Cochiti informants laughed at
the idea of having a ret’ yo (‘cottontail rabbit’) clan at Cochiti
or Santo Domingo, and so far as is known no such clan has been
recorded as existing at present at any Keresan village.
This pueblo [28:39] the Queres [Keresan] of Cochiti call Ha-a-tze (earth),
which seems to be its original name; but they also apply to it the term Rii-tye
Ka-ma Tze-shuma (the old Houses at the Rabbit), evidently a more modern
appellation.!
Bandelier does not say that the pueblo ruin is called after
[28:29], but his wording suggests that he assumed this derivation.
**Riit-je Kama Tse-shu-ma”.® ‘‘Ri-tya.”!° Hewett does not men-
tion this name in either Antiquities or Communautés. ‘* Ryd'tc*
k’amatse crima (ryd'tce, cottontail rabbit; k’@matse, settlement;
cruma, ancient). The pueblo on the Potrero de San Miguel
[28:37], south of the Canada de la Questa Colorada [28:30].7"
“Ryitc’ ... suggests the probability that this was a settle-
ment of Rabbit clans.” ”
(3) Eng. San Miguel Pueblo ruin. (<Span.). =Span. (4).
(4) Span. Pueblo Viejo de San Miguel ‘pueblo ruin of Saint
Michael’, referring to the mountains [28:29]. =Eng. (3).
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 159, 1892.
2Thid., p. 160,
3 Thid., p. 163.
4Hewett: General View, p. 599, 1905; in Amer. Anthr., VI, p. 638, 1904.
5 Hewett, Antiquities, p.31, 1906.
6 Hewett, Communautés, p. 47, 1908.
7Hewettin Papers School Amer. Archxol., No. 10, p. 671, 1909.
8Tbid., p. 672.
9 Bandelier, op. cit., pl. 1.
10 Lummis in Scribner's Mag., p. 98, 1893.
1 Hewett (quoting Harrington) in Papers School Amer. Archzxol., No. 10, p. 670, 1909.
12 [bid., p. 671.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 427
According to the Cochiti informants this is the current Span.
name of the pueblo ruin among Indians and Mexicans about
Cochiti. ‘‘San Miguel.”?
This small ruin is described by Bandelier.* According to the
tradition of the Cochiti Indians, obtained by the writer, this is
the third one of the villages built and for a time inhabited
by their ancestors in their migration southward from 7'70’on ye
[28:12]. See the discussion of this migration tradition under
[28:77]. See [28:36], [28:37], [28:38].
[28:40] Span. ‘*‘Potrero Largo.”* The name means ‘long land-
tongue’ and the identification is probably correct. Of this Ban-
delier writes as follows: ‘‘South of the Potrero Chato [28:36] is
the Potrero Largo, with two additions, of which the eastern one
is called the Potrero de los Idolos [28:44] (Shkor-e Ka-uash, or
round mesa).”?
“*T was repeatedly told that the Potrero Largo had no traces of
antiquities on its summit.”* See [28:44].
[28:41] (1) Eng. Lookout Mountain and Saint Peter’s Dome are said
to be applied to [28:41] and [28:42], which name to which
being not ascertained.
(2) Span. Cerro Chacho ‘nice little mountain’ is applied to either
[28:41] or [28:42]. To which of these mountains the name was
applied was not ascertained.
[28:42] For names see under [28:41].
[28:43] (1) Eng. Bald Hill. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Cerro Pelado ‘bald mountain’. =Eng. (1).
This is a long bare ridge extending eastward from [28:41] and
[28:42].
[28:44] (1) Cochiti (4) ‘‘Shkor-e Ka uash, or round mesa.”* ‘* Shko-
re Ka-uash.”*
(2) Span. ‘‘ Potrero de los Idolos.”* This means ‘land tongue
of the idols’, referring to [28:45]. ‘* Potrero de los Idolos.” ©
For a reference to this mesa by Bandelier, see under [28:40].
Again:
The last [Potrero de los Idolos] is a small round mesa, called in Queres [evi-
dently Cochiti] Shko-re Ka-uash, which rises above the Canada of Cochiti
[28:52] like an easterly spur of the long Potrero Largo [28:40] that flanks that
valley [28:52] in the north. Its [28:44] height above the valley [28:52] is
1 Lummis in Scribner's Mag., p. 98, 1893.
2 Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 158-60, 1892.
3 [bid., p. 158, note.
4 Ibid., p. 162.
sIbid, p. 161.
6Hewett, Communautés, p. 47, 1908.
428 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ers. any. 29
94.8 meters, or 304 feet, and the summit is oblong, and mostly covered with
scrubby conifers. On the open space are the remains of two images of panthers,
similar to those [28:27] on the Potrero de las Vacas [28:25].}
There is no pueblo ruin, at least to my knowledge, in the immediate vicinity
of the Potrero de los Idolos.?
[28:45] Stone Lions Shrine on the ‘* Potrero de los Idolos.” The same
names would be applied to this shrine as to [28:27] and for sake
of brevity we omit repeating them. Bandelier speaks of the
shrine as ‘‘the Panther Statue on the Potrero de los Idolos.”
Hewett calls it ‘‘Stone Lions of Potrero de los Idolos.”* These
and other descriptive terms have been applied in order to distin-
guish this shrine from [28:27]. The mesa [28:44] is named from
the shrine, and then the shrine from the mesa. No better nomen-
clature has been proposed.
The shrine is not so well known or so well preserved as [28:27],
which it closely resembles. It is described by Bandelier:
One of them [the stone mountain-lions] is [has been] completely destroyed
by treasure hunters, who loosened both from the rock by a blast of powder,
and then heayed the ponderous blocks out by means of crowbars.°
The pueblo ruin nearest to this shrine appears to be [28:61].
There is no pueblo ruin, at least to my knowledge, in the immediate vicinity
of the Potrero de los Idolos [28:44], and I was repeatedly told that the Potrero
Largo [28:40] had no traces of antiquities on its summit. But the ancient
Queres [Keresan] pueblo of Kua-pa [28:61] liesa little over 1 mile to the south-
west, in the valley or cahada [28:52], and my Indian informants asserted that
the inhabitants of Kua-pa had made the sculptures.?
Cf. [28:46].
[28:46] Rio Grande, see special treatment, pages 100-102.
[28:47] Tsikwaje, see [29:1].
[28:48] Zsvava, TsVageqwabeiwe ‘basalt slope’ ‘descending place
down by basalt slope’ (¢s7 ‘ basalt’; aa ‘steep slope’; ge ‘down
at’ ‘over at’; qgwabe ‘to descend’; ’éwe locative). Cf. [22:47].
The old trail running across the top of the mesa Zsikwajé
[22:47] descends this slope. The slope is a well-known place,
mentioned in Tewa mythology. See [22:47].
[28:49] (1) Cochiti Tf enak@ matse f oma ‘river pueblo ruin’ (¢féna
‘river’ ‘Rio Grande’; k@matsefoma ‘pueblo ruin’ <kd’matse
‘settlement’? féma‘old’). Although merely descriptive of the
location, the usage of this name appears to be fixed. ‘* Chin-a
Ka-na Tze-shu-ma, ‘The old Houses on the River’”:® This is
Bandelier’s spelling of the form given above.
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 161, 1892. 4 Hewett, Antiquities, p. 31, 1906.
2Tbid, p. 162. 5 Bandelier, op. cit., pp. 161-162.
8Ibid., pl. Iv, opp. p. 161. 6Tbid., p. 80, note.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 429
[28:
[28:
(2) Cochiti ‘* Ti-tji Hiin-at Ka-ma Tze-shu-ma, ‘the old Houses
in the North’”.t. This is for Téte . . . k@ matsefoma; cf.
[28:26] Cochiti (8). This is merely a descriptive term which
could be applied to any ruin north of Cochiti.
(3) Eng. Caja del Rio Pueblo ruin. (<Span.). =pan. (4).
(4) Shorts Pueblo Viejo Caja del Rio ‘box canyon pueblo ruin”
referring to the canyon of the Rio Grande between Buckman and
Cochiti. =Kng. (8). ‘* Pueblo Caja del Rio.” ?
The ruin is described by Bandelier.’
50] (1) Cochiti ?Apof okokail ja ‘chokecherry corner canyon’
(dpo ‘chokecherry’ ‘Prunus melanocarpa’; fcko ‘dell’ ‘low
district’; kdil’ja canyon’). Cf. [28:30], Cochiti (4).
(2) Eng. Medio Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. (8).
(83) Span. Cation del Medio, Cafion en el Medio ‘middle canyon’,
said to be so ealled because it is between [28:30] and [28:51].
=Eng. (2). So far as known, Bandelier does not mention this
canyon by this name at least, in his #%nal Report.
This is said to be the next canyon of any considerable size
south of [28:30]. The similarity of the Cochiti name to one
Cochiti name of [28:30] suggests interesting conjectures as to the
original application of names meaning ‘ chokecherry ’ to places in
this region.
oi (1) Cochiti ptpéftpekanatfénaja, pt péft pekanakail’ ja
‘arroyo or canyon of the place of the waterfall’, OCIS to
Lteftpekana [28:unlocated]; ¢fénaja ‘arroyo’; kath’ J@ ‘canyon’).
““Tyesht-ye Ka-ma Chinaya”:‘ this is for rt péftpekanat f énaja;
see above.
(2) Eng. José Sanchez Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(3) Span. Cation de José Sanchez ‘canyon of Joseph Sanchez,’
name of a Mexican who owned land there. =Eng. (2). ‘‘Caiion
José Sanchez.” +
Bandelier mentions this canyon as lying between the lobes of
Chata Mesa [28:36]. The present writer's Cochiti informants
said that it is the next canyon south of [28:50].
[28:52] (1) Zemagepots?’i, Temagekan pest, Temagekan pes potsit
*Keresan place water canyon’ ‘Keresan place canada’, referring to
Cochiti Pueblo [28:77] (Temage, see [28:7 TT]; pots’? ‘canyon with
water in it’ < po‘ water’, és2’/ ‘canyon’; kan pes ‘canada’ <Span.
canada). Cf. Tewa (2), Jemez (3), @ochiti (5), Eng. (6), Span.
(10).
(2) Rute ipots’’/, Rute ikan pesi, Kutéikan pesapots’i, ‘stone
estufa water canyon’ ‘stone estufa canada’, referring to Cochiti
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 80, note, 1892. 3 Op. cit., pp. 80-81.
2 Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 316, 1910. 4Tbid., p. 158, note.
430 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BTH. ANN, 29
Pueblo [28:77) (Kuted, see [28:77]; pots’'c ‘canyon with water
in it’; kan peut ‘cafiada’ <Span. cafiada). Cf. Tewa (1), Jemez
(3), Cochiti (5), Eng. (6), Span. (10).
(3) Jemez AK pdtégewa’wa ‘Cochiti Canyon’ (A patége ‘Cochiti’;
wa'wa, ‘canyon’ ‘cafiada’). Cf. Tewa (1), Tewa (2), Cochiti (5),
Eng. (6), Span. (10).
(4) Cochiti 7. 'pétepokail ja, le, 'pétepokoapa, Kiih ja, Kéapa
‘northwest canyon’ ‘northwest cafiada’ ‘the canyon’ ‘the
cafiada’ (¢yéte ‘north’; po ‘west’; kdi/?ja ‘canyon’; kéapa
‘eanada’). The canyon or canada is so called because it is north-
west of Cochiti. For quoted forms of Koapa see under [28:61].
(5) Cochiti Aotyetekdihja, Kot petekéapa ‘Oochiti Canyon’
‘Cochiti Cafada’ (A0t pete, see [28:77]; kaih’ja ‘canyon’; kéapa
‘canada’). Cf. Tewa(1), Tewa (2), Jemez (3), Eng. (6), Span. (10).
It is said by Cochiti informants that the canyon is not so designated
because of its proximity to the present pueblo of Cochiti [28:77],
but because ‘*Old Cochiti” Pueblo ruin [28:58], to which the
name Avt ete was originally applied, is situated at the canyon.
Cf. [28:62].
(6) Eng. Cochiti Canyon, Cochiti Cafiada. (<Span).. =Span.
(10). Cf. Tewa (1), Tewa (2), Jemez (3), Cochiti (5).
(7) Eng. Horse Canyon. The canyon is commonly called thus
by people living at Pines [28:53]. It is said that a horse fell over
one of the walls of the canyon and was killed, and that from this
incident the canyon takes its name.
(8) Eng. Pines Canyon, Pines Cafiada, referring to the settle-
ment called Pines [28:53]. This name is current among Americans
who live in the vicinity, many of whom are unfamiliar with the
name Cochiti Canyon.
(9) Eng. Las Casas Canyon, Las Casas Cafiada. (<Span.).
=Span. (11).
(10) Span. Cafion de Cochiti, Catiada de Cochiti *Cochiti Can-
yon’ ‘Cochiti Cafiada’, =Eng. (6). Cf. Tewa (1), Tewa (2),
Jemez (3), Cochiti (5). ‘*Cafiada de Cochiti”.t ‘‘Canada de
Cochiti”.?
(11) Span. Cafion de las Casas, Cafiada de las Casas ‘canyon of
the houses’ ‘cafiada of the houses’. =Eng. (9). This name is
applied especially to the upper part of the canyon, about Pines
[28:53]. The name appears to refer to the settled condition of
this canyon in contradistinction from other canyons. Most of the
names given above refer to Cochiti, probably originally to Old
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 0, p. 164, note, 1892, quoting an old MS. entitled ‘‘Merced de la
Canada de Cochiti,” to which no date is given; Bandelier, ibid., pp. 155, 158, 164, 168,
2 Hewett, Communautés, pp. 24, 43, 1905.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 431
Cochiti [28:58], while nowadays the present Cochiti [28:77] is
thought of. The canyon is described by Bandelier,t who gives
much interesting historical information about it. See [28:53],
[28:58], [28:60], [28:61]. See also Cliff in lower Cochiti Canyon
[28:unlocated], page 452.
[28:53] Eng. Pines settlement.
This is a hamlet in which several American and Mexican families
live. Cochiti Canyon [28:52] is at times designated after the
name of this place. On the bridge [28:99] near Cochiti stands a
sign indicating that it is 15 miles from the bridge to Pines.
[28:54] A gold mine owned by an aged Irishman, who lives at the
place.
[28:55] (1) Zagew ints?’é ‘noon canyon’ (tages ‘noon’ < tage ‘straight’
referring to the position of the sun straight overhead; «7 parti-
cipial; tyr locative and adjective-forming postfix; fs7’/ ‘canyon’).
Probably a translation of Span. (4).
(2) Cochiti Sénatst pakiail’ja ‘noon canyon’ (sdnatst ra ‘noon’;
kail’ja ‘canyon’). Probably a translation of Span. (4).
(8) Eng. Mediodia Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. (4).
(4) Span. Cation del Mediodia ‘south canyon’ ‘noon canyon’;
probably so named from its location south of the upper part of
[28:52].
This is a southern tributary of [28:52].
[28:56] (1) Keresan (evidently Cochiti) ‘‘ Hii-nat Kot-yi-ti.”? ‘* Hi-
nat” probably means ‘above’, as can be determined by eliminating
the elements of known meaning in Bandelier’s ‘‘Tit-yi Hii-nat
Ka-ma Tze-shum-a . .. ‘the old houses above in the north’.”*
“ Kot-yi-ti” is for Kot pete; see [28:58] and Cochiti Kot pete foma
[28:unlocated]. Cf. Span. (2). ;
(2) Span. Potrero Viejo ‘old land-tongue’, probably referring
to the ruin [28:58] which Bandelier calls ‘‘ Pueblo Viejo;” see
[28:58]. Cf. Cochiti (1). ‘* Potrero Viejo.”* ‘‘The Potrero”®
probably refers to the Potrero Viejo.
Bandelier describes the Potrero Viejo as follows:
In the west rise the pine-clad slopes and crests of the Sierra de la Bolsa [28:
unlocated], and in front of them a high and narrow projection or cliff, called
Potrero Viejo; by the Queres [Keresan], Hii-nat Kot-yi-ti. The sides of this
mesa are of bare rock, a tufa merging into pumice-stone, and the ascent to the
top is steep and laborious. The summit is wooded, and perhaps 2 miles long.
From it expands a wide view, and the little houses of the hamlet [28:60] of
the Canada [28:52] appear tiny at a depth of nearly 500 feet below.? The
Potrero Viejo is a natural fortress, almost as difficult to storm as the well-known
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 164-166, 1892. 4Ibid., pp. 161, 164, 169.
2Tbid., p. 164. 5Tbid., p. 155, note.
8Tbid., p. 152.
432 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [pru. any. 29
cliff of Acoma. In case of necessity, a small tribe could dwell on its top for
years without ever being obliged to descend into the valley beneath; for it is
wooded and has a limited area of tillable soil, and natural tanks. Only from
the rear or southwest is the ascent over a gradual slope; from the front and the
north the trails climb over rocks and rocky débris in full view of the para-
pets, natural and artificial, that line the brink of the mesa.! Two classes of
ruins occupy the summit, one of which is the comparatively recent pueblo
[28:58] given on plate 1, figure 15... . There are also traces of older ruins,
which mark the existence of small houses, similar to those on the Potrero
Chato [28:36] and on the Tziro Kauash, or Mesa del Pajarito [17:36]. Pos-
sibly these smaller houses are traces of the first occupation of the Potrero Viejo
by the Queres [Keresan].? The oldest ruins on the mesa [28:56], which
hardly attract any attention, are those of a prehistoric Queres [Keresan] pueblo
[Cochiti Kot pete foma [28:unlocated]]; the striking well preserved ones are
those of a village [28:58] built after the year 1683, and abandoned in April,
1694.° The Canada de Cochiti [28:52], and espec cally the Potrero Viejo, was
quite an important spot in the history of New Mexico between 1680 and 1695.4
Historical information about the Potrero Viejo is given by
Bandelier.® See [28:58].
[28:57] A ranch on which lives a family named Benham is on the
south side of the creek [28:52] at this place, so the writer is
informed by Mr. K. A. Fleischer.
[28:58] (1) Cochiti Két pe tefoma, Kot peteh@’ aftdafoma, Kot pe te-ka’-
matsefoma ‘old Cochiti? ‘old Cochiti settlement? (Kt pete,
[28:77]; Soma ‘old’; A@afteta ‘settlement’; ka’ matse ‘ settle-
ment’). Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (3). “‘ Kotyiti.”s “2 ityit! haare-
tite? (R’otyzt?, unexplained + Adarectitct, houses). ‘Old Cochiti’,
in the upper Cafada de Cochiti [28:52]."7 ‘** K’étyiti.”s
(2) Eng. Old Cochiti, referring to [28:77]. =Span. (2). Cf.
Cochiti (1). ‘*‘ Old pueblo of Cochiti’”:* given as the currently
applied designation, which is only partially correct; see general
discussion below.
(3) Span. ‘Cochiti’ Viejo, Pueblo Viejo ‘ old Cochiti’ ‘old pueblo’
referring to [28:77]. =Eng. (2). Cf. Cochiti (1). ‘‘ Pueblo
Viejo.”®
Bandelier writes: ‘‘Two classes of ruins occupy the summit
[28:56], one of which is the comparatively recent pueblo [as
Pueblo Viejo’ [28:58]] given on plate 1, figure 15. It is two stories
high in some places, very well preserved, and built of fairly
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 167, 1892.
2Tbid., p. 167-168,
3Tbid., p. 178.
4Tbid., p. 168.
5Tbid., pp. 164-78.
6 Hewett, Communauteés, p. 47, 1908.
7 Hewett, quoting Harrington, in Papers School Amer. Archxol., No. 10, p. 670, 1909.
8Tbid., pp. 672, 673.
®Tbid., pl. 1, No. 15,
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 433
regular parallelopipeds of tufa. The woodwork in it was evi-
dently destroyed by fire, and much charred corn is found in the
ruins. The average size of 118 rooms on the ground floor, which
are all in the pueblo with exception of about ten, is 5.0 by 2.8
meters (16 ft. 5 in. by 9 ft. 2in.) This is a large area in com-
parison with the size of older ruins. I noticed but one estufa, and
the pottery bears a recent character.”! ‘* I have been thus cireum-
stantial in regard to the history of the Potrero Viejo [28:56], for
the reason that the ruins on its summit are frequently spoken
of as the ‘old pueblo of Cochiti,’ in the sense of the original
home of that tribe. It will be seen that this is only partially
correct. The oldest ruins on the mesa [28:56], which hardly
attract any attention, are those of a prehistoric Queres [Kereésan |
pueblo [At pete foma [28:unlocated]]; the striking well preserved
ones [28:58] are those of a village built after the year 1683, and
abandoned in April, 1694.” The history of this ruin is given by
Bandelier.*. The location of the ruin is very well known to
Indians and Mexicans living about Cochiti. It is shown on the
map according to information furnished by Indian informants
and others. Mr. Benham, of Domingo, New Mexico, informs
the writer that he has found bits of molten copper in the ruins.
The ruin, as Bandelier states, is called ‘old Cochiti’, although
this designation refers properly to the much older ruin on the
same mesa; see Cochiti Kot pete {oma [28:unlocated]. Hewett
does not distinguish between the ancient ruin [28:unlocated] and
the ruin of the pueblo built and occupied between the years 1683
and 1694 [28:58], for he writes merely: ‘‘ Les g@randes ruines de
Kotyiti, sur une haute colline dominant la vallée du méme nom.
Ce pueblo fut occupé pendant la période historique par les ancétres
de Ja tribu actuelle de Cochiti.”* ‘‘ K’étyiti: this site is also in
Canada de Cochiti [28:52], a few miles above Qéapa [28:61]. It
is the true ‘Old Cochiti’. For this we have traditionary evi-
dence and the firm basis of documentary history. The place is
well known to the Cochitefios as their home up to the time of its
destruction by the Spaniards. For the authentic history of this
period we are indebted to Bandelier.* After the destruction of
Old Kotyit' the present pueblo [28:77] of the same name (now
permanently corrupted into ‘Cochiti’ [in Span. and Eng.]) was
built on the banks of the Rio Grande. This town has probably
nearly held its own in population since the removal. Knowing
something of it from the time of the occupancy of old Wotyitt,
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 167, 1892. 3Tbid., pp. 164-78.
2Tbid., p. 178. 4Hewett, Communauteés, p. 47, 1908.
87584°—29 rrH—16 28
434 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BTH. ANN. 29
we have evidence on which to estimate roughly the population of
ruined villages from their present appearance.”! But Bandelier
would have us understand that [28:58] was built, occupied a few
years, and abandoned by Cochiti Indians and their allies at the
time of the revolt of 1680, while the present Cochiti [28:77] stood
where it now stands at the time that the Spaniards began to col-
onize the country, it having been built at some time previous to
the coming of the Spaniards, by Indians whose earlier home was
somewhere about Cochiti Cafiada [28:52]; see [28:77]. The
writer’s Cochiti Indian informants said that a pueblo, now in
ruins, on top of the mesa [28:56] was the first village called
Kot pete; that they did not know when this was abandoned, but
that when it was abandoned its population built the present
pueblo of Aét rete, or Cochiti, which was named after the earlier
village; that the ruin [28:61] is never called Kot pe te; that old
Kot pete was the last settlement inhabited by the Cochiti people
on their migration southward from 7'ré’on re before building
the present village. See Cochiti Avt ete foma [28:unlocated],
page 454.
[28:59] Nameless canyon. This begins near the pueblo ruin [28:59]
and enters Cochiti Canyon almost opposite the pueblo ruin [28:58],
according to information obtained by Mr. K, A. Fleischer.
[28:60] (1) Eng. La Canada settlement, Cafada de Cochiti settlement.
(<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. La Cafiada, Canada, Cafiada de Cochiti, referring to
[28:52] in which it is situated. =Eng. (1).
This is a small, miserable-looking Mexican hamlet. Its history
is given by Bandelier.? The grant was made in 1728, and in 1782
the Cafada had 184 Mexican settlers. In the early part of the
nineteenth century the settlement was abandoned for several
years on account of depredations of the Navaho. ‘* From it
[28:56] expands a wide view, and the little houses of the hamlet
of the Canada [28:60] appear tiny at a depth of nearly five hun-
dred feet below. The ruins of Kua-pa [28:61] lie about a mile
and a half lower down the valley than the present Mexican settle-
ment [28:60], midway between the Potrero Viejo [28:56] and the
Potrero de los Idolos [28:44].”?
[28:61] (1) Cochiti At petekaih’ jahi'af tetafoma, Kote tehkdapaha’ a-
Steafoma, Kath jaha af teta ta Soma, Kodpahd afteg foma, ‘Cochiti
Cafiada Pueblo ruin’ ‘the cafiada pueblo ruin’, referring to
[28:52] (Kot petekarl’ja, Kot pe tekdapa, ha? aftdafoma ‘pueblo
1 Hewett in Papers School Amer. Archxol., No. 10, p. 672, 1909.
2 Final Report, pt. 0, p. 164, 1892.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 435
ruin? </Ad@afteta ‘pueblo’, foma ‘old’). ‘*Cuapa.”' ** Kua-pa.”*
““Kuapa.”> |
This pueblo ruin is described by Bandelier:! ‘*The ancient
Queres (IKKeresan) pueblo of Kua-pa lies a little over one mile to the
southwest [of [28:45]] . . . and my Indian informants asserted
that the inhabitants of Kua-pa had made the sculptures.” ® Accord-
ing to the tradition of the Cochiti Indians obtained by the present
writer, this is the fifth village built, inhabited, and abandoned by
the Cochiti on their migration southward; see under [28:77].
A San Felipe tradition obtained by Bandelier relates how this
village [28:61] was attacked by the ‘‘Pinini,” a race of dwarfs,
and how the three survivors became at last the San Felipe people;
see quotations from Bandelier under [29:69]. See also [28:52],
[28:45].
[28:62] (1) Mlen Pints?’s, Bley pinis’’i ‘Bland Canyon’ (Mey --,
Bley p- < "Eng. (8) or Span. (4), below; ’2y 7 locative and adjective-
forming postfix; ¢s7’7 ‘canyon’). =Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(2) Cochiti Avapakwetféna ‘southern arroyo or branch of the
cafiada,’ referring to [28:52] (kéapa ‘catiada’; kwé ‘south’; tféna
‘arroyo’). The canyon is in this way distinguished from Cochiti
Canyon [28:52], it being considered a southern branch of the lat-
ter. For the name cf. Cochiti [28:71].
(3) Eng. Bland Canyon. The canyon gets this name from
Bland settlement [28:63]. =Tewa (1), Span. (4).
(4) Span. Cafiada Bland. (<Eng.). =Tewa (1), Eng. (3).
This canyon is said to be as large as Cochiti Canyon [28:52. |
See [28:63]. Cf. [28:52], [28:65], [28:71].
[28:63] (1) Eng. Bland settlement.
This is evidently the name of some American given to the set-
tlement or to the mines there. =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Bland. (<Eng.). =Eng. (1).
[28:64] (1) Cochiti ‘*‘ Mishtshya Ko-te (Mountain of Ashes).”’®
(2) Span. ‘‘ Potrero de en el Medio.”® This means ‘tongue of
land in the middle’.
These names refer to the great height of land between Bland
Canyon [28:62] and Coye Canyon [28:65]. Bandelier mentions
ruins on this mesa:
I know of no ruins farther south than those on the Potrero de en el Medio, or
Mishtshya Ko-te (Mountain of Ashes), and those on the Potrero de la Cafiada
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 21, 1892.
2Tbid., pp. 162, 164-166.
3Ibid., p. 188; Hewett, Communauteés, p. 47, 1908.
4 Bandelier, op. cit., pp. 162-167.
5Ibid., p. 162.
6Tbid., p. 182.
436 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [pru. ayn. 29
Quemada [28:67]. To reach these places from Cochiti, it is best to follow the
sandy bottom of the Peralta torrent [28:71], going almost due west. The
Mishtshya Ko-te lies north of the broad gulch [28:71], between it and the
Canada of Cochiti [28:52]. It is a steep rock forming the eastern end ofa
towering potrero. I have not ascended to its summit, but know on good
authority that on it stand the ruins of two buildings. The trail to the Potrero
turns aside from the Peralta [to [28:71]] near where a dark, deep cleft, the Cation
del Ko-ye [28:65], runs into it from the northwest.
See Pueblo ruin on Potrero en el Medio under [28:unlocated].
[28:65] (1) Hoje ints’’s ‘Coye Canyon’ (ojé <Span. (4), below; *inp
locative and adjective-forming postfix; fs/’7 ‘canyon’). =Eng,
(3), Span. (4).
(2) Cochiti Kiitseka’atp of obscure etymology (ktitse unex-
plained, said to sound somewhat like k'd¢si ‘antelope’; kaatp
‘deep, shut-in canyon’).
(83) Eng. Coye Canyon. (<Span.) =Tewa (1), Span. (4).
(4) Span. Cafion del Coye ‘roof-door canyon’. =Tewa (1),
Eng. (2). ‘*Cafion del Ko-ye,” ‘‘Ko-ye.”! Span. coye ‘roof-
door’ is a corruption of Tewa k'oj7 ‘roof-door’, and is a term
quite generally used in New Mexican Span.; see under Gro-
GRAPHICAL Trrms. The canyon bears this name because it is
boxlike, almost like a room.
‘SA dark, deep cleft, the Cafion del Ko-ye, runs into it from the
northwest... The Cafiyon del Ko-ye is a dark, narrow chasm,
fearful to look into from above; towards its lower portions the
rocks overhang in such a degree as almost to exclude
daylight.” 1
Coye Canyon is not as long as Quemado [28:66], but it is more
boxlike and carries more water.
[28:66] (1) Cochiti Pékdwa ‘western canyon’ (po ‘west’; kdwa ‘can-
yon’). It is called so because of its location; ef. [28:71] and
[28:62] canyon; see [28:71].
(2) Eng. Quemado Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(3) Span. Cation Quemado, Canada Quemada ‘burnt canyon’.
=Eng. (2). ‘‘Cafiada Quemada.” *
Beyond the mouth of the Ko-ye [28:65], the gulch [28:71] changes its name
to that of the Canada Quemada, and becomes a wooded gorge; but as we go
farther west, it appears still narrower, and its sides higher and steeper. At a
distance of 12 miles from the pueblo [28:77], a partly wooded ridge traverses
it, and on the summit of this ridge, called Potrero de la Canada Quemada [28:67],
lies the ruin of which Figure 16 of Plate 1 [of the Final Report] gives the shape
and relative size.!
See [28:67] and Pueblo ruin on Quemada Mesa, under [28:
unlocated], page 455.
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 182, 1892.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 437
[28:67] (1) Eng. Quemada Mesa, Quemado Canyon Mesa. (< Span.)
=Span. (2).
(2) Span. ‘*Potrero de la Cafiada Quemada”.! | This means
‘land-tongue of the burnt canyon’, referring to [28:16]. ‘‘ Po-
trero Quemado”.? This is evidently an abbreviation of the
name given above. See [28:66] and Pueblo ruin on Quemada
Mesa [28:unlocated ].
[28:68], see Jemez [27:41 ].
[28:69], see Jemez [27:41].
[28:70] Nameless branch of Quemado Canyon; see [28:66].
[28:71] (1) Pesalt@in hu ‘Peralta Arroyo’ (Pesaita < Span. (4),
below; ’iyp locative and adjective-forming postfix; /ww ‘large
groove’ ‘arroyo’). =Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(2) Cochiti Awet {cna ‘south arroyo’ (kwé ‘south’; tféna ‘ar-
royo’). It is so called because it is south of Cochiti Pueblo
[28:77]. Cf. the Cochiti name vkdéwa ‘west canyon’, applied to
its upper course [28:66].
(3) Eng. Peralta Arroyo, Peralta Canyon. (<Span.). =Tewa
(1), Span. (4).
(4) Span. Arroyo Peralta, Cafion Peralta, named from the
Span. family name Peralta. Don Pedro Peralta may have (?)
“succeeded Onate in 1608 as second governor of New Mexico.
=Tewa (1), Eng. (3). ‘‘Cafiada de la Peralta”.* ‘‘Arroyo de la
Peralta”.* Mexican and Indian informants do not consider Ban-
delier’s usage of ‘‘de la” in these forms to be correct.
The upper branches of the Peralta Canyon are known by differ-
ent names; see [28:65] and [28:66]. In its lowest course the
Peralta is a typical arroyo, having a delta [28:78] at its conflu-
ence with the Rio Grande just south of Cochiti Pueblo [28:77].
For some distance below the confluence of [28:65] and [28:66] the
Peralta is a broad canyon or valley with very high sides. It car-
ries water perennially down as far as this section.
Between Cochiti [28:77] and this point [the confluence of Coye Canyon
[28:65] with the Peralta] the north side of the Peralta is lined by very pictur-
esque forms of erosion, isolated cones of white tufa, each capped by a boulder.
At the Barranco Blanco [28:73] hundreds of these cones cluster together,
presenting the appearance of a long border of snow-white tents. Beyond the
mouth of the Ko-ye [28:65], the gulch changes its name to that of the Canada
Quemada [28:66].!
See [28:65], [28:66], [28:73], [28:78], Kohatjotf ototsan pif (28:
unlocated], and for the name [28:62].
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 182, 1892. 3Tbid., p. 21.
2Tbid., p. 184. +Ibid., p. 178.
438 PTHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eru. ann. 29
[28:72] A large nameless hill or mountain, dome-shaped. On the
south side of Peralta Creek at the base of this mountain are some
tent-rocks. Cf. [28:73].
[28:73] (1) Hotse’z? ‘place of the white bank’ (4/0 ‘barranca’; tse
‘whiteness’ ‘white’; ’2 locative and adjective-forming postfix).
=Eng. (3), Span. (4). Cf. Cochiti (2).
(2) Cochiti Aa fjak'atowetsi f ‘the white cliffs’ (ka fja ‘ white’;
k'atowetsi f ‘clitts’). Cf. Tewa (1), Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(3) Eng. Barranca Blanca. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (4).
Cf. Cochiti (2).
(4) Span. Barranca Blanca ‘white bank’. =Tewa (1), Eng.
(8). Cf. Cochiti (2). ‘* Barranco Blanco ”.?
This place is in the canyon on the north side of the bed of the
Peralta. See excerpt from Bandelier, under [28:71], (4). Cf.
[28:72].
[28:74] Cochiti Awépdtfe ‘in the southwest’ (kwé ‘south’; po ‘ west’;
tfe locative). Thisis the name of small hills southwest of Cochiti
Pueblo [28:77]. Cf. [28:75].
[28:75] Cochiti 7'fetepotfe ‘in the northwest’ (¢rcte ‘north’; po
‘west’; ¢fe locative). This is the name of small hills northwest
of Cochiti Pueblo [28:77].
Somewhere in these hills there is said to be a large cave which
is used by the Cochiti Indians for ceremonial purposes. See cave
in Tpétepotfe hills [28 :unlocated] and [28:76]. Cf. [28:74].
[28:76] Cochiti 7sénat/f, said to mean ‘ where it comes to an end’.
This is the largest but not the highest of the TZ pétepotfe.
The western hill of the 7’rétepotfe is the highest. See [28:75].
[28:77] (1) Auteeoywi ‘stone estufa pueblo’ (ku ‘stone’; te ‘estufa’
‘kiva’; ’onwi ‘pueblo’). Kut’e is a Tewa adaptation of the
Keresan name due to folk etymology. See especially Cochiti (7),
below. Cf. Jemez (4).
(2) Temage oywt ‘Keresan Place Pueblo’ (Zema Cochiti Indian,
Keresan Indian; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; *oywi ‘pueblo’). This
is a name alinost as much in useas Tewa (1), above. The expres-
sion Z?inidtowd (tow * people’) is very common.
(8) Picuris ‘‘Pathaita”:? probably equivalent to Isleta (5),
Sandia (6).
(4) Jemez A’pdtége ‘mountain-sheep home’ (kd ‘mountain
sheep’; ¢ége ‘home’ ‘ pueblo’). This is an adaptation of the
Keresan name due to folk etymology. See especially Cochiti (7),
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 182, 1892, 2Spinden, Picuris vocabulary, MS., 1910.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 439
below. Cf. Tewa (1). A Cochiti person is called A’ ydto’o, 2 +
plural A pdtoos.
(5) Isleta ‘* Pé’l-ab ‘soapweed town’”.! ‘‘ Pa‘lahuide ‘a Cochiti
man’”.t ‘*Pa‘hlai”:? given as both Isleta and Sandia name, prob-
ably signifying ‘soapweed place’. Cf. Picuris (3), Sandia (6).
(6) Sandia ‘‘Pa‘hlai”:? given as both Isleta and Sandia name,
probably signifying ‘soapweed place’. Cf. Picuris (3), Isleta (5).
(7) Cochiti Kot ete of obscure etymology. This name appears
to have about this form in all the Keresan dialects. See Sia (8),
Acoma (9). It gives rise to the Tewa, Jemez, Hopi, Eng.,
and Span. forms. The name Ad¢ rete was first applied, it is said,
to Kot peteh@ af tetaf dma [28:unlocated], q. v. ‘Cochiti people’
is expressed by postpounding mx ‘people’; ‘Cochiti language’
by postpounding mzwatfi ‘people’s talk’ (mz ‘people’).
“Cochitir’s* ss Chochitie’= > "**Cochite?:>)) “'Cochittign® 1 °“Co-
cheli”.7 ‘‘San Buena Ventura de Cochiti”.® ‘‘Chochité”.®
*““Cuchin”? 12 5 Cuchi. “Quine? 1 SS Co-ehi-te-mr' 4
evidently for Kotpetemex. ‘‘Cochilis”.% ‘*Cochity”. ‘San
Buenaventura de Cochiti”.% ‘‘Cochiteumi”.'® ‘‘Cochitemi”:%7
given as the name of the language of the Cochiti; for Hot peteme.
“¢Cotchiti”.*2 ‘*Cochitinos”. ' ** Cocluti”.?> °° Cochit”.?" **Cot-
chita”.”? ‘‘Cocheti”.*? ‘‘Cochito”.** ‘*‘Cocheto”.2> ‘* Ko-tyi-
ti”:?° given as Cochiti name for Cochiti. ‘‘ Kot-ji-ti”.*7 ‘* Ké-
tite”:*8 given as the Hano Tewa name; doubtless for Hopi (10) or
1Gatschet, Isleta MS. vocab., Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1885 (cited in Handbook Inds., pt.1,p.318, 1907).
2 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., op. cit.).
3 Ofate (1598) in Doc. Inéd., XVI, p. 102, 1871.
4Tbid, p. 114.
5 Zarate-Salmeron (ca. 1629) quoted by Bancroft, Native Races, I, p. 600, 1892.
6 Vargas (1694) quoted by Bandelier in Final Report, pt. 11, p. 168, 1892.
7Vaugondy, map Amérique, 1778.
8 Alencaster (1805) in Meline, Two Thousand Miles, p. 212, 1867.
9 Barreiro, Ojeada sobre N. Méx., p. 15, 1832.
0 Abert, Report, map, 1848.
11 Simpson, Report to See. War, map 4, 1850.
12 Pac. R. R. Rep., 11, pt. 3, p. 90, 1856.
13 Meriwether (1855) in H. R. Ex. Doe. 37, 34th Congress, 3d sess., p. 146, 1857.
Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1864, p. 194, 1865.
15 Ibid. for 1867, p. 213, 1868.
16Cubas, Repub. of Mex., p. 65, 1876.
17 Gatschet, Zw6lf Sprachen aus dem Siidwesten Nordamerikas, p. 60, 1876.
18 Powell in Amer. Nat., XIv, p. 604, Aug. 1880.
19 Bandelierin Archzol. Inst. Bull., 1, p. 26, 1883.
20 Curtis, Children of the Sun, p. 121, 1883.
2! Prince, N. Mex., p. 217, 1883.
2 Kingsley, Stand. Nat. Hist., vi, p. 188, 1885.
23 Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1889, p. 263, 1889.
24 Bancroft, Arizona and N. Mex., map, 1889.
% Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1889, p. 264, 1889.
26Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 126, 1890,
27Tbid., p. 260.
°8Stephen in 8th Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., p. 37, 1891.
440
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
Span. (13). ‘*Cachiti”.1 ‘‘Odtyi-ti”.! ‘‘Cochitefios”:?. Span.
for ‘Cochiti people’. ‘‘Kétiyti”.* ‘* Ko-chi-ti’”.4 ‘* Kotyiti”.§
(S) Sia ‘‘Kot fiti”.* =Cochiti (7), Acoma (9).
(9) Acoma ‘‘Koti’'ti”.7 ‘‘Kotyit?”.7 =Cochiti (7), Sia (8).
(10) Oraibi Hopi Awitf7t7; doubtless from the Keresan forms.
(11) Navaho Eo Gad ‘cedar water’”.* ‘‘Zyogd/‘nt ‘the
Cochiti [people]’”.® ‘‘Tqéga’ ‘ Cochiti’ ”.2°
(12) Eng. SR (<Span.). =Span. (13)
(13) Span. Cochiti, derived from some Keresan form; see
Cochiti (7), Sia (8), Acoma (9).
(14) ‘‘San Buena Ventura de Cochiti.” 1! ‘* San Buenaventura de
Cochiti.” 1? ‘San Buenaventura.” ‘*San Buena Ventura de
Cochita.” ™
(15) ‘St. Bartholomew.” !® ‘*San Bartolomeo.” !°
Cochiti Pueblo (pl. 19, A) is the most northerly of the Keresan-
speaking pueblos, and the one nearest to the Tewa country. The
Tewa say that in ancient times the relations between the Tewa and
the Cochiti were normally unfriendly.
The inyariable element in the migration traditions is that the
Cochiti people have occupied and mental successively a num-
ber of sites, beginning with 7'p0’on re [28:12] and ending with
their present village. The sites are, as the writer obtained
them from Mr. John Dixon of Cochiti in 1908: (1) 7p0’on re
[28:12], (2) Mokatakdwet ka’ matsef oma [28:26], (8) sé pra-
tetan f kat et pamaha af teta, féma [28:unlocated], (4) H@ atseka’-
matsefoma [28:39], (5) Kot petekarl’ jaha afteaafoma (28: 61],
(6) Kot sfeteh@ af teta So oma [28: unlocated }, and (7) Kot pete [28:77].
Lists of the sites obtained by Bandelier, Lummis, and Hewett
differ somewhat from this, although some of them were obtained
from the same informant.'7 It will be noticed that the pres-
1 Bandelier, Gilded Man, p. 216, 1893.
2 Lummis in Scribner's Mag., p. 92, 1893.
3 Field Columb. Mus. Pub. 96, p. 11, 1905.
+Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 317, 1907.
5 Hewett, Communautés, p. 47, 1908.
6Spinden, Sia notes, MS., 1911. .
7 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 318, 1907).
8 Curtis, American Indian, I, p. 188, 1907.
°francisean Fathers, Ethn. Dict. of the Navaho Language, p. 128, 1910.
10Tbid., p. 135.
l Aleneaster (1805) in Meline, Two Thousand Miles, p. 212, 1867.
12 Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1867, p. 213, 1868.
13 Bancroft, Ariz. and N, Mex., p. 281, 1889.
4 Donaldson, Moqui Pueblo Indians, p. 91, 1893.
16 Pike, Tray., p. 278, 1811 (a mistake, intended for San Buenaventura, according to Handbook
Inds.,
pt. 1, p. 818, 1907).
16 Mihlenpfordt, Mejico, TI, p. 533, 1844.
7 Se
136-15
e Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 21, 1892; Lummis, The Land of Poco Tiempo, 1898, pp.
1; Hewett, The Excavations at El Rito de los Frijoles in 1909, in Papers School Amer. Archzxol.,
No. 10, and Amer. Anthr., 11, No. 4, Oct.-Dec., 1909, pp. 670-73.
O184Nd OONINOG OLNVS “&
O1983Nd ILIHDOD “FV
6L 3LV1d LYOdSY TWANNV HLNIN-ALNSML ADOTONHLA NVOINSAWV 4O NVaHNa
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 441
(28:
lod
ent village, according to the tradition obtained by the writer,
is the seventh which these Indians have occupied in their
migration southward. Bandelier treats the history of Cochiti
quite fully:+ ‘‘It seems certain that when the Spaniards began
to colonize the country in 1598 the village of Cochiti stood
on the banks of the Rio Grande, almost where it now stands.” ?
‘North of the Arroyo de la Peralta [28:71] and on gravelly
bluffs above the river bottom, stands the Indian village of
Cochiti. The deep groove of the Peralta is waterless except
during very heavy rains, and on each side of it I have noticed
outcroppings of ruins, the remains of the Cochiti abandoned
by its inhabitants after the rebellion of 1680.”° Bandelier gives *
as the sixth and seventh sites of Cochiti ‘‘ the river front on the
north side of the Cafiada de la Peralta [28:71] and the south bank of
the same torrent.” (Is not ‘‘south” in the last clause a mistake
for ‘north’ ?) See especially Kot peteh@aftetaf dma [28 :un-
located], and [29:69] where San Felipe traditions bearing on
Cochiti are quoted.
18] Pesalta in phw inqwoge ‘delta of Peralta Arroyo’ (Pesalta iy f-
hwu, see [28:71]; qwoge ‘delta’ <gwo ‘to cut through’, ge
‘down at’ ‘over at’).
28:79] (1) Rute iykop'e ‘stone estufa bridge’ (Kutée, see [28:77];
} g
inp locative and adjective-forming postfix; kop‘e * boat’ ‘ bridge’
<ko ‘to bathe’, p‘e ‘stick’ ‘timber’). Cf. (2), below.
(2) Temige ipkop'e ‘Cochiti Bridge’ (Temage, see [28:77]; "tyr
locative and adjective-forming posttix; kop‘e ‘boat’ ‘bridge’ <ko
‘to bathe’, p‘e ‘stick’ ‘ timber’).
This is the present bridge. Cf. the name of the former bridge
[28:80].
[28:80] Site of the former bridge near Cochiti Pueblo.
[28:81] (1) Pobsge ‘the little sharp bend of the river’ (po ‘water’
‘river’; b¢ge ‘small sharp bend’ <87 connected with bey, buys,
ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’).
(2) Eng. The Boom, so called because logs and ties are taken out
of the Rio Grande at the place.
(8) Span. Santa Cruz ‘holy cross’.
The river is deep at this place and makes a sharp bend. During
the summer time there is here on the east bank of the river a
camp for the workmen employed in taking out logs and ties
which are floated down the. river.
1 Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 21, 168-79, 1892, 3 Tbid., pp. 178-79.
2Ibid., p. 168, 4[bid., p. 21.
449 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS | [sTH. Ann. 29
[28:82] Span. ‘* Pueblo del Encierro.”! This means ‘pueblo of the
enclosure’; why the name is applied or whether it is generally
applied is not known.
Some distance to the north [of [28:83]], on a long and gravelly slope running
almost parallel with the river, stands a nearly obliterated large ruin, called, in
Spanish, Pueblo del Encierro. Foundations of rubble, denoting smaller struc-
tures, extend part of the way from its southern wall to the lower apex formed
by the slanting bluff on which the ruins stand. On that apex are the remains
of another rectangular building, and of a circular structure which I was told
was an estufa, although I incline to the belief that itwasa round tower. At the
Encierro, although all the other artificial objects belong[ing] to a people using
stone implements, such as obsidian and flint, are profusely scattered about, the
corrugated pottery is very scarce; most of the potsherds belong to the coarsely
glazed kind. Two-old acequias [irrigation ditches] can be descried in the vicin-
ity, but itis doubtful if they are not of a posterior date. . . . Garden beds, en-
closed by upright stones, form part of the ruins. The rubbish is about equally
distributed over the whole, so that it would be difficult’ to determine which
were the buildings, were it not for the double rows of stones set on edge 0.30 to
0.40 m. apart, that distinguish the foundations of the houses from simple en-
closures. The space between the two rows may have been originally filled with
gravel or adobe. Although the area covered by the ruins is comparatively
large, the pueblo was in fact a small one.?
Mr. K. A. Fleischer kindly located this ruin for the writer. See
[28:83], [28:84], [28:90], [28:91], [29:29]; nameless pueblo ruin
midway between Bajada [29:26] and Cochiti [28:77], [29 :unlocated ];
nameless pueblo ruin west of midway between Bajada [29:26] and
Cochiti [28:27], [29:unlocated]; and third nameless pueblo ruin
mentioned by Bandelier as between Bajada [29:26] and Cochiti
[28:77], [29: unlocated].
[28:83] Cochiti Zé fkatse ‘place of the potsherds’ (td fka ‘ pots-
herd’; ¢se locative). ‘*Tash-ka-tze, or Place of Potsherds”.!
On the other side of the Rio Grande [from Cochiti Pueblo], within a radius of
at most 3 miles, I have visited three ruins. The great flow of lava surmounted
by the Tetilla cone [29:4] approaches the river banks, and here terminates the
canyon that separates San Ildefonso from Cochiti. Almost directly opposite
the latter pueblo, on a rocky bluff, stand the ruins to which the Queres
[Keresan] give the name of Tash-ka-tze, or Place of Potsherds. An irregular
quadrangle, marked partly by rubble foundations, and measuring approximately
56 meters (182 feet) from east to west and 50 meters (162 feet) from north to
south, and a round tower 10 meters (323 feet) across, are its best preserved
features. Twelve meters west of this quadrangle appear foundations of two
sides of another one, measuring 50 meters from north to south by 31 from east
to west. West of the round tower, at a distance of 10 meters, stands another
structure 30 meters long by 13 wide. The whole seems, therefore, to have
consisted of three retangular houses and one round tower. The latter occupies
a good position for observation. The artificial objects consist of obsidian, of
glazed pottery with very little corrugated, stone hammers, metates, and corn-
erushers.?
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 179, 1892. 2Tbid., pp. 179-180.
“HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 443
The ruin was located for the writer by Mr. Fleischer. See
[28:82], [28:84], [28:90], [28:91], [29:29]; nameless pueblo ruin
between Bajada [29:26] and Cochiti [28:77], [29:unlocated]; name-
less pueblo ruin west of a point midway between Bajada [29:26]
and Cochiti [28:77], [29:unlocated]; third nameless pueblo ruin
mentioned by Bandelier between Bajada [29:26] and Cochiti
[28:77], [29:unlocated].
[28:84] Nameless pueblo ruin, located by Mr. Fleischer.
Still smaller ruins [than [28:83] and [28:84] ] stand on the summit of a
narrow and abrupt bluff of trap, which rises over the north bank of the Rio de
Santa Fé, [28:85] about 2 miles east of its mouth, opposite Cochiti. The
waters of this stream [28:85] only reach the Rio Grande during freshets, but
along the base of this tongue-shaped mesa they are usually permanent. The
ruins consist of the foundations of a small house with an enclosure. There are
also two circular depressions. The walls of the building were made of a triple
row of blocks of lava, and they show a width of 0.75 meter (23 feet). The pot-
tery is like that at the Encierro [28:82]; and flint flakes, and some obsidian,
are scattered over the mesa.!
See [28:82], [28:83], [28:90], [28:91], [29:29], [29:8]; nameless
pueblo ruin midway between Bajada [29:26] and Cochiti [28:77],
[29:unlocated]; nameless pueblo ruin west of a point midway be-
tween Bajada [29:26] and Cochiti [28:77] [29:unlocated]; and third
nameless pueblo ruin mentioned by Bandelier between Bajada
[29:26] and Cochiti [28:77], [29:unlocated ].
[28:85] Santa Fe Creek, see [29:8].
[28:36] Spring or place of perennial water in the arroyo bed. Mr.
Fleischer states that there is always water on the surface of the
arroyo bed at this place. ‘‘The waters of this stream [28:85]
only reach the Rio Grande during freshets, but along the base
of this tongue-shaped mesa they are usually permanent”.t See
[28:S4].
[28:87] (1) Cochiti Awéhatye ‘at the south east’ (kwe ‘south’; ha
‘east’; ¢e locative). This name is applied to the hills on the east
side of the Rio Grande, southeast of Cochiti Pueblo. For the
name cf. [28:74] and [28:75].
(2) Eng. Pefia Blanca Hills. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(3) Span. Lomas de Pefia Blanca ‘ Pefia Blanca Hills’, referring
to Pefia Blanca settlement [28:93]. These are general names for
the hills east of Pena Blanca.
[28:88] (1) Cochiti M6 nakan kot e ‘black mountain’ (6'nakanp
‘black’; k频e ‘mountain’). Cf. Eng. (2).
(2) Eng. Black Mesa. Cf. Cochiti (1).
(3) Span. ‘* Mesita Redonda.”? This means ‘small round mesa’.
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 180, 1892. 2Thid., p. 181, note.
444 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [nru. any. 2%
This is a high, round, black mesa with many caves in it. For
reference to the bell-stone found on this mesa, see [28:89].
On the round eminence of trap and lava that overlooks the Pefia Blanca
yalley, and around which the road from Santa Fé winds downwards like a huge
serpent, faint traces of small structures exist. But I found no pottery, only flint
and obsidian. The height is such an excellent outlook, and its surface so small,
that I suspect it was only temporarily used as a post of observation by the
people of one or the other of the neighboring Indian settlements now in
ruins. The ‘Mesita Redonda,’ as this eminence is called, rises about 400 feet
above the river bottom, from which it is half a mile distant in a straight line.
Above the road it is at most 200 feet high. The sides, as well as the slopes
behind it, are covered with débris of hard Jaya and trap. The surface is ellip-
tical, measuring about 100 by 50 meters, and a wide view is commanded from
the summit.!
[28:89] A nameless stone, which gives forth a clear bell-like tone when
struck. The stone is situated about halfway up the south side
of Black Mesa [28:88]. It isabout four feet in diameter, the height
of a person, and of a blackish color. There is a sort of bench on
the mesa side just above the stone, and there are several caves
near by. The information about this stone is furnished by Mr.
K. A. Fleischer, who was shown the stone by an aged Mexican,
the latter stating that the stone was well known to Mexicans liv-
ing at Peta Blanca [28:93] and to the Indians of Cochiti. See
[28:88].
[28:90] Nameless pueblo ruin. The informant is Mr. Fleischer,
who has visited the ruin and who kindly located it on [28]. Per-
haps the same as nameless pueblo ruin west of a point midway
between Bajada [29:26] and Cochiti [28:77], [29:unlocated], q. v.
Cf. [28:82], [28:83], [28:84], [28:91], [29:29]; nameless pueblo ruin
midway between Bajada [29:26] and Cochiti [28:77], [29:unlo-
cated]; and third nameless pueblo ruin mentioned by Bandelier
between Bajada [29:26] and Cochiti [28:77], [29:unlocated].
[28:91] Nameless pueblo ruin. The informant is Mr. Fleischer,
who has visited the ruin and who kindly located it on [28]. Per-
haps the same as nameless pueblo ruin midway between Bajada
[29:26] and Cochiti [28:77], [29:unlocated], q. v. Cf. [28:82],
[28:83], [28:84], [28:90], [29:29]; nameless pueblo ruin west of a
point midway between Bajada [29:26], and Cochiti [28:77], [29 :un-
located]; and third nameless pueblo ruin mentioned by Bandelier
between Bajada [29:26] and Cochiti [28:77], [29:unlocated].
[28:92] (1) Cochiti Awéfteh@afteta ‘south town’ (kwe ‘south’;
te derivative postfix; haf teta ‘town’ ‘pueblo’). It is so
called because of its position as regards Cochiti Pueblo [28:77].
-Q2
It was stated that this name was also formerly applied to [28:93],
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 181, and note, 1892.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 445
but this statement is probably to be explained as the informant’s
inference rather than as a tribal tradition. See [28:93].
(2) Eng. Pefia Blanca. (<Span). =Span. (3).
(3) Span. Pena Blanca * white rock’ ‘white cliff’. The place is
named from the white rocks [28:94].
Pena Blanca is a large Mexican settlement. Bandelier tells
something of it in his #’nal Report.1 The circle on the sheet indi-
cates approximately the location of the Roman Catholic church
at Pena Blanca. The town extends with straggling houses for
perhaps a mile north and south of the church. There area Fran-
ciscan monastery and a convent at Pefa Blanca. See [28:93] and
[28:94].
[28:93] Cochiti Awefteh@afteafoma ‘southern pool ruin’ (kwe
‘south’; ft derivative postfix; h@aftetafoma ‘pueblo ruin’
<hi afteda ‘pueblo’, foma ‘old’). Awe if te ehdaftea is the
Cochiti name of the present Mexican town of Pefa Blanca
[28:92], on the site of which this pueblo ruin is situated. It was
stated by the Cochiti informant that the name given above is the
old Cochiti name for the ruin, but this statement is probably to
be explained as the informant’s inference rather than as a tribal
tradition.
On one of the gravelly dunes northeast of the church [see under [28:92]] at
Pefa Blanca, a large rectangle formed by upright stones or slabs is to be seen.
Pottery, flint, and obsidian are strewn over the place, and I found a half-
finished stone axe; but this rectangle looks to me rather like a garden enclo-
sure than a former building.”
But the present writer’s Cochiti informant asserted that there is
a large pueblo ruin at Pefa Blanca, obliterated by the present
Mexican town, and Mr. K. A. Fleischer states that he has heard
through several sources that there are traces of a pueblo ruin at
Pefia Blanca. See [28:92].
[28:94] (1) Eng. White Rocks. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. La Pefia Blanca ‘the white rock or cliff’. = Eng. (1).
This is a large white rock or cliff, very conspicuous, situated
about 25 feet east of the main wagon’ road connecting Cochiti and
Santo Domingo. It is common information among Mexicans
living at or about Pefia Blanca that the settlement of Pefia Blanca
gets its name from this rock. See [28:92].
[28:95] An old trail, leading from Penta Blanca [28:92] across the
low hills to Domingo Station [28:115].
[28:96] (1) Eng. Altar Hills. (<Span.).
(2) Span. Los Altares ‘the altars’.
1 Pt. II, pp. 95, 181, 1892. 2Jbid., p. isl.
446 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [nru. any. 29
These are large hills and quite imposing when seen from the
vicinity of Santo Domingo Pueblo [28:109]. There are three
heights. The informant is Mr. Fleischer.
[28:97] (1) Cochiti K fokoh@af te ta, K'ofoko ‘south corner town’
‘south corner’ (k'o said to mean ‘south’; Soko ‘corner’ ‘dell’;
hiwafteta ‘town’ ‘ pueblo’).
(2) Eng. Sile, Zile. (<Span:): = Span.as):
(3) Span. Sile,-Cile, of obscure origin. ‘* Zile.” 4
This settlement consists of a line of Mexican houses or farms
extending a mile or more in a north-south direction. The arroyo
[28:98] takes its name from the settlement.
[28:98] (1) Eng. Sile Arroyo, Zile Arroyo. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Arroyo Sile, Arroyo Cile, arroyo of Sile or Zile
[28:97].
This is a short, dry gulch. There are several smaller gulches
also called by this name. See [28:97].
[28:99] (1) Cochiti S/rotfénaja ‘snowbird arroyo’ (siro ‘snowbird’,
Span. coriz; t/énaja ‘arroyo’). =Span. (4).
(2) Eng. Paloduro Arroyo. (< Span.). =Span. (3).
(8) Span. Arroyo Paloduro, ‘arroyo of the paloduro (an uniden-
tified species of plant’).
(4) Span. Arroyo de las Corizes ‘snowbird arroyo’. =Cochiti
(1). Whether this Span. name is a translation of the Cochiti
name or vice versa has not been determined. It was obtained from
the same Cochiti Indian who gave the name Cochiti (1), above.
This arroyo is formed by the junction of [28:100] and [28:101].
[28:100] (1) Corral Arroyo. (< Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Arroyo de los Corrales ‘corral arroyo’. There are
corrals at the arroyo; hence the name.
This gulch joins [28:101] to form [28:99].
[28:101] (1) Eng. Slat Arroyo. (< Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Arroyo de las Latas ‘slat arroyo’ ‘post arroyo’.
=Eng. (1).
This arroyo joins [28:100] to form [28:99].
[28:102] (1) Cochiti Katftpyaféma ‘Sold San Felipe’ (Katfta, see
[29:69]; foma Sold’). Cf. San Felipe (2). ;
(2) San Felipe ‘‘Kat-isht-ya”.? Cf. Cochiti (1).
(8) San Felipe ‘‘Tyit-i Haa”,? apparently for ¢étehdé ‘north-
east’ (¢péte ‘north’, ha ‘east’). This is the San Felipe name for
Cubero [28:unlocated], near which the ruin is situated, according
to Bandelier.
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 181, 1892. 2Tbid., p. 187.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 447
This isa large pueblo ruin a short distance north of Cubero
[28:unlocated], across the Rio Grande from Santo Domingo
Pueblo [28:109], according to information furnished by Mr. K. A.
Fleischer.
The next ruin south of it [Santo Domingo Pueblo [28:109]], which I have
not seen, is near the village of Cubero [28:unlocated], on the westside of the
Rio Grande. It is called by the Indians of San Felipe [29:69] Kat-isht-ya, or
Tyit-i Haa, as the site of the ruin itself, or that of Cubero [28:unlocated]
nearby, is meant. Tradition has it that the first village of the San Felipe
[29:69] branch of the Queres [Keresans] was built there.?
Bandelier records a folk tale relating to this pueblo ruin, ob-
tained by him at San Felipe. See Cubero [28:unlocated] and
[29:68], under which this folk tale is quoted.
[28:103] (1) Cochiti Avhaijotfénaja ‘bear arroyo’ (kéhaijo ‘bear’
any species; tfénaja ‘arroyo’). Cf. Jemez [27:45]. =Eng. (2),
Span. (8).
(2) Eng. Oso Creek. (< Span.). =Cochiti (1), Span. (8).
(8) Span. Arroyo Oso ‘bear arroyo’. =Cochiti (1), Eng. (2).
The creek evidently takes its name from the spring [27:45].
Since the Jemez and Cochiti names for this spring both mean
‘bear spring’ it seems probable that this is the ancient Indian
name for the place of which the Span. name is a translation.
The arroyo enters the Rio Grande a short distance below Santo
Domingo Pueblo [28:109]. See [27:45].
[28:104] (1) Eng. Borrego Arroyo. (< Span.). .=Span. (2).
(2) Span. Arroyo del Borrego ‘sheep arroyo’. =Eng. (1).
The name is evidently derived from that of the spring, Span.
Ojo del Borrego [27:48], which also gives the name to a large
land grant in that region. This arroyo enters the Rio Grande
opposite [29:66]. The upper course of the arroyo is a deep can-
yon, known in Span. as Arroyo Hondo [28:105]. See [27:47],
[27:48].
[28:105] Span. Arroyo Hondo, see [27:47].
[28:106] Galisteo Creek, see [29:34].
[28:107] The delta of Galisteo Creek [29:34].
[28:108] Foot-bridge built of logs across the Rio Grande, used by
Santo Domingo Indians, A Cochiti informant said that this
bridge has been where it is since his earliest memory; he is now
aman of about 60 years of age.
[28:109] (1) Zewige, not of Tewa etymology (probably < Keresan).
The intonation of the syllable -w/- is different from that in Tewa
tewige ‘down at cottonwood gap’ (fe cottonwood, Populus wis-
lizeni; w2’? gap; ge ‘down at’ ‘overat’). ‘*Te’-wi-gi”;* said to
mean ‘‘ pueblo place”, which is certainly wrong.
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 187, 1892.
2 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 462, 1910).
448 BTHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [pru. ann. 29
(2) Taos ‘** Ttiwita ‘haliotis place’”.' = Picuris (3). Although
the Taos may etymologize the name thus, it seems probable that
the first two syllables are < Keresan, and that ¢’a@ is the Taos loca-
tive postfix meaning ‘down at’.
(3) Picuris ‘‘Tit-wit-ha’.”! ‘*Thiiwith4.”? =Taos (2).
(4) Isleta ‘* Tu-a-wi-hol”’* (probably same as Gatschet’s ‘*Tiiwi-
guide,” below). **Tu’-iai.”* ** Tiiwi’-ai.”* **Titwiyuide”* (mean-
ing ‘Santo Domingo person’). =Sandia (5). Evidently the first
two syllables < Keresan + locative -a7.
(5) Sandia ‘* Tewiai.”® =Isleta (4).
(6) Jemez Zawig?i, not of Jemez etymology (Zaw? probably
<Keresan; g?? locative postfix). Santo Domingo people are
called Tawigiiis@af (ts@af ‘people’). =Pecos (7). ‘*Ta’-wi-
gi.’® Cf. especially Pecos (7).
(7) Pecos ‘‘Ta-wi’-gi.”? =Jemez (6).
(8) Cochiti 7’ré'wa of obscure etymology. ‘* Dyi’-wa.”?
(9) Santo Domingo A’pé'wa, of obscure etymology. The Santo
Domingo people are called A’ péwamex (me ‘people’). ‘* Ge-e-
way”.8 ‘*Ge-e-wé”.® ‘* Ki’-o-a-me or Ki’-wo-mi” ?° (for A’ pé'wa-
mex). **Ki’-o-wummi”" (for A’ré'wame). ‘* Kiwomi”:” given as
name of the Santo Domingo dialect; probably using Wheeler as
his source; for A{péwame. ‘* Kiwomior Kivome”.® ‘* Ki-ua”.4
SoiKgema2 te) cna) eee Kaha een
(10) Santo Domingo ‘* You-pel-lay”.18
(11) Sia ‘‘Tiwi”.® Santa Ana.
(2), Soalewaewalze
(18) San Felipe ‘* Ki'wa”.1
(14) Laguna ‘* Dji’wi”.!
(15) Acoma ‘*‘ Ti’wi”.?
1 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 462, 1910),
2Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910.
8Gibbs, Isleta vocab., MS., Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1868.
4Gatschet, ibid., 1885.
5Gatschet, Sandia vocab., ibid., n. d.
° Hodge, op. cit.
7Ibid.
8Simpson, Rep. to Sec. War, p. 143, 1850.
9 Simpson (1860) quoted in Wheeler Surv. Rep., vit, p. 418,-1879
10 Whipple, Pac. R. R. Rep., 11, pt. 3, p. 90, 1856. .
u Tbid., p. 9.
12 Gatschet, Zw6lf Sprachen aus dem Stidwesten Nordamerikas, p. 60, 1876,
18 Pimentel cited by Cubas, Repub. Mexico, p. 65, 1876,
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. I, p. 260, 1890.
15 Thid., pt. 11, p. 187, 1892.
16 Bandelier, Gilded Man, p. 216, 1893.
17 Jouvencean in Cath. Pioneer, 1, No. 9, p. 12, 1906.
18 Wallace, Land of the Pueblos, p. 56, 1888 (said in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 642, 1910, to be erro-
neously so called because of one of their dances),
19 Spinden, Sia vocab., MS., 1911.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 449
(16) Oraibi Hopi Zéw7', not of Hopi etymology (probably
<Keresan). = Moki (17).
(17) ‘*Tawii”! (given as Hopi name, pueblo not stated).
(18) Zuni ‘* Wehl’thluwalla”.?
(19) Navaho ‘* Kin Klékéi Ni ‘ white houses’”’.$
(20) Navaho ‘*Tqo Hajilé’ ‘they draw water’” ‘ (given as name
of the pueblo). ‘* Tqo Hajiléni ‘ people who draw water’”® (given
as name of the Santo Domingo people).
(21) Eng. Santo Domingo. (<Span.). =Span. (22).
(22) Span. Santo Domingo ‘Saint Dominick’ or ‘holy Sunday’.
=Eng. (21). ‘‘Santo Domingo” ® (‘‘justas likely to have been the
former pueblo of San Felipe [28:102] as Guipuy or old Santo Do-
mingo [28:117]”). ‘‘Santo Demingo”.? ‘‘Sto. Domingo”.’
*‘Domingo”.® ‘‘Sto. Domingo de Cochiti”.1? ‘*S! Domingo”."!
**Sto. Domingo de Cuevas” (apparently meaning ‘Saint Domi-
nick of caves’). ‘‘San Domingo”. ‘‘Santa Domingo”. ‘‘Santa
Dominga”.*” ‘‘Saint Domingo”.*® ‘San Domingan” ” (applied
to the language).
Bandelier Jearned a tradition at both Cochiti and Santo Domingo
that the Santo Domingo Indians inhabited in very ancient times
the pueblo ruin on Quemada Mesa [28:unlocated].1 Regarding
pueblos subsequently inhabited by the Santo Domingo Indians,
Bandelier says:
At last we leave the mountains, and return to the Rio Grande valley, where,
about 5 miles south of Pena Blanca, we meet with the ruins of another pueblo
of the Santo Domingo Indians, called by them Gi-pu-y [28:117]. The ruins
of Gi-pu-y stand a mile anda half east of the station of Wallace [subsequently
Thornton, now Domingo [28:115]], and south of the railroad track [28:112] on
the brink of the Arroyo de Galisteo [28:106]. That torrent has water only
during heavy rains, when it frequently becomes dangerous. The people of
Gi-pu-y experienced this when a part of their village was swept away in one
night, and they were compelled to move to the Rio Grande and establish their
1 Stephen in Sth Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., p. 30, 1891.
2 Stevenson in 23d Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., p. 58, 1904.
3 Curtis, American Indian, I, p. 138, 1907.
4 Franciscan Fathers, Ethn. Dict. Navaho Language, p. 135, 1910.
5 [bid., p. 128.
6 Sosa (1590) in Doc. Inéd., XV, p. 253, 1871; Ofiate (1598), ibid., xvr, p. 102 et seq.; quotation follow-
ing, above, from Bandelier in Archzol. Inst. Papers, Amer. Ser., rv., p. 123, 1892.
7 Vetancurt (1696) cited by Bandelier, ibid., p. 168. 2
8 Rivera, Diario, leg. 784, 1736.
9 Vaugondy, Map Amérique, 1778.
10 Bancroft, Ariz. and N. Mex., 1889, p. 281 (according to Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 462, 1910, said to
be so called after 1782, but to be distinct from Cochiti [28:77] ).
11 Kitchin, Map. N. A., 1787.
12 Escudero, Not. Estad. de Chihuahua, p. 180, 1834.
13 Miihlenpfordt, Mejico, 11, p. 533, 1844.
4 Abert in Emory, Recon., p. 484, 1848 (misprint).
15 Calhoun in Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, 111, p. 633, 1853.
16 Méllhausen, Pacific, 1, p. 331, 1858.
17 Wallace, Land of the Pueblos, p. 65, 1888.
18See Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 184-85, 1892.
87584°—29 rrH—iG 29
450 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS | [eru. ann. 29
home on its banks. The first time we hear of Gi-pu-y is in the journal of
Ofate in 1598.! Previous to Ofiate, in 1591, Gaspar Castafio de Sosa had named
one of the Queres [Keresan] villages on the Rio Grande Santo Domingo, and
his Journal leads me to infer that it stood on the east bank of that river.”
About 1660 it certainly lay on the eastern side of the Rio Grande.* A
change in location of a pueblo is not always accompanied by a change of
name.* It would seem, therefore, that the Gi-pu-y [28:117] near Wallace
[28:115], is not the historical Gi-pu-y, but a village of the same name of the
Santo Domingo Queres [Keresans], abandoned by them in consequence of a
disastrous flood previous to 1591. The ruins indeed appear very old, and the
southeastern portion has been carried off by the torrent [28:106]. They con-
sist of low mounds of rubble and rubbish, with a good deal of glazed pottery.
At one place there is a wall, apparently of adobe, 3 feet thick, and traces
of foundations of the usual thickness (0.30 m.) are visible in several of
the mounds. The site is level, and decay, not abrasion, has reduced the
ruins to their present condition. Some of the glazed pottery fragments, how-
ever, are still very bright in color. The banks of the arrovo [28:106] are verti-
cal in most places, and from 10 to 15 feet in height. Historical Gi-pu-y, of
which Juan de Onate has written, and which, it appears, was the Santo
Domingo of Castafio, stood nearly on the site of the present pueblo [28:109];
but from what the Santo Domingo Indians told me, I infer that the first church,
built between 1600 and 1605,° was erected on the banks of the Galisteo
[28:106], north of the village.® It [historical Gi-pu-y] was swept away by
that torrent [28:106], and the pueblo rebuilt farther west on the banks of
the Rio Grande. The new village bore the name of Huash-pa Tzen-a [tséna
‘river’ ‘Rio Grande’. See Huash-pa Tzen-a [28:unlocated]]. When the
river carried off a part of that settlement also, its inhabitants again moved far-
ther east, always clinging to the river banks. The pueblo was then called
Ki-ua, which name it still bears. In 1886 a part of Ki-ua, including both
churches, was destroyed by a flood, so that it is now impossible to recognize
the ancient sites. The Gi-pu-y near Wallace is the only one of the old
pueblos of Santo Domingo, east of the Rio Grande, of which any traces are
left.7
1“Obediencia y Vasallaje de Santo Domingo, p. 107. Discurso de las Jornadas, p. 254. He calls the
place Santo Domingo, without stating that he had named it so himself. This implies that the name
was given by some previous explorer. The distance which he traveled fron San Felipe to Santo Do-
mingo, four leagues (11 miles), is very exact, and shows that the latter pueblo stood on the banks of
the Rio Grande on or very near the site it occupies to-day, and not at Wallace [28:115]. Old Gi-pu-y
[28:117] is 1; leagues farther east than the Santo Domingo [28:109] of to-day.’’—BANDELIER, Final
Report, pt. 11, pp. 185-86, note, 1892.
2** Memoria del Descubrimiento, p. 253. It is plain from that Journal that the village stood on the
Rio Grande, since he says that it stood ‘on the banks of a great river,’ to which he himself afterwards
gives the name of ‘el Rio Grande.’ That it was on the east bank is also very clear, since he reached
the place from San Marcos without crossing the Rio Grande.’’—Ibid., p. 186, note.
3‘*Vetancurt, Crénica, p. 315. His information about the pueblos of New Mexico dates mostly from
1660. That the village stood on the river bank in August, 1680, is plainly stated by Antonio de Oter-
min in his Diario de la Retirada, fol. 30.’’—Ibid.
4“Thus San Felipe has always kept its name of Kat-isht-ya, although its location has thrice been
changed. Sandia has remained Na-fi-ap, although it was abandoned in 1681 and reoccupied only in 1748
Isleta isTshya-uip-a to-day,asit wasin 1681. Other pueblos, however, have changed theirnames.”—Ibid.
5 Pray Juan de Escalona, commissary of the Franciscan Order in New Mexico, was the builder of
the first church of Santo Domingo. He died in that pueblo, and was buried in the temple, in 1607.
Vetancurt, Menologio; also Crénica, p. 316. Torquemada, Monarchia, vol, iii, p. 598. Every trace of
that church has long since disappeared.’’—Ibid., p. 187, note.
6‘ The Galisteo torrent [28:106] reaches the Rio Grande a few hundred meters north of the present
village of Santo Domingo [28:109]. The pueblo is much exposed to damage by water, and for a num-
ber of years the river has been constantly encroaching on the east bank. Moreover, several torrents
on the south, like the Arroyo de los Valdéses [28:unlocated] and others, do mischief, yet the Indian
will not leave the spot.’’—Ibid.
7 Bandelier, ibid., pp. 185-87, note.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 451
The population of Santo Domingo (pl. 19, B) is at present about
900. The Santo Domingo Indians are especially conservative and
closemouthed, and are quick to resent any supposed encroach-
ment or inquisitiveness on the part of the whites. The building
of the railroad [28:112] through their lands about 1881 increased
the hostile feeling. So much trouble was experienced in forcing
the attendance of Indian children at the school at the pueblo, that
the school was discontinued several years ago, an agreement
having been made between the school authorities and the Indians
that there should be an attendance of at least 50 Santo Domingo
children at the Government Indian School at Santa Fe. The
Roman Catholic church [28:111] at Santo Domingo is directly east
of the village. Northeast of the church is the abandoned school-
house [28:110]. Northwest of the latter is the house formerly
the residence of the teacher, but now used by the Indians as a
—jatrine. ‘Santo Domingo, San Juan, Santa Ana, and especially
Acoma, consist of several parallel rows of houses forming one to
three streets.”! ‘‘The material of which the houses are con-
structed varies with the nature of the surroundings. Acoma is
of stone and rubble; Isleta, Santo Domingo, Cochiti, ete., are of
adobe, and very often one and the same pueblo, not infrequently
one and the same long house, displays both kinds of material.”?
There are two large circular estufas at Santo Domingo. In this
pueblo there is considerable Tano blood, and there are probably
several persons who still remember the Tano language. See
Tano under Names or Tripes and Prories. See also [28:110],
[28:111]. Cf. [28:117], Pueblo ruin on Quemado Mesa [28:unlo-
cated], and Arroyo de los Valdézes [28:unlocated].
[28:110] The abandoned schoolhouse at Santo Domingo Pueblo,
northwest of the church [28:111]. See [28:10].
[28:111] The Roman Catholic church at Santo Domingo Pueblo.
It is due east of the pueblo. See [28:109].
[28:112] The Achison, Topeka and Santa Fe Railroad.
[28:113] Zewigepeyge’®’oku ‘hills beyond Santo Domingo’ (T7ewige
see [28:109]; peyge ‘beyond’; *2 locative and adjective-forming
postfix; ’okw ‘hill’). This is the name given by the Tewa to the
barren hilly piateau southeast of Santo Domingo Pueblo. See
[28:114].
[28:114] A stone shrine. The informant is Mr. K. A. Fleischer.
[28:115] (1) Eng. Domingo settlement. (<Santo Domingo [28:109]).
= Span. (2).
(2) Span. Domingo. (<Eng.). = Eng. (1).
This is the name given the settlement on January 1, 1910. The
first name of the station was Wallace, so called after Governor
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 265, 1899. 2Tbid., p. 266.
452 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. ann. 29
Lew Wallace of New Mexico and given in the eighties. This name
was changed to Thornton in 1890 in honor of Governor Thornton
of New Mexico. It was found that the name Thornton was pro-
nounced with so great difficulty by the Span.-speaking popula-
tion, who called it séntan, tornton, etc., that it has been changed
to Domingo, which name it now bears. The Indians usually call
the place either Wallace or Domingo. The population of Domingo
was 60 in 1911. There is a large trading store conducted by Mr.
Julius Seligman, A small Roman Catholic chapel has recently
been built. See [28:109].
[28:116] Railroad bridge across Galisteo Creek (28:106].
[28:117] A pueblo ruin called ‘‘Gi-pu-y” by Bandelier presumably
because of some information obtained by him at Santo Domingo.
**Gi-pu-i.”? ‘*Gui-pu-y.”? ‘*Gi-pu-y.”
The ‘‘Guipui” of Ofiate, 1598 (Doc. Inéd., xvi, p. 102, 1871),
is identified by Bandelier as a former pueblo of the Santo
Domingo Indians situated nearly on the site of the present Santo
Domingo [28:109], 4 miles west of [28:117]. The Cochiti form
of this name was obtained by the writer, but the notes are not
available. The pueblo ruin [28:117] is described by Bandelier.
(See excerpt under [28:109] (22).)
UNLOCATED
Span. ‘‘Arroyo de los Valdéses.”* Waldez is a Span. family
name. The proper Span. form would be Arroyo de los Valdéz.
This is evidently a gulch which runs through the southern part
of Santo Domingo Pueblo [28:109]: ‘‘Several torrents on the
south, like the Arroyo de los Valdéses and others, do mischief.’’®
See [28:109].
Cave in 7'pétepot ye hills [28:75]. Somewhere in these hills there is
said to be a large cave which is used by the Cochiti Indians for
ceremonial purposes. The informant knew no name for this
cave. Bandelier probably refers to this and other caves when he
writes: ‘‘Artificial caves are said ‘to exist in some of the rocks in
the hills visible from Cochiti [28:77].” See [28:75], also the
following: ‘
Cliff in lower Cochiti Canyon.
In the lower portions of the Catiada [28:52] is a low cliff famous in witch-
craft stories. The people of Cochiti pretend that the wizards and witches
meet there on certain nights, assembling at the cliff in the shape of owls,
turkey-buzzards and crows. At a signal the rock opens, displaying a bril-
! Bandelier in Ausland, p. $14, 1882. 4Tbid., p. 187.
2Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 34, 1890. 5Ibid., p. 187, note.
STbid., pt. 11, pp. 22, 185, 1892.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 453
liantly lighted cavity. Forthwith the animal shapes disappear, and the wicked
sorcerers resume their human appearance and enter the cavern to carouse till
daylight.!
See [28:52]. Cf. Cave in 7'étepdt re hills [28:unlocated ].
Pueblo ruin in the dell at the mouth of Alamo Canyon [28:20].
The basin [28:22] is not more than three-quarters of a mile in diameter, and
groves of cottonwood trees grow on its fertile soil. A small ruin stands at the
foot of the Potrero del Alamo [28:23], having 24 cells of the average size of 3.5
by 2.9 meters (113 by 9} feet), constructed of parallelopipeds of tufa. Scarcely
any pottery was to be seen. From this basin the cliffs surrounding it on
three sides rise to towering heights, and the Potrero del Alamo [28:23]
especially presents a grand appearance... . Except at the little basin
[28:21], the Rio Grande leaves no space for settlement between San Ildefonso
and Cochiti.?
See [28:22], [28:23].
Cochiti Hetaan perot sf, 0 ‘cottonwood mountain’ (Adtwan ye ‘cotton-
wood’; ko ‘mountain’; ¢f9 locative).
This is a mountain west of Cochiti.
Santo Domingo ‘‘Huash-pa Tzen-a.”* Given as the Santo Domingo
name for Santo Domingo Pueblo after it was moved from [28:117]
to a spot near its present site.
Dr. Spinden states that he inquired about this name when at
Cochiti, and learned merely that hwaéfpa is a kind of bush
and that there is a place somewhere in the hills which is named
afterit. See under [28:109]. ‘*Tzen-a” sounds like Cochiti tséna
‘river’ ‘Rio Grande’. Mr. F. W. Hodge is authority for the
statement that there is a Cochiti clan by the name of 7sin ‘turkey’.
San Felipe ‘‘Isht-ua Yen-e.”* Bandelier adds in a note the partial
etymology of the name: ‘‘ From Isht-ua, arrow.” The name oc-
curs in a San Felipe tradition recorded by Bandelier: ‘‘a place
above [north of] Santo Domingo [28:109] called Isht-ua Yen-e,
where many arrow-heads are found to-day.”* See the quotation
of the story under [29:69].
(1) Keresan (evidently Cochiti) ‘‘Ka-ma Chinaya.... Ka-ma sig-
nifies house, and Chin-a-ya torrent, or mountain gorge in which
runs a torrent.”®
(2) Span. ‘*Cation de la Bolsa.”® This means ‘pocket canyon’.
The Potrero Chato [28:36] is frequently called Capulin, and its upper part is
termed Potrero de San Miguel [28:37]. As it is three-lobed, the three lobes
bear different local names.. Between them lie, from north to south, the Cafion
Jose Sanchez (Tyeshtye Ka-ma Chinaya) [28:51], and the Cafion de la Bolsa
(Ka-ma Chinaya).°
See Sierra de la Bolsa, page 456.
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 178, note, 1892. 4Ibid., p. 166.
2Tbid., pp. 148-149. 5Tbid., p. 158, note.
3Tbid., p. 187.
454 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [pru. ann. 29
Cochiti ‘*Ka/kona ‘ white hill’”.! Said to be the name of a hill some-
where near Cochiti Pueblo [28:77].
Cochiti Achaijotfdtotsan pif “place where the bear jumped across’
(kéhaijo ‘bear’? of any species; ¢fvtotsan rif ‘place where he
jumped’),
This is a narrow opening somewhere in the upper part of
Peralta Canyon [28:71]. The walls of the canyon almost meet,
so that it is not more than 25 feet from the top of one wall to that
of the other. It is said that a bear once jumped across this chasm;
hence the name. See [28:71].
Cochiti Kot pete, Soma, Kot petehd'a Steafoma, Kot petekd’ matse fina
‘old Cochiti? ‘old Cochiti settlement? (Kot pete, see [28:77];
Soma‘ old’; ha aftea ‘settlement’; Ska matse * settlement’ ):
This is the unlocated prehistoric “Old Cochiti” , somewhere on
the mesa [28:56]. See [28:58].
Cochiti Aa fk'ona, of obscure etymology.
A high hill or mountain several miles southwest of Cochiti;
north of Pon pejaka fk’, below.
Cochiti MWatyanat fénaja ‘the seven arroyos’ (mdtypana ‘seven’;
tfénaja Sarroyo’).
This is a place somewhere west of Cochiti where seven arroyos
come together.
Cochiti ‘‘Mékernatéku (mékerna ‘red paint’)”.! Given as the name
of a place in the mountains, southwest of [28:31] and 12 miles
from Cochiti Pueblo [28:77], where ‘‘mikerna”, a kind of red
paint, is obtained. See under Minerats.
Navaho trail.
Across this mesa [28:16] a trail from east to west, formerly much used by
the Navajo Indians on their incursions against the Spanish and Pueblo settle-
ments, creeps up from the Rio Grande, and, crossing the mesa, rises to the
crest of the mountains. It seems almost impossible for cattle and horses to
ascend the dizzy slope, yet the savages more than once have driven their liy-
ing booty with merciless haste over this trail to their distant homes.?
See [28:28].
Cochiti Pon pejaka fk’, of obscure etymology (po ‘ west’).
A high hill or mountain several miles southwest of Cochiti;
south of Aa fk'una, above.
Span. ‘Potrero de la Cuesta Colorado”
Images of pumas or American panthers (also called mountain lions) which
lie [at [28:27]] a few hundred yards west of the ruin [28:26], in low woods
near the foot of the cliffs called ‘‘ Potrero de la Cuesta Colorado ’’.*
‘*Colorado” is a misprint for Colorada. See [28:26], [28:27],
[28:30].
1 Spinden, Cochiti vocab., MS., 1911.
2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 147, 1892.
8Ibid., p. 152.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 455
Pueblo ruin on the Potrero en el Medio [28:64]. Bandelier says of
this:
I have not ascended to its summit [of Potrero en el Medio [28:64]], but
know on good authority that on it stand the ruins of two buildings.! In regard
to the pueblo on the Potrero de enel Medio I was unable to secure any tradition,
but the Cochiti Indians ‘‘supposed”’ that it was formerly a Queres [Keresan]
village. ?
Pueblo ruin on Quemada Mesa [28:67].
At a distance of 12 miles from the pueblo [Cochiti [28:77]], a partly wooded
ridge [Quemada Mesa [28:67]] traverses it [Quemado Canyon [28:66]], and
on the summit of this ridge, called Potrero de la Canada Quemada, lies the ruin
of which figure 16 of Plate 1 [of Bandelier’s Final Report, 11, 1892] gives the
shape and relativesize. It stands on a bare space near the eastern brink of the
abrupt slope, protected on the west by woods. The view from there is almost
boundless to the south, where the Sierra de los Ladrones [29:122] and the
Magdalena Mountains [Unmapped] are distinctly visible... There is no
water on the Potrero, and I wasat a loss to find tillable soil. Still thisisno proof
that the Indians who dwelt there did not have their little fields in some nook
or corner, either at the foot or on the summit of the ridge. This Pueblo, with
the one near San Antonio [29:unlocated] in the Pecos valley, is the most com-
pact specimen of the one-house type which I haye ever seen. There even appears
to be no entrance to the small courtyard in the middle. North of this court-
yard the cells are eight deep; south there are-9 rows from west to east, and 16
transversely, the whole number of rooms on the first floor being 296, and their
average size about 2.7 by 3.6 meters (9 by 11¢feet)*. . . Notfar from this ruin
isasmall artificial tank large enough for the demands of a population which prob-
ably did not much exceed three hundred, judging from the capacity of the larg-
est house at Taos. The artificial objects are the same as on the other Potreros,
but glazed pottery is very scarce, as the bulk of the potsherds belong to the black
and white and to the corrugated varieties. Considerable moss-agate and flint,
and some obsidian, was noticed. The Cochiti Indians, and also those of Santo
Domingo, told me that this was the abode of the latter branch of the Qneres
[Keresan] tribe in times long prior to the Spanish era, and that the Santo
Domingo Indians moved from here to the east side of the Rio Grande, where
they were living in the sixteenth century, and live to-day ... The ancient
character of the potsherds on the Potrero Quemado attracts attention. After
diligent search I did not find more than two or three small pieces of the
coarsely glazed kind, but the corrugated, and especially the white (or gray)
decorated with black lines, were abundant, resembling the pottery found in
connection with the small houses and some of the cave villages. If the Santo
Domingo branch of the Queres [Keresan] inhabited the Potrero Quemado
[28:67] in former times, the question arises whether they emigrated from the
Rito [28:6] asa separate band, or moved off jointly with the Cochiti and San
Felipe clusters, seceding from these at one or the other of the stations between
the Potrero Quemado [28:67] and the Rito de los Frijoles [28:6]. There-is
such a marked difference between the pottery on the former and that at the
other ruins of Queres [Keresan] villages north of it (the small houses excepted )
that we might conjecture that the separation took place at the Rito [28:6] before
the people there had begun to manufacture the coarsely glazed variety. The
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. m, p. 182. 2Tbid., p. 184. 3 Tbid., pp. 182-83,
456 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. any. 29
greater or less decoration of pottery in the Southwest is owing to local condi-
tions. But the introduction of a new material for decorative purposes is another
thing. It may have taken place at the Rito de los Frijoles [28:6]; but ruins
north of that place (for instance, the Pu-yé [14:46]) also exhibit it. Itisa
chronological as well as an ethnological indication, pointing to a discovery
made at a certain time, possibly by one tribe and communicated by it to its
neighbors, until it gradually became the property of several. It would be very
interesting, therefore, to discover what this coarse glaze was made of. I have
diligently inquired of the Indians, but without success. . . . Ifit was based
upon the use of some special mineral ingredient, we might ultimately discover
where that ingredient came from, and whether the invention was made at some
particular place or was evolved simultaneously among different tribes. But the
glazed pottery shows rather decadence than improvement; it is coarser in tex-
ture, and although the patterns of the designs are nearly the same as those of
older varieties, the glossy covering is thick and coarse.!
See [28:66], [28:67].
Span. ‘‘Sierra de la Bolsa”.? This means ‘pocket mountains’.
In the west [of Cochiti Canyon [28:52]] rise the pine-clad slopes and crests
of the Sierra de la Bolsa, and in front of them a high and narrow projection or
cliff, called Potrero Viejo [28:56].?
See Ka-ma Chinaya, page 453.
Cochiti Lt peftpikana the waterfall’ (Stpéftpik * it falls in’; ana
‘locative’).
This is a waterfall somewhere in José Sanchez Canyon [28:51],
q. y., and gives the latter its Cochiti name.
Cochiti Zypditskétfu ‘pifon mountain’ (¢yaits ‘piton’ ‘ Pinus
edulis’; ko ‘mountain’; ¢/wu locative).
A place somewhere on the east side of the Rio Grande opposite
Cochiti.
(1) San Felipe ‘‘ Tyit-i Haa.”* Given as the San Felipe name of the
site of Cubero settlement. In the Cochiti idiom (almost identical
with that of San Felipe) ¢rétehdé means ‘northeast’ (¢,rcte ‘north’;
ha ‘east’). Cubero is actually northeast of San Felipe [29:69].
(2) Eng. Cubero. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(8) Span. Cubero ‘cooper’s shop’ ‘cooper’, also family name
= Eng. Cooper.
This is a Mexican settlement a short distance south of
[28:102], q. v.
Cochiti Teét patgtanfkat et pamaha’ af teta f oma, Taét patgtanf kat at pa-
maka matsefoma * painted cave pueblo ruin’, referring to [28:31]
(Tat patetans kit’ etpama, see [28:31]; Aw af tdaf dma ‘pueblo
ruin? <l@afteta ‘ pueblo’ , foma ‘old’; ha matsefdma § pueblo
ruin? <kd@ matse * settlement’ ‘pueblo’, Sima’ old’). Mr. F. W.
Hodge‘ gives as the name of the Cueva Pintada, T'stkyédtitans’,
which 1, he states, is a misprint for Tsikydtitans*.
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 182-85, 1892. 3 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 187.
2In Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 370, 1907. 4In Handbook Inds., op. cit., p. 154.
MAP 29
SOUTHERN REGION
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
3 Jemez Pu
90
&
Neat ae
14
<d
q
Sox
°
i)
® 0
< E4
o
5 Of
102
AO)
w |
Pueplo n
5
HID Isleta Pueblo yf2s}]10
mis
Acoma Pueblo
&
&
K
4
14 ®
kK
v
5 10 1s
— te
SOU)
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 29
v
a
Cochiti Pueblo 3¢
18 36 Glorieta
“35
9
Cerrillos #&
REGION
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
SUT
7 INGers,
INS:
® Cabezon
1210 126 if fe me :
18 36 Glorieta
a 35
Santo Domingo\Pu 35
Wel, NYE 94 Sia Pesto 67 68
Ar
Albuguergque
103 eee"?
Pueblo as
oe
is Isleta Pueblo 101
wus
Acoma Pueblo
SOUTHERN REGION
MAP 29
SOUTHERN REGION
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 457
This is the pueblo ruin at the Painted Cave. Bandelier says
of it:
Cave dwellings have been excavated in the rear wall of the cave, and 15
meters (48 feet) above the floor are indentations showing that chambers had
also been burrowed out at this height. The steps therefore may have been
made in order to reach this upper tier of rooms; for it appeared to me that the
paintings were more recent than the cave village, as they are partially painted
over walls of former artificial cells, the coating of which had fallen off before
the pictographs were placed on them.! Most of the cave dwellings are found
on the west side of the Cueva Pintada. Some of them have two tiers; and
there are also traces of foundations in front of the cliff, showing that houses
had been built against the wall. Of the extent of this cave village it is difficult
to judge, but enough is left to indicate that it may have contained a few hun-
dred people. The pottery belonged to the oldest types; mostly white and
black, and corrugated. Much obsidian lay about in splinters and chips; also
door-sills of diorite, broken metates, grinders made of lava, and stone axes,—
in short, the usual ‘‘ relics’? accompanying pueblo ruins.”
Hewett says:
At this place there was, besides the great ceremonial cave [28:31], a small
* cliff dwelling and talus settlement, corresponding in size to the clan houses of
the mesas. It could never have been more than a clan village, never ap-
proaching the size necessary to accommodate a large community like Cochiti.*
This ruin was mentioned to the present writer as the third
successive settlement inhabited and abandoned by the Cochiti on
their migration southward; see under [28:77]. See [28:31].
[29] SoUTHERN SHEET
The entire area shown on [29] is outside of (south of) the Tewa
country proper, but the Tewa are familiar with it and have current in
their language many names for places located therein. All the places
for which it has been possible to obtain Tewa names have been dealt
with, and also many others, although the same effort has not been
made as in the case of the other sheets, to give all the place-names
belonging to the region.
Map [29] includes the whole or part of the area formerly held by
the Tano Tewa, Pecos, Southern Tiwa, Apache, Comanche, Keresan,
Jemez, Navaho, and Zuni Indians. For the range of these tribes or
linguistic groups see Handbook of Indians.
[29:1] (1) Tsthwaje, pumapengetsikwaje ‘basalt height’ ‘basalt height
beyond Buckman Mesa [20:5|’ (¢st ‘basalt’; kwajé ‘height’; fuma-
peyge, see introduction to sheet [20]), page 322.
(2) Cochiti 7’rétehat re ‘northeast’, referring to hills or mesa
(¢tpéte ‘north’; ha ‘east’; tre locative).
17 was informed that in former times, whenever a pueblo was abandoned, it was customary to paint
a series of such symbols in some secluded spot near the site of the village. Whether this is true or not,
I do not know.’’—BANDELIER, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 157, note, 1892.
2Tbid., pp. 156-157 and note.
3 Hewett in Papers School Amer. Archzol., No. 10, p. 671, 1909.
(29:
[29 ::
3] C1) Toma, Tomapiny of obscure etymology (toma unexplained,
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BTH. ANN. 29
See [29:1], [29:2], [29:4], [28:49], Cafiada Ancha, and Cafiada
Larga [29:unlocated].
(3) Span. Mesa Chino, for Mesa del Chino ‘Chinaman Mesa’.
The origin of this name is not understood.
This is a very large mesa of irregular form and height. It can
be distinctly seen from Santa Fe. It is said to have four chief
summits: [20:48], [29:2], [29:3], and [29:4]. For various points
of interest on and about the mesa see maps [20], [28], and [29].
One old trail runs across it from [20:50] to [28:48], while another
runs beside the Rio Grande along the western base of the mesa.
Cf. especially Zs7?wa [28:48].
2) Pe fukwaje ‘timber point height’ (2”e fw, see [20:unlocated];
kwajé ‘height’).
This is a high, roundish height on top of [29:1], q. v. See also
[20:47], [20:48].
but ef. other place-names ending in -ma such as ’ Oma [16:42] and
uma [20:5]; pin ‘mountain’). ‘*To-ma”.?
(2) Eng. Red Hill. (<Span.). =Span. (8).
(8) Span. Cerro Colorado ‘red hill’. =Eng. (2). The height
has a reddish color; hence the name.
This is a very high hill or mountain slightly west of the central
part of the plateau [29:1]. This hill is very well known to the
Tewa by the name Toma. The Tewa state that in ancient times
Toma was one of the four places from which smoke and fire
used to come forth. The other places were ’Oguhewe [20:6],
fumawakip'o [19116], and 7"un pjop‘o [18:21].
The Tehuas [Tewa] call the Mesa del Cuervo [see below], and the heights
which crown it, To-ma... They say that ‘‘once upon a time,’’ very, very
long ago, smoke issued simultaneously from four different points. From the
heights on the Mesa del Cuervo, or To-ma, from the ‘Gigantes,’ or black cliff
of Shyumo [20:6] south of San Ildefonso, from the Tu-yo, or the black mesa
{18:21] of San Ildefonso north of the village, and from another point in high
mountains which I could not locate.’’?
Bandelier is certainly wrong when he identifies Mesa del Cuervo
with Toma; see [20:50].
On the waterless plateau called El Cuervo, farther north, [than [28:49]] I
know of no ancient vestiges, and both the Cafiada Ancha and Canada Larga
[29:unlocated], at the foot of that wide and long mesa [29:3], I have been
informed, are devoid of all remains of former Indian habitations.”
Bandelier doubtless refers to Red Hill also when he writes:
North of the Tetilla [29:4] lie several ancient craters, whose sides have
crumbled and are now rounded eminences or jagged humps. A layer of trap
!Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 81, 1592.
2Tbid., p. 81 and note.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 459
and lava covers the cretaceous formation to a depth of a hundred feet or more
The nearer we approach San Ildefonso, the wilder the scenery becomes, and the
broad cafadas that traverse it are without permanent water.!
Mr. W. M. Tipton of Santa Fe, New Mexico, recently informed
Doctor Hewett that he had found in an old Spanish document in
~ the Spanish archives (422, 423, 726) in the office of the Surveyor
General at Santa Fe, ‘‘Cuma” mentioned as a hill somewhere
southeast of Santa Fe. ‘‘Cuma” is perhaps a Span. spelling of
Tewa Toma.
[29:4] (1) Wawag?we, Wawagipiny ‘breast-like place,’ ‘ breast-like
mountain’ (<wa ‘breast; wag? ‘like’ ‘resembling’; ’Zwe locative;
pin ‘mountain’). Thisis probably merely a translation of Span.
(4), but it isin common use.
(2) Cochiti kdse fk‘ oto, of obscure etymology (kdsef unexplained;
koto ‘height’ <k'o ‘mountain’, to ‘up at’ locative postfix).
**Shkasi-sku-tshu . . . the pointed height”’.?
(8) Eng. Tetilla Mountain. (<Span.). =Span. (4).
(4) Span. Tetilla ‘teat’ ‘nipple’. = Eng. (3). So named. be-
cause of the teat-like shape of the mountain.
Bandelier says of the Tetilla Mountain:
““This plateau [speaking of [20:5] and [29:1] together] is sur-
mounted near its southern end by the isolated height of the
Tetilla.” 4
In a footnote Bandelier gives erroneously ‘‘'Ta-pu” as the
Tewa name of Tetilla Mountain: ‘*‘Shkasi-sku-tshu,’ in Queres
[Keresan]| the pointed height, Ta-pu, in Tehua [Tewa] which has
an analogous signification’”. Zapw has only one common mean-
ing in Tewa, namely, grass-root (fa ‘grass’; pu ‘base’ ‘root’).
No such name is ever applied to Tetilla Mountain, nor could the
name mean anything like ‘the pointed height.’ ‘‘The Tetilla
stood out boldly, crowning the black ridges with its slender,
graceful cone.’”® To see sunset behind this from Santa Fe on
a winter evening is a sight of rare beauty.
‘‘In the distance west of that beautiful cone which to-day is
called, and very appropriately, the Tetilla.”®
See Cochiti Hakawa [29:unlocated].
[29:5] (1) Poge ‘down at the water’ (po ‘water’; ge ‘down at? ‘over
at’). =Jemez (5). ‘*Po-o-ge.”7 This is the common name of
Santa Fe city or locality in all the Rio Grande Tewa dialects. It
is to be considered an abbreviation of San Juan (2) and of Santa
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 80, 1892.
2 Thid, note.
3Tbid.
4 This peak is only 2,153 meters (7,060 feet) high, and presents from all sides the appearance of
a pointed cone resting on a gracefully curved basis.’’—Ibid.
5Bandelier, Delight Makers, p. 308, 1890.
6Tbid., p. 437.
7Twitchell in Santa Fe New Mexican, Sept. 22, 1910.
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
Clara, San Ildefonso, Nambé, Tesuque (3). Cf., for example, the
common expression nd Pogemeyy ‘he is going to Santa Fe’ (n@
‘he’; Poge ‘Santa Fe’; mexyp ‘to go’).
(2) San Juan Awa apoge ‘down at the bead water’ (kway p'a ‘any
kind of bead’; po ‘water’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’). =Navaho
(9). San Juan ‘‘Cua P’Hoge, the place or village of the shell
beads, or of the shells (Olivella) from which they make
the beads which they so highly prize.”' San Juan
**Kua-p’o-o-ge, the place of the shell beads near the water.”?
**Kuapoge.”’* ‘*Kuapogo.”* ‘‘Kwapoge:”° given as name of
[29:6]. ‘*Kuapoge (Tewa: the place of the shell beads near the
water):”° this name for the site of Santa Fe is used only at San
Juan, at which the name Tewa (1), above, is also used.
(3) Santa Clara, San Hdefonso Nambé, Tesuque ’ Ogapoge ‘down
at the Olivella shell water’ (oga ‘Olivella shell’; po ‘water’; ge
‘down at’ ‘overat’). Santa Clara ‘‘Oga P’Hoge.”’ Santa Clara
‘*Og-a-p’o-ge.”? Bandelier gives no etymology. This is thename
for thesite of Santa Fe used at all the Rio Grande Tewa pueblos ex-
cept San Juan; see San Juan (2), above. The name Tewa (1) is
also used at all these pueblos.
(4) Taos ‘‘ Hulpana ‘shell river:’”® given as name of Santa Fe.
Cf. Tewa (1), Tewa (2), Tewa (3), and Jemez (1).
(5) Jemez Pala ‘down at the water’ (fd ‘water’; 7@ ‘down at’
‘over at’). =Tewa (1). Cf. Tewa (2), Tewa (3), Taos (4).
(6) Cochiti Ha f ko ‘east dell’? (ha ‘east’; Soko ‘dell’).
=Santo Domingo (7).
(7) Santo Domingo Hi. f bkeo ‘east dell’ (Aa ‘east’; Soko ‘dell).
=Cochiti (6).
(8) Oraibi Hopi Alavija. (<Span. 4 la Villa). See Span. (13).
(9) Navaho ‘*Y6tqé6 ‘bead water:’”'! given as name of Santa
Fe. ‘*Yotqégo ‘to Santa Fe.’”" ‘* Y6tqégo deyad ‘I am going to
Santa Fe.” 2 ‘* Yo ‘bead.’?”® = Tewa (2).
(10) Jicarilla Apache ‘‘San da xe ye ‘at Santa Fe’.”"* (<Span.).
=Span. (12) + ye locative postfix.
1Bandelier, Delight Makers, p. 453, note, 1890.
2Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 90, 1892.
3 Hewett, General View, p. 597, 1905.
‘Hewett, Antiquities, map, 1906.
5 Hewett, Communauteés, p. 34, 1908.
6 Hewett in Santa Fe New Mexican, June 22, 1910.
7Bandelier, Delight Makers, p. 453, 1890.
® Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 90, 1892.
9 Harry Budd, Taos vocab., Bur. Amer. Ethn., n. d.
10 Franciscan Fathers, Ethnologie Dictionary of the Navaho Language, p. 132, 1910.
UTbid., p. 56.
2 Tbid., p. 137.
18 [bid., p. 301.
l4Goddard, Jicarilla Apache Texts, p. 119, 1911.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 461
(11) Eng. Santa Fe. (<Span.). =Span. (12). The Eng. pro-
nunciation is frequently sentafei, ae there is a tendency to
write an acute accent over the final e of the name; see under
Span. (12). The application of the name to the Atchison, Topeka
and Santa Fe Railroad, popularly known as ‘*the Santa Fe,” has
greatly increased its usage.
(12) Span. Santa Fe ‘holy faith’. =Eng. (11). The orthog-
raphy of the Spanish Academy gives fe ‘faith’ without the
acute accent over the e; see under Eng. (11). The full Span.
name current in early times was Villa de la Santa Fe de San
Francisco de Assisi ‘city of the holy faith of Saint Francis of
Assisi’. This was formerly abbreviated as Santa Fe, San Fran-
cisco, or la Villa. For Villa see Span. (13).
(13) Span. la Villa ‘the city’. See Span. (12). This was in
early days a term much used by the Span.-speaking people of
New Mexico. The expression ‘4 la Villa’ ‘at the city’ ‘to the
city’ appears to have been taken into the Hopi language as the
regular name for Santa Fe. Tewa and Mexicans seem rarely to
apply ‘‘la Villa” to Santa Fe at the present day.
The histories of New Mexico treat fully the history of Santa
Fe. What we know of the Drouiste ny of the site of the city is
summarized by Hewett:
The Tewa name for the site where Santa Fe now stands was ‘Kuapoge’
(Tewa: The place of the shell beads near the water) [<Bandelier], and a large
terraced pueblo [29:6] stood on Fort Marcy hill where the military breast-
works have long covered its ruined walls. A smaller pueblo [29:9], later
called ‘Analeo’ (Analeo: A Nahua or Aztec word, ‘atl,’ water; ‘nalli,’ the
other side; ‘co’ on: ‘On the other side of the water’) stood south of the Rio
Santa Fe [29:8] on the site of San Miguel church. Some years ago I called
attention to the fact that portions of its walls still exist in the foundations of
the so-called ‘Oldest House in Santa Fe,’ built upon the ruins of the old Indian
pueblo early in the seventeenth century. We know that a third pueblo [29:7]
existed in very early times in the valley north of the river [29:8]. There is
an ancient burying ground under the back part of the Old Palace and the
alterations in the building necessary for the purposes of the museum [Museum
of New Mexico] disclosed within the massive wall of the central axis, portions
of an ancient ‘puddled’ wall, characteristic of Indian architecture before the
art of making adobe bricks was learned from the Spaniards; identical with
fragments of puddled walls formerly to be seen in the foundations of the
“Oldest House’ and under the foundations of Fort Marcy; also identical with
those that we haye discovered in the course of our excayations at Perage
[16:36] . . . Abiquiu [3:38] and Ojo Caliente [6:25]. These walls evidently
survived the partial destruction of the Palace in 1680. None of these towns
were occupied at the time when the Santa Fe valley was first seen by white
men. All were in ruins, but the evidences at hand justify the belief that if one
could have stood upon the spot where the city now stands, looking east from
the site of the Church of Our Lady of Guadalupe, 500 years ago, there would
have been seen on what we call Fort Marcy hill, an Indian town of consider-
able size, consisting of one large terraced pueblo and one or more smaller
2 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BTH. ANN. 29
buildings near by, a kiva or sanctuary of the circular subterranean type on the
bench half way down the hill side; south of the river on San Miguel slope, a
small pueblo two stories high, and passing back and forth from these two
towns to the river, then considerably larger than now, the water carriers with
their ollas on their heads. In the foreground, where the historic Old Palace
has undergone the vicissitudes of nearly three centuries, would have been seen
a cluster of ruined walls and rounded mounds, the remains of an earlier town,
over which some of the earliest houses of Santa Fe were doubtless built.. Such
is our conception of ‘Prehistoric Santa Fe.’ *
In a more recent number of the Santa Ke New Mexican Col.
R. E. Twitchell quotes a portion of Doctor Hewett’s article
given in part above, and comments upon it as follows:
Now when I read this description, I was taken by Doctor Hewett’s definition
of the word ‘‘ Analco,’? which he shows is a word of the Nahuatl language.
I repeatedly asked myself: How does it happen that an Aztec word is used as
a name for a New Mexico pueblo confessedly prehistoric, or Spanish at least?
During the first year of my residence in Santa Fe, it was my pleasure, coupled,
I admit, with a decided curiosity, to make some investigation of the old pueblo
ruins in that locality. As time progressed I became intensely interested, owing
doubtless to the presence and intimate acquaintance with Mr. A. F. Bandelier,
the greatest of living archeologists, who gave me much valuable informa-
tion, and pointed out to me many valuable ‘trails’? which I assiduously fol-
lowed in making my amateur investigations and explorations. Bandelier never
suggested that ‘‘Analeo’’ was a Nahuatl word, in fact I do not believe that it
ever occurred to him. He always believed that there was no pueblo on the
present site of the San Miguel church or near the so-called ‘‘oldest house,’’ nor
were there any ruins of an old pueblo at that point when Onate made Santa Fe
his capital in 1605. There is no doubt that there was a pueblo on top of Fort
Marcy; the foundations and remains of an old pueblo were used in the con-
struction of the fort, at the time of the American occupation, on top of the hill;
that is well known, but as to there having been any pueblo remains across the
river, I have serious doubt, and I shall give my reasons. Benavides, the his-
torian, in his memorial, written in 1630, at page 26, says of the city of Santa
Fe: ‘Villa de Santa Fe, cabeza de este Reino, adonde residen los gobernadores,
y Espafioles, que seran hasta docientas y cincuenta aunque solos los cincuenta se
podran armar por falta de armas... a este presidio sustenta V. M. no con
pagas de su caxa real, sino haziendo los encomenderos de aquellos pueblos, por
mano del gobernador; el tributo que les dan los Indios, es cada casa una manta,
que es una vara de lienzo de algodon, y una famega de maiz cada ano, con que
se sustentan los probes Espafoles; tendran de servicio sectecientos almas de
suerte, que entre Espanoles mestizos, e Indios acerca mil almas.’? Now Mr.
Bandelier says that the ‘‘servicio’’ consisted of Mexican Indians, not of
Pueblos. The abodes of these were on the south bank of the Santa Fe River,
and the Church of San Miguel was the chapel of the Mexican Indians, and not
a Pueblo church. In another account, a manuscript of August 13, fifty years
later, entitled Diario del Sition de Santa Fe, we find ‘‘ Y a otro dia por la
manana se descubrio el egercito del enemigo en el Llano de las Milpas de 8S.
Miguel, y cases de los Mexicanos saqueandolas.’’? In the diary of Governor
Otermin, being his account of the retreat from Santa Fe, at the time of the
Pueblo revolt of 1680, we find the above, and in 1693, Diego de Vargas says:
‘*Pase a reconocer la Yglesia o ermita que servia de parroquia a los Yndios
2Hewett in Santa Fe New Mexican, June 22, 1910.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 463
Mexicanos que vivian en esta dha Uilla con el titulo de la acbocacion de su
Patron el Arcangel Sn. Miguel.’’ In the Relacion Anonima de la Reconquista
at page 141 we find ‘Paso a la capilla de San Miguel, que antes servia de par-
roquia a los Indios Tlaxcaltecas. Escalante, in his letter to Padre Morfi says:
“Dia sitiaron a esta los Tanos de San Marcos, San Cristoval y Galisteo, los
Queres de la Cienega y los Pecos por la parte del sur, se apoderaron, de Jas
casas de los Indios Tlascaltecas, que vivian en el barrio de Analco y pegaron
fuego a la Capilla de San Miguel.’’ It is comparatively easy, then, to see where
the word ‘‘Analeo”’ came from; it was given to the place by the Mexican
Indians, the Tlazcaltecas, who had been brought into the country by Onate
when he made his entrada in 1598. The nearest pueblos, actually occupied
when the Spaniards came to New Mexico, to the present city of Santa Fe,
were the Tehua [Tewa] village of Tesuque and the Tanos village at the Cienega,
which was called by the Indians Tzi-gu-ma. It is 12 miles southwest of Santa
Fe. There is no doubt in my mind that the so-called ‘‘oldest house’’ is of
Pueblo construction, but that does not prove that there was a pueblo building
on the spot; it was likely nothing but a detached house, and was two stories
high. It was two stories high when I lived in Santa Fe, but was later cut
down to one story, as the top walls were crumbling away. The ‘‘Mexican
Indians”? did not build two story houses, nor did they build houses having
opening in the top instead of the sides. The ‘‘oldest house’’ had its entrance
in the roof and the doors and windows now appearing are all of very late
construction. If the painting, embodying Doctor Hewett’s ideas, only shows
houses of the detached type, at this point, I think he will be not only prehis-
torically but historically correct.!
Bandelier says of the archeology of the site of Santa Fe merely:
They [the Tewa] also acknowledge that a Tanos village stood on the spot
[the site of Santa Fe]; but this may possibly refer to the pueblo constructed
after 1680 by the Tanos from Galisteo [29:39], on the ruins of the old ‘palace’
of Santa Fé. Nevertheless, I regard the fact that a Tanos [Tano] village also
existed here in prehistoric times as quite certain.” '
The present writer has inquired diligently among the Tewa con-
cerning ancient Indian villages at Santa Fe. None of them know
any tradition of such villages having existed, or anything more
than the name of the site. They say that if there used to be one or
more Indian villages at the site in very ancient times they were of
course inhabited by the down-country Indians, or ‘* Tano”(Z"anw-
towa <t'a ‘to live’; nwu ‘below’ ‘down country’; fowd ‘people’
‘Indians’). See Tano under Names or Tripes AND PEOPLES,
page 576. The Tewa know nothing of the name ‘‘Analco”, nor
of Tlaxcaltec Indians. The latter were, it may be said, according
to the histories of Mexico, one of the seven ‘‘Aztec” tribes.
See [29:6], [29:7], [29:8], [29:9], and Santa Fe Plain [Large
Features], page 104.
[29:6] Nameless pueblo ruin on Fort Marcy Hill, Santa Fe. See under
[29:5].
1 Twitchell in Santa Fe New Mexican, Sept. 22, 1910.
2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 90, 1892,
464 BTHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [xru. ann. 29
[29:7] Nameless pueblo ruin at site of Old Palace of the Governors,
Santa Fe. See under [29:5].
[29:8] (1) Pogeimpohwu ‘Santa Fe Creek’ (Poge, see [29:5]; °in
locative and adjective-forming postfix; pohwu ‘creek with water
in it’? <po ‘water’, jwu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). =San Juan
(2), Santa Clara, San Ildefonso, Nambé, Tesuque (3), Jemez (4),
Cochiti (5), Eng. (6), Span. (7).
(2) San Juan Awe'apoge impohwu ‘Santa Fe Creek’ (Awa apoge
see [29:5]; *in locative and adjective-forming postfix; pohwu
‘creek with water in it’? <jo ‘water’, Aww ‘large groove’
‘arroyo’). =Tewa (1), Santa Clara, San Ildefonso, Nambé,
Tesuque (3), Jemez (+), Cochiti (5), Eng. (6), Span. (7).
(3) Santa Clara, San Ildefonso, Nambé, Tesuque ’ Ogapogeim-
pohwu, ‘Santa Fe Creek’ ( Ogapoge, see [29:5]; °in 7 locative and
adjective-forming postfix; pohwu ‘creek with water in it’ <po
‘water’, Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). =Tewa (1), San Juan
(2), Jemez (4), Cochiti (5), Eng. (6), Span. (7).
(4) Jemez Palapa ‘Santa Fe Creek’ (Pala, see [29:5]; pa
‘water’ ‘creek’). =Tewa (1), San Juan (2), Santa Clara, San
Ildefonso, Nambé, Tesuque (3), Cochiti (5), Eng. (6), Span. (7).
(5) Cochiti Hi fckotféna ‘Santa Fe Creek’ (Haf oko, see
[29:5]; tféna ‘river’ ‘creek’). =Tewa (1), San Juan (2), Santa
Clara, San Ildefonso, Nambé, Tesuque (3), Jemez (4), Eng. (6),
Span. (7).
(6) Eng. Santa Fe Creek. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), San Juan (2),
Santa Clara, San Ildefonso, Nambé, Tesuque (3), Jemez (4),
Cochiti (5), Span. (7).
(7) Span. Rio de Santa Fe ‘Santa Fe River’. =Tewa (1), San
Juan (2), Santa Clara, San Ildefonso, Nambé, Tesuque (8), Jemez
(4), Cochiti (5), Eng. (6).
This creek rises in the Santa Fe Mountains, and flows south-
westward and then westward, joining the Rio Grande a short
distance below Cochiti Pueblo [28:77]. Santa Fe city stands on
its banks just below where it leaves the mountains. The creek
skirts the Santa Fe Plain (see [29:introduction], page 457) on the
northwest. It forms a deep canyon at [29:25]. Bandelier says
of it:
The gorge through which the Santa Fé River issues from the high eastern
range is said to contain ancient ruins.!
The first named [Santa Fe Creek] ‘sinks’ twice: between Agua Fria [29:14],
southwest of Santa Fé, and the Cienega [29:21]; and again, farther west,
between La Bajada [29:27] and Cochiti [28:77].
See [29:5], [29:25], [28:86].
.
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 88, 1892.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 465
[29:9] Nameless pueblo ruin, in the early part of the seventeenth cen-
tury the site of the Tlaxcaltee colony Analco. See under [29:5].
[29:10] (1) Pogekewe ‘Santa Fe height’ (Poge, see [29:5]; kewe
‘height’).
(2) San Juan Awo’apogekewe ‘Santa Fe height’ (Awa’apoge,
see [29:5]; kewe ‘height’).
(3) Santa Clara, San Ildefonso, Nambé, Tesuque ‘Ogapogehkewe
‘Santa Fe height’ ( Ogapoge, see [29:5]; kewe ‘ height’).
(4) Eng. Tesuque divide. (<Span.). =Span. (5). ‘*The
‘divide’ as this point is called by the people of Santa Fé.”
(5) Span. Creston de Tesuque ‘Tesuque divide’. = Eng. (4).
This high ridge about 2 miles north of Santa Fe divides the
Tesuque Creek [26:1] drainage from that of Santa Fe Creek
[29:8]. The road usually taken by Tewa in going to Santa Fe, as
they constantly do for shopping, passes over this ridge. Bande-
lier says:
Nearly 6 miles separate the Tezuque village [26:8] from a high crest in the
south, from which a magnificent view is enjoyed over the whole country of the
Tehuas [Tewa]. Looking south from the ‘divide,’ as this point is called by
the people of Santa Fé, the landscape is different. A wooded declivity seems to
overhang a wide and arid plain [Santa Fe plain [29:introduction], page 457].?
See [29:5].
[29:11] Denver and Rio Grande Railroad.
[29:12] Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fe Railroad.
[29:13] New Mexican Central Railroad.
[29:14] (1) Eng. Agua Fria settlement. (< Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Agua Fria ‘cold water’.
This is a small settlement consisting’ of Mexican houses along
Santa Fe Creek [29:8] about 3 miles south of Santa Fe [29:5].
There is a small Roman Catholic church on the east side of the
ereek. Near the church are the pueblo ruins [29:15] and [29:16],
which seem to have escaped the notice of Bandelier. All
attempts to obtain a Tewa name for Agua Fria or for any ruin at
the place have been futile. See [29:15], [29:16], and Nameless
pueblo ruin 6 miles southwest of Santa Fe [29:5], [29:unlocated].
[29:15] Nameless pueblo ruin at Agua Fria [29:14], east of and some
50 yards from Santa Fe Creek [29:8], a few yards southeast of
Agua Fria church. The informant is Mr. K. M. Chapman, who
thinks that this ruin is more recent than [29:16] and that it may
be even post-Spanish. See [29:14, [29:16], and Nameless pueblo
ruin 6 miles southwest of Santa Fe [29:5], [29 :unlocated ].
[29:16] Nameless pueblo ruin at Agua Fria [29:14], west of Santa Fe
Creek [29:8] and northwest of Agua Fria church, This ruin
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 86, 1892.
2Tbid., pp. 85-86.
87584°—29 rrH—16——30
466 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eru. ann. 29
stands at present on the bank of the creek, which is washing a
portion of it away. The ruin appears to be older than [29:15]
according to Mr. K. M. Chapman. Southwest of the ruin at
some distance from the creek are traces of very ancient pueblo
ruins. Although some of the Tewa know of this ruin, they know
no name for it. The informants are Mr. K. M. Chapman, Mr.
A. V. Kidder, and Mr. and Mrs. Gerald Cassidy. See [29:14],
[29:15], and Nameless pueblo ruin 6 miles southwest of Santa Fe
[29:5], and [29:unlocated].
[29:17] (1) Eng. Arroyo Hondo. (< Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Arroyo Hondo ‘deep arroyo.’ =Eng. (1). The
Tewa informants knew no name for this arroyo, nor for any
ruins situated on it.
Somewhere on the upper course of the Arroyo Hondo the
large ‘Government Irrigation Dam” is now in process of con-
struction. Arroyo Hondo seems to be identical with the ‘** Cienega
Creek” of Hewett;! see [29:21]. See also [29:18], [29:19],
and Arroyo Chamisos [29:unlocated ].
[29:18] West ruin of Tano Tewa ‘‘Kua-kaa or Kua-kay”.? The
writer has tried especially to have this name identified by the
Tewa, but without success. Bandelier gives no etymology for it,
and was informed that the same Tano Tewa name was applied to
Kun px onwikeji (29: unlocated].* Some of the Tewa informants
say that the name is for kwxeka ‘oak leaf’ (Awe ‘oak’; ka ‘leaf’),
but they never heard of a place by that name. The final y of
Bandelier’s alternative form may be for ’7’* locative and adjec-
tive-forming postfix. That Kua-kaa was also applied to Awn pe’on-
wikeji [29:unlocated] is almost certainly erroneous.
Bandelier says of this ruin and [29:19]:
Five miles south of the capital of New Mexico [29:5], on the southern bank
of a deep and broad gulch called Arroyo Hondo [29:17], stand two ruins,
called Kua-kaa or Kua-kay by the Tanos, . . . whoaflirm that their ancestors
built them. The larger [29:18] of the two has been figured on plate 1, fig. 21
[of Bandelier’s Final Report, pt. u]; the smaller one [29:19] lies about a mile to
the east of it, at the upper end of a rocky gorge through which the Arroyo
Hondo has cut its deep bed. It is a so-called ‘one-house’ pueblo; the outer
perimeter of the well-defined mounds was 154 meters (505 feet); and it was
certainly two stories high. The larger pueblo was capable of lodging about 200
households, or 700 persons. The walls were made of broken stones, and there
is much pottery,—black and white, red and black, black, red, white, and
orange; also, corrugated and indented ware; but no incised specimens. The
usual fragments of stone implements are found; also obsidian, flint, bones, and
some charred corn. The situation is a good one for observation and defense,
commanding a wide view down the arroyo [29:17], and to the west and south-
1 Hewett, Antiquities, pl. xvir, 1906.
2Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 90, 1892.
3Tbid., p. 92.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 467
west across the plain [Santa Fe plain [29:introduction]]. To the south is a
level expanse, and on the north lies the arroyo, at a depth of nearly 50 meters.
The pueblo stands on the brink of the declivity, which is very steep, and a
spring rises at the bottom. For cultivation, the people of Kua-kaa had to re-
sort to the plain around their village, since irrigation is impossible, either
' beloworabove. This pueblo bears the marks of long abandonment; the mounds
are flat and at most 2 meters (6 feet) high, or generally lower. The Tanos
claim that it was pre-Spanish, and documentary evidence as well as the nature
of the objects found there corroborates the statement.!
Information kindly furnished by Mr. H. C. Yontz, of Santa
Fe, agrees with that given by Bandelier. See [29:17], [29:19],
and Aun px’ onwikeji (29: unlocated].
[29:19] East ruin of Tano Tewa ‘‘ Kua-kaa or Kua-kay.”? See under
[29:18].
[29:20] (1) Eng. Cieneguilla settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Cieneguilla ‘little marsh’ ‘little marshy meadow.’
=Eng. (1). Where the marshy place is from which this settle-
ment was named has not been learned. Cieneguilla is perhaps
derived from the name of Cienega settlement [29:21], rather than
from the presence of a small marshy place at the spot. The
writer has not succeeded in getting either a Tewa or a Cochiti
Indian name for the place.
Cieneguilla and Cienega [29:21] were located on the map by a
Mexican who lives at Cieneguilla. The latter is located on
Santa Fe Creek [29:8] on a map of the United States (Geo-
graphical Surveys West of the One Hundredth Meridian.*
This map does not, however, show Cienega [29:21]. Bandelier
says of Cieneguilla: ‘*Cieneguilla, 12 miles southwest of Santa
Fé”* and ‘‘Cieneguilla on the eastern base of the high mesa of
the Tetilla [29:4], 9 miles to the east [of La Bajada [29:27]]. >
Bandelier does not say whether Cieneguilla is or is not situated
on Santa Fe Creek [29:8], but implies that Cienega [29:21] is so
situated: *‘The first named [Santa Fe Creek [29:8]] ‘sinks’ twice:
between Agua Fria [29:14], southwest of Santa Fé [29:5], and
the Cienega [29:21]”;° and ‘“‘returning now to the Cienega
[29:21], and following the course of the Santa Fé River [29:8]
westward through the pass of the Bocas [29:25].”> Hewett?
locates Cieneguilla [29:20] on Santa Fe Creek [29:8] and Cienega
[29:21] on the lower course of Arroyo Hondo Creek [29:17], as
has been done on [29], but appears to call Arroyo Hondo Creek
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, pp. 90-91.
2Tbid., p. 90.
*Part of Central New Mexico, atlas sheet No. 77, Expeditions of 1873, 1874, 1875, 1877, and 1878.
4 Bandelier, op. cit., p.88, note.
5Tbid., p. 95.
6 Tbid., p. 88.
7 Antiquities, pl. xvm, 1906,
468 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [sTH. Any. 29
‘Cienega Creek”; see [29:17]. The map of the Territory of
New Mexico compiled by the General Land Office, 1909, does
not give Cieneguilla, but shows the ‘*Cieneguilla Grant” in the
vicinity of Tetilla Mountain [29:4] and northwest of ‘‘La
Cienega” [29:21], the latter being located on the lower course
of Arroyo Hondo Creek [29:17]. ‘* La Cienega” [29:21] is, how-
ever, located on Santa Fe Creek [29:8] by the United States
Geological Survey, while Cieneguilla [29:20] does not appear at
all. Post-route maps of New Mexico give neither Cieneguilla
nor Cienega. The locations of Cieneguilla and Cienega on [29]
may be regarded as probably correct. See [29:21], and San Ilde-
fonso Hatege [29: unlocated].
[29:21] (1) Eng. Cienega settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Cienega ‘marsh’ ‘marshy meadow.’ =Eng. (1).
Where the marshy place is, from which this place was named, has
not been learned. Cf. [29:20], to which it perhaps gave the name.
No Tewa or other Indian name for Cienega could be learned.
Cienega was located on [29] by a Mexican who lives at Ciene-
guilla [29:20]. According to this informant Cienega is situated
on the lower course of Arroyo Hondo Creek [29:17], 3 or 4 miles
above the junction of the latter with Santa Fe Creek [29:5].
According to Bandelier the name Cienega was formerly applied
to the now ruined pueblo [29:23], q. v. For a discussion of the
position of Cienega according to various authorities, see under
[29:20]. See also [29:17] which is perhaps sometimes so called
from Cienega, ‘“‘Cienega Creek,” and San Ildefonso Aatege [29:
unlocated }.
[29:22] (1) Tano Tewa “Tzi-gu-ma, or Tzi-gu-may,”* given as signi-
fying ‘ta ‘lonely cottonwood tree,’ in Spanish ‘alamo solo.’””*
None of the Tewa informants questioned knew this name, nor
could they etymologize it. The final y of the alternative form
is perhaps for ’/ locative and adjective-forming postfix. One
thing is certain: the name does not mean ‘‘lonely cottonwood
tree” in Tewa or Keresan.
(2) Span. ‘*Cienega”.t This means ‘the marsh’, and is the
same name as is applied to [29:21], q. v.
Bandelier says of this pueblo ruin:
We meet with a considerable one [pueblo ruin] at the Cienega [29:21], near
where the Santa Fé stream [29:8] enters a narrow defile called the ‘Bocas’
[29:25]. This isthe pueblo of Tzi-gu-ma, or Tzi-gu-may. Until 1680, this vil-
lage, under the name of ‘La Cienega,’ belonged to the ecclesiastical jurisdic-
tion of the mission of San Marcos [Kun p2’ onwinge [29:unlocated ]. | SL
1 Professional Paper 68, 1912, pl. I.
2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 91, 1892.
a}bid., p. 92.
4 Ibid., p. 107.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 469
was abandoned during the time that the Pueb.os were independent, and an
effort to repeople it was made by Diego de Vargas after the pacification of New
Mexico in 1695, but with little success. . . . Tzi-gu-ma is therefore an historice
pueblo. Nevertheless, Iam in doubt as to which stock its inhabitants belonged.
They are mentioned as being Queres [Keresan] in such documents as are at
my command,! but the people of Cochiti do not regard them as haying been
of their own stock, but as belonging to the Puya-tye, . . . or Tanos. Further-
more, the name Tziguma is a Tebua [Tewa] word signifying a ‘lonely
cottonwood tree’, in Spanish ‘alamo solo’. Until the question is decided by
further researches among the Tanos of Santo Domingo, I shall hold that the
pueblo was a Tanos [Tano] village.?
See [29:22].
[29:23](1) Eng. Alamo Creek. (< Span.) =Span. (2). ‘‘ Alamo Creek’’.*
(2) Span. Arroyo Alamo ‘cottonwood arroyo’. =Eng. (1).
Bonanza settlement [29:24] is on the middle course of this arroyo.
[29:24] Eng. Bonanza settlement. Perhaps so called because of some
mine or mining interest. See [29:23].
[29:25] (1) Eng. Las Bocas Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Las Bocas ‘the mouths’. =Eng. (1). ‘Las Bocas
que llaman de Senetu [29:29]”.4 ‘‘Bocas”.® Why this name
was applied is not clear.
This is the deep canyon through which Santa Fe Creek [29:8}
runs fora few miles, where it passes the southern extremity of
the mesa [25:1]. Bandelier says of it:
The Bocas themselves offer hardly anything of archeological interest except
some rock carvings of which it is impossible to say whether they are due to
Pueblo Indians or tonomads. It is a narrow cafion, picturesque in places, with
little spots of fertile soil, occasional cottonwood trees, and usually permanent
water. At the Bajada [29:27] the river sinks nearly always during early sum-
mer, and a plateau 5 miles wide spreads out to the west, to within a mile of
the banks of the Rio Grande at Pefia Blanca [28:92]; northwards it extends
not more than 4 miles, being encompassed on the north and east by a high and
very abrupt mesa from which rises the cone of the Tetilla peak [29:4]. At
the Bajada [29:26] the slope of this mesa is almost vertical, and about five
hundred feet high. Where the stream makes its southwestern angle, creta-
ceous rocks are exposed in snow-white strata. Above them tower lava and
trap, black, craggy, and chaotic. To the Indian this was and still isan important
locality [29:28], for white alabaster is found there; a mineral that serves for
whitewashing the rooms of his pueblo and for the manufacture of his fetiches.
We need not be surprised therefore to meet opposite the little settlement of La
Bajada [29:27], on the declivity sloping from the west towards the bed of the
Santa Fé River, the ruins of the old pueblo of Tze-nat-ay [29:29], as the Tanos
call it to-day.°
1 Diario del Sitio de Santa Fé, fol. 12. Otermin makes a distinction; ‘‘Que se han alzado los Indios
Tanos, y Pecos, Cienega, y San Marcos.” But Vargas, Avtos, fol. 25, after having previously (fol. 24)
spoken of them as attacking Santa Fé from the south, and enumerating the four tribes, adds: ‘‘Con
que se pusieren en fuga los dichos Tanos y Pecos’’. Escalante (Carta, par. 3) is quite positive: ‘‘ Las
Queres de la Cienega. ’’—BANDELIER, Final Report, pt. 0, p. 92, 1892.
*Ibid., pp. 91-92.
8 United States Geological Survey, Reconnoissance map, New Mexico, Santa Clara sheet, 1892.
4 Merced de la Bajada, 1695, MS. quoted by Bandelier, op. cit., p. 97, and note.
° Bandelier, ibid., p. 95.
470 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BTH. ANN. 29
Hither [26:26] or [26:27] gives one of the names to [29:29].
See [29:8], [29:1], [29:4], [29:27], [29:28], [29:29].
[29:26] (1) Bahasakewe ‘ Bajada height’ (Bahasa <Span. Bajada, see
Span. (4); ewe ‘height’).
(2) Cochiti Mahdsahan peneowet patse * Bajada descending place’
(Mahata < Span. Bajada, see Span. (4); han peneowet patse ‘where
one descends’).
(3) Eng. Bajada height. (<Span.). =Span. (4).
(4) Span. La Bajada ‘the descent’ ‘the steep slope’. =Eng. (3).
It is said that the original Span. name was La Majara ‘the sheep-
fold’, and the Cochiti form may be derived directly from this.
This height gives the name to Bajada settlement [29:27]. The
main road connecting Santa Fe and Petia Blanca [29:92] descends
this height. ‘‘A high and very abrupt mesa, from which rises
the cone of the Tetilla peak [29:4]. At the Bajada [29:26] the
slope of this mesa is almost vertical, and about five hundred feet
high”. See [29:27].
[29:27] (1) Bahasa. (<Span.). =Cochiti (2), Eng. (8). =Span. (4).
(2) Cochiti Jahasa. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(8) Eng. Bajada settlement. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Cochiti
(2), Span. (4).
(4) Span. La Bajada ‘the descent’ ‘the steep slope’. The set-
tlement is named from [29:26], q. v. ‘‘ The little settlement of
La Bajada”.?
This is a» Mexican hamlet of some two hundred inhabitants, on
the north side of Santa Fe Creek [29:8] at the foot of the great
mesa wall [29:26] from which it takes its name. See [29:26], and
[29:29] to which either [26:26] or [26:27] gives one of the names.
[29:28] Tsagikuk'ondiwe ‘place where gypsum rock is dug’ (tseg/,
see under Minerats; ku ‘rock’ ‘stone’; k'ondéwe ‘where it is
dug’ <k‘oyp ‘to dig’, ’¢we locative).
See reference to *‘ white alabaster” in the descriptive quotation
from Bandelier, under [29:25], (2). The Tewa say that the place
where mineral is obtained by them is opposite Bajada settlement
[29:27] at the place indicated. Cf. [29:56].
[29:29] (1) Tano Tewa ‘‘Tze-nat-ay”.? Bandelier gives no ety-
mology. None of the Tewa or Cochiti informants questioned
knew this name. In Tewa fsendt'w7* means ‘place where the
eagle lives’ (tse ‘eagle’; nd ‘he’; fa ‘to live’; ’2 locative and
adjective-forming postfix); this is the phrase a Tewa is likely to
think of when Bandelier’s name is pronounced to him. ‘‘ Tsina-
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 95, 1892.
2Tbid., pp. 95, 96.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 471
tay”.1 ‘Tsinatay”.? The name ‘‘Senetu” (for Seneta?) of the
Span. document Merced de la Bajada, 1695, is probably identical
with Tze-nat-ay; see the quotation from Bandelier given below,
under (3).
(2) Eng. ‘“‘Bajada”.* So called from [29:26] or [29:27] near
which it is situated.
(3) Span. Pueblo Quemado ‘burnt pueblo’. =Eng. (2).
*¢Pueblo Quemado”.! ‘El Pueblo Quemado”.°
Bandelier says: °
. . . opposite the little settlement of La Bajada [29:27], on the declivity slop-
ing from the west towards the bed of the Santa Fé River [29:8], the ruins of the
old pueblo of Tze-nat-ay, as the Tanos call it to-day. Low mounds, in places
hardly distinguishable, a faint depression indicating an estufa, and the usual
fragments of stone implements, obsidian, and earthenware, are all that is left on
the surface. The walls were of voleanic rocks, rudely broken, and of rubble.
It was a village of medium size, probably sheltering 500 people. Its situation
was good both for safety and cultivation; but timber was rather distant, and,
although the soil is fertile, it is entirely dependent upon the rain for moisture.
Tze-nat-ay commanded a wide view, and from the tops of the many-storied
houses its inmates could scan the plateau for fully 20 square miles. At the
mouth of the cafion [29:25], from the bed of the river meandering to the north-
west along the base of the mesa, no enemy could approach unnoticed in the day-
time. But it was also a dreary spot. In summer the hot glare of the sun was
reflected from the white level, and when the southeast wind arose clouds of
sand and dust enveloped the village. ... Tze-nat-ay appears to have been
quite a large pueblo, and it was probably three, if not four, stories high... .
Tze-nat-ay, the Tanos say, was one of their ancient villages; but whether it
was abandoned previous to the sixteenth century, I can not determine. It is
also designated in Spanish as ‘El Pueblo Quemado’, the village that was
burned, and such a Tanos village appears in the list furnished by Onate in the
year 1598.7 The ‘Bocas [see [29:25]] de Senetu’ are also mentioned in 1695,
though not the ruins.*
Cf. Nameless pueblo ruin midway between Bajada [29:26] and
Cochiti [28:77], [29 :unlocated].
[29:30] Span. Hoya Apache, Hoya del Apache ‘ Apache dell’.
1 Hewett, General View, p. 597, 1905.
2 Hewett, Communauteés, p. 34, 1908.
3Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 114, 1892.
4Obediencia de San Juan Baptista (1598), p. 114, quoted by Bandelier, ibid., p. 97, note.
5 Bandelier, ibid., p. 96.
6Ibid., pp. 95-97.
1 Obediencia de San Juan Baptista, p. 114: ‘La Prouincia de los cheres con los Pueblos de Castixes
lamados Sant Philepe y de Comitre, y el Pueblo de Santo Domingo y Alipoti, Cochiti; y el de la Ci-
enega de Carabajal, y el de Sant Marcos, Sant Chripstobal, Santa Ana, Ojana, Quipana, el del Puerito
y el Pueblo Quemado’’. The name of Pueblo Quemado is given to several ruins in New Mexico; but
the one mentioned in the above document lay in or near the Queres district, or in that of the Tanos.—
BANDELIER, op. cit., p. 97.
8 Merced de la Bajada, 1695, MS.: ‘‘ ¥ desde la casa del Ojito para el oriente asta las Bocas que llaman
de Senetu’’.—Ibid.
472 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ErH. ANN. 29
This isa small dell in the hills, traversed by the road connecting
Santo Domingo Pueblo [28:109] and La Bajada settlement [29:27].
It is north or northwest of Span. Hoya de la Piedra Parada
[29:59].
[29:31] Eng. Peta Blanca settlement, see [28:92].
[29:32] (1) Tfuygeimpo ‘Pecos River’ (F/uyge, see [29:33]; ’¢y loca-
tive and adjective-forming postfix; po ‘water’ ‘river’), =Eng.
(4), Span. (5).
(2) T'anuge impo ‘down-country river’ (Z"anuge, see [29:33];
iy locative and adjective-forming postfix; po ‘water’ ‘ river’),
This term is a descriptive one and is rarely applied to the Pecos
River. Tanugeinkohwu is the regular Tewa name for [29:31],
q. V:
(8) Eng. Pecos River. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (4).
(4) Span. Rio Pecos, Rio de Pecos ‘ Pecos River’. = Tewa (1),
Eng. (3). The river is so called because Pecos Pueblo [29:33] was
situated on it.
It rises in Mora county, in the Pecos River Forest Reserve (22: introduction],
and flows southeasterly for over 400 miles through the Territory [of New Mex-
ico] and finally enters the Rio Grande in Texas. Along its upper course it is
a mountain stream, but in Guadalupe county it assumes the characteristics of
the lower Rio Grande, a wide, shifting, sandy bed, cutting through bluffs or
spreading over lowlands, carrying an immense volume of water during floods,
seeping into the ground along certain stretches during drouth, but always hav-
ing a strong underflow. . . . The Pecos has a number of long tributaries, but
none of them carries a great volume of water, except after heavy rains or during
flood season. !
See [29:33].
[29:33] (1) Tfuygeonwikeji ‘pueblo ruin down at the place of the
(t/uy/, an unidentified species of bush’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’;
-onwikejt ‘pueblo ruin <’oywi ‘pueblo’, kejz ‘old’ postpound)
This is the common Tewa name for Pecos. The Pecos people are
called regularly P/uyge’tows (F/uyge ‘Pecos’; 7” locative and
adjective-forming postfix; fowi ‘person’ ‘ people’).
(2) T’anuge oywikeji ‘down-country place pueblo ruin’ (fa ‘to
live’; nwu ‘below’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; ’oywikejt ‘pueblo
ruin’ <’oywi ‘pueblo’, kej7 ‘old’ postfix). This name is merely
descriptive. It is frequently applied to Pecos, more frequently
to Galisteo Pueblo ruin [29:39]; it could be applied to any pueblo
ruin in the *‘down-country ” region—roughly speaking, the region
about Santa Fe [29:5], Pecos [29:33], and Galisteo [29:39]. Cor-
responding to the use of J" anuge’ onwikeje, T anutowd ‘down-
country people’ (fa ‘to live’; nww ‘below’; towi ‘person’ ‘peo-
ple’) is applied to the Pecos, the Galisteo Tewa, and all the people
who lived in the region of the Santa Fe [29:5], Pecos [29:33], and
1 Land of Sunshine, The Resources of New Mexico, p. 37, 1906.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 473
Galisteo [29:39], no matter what language they spoke. See Tano
under Names AND TRIBES OF PEoPLEs, page 576. ‘*Tamos”* ap-
plied to the Pecos. ‘‘ Al gran Pueblo de los Peccos, y es el que
Espejo llama la provincia de Tamos”.? **'Tanos”.*
(3) Picuris ‘‘ Hiuqia ‘Pecos Pueblo’”* (the g is probably for
k); cf. Isleta (5). Picuris ‘* Hiu-qu-” and Isleta ‘* Hio-kit6-” are
probably cognate with Pecos Ka-ko- (Picuris jiu ‘stone’ = Pecos
ka ‘stone’), and one of these or some other Tewa form probably
gave rise to the ‘‘Cicuyé”, etc., of the early Span. writers; see
Span. (19), below.
(4) Picuris ‘ Péloiné ‘Picuris people’”*; this is doubtless the
Picuris name for the Piro, not for the Pecos; see Piro under
Names AND TRIBES OF PROPLES, page 575.
(5) Isleta ‘* Hy6-qua-hoon”:° given as the Isleta name for the
Pecos people. ‘* Hiokti6’k”’.® Picuris ‘* Hiu- qu-” and Isleta ** Hio-
ktid-” are Pe obably cognate with Pecos Ké-ko- (Picuris hin ‘stone’
= Pecos ka ‘stone’), and one of these or some other Tiwa form
probably gave rise to the Cicuyé”, etc., of the early Span.
writers; see Span. (19), below. Isleta ‘t Hiokti6’k” is probably
identical with Coronado’s ‘‘ Acuique”, ‘‘Cicuique”, and similar
forms; see Span. (19), below.
(6) Isleta ‘‘Sikuyé”.? ‘‘Sikuyén” 7 (given as name for Pecos
people). These Isleta forms are probably borrowed from Span.
(19), q.v.
(7) Sandia ‘‘ Péku”;® this is probably borrowed from Span. (20).
(8) Jemez Pak puld of obscure etymology (fd apparently = pa
‘water’; ku unexplained; Jd ‘at’ ‘down at’ ‘over at’, locative
postfix). Pak pulé espe ‘to Pecos’ ‘at Pecos’; ‘from Pecos’
is expressed by postfixing ’ese ‘from’: Pak puld@ese ‘from Pecos’.
Pecos is often spoken of as Pak puldveld (veld Sold’). A ee
person is called P ak pu, 2+ plu. Pak puf ; also Pak puls@a,
plu. Pik puls@af (is@@ ‘person’ ‘ people’). Pék pula is given
as the Jemez equive alent of Pecos Adkoui; see Pecos (9). The
quoted forms given under Pecos (10), below, are probably really
not Pecos but Jemez forms, and belong here. ‘* A-cu-lah”,® un-
doubtedly the Jemez form. ‘* Aqiu”,!® given as Pecos and Jemez
1 Espejo (1583) in Doc. Inéd., XV, p. 123, 1871.
2 Ofate (1598), ibid., Xv1, p. 258.
3’ Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 126, 1892 (misquoting Espejo).
4Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910.
5 Lummis, Man Who Married the Moon, p. 145, 1894.
6 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 222, 1910).
7 Gatschet, Isleta MS. vocab., 1879.
8Hodge, op. cit., p. 222.
®Simpson, Recon Navajo Country, 143, 1850.
10 Bandelier in Archxol. Inst. Papers, Amer. ser., 1, p. 114, 1881.
474 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH.-ANN. 29
ee b)
name. Agin”’,! givenasJemez name. ‘*A-q’iu”,? ‘‘A-gu-yu”,3
“Aqui”, ‘“‘Agiu”,* ‘* Pé-cuil-a”,® ‘ P’a-tyu-l4”,® ‘‘ P’a-qu-lah”,?
*¢P’a-qu-lah”’.8
(9) Pecos Kakoud ‘place down where the stone is on top’ (ké
‘stone’ =Jemez k pd’d ‘stone’; ko ‘on top’? =Jemez kro ‘on top’;
ud ‘over at’ ‘down at’=Jemez /d, used like Tewa ge). The in-
formant is Pablo Toya of Jemez. Why this name was given he
does not know. This is given as the ancient Pecos name of Pecos
Pueblo, the Jemez equivalent for which is Pak pula; see Jemez (8)
and Pecos (10). Kako- is probably cognate with Picuris ‘‘ Hiu-
qu-” and Isleta ‘Hio-kt5-” (Picuris /iw ‘stone? =Pecos ka
‘stone’). ‘Pecos person’ was called Kako, 2+ plu. Kakof; also
Kakots@a,2+plu. Kakots@af (is@a ‘person’ ‘people’). ‘*K’ok’-o-
ro-Vii/-yu”.® Thisis apparently for Adkowdtéju,‘ down at the pueb-
lo where the stone is on top’ (Adkoud, see above; td ‘pueblo’; ju
‘down at’).
(10) Alleged Pecos forms which are really Jemez forms; see
Pecos (9) and Jemez (8), above. ‘‘Aqiu”,® given as Pecos and
Jemez name for Pecos; it is really intended for Jemez Pak pu
‘Pecos Indian’; see Jemez (9), above. ‘*‘Acuyé”,® given as
probably the proper name for ‘*Cicuyé”; see Span. (19), below.
‘*Paequiu”,*° ‘* Pae-quiua-la”,?° ‘‘Aqui”,* *‘Aquiu”,?° **Pe-Kush”,®
given as the name of the Pecos for themselves; for Jemez Pak puf,
24+ plu. of Jemez Pak pu ‘Pecos persons’.
(11) Pecos ‘*Tshi-quit-¢é, or Tzi-quit-é”." ‘‘Tshi-quit-e, or
Tzi-quit-e”.1° ‘*Tshi-quit-e”.!? ‘*Tshiquite”.* Bandelier writes
as follows:
Tshi-quit-é, or Tzi-quit-é, according as the sounds are clearly or less clearly
pronounced by the Indians of Jemez or the remaining Pecos, is the Ci-cuic,
Ci-cui-ye, A-cuique, of Coronado and bis chroniclers. The name ‘ Aquiu’, or
‘Paequiu’, which I heard given to the Pecos in the year 1880, is ‘ Pae-quiua-la’.
It applies to the Pecos tribe [sic], but the proper name of the great village
which Coronado saw, and where the old church was in the beginning of the
seventeenth century, is ‘Tshi-quit-e’, or ‘Tzi-quit-e’. I have this information
direct from the Pecos Indians living to-day at Jemez, some of whom dwelt in
the old village up to 1840."
1 Bandelier in Archzxol. Inst. Papers, Amer. ser., I, p. 20, 1881.
2Bandelier in Arch#xol. Inst. Bull., 1, p. 18, 1883.
3 Bandelier in Ritch, N. Mex., p. 201, 1885.
4Bancroft, Ariz. and N. Mex., p. 53, 1889 (misquoting Bandelier).
5 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 216, 1892.
6 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds. pt. 2, p. 221, 1910).
7Hewett in Amer. Anthr., VI, p. 430, 1904.
8 Hewett, Communauteés, p. 36, 1908.
®Bandelier in Archxol. Inst. Papers, Amer. ser., I, p. 114, 1881.
10 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 127, note, 1890.
UTbid, p. 127.
12] bid., pt. 1, pp. 118, 125, 1892.
BIbid., pp. 127, 133.
WTbid., pt. 1, p. 127 und note.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 475
This information seems to be as incorrect as Bandelier’s
**Aqiu”, etc., of Pecos (10), above. Bandelier was evidently
seeking an Indian word to explain the origin of the forms
quoted under Span. (19), below. He thought first that ‘‘Aqiu”
explained these forms, later that ‘*Tshi-quit-é” did. The forms
are, however, evidently corruptions of the Tiwa name of Pecos.
‘*Tshi-quit-é” may be a Pecos name for Pecos, but Pablo Toya,
of Pecos descent, and other reliable old Indians of Jemez, while
lacking the knowledge of Pecos possessed by Bandelier’s inform-
ants of a third of a century ago, state that they have never heard
any such name and are unable to explain it or to etymologize it.
(12) Cochiti Pxjok'ona, of obscure etymology. =Santo Do-
mingo (13), Santa Ana (15), Laguna (16), Keresan (17). Cf.
Span. (20). This and the other Keresan forms were perhaps long
ago borrowed from the Jemez form; ef. Pxjok'ona and Jemez
Pak puld. ‘Pecos people’ are called Pxjok' ohame (mex ‘ people’).
P’e'-a-kw:' Mr. Hodge states that this is his Cochiti form.
**Pe-a-ku”.?
(13) Santo Domingo Pzjok'ona of obscure etymology. =Co-
chiti (12), Santa Ana (15), Laguna (16), Keresan (17). Cf. Span.
(20). ‘‘Pe-a-go”’.$
(14) Sia ‘‘ Pe-ko”.’ This is either borrowed from Span. (20), or
is a spelling of a form of the Keresan name.
(145) Santa Ana ‘‘Péahko”.t ‘‘Pe-a-ko”.? =Cochiti (12),
Santo Domingo (13), Laguna (16), Keresan (17). Cf. Span. (20).
(16) Laguna ‘‘ Peakiini”.* ‘‘ Peakinimi”:* given as name for
the Pecospeople. ‘‘Pe-a-hu-ni”.* = Cochiti (12), Santo Domingo
(13), Santa Ana (15), Keresan (17). Cf. Span. (20).
(17) Keresan (dialect not stated, but probably Cochiti) ** Pae-
yoq-ona”’.” ““Pae-qo’.= “Paego”.® ““Payogona”.” ‘“Pago’’.”
““Pa-yo-go-na”.® All of the above correspond perhaps to the
Cochiti form. =Cochiti (12), Santo Domingo (13), Santa Ana
(15), Laguna (16). Cf. Span. 20.
(18) Eng. Pecos. (<Span.). =Span. (20).
(19) ‘*Cicuyé”, etc. The following forms are probably spell-
ings or compositions of the Tiwa name for Pecos; see Picuris (3),
Isleta (5), above. Isleta (6) appears to be borrowed from Span.
11
19). ‘**Ticuique”.® ‘*Tienique”.® ‘‘ Acuique”.?® - ‘*Cicuique”.™
q j 1
1 Hodge in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 220, 1910.
2 Hewett, Communautés, p. 36, 1908.
3Tbid.
4 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer, Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 221, 1910).
6 Bandelier in Archzol. Inst. Papers, Amer, ser., I, p. 114, note, 1881.
6 Tbid., p. 20.
* 7Bandelier in New York Staatszeitung, June 28, 1885.
8 Bandelier in Rev. d’ Ethnographie, p. 203, 1886.
9 Jaramillo (ca. 1540) in Doc. Inéd., X1v, p. 309, 1870,
10 Coronado (1541), ibid., p. 325.
11 Tbid., p. 323.
6 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BTH, ANN, 29
**Cicuic”.! **Suéo”.? ‘*Chichuich”* (Italian spelling?). ‘‘Ci-
cuich”* (Italian spelling?). ‘‘Ciquique”.® ‘*Cicuyé”.® ‘*Ci-
cuica”.” |S Tichuico??s7**@ycuyo 2 4° Cicuyor* | “SCicnick??.2
“Cieni?:1° 1“ Coguite’?.42 <"Micuice 22) *sCicoua’.2* —2Cienyan
Indians”; applied to the Pecos Indians. ‘‘Sikoua”.% ‘*Ci-
cuya’.2? Wi Cicuyess | =: Circuicat ah ye Cichior.2eCicnie. sr
Cicuig??.22
(20) Span. Pecos. This is probably derived from the Keresan
forms, as suggested by Hewett”! and Hodge.” The final s of Pecos
is the s of the Span. plural, and as Hewett states,* the full Span.
name for the pueblo is ‘tel pueblo de los Pecos.” The form Pecos
has, however, become used for both sing. and plu.; cf. Taos [8:45]
and Bandelier’s usage of Tanos (under Names oF TRIBES AND
PEOPLES, page ‘o16.)\ ““ Pecos?" 1 <“Peccos’.2° | *SiReicy 7°
“Peici”.27 ‘*Piecis”.28 ‘‘Peicis”.2® ‘* Nuestra Sefiora de Pe-
cos’”’.2° **N, Senora de Pecos”’.*! ‘*N. S. de los Angeles de Pe-
Cos? 722 Pagos! = “AP econ es shec Onl vcs a ecasaas ce NUCS=
tra Sefiora de los Angeas de Pecos”.** ** Nuestra Senora de Porcitin-
cula de los Angeles de Pecos”.37_ ** N.S. de los Angeles de Tecos”.**
1Gomara (1554) quoted by Hakluyt, Voy., p.455, 1600, repr. 1810.
2Galvano (1563) in Haxluyt Soc, Pub., XXX, p. 227, 1862 (applied also to Acuco=Acoma),
3 Zaltieri, map (1566) in Winsor, Hist. Amer., 11, p. 451, 1886.
4Ramusio, Nay. et Viaggi, III, p. 465, map, 1565.
5 Espejo (1583) in Doc. Inéd., XV, p. 123, 1871.
6 Castafieda (1596) in Ternaux-Compans, Voy., IX, p. 67, 1838,
7Wytfliet, Hist. des Indes, p. 114, 1605,
8 Benavides, Memorial, p. 99, 1630.
9 Heylyn, Cosmography, p. 967, 1703.
10 Barcia, Ensayo, p. 21, 1723.
1 Mota-Padilla (1742), Conq. N. Galicia, pp. 164,165, 1870.
12 Vaugondy, map Amérique, 1778.
13 Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, Iv, p. 39, 1854.
M4 Tbid., p. 27.
Is Tbid., p. 40.
16 Simpson, in Trans. Amer. Geog. Soc., V, map, 1874.
7 Hakluyt Soc. Pub., XXX, p. 227, 1862.
18 Bancroft, Ariz. and N. Mex., p. 135, 1889.
19 Ladd, Story of New Mex., p. 52, 1891.
2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 118, 1892.
1 Hewett, Communauteés, p. 36, 1908.
2 Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 220, 1910.
23 Hewett, op. cit.
4 Ofiate (1598) in Doc. Inéd., XVI, p. 109, 1871; Bandelier, op. cit.
% Ofate, op. cit., p. 258.
26 Linschoten, Descrip. de l’ Amérique, map 1, 1638.
27 Sanson, L’Amérique, map, p. 27, 1657,
2 Blaeu, Atlas, x1, p. 62, 1667.
De l’Isle, map Amér, Septentrionale, 1700.
*#®D’ Anville, map Amér. Sept., 1746.
al Jefferys, Amer. Atlas, map 5, 1776.
82 Alencaster (1805) quoted by Prince, N. Mex., p. 37, 1883.
% Paleonerin Jour. Roy. Geog. Soc., X11, p. 216, 1843.
* Miihlenpfordt, Mejico, II, p. 528, 1844.
% Edwards, Campaign, map, 1847.
86 Ward in Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1867, p. 213, 1868.
# Bandelier in Ausland, p. 814, 1882.
8 Bancroft, Native Races, I, p. 599, 1882 (misquoting Meline).
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 477
(21) Span. ‘*Santiago”.t
(22) Span. ‘‘ Nuestra Sefora de los Angeles de Porcitincula”.?
““Nuestra Sefiora de Pecos”.* ‘‘N. Senora de Pecos”.4 ‘*N. S.
de los Angeles de Pecos”.® ‘‘ Nuestra Sefora de los Angeas de
Pecos”.® ‘‘Nuestra Sefiora de Porcitincula de los Angeles de
Pecos”.7 ‘‘N. S. de los Angeles de Tecos”.® ‘‘Los Angeles”.®
The history of Pecos is discussed in various works. See
Bandelier, Final Peport, pt. 1, pp. 127-28, 1890, and pt. m1, chap.
m1, 1892; Hewett in Amer. Anthr., vi, 1904; Hewett, Com-
munautés, pp. 84-37, 1908. Some of the most important facts
are brought out in the following:
The greatest pueblo of them all in the vicinity of Santa Fe was the settle-
ment known as Cicuyé, just on the boundary almost between Santa Fe and
San Miguel Counties. This is the pueblo of Pecos. It contained at one time
not less than 2,000 inhabitants, and could muster an army of not less than 500
warriors This pueblo died out about five years before the coming of the
Americans, the last of the Pecos going to their kinsmen, the Indians of Jemez.”
Hewett (following Hodge) fixes the date of the abandonment of
Pecos as August, 1838.1! According to a tradition learned by the
present writer at Jemez, there were only about a dozen Indians
left at the time of evacuation, and these went to Sandia Pueblo
[29 :100], where they were well received and lived for a few days,
but finding that they could not get along well with the Sandia
people, they went to Jemez [27:35]. One or two of them, how-
ever, remained at Santo Domingo Pueblo [28:105]. Why the
Pecos refugees did not go directly to Jemez is difficult to under-
stand, for the Pecos and Jemez languages are as closely related
as Danish and Swedish, while the Sandia language, though be-
longing to the same stock, is unintelligible to a Pecos. Strangely
enough, Bandelier records a San Felipe (4) tradition that three
refugees from Kuapa [28:61] first applied to the Indians of Sandia
for hospitality, but were coldly received and thereupon went to
the Tanos; see Bandelier, 7’nal Report, pt. 11, p. 188, 1892
(quoted under [29:66]). Mr. Hodge informs the writer that in
September, 1895, he was told by José Miguel Peco, or Zu-wi-ng’,
a native of Pecos and a very old man, that the remnant of the
tribe numbered only five at the time of the abandonment of Pecos,
1Ofate (1598) in Doc. Inéd., XVI, p. 259, 1871.
2 Vetancurt (1693) in Teatro Mex., III, p. 323, 1871.
3D’Anville, map Amér. Sept., 1746.
4 Jefferys, Amer. Atlas, map 5, 1776.
5 Alencaster (1805) quoted by Prince, N. Mex., p.37, 1883.
6 Ward in Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1867, p. 213, 1868,
7 Bandelier in Ausland, p. 815, 1882.
§ Bancroft, Native Races, I, p. 599, 1882 (misquoting Meline).
*’ Bancroft, Ariz. and N. Mex., p. 281, 1889.
10, E. Twitchell in Santa Fe New Mexican, Sept. 22, 1910.
11 Communautés, p. 37, 1908.
.
478 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [xra. ann. 29
which, as stated, occurred in 1888, or, according to the aged
informant, the year after the murder of Governor Perez.
The last surviving Pecos born at Pecos Pueblo is Agustin
Pecos, called in Pecos and Jemez Owija ‘fly’, who lives at Jemez.
He is very old and deaf. There are several other persons at
Jemez who are full or part Pecos in blood and who have some
knowledge of the Pecos language.
The Pecos had much contact with the Comanche. Many of
them spoke Comanche as well as their own tongue, and there was
much Comanche blood in the tribe.
The difference in language testifies that the Jemez and Pecos
had been separated for several centuries before the coming of the
Europeans. Notice that the following migration traditions do
not state that the Jemez and Pecos were formerly one people:
‘The Pecos declare that they came into their valley from the
southeast, but that they originated in the north and shifted across
the Rio Grande. The Jemez say that their origin was in the
northeast, whence they slowly drifted into the Jemez Valley.”!
Several pueblo ruins in the vicinity of Pecos are claimed to
have been the villages of Pecos-speaking Indians.* ‘* Probably
more than one village was inhabited by the Pecos three hundred
years ago.” Pecos gives the name to several places or features:
Pecos River [29:32], Pecos National Forest [22:introduction],
Pecos Baldy [22: unlocated], and Pecos settlement [29:unlocated].
[29:34] (1) Zanugéinkohwu, T’anukohwu ‘down-country barranca
arroyo’ (Z"anuge, see [Large Features]), page 104; hohwu ‘ar-
royo with barrancas’ <ko ‘barranca’, Awu ‘large groove’
‘arroyo’. With this name ef. [29:32], [29:33], and [29:39].
(2) Picuris ‘‘Sdéim¢lipéane ‘Galisteo Creek’”.! The last part
of the name is evidently pa@dnd ‘water’ ‘river’? <pd ‘water’
‘river’, dnd gender and number postfix.
(3) Cochiti Awé:fénaha ‘southeast river’ (kwe ‘south’;t féna
‘river’; Aa ‘east’).
(4) Eng. Galisteo Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (5).
(5) Span. Arroyo Galisteo, Arroyo de Galisteo ‘Galisteo
Creek’. =Eng. (4). It is named from Galisteo Pueblo ruin
[29:39], which lies, according to Bandelier, not on Galisteo Creek,
but on the tributary Arroyo de Los Angeles [29:44], and from
Galisteo settlement [29:40], which lies on Galisteo Creek.
‘*Arroyo de Galisteo”.°
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 128, 1890.
2See ibid., pt. 11, chap. 111, 1892, and Hewett in Amer. Anthr., v1, No. 4, July-Sept., 1904.
8 Bandelier, op. cit. pt. I, p. 128.
4Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910.
5 Bandelier, op.cit., pt. 11, p. 181,
HARRINGTON | PLACE-NAMES 479
[29:
[29:
The upper course of this creek is the canyon [29:37]. The
freshets of the creek have damaged villages of the Santo Domingo
Indians; see under [28:109]. For this reason Bandelier speaks
of it as the ‘‘dangerous Arroyo de Galistéo”.! See [29:39],
[29:40], [29:44].
35] (1) Eng. Glorieta settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Glorieta ‘little glory’. =Eng. (1).
When or why this name was applied the writer has been unable
to discover. It was-already in use at the time of the battle at
Glorieta in 1862. See [29:37].
36] (1) Petas Negras Pueblo ruin. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Pefias Negras ‘black rocks’. =Eng. (1). ‘‘Pefias
Negras”.? The name is said to be given because of the presence
of black cliffs in the vicinity.
I know of no vestiges of antiquity south and east of the Arroyo Hondo
[29:17] nearer than those at Pefas Negras, and in the vicinity of Lamy
[29:38], on the Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fé Railroad.
The ruin at Pefias Negras, 8 miles south-southeast of the capital of New
Mexico, I have only seen, not explored. It seemed to me to be that of a small
communal pueblo. A considerable collection of relics from this locality wasmade
by a Mr. Cole, and is at present in possession of the Historical Society of Santa
Fé. Incidentally I learned that the Tehuas [Tewa] (or Tanos) claim the
pueblo at Peas Negras as belonging to their ancestors. It lies on an eminence
west of the Pecos road, near the edge of the forest, with a fair view to the
southwest, and there is a spring in its vicinity.*
The present writer has not succeeded in learning any Tewa
name for this ruin.
[29:37] (1) Pimpojehwu ‘heart water meet arroyo’ (piyy ‘heart’
‘middle’; po ‘water’ ‘river’ ‘creek’; je ‘to meet’ ‘to form a
confluence’; /wu ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’ ‘canyon’). This
canyon is always called Aww, never fs7’¢ ‘canyon’. The Tewa of
the present day are unable to explain fully the meaning of this
name and do not know why it is applied.
(2) Eng. Apache Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. (5).
(8) Eng. Lamy Canyon. So called because Lamy settlement
[29:30] is at the mouth of it.
(4) Glorieta Canyon. So called because Glorieta [29:35] is
in the canyon.
(5) Span. Cation Apache, Cafion de los Apaches ‘Apache
Canyon’. Why this name is given is explained in the quotation
below.
This is the deep canyon of upper Galisteo Creek [29:34], which
extends from the vicinity of Glorieta [29:35] to that of Lamy
[29:38]. ;
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, pp. 88, 1892. 3Ibid., 91.
2Tbid., pp. 91, 97. 4Ibid., p. 97.
480 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [ern ann. 29
Apache Cafion is perhaps the most famous of all the cafions in this section of
the country, having a history dating back three centuries or more, yet few
people look upon it as possessing more than a great scenic attraction. They
eaze on its massive granite walls'sculptured into a thousand fantastic shapes by
the erosion of centuries, yet its name means nothing to them. Apache Cafion
was for three centuries a stronghold of the tribe that gave it a name. From
Canoncito [29:42] for 40 miles to the southwest the country is covered with a
growth of pifion and cedar that offered shelter to the roving bands of Apache
Indians that lurked along its precipices. It was their custom to appear along
the top of the eastern wall overlooking the deep abyss and spy on the
approaching caravan coming through from Canoncito [29:42] or Glorieta
[29:35] and ambush the travelers in the heavier growth of the cafion floor.
These raids were an infliction upon the Governments of Spain, Mexico, and the
United States in turn, and it may be reasonably inferred that the hero, John M.
Chivington, laid his plan for the destruction of Sibley’s brigade by studying
this famous cafion, and because of its name Sibley’s brigade never made a
move, coming in sight from Santa Fe or going out of sight from Cafoncito
[29:42] into Apache cafion, but that it was immediately reported to Chiving-
ton, who was camped with the mounted company and two infantry companies
of his regiment a short distance out cf Glorieta [29:35]. From the advantages
that I have hinted at is it not apparent that Chivington did do what he could
on March 27, 1862, to capture the entire advance of Sibley’s brigade, and next
day, the 28th, defeated at Glorieta [29:35] Sibley’s main force, besides burn-
ing all of the Confederate supplies at Cafoncito [29:42]??
The Tewa inform the present writer that it was not Apache,
but Comanche, who lurked about this canyon in earlier times.
The name Apache Canyon was, however, certainly in use at the
time of the Civil War, and was probably used in Span. long
before that time. Bandelier does not mention the canyon under
any name: ‘Lamy [29:38] lies at the mouth of a narrow pass
through which the railroad emerges from the Pecos valley.”?
See [29:34], [29:35], [29:42].
[29:38] (1) Eng. Lamy settlement. (See map 29A, on which are indi-
cated sites of a number of Tano Tewa pueblo ruins.) =Span.
(2). Named after Archbishop Juan [Jean] B. Lamy, first arch-
bishop of New Mexico, who occupied the archiepiscopal see from
1875 to 1885. The name, of French origin, is usually pronounced
in Eng. léimi.
(2) Span. Lamy. =Eng. (1). The name is pronounced in
Span. either /amz or léimé.
Lamy is at the junction of the branch railroad connecting with
Santa Fe city [29:5] and the main line. It has a station, a hotel,
a couple of stores, and a considerable Mexican population. It
lies just below the canyon [29:37], to which it gives one of the
names. There is said to be a small house ruin somewhere at
Lamy ‘‘on the north side of the [which?] railroad track;” see
Nameless ruin at Lamy [29:38], [29 :unlocated].
o
t—)
1James A. Crank in Santa Fe New Mexican, Mar. 11, 1912.
2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 100, 1892.
MAP 29A
PLAT OF THE SAN CRISTOVAL OR
E. W. EATON GRANT
Lord,
e772)
a
V62 dVW ~LHOd3Y TWNNNY HLININ-ALNSML ABOTONHL| NVOINSWY JO NVSYHNa
T.12N.
a
= 5
o)
G : Sse
o =
ees
Os Crea
2 ESrOnen 22
6O am FD]
a OCS ae
@e lI se
jensl Te
c\\) = oO ‘Ss CG
| (7p) = pate
LJ
Area: 81,032.67 Acres.
torr -\'
oA Stott
3
1
SX v
xe 8
s¥ \
ANNES
Sq
d
i
Scale: 80 Cas. =1 17.
Le Cworata 7
\ TAIN.
J
G
mm
Wp?
wor OZ
Late |
ob
Qe Lohe
ih
aN us
a
i
——S=
~———
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 294
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
FOS VA
eee
x
Sarin
genrtecdt di
TTS 7, P AE
Smee : Py 2 le
= f :
ea
i
NG
Y i GRANT
Y
Retell
<2
=
<3
Gu
Fe gut
pill! I
peal
a
nw’
VO
= Free?
“ \ TEOSEr,
Plat of the
San Cristoval
or
E.W. Eaton Grant
*1880
Made, August 9, 1827
Confirmed, June 21,1860
Patented, Dec.
7)
rs)
ra
6)
t
N
©
N
3 |
°.
(e8)
6
)
rh,
¢
ait a
ee ott
Cs
Canphed ard crown from personal surpeys
an 1 fel ele
oy
72-B Wiltiso7 CE
Ucale: 80 G48. =/10.
Qe Lone
(Pervaaial streems
reyes x Hied sf reams
Legend.
Jadicates tral utal pay has
MAP 29A
PLAT OF THE SAN CRISTOVAL OR
E. W. EATON GRANT
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 481
[29:39] (1) T'anuge'onwikeji ‘down-country place pueblo ruin’
(T’anuge, see [Large Features], page 104; ’oywikejé ‘pueblo ruin’
<’oyw? ‘pueblo’, kei ‘old’ postpound). This name is merely de-
scriptive, and might be applied to any or all the pueblo ruins in the
region called 7*anuge|Large Features], p. 104, but it is applied espe-
cially to Galisteo ruin [29:39] and frequently also to Pecos Pucblo
ruin [29:33]. In the eighteenth century Galisteo was still inhab-
ited by southern or ‘*Tano” Tewa; see under Names or TRIBES
AND Propies, page 576. It was the most important and at last
the only pueblo of the southern Tewa, and is always spoken of as
having been their chief pueblo. It is not strange therefore that
Galisteo Pueblo was always considered to be the Z"anuge oywr
par excellence. Galisteo Pueblo was usually understood under
the name 7*anugeonwi when no other southern Tewa pueblo was
specified. The Tewa informants think it probable that Z”anuge-
?onwt had also another Tewa name which applied to it only, but
such a name, if it ever existed, appears to be no longer remem-
bered by the surviving Tewa. The writer obtained the name
Tanuge at all the Rio Grande Tewa villages except Tesuque,
and also from an old Tano Tewa woman living at Santo Domingo,
whose parents used to live at the place. Schoolcraft! appears to
be the first to publish the Tewa name and meaning. He incor-
porates a note by the translator (evidently Buckingham Smith,
according to Mr. Hodge) as follows:
These passages [from the Diary of Francisco Garcés, 1775-76] were read in
the Spanish to Jose Maria, an educated Indian of New Mexico, a Tejua, visit-
ing Washington this summer [1854?]; who, after conversing a moment with his
companions in their native tongue, stated that they had the knowledge, from
tradition, that a part of the people of Galisteo, a long time ago, went to Moqui,
and others to Santa Domingo . . . Galisteo, he continued, is a ruin; its Indian
name is Tanoque; the translation is, ‘the lower settlement.’ The language they
spoke was very like ours, but not the same.
The name really means of course, ‘down-country place’, of which
the rendering given isa good free translation. ‘‘Ta-ge-uing-ge”:?
given,as Tano Tewa name. ‘‘T’a-ge Uing-ge”:* given as the
Tano Tewa name. ‘*Tage-uingge”:* given as the Tano Tewa
name. ‘*Tage-unge.”® ‘‘Tan-ge-wii-ge”.®
ge”.6 **Taocewinge”.”
**Tanage”.®
1 Indian Tribes, 111, p. 298, 1853.
2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. I, p. 125, 1890.
8Tbid., pt. 1, p. 100, 1892.
4Tbid., p. 122.
5 Bandelier, Gilded Man, p. 221, 1893.
6 Cushing in Johnson's Encyclopedia, art. Tanoan, 1900,
7 Hewett, General View, p. 597, 1905.
8 Hewett, Communautés, pp. 32, 38, 1908.
87584°—29 rrH—16———31
482 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [nxru. ann. 29
(2) Eng. Galisteo Pueblo ruin. (<Span.) =Span. (5).
(3) ‘* Ximena”, etc. Bandelier! attempts to identify this name
with [29:39]. ‘*‘Ximena”.? ‘‘Jimena”.* ‘‘Kimena”.* “‘‘ Xi-
mera’’.!
(4) Span. ‘‘San Lueas”.° This means Saint Luke. Bandelier®
attempts to identify this also with [29:39].
(5) Span. Galisteo. =Eng. (2). Of this name Bandelier says:
‘‘What is the origin of the word Galisteo, I am ignorant”.’
“‘Glistéo”.8 ‘*Galisteo”.® ‘*Santa Cruz de Galisteo”:' this
was the mission name before 1706. ‘Santa Maria de Galisteo”:"
this was one of the mission names from 1706. ‘‘ Nuestra Sefora
de los Remedios de Galisteo”’:!? this was one of the mission names
after 1706. ‘*S- Cruz de Galisteo”." ‘‘ Galistéo”.1* ‘‘ Calisteo”.®
‘¢Galiste”.1® -‘¢Calixteo”.27.. ‘*Calixto”.® ‘‘Gallisteo?”.*®
(6) Span. ‘‘ Santa Ana”.*°
(7) Span. ‘*Santa Cruz de Galisteo”:'° this means ‘holy cross
of Galisteo’ and was the mission name before 1706. S®: Cruz de
Galisteo”."
(8) Span. *‘ Santa Maria de Galisteo”:" this means ‘Saint Mary
of Galisteo’ and was one of the mission names from 1706, ‘*S'*
Maria”.*3 ** St Maria”.2! ‘*S: Mario”.”? ‘* Nuestra de Sefiora de
los Remedios de Galisteo”:!? this means ‘Our Lady of the Reme-
dies of Galisteo’ and is one of the mission names from 1706.
1Final Report, pt. 11, p. 122, 1892.
2 Castafieda (ca. 1565) in Fourteenth Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., p.523, 1896; in Ternaux-Compans, Voy.,
IX, p. 177, 1838.
3 Mota-Padilla, Hist. de la Conq., p. 164, 1742.
4Peetin Amer. Antiq., XVI, Pp. 354, 1895.
5 Sosa (1590) in Doc. Inéd., XV, p. 251, 1871.
6 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 101.
7Ibid., pp. 100-101.
8 Onate (1598) in Doc. Inéd., XVI, p. 258, 1871.
9 Zarate-Salmeron (ca. 1629) cited by Bancroft, Nat. Races, 1, p. 600, 1882.
10 Vetancurt (1693) in Teatro Mex., III, p. 322, 1871.
1 Cuervo (1706) quoted by Bancroft, Ariz. and N. Mex., p. 228, 1889.
12 MS. of 1720 quoted by Bandelier in Archxol. Inst. Papers, Amer. ser., V, p. 194, 1890.
13D’ Anville, map Amérique Septentrionale, 1746.
M4 Escalante (ca. 1776) quoted by Bandelier, Final Report, 1, p. 59, 1892.
15 Vaugondy, map Amérique, 1778.
16 Alcedo, Dic. Geogr., 11, p. 131, 1787.
17 Kitchin, map N. A., 1787.
18 Giissefeld, Charte America, 1797.
19 Raton in Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, Iv, p. 220, 1854.
2 Ofiate (1598) quoted by Bandelier, op. cit., p. 101.
21D’ Anyille, map N. A., Bolton ed., 1752.
* Jefferys, Amer. Atlas, map 5, 1776.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 483
According to Bandelier, this Tano Tewa pueblo ruin is situated
not on Galisteo Creek [29:34], but on a tributary thereof called
Arroyo de los Angeles or Arroyo del Infierno [29:44].
The history of Galisteo is summarized by Hodge! as follows:
A former Tano [see Names or TriBes AND PEopPues, page 576] pueblo 1} miles
northeast of the present hamlet [29:40] of thesame name. .. . Identified by
Bandelier (Archxol. Inst. Papers, tv, 122, 1892) with the Ximena of Coronado,
who visited the village in 1541, when it consisted of 30 houses. Galisteo was
the seat of a Franciscan mission perhaps as early as 1617—certainly in 1629—
and in 1680 contained 800 neophytes and a fine church; San Christ6bal [29:45]
was a visita at this date. In the revolt of the Pueblos in August of the latter
year the Indians of Galisteo killed the resident priest, besides the father custo-
dian of New Mexico, the missionaries of San Marcos and Pecos, who were on
their way to give warning, and several colonists. After the remaining Spanish
colonists had been driven out of the country the Tano of Galisteo removed to
Santa Fé and erected a village on the ruins of the old Palace, but were expelled
by Vargas in 1692. In 1706 the town was reestablished with 90 Indians by the
governor of the proyince under the name Nuestra Sefora de los Remedios de
Galisteo, but it was also called Santa Maria. It remained an inconsiderable
village until between 1782 and 1794, when the inhabitants, decimated by small-
pox and by the persistent hostilities of the Comanche, removed to Santo
Domingo pueblo [29:109], where their descendants still live, preserving the
language of their ancestors and in part their tribal autonomy. At one time,
according to Bandelier, Galisteo probably had a population of 1,000. In 1712
it numbered 110 souls; in 1748, 50 families, and but 52 souls in 1782, just before
its abandonment.
Galisteo is treated by Bandelier.’?
There are at Santo Domingo Pueblo [29:109] a few descendants
of Galisteo Indians who remember some of the Galisteo Tewa
language. How many there are and whether they still preserve
their tribal autonomy are subjects very difficult to investigate,
owing to the hostility and reticence of the Santo Domingo In-
dians. While at Santo Domingo in 1908 the writer succeeded in
interviewing an old woman, but only for about two minutes, for
her fears soon got the best of her and she commanded him to
leave the house lest she be flogged by the governor for giving him
information; the door was locked during the rest of his stay
at Santo Domingo. The old woman stated that both her father
and mother were born at Galisteo. She recalled the Galisteo
words with some hesitation and pronounced some of them with a
noticeably Keresan accent. It is pure good fortune that the
vocabulary was obtained. In all, 13 words were recorded, as fol-
lows:
1 Handbook Inds, pt. 1, pp. 481-82, 1907.
2 Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 100-03, 1892.
484
ie
2
3.
4,
5.
6.
{¢
8.
9.
10.
ipl
11
13.
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
GALISTEO TEWA ORDINARY RIO GRANDE TEWA ENGLISH
T anuge T anuge Galisteo
We wmex? We ume Where are you | going?
Tew (given as Tewa Tews
name of lan-
guage former-
ly spoken at
Galisteo)
jv ja ji ja mother
tala tata father
Tanutowd T anutowa Tano person
-osoge -osoge you | sit down!
tans Caner sun
-agajo (star?) po moon
-agajo -agojo star
we Su nose
weje ts? eyes
sangitiho’o sengittho’o good-bye
It will be noticed that the Galisteo forms are practically identi-
cal with those of the Rio Grande Tewa villages, with exception
of Nos. 9, 10, 11,12, 13. °agajo and saygitého’o show an a- sound
for ane sound. ’agajo was given as meaning ‘moon’, doubtless
by mistake. w7 ‘nose’ and weje ‘eyes’ may be the numerals for
‘one’ and ‘two’, Tewa w7 ‘one’, wijée ‘two’. Another woman of
Santo Domingo talked a little Tewa to the writer, but she had
evidently learned it from contact with the Tewa of the existing
pueblos. It will be seen from the above brief vocabulary that
the Galisteo language was probably more like the northern Rio
Grande Tewa than the Pecos language was like Jemez. The
woman called herself a Tewa anda Tano. This brief Galisteo
vocabulary appears to be the first Tano vocabulary obtained, and
is therefore important. Hodge says in a letter to the writer
(October, 1908): ‘*Regarding the Tano proper, we really have
not known anything about them, the basis of their linguistic
classification being history and tradition, so far as I am aware.”
The Tewa of San Ildefonso tell the following story of the aban-
donment of Galisteo. Some say that Pecos [29:33] and not
Galisteo is the pueblo to which the story applies, but trustworthy
informants deny this. Pecos is sometimes also called Z"anuge;
hence the misunderstanding.
The ancient people of Galisteo had a snake, a big one and black one, which
they kept in the estufa. When they went hunting and got game of any kind,
they fed it to him. Mule-deer, buffalo, white-tailed deer, antelope, elk, rab-
bit, jackrabbit, birds—all these they fed him. In return he gave them any-
thing that they wanted. Corn, squashes, chokecherries, berries, yucca fruit,
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 485
_ cactus fruit, Tewa berries, moccasins, leggins, deerskin shirts he gave them.
One morning they went to look at him and did not find him. At midnight he
had gone out. Nobody had seen him issue, nobody knew in which direction
he had gone. They found tracks leading to the arroyo—big tracks, and they
followed them. They followed his track along Galisteo Creek [29:34], where
he went along the bed. They followed them to the mouth, where the tracks
went into the waters ofthe Rio Grande.
They went back to their pueblo and they held a meeting that next night.
And the old men said to the old men: ‘‘The snake has gone.. What are we
going to have of those things which he gave us? He has gone away. Now we
also must be going away.’’ And they all went down to Santo Domingo Pueblo
[29:109], where they settled.
Bandelier saw an Indian saint-painting at Galisteo.
There exist to-day paintings on buffalo hide executed by Indians of the
Pueblos. I photographed in 1882 a picture of ‘‘ Nuestra Sefora de Begonia”’ at
Galisteo [29:40], which bore the date of 1808. Artistically, these paintings are
worthless, still they indicate progress over the decorations of pottery.'
Galisteo Pueblo [29:39] was abandoned sometime between 1782
and 1794 on account of the hostilities of the Comanche and the
presence of smallpox.?
See [29:40], [29:34], [29:44], [29:45], and Tano (Names oF
TRIBES AND PEOPLES, Page 576).
[29:40] (1) Eng. Galisteo settlement. (< Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Galisteo, see [29:39].
This is the present Mexican village of Galisteo, 1} miles west
of Galisteo Pueblo ruin [29:39]. How old this settlement is the
writer has not been able to learn. See [29:39], [29:34], [29:44].
[29:41] (1) San Cristobal Arroyo. (< Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Arroyo de San Cristébal ‘Saint Christopher gulch’.
=Eng. (1). ‘* Arroyo de San Cristobal”.* The arroyo takes its
name from the former pueblo of San Crist6bal [29:45], q. v.
[29:42] (1) Eng. Cafioncito settlement. (< Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Cafioncito ‘little canyon’. =Eng. (1).
This is asmall Mexican settlement in the canyon [29:37], q. v.
[29:43] (1) Eng. Kennedy settlement, a family name. =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Kennedy. (< Eng.). =Eng. (1).
This settlement has been established since the completion of
the railroads.
[29:44] (1) Span. ‘‘ Arroyo de los Angeles”.‘ This means ‘arroyo of
the angels’. Cf. Span. (2). :
(2) Span. ‘* Arroyo del Infierno”.4 This means ‘hell arroyo’.
Cf. Span. (1).
Two ridges parallel to each other, surmounted by shaggy crests called [in
Span.] ‘crestones,’ traverse the Galisteo plain [Santa Fe Plain (Large Fea-
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 218, 1890.
2Tbid., pt. 11, p. 102, note, 1892.
3Tbid., p. 103.
4Ibid., p. 100.
486 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [e7H. ann. 29
tures), page 104] from east to west; one of them lies 6 miles south of Lamy
[29:38], the other on the southern limits of the basin (Santa Fe plain [Large
Features]). It [the latter] isa bleak and arid level, just as Espejo has de-
scribed it. The northern base of the northern creston is hugged by a danger-
ous torrent, the Arroyo de los Angeles, frequently, and more appropriately,
called Arroyo del Infierno. About a mile and a half from the modern Galisteo
settlement [29:40], on the north bank of this treacherous dry creek, lie the
ruins of the Tanos village called T’a-ge Uing-ge [29:40], and by the Spaniards
Santa Cruz de Galisteo.?
See [29:34], [29:39, [29:40].
[29:45] (1) Tano Tewa ‘‘ Yam-p’-ham-ba”.? ‘* Yam P’ham-ba”’? (given
as the name of San Crist6ébal [15:unlocated]). ‘* Yam-p’ham-ba”.*
‘** Pant-ham-ba”.® ‘*Yamphamba”.® ‘‘Yam P’hamba”.7 It is
unfortunate that Bandelier did not obtain the etymology of this
name, as none of the writer’s informants have known it. What
the real form is we can only conjecture. Yamp'ambaa would
mean ‘narrow belt of willows’ (j@y ‘ willows’; p'a ‘narrowness’
‘narrow’; baa ‘belt’ ‘strip’). Ydampaba’a would mean ‘burst or
split willow belt’? Gay ‘willow’; pa ‘burst’ ‘split’ ‘chopped’;
bva ‘belt’ ‘strip’). See Santa Clara Jéyk'dygi [15:unlocated].
(2) Eng. San Cristébal. (< Span.). =Span. (8).
(3) Span. San Cristébal ‘Saint Christopher’... =Eng. (2),
“*Sant Christébal”,® ‘‘Sant Chripstobal”,® ‘‘Sant Xpoval”,?°
**Sant Xupal”," ‘‘S. Christoval”,?? ‘‘ Christoval”,?* ‘*San Chris-
téval”,'* ‘*Christobal”,?® ‘*San Cristobel”,!® ‘‘San Crist6val”,?”
** San Cristoforo”,!® ‘‘ San Cristoval”.?°
Hodge” summarizes our knowledge about this pueblo as follows:
Once the principal 2] pueblo of the Tano [Names or TrrBes AND PEOPLES,
page 576], situated between Galisteo [29:40] and Pecos [29:44], Santa Fe co.,
N. Mex. The natives of this pueblo and of San Lazaro [29:52] were forced
by hostilities of the Apache, the eastern Keresan tribes, and the Pecos to
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 100, 1892.
2Tbid., pt. I, p. 125, 1890.
3Tbid., pt. 11, p. 83.
#Tbid., p. 103.
6 Bandelier, Gilded Man, p. 221, 1893.
6Hewett, General View, p. 597, 1905 (following Bandelier).
7 Hewett, Communautés, p. 38, 1908 (following Bandelier).
8Sosa (1591) in Doc. Inéd., Xv, p. 251 et seq., 1871.
9 Ofiate (1598), ibid., XvI, p. 114.
WIbid., p. 259
Al Tpid., p. 258.
2P’Anville, Map Amér. Septentrionale, 1746.
i83Crépy, Map Amér, Septentrionale, ca. 1783.
4 Aleedo, Dic. Geog., I, p. 557, 1786.
15 Arrowsmith, Map N. A., 1795, ed. 1814.
15 Meline, Two Thousand Miles, p. 220, 1867.
17 Bandelier in Arch#xol. Inst. Papers, Amer. ser., I, p. 101, 1881.
18Columbus Memorial Vol., p. 155, 1893.
19 Twitchell in Santa Fe New Mexican, Sept. 22, 1910.
20 Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 428, 1910.
HARRINGTON | PLACE-NAMES 487
transfer their pueblos to the vicinity of San Juan [11:San Juan Pueblo],
where the towns were rebuilt under the same names (Bancroft, Ariz. and N.
Mex., p. 186, 1889). [See San Cristébal [15:unlocated] and San Lazaro [15:
unlocated]; see also map 29A]. This removal (which was more strictly to a
place called Pueblito [15:25], near the present Potrero [15:unlocated], about
2 miles east of Santa Cruz [15:19], on the Rio Santa Cruz [15:18] ), occurred
after the pueblo revolt of 1680, and prior to 1692, at which latter date the
natives were found by Vargas in their new locality. The pueblo was aban-
doned in 1694, but was later reoccupied, and was finally deserted in 1696, after
the murder of their missionary in June of that year. Most of their descend-
ants are now living among the Hopi of Arizona.
Bandelier says of San Cristobal:
East of Galisteo [29:39], on the borders of the basin [Santa Fe Plain (Large
Features), page 104], in a picturesque valley surrounded by woods and supplied
with permanent water, stand the ruins of Yam-p’ham-ba or San Cristobal
(plate 1, fig. 22 [of Bandelier’s Final Report, pt. 11, 1892]). It was inhabited
until 1680, and formed a ‘visita’ dependent upon the parish of Galisteo [29:39];
and in that year it had eight hundred inhabitants. After the expulsion of
the Spaniards, the Tanos of San Cristobal settled in the vicinity of Santa Cruz
[15:19] . . . as already related. Most of their descendants are now among
the Moguis [Hopi]. On the other side of the Arroyo de San Cristobal
[29:41], which runs at the foot of the gentle slope on which the pueblo stands,
lies another group of ruins. The pueblo proper still shows many of its walls,
and it is plain to see that they were generally 0.27 m. (11 inches) thick, and
made of thin plates of sandstone. The second ruin, which lies a short distance
southwest of the other, is reduced to compact mounds of earth. The stream
(29:41] has manifestly carried away a part of it, but it is not possible to
determine whether this occurred recently or in olden times. The appearance
of the mounds denotes long decay, and it may be that they are older than the
historic San Cristobal. There are two estufas, while the village proper shows
but one; but it is not certain whether this was the only one, as not all the
estufas were round, and not all were subterraneous. Still, the round form
seems to have been the ‘archaic’ one, where it was possible to excavate for the
purpose. I suspect that the group of mounds southwest of the principal ruins
are the remains of an older village, abandoned prior to the other. The church
was built of the same material as the pueblo, thin plates of sandstone, but the
walls were more substantial. In 1882 the rear part of it was still standing to
the height of about four meters. It is a chapel only, measuring 16.0 by 7.4
meters (524 by 24} feet). In front of it lies a churchyard, and other buildings
seem to have been appended to it on the south. The main pueblo stands
between the chapel and the more ruined vestiges on the south side of the arroyo
[29:41], another indication that the latter were forsaken at an earlier date,
perhaps before San Cristobal had been visited by the Spaniards. The first
authentic visit by a Spaniard was made in 1690, by Gaspar Castano de Sosa,
who gave the village the name by which it still continues to be known.!
San Cristobal lies in what might be called a sheltered nook. There is little
cultivable ground contiguous to it, but at a very short distance, on the edge of
the Galisteo plain [Santa Fe Plain (Large Features), page 104], there is tillable
land that can also be irrigated. The site is not favorable for observation, but
the heights surrounding it afford good lookouts. For defense the houses had
to suffice, and there are traces of a double stone wall connecting several of
1 « Memoria del Descubrimiento, p. 247 et seq.” —BANDELIER, Final Report, pt. m1, p. 104, 1892.
488 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [urn ann. 29
the edifices. On the whole, the buildings seem to have been smaller than
usual, and nowhere could I see indications of greater height than two stories.
It has in fact the appearance of a pueblo of to-day; whereas the ruins on
the south bank of the arroyo belong to the compact, older pueblo type.!
Doctor Spinden states that he reached San Cristébal by driving
south from Lamy [29:38] over a private ranch road about 5 miles.
He says that the ruin is chiefly on the north side of the arroyo
[29:41], and that the ruins of the church are on the same side.
3andelier also noticed stone inclosures at San Cristobal, refer-
ence to which will be found in the quotation from that author
under [29:52] (2).
Bandelier noticed these inclosures at [29:79] also.
See San Crist6bal [15:unlocated], San Lizaro [29:49], and [15 :un-
located], Psewaud [15:24], Jiyk'dygi [15:unlocated], Ok‘ ombout
[15:unlocated], Tano (NAMES or TrrBES AND PEOPLES), p. 576,
and Hano [Unmapped].
[29:46] (1) Eng. Jara Arroyo. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Arroyo Jara ‘willow gulch’. =Eng. (1). ‘‘Arroyo
Jara.” ?
This gulch is said by Mr. H.C. Yontz, of Santa Fe, to enter
Galisteo Creek [29:34] slightly below Kennedy [29:43].
[29:47] (1) Tano Tewa **Tze-man Tu-o.”* This name is not known to
the writer’s informants; they can not etymologize it or even make
plausible suggestions as to its meaning. — Zsemmdnto’v would mean
‘place where the eagle’s hand or claw is inside or in’ (¢se ‘eagle’;
minyp ‘hand’; to ‘to be in’; 2% locative and adjective-forming
postfix). ;
(2) Span. ‘*Pueblo Colorado.”* This means ‘red pueblo’, but
why this name is applied is not stated by Bandelier.
On the southern border of the Galisteo basin [Santa Fe plain [Large Feat-
ures, page 104]] there are three more ruins, lying ina line from east to west. I
visited none of these, but the Tanos of Santo Domingo [28:109], who claim that
they were villages of their tribe, gave me their names. The Pueblo Colorado
was called Tze-man Tu-o; the Pueblo Blanco [29:48] bore the name of Ka-ye Pu;
the next [29:50] was called Shé, and they are all within 3 to 5 miles south
and southeast of the town of Galisteo [29:40]. From descriptions by persons
who haye seen them frequently I gather that they belonged to the communal
type, and were villages of reasonable size for Pueblos. I have seen some arti-
ficial objects purporting to have come from these ruins consisting of stone axes
and coarsely glazed pottery.*
The ruin is, of course, located only approximately; it is assumed
that Bandelier names the three ruins in order from east to west.
Cf. [29:48] and [29:50].
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 1038-105, 1892.
2U.S. Geological Survey, Reconnaissance Map, New Mexico, Lamy sheet, 1894.
’ Bandelier, op. cit., p. 106.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 489
[29:48] (1) Tano Tewa ‘‘Ka-ye Pu.”! This name is not known to the
writer’s informants; they can not etymologize it, but suggest that
the first part is perhaps intended for k'ajé ‘fetish’ ‘idol’; ‘* Pu”
might be for pu ‘base’ ‘rump’ ‘root’, for pu ‘jack rabbit’, or for
any of many other forms of similar sound.
(2) Span. ‘‘ Pueblo Blanco.”! This means ‘white pueblo’. The
reason that this name is applied is not stated by Bandelier. See
quotation from Bandelier under [29:47] (2).
The ruin is, of course, located only approximately; it is assumed
that Bandelier names the three villages in order from east to west.
Cf. [29:47] and [29:50].
[29:49] Span. ‘‘ Arroyo del Chorro.”? This means ‘arroyo of the jet
of water’ or ‘arroyo of the gushing water’. Why the name is
applied is not known.
None of the maps locate an arroyo by this name, but according
toa description by Mr. H. C. Yontz of Santa Fe, it is certainly
the same as the long nameless arroyo shown on certain maps.*
The arroyo shown on [29] is copied from the two maps referred
to. It seems clear that the arroyo, or a branch of it, begins
between the Ortiz Mountains [29:72] and the Golden Mountains
[29:73], and is therefore the same arroyoas that on which Pueblo
Largo [29:51] is situated. For Bandelier’s description of Pueblo
Largo, see [29:51] (2). It will be noted that in this excerpt
Bandelier does not even state definitely whether the arroyo on
which Pueblo Largo [29:51] is situated is the same as the chief
arroyo of the cafada mentioned. No name is given to either
arroyo or canada, and one is left to conjecture where they have
their outlets. An examination of the maps and information
obtained from Mr. H. C. Yontz have led to placing the arroyo
and pueblos tentatively on [29]. See [29:51] and [29:52].
[29:50] Tano Tewa ‘* Ché”;* not identified by Bandelier with [29:50]
though it is evidently the same. ‘* Pueblo de Shé”.° ‘*Shé”.®
This name is not known to my informants; they suggest that it
may be for fee * ladder’ ‘ stairway,’ but they never have heard of
a pueblo ruin so called. There is no noun in Tewa which has the
form fe, but there are many words which begin in ¢s, fs, ¢/, or
i/, and have a similar vowel.
See quotation from Bandelier, containing reference to Shé,
under [29:47) (2).
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 106, 1892.
2Tbid., p. 105.
3U. S. Geographical Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, Parts of Central New Mexico, atlas
sheet No. 77, Expeditions of 1874, '75, '76, ’77 and ’78. U. S. Geological Survey, Reconnaissance
Map, New Mexico, San Pedro sheet, 1892.
4“ Dilixencias sobre la solizitud del cuerpo del venerable Pe Fray Gerénimo de la Llana, 1759 MS.,
vol. 5,” cited by Bandelier, op.cit., p. 259, note.
5 Bandelier in Ritch, N. Mex., p. 201, 1885.
6 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 106, 1892.
490 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS | [eru. ann. 29
The ruin is, of course, located only approximately; it is assumed
that Bandelier names the three villages in order from east to
west. Cf. [29:47], [29:48].
[29:51] (1) Tano Tewa ‘‘Hishi”.1 ‘‘Hish-i”.? This name is not
known to the informants. It is suspected that it is Bandelier’s
spelling for he’jc”* (mineral gender, sing.) or Aeyinp (vegetal
gender, sing.) ‘long’; ’oywihe'jiyr would mean ‘long pueblo’
(oywi ‘pueblo’), being an exact translation of Span. (2), below.
(2) Span. ‘*Pueblo Largo”.* This means ‘long pueblo’; ef.
Tano Tewa (1), above.
The Galisteo plain [Santa Fe Plain (Large Features), page 104} is bordered
on the west by the Sierra de Dolores [Ortiz Mountains [29:72]]; south of
this mountain rises the Sierra de San Francisco [Golden Mountains [29:73]];
and a long waterless valley, running from east to west, separates the two
ranges. This arid cafiada is partly covered with coniferous trees, though in
most places it is grassy, and haunted by antelopes.
A little beyond the entrance to it lies the ‘Pueblo Largo’, called by the
Tanos [of Santo Domingo] Hish-i,—a large ruin indicating a considerable vil-
lage situated on both sides of a mountain torrent [[29:49]?]. The main por-
tion of the ruins is to the north of the arroyo, and, asat San Cristobal [29:49],
the water has washed it, chiefly on the south side, exposing some of the rooms.
They are usually 2.8 to 3.5 m. long by 2.1 to 2.8 m. wide (average in feet, 93
by 7); the walls are 0.25 m. (10 inches) thick, made of thin plates of sand-
stone. The village formed several quadrangles, and it may have accommo-
dated 1,560 people, upon the supposition that both sides of the arroyo were
occupied simultaneously.
The southern ruins, however, show more and apparently longer decay than
the northern, and it is not safe to assume for Hish-i any comparatively large
population. At least five estufas can be detected within the squares of large
court-yards formed by the edifices. In the neighborhood of one of these
estufas there is a very peculiar arrangement of ten stones, in three parallel
lines.
The stones are parallelopipeds, or prisms about 0.75 m. (34 inches) long by
0.30 to 0.40 wide, and 0.20 to 0.30 broad. Two-thirds of their length is set in
the ground so that only about 0.25 m. protrudes; they stand at quite regular
intervals and two of them are connected by a row of smaller stones set on
edge. Their proximity to an estufa renders the presence and arrangement of
these slabs mysterious, but they resemble common headstones on graves,
Still, I could not ascertain that anything had been discovered beneath one of
them which has been excavated. Their shape was not artificial, but due to
natural cleayage alone, as I satisfied myself by inspecting a rocky hill near by,
where ledges of the same material crop out.
Whether the Pueblo Largo was occupied within historical times I am unable
to answer. In 1630 Fray Alonzo de Benavides stated that the Tanos occupied
five pueblos.4| This number [five pueblos] agrees with the historically known
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 125, 1890; Hewett, General View, p. 597, 1905.
2 Bandelier, op. cit., pt. 11, p. 106, 1892.
3 Ibid., pt. 1, p. 125; pt. 11, p. 106, Hewett, op. cit.
4“ Memorial, p. 24. He ascribesto the Tanos 4,000 souls. I hold this estimate to be reasonable,
although probably a little a bove the true number. Eight hundred inhabitants isa high average.’’—
BANDELIER, op. cit., pt. m1, p. 107.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 491
villages of the Tanos, provided San Marcos [Kun px’ onwikeji [29:unlocated ] }
and the Cienega [29:22] were inhabited by them, and not by the Queres
[Keresans]. If, however, San Marcos and the Cienega belonged to the latter
tribe, there would be room for Hish-i among the historical settlements."
See [29:49. ]
[29:52] (1) Tano Tewa ‘‘I-pe-re”.2 ‘‘Ipera”.’ The Tewa in-
formants do not know this name and cannot suggest even a
plausible etymology. Tewa *p‘es2’ means ‘he breathed it out’
(Cz She’ ‘it’; peed Sto exhale’). Pes? means ‘to lose’, but a form
*ip‘etiis not possible. All sorts of pronunciations of Bandelier’s
‘*T-pe-re” have been used with the Tewa, but they can make noth-
ing of it.
(2) Span: ‘*San Laézaro”.* ‘°S. Lazaro”.® ‘‘St Lazarus”.®
“*San Cazaro”.? ‘San Lazaro”. ‘‘San Lasaro”.® The
name means * Saint Lazarus’.
Six miles west of Galisteo [29:40], on the eastern slopes of the picturesque
Sierra del Real de Dolores [29: unlocated], and on the southern bank of the
Arroyo del Chorro [29:49], stand the ruins of I-pe-re, or San Lazaro, another
Tanos [Tano] village, which was abandoned after the uprising in 1680 and
never occupied again. The three historic pueblos of the Galisteo group [[29:45],
[29:39], and [29:52]] thus stand in a line from east to west 11 miles long.
The ground around San Lazaro ismuch broken. The ruin stands on bluffs that
are not abrupt, and the arroyo [29:49] winds around their base. The dispo-
sition of the buildings is similar to that at San Cristobal [29:45] and traces of
stone walls connecting them with each other are visible. It seems to have
been smaller than either Galisteo [29:39] or San Cristobal [29:45], and was
built of stones. The houses were so disposed as partly to encompass an ellip-
tical enclosure of stone built around a slight depression. The perimiter of the
enclosure is about’140 meters (460 feet). Only two buildings appear to have
been connected with it, and in the depression which the wall surrounds are
still two circular sunken areas of small dimensions. At San Cristobal [29:45]
there are also, in connection with some of the mounds, enclosures made of
roughly piled stones. I can only suggest a probable object of these unusual
structures. The Tanos possessed flocks, mostly sheep, and the enclosures may
have served for keeping them in safety over night. Quite analogous enclos-
ures of stones, usually reared against the steep acclivity of a mesa or other height,
so as to require building only three sides, are made by shepherds in treeless
districts. The stone enclosures at San Lazaro and San Cristobal [29:49] may
haye been constructed for the same purpose. Both villages were very much
exposed to attacks by the Apaches from the side of the plains as well as from
the mountains west of the Galisteo basin Santa Fe piain [Large Features,
page 104] }'”.
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 106, 107 and note, 1892.
2Tbid., pt. 1, p. 125, 1890; pt. 11, pp. 83, 105.
3 Hewett: General View, p. 597, 1905; Communauteés,’p. 38, 1908.
4 Vetancurt (1696) in Teatro Mex., pt. 111, p. 324, 1871.
5 D’Anville, Map Amér. Septentrionale, 1746.
6 Kitchin, Map N. A., 1787.
7 Bandelier in Ritch, N. Mex., p. 201, 1885.
8 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 125, 1890; pt. 11, 83, 105, 1892; Hewett: General View, op. cit.,
Communautés, p. 32.
9 Ladd, Story of N. Mex., p. 92, 1891.
10 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, pp. 105-06.
492 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eru. ann. 29
Mr. H. ©. Yontz of Santa Fe, who is familiar with San Lazaro
Pueblo ruin, makes the statement that it lies on the arroyo [29:49],
2 miles south of Ortiz settlement [29:62]. A short distance north-
east of the ruin, according to Mr. Yontz, there is a cave 45 feet
high, which extends inward 25 feet. Mr. Yontz says that this
cave is well known to the Mexicans who live in the vicinity. This
may be what Bandelier refers to when hesays: ‘* Sacrificial caves
are spoken of in the vicinity of Cerrillos [29:53].” 1
For a discussion of the history of the San Lazaro people after
the abandonment of their pueblo, see [15:24] and [29:45]. See also
[29:49] and Tano (NAMES oF TRIBES AND PEOPLES, page 576).
[29:53] (1) Eng. Cerrillos settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Cerrillos ‘the hills’, referring to [29:54]. = Eng. (1.)
**Cerrillos.”? ‘* Los Cerrillos.”
This settlement is said to antedate the building of the railroad,
‘and to be the nearest railroad station to the Turquoise Mines
[29:55]. See [29:54] and Petrified forest somewhere south of
Cerrillos [29:unlocated].
[29:54] (1) Aun pepiyy ‘turquoise mountains’ (kun pe ‘turquoise ;’
piyy ‘mountain’ ‘large hill’). _=Cochiti (2). So named because
of the presence of turquoise [29:55].
(2) Cochiti fA wame kote ‘turquoise mountains’ (fo wane ‘tur-
quoise’; ké¢e* mountain’). =Tewa (1). So called because of the
presence of turquoise at [29:55].
(8) Eng. Cerrillos Hills. (<Span.). =Span. (4). Perhaps
thought of by most people as being named from the settlement
[29:53], although the opposite is the case. Y
(4) Span. Los Cerrillos ‘the hills’ ‘the little mountains.’
=Eng. (3). Bandelier* speaks of ‘‘the Cerrillos ... rich in
ore, and containing beautiful green and blue turquoises.” See
[29:53], [29:55]. .
[29:55] (1) Kun pe'ive, Kun pek' ondiwe ‘place of turquoise’ ‘place
where turquoise is dug’ (kun pe ‘turquoise’; "iwe locative; hon r
‘to dig’). =Cochiti (2), Span. (3). Eng. (4).
(2) Cochiti e&wamekot fu ‘turquoise mountainous — place’
(fF wame ‘turquoise’; ko as in k’ot'e ‘mountain’; ¢fu locative).
=Tewa (1), Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(8) Eng. Turquoise Mines. =Tewa (1), Cochiti (2), Span. (4).
(4) Span. Las Minas de Turquesa, Las Minas de Chalchihuite
‘the turquoise mines’. =Tewa (1), Cochiti (2), Eng. (3).
This is the famous place of turquoise mines, and is said to be
the only place in the Rio Grande drainage in New Mexico where
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 115, 1892.
2Ibid., p. 108, 1892.
3 Hewett, Communautés, p. 38, 1908.
4In Papers Archzol. Inst. Amer., Amer. ser., I, p. 39, 1881.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 493
turquoise, valued so highly by the Pueblo Indians, is found. The
turquoise deposits are said to have belonged formerly to the Tano
Tewa and adjacent Keresans, especially to the inhabitants of San
Marcos Pueblo [Aun px’ onwike)j/ [29:unlocated]]. Strings of tur-
quoise beads still form a standard of value for trading. Although
deprived of the turquoise deposits by the whites, Indians, especially
from Santo Domingo [28:109], are said to sneak to the locality of
the mines at night and try to steal turquoise from the dumps. The
mines are 3 miles north of Cerrillos [29:53]. They are said to be
the property of the American Turquoise Company. Some of the
best known of the mines are the Tiffany, Cash Entry, and Bluebell.
Bandelier says of the turquoise deposits and mines:
‘The inferior kalaite, met with in New Mexico, was liked as well [by the
Indians] as the bluest turquoise from Asia Minor would have been.!
The Tanos held the veins of turquoise, or kalaite, at the Cerrillos [[29:53]
or [29:54]], about 20 miles southwest of the present Santa Fé [29:5].?
Near San Marcos [Kun px’ onwikeji [29:unlocated]] lies the celebrated local-
ity of Callaite, called popularly the ‘turquoise mines’. The turquoises are
imbedded in a white porphyritic rock, and a high authority on gems, Mr.
George F. Kunz, has informed me that the New Mexican turquoise bears
greater resemblance to the Egyptian than to the Persian specimens of that
mineral. Beautiful stones have been found occasionally;? also very large
masses of an inferior quality. The Tanos of Santo Domingo regard them-
selves as the owners of the site, and visit it frequently to procure the stones
that are so much esteemed by them. As to the popular belief in ancient
mining of turquoises, it is, like many others of the kind, a myth. The~
Tanos obtained the mineral by knocking it out of the rock with stone mauls,
axes, and hammers, many of which have been found in this locality. They also
dug and burrowed, but their excavations were made at random, and went but
little beneath the surface. Still less did the Spaniards compel the Indians
to ‘mine’ the turquoise for them. Very little attention was paid by the
whites to the green and blue stones, the latter of which are comparatively rare;
since ‘they regarded the New Mexican callaite as of a base quality, and
therefore as of no commercial value.t Nevertheless, the turquoises of the
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 14, 1890.
2Tbid., p. 163.
3**Some exceptionally handsome ones are in possession of my friend, Abraham Spiegelberg, in
Santa Fé.’’—Ibid., note.
4“This wasalready noticed by the members of Coronado’s expedition. (Relacion del Suceso de la
Jornada, p. 320.) It is strange that none of the chroniclers of that journey mention the turquoise
locality at Cerillos. Neither does Espejo, who yisited the Tanos. Castafio (Memoria, p. 248) speaks
of the mineral (ores) found there by some of his men: ‘Truxo metales mui buenos, al parecer.’
Ofiate also is silent, or at least makes no account of the green stones. In the documents of 1636, con-
cerning the violent strife then going on between Governor Martinez de Baeza and the Franciscan
priests in New Mexico, the latter accuse him of collecting tribute in an abusive manner; but they
mention only pifion nuts, hides, and cotton mantles. Fray Pedro Zambrano, Carta al Virey, MS.
Fray Antonio de Ybargaray, Carta al Virey, MS.: ‘Porque desde que entro en el gouierno solamte a
atendido 4 su aprouechamiento, y este con gran exceso y dafio de todas estas prouinas en el trabajo
excesivo que a dado 4 estos pobres resien combertidos en mucha cantidad de mantas, y paramentos
que a mandado hazer y pintar, y assimismo cantidad de camicas que les a echo buscar y resgatar, y
cantidad de Pinones que les a echo a earrear.’ Carta al Virey, del Custodio y de los Definidores del
Nuevo Mexico, MS. Fray Andres Suarez, Carta & su Magestad, Nambé, October 234, 1647, MS. In none
of these severe accusations against the governors is the mining of turquoises or of any other mineral
mentioned; neither do the Indians themselves speak of it in their depositions of the years 1680, and
494 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eru. any. 29
Cerillos were quite a resource for the Tanos, so far as aboriginal commerce
went.?
The turquoise deposits of this locality are discussed in a min-
eralogical way by Waldemar Lindgren.? On page 164 of the work
here referred to is a map of the Cerillos [29:53], Ortiz [29:62],
and San Pedro [29:77| mining districts. On page 163 it is stated:
**At the north end of the Cerillos Hills [29:54] is the Tiffany tur-
quoise mine which has produced considerable quantities of this
gem.” The Indians pay much attention to the purity of the tur-
quoise, but little to the color. The locality is responsible for
some of the names of [29:54] and San Marcos Pueblo ruin
(Kun pe oywike)é (29 unlocated]}), q. v. See also Turquoise, under
MINERALS.
[29:56] Tsekuk' ondiwe ‘place where the white stone is dug’ (/sx
‘whiteness’ ‘white’; kw ‘stone’; k'onp ‘to dig’; “Ze locative).
The informants believe that fseku is the same as tsegiku ‘gyp-
sum’ (see under Minprats), but are not sure. They say that
this place is called always Tsxku-.
Tewa and Keresan Indians visit this place, getting there white
stone, which is used for whitewashing the walls of pueblo houses.
The place is described as a gulch entering Galisteo Creek [29:34]
from the north, about haif-way between Cerrillos [29:53] and
Domingo [29:60]. Mr. K. A. Fleischer has visited the place,
which he describes as follows: ‘*The gypsum gulch is very steep
and deep. There are white and also red rocks along it. A longer
gulch enters the Galisteo Creek [29:34] from the north a short
distance west of the gypsum gulch.” Cf. [29:28].
[29:57] (1) Eng. Rosario settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Rosario ‘rosary’. =Eng. (1).
This settlement consists of a section-house and a couple of
other houses by the railroad on the north side of Galisteo Creek
[29:34]. Mr. Fleischer states that it is a short distance below
the gypsum gulch [29:56].
1681. Diario de la Retirada, fol. 32. Interrogatorios de varios Indios de los Pueblos Alzados, 1681, MS.
Otermin, Ynterrogatorio de Preguntas, 1681, MS. Also Declaracion de vn Indio Picuri, 1688, MS. In
1626, Fray Ger6nimo de Zarate Salmeron wrote about the turquoises of New Mexico, Relaciones de
todas las cosas que en el Nuevo México se han visto y sabido, MS., par. 34: ‘ Y minas de Chalechihuites
que los Yndios benefician desde su gentilidad, que para ellos son Diamantes y piedras preciosas. De
todo esto se rien los Espafioles que alla estan.’ The term ‘minas’, in older Spanish, is used to desig-
nate the localities where minerals are found, equivalent to the German ‘ Fundorte,’ and not worked
mines, in the English sense of the term, or the French. This has caused a misunderstanding which
misled the majority of prospectors. Vetancurt, Crénica, p. 286: ‘Hay minas de plata, de cobre, de
azabache, de piedra imand, vy una de talco transparente & modo de yeso, que lo sacan como tablas,
y adornan las ventanas con ellas como si fueran de cristél.? No mention is made of turquoises.
3enavides, Memorial, 1630, p. 44: ‘Toda esta gente [the Pueblos] . . . con gargantillas y oregeras de
turquesas, que tienen minas dellas, y las labran, aunque imperfectamente.’—BANDELIER, Final
Report, pt. m, p. 94, note, 1892.
1Tbid., pp. 93-94 and notes.
2Ore Deposits of New Mexico, pp. 163-64, 166-67, 1910.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 495
[29:58] Santo Domingo ‘‘Gi-pu-y” Pueblo ruin, see [28:117].
[29:59] Span. Hoya de la Piedra Parada ‘dell of the standing rock’.
What rock is referred to is not known. This dell is south or
southeast of Span. Hoya Apache [29:30].
[29:60] Domingo settlement, see [28:115].
[29:61] Santo Domingo Pueblo, see [28:109].
[29:62] (1) Eng. Ortiz settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Ortiz, a Span. family name. =Eng. (1).
This settlement appears to give one of the names to the moun-
tains [29:72].
[29:63] Cochiti Aatftpafoma Pueblo ruin, see [28:102].
[29:64] Borrego Creek, see [28:104].
[29:65] (1) San Felipe(?) ‘‘Comitre.”!
‘La Provincia de los Cheres [Keresans] con los pueblos de Castixes, llamados
Sant Phelipe y de Comitre.’ We find here in a corrupted form the Indian
names both of the pueblo [29:66] and of the round mesa [29:65] at the foot
of which it stood. ‘Castixes’ is a corruption of Kat-ist-ya, and ‘Comitre’
stands for Ta-mi-ta. The error was probably made in copying the document
for the press.”
(2) San Felipe ‘‘Ta-mi-ta.”* From what Bandelier states,‘ it is
evident that he obtained this name and the tradition in which it
occurs from a San Felipe informant. No etymology is given.
This is a small, black mesa, east of the Rio Grande and north of
- Tunque Arroyo [29:70]. ‘*The mesa of Ta-mi-ta, a height in the
shape of a truncated cone, nearly opposite San Felipe [29:69], on
the east bank of the Rio Grande.”* See [29:61].
[29:66] (1) San Felipe and Cochiti Katftpafoéma ‘old San Felipe’
(Katftpa ‘San Felipe Pueblo’; féma ‘old’), according to Ban-
delier, although the present writer did not get information to that
effect as he did in the case of [29:63]. See quoted forms under
[29:69].
(2) Span. San Felipe ‘Saint Philip’. See quoted forms under
[29:69].
Bandelier has determined that this is a historical village of the
San Felipe Indians, having been abandoned by them at the end of
the seventeenth century. According to the same authority it was
the second pueblo of Katfta of the San Felipe Indians. Only
a paragraph from Bandelier is here quoted; the reader is referred
to [29:69] for a fuller treatment of San Felipe and its former
sites.
Not a trace is left of the old pueblo [29:66] near the round mesa of Ta-mi-ta
[29:65]. The village, the church, and its convent have completely disappeared.
1Obediencia y Vassalaje de San Juan Baptista (1598), p. 114, quoted and identified with ‘‘ Ta-mi-ta”’
by Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 189, note, 1892.
2 Bandelier, ibid.
3Tbid., pp. 188-90.
4Ibid., p. 188.
496 PTHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [ern. ann. 29
The floods of the Tunque [29:70], on the northern border of which it stood,
have combined with those of the Rio Grande to obliterate every trace. Pot-
sherds may occasionally be picked up in the fields near by, or on the sandy
hillocks; but I have not been fortunate enough to find any. Only tradition
and documentary information enable us to identify the place.?
See [28:102], [29:68], [29:69], [29:66].
[29:67] (1) Tsiwiet, Tsiwivikwaje, Tsikwaje ‘basalt point’ ‘basalt
point height’ ‘basalt height’ (¢s¢ ‘basalt’; wc ‘horizontally
projecting point’; kwaje ‘height’). The form Zsiw7sc refers
especially to the projecting point of mesa where the ruin [29:68]
stands. Cf. Tewa (2), Tewa (3).
(2) Ninkwesigetsiwis, Ninkweuvigetsiwisikwaje, Naykwesige-
tsikwaje, Minkwesigekwaje ‘San Felipe basalt point’ ‘San Felipe
basalt point height’ ‘San Felipe basalt height’ ‘San Felipe height’
(Mipkwesige, see [29:69]; tstwit7, etc., as in Tewa (1), above).
Cf. Tewa (1), Tewa (38).
(3) pastegetsiwiti, pasegetsiwisikwaje, pasegetstkwaje, fasege-
kwaje ‘Santa Ana basalt point’ ‘Santa Ana basalt point height’
‘Santa Ana basalt height’ ‘Santa Ana height’ (avege, see
[29:95]; tsiwéuz, ete.. see Tewa (1), above). This name is applied
because the mesa also towers above Santa Ana Pueblo [29:95].
The use of w7e7 seems to be due to influence of Tewa (1) and Tewa
(2). Cf. Eng. (7), Span. (10).
(4) San Felipe ‘‘Tyit-i Tzat-ya”.? This is evidently for some
San Felipe form equivalent to Cochiti ¢éte ‘north’ plus the
Keresan word meaning ‘mesa’, which the writer has not recorded;
the whole name evidently means ‘north mesa’. Cf. San Felipe
(5).
(5) San Felipe (7) ‘*Pt’nyi Chatya”.* This is evidently for
some San Felipe form equivalent to Cochiti pone ‘west’ plus the
Keresan word meaning ‘mesa’, which the writer has not recorded;
the whole name evidently means ‘west mesa’. Cf. San Felipe (4).
(6) Eng. San Felipe Mesa. =Span. (9). Cf. Tewa (2).
(7) Eng. Santa Ana Mesa. =Span. (10). Cf. Tewa (3).
(8) Eng. Black Mesa, so called because of its color. ‘* Black
Mesa”.*
(9) Span. Mesa de San Felipe ‘San Felipe Mesa’. =Eng. (6).
Cf. Tewa (2). (
(10) Span. Mesa de Santa Ana ‘Santa Ana Mesa’. =Eng. (7).
Cf. Tewa (8). So called because it rises just north of the present
Santa Ana Pueblo [29:95] and because the ruins of two ald Santa
Ana Pueblos lie on its summit; see below.
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 190, 1892.
2Tbid., p. 191,
3 Hodge in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, 433, 1910.
4Bandelier, op. cit., p. 190 and note, 192; also Hodge, op. cit.
HARRINGTON J PLACE-NAMES 497
This high, blackish mesa lies west of San Felipe [29:69] and
north of Santa Ana [29:95]. Bandelier says of it:
The black mesa of San Felipe is both long and broad, forming a triangular
plateau which in extent and elevation resembles that [29:1] on which the cone
of the Tetilla [29:4] rises between Santa Fe [29:5] and Pena Blanca [29:31].
Its width between San Felipe:and Santa Ana is about nine miles, and about
midway there is a considerable elevation, on whose summit stand the ruins
[29:71] of the second pueblo of Tan-a-ya or Santa Ana.?
This mesa is also mentioned incidentally in the portions of
Bandelier’s Final Report quoted under [29:69]. Dr. H. J.
Spinden has crossed this mesa on an old trail, going from San
Felipe to Santa Ana. He says:
When going over the trail from San Felipe to Santa Ana one has to first
climb the mesa [29:67] and then cross three small gulches, which have pre-
cipitous walls on the north side but a gentle slope on the south [ef. the can-
yons of the Pajarito Plateau, which show this same geologically unexplained
peculiarity]. Then a larger, deeper canyon is crossed, and at the bottom of
this I saw a pictograph. At the brink of the mesa above Santa Ana Pueblo
[29:95] there isa pile of stones 10 feet high and 20 feet or so in diameter.
The trail is well worn that ascends the mesa side to this pile. No prayer-
plumes were noticed on the stone-pile. The pile is in plain sight from Santa
Ana Pueblo. The trail passes just south of the pile, around it.
On this mesa three pueblo ruins are known to exist; two which
were former pueblos of the Santa Ana people, [29:87] and [29:88],
and one, [29:68], which was a former village of the San Felipe.
See also [29:69], [29:95], [29:65].
[29:68] (1) Maiykweeige oywikeji ‘San Felipe Pueblo ruin’ (Migkwe-
wige, see [29:69]; -oywikejt ‘pueblo ruin’ <’oywz ‘pueblo’, keji
‘old’ postpound). This is the only former San Felipe pueblo of
which the Tewa know; they know of it because it is so conspicu-
ous. Cf. Tewa (2), Tewa (8), Cochiti (4), San Felipe (5).
(2) Tsiwis?onwikeji, Tsiwisikwajeoywikeji, Tsikwaje onwikes?
‘basalt point pueblo ruin’ ‘basalt point height pueblo ruin’
‘basalt height pueblo ruin’; Zsiw7u7, etc., see [29:67]; onwikeze
‘pueblo ruin’? <’oywi ‘pueblo’, keji ‘old’ postpound). Cf. Tewa
(1), Tewa (8).
(3) Minkwesigetsiwia’onwike)i, Naiykwesigetswwimkwaje oy-
wikejt, Niykwesrigetsikwajeoywike)i, Naykwerigehwaje o nwrikeje
- ‘San Felipe basalt point pueblo ruin’ ‘San Felipe basalt point
height pueblo ruin’ ‘San Felipe basalt height pueblo ruin’ ‘San
Felipe height pueblo ruin’ (Maykwesige, see [29:69]; tstwiud,
ete., see [29:67]; “oywikejz ‘pueblo ruin’? <’oywy ‘pueblo’, ket
‘old’ postpound). Cf. Tewa (1), Tewa (2), Cochiti (4), San
Felipe (5).
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. m, p. 194, 1892.
87584°—29 erH—16 32
498 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [=tH. ann. 29
(4) Cochiti Aatftpafoma ‘old San Felipe’ (Katftya, see
[29:69]; fdéma Sold’). =San Felipe (5). ;
(5) San Felipe presumably Awiftya, see [29:69]. —=Cochiti
(4). For quoted forms see under [26:69].
(6) Eng. San Felipe. (<Span.). =Span. (7).
(7) Span. San Felipe ‘Saint Philip’. =Eng. (6). For quoted
forms see under [29:69].
This pueblo appears to have been built by the San Felipe
Indians some time between 1683 and 1693. In 1693 Vargas found
them already inhabiting it. A church was built at the pueblo
after 1694, the ruins of which at the present day can still be seen
from the Rio Grande Valley below. Some time in the early part
of the eighteenth century the San Felipe abandoned this pueblo
and established the pueblo [29:69] which they now inhabit.
According to San Felipe tradition obtained by Bandelier [29:58]
is the third pueblo of the San Felipe called Adtftpa. See the
quotations about this pueblo given under [29:69].
[29:69] (1) Maynkweuigeoynwi ‘pueblo of the place where the earth is
sticky’ (ndyy ‘earth’; kwe ‘gum’ ‘stickiness’; “2 formative
particle; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; ’oywi ‘pueblo’). The place is
so called because the farming lands there are said to be sticky
and cloddy. The San Felipe people are called regularly Wdéy-
kwedige intows Cin locative and adjective-forming postfix ; towd
‘person’ ‘people’).
(2) Tsiwie’oywi ‘basalt point pueblo’, referring to the mesa
[29:67] (tsi ‘basalt’; w/u7 ‘horizontally projecting point’; ’oywt
‘pueblo’). The name refers properly to the old San Felipe
[29:68], q. v. It is applied rarely and incorrectly to [29:69].
(3) Pieuris ‘*Thoxtlawiama”:! given as the Picuris name of
San Felipe Pueblo.
(4) Isleta ‘*P’att’ak”:? given as probably meaning ‘‘ deep
water”. This meaning reminds one of what Bandelier says:
San Felipe at present is the last of the Queres [Keresan] villages on the Rio
Grande towards the south, and beyond the defile [29:90] formed by the Black
Mesa [29:67] on one side and the high gravelly bluffs above Algodones
[29:72] on the other, can be seen the beginning of the range of the Tiguas
[Tiwa]. This [defile] is called ‘La Angostura’, or ‘The Narrows’.*
See [29:90].
(5) Jemez Awileg?’t of obscure etymology (kwile unexplained:
g7 i locative). The San Felipe people are called Awilegiits@af
(ts7Af ‘people’). ‘* Wi'-li-gi-i’”.4 = Pecos (6).
1Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910.
2Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 433, 1910).
* Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 192, and note, 1892.
4 Hodge, op. cit.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 499
(6) Pecos ‘*Wi’-li-gi”.! =Jemez (5).
(7) Cochiti Adtftya of obscure etymology. =San Felipe (8),
Sia (9), Laguna (10), Hopi (11). “‘ Katiftya”.?
(8) San Felipe Aatfta of obscure etymology. =Cochiti (7),
Sia (9), Laguna (10), Hopi (11). ‘Castixes”* (identified with
Katftpa by Bandelier*). ‘‘Cachichi”® (doubtless identical).
‘“‘Ka-lis-cha”.® ‘‘Kalistcha”.? ‘Q’ash-tré-tye”.8 ‘*Ka-tish-
tya”.® ‘‘Kat-ish-tya”.° ‘*Kat-isht-ya”. ‘‘Ka-tisht-ya”.”
*“*Kat-ist-ya”. ‘°Od-tish-tye”.“ ‘“‘Ka-titya”.® ‘‘Catriti”.1®
(9) Sia ‘* Katitfe”.1” =Cochiti (7), San Felipe (8), Sia (9),
Laguna (10), Hopi (11).
(10) Laguna ‘‘ Kacht’ya”.18 =Cochiti (7), San Felipe (8), Sia
(9), Hopi (11).
(11) Oraibi Hopi ‘‘ Katist fa’, of obscure etymology. =Cochiti
(7), San Felipe (8), Sia (9), Laguna (10). ** Katihcha”:!® given as
Hopi name for a kind of people in the underworld. The Hopi
name for San Felipe is probably the same at all the Hopi villages.
(12) Navaho ‘To Hachéle”:?° given as meaning ‘ pull up water’.
(13) Navaho ‘‘Sai behoghiin, ‘sand houses’”.”4
(14) **Debé Lizhini ‘black sheep people’ ”.”?
(15) Eng. San Felipe. (<Span.). =Span. (16).
(16) Span. San Felipe ‘Saint Philip?» =Eng. (15). ‘‘Sant
Phelipe”.** ‘Sant Philepe”.** ‘‘Sn Phelipe”.® ‘‘S. Phelipe”.”°
“SS. Belipes27 5) 7 San\ Phelipe”. 9 <°S. Relip?.2% *S? Philip
1 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Indians, pt. 2, p. 433, 1910).
2Spinden, Cochiti notes, MS., 1911.
3 Ofiate (1598) in Doe. Inéd., xvi, p. 114, 1871.
4 Final Report, pt. 1, p. 189, note, 1892.
5 Ofiate (1598), op. cit., p. 102.
6Simpson, Rep. to Sec. War, p. 143, note, 1850.
7 Loew in Wheeler Surv. Rep., Vit, p. 418, 1879.
8 Bandelier in Archzol. Inst. Bull., 1, p. 18, 1883.
*Bandelier in Compte-Rendu Internat. Cong. Amér., VU, p. 451, 1890.
10 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. I, p. 126, 1890.
NTbid., p. 260; pt. 11, pp. 186, 187.
12Tbid., p. 166.
13 Tbid., p. 189, note.
4 Bandelier, Gilded Man, p. 215, 1893.
1s Jouvenceau in Cath. Pion., 1, No. 9, p. 12, 1906.
16 Bandelier, quoting an early source, in Archwol. Inst. Bull., 1, p. 18, 1883.
17 Spinden, Sia notes, 1911.
18 Hodge, op. cit.
19 Voth, Trad. Hopi, p. 11, 1905.
* Curtis, Amer. Ind., 1, p. 138, 1907.
*t Franciscan Fathers, Ethn. Dict. Nav. Lang., p. 135, 1910.
2Tbid., p. 128.
23 Ofiate (1598), op. cit., pp. 114, 254.
4 Onate misquoted by Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 97.
% Doc. of 1693 quoted by Bandelier, ibid., p. 190, note.
°6 Rivera, Diario, leg. 784, 1736.
27D’ Anville, map Amér. Sept., 1746.
°8 Villa-Senor, Theatro Amer., I1, p. 420, 1748.
2D’ Anyille, map N. A., Bolton ed., 1752.
500
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS (ETH. ANN. 29
de queres”.! ‘‘St. Philips”.? ‘*S. Felip de Cueres”.* ‘‘St.
Philip”.* ‘‘San Phelippe”.® ‘‘San Felippe”.® ‘‘San Felipe
de Keres”.’” ‘San Philippe”.® ‘‘San Phillippe”.®) ‘St.
*hilippe”.2_ Sts), Phillippe??s “°St. @Phillipe?.5)> San
Filipé”.” ‘‘San Felipe de Queres”. ‘‘San Felepe”.1* ‘‘S.
Felipe de Cuerez”.% ‘San Felipo”.1® ‘San Fellipe”.%”
San Felipe (pl. 20, A) isa large Keresan pueblo practically identi-
cal in language with Santo Domingo [28:109]. Bandelier learned
the traditional history of San Felipe, according to which the present
village [29:69] is the fourth which has borne the name Adtftya, .
each of the former three having been successively occupied and
abandoned. ‘The first was [29:63], the second [29:66], the third
{29:68]; the fourth and present village is [29:69]. The Tewa have
names for only the third and the fourth. The Keresans add
Joma ‘old’ to designate the abandoned Adtftya; thus they are
all known as Aut {tpafoma except the present one [29:69]. The
writer has obtained the name Adtftpafdma from a Cochiti in-
formant, only, however, for [29:63] and [29:68]; of [29:66] this
informant knew nothing. The information which Bandelier gives
about San Felipe is here quoted in full:
The attack and devastation of Kua-pa [28:61] by some hostile tribe is further
told in the traditions of the Queres [Keresan] village of Ka-tisht-ya, or San
Felipe. According to these, while the Queres lived in the Cafada [28:52], a
tribe of small men called Pin-i-ni attacked Kua-pa, slaughtered many of its
people, and drove off the remainder. They were pursued by the pygmies as far
asa place above Santo Domingo called Isht-ua Yen-e [28:unlocated], where
many arrow-heads are found to-day.'* I reserve the full details of the San
Felipe tradition for a later occasion, and will only state here that the Pinini
story is told by the Cochitefios about the village [28:26] on the Potrero de las
Vacas.'? It seems probable that the branches of the Queres now constituting
1 Pike, Exped., 3d map, 1810.
2Ibid., app., pt. TI, p. 13, 1810.
3 Humboldt, Atlas Nouv. Espagne, carte 1, 1811.
4 Pike, Travels, p. 273, 1811.
5 Falconer in Jour. Roy. Geog. Soc., XIII, p. 217, 1843.
6 Gallegas (1844) in Emory, Recon., p. 478, 1848.
7 Miihlenpfordt, Mejico, 1, p. 533, 1844.
§ Johnston (1846) in Emory, Recon., p. 567, 1848.
9 Abert (1848), ibid., p. 461.
10 Tbid., p. 462.
UTbid., p. 469.
! Hughes, Doniphan’s Exped.,, p. 96, 1848.
13 Kern in Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, Iv, p. 35, 1854.
14 Davis, Span. Conq. N. Mex., map, 1869.
1 Humboldt quoted by Simpson in Smithson. Rep. for 1869, p. 334, 1871.
16 Kingsley, Stand. Nat. Hist., v1, p. 183, 1883.
7 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 193, 1892.
18“ From Isht-ua, arrow. This part of the story is possibly a ‘myth of observation.’ ’’—Ibid., p. 166,
note.
i9** The name Pinini is a corruption of Spanish Pygméos [?]._ The Spanish-speaking inhabitants of New
Mexico usually pronounce it Pininéos, whence the Indians have derived Pinini. The tale about these
dwarfish tribes, described as ‘small but very strong’, looks to me quite suspicious. I incline to the
simpler but more probable story that the Tehuas [Tewa], were the aggressors.’’—Ibid.
o19g3and WNV VLNYS ‘&
O183nNd AdI134 NVS “VF
— rena
oar:
0¢ SLV1d LYOd3Y IWANNVY HLNIN-ALNSML ASOTONHL] NVOINSWY JO NV3SYNE
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 501
the tribes of Cochiti and San Felipe once formed one group at Kua-pa [28:61],
that some hostile invasion caused their dispersion, one branch retiring to the
south, while the other took refuge on the Potrero Viejo [28:56] and built a tem-
porary village at least on top of this almost impregnable rock. I regard it as
not at all unlikely that the aggressors were Tehuas [Tewa], since this has been
told me by the people of Cochition many occasions.' The settlers at the Canada
[28:52] emphatically confirmed these statements [that the aggressors were
Tewa], as having been told ever since their ancestors had settled there by the
old men of Cochiti as genuine traditions of their [Cochiti] tribe. At all events,
the valley of the Cafiada [28:52] and its surroundings were the last station of
the Queres [Keresans] of Cochiti, and probably of San Felipe, before they estab-
lished themselves on the banks of the Rio Grande.?
Santo Domingo [28:109] is rich in historical reminiscences; but it would carry
me too far to refer to them here in detail. The next ruin [29:63] south of it
[28:109], which I have not seen, is near the village of Cubero [28:unlocated],
on the west side of the Rio Grande. It is called by the Indians of San Felipe
Kat-isht-ya, or Tyit-i Haa, as the site of the ruin itself, or that of Cubero near
by, ismeant. Tradition [of which pueblo?] has it that the first village of the
San Felipe [29:69] branch of the Queres [Keresans] was built there. The
substance of this folk-tale is as follows.
When the ‘Pinini’ surprised the pueblo of Kuapa, they slew nearly all its
inhabitants [see [28:61]]. A woman concealed herself behind a metate, and a
- boyhidinastore-room. Along with the woman wasa parrot. After the enemy
had leit, the parrot took charge of the boy and fed him till he was grown up,
when he directed him and the woman to go south in search of new homes.
So they wandered away, the boy carrying the parrot and a certain charm or
fetich, which was contained in a bowl of clay. The Indians of the pueblo of
Sandia [29:100], to whom they first applied for hospitality, received them coldly.
The fugitives accordingly turned to the east, and went to the Tanos [see NAMEs or
TRIBES AND PEoPLEs], probably of the village of Tunque [29:82]. Here the
woman gave birth to five children, four boys and one girl. The boys of the
Tanos often taunted these youngsters with being foreigners, and, nettled by these
‘taunts, they asked their mother about their origin. She told them the story of
her past, and acknowledged that the Tanos [Tano] country wasnot theirs. She
told them that at the foot of the mesa of Ta-mi-ta [29:65], a height in the shape
of a truncated cone, nearly opposite San Felipe [29:69], on the east bank of the
Rio Grande, they would find their future home. Thereupon the boys set out,
following the course of the Arroyo del Tunque [29:70] to the mesa [29:65]
indicated, and succeeded in raising abundant crops in the Rio Grande valley.
There had been a famine among the Tanos for two years, and therefore the
boys carried their harvests home to their mother. In course of time the
Queres [Keresan] refugees left the Tanos permanently, and built a village
[29:63] west of the Rio Grande at Cubero [28:unlocated]. This [29:63] was
the first pueblo called Kat-isht-ya. Subsequently that village was abandoned,
1“ But when Diego de Vargas visited the Potrero Viejo [28:56] for the first time, on Oct. 21, 1692, the
Queres [Keresans] of Cochiti and San Felipe, and the Tanos of San Marcos [Kunpez’onwt {29:unlo-
cated]], who occupied the pueblo [28:58] on its summit, informed him that they had fled thither out of
fear of their enemies, the Tehuas [Tewa], Tanos, and Picuries [Picuris]. Autos de Guerra de la Primera
Campaiia dla Reconquista del Nuevo México, fol. 141,—a manuscript in the Territorial archives of Santa
Fé. It is true that the Queres [Keresans] and Tanos, possibly also the Tehuas [Tewa], were in open
hostility during the time the Spaniards were away from New Mexico from 1680 to 1692. But still the
truth of their statements to Vargas may be subject to doubt. It is quite as likely that they retreated.
to the mesa [28:56] after the successful raid of Pedro Reneros Posada upon Santa Ana [28:95] in 1687.”’—
BANDELIER, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 166-67, note, 1892.
2Tbid., pp. 166-67.
502 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS ‘[eTH. Ann. 29
and a new one constructed at the foot of the mesa of Ta-mi-ta [29:65], to which
the same name [Kat-isht-ya] was given.
There the first church of San Felipe was built by Fray Cristobal de Quifiones,
who died at the pueblo [29:66] in 1607 [?], and was buried in the temple which
he had founded.’ The Queres [ Keresans] occupied this site [29:66] until after
1683.2. Ten years later [after 1683] Diego de Vargas found them [the San Felipe
Indians] on the opposite side of the river [from [29:66] ], on the Black Mesa
[29:67], overlooking San Felipe [29:69].° A church was built on this site
[29:68] after 1694, the ruins of which present [at the present day] a picturesque
appearance from the river banks. In the beginning of the last century [the
18th century], the tribe of San Felipe left the mesa [29:67], and established
itself at its foot, where the present Kat-isht-ya [29:69], the fourth of that name,
stands.
1 The San Felipe of the Queres [Keresans] must not be confounded with a ‘Sant Felipe’ mentioned
in the Testimonio dado en Mérico (Doc. de Indias, vol. xv, pp. 83 and 90) by the companions of Fran-
cisco Sanchez Chamuscado in 1582. The latter pueblo was the first one met by these explorers in 1581
on their way up the Rio Grande, and was a village of the Piros [see NAMES OF TRIBES AND PEOPLES,
page 575], probably near San Marcial, at least 160 miles farther south. The name Sant Felipe was after-
wards forgotten. The pueblo [29:66] at the foot of Ta-mi-ta[29:65] was undoubtedly visited by Cas-
tafo in 1591, aud it may be that he gave that name to it. Ofiateso calls it in 1598 in Discurso de las
Jornadas, p. 254. He arrived there on the 30th of June, ‘ Pasamos & Sant Phelipe, casi tres leguas.”’ Also
in Obediencia y Vasallaje de San Juan Baptista p. 114: ‘La Provincia de los Cheres con los pueblos de
Castixes, lamados Sant Phelipe y de Comitre.” We find here in a corrupted form the Indian names
both of the pueblo [29:66] and of the round mesa [29:65] at the foot of which it stood. ... . The error
was probably made in copying the document for the press. San Felipe again appears in the document
called Peticion & Don X ptobal de Oiiate por los Pobladorcs de San Gabriel, 1604 (MS.): ‘Pedimos y supflicamos
sea serbido de despachar y echar desta bellad Jua Lopez Olguinal pueblode San Felipe.’ Fray Crist6bal
de Quifiones had an organ set up at San Felipe. Says Vetancurt, Menologio, p. 137: ‘ Solicit6 para el
culto divino organos y mtsica, y por su diligencia aprendieron los naturales y salieron para el oficio
diuino diestros cantores.’ According to the Cronica (p. 315), San Felipe previous to the rebellion had a
“Capilla de Musicos.’ It is well established that many of the Pueblo Indians knew and performed
church music in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Fray Cristobal died at San Felipe April 27,
1609[?], and was buried in the church. Vetancurt, Menologio, p. 137. He had also established a hospital
with a pharmacy. San Felipe in 1636 avas the residence of the Father Custodian, Fray Cristébal de
Quiros. Autos sobre Quetas contra los Religiosos del Nuebo México, 1636, MS. But it was not as a per-
manent seat; at that time the custodians resided at their respective missions.””—BANDELIER, Final
Report, pt. , p. 189, note, 1892.
2‘« No massacres of Spaniards or priests occurred at San Felipe in August, 1680, but a few Indians who
had remained faithful to the Spaniards were killed. Jnterrogatorios de Varios Indios, 1681, fol. 139, All
the males of that pueblo, with few exceptions, joined in the butchery at Santo Domingo [28:109]. At
the time there was no resident priest at San Felipe, but the missionaries for the three Queres [Keresan]
pueblos of Cochiti, Santo Domingo, and San Felipe resided at the convent. of Santo Domingo. The
Indians of San Felipe also took part in the frightful slaughter of Spanish colonists that occurred in the
haciendas between the pueblo and Algodones [29:78]. Compare Otermin Diariode la Retirada, 1680, MS.,
fol. 31. The pueblo was abandoned upon the approach of the retiring Spaniards, and many Indians ap-
peared upon the Great Mesa (29: 67] on the west side of the Rio Grande, watching the march of Otermin.
It was reoccupied immediately afterwards by its inhabitants. Jnterrogatorios, 1681, fol. 137 ct seq. In
December, 1681, Mendoza found it deserted. Ynterrogatorio de Preguntas, MS.: ‘ Y que de alli pas6 al
pueblo de San Felipe, y lo hallé despoblado, y en el solo Yndio llamado Francisco al qual le pregunto en
su lengua por la gente del pueblo, y respondié haberse ido huyendo 4 la Cieneguilla [(29: 20]?], 6 pueblo
de Cochiti; y haciendo buscar el pueblo en todas sus casas, se hallaron muchas cosas de la Yeglesia, y
emparticular vn incensario de plata, y vna naveta, y caxuela de los santos oleos, y cruces de mangas que-
bradas, y en todas las demas casas cantidad de mascaras de sus bayles diabélicos, y en medio de la plaza
montones de piedras adonde hacian sus idolatrias, y toda la Yglesia destruida, y el convento demolido, y
en la orilla del riole digeron, los que ivan en su compania, que estaba una campana, que quiziern quebrar,
y solo le hicieron vn agugero.’ San Felipe was occupied again, and was inhabited in 1683. Declaracion
de vn Yndio Pecuri, MS.”—Ibid., note, pp. 189-90.
3 In the fall of 1692, when Vargas made his first dash into New Mexico, the Indians of San Felipe were
with those of Cochiti on the Potrero Viejo [28:56]. Autos de la Guerra de la Primera Campana, 1692, fol-
141. Thave already stated that the Indians of San Felipe kept their promise of returning to their pueblo,
which stood then on the summit of the long Black Mesa [29:67] west of the present pueblo [29: 69].
- There Vargas found them in November, 1693. Autos de Guerra del Afio de 1693, fol. 22: ‘ Y ayer salf con
50 soldados por todos y 60 mulas con sus arieros y suvi & la mesa donde tienen dho pueblo los de Sn
Phelipe.’ It still stood there [at [29:68]] in 1696. Awtos de Guerra del Aiio de 1696, MS.—Ibid., p. 190.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 5038
Not a trace is left of the old pueblo [29:66], near the round mesa of Ta-mi-ta
[29:65]. The village, the church, and its convent have completely disappeared.
The floods of the Tunque [29:70], on the northern border of which it stood,
have combined with those of the Rio Grande to obliterate every trace. Pot-
sherds may occasionally be picked up in the fields near by, or on the sandy
hillocks; but I have not been fortunate enough to find any. Only tradition
and documentary information enable us to identify the place [29:66].
The same cannot be said of the village built on top of the mesa of Tyit-i
Tzat-ya [29:67], that rises abruptly above the San Felipe [29:69] of to-day.
Figure 23 of Plate 1 [of Bandelier’s Final Report, pt. 1] conveys an idea of
the size and arrangement of the ruin. The east side approaches the brink of
the mesa [29:67], which is difficult of access. he church is of adobe, and
stands on the edge of the declivity in the northeastern corner. The cells of
the Indian dwellings, two rows deep, form the north, west, and south sides,
so that the pueblo forms three sides of a quadrangle, with an entrance in the
southwestern corner. The church measures 20.0 by 6.3 meters (65 by 20 feet);
the houses have a total length of 217 meters (712 feet). It was therefore a
small pueblo, and the number of rooms (fifty-eight) shows that the popula-
tion cannot have been considerable. The walls are fairly well built of blocks
of lava and 0.45 m. (18 inches) thick, and most of the houses may have been
two stories high. When Diego de Vargas visited it in 1693, he found it
in good condition."
How long the Queres [Keresans] remained on the mesa [29:67] after that
date [1693], I have not ascertained.
There is a tale current among the Indians of San Felipe of the flight of Fray
Alonzo Ximenez de Cisneros, missionary at Cochiti, from that village [Cochiti],
in the night of the 4th of June, 1696, and his rescue by the San Felipe Indians.
The facts are true in regard to the flight of the priest and the kind treatment
extended to him by the people of Kat-isht-ya [29:68] on the mesa [29:67];
but the same cannot be said of the siege, which the pueblo is reported to
have withstood afterwards. The Cochiti Indians followed the Franciscan,
whom they intended to murder, for a short distance, but withdrew as soon as
they saw that he was beyond their reach. Then they abandoned their pueblo,
and retired to the mountains,—not to the Potrero Viejo [28:56], but to the more
distant gorges and crests of the Valles range [The Western Mountains (Large
Features) ]. The San Felipe pueblo was never directly threatened in 1696,
and consequently the story of the blockade, and of the suffering from lack of
water resulting from it, and the miraculous intervention of the rescued mis-
sionary, is without foundation.?
1“ Autos de Guerra de 1693, fol. 22: ‘Y los Yndios todos me salieron 4 rezeuir sin armas y las mujeres
4 otro lado muy vien bestidas y todos con sus cruzes en la garganta y tenian vna grande 4 la entrada del
pueblo y asimesmo en las casas y la plaza muy barrida, puestos muchos bancos y petates nueuos para
que me sentase y nos dieron & todos de comer con grande abundancia y hizieron demostracion de mucha
alegria.’” I am unable to say when the church now in ruins on the edge of the mesa was built, but it
was probably soon after 1694. There was a resident priest at San Felipe from 1694 until 1696, when Fray
Alonzo Ximenez de Cisneros fled from Cochiti on the 4th of June, 1696, and remained there until the fol-
lowing year. He was succeeded by Fray Diego de Chavarria, and from that time on-the list is uninter-
rupted down to the first half of thiscentury. See the Libro de Entierros de la Mision de San Felipe, 1696
to 1708, MS.”,—BANDELIER, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 191, note, 1892.
2 «« Father Cisneros was one of the priests who entered upon his mission among the pueblos in 1695, but
soon discovered that they were bent upon another outbreak. He gave warning of it by letter to the
Custodian in the beginning of 1696, Carta al Padre Custodio Fray Francisco de Vargas, MS., and joined in
the petition of the latter to Diego de Vargas, Peticion del Custo y Definitorio al Gobernador Don Dicgo de
Vargas, MS. Vargas disregarded these well grounded cries of alarm,and Father Cisneros fled to San
Felipe and was wellreceived there. The Indians of Cochiti left their village at once, and returned thither
only in the late fall of 1696. Autos de Guerra del Ano de 1696, ‘ Primer Cuaderno.’ Escalante, Relacion,
pp. 172 and 174.’’—Ibid., note, p. 192.
504 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [pTH. ANN. 29
San Felipe is at present the last of the Queres [Keresan] villages on the Rio
Grande towards the south, and beyond the defile [29:90] formed by the Black
Mesa [29:67] on one side and the high gravelly bluffs above Algodones [29:78]
on the other! can be seen the beginning of the range of the Tiguas [Tiwa;
see Names or Tripes AND Peoprtes]. If the traditions concerning the origin
of the San Felipe villages are true, the Tiguas [Tiwa] were already established
on their range before the dispersion of the Queres [ Keresans] at Kua-pa [28:61]
took place, since the fugitives from there applied in vain to the Indians of
Sandia? [29:100] for hospitality. A historical fact of some importance would
accordingly be established by that fragment of Indian folk-lore.* Jemez, Santa
Clara, and San Felipe are each a double quadrangle with two squares.*
See [28:61], [28:102], [29:66], [29:67], [29:68], and mineral
paint deposit in front of San Felipe Pueblo [29:69] [29 :unlocated].
[29:70] (1) Eng. Tunque Arroyo. (<Span.). =Span. (4).
(2) Eng. San Pedro Arroyo. (<Span.). =Span. (5).
(3) Eng. Ufia de Gato Arroyo. (<Span.) =Span. (6).
(4) Span. Arroyo Tunque, Arroyo de Tunque *Tunque Arroyo’.
=Eng. (1). So called from the pueblo ruin [29:82]. ‘Arroyo
del Tunque”.°
(5) Span. Arroyo San Pedro, Arroyo de San Pedro ‘Saint
Peter Arroyo’, referring to San Pedro settlement [29:77]. =Eng.
(2). ‘*San Pedro”.® ‘*Rio de San Pedro”.? The latter means
‘Saint Peter River’.
(6) Span. Arroyo Una de Gato, Arroyo de la Uta de Gato
‘eatelaw arroyo’. =Eng. (3). The name appears to be taken
from that of the settlement. ‘‘Ufa de Gato”® [29:unlocated],
pages 555-56.
According to the writer’s informants these names are applied
indiscriminately to the whole arroyo, the name San Pedro often,
however, referring especially to the upper branch on which San
Pedro [29:77] is situated. Bandelier, however, implies that the
uppermost course is called San Pedro while farther down the
arroyo is called Ufia de Gato (above or below Tunque [29:82]%),
and in the vicinity of Tunque Pueblo ruin [29:82] it is called
Tunque Arroyo. The Una de Gato settlement is situated a short
distance below the confluence of Golden Arroyo [29:76], q. v.,
and Bandelier is understood to mean that the name Una de Gato
1“ This is called ‘La Angostura,’ or ‘ The Narrows.’ ’’—Ibid.
2‘ Sandia or Na-fi-ap, is an old Tigua [Tiwa] village. From this tradition we may also infer that the
Tanos occupied their country at the same time, and previous to the events at Kua-pa.”—Ibid., pp.
192-93.
’ Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 187-93 and notes, 1892.
1Ibid., pt. 1, p. 265, 1890.
5 Ibid., pt. 17, pp. 88, 109.
6 Ibid., p. 88.
7 Ibid., p. 109,
8 Ibid., pp. 88, 109.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 505
is applied to the entire lower course of the arroyo. Bandelier
says:
The Rio de Santa Fé [29:8] flows from east to west through the northern sec-
tion of this area [the Tano country], and the San Pedro, or Ufa de Gato, irri-
gates its southwestern corners. But the waters of neither of these streams
reach the Rio Grande except during heavy rains. ... The San Pedro dwin-
dles down to the sandy Arroyo del Tunque, 12 miles east of the Rio Grande.*
It [Tunque Pueblo ruin [29:82]] lies on a gentle bare slope near the banks
of a stream which in the mountains farther south is called Rio de San
Pedro, lower down [than the stretch called Rio de San Pedro or than [29:82]?]
Ufia de Gato, and here takes the name of Arroyo del Tunque. A little beyond
the ruin [29:82] the stream sinks and becomes a dry mountain torrent for 12
miles, to its mouth opposite the present pueblo of San Felipe [29:69].?
Not a trace is left of the old pueblo [29:66], near the round mesa of Ta-mi-ta
[29:65]. The floods of the Tunque, on the northern border of which it stood,
have combined with those of the Rio Grande to obliterate every trace.*
The narrow valley of the upper San Pedro resembles somewhat that of the
Pecos [29:32], but thestream is not as large, and the scenery decidedly grander.
The forests descend into the bottom, and the peaks of the San Pedro range
[[29:73] and [29:74]?], covered with beautiful pines, rise at a short distance in
the east. In the west, the slopes of the Sandia chain [29:83] sweep upwards
like an enormous slanting roof terminated by a long shaggy crest. There is
not much space for cultivation, yet enough for the inhabitants of a good-sized
pueblo. *
The writer has been unable to obtain an Indian name for this
arroyo. See [29:76], [29:80], [29:82] and ‘‘Arroyo de la Yuta”
[29:unlocated].
[29:71] Span. ‘‘ La Angostura”;° this means ‘the defile’ ‘the narrows’.
San Felipe [29:69] . . . isthe last of the Queres [ Keresan] villages on the Rio
Grande towards the south, and beyond the defile formed by the Black Mesa
[29:67] on one side and the high gravelly bluffs above Algodones [29:78] on
the other, can be seen the beginning of the range of the Tiguas [Tiwa].
This [defile] is called ‘La Angostura’ or ‘The Narrows’.®
[29:72] (1) Eng. Ortiz Mountains. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Sierra Ortiz, Sierra de los Ortizes ‘Ortiz Mountains’
‘Mountains of the Ortizes’, Ortiz being a Span. family name.
=Eng. (1). Cf. the name of Ortiz settlement [29:62], which may
have given this name to the mountains. ‘‘Ortiz Mountains.”7
(3) Span. Sierra de Dolores, ‘Dolores Mountains’, named from
Dolores settlement [29:unlocated]. ‘‘Sierra de Dolores.” §
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 88, 1892.
2Tbid., p. 109.
a Ibid., p. 190.
4 Tbid., p. 112.
5 [bid., p. 192, note.
6 Ibid., p. 192 and note.
7Lindgren, Graton and Gordon, Ore Deposits in New Mexico, p. 17, 1910.
8 Bandelier, op. cit., pp. 106, 108.
506 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [nrTH. ann. 29
These mountains are famous for their mines.
The era of placer mining in New Mexico began in 1828, when the Old Placers
in the Ortiz Mountains south of Santa Fe [29:5] were discovered... In
1833... . the Ortiz gold quartz vein was discovered. '
Mr. K. A. Fleischer states that a number of people have
noticed that a light-colored formation on the western slope of the
Oztiz Mountains resembles in outline the capital letters DC or QC.
Of the cafada separating the Ortiz Mountains from the Golden
Mountains [29:73], Bandelier writes:
The Galisteo Plain [Santa Fe Plain (Large Features)] is bordered on the west
by the Sierra de Dolores [Ortiz Mountains [29:72]]; south of this mountain
rises the Sierra de San Francisco [Golden Mountains [29:73]]; and a long and
waterless valley, running from east to west, separates the two ranges. This
arid cafiada is partly covered with coniferous trees.”
See Ortiz settlement [29:62], [29:49], Dolores [29:unlocated],
Placer Mountains [29:unlocated], [29:73], and [29:74].
[29:73] (1) Eng. Golden Mountains, called after Golden settlement
[29:75].
(2) Eng. San Francisco Mountains. (<Span.). =Span. (5).
(8) Eng. Tuerto Mountains. (<Span.). =Span. (6). ‘*Tuerto
Mountains.” °
(4) Eng. San Pedro Mountains. (<Span.). =Span. (7). ‘‘San
Pedro Mountains.”* ‘‘San Pedro range”:® this refers perhaps
to both [29:73] and [29:74]. ‘San Pedro Mountains” :* this refers
perhaps to both [29:73] and [29:74]. See Span. (7).
(5) Span. Sierra de San Francisco ‘Saint Frances Mountains’,
named from the Real de San Francisco (Golden [29:75]). = Eng.
(2). ‘Sierra de San Francisco.”?
(6) Span. Sierra del Tuerto ‘Tuerto Mountains’, named after
the pueblo ruin Tuerto [29:unlocated] and vicinity. =Eng. (3).
(7) Span. Sierra de San Pedro ‘San Pedro Mountains’, named
after San Pedro settlement [29:77]. =Eng. (4). This name
appears to be used sometimes of the mountains [29:74] or of both
[29:73] and [29:74]. See Eng. (4), above.
This range appears to be closely joined to [29:74]. The varying
names are very confusing. See [29:75], [29:77], [29:74], [29:72],
Tuerto Pueblo ruin [29:unlocated], and Placer Mountains [29:
unlocated ].
1 Lindgren, Graton and Gordon, Ore Deposits in New Mexico, p. 17, 1910.
2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 106, 1892.
3U.S. Geographical Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, Part of Central New Mexico, atlas sheet No.
77, Expeditions of 1873,’74,’75, ’76,’77, and ’78.
1U.S. Geological Survey, Reconnaissance Map, New Mexico, San Pedro sheet, 1892.
6 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 112.
6 Lindgren, Graton and Gordon, op. cit.
7Bandelier, op. cit., pp. 106, 108.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 507
(29:74] (1) Eng. San Pedro Meuntains. The mountains are evi-
dently so called from San Pedro settlement [29:77], which is be-
tween [29:73] and [29:74], but nearer the former than the latter.
The Golden Mountains [29:73] are also called by this name; see
[29:73]. The name is applied sometimes also to both [29:73] and
[29:74]. The name ‘‘San Pedro Mountains” is applied to the
southernmost part of these mountains by the United States Geo-
graphical Survey map,' which applies the name Eng. (2) to the
central or northern part.
(2) Eng. ‘San Ysidro Mountains:”? this name appears to be
applied by this map to the central and northern parts of these
mountains, while Eng. (1) is applied to the southernmost part.
From this Eng. name we assume Span. (5) is derived.
(3) Eng. ‘South Mountain:”* evidently so called because it
is south of San Pedro [29:77] and of the other mountains ((29:72]
and [29:73]).
(4) Span. **Sierra de Carnué.”* Carnué appears to have been
the name of some Piro or Tiwa pueblo, although it is not entered
in the Handbook of Indians. ‘* Documents of the year 1763 men-
tion a ruin situated to the west of Carnué in the mountains.”®
(5) Span. Sierra de San Isidro ‘Saint Isadore mountains’.
=Eng. (3). There must be such a Span. name to give rise to
Eng. (8). Why such a name is applied is not known.
This is a mass of mountains lying south of San Pedro [29:77]
and closely connected with the Golden Mountains [29:73]. “A
high ridge, densely wooded, the Sierra de Carnué, separated it
[**Paako” Pueblo ruin [29:79]] from the nearest Tigua [Tiwa]
pueblo in the south, Chilili [29:unlocated].”* See [29:73],
[29:77], [29:72], and Placer Mountains [29:unlocated].
[29:75] (1) Eng. Golden settlement. Evidently so called because it
is a center in the gold-mining region. ‘‘Golden.”7
(2) Eng. San Francisco. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(8) Span. San Francisco, Real de San Francisco ‘Saint Francis?
‘Saint Frances camp’. =Eng. (2). ‘*Real de San Francisco.”
This settlement gives the mountains [29:73] two of their names.
See [29:76].
1U. S. Geographical Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, Part of Central New Mexico, atlas sheet
No. 77, Expeditions of 1873, ’74, ’75, ’76, ‘77, and ’78.
2Tbid.
5U.S. Geological Survey, New Mexico, San Pedro sheet, 1892.
4Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 0, p. 114, 1892.
5Tbid., p. 115.
6Tbid., p. 114.
7Tbid., p. 108.
5U. S. Geographical Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, op. cit. Also Bandelier, op. cit.
508 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [ern. ann. 29
[29:76] (1) Eng. Tuerto Arroyo. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Golden Arroyo, so called from Golden settlement
[29:75], which stands on its banks. .
(3) Span. Arroyo del Tuerto ‘Tuerto Arroyo’, referring to
Tuerto Pueblo ruin [29:unlocated]. ‘‘Arroyo del Tuerto.””?
This is the tributary of [29:70], on which Golden settlement
[29:75] is situated. ‘*At Golden, or Real de San Francisco, where
the Arroyo del Tuerto emerges from a narrow mountain valley.”*
[29:77] (1) Eng. San Pedro settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. San Pedro ‘Saint Peter.’ = Eng. (1). Fororigin of name
see under [29:79]. ‘‘San Pedro.”* This settlement gives names
to [29:73], [29:74], and [29:70]. Bandelier® distinguishes between
San Pedro, a mining camp, and old San Pedro, stating that the
latter is south of the former and at the site of the pueblo ruin
[29:112]. The maps of New Mexico, however, appear to give
only San Pedro and the Indian informant of Cochiti knew of
only one. The arrangement of [29:77] and [29:79] on [29] is
merely tentative. See [29:79] and Ochre deposits at San Pedro
[29:unlocated].
[29:78] (1) Eng. Algodones. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Algodones. =Eng. (1). According to the Span. dic-
tionaries, algodones, plu. of algodon ‘cotton,’ would mean either
‘cotton plants’ or ‘* cotton for an inkstand.” ‘* Algodones.”
This isa small Mexican settlement just south of the mouth of the
arroyo [29:90]. See Nameless pueblo ruin opposite Algodones
[29:78], [29:unlocated J.
[29:79] (1) Tano Tewa(?) ‘‘Paaco.”> Tano Tewa ‘‘Pa-a-ko.”®
‘*Paako.”7 ‘*Paqu.”8 ‘‘Peako.”® The Tewa informants do
not know this name and cannot etymologize it.
(2) Span. ‘*San Pablo”:1° this means St. Paul."
(3) Span. ‘‘ San Pedro.” ” This means ‘Saint Peter’; ef. [29:77].
*¢San Pedro del Cuchillo”: this means ‘Saint Peter of the Knife.,
Shea’s source of information is not clear. Bandelier appears to
be the only authority on this pueblo ruin, which he attributes to
the Tano and believes to be historical.
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 108, 1892.
2Tbid.
3Tbid, 112.
1 Tbid., p. 192.
5Ofiate (1598) in Doe. Inéd., XVI, p. 118, 1871.
6 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 112.
7 Ibid., pp. 112,114,122; Hewett, General View, p. 597, 1905.
® Bandelier, Gilded Man, p. 121, 1893.
5’ Hewett, Communautés, p. 38, 1908. .
lo ZArate-Salmeron (ca. 1629) quoted by Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 113.
4 According to the Handbook Insd., pt. 2, p. 181, 1910, this appears to be the original Saint name,
12 Niel (ca. 1629) quoted by Bandelier, op. cit. (so changed from ‘San Pablo” by Niel).
13 Shea, Cath. Missions, p. 82, 1855.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 509
Although there may be other ruins yet in the valleys east of the Sandia
chain [29:83], I know of only one, that of the village of old San Pedro
({29:77]?), south of the mining camp ([29:77]?) of that name. This pueblo
is called by the Tanos ‘ Pa-a-ko.
The narrow yalley of the Upper San Pedro [29:70] resembles somewhat that
of the Pecos [29:32], but the stream is not as large, and the scenery decidedly
grander. The forests descend into the bottom, and the peaks of the San Pedro
range [see [29:73] and [29:74]], covered with beautiful pines, rise at a short
distance in the east. In the west, the slopes of the Sandia chain [29:83] sweep
upwards like an enormous slanting roof terminated by a long shaggy crest.
There is not much space for cultivation, yet enough for the inhabitants of a
good-sized pueblo. The ruins lie on the west bank, and almost at the edge of
the woods. They show considerable decay. The walls appear to have been
of rubble. Pottery and other objects similar to those of the other Tanos [Tano]
villages lie on the surface.
It was a village of the more compact type, which may be due to the nature
of the ground on which it was built and to the lack of space. The mounds
are high enough to admit the supposition that the buildings were over two
stories in height, at least in some places. Three circular estufas are plainly
visible, and three enclosures like those noticed at San Cristobal [29:45] and San
Lazaro [29:52]. These enclosures were without doubt made for the purpose of
confining flocks, and if they are coeval with the pueblo, and not subsequent
additions, Paako belongs to the category of historic pueblos. But I was unable
to investigate, while in that vicinity, whether shepherds may not have reared
these stone enclosures in modern times. When, on the 12th of October, 1598,
Juan de Onate received the submission of the Pueblos lying along the western
border of the Salines of the Manzano [29:110], Paako is mentioned as being
among them.!
This [the fact that Ofate mentions Paako] is significant, though not conclusive.
In 1626 Fray Geronimo de Zaérate-Salmeron, in speaking of the murder of Fray
Juan de Santa Maria in 1581, at some place east of the Sierra de Sandia [29:83]
and three days’ journey south of Galisteo [29:39], attributes the deed to ‘the
Tigua [Tiwa] Indians of the pueblo that now is called San Pablo’.? Zirate’s
commentator, the Jesuit José Amando Niel, changes that name into ‘San
Pedro’. I infer, therefore, that there was an inhabited pueblo near the place
where Fray Santa Maria perished, which place must have been in the vicinity
of the ‘old’ San Pedro of to-day. Niel may have been right in changing the
name, or the copyist of Zirate’s manuscript may have made a mistake.°
1“Qbediencia y Vasallaje a su Magestad por los Indios del Pucblo de Acolocu, October 12, 1598 (Doc, de
Indias, vol. XVI, p. 118). Four villages are mentioned: Paako, Cuzaya, Junétre, and Acolocti. If the
first was the one at San Pedro [29:77], the other three may have been the Tigua [Tiwa] pueblos ‘ Cuar-
ay’ [29: unlocated], ‘ Ta-ji-que’ (29: 105], and ‘Chil-ili’ (29: unlocated].”"—BANDELIER, Final Report,
pt. m1, p. 113, 1892.
2‘ Relaciones de todas las cosas que en el Nuevo Mexico se han visto y sabido, 1626, MS., par. 7: ‘Y salié
detras de la Sierra de Puaray [29:83], para atravesas por las Salinas [29-110], y de alli cortar derecho al
paso del rio del Norte, 100 leguas mas acd del Nuevo México; mds no llegé6 4 colmo su buen intento.
Por que al tercero dia que se despidié de sus compafieros hermanos llegando 4 sestear debajo de un
Arbol, los Indios Tiguas [Tiwa] del pueblo que ahora se llama Sn Pablo lo mataron, y quemaron sus
huesos’.”’—Ibid.
3“ 4 puntamientos que sobre el terreno hizo, etc., written in 1729 (MS.). Niel is very unreliable in every-
thing touching upon New Mexico, but he knew Sonora, part of Chihuahua, and California.’’—Ibid.
4 Three days’ journey south of Galisteo [29:39] brought the monk, traveling on foot, to San Pedro
[29:77], or between San Pedro and Chilili (29: unlocated].’’—Ibid.
5 “An error in copying is quite likely. The copy of Zarate’s MS. in Mexico contains glaring blunders
of that sort. For instance, ‘el Capitan Nemorcete’, instead of ‘ De Morlete,’ &ca.”’—Ibid.
510 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. ann. 29
The earlier testimony indicates that the ruin just described and called by the
Tanos Paako is that of a village inhabited at least as late as 1626, which assump-
tion is not negatived by the presence of the stone enclosures in question.
The documents referred to above make of Paako a village of the Tiguas
{[Tiwa]. My Tanos [Tano] informant at Santo Domingo [28:109] declared
that it was a Tanos [Tano] pueblo. Which is right? Itis a case similar to
that of San Marcos [[Kun pe’ enwikeji [29:unlocated]] and Cienega [29:22].
Paako lies at the extreme southern limits of the Tanos [Tano] range, and its
position in relation to the Tigua settlements of Chil-i-li [29:unlocated] and
Ta-ji-que [29:105] is analogous to that of the pueblos of San Marcos, Cienega
and Bajada [29:29] in reference to the Queres [Keresan] towns of Santo Do-
mingo [28:105] and Cochiti [28:77]. LI incline, however, to the belief that it
belonged to the Tanos. A high ridge, densely wooded, the Sierra de Carnué,
separated it from the nearest Tigua [Tiwa] pueblo in the south, Chilili [29:
unlocated]. The distance in a straight line is at least 23 miles, a long day’s
journey, owing to the intervening mountains. From San Pedro [29:77] to the
nearest Tanos [Tano] villages in the north, at Golden [25:75], was only a few
hours’ travel.!
I believe, therefore, that my Tanos informant is right, and that Paako was a
settlement of his own people, which was abandoned for reasons as yet un-
known at some time between 1626 and the great uprising in 1680. That it
was no longer occupied in that year seems certain.”
There is another ruin, smaller and more compact, a few hundred meters
south of the one described; and on the opposite [north?] bank of the San Pedro
[29:70] there are also traces of buildings, but I had not time to examine
either. With the notice above given of the principal ruin of San Pedro, my
sketch of the Tanos [Tano] country and its antiquities must terminate,
although it is incomplete.*
See [29:77].
[29:80] (1) Eng. Tejon Arroyo. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Arroyo Tejon, Arroyo del Tejon ‘Tejon Arroyo’,
referring to Tejon settlement [29:81]. ‘‘Arroyo del Tejon.” *
This is a tributary of [29:70].
The former fields of the pueblo [29:82] can be traced along the Arroyo del
Tejon, and along the dry Arroyo de la Yuta [29:unlocated], in places ata
distance of two and three miles from the ruins [29:82]. Little watchhouses of
which only the foundations are visible indicate their location ... The
Arroyo del Tejon has permanent water as far as these structures are found.
I have not noticed any trace of ancient acequias [ditches]; but there is no impos-
sibility that such existed, and that the Tanos of Tunque [29:82] cultivated by
irrigation. Along the Arroyo de la Yuta [29:unlocated] the banks are too
steep and the water flows ten to fifteen feet below the surrounding levels.®
1“ The proximity of a pueblo of one stock to one of another linguistic group, and its greater distance
from the nearest kindred village, however, is not impossible. Cia [29:94], a Queres [Keresan] village, is
only 5 miles from Jemez [27:33] while a greater distance separates it from Santa Ana [29:95], another
Queres [Keresan] village. Sandia [29:100], a Tigua [Tiwa] pueblo, lies only 13 miles from San Felipe
{29:69}, while at least 30 miles separates it from the nearest Tigua [Tiwa] town, Isleta [29:101]. But in
ancient times, when the stocks were more on the defensive towards each other, such cases hardly ever
occurred. Acoma [29:118], however, is one, being nearer to the Zunis than to its own people at Cia
[29:94]; but Acoma was impregnable to Indians.”-—BANDELIER, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 114, 1892.
2“Tt was abandoned even previous to 1670. In that year began the emigration of the Pirosand Tig-
uas [Tiwa] from the Salines [29:110]; and Paako is not mentioned among the villages that were aban-
doned after that date.’’—Ibid., pp. 114-15.
’Tbid., pp. 112-15.
4Tbid., p. 111.
®*Tbid., pp. 110-11.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES Fal
See [29:70], [29:81], [29:82].
[29:81] (1) Eng. Tejon settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Tejon ‘badger’. =Eng. (1). “Tejon”!
This small Mexican settlement is located from the map above
referred to. It gives the name to the arroyo [29:80]. Bandelier
says of it:
But the soil is fertile, and at the present day the people of Tejon raise good
crops with the aid of summer rains alone . . . Even to-day, people at the Tejon
sleep out of doors in summer, as do most of the Pueblos while out on the ran-
chos. The house (or shanty) is only used for cooking, for sheltering the tools
and household articles, and in the case of rain or exceptionally cool weather.”
See [29:80], [29:82].
[29:82] (1) Tano Tewa ‘*Tung-ke”.® ‘‘Tung-ge”.* Given as mean-
ing ‘village of the basket’.° See also Span. (2), below, which
contains evidently forms of the Tewa name. None of the
writer’s Tewa informants know this pueblo ruin by any name
other than Span. Tunque. Whether Bandelier’s Tewa form
is the real name of the village or merely the result of an
attempt on the part of Bandelier’s informants to etymologize
Span. Tunque, can not be determined. Tuy, is the most inclusive
Tewa word meaning ‘basket.’ Tewa fuyge would mean ‘down at
the basket’ ‘down in the basket’ (ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’), and
might well be used as a place-name.
(2) Span. Tunque. Probably from Tano Tewa. See Tewa (1),
above. ‘‘Que” for ge appears in several Hispanized Tewa place-
names, as Pojoaque [21:29] (<Tewa Posyywege), Tesuque [26:8]
(<Tewa Tunt'age). For the phonetics of the name cf. also [18:27].
“Pueblo de Tunque”.® “Tunque”.’ “El Tunque”.®
The ruin has been located for the writer by Mr. A. J. Frank of
Albuquerque, New Mexico, who ownsa brick manufacturing plant
at the site. He says that the ruin lies on high land between [29:70]
and [29:80], as shown on [29]. Mr. Frank has removed a portion
of the ruin to make room for his brick plant. It seems uncer-
tain whether the ruin is prehistoric or historic. The modern
Tewa have as profound ignorance in regard to it as they have
about the Tano pueblo ruins in general. Bandelier says:
Whether the large ruin called El Tunque, three miles north of the Tejon
[29:81], at the northeastern extremity of the Sandia chain [29:83], must be
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. u, p. 111; U. S. Geological Survey, Reconnaisance Map, New Mexico,
San Pedro sheet, 1892.
2Bandelier, ibid, p. 111 and note.
3Bandelier in Ritch, New Mexico, p. 201, 1885; Final Report, pt. 1, p. 125, 1890.
4Tbid., pt. 11, pp. 109, 123, 1892.
5Ibid., p. 109.
6 Doc. of 1770 cited by Bandelier, ibid., p. 112.
7Bandelier in Ritch, New Mexico, p. 201, 1885; Final Report, pt. u, pp. 111, 118; Hewett, Commu-
nautés, p. 38, 1908; Twitchell in Santa Fe New Mexican, Sept. 22, 1910.
8 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 109.
512 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BTH. ANN. 29
considered as that of a pre-historic settlement or not, is also a matter of doubt.
That it was a Tanos [Tano] village is well ascertained, and its proper name was
Tung-ge, or Village of the Basket.! It lies ona gentle bare slope near the banks
of a stream [29:70] which in the mountains farther south is called Rio de San
Pedro, lower down [than [29:82] or than where it is called Rio de San Pedro?]
Uiia de Gato, and here takes the name of Arroyo del Tunque. A little beyond
the ruin the stream sinks and becomes a dry mountain torrent for 12 miles,
to its mouth opposite the present pueblo of San Felipe [29:69]. Tung-ge
seems to have been the last Tanos [Tano] village towards the west, in pre-
historic times. It was also a very extensive pueblo, to be compared for size
and plan with the large and extended villages of Se-pii-ue [4:8] and Ho-ui-ri
[6:21] of the northern Tehua [Tewa] country. It formed a number of irregu-
lar squares, and sometimes two and three separate buildings constitute one side
of a quadrangle. The population was therefore not as large as the area covered
by the ruins might indicate. I was not able to find a single circular estufa.
The walls were mostly of adobe, and had the usual thickness (0.30 m., or one
foot). . Rubble foundations are visible, but a portion of the ruins consists merely
of low mounds. This is particularly the case in the north and east, or on the
highest ground. In the western portions the interior of the first story is partly
exposed, showing the roof or ceiling made in the usual pueblo fashion by round
beams supporting rough splinters, and these in turn a layer of earth. The
average of eighty-four rooms measured gave 3.4 by 3.2 meters (11 feet 2 inches
by 10 feet 6 inches).
The buildings were two stories high in most places; but the existence of a
third story is not impossible. Pottery is scattered about in profusion, and it
shows no difference from that at Galisteo [29:39] and other points in the
Tanos country where the pueblo type of architecture was represented. I
noticed a great deal of obsidian and basalt, fragmentary and complete arrow-
heads of both materials, also stone axes, corn grinders, and a few stone chisels
and knives; even a spade made of basalt was picked up at Tunque, and is now
in my possession. I have not heard of metallic objects. The various objects
indicate a primitive culture, one probably anterior to the coming of Europeans;
but this is by no means sufficient evidence to justify the eRe that the
pueblo was not also inhabited during historic times.
The former fields of the pueblo can be traced along the Arroyo del Tejon
[29:80], and along the dry Arroyo de la Yuta [29:unlocated], in places at a
distance of 2 and 3 miles from the ruins. Little watch houses of which
only the foundations are visible indicate their location. These watch houses,
equivalent to the ‘summer ranchos’ of the Indians of to-day, are usually
quadrangular and of one room only; still I find one with two rooms and of an
Lshape. Their average size corresponds nearly to that of single rooms in a
pueblo of the ancient pattern, with two exceptions. These two, being very
small, may have been guard houses merely, where the crops were watched in
the daytime or at night, whereas the other may have sheltered entire families
during the summer.? The foundations are rubble, and the same kind of pot-
sherds are scattered about as at the pueblo.
The Arroyo del Tejon [29:80] has permanent water as far as these structures
are found. I have not noticed any trace of ancient acequias [ditches]; but
there is no impossibility that such existed, and that the Tanos of Tunque cul-
tivated by irrigation. Along the Arroyo de la Yuta [29:unlocated] the banks
1“ Tung [Tuyf}| isthe Tehua word for basket or tray.””—BANDELIER, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 109, 1892.
2** Even to-day, people at the Tejon sleep out of doors in summer, as do most of the Pueblos while out
on the ranchos. The house (or shanty) is only used for cooking, for sheltering the tools and household
articles, and in case of rain or exceptionally cool weather.’’—Ibid., p. 111.
HARRINGTON | PLACE-NAMES 513
are too steep and the water flows 10 to 15 feet below the surrounding
levels. But the soil is fertile,and at the present day the people of Tejon
[29:81] raise good crops with the aid of summer rains alone. For agricultural
purposes the situation of Tung-ge was well chosen. Wood was not far off, and
water always at hand, and from a military standpoint the location was not
bad. The highest parts of the pueblo commanded a fair range of view in
almost every direction.
I have been unable to find any notice of the pueblo of Tung-ge or Tunque
in the older documents. It is mentioned in a petition of the year 1770 as an
‘ancient pueblo’.'! I doubt, therefore, if it was occupied at the time when the
Spaniards first came.”
See [29:70], [29:80], [29:81], and Arroyo de la Yuta [29:un-
located ].
[29:83] (1)? Okipiny* turtle mountain’ (oki ‘turtle’ of any species;
piyy ‘mountain’). ‘*Sandia Mountain, Oku, the ‘Sacred Turtle’
of Tewa mythology.”* Why the name ‘‘turtle” is applied to the
mountain was not known to the San Ildefonso informant whom
the writer questioned on that point.
(2) “Akompijeimpinr ‘mountain of the south’ (akompije
‘south’ <’akoy yp ‘plain’, pije ‘toward’; iy locative and adjec-
tive-forming postfix; ~iy ‘mountain’). This is the cardinal
mountain of the south of Tewa; hence this name. See CarDINAL
Movunrarns, page 44. whan
(8) Sandijwimpiy yp ‘Sandia Mountain’ (Sandia, see Span. (10),
below, and also Sandia Pueblo [29:100]; ’zy locative and adjec-
tive-forming postfix; Piyr *mountain’). Cf. Eng. (8), Span. (10).
This name is very much used by the Tewa. Old Vivian Montoya
of San Juan Pueblo appeared to call the mountain regularly thus,
and to be unfamiliar with the name ’ Okipiyp.
(4) Picuris ‘‘ Kepita.”* The ‘*‘Kepi” is evidently the same as
Cochiti (6), Zuni (7), below; *‘—ta” is doubtless for the Picuris
equivalent of Taos ¢a ‘down at’. Cf. Cochiti (6), Zuni (7).
(5) Jemez Aviitdwe, of obscure etymology. This is the old
Jemez name of the mountain furnished me by Pablo Toya and at
present said to be known to but few of the Jemez, who call the
mountain by its Span. name.
(6) Cochiti TZsépe, of obscure etymology. =Zuni (7). Cf.
Picuris (4).
(7) Zui ‘“‘tsi’pija,” of obscure etymology. ‘‘ Chi’pia.”*®
=Cochiti (6). Cf. Picuris (4).
I
1“ The Peticion of the authorities of Santo Domingo [28:109] and San Felipe (29: 69] jointly for a tract
of land bounded in the east, ‘ por el oriente con un pueblo antiguo llamado el Pueblo de Tunque’, MS.,
September 20, 1770.”—BANDELIER, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 112, 1892.
2Tbid., pp. 109-12.
3 Hewett, Archeology of the Rio Grande Valley, in Papers School Amer. Archxol., No. 4, p. 9, 1909.
4Spinden, Picuris notes, 1910.
5Mrs. M. C. Stevenson, The Zuni Indians, Twenty-third Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., p. 407, 1904.
87584°—29 rtrH—16——33
514 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BTH. ANN. 29
(8) Eng. Sandia Mountain(s). (<Span.). =Span. (10). Cf.
Tewa (3). ‘*The Sandia.”! ‘‘Sandia chain.”? ‘*Sandia Moun-
tains.”®
(9) Span. *‘Sierra de Puaray.”* The mountain is thus called
from Puaray [29:unlocated], a former Tiwa pueblo situated near
Bernalillo [29:96], just as it is called Sandia Mountain from
Sandia Pueblo [29:100]. Bandelier® identifies the name with the
‘+ Sierra de Sandia.”
(10) Span. Sierra de Sandia ‘Sandia Mountain’, so called from
Sandia Pueblo [29:100], which is situated in the Rio Grande Val-
ley opposite the central part of the mountain. =Eng. 8. Cf.
Tewa (3), Span. (9). ‘‘ Sierra de Sandia.” ®
(11) Span. Sierra de los Mansos ‘Mansos Mountains.’ ‘‘ Sierra
de los Mansos.”? According to Bandelier this name refers to both
the Manzano [29:104] and the Sandia Mountains; see (8), above).
See also [29:104].
This is a very large and conspicuous mountain, its highest peak
[29:54] rising to 10,609 feet, according to the Wheeler Survey.
The town of Bernalillo [29:96] lies 5,084 feet above the sea level, and the
base of the Sandia Mountains is not over 5 miles distant. The summit
[29:84] is 10,609 (?) feet high, and the western front descends in almost per-
pendicular cliffs and crags. The appearance of this chain as seen from the
town [29:96] or from the opposite river bank, is therefore unusually
impressive.°®
Sandia Mountain is the sacred cardinal mountain of the south,
of the Tewa; see CarpinaL Mountains, page 44. According
to Tewa mythology its summit was the home of ’ Ok’ wwapiyy,
father of the two War Gods, and there the War Gods were reared.
Wikwijo ‘Wind Old-Woman’ also lives on its summit; she makes
the wind. Mrs. Stevenson® tells us that according to Zui my-
thology the War Gods went to live on the summit of Sandia Moun-
tain when their activities were finished. The Cochiti also have a
tradition to this effect, but the Tewa appear to know nothing of
this. A friend who has climbed the mountain informs the writer
that he noticed no stone pile or shrine on the summit, yet a San
Juan Indian stated that the Keresans make, or at least used to
make, religious pilgrimages to the summit. See [29:84], [29:85],
[29:100], [29:104].
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 108, note, 1892.
*Ibid., pp. 108, 109, 112.
3Tbid., p. 231.
4Relaciones de todas las cosas que en el Nuevo Mexico se han visto y sabido, 1626, MS., par. 7,
quoted by Bandelier, ibid., p. 113, note.
6Tbid., p. 113.
6 Bandelier, Delight Makers, p. 438, 1890; also Final Report, pt. 1, p. 113.
7 Rivera, Diario y Derrotero, p. 29, 1736, quoted by Bandelier, ibid., p. 232, note.
§The Zuni Indians, Twenty-third Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., p. 407, 1904.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 515
[29:84] (1) ’Okapinkewe ‘turtle mountain, peak’ (Okipiny, see
[29:83]; kewe ‘peak? ‘ top’).
(2) “Akompijeimpinkewe ‘south mountain peak’? (Akompi-
jeimpiy f, see [29:83]; kewe ‘peak? ‘ top’).
(3) Sandij@impinkewe ‘Sandia Mountain Peak? (Sandija-
‘impiys, see [29:83]; kewe ‘peak’ ‘ top’).
(4) Eng. Sandia Peak. ‘‘ Sandia Peak.”
This is the highest peak of Sandia Mountain. It appears to be
a mythologically important place of the Pueblos. See [29:83],
[29:85].
[29:35] Eng. ‘* South Sandia Mountain.”! The southern height of
Sandia Mountain [29:83] is so called.
[29:86] Span. El Cangelon ‘the horn’ ‘the prong’, referring to the
shape of the mesa height. ‘“‘Cangelon.”? ‘‘Mesa del Cangelon.”?
This means ‘mesa of the horn.” ‘
This name is given to the height north of the confluence of
Jemez Creek [29:89] with the Rio Grande. Somewhere on or
near it is situated the pueblo ruin [29:87]. See references to the
*Cangelon’ by Bandelier, under [29:87]; see also [29:88].
[29:87] Nameless pueblo ruin. Bandelier was first informed that it
was the ruin of a Keresan pueblo, the first pueblo of the Santa
Ana [29:95] Indians in this section; but later he doubts this
information and thinks that it may be a Tiwa ruin.‘ If it is
really old Santa Ana, one can easily determine what names the
Indians would give it in various dialects.
There exists, to my knowledge, but one Queres [Keresan] ruin south of
San Felipe [29:69]. This [29:87] does not stand on the river bank, but west
of it, in the wild labyrinth of lava, basalt, and trap about the ‘Cangelon’
[29:86], north of Bernalillo [29:95]. The ruin, which I have not seen, is
claimed by the Queres [Keresans] of Santa Ana [29:95] as the first pueblo
inhabited by their ancestors in this section.®
There were consequently three pueblos of the Santa Ana [29:95] tribe; one
near the Cangelon [29:86], which is prehistoric.®
Whether the ruin on the Mesa del Cangelon [29:86] is that of a Tigua
[Tiwa] pueblo, or whether it was the ancient pueblo of the Queres [Keresans]
of Santa Ana [29:95], is still doubtful. . . . I have lately been informed that
there is a ruin [named Pueblo Ruin [29:unlocated]] opposite Algodones
[29:78], in which case the one on the Cangelon must have been a Tigua pueblo.
Not having investigated the locality myself, I withhold my opinion.”
1U. 8. Geological Survey, Reconnaissance Map, New Mexico, San Pedro sheet, 1892.
* Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 193 and note, 196, 1892.
2Ibid., pp. 222,224.
4Ibid., p. 193. :
®“T am in doubt whether this ruin stands north or south of the mouth of the Jemez River [29:89].
The ‘Cangelon,’ literally prong or horn, isa very prominent rocky pillar rising above a volcanic
mesa 4 miles north of Bernalillo.”’—Ibid.
®Tbid., p. 196.
7Ibid., p. 224 and note.
516 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [pra. ann. 29
See [29:86], [29:88], [29:95], and Nameless pueblo ruin opposite
Aleodones [29:79], [29:unlocated ].
[29:88] (1) Cochiti Zamajafoma ‘old Santa Ana’ (TZamaja, see
[29:95]; fdma ‘* old’). The Cochiti informant says that this ruin
and its Keresan name are very well known among the Indians.
It has not been possible, however, to find any Tewa who knows
it. For quoted forms see under [29:95].
(2) Eng. Old Santa Ana. (<Span.). =Span. (3). Cf. Cochiti
(1). For quoted forms see under [29:95].
(3) Pueblo Viejo de Santa Ana ‘old pueblo of Santa Ana.’
=Eng. (3). Cf. Cochiti (1). For quoted forms see under
[29:95].
This is the ruin of old Santa Ana, a historic pueblo. ‘‘About
midway [in [29:67]] there is a considerable elevation, on whose
summit stand the ruins of the second pueblo of Tan-a-ya or
Santa Ana.”! For the history of this pueblo see quotations
under [29:95]. That this is the second pueblo of Santa Ana rests
on very uncertain information obtained by Bandelier; see [29:87].
See also Nameless pueblo ruin opposite Algodones [29:78], [29:
unlocated].
[29:89] Jemez Creek, see [27:34].
[29:90] Nameless arroyo which enters the Rio Grande a short distance
above the main part of Algodones settlement [29:78]. This
arroyo appears on all the maps, but without name.
[29:91] (1) Jemez Sdnselé6. (<Span.). =Eng. (2), Span. (3).
Strangely enough no native name is known to the Jemez.
(2) Eng. San Isidro settlement. (<Span.). =Jemez (1),
Span. (3).
(8) Span. San Isidro ‘Saint Isadore’. =Jemez (1), Eng. (2).
The Span. name is frequently spelled Ysidro.
This is a large and somewhat scattered Mexican settlement, on
the west side of Jemez Creek [29:89], three or four miles below
Jemez Pueblo [27:35]. Cf. ‘*San Ysidro mineral spring near
Jemez” [29:unlocated].
[29:92] (1) Jemez Tisdwi wd, Tisdwamy ‘white-earth canyon’ (tdésd
‘a kind of white earth used for whitewashing the interior walls of
houses’; w@wd, wi my ‘canyon’ ‘cafada’). This kind of earth is
said to occur somewhere in the canada; hence the name.
(2) Eng. Salt Creek. (<Span.). = Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(3) Eng. Salado Creek. =Eng. (2), Span. (4). ‘‘Salado
Creek”’.? ;
(4) Span. Rio Salado ‘salt river’. =Eng. (2), Eng. (38).
**Salado”.’
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 194, 1892.
2 Land of Sunshine, a Book of Resources of New Mexico, p. 177, 1906.
3 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 207.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 517
This is a large cafiada which enters Jemez Creek [29:89] from
the west. An old Indian trail connecting Jemez and the Laguna
[29:117] villages passes up this cafiada. ‘On Salado Creek, 4
miles south of San Ysidro [29:91], Sandoval County, have been
discovered soda springs”.!
[29:93] (1) Tsepiyp ‘eagle mountain’ (tse ‘eagle’; pin ‘mountain’).
This is probably translated from Jemez (2).
(2) Jemez Se fii ‘eagle mountain’ (se ‘eagle’; fii ‘mountain’).
=Tewa (1).
This is a small mountain almost due south of Jemez Pueblo
[27:35]. It is conspicuous from nearly all the surrounding coun-
try. For some reason this mountain seems to be peculiarly well
known to the Tewa. The Tewa name was obtained at San Ilde-
fonso.
[29:94] (1) "Okuwasege’onwi ‘pueblo down by the place of the scat-
tered hills’ (ohw ‘hill’; wase ‘to scatter’ ‘scattered’; ge ‘down
at’ ‘over at’; ’oywi ‘ pueblo’). The name refers to the hills or
portions of mesa about Sia Pueblo. The name contains wae-,
+2
not -wadi-, for the latter would mean ‘wide gap’. ‘*O-ku-wa/-ri”?
given as meaning ‘‘place of the sand-dunes”.
(2) Picuris ‘‘ El-ke-ai’”.?
(3) Sandia ‘*Tinavwi”.? =Isleta (4).
(4) Isleta ‘* Tinawik’’.?
(5) Jemez Sajakwa (etymology doubtful). =Pecos (6).
‘*Sai’-a-kwa”.?
(6) Pecos ‘‘Sayaqtiakwa”.? ‘‘Sai’-o-kwi”.2 =Jemez (5).
(7) Cochiti 7se?ja, of obscure etymology. =Sia (8), Keresan
(9), Oraibi Hopi (11), Eng. (14), Span. (15). Cf. Jemez (5), Pecos
(6). The Sia people are called regularly Zs@jamex (me ‘people’).
(8) Sia Z5¢?7a, of obscure etymology. =Cochiti (7), Keresan (9),
Oraibi Hopi (11), Eng. (14), Span. (15). “‘Tsia”.t Cf. Jemez
(5), Pecos (6).
(9) Keresan (dialect unspecified) ‘‘Sia”.® ‘Siay”.6 Cia”.
“Chia”.® ““Tria”.® “Trios”. “Zia. “Tria”? “NS. de
1 Land of Sunshine, a Book of Resources of New Mexico, p. 177, 1906,
* Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer, Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 563, 1910.)
* Stevenson, Pecos MS. vocab., Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1887,
4 Hodge, op. cit., p. 562. :
® Espejo (1583) in Doe. Inéd., xv, p. 178, 1871.
6 Ibid., p. 115.
7 Mendoca (1586) in Hakluyt, Voy., pp. 461, 469, 1600; Davis, Span. Cong. N. Mex., p. 202, 1869; Ban-
delier, Final Report, pt.1, pp. 126, 260, 1890; pt. 11, pp. 20, 198, 196, 1892.
§ Castaneda (1596) in-Ternaux-Compans, Voy., 1x, p. 110, 1838; Jaramillo, ibid., p. 371; Bandelier,
Op. Cit., p. 193, 1892 (quoting Castafieda).
® Onate (1598) in Doc. Inéd., xvi, pp. 115, 254, 1871.
10 Tbid., 102. ,
1 Villagran, Hist. Nuevo Mex., p. 115, 1610.
12 De I’Isle, Carte Mex. et Floride, 1703; Bandelier, op. cit., pt. 1, pp. 126, 260,
518 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [agTH. Ayn. 29
la Asumpcion de Zia”.1 ‘*Cla”.? **Cice”.** ‘*Tse-ah”.* ‘‘Silla”.®
“Pia”.® ‘*Sille”.7 ‘*Zea’’. ‘* Nuestra Sefiora de la Assumpsion
deZia?s®| **Chea??.2° oo Cilla?7.285 oo ia 2742) Miser a2 .25 eecuisie ute
“Ciya”. “Siva”. ‘*Tzi-a”.1¢ “*N. S. de la Assunscion de
faye
(10) Keresan (dialect unspecified) ‘‘Cuame”.'® Cochiti kwéme
would mean ‘southern people’, and it is very likely that for this
the word is intended.
We must therefore leave the Rio Grande for the present, and turn to that
western tributary [29:89] where a branch of the Queres [Keresans], very
characteristically designated by Antonio de Espejo as ‘Pun-a-mes’, or
‘People in the West’,'® already dwelt in the sixteenth century.
Espejo’s ‘‘ Punames” may stand fora Keresan pdén reme,; in the
Cochiti dialect the form pdn ye occurs with the same meaning as
po ‘west’; Cochiti mx means ‘people’. The Cochiti term mean-
ing ‘south people’ or * west people’ would apply to all the people
in the regions designated, whatever their language or affiliations.
Bandelier does not make clear that ‘‘Pun-a-mes” or ‘*Cuame”
was applied to the Sia, but, following Espejo’s evident use of the
term, employs it here to designate the Sia-Santa Ana branch of
the Keresans. He appears to think the term ‘south people’
inappropriate. It is safe to say that the Keresans of the Rio
Grande Valley never apply the term ‘south people’ or ‘west
people’ to the Sia-Santa Ana Keresans as a special designation,
but that if they do think of their cardinal location they think of
them as being as much in the south as in the west. Elsewhere
Bandelier®’ says: ‘* Espejo, who calls the Cias ‘ Punames’, mentions
a cluster of five [pueblos], the largest of which was called ‘Sia’”’.*!
1 Alencaster (1805) quoted by Prince, N. Mex., p. 37, 1883.
2 Pike, Explor, Travels, map, 1811 (misprint).
3 Calhoun in Cal. Mess. and Corresp., p. 216, 1850 (misprint).
4Simpson, Rep. to Sec. War, p. 143, 1850.
5 Parke, map of N. Mex., 1851.
6 Kern in Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, rv, p.39, 1854 (misprint).
7 Lane (1854) in ibid., v, p. 689, 1855. .
8 Meriwether (1856) in H. R. Ex. Doc. 37, 34th Cong., 3d sess., p. 146, 1857.
9 Ward in Ind, Aff. Rep. for 1867, p. 213, 1868.
10Simpson in Smithsonian Rep. for 1869, p. 339, 1871.
11 Davis, Span. Conq. N. Mex., p. 202, 1869.
12 Breyoort, New Mexico, p. 20, 1874 (misprint).
13 Loew cited by Gatschet, Zw6lf Sprachen aus dem Siidwesten Nordamerikas, p. 41, 1876.
4 Loew in Wheeler Surv. Rep., VU, p. 345, 1879. 5
1s Bancroft, Ariz. and N. Mex, p. 58, 1889.
16 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 193, 196, 1892.
17 Donaldson, Moqui Pueblo Inds., p. 91, 1893.
18 See article Punames in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 327, 1910.
19 Relacion del Viage (Doc. de Indias, vol. xv, p. 11), and Expediente y Relacion, p. 178. The proper
Queres [Keresan] word is ‘ Pun-ama’, but the corrupt version in Hakluyt has ‘Cuame.’ El Viaie que
hizo, p.9. This leads to an important misconception, as ‘Ku-a-ma’ means ‘the people in the South.
How the mistake was made, while still preserving a word of the Queres |Keresan] idiom, is a mys-
tery, as Cuame is plainly as good a Queres word as Puname, but with an entirely different signitfica-
tion.’’—BANDELIER, op, cit., p. 193.
% Ibid., p. 197.
21 Relacion del Viage, p. 115.—Ibid.
1437 SHL NO VSSW NOZ398V9 ‘OOIXAW MAN 'NOZ39VO YVAN AN30S ‘&
o1983nd VIS “F
I? SBLV1d LYOdSY TVANNV HININ-ALNSML ADOTONHL] NVOINSWYV JO NVSYENE
HARRINGTON | PLACE-NAMES 519
(11) Oraibi Hopi 7s/ja’*. (<Keresan?). =Cochiti (7), Sia (8),
Keresan (9), Eng. (14), Span. (15). Cf. Jemez (5), Pecos (6).
The Sia people are called by the Oraibi Hopi Zs/ja’sinomé (sinomé
‘people’).
(12) Navaho ‘*Tlogi”:' given as meaning ‘hairy’. ‘T)éei”:?
given as meaning Sia. “TVSgi”:* given as meaning the Sia
(Indians).
(13) (Unknown source) ‘‘Tlascala”.* “Tlaxcala”. According
to the Handbook of Indians (pt. 2, p. 563, 1910), Bancroft® thinks
that this name may be applied to Sia.
(14) Eng. Sia. (<Span.). =Cochiti (7), Sia (8), Keresan (9),
Oraibi Hopi (11), Span. (15); ef. Jemez (5), Pecos (6). This is the
spelling adopted by Mrs. Stevenson in her report on the Sia,’ also
in the Handbook of Indians, and in current ethnologic literature.
(15) Span. Sia, Zia. (<Keresan). =Cochiti (7), Sia(8), Keresan
(9), Oraibi Hopi (11), Eng. (14); cf. Jemez (5), Pecos (6). See
quoted forms under Keresan (9), above. At the present time the
spelling Zia seems to be more common in Span. than Sia. The
name is pronounced sija in N. Mex. Span., and sounds exactly the
same as the word silla ‘chair’.
(16) Span. ‘*Sant Pedro y Sant Pablo,’ meaning ‘Saint Peter
and Saint Paul’.
(17) Span. Nuestra Sefiora de la Asuncion ‘Our Lady of the
Assumption’. ‘* N.S. dela Asumpcion de Zia.”® ‘‘ Nuestra Senora
de la Assumpsion de Zia.” ‘*Asuncion.”!! ‘* N.S. de la Assuns-
cion de Zia.”
This is a small Keresan pueblo situated on the north side of
Jemez Creek [29:89]. The dialect resembles closely the dialects of
Cochiti [28:77], Santo Domingo [28:109], San Felipe [28:69], and
Santa Ana [28:95], and is more distantly related to those of Laguna
[29:116] and Acoma [29:118]. The history of Sia is discussed by
Bandelier," who also mentions a migration story of the Sia.“ See
[29:89]; also plate 21, A.
[29:95] (1) fategeoynwi ‘pueblo down at the dancing place’ ‘danc-
ing place pueblo’ (fade ‘dance’, noun; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’;
1Curtis, Amer, Ind., I, p. 138, 1907.
2F ciscan Fathers, Ethnol. Dict. Navaho Lang., p. 135, 1910.
37 9:
ia p. 128.
4 Bue iante and Gallegos (1582) in Doc. Inéd., xv, p. 85, 1871.
5Ibid., p. 92.
6 Ariz. and N. Mex., p. 77, 1889. :
7 Eleventh Rep. Bur. Ethn., pp. 9 et seq., 1894.
8 Ofiate (1598) in Doc. Inéd., XVI, p. 254, 1871.
9 Alencaster (1805) in Prince, N. Mex., p. 37, 1883.
10 Ward in Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1867, p. 218, 1868.
ll Bancroft, Ariz. and N. Mex., p. 281, 1889.
12 Donaldson, Moqui Pueblo Indians, p. 91, 1893.
13 Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 196-99, 1892.
4 Thid., p. 21.
2() ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
onwi ‘pueblo’). This is the old name of Santa Ana, current at all
the Tewa villages of the Rio Grande. Why it was originally given
is not known to the informants. ;
(2) Pieuris ‘*Pdtutha’.”+ The -tha’ is perhaps for the Picuris
equivalent of Taos ¢d ‘down at.’
(3) Tiwa (Isleta) ‘“‘ Hwerdi.”?
(4) Jemez Tudag??, of obscure etymology (fuda unexplained;
gvi locative). =Pecos (5). The people are called Tudag’its@af
(tsVGf ‘people’). ‘*Tu’-na-ji-i’:”? Given as the Jemez and Pecos
form.
(5) Pecos ‘*Tu’-na-ji-i’:”? =Jemez (4), given as the Jemez and
Pecos form.
(6) Cochiti Zémaja of obscure etymology. =San Felipe (7),
Sia (8), Santa Ana (9), Keresan (10), Oraibi Hopi (11). ‘*Tama-
Liye eae
(7) San Felipe ‘‘Tamaiya.”? =Cochiti (6), Sia (8), Santa Ana
(9), Keresan (10), Oraibi Hopi (11).
(8) Sia Zaémaja of obscure etymology. =Cochiti (6), San
Felipe (7), Santa Ana (9), Keresan (10), Oraibi Hopi (11).
**Tamaya.”?
(9) Santa Ana Zamaja of obscure etymology. =Cochiti (6),
San Felipe (7), Sia (8), Keresan (10), Oraibi Hopi(11). The name
was earlier applied to [29:88] or to still more remote predecessors
of the present Santa Ana Pueblo. The Santa Ana people are called
Tamajamex (me ‘people’). =Cochiti (6), San Felipe (7), Sia (8),
Keresan (10), Oraibi Hopi (11). ‘‘Tamaya.”? ‘*Tamajeme:”*
evidently for Zémajamz ‘Santa Ana people’; see above.
(10) Keresan (dialect unspecified) ‘‘Tamaya.”! ‘*Tamy.”*
““Tom-i-ya.”* ‘**To-Mia.” 7 ‘‘Ta-ma-ya.”® ‘‘Tamya.”® ‘*Ta-ma-
ya.”2° “Tan-a-ya.”"* ‘**Ramaya.”??
(11) Oraibi Hopi Zamaja. (<Keresan). =Cochiti (6), San
Felipe (7), Sia (8), Santa Ana (9), Keresan (10).
(12) Eng. Santa Ana. (<Span.). =Span. (13). The current
pronunciation is sna env, in contradistinction to the Span. pro-
nunciation santana.
1 Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910. .
2 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 454, 1910),
3Spinden, Santa Ana notes, 1911.
4Ofiate (1598) in Doc. Inéd., Xv1, p. 115, 1871.
‘Tbid, p. 102; Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 194, 1890 (quoting Onate).
6Simpson, Rep. to Sec. War, p. 143, 1850.
7 Loew in Ann. Rep. Wheeler Surv., app. LL, p.178, 1875.
SBandelier in Archzol. Inst. Bull., 1, p.18, 1883.
® Ibid. (quoting Coronado [Ofate] ).
10Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, pp. 126, 260.
NIbid., pt. 0, p. 194 (quoting Ofate).
122 Columbus Mem. Vol., p. 195, 1893 (misquoting Onate).
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 521
(13) Span. Santa Ana ‘Saint Ann’, =Eng. (12). Santa
Ana.”? “S. Amna.”? | *¢S® Ana.”*) *°Santa Amma? s)_ °° Sta.
Amna.”> <°S% Amal?® “*Santana.??7
This is the present Santa Ana Pueblo, situated on a low bluff on
the north side of Jemez Creek. (PI. 20,8.) There are two circu-
lar, semisubterranean estufas at Santa Ana and an old Roman Cath-
olic church. The Indians have their farming lands in the Rio
Grande Valley 6 miles distant from the pueblo, and in summer the
pueblo is often deserted except for an old man or two stationed to
guardit. The Indians frequently all return to the pueblo for a day
or more during the summer time in order to conduct ceremonies.
The language of Santa Ana closely resembles that of Cochiti [28:77],
Santo Domingo [28:109], and San Felipe [29:69], and, perhaps a
little less closely, that of Sia [29:94]. According to both Bande-
lier and statements made to the writer by a Cochiti Indian, the
predecessor of Santa Ana Pueblo was the historic, now ruined
[29:88], which bore the same name, Tamaja, and is now distin-
guished by the Cochiti (and probably other Keresans) as Za@maja-
Soma (foma ‘old’). According to uncertain tradition obtained
by Bandelier there was a still earlier predecessor of San Felipe
Pueblo, probably [29:87], q. v. Bandelier says the following
about Santa Ana:
“Santo Domingo [28:109], San Juan [11:San Juan Pueblo],
Santa Ana and especially Acoma [29:118], consist of several par-
allel rows of houses forming one to three ‘streets’.”’®
Bandelier also writes at length on the history of Santa Ana.°
See [29:87], [29:88], Nameless pueblo ruin opposite Algodones
[29:78], [29:unlocated], [29:67], and Keresan (Names OF TRIBES
AND PEOPLES).
[29:96] (1) Jemez Baldlijo. (<Span.). =Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(2) Navaho ‘‘Khin Nodozi:”" given as meaning ‘striped
houses’.
(3) Eng. Bernalillo settlement.(<Span.). Jemez (1), Span. (4).
(4) Span. Bern lillo, apparently a diminutive of Bernardo ‘ Ber-
nard’. Why the name was applied has not been learned.
This is a large Mexican settlement on the west side of the Rio
Grande. The Indians of the nearest pueblos do much trading
1 Ofiate (1898) in Doc. Inéd., xvi, p. 114, 1871.
*Blaeu, Atlas, XII, p. 67, 1667.
3D’Anyille, Map. Amér. Sept., 1846.
4Villa-Sefior, Theatro Amer., 11, 415, 1748.
5 Alcedo, Dict. Geog., I, p. 85, 1786.
6 Arrowsmith, Map N. A., 1795, ed. 1814.
7 Hezio (1797-98) in Meline, Two Thousand Miles, p. 209, 1867
®Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 265, 1890.
9Ibid., pt. 11, pp. 193-196, 1892.
10 Franciscan Fathers, Ethn. Dict. Navaho Lang., p. 135, 1910
522 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. ayn. 29
here. There isa wagon bridge [29:122] across the Rio Grande
northwest of the center of Bernalillo.
‘Bernalillo was founded by Vargas in 1695, after the Spanish
power had been re-established.”! For pueblo ruins at Bernalillo
see [22:97], [29:98], [29:99], [29:123], and Navaho ‘‘Tqo Hajji-
léhe” [29:unlocated].
[29:97] (1) Sandia ‘* Kua-ua.”? ‘* Kuaua.”?
(2) Span. ‘*Torreon.”‘ This means ‘large tower,’ being the.
augmentative of torre ‘tower.’ ‘‘'The site also bears the Spanish
name of ‘Torreon,’ but I saw no trace of a round tower, as the
designation would imply.” *
Whether the ruin on the Mesa del Cangelon [29:78] is that of a Tigua [Tiwa]
pueblo, or whether it was the ancient pueblo of the Queres [Keresans] of Santa
Ana [29:95], is still doubtful. [[ootnote:] I have lately been informed that
there is a ruin [Pueblo Ruin] opposite Algodones [29:unlocated], in which case
the one [29:87] on the Cangelon [29:86] must have been a Tigua [Tiwa] pueblo.
Not having investigated the locality myself, I withhold my opinion.] But it
[29:87] is, at all events, the first of a series of ruins scattered along the right
[west] bank of the Rio Grande. The bluffs on thatside hug the river bank quite
closely, leaving only a narrow strip of fertile bottom, but affording excellent
sites for lookouts. A huge lava flow approaches these bluffs from the west, and
reaches the river south of Bernalillo [29:96], receding from it again near Albu-
querque [29:103]. It is separated from the great lava deposits [29:67] of San
Felipe [29:69] by the sandy bottom of the Jemez stream [29:89], and by a
low mesa with reddish soil that faces Bernalillo [29:96]. On the brink of
that mesa [with reddish soil] stand four ruins [[29:97] counted as two by
Bandelier, but described as one, [29:98] and [29:99]], directly opposite the
latter town [29:96].
North of the bridge [29:122] across the Rio Grande [from Bernalillo [29:96]]
' lie the remains of a considerable village. I have not been able to ascertain
whether it was one of the historical pueblos of Coronado’s time, or whether
its abandonment antedated 1540. The name given to me by the Sandia
[29:109] Indians, Kua-ua, seems to designate the site and not the ruin. Stillit
may also haye been the name of thelatter. Figure 24 of Plate 1[of Final Report,
pt. 1, 1892] is intended for a representation of its ground plan, and it will be seen
that the village consisted of a main building with two wings . . . Another
ruined structure, measuring 55 by 22.3 meters (168 by 68 feet), stands in the
front of this building, almost equidistant from the eastern ends of the northern
wing and the central projection. The northern wing is 149 meters (455 feet)
long, the west side of the house 132 meters (403 feet), and the southern wing 60
meters (210 feet) ; so that this building is one of the largest of the pueblo houses
of New Mexico. [[ Footnote:] The large house at Pecos [29:33] has a perimeter
of 362 meters (1,190 feet), and the ‘Pueblo Bonito’ [of northwestern New
Mexico] comes next to it; the length of the two wings at Kuaua and of the
western side, together, is 350 meters (1,068 feet). ] ,
It is impossible to determine exactly how many stories this great house orig-
inally had, but it seems almost certain that there were more than two in some
parts of it; I therefore estimate its population at not over 600 souls.
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 221-222, 1892.
2Tbid., p. 225.
8Tbid., pp. 225 and note, 226 and note, 227.
4Ibid., p. 226.
HARRINGTON | PLACE-NAMES 523
I was unable to detect any estuias, yet it is by no means certain that there
were none outside the dwellings; the ground is covered with rubbish, and the
circular depressions might have escaped my notice or have become filled up;
or they may have been built inside among the rooms. The foundations show
rubble and adobe, and most of the walls are of the latter material. Their
thickness varies from 0.17 to 0.38 m. (7 to 15 inches), and the average size
of 55 rooms is 4.1 by 2.8 m. (124 by 84 feet).
The pottery is largely of the type with coarsely glazed decorations, and I
saw no corrugated fragments; but common cooking pottery, plain black, was
also well represented. Much obsidian, moss-agates, chips of. flint and lava,
broken metates and ‘manos’, and a few bits of turquoise were the other
objects lying about on the surface. The site also bears the Spanish name
of ‘Torreon’; but I saw no trace of a round tower, as the designation would
imply.?
See [29:96], [29:98], [29:99], [29:122], [29:123].
[29:98] Nameless pueblo ruin on the west side of the Rio Grande a
short distance south of the wagon bridge [29:122].
The writer has seen this ruin, but made no notes on it and ob-
tained no information about it from Indians. Bandelier says of it:
South of the bridge [29:122] a short distance from Kuaua [29:97], on a
rather elevated dune, are low mounds covered with bits of pottery, obsidian
and rubble. One of them forms a hollow quadrangle about 30 meters square
(95 feet), and 300 feet south of it are two others. The mounds show great
decay in both places, as if they were the ruins of houses much older than those
of Kuaua [29:97].?
See [29:96], [29:97], [29:99], [29:122], [29:123).
[29:99] (1) Southern Tiwa (Sandia-Isleta language) ‘* Puaray”, ete.
The etymology is given by Vetancurt (1696 (4)):* ‘* El nombre
Puray quiere decir gusanos, que es un género de que abunda
aquel lugar.” Bandelier* comments on this: ‘*‘ Whether by
‘cusano’ a worm or a beetle, a centipede or a julus, is meant, I
cannot tell. I noticed at the ruins of Kuaua [29:97] a number
of Coleoptera of a singular species, which attracted my attention
the more, as beetles are scarce in New Mexico.” ‘‘ Poala”.®
SiPudla2 ey obualasd ce buala:.® SoPuaray2.2) oP aaraie 2°
Sura te seuary 4.2 ccburay2° oo Para 2244 <oPaumay ?.2°
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, pp. 224-226, 1892.
2Tbid., p. 226.
3 In Teatro Mex., II, p. 312, 1871.
4 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 226, note.
5 Espejo (1583) in Hakluyt, Voy., 1, p. 468, 1600.
6 Espejo (1583) in Doc. Inéd., XV, p. 175, 1871.
7 Espejo (1583), ibid., p. 112.
8 Ofate (1598), ibid., xv1, p. 208, 1871.
9 Ibid., pp. 109, 115; Bandelier, op. cit., pp. 227 and note, 228 and note, 229, 230,
10 Villagran, Hist. Nueva Mex., p. 137, 1610.
lt Salmeron (1629) quoted by Bancroft, Native Races, I, p. 600, 1882.
12 Doc. of 1681 quoted by Bandelier, op. cit., p. 169.
13 Vetancurt (1696?) in Teatro Mex., Il, p. 312, 1871.
\4 Jefferys, Amer. Atlas, map 5, 1776.
15 Bowles, Map Amer., 1784.
524 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. Ann. 29
““Paola”.?. °° Puruay 7.20) °Puara?.s i Poalasv es rrmaragee
‘“*Puar-ay ”.°
(2) Source unknown: ‘‘Coofer”.7 ‘‘Coofert”.§
(3) Southern Tiwa (Sandia-Isleta language) ‘‘Tiguex ”’, etc.; see
Tiwa (NAMES OF TRIBES AND PropuEs). Hodge® says: “The iden-
tification of Puaray with the Tiguex village of the Tiguex province
of the chroniclers of Coronado’s expedition is determined by state-
ments made by the Indians to Espejo in 1583, and by the discovery
there by Ofiate, in 1598, of a partially effaced painting represent-
ing the murder of the missionaries”. There is no reason in the
judgment of the present writer why Bandelier’s and Hodge’s
identification of Puaray with ‘‘Tiguex” should not be accepted,
and he regards Dellenbaugh’s attempt’ to locate Tiguex farther
south as unsuccessful.
(4) Span. ‘*Sant Antonio de Padua”."! This was the first saint-
name applied, meaning ‘Saint Anthony of Padua’.
(5) Span. San Bartolomé.” This was the mission name; it means
‘Saint Bartholomew’.
(6) Span. ‘* Santiago”; this means ‘Saint James’.
This village is also called ‘Pueblo de Santiago’, although the patron saint of
Puaray was St. Bartholomew. From what this modern appellation was derived
I cannot surmise. That it was really Puaray was asserted by Indians of Sandia,
and it also follows from the location of the so-called Gonzalez grant."
This pueblo was identified as Puaray by Bandelier, who describes
it and discusses its history.'"* He says in part:
In front of the southern portion of the town of Bernalillo [29:96], in a situ-,
ation very similar to that of Kuaua [29:97], on a gravelly bluff overlooking
the river, from which a magnificent view is enjoyed of the formidable Sierra
de Sandia [29:83], stand the remains of the historic pueblo of Puar-ay, or Vil-
lage of the Worm or Insect [<Vetancurt]. . .. For its ground plan I refer
to figure 25 of plate 1 [of Final Report, pt. 11, 1892]. It was smaller than Kuaua
[29:97], and I doubt whether its population ever exceeded five hundred souls.’
Nothing but foundations and mounds remain, but recent excavations have
revealed fairly well preserved rooms beneath the rubbish. The manufactured
objects are like those at Kuaua [29:97], and the main buildings were built of
adobe. Two smaller constructions, lying east and south of the first, appear to
have been built of blocks of lava or trap. The one east may have been the
1 Espejo misquoted by Whipple, Pac. R. R. Rep., 11, pt. 3, p. 114, 1856,
2 Bancroft, Ariz. and N. Mex., p. 172, 1889.
‘Tbid., p. 135 (quoting Espejo).
4 Bancroft, ibid.
5 Ladd, Story of N. Mex., p. 79, 1891.
6 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 226, 1892.
7 Mota-Padilla (1742), Hist. Nueva Galicia, p. 160, 1870 (cf. Bancroft, op. cit., p. 55).
8 Ibid., p. 160. These forms are given as synonymons in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 318, 1910.
9 Tbid.
10 F, S. Dellenbaugh, Notes on the Location of Tiguex, 1905,
11 Ofiate (1598) in Doc. Inéd., XVI, p. 254, 1871.
12 Vetancurt (1696?) in Teatro Mex., III, p. 312, 1871.
13 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 227.
14 Ibid., pp. 226-80.
16‘ Vetanecurt [Crénica, p. 312] assigns to it ‘doscientas personas de nacion Tiguas y labradores
espafioles,’””.—BANDELIER, Op. Cit., p. 226.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 525
chapel which existed at Puaray until 1681. .. . That it was really Puaray
was asserted by Indians of Sandia, and it also follows from the location of the
so-called Gonzalez grant.!
That Puaray was on the west side of the Rio Grande is apparent
only from Bandelier’s statement:?
On the brink of that mesa [mesa on west side of Rio Grande opposite Bernalillo
[29:96]] stand four ruins [[29:97] counted as two by Bandelier, but described
as one [29:98], and [29:99]], directly opposite the latter town [29:96].
According to Bandelier* Puaray was abandoned in 1681 and never
reoccupied. For identification of Puaray with Tiguex see also
Tiwa (3), above.
See [29:96], [29:97], [29:98], [29:123].
[29:100] (1) Sandijwonwi ‘Sandia Pueblo (Sandija <Span. sandia,
see Span. (17), below; oywi ‘pueblo’). =Jemez (8), Eng. (16),
Span. (17).
(2) Taos ** Na’pfé’ta”:* given as from ‘‘ na ‘hill’, pfia’na ‘cloud’
referring to the wind-blown sand-dunes in the vicinity.” = Pi-
curis (4), Sandia (5), Isleta (6), Tiwa (7), Laguna (12).
(83) Taos ‘* Tiiwita”:° given as meaning ‘Sandia people’. What
the form is, is not clear.
(4) Picuris ‘‘Napétha”.® =Taos (2), Sandia (5), Isleta (6),
Tiwa (7).
(5) Sandia ‘‘ Nafiat”.* =Taos (2), Picuris (4), Isleta (6) , Tiwa (7).
(6) Isleta Vadiae, of obscure etymology. The -ae appears to
be a locative postfix, meaning ‘down at’, ‘at’, said of objects
at the level of or below the speaker, and equivalent to Taos -f'd.
It is inferred from the quoted forms that this postfix is dropped
when the name of Sandia is prepounded to other nouns. =Taos
(2), Picuris (4), Sandia (5), Tiwa (7). ‘* Nafi’ad”’, given as mean-
ing ‘‘dusty place.” Cf. the etymology of Taos (2), Laguna (12).
**Nafi/huide”:® given as the singular, meaning ‘Sandia person’;
plu. ‘* Nafihun,” ‘* Naphi‘at”.®
(7) Southern Tiwa (dialect unspecified). =Taos (2), Picuris (4),
Sandia (5), Isleta (6). ‘‘Napeya”.'° ‘*Na-pi-ip”."! ‘ Na-fi-ap”.”
‘““Na-fhi-ap”.% ‘*Na-si-ap”.1* ‘Mapeya”.!® ‘‘Na-pi-hah”.?°
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 226-27, 1892.
2 Tbid., p. 225.
3 Thid., p. 230.
4 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1899 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 430, 1910),
5 Budd, Taos vocab., MS., Bur. Amer. Ethn.
6Spinden, Picuris notes, 1910.
7 Hodge, op. cit.
3Gatschet, Isleta MS. vocab., Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1885.
° Hodge, op. cit.
10 Onate (1598) in Doc. Inéd., Xvi, p. 115, 1871.
1 Bandelier in Archxol. Inst. Bull., 1, p. 18, 1883.
12 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 266; pt. 11, p. 186.
13 Tpbid., p. 180.
4 Bandelier, Gilded Man, p. 149, 1893.
Columbus Mem. Vol., p. 155, 1893, misquoting Ofate.
16 Jouvenceau in Cath. Pioneer, 1, No. 9, p. 13, 1906.
526
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
(8) Jemez, Sandijag’’i ‘Sandia place’ (Sandia <sandia, Span.
(17) below; gid locative. The ‘Sandia people’ are called Sandi-
jagvits@af or Sandiats@ af (ts@af ‘ people’). =Tewa (1),
Eng. (16), Span. (17).
(9) Cochiti Wa fretse of obscure etymology (wa fre unexplained;
tse <locative). =Laguna (12). Cf. Zufi (13).
(10) Sia ‘‘ Tiwa”: but cf. the etymology given for Laguna (12).
Cf. Zuni (13).
(11) Sia ‘‘Tiwa”:! evidently equivalent to Cochiti Ziwa
“Tiwa’; see Tiwa (NAMES oF TRIBES AND PEOPLES, pp. 577-78).
(12) Laguna ‘‘ Wa’shutse”:? given as meaning ‘‘dusty”; cf.
Taos (2), Isleta (6). Washrotsi”.? =Cochiti (9). Cf. Zuni (13).
(13) Zuni ** Wé’-suala-kuin”:* given as meaning ‘‘ ‘foot village”,
referring to the large feet of the inhabitants.” The ‘s=hl”.
Cf. Cochiti (9), Laguna (12).
(14) Oraibi Hopi Pajop7 ‘by the river, (pajo ‘water’ ‘ river’;
pi ‘by’ locative postfix). ‘* Payiipki”:° given as the Hopi name.
It would appear that the name recorded by Fewkes refers properly
to the now abandoned pueblo built by the Sandia and other
refugees on the Middle Mesa in the Hopi country, while that
recorded by the present writer is the name of the present village
on the Rio Grande.
(15) Navaho, ‘‘Kin Nodézi”:° givenas meaning ‘“‘striped houses.”
“Khin lagaf”:7 given as meaning ‘‘white house.” ‘Khin
lagai’ni” :° given as name of the ‘Sandia people’, meaning ‘‘ white
house people”.
(16) Eng. Sandia. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Jemez (8), Span. (17).
(17) Span. Sandia ‘watermelon’, a Span. word derived from
Arabic. This name appears to have been properly applied to the
pueblo at an early date. It became so fixed that it has not been
replaced by the saint-names, but has been coupled with them.
Why it was originally applied appears to be unknown. *‘‘Qandia”.°
‘*Zandia”.!° ‘* San Francisco de Sandia ”.!! ‘*Sandia”.1? ‘* Sendia”."
‘*N. S. de los Dolores de Sandia”:" see Span. (19). “SS Dies”.
19
1Spinden, Sia notes, MS., 1911.
2Gatschet, Laguna MS. voeab., Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895.
3 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 430, 1910).
4Cushing, Bur. Amer. Ethn., inf’n, 1884, in Handbook Inds., op. cit.
6 Fewkes in Amer. Anthr., VI, p. 397, 1894.
6Curtis, Amer. Ind., I, p. 138, 1907.
7 Franciscan Fathers, Ethn. Dict. Navaho Lang., p. 135, 1910.
8Ibid., p. 128.
9 Zarate-Salmeron (ca. 1629), quoted by Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 220, 1892.
10 ZArate-Salmeron (ca. 1629), quoted by Bancroft, Nat. Races, 1, p. 600, 1882.
1 Benavides, Memorial, p. 20, 1630. :
12 Rivera, Diario, leg. 784, 1736; Bandelier, op. cit., pt. 1, p. 260, 1890; Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 429,
10.
13D’ Anville, Map Amér. Sept., 1746.
4 Alencaster (1805) quoted in Prince, Hist. N. Mex., p. 37, 1883.
19 Pike, Exped., 3d map, 1810,
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 527
“St. Dies”! ‘*Deis”2 ‘‘San-Diaz”.* ‘Sundia”.t ‘‘Sandea”s
“Saudia”.® “S Diaz”.” ‘Our Lady of Sorrow and Saint Anthony
of Sandia”:§ see Span. (19). ‘Nuestra Sefiora de los Dolores
de Sandia”.® ‘‘Sandilla”.*° ‘*Our Lady of Sorrows and Saint
Anthony of Sandia”:!! see Span. (19).
(18) Span. ‘*San Francisco de Sandia”: this appears to be the
first saint-name.
(19) Span. Nuestra Sefiora de los Dolores y San Antonio de San-
dia ‘Our Lady of Sorrows and Saint Anthony of Watermelon.’
““N. S. de los Dolores de Sandia”.* ‘Our Lady of Sorrow and
Saint Anthony of Sandia”.* ‘* Nuestra Sefiora de los Dolores de.
de Sandia”. ‘*Our Lady of Sorrows and Saint Anthony of
Sandia”.*° ‘* Dolores ”.1”
(20) Span. ‘‘Asumpcion”:* This means Assumption, referring
to the ascent of the Virgin Mary to Heaven.
This is a small Tiwa pueblo on the east side of the Rio Grande.
Bandelier ' tells something of its history. Information available
about Sandia is summed up by Hodge.”? See [29:101] and Tiwa
(NAMEs or TRIBES AND Proptes, pages 577-78).
[29:101] (1) Tscqwebegeonwi ‘kick flaking-stone place pueblo’ (¢s?
‘flaking stone’ ‘flint’ ‘obsidian’ ‘stone knife’; gwebe ‘to kick’;
ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’; ’oywi ‘pueblo’). =Picuris (2), Isleta
(3), Tiwa (5), Acoma (9), Oraibi Hopi (10). The verb guwebe is
used of kicking any object in any manner, but especially of the
game of the kicked stick. The Tewa say n@ ueqwebeewo? ‘I am
playing the kicked-stick game’ (nd ‘1’; ve ‘1’; qwebe ‘to kick’;
"ewo"? ‘to play’ <’e ‘game’, wo” verb-forming element).
The game is. sacred to the Tewa and they give names compound-
ed with guwebe to their children, as Qwebctsdywe ‘kick greenness’
(tsigwe ‘greenness’ ‘green’), name of Lupita Roybal of San
Ildefonso.
1 Pike, Exped., app., pt. iii, p. 222.
2Tbid., p. 13.
3 Malte-Brun, Geog., v, p. 328, 1826.
4 Calhoun (1840) in Cal. Mess. and Corresp., p. 206, 1850.
5 Meriwether (1856) in H. R. Ex. Doc. 87, 34th Cong., 3d sess., p. 146, 1857.
®Davis, El Gringo, p. 248, 1857 (misprint).
7Mihlenpfordt quoted by Buschmann, Neu-Mexico, p. 272, 1858.
§ Meline, Two Thousand Miles, p. 218, 1867.
® Ward in Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1867, p. 213, 1868.
10 Arny, ibid. for 1871, p. 382, 1872.
1 Prince, Hist. N. Mex., p.38, 1883.
12 Benavides, Memorial, p. 20, 1630.
18 Alencaster (1806) quoted in Prince, op. cit., p. 37.
M4 Meline, op. cit.
15 Ward, op. cit.
16 Prince, op. cit.
1 Bancroft, Ariz. and N. Mex., p. 281, 1889.
18 [Tamaron, 1760?] cited by Bancroft, ibid.
19 Final Report, pt. 11, p. 231, 1892.
* Handbook Inds., pt. 2, pp. 429-30, 1910.
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [EBTH. ANN. 29
(2) Picuris ‘‘Chiwhetha”.! = Tewa (1), Isleta (3), Tiwa (5),
Acoma (9), Oraibi Hopi (10).
(8) Isleta piahwibak’, of obscure etymology (/7a ‘ flaking stone’
‘flint’ ‘obsidian’; Aw? unexplained; bak’ said to be locative, mean-
ing ‘at’ ‘where’). Cf. Lummis’s etymology given below, and
especially Tewa (1). =Tewa (1), Picuris (2), Tiwa (5), Acoma
(9), Oraibi Hopi (10). *‘ Shee-ah-whib-bahk”.?. ‘* Shee-ah-whib-
bak”.? ‘* Shee-e-huib-bac”. * ‘* Shee-eh-whib-bak”.®. ‘* Shee-é-
whip-bak”.® Mr. Lummis analyzed the name for the writer as
follows: shee-, ‘knife’; -é- (7); -whib-, ‘ whib-stick used in play-
ing the Isleta stick-kicking game’; -bak ‘ridge’. Mr. Lummis
says that the height of land on which Isleta is built is shaped like
a whib-stick, hence the name.
(4) Isleta Zuet ‘pueblo’ ‘Isleta Pueblo’. An Isleta says na
teodm tucé ‘I live at the pueblo’ ‘I live at Isleta’ (na ‘1’; te ‘1’;
edm ‘to live’; tuet ‘atthe pueblo’). ‘‘ Tii-ei” :7 given as meaning
‘town’ and the Isleta people’s own name for their pueblo. This
form has nothing to do with ‘tTayude”,’ which means merely
‘person’ in general; pl. ‘‘Tayun or Té-iun”.?
(5) Southern Tiwa (dialect unspecified). =Tewa (1), Picuris
(2), Isleta (3), Acoma (9), Oraibi Hopi (10). ‘‘Tshya-ui-pa”.®
‘*Tshya-uip-a”.® ‘*Shye-ui-beg”.1° ‘*Shiewhibak”," dialect un-
specified; Mr. Hodge informs the writer that it is the Isleta name.
‘© Tehi-ha-hui-pah ”.?
(6) Jemez Zewdgri ‘Tiwa place’ (Zed ‘Tiwa’ see (NAMES OF
TRIBES AND PEOPLES, pp. 577-78); gz’7 locative). This appears
to be the regular Jemez name for Isleta, inasmuch as Isleta is
the chief Southern Tiwa pueblo. The information was given
by Pablo Toya, who has an excellent knowledge of the Jemez
language.
(7) San Felipe ‘* Kohernak”:" Mr. Fleischer obtained no ety-
mology for this name.
(8) Laguna ‘* Hanichina”:" given as meaning ‘* eastern river.”
It is evidently the Laguna equivalent of Cochiti han petféna ‘east
river’ (Aa ‘east’; nye formative; tféna ‘river’ ‘Rio Grande’).
It is doubted whether this is the proper Laguna name for Isleta;
‘
1Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910.
2 Lummis in St. Nicholas, XVItl, p. 834, Sept., 1891
3 Ibid., p. 829.
4Lummis in Scribner's Mag., p.478, Apr., 1893.
5 Lummis, Man who Married the Moon, p. 4, 1894.
6 Lummis, inf'n, Aug., 1910. .
7 Gatschet, Isleta MS. vocab., Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1882.
8Bandelier in Archzol. Inst. Rep., V, p. 37, 1884; Final Report, pt. 1, p. 260, 1890.
9Ibid., pt. 11, pp. 186, 220, 1892.
10 [Bandelier in] Century Cyclop. of Names, art. ‘ Isleta’’, 1894.
1 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn, 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 624, 1907).
12 Jouvenceau in Cath. Pioneer, 1, No. 9, p. 13, 1906.
13K, A. Fleischer, inf’n, 1912.
14 Hodge, op. cit.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 529
but cf. the Oraibi Hopi name for Sandia Pueblo [29:100] and
Navaho (11), below.
(9) Acoma ‘‘Siwhipa”.! (<Tiwa?). =Tewa (1), Picuris (2),
Isleta (3), Tiwa (5), Oraibi Hopi (10).
(10) Oraibi Hopi 7fijahwipa, Tfijawihpa. (<Tiwa?). The
informant says that both of these pronunciations are current.
=Tewa (1), Picuris (2), Isleta-(3), Tiwa (5), Acoma (9), Oraibi
Hopi (10).
(11) Navaho *‘Ané To Ho”:? said to mean ‘tribe by the water.”
**Natqého”’:* given as the name of Isleta Pueblo, meaning ‘‘ene-
mies at the water.” ‘+ Natqého (ana)”:* given as the name of the
Isleta people, meaning ‘‘ enemies at the water.” The water re-
ferred to is evidently the Rio Grande; ef. Laguna (8).
(12) Eng. Isleta. (<Span.). =Span. (13).
(18) Span. Isleta ‘little island’, diminutive of isla ‘island’.
This name was applied originally to old Isleta [29 : unlocated],
which was situated on a small island. ‘*Old Jsleta, the one aban-
doned after 1681, stood very near the site of the present village,
on a delta or island between the bed of a mountain torrent and
the Rio Grande, from which comes its Spanish name.”> ‘*San
Antonio de la Isleta.”® ‘‘Isleta.”’ ‘‘Lleta.”8 ‘Ysleta.”®
‘San Augustin de la Isleta.”!° ‘‘Tlet.”" ‘* Alameda la Isleta”: 2
Span. alameda means ‘cottonwood grove’. ‘‘Isletta.” ‘Is-
lella.”** ‘*San Agustin del Isleta.” ‘San Augustin del
Isleta.”** ‘‘Jsleta.”!7 ‘‘Isoletta.”** “Gleta.”# “*Ystete.2°
“Yslete.”* ‘‘Isletabuh.”” <‘‘Iseta.”*? ‘Isletans”:?* applied
to Isleta people. ‘*Yoletta.”* ‘Isletefios”:?* this is the Span.
form meaning ‘ Isleta people’.
1 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 624, 1907).
?Curtis, Amer. Indian, pt. 1, p. 138, 1907.
8 Franciscan Fathers, Ethn. Dict. Navaho Lang., p. 136, 1910.
4Ibid., p. 128.
5 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 234, 1892.
6 Benavides, Memorial, p. 20, 1630.
7De I'lsle, carte Mexique et Floride, 1703; Bandelier, op. cit., pt. I, p. 260, 1890.
8Senex, map, 1710 (misprint).
9 Rivera, Diario, leg. 756, 1736.
0 Villa-Sefior, Theatro Amer., pt. 2, pp. 418, 422, 1748.
UD’ Anyille, map N, A., 1752.
12 Jefferys, Amer. Atlas, map 5, 1776.
8 Kitchin, map N. Amer., 1787.
14 Morse, Hist. Amer., map, 1798 (misprint).
15 Alencaster (1805) quoted by Prince, N. Mex., p. 37, 1883.
16 Alencaster (1805) in Meline, Two Thousand Miles, p. 212, 1869.
17 Humboldt, Atlas Nouv.-Espagne, carte 1, 1811.
18 Emory, Recon.; p. 41, 1848.
Calhoun (1849) in Cal. Mess. and Corresp., p. 211, 1850 (1nisprint).
2 Lane (1854) in Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, v, p. 689, 1855.
21 Buschmann, New Mex., p. 277, 1858. ~
2 Ward (1864) in Donaldson, Moqui Pueblo Indians, p. 81, 1893.
Segura in Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1890, p. 172, 1890. -
“4 Lummis, N. Mex. David, p. 98, 1891.
% Columbus Mem. Vol., p. 156, 1893 (misprint).
*° Lummis, Man Who, Married the Moon, p. 133, 1894.
87584°—29 EtH—16——34
530 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [xru. ann. 29
(14) Span. ‘‘San Antonio de la Isleta”:' this means ‘Saint
Anthony of the Islet’.
(15) Span. San Agustin del Isleta ‘Saint Augustine of the
islet.’ ‘San Augustin de la Isleta.”? ‘‘San Agustin del
Isleta.”* ‘*San Augustin del Isleta.”4
This is a large and important Tiwa pueblo, with much admix-
ture of Laguna and Mexican blood. Its history is discussed by
Bandelier.?
The Tiwa and Tewa names for the village seem to refer to the
game of kicked stick in some way; just how will probably be
made clear by a further study of the Tiwa forms. The kicked-
stick game is described in Culin.® Cushing refers to this game
as ‘‘ the national game of the Zuii.”’ The Tewa name seems to
refer to this game being played with a piece of obsidian, but the
Tewa inform the writer that it was never thus played. See
Sandia [29:100] and Tiwa (Names oF TRIBES AND PEOPLES,
pages 577-78).
[29 :102] Rio Grande, see [Large Features], pp. 100-102.
[29:103] (1) Isleta Letiw7, of obscure etymology.
(2) Jemez Vokek yi. (<Span.). =Eng. (4), Span. (5).
(8) Navaho ‘* Beéldil Disénil”:* given as the name of Albu-
querque, meaning ‘‘ at the place of the peals (bells)”.
(4) Eng. Albuquerque. (<Span.). =Jemez (2), Span. (5).
Often pronounced &bak‘auk".
(5) Span. Albuquerque. =Jemez (2), Eng. (4). Named in
honor of the Duke of Alburquerque, who was Viceroy of New
Mexico at the time of the founding of Albuquerque in 1706; see
below.
In the year 1706, Governor Cuervo took thirty families to the place we know
today by the name of Albuquerque, and founded the Villa of Alburquerque,
giving it that name in honor of the Duke of Alburquerque who was at the time
Viceroy of Mexico. The word ‘Alburquerque’ is the correct word, and not
Albuquerque as it is seen in geographies and books of history. Said Duke
never visited New Mexico, as other historians assure us. Cuervo reported to
the Viceroy the same year the founding of said villa, but the Viceroy did not
welcome the report of Cuervo; he censured him and ordered him to change
the name of said Villa to that of San Felipe de Alburquerque, in honor of the
sovereign then ruling over the Spains. In August, 1707, the incumbency
of Governor Cuervo ended, being succeeded on the first day of that month and
year by Admiral Don José Chacon Medina Salazar y Villasefior, Marquéz of
La Pefiuela, who governed until 1712.°
1 Benavides, Memorial, p. 20, 1680.
2 Villa-Sefior, Theatro Amer., pt. II, pp. 418, 422, 1748.
3 Alencaster (1805) quoted by Prince, N. Mex., p. 37, 1883.
4 Alencaster (1805) in Meline, Two Thousand Miles, p. 212, 1867.
5 Final Report, pt. I1., pp. 233-35, 1892.
® North American Indian Games, Twenty-fourth Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., p. 666, 1907.
7Cushing, Zufi Breadstuff, in The Millstone, p. 5, Apr., 1884.
§ Franciscan Fathers, Ethn. Dict. Navaho Lang., p. 134, 1910.
®°B. M. Read, Illustrated History of New Mexico, p. 322, 1912.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES Holl
[29:104] (1) Eng. Manzano Mountains. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
‘““Manzano range”.! ‘‘Manzano chain”.? ‘*Manzano Mts.”.?
**Manzano”.4
(2) Span. Sierra del Manzano ‘apple-tree mountains’. Why
this name was given is not clear. Cf. [29:110]. =Eng. (1).
“Sierra del Manzano”.®
(5) Span. Sierra de los Mansos ‘ Mansos Mountains.’ ‘Sierra de
los Mansos”.® According to Bandelier this name refers to both
the Manzano [29:104] and the Sandia [29:83] Mountains. The
name would seem to indicate that the Mansos formerly lived in
the vicinity of [29:104].
This is a high mountain range, a southern extension of the
Sandia chain [29:83]. Bandelier’ (after the Wheeler Survey)
gives the height of the highest peak of the Manzano Mountains as
10,086 feet. See [29:83], [29:105], [29:106], [29:110].
29105] i) Tiwa (or Tompiro?) ‘‘Chilfi”:’ mentioned as a ‘‘cap-
I I
tain” of a pueblo. “*Chilili?.? ‘*Chilily ?.2° “*Chili?. *¢Chi-
chilli”? **Old’'Chilili?.*? “*Chititi?. ** Chilili”’5 ‘*Chichiti”.1
*Chil-i-li”?.27- “*Chililé”. 18
(2) Tiwa (7%) ‘‘ Acolocti”.1® See below.
(8) Span. Chilili. (<Indian). Cf. Tiwa (?) (1), above.
(4) Span. Navidad de Nuestra Sefora ‘birth of Our Lady’.
‘“Navidad de Nuestra Sefiora”:*° this was the mission name.
A high ridge, densely wooded, the Sierra de Carnué [29:74], separated it
[Paako Pueblo ruin [29:79] ] from the nearest-Tigua [Tiwa] pueblo in the
south, Chilili. The distance in a straight line is at least 23 miles, a long day’s
journey, owing to the intervening mountains.*!
The little village of Chilili [29:124] lies in a nook on the slope, well shel-
tered to the north and west, but opened to the east; and a permanent streamlet,
the Arroyo de Chilili [29:unlocated], runs through it. The former Tigua
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 36, 1890.
2Tbid., pt. I, pp. 231, 232, 1892.
8U.S. Geological Survey, Reconnaissance Map, New Mexico, San Pedro sheet, 1892.
4 Hewett, Communautés, p. 37,1908.
5 Bandelier, op. cit.
® Rivera, Diario y Derrotero, p. 29, 1736, quoted by Baadelier, op. cit., p. 232, note.
7 Bandelier, ibid.
8 Ofiate (1598) in Doc. Inéd., XVI, p. 123, 1871.
® Benavides, Memorial, p. 21, 1630; Bandelier, op. cit., pt. I, p. 128; pt. 1, p. 118.
10 Jefferys, Amer. Atlas, map 5, 1776.
11 Gallatin (1844) in Emory, Recon., p. 478, 1848.
12 Squier in Amer. Rev., 11, p. 522, 1848.
18 Abert in Emory, op. cit., p. 483.
4 Gallatin in Trans. Amer. Ethnol. Soc., 11, p. Xciv, 1848.
15 Pac. R. R. Rep., 11, pt. 3, map 10, 1856.
16 Loew in Wheeler Surv. Rep., app. LL., p. 175, 1875.
17 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 114.
18 Bandelier, Gilded Man, p. 254, 1893 (misprint according to Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 267, 1907).
19Ofate (1598), op. cit., p. 118 (believed by Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 113, to be probably
Chilili).
20 Vetancurt (1693) in Teatro Mex., 111, p. 324, repr. 1871.
21 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 114.
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
[Tiwa] pueblo of Chilli stood on the west side of the creek [Arroyo de Chilili
[29:unlocated] ], but its site is now built over, and only a few traces of the
small chapel are visible. The chapel, dedicated to the Nativity of the Virgin
. stood on the east bank. [[Footnote:] Vetancurt, Crénica, p. 324: ‘El
templo era 4 la Navidad de Nuestra Sefiora dedicado. Es el primer pueblo
del valle de las Salinas [29:110]’.] The inhabitants of Chilili say that
metates and arrowheads are still occasionally found. I noticed some black
and red potsherds, and later I saw a handsomely decorated water urn, well
preserved and ornamented with symbols of the rain, the tadpole, and of fish,
painted black on cream-colored ground, which had been exhumed at Chilili.
It is in possession of the Hon. R. E. Twitchell of Santa Fé.
The brook running through Chilili extends only about a mile beyond that
hamlet; farther down it sinks, like all the watereourses that descend from the
Manzano chain [29:104], towards the Salines [29:110]. These constantly fill
up their own beds with drift and sand, and thus, in course of time, gradually
recede. Years ago, so old residents affirm, this brook had permanent water
for one mile and a half farther east. It is well to note such local peculiarities,
for they tend to explain changes of locality of Indian villages in former times.
The settlement of modern Chilili [29:124] dates from 1841; thatis, agrant was
issued in that year for lands on that site. [[/ootnote:] Merced 4 Santiago Pa-
dilla, etc., March 29, 1841, MS.] But the first houses were built some dis-
tance lower down the arroyo than the present village. Subsequently they had
to be abandoned on account of the filling up of the bed of the stream with
solid matter.
Chilili was an inhabited pueblo until about 1670. It appears first in 1630
but there are indications, amounting almost to positive evidence, that it existed
in the sixteenth century. [[/votnote:] Benavides, Memorial, p. 23: ‘Dexando
el Rio del Norte, ya partandose de la nacion antecedente azia el Oriente diez
legaas, comien¢a la nacion Tompira [Tompiro] por su primer pueblo de Chilili.’
The name of ‘‘Tompiros’’, as I shall prove further on, is a misnomer when
applied to the Tigua [Tiwa] Pueblos of the Salines [29:110].] [[Fbotnote-] Obe-
diencia y Vasallaje (su Magestad por los Indios del Pueblo de Acolocté (Doc. de Indias,
vol.G,p. 118). This document bears date October 12, 1598. It mentions four
villages, ‘ Padico [29:79], Cuzaya, Junétre, and Acoloct.’’ In Chapter II, I have
identified the first one with the Tanos puebloat San Pedro; Chilili is mentioned
as ‘captain of Acolocw’. The ‘‘ proyince”’ is called ‘Chedlo.’ If Chilili existed
in 1630, it is quite likely thatit was in existence forty years previous.] The con-
version of the people to Christianity and the building of the chapel are attrib-
uted to Fray Alonso Peinado, who became Custodian of New Mexico in 1608.
[[ Pootnote:] Vetaneurt, Crénica, p. 324: ‘Tenia la nacion Piros [Names oF
Tripes AND PropLes] mas de quinientos Cristianos que convirtid el reverendo
Padre Fray Alonso Peinado, cuyo cuerpo esté allf enterado.’ Ibid., p. 300:
‘El anode 1608 . . . fué por custodio el Padre Fray Alonso Peinado, con
religiosos, por cuenta de su majestad.’ Father Peinado was alive in 1617.
Autos de Proceso contra Juan de Escarranad, 1617, MS.] This would assign a
very ancient date to the establishment of the church at Chilili. In 1680 it is
said to have contained five hundred Tigua [Tiwa] Indians. [[ Footnote:} Vetan-
curt, ut supra.] Whether it was the seat of a mission or onlya ‘visita’, I am
unable to say. The persistent hostilities of the Apaches caused the abandon-
ment of Chilili, and all of the pueblos about the Salines [29:110], previous to
the uprising of 1680. [[ Footnote:] See the remarkable complaint of Fray
Francisco de Ayeta, Memorial en Novere del Gobernador, Cabildo Justicia y Regi-
miento dela Uilla de Santa Fé, 1676 (MS.), and the confession alluded to in the
Parecer del Fiscal of September 5 of the same year. The Licentiate Don Martin
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES ose:
de Solis Miranda says (MS.): ‘Por no pasar de cinco hombres Espajfioles los
que hay en cada frontera, y ser solo diez los que han quedado en la cabecera,
Villa de Santa Fé, estando muchos de los Espafioles sin armas algunas, y casi
todos sin caballos por haberselos llevado el enemigo.’] The exact date of their
eyacuation is unknown to me; but it certainly took place previous to 1676 and
after 1669. [[ Footnote:] That it was prior to 1676 is proved by the Parecer del
Fiscal: ‘ Que 4 demas destruido totalmente poblaciones pasaron 4 poner fuego
4 las yglesias, llevandose los vasos sagrados,’ etc. After mentioning these
depredations, he refers to the destruction of the village of Hauicu, near Zuii, in
1672, and of Senecti, in 1675. Escalante, Carta al Padre Morfi, 1778, par. 2:
‘Destruyeron los enemigos Apaches con casi continuas invasiones siete pueblos
de los cuarenta y seis dichos, uno en la provincia de Zuii, que fué Jahuicu, y
siete en el valle de las Salinas [29:110], que fuéron Chilili, Tan que y Cuarac
de Indios Tihuas, Abé, Jumancas y Tabird de Tompiros.’ That it occurred pre-
vious to 1669 is established by a letter to Fray Nicolas de Freytas, contained
in the Dilixencias sobre la solizitud del cuerpo del venerable Pe Fray Gerénimo de
la Liana, dated October 26, 1706 (MS.), from which it appears that in 1669
Father Freytas officially visited the pueblos at the Salines.] The inhabitants
retired mostly to the Rio Grande Tiguas [Tiwa]; but some joined the Mansos
at E] Paso del Norte.?
See [29:124] and Chilili Arroyo [29:unlocated].
[29:106] (1) Isleta ‘‘Tfash-yit-yay”.? ‘‘Tuh-yit-yay”.2 =Tiwa (2).
(2) Southern Tiwa (dialect unspecified) ‘‘San Miguel Taxique”.*
‘*Taxique”.* ‘‘ Tafique”.> *‘ Tagique”.® ‘“‘ Tegique”.” ‘‘ Tageque”.®
**Ta-ji-que”.® **Tajique”. ‘*Junétre”.4
This is believed by Bandelier to be probably the same; see quo-
tations below. If so, it would bea Tiwa name.
(3) ‘‘Cu-za-ya”.” This is believed by Bandelier to be intended
possibly for Tajique.
(4) Eng. Tajique. (<Span.). =TIsleta (1), Tiwa (2), Span. (5).
(5) Span. Tajique. (<Tiwa). =TIsleta (1), Tiwa (2), Eng. (4).
(6) Span. San Miguel ‘Saint Michael’. ‘‘San Miguel Tajique”."
The next ruin [after [29:105]] on the eastern slope of the Manzano range
[29:104] is the village of Tajique, about fifteen miles south of Chilili
[29:105]. The road goes mostly throagh woods, with the dismal basin of the
Salines [29:110] in view to the east. I have diligently inquired for ruins both
right and left of this route, but have invariably received the answer that only
a few small mounds or knolls, indicating the former presence of ‘small houses,’
have been met with, and that there are no traces of regular pueblos.
The situation of Tajique is similar to that of Chilili [29:105],—a small valley
open to the east and rising in the west. The ruins of the former pueblo
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 255-57 and notes, 1892.
2Lummis quoted by Bandelier, ibid., p. 258.
3 Vetancurt (1696?) in Teatro Mex., III, p. 324, 1871.
4Del'Isle, Carte Mex. et Floride, 1703.
5 Escalante (1778) quoted by Bandelier, op. cit., pt. 1, p. 132, 1890.
6Gregg, Commerce of the Prairies, I, p. 165, 1844.
7 Squier in Amer. Rev., 11, p. 508, 1848.
8 Latham, Var. of Man, p. 395, 1850.
® Bandelier, op. cit., p. 128.
10Tbid., pt. 11, pp. 257, 258, 259 and notes.
11 Onate (1598) in Doc. Inéd., XVI, p. 118, 1871.
12 Act of Obedience and Vassalage, Oct. 12, 1598, quoted by Bandelier, op. cit., p. 258.
13 Vetancurt (16967), op. cit.
534 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. ann. 29
[29:106] border .upon the present settlement [29:125] on the north and west,
lying on the south bank of the Arroyo of Tajique [Tajique Arroyo [29:un-
located] ], which is here a permanent, though very modest stream. The houses
of the pueblo were of broken stones, but the chapel was built of adobe. The
pottery is of the glazed variety; but I also found one fragment of the ancient
black and white, or gray. In 1680 Tajique is credited with three hundred
inhabitants, and the ruins do not point to any greater number. [[ Footnote:]
Vetancurt, Cronica, p. 324: ‘Donde habia cerca de trescientas personas.’ |
I doubt if the word Tajique belongs to the Tigua [Tiwa] language [in spite of
Lummis’s form]; it strikes me as rather pertaining to the Tehua [Tewa] idiom,
and to be a name given to the pueblo by its northern neighbors, the Tanos,
Tush-yit-yay is claimed by the Isleta Tiguas [Tiwa], as Mr. Lummis informs me,
to be the proper Tigua [Tiwa] name for the place. It seems almost certain
that the pueblo was in existence prior tothe sixteenth century. Whether the
word ‘Cu-za-ya’ [ Bandelier’s hyphenization of a name recorded in a Span. docu-
ment], used in the ‘ Act of Obedience and Vassalage’ of the villages of the Sa-
lines (October 12, 1598), is a corruption of Tuh-yit-yay [intended for Tfish-
yit-yay?], Ido not venture to determine. [[ootnote:] Obediencia del Pueblo del
Acolocti, p.116. Itmay beacorruption of Cuaray, but I doubt it.] Chamuscado
caught a glimpse of the Salines in 1580, and says that there were around that
basin eleven villages similar to those in the Rio Grande yalley. [[ootnote:]
Testimonio dado en México, p. 86.] The year after [1583], Espejo also possibly
went to the Salines; but the text of his report is not clear enough to render it
absolutely certain. [[Footnote:] Relacion del Viage, p. 114.]
Tajique was abandoned for the same reasons as Chilili and the other pueblos
of the Salines. Possibly its evacuation took place previous to that of the most
northerly Tigua [Tiwa] village [29:105]. The Indians from Cuaray, a Tigua
pueblo situated about ten miles southeast, retired to Tajique, taking with them
the corpse of the founder of their mission, Fray Gerénimo de la Llana, which
they buried again in the church of that pueblo [29:106]. [[Footnote:] Dilixen-
cias sobre la solizitud del cuerpo del venerable Pe Fray Gerénimo de la Llana, 1759,
M.S., fol. 5: ‘El Yndio Tano de el Pueblo de Galisteo llamado el Ché tambien
mui racional dixo: Que el saufa, y avia oydo varias vezes, que el Indio llamado
Tempano mui viejo y,que avia sido de aquellos pueblos arruinados, contaba que
aquel pueblo llamado Quara se havia perdido primero. Y que los que quedaron
de él se avian juntado con los Yndios de el immediato pueblo llamado Taxique,
y que quando se perdié Quara sacaron de él un cuerpo de un religioso difunto,
pero que no sabia donde lo avian puesto.’ From the investigation made at that
time by direction of Governor Francisco Antonio Marin del Valle, it appears
that the body of Fray Gerénimo de la Llana was found buried in the ruins of
the church of Tajique, and not at Cuaray. The Indian Tempano here referred
to was from the Salines, and well known in the beginning of the past century
as a faithful and reliable man. His name appears in several documents of the
time.’] There is a statement to the effect that the last priest of Tajique escaped
from the pueblo in company with two Spaniards, which would imply that the
village was abandoned in consequence of a direct onslaught made upon it by
the savages. [[ootnote:] Vetancurt, Crénica, p. 324: ‘‘Que administraba un
religioso que escap6 del rebellion con otros dos Espafioles.’’ If it is true that the
priest escaped in the manner indicated, it was certainly at least four years prior to
the rebellion, for Tajique was in ruinsin 1680. Escalante, Carta, par. 2. Fray
Juan Alvarez, Memorial. That the Apaches, and not the insurrection, caused
the loss of the place, is beyond all doubt. ]!
See [29:105].
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 257-59, 1892.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 535
[29:107] (1) Eng. Estancia settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Estancia ‘farm’ ‘cattle ranch’. =Eng. (1). The
settlement evidently took its name from some farm located there.
This is quite a large Mexican and American settlement on the
New Mexican Central Railroad.
[29:108] (1) Eng. Willard settlement, Eng. family name. =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Willard. (< Eng.) =Eng. (1).
This is a small Mexican and American settlement at the junc-
tion of the Belen Cut-off [29:108] with the New Mexican Central
Railroad [29:13].
[29:109] A branch of the Atchison, Topeka, and Santa Fe Railroad,
popularly known as the Belen Cut-off, since it ‘connects with the Rio
Grande Valley line of the Santa Fe Railroad at Belen, below
Albuquerque [29:103], but somewhat too far south to be shown on
[29].
[29:110] (1) An rege ‘ place of the salt,’ at level of or below speaker
Cadnye ‘salt? <’d ‘alkali’; nx of uncertain force, same as in
kun pe. ‘turquoise’, ef. ku ‘stone’). =Cochiti(2), Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(2) Cochiti Menatiku: said to mean ‘salt place.’ The first
two syllables are evidently the Cochiti word for ‘salt’. ='Tewa
(1), Eng. (8), Span. .(4).
(3) Eng. Salinas lakes or district. (<Span.). Known alsoas the
salt lakes, salt marshes, etc., and by Bandelier as the ‘‘Salines.”
These terms may be coupled with the name of the adjacent Manz-
ano mountains [29:104] as in Span. (4). =Tewa (1), Cochiti (2),
Span. (4). ‘*The salt marshes”!; ‘‘the salt marshes in front of the
Manzano range”?; ‘‘the salt lagunes of the Manzano”*; ‘‘the
Salines of the Manzano” ’; ‘‘the Salt Lagunes of the Manzano”? ;
“the Salt Lakes of the Manzano”.
(4) Span. Las Salinas, Las Salinas del Manzano, ‘the salt
marshes’ ‘the salt marshes of the Manzano [district],’ referring to
the Manzano Mountains [29:104]. =Tewa (1), Cochiti (2), Eng. (3).
The salt lakes of this region were the chief source of supply of the
Rio Grande Pueblo Indians. The Indians of the various pueblos
in ancient times used to make long pilgrimages thither on foot
for the purpose of gathering salt, an operation which was re-
garded as a religious ceremony. After wagons were introduced
among the Indians they hauled heavy loads of salt in them from
the deposits. This is still done at the present day. An Indian of
San Juan hauled a wagon load from the Salinas district last year.
Mexicans from various parts of New Mexico get their salt from
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 163, 1890.
2Tbid., p. 36.
3Tbid., p. 167; pt. 11, p, 20, 1892.
4Tbid., p. 113.
5Tbid., p. 219.
5 Hewett, General View, p. 597, 1905.
536 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. ann. 29
the Salinas, as they have done for generations. The salt was for-
merly free to all, but a few years ago an American, in possession
of the best deposit, at a place about 8 miles east of Willard
[29:108], began charging for it. ;
The Tewa insist that formerly the salt was not considered the
property of any one tribe of Indians, but the divine gift of Salt
Old-Woman, who gave of herself freely to the Indians who came
to seek salt. The Tewa state further that the Pueblo Indians who
used to live near the salt deposits did not own them or interfere
with other Indians getting salt, but that the Apache, when on the
warpath, would kill people who went to the salt marshes. Yet
Bandelier-says: ‘The salt marshes in front of the Manzano range
[29:104] gave the Tiguas [Tiwa], as well as the Piros of Abé and
of Tabira, an influential position, through their control oyer the
supply of salt.” ?
Bandelier describes the salt marsh district as follows:
The basin of the salt lakes is bordered on the west by hills and valleys rising
to the densely wooded eastern slopes of the Sierra del Manzano [29:104]. The
lowest spurs of the chain, as far as the northern base of the Jumanos Mesa, were
the country of the Eastern Tiguas [Tiwa] [Names or Tripes AND PEOPLES, pages
577-78]. It isa narrow strip with a few unimportant watercourses. [[ Foot-
note:] Like the arroyos of Chilili and Tajique [Chilili Arroyo [29:unlocated]
and Tajique Arroyo [29:unlocated]]. None of these watercourses reach the
basin of the salt lakes; they sink some distance to the west of it.] The heart
of the mountains appears to be without vestiges of human occupation, as are
the salt lakes proper and the plains north of them as far as the Galisteo basin
[Santa Fe Plain [Large Features]; but see Pueblo ruin north of Moriarty
[29:unlocated]].?
“The dismal basin of the Salines.”* Salt (dmx) was personi-
fied by the Tewa as an old woman, known as ’Anpekwijo ‘Salt
Old-Woman’ (dn pez ‘salt’; kwijo Sold woman’). She has magic
power (pinay) to preserve things from decay and to make peo-
ple live long. She gives of her body, which is salt. The San
Juan, Santa Clara, and San Ildefonso Tewa have a tradition that
Salt Old-Woman formerly lived in the Tewa country. The San
Juan and San Ildefonso myths obtained locate her ancient abode
at ’A fuge [18:35], the V-shaped salt meadow at the confluence
of the Chama River and the Rio Grande. The San Juan myth
obtained is as follows: Salt Old-Woman used to live at ’A/uge
[13:35]. At that time the San Juan people used to go to A fuge
to gather salt. It was white on the ground there. One time at
a big festival at Juyge Pueblo [13:27] Salt Old-Woman blew
mucus all over the food to salt it. Some of the people did not
like this and Salt Old-Woman became so angry that she went down
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 36, 1890.
2Ibid., pt. 11, p. 254, 1892.
8Ibid., p. 257.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 537
to An rege [29:110], abandoning the Tewa country altogether.
The supply of salt at "A. yuge ceased upon her departure, only a
trace of worthless salt remaining there from the deposit which in
ancient times she gave so freely to the people. When Tewa go to
"An rege they pray to Salt Old-Woman, lest she forsake them. She
lives in the lakes down there. The Tewa when fetching salt from
"An pege used to go in groups of several men each and deposit
prayer-sticks in the lake and throw coarse meal into it. They
would pray long by the lake. They brought the salt home in bags.
A similar myth was obtained at Santa Clara, which does not, how-
ever, mention A fwge as the locality at which Salt Old- Woman used
to dwell. The Santa Clara myth describes Salt Old-Woman’s per-
sonal appearance. ‘‘She wore white boots and a white cotton
manta, and in her hand instead of a handkerchief she carried a
white abalone shell (ez). It was so soft that she could fold it—
and white.” Mrs. Stevenson’ tells much of Zuni salt gathering.
The Zuni ‘‘ Salt Mother” is evidently comparable with the Tewa
Salt Old-Woman. It may be that the Zuii have a myth also of
the Salt divinity having once inhabited the Salinas; Mrs. Steven-
son writes: ‘‘The straight line extending east and west across the
slab [a religious slab] indicates the road leading from Han’‘lipinkta
to the Salt Mother before she left her home, east of I’tiwanna
[Zuni Pueblo]”.? See [29:111], (29:112], [29:113], Salt (Mrverazs,
page 579), [18:35], [18:15], and Sizing deposit somewhere in the
Salinas region [29:110], [29:unlocated].
[29:111] (1) Eng. Dog Lake, translating Span. (2). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Laguna del Perro ‘dog lake’. Why the name was
applied is not known.
This is the largest of the salt lagoons of the Salinas [29:110];
its name is well known to persons acquainted with the Salinas
region. See [29:110], and Dog Lake spring [29:unlocated].
[29 :112] Eng. ‘‘ Pedernal”.* This is Span. pedernal ‘ flint’ ‘ obsidian’.
It appears to be applied to a peak, the height of which is given
as 7,580 feet. See [29:110], [29:113].
[29:113] (1) K‘ujopiyy * wolf mountain’ (k'ujo* wolf’; pry ‘moun-
tain’). Is this merely a translation of Span. (3)? The name was
given by a San Juan Indian who has visited the Salinas region.
< Eng. (2), Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Lobo Mountain. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (3).
(3) Span. Cerro Lobo, Cerro del Lobo ‘wolf mountain’.
=Tewa (1), Eng. (2). ‘°C? del.Lobo”.?
1The Zufi Indians, Twenty-third Rep. Bur. Amer, Ethn., pp. 354-61, 1904.
2Thid., p. 445. =
31. S. Geogr. Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, Part of Central N. Mex., atlas sheet, No. 77,
Exped. of 1878, ’74, '75, ’76, ’77, and ’78.
538 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [TH ayy. 29
This is deseribed by the San Juan informant as a conspicuous
hill or mountain north of the salt lakes [29:110],q. v. See also
[29:112].
[29:114] (1) Mipotapohwu ‘dry mud water creek’ (ndpo ‘worked
mud’; ¢a ‘dryness’ ‘dry’; pohwu ‘creek with water in it’< po
‘water’, Aww ‘large groove’ ‘arroyo’). Perhaps a mere transla-
tion of Span. (6). =Jemez (2), Cochiti (3), Eng. (5). Span. (6).
(2) Jemez Paty uf pulinw * muddy creek’ (pd ‘water’ ‘creek’;
truf pulény ‘muddy’ ‘dirty’). Perhaps merely a translation
of Span. (6). =Tewa (1), Cochiti (3), Eng. (5), Span. (6).
(8) Cochiti Aremtsatféna ‘dirty river (dremtsa ‘dirty’
‘muddy’; ¢féna ‘river’ ‘ereek’). This was believed by the
informant to be a translation of Span. (6). —=Tewa (1), Jemez (2),
Eng. (5), Span. (6). :
(4) Navaho ‘ Nasfsitqé”:! given as name of ‘* Rio Puerco, New
Mexico”; no etymology supplied.
(5) Eng. Puerco River, Puerco Creek. (<Span.). =Tewa (1),
Jemez (2), Cochiti (3), Span. (6).
(6) Span. Rio Puerco ‘dirty river’. The name is descriptive.
=Tewa (1), Jemez (2), Cochiti (3), Eng. (5). ‘* Rio Puerco”.?
This is a long river or creek which joins the Rio Grande below
Albuquerque [29:103]. [29:115] is an important tributary.
[29:115] (1) Eng. San Jose River, San Jose Creek. (<Span.). =
Span. (2).
(2) Span. Rio San José, Rio de San José ‘Saint Joseph River’.
= Eng. (1). The name is derived from the saint-name of Laguna
Pueblo. Some maps show a San José settlement near McCarthy
on the Acoma Pueblo Grant.
(3) Span. ‘“‘Rio Gallo”.? This means ‘rooster river’. It is
given as an equivalent of the name San José Creek.
Laguna [29:117] and Acoma[29:18] Pueblos are in the drainage
of this tributary of the Puerco River [29:29].
[29:116] (1) Laguna ‘‘Kyishti”:* dialect not specified, but surely
Laguna. ‘‘Queesché”.® ‘* Kwistyi”:° evidently the same as the
preceding; given as meaning ‘‘‘take it down’, referring to an
ancient tradition”.
(2) Eng. Poguate. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(3) Span. Poguate, of unknown origin, evidently an Indian
word. =Eng. (2). The name is often confused with Pojoaque
[21:29]. The spellings with 7 may be due to: influence of Po-
1 Franciscan Fathers, Ethn. Dict. Navaho Lang., p.133, 1910.
2Bandelier, Final Report, pt. I, p. 199, 1892.
3U.S8. Geogr. Surveys West of the 100th Merid., Part of Central New Mexico, atlas sheet No. 77,
Exped. of 1873, ’74, 75, 76, 777 and ’78.
4 Loew (1875) in Wheeler Surv. Rep., VII, p. 345, 1879.
5 Pradt quoted by Hodge in Amer. Anthr., IV, p. 345, 1891.
6 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 184, 1910).
HARRINGTON] _ PLACE-NAMES _ 539
joaque. The Span. name is pronounced powd'te in New Mexican
Span. ‘‘Poguaque”.? ‘*Pojuate”.? ‘*Pojuato”.® ‘‘Poguaté”.*
**Paonati”.® ‘*Poquaté”.® ‘*Pogouaté”.7 ‘*Pojuaque”.’ ‘‘ Po-
hanti”.® **Pojnati”.*° ‘‘Pahuata”.4 ‘*Povate”.4 ‘*Povyuate”.*
*“Proyate?*240 4° Pujuaque??.2 4 Pacnate?8 fy soajuate 7.17
‘*Pahuate”.18
Next to the parent pueblo, Laguna [29:117], this is the oldest
and largest of the Laguna Indian villages. See [29:117] and
Keresan (Names oF TRIBES AND PEOPLES, page 574).
[29:117] (1) Pokwindiwe oywi ‘pueblo by the lake’ (pokwi ‘lake’
<po ‘water’, #wt unexplained; *zwe Sat’? ‘by’ locative postfix;
-onwt ‘pueblo’). Cf. names of similar meaning, especially Tewa
(2), Picuris (4).
(2) Poto’ iweonwi ‘pueblo where the water is dammed up’ (po
‘water’; to ‘to be in’ ‘to be dammed up; *zwe ‘at’ ‘by’ locative
postfix; ’oyw?t ‘pueblo’). Cf. names of similar meaning, espe-
cially Tewa (1), Picuris (4).
(3) Lagunw@ onwr, ’ Alagun@oywi (Laguna <Span. (18); ’Ala-
guna <Span. 4 Laguna ‘at Laguna’ ‘to Laguna’; ’oyw2 ‘ pueblo’).
Cf. names of similar meaning. Both of these forms are quite
common at present among the Tewa. Tewa in conversation are
heard to use ’A/aguna repeatedly in talking Span. when the Span.
does not require the preposition a.
(4) Picuris ‘‘ Pahwima”:' said to refer to alake. Cf. names of
similar meaning, especially Tewa (1), Tewa (2).
(5) Sandia ‘‘ Ktthkweai”:°° given as Sandia and Isleta name.
(<Keresan?). Cf. similar forms.
(6) Isleta ‘*‘ Kithkweai”:°° given as Sandia and Isleta name.
(<Keresan?) Cf. similar forms.
(7) Isleta ‘‘Biérai”:*! given as the Isleta name of Laguna
Pueblo. ‘‘Biéride”:*! given as meaning Laguna person, plu.
‘*Biérnin”,
1Gallegas (1844) in Emory, Recon., p. 478, 1848. .
2 Abert, ibid., p. 469.
3Tbid., p. 183.
4Gallatin in Trans. Amer. Ethnol. Soc., 11, p. xciv, 1848.
5 Calhoun (1849) in Cal. Mess. and Corresp., p. 218, 1850.
6 Latham, Var. of Man, p. 395, 1850.
7Gallatin in Nouv. Ann. Voy., 5th ser., XX VII, p. 297, 1851.
8 Parke, Map N. Mex., 1851.
Ten Broeck in Schooleraft, Ind. Tribes, rv, p. 77, 1854.
l0Simpson in Smithson. Rep. for 1869, p. 328, 1871.
11 Gwyther in Overland Mo., p. 262, Mar., 1871.
12 Loew (1875) in Wheeler Surv. Rep., V1, p. 339, 1879.
13 Tpid., p. 418.
14 Kingsley, Stand. Nat. Hist, v1, p. 183, 1883.
15 Bancroft, Ariz. and N. Mex., p. 64, 1889.
16G. H. Pradt, letter to Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1891, quoted in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 184, 1910.
17 Donaldson, Moqui Pueblo Indians, p. 94, 1893.
18 Collins in Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1902, p. 255, 1903.
19Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910.
2 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 753, 1907).
21Gatschet, Isleta MS. vocab., Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1885.
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BTH. ANN. 29
(8) Jemez Keowe'eg’’i, of obscure etymology (keowee <Kere-
san ?; 5g? ? locative). Cf. similar forms. The Jemez call ‘Laguna
person’ Acowée, plu. Keoweef (f 2+ plu. postfix). Cf. the name
of the pueblo given above.
(9) Jemez Laguna. (<Span.). =Tewa (3), Eng. (17), Span. (18).
(10) Cochiti Adwatka, of obscure etymology. Cf. similar forms
in the other Keresan dialects. ‘The name does not refer toa lake.
(11) Sia “ Kawaikame”:1 evidently for the Sia form meaning
‘Laguna people’. Cf. similar forms. ‘‘ Kawaikama”.? Cf.
similar forms.
(12) Laguna Kéwatka, of obscure etymology. Cf. similar
forms. The ‘Laguna people’ are called Adwatkami (mi ‘ people’);
cf. Laguna (13), below. ‘*Kan-Ayko”.* ‘*Ko-stété” * (probably
equivalent; given as Laguna name for Laguna Pueblo). ‘‘ Ka-
waikome”:* this is mentioned as distinct from Laguna; evidently
means clean’ people’. ‘* Kawaik’-ka-me”:° given as name of
Laguna people. ‘‘ Karaikome”:* evidently for name of the
Laguna people. ‘‘Ka-waik’”.” ‘‘ Ka-waiki’”.? Micihaace eee
given as name of Laguna Tribe. ‘*Ka-uay-ko”.® ‘* Koiks”.
“Kawaik”.4 ‘*Ka-hua-i-ko”.?
(18) Laguna ‘‘Sitsimé”:*% given as the Laguna people’s name
for themselves; the last syllable probably means ‘people’.
(14) Zuni ** K’ya-na-thlana-kwe” :™ given as meaning ‘‘ people
of the great pool or pond”. Cf. forms of similar meaning.
(15) Hopi ‘‘Kaiwdika”:* dialect not specified. ‘*‘ Kawahy-
kaka”.1° **Kawaihkaa”.” ‘*Kawaika”.* Cf. similar forms;
probably < Keresan.
(16) Navaho ‘* To-ziin’-ne’”
“Tozjanne”.?° °° Tuzhlani”.
:1 given as meaning ‘*much water.”
227 eo Mitmnt??.22; Se Rgortant 3"
e
1 Spinden, Sia notes, MS., 1911.
2 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds, pt. 1, p. 793, 1907).
3 Loew in Wheeler Surv. Rep., app. LL.’ p. 178, 1875 (m for w).
4 Powell in Amer. Nat., XIv, p. 604, Aug., 1880.
5 ten Kate, Synonymie, p. 7, 1884.
6 Kingsley, Stand. Nat. Hist., v1, p. 183, 1885.
7 ten Kate, op. cit.
®§ten Kate, Reizen in N. A., p. 230, 1885.
8 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 260, 1890.
10 Lummis, Man Who Married the Moon, p. 202, 1894.
Hodge, op. cit.
12 Jouvenceau in Cath. Pioneer, 1, No. 9, p. 13, 1906.
13 Gatschet in Mag. Amer. Hist., p. 268, Apr., 1882.
44 Cushing, inf’n Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1891, in Handbook Invis., op. cit.
15 Stephen in Eighth Rep. Bur. Ethn., p. 30, 1891.
% Voth, Traditions of the Hopi, p. 11, 1895.
17 Thid., p. 143.
18 Fewkes, Tusayan Migr. Trad., in Nineteenth Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., p. 632, note, 1898.
19 ten Kate, Synonymie, p. 6, 1884.
* ten Kate, Reizen in N. A., p. 231, 1885.
*1 Hodge, op. cit.
23 Curtis, Amer. Ind., I, p. 188, 1907.
2 Franciscan Fathers, Ethn. Dict. Navaho Lang., p. 135, 1910.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 541
given as name of Laguna Pueblo, meaning ‘* much water”. ‘* Tyo
lani”:' given as name for ‘Laguna people,’ meaning ‘‘much
water people”.
(17) Eng. Laguna Pueblo. (<Span.). =Tewa (3), Jemez (9),
Span. (18). Cf. forms of similar meaning.
(18) Span. Laguna ‘lake.” =Tewa (3), Jemez (9), Eng. (17).
Cf. forms of similar meaning. For origin of this name see general
treatment of Laguna, below. ‘‘Laguna”.? ‘‘San Josef de La
Laguna”.? ‘‘Seguna”.* ‘‘Lagunes”.> ‘‘Lagouna”.® ‘*Lagu-
nians”.” ‘‘Layma”.® ‘‘La haguna”.® ‘‘San José de la La-
guna”. ‘‘Saguna”. ‘‘Lagana”. ‘‘Lagune”.® ‘‘Taguna”.'
(19) Span. San José ‘Saint Joseph.’ This is the mission name.
**San Josef de La Laguna”. ‘‘San José de la Laguna”."®
This is a large west Keresan pueblo. Our knowledge about
it is summarized by Hodge."
The pueblo is named ‘lake,’ ‘water dammed up’, ‘much water’,
etc., in various languages, because of a pond which used to be a
short distance above (west of) the pueblo, which is said to have
been washed out by a flood in the creek [29:115] in 1855. Noth-
ing remains of the lake, the former bed of which is now a meadow.
Hodge" says that the pueblo is called Laguna ‘‘on account of a
large pond west of the pueblo,” but does not state that the pond
has disappeared.
Until 1871 the tribe occupied, except during the summer season, the single
pueblo of Laguna, but this village is gradually becoming depopulated, the
inhabitants establishing permanent residences in the former summer villages
of Casa Blanca, Cubero, Hasatch, Paguate [29:116], Encinal, Santa Ana,
Paraje, Tsiama, and Puertecito'’.
See [29:116] and Keresan (Names oF TRIBES AND PEOPLEs,
page 574).
[29:118] (1) ’Akom@oynwi ‘Acoma Pueblo’ ?Akoma <Span. (19); ’oywe
‘pueblo’). This is the only common Tewa name of Acoma Pueblo,
1 Franciscan Fathers, Ethn. Dict. Navaho Lang., p. 128, 1910.
2MS. of 1702 quoted by Bandelicr in Archxol. Inst. Papers, Vv, p. 189, 1890; Villa-Sefior, Theatro
Amer., pt. 2, p. 421, 1748.
3 Alencaster (1805) in Prince, N. Mex., p. 37, 1883.
‘Pike, Exped., 3d map, 1810. .
5 Simpson, Rep. to Sec. War, p. 150, 1850.
6Gallatin in Nowy. Ann. Voy., 5th ser., XXVU, p. 297, 1851.
7 Ten Broeck (1852) in Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, rv., pp. 81, 88, 1854.
8Ibid., p. 77.
9 Domenech, Deserts N. Amer., I, p. 448, 1860.
10 Ward in Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1867, p. 213, 1868.
Klett in Pop. Sci. Monthly, v, p. 584, 1874.
12Gatschet in Wheeler Surv. Rep., Vu, p. 405, 1879 (misprint).
13 Gatschet in Mag. Amer. Hist., p. 263, Apr., 1882.
14 Wallace, Land of the Pueblos, p. 45, 1888 (misprint).
15 Alencaster, op. cit.
15 Handbook Inds., pt. 1, pp. 752-53, 1907.
MW Thbid., p. 752.
18 Hodge, ibid., p. 753.
542 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [ntu. ann. 29
and Tewa (2) is regarded as a loan word from the Keresan,
although it is understood by all. Cf. names of similar sound.
(2) Ako onwi of obscure etymology (Ako <Keresan; ’oywi
‘pueblo’). This is regarded asa loan word from the Keresan.
Cf. names of similar sound.
(8) Sandia “Tu'hlawai”.t Said to refer probably to a tree or
plant”. =TIsleta (4), Tiwa (5). Cf. Jemez (6), Unspecified (15).
(4) Isleta “Tilawéi”.? ‘‘Tilawehuide”:? given as meaning
‘Tsleta person’, plu.. “‘TYlawehun”. ‘‘Tiilawéi”:? given as
another Isleta name. ‘‘Tii/‘hlawé”.? =Sandia (3), Tiwa (5).
Cf. Jemez (6), Unspecified (15).
(5) Southern Tiwa (dialect unspecified) ‘‘ Tuthla-huay ”.+
“*Tuthea-udy ”:> given as ‘*Tigua” name. ‘‘Tuth-la-nay”.®
=Sandia (8), Isleta (4). Cf. Jemez (6), Unspecified (15).
(6) Jemez Tot riag?’? of obscure etymology (tot.p7a, unexplained;
g??locative). Cf. Sandia (3), Isleta (4), Tiwa (5), Unspecified (15).
The Jemez call an ‘Acoma person’ Zot ria, plu. Tot rif (f, post-
fix denoting 2 + plu.)
(7) Cochiti Ako, of obscure etymology, but cf. Hodge’s etymol-
ogy of Acoma (10), below. The Acoma people are called Akome
(me *people’). Cf. the forms of similar sound.
(8) Sia ‘‘Akome”:? evidently the form equivalent to Cochiti
Akome * Acoma people’.
(9) Laguna Ako, of obscure etymology, but cf. Hodges etymol-
ogy of Acoma (10), below. The Laguna call the Acoma people
Akomi (mi ‘people’). Cf. the names of similar sound.
(10) ‘‘Acoma Ako of obscure etymology, but cf. the etymology
given by Hodge for his form quoted below. The Acoma call their
own people Akomé (mi ‘people’). “A-qo”:8 given as Acoma name
for Acoma. ‘‘Akémé”:® given as the Acoma name for the Acoma
people, meaning ‘‘ people of the white rock”; evidently the same
as the author’s Akom7, for which no etymology could be obtained,
except that 77 means ‘people’. ‘‘Akéme, ‘people of the white
rock? now commonly pronounced A-ko-ma. Their name for their
town is A’ko”.®
1 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 11, 1907).
2 Gatschet, Isleta MS. vocab., Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1885,
3 Hodge, op. eit.
4 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 235, 1892.
* Bandelier, Gilded Man, p. 211, 1893.
6Tbid., p. 149.
7 Spinden, Sia MS. notes, 1911.
§ Bandelier in Mag. West. Hist., p. 668, Sept., 1886.
* Hodge, op. cit.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES . 543
(11) Keresan (dialect unspecified). Cf. the forms of similar
sound. ‘‘Acus”.! ‘‘Hactis”:? same as ‘‘Acus”. ‘*Acuco”:*
perhaps from the Zuni form. ‘‘Coco”.t ‘*Suco”.. ‘*Acuca”.®
**Vacus”.7 **Vsacus”.7 ‘¢‘Acoma”:® evidently from the Keresan
name for the people. ‘*Yacco”.® ‘‘Acéma”.?° ‘* Acoman”.
*“Acomeses”. fA cquia’’.2) *-Avoma?.14| “Acm.1 **Aiomo”.1
“St Estevan Acoma”.7 ‘* Alcuco”:"* apparently either directly
or indirectly from the Zufi form. ‘‘Aacus”.% ‘* Acux”,1®
**Acomo”.”° ‘‘Atlachaco”.4 ‘‘Alomas”.” ‘‘Acome”.”? ‘‘Aquia”.*4
“San Estevan de Acoma”. ‘S. Estevau de Acama”.”
‘*Acomas”’:”° this refers to the people; the expression is ‘* pueblo
de Acomas”. ‘‘Acona”.27 ‘* Acucans”.® ‘*Aconia”.”° ‘* San
Estéban de Acoma”.*° ‘*Ako”.*! ** Ago”. “San Estéban de
Asoma”.®? ‘*A bucios”.** ‘‘Acmaat”.®> ‘‘Acotnenses”.*° **A-ko”.°7
1 Niga (1539) in Hakluyt, Voy., 111, p. 440, 1600.
2Nicga (1539) cited by Coronado (1540) in Doc. Inéd., X1v, p. 322, 1870.
3 Castafieda (1540) in Winship, Coronado Exped., p. 519, 1896.
4 Alvarado (1540) in Winship, ibid., p. 594.
5 Galvano (1563) in Hakluyt Soc. Pub., XXX, p. 227, 1862, according to Hodge, Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p.
11, 1967, misquoting “ Acuco”’ of Coronado; also applied to Cicuic=Pecos [29:33].
6Ramusio, Nav. et Viaggi, 11, p. 1, 1565.
7 Nica, Relation in Ramusio, ibid., p. 357.
® Espejo (1583) in Doc. Inéd., XV, p. 116, 1871.
9 Ofiate (1598), ibid., xvI, p. 115 (according to Hodge, op. cit., for Span. y Acco = ‘and Acco’).
10 Ofiate (1598) in Doc. Inéd., Xvi, p. 127.
11 Hakluyt, Voy., p. 469, 1600 (or Acoma; citing Espejo, 1583).
12 Villagran, Hist. Nueva Mex., p. 158, 1610.
13 Benavides (1630) misquoted in Nouv. Aun. Voy., 5th ser., XXVII, p. 307, 1851.
14 Linschoten, Descrip. de l’ Amérique, p. 386, map, 1638.
15 Ogilby, America, p. 392, 1671.
16Tbid., map.
17 De l’Isle, Carte Mex. et Floride, 1703.
18 Barcia, Ensayo, p. 21, 1728,
19 Mota-Padilla, Hist. de la Conq., p. 111, 1742. 2
* [bid., p. 169.
21Tbid., p. 159, source unknown to the writer.
*2Tbid., p. 515, given in Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 11, 1907, as probably equivalent to Acoma.
23 MS. of 1764 cited in Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, 111, p. 304, 1853.
% Jefferys, Amer. Atlas, map 5, 1776, (doubtless the same, but Jefferys locates also San Estevan
de Acoma). f
» Brion de la Tour, map |’ Amér., 1779 (misprint).
26 Aleedo, Dic. Geog., 11, pp. 523, 549, 1787.
7 Emory, Recon., p. 133, 1848.
Whipple in Pac. R. R. Rep., u11, pt. 3, p. 90, 1856.
2 Ward in Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1864, p. 191, 1865.
30 Vetancurt, Teatro Mex., III, p. 319, 1871.
31 Loew (1875) in Wheeler Surv. Rep., VII, pp. 339, 345, 1879.
32 Bandelier in Archzol. Inst. Papers, 1, p. 14, 1881, (misprint, g for q?).
33 Orozco y Berra in Anales Minis. Fom. Méz., V1, p. 255, 1882.
4 Duro, Don Diego de Pefialosa, p. 23, 1882, given in Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 11, 1907, as for ‘‘the
Acus of Niza’’. ‘
35 Evans (1888) in Compte-Rendu Congr. Int. Amér., VII, p. 229, 1890,
36 Bancroft, Ariz. and N. Mex., p. 145, 1889.
37 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. I, p. 260, 1890.
544 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [pru. ayy. 29
/A-c0 2.211 oS Ako=mai?iae eS cAtcco Sipe Ath= Comsat mena COmen
** Ah-ko”.®
(12) Zuhi. (<Keresan?). Cf. names of similar sound. The
Zuni and the Hopi appear to be the only forms which contain
two & sounds. ‘*Acogiya”.? ‘* Hah-kéo-kee-ah”.§ ‘* Hab-koo-
kee-ah”.® ‘* Hak-koo-kee-ah”."? ‘‘Ha-cu-quin”." ‘*Ha-ku”.?
‘*Ha-ku Kue”. ‘*Hacuqua”.*
(18) Hopi (dialect unspecified). (<Zufi?). Cf. the names of
similar sound. The Zufii and the Hopi appear to be the only
forms which contain two # sounds. ‘‘ A’ikoka”.® ‘¢Akokavi”."
‘*Ak6kovi”.17 The ‘‘-vi” appears to be a locative ending.
(14) Navaho. (<Keresan?). Cf. the names of similar sound.
“Hacu”.1® ‘*Ha-kus”.! ‘‘Haqont”:?? given as borrowed from
the Acoma language. ‘‘ Hak’o‘n!”:*t given as Navaho name for
the Acoma people.
(15) ‘‘Tutahaco”.” With the first two syllables cf. Sandia (3),
Isleta (4), Tiwa (5), Jemez (6). With the last two syllables cf.
the Keresan name of Acoma Pueblo.
(16) Eng. Acoma. (<Span.). =Span. (19). Cf. the forms, of
similar sound. :
(17) Eng. ‘‘ Quebec of the Southwest”.**
(18) Eng. ‘‘ Quéres [Keresan]| Gibraltar”.
(19) Span. Acoma. (<Keresan name for Acoma people.) Cf.
the Keresan and other forms of similar sound.
(20) Span. San Estevan ‘Saint Stephen’. ‘St Estevan
Acoma”.** ‘St. Estevan Queres”.?> ‘°S. Estevan de Acoma’”’.*°
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 132, 1890.
2 Bandelier in Archzol. Inst. Papers, V, p. 173, 1890.
3 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 197, 1892.
4 Lummis, Land of Poco Tiempo, p. 63, 1893.
5 Columbus Mem. Vol., p. 155, 1893, (misprint of Ofate’s “ Yacco’’).
6 Lummis, Man Who Married the Moon, p. 207, 1894.
7 Ofiate (1598) in Doc. Inéd., XVI, p. 102, 1871; given by Hodge (Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 11, 1907)
as coming from the Zuni name.
8 Eaton quoted by Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, Iv, p. 220, 1854.
° Domenech, Deserts N. A., I, p. 53, 1860.
10Simpson in Smithson. Rep. for 1869, p. 333, 1871.
ll Bandelier in Mag. West. Hist., p. 668, Sept., 1886.
12 Bandelier in Archxol. Inst. Papers, op. cit.
13 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 132.
14 Bandelier, Gilded Man, p. 149, 1893.
1s Stephen in Highth Rep. Bur. Ethn., p. 30, 1891.
16 Voth, Traditions of the Hopi, p. 11, 1905.
7 Tbid., p. 145.
18 Bandelier in Mag. West. Hist., op. cit.
19 Bandelier, Archzol. Inst. Papers, op. cit.
*” Curtis, Amer. Ind., 1, p. 138, 1907.
21 Franciscan Fathers, Ethn. Dict. Navaho Lang., p. 135, 1910.
% Castaneda (1540) quoted by Bandelier in. Archxol. Inst. Papers, 1, p. 13, 1883,
% Lummis, Land of Poco Tiempo, p. 57,1893.
4 De l’Isle, Carte Mex. et Floride, 1703.
% De l'Isle, Atlas Nquyeau, map 60, 1733.
2% Jefferys, Amer. Atlas, map 5, 1776.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 545
“*S. Estevau de Acama”.! “St. Estevan”.2 “San Estéban de
Acoma”.® ‘San Estéban de Asoma”.!
(21) Span. San Pedro ‘Saint Peter’, ‘‘San Pedro”. Span.
Pefiol ‘big rock’, so named from the mesa.
An attempt was made to reconquer the village by Governor Vargas in August,
1696, but he succeeded only in destroying their crops and in capturing five
warriors. The villagers held out until July 6, 1699, when they submitted to
Governor Cubero, who changed the name of the pueblo from San Estevan de
Acoma to San Pedro; but the former name was subsequently restored and is
still retained.§
**Pefioles”.7 ‘* Pefiol”’.8
For a description of Acoma see Hodge, in Handbook Inds., pt.
1, pp. 10-11, 1907, with bibliography. The Acoma language is
almost identical with that of Laguna [29:117]. See [29:119] and
Keresan (NAMEs OF TRIBES AND Proprius, page 574).
[29:119] (1) Acoma ‘‘Katzimo”.® “Katzim-a”.° “*Katzimo”.™
‘*Ka-tzi-mo”.!
(2) Eng. Enchanted Mesa. (<Span.). =Span. (3), French (4).
**Enchanted Mesa”.
(3) Span. Mesa Encantada ‘enchanted mesa’. =Eng. (2),
French (4). ‘* Mesa Encantada”."*
(4) French ‘* Plateau enchanté”.*° This means ‘enchanted mesa’.
=KEng. (2), Span. (8).
This remarkable mesa was first ascended in modern times by
Prof. William Libby, of Princeton University, and shortly after-
ward by a party representing the Bureau of American Eth-
nology, under the direction of Mr. Hodge, in 1897. Evidences
of former occupancy by Pueblo Indians were observed on the
top by the latter party."
The mesa lies a few miles from the pueblo of Acoma, and its
summit is said traditionally to have been inhabited by the ances-
tors of the Acoma previous to their moving to the present site
[29:118].
' Brion de la Tour, map 1’ Amér., 1779 (misprint).
2 Kitchin, map N. A. (1783) in Kaynal, Indies, yr, 1788.
3 Vetancurt, Teatro Mex., 111, p. 319, 1871.
* Orozco y Berra in Analcs Minis. Fom. Méx., V1, p. 255, 1882 (misprint s for c).
5 Bancroft, Ariz. and N. Mex., p. 221, 1889; Hodge in Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 10, 1907,
6 Hodge, ibid. ‘
7 Perea, Verdadera Rel., p. 3, 1632.
8 Alcedo, Dict. Geog., Iv, p. 149, 1788.
® Lummis, New Mexico Dayid, p. 40, 1891; Hodge, op. cit., p. 665.
10 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 314, 1892.
N Hodge in Century Mag., LVI, p. 28, May, 1898.
1 Hodge in Handbook Inds., op. cit.
18 Lummis, op. cit., p. 39; Hodge in Century Mag., op. cit., p. 15.
4 Pullen in Harper's Weekly, p. 694, Aug. 2, 1890; Bandelier, op. cit.; Hodge, op. cit.; Hewett, Com-
munautés, p. 49, 1908.
18 Tbhid.
16 See Hodge, op. cit.
87584°—29 ErH—16——35
546 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [xTH. ann. 29
[29:120] (1) Acoma ‘‘Spi-nat”.!
(2) Eng. Mount Taylor. This is the current Eng. name, be-
stowed in honor of General Zachary Taylor. ‘‘Taylor Peak”.?
(3) Span. Sierra de San Mateo ‘Saint Matthew Mountain’.
This name appears to have been applied since early times.
This mountain is 11,389 feet high according to the United States
Geological Survey. It can be seen from points two or three -
hundred miles away. Itis said to be one of the cardinal moun-
tains of the Navaho.
[29:121] (1) Eng. Cabezon settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Cabezon, name of the mesa [29:126], q. v.
[29:122] Wagon bridge across the Rio Grande a short distance north
of Bernalillo [29:96]. See [29:97], [29:98], [29:123].
[29:1283] Nameless pueblo ruin.
‘* Where the church and the school of the Christian Brothers at
Bernalillo now stand, vestiges of a former pueblo which had been
destroyed by fire were exhumed; also metates, skeletons, and jars
filled with corn-meal”.* The Roman Catholic church and school
of the Christian Brothers are north of Bernalillo at the junction
of the road which crosses the Rio Grande by way of the wagon
bridge [29:122] with the main highway up the east side of the Rio
Grande Valley. See [29:96], [29:97], ]29:98], [29:99], [29:129].
[29:124] (1) Eng. Chilili settlement. (<Span.). = Span. (2).
(2) Span. Chilili, called after the pueblo ruin [29:105].. = Eng.
(1). See first paragraph of quotation from Bandelier under
[29:105], (4); also [29:105] and Chilili Arroyo [29:unlocated].
[29:125] (1) Eng. Tajique settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Tajique, named after the pueblo ruin [29:106].
=Eng. (1). :
The village of Tajique, about 15 miles south of Chilili [29:124]
The situation of Tajique is similar to that of Chilili—a small valley open to
the east and rising in the west. The ruins of the former pueblo [29:105] bor-
der upon the present settlement on the north and west, lying on the south
bank of the Arroyo of Tajique [Tajique Arroyo [29:unlocated]], which is here
a permanent, though very modest stream.°
See [29:106] and Tajique Arroyo [29:unlocated ].
[29:126] (1) Isleta ‘*Tchi’kugienad”:® given as the name of ‘‘Sierra
Cabezon near R. Puerco [29:114]”.
(2) Jemez Wasem@d, of obscure etymology.
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 305, 1892.
2U. 8. Geogr. Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, part of Central N. Mex., atlas sheet No. 77,
Exped. of 1873, ’74, ’75, ’76, ’77, and ’78.
® Gannett, Dictionary of Altitudes, 4th ed., p. 651, 1906.
4 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 280,
§ {bid., p. 257.
®Isleta MS. vocab. in possession of Bureau of American Ethnology
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 547
(3) Navaho ‘‘Tsénajin”:' given as the name of Cabezon,
N. Mex., meaning ‘‘ black peak”.
(4) Eng. Cabezon Mesa. (<Span.). =Span. (5).
(5) Span. Cabezon ‘big head’ ‘big summit’. =Eng. (4).
This is a big, black, table-like mesa (pl. 21, B) immediately
southeast of Cabezon settlement [29:121], to which it gives the
name. It can be seen from the hills back of Jemez Pueblo [27:35].
[29:127] (1) Eng. Ladrones Mountains. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Sierra de los Ladrones ‘mountains of the robbers’.
=Eng. (1). ‘Sierra de los Ladrones”.?
Bandelier? gives the height of the highest peak of these moun-
tains as 9,214 feet, according to Wheeler.
UNLocATED
Santo Domingo 4’a, of obscure etymology. Givenas name of pueblo
ruin somewhere east of Santo Domingo Pueblo [28:109], by the
grandfather of Salvador Abeita of Santo Domingo.
The old Indian did not appear to know what language the former
inhabitants of this ruin spoke, or just where the ruin is located.
See Ojana [29: unlocated], page 553.
Span. ‘“‘Cafiada Ancha”.? This means ‘broad cafiada’. ‘On the
waterless plateau called. El Cuervo [29:3], farther north [than
[28:49]], I know of no ancient vestiges, and both the Cafada
Ancha and the Cafiada Larga [[29: unlocated], page 552] at the foot
of that wide and long mesa [29:3], I have been informed, are devoid
of all remains of former Indian habitations”.* The canada referred
to is apparently east of the Rio Grande in the vicinity of [29:3].
See [29:3] and Canada Larga [29:unlocated].
‘*Peak of Bernal”.4 ‘*On the west [of Pecos Pueblo ruin [29:33]] a
high mesa or table land, extending nearly parallel to the river
[29:32] until opposite or south of the peak of Bernal”.
Span. Arroyo Chamisos”.® This means ‘greasewood arroyo’.
‘It is apparently applied to the arroyo tributary to the Hondo
Arroyo [29:17] running between Sunmount Sanatorium (one mile
east of Santa Fe [29:5] and Mr. Nagel’s ranch, half a mile farther
east.
(1) Eng. Chilili Arroyo. (<Span). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Arroyo de Chilili ‘Chilili Arroyo’, referring to
[29:105] and [29:124].
See first paragraph of quotation from Bandelier under
[29:105], (4). Cf. Tajique Arroyo [29:unlocated],»page 554.
1 Franciscan Fathers, Ethn. Dict. Nayaho Lang., p. 130, 1910.
2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 182-183, 1892.
3 Tbid., p. 81. .
4Bandelier, Papers Arch. Inst. Amer., Amer. ser., 1, p. 37, 1883.
*Sunmount Sanatorium (pamphlet], Santa Fe, N. Mex., p. 8, 1912.
548 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. ann. 29
Span. *‘Chimal.”?
Mentioned by Bandelier' as a hamlet near the pueblo ruins
Ojana[29:unlocated], page 553, and Kipana[29:unlocated], page 550.
(1) Eng. Corrales. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Corrales ‘corrals’ ‘ paddocks’ ‘folds’ ** Los Corrales.”’?
This isa Mexican settlement between Sandia Pueblo [29:100]
and Albuquerque [29:103] on the west side of the Rio Grande.
The wagon road used by the mail stage between Albuquerque and
Jemez springs [27:18] joins at Corrales the main highway run-
ning along the east side of the Rio Grande.
Dog Lake spring, named from Dog Lake [29:111].
‘*In Torrance County are alkaline springs, notably the Dog
Lake Spring, not far from Estancia [29:107].”* See (29:111].
Real de Dolores, Dolores, ‘camp of Dolores,’ Dolores being a Span.
family name. The name ‘‘ Real de Dolores” is given and located
about 5 miles southwest of Ortiz settlement [29:62] on the eastern
slope of the Ortiz Mountains [29:72] on an official map.* This
place is also labeled ‘‘Old Placer” on this map. It appears to
give one of the names to the Ortiz Mountains [27:72], q. v.
San Ildefonso ‘‘ Dyap-i-ge.”*® This name is not known to the Tewa
informants. It has been suggested by Tewa that this may stand
for Jéimpig??* ‘place of the short or scrub willow tree(s) (Jaén
‘willow’; Pg? ‘shortness’ ‘short’ opposite of tall; ‘7’ locative
and adjective-forming postfix), but no such place-name is known
to the Tewa informants, and this is merely a guess at possible
form and etymology. Cf. ‘‘ Uap-i-ge” [29:unlocated], page 555.
‘“Ruins of two other pueblos lie east and southeast of Lamy
[29:38]. . . . [have not seen them, and therefore speak from hear-
say only. The gentleman who mentioned and described them to
me inquired about them of a well-known Indian of San Ildefonso,
who informed him that they were respectively called Uap-i-ge
[29:unlocated] and Dyap-i-ge, and are those of very ancient
Tanos villages.” ®
The present writer has asked some of the oldest and best-
informed Indians of San Ildefonso about these places, but they
have never heard of them. See ‘* Uap-i-ge” [29:unlocated ].
Cochiti Hékdwa ‘east canyon’ (hd ‘east?; kdwa ‘canyon’ ‘cafiada’).
This is described by a Cochitiinformant as a large canyon some-
where near Tetilla Mountain [29:4].
' Bandelier, Final Report, pt. I, p. 125, 1890. The meaning has not been determined.
2Tbid., p.130.
3 Land of Sunshine, a Book of the Resources of New Mexico, p. 175, 1906.
4U.S. Geogr. Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, Part of Central New Mexico, atlas sheet No. 77,
Exped. of 1873, ’74, '75, ’76, ’77 and ’78.
6 Bandelier, op. cit., pt. 11, p. 100, 1892.
6 Ibid., pp. 99-100.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 549
Santo Domingo ‘‘ Huash-pa Tzen-a.”*. Given as the Santo Domingo
name for the pueblo of the Santo Domingo Indians preceding
the present one and situated a short distance west of it. See
under [28:109] for discussion.
Tron springs 10 miles west of Santa Fe [29:5]. ‘*Ten miles west of
Santa Fe [29:5] are iron springs, claimed to equal in medicinal vir-
tue those at Manitou, Colorado.”? |
San Felipe ‘‘Isht-ua Yen-e.”* Bandelier adds the etymology as ‘from
Isht-ua, arrow.”
This is a place north of Santo Domingo Pueblo [29:109] men-
tioned ina San Felipe myth, ‘They were pursued by the pyg-
mies as far as a place above Santo Domingo called Isht-ua Yen-e,
where many arrow-heads are found to-day. From Isht-ua,
arrow.”
(1) Tano Tewa ‘‘Ka-po.”* ‘*Kaapé6.”5 ‘‘Kapo.”* None of the
Tewa informants know this name, and to conjecture as to its mean-
ing has little value, since there are many combinations of sylla-
bles in Tewa which would make a good place-name and might be
written thus by Bandelier. The doubling of the @ in one form is
puzzling. The first syllable might mean ‘leaf’ ‘ wild-rose’ ‘cor-
ral’ ‘ball’? ‘it is not’, ete., while the second can be taken as
‘water’ ‘trail’? ‘moon’ ‘squash’ ‘head’ ‘hair’ ‘ hole’ ‘snow,’ ete.
It is possible, but hardly probable, that the name is identical with
either A” apo, Santa Clara Pueblo [14:71], or Aapo, the pueblo
ruin [5:23].
(2) Span. *‘Tuerto.”? ‘El Tuerto.”7 This means ‘one-eyed’
‘squint-eyed’ ‘twisted’ ‘wry’. Why the name was applied is not
known. The ruin appears to give its name to the arroyo [29:76].
We follow Hodge® in assuming that Bandelier’ gives the Indian
names of the ruins ‘* Ka-po” and ‘*Sem-po-ap-i” in the same order
in which he gives the Span. names, and that therefore **Ka-po”
and *‘Tuerto” are applied to the same ruin; see the quotation
below:
South of the portion of the Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fé Railroad that lies
between the stations of Cerrillos [29:53] and Wallace [29:60], a bleak ex-
panse, neither valley nor plain, gradually rises towards the foot of the Sierra de
Dolores [29:72] and the Sierra de San Francisco [29:73]. . . . At Golden, or
Real de San Francisco [29:75], where the Arroyo del Tuerto [29:76] emerges
from a narrow mountain valley, and where gold washing has been carried on
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 187, 1892.
? Land of Sunshine, a Book of the Resources of New Mexico, p. 177, 1906.
8 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 166.
4 Ibid., pp. 108, 123.
5 Bandelier, Gilded Man, p. 221, 1893.
6 Hewett, Communautés, p. 38, 1908.
7 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 108, note.
8 Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 833, 1907.
550 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. ann. 29
sporadically, two sites of former pueblos are pointed out. These are called El
Tuerto [Ka-po] and Valverde [‘‘Sem-po-ap-i”’ [29:unlocated], p.554], and both
lie within one mile to the north of Golden [29:75]. The villages were small,
and the Tanos of Santo Domingo gave me their names as Ka-po and Sem-po-ap-i
[29:unlocated]. Barely distinguishable mounds indicate the sites, and I found
néither pottery nor obsidian on them, only fragments of basalt and other rocks.
Both these pueblos may have been inhabited in 1598, according to the list
given to Onate by the Indians at San Juan, on the 9th of September of that
year. [[ootnote:] Obediencia y Vasallaje de San Juan Baptista, p. 114: ‘Y elde
la Cienega de Carabajal, y el de Sant Marcos, Sant Chripstobal, Santa Ana,
Ojana, Quipana, el del Puerto y el Pueblo quemado’. But it may be that, in-
stead of ‘Puerto,’ Tuerto was intended; or Puerto may have been applied to
the entrance of the Bocas at the Bajada [29:26]. Further on, I shall refer
to a singular passage in the Memoria of Castafio de Sosa, which may relate to
these two villages. +]
San Ildefonso Aatege ‘lift leaf’ (ka ‘leaf’; tege ‘to lift’ ‘to pick up’).
This is the name of a place somewhere in the vicinity of Cie-
neguilla [29:20] or Cienega [29:21]. The name was obtained
from two old San Ildefonso Indians and one younger man of that
pueblo, but, strange to say, none of them was familiar with the
country about Cieneguilla and Cienega nor knew exactly where
Katege is situated.
Tano Tewa (7) ‘‘Kipana”, ete. ‘This name is unknown to the Tewa
informants. It sounds to the Tewa as if it might be a corruption
of Tewa kipanne ‘beyond the prairie-dogs’ (47 *prairie-dog’;
penne *beyond’), but this makes little sense. ‘*Quipana”.*
**Ki-pa-na”.? ‘*Ki-pan-na”.* ‘‘Kipana”.> ‘*Guipana”.®
The same is true [may have been inhabited in 1598] also of the ruins called
O-jan-a [29:unlocated] and Ki-pan-na. I have not visited them; but they
lie south of the settlement of Tejon [29:81], in the hilly country separating the
Sandia chain [29:83] from the San Francisco [29:73]. That they were Tanos
villages there can be no doubt, and the catalogue of pueblos which I have
mentioned includes them. Still, this no absolute proof that these four pueblos?
were occupied at the time of Ofate. The list was made at San Juan among the
Tehuas [Tewa], and they may have given the names of villages abandoned some-
time previous without their knowledge. Intercourse even between kindred |
tribes in ancient times was irregular, and frequently interrupted. Several
pueblos might have been given up in one section of New Mexico without a
neighboring stock hearing of it for a number of years afterwards.®
See Ojana [29:unlocated], page 553.
San Ildefonso and Nambé Aw?vanapiyy ‘ Kwirana Mountain’, so called
because it resembles in shape the mode of wearing the hair prac-
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 108, 1892.
2 Ofiate (1598) in Doc. Inéd., XVI, p. 114, 1871.
3 Bandelier, op. cit., pt. I, p. 125, 1890.
1Ibid., pt. 11, p. 109.
5 Tbid., p. 122; Hewett, Communauteés, p. 38, 1908.
6 Columbus Memorial Vol., p. 155, 1893 (g for g, a misquotation of Onate’s form).
7 See Bandelier, op. cit., p. 108.
8 Ibid., p. 109.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 551
ticed by members of the Kwirana Society in ceremonies (Avwivana
unexplained, a secret society of the Tewa; piyy Smountain’).
This mountain is said to be somewhere in the region about Cer-
rillos [29:53] and to have two peaks of almost equal height, which
resemble closely the ‘‘make-up” of the hair of the men of the
Kwirana society when they appear in certain ceremonies, the hair
on such occasions being worn in two “thorns”. The Kosa society
has this same fashion of wearing the hair.
(1) Kune onwikeji *tarquoise pueblo ruin’ (hun pe ‘turquoise’;
oywikeji “pueblo ruin’? <’oywi ‘pueblo’, heji ‘old? postpound).
This is the Tewa name of the pueblo, said to have been applied
because of its proximity to the famous turquoise mines [29:55].
It was probably the Tano Tewa name also.
(2) Tano Tewa *‘ Kua-kaa”, etc., given by Bandelier, according
to whom this name was applied both to this pueblo and to the
pueblos [29:18] and [29:19], q. vy. The Tewa informants do not
know any such place-name, and unless further information can be
obtained from the Tano Tewa of Santo Domingo Pueblo [28:109],
our knowledge of this name will probably foreyer remain in
its present imperfect condition. It appears that Bandelier was
wrongly informed when he was told that the name ““Kua-kaa?,
etc., was applied by the Tano Tewa to this pueblo. See [29:18]
and [29:19]. ‘‘Cua-ka”.1 ‘*Ku-kua”.? ‘‘Kua-kaa”.?
(8) Keresan (dialect unspecified) ‘‘ Yates”.? ‘* Ya-atze”:4 given
as the native name. ‘‘Ta-tze”.® ‘‘Ya-tze”:® given as the Kere-
sanname. ‘‘Yatzé”.7 ‘*Yaa-tze.®
(4) Span. San Marcos ‘Saint Mark’. ‘San Marcos”.® ‘St.
Marco”.?° **S. Mark”, 1
The samé difficulty [in determining whether Tano Tewa or Keresan] exists
in regard to San Marcos. This ruin I have not seen, but descriptions by intel-
ligent persons represent it as a very considerable village, and as having formed
several quadrangles. Its name in Queres [Keresan] is Ya-tze. [[ Footnote :]
It appears under the name of ‘ Yates’ in the Obediencia y Vasallaje de San Joan
Baptista.) But the Tanos call it Kua-kaa, the same name as the one ([29:18]
and [29:19]) on the Arroyo Hondo [29:17]. In 1680, at the breaking out of
theinsurrection, it had six hundred inhabitants. [[votnote:] Vetancurt, Crénica,
p. 324: ‘Tenfa seiscientos cristianos, de nacion Queres.’? On the other hand,
Escalante (Carta, par. 3) writes as follows: ‘Dia 15 sitiaron 4 ésta los Tanos de
San Marcos, San Cristébal [29:45] y Galistéo [29:39], los Queres de la Cienega
[29:22], y los Pecos por la parte del sur.’ Vargas (Autos de Guerra de la
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 125, 1890.
2Tbid., pt. 11, p. 92, 1892.
8 Ofiate (1598) in Doc. Inéd., x vt, p- 102, 1871.
‘Bandelier in Ritch, New Mexico, p. 166, 1885.
5 Ladd, Story of New Mexico, p. 79, 1891 (misprint).
§ Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 92.
7 Bandelier, Gilded Man, p. 221, 1893.
8Ibid., p. 283.
*Sosa (1591) in Doc. Inéd., xv, p. 251, 1871.
l0Crépy, Map Amér. Septentrionale, 1783 (?).
1 Bowles, Map Amer., 1784.
or
or
bo
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS (ETH. ANN. 29
segunda Entrada, MS.), mentions repeatedly Queres Indians from San Marcos.
It may be that there were both Queres and Tanos in the pueblo, but I consider
the village to have been a Tanos village, just as to-day Santo Domingo is counted
among the Queres [Keresan], although there are many Tanos among them, and
Isleta among the Tiguas [Tiwa], although a good portion are Queres [Kere-
sans] from Laguna.] The name San Marcos appears to have been given to it
in 1591 by Gaspar Castafio de Sosa. [[Fvotnote:] Memoria del Descubrimiento que
Gaspar Castatio de Sosa, hizo en el Nuevo Mexico, Doc. de Indias, vol. xv, p. 248.]
It was abandoned by its inhabitants during the siege of Santa Fé, in August,
1680; [[ Footnote:] Diario de la Retirada de Otermin, fol. 28.] and in 1692, when
Diego de Vargas passed through it, it was in ruins, with only a few of the
walls still standing and a portion of the church edifices. [[ Footnote :] Autos de
Guerra de la segunda Entrada, fol. 188: ‘Y halle despoblado y se conservan
algunos aposentos y paredes de los quarteles y viuyendas de el y asimismo se
hallan Jas paredes y cafion de la Yglesia buenas con las de el conuto.’] Near
San Marcos lies the celebrated locality [29:55] of Callaite, called popularly the
‘turquoise mines.’ !
According to Meline? the inhabitants of San Marcos joined the
Tewa at San Juan. Our Tewa informants suppose that San
Marcos was a Tano pueblo, but that means nothing since the Tewa
call all the Indians who lived southeast of the Tewa country
Tanos, no matter what language they spoke. These informants
had never heard of the San Marcos people removing to San Juan
Pueblo; the writer inquired about this point especially at San
Juan. So far as is known, no modern map of New Mexico shows
San Marcos Pueblo ruin, but ‘‘Ojo San Marcos” (possibly the
spring which supplied the pueblo with water) is given on one,*
and a number of maps show the San Marcos Pueblo Grant at the
same location as the spring shown on the map cited, namely,
about 4 miles northeast of Cerrillos [29:53]. Cf. [29:55].
Span. ‘‘Cafiada Larga”.* This means ‘long canada’.
‘*On the waterless plateau called El Cuervo [29:3], farther north,
[than [28:49]], I know of no ancient vestiges, and both the Canada
Ancha [29:unlocated] and Cafiada Larga, at the foot of that wide
and long mesa [29:3], I have been informed, are devoid of all
remains of former Indian habitations”. The canada referred to
is apparently east of the Rio Grande in the vicinity of [29:3].
See [29:3] and Cafiada Ancha [29:unlocated ].
Mineral paint deposit in front of San Felipe Pueblo [29:69].
‘“The Queres [Keresans| of San Felipe [29:69] had in front of
their village large veins of mineral paint, valuable to the Indian
for his pottery”.° In what direction from San Felipe Bandelier
means by ‘tin front of” is not clear.
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 92-93, 1892.
2Two Thousand Miles, p. 220, 1867.
8U.S. Geogr. Surve
of 1878, 1874, 1875, 1
4 Bandelier, op. cit., p. &1.
6 Tbid., pt. 1, p. 168, 1890.
West of the 100th Meridian, Part of Central N. Mex., atlas sheet No.77, Exped.
, 1877, and 1878.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 553
(1) Nagel Mountain, so called because of the ranch of Mr. Nagel at
its foot.
(2) Sunmount Mountain, so called because of the situation of
Sunmount Sanatorium near its foot.
This is a high mountain about two miles southeast of Santa Fe
[29:5] and immediately east of the ranch of Mr. Nagel.
Ocher deposits at San Pedro [29:77]. ‘‘At San Pedro, Santa Fe
County, are deposits of ochre, or mineral paint”.' The Indian
informants have not mentioned these deposits.
Tano Tewa (?) ‘‘Ojana”, etc. This name is unknown to our Tewa
informants, who can think of no Tewa word or expression that
resembles it at all closely in sound. Mikand would mean ‘there
isa forest’ (nd ‘it’; ka ‘forest’; nd ‘to be situated’). The writer
thought it might be for Keresan A’ahdnu ‘people of A’a [29:un-
located] (Adnw people), but this is only conjectural. ‘‘Ojana”.?
**O-ja-na”.* ‘*O-jan-a”.t ‘*Okana’’.° See excerpt from Bande-
lier under Tano Tewa ‘‘ Kipana,” etc., page 550.
See Kipana [29:unlocated], page 550.
““Oldelsletay?7c
Old Isleta, the one abandoned after 1681, stood very near the site of the
present village, on a delta or island between the bed of a mountain torrent and
the Rio Grande, from which comes its Spanish name. I am not informed
whether any remains of this pueblo are yet to be seen.°
See Isleta Pueblo [29:101].
(1) Eng. Pecos settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Pecos, named from Pecos Pueblo ruin [29:33]. This
isa small and comparatively recent settlement situated a couple
of miles northward from Pecos Pueblo ruin [29:33], from which
it takes its name.
Petrified forest somewhere south of Cerrillos [29:53]. Mr. C. L.
Linney, of Santa Fe, described this locality to the writer as one
abcunding in masses of silicified wood similar to that of the
famous Petrified Forest National Monument of Arizona.
Pictographs 3 miles east of Cerrillos [29:53]. Mr. H. C. Yontz, of
Santa Fe, informs the writer that there are aboriginal paintings
ona cliff facing the railroad about 3 miles east of Cerrillos [29:53].
Placer Mountains. This is apparently a name applied to the Ortiz
[29:72], Golden [29:73], and South [29:74] mountains together,
because placer gold mining has been carried on in them.? On
1 Land of Sunshine, a Book of Resources of New Mexico, p. 111, 1906.
2 Onate (1598) in Doc. Inéd., XVI, p, 114, 1871; Bandelier, Final Report, p. 11, p. 122, 1892.
3 Tbid., pt. I, p. 125, 1899.
(Tbid., pt. 11., p. 109.
5 Hewett, Communautés, p. 38, 1908 (k by misprint for / for Bandelier’s j?).
6 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 234.
7 See, for example, U.S. Geogr. Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, Part of Central New Mex.,
atlas sheet No. 77, Exped. of 1873, ’74, ’75, ’76, 77, and ’78.
55
4 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
some more recent maps! the name Placer Mountains does not
appear at all. See [29:72], [29:73], [29:74].
San Ildefonso P*ekwewe, of obscure etymology (p‘e ‘stick’ ‘timber’
‘tree-trunk’; kwewe unexplained). A San Ildefonso informant
has heard this name of a place somewhere in the Tano country in
the vicinity of Pecos [29:32] or Galisteo [29:40]. To what kind
of place the name refers the informant never knew.
(1) Tano Tewa ‘“‘Sem-po-ap-i”.? ‘*Sempo-ap-i”.* — *‘Sempoapo”.*
None of the Tewa informants know this name, and conjecture as
to its meaning has little value. The informants have suggested
that it may be for sempwapv7* ‘man’s naked buttocks’ (sey
‘man in prime’; pu ‘buttocks’ ‘base’; ’apz ‘nakedness’ ‘naked’;
7% locative and adjective-forming postfix), or sxpenwepriys
would mean ‘red thorn of Opuntia fruit’ (se ‘Opuntia cactus’; pe
‘fruit’; ywe ‘thorn’; pz ‘redness’ ‘red’; in locative and adjec-
tive-forming postfix). Windsempowapi means ‘the man does not
arrive’ (we negative; nd ‘he’; sey ‘man in prime’; powsa ‘to
arrive’ ‘to come’; pz negative). These are, of course, merely
guesses.
(2) Span. ‘*Valverde”.? This is a Span. place-name meaning
‘oreen valley’. It is perhaps also the name of a modern settle-
ment, which has been given to the ruin.
We follow Hodge® in assuming that Bandelier gives the Indian
names of the ruins ‘‘Ka-po” and ‘*Sem-po-ap-i” in the same
order in which he gives the Span. names, and that therefore
*¢*Sem-po-ap-i” and ‘‘ Valverde” are applied to the same ruin.
See the quotation from Bandelier under Tano Tewa ‘‘ Ka-po”,
(2) Span. ‘‘Tuerto”, page 549.
See ‘‘Ka-po” [29:unlocated], page 549, [29:73], [29:76], and
‘¢*Sem-po-ap-i”, above.
Sizing deposit somewhere in the Salinas region [29:110]. The sizing
is used by the Indians of Santo Domingo and Cochiti in manufac-
turing pottery.
(1) Eng. Tafique Arroyo. (<Span.). =Span. (2). ‘‘Arroyo of
Tajique”.®
(2) Span. Arroyo de Tajique ‘Tajique Arroyo’, referring to
[29:106] and [29:125]. =Eng. (1).
‘The ruins of the former pueblo [29:106] border upon the
present settlement [29:125] on the north and west, lying on the
south bank of the Arroyo of Tajique, which is here a permanent,
1See U. 8. Geol. Survey, Reconnaissance Map, N. Mex., San Pedro sheet, 1892.
2Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 108, 1892.
3 [bid., p. 123.
4 Hewett, Communautés, p. 38, 1908.
6 Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 502, 1910.
6 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 257.
HARRINGTON | PLACE-NAMES 555
though very modest stream”.! See [29:106], and [29:125]. Cf.
Chilili Arroyo [29:unlocated].
Tap unwek ondiwe ‘place where the kind of white earth called
tap uywe is dug’ (tap‘wywe unexplained, ‘a kind of white earth
used for sizing pottery’; Zon p ‘to dig’; ’dwe locative).
This deposit is situated somewhere a short distance east of
Santa Fe ‘* where the brewery used to be”. Just where the place
is, the writer has not been able to learn. See Tap'uywe under
MINERALS.
(1) Eng. Tecolote Mountains. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. ‘‘Sierra de Tecolote”.? This means ‘owl mountains’.
‘While the mesa on the right bank of the river [Pecos River
[29:32] by Pecos Pueblo ruin [29:33]] rises abruptly to nearly
2,000 feet higher, the Tecolote chain is certainly not much lower
ifany”.® ‘*On the east [of Pecos Pueblo ruin [29:33]] the Sierra
de Tecolote”. ‘‘The Rio Pecos [29:32]... hugs, in the upper
part of the valley, closely to the mountains of Tecolote”’.4
The altitude of Tecolote Mountains is given as 6,536 feet.°
Navaho ‘*Tqo Hajiléhe”:* given as the name of a place near Berna-
lillo [29:96]. ‘*Tqo” appears to be the Navaho word meaning
‘water’.
San Ildefonso ‘‘Uap-i-ge”.? This name is not known to the Tewa
informants, but it has been suggested by them that it may stand
for Ywempig’’?* ‘place of the short or scrub rock-pine tree(s)’
(ywey ‘rock pine’, Pinus scopulorum; fg? ‘shortness’ ‘short’
opposite of tall; *2”' locative and adjective-forming postfix). No
such place-name, however, is known to the Tewa informants, and
this is merely a guess-at possible form and possible etymology.
Cf. ‘* Dyap-i-ge” [29 :unlocated].
Ruins of two other pueblos lie east and southeast of Lamy [29:38]. ....
I have not seen them, and therefore speak from he rsay only. The gentleman
who mentioned and described them to me inquired about them of a well-known
Indian of San Ildefonso, who informed him that they were respectively called
Uap-i-ge and Dyap-i-ge, and are those of very ancient Tanos villages.*®
The present writer has asked some of the oldest and_best-
informed San Ildefonso Indians, but they do not know any such
places. See ‘‘ Dyap-i-ge” [29:unlocated].
(1) Eng. Uiia de Gato settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Ufa de Gato ‘ cat’s claw’, referring to the claw of any
kind of cat, also name of the desert plant called in Eng. cats-
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 257, 1892.
2Bandelier, Papers Arch. Inst. Amer., Amer. ser., I, p. 37, 1883.
4Tbid.
4Ibid., p. 38.
5Gannett, Dictionary of Altitudes, 4th ed., p. 651, 1906.
6 Franciscan Fathers, Ethn. Dict. Navaho Lang., p. 135, 1910.
7 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 100.
8Ibid., pp. 99, 100.
556 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [krH. Ann. 29
claw. This settlement is given as, ‘‘ Ufa de Gato” on an official
map,! which locates the settlement on the west side of the arroyo
[29:70], slightly north of east from Golden [29:75]. The map is,
however, not very clear. This settlement appears to give its
name to the arroyo [29:70], q. v.
Jalley Ranch. This is a ranch and tourist resort about 3 miles north
of Pecos Pueblo ruin [29:33].
Span. ‘t Arroyo de la Yuta”.? This apparently means ‘arroyo of the
Ute Indian woman.’
The former fields of the pueblo [29:82] can be traced along the Arroyo del
Tejon [29:80], and along the dry Arroyo de la Yuta, in places at a distance of
2 and 3 miles from the ruins [29:82]. . . Along the Arroyo de la Yuta the
banks are too steep [to admit of primitive irrigation] and the water flows 10 to
15 feet below the surrounding leyels.*
This arroyo is evidently somewhere near the pueblo ruin [29:52].
Cf. [29:80], [29:82].
Nameless pueblo ruin west of midway between Bajada [29:26] and
Cochiti [28:77], perhaps identical with [28:82], [28:85], or [28:90].
Apparently distinct from nameless pueblo ruin midway between
Bajada [29:26] and Cochiti [28:77], below; see quotations and ref-
erences under the latter heading.
Third nameless pueblo ruin mentioned by Bandelier as between
Bajada [29:26] and Cochiti [28:77], perhaps identical with [28:82],
[28:83], or [28:90]. See quotations from Bandelier under next
entry below.
Nameless pueblo ruin midway between Bajada [29:26] and Cochiti
[28:77], perhaps identical with [29:84], [28:90], or [28:91]. Bande-
lier is not clear, and although he implies that he visited the ruin,
he does not state on which side of Santa Fe Creek [29:8] it lies.
Tze-nat-ay [29:29] is not the only ruin on the banks of the Rio de Santa Fé
[29:8]. Between the Bajada [29:26] and the outlet of the stream opposite
Cochiti [28:77], not less than three others are found along its course. One lies
about equidistant from the two points named, and was a communal pueblo like
Tze-nat-ay; but the houses were smaller, and I saw only a single estufa.
At the second ruin [nameless pueblo ruin west of midway between Bajada
[29:26] and Cochiti [28:77]; see above] I did not notice any estuia, The
pottery is the same in both, and so are the other objects. Tze-nat-ay appears
to have been quite a large pueblo, and it was probably three, if not four stories
high. Neither the Tanos nor the Queres [Keresans] of Cochiti could give me
any information concerning the smaller pueblo [which is the smaller pueblo?
Bandelier does not state]. Neither of the two tribes claimed it.*
Since Tze-nat-ay [29:29] is situated on the south side of Santa
Fe Creek [29:8] the chances are that the nameless ruins, at least
1U. S. Geogr. Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, Part of Central N. Mex., atlas sheet No. 77, Exped.
of 1873, ’74, ’75, ’76, ’77, and ’78.
2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 111, 1892.
3 Ibid., pp. 110, 111.
4 Ibid., p. 96.
TIARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 557
the two of them visited by Bandelier, are also situated on the
south side. If Bandelier did not mention one nameless pueblo
ruin as having an estufa while at the other nameless ruin he did
not notice any estufa, it might be assumed that the ruin which he
first refers to in the second paragraph quoted is the same as the
nameless ruin alluded to in the first, and that he calls it ‘‘ second”
in contradistinction to Tze-nat-ay [29:29], as indeed the third
paragraph quoted seems to indicate. As it is, we infer that the
nameless ruin first referred to in the second paragraph quoted is
distinct from and west of the one first alluded to in the first para-
graph. See nameless pueblo ruin west of midway between
Bajada [29:26] and Cochiti [28:77], and, third nameless pueblo
ruin mentioned by Bandelier as between Bajada [29:26] and
Cochiti [28:77], page 556; also [28:82], [28:83], [28:84], [28:90],
[28:91].
Nameless pueblo ruin at Otto, New Mexico. Mr. Otto Goetz informs
the writer that there is a pueblo ruin a few hundred feet west of
the railroad track at Otto, about 7 miles north of Moriarity,
another station on the New Mexican Central Railroad [29:13
about half-way between Kennedy [29:43] and Estancia [29:107].
The northern part of this ruin lies on a school section, while the
southern part is situated partly on the land of Mr. Otto Goetz and
- partly on that of Mr. José Abecén Garcia, which adjoins that of
Mr. Goetz on the west.
Nameless ruin at Lamy [29:38].
At the railroad station of Lamy [29:38], where the branch road to Santa Fé
[29:5] turns off from the main line of the Atchison, Topeka, and Santa Fé, I
noticed, in the summer of 1882, little mounds covered with potsherds, which
recalled to me forcibly the ruins of the socalled ‘small houses,’ of which I
have treated more extensively in a former report to the Institute. [[ Footnote:]
Fifth Annual Report, p. 60: ‘A second architectural type even more prevalent
is that of detached family dwellings, either isolated or in groups forming vil-
lages*. Also, pages 61,62. I first gave an account of this class of buildings in
the Bulletin of the Archxological Institute of America, 1883 (p. 28), and refer to
those publications for a description of them.] The fragments of pottery are
clearly distinguishable from such as are found in the Tanos [Tano] ruins.
The mounds lie on the north side of the railroad track, and are fast disap-
pearing. It is useless to speculate upon their origin, but they certainly ante-
date the time when the sedentary Indians of this district adopted the large
house type of architecture. [[Footnote:] Compare on this point my Report in
the Fifth Annual Report, 1884, p. 78; also, Bulletin, 1883, p. 31.] They cannot
have been mere summer dwellings of Pueblo Indians, for the pottery is differ-
ent from that found in other ruins; or, rather, a certain kind of pottery which
always accompanies the remains of Tanos villages is never found in connection
with the small houses. We cannot admit that the sedentary native had a par-
ticular earthenware for summer use and another for the cold season. — [[ Foot-
note:] Bulletin, p. 30 et. seq. ]
The fragments of earthenware found at Lamy I haye described as follows:
It is harder and better, white, gray, or red, with simple but not badly exe-
558 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS © [nru. Ann. 29
cuted geometric figures painted black, and, so far as I could detect, without
gloss. This pottery is decidedly superior in quality and in finish to the glossy
kind. Along with it the corrugated and indented ware abounds’.
The larger ruins in Central New Mexico, and especially those belonging to
historic times, are generally covered with a profusion of potsherds, ‘ coarsely
painted, the decorations being glossy; some of it is undecorated and plain black.’
[{ Footnote:] Bulletin, p. 29.] Southwestern pottery shows two kinds of gloss
or glaze; one is thin, and displays a fair polish; the other, the kind exclusively
applied on decorative lines or figures, looks like a coarse varnish laid on very
thick, so as frequently to overrun the euthines The latter is the variety that I
have always found wanting in the small house ruins, whereas at the Pu-yé
[44:46], in the Tanos [Tano] country, and in the Queres [Keresan], Tigua
[Tiwa], and Piros [Piro] pueblos, itis abundant. . . . Corrugated and in-
dented ware is rarer among the large type pueblos south of Santa Fé [29:5]
than farther north and in the small houses; and while the smal! house pottery
also occurs among ruins of the communal type, it is not abundant there.*
There was a pueblo of the detached house type or cluster village near Lamy
[29:38], the mounds of which may be seen.”
See Lamy [29:38].
Nameless pueblo ruin opposite Algodones [29:78]. Bandelier, the
sole authority, seems to mean that this ruin is on the west eae of
the Rio Grande: ‘‘I have lately been informed that there is a ruin
opposite Algodones [29:78], in which case the one [29:87] on the
Cangelon [29:87] must have been a Tigua ['Tiwa] pueblo. Not
having investigated the locality myself, 1 withhold my opinion”.*
Nameless pueblo ruins near Santa Fe [29:5]. “East and southeast of
Santa Fe there are three ruins (mounds)”.? The distance is not
given.
Nameless pueblo ruin 6 miles southwest of Santa Fe [29:5]. ‘The
road to Pefia Blanca [28:92] intersects the foundations of a small
pueblo 6 miles southwest of the city of Santa Fe [29:5]”.* The
distance from Santa Fe possibly precludes this being the ruin at
Agua Fria settlement [29:14], which is usually said to be situated
3 miles south of Santa Fe, but is perhaps farther.
UNMAPPED PLACES.
Places are here presented the location of which is known, but which
are not within the area covered by maps 1-29. See map [80], the key
map.
> Akon pheimpo ‘river or rivers of the great plain (Akon phe vp, see
immediately below; po ‘ water’ ‘river’).
This name is applied by the Tewa to the Mississippi, Missouri,
Arkansas, and other rivers of the great plains.
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 97-99, 1892.
2Twitchell, in Santa Fe New Mexican, Sept. 22, 1910.
3 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 224, note.
MAP 30
KEY TO THE SEVERAL REGIONS MAPPED
TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT MAP 30
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
3
Fa
3
E
<
o
t
=
uv
(5
.
GaddVW SNOIDSY WWYSARS SHL OL AA»
V12UvzSq Is
WHSABS 3SHL OL ASX
Gadd¥YW SNOID3SY 71
VIDUDISZ
anduanbdnaly
ss say
Si,
\¥
UH
Svoipaig Seal
vyjsoMy Cate &
ADOIONHLA NVOINSWY JO NV3YNE
Of dVW LHOd3SY TWANNY HLININ-ALNSML
MAP 30
KEY TO THE SEVERAL REGIONS MAPPED
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 559
Akon phéinys ‘the great plain’ (akoyp ‘plain’; he ‘greatness’ ‘ great’;
inp locative and adjective-forming postfix). This name is ap-
plied to the great plains east of the Rocky Mountain region. Cf.
Akon pheimpo, just above.
(1) Eng. Costilla Mountains. (<Span.). =Span. (2). ‘‘Costilla
region north of Taos [8:45]”."
(2) Span. Sierra Costilla, Sierra de la Costilla ‘rib mountains’.
= Bn (al):
The maps show these mountains close by the boundary between
Taos and Colfax Counties, near the Colorado line; also a Costilla
settlement and Costilla Creek west of the mountains of that name.
To which feature the name Costilla was first applied is not
determined.
(1) Eng. Culebra Mountains. (<Span.). =Span. (2). ** The snow-
clad range of the Culebra”.*
(2) Span. Sierra Culebra, Sierra de la Culebra ‘snake moun-
tains’, =Eng. (1).
The maps show these mountains north of the Costilla Mountains
[Unmapped], above, also a Culebra settlement and Culebra Creek
west of the mountains of that name. To which feature the name
Culebra was first applied is not determined.
(1) Dulse. (<Span.). =Eng. (8), Span. (4). Cf. Tewa (2).
(2) Po'@iwe ‘place of the sweet water’ (po ‘water’; ’d ‘sweet-
ness’ ‘sweet’; *éwe locative). This name appears not to be a
mere translation of the Span. name, for candy or sirup is called
ipo in Tewa (‘a ‘sweetness’ ‘sweet’; po ‘water’), not po’d. Cf.
Tewa (1), Eng. (8), Span. (4).
(3) Eng. Dulce settlement. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (4).
Cf. Tewa (2).
(4) Span. Dulce ‘sweet’. =Tewa (1), Eng. (3). Cf. Tewa (2).
Why the Span. name was applied is not known. Judging from
Tewa (2), it may refer to sweet water.
This is a modern settlement in Rio Arriba County, New Mexico,
with a Government school for the Jicarilla Apache.
(1) Eng. El Paso city, in Texas. (<Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. El Paso, El Paso del Norte ‘the pass’ ‘the pass of
the north’. =Eng. (1). So called because the Rio Grande there
passes through a kind of gap in the mountains.
Although El Paso is known to some of the Tewa they have no
name for it and know nothing of the tribes which used to live in
that vicinity.
(1) Eng. Gallinas creek. .(<Span.). =Span. (2).
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 36, 1892,
2Tbid., p. 45.
560 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [ern. ann. 29
(2) Span. Rio Gallinas ‘hen'ereek’ ‘turkey creek’. =Eng. (1).
This is the creek on which Las Vegas city is situated: the Tewa
have no native name for it.
(1) Juta’ impo ‘Ute River’ (Juta ‘Ute Indian’; ’iy 7 locative and ad-
jective-forming postfix; po ‘water’ ‘river’). So called because
the Utes live on it. =Navaho (3). Cf. Tewa (2).
(2) Nwdnsabe’ impo ‘Navaho River’ (Ywdansabe ‘Navaho In-
dian’; ’iy locative and adjective-forming postfix; po ‘water’
‘river’). So called because the Navaho live on it. Cf. Tewa (1),
Navaho (8).
(3) Navaho ‘*Nodi’& Bitqé”:! given as name for San Juan
River, meaning ‘‘ Utes’ river”. =Tewa(1). Cf. Tewa (2). .
(4) Navaho ‘*San Bitqé”:? given as name of the San Juan River, _
meaning ‘the old man’s water”. The reason for applying this
name is not stated.
(5) Eng. San Juan River. (<Span.). =Span. (6).
(6) Span. Rio San Juan, Rio de San Juan ‘Saint John River’.
=Ene. (5). When this name was applied, and whether directly to
the river or to a settlement on the river, the writer has not learned.
This is the San Juan River, tributary to Colorado River. The
Jemez frequently make trading ¢xpeditions to the region at the
time of Jicarilla, Navaho, or Ute fiestas, but the Tewa rarely or
never do so.
(1) Aepiyy ‘bear mountain’ (ke ‘bear’; p2yy ‘mountain’). Why this
name is applied is not known to the Tewa informants. The bear
is the Tewa cardinal animal of the west, not of the north.
(2) Pimpijeimpiyy ‘north mountain’ (pimpije ‘north’ < piny
‘mountain’, pije ‘toward’; *iny locative and adjective-forming
postfix; piyy ‘mountain’). This is the cardinal mountain of the
north, of the Tewa; hence this name.
(3) Eng. San Antonio Mountain, San Antonio Peak. (<Span.).
=Span. (4). ‘‘San Antonio Peak”’.$ ;
(4) Span. Cerro de San Antonio ‘Saint Anthony Mountain’.
When the peak first received this name has not been learned.
**Cerro de San Antonio”’*.
This is a lofty isolated mountain, 10,833 feet in altitude, west
of the Rio Grande and the Denver and Rio Grande Railroad, and
but a short distance from the latter, 12 miles north of No Agua
[8:10]. It is due north of the center of the Tewa country, and is
the cardinal mountain of the Tewa; see Carptnat MountTarns,
page 44. Bandelier says of the view looking north and west
from near Taos:
1 Franciscan Fathers, Ethn. Dict. Navaho Lang., p. 131, 1910.
2 Ibid.
3U. S., Geogr. Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, Parts of Southern Col. and Northern N.
Mex., atlas sheet No. 69, Exped. of 1873, '74, 75, ’76, aud ’77.
4 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 32, 1892.
HARRINGTON | PLACE-NAMES : 561
A plain with few undulations stretches far to the north and west, arid and
bare in both of these directions. Beyond it low, dark mountains skirt the
northern and northwestern horizon, and above them the Cerro de San Antonio
rises in the distance like a flat dome.!
(1) Hano Tewa ‘‘Kipo”:? given as the Hano Tewa name for Fort
Wingate, equivalent to the Hopi name quoted below. Both
Hano Tewa and Hopi names evidently mean ‘bear water’, which
would be in Rio Grande Tewa A7po (ii ‘bear’: po ‘water’).
= Hopi (2), Span. (3), Eng. (4).
(2) Hopi ‘‘Honaupabi”:? given as the Hopi name for Fort
Wingate, equivalent to the Hano Tewa name quoted above.
Both Hano Tewa and Hopi names evidently mean ‘bear water’.
= Hano Tewa (1), Span. (3), Eng. (4).
(3) Span. Ojo del Oso ‘bear spring’. =Hano Tewa (1), Hopi
(2), Eng. (4).
(4) Eng. Bear Spring. =Hano Tewa (1), Hopi (2), Span. (3).
(5) Eng. Fort Wingate and settlement, named in honor of Capt.
Benjamin Wingate.
This place is not known to the Rio Grande Tewa except by its
English name. Mr. Hodge informs the writer that the Zuni
name means ‘bear spring’ and that the first Navaho treaty was
made at this place.
(1) Jicarilla Apache ‘*kou tel de ye ‘at the Canadian River.”
(2) Eng, Canadian River, from ‘‘ Canada”, corruption of Span.
Canada, so called because of its precipitous banks in parts of its
course.*
The Tewa have no name for this river.
(1) Aoso’on poywi ‘big legging pueblos’ (X'oso’oyr ‘Hopi Indian’
literally ‘big legging’ < k‘o ‘man’s deerskin legging reaching up
to the thigh’; ’e7wi ‘ pueblo’). ‘Hopi Indian’ is called Koso’ on
‘big legging’ (see etymology above), because the Hopi men used
to wear large deerskin leggings, so it is said. This name applies
to any or all of the Hopi villages, including Tewa-speaking Hano.
The Hopi country is called Aoso’onndyge (ndyy ‘earth’ ‘land’;
ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’).
(2) Oraibi Hopi Hopikitso'ké ‘honest pueblo(s)’ (op? * Hopi
Indian’, literally ‘honest’ ‘good’; kitso'ki ‘pueblo’). The Hopi
people are called Hopisinomé ‘honest, good people’ (Hopi ‘Hopi
Indian’, see above; sinomd ‘people’, plu. of sino ‘person’).
(85) Eng. Moki, Moqui. (< Span.). =Span. (5).
(4) Eng. Hopi. = Moki (3).
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 32, 1892.
*Fewkes in Nineteenth Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., pt. 11, p.614, 1900.
’Goddard, Jicarilla Apache Texts, p. 133, 1912.
4 Etymology suggested by Hodge.
7584°—29 rrH—16——36
562 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
(5) Span. Moqui, probably a corruption of the Zuni name for
the Hopi, but similar forms occur in Athapascan, Shoshonean,
and Yuman languages; the Keresan has Cochiti J/d¢s7, ete., with
ts. The Hopi regard the designation Moki, Moqui, as an oppro-
brious epithet and greatly dislike it.
(1) Las Vegas city. (< Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span. Las Vegas ‘the meadows’. =Eng. (1). The settle-
ment is situated at a meadowy place on Gallinas Creek; hence the
name. ‘‘Las Vegas was a cienega [marsh]”.1
The Tewa have no Indian designation for Las Vegas city. Cf.
Las Vegas hot springs, immediately below, and Gallinas Creek
|Unmapped], pages 559-560.
(1) Las Vegas hot springs. (< Span.). =Span. (2).
(2) Span.Ojos Calientes de Las Vegas ‘Las Vegas hot springs’.
=Eng. (1). The springs take their name from Las Vegas city.
These famous springs are 6 miles east of Las Vegas city, imme-
diately above. The Tewa have no name for them.
(1) Eng. Magdalena Mountains. (<Span.) =Span. (2). ‘‘ Magdalena
Mountains”’.?
(2) Span. Sierra Magdalena, Sierra de la Magdelena ‘Moun-
tains of (Mary) Magdalene’. = Eng. (1).
These are south of the Ladrones Mountains [29:127]. Although
they can be seen from the mountains of the Tewa country, the
Tewa have no name for them. Bandelier stata that they are
visible from Quemada Mesa [28:67] west of Cochiti Pueblo [28:77].
The view from there [28:67] is almost boundless to the south, where the
Sierra de los Ladrones [29:127] and the Magdalena Mountains are distinctly
visible. [[ootnote:] Ina direct line, the Ladrones Mountains are 90 miles,
and the Magdalenas 120 miles distant. The height . . . of the latter [is]
10,758 feet.*]
(1) Jansanv’onwi ‘apple pueblo’ (mansana ‘apple’, a corruption of
Hopi (2), which has no reference to Span. manzano ‘apple’; ‘yw?
‘pueblo’). The Tewa know that this is not the exact Hopi pro-
nunciation, but say that the Hopi understand it. _ =Hopi (2),
Eng. (8).
(2) Hopi Ib fanabi, Mishoniniptuov?, saidby Stephen* to mean
** Sat the place of the other which remains erect’, referring to two
irregular sandstone pillars, one of which has fallen.” —=Tewa
(1), Eng. (8).
(8) Eng. ‘‘ Mishongnovi”, ete. (< Hopi). =Tewa (1), Hopi (2).
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 187, note, 1892.
2 Ibid., p. 183.
3 Ibid., pp. 182, 183.
4In Handbook Inds., pt.1, p. 871, 1907.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 563
(1) Eng. Mora Town. (<Span.). =Span.
(2) Span. Mora ‘mulberry’, also applied to any kind of wild
berries. =Eng. (1). See [22:64].
The town lies in Mora County, north of Las Vegas city [Un-
mapped], page 562. It appears to give the name to Mora County
and to the Mora Mountains [22:64], q. v.
(1) Jicarilla Apache ‘‘Na bee di ‘Arkansas River’”.! ‘‘Na bee di hi
‘Arkansas River’ ”’.?
(2) Eng. Arkansas River, from the ethnic name Arkansas
=Span. (3). (3) Span. Rio Arkansas, Rio de Arkansas. (<Eng.).
= Eng. (2). '
The Tewa have no name for this river except the descriptive -
term ?Ahon phe’impo ‘a river of the great plain’; see ?Akon-
pheimpo |Unmapped], page 558.
(1) Jicarilla Apache ‘‘ Na bee di dzin,”! given as name of Pikes Peak,
meaning ‘Arkansas River (Nabecdi) Mountain (dziz) large
(n tsaz hi).
(2) Eng. Pikes Peak, named in honor of the explorer Lieut.
Zebulon Montgomery Pike. The Tewa have no name for this
mountain.
(1) ?Ouaib?onwi ( Ozaidi < Hopi (2); ’?oywi ‘ pueblo’). =Hopi (2),
Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(2) Oraibi Hopi .Ova7b7, said to mean ‘*place of the rock.”*
=Tewa (1), Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(3) Eng. Oraibi, with many forms of spelling. (<Span.).
=Tewa (1), Hopi (2), Span. (4).
(4) Span. Oraibi, Oraivi. (<Hopi). =Tewa (1), Hopi (2),
Ene. (3).
(1) Hano Tewa “O"pinp’o:* given as meaning ‘duck water’; evi-
dently for Tewa’ Obipo ‘duck water’ (067 ‘duck’; po ‘water’).
The Rio Grande Tewa informants do not know this place or name.
(2) Hopi ‘‘Pawikpa”:* given as the Hopi equivalent of the
Tewa name, meaning likewise ‘duck water’. Given by. Fewkes,
as a place somewhere between Jemez Pueblo [27:35] and Fort
Wingate. The other place-names given by Fewkes, with excep-
tions of ‘‘Kipo” [Unmapped], page 561, are all in the Hopi
language only, and are not known to the Rio Grande Tewa.
(1) Pagosa potsinwe’?' ‘Pagosa hot water place’ (Pagosa, see Span. (3),
_ below; po ‘water’; tsdywe ‘heat’ ‘hot’; ’2” locative and adjective-
forming postfix). =Eng. (2), Span. (3).
1 Goddard, Jicarilla Apache Texts, p. 41, 1912.
2Tbid., p. 119.
8 Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 142, 1910.
4Fewkes in Nineteenth Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., pt. 11, p. 614, 1900.
564 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [era. ann. 29
(2) Eng. Pagosa hot springs. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (3).
(3) Span. Ojo Caliente de Pagosa ‘hot spring of Pagosa’, the
latter word having a meaning unknown to the informants; the
Span. dictionaries do not give ‘‘pagosa”. Mr. Hodge suggests
that it is a corruption of Span. pegosa ‘‘ sticky.”
These are hot springs in southern Colorado near the boundary
between San Juan and Rio Arriba Counties, New Mexico.
(1) Pen pupoge, Pen pupoge akon p ‘snake water place’ ‘snake water
place plain’ (pen py ‘snake’; po ‘water’; ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’;
-akoy yp ‘plain’). Why this name is given is not known to the
informants.
(2) Eng. San Luis Valley. (<Span.). =Span. (3).
(5) Span. Valle de San Luis ‘Saint Louis Valley’, =Eng. (2).
When and how the valley was so named was not ascertained.
This is a large valley in south-central Colorado.
(1) Hopi ‘* Pi-sis-bai-ya:”* given as the Hopi name of the Colorado
River or Grand Canyon.
(2) Eng. Colorado River, Grand Canyon of Colorado River.
(<Span.). =Span. (8).
(3) Rio Colorado, Cation Grande del Rio Colorado ‘red river’,
‘oreat canyon of the red river’, so called because of the red color
of its water. =Eng. (2). Strange to say, the Rio Grande Tewa
have no name for the Colorado River or Grand Canyon, although
several Tewa have seen the river or canyon.
(1) Pintsx’i ‘the white mountains’ (pie ‘mountain’; fsx ‘white-
ness’ ‘white’; *i’? locative and adjective-forming postfix). Prob-
ably a translation of the Span. name, or vice versa. =Eng. (2),
Span. (3).
(2) Eng. Sierra Blanca. (<Span.). ='Tewa (1), Span. (8).
(3) Span. Sierra Blanca ‘white mountains’. =Tewa (1), Eng.
(2).
This is a large range in southern Colorado, northeast of Ala-
mosa. It is east of S7?pop‘e Lake, q. v., pages 567-569.
(1) Ptapinne’akoy yp ‘yucca mountain plain’ (P?'apiny, see immedi-
ately below; nx ‘xt’ locative postfix; ’akoy ‘ plain’).
(2) Eng. Montezuma Valley... (<Span.?). =Span. (8).
(3) Span. Vallede Montezuma ‘ Montezuma Valley’. = Eng. (2).
The name is that of the Aztee chief.
This is a large valley in southwestern Colorado. It is said
that in ancient times when the Tewa were journeying south
from Sipop'e (pages 567-569) the Kosa, a mythic person who
founded the Kosai Society of the Tewa, first appeared to the
1 Fewkes in Journ. Amer. Ethnol. and Archzxol., IV, p. 106, 1894.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 565
people while they were sojourning at this valley. See P‘apiny,
following:
Papiyp ‘yucca mountain’ (p'a ‘ Yucca baceata’; piy *mountain’).
This name is applied to a mountain somewhere near the Monte-
zuma Valley in southwestern Colorado. The mountain gives
Montezuma Valley its Tewa name; see P'apinne’akon yp, above.
(1) Source unknown, ‘‘ Quivira”, ete. This is recorded in a number
of orthographies. It is first mentioned in 1541 as the name of
an Indian province lying east of the pueblo area, of which Coro-
nado learned from a Plains Indian, identified as a Pawnee, known
as **The Turk”, while on the Rio Grande among the’ Pueblos in
1540-41. From 1541 until ca. 1699 it was applied by various
writers to a region in the- present Kansas, identified by Hodge as
the tribal range of the Wichita Indians.
From ca. 1699 ** Quivira” is frequently applied also to a pueblo
ruin attributed to the Piro, with the remains of a large Spanish
church about 383 miles almost due south of Estancia [29:107].
Bandelier? identifies this pueblo ruin with the ‘‘Tabira”, ete., of
some early sources. (See Piro (4), (2), below.) Hodge? suggests
that Quivira is ‘‘ possibly a Spanish corruption of Kidikwits, or
Kirikurus, the Wichita name for themselves, or of Kirikuruks,
the Pawnee name for the Wichita.” The Tewa are familiar with
the name ‘*Quivira” only as they have heard the Mexicans use it
as a name of a pueblo ruin somewhere in central New Mexico.
The writer has made special effort to get information from
Tewa about ‘*Tabira”, but have found none who know the name.
In the following svnonymy the names that refer to the pueblo
ruin of central New Mexico are marked with an asterisk. The
‘*Gran” of some forms is the Span. word meaning ‘great’.
‘Quivira’”’.® “‘Quibira”.* “SAguivira”.® “‘Quiuira”.® ‘*Que-
bira”.” **Quiriba”.® “‘que Vira”.® ‘‘Xaqueuria’ . . . ‘‘appar-
ently Axa and Quivira”. ‘“Cuybira”.? ‘‘Cuivira”.® **Qvi-
vira”.'* **Quiuiriens”:% appliedtothe people. ***GranQuivira”."°
1 Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 290-91, 1892.
2? Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 346, 1910.
8 Coronado (1541) in Ternaux-Compans, Voy., IX, p. 362, 1838.
4 Coronado (1541) in Doe. Inéd., XIv, p. 326, 1870.
5 Coronado (1541), ibid., p. 324.
6 Gomara (1554) quoted by Hakluyt, Voy., 111, p. 455, 1600.
7 Doe. of 1542 in Smith, Colec. Doc. Fla., 1, pp. 151-54, 1857.
8 Jaramillo (ca. 1560) in Doc. Inéd., XIV, p. 313, 1870 (cited as a misprint in Handbook Inds., pt.
2, p. 347, 1910).
*Tbid., p. 319.
10Galvano (1563) in Hakluyt Soc. Pub., XXX, p. 227, 1862.
11 Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 347, 1910.
12 Losa (1582-83) in Doc. Inéd., Xv, p. 145, 1871.
13 Castatieda (1596) misquoted in Trans. Amer. Geoy. Soe., V., p. 213, 1874.
14 Wytfliet, Hist. des Indes, map, pp. 114-16,1605. a
1sGomara, Hist. Gen., p. 470a, 1606.
16 Kino (ca. 1699) in Doc. Hist. Méx., 4th ser., 1, p. 347, 1856.
566 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS (ETH, ANN. 29
‘*Qnivira”.’ **Quivina”.? ‘*Quivica”.® “*Quivire”.4 ** Quivi-
‘renses”:° applied to the people. ‘‘ Mivera”.® ***Gran Quivra”.?
*¢¢T a Gran Quivira”.® **‘ Gran Quivira”.® ‘*Quivera”.?° ***Grand
Quavira”." ‘*Quivirans”: ” applied to the people. *‘ Grand Qui-
vires) Juan Quiviras* “Quinine?
(2) Piro (4) ‘*Tavira”, ete. This name is first identified by
Bandelier,'® with ‘‘Quivira” as applied to a pueblo ruin in cen-
tral New Mexico. The Tewa informants do not know this name,
although Bandelier'® mentions a deceased San Ildefonso Tewa In-
dian and also an old Santo Domingo Indian who knew it and in-
formed him that it is the same as ‘‘Quivira”. The writer hopes
to get information about this name from Tiwa and Piro.
The name is applied by writers to a former pueblo of the Tom-
piro country at which a large stone church was built, but its identi-
fication with the pueblo ruin 33 miles south of Estancia [29:107]
seems to be uncertain. ‘‘Tavira”.” ‘*Tabira”.1® ‘*Tabiraé”.®
“Tabira”?°: said to be also erroneously called ‘*‘Gran-quivira”.
“*Ta-bi-ra??. 7
(3) Source unknown, ‘*Tindan”:” according to Handbook
Inds., pt. 2, p. 347 (1910), we have in this name Quivira and
Teton confused. For discussion of the names see Hodge’s articles
Quivira and Tabira in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, in which references
to other works dealing with the subject are given.
Eng. Ship Rock. So called from its resemblance to a ship. Although
this rock is known to a number of Tewa, there is no Tewa name
for it.
This is an isolated rock 1,600 feet high, in San Juan County,
New Mexico. The walls are cliffs and no one is known ever to have
1 Mota-Padilla, Hist. de la Conquista, p. 164, 1742 (misprint).
2Dobbs, Hudson Bay, p. 163, 1744 (misprint).
3Hornot, Anec. Amér., p. 221, 1776.
4Morelli, Fasti Noyi Orbis, p. 23, 1776.
5 Aleedo, Dic. Geog., IV, p. 389, 1788.
6Pennant, Arctic Zoology, p. 3, 1792 (misprint).
7 Howe, Hist. Coll., map, 1851.
SIbid., p. 377.
°Parke, map N. Mex., 1851.
10Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, Iv, p. 28, 1854.
1 Marcou in Méllhausen, Pacific, 1, p. 348, 1858.
12 Prince, New Mex., p. 166, 1883.
1s Wallace, Land of Pueblos, p. 240, 1888.
14 Amer. Antiq., X, p. 255, 1888.
1s Demarcacién y Division, etc. (date unknown) in Doc. Inéd., Xv, p. 461, 1871.
16 Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 290-91, 1892.
17 De Fer, Carte de Californie et du Nouveau Mexique (1705) cited by Bandelier, op. cit.
18 Escalante (1778) quoted by Bandelier, op. cit., pt. 1, p. 132, 1890; Hodge in Handbook Inds., pt. 2,
p. 665, 1910. :
19 Morfi, Descripcion Geografica, fol. 107, 1782, quoted by Bandelier, op. cit., pt. 11, p. 291; Bandelier,
ibid., pp. 290-91.
20 Bandelier (1888) in Proc. Internat. Cong. Amér., VU, p. 452, 1890.
21 Hodge, op. cit.
* Bonilla (1776) quoted by Bancroft, Ariz. and N. Mex., p. 108, 1889; Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1,
p. 174.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 567
ascended to the top. The Navaho become excited if any one tries
to scale the rock. Mrs. P. S. Cassidy, of Santa Fe, informs the
writer that she learned from the Navaho the following tradition
about Ship Rock:
The Navaho were once hard pressed by some enemy with whom
they were at war, and one of their medicine-men prayed one night
for the deliverance of their tribe. The earth beneath the Navaho
rose, lifting them, and moved like a wave to the east, carrying
them. It stopped where Ship Rock now is. Thus they escaped
their enemies. After the rock assumed its present position the
rescued people long dwelt on its top, tilling the fields below.
All went well until one day during a storm, when all the men
were at work in the fields below, the trail for ascent was split off
by the elements, leaving a sheer cliff. The women, children, and
old men on top starved to death. Their corpses are there. That
is the reason that the Navaho object if anyone proposes climbing
to the top of Ship Rock.
Sipop‘e. The human race and animals were born in the underworld.
They climbed up a great Douglas spruce tree, fse, and entered
this world through a lake called Sipop‘e, a word of obscure
etymology. ‘At Sipop'e is expressed by Sipop‘ene (nx ‘at’).
Sipop'e was like an entrance into this world. When people die,
their spirits go to S/pop'e, through which they pass into the un-
derworld. There are many spirits in the waters of S7pop‘e.
Sipop'e is a brackish lake situated in the sand dunes north of
Alamosa, Colorado. It is east of Mosca, a station on the railroad
which runs from Alamosa to Silverton, and west of the Sierra
Blanca, called in Tewa Pinfsx’:”' ‘white mountains’ (piy.r ‘moun-
tain’; fsx ‘whiteness’ ‘white’; ’2” locative and adjective-forming
postfix, here denoting 3+ plu. vegetal).
See Pintse’i”, page 564. This lagoon was visited by Dr. E. L.
Hewett in 1892, who kindly furnished the following note taken
from his diary of that time:
June 27, 1892. Camped over night on the summit of Mosca Pass on the way
to Alamosa. During the forenoon drove down the steep western slope and near
evening camped not far from a ranch house on the eastern side of the San Luis
valley. There appears to be here a fertile strip between the foot of the moun-
tain and the sand dunes of the valley. Here and there the soil seems very
marshy and in places there is something very much like quicksand. One of
.my ponies suddenly dropped to the belly in a moist place by the roadside.
June 28, 1892. The trip from last night’s camp to Alamosa was by a very
little used road across the sanddunes. These are enormous hills of continually
shifting sand. I am told that these dunes constantly change position, shifting
a considerable distance in a few days. Soon after noon, to the west of a group
of dunes, we passed a small lake of very black, forbidding looking water. It
looks much like the small crater lakes south of Antonito but is not in a yol-
canic district. I could form no idea of the depth of it, butshould think it quite
568 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [stu any. 29
deep. It is probably 100 yards across. The water is very offensive. Around
the shore is a continuous line of dead cattle. The place interests me very much,
There are no settlements within a distance of many miles, and the only in-
formation I could gain concerning it was from a very garrulous old man (the
only human being that we saw during the day), who with his team of oxen
pulled us out of an old irrigating ditch in which we were stalled for an hour or
more in the afternoon. He lived up on the mountain side (Sierra Blanea) and
had for many years. He had seen the lake and claimed that it never dried up:
that many cattle died from drinking the water every dry season. I remember
that my old friend J. M. Hanks of Florence, Colorado, told me something of
this place before I started on this trip. He knew this country well years ago
and stated that this wasa place around which some interesting legends centered.
The heat during the day was intense. Our horses’ noses were blistered by
it. The wind was most disagreeable. Late in the afternoon we came into the
area of the San Luis valley, that had been settled by homeseekers a few years
before. All had starved out; not a single settler remains. On every quarter
section of land there is a deserted shack, and on many are flowing wells. The
artesian water appears to be mineralized and totally unfit for jrrigating purposes.
This part of the valley approaching the Rio Grande looks rather attractive,
but the portion in the neighborhood of the sand dunes and the black lake is of
most forbidding aspect. We reached Alamosa long after dark and camped in
the outskirts of the village.
The location of Szpop‘eis generally and definitely known to the
Tewa.
‘““Their [the Tewa’s] ancestors, they say, came out upon the
surface of the earth at a place called Ci-bo-be, now a lagune
[lagoon] in Southern Colorado”.' Bandelier? erroneously gives
‘*Shi-pa-puyna” as the Santa Clara form of his Tewa ‘‘ Ci-bo-be”.
Perhaps he was thinking of Sipop'ene.
' The name S/pop‘e occurs in varying forms in other Pueblo
languages. The Taos form has not been published, but as Bande-
lier? suggests, perhaps the *‘ Copiala” or ‘‘ Colela” of a manuscript
of the seventeenth century is intended for it. The Isleta form is
‘*Shi-pa-pu”, according to Lummis.* ‘‘ They [the Jemez] are said
to have originated at a lagune [lagoon] called Ua-buna-tota, and the
souls of the dead go to rest there”. The Cochiti form of S/pop'e
is 7épapu. According to San Juan informants the Cochiti and
other Keresan people entered this world not at Sipop'e but at La
Cueva in Taos county; see [6:30], [6:31], etc. The Zuni form is,
according to Cushing,® ‘‘Shi-papu-lima”, said to mean ‘*The
Mist-enveloped city”. Fewkes spells the Hopi form ‘‘Sipapu”,
‘‘Sipapu”, ‘“‘Sipapa”. He says:° ‘‘Sipapu. The place desig-
nated is a saline deposit in the Grand Cafion, a short distance west
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 803, 1890,
2ITbid., pt. 1, p. 30, 1892.
’Ibid., p. 29.
4Tbid., pt. 1, p. 315.
‘Tbid., pt. 1, p. 49.
6 Journ. Amer. Ethnol. and Archeol., IV, p. 106 and note, 1894.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 569
from where the Colorado Chiquito debouches into its greater
namesake”,
The district in which S/pop'e Lake lies is called’ Ok' ange ‘sandy
place’ (ok'ayp ‘sand’; ge ‘down at’ overat’). The Span. name
is Los Méganos, dialectic for Los Medanos, ‘the sand dunes’.
The lake is frequently called by the Tewa after the district
’ OR angepokwi ( Ok'ange, see above; pokwi ‘lake’). Bandelier’s
““O-jang-ge P’ho-quing-ge”,! given as the San Juan form of
**Ci-bo-be”, is for’ Ok’ angepokwinge (ge ‘down at’ ‘over at’) and
is used in all the Tewa dialects.
(1) Sunpioywi, of obscure etymology (Sun yi ‘Zuni Indian’; -onwt
‘pueblo’). The Tewa called ‘Zufi people’ Sun pitowa (tows
‘people’). =Jemez (2), Cochiti (3), Eng. (5), Span. (6).
(2) Jemez Sénigt”', of obscure etymology (Séni ‘Zuni Indian’;
gv" locative). =Tewa (1), Cochiti (3), Eng. (5), Span. (6).
(83) Cochiti Sunpih@aftcta of obscure etymology (Sin pi
‘Zuni Indian’; h@af teta “pueblo’). =Tewa (1), Jemez (2), Eng.
(5), Span. (6). :
(4) Oraibi Hopi 870, of obscure etymology, possibly akin to
the other names.
(5) Eng. Zuni. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Jemez (2), Cochiti (3),
Span. (6).
(6) Span. Zuni, probably <Keresan or Tewa, unless the unre-
corded forms in other languages be similar. =Tewa (1), Jemez
(2), Cochiti (3), Eng. (5).
Zuni Pueblo is at present the most populous of the pueblos.
It is seldom visited by Tewa.
(1) Jicarilla Apache ‘‘Sima lonye ‘Cimaron’”.? (<Span.). = Eng.
(2), Span. (8).
(2) Eng. Cimarron settlement. (<Span.). =Jicarilla Apache
(1), Span. (38).
(3) Span. Cimarron. A Span. dictionary gives the meaning as
“wild, unruly, applied to men and beasts; a runaway slave, ma-
roon”. =Jicarilla Apache (1), Eng. (2).
The Tewa have no name for the settlement.
(1) Tewak'oso’’n poywi ‘Tewa big legging pueblo’ (Twa name of the
tribe; A’oso’’y » ‘Hopi Indian’, lit. ‘big legging’ <zk'o ‘man’s
deerskin legging extending to the thigh’, soy ‘largeness’
‘large’, irregular vegetal sing. of so’jo; ’oywi‘ pueblo’). = Hopi
(2), Eng. (4), Span. (6). This is the only name which the Rio
Grande Tewa have for Hano Pueblo. The people are called
Tewik‘oso’’n p or K‘oso’ntewa *Tewa Hopi’ or ‘Tewa’. They
are frequently called merely Zewa ‘Tewa’ or K'oso’ty p ‘Hopi’.
1 Final Report, pt. 1, p. 30, 1892.
2 Goddard, Jicarilla Apache Texts, p. 133, 1912.
570 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ ETH. ANN. 29
(2) Oraibi Hopi Zewakitso'ki ‘Tewa pueblo’ (Tewa ‘Tewa’;
hitso'ki *pueblo’). =Tewa (1), Eng. (4), Span. (6). The people
are called Zwasinomé *Tewa people’ (Zewa ‘Tewa’; sinomé ‘peo-
ple’, plu. of szo ‘person’).
(3) Oraibi Hopi /Zanokitso'hi, of obscure etymology (/Zano un-
explained, see below; d2fso'ki ‘ pueblo’). =Eng. (5), Span. (7).
Hano is perhaps a corruption of Tewa Z"anu, since the Hopi ap-
pear to have no aspirated initial ¢ in their language and would
perhaps hearitas/. Fewkes! suggests that Hano is *‘ contracted
from Anopi, ‘eastern people’”, but the writer’s Hopi informants
declare that this etymology is impossible.
(4) Eng. Java. (<Span. or Indian), =Tewa (1), Hopi (2),
Span. (6).
(5) Eng. Hano. (<Span. or Indian). = Hopi (3), Span. (7).
(6) Span. Tehua,Tegua. (<Tewa(1) or Hopi(2) ). =Tewa (1),
Hopi (2), Eng. (4).
(7) Span. Jano, Hano. (<Hopi). = Hopi (8), Eng. (4).
This is the Tewa pueblo in the Hopi country, in northeastern
Arizona. For its history see Tsxwai [15:24]; cf. H'oson ¢ oywi
[Unmapped], page 561.
(1) Navaho **Tgolchikho'”:* given as name of Little Colorado River,
meaning ‘‘red water canyon”. Perhaps a translation of Span. (3).
Cf. Eng. (2), Span. 3.
(2) Eng. Little Colorado River. (<Span.). =Span. (3). Cf.
Navaho (1).
(3) Span. Rio Colorado Chiquito ‘little red river’. =Eng. (2).
Cf. Navaho (1). Named because of the Colorado River [Unmap-
ped], page 564.
The Tewa have no name for this river.
Santa Clara <Hano Tewa 7iww7i ‘flesh gap’ (tu ‘flesh’; wz ‘gap’).
This is the name of a place in which the Hopi and Hano Tewa
fought with the Navaho at the time when the Hano Tewa first
migrated to the Hopi country, according to tradition obtained
at Santa Clara Pueblo [14:71]. See under [15:24].
(1) Walp?oywi. (< Hopi). (Walp? <Hopi (2), ’oywi ‘pueblo’). =
Hopi (2), Eng. (3), Span. (4).
(2) Hopi Walpi, according to Fewkes* ‘‘from wala, ‘gap’
‘notch’; opi locative: ‘Place of the notch,’ in allusion to a gap
in the mesa on which it is situated”. =Tewa (1), Eng. (3),
Span. (4).
(8) Eng. Walpi. (<Hopi.). =Tewa (1), Hopi (2), Span. (4).
(4) Span. Gualpi. (< Hopi). =Tewa (1), Hopi (2), Eng. (3).
.
1 Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 531, 1907.
2 Franciscan Fathers, Ethn. Dict. Navaho Lang., p. 182, 1910.
8 Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 901, 1910.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 571
Untocatep PLacres, Not 1x Rucion Maprrp
Chusca Valley and springs. In the ‘‘Chusca Valley in that [Rio
Arriba] county are sulphur springs'.”
Cieneguilla Mesa, Cieneguilla Mountains. ** Messa de la Zieneguilla”.?
“Mountains of Cieneguilla”.* See Cieneguilla [29:20].
Ruins near Wagon Mound. .
Ruins are found in the plains both west and east of Wagon Mound. I have
not been able to visit them, and cannot therefore speak of their character,
Those east lie on Canadian River, and 25 miles east from the railroad.’
The pottery, of which I have seen specimens, appears to be similar to
that made by the Pueblos. One specimen had the bright glossy ornaments,
apparently covered with a very coarse glaze peculiar to some of the older
Pueblo pottery.
The Tewa informants questioned do not know these ruins.
Springs east of Great Ranch, near Las Vegas. ‘Three miles north-
east of Las Vegas, east of the Great Ranch, are alkaline and sul-
phuretted springs”’.!
Myrutc Puacrs
Sky Pueblo
Makowa onwi ‘sky pueblo’ (makowa ‘sky’; ?oywi ‘pueblo’) is
the name ofa pueblo above the clouds. The adventures of a
Tewa man who is helped by Spider Old-Woman to reach this
pueblo in search of his stolen wife form the plot of a thrilling
story.
Pueblo of the Eagle People
Tse oywi ‘eagle pueblo’ (tse ‘eagle’; ’oywi ‘pueblo’) is a vil-
lage of the Eagle people far in the west.
Pueblo of the Macaw People
Tan pv onwi ‘macaw pueblo’ (fan ri ‘macaw’; ’onwi ‘ pueblo’)
is situated far in the west. The houses are built of macaw feathers
and macaw down. The village is inhabited by Macaw people.
It is surrounded by cliffs of four colors.
Waytima Lake
Wajimapokwi *Wayima lake’, of obscure etymology: Zufi and
Keresan show forms similar to wajima, pokwi ‘lake’.
This lake lies somewhere southwest of Zuni. The name is
known to many Tewa. It is used as the personal name of an
1 Land of Sunshine, a Book of Resources of New Mex., p. 177, 1906.
* MS. of 1694, cited by Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 168, 1892,
3 Thid., p. 169, following a Span. source.
4 Tbid., pt. 1, p. 28, note, 1890.
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
bo
Indian of San Ildefonso and of a small hill [19:57] south of San
Ildefonso. A San Ildefonso Tewa informed the writer that this
lake is nota real lake, and that the name is applied to the dancing-
hall of spirits in the underworld,
** Tequayo”
Teguayo is the ‘‘*name of the country of the Tewa (Tegua) and
perhaps of the Tigua [Tiwa], in New Mexico, around which, as in
the case of Quivira, considerable mystery arose among the Spanish
writers of the seventeenth century, who, losing sight of the exact
application of the term, transplanted the ‘province’ to the then
unknown north”.! See the quoted forms of the word in the work
cited, which are perhaps based on a Keresan form. Most Tewa
deny knowledge of this word, but the old catique of Nambé
seemed to know a vague place in the north named Zewajoge,;
‘oreat Tewa place’ (Zewa name of the tribe; jo augmentative; ge
‘down at’ ‘over at’), Further inquiries need to be made. Cf.
T amujoge [22:anlocated|.
1 Hodge in Handbook Inds., pi. 2, p. 718, 1910.
VI. NAMES OF TRIBES AND PEOPLES
American. (1) ’Amesihant. (<Span. Americano ‘ American’).
(2) Kepi’inf ‘red necks’ (ke ‘neck’; pi ‘redness’ ‘red’; in
locative and adjective-forming postfix).
(3) Tsttsdnwx inp ‘blue eyes’ (tsz ‘eye’; tsdywe ‘blueness
‘blue’; 27 locative and adjective-forming postfix. Cf. Texan.
Ancient Propie. Hewendiinfowd ‘ancient people’ (hewendi ‘an-
cientness’ ‘ancient’; ?%y rp locative and adjective-forming postfix;
towd * people’).
ApacuEe. Sabé of obscure etymology. This is applied to every kind
of Apache or Athapascan, including the Navaho. See Chiricahua
Apache, Coyotero Apache, Jicarilla Apache, Llanero Apache,
Mescalero Apache, Navaho, Ollero Apache, and San Carlos Apache.
The Jemez name for Navaho or Athapascan is A dla, plu.’ Apa-
laf; also K pdldtsd’d, plu. Kypdldts@af (isd’d ‘person’). The
Pecos name was presumably the same, and this explains the
‘*Querechos” ‘‘Quereches”, ‘‘Guerechos” of Coronado. The
Jemez, and presumably the Pecos also, call the Apache Zogék pala,
plu. Zogék pilaf ‘east Navaho’ ‘east Athapascan’ (togé ‘east’;
kfalé as above).. This is sometimes abbreviated to Zogé, plu.
Togo f (f plu. postfix). These Jemez are known to a San Ildefonso
Indian who has lived at Jemez, who says that the Tewa have no
general name for Apache except Sabé, and never use an expres-
sion meaning ‘east Apache’ as the Jemez do.
Cauirornia Inpians. alip‘ornijatowa ‘California people’ ‘Cali-
fornia Indians’ (Xalip‘ornia <Span. California; towd ‘ people’).
Tewa who visited California about 1849 give interesting infor-
mation about the customs of various California tribes. An old
man of San Ildefonso tells the following:
When the Mexicans came to California they found Indian people there.
They had songs and dances much like those of the Pueblos. They fled away
to escape the Mexicans. They went beyond the sea ina canoe. The chief
filled a big bag with macaw feathers and took it with them, Across the sea
they stillsing and dance in a far country, singing Pueblo-like songs. Others
climbed a gigantic spruce tree which was growing in California, and now live
in the sky.
CHEYENNE. Sajenq, derived perhaps from some Indian source.
The Taos, Jicarilla Apache, and Ute use names of very similar
sound. The names may all come from English or Spanish.
CHinamMan. Tint. (<Span. Chino ‘Chinaman’).
Curricanua Apacue. Tsicakawa, Tsisakawasabe (Tsisakawa <Span.
Chiricahua; Sabé ‘ Apache’).
573
574 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29
Comancne. Aumants?, from some Indian source.
Coyorrro Apacné. Aojoteci, Nojotecusabe (Iojoteut <Span. Coyo-
tero; Sabée ‘ Apache’).
Frrenp. Aemd ‘friend’. :
Hurisa. Said to be the name of an Indian tribe living somewhere in
the east. The name appears to be known to only one informant.
Inpran. Towa ‘people’ ‘Indians’.
Irauians. 7Jtalijand. (<Span. Italiano).
Jew. STwtiji. (<Span. Judio ‘ Jew’).
JicarittA or Oxtero Apacug. Tunsabe ‘basket Apache’ (fuy
‘basket’; Sabé ‘ Apache’). The name appears to be a crude trans-
lation of the Span. names, but it may be a translation from some
Indian language. The informants say that Jicarilla and Ollero
Apache are identical, but that the Llanero Apache are distinct.
Keresan. Zematowd of obscure etymology (Zemd unexplained, ap-
pearing also in Zemage, one of the names of Cochiti Pueblo [28:77];
fowa ‘people’). The name Zema is applied to the Cochiti and all
the people who talk like them—the Santo Domingo, San Felipe,
Sia, Santa Ana, Laguna, and Acoma. The Keresan language is
called Tematuc? (tut? ‘language’).
The Keresans have in their language no word meaning ‘ Kere-
san’, at least so far as the writer can discover. Cochiti
T@aftetame ‘pueblo people’ (A@afteta ‘pueblo’; mx ‘people’)
is the nearest approach to it. Concerning the origin of the
current ‘‘Queres”, Castafieda’s ‘‘Quirix”, ete., nothing can
be learned from the Keresans, although effort has been made to
procure information from Cochiti, Santo Domingo, Laguna, and
Acoma informants, pronouncing it with every conceivable varia-
tion, but the informants say that they have no ethnic name in the
Keresan language which sounds anything like it. Doctor Spinden
has also tried to learn about the word at Cochitiand Sia, but with-
out success. Bandelier appears to have obtained a Keresan pro-
nunciation of the word, but it may be doubted whether the
word is of Keresan origin. An Isleta informant did not know
the word.
Krowa. Aaiwa. (<Span. Caigua or Indian languages < Kiowa name
for themselves).
Lipan. Lipantowa (Lipayo <Span. Lipan; towa ‘ people’).
Luanrro Apacur. 7Akonsabé ‘plains Apache’ (akoyy ‘plain’; Sabé
‘Apache’) This translates the Span. name. The informants say
that these are distinct from the Jicarilla or Ollero Apache.
Mescatero Apacur. (1) Pojdnsadé, apparently ‘water willow Apa-
che’ (po ‘water’; jay p ‘willow’; Sabé‘ Apache’). Whether this
is the real meaning of the name and what is its origin are not
known.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES (ts)
(2) Zsdsesabe, of obscure etymology, perhaps from the Kere-
san (Zs¢se unexplained; Sabé ‘Apache’). San _ Ildefonso
“*Tsi/-se’”1: ef. Keresan ‘‘Chi-shé’”” +.
(8) P’asabée * Meseal Apache’, said to be merely a translation of
the Span. name (p‘a ‘yucea’ ‘meseal’; Sabé ‘ Apache’). Tesu-
que ‘‘ Pa-ha-sa-be’”’.?
Mexican, Spantarp. Aweekuy yp (probably a modification of kwekuys
‘metal’ ‘iron’, of uncertain etymology. Cf. Negro.
Mixep-BLoop. (1) Piygeherupowond’' ‘half blood mixed’ (pinge~
hei ‘halt? <piyge ‘in the middle’, hes? derivative postfix; "upo
‘blood’? < ’w ‘blood’, po ‘water; woyy ‘to mix’ ‘mixed’; 72”
locative and adjective-forming postfix).
(2) Deqwent uywr? ‘spotted coyote tail’ (de‘coyote’; qweys
‘tail’; tuyy ‘spottedness’ ‘spotted’; ’2’ locative and adjective-
forming postfix).
These words refer to half-breeds and other mixed-bloods.
Mormon. Jloumoyp. (<Span Mormon ‘ Mormon’).
Navano. Jwdnsabé ‘Jemez Apache’ (Wwday yp ‘Jemez Indian’; Sabé
‘Apache’). So called because these Athapascans live in the coun-
try west of the Jemez country, are often seen in the Jemez
country, and have associated with the Jemez.
NEGRO. Kwekump' eniy p ‘black Mexicans’ (Awekuyy ‘Mexican’;
preys ‘blackness’ ‘black’; *iyr locative and adjective-forming
postfix). Cf. Mexican.
Non-Pursto Inpran. ?Oywip’intowa ‘not pueblo people’ (Coyw
‘pueblo’; pz negative; *i7/ locative and adjective-forming post-
tix; fowd ‘people’).
Non-Tewa. Zewaprintowd ‘not Tewa people’ (Zewa name of the tribe;
pi negative; in locative and adjective-forming postfix, 2 + plu.;
towa ‘people’). This is applied especially to Indians who are not
Tewa. See Tewa.
OriERO APACHE, see Jicarilla Apache.
PawneEE. Panani, from some Indian source. Cf. Wichita.
Prro. /%u. (<Span. Piro). The writer has not succeeded in find-
ing any Tewa who knows a native Tewa name for the Piro like
those with which the Jemez and Picuris are still familiar. Cf.
Jemez Pelé, plu. Peléif (f plu. postfix); Picuris ‘‘ Péld’oine
‘Pecos people’”.*
Prains Inprans. ? Akon phe intowd ‘Great Plains people’ ( Akon phe-
*iny ‘Great Plains’, see [Unmapped], page 559; towd ‘people’.
Pursto Inpran. ’Qywitowd ‘pueblo people’ (oywi ‘pueblo’; towd
‘people’).
1 Hodge in Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 846, 1907.
2ten Kate, Synonymie, p. 8, 1884.
%Spinden, Picuris MS. vocab., 1911.
576 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BTH. ANN. 29
Rio Graynor Pursto INpian. Posoge’onwitowd ‘Rio Grande pueblo
people’ (Posoge ‘Rio Grande’ see [Large Features], pages
102-104; ’oywi ‘pueblo’; towa ‘people’).
San Cartos Apacng. Saykali, Sankalisabe (Saykali <Span. San
Carlos; Sabé ‘ Apache’).
Tano. Tanuge’intowa, T'anutowa ‘live down country people;
(T’anuge ‘Santa Fe Plain’, see under | Large Features], page 104.
iy locative and adjective-forming postfix; fowd ‘ people’).
The second form is regarded as an abbreviation of the first; from
it came Span. Tano, Eng. Tano. The name refers to habitat, not
to language, and was applied to Pecos and Keresan as well as to
Tewa-speaking Indians who inhabited the great plain called 7” anuge
[Large Features], page 104, south of the Tewa country. See Gal-
isteo Pueblo ruin [29:39], and 7” anuge.
Tanoan. There is no name meaning Tanoan. The Tewa were not
aware of the relationship which existed among the languages of
the Tanoan group. They merely imagined that some languages
were more like Tewa than others, according to one informant.
Trewa. (1) Zewdtowa, of obscure etymology (7ewd, name of the tribe,
unexplained, possibly cognate with Jemez ‘éwa, see below; towd
‘people’). This is the Tewas’ own name for their tribe. The
pueblos are called ZewWonwi Coywi ‘pueblo’), the language
Tewatuti (tutti ‘language’), the country Zewandyge [Large Fea-
tures], pages 103-104.
The name has notling to do with American Span. tegua ‘moc-
casin’. The Jemez use téwd ‘home’ ‘pueblo’ often almost as a
designation of their tribe; thus nifw déwatsdty ‘our native
(Jemez) language’ (nif ‘our’; tsdty ‘language’), Tewa Zed
is phonetically what we would expect as the cognate of Jemez
téwe and it may be that Zewd once meant ‘home’ ‘pueblo’. But
ct. Jemez (4). At the present time at least Zewa is used only as
the name of the tribe, and has no other meaning. Cf. Jemez (4),
Cochiti (5), Eng. (6), Span. (7).
(2) Taos Aaltana, plu. kalland, ‘wolf excrement’ (/al- ‘ wolt’; ¢a-
‘excrement’; na, nd noun postfixes). This is a contemptuous name
for the Tewa, whom the Taos regard as being dirty, having wrong
customs, and as being no better than Mexicans.
(8) Picuris ‘‘Tupi(a)ne”:' givenas meaning ‘‘ those who paint.”
(4) Jemez Z7awe, plu. 7v@wey of obscure etymology (f plu.
postfix). Cf. Tewa (1), Cochiti (5), Eng. (6), Span. (7).
(5) Cochiti 7’piva, of obscure etymology. Said to be different
from 7t'wa ‘'Tiwa’, which it resembles in sound. ‘'Tewa’ people
are called 7'piuahanu (hanu ‘people’). Cf. Tewa (1), Jemez (4),
Eng. (6), Span. (7).
1 Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES BSCAE
(6) Eng. Tewa, from Tewa (1) and Span. (7). Cf. Tewa (1),
Jemez (4), Cochiti (5), Span. (7).
(7) Span. Tehua, Tegua, ete. Probably from Tewa (1). Cf.
Tewa (1), Jemez (4), Cochiti (5), Eng. (6).
Some of the names for the Tewa sound much like those for the
Tiwa, a fact which is likely to cause confusion. See Tiwa and
Non-Tewa.
Texan. Tehant. (<Span. Texano ‘Texan’) The Tewa always re-
gard the Texans as a people distinct from the Americars. Cf.
American.
Trwa. (1) Potsinnutowa, of obscure etymology (po, apparently po
‘water’; tsdnny unexplained; towd ‘people’). Said to be applied
properly only to the Isleta and Sandia Indians. No such name as
Tiwa is known to the Tewa.
(2) Picuris **Tewé'lmé”:! given as meaning “Isleta people”.
Cf. Isleta (3), Jemez (4), Cochiti (5), Sia (6), Eng. (7), Span. (8).
(3) Isleta Ziwa, of obscure etymology. This name is applied
to the Isleta and Sandia Indians, sometimes also to the Taos
and Picuris. Cf. Picuris (2), Jemez (4), Cochiti (5), Sia (6),
Eng. (7), Span. (8). Z/wan is the plu. No plural sounding like
“Ti-guesh” was obtainable. ‘‘As for the word Tiguex, the
Tiguas [Tiwa] call themselves Ti-guan; but a woman of Isleta
. . . plainly pronounced the plural of that name Ti-guesh; ‘x’ in
old Spanish records of New Mexico has the sound ‘sh’”.2. The
unreliability of this information is apparent. It seems more
probable that ‘‘Tiguex” comes from the Keresan; see below.
(4) Jemez Tew ts@’Gf, of obscure etymology ( Zewd unexplained;
is@af ‘people’). This name is applied to the Isleta and Sandia
Indians. Isleta Pueblo [29:101] is called Ziwagi? ‘Tiwa place’
(gv locative). Cf. Picuris (2), Isleta (3), Cochiti (5), Sia (6),
Eng. (7), Span. (8).
(5) Cochiti 77'wa, of obscure etymology. Applied to the Isleta
and Sandia Indians. Cf. Picuris (2), Isleta (3), Jemez (4), Eng. (7),
Span. (8). ‘Tiwa place’ is called Zi'watsz (tse locative), which
may be the form of which the ‘‘Tiguex” of Coronado, applied to
Puaray Pueblo [29:99], is a corruption. ‘People of a Tiwa place’
are called 7i'watseme (mex ‘ people’); Tiwa ‘people’ is 7i'wahdnu
(hanu ‘people’).
(6) Sia ‘‘Tiwa”:* given as name of Sandia Pueblo [29:100].
This is doubtless a mistake. Cf. Picuris (2), Isleta (8), Jemez (4),
Cochiti (5), Eng. (7), Span. (8).
1 Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910.
*Bandelier, Final Report, pt. U1, p. 223, note, 1892.
3 Spinden, Sia notes, MS., 1911.
87584°—29 rerH—16——37
578 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eru. Ann. 29
(7) Eng. Tiwa, Tigua. (<Span. (8), below). Cf. Picuris (2),
Isleta (3), Jemez (4), Cochiti (5), Sia (6), Span. (8).
(8) Span. Tigua, ete. Probably <Tiwa or Keresan. Cf. Pi-
curis (2), Isleta (3), Jemez (4), Cochiti (5), Sia (6), Eng. (7). For
‘“«Tiguex” see under Cochiti (5), above, and Puaray Pueblo ruin
[29:99].
All of these names seem to have applied originally only to the
Sandia-Isleta kind of Indians. It appears to have been more or
less known to Indians of New Mexico since prehistoric times that
the Sandia-Isleta and Taos-Picuris languages are quite closely re-
lated, and the names for the former have been applied more or less
also to the latter language and ‘‘tribe”. One Tewa informant said
of the Taos-Picuris merely Potsénnutowawagi simu ‘they are like
Tiwa’ (Potsénnutowa ‘Tiwa’, see Tewa (1), above; 47 ‘they 3 +7;
mu ‘to be’). Some of the names for the Tewa sound much like
those designating the Tiwa. a fact which is likely to cause con-
fusion.
Ure. Jutitowa (<Span.?) (Jute perhaps from Span. Yuta ‘Ute
Indian’, of uncertain origin; towd ‘people’). Many Indian lan-
guages have names for the Ute which closely resemble Span.
Yuta in sound. Cf. Jemez Jutd’o, plu. Juti@of (f plural postfix).
Wicnita. Witfitapanang ‘Wichita Pawnee’ (Witfita <Eng.
Wichita ; panani ‘ Pawnee’). Cf. Pawnee.
Vil. NAMES OF MINERALS
Alabaster. Bandeliert mentions an ‘‘alabaster” image of the morn-
ing star seen by him at San Juan. He probably mistook some
other mineral for alabaster. The Tewa appear to have no name
in their language for alabaster.
°A, dsee ‘alkali’ (d ‘alkali’ ‘salty substance’; sx ‘burning’ to the taste;
cf. dn pe ‘salt’). This name is applied also to the mineral ob-
tained at [3:14] and known in New Mexican Span. as tequesquite.
The substance is encrusted on the ground about the tequesquite
spring [3:14]. It is of a pinkish color and bitter, salty taste. It
is used by the Tewa as a purgative medicine, also instead of soda
to raise tortillas. It is composed mainly of Na,So, and Na,CO,
according to analysis made by the United States Department of
Agriculture.
Ane ‘salt? (dé ‘alkali’; nye perhaps as in kun pe ‘turquoise’,
q. v.). Salt occurs at [13:35], [18:15], and the Salinas [29:110],
q. v. See also myths about salt, pages 229, 536-537.
The saline deposits of New Mexico are large and have produced salt from
time immemorial, the Indians having sought these deposits before the advent of
the Spaniards. The oldest and best known salt deposits are those of the big Salt
Lake on the Estancia Plains in Torrance County. This lake also has heavy
deposits of bloedite, the only place in the United States where this rare mineral
has been found. It isa hydrous double sulphate of soda and magnesia.
The Salt Lakes of the White Sands in Otero County, the Zuni Crater Salt
Lake in Valencia County, which produces the best salt in the Territory and is
in a constant process of formation, having at present a deposit of several mil-
lion tons, the Salt Lakes in western Socorro County and the Salt Lakes east
of the Pecos in Eddy County, are the principal salt producers, although saline
flats and salt springs occur in other parts. Thus far, none of this crude salt
is refined for commercial purposes, but is used only to salt stock or by the
poorer people as a substitute for commercial table salt.”
Buwa(jabe)ku ‘bread stone’ (buwa ‘bread’, buwajabe ‘paper bread’;
ku ‘stone’). This is a kind of fine-grained sandstone, slabs of
which are cut and polished and used for baking guayave (Tewa
buwajabe), the wafer bread of the Indians. This stone is obtained
at Pijoge [21:2], north of the Black Mesa [1:unlocated], in the
upper Chama drainage, and at Buwakupa’awe [14:32], upper
Chama drainage. The name is applied to the stone both in situ
and to the shaped slab.
1 Final Report, pt. 1. p. 309, 1890.
2 Land of Sunshine, a Book of Resources of New Mexico, pp. 107-109, 1906,
579
580 ETH NOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BTH. ANN. 29
Flesh-colored feldspar. ‘*Cia [Sia] enjoys almost a monopoly of white
apatite and flesh-colored feldspar.”! The Tewa appear to have
no name for these substances.
Kubibibeg’’’ ‘accretion’ ‘stalagmite’ ‘stalactite’, stone of irregular
form with roundish protuberances (ku ‘stone’: bibiheg?® referring
to the shape). A stone of this kind was used as .a fetish by one
Tewa.
Kubse ‘copper’. (<Span. cobre). The Tewa did not know copper in
pre-Spanish times.
Ku ‘stone’ ‘rock’, hard or soft mineral matter of any shape or size.
Kukévi ‘hard rock’ ‘ bowlder’ (ku ‘stone’ ‘rock’; /:e ‘hardness’ ‘hard’;
7? locative and adjective-forming postfix).
Kuki ‘tufa’ ‘tuft? *pumice-stone’ (kw ‘stone’; k'/ unexplained). The
Pajarito Plateau west of the Tewa country is composed of tufa, a
light, whitish voleanic ash deposited in a layer in places 1,500 feet
thick.
Kunuku ‘stone ashes stone’ ‘limestone’ (ku ‘stone’; nu ‘ashes’).
Limestone is obtained by Mexicans and Tewa at a place [18:38]
near Black Mesa [18:19]. Knowledge of it is probably post-
Spanish.
Kun pe ‘turquoise’ (of obscure etymology: ku ‘stone’; n. re apparently
as nx in dn pe ‘salt’, ef. °@ Salkali’). Turquoise was found in
only one vicinity in the country known to the Tewa, viz. at [29:55],
q. v. Turquoise is called in New Mexican Span. either turquesz
or chachihuite, the latter word being derived from the Aztec lan-
guage of Mexico, and not, as A. M. Espinosa? states, from a
language of the Pueblo Indians. Moreover Espifiosa writes
“Chachiquite”, a pronunciation which the writer has not heard.*
Kivonpe ii ‘smooth stone’ ‘smoothing stone’ (ku ‘stone’; ’on pe
‘smoothness’ ‘smooth’; ’2 locative and adjective-forming post-
fix). Such stones are found along the river or on the high beach
mesa tops.
Kupaii ‘rough rock’ ‘lava’ ‘rock used for making metates’ (kw
‘stone’ ‘rock’; pa ‘rough’ ‘cracked’; 72 locative and adjective-
forming postfix).
Kup au ‘coal’, lit. ‘stone charcoal’? (ku ‘stone’; p'ww ‘charcoal’)..
The Tewa never used the mineral as fuel.
Kup'e ‘stone wood’ ‘petrified stone’ (ku ‘stone’; pe ‘wood’). The
Tewa know of this substance. Some of it is said to oceur near
Los Cerrillos. Dr. C. F. Lummis‘ tells of the wide use of the
1Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 20, 1892. ;
2Spanish Language in New Mexicoand Southern Colorado, Bull, Hist. Soc. N. Mex., No. 16, p.14, 1911,
3 See Mrs. Zelia Nuttall, Chalchihuitl in Ancient Mexico, in Amer. Anthr., n. s., U1, No. 2, pp. 227-38,
1901; Pogue, Aboriginal Use of Turquois in North America, ibid., xrv, July-Sept., pp. 437-66, 1912.
4Sunday News, Denver, Colo., October 8, 1911.
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 581
agates of the Petrified Forest of Arizona among Indian tribes:
“Tt did not flake quite so thin as the finest obsidians, but it was
far harder and far prettier.”
Kup end ‘black stone’ ‘black jade’ (ku ‘stone’; p enr ‘blackness’
‘black’; *2% locative and adjective-forming postfix). This term
is applied especially to black jade, known in New Mexican Span.
as zabache; properly azabache.
Kusakuku ‘stone pipe stone’ ‘stone for making stone pipes’ (ku
‘stone’; saku ‘pipe’, lit. ‘tobacco stone’? < sa ‘tobacco’, hu
‘stone?). Tewa pipes were made also of pottery clay.
Kuwiku ‘stone-ax stone’ ‘stone suitable for making stone axes?
(kuwi ‘stone axhead’, apparently < kw ‘stone’, w? unexplained;
ku stone’).
Mékernatéku ‘a kind of red paint’; see page 454.
Mineral paint. ‘*The Queres [Keresans] of San Felipe [29:69] had in
front [which direction from?] of their village large veins of min-
eral paint, valuable to the Indian for his pottery.”?
Nintse(ji"*) ‘yellow earth’ (ndyy ‘earth’; tse ‘yellowness’ ‘yellow’;
*?? locative and adjective-forming postfix). The yellow pigment
obtained at Mintsew7je (page 111), south of San Ildefonso, is thus
called; so also the yellow clay obtained at [1:13] near Tierra
Amarilla [1:12], at Potsinsennx [16:37] near San Idefonso[19:22],
and at [20:2]. The earth of the deposit near Tierra Amarilla is
moist when dug out. Its presence has given the latter town its
name. ‘The earth is used for washing the walls of pueblo rooms
near the ground.
Minp ‘earth’. Sometimes applied to napi’2, below, q. v.
NMiypotsa i’, kwotsa’?* ‘sparkling earth’ ‘sparkling stone’ ‘mica’
(ndyy ‘earth’; ’otsa ‘sparkling’; ’7locative and adjective-forming
postfix). This substance is found south of Pimbirioywikeji
[25:18]. It is not used for any purpose.
Although only four or five states of the Union produce mica, the large depos-
its of that mineral in New Mexico have been practically neglected. Outside of
shipments from a few deposits at Petaca, Rio Arriba County, no large shipments
of mica haye been made, but as so much mica is imported it seems probable
that sooner or later the many mica deposits will be found of great value. It is
used both in sheets and ground, and a good quality will bring $10 to $50 a ton.
Lieutenant Pike in 1804 mentioned the large deposits of mica in Santa Fe
County, which furnished the material for windows those days, as it was not
until after 1850 that glass came into general use. The settlement of Talco,
Mora County, derives its name from the mica deposits, called ‘‘talco’’ by the
natives. In addition to the mica deposits named, there are prospects north of
Ojo Caliente, in Taos County; in the San Andreas Mountains; at Nambe, in
Santa Fe County; in the Florida Mountains and in San Miguel County.?
Mica [has been found] near Nambe in the Santa Fe Range.*
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 163, 1890.
2Land of Sunshine, a Book of the Resources of New Mexico, pp. 103-05, 1906.
3 Ore Deposits of N. Mex., p. 163, 1910.
582 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eru. ann. 29
Nipvi, of obscure etymology. Clay, of reddish, brownish, or yel-
lowish color, the chief substance used in pottery making. This
substance is also frequently called merely ndyy ‘earth’. It is
found at [11:43], Zamakoge [19:60], and [22:12] south of Truchas
[22:11]. Sometimes merely pid [10:16] instead of ndpi’2 is used.
Nuk probably jasper (of obscure etymology; nz unexplained; ku
‘stone’). This is described as a very hard stone of black or yel-
low color, found in stream beds: see [22:13].
Ocher. Bandelier'! mentions ocher as occurring near San Felipe
Pueblo. The Tewa would probably call the mineral: ‘red earth’
or ‘yellow earth’, etc., according to its color. ‘‘At San Pedro
[29:77], Santa Fe County, are deposits of ocher or mineral paint”.”
Ojiku ‘ice stone’ (oji ‘ice’; ku ‘stone’). A kind of white stone
said to be used for whitewashing. It is called jaspe in Spanish.
Oru ‘gold’. (< Span. oro). The Tewa were not familiar with gold in
pre-Spanish times. Considerable gold is mined in the region
south of the Tewa country.
Plata ‘silver’. (< Span. plata). The Tewa were not familiar with
silver in pre-Spanish times.
Pi ‘redness’ ‘red’. Applied to the red pigment dug at [8:22] north
of Taos (the Taos eall it p'dijenema ‘red’); also to the red
paint obtained about 2 miles east of Santa Fe, at Pik'ondiwe (p.
354). The ~7 from north of Taos is sometimes distinguished as
Pipopi ‘Red River red’ (Pipo, see [8:19]; pi ‘redness’ ‘red’).
Pokzenfu (of obscure etymology) ‘tar’ ‘bitumen’ ‘asphalt’ ‘black
coal-like shale’ ‘mica’. This material is said to be found east of
Petaca [6:2] and at Pokenfwa'a [25:26] back of Nambé [23:1].
The writer has not seen the mineral. It is said to have been used
in making pottery. Varieties of mica and pyrites are included
under this name.
Pofuyy (of obscure etymology) ‘black sand’. This name is applied
to the black and sparkling fine sand seen on water-washed sand-
surfaces along the banks or islets of the Rio Grande. The sand
is of no use,
Sabendyp ‘Apache earth’? (Sabé ‘Apache Indian’; ndéyyp ‘earth’).
This is a kind of yellow clay obtained at a place on the west side
of Santa Fe Canyon, about a mile and a half above Santa Fe city
[29:5]. The Jicarilla Apache get much of it there; hence the
name. This clay is used by the Tewa for making cooking
vessels.
Siywe ‘sandstone’ (of obscure etymology; not to be confused with
sdywiy p *zigzag’). This sandstone is found at many places in the
Tewa country. See Buwaku.
1 Final Report, pt. 11, p. 20, 1892.
2 Land of Sunshine, a Book of the Resources of New Mexico, p. 111, 1906.
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 583
Sulphur. No Tewa name for sulphur has been discovered. The
Tewa of the present day know sulphur under its Span. name
azufre.
In recent years New Mexico has produced some commercial sulphur, a mill
having been erected in the Jemez Mountains, Sandoval County. However, it
was one of the first minerals mined in the Territory, mainly to be used in the
manufacture of gunpowder, Coronado having made use of sulphur mined
at Jemez in the first half of the sixteenth century. In Lincoln and other
counties and along the eastern border of the Territory the gypsum beds con-
tain considerable sulphur.'
pun ype, of obscure etymology. A kind of fine white earth which is
mixed with pottery clay (ndp7 7) for making certain kinds of ware.
About half as much fun yz as clay is used. It is found at [2:34],
[2:35], [18:6], [23:56], and [24:28].
rw, of obscure etymology. This name is applied to reddish-black,
soft, shiny rock whichis found at the place called puntkwaje (25:24).
It is said that the body is painted with this for the Deer dance.
Tebindy p * soft earth’ (tz#67 ‘softness’ ‘soft’; néyy ‘earth’ ‘ dirt’).
Temattse)tap wywe, of obscure etymology (Tema Keresan; ts ‘ white-
ness’ ‘white’; fa ‘dryness’ ‘dry’; p'wywe name of this kind of
mineral). This substance is said to be taken froma place near
Pena Blanca [29:92] on the east side of the Rio Grande. It is said
to look somewhat greenish when dug out. It is mixed with
water and pottery of certain sorts is washed over with it before
firing. It acts as sizing. See fap'wywe.
Tequesquite. See A, dsx, page 579.
Teise, of obscure etymology (te unexplained; fs ‘whiteness’ ‘ white’).
This name is applied to the coarse whitish rock found at
Tasekwaje [23:49| south of Nambé. The substance is not used.
Tw, of obscure etymology. A whitish substance used to rub on
moccasins, or deerskins, or as pottery sizing. It is found at
T wk‘ ondiwe [25:19]. See tw#prv*.
Twtprr? ‘red fw (fw a kind of mineral, see above; pz ‘redness’
‘red’; °2* locative and adjective-forming postfix). This variety
of ¢w®* is said to be found at 7° w*pihw aw [16:24].
Tap uywe, of obscure etymology (éa ‘dryness’ ‘dry’; p'wywe unex-
plained, name of the substance). This white, friable earth, mixed
with water, is used for sizing pottery. It is obtained a short
distance east of Santa Fe, at Tap wywek'ondiwe, (p. 555). Cf.
tema(tse lap unwe.
Tst ‘flaking-stone’ ‘flint’ ‘obsidian’, natural or worked, The pro-
nunciation 4s”? is also heard.
1 Tana of onerine) a Book of the ee es of New Mexico, p. 105, 1906.
584 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS _ [eTH. Ann. 29
Tsiguwenutsi ‘lightning flaking-stone’ (ts/gvwenw ‘lightning’; ts7
‘flaking-stone’). This name may be applied to any flake of flint-
like or obsidian-like stone, this kind of stone having been produced
by lightning striking the ground, according to Tewa belief.
Txipennu ‘black obsidian’ (¢s7 ‘flaking-stone’; p'ey ‘ blackness’
‘black’; nw unexplained). This name is not used so much as the
more regularly formed ¢sip‘endi* (ts¢ ‘flaking-stone’; p‘en
‘blackness’ ‘black’; */’? locative and adjective-forming postfix).
Flakes or nodules of black obsidian are found scattered in many
places in the Tewa country, but in no place in large deposits.
The substance is frequently called simply ¢s7.
Tsitse?* ‘white flaking-stone’ ‘white flint’ (¢s7 ‘flaking-stone’; isz
‘whiteness’ ‘white’; ’2 locative and adjective-forming postfix).
White ‘‘ flint” is picked up by the Tewa at various places in pieces
or small ‘‘lumps”.
Tsi or tsiku ‘basalt’ (tsi unexplained; ku ‘stone’). The name is ap-
plied to basalt or similar stone in any form. Basalt mesas are
called tsi kwage, ete. (tsi ‘basalt’; kwage ‘mesa’).?
Psxgiku ‘gypsum’ (isegi, of obscure etymology, apparently < tsz
‘whiteness’ ‘white’, g? unexplained; kw ‘stone’ ‘rock’). This
white mineral is much used by the Tewa for whitewashing. — It
is burned, crushed, mixed with water and some wheat flour (to
make it adhere better), and applied to the walls of houses or
rooms with a brush. It is called yeso in Spanish. It is obtained
at Hutahwu [1:31], [15:26], [29:25], [29:28], [29:56]. See also
page 120. ‘*Gypsum is found near Lamy [29:38]”.?
White apatite. ‘* Cia [Sia] enjoys almost a monopoly on white apatite
and flesh-colored feldspar”.? The Tewa appear to have no name
for the substances.
1 For an account of deposits of basalt in New Mexico; see Ore Deposits of N. Mex., pp. 44-46, 1910.
2Tbid., p. 163.
’ Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 20, 1892.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
(Nore.—Numerous published and unpublished writings cited in the Handbook of
American Indians (Bulletin 30 of the Bureau of American Ethnology) in connection
with the synonymy of the various Pueblo tribes and villages and reincorporated in
the present work, are not included in this bibliography. Certain newspaper articles
and similar minor publications are also excluded.)
BanpeELier, ApoteH F. Report on the
ruins of the pueblo of Pecos. Boston,
1881.
The delight makers. New York,
1890.
The gilded man (El Dorado).
New York, 1893.
Papers of the Archzeological In-
stitute of America, III. Final Report
of investigations among the Indians of
the southwestern United States, part 1,
Boston, 1890 (cited as Bandelier, Final
Report, pt. 1, 1890); IV, pt. 1, Boston,
1892 (cited as Bandelier, Final Report,
pt. 1, 1892).
Documentary history of the Rio
Grande pueblos of New Mexico. I,
Bibliographic introduction. Papers of
the School of American Archeology,
No. 13, 1910.
Bupp, H. 8. Taos vocabulary [Tanoan
stock], from Taos, 1885-1886. MS. No.
1028, Bureau of American Ethnology.
Picuries [Picuris] vocabulary
[Tanoan stock], from Taos, July 29,
1886. MS. No. 1023, Bureau of Ameri-
can Ethnology.
Cuarin, F. H. The land of the cliff
dwellers. Boston, 1892.
CusHine, Frank Hamivron. Outlines of
Zuni creation myths. Thirteenth Ann.
Rep. Bureau of Ethnology, 1896.
Darron, Nerson H. A reconnaissance
- of parts of northwestern New Mexico
and northern Arizona. U.S. Geologi-
cal Survey, Bulletin 435, Washington,
1910.
Donatpson, THomas. The Moqui Indi-
ans of Arizona and Pueblo Indians of
New Mexico. Washington, 1893.
Doveauass, W. B. <A _ world - quarter
shrine of the Tewa Indians. Records
of the Past, vol. x1, pp. 159-173, Wash-
ington, 1912.
Esprnosa, AurpLIo M. The Spanish lan-
guage in New Mexico and southern
Colorado. Bulletin of Historical So-
ciety of New Mexico, No. 16, Santa Fe,
1911.
Fewxes, J. Wattrer. The snake cere-
monials at Walpi. Journal of Ameri-
can Ethnology and Archeology, vol.
tv. Boston, 1894.
Franciscan Farners. An_ ethnologic
dictionary of the Navaho language.
Saint Michaels, Arizona, 1910.
Frost, Max., and Watter, Pau A. F.
See LAND OF SUNSHINE.
GavpraitH, F. G. Santa Clara vocabu-
lary [Tanoan stock]. MS. No. 1016,
Bureau of American Ethnology.
Gannett, Henry. A dictionary of alti-
tudes in the United States. U. S.
Geological Survey, Bulletin 274, 4th
ed., Washington, 1906.
GatscHet, AtBert 8. Zwélf Sprachen
aus den Siidwesten Nord-Amerikas.
Weimar, 1876.
A mythic tale of the Isleta In-
dians. Proceedings of the American
Philosophical Society, vol. xx1x, pp.
208-18, Philadelphia, 1891.
Tewa vocabulary [Tanoan stock].
MS. No. 1540, Bureau of American Eth-
nology.
Tewa vocabulary [Tanoan stock],
from Sandia, Noy., 1899. MS. No.
1553, Bureau of American Ethnology.
Giprs, Grorcr. Ysleta [Isleta] vocabu- *
lary [Tanoan stock], from [Isleta] Apr.
585
586
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS
[ETH. ANN. 29
7, 1868. MSS. Nos. 1018, 1019, Bureau | Hewerr, Epcar L. The excavations at
of American Ethnology.
Gopparp, P. E. Jicarilla Apache texts.
Anthropological Papers of the Ameri-
can Museum of Natural History, vol.
vi, New York, 1912.
Harrincron, JoHn P. Notes on the
Piro language. American Anthropolo-
gist, vol. 11, pp. 553-94, Lancaster, Pa.,
1909 (reprinted as Papers of the School
of American Archeology, No. 8).
An introductory paper on the
Tiwa language, dialect of Taos, New
Mexico. American Anthropologist,
vol. 12, pp. 11-48, Lancaster, Pa., 1910
(reprinted as Papers of the School of
American Archeology, No. 14).
A brief description of the Tewa
language. American Anthropologist,
vol. 12, pp. 497-504, Lancaster, Pa.,
1910 (reprinted as Papers of the School
of American Archeology, No. 17).
Hanpsooxk or American INDIANS, edited
by F. W. Hodge. Parts 1-2. Bulletin
30, Bureau of American Ethnology,
Washington, 1907-10.
HeEnperson, Junius. Geology and topog-
raphy of the Rio Grande region in New
Mexico. Bulletin 54, Bureau of Amer
ican Ethnology, Washington, 1913.
Hewert, Epcar L. Studies on the ex-
tinct pueblo of Pecos. American An-
thropologist, vol. 6, pp. 426-39, Lan-
easter, Pa., 1904.
The archeology of Pajarito park.
American Anthropologist, vol. 6, pp.
629-59, Lancaster, Pa., 1904.
A general view of the archeology
of the Pueblo region. Smithsonian Re-
port for 1904, pp. 583-605, Washington,
1905.
Antiquities of the Jemez plateau,
New Mexico. Bulletin 32, Bureau of
American Ethnology, Washington,
1906.
Lescommunatites anciennes dans
le désert Américan. Genéve, 1908.
The Pajaritan culture. Ameri-
can Journal of Archeology, 2d ser.,
vol. xu, pp. 334-344, Norwood,
Mass., 1909 (reprinted as Papers of the
School of American Archeology, No. 3).
Tyuonyi, New Mexico, in 1908.
American Anthropologist, vol. 11, pp.
434-55, Lancaster, Pa., 1909 (reprinted
as Papers of the School of American
Archzeology, No. 5).
The excavations at E] Rito de los
Frijoles in 1909. American Anthro-
pologist, vol. 11, pp. 651-73, Lancas-
ter, Pa., 1909 (reprinted as Papers of
the School of American Archzeology,
No. 10).
Hopcr, F. W. The enchanted mesa.
National Geographic Magazine, vol.
vill, pp. 273-84. Washington, 1897.
Coronado’s march to Quivira.
In Brower, J. V., Memoirs of Explor-
ation in the Basin of the Mississippi
River, vol. u, (Harahey), pp. 29-73.
St. Paul, 1899.
editor. Handbook of American
Indians north of Mexico, Parts 1-2,
Washington, 1907-10.
Houmes, Witu1AM H. Notes on the an-
tiquities of the Jemez valley, New Mex-
ico. American Anthropolgist, vol. 7,
pp. 198-212, Lancaster, Pa., 1905.
Jeangon, J. A. Explorations in Chama
basin, New Mexico. Records of the
Past, vol. x, pp. 92-108, Washington,
1911.
Ruins at Pesedeuinge. Records
of the Past, vol. x1, pp. 28-37, Wash-
ington, 1912.
Kautz, Auaust V. Ysleta [Isleta] vo-
eabulary [Tanoan stock], from Isleta,
Oct. 25, 1869. MS. No. 1021, Bureau
of American Ethnology.
and Stmpson, J. H. Ysleta
[Isleta] vocabulary [Tanoan_ stock],
Apr., 1868, and Oct., 1869. MS. No.
1027, Bureau of American Ethnology.
Lanp or Sunsaing, a handbook of re-
sources of New Mexico. Compiled and
edited by Max Frost and Paul A. F.
Walter, 2d ed. Santa Fe, 1906.
LINDGREN, WALDEMAR, GRaATON, LoursC.,
and GorDoN, CuarLEs H. Ore deposits
of New Mexico. U. 8. Geological Sur-
vey, Professional Paper No. 68, Wash-
ington, 1910.
Lummis, Cuartes F. The Land of Poco
Tiempo. New York, 1893.
HARRINGTON |
Mortey, §. G. The south house, Puyé.
Sixth Bulletin of the Southwest Society
of the Archeological Institute of Amer-
ica, Los Angeles, 1910. (Papers of the
School of American Archzeology, No. 7,
1910).
Ore Deposits or New Mexico.
LinpGREN, Graton, and Gorpon.
Moqui [Hopi (Shoshonean
stock)] and Ta’owa [Tewa (Tanoan
stock)], vocabulary 1869. MS. No.
746, Bureau of American Ethnology.
Patmer, Epwarp, and Simpson, J. H.
Ta’owa [Tewa] vocabulary [Tanoan
stock], from San Juan, Santa Clara, and
other pueblos. MS. No. 1022, Bureau
of American Ethnology.
Pecos Natrona Forrest, New Mexico.
Forest Service, U. 8. Department of
Agriculture, Washington, 1909.
Pocus, JosepH E. The aboriginal use of
turquoisin North America. American
Anthropologist, vol. 14, pp. 437-66,
Lancaster, Pa., 1912.
Postroute MAP of the territory of New
Mexico, showing postoffices with the
intermediate distances and mail routes
in operation on the Ist of June, 1902,
also railroads under construction June
30th, 1902, and the several mining dis-
tricts of the Territory.
Reap, Bensamry M. Illustrated history
of New Mexico. Santa Fe, 1912.
Stupson, JAMes H. Old Pecos [Tanoan
stook] vocabulary, from Jemez and
Old Pecos. MS. No. 1020, Bureau of
American Ethnology.
Tewa [Tanoan stock] vocabu-
lary. MS. No. 1024, Bureau of Ameri-
can Ethnology.
Old Pecos [Tanoan stock], from
Jemez and Old Pecos. MS. No. 1026,
Bureau of American Ethnology.
Stevenson, James. Old Pecos [Tanoan
stock] vocabulary, from Jemez, Sept.,
1887. MS. No. 1017, Bureau of Amer-
ican Ethnology.
Stevenson, Mariupa Coxe. The Sia.
Eleyenth Annual Report of the Bureau
of Ethnology, Washington, 1894.
See
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
587
Stevenson, Matinpa Coxr. The Zuni
Indians. Twenty-third Annual Report
of the Bureau of American Ethnology,
Washington, 1904.
SULLIVAN, JEREMIAH. Tewa vocabulary
[Tanoan stock], from Moqui [Hopi],
Ariz., Apr., 1883. MS. No. 1015, Bu-
reau of American Ethnology.
[Map of the] Trerrrrory of New Mexico.
Department of the Interior, General
Land Office, Fred. Dennett, Commis-
sioner. Compiled from the official re-
cords of the General Land Office and
other sources under the direction of
I. P. Berthong, chief of drafting divi-
sion, General Land Office, 1909.
THe VALLEY RANCH. [Pamphlet on the
Valley ranch, Valley ranch, New Mex-
ico, n. d.J
TopoGrRAaPpHic MAP oF New Mexico. In
Professional Paper No. 68, U. S. Geo-
logical Survey, plate 1, Washington,
1912.
TwitcHeEtt, R. E. Leading facts of New
Mexican history. Vols. r-m. Cedar
Rapids, Lowa, 1911-1912.
Unitep States GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS
West of the 100th Meridian, Parts of
Southern Colorado and Northern New
Mexico, atlas sheets Nos. 69, 69 (B),
Expeditions of 1873, 1874, 1875, 1876,
and 1877, under the command of Ist
Lieut. Geo. M. Wheeler, Corps of En-
gineers, U.S. Army. Part of Central
New Mexico, atlas sheet No. 77.
Unitep States GEOLoGIcAL Survey. New
Mexico. Jemez sheet, edition of June,
1890. San Pedro sheet, edition of
March, 1892. Santa Clara sheet, edi-
tion of April, 1892. Albuquerque sheet,
edition of May, 1898. Santa Fe sheet,
edition of March, 1894. Lamy sheet,
edition of October, 1894.
Warrter, Paut A. F. See LAnp or Sun-
SHINE.
WaterMAN, T. T. The religious prac-
tices of the Dieguefio Indians. Uni-
versity of California Pubs. in Amer.
Archeol. and Ethnol., vol. vim, No. 6,
pp. 271-358, Berkeley, 1910.
LIST OF PLACE-NAMES
Page
AAcus)(=Acoma)ssact oseeie eee 543
ABEGHIUN(—ADIGUIN) eee eee eae 135
Axsecuiu (=Abiquiu Puebloruin). 139
ABE-cHIU (=Abiquiu). ......--.- 135
ABIQUIUS aise erecea eee oneeee 96, 136
AsrqurtG (=Abiquin))se-e-e= === 136
Aspiqurio MounTAIN....---------- 123
Axsriquiu Mountatns.....-.-.---- 129
Axsriquiu Prax (=Abiquiu Moun-
Cain) 2 cence Fanseeeccc oe eeaceec 123
Axiquiu PUEBLO RUIN.....----- 139
ABIQUIU "RAW =2- con. = asses eer 107
Apuctos (=Acoma)_---2-.-.----<- 543
Acco Acoma) tesa eee eee 544
ACE QUIAG NDAD Ree ee eee tae 210
ACHAY(—PiICUrIs) seer ee =e eee 193
ACMAAT! (Acoma) Saaee eee ee 543
Aco) (=A coma) sess ena e sae 544
AcoatyaAl(=A'coma) 5-2 eee 544
Aiconocu; (—Chilili)seseean- ass 531
ACCOM. Soh eek. seine se aaemieers POLO O44
AcomaA) (=A'coma))e,2-csee=2 4 ae 543
JA COMAN]) (= A'com a) Pees eee 543
Acomas (=Acoma). ....--------- 543
Acoms (=Acoma).....-----.---- 543
AcoMENsEs (=Acoma).......--..- 543
AcoMESES (=Acoma). .......---- 543
‘ACOMOs(—A'cOmS) eee =e see eae eee 543
ACona«A (= Aicoma) 2-2 o2- =e oes 543
CONTA) (A COM) sccaseeetonee see 543
AcQurss (=A coma) pase ceeeeee eae 543
AGO =A Coma) ae eee ee eee 543
Acuca (Acoma) 2 a. 4e-2 ee eee 543
Acucans (=Acoma). ..-.--..--.- 543
AGUCO'(—=Acoma) B= eee see tae 543
ACUIQUE)(—=Eecos) sass sees 473, 475
A-cU-LAH (=Pecos). -..----.----- 473
Acus (Acoma) ese se 2 = ree 543
ACGUxa(= Alcona) encseeseee ae eee 543
ACU YE (—=PEC08) acetone eee eee 474
AGauono (=Aga-Uo-no)......-.-- 345
AKGA (UO-NO tee reer eteee eee enrine 345
Acin (Pecos). 22a see 474
Agra '(=Peécds)- 2.2. + ses eeeee 474
588
Page
Aco (=Acoma)...........-------- 543,
AGuaADE Prepra (=Piedra Creek). 265
AGuA FRIA SETTLEMENT.........- 465
| Acurvrra (=Quivira)..-........- 565
| A-au-yu (=Pecos).........---.--- 474
Ans=co)(=Aicoma)).-- s-aseeeeee eae 544
An-Ko (=Atcoma)...-.-=--5---5.- 544
AtmoKA (=Acoma):.. 22 -2s-es-:2 044
Aro way (Acoma) teee-aee eee ace 543
ATOMO (ACOs) == eee eee eee = 543
| Ax’-E-31 (=Santa Clara).........- 242
ATO (—A\coma) Seer eee 543
| A’Ko\(=Atcoma)=-2 2. cece s- eee 542
| A-Ko (Acoma) eee aoe eee eee 543
| AKOKAVI (Acoma) S52. aese eee == 544
| Ax6xovi (=Acoma)......-------- 544
AVKO=MA: (== A'Goms) = as enae eee 544
AKOME (=Acoma)..-...-..- Sse 542
AKOME (=Atcoma) 525-4. see 542
ALAMEDA LA IstEeTaA (=IJsleta).... 529
AT AMO) CAN SON==-sereeeeesee oe 270, 414
ATGAMO (CREEK St) 52-5225 2cci0 469
Aram: Mingass..): teenies veceece 416
ATBUQUERQUEi 2422 =< dese eee 530
ALCALDE SETTLEMENT..-:...----- 206
AT CAUDReSTATION Se. seaesae eee 201
AT.cuUCO|(—Alcoms) Pees ee eee oe 543
INT. GODONES s2tee oe ae eee ese 508
ATOMAS | (—Alcoma))= n= =a 543
ATAR: THIS S222 32 aes sete 445
AwayvEs (=Jemez).=-=--=----- === 403
AmxEGcEs (=Jemez)...-.---------- 403
AMETA'S'(=JOMeZ) pees eae 402
AMET S\(—JeMmez) = sa-se. ieee ee 402
AMETES!(—=JeMeZ))=a--ceee see 402
AMERIES (=Jemez).....-.-.------ 402
JAMES | (=JemMmez) i. sess tees eee 403
Amios (=Jemez).....-----=::---- 403
AmirEs (=Jemez).-~.2.-< 2-2. =- 402
Amo-sHIuM-qua (=Amoxunqua).. 395
Amoxrumqua (=Amoxunqua).... 395
AMmo-x1uM-QuUA (=Amoxunqua)... 395
AMOXUNGQUAb Ss ose oaeer ase estate 395
AMOXUNQUE (=Amoxunqua)..... 395
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 589
Page Page
AmtsHunckKwa (=Amoxunqua).. 395 | ARROYO DE LAS OREJAS (=Tres
Awa S/tsut (=Santa Clara). --..- 242 iPiedras/Arroy.0) see seater = 173
AgrAs To Ho) (=Isleta\ia=- 222 - = 529 | ARRoyo pe LAS TRrES PIEDRAS
IAS GHON CANON: ...2--oet-2-1- <== 101, 287 (=Tres Piedras Arroyo)....-.---- 173
AncostuRA CANYON..../.------ 265 | ARRoYo DE LOS ANGELES.......- 485
ANGOSTURA SETTLEMENT. ..-.---- 232 | Arroyo pg Los CorraLps (=Cor-
ANU-QUIL-I-GUI...--..---- -- 9395 Sioa ee eee 446
ANU-QUIL-I-GUI (= eG clei) 404 | Arroyo pr tos Montes (=Arroyo
ANTE G RTO Doqee ectersice!=\-tecavset= = 395 Hondoli@reeksis- ane eee ee esis 176
ASu-qui--sur (=Anytikwinu). 398,404 | ARRoyo DE Los VALDESES.-...- --- 452
ANYUKWINU...----------------- 398,404 | ARroyo pE Mrranpa (=Miranda
APACHE CANYON. ....--------- 479, 480 reels) sees eee aa ane sence 186
Aarw (Recs) apse eee ei 473,474 | Arroyo ‘DE NamBk (=Pojoaque
BPA OaUn (Pe COS) see emo =a ase 474 Oreos) Meters ae ecee we eiecee 301
AE QON(—A'COM A) peer eee 542 | Arroyo DE PosoaquEe (=Pojoa-
NG UIN(—POC0S) eeee = aa eee 474 quel Gree ks) ee eepesee ee i 301
Aqura (=Acoma).-. _....----. 543 | Arroyo pe RancuiTo (=Ranchito
Aquiu (= Been rdcaes ste | AAA IN aOKi(0) so soseennocescaoaeansa se 250
ARCHULETA See oe 394 | ARROYO DE SAN CRISTOBAL (=San
ARKANSAS RIVER....------------ 563 Cristébal Arroyo)... ..--------- 485
PAREN OUD Ss EVAN GHan == celtanie stele ae 351 | Arroyo pE SAN Pepro (=Tunque
Arroyo Atamo (Alamo Creek)... 469 INT TOYO) eee eeeee eee eee sere = 504
Arroyo ArvEJON (=Arvejon Ar- ARROYO DE SANTA Gans depiees 246, 247
TOV IO) ee aera eere See So ye eI 171 | Arroyo pe SAntTA Ciara (=Santa
Arroyo CHAMISOS..-.-.--------- 547 Glara Creele)ia-cceseee acer 2. 234
Arroyo CoupapERo (=Chupadero ARROYO DE TAJIQUE. .-.-------- 554
ATT OY.0) sea ceee ee aoe ee cnr 244 | ArrovoprETaos(=PuebloCreek?) 179
Arroyo Cm (=Sile Arroyo)..... 446 | ARrovo pe Tunque (=Tunque
Arroyo COMAL....-------------- 119 IATTOYO) seca eee re aa serleeee == 504
Arroyo CoMANCHE (=Comanche Arroyo DEL Acua FRIA.....---- 375
(One) i) paapsebackas dobesoeesoecs 160 | Arroyo pet Borreco (=Borrego
INRROYO: CUBRER=sea ete e(ia 130 INGUOR{®) aseecane ss asonneeeaadesee 447
Arroyo bE CHmmi (=Chilli ARROYO DEL CHORRO...-.-.------- 489
IAT OVO) -eeseeree Senet eee! 547 | Arroyo DEL INFIERNO (=Arroyo
Arroyo DE GALISTEO (=Galisteo dedosesmeeles) os nts = 485
GrGOK) senate ee =e eae 478 | ARROYO DEL PINAVETE.....----- 244
ArRRoYO DE LA CIENEGUILLA Arroyo DEL PotriLio (=Colt-Ar-
(=Cieneguilla Arroyo). ....---- 188 TOYO) eee eee er eater one isiaeeitiate 284
Arroyo DE LA Lacuna DEL Oso Arroyo DEL TEJon (=Tejon Ar-
Hepionpo (=Stinking Lake TOY.0) See eee eee ease eee 510
(Onde hascssosenasceser sasoeaes 110 | Arroyo pEL TurerRto (=Tuerto
Arroyo DE LA PEeratta (=Peralta INGHON YO) pogocaceommeeeneceecseed 508
INTER AD) saseoocaeadenasedssacee 437 | ArRoyo DEL TuNQuE (=Tunque
Arroyo DE LA UNA DE Garo IAT OY.0) Beene ee aoe eenisee aie 504
(=Tunque Arroyo)..-..-.-.-.-- 504 | Arroyo GaustTEOo (=Galisteo
ARROYOuDE) DAY Yuma Seo: seocis- 556 Greeks) eee ten otaiele o nate eat 478
ARROYO DE LAS BARRANCAS...-. 268 | ARRoro Honpo....--.-.--- 188, 404, 466
ARROYO DE LAS CorIzEs (=Palo- Arroyo Honpo Arroyo (=Ar-
q@uroATroy0) eee ree eee sees ai 446 LOYO) HONG 0) some) = ee eer ee 188
Arroyo DE Las Laras (=Slat Arroyo Honpo Canyon...-.---- 176
IATTOY.O) peeerisatecieteiaciete ssieis 243,446 | ARRoryo Honpo CREEK.....---- 176
Arroyo DE LAs Lemitas (=Le- Arroyo Honpo sErTTLEMENT..... 177
Mita Arroy.0) men soeaetis = aeicles @ 169 | Arroyo Jara (=Jara Arroyo)..... 488
590
Page
Arroyo Maprera (=Madera Ar-
Min) Ee soeGgaonernopedscscsescc 130
‘ARROYO MIGUEL Sse) -c ete tei 338
Arroyo Mrranpa (=Miranda |
Greelk)cc: sceeetoa ee ee eee ste ser 186 |
Arroyo Oso (=Oso Creek).....-. 447
ARROYO) PALACIO: aoseeee eee = 151
Arroyo Patopuro (=Paloduro
JATTOY,0) Sasa erie eee eee 446
Arroyo Prerauta (=Peralta Ar-
TOV.O) aeeee cen oaseee ee eet 437
Arroyo San Prepro (=Tunque
ZATT. OVO) Beets aretee nie seater 504
ARRO MONS ECO msceclocmiesmiceietet 291
Arroyo Srco (=Arroyo Seco
Greeks). nssccenescececmecene 178
Arroyo SEco (=Seco Arroyo)... 258
Arroyo Seco (=Seco town)..-.-.- 178
Arroyo Serco Arroyo (=Seco
INET ONO) eee eea= see oer eaters 258
Arroyo Seco CREEK.....-.----- 178
Arroyo SECO TOWN (=Seco town). 178
Arroyo Site (=Sile Arroyo).... 446
ARROYO: SIGVESTRE!.----.---.-5. 119
Arroyo TEJON (=Tejon Arroyo).. 510
AR ROMO) MLINATAL senses cain ee cle 120
Arroyo Tres Prepras (=Tres
IPIEATASPATLOY.O)) eerste st ite 173
Arroyo Tunque (=Tunque Ar-
MOO) )o 0 Sepnaccuessedccsoeem=ce 504
Arroyo UNA pg Gato (=Tunque
J NagONA)) necccosEDDOpePd=pecsaees 504
Arroyo VALLEcITO (=Vallecito
Greek) Sasa ne eo seiaeee ert 158
ARVETON ARROMOs.c Hace ese cece 171
Agsur-1s-LA-Qua (=Astialakwa)... 396
Asut-yaLAqua (=Astialakw4).... 397
Asut-ya-Laqua (=Astialakwa).... 396
AsH-TYAL-A-QuA (=Astialakwaé) . 396-397
ASSERRADERO DE CAPULIN (=Cap-
ulin sawmill) - 232232222 22e-- == 116
ASTTADAKWAn mea cae-ca ne eseeeeee 397
Asumpcion (=Sandia).....-.----- 527
IASUNGION| (=a) aoe seaeee ee seen LO
AtaLaya MouUNTAIN..-...--.----- 350 |
ATEYALA-KEOKVA (=Astialakw4). 396
ATEYALA-KEOKVA (=Astialakw4). 396
ATLACHACO (=Acoma)...::.-:.--< 543
AZTEC MINERAL SPRINGS..---- eee | ool
IBATAD As Sac. noc ne seem oeemeeecer 471
BasADA DE LA CEBOLLA (=Cebolla
obit) ea bas somesesasmocee am ebce LUH/
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS
[ETH. ANN. 29
Page
BAJADA HEIGHT. ......- stoee sre 470
BAJADA SETTLEMENT.........---- 470
BakaMAn (=Buckman)..........- 325
Bakman (=Buckman)..........-- 325
Jo YU ie s ban eee eee SoU sso 427
BATD MOUNTAINGs-= ee seeeeaeeee 125
Batp Mountain (=Mount Re-
dond0) 22 .ae2c8 eee eee 391
Barpy (=—Baldy, Reak)ces-ees2 = 347
Baupy Mountain (Bald Moun-
[hb 6) ee ee A ones ae 125
Bator MPRAK. <icccce- seems asee 347
BAULEIJOS SPRING. .- 222-1222 2122 202
BANCO DEL BURRO..--..--------- 269
BarraNca BLANCA....----------- 488
IBARRANCA (STATIONS == lela 188
BaRRANCAS DE LOS BALLEJOS
(=Ballejos spring) .--.-:2-2---- 202
Barranco Branco (=Barranca
Blanca) 22 cates eee eee 438
Batoxvd (=Patoqua).......-.--- 397
Bato-kKvA (=Patoqua)........---- 397
Beracu Mesa (=Black Mesa)... . - 293
Beacu Mounrtatn (=Black Mesa). 293
BEAR MoOUNDAINSS=22--ee eee eee 196
BeAr sprine (=Fort Wingate)... 561
BikLDIL DAstnin (=Albu-
QUeLdUe) marae ener seen eee 530
BERNALILLO SETTLEMENT.....---- 521
Brerar (=Laguna Pueblo)....-... 539
Brbrive (=Laguna Pueblo)......- 539
BiéRNIN (=Laguna Pueblo)....... 539
Bracing ateeeeceseeee sa 293, 295, 443
Buack Mesa (=Black Mountain). 126
Brack Mesa (=Canoe Mesa)..... 224
Brack Mesa (=San Felipe Mesa). 496
Buack MESA NEAR SAN JUAN
(=Canoe Mesa)! s22 2222 2-2 == 224
Buack Mesa or San ILDEFONSO
(G@BlackiMesa)eeseemste clears 293
Buack MounraIn. ..---.----.---- 126
BLACK MOUNTAINS:..-52--2- -o== 131
BLAND! CANYON=2-- occ oes eee 435
BLAND SETTLEMENT....-..--.----- 435
Boca pEL CaNon pet EmBupo
(=Embudo Canyon mouth).... . 189
BoNANZA SETTLEMENT.........--- 469
BOOM, HEU. ..ce-ce- sens tecseeee sn eee
BORREGO -ARROYO=s-- 2. -- ae eee 447
BORREGO) CREEK. c-s-a06-- 252 = = 495
BOSQUE. bocce ea ae aot eeiseiee 200
BouLpER WAKES <6 cee 2 -=e= 108, 109
Bove (=San Ildefonso)..........- 305
HARRINGTON ]
Page
BRABA\(=MaGs) ie ces scece snes 183
BRADA. (=T08) - a5 « =i ec cee cies 183
IBRAD NE me Nee eriancne dace soe. kce 197
IBTIGEMAN semis oes see de sae: 325
BuckMan ARRoyO...-.-...---- 101,326
Bucrmany Mirsal ie sacc-~ shies. s 323
Buena Vista ARROYO........-. 169
BUNA GANONG set case- ac 55 281
IBURIN ZRH QUA See eee ea = 2 - 405
Busia CAN VONG Gees eee ese 287
(QUANTI Nid cose ces GSCI Ao Semee 405
CABEZON SETTLEMENT. ...--...-- 546
CaBRESTO CANYON...--..----.--- 175
Cacuicut (=San Felipe).-......-- 499
Cacuri (=Cochiti)..........-.--- 440
Cama pE Agua DE NAMBE
(Nam bei Halls) pees eeee= eae 346
Casa (=Wuite Rock Canyon)... 102
Casa DEL Rro (=White Rock Can-
WOM))o so asssecsnadesasastess S05 102
Casa DEL Rio GRANDE (=White
Rock Canyon) fessse-sa= 2-2-2 102
CATAC DEEP RTOMRUING epee eine a= 429
Cason (=White Rock Canyon)... 102
Cason DEL Rio GRANDE CANON
(=White Rock Canyon)......-- 102
CAMTENTE, STATION -.---------.--- 174
CauistEo (=Galisteo Puebloruin). 482
CatrxtTeo (=Galisteo Puebloruin). 482
Caurxro (=Galisteo Pueblo ruin). 482
CATMAMON GUE ae oe cease ees = 333
CaNapa (=LaCafadasettlement). 434
(CANA AWAIN CHASE ee ne enact 547
CaNapa Anca (=AnchoCanyon). 287
CaNapa Branp (=Bland Canyon). 435
CaNapa CoMANcHE (=Comanche
Creeks) ie acs cence snes Sac cneeet 160
CaNapA bE CocHitr (=Cochiti
Gammiyon) tre eee on tyes atte ts ata 430
CaNapba DE Cocuitt (=La Canada
settlement) f=. < . 2s se secs a 434
CANADA DE CoCcHITI SETTLEMENT
(=La Cafiada settlement)....... 434
CaNaDA DE JEMEZ (=Jemez
Creek). 2222. secre cee eee ccc 399
CaNaDA DE LA BueENA ViIsTA
(=Buena Vista Arroyo). ...-..-. 169
CANADA DE LA CuEsta CoLoRADA
(=Painted Cave Canyon)...... 422
CaNapDA DE LA PERatra (=Peralta
iArrowy 0) Saesene hoes same Cine 437
CANADA DE LA QuEsTA CoLORADA
(=Painted Cave Canyon)...... 422
PLACE-NAMES
| Page
CANADA DE Las Casas (=Cochiti
Canyon) eee eae cite eee 430
CANADA DE LAS CONTRAYERBAS
(=Contrayerba Arroyo).......-. 262
CaNapA DE LAs Maras (=Las
Manas ’Arroy0)a ae ses eee 261
CANADA DE LAs SanpiAs (=San-
digiCamyon) Sere eee. Sees cee 279
CANADA DE Los ALAMos (=Alamo
anion) aepiete a= Sc 26-8 aee 270
CANADA DE LOS CoMANCHES (=Co-
man GhesOreeks)— eee see eee 160
CANADA DE Los VALLES (=Otowi
amniy. om) rsa ee eee h cee ecelatc 271
CaNapa DE Santa Cruz (=Santa
Cruz Creek) ssens see theses: 251
CaNapa Honpa (=Hondo Can-
AVON) gee eos A eylate cc sist acieretelnerm Se 415
CANAD AU ICARG Are esas eee 5 si/a5 552
CaNapA Mappra (=Madera Ar-
OVO) Eeeetahe seed etoetnie oars areas el 130
CaNapA QuEMADA (=Quemadé
Canyon) Peesace eee nessa 436
CANADIAN RIVER..-..-.......... 84,561
CAN mrAy (Sandia) pee. e scenes - 526
CaNGELON (=El Cangelon)....... 515
CANGILLON (=Lower Cangilon set-
HLEMEN aeons ome a eRe 118
CAN GTEONE Set Eee a tos © WG se De 351
CAN GION CREEK ce. - 2... (ens. 118
CANGILON EL Rito ABAJo (Lower
Cangilon settlement)............ 118
Canaiton EL Rrro Arrisa (=Up-
per Cangilon settlement). ....-. 118
CanciIton MounrtTaAIN......--.--. 118
CansiLon (=Lower Cangilon set-
tlement) sees telas sont 15555 118
Canoal(—Brady)-.-2aceec-2-4---. 197,
Canosa (=Brady).....-......-..-. 197
Canoa Mesa (=Canoe Mesa)..... 224 .
CANOEWMESAMe ae tetas ck 2 101, 224
CaNon AncHo (=Ancho Canyon). 287
CaNon ApacHE (=Apache Canyon) 479
CaNon Buanco (=White Rock
anyon) Seats tee oe oases 5 ee 102, 103
CaNon CaBresto (=Cabresto Can-
VOM!) eteresetemracoe 2 Re She ees 175
CaNon Caputin (=Painted Cave
Camry on) ssaeteas- 5245 Atel 55e 422
CaNon CuupapERO (=Chupadero
Canyon). Sus eat eetiee eraser 244
CaNon dE Cocurrt (=Cochiti Can-
VOM) ceo ees eee pale oe aeieies 430
591
592
CaNon DE GUADALUPE (=Guada-
lupe! Camy0m) oe secs = orate
CaNon pe Guase (=Guaje Can-
yon) Ae ASCO MOO r OS Sooo sscs
CaNon DE José SaAncHEez (=José
Sanchez Canyon)....-...-------
CaNon DE LA ANGosTURA (=An-
gostura | CanyoOn)e. oss e ee
CaNon bE tA Botsa (=Ka-ma
China ya) eee te ene
CaNon DE LA CuEsTA CoLoRADA
(=Painted Cave Canyon)... ..-
CaANonN DE LA QurEvaA PinTADA
=Painted Cave Canyon). -
CANON DE LA PENA BLANCA
(=White Rock Canyon). .....--
CaNon DE LAs Casas (=Cochiti
Canyon). . a
CANON DE LOS aves ACHES AS Sire
Ganyonl)Sceeneseeo see Cees
CANon pE Los Fru0LEs (=Frijoles
Canyon) sees see eee eee
CaNoN DE Los GuasJEs (=Guaje
@anyon)feesss sees eee ee eee
CaNon pe San Antonio (=San
AmtonloOreeki sees as eee
CaNon pg San Dingo (=San Diego
(OP RVOlM))Seoben=sesconcecntae88
CaNon DE SanTA CLARA (=Santa
Clara Creel) Sere e-co- eee
CaNon pe Taos (=Fernandez Can-
A UN)E oaomnacogedccedacdanda ans
CaNon pet Aamo (=Alamo Can-
Nic} A Oke boapoeen oonE Aaa ae
CaXon pet Arroyo Honpo (=Ar-
royo Hondo Canyon)....--..----
CaNon pet Bury (=Buey Canyon)
CANon DEL CaApuLIN (=Painted
Cave Canyon) -
CaNon DEL Cove (=Coye Canyon)
CaNon pew Drezmo (=Water Can-
nA) ouesocsabeacassoncecoos == 8
CaNon pEL Emspupo (=Embudo
@amniy On) Po seeems ese
CaNon pet Ko-yr (=Coye Can-
VOD) eee eee eee ee eee ane
CaNon DEL Mepio (= =Medio Can-
VOM) etaa sale one ria ern
CaNon pet Mepiopra (=Mediodia
Canyon) 22 2e-e¢ see elas eee
CaNon pet Norte (=White Rock
(Ohio) Pesecnndnacosscasodaste
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF
Page
390
266
429
431
102
| CapILLa VIEJA (
THE TEWA INDIANS
CANON DEL Pasariro (=Pajarito
Canyon)ss-2csc-ns- 2.) ee eee ee
CaNon pet Rio GranvdE (=White
Rock Canyon)...-..------ rere
CANON DED RItO==-- epee
CaNon EmsBupo (=Embudo Can-
VON)! 252i eee -
CaNon EN EL Mepio (=Medio
Oanyon) S22 2s tse eseesdacces
JANON FERNANDEZ (=Fernandez
Ganyon)pecteeeceee ee eee eae
CaNon FERNANDEZ DE Taos
(=Fernandez Canyon)......----
CANON GRANDE DEL Rio CotLo-
RADO (=Grand Canyon of Colo-
TAdOURIVCR) pee cece ee eee eee
CaNon Guase (=Guaje Canyon)..
CaNon Honpo (Hondo Canyon).
CaNon Larco (=Largo Canyon)..
CaNon Perarta(= Peralta Arroyo) -.
CaNon QueEMapo (=Quemado
Canyon) sa. <--npsse a-2 ese
CANON SETTLEMENT.....---------
CANONCITO SETTLEMENT.
CANONES CREEK: -2=---2--2 --e4
CANYON DE Los ALAMOos (=Alamo
CIO So sabe onnoaseadsasase
Capita DE Santa Rosa. (=Santa
Rosai Chapel) i ssessese-- seer
=Old Chapel)... -
CAPIRODE (Hutt. .cs:22-e ee eae
Caro (=Santa Clara)......----.--
@a-Po'(=SantalClara) 22. -- nese
Capoo:.(=Santa Clara).......-.---
CapuLtin Canyon (=Painted Cave
(ORGAO) S wo Aco adscoeee SeusSece
OMPUnING CREB Kee ae ee aes
GAPUIN MIESAS. 5-252 eee ae
Caputiy Mountain
CAPULING REGION <tree eae oan
GAPULIN SAWMULLe--.-2-------—--
ORSIMA oe cose eee eae
Casita Viesa (=Old Casita). - - --
CastrxEs (=San Felipe).......---
Cartritt (=San Felipe) ..--.-.-----
@AnEO0\(=]Caatr) pesos seen
Caypa (=Santa Clara).......--.--
CEBOLLA.
CEBOLLA CREEKS 22-52 4c5---
OBEODUASSERING]=4eee eee ae eee
CEBOLLAS CREEK. eee
CEBOLLITA (amoxunguale ees
[prH, ann. 29
HARRINGTON |
OrEOTHO) CREEKS so ee eee eee
Crean (—loeeca) eee sen ease eects
@mRRTMOS MEMES: aes ea eS
CERRILLOS SETTLEMENT......-----
CrerRITO DE LA Cruz (=Cruz
Mountain) 22 eect eer see
CERRITO DE LA JUNTA.....--..--
Cerrito Matpats (=Malpais
Mena ES se soaenicas eases tec one
CERRITOS DE LAS Tusas (=Tusas
Mountains). --ce--sss2ce seen ae
Cerro Axsiquiu (=Abiquiu Moun-
tal) eae atte eee aeeeaee
Cerro Axsiquiu (=Black Moun-
tains))2)<,3)5< 232 naib Sashes 3 c/anoe
CERRO) CAPULING - cence acta cee
@ERRONCHACOM-saeec ace coe Seance
CrRRo CoLoRADO.......--.----.-
Cerro Cotorapo (=Red Hill)...
CERRO DE LA ATALAYA (=Atalaya
Mountain) eee ee ener =
CERRO DE LA JARA (=Mount Re-
Peak); Stas e pclae ree
CERRO DE Los Brazos (=Los Bra-
Zos Peak (a) epeitamces Seer ae
CrRRO DE Los Burros (=Buiack
MOUNTAIN) Beeeereces cites secs.
CeRkRO DE tos Taoses (=Los
Taoses Mountain).....-....---.-
Cerro DE San Antonio (=Sa
Antonio Mountain)............--
Cerro bE Taos (~Taos Peak) .--
CERRO DEL CUBALLE.....---.-.--
C2? pet Loso (=Lobo Mountain). -
CERRO DEL PuEBLO (=Pueblo
Realke\) Sa esnt aan nareteinanerse
CERRO DEL ZacaTE BLanco
(Baldy Reale) peeesesss2 eo. 5-5
Crrro Jara (=Mount Redondo)...
CERRO TCARTIEAS a= ope ee eer = =
Cerro JicariTa (=Jicarita Moun-
87584°—29 ErH—16——38
PLACE-NAMES
Page
CERro Loso (=Lobo Mountain)... 537
Cerro Montuoso (=Montuoso
Mountain) Seen n2 oe ease 174
Cerro Necro (=Black Mountain) 126
Cerro Oso CaLrENTE (=Ojo Cali-
peonte: Mountain) =ecneeeee eae aes 161
Cerro Oresas (=Orejas Moun-
Lair eee et eee ren Ss 177
Cerro PrpeRNAL (=Pedernal
IGE) oo caja seceseeoe Haase 122
CERRO MPEGADOS Se. a2-eeaee it. = 407
Crrro Pretapo (=Bald Hill)..... 427
Cerro PELADo (=Bald Mountain) 125
Cerro PrLtapo (=Baldy Peak)... 347
Cerro Prtapo (=Mount Re-
dond0) memset aes ee ase ss nee 391
Cerro REeponpo (=Mount Re-
CIO) ade edo anese ae ee eee 391
Cerro Roman (=Romdn Moun-
CAIN) Pee Be ieee Sere We lan 128
Cerro San Oristopan (=San
Crist6ébal Mountain)............- 174
Cerro TEQUESQUITE (=Black
Mountain's) Seep asa eee 131
CERROS DE LAS GALLINAS (=Gal-
linaspMountains)s- <= 2.2. == 221 114
CERROs DEL Rito (=El Rito Moun-
LEDS) ere ei Te es ae 141
OETA ES Se capeerernwe aie eperayayaite is ores 148
Cuama River. 84, 94, 99, 100, 101, 107, 114
(OREO NWT UW A eS oe oer eS eee 148
CHamrtra (=San Juan)........... 215
CHamiTa (=Yuqueyunque)....... 227
CHAMITA REGION....-.. pret tcys = Oe 223
CHAMITA SETTLEMENT...........- 228
CraAwrigiAT (CREBK..-) sees ee5-2, - 197!
CHAMIZAL SETTLEMENT........... 190
CuHapero (=Kan-a Tshat-shyu)... 414
Cuata Mesa (=Capulin Mesa).... 424
CuawAdri (=Tsaw4rii)...........- 254
Cut (=Pueblo de Shé)--....---.. 489
(Cia (SSH) > Bacepasaeoeeeatease 518
CTAS (S10). fase cee a= eee me 517
Career (—Chililt) 22-22: 531
Carcrrm (—Chilili) ees aoe Dol
CprcHUIGH (Pecos). + - 4-2 - 476
Cammy (— Chilli) S22 2= = eee eee 531
Cent (= Chilli) poe saeaaeeeyes 2 531
CHILE SETTLEMENT... -.....--.--- 154
Camnl(—Chilil}) eee eeseece see DSL
Crrnncig (— Chili) eeeee ee eee 531
(O)z090 07) REC eRe ans See eee 531
594
Page
Curmi (=Chilili settlement)... - - “546
Gare-r-nr (=Chilali) Saeeeeeee eee 531
Camm ARROXOtssssese- eee 547
CHILILI SETTLEMENT. :..-.-------- 546
Gmmiy (=Chililf): 5.22 ese ne 531
CHIMAT : aes cee tee eee eet 548
Cuimay6 (=Chimayo settlement). 341
CHIMAYO SETTLEMENT...--.------ 341
Cutn-A Ka-NA TzE-sHu-ma (=Caja
GeluRio) Seeeeeeeeecec cnc reer 428
Cur’p1A (=Sandia Mountain)...-. 513
CHIPIINUINGES see fe eee ee 121
CHIPIWIO=e st see fase eee ae aia 236
GHYQUEROS< 2 =) aes =a 270
Garrat (=Chilili) ss) - 2 nea eee 531
CuitwHetua (=Isleta)...-..----- 528
Guocmit® (=Cochiti). 2... ---.--- 439
Cuocuitt (=Cochiti).......--..-- 439
CuristoBaL (=San Cristébal).... 486
CuristovaL (=San Cristébal)..... 486
CHUPADERO ARROYO....-------- 244
CHUPADERO CANYON..-.-.-------- 244
CHUPADERO CREEE...--.---.--- 244, 364
@HUPADEROS= 5222 ee eee ee 347
OHUSGAY \WATILE Sts ease eee 571
Cray (== S18) Sees eee eae ee 517
(Aye yemosasosonasaesedcd asc 568
CIGE (918) Seeteeee- eee eee 518
OrcovsA (—Pecos)s-25-- eee asec 476
Orcur (=P econ) beeen eee 47
CreuIe (Pecos) hase eee 476
@reurcay(—Pecos) mecca see eae 476
@rcw1CcHa(=Pecos) ia. see eee 476
CrcuIcK (=Pecos)2 <1: 2e--25- oe ee SATO
Orcurel(=Pec0s)ee-sco- eee eee 476
Grouroy(=Fecos)tees-ee cere e eee 476
‘CIcUIQi(=E0C0S) eee 476
CrcurQuE | (=Pecos). .-2-2.. 2.2. 473, 475
Creuva (=Pecos) = --=22--- ete 476
Cicuyan InpIANS (=Pecos)..-.--- 476
@rcuiael (= Rec0s) meeasee ee eee ee 476
CicuyvE (=Pecos). ...------ 473, 474, 476
Greuyxo (Pecos) seaee seen 476
CTENE GAs eee ee eerie eee 467, 468
CreneGA CREEK (=Arroyo Hondo) 466
CIENEGA DE LA CUEVA (=La Cueva
Marsh’) Ssseseac eee BOD SHEA 167
CIENEGA SETTLEMENT...........- 468
CIENEGUIMUAS aoe eeeee eee eee 188
CIENEGUILLA ARROYO...--.------ 188
CreNEGUILLA MESA.....-.-.----- 571
CIENEGUILLA MOUNTAINS.......-- 571
CIENEGUILLA SETTLEMENT.......- 467
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS
[ ETH. ANN. 29
Page
Cre (=Sile)=-2.eee eee eee 446
Cran (=Sis) oseneeceere eee 518
CIMARRON SETTLEMENT..........- 569
CrquiquE (=Pecos)-......-....-- 476
Crrouic (=Pecos):....-.--------- 47
Orvan (Sia) beeen ee eee 518
Oras (Sia) Serene oe) oe ee 518
CocuEry (=Cochiti)...--222---- 439
Coomenn(=Cochiti) sesso essere 439
CocHETo((=Cochiti)=2- 22) =e ate 439
Cocurnrsi(—Cochiti)a. see eee 439
Cocarni(—Cochitn) piesa ee eee 439
Cocurnn|(=Cochiti)s2-4-— eee 439
Cocuitemi (=Cochiti)............ - 4389
Co-cHt-TE-Mi’ (=Cochiti)......-.- 439
CocHITENos (=Cochiti). ......... 440
CocuiTEumI (=Cochiti)........... 439
CO CHINE paneer eet 439, 440
Cocarnn (—Cochi ii) =e eae 440
Cocuitr CaNapa (=Cochiti Can-
SV. OD) Sera (aioteroie te ee ee 430
OocmmiCANvONes..-25) eee eee 430
Cocuitr MounTAINs.........----- 409
Cocuitt Virso (=Old Cochiti).... 432
Cocuitinos (=Cochiti)..........- 439
Cocurro/(—Cochitl) 2-2-2 439
Cocurrtr (=Cochiti).............- 439
Cocurry, (=Cochiti) 229. .-2- ee. 439
Cocrurr (—Cochiti) see 439
Cocoi(=Nconia) hee =e ee 543
CoroRAno RIVER? 225-2 ce seen 564
Cotorapo River (=Red River)... 174
Colt ARROYOreee = ee eee eee 284
CoMANCHE CREEK-. 2-22-22 -222 =" “160
COMANCHE STATION...........--- 189
Comirrn. 2220s eee 495
CoNTRAYERBA ARROYO........--.- 262
Coorpri(=Puaray)foe-se sees eee 524
CooFERT (—Puaray) sess) 4 524
Cogumel(—Pecos) ease — ose eee 476
CORRATWARROYOS-.- 22 =e eee 446
CoRRAL DE PirepRACo =~. eee 232
CoRRAL OF THE SOLDIERS....... 202
CoRRAL DE Los SoLtpapos (=Cor-
ral of the Soldiers). ...........- 202
CORDOWASSS=- 2 sna eee 186
Costs Crepe ees eae 559
CostmLa MounTAINS...-..-.----- 559
CosTILLA SETTLEMENT....... fsccoy §/009
CORRALES 5. aus ciitewie cee eee 548
Corcuira (=Cochiti)......-- seen 7439
Cotcnitr (=Cochiti)........--.-.- 439
CoYAMANQUE (=Cuyamunque)... 333
HARRINGTON ]
Page
Cow CANYONApseec see ea ee ee 436
GONOTH Aces sa eee oe oes 100
Coyorn CREEK... .-....-.-. 99, 117, 128
COYOTE SETTLEMENT AND REGION. 117
GRESTONGEEE see eee eens ayes 275
CrESTON DE TEsuQuE (=Tesuque
Civ 6) Rat eeaee ee eee 465
@RISTONES = 2-2-2 RECRORC RAR Sane 114
CRISTONE PUEBLO RUIN....----- 115
GRoz MouUN@TAINE...--<e222-2-5-4) 127
(Gq iey IDA. po Son ean SoCeoee 351
Cua-Ka (=San Marcos).....-..-. 551
(@yvatwnrsy (= Sia) eee eee see ei 518
OUAPAR 95 =n scans ci eeen ates 435
Cua P’Hoce (=Santa Fe)..--..-- 460
GUARTELES 5.cts 55-0 cee en 260
CUBERO-20A5 eee eee aaeen oe 456
Gucenm (=—Cochiti)a--e- 222255. -: 439
GUCHIGEAR see teins ake se 155, 198
CucHILLA DE Prepra Heieut.... 267
@ucHmg(—Cochiti)i-= -- =. 2. a: 439
CuEsTa COLORADA CANYON
(=Painted Cave Canyon)...... 422
Curva Pintapa (=Painted Cave). 423
C@urvira (=Quivira)2 - 2. 25---:.2- 565
@ULEBRA (CREEK=. -2 20252552. -- 559
CuLEBRA MouNTAINS......-..--- 559
CULEBRA SETTLEMENT. .......-.- 559
Cuma (=Red Hall)..-- .- 422222... 459
CunDAYO CREEK (=Medio Creek). 377
CUNDAYO SETTLEMENT........--.- 378
Cuunsiora (=Giusewa) .-.....--- 393
Cuya Maneur (=Cuyamunque).. 333
CuyaMANQUE (=Cuyamunque)... 333
CuYAMMIQUE (=Cuyamunque).... 333
CuYAMONGE (=Cuyamunque).... 333
CuyaA-MUN-GE (=Cuyamunque)... 333
CuyaMUNGUE (=Cuyamunque)... 333
Cu-YA-MUN-GUE (=Cuyamunque). 333
GUWAMUNQUE =)s 2.46.25 <5s 055-05 333
Cuyerean(=—Q@uivira) ses. sesse se 565
Cuyo, Monqusr (=Cuyamunque). 333
Cu-za-vya (=Tajique).-........... 533
@xeuzol (Pecos) eee saeeceaaee 476
Dereh(— Sandia) eaaeee eae 527
Devin Canyon (=White Rock
CamiyOn) sassneceteces.4on2 Se ce: 102
Dirty CREEK (=Coyote Creek)... 117
DIXON SETIDEMENT.....--..--.-..- 190
DyEMEz (=Jemez)........--..-.-- 402
Da’wa (=Santo Domingo).......- 449
Doxey BAN cos Ae eae 537
Dog LAKE SPRING. .....-:-....- 548
PLACE-NAMES
595
Page
DOLORES Ue pee ese aac nae 548
Dotores (=Sandia)..........---- 527
Dominco (=Santo Domingo). -.-- 449
DoMINGO SETTLEMENT. ....--.. 452, 495
DUENDE SETTLEMENT...........- 229
DULCE SETTLEMENT!.....---....- 559
ID MAPAT-GBee seca taht eee eee 548
Dyi’-wa (=Santo Domingo). ..... 448
Hi CAN GELON sqac tee ee eens 515
Eu Carrrore (=Capirote Hill).... 127
Ex Macho sETTLEMENT........- 350
CRA ROSS ae aoe es ee 559
Ex Paso pet Norte (=El Paso).. 559
Ext PursBLo QuEeMApo (=Bajada). 471
Ex PUENTE (=Mariana)..........- 133
BD UeRIPOSS aaa eee oe 142, 353
Ex Rrro (El Rito settlement)... 143
Er RITORORER Kee ee ose ee 142
Ex Rito Cotorapo (El Rito set-
tlement) Hewes ake eee en ae 143
Ex Rito CoLtorapo Creek (=El
RitoiCreck) he es be ee ae 142
En Rito Mounrains......-..... 141
HIGBRTLOMEIGATING Seen eee eee 43
Ex Riro sETTLEMENT............-. 143
Hr) LoERTO)(—Muerto)\4- 222 - coe 549
Ev Tunque (=Tunque). .......- 511
ELIZABETHTOWN........--.------ 176
tik, MO UNDAIN: so-.28 cer ce jet 352
ETE ITGSANL (== Cin) gaan ee ee 517
Exriro CREEK (=El Rito Creek)... 142
Exriro Pua (=El Rito Plain).. 143
ELRITO SETTLEMENT (=E]l Rito
Settlement) pe nasere: ates ce 143
Empupo (=Dixon settlement).... 190
EMBUDO CANYON................ 187
EmBupo CANYON MOUTH......... 189
MMB UDONCREE Kes ese 2255.5. 190
EMBUDO STATION.............--- 189
Emsupo VigEJo (=Dixon settle-
10) Cosnosrecneooceseeesaeouae | IKI)
Baie Aus!\(—Jemez)--.-222-.--.--. 403
Barons! (=Jemez)..--...-...---- 402
EMENES (=Jemez)...:--.-.-.-.- 403
BAe Sh (TOMA) ao = er sc nese 402
BME Si (— J OMlOZ)= 212 22-252 ee 402
MMES|(—Je@MezZ) = ----5-s2 cee -- 402
PINCHANTED MmSA.....-.-.----22- 545
ISCONDDIDOw a -foeiitas oe eee 378
SCONDILDO see eee ee eee 378
Escurta Normau (=Spanish-
American Normal School). ...-- = ek}
596 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY
Page
ISPANODAS. 20s eset area 232
ISPANODAS 5 cele et ye se tel alate) atart 101
EsraNoua (=Espanola). .....---- 232
BspaNobal VATIEN2 mies see 101
Esrrriru Santo Lake (=Spirit
Wake Wee ceeee reece a eee ee 356
EstacA SETTLEMENT...-..---.--- 205
Estacion Rio GRANDE (=Rio
Grande'station)). 22.0. seo 2-- 322
EstaNcIA SETTLEMENT...-------- 535
Burns (Jemez) tase sea 403
PE-3r0 (—=Abiquill)=2---------s4-- 135
Rese —AbIquill)eseeee see -e— 137
FERNANDEZ (=Ta0s).-...-------- 185
FERNANDEZ OCANYON...-..------- 185
FERNANDEZ CREEK.....-- 185
FERNANDEZ DE Taos (=Taos)... 185
FERNANDEZ DE Taos Canyon ;
(=Fernandez Canyon).....----- 185
FERNANDEZ DE Taos CREEK
(=Fernandez Creek) .......---- 185
NE-SE-REG os. 6 oor eee eee 152
FLAKING-STONE MOUNTAIN... .-- 94
WORT WINGATE] o 5 cae o2-- 52 oe 561
Francisco RancHes (=Ranchos
Gel aos) ask ease see cere ee 186
Francisco RancHos (=Ranchos
dO! A08)eaae ee see cere 186
BPRIOLES! CANZON=G eee eo eee ao 410
FriJoLES CANYON WATERFALL..-. 412
RWOUES CREBKas-- 222-240 - 186
MRITOMMOR es tesa aa Seesccte 413
GaAusTE (=Galisteo Pueblo ruin). 482
(GATISTHONse eae eae 482, 483, 484, 485
GaisT&o (=Galisteo Puebloruin). 482
GALISTEO (CREEK 2e2 sce co eee oe 478
GALISTEO PUEBLO RUIN.....--- 481, 482
GALISTEO SETTLEMENT........-.-- 485
GATIDINAS 202 22 ee ects nie eerie 100
GaLunas Bap Lanps (=Gallinas
Mountains) eee see eee eee 114
GADLING'S (CREE RS ee. eee =e 115, 559
GALLINAS MOUNTAINS...--------- 114
GALLINAS SETTLEMENT......-.---- 115
GaALuinas, THE (=Gallinas Creek). 115
GAMINERO Ree se ieee 371
GALLISTEO (=Galisteo Pueblo ruin) 482
GAVILAN SETTLEMENT......------ 168
Gr-E-way (=Santo Domingo)..... 448
Ger-E-wi& (=Santo Domingo)... --- 448
Geminis (Jemez) 2 ae sees 402
GeMeEx (=Jemez).........---.--.. 402
OF THE TEWA INDIANS
[pTH. ANN. 29
Page
GEmMEz (—Jemez)...-....-2.):-22-- 402
GIGANTES (=Buckman Mesa)...-. 323
Gin-gE-uA (=Giusewa)......----- 393
Gr-ru-1t (=Gi-pu-y). .-.---.------ 452
GIEPU=¥ie nantes ancere Seco eee 452
Gi-pu-y PUEBLO RUIN......------ 495
GUUSEWAb aA. ee cote eSae cesses 393
Grera.(=ITsleta)s-222222-42- 2-224 529
GusTtEo (=Galisteo Pueblo ruin). 482
GLORIETA CANYON.......-.------- 479
GLORIETA SETTLEMENT......------ * 479
GoLtpEN Arroyo (=Tuerto Ar-
TOY 0) he ssc2s2 ect aceces ae ceesea= 508
GOLDEN MouUNTAINS.....-------- 506
GOLDEN SETTLEMENT.......-.----- 507
GomEz \(=—Jemez)\ ese s- eee eee 402
GOVERNMENT IRRIGATION Dam... 466
GRAN Qurvira (=Quivira)-.... 565, 566
GRAN Qurvra (=Quivira)......-. 566
Grand CANYON OF COLORADO
IRIN ER Se eo oe eee eee eee 564
GRAND Quavira (=Quivira). ---- 566
GRAND Qurtvira (=Quivira)..---- 566
GRANDES ViAIiE Yeo ee: = eee eee 276
Grass MouNTAING: 2252-2 -seee 352
GUACHE SETTLEMENT........--.-- 231
GWACHEPANQUE.. 24-20 s=222 eee 233
GUADELUPE CANYON....--------- 390
GUATE ARROVO----5-6--25 eee 276
GusrE CANYON: -ss0 eso eeeeeneae 266
GuAJE CREEK.....- Rea Pee rei 101
Guases (=Guaje Canyon)...-..-..- 266
GuAter (= Walp) ess. se ee ee 570
GUATITRUODTS fae ose aoe ses oe eee 405
GUAYOGUIA. \ss82522 2.5542 Saee 405
GUIN-SE-UA (=Giusewa). ..------ 393
Gurpana (=Kipana)--.:...-.....- 550
GUIPUL. : 02 ce S2iSes2see8sesc cee 452
Gut-pu-y (=Gi-pu-y).....----.--. 452
Haatse (=Ha-a-tze)..+...2-.--- 2. 426
ACA nS (—la-a-0Ze) eee eeeeaee 426
HAatsE (=Ha-a-tze).....-.-..--<- 426
IEVASAODZ Ete eee aae a eee 425, 426
Ha-atzE (=Ha-a-tze). ...--.--.-- 426
HaB-KOO-KEE-AH (=Acoma)....-- 544
(VAC T(— ACO) eee ee eee 544
HMacuous.(=Atcoma): 4222-2222. 544
Ha-cu-quin (=Acoma).......... 544
ELACUS! (Acoma) 2. so- eee eae 543
7 ELA E-MISH (=Jemez)2ose.csceee eee 401
HAn-K60O-KEE-AH (=Acoma)..... 544
Har’/Bata (=Santa Clara)......... 241
HARRINGTON ] PLACE-NAMES 597
: Page Page
HArpa/yt (=Santa Clara). ....... 241 | Hoya pet ApacHE (=Hoya
Harpuand (=Santa Clara)... ..-.- 241 Apache) eases eee maces 471
Hak-K00-KEE-AH (=Acoma)..... 544 | Huasu-pa TzEN-A............. 453, 549
Hax’o‘nt (=Acoma)............. 544 | Huérrano (=Black Mesa)... .... 294
Aro (= A\comalts este 22s: so 544 | Hweror (=Santa Ana).......___. 520
Ha-xu Kure (Acoma) eee 544 | Hy6-qua-Hoon (=Pecos)......-.. 473
IHIA-K us| (=Aicoma)s.-------. 40. 544
VAM -A=QTiAvts ot reese ee 0 Re 396 || SAconaAy(—=Jacona).s..s.+---2--- 330
HA-misn (—Jemez)............... 401 | InamBa (=J’ha-mba)............ 310
Han-a-KwA (=Ham-a-qua)....... 396 | I’Ha-mBa...........-............- 310
Ha-nar Kot-yr-tr (=Potrero TIM ERONS Om eee eeee seats ote 312
WO] 0) Bo sated Ben apa eke: 431 | InpEFoNso (=San IIdefonso)...... 305
Hanicuind (=Isleta).....-:.---- 528 | ItpEFonzo (=Ildefonso). ........ 312
ELAN Oates a aes eo ay Se 3i)) eloen(=Wsleta).-- 4.825.522... 529
Hay On(—MRewa)| sss ss eae 570 | Ippra (=San Lazaro). ........... 491
HAgoni (=Acoma).......---....- 544 | I-pn-rE (=San Lézaro)...........- 491
Ha - WAwW - WAH- LAH- T00 - WAW IRON) SPRINGS 0 sce! s2sccsc ose 549
(=Jemez)........ See yeehoe: 2QiG | Bismoan(—lsleta sess ee oot a 529
ieive(= wr Ath (—=Nemez,)a= as sedge 400) Misn-wAl YisN-R: 2. ee eeee es 453, 549
HemimA (=Jemez)............... 400 | Isueuza (=Isleta)................ 529
Hemros (=Jemez)..............- AQ ZN MUSiE MACE: fe Sesto -2 8-H ee eos! 529
Fie si\(—Jiemez)\eoeae eee ee 402,403 | IsLeraBuH (=Isleta).............. 529
Eine missi((—Jiemez aseee. see eee 402 | Isuerans (—Ieleta).............. 529
Hemesuitse (=Jemez)........... 401 | IsterENos (Tele ta) eee eo 529
Her’/-Mr-sHu-tsa (=Jemez)....... 4015) Usnernay(—Tsleta) beast esas oe 529
iHirennnz4 (Jemez, Qe eae 402 | Isouerra (=Isleta)..........-.... 529
iige/vl (Jemez) se eee eee eee 401
He-mi-ma/ (=Jemez)............. A003 WACOM A (—=Jacona)esc-co. see a-sece 330
Hie MIsHIMZ | (— Jemez) se seers ee ACONA 4-58) ee ee on 330
Ee Nee — e677) eee eee 402 | JACONA SETTLEMENT............. 330
HmRmEs (—Jiemez) sss aee See 403 | JACONITA SETTLEMENT............ 330
Herrnes (=Jemez)..-.:......... 408.| James (=Jemez)................. 402
Hite}/—w As (Jemez) sae-seee eases») 400i ||| Jikomen (=Jemez)-.-. ---2-- 2-2... 402
Hine MAT (Jemez) = 525.5... 5 _- 400) Jano (=Tewa). .. .-.-.2..c2---.. 570
HioKUG: (=Pecos)= .....25.... SO) he ENOYSIi (i B10):) ee eo 102
Hisur (Pueblo Largo)........... ASO ARACARRONOses2 -Geeejs0 55 se. 488
Hisu-1 (=Pueblo Largo)... ..._.. AS ON IPA CREE pete gene eee oe Se 405
HOB AR Dreamer os hoees 2 292 | Jara Mountary (=Mount Re-
HOBART S pRANCHAC Hots Ce) Bele ee 292 dond0) i eas .42ccn. oe 391
HO TURIN (—Houirt) se eee NG 2M MMA's (Jemez) ea eeses se ees.s. - 402
ELOMUASY Osean eee eee ies eee Joe 161 | JEmEs (=—Jemez)............... 402, 403
Ho-mayo (=Homayo)........... 161 | JEMEsI (=Jemez)................- 400
Honavpasr (Fort Wingate).... 561 | Jemex (=Jemez) 5 ters sade basses 403
Honpo ARROYO (=Arroyo PEMIBZ eee aciie sttrseban ae Ieee. 4 402
Hondo) 2 casio ey ee 1G8) (JE MnZ\ CHAIN -<- 2S. b ost gece s28 102
I‘ONDON CANON ee ses = Sees 2 V5 4 AEM CREEKS oe Seeejetse oe.2 oe oe 399
LORI Soh acjot sees ee ata 561 | Jemez MounTains.............-- 105
Horse Canyon (=CochitiCanyon) 430 | Jemez sprincs................. 394
TORS HU AIMS eee epee 108 | JEMMEs (=Jemez)..........- 403
HHOUTRISs eects ce eCe se: sees 162 | Jemos (=Jemez)................. 403
Ho-urri (=Houiri).......... ----- 162'| Jentes (=Jemez)..........2-.::- 402
Iowa ARACHIS 25s 471s || SERMZ (Jemez) pases ae 403
Hoya DE LA Prepra Parapa..... 495 | JEURES (=Jemez)............_.. 408
JIcARILLA PEAK (=Jicarita Moun-
tin) a5: aes ce oe aeenoe ee cee
JicaRniraA MouNTAIN.....---------
JicaritA PgEak (=Jicarita Moun-
JIGARRIGUA (PRA Ree eee eee
JrcarrivTA (=Jicarita Mountain)...
JmeNA (=Galisteo Pueblo ruin). -
Joun Dunn’s BRMGE.........---
Joun DuUNN’s SULPHUR SPRING...
José SANCHEZ CANYON. .....----
JoserH’s Oso CaLreENTE (=Ojo
Caliente hot springs). .-.--------
Jo-so-cE (=Abiquiu). .........--
JisnEra(—=Isleta) boss >see ee eee
JUAN Qurivira (=Quivira). . -..--
JUKE-YUNQUE (=Yuqueyunque).
JUMEZi(—Jemez) =e eee see
JUNETRE (=Tajique)
JUNTA! CREEKS cna eee eee
JYUO-TYU-TE OJ-KE (=San Juan)..
KAP OS (—Muerto)=sssseeet eae
Kacur’yA (=San Felipe)... .-..--
Kan-po (=Santa Clara)........---
Ka-nua-1-Ko (=Laguna Pueblo). .
Katies (=Santa'Olara)2 25-2. ---
(eAg/p7 A (—Santa Clara) 2ssss--- 2
Kar wArka (=Laguna Pueblo)....
KAJ-KAT (San uan) =e see cee eee
(KAR MO Arc poe. oecie tae ege Fae
Ka-nis-cHa (=San Felipe).....-.--
Kauistcua (=San Felipe)... . ---
IKA=MiAS (CATNA WAS = =e ee eee
KAN-A WUSHAT-SEYU)- 1-5 226 eee
Kan-Ayxo (=Laguna Pueblo)... .
Kap-101(=Santa Clara)os- sss san.
Kear os(=uerto)seeate sees
Ka/po\(=Santa) @lara))= . 2 a2se-e'
Ka-po (=Santa Clara)
IKeA-P oO! (—Tuert0) eases sea ere eee
Ka-Poo (=Santa Clara).......---
Karpov (=Santa Clara)..-........
KApune (=Santa Clara) -
Kararkome (=Laguna Eueeiaye
KAtincna (=San Felipe).-........
Ka-tisu-tya (=San Felipe).....-.
Ka-tisut-ya (=San Felipe).......
Kar-tsu-Tya (=San Felipe).......
IWAT-ISHT-VA sc cace sss ncee tee oer 446,
Kart-tsut-ya (=San Felipe).......
Kar-tst-ya (=San Felipe)......--
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS
LETH. ANN. 29
Page | ; Page
Ka-titya (=San Felipe).......-.. 499
339 | Karzm-a (=Enchanted Mesa).... 545
339 | Karzrmmo (Enchanted Mesa).... . 545
Karzimo (=Enchanted Mesa) . 545
339 | Ka-rzi1’-mo (=Enchanted Mesa)... 545
341 | Ka-vay-Ko (=Laguna Pueblo).... 540
339 | KawAnykaka (=Laguna Pueblo). 540
482 | Kawainkaa(=Laguna Pueblo)... 540
176 | Kawaix (=Laguna Pueblo). ....- 540
177 | Ka-warn’ (=Laguna Pueblo)..... 540
429 | Kawarka (=Laguna Pueblo)... -- 540
Ka-warkA’ (=Laguna Pueblo).... 540
164 | KAwarkamMa (=Laguna Pueblo).. 540
136 | KawArkKAme (=Laguna Pueblo). 540
529 | Kawarkame (= Laguna Pueblo).. 540
566 | Kawaik’-Ka-ME (=Laguna Pue-
9078| Wiblo\sapoee ee ke ee ye 540
403 | Kawarkome (=Laguna Pueblo)... 540
533 | Ka-ye Pu (=Pueblo Blanco)..... 489
196 | Keauaya (=Ke-gua-yo). ....-.--- 344
212 | KENNEDY SETTLEMENT........--- 485
Keprira (=Sandia Mountains)..... 513
549) || (Ke QUA=YO2- 2 eee ee ence eee 344
499 | K’HarpHai (=Santa Clara)....... 241
241 | K’Hapdo (=Santa Clara)........-- 241
540 | K’Ha-po’-o (=Santa Clara)....... 241
242 | Kuin pacat (=Sandia) .........- 526
242 | Kutnurcut (=San Juan) ....-..-- 213
540 | Kuin Nopozt (=Bernalillo set-
212 tlement))-\< 15-3 ee esos oe 521
195)}| GRAS HIMA 555i Sais erate ee 406
499) KAT SUIGWAl cs (hose eee eee eee 406
499 | KiatstuKwa (=Quia-tzo-qua) -.--- 396
454 | KicOrsayEe (=Taos)-. ..-..------- 182
414 | Ki-nua (=Santo Domingo)..-.-.-- 448
540 | Kimena (=Galisteo Puebloruin).. 482
241 | Kin Kiécuini (=San Juan)--..--. 213
150 | Kin Kiixdr Ni(=Santo Domingo) 449
549 | Kin Nopozi (=Sandia).-.......-- 526
241 | Ki’-o-a-mMr (=Santo Domingo). - 448
241 | Ki’-o-wummi (=Santo Domingo): - 448
549") DRGPANA 2 certoce ee seer eee eee 550
241 | Ki-pan-na (=Kipana). ..--...--- 550
240 | Kreo (=Fort Wingate).-......--- 561
241 | Ki-ua (=Santo Domingo)......--- 448
540 | Krvome (=Santo Domingo)... ... 448
499 | Ki’wa (=Santo Domingo)... ....- 448
499 | Krwomr (=Santo Domingo)... -- - 448
499 | Kiwomr (=Santo Domingo)... --- 448
499 | Ki/-wo-m1 (=Santo Domingo)..... 448
447 | Ko-cur-11’ (=Cochiti)........--- 440
499 | KonEerNAK (=Isleta)............- 528
499 | Kono ‘HUTE)(—Taos) 2s. .2-- 21 182
HARRINGTON |
Page
Korixs (=Laguna Pueblo).--...-- - 540
Kom-asa-ua Ko-re (=Mesa Pri-
Oba) Rs cys hieeserss ci secteein-'2 <3 416
IKGPIWARIS= 25 aces close cee es 384
Ko-stéTr (Laguna Pueblo)... ..- 540
KeG-1rrE (—=Cochitd) 2-92-54 -4..5- 5: 439
Komnvrri(—Cochiti)=-- 22. 24-55-- 440
Kons-11 (—Cochiti)s------------- 439
Komudmn(—Cochitt\= eee eee 440
Korviri(—Cochitt)s-s22-4-2225- 440
Konvin? (=Old Cochiti)= ==. -- 432, 433
Konyrrn(—Cochiti) ses --s--2 =. 440
Koryrtt (=Old Cochiti). ... ... 432, 433
Ko-nyi-1r (=Cochiti): -- ...210--- 439
Ko-ve (=Coye Canyon)...-.-... 436
KET ASIRAVAUS oy eons erat te avec ecto 466
Kua-xaa (=San Marcos) ......-.- 551
Kua-xay (=Kua-kaa)......-..--- 466
Kuapa (=Cuap4).....-.-.-.---. 485
Kua-pa (=Cuap4)......-.-..--.- 435
Kuaroce (=Santa Fe).......--- 460
Kuaroco (=Santa Fe)........-. 460
Kua-p’0-0-GE (=Santa Fe)... ..-- ~ 460
Rov Aray (— Torreon) Seeeees as seen epee
Keron (— Torreon) aise 522
Ktuxkweai (=Laguna Pueblo).... 539
Ku-xua (=San Marcos).-..-..-.-- 551
Korsontni (=Rio Grande).....--. 101
ISUUINGHEL ees Sees ae eaee 153
Ku Ya-munG-GE (=Cuyamunque) 333
Kvisutt (=Poguate) ............- 538
Kwaroce (=Santa Fe).-......-.- 460
KWENGYAUINGE (=Abiquiu Pueb-
IGy Sarthe ea eee eee eecee ae Bee 140
Kwrrana Mountain. .--..--.--- 551
Kewist (—Popuate) sess. a2. ee 538
KyamunGe (=Cuyamunque)...-- 333
K‘YA-NA-THLANA-KWE (=Laguna
122712) 9) La) ese Sea eee 540
La ANGOSTURA....--..-- amr cas 505
La Ancostura (=Angostura Can-
VOM) egos ns eee Sees a secs ee 265
La Basapa (=Bajada settlement). 470
La Basapa (=Bajada Height).... 470
La CaNapa (=La Canada settle-
ment) iss fF cjoctsessac sess ses 434
La CaNADA DE Los XEMES
(Jemez Creek)... -2sa252-26¢ 399
La CANADA SETTLEMENT....----. 434
WAV CIENMGASSS. 2 oisece 2288 468
AN Curmsta TOWN. -.------2----' 175
Wrap CURVAS 2 cas 2 cree caste eet 406
PLACE-NAMES
Page
TWAS CURVAVMARSE: Sack nessa noes 167
La Curva Pinrapa (=Painted
Cave) Sees Aen rar ae eat as 423
Tia CUBVAN REGIONS.-. sees see ee =e 166
A CunVA TOWNerwss sees See 166
La GRAN Qurvira (=Quivira).... 566
La HAGUNA (=Laguna Pueblo)... 541
TAT OY Ae erent reer ye ee 197
TAN JARACEEE ceneameeee se ook. SLOT 267
La Joya (=La Hoya)..........-- 197
La PeNa Bianca (=White Rocks). 445
La Purenta (=Mariana).........- 133
La Puente (=Mariana).......... 133
La Vinua (=Santa Fe)....-..-..- 461
La VILLITA SETTLEMENT. .-.....- 206
Laprones MountTains..-....-... 547
Laaeana (=Laguna Pueblo). ...-. 541
Lagoon on LAKE PEAK....--... 353
Lacouna (=Laguna Pueblo)...... 541
Lacuna DEL CaBaLtto (=Horse
hake) Pasesc ce sac jase 108
Lacuna pet Esprriru (=Spirit
Wake) Stns secen aie ne ee 356
Lacuna pbEL Norte (Horse
Wake) ef-s cease eS aeeieete erste a2 108
Laguna pDEL Oso Hepronpo
@Stinkinpiiake) fesse cease 110
LAGUNA DEL PERRO (=Dog Lake). 537
Lacuna pDEL Sur (=Stinking
Dake eee ect ee Shy SE oes 110
Lacuna EN EL Mepio (=Boulder
1bEIE®) ne aap donanoeoSEeerneAsas 109
Lacuna Hepionpa (=Stinking
hake) yesss.tsadsabase-e fees 110
Lacuna Prepra (=Boulder Lake). 109
LAGUNA PUEBLO... 45-22 -2-2% 541
LaGuneE (=Laguna Pueblo)....... 541
Lacunes (=Laguna Pueblo)...-.. 541
Lacunians (=Laguna Pueblo).... 541
(ANCE JPA Sae ee sees os cen 44, 348
Ibaory (CAN YON Etae ee scien Se eS 479
LAMY SETTLEMENT... .........-- 480
Largo CaNnyon......... SIE LEAS 114
Las Bocas CaNnyon.....--------- 469
Las Casas CaNapa (=Cochiti
Canyon) freemerises- 2c ose eee 430
Las Casas Canyon (=Cochiti
Canyon) Beer ereeesane ae 430
Las Gauuinas (=Gallinas settle-
MONG)» eres cee once ee 115
Las Martas Arroyo.....------- 261
Las Minas pe CHALCHIAUITE
(=Turquoise Mines). . ......-.. 492
600
Page
Las Minas pE TurqueEsa (=Tur-
quoise Mines). ....--.----------
Las Nurriras (=Tierra Amarilla
492
TO WIL) se eee sais, sane etter 112
Las Saunas (=Salinas)......-.-- 535
Las SALInas DEL Manzano (=Sa-
lings) jos hse eee eee a= eee 535
Tas MITE NDIGAS Ss sae eee 267
Las Trampas (=Trampas settle-
Hoy yo coceooSosnce Ceesbe as 339
Las TRUCHAS SETTLEMENT (=Tru-
chas settlement). ...----------- 33)
Ag VEGAS CIUY..2-s04ss-eee = 562
Las VEGAS HOT SPRINGS..------- 562
AS VarewAs) MESAL essa =a sne 114
Layma (=Laguna Pueblo).....--- 541
ER GAsS shee ee See ate 406
Lemma ARRONOce45- se eae ee 169
TGTAN (==S18) eee eee eee ee eee 518
Litre Cotorapo RIvVER....----- 570
Luano DEL Rito (=E1 Rito Plain). 148
Liano pet Riro Cotorapo (=El
Ritone lA) seers eee eee 143
Lxiano Larco (=Phillips Mesa)... 282
LLANO SETTLEMENT....-.-------- 150
arena (== sleta ens nsece eee esi 529
Topo MOUNTAIN: <<. -=--= 42-02: 537
Toma “RENDIDAR Sse es eee 2 97, 230
Lomas DE PENA Bianca (=Pefia
Blanes ells) eece eee eee 443
Looxoutr MounrtTaINn....--------- 427
OS) ATTARES! sess cesiraeeey ec 445
Los ANGELES (=Pecos)...------- 477
Los Azurres (=Sulphur springs) 391
Tos, BRAZOS. .-seasee == ee Ha neh oe 1
Los Brazos CREEK...--.-- Secs) bal
Los Brazos PEAK(s)---.-------:- 11
Los Cerritos (=Cerrillos Hills). 492
Los Cerrittos (Cerrillos settle-
Los Cerros MouUNTAINS...-.---- 174
Los CuupapERos (=Chupaderos). 347
Dos GALLEGOSs--2---- eee aeee aa 133
Los LucEROS SETTLEMENT....--- 202
Los Montes Creek (=<Arroyo
HondoiG@reek) tise seeeee eee 176
Los Monres SETTLEMENT (=Ar-
royo Hondo settlement).......-- 177
MOS OIIMTOSs so. ascieetseieaee eee 353
WOSIOTOSs ac ae cen eee eee 111
Los PACHECOS SETTLEMENT.....- 206
Los Taosrs MOUNTAIN.....----- 174
TOsVLRESSRADRES aac seen 394
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS
Ws08’ VAULESic << 0 We eos seo oe
Los Vaues (=The Valles).-... ..-
Lower CANGILON SETTLEMENT..-
JOCERO CREEK. see essere
LUCEROS SETTLEMENT......-.----
Lucia CREEK (=Pefasco Creek)...
UYDEN STATION: -2<-¢>- > - o-oo nee
MADERA ARROYO 245-42 eee eee
MaGpaLEna MounrvaAINS........--
Mai-pkc-KiZ-NE (=Jemez)....--.--
MA’wesnGizn (=Jemez). .-. .----
Mar Desuxis (=Jemez)....------
Mianp Ars: Mangiaeeeane some ees
Mamse (=Nambé Pueblo). ...---
Mambo (=Nambé Pueblo). .. .---
Manzano (=Manzano Mountains) -
Manzano CHaAin') (=Manzano
Mountains)&: 22-2--2- ois See.
MANzANO MOUNTAINS....------:-
Manzano Rance (=Manzano
Mountains)#=----=2see5-— <n
Maprya (=Sandia)- -:-:-.2.2222-
MARIANA SETTLEMENT........----
MavuvatsEs TERRES DE GALLINAS,
Les (=Gallinas Mountains).. -- -
MEGASTRIA. 22 --/-sssc2 = Sonos Se
Mrpio, CANRON-ces eee eeee eee
Mapro! CREEK. -22 eee
MrEpropra CANYON <2. <2 ones oa==
Mesa Canoa (=Canoe Mesa)... -
Mesa Capuin (=Capulin Mesa). .
Mesa CuHata (=Capulin Mesa)...-
Marsa (CHINO s..0c2eee =e = se cseeieee
Mesa pE LA Canoa (=Canoe Mesa)
Mesa DE LAS VreJAs (=Las Viejas
Mesa pet ALAMo (=Alamo Mesa) -
Mesa pet CancEeton (=El Can-
POlON) see ee asa
Mesa pet Cuno (=Mesa Chino).
MESA DEL CUERVILLO.....-------
Mesa DEL Cuervo (=Mesa de Cu-
[ETH. ANN. 29
Page
106
98
118
179
184
191
200
130
562
402
402
402
126
358
358
531
531
531
531
525
133
114
406
429
377
431
224
424
424
458
224
114
323
496
HARRINGTON ]
Page
Mesa ENCANTADA........- 139
- Mesa Encantapa (=Enchanted
IRC SE = ee 8 Ad 8 en 545
Mesa Matpats (=Malpais Mesa).. 126
Mesa Necra(=Black Mountain). 126
Mesa oF San InpEFonso (=Black
Meda esa seeteiane somicsce cane 293
MmSAMPRIETAY jcset0stese~s so 288, 416
Mesa Prieta (=Canoe Mesa).... - 224
Mesa San Mieuert (=San Miguel
Mesa) tes seven see tees TS 425
Mesitia (=Black Mesa).......- 293, 294
Mesitra (=Black Mesa)......... 293, 294
Mesira 6 Mesa pE San ILpE-
Fonso (=Black Mesa)....-..-.-- 294
Mesita Reponpa (=Black Mesa). 443
Messa DE LA ZIENEGUILLA (=Ci-
enepuilla Mesa)2.. 2-22.25... 571
Mrppie Lake (=Boulder Lake).. 109
MIRANDA CRERK:. ..52-- -22225-- 186
MISHONGNONE- -6..: 2222 52-2--4%1 562
MisutsHyA Ko-rre (Potrero de
envoluMedioy e222. 2-25.24 435
Miveras(=Quivira)-.......-.2..- 566
Mo-suat-uA (=Pueblo Peak). .... HE |
Mosvua-Lu-NA (=Pueblo Peak).... 177
Mosuat-ua (=Mojua-lu-na)....... 196
OIUPASTIUENIA oe Sek cas eee 196
Moma (opi) ere c sae <n25 scree 561
MONTEVISTAE He est... ote 259
MontTEzUMA VALLEY.....-----.. 564
Montuoso Mountain. .-.--...... 174
Wikoyejane ((==1 8 Ko} onl) |. SAN ae 561, 562
Mora MounTAIns..-..-.-.------- 350
MoRASRAN GES = o2: 285.5222 8 105
IMORAMWDOWNGEE acs 52 62-keceen eee 563
Morena (=Elizabeth town)... .. 176
Mount REDONDO...--.--------.- 391
Mount Roman (=Romén Moun-
LaLITN) ees ae) ee LO 128
MGUNT SRAYRORM sian. sss eeee 546
Mounratns or Taos (=Taos Moun-
tains) ee Pee soos eee 175
Muppy Creek (Coyote Creek)... 117
Muxrn (=Abiquitl):---22- 2452... 136
Nacmiento Mounrarns........-- 390
Na-rar-ap (=Sandia)..-....-.... 525
INvawfAD i (—=Sandia)zs see see Jae 525
INA-FI-AP! (—Sandia)2s 2-252 225---- 525
Nariat (=Sandia).....--...2-2..4 525
Nari/HUIDE (=Sandia).......... 525
NAFIHUN (=Sandia).............. 525
+ PLACE-NAMES
601
Page
Nacet Mountain. ...-......--.- 553
Na-m-Bar (=Nambé Pueblo)..... 359
Na-mmBE (=Nambé Pueblo). ...-- 359
Na-mM-BE (=Nambé Pueblo)...... 359
Na-t-mpr (=Nambé Pueblo)... ... 359
NamBa (=Nambé Pueblo)........ 358
Namse (=Nambé Pueblo)...... 359, 360
NamBeé (=Nambé Pueblo)... 37,358, 360
| Nampé (=Nambé Pueblo).......- 358
NamBeé CrEEK (=Pojoaque Creek). 301
NAMBE TH aTtelewck 38 ceesecen co 346
NamBE MountTains...-.-..-.....- 353
NamBE PuEBLO(=Nambé Pueblo) 360
NAMBE PUEBLO x62 se2c0 scot er 360
NAMBE SETTLEMENT. ..........-- 368
NamBEE (=Nambé Pueblo)....... 359
Namsr (=Nambé Pueblo)......... 359
NamBurudP (=Nambé Pueblo)... 359
Nami Tre (=Nambé Pueblo)... .. 358
NamMo/tona (=Nambé Pueblo)... 359
Namprt (=Nambé Pueblo)..-....-. 358
NApETHA (Sandia). 2.222352... 525
Napmyas(—Sandia)tecs.. 2 .<-..- 525
NA/prE’ra (=Sandia). -...5.....- 525
Narnitan(—Sandia)es22--2--- 22. 525
NaASPI-A® (andi) - 2.52 e2 ae = 525
Na-pI-HaH (=Sandia)............. 525
Na-sraP (Sandia)... 422045 .- 25. 525
NAsisiraé (=Puerco River).....--. 538
Naraouo (—Isleta).........-- 529
INAV ATON CANNONS HSE eeseine as, ty 120
INAVAHOUSPRING 935-2 5225c05--4—2% 118
INAVAHONTRATIG sss cocce use O46 107
INGA VIAIK WI eee rakes cok SEP 280
| Navawr (=Navakwi). .........-- 280
Navmap pE Nuestra SENoRA
(— Ghillie eee eee eee 531
Necro Mesa (=Black Mountain). 126
Necro Mountain (=Black Moun-
LAL) Spent orate Scares pele atecw =n 126
NINE Mine SPRING.......----..-- 238
No AGUA SETTLEMENT..........- 173
NO-CUM-TZI-E-TA.-....--...---.- 406
NopA/X Brred (=San Juan River). 560
No-KYUN-TSE-LE-TA’ = (=No-cum-
eaaleecta)) Ree eee ose 406
Nomé’E (=Nambé Pueblo). . - - -- 359
INO-NMISH’-A-GIs ee 34. 5k eeieiss = 393
Norru Lake (=Horse Lake).... 108
Nvestra SENoRA DE GUADALUPE
DE PosuaQuE (—Pojoaque)...-. 335
Nuestra SENORA DE LA ASSUMP-
SION DE ZIA (=Sia). ..--.--- 518, 519
602
Page
N. S. pe tA ASsUNSCION DE ZIA
(Sia)... .ceese te eeoss ees 518, 519
N. S. pe LA ASUMPCION DE ZIA
(=Sia)- >. Gus eae ees 518, 519
Nuestra SENORA DE LA ASUNCION
(Sta) esc ee a eee 519
Nuestra SENORA DE LOS ANGEAS
DE Prcos (=Pecos)..- 476, 477
N. 8S. pr tos ANGELES DE PEcOS
(Pecos) heh cee tan ee SE 476, 477
Nuestra SENORA DE LOS ANGELES
DE PorciUNcuLA (=Pecos).. ---
N. S. pg tos ANGELES DE TEcos
(SletreNe sass sscadeoscaess 476, 477
Nuestra SENORA DE LOS DOLORES
DE Sanpia. (=Sandia)...------
N. S. pg Los DoLorEs DE SANDIA
(Sandia) Reese eae 526, 527
Nuestra SENoRA DE Los DOLORES
y San ANTONIO DE SANDIA
(Sandia) beeps ee see 527
Nuestra SENoRA DE LOS REME-
pIOos DE GALISTEO (=Galisteo
IPueblowuin) essere eer 482
Nuestra SENoRA DE _ PEcOsS
(lexans)\a Se aansosopecocaese 476, 477
N. Senora DE Pecos (=Pecos). 476, 477
Nuestra SeNorRA DE PorTIUN-
CULA DE LOS ANGELES DE PEcos
(Recs) pete eee ee 476, 477
Numi (=Nambé Pueblo) .--.-.--- 359
INKURRIAS hee ee aeice re eee eee 100
INERDAS OREE Ke see cee eee 113
INIOURIASS RIVERS coe sees ee 113
OA-TIsH-TYE (=San Felipe).-...-. 499
Ocur(=San Juan) e-se-e-- see 212
Oca P’Hocs (=Santa Fe)......--
Oa-A-P’0-GE (=Santa Fe)
OnKE (=San Juan). ------------= 212
OxQuE\(=San Juan) ——--------- = 212
OxnvaQui (=Pojoaque) .-----.--.- 334
OnuQur (=Pojoaqui):-2..------=- 334
OJANABE oor cee eee eee ecco 553
Q-yA-NA (=Ojana)------..-------- 553
O=raN-AY (—Ojana) eee cee eee 553
OJ-KEi(=San) Juan) o--see eee 212
Oso CALIENTE CREEK.......----- 159
Oso CALIENTE DE JEMEZ (=Jemez
SPiN gs) i. a= eee eee ee 394
Oso CALIENTE DE PaGosa (=Pa-
gosa hot springs).......--------- 564
Oso CALIENTE HOT SPRINGS..---- 164
Oyo CALIENTE MounNTAIN....-.-- 161
477 |
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS
[BTH. ANN. 29
Page
Oso CALIENTE REGION..........- 165
Oso CALIENTE TOWN.......-.---- 166
Oso Cuamiso (=Oso CHamizo)... 403
Oyo CHAMIZO%. = -ee ee eee eee 403
Oso pre AzuFrRE (=Sulphur spring) 186
Oso pE LA CErBotta (=Cebolla
SPYING) Jo 53sec sss scccee mec 177
Oxo Dr AR ARS See eee eee 405
Oso DE LOS VALLEJOS (=Ballejos
SDFING) ES. cess ye eeee see tae 202
Oro. DEL BoRREGO:..------------ 404
Oso pEL Oso (=Oso spring) ..-.-- 404
Oso pet Oso (=Fort Wingate)... 561
Oso pEL Pasaro (=Tequesquite
SPTING) ye Sots hoe ee ee 132
Oso Navano (=Navaho spring).. 118
OzOU SAN MAR COSSee eee ee 552
Oso TeQuEsQuitE (=Tequesquite
Spring) = sa? aevsintee were Seer 132
OxorZaRcouCREEK ==. eee eee eee 190
Oso ZARCO SETTLEMENT........-. 190
Oxo; ZARCO SPRINGS=-=----- 2-1-2 = 190
O-so-QuE (=San Ildefonso)... ..-.- 304
Osos Calientes DE Las VEGAS
(=Las Vegas hot springs)...-..-.- 562
Osos DE San Antonio (=San An-
tOnIO'Sprinps) aye ee eee 407
Osos pe San Dirco (=Jemez
Springs) <j cjeeas = see eee 394
Os-Po-RE-GE (=Abiquiu Pueblo
TUN) See eo a iene eee eee 139
Os-QuUE (=San Juan)--2--2-----)--- 212
OsuaquE (=Pojoaque) ....---~-- 334
OKANAN(—Ojana) Pees eee ee ODO
O-KU-WA-RI (=Sia).......--...... 517
Oupi@AsIras? 2 eee ee eee 145
OLD CASTES a.62/55.655g-20ee 194
OLD (GHAPEL: 5-2. --2--escecessieee) 209)
Oxp Cuinmi (=Chililf)........... 531
Orns Cocaine see sae eee 432
Oxp Emsupo (~Dixon settlement) 190
OLD WIstETR. cose. Rt ee 553
ODD HIEAPO ce Seo eat eer ee 247
Quip INAMBY <2. )os <2 eee e 381
Oxup Pursio or Cocurrr (=Old
Cochita))- se eee ae eee eee 432
QOnp Sanwa ANAGe2-5s55-- eee 5 516
Op SERVILLETAS-~ 22 2)oc ce wise 173
Q6ry1-Tr (=Cochiti).......-...--- 440
O-ro-QuE (=San Ildefonso)... - -- 304
ORATBIO gchsse cote ee eee eee 563
Orarvr (—Oraibi) ieee ose 563
OreEsAs MounmaIN......--------- aly
HARRINGTON ]
Page
Otic (—Sanhiian) eeseeeee saa 212
OrpHAN Mountain (=Black Mesa) 293
Ortiz MounTAtns........--.--- 505, 506
ORIMZ SHTUUEMENTs: 222-245-255: 495
OS HTeSyAT Asa ete ree eae eae. 397
OSouCREE KH OE tess 23422 28 152, 447
QSONSPRING 22.0 caces cseneae eee 404
Ost-YaL-A-KWa (=Osht-yal-a) . 397
ODOwi= 5-Res ho ei kaa es 271
Onowi OaAnvoNeceso- --eeeee ee 271
Orow:r MzEsa......-.- BeBe. Pe Seek 271
Onowor(—Otowl)eeoeeeee esse 271
Omro nt oe Lb at end ys 2 Sal 557
Our Lapy or Sorrow AND SAINT
ANTHONY OF SANDIA (=Sandia). 527
Our Lapy or Sorrows AND SAINT
ANTHONY OF SANDIA (=Sandia). 527
Ox Canyon (=Buey Canyon).-.. 281
PAAcol(=San Pablo)=2- 22--.---- 508
PAAKO (=San Pablo).....-..--.<- 508
Pa-s-Ko (=San Pablo)..........- 508
IPACCioIIS (SN aenNaseooscoogesoe 474
IPAKGO! (=PeC08) = = seen neo - 475
PAT=001(—BOC0S)peaeeseeeee es 475
PARQ un) (Pecos) messes ee oes e 474
Pak-QUIUA-LA (=Pecos)........-- 474
PAW YOQ/ONAl (—Pecos)e- =. ----- -- 475
Pacnati (=Poguate).-.......-.- 539
PAGO) (— PCOS) reseipee sie ease 475
IPAGOS: (Pecos). aes-ece a2 2. - 476
PaGosa HOT SPRINGS.........-.- 564
PaGuaTE (=Poguate)............. 539
Pacamar (—=Cochiti)---...----2---- 439
PArUATAN(—Popuate)en-------5-- 539
ParuaTE (=Popuate).......--_.- 539
P’Anw1A‘HLiAP (=San Ildefonso)... 304
PAuwima (Laguna Pueblo)...... 539
IPATNITE DY OAV = eee oe ye 423
PaINTED CAVE CANYON......... 422
PATARITON(—Dshirege ee see 283
PagaRito CANYON..-.......-.- 101, 281
PAT ARUTOW HELD! ee sean ee 248
IPATARITOW Mins Ay ease eee 283
IPATARIT OM DAR Kap eee eee 260
IPATARILO STATION eee eee ae ee 262
Pasaro Pinto (=Tshirege)..... 282, 283
PasyoaQuE (=Pojoaque).......... 335
PasuaGNneE (=Pojoaque)......... 334
PasuaQuE (=Pojoaque)......... 334
PATUATE (=Popuate) iss... - 242. 539
PAKaBaLtyt (=San Juan)........ 212
PakU/paral (=San Juan)......... 212
PLACE-NAMES
Page
Pakuquarat (=San Juan).......- 212
PAV a8) (—COochi tl) assess see 439
Patopuro ARROYO............-- 446
PANCHUELO CREEK...........-- 379
PAnt-Him-Ba (=San Cristébal)... 486
BAOTAN(—Pugray) eases eee anes 524
PAQui(—San Pablo)s.--e-es eee 508
P’s-Qu-LAH (=Pecos) ............ 474
P’A-QU-LAH (=Pecos). ....-.....- 474
IPAtuAtys (—=Puaray) os 2-22-2255 523
IAT TE Wes Se <a .c eee eee isis 111
Paso DE Taos (=Taos Pass)... - 185
P’asurdp (=Pojoaque)............ 335
PasUQuE (=Pojoaque)............ 334
BATO QU Sera on eee pee: 2 ee 397
P’ATU’aK (=San Felipe). ........ 498
PAT U-LAG(—=P@C0s)--2---.-2---2. 474.
PesumAa (= Paray,) esses. eo 523
PAwuA’uurra (=San Ildefonso)... 304
IBAWIRP Apeee nes nse ies nari acte 563
Pa-yo-Go-na (=Pecos)............ 475
PAVOQONAl(—IPecos) epee e see sneer 475
PayuaQuE (=Pojoaque)......... 334
IPASYTUMIB Urveeeese= ejycicioe me 2 scicles 252
PAUP KI (—Sandia)= os ese ss. . 526
em-A-GO)(—Eec0s):-.-- 22 -5:----- 475
PEAHKO (=Pecos)...---..-.....- 475
PE-A-HU-NI (=Pecos). .. .....-.-- 475
PEAKS OF DERNAD S22. 552622456 1 547
PEAKO (=San Pablo) 22--:....-- 508
Pr-a-Ko (=Pecos).-....--.-.-..- 475
PmA-KU)) (= Pecos): -seteeeee ee. oe 475
PEC AC KU (—P OCs) nos eeas aes 475
PrAKUNI (=Pecos). .. -....-.---- 475
PEAKUNIMI (=Pecos)............- 475
PrE/-BU-LI-KWA (=Pem-bul-e-qua). 406
NCAR GE (—b1C Urs) sae see eae 193
IPMOAS (= Pecos) 2.5. 2225562 o-2 476
iPERCCOS|(—Eecos):esss-- oe SE 476
VE COM(—=RECOS) ese ewiccctaeoueste= cc 476
PrcoRsd(=EPicuris)sseceeess-e..- 193
IPECOSS se hes cee ss eeeaeeent 475, 476
IPN COSUBATD Y= 0. cesar sue denice 354
IPM COSP RIVER: 45 5-4c- Seine sie 472
IPECOS SETILEMENT. ---.-- 4-2. 25- 553
Preucto (—Picuris)s-2--..--.25.- 193
IBECUCTSI(—Picnris) eee eee 193
IPE-CULL-A-GUIE oss ee a eee eee 406
IRECURD (= Picuris)s4sei-e) eo sees 193
PEcuURIES (=Picuris).-.-..2.-..-% 193
Pecuris (=Picuris)....- nes ek 193
IPRDERNAES.-52 6 3-6 aso See 537
604
ETH NOGEOGRAPHY
Page
PEDERNAL MOUNTAIN...------ 121, 122
PEDERNAL PEAK (=Pedernal*
Mountain) =32=-<e-e ae ee 122
PErGOA (=Pecos)inam one ecene se eee 476
PRIch (=F 6c0s)p see eee 476
Percis (=Pecos).......---------- 476
PEIOTs (= eC0s) hee setae 476
PEJODQUE (=Pojoaque)...-.----- 334
IPE=KON(=PeCOs) beeen eee eee ee 475
IPEKUI(=becds)acese es eee eee 473
PE-KUSH(—PeCOs)in- = cess s-= =e 474
Pe/-Kwit--ar-l’ (=Pe-cuil-a-gui).. 406
Pe’xwuuard’ (=Picuris). - ---.--- 192
PreiLapvo Mountain (=Bald Moun-
Uichh a) ede Rae Se er Bere a 125
Pretapvo Mountain (=Mount Re-
@ond0) Assocs no eeeeee ae 391
IPEM-BUL-E-QUA Gs. ace oe eniee eae 406
PENAW BUANGAS cease aoe 445
Pena: Branca Amis -- ase a 443
PENA BLANCA SETTLEMENT. ..... 472
PENA Cotorapa (=Red Rock)... 398
PeXas Necras (=Penas Negras
(Pueblo) ss2ec cee eee ee eee 479
PreNas NeGRAS PUEBLO...--..-.- 479
IBENASCO) COREE Ke. ener nee 191
PENASCO SETTLEMENT.......-...- 196
IRENASCOMVIAI EE seen ae aera 191
IPE NOTA(—Acoma) ee. eens eee 545
PeNotEs'|(=Acoma)ir 2-42. -se- 545
IPBRAGE 02.2 is eee eieaeniciate aoe 263
PE-RA-GE (=Perage) ......-.---- 268
PERATTA ARROVOs: oo 2 -teee eee 437
Peratta Canyon (=Peralta Ar-
TOYO) op eters ter ere eae ae 437
IPESEDE-UINGE =o. 522200022. 225" 152
IPEITRAGAP annem cae eerie ne eee 157
IPETACAWGREB Re oer tee oe eee 158
Prmrirs eMESkssccsee see: ee eee 282
IPHO-JIUMWING-GBec ee eee 200, 204, 205
PHOJUANGE (=Pojoaque)......--.- 335
P’ Ho-su0-Ge (=San Ildefonso)... 304
P’Ho-sE (=Poseuingge).....-...-. 165
P’ HO-ZUANG-GE (=Pojoaque)...-.. 335
Prai (Sialic eee eee oe 518
Pic PEpERNAL (=Pedernal Moun-
PAI oe eevee ere ee eee 123
PIGARYS'(=—Picuns)= 52 seen ee eee 193
PICCURIES! (—Picuris) 222242 ee LOS
PICORTS! (= PICULIS) bye) are ee 193
IPICTORIS ((—P1curis) = seine ee oe 193
PIGUNI(—=Picuris) eee 193
RICCRI(—PIcuris)o-ces-- saeee eee 193
OF THE TEWA INDIANS
[ ETH. ANN. 29
Page
PICURIA: (=Picuris):-222---+------ 193
Picuries (=Picuris)........--.- 192, 193
PICURIS .sicsc-e eee See eae 193
Picuris Creek (=Pueblo Creek). 191
Picuris MOUNTAINS. ....--.------ 194
Prcurts Rrver (=Pueblo Creek).. 191
PICU: (= Picuris).--s-2--- eee LOS
Pints: (—=Peegs)\sse--= esas see 476
Prepra Canyon (=Piedra Creek). 265
PIEDRAM CREEK. c=... .ee eee ee 265
PTR Ss (Pe mAKe ee oe e 563
PIKURGA(=Picuris)!s45-eee eee ae
Pines CaNapa (=Cochiti Canyon) 430
Pines Canyon (=Cochiti Canyon) 430
PINES SETTLEMENT...------ een 431
PinG-UL-THA (=Picuris)........-- 192
PincEnTsé (=Picuris). == of2e2-eee 192
PIO GH (—P10-70) sees eee - eee eS
IPI O=GEAE. Nesan see ee EEE ee 203
PIO=GO ia soc ees seers 390
Pi-sts-BAr-yA (=Colorado River)... 564
Puace oF PorsHERDS (=Tash-ka-
120) sceesiiseassoce ate eet ecee 442
PLACER MOUNTAINS......-.------ 553
Puacira DE Los Luceros (=Lu-
ceros settlement)..............-- 184
PGACITAGILAR GAR ooce ene eee see a meme)
Praca ro: CHantaee eases 148
Pracira Rio CHama (=Rio Chama
settlement): 22. ses-acceeor eaeeee 150
PLATEAU ENCHANTE (=Enchanted
Mesa) i Sen esos cance oon 545
PLAZA COLORAD Asses) sees 134
Puazira AtcaLpE (=Alcade settle-
ment) Skee. ee eae ee eee 206
Puazita DE Los LucERos (=Lu-
ceros settlement)..........--.-.- 184
Piazita SAN Lorenzo (=San Lo-
renzo settlement).......-..---- 129
Poanas(—Puaray)oss-e sees oe- 523
Poatas (=Puaray)...-.---------- 524
PoruaQuE (=Pojoaque)........--- 334
PocopQueE (=Pojoaque)........-- 334
PogouatsE (=Poguate)...........- 539
PoguaQuE (=Poguate)........... 539
POGWADE Ben aca secre ree eereaes 538
PoauatTE (=Poguate)...-.....---- 539
Pouanti (=Poguate)........----- 539
Po-HuA-Gat (=San Ildefonso)... -- 304
PouHuAQuE (=Pojoaque).....-..-. 335
PornuGe (=Pho-jiu Uing-ge)... 200, 204
POTHUUINGR Ss ss een ee 157, 204
Poyakn|(—Pojoaque):--------3—-- = 335
HARRINGTON ]
PLACE-NAMES
. Page
Posan@usE (=Pojoaque).-.-------- 335
PosaNnqQuiti (=Pojoaque)....--.-- 335
PosAUGUE (=Pojoaque). - 334
Posnatt (=Poguate)......-.------ 539
PosoaGuE (=Pojoaque).....----- 335
POroAQUm! CREEK@ © 2-2 sos - = - 101, 301
HOJOAQUINO Terese -2524-=52---= |) ool
PosoDQuE (=Pojoaque).--...----- 334
PosJoUQUE (=Pojoaque).....--.- 335
PosuaGueE (=Pojoaque)...------ 335
PosuaquE (=Poguate)......-..-- 539
PosuaQueE (=Pojoaque).....-. 334, 335
PoroArni(—Poguate)-2-.-45-4-—-- 539
Posuato (=Poguate).......-.--.- 539
Po-suo-GE (=San Ildefonso)... --- 304
Po’Kwomwe (=San Ildefonso).... 304
POnVADERAY ORBRK sas .-5 2624-2 121
POLVADERA SETTLEMENT...-..-.--- 258
IROEN IW NUM-B Uist Soe era: 354
IPO=NYr EP A-KUENic 12.0 12)f 0 170
Po-o-GE (=Santa Fe). ......-.--- 459
Poo-socE (=San Ildefonso)....... 304
PoquatE (=Poguate).:.........-- 039
Po-sr (=Poseuingge).........-.-- 165
PosEGE (=Poseuingge).........-- 165
PosEUINGE (=Poseuingge). -...-- 165
Pose Uryace (=Poseuingge).... 165
POSHUINGGHUE Rais -8s 5020.26: 22 165
PosE-UING-GE (=Poseuingge).... 165
Posonwt (=Pojoaque)...--.-.-- 335
IPOSOSt VATU Yee eevee et eee 264
Poséwe (=San Ildefonso)... ..--- 304
Po-suAN-GAI (=Pojoaque). - - .--- 335
IROGRE 7 see pera nest tae see 407
IBOMRERO™ 2 2v: o-)2s Sod ecrn tected 259
Porrero, THe (=Potrero Viejo)... 431
Potrero CapuLin (=Capulin
Mesa)? Ses Secioekae See 424
Porrero CHato (=Capulin Mesa). - 424
Porrero Cutato (=Capulin Mesa) 424
POTRERO DE EN EL MeEpI0....---- 435
PoTRERO DE LA CANADA QUEMADA
(=Quemada Mesa)..-.......-. 437
PoTRERO DELA CuEsTA CotorapA. 454
PoTRERO DE LAS CASAS..-.....-. 424
PoTRERO DE LAS Vacas (=Vacas
Mien) ER eae seme tee eer eee ce 416
PorreERO DE Los IpoLos (=Shkor-e
aatiah)saycty sett otek coeds 427
Porrero DE San Micuen (=San
MiptieliMesa)Bteseenadess = Scena ADS
Potrero pet Atamo (=Alamo
416
Mena ise eee ee ce et oe el
Page
Potrero DEL Capuuin (=Capulin
Mega) ie se cee see: See ee ms 224
Potrero LARGO.......---------- 427
Potrero QuEeMADO (=Quemada
IMI@S8) os Scns cn h1 0) ete Ane ee 437
Potrero San Micuet (=San
Miguel ena) eaqe- see eeeenee eee 425
ROTRERO) VIETOs = 222 4-eeeee cece 431
Potzua-GE (=Pojoaque)......-... 335
Po-1zZU-YE (=Otowi)......--..--.- 271
PousvaQqueE (=Pojoaque)......--. 335
Povanm (=Poguate). <2. 2 -.22..4- 539
Povuate (=Poguate).....-.------ 539
PowHoceE (=San Ildefonso)...... 304
PoxvuAxkr (=Pojoaque)......------ 335
Poze (—Potre)... 0.22. s2c02c 2 5--- 407
Po-zUAN-GE (=Pojoaque).....---- 335
PozuANG-GE (=Pojoaque)...-..-- 335
P’0-ZUANG-GE (=Pojoaque)...--. 335
PozuaQueE (=Pojoaque)........--- 334
PRADO) SETTLEMENT. .-2....--.--- 184
PROJOAQUE (=Pojoaque)......--- 334
PRovatnen(—Poonate)ees osteo 539
IPRUARA ((—Puaray)e--.------ se eee pauyes
Puans (=Puaray)ot222.--2-2 22 e.t
IPUATA) (—Puataiy) «case ssse= = =o
PUATAS | (—Puaray)e- esse.
Pmaray (= Puaray)i2-2 5-56. 2 sa
Or or or or
Www we
NAONYNNHHHHW
Be
ee
PUaRAI (=Puaray). ......------.- 5
SURG ay cies chectstetic Schl neiayel is eet 523
PuarR-ay (=Puaray).-....-.-.--- 524
IPuary (=Puaray)--c--2-2<+2----- 523
(RUBY icer or ae eo aieven te eee 257
PUEBLITO SETTLEMENT.......---. 226
PUEBLO! BHANGOL. -2--- 2222 5-< 489
E10) Sas eee a eee aee e ee 429
Pursno CoLnorApo----2.:-2:----- 488
IRUEBEO (OREEKS. 222 --2csss-5- 178, 191
PuEBLO DE Los LEONES DE Pir-
DRA (=Stone Lions Pueblo)..... 418
IRUEBEO) DEWSHES. 24-56-2122 5555 489
PUEBLO DE TuNQUE (=Tunque).. 511
PUEBLO DEL ENCIERRO........-- 442
PUEBLO DEL Pasarito (=Tshirege) 283
| PuEBLO DEL Pasaro (=Tshirege). 283
IRGEBLOMUARGOs: - 22 oes e soe 490
PUEBLO OF THE Brrp (—Tshirege). 283
PUEBLO OF THE STONE Lions.... 418
IPUEBEO! Pr Ake .ce ee seee aan 178
PurEBLO QuEeMADO (=Bajada).... 471
Puesio River (=Pueblo Creek). 191
Purs1io Vieso (=Old Cochiti).... 432
606
Puvesto Virjo Casa pet R10
(=Cajaidel Rio) fee eases eae
Pursio ViEJO DE Santa ANA
(=Old Santa Ana).....-..-..-.-
Pursio VirsJo pEL Riro pE Los
FrigoLes (=Tyuonyi).-....-----
PurEBLo ViEJO FRIJOLITO..----.--
PUERCOSCREEEK»aa-6 Seen ote
Puerco OrEEK (=Coyote Creek) .
Burerco Riviere. sees eee
Purr (= Pinvelenmescs ses eee
PusuaQquE (=Poguate)......----
PUNAMES® 2 2c 5 sie 5 5os- chee
Pi’/nyt CHirya (=San_ Felipe
Mena) oy ace soak eee oo are
Rima: (—Pnaray) sacs eae
Pur UAT (—Puaray) sree assess
PuRUAy (—=Piaray) sees: see
PusuaQqueE (=Puye) (=Pojoaque).
PUYH 2 ait wisn 236,
Pu=viei\(=Puye)ia- ---2- ee eee
Q’ASH-TRE-TYE (=San Felipe). ---
Qictnzicua (=Giusewa).......---
Qnivira (=Quivira).-=.---..-----
Qusma (=Quivirs)):- 4. 24s---5
“QUEBEC OF THE SOUTHWEST’’
(Arcom2) baa ener ee = oe ae
QuErBira (=Qnivira): - 2 sess54- 2
QUEESCHE (=Poguate)........-.
QuEMADA Minss. 52 25--eene ese 437,
QuEMaDoO CANYON.....-.--.....-
QueMApo Canyon Mesa (=Que-
mad aeMesahmeyece seater eee
“QuERES GIBRALTAR’’(=Acoma).
Qur Vir& (=Quivara)-2..--------
Qu1A-sHI-DsHI (= Kiashita) ..... - -
QUTs=120-QUA>s.- 52 == eae eee
Qu14-Tz0-Qqua (=Kiatstikwa).....-
Quicinzicua (=Giusewa)....----
Quire (= Cochin seaaeeee ae
QuINIRA(=Qulvira) geee-s-- eae ee
Quran s(—Kapana) eee sae ee
Quiripa (—Quivira).....-.-.- sien 2
Quroima (= Quivira) eeepc e-e eee
QUIUIRIENS (=Quivira)......-..--
Qui-uMzI-Qua (=Giusewa)......--
QuUIVERA (=Quiyira) =. -------5-
Qunvica\(=Qiuivira)s--- 22 ee ee
Qunvinsé (=Quivira)isee-s-o-2 22-7
QuiviRA. 2 score acer ee ae
Qurvinz | (=Quivira)?s2.: eee
ETH NOGEOGRAPHY
OF THE TEWA INDIANS
Page |
Qurivirans (=Quivira)....------
429 | QuiIvIRENSES (=Quivira)...-.-.-.-
QyaiviRAy(—=Quivita )Seseeeeeme aoe
516
Ramaya (=Santa Ana)..........-
412 | Rancues (=Ranchos de Taos)... -
413 | Rancues pe Taos (=Ranchos de
538 TAOS) eet ete ee ee eee
117 | Rancues or Taos (=Ranchos de
538 MEY) aie obotaoreceassaaocecs
937 | RancHITo ARROYO.......--------
539 | RANCHITO SETTLEMENT....-------
51g | RANcHITOS DEL CoYOTE......----
IRANCHOS. = 22<-2so022 esis sents cee
496 | Rancuos (=Ranchos de Taos)..--
593 | Rancnos pE Francisco (=Ran-
523 chos'deylaos)eesess seas a2 ecteets
594 | RancHos DE San . ANTONIO
334 (Ranchos) Sec seeereiees= ae
937 | RANCHOs DE Taos....-.---------
237 | Rancnos or Taos (=Ranchos de
237 AUN We aapdovecacoseuesesceusus
RANGE oF THE VALLES (=Jemez
499 Monntailns) sesecee eee eee secs
393 | R&t-ye Kama Tsp-sHu-MA (=Ha-
566 EWA) a noes oar Jado SboSo5c
565. | RA-rya (=Ha-a-tze)i2 22. eeeeie
RArye (=San Miguel Mountains) .
544 | Rea DE DOLORES-.-----.-------
565 | ReaLpE San Francisco (=Golden
538 settlement) etees ssn aae eee
455) || Rip) ints eeeee ences
4369S RED MRIVInRS eee ele er eects
Rep RIVERITOWNaes-e sees er
EB ahaa) Ios saga Gpedoosonasenclcc
544 | Recion pE LA CuEva (=La Cueva
565 MCCLON) see =e ee
406 | Recion pE Oso CALIENTE (=Ojo
396 C@alientemepion)ss--e2--sees eee
406 | Region pe TrerRA AMARILLA
393 (=Tierra Amarilla region)... -- -
439 | Reston Caputin (=Capulin = re-
566 Pion). <oecceeassocete See
550 | ResIoN DE LAS TRES PYIEDRAS -
565 (=Tres Piedras settlement) .. . -.
565) | IRTACHUBDO Se -esaeeaee eee
565) | RINCON <c- os 2 Sees eect
393 | RincoN DEL PUEBLO........--.--
DGG! MRINCON AD Ase ore ata ore tetete ieee rate ee
566 | Rio ARKANSAS (=Arkansas River)
566 | Rio Bravo pet Norte (=Rio
565 Grand6)22ssse) see so eee er
566 | Rio Cuama (=Chama River)....-
[ PTH, ANN. 29
566
565
520
186
186
186
250
250
171
312
186
186
312
186
186
105
426
426
421
548
507
458
174
175
398
166
165
112
116
174
125
355
278
189
563
288
100
HARRINGTON ]
Rio CHAMA SETTLEMENT........--
RTORCHIQUINO Ste aae eee eee
Rio CHIQquiro SETTLEMENT.....--
RTOROHUPADERO. -s5--- 2+ --=2. 2 5-
Rio Cotrorapo (=Red River). .- -
Rio Cotorapo (=Colorado River) .
Rio Cotorapvo Curquritro (=Little
WoloradomRiven)ieesseee se -= ser
Rio Coyorr (=Coyote Creek). .--
Rio Cunpayo (=Medio Creek). . -
Rio pE Cuama (=Chama River). -
Rio pE Cunpay6 (=Medio Creek)
RTORD EEN Mun DIOsesseeeeree eee
Rio DE EN Mepro (=Medio Creek) -
Rio pr Jemez (=Jemez Creek)...
Rio DE LAS GALLINAS (=Gallinas
Rio pE NamBE (=Pojoaque Creek)
Rio pe Nuestra SENoRA DE GuA-
DALUPE (=Guadalupe Can-
Rio pE Prcos (=Pecos River)...
Rio pe Picurts (=Pueblo Creek) .
Rio DE Posoaque (=Pojoaque
Rio pE San Antonio (=San An-
tonlolOreek) = seeeeeee eee ane
Rio pe San Dinco (=San Diego
Chm ON) Wis aco ac sc San eeeeeaaes
Rio pE San José (=San Jose
IRV Ob) Se see moe eae Seo oiea es
Rio pe Taos (=Pueblo Creek)...
Rio pe TxEsuqueE (=Tesuque
Cree le \bae teeget eee eee ps |
Rio vet Emsupo (=Embudo
Creeks) Pemearncenee ctor arene cee
Rro pet Norte (~Rio Grande). .
Rio peL Oso CALIENTE (=Ojo
@aliente:Creelks)Eass-cene ee: m2
Rio pEL PENasco (=Pefiasco
Greeks) Ree eer en ere
Rio pEL PurBLro (=Pueblo
(Creeks) Roh oa, syaeaas tee cones
Rio pet Toro (=Toro Creek). .- -
Rio Ex Toro (=Toro Creek)....-
Rio Empupo (=Embudo Creek)..
179,
174
564
570
117
377
100
PLACE-NAMES
Rio EN EL Mepio (=Rio de en
Medio)
Rio GALLINAS (=Gallinas Creek).
Rio Gatto (=San Jose Creek)... -
Rio GRANDE.....-
Rio GRANDE DE Taos (Rio Grande
84, 95, 99, 100, 101,
538
107
of: TaogiGreek) eprssces-.2 a=-ee 185
Rro GRANDE DEL Norte (=Rio-
Grande) fete sce etieeecis cers 101
Rio GRANDE OF TAOS OREER...-.. 185
Rio GRANDE STATION. Mesa) eOZe
Rio La Vao (=Vao Ce Beenie 351
Rio Lucia (=Penasco Creek)..... 191
Rio Mepro (=Medio Creek)... . - 377
Rio Nurriras (=Tierra Amarilla
Creek)i tee mec eens eee ae 112
Rio Oso CaurentE (=Ojo Caliente
Greek) Sas aes eee eee kee 159
Rro Oso (=Oso Creek)...--...._- 152
Rios Oson(=RitoiOso) 722-6 2-6 352
RIOVPANCHUELO-eeerersses--5 - 353, 379
Rio Pecos (=Pecos River).....-. 472
Rio PuErco (=Coyote Creek).... 117
Rio Puerco (=Puerco River).... 538
Rio Sarapo (=Salt Creek)... .-. 516
Rro Sarimas (=Coyote Creek)... 117
Rio San José (=San Jose River). | 538
Rio San Juan (=San Juan River). 560
Rrro Caneiton (=Cangilon
Creek) tects ys atiesaee c ee 118
IRITO GAN ONE Seere eases a ree 121
Riro Caputtn (=Capulin Creek).. 116
Riro CEBOLLA ( =Cebolla Creek)... 113
Riro Cepoitas (=Cebollas Creek). 176
Riro =CHAMIZAL (=Chamizal
Greek) seeereris tise eect 191
Riro Cotorapo (=Red River)... ‘174
Riro pE JEMEz (=Jemez Creek).. 399
Rito pe LA JaARA (=Jara Creek). 405
Rito DE LA JuNTA (=Junta Creek). 196
Riro DE LAS CEBOLLAS (=Cebollas
Creel) Ses ae ys aoe Ue 176
Riro pE tas Nutrias (=Nutrias
Creek): eeaecses ta ctasese shires 113
Riro DE LAs TrucHas (=Truchas
Creek) Beton. (nti acre cere ee 198
Rito bE tas Tusas (= Peises
Creeks): <5 20 eek cea aoes See 158
Riro pE Los Brazos (=Los Bebos
Greek): sss see ae Cae Soe alll
Rito DE Los FRIJOLES..........- 96
Riro DE Los FrIOLES (= Rio de los
Birt} oles) Reece sete cee sraseeeecce 352
608
Riro pE tos FruoLres (=Frijoles
Canyon)
Rrro DE Los FrigoLtes (=Frijoles
Creek)
Rito. pE San Cristé6paLt (=San
CristéballGreekyins see. eee =
Riro pe Santa Ciara (=Santa
Clara Creek)
Rrro pE Prcurts (=Pueblo Creek) .
Rito pE Taos (=Pueblo Creek). .
Rito pve Taos (= Fernandez
Creek)
Riro pe Tierra AmaRILLaA (=Ti-
erra Amarilla Creek)
Riro pEL Bravo.
Rito DEL CEBOLLA
Creek)
Riro pet Oso Zarco (=Ojo Zarco
Creek)
Rito pEL PENasco (Penasco
(=Cebolla
Pursto (=Pueblo
Riro Emsupo (~Embudo Creek) .
Rito FERNANDEZ (=Fernandez
Creek)
Riro FERNANDEZ DE Taos (=Fer-
nandez Creek)
Rito Frio.es (=Frijoles Creek) .
Riro Lucia (=Penasco Creek)....
Rrro Oso CaLientE (=Ojo Caliente
Rito Oso (=Oso Creek)
Riro Peraca (=Petaca Creek). -.
Riro Pra (=El Rito Plain). .. .
Riro PoLtvaDERA
Riro SERVILLETA (=Petaca Creek)
Rito SETTLEMENT (=El Rito set-
tlement)
Riro Srerra.
Rito =VALLEcrTo
Creek)
Riro Yreso
RomAn Mountain
Rosario SETTLEMENT
Rounp Mesa (=Black Mesa)
Rounp Mownrtarn (=Black Mesa)
(=Vallecito
179,
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS
Page |
410
186
179
176
or
wo)
Sacoma (=Jacona)
Sacona (=Jacona)
Sacrep Frre Mountain (=Black
MO@89) cece eee anne eee 293,
Sacuna (=Laguna Pueblo)...-
SAq/-s- WA (=918))2 24 -- nose sess
Sai BEHOGHAN (=San Felipe). ---
SarHUGE (=Sa-jiu Uing-ge)......-
St. Awa (=Santa Ana)
Sr. BarTHOLOMEW (=Cochiti)....
St. Crara (=Santa Clara)
Sr. Dies (=Sandia)
St Dominco (=Santo Domingo). .
Saint Dominco (=Santo Do-
TON GO) oppo eee ee nee
St. Estevan (=Acoma)........--
St Estevan Acoma (=Acoma). 543,
Sr. Estevan QuErREs (=Acoma).
Sr. Francis (=Nambé Pueblo)...
St Hreronrmo (=Taos).......--
Saint-JEAN DE CHEVALIERS (= en
Juan)
St JeRoME (=Taos)
St Jeronimo (=Taos)
Sr. Jouns (=San Juan)
S? Josen (—Patoqua): ---o-=ssee-
St. JoserH (=Patoqua). ....-- ee
Sr. LAwRENCE (=Picuris)
St Lazarus (=San Lazaro)....---
Sr. Marco (=San Marcos)....----
St Marra (=Galisteo Pueblo ruin).
Saint PetErR’s Dome
Sr. Putte (=San Felipe)
Sr. Puirerr (=San Felipe). .----
Sr. Pururs (=San Felipe)
Sr. Partie (=San Felipe)
Sr. Puiturre (=San Felipe)
Sar’-o-KwA (=Sia)
Sa-r1u Urnc-Ge
SA-KE-yu (=Tsankawi)
Sa’KonaA (=Jacona). 2... 2.0.22 205
SaLapo CrEEK (=Salt Creek). .--
Saumnas CREEK (=Coyote Creek).
Sauinas Lakes or Disrrict...---
Satmvas |((=Salinas)2=---5--5.-- 535,
_SALINES OF THE MANzANO (=Sali-
MAS) one ae eee
Sart CREEK
Sarr LaGuNEs oF THE MANZANO
(= Salinas)ec" aes saree eee
Satt LAKES OF THE. MANzANO
(=Salinas)
[ETH. ANN. 29
Page
330
330
297
541
517
504
200
521
440
242
527
449
449
545
544
544
360
182
213
182
182
213
398
398
193
491
551
482
427
499
499
499
499
499
517
200
274
330
516
117
535
536
HARRINGTON ]
Page
Sarr Marsues (=Salinas)....... 535
Sarto pe AGuA vE NamsBet
(Nambé Falls)... -........-.- 346
Sato pp AGuA pEL Rito DE Los
FriJOLEs (=Frijoles Waterfall)... 412
Sam-n4-1 (=Picuris)............. 192
Sam-NAN (=Picuris)............. 192
San AGUSTIN DEL ISLETA
(Ipleta) merectcecisecccceees (b29530
San ALpEFoNso (=San Ilde-
LONSO eee eae tiem eens 305
San Antonro Canyon (=San An-
foniOlGreels) seem ee eae 392
San Antonio CREEK..........-- 392
San ANTONIO DE La ISLETA
(GTsleta) ea eects ace 529, 530
San Antonio MounTAIN......-- 560
San Antonio Peak (=San An-
tonio Mountain). .............- 560
San Antonio PEAK...........-- 44
San ANTONIO SPRINGS........---- 407
San ANTONIO VALLEY........... 391
San AveusTIN DE LA IsLETA
(Gaslota) Wesecnces son eseeesne 02030
San <AueusTIN pDEL IsLEeTA
(—Isleta) ee emecaeneecse -sen--s (0295030
San Bartotomé (=Puaray)...... 524
San Bartotomeo (=Cochiti)..... 440
San Biraé (=San Juan River).... 560
San Buena VENTURA DE Cocuita
(Cochiti) pease eeeese eee eee: 440
San Buena VENTURA DE CocHITI
(Coehith) heres treeast ses 439, 440
San Buenaventura (=Cochiti).. 440
San BuENAVENTURA DE CocHITI
6ochiti)-..--.5...--<.--.- 439, 440
San CAzaro (=San Lazaro)...... 491
S. Curistovat (=San Cristébal).. 486
San Curistovan (=San Cristébal). 486
DAN CRISTOBATCnos- 25-5 e oe 260, 487, 488
San CristospaL =(Tsawaérii?)..... 254
San Cristopat ARROYO........-- 485
San CrIsTOBAL CREEK. ......... 176
San Cristopat Mountam.....-. 174
San CRISTOBAL SETTLEMENT.....- 176
SAN CRISTOBEL (=San Cristébal).. ° 486
San Cristororo (=San Cristébal). 486
San Crisrovar (=San Cristébal).. 486
San Cristévan (=San Cristébal).. 486
S Draz (=Sandia)...-...........- 527
San-Draz (=Sandia).............- 527
San Dreco (=Giusewa).......... 394
S. Dizco (=Tesuque)............ 388
87584° —29 mrH—16——39
PLACE-NAMES
Page
S. Disco (=Guisewa)............- 394
San Direco Canyon............- 393
San Dreco pe James (=Guisewa). 394
San Disco pEJemMrEs (=Giusewa). 344
San Diego pe Jemrz (=Giusewa). 394
San Dreco pe tos Emex (=Giu-
BOWA) set ceeeagnscateee tees 394
San Dreco pr tos Hemes (=Giu-
BOWE) Saeeinceeicceamecasecencesce 394
San Dreco bE tos Temes (=Giu-
BOWS) Been eet. She sree eae 394
San Dieco pe Tresuque (=Tesu-
GU Gs s-sosssseseecnesasaasas 387, 388
San Dreco sprines (=Jemez
Sletil:) We asec Gn ae Base ae Aeeae 394
S:Dres\(@Sandia):-.2..-----.--.- 526
San Dominean (=Santo Domin-
BO) reece ene ee se saseeeee cee 449
San Dominco (=Santo Domingo). 449
S. Domineco pe Xacomo (=Ja-
COTA) Semaine oy eras meee arene 330
S. Domimnco pE Xacoms (=Ja-
COND) Seeeeh ese cmaeoe cece esas 330
S. Domineo pe Xacona (=Ja-
(COND) mie wo lasteistacc cesta acts 330
San EstEBAn DE AcoMA
(Wenn). concen ceee esther ese 5438, 545
San EstEBAN DE AsoMA
(Acoma) ies Sie ae oie eee k 543, 545
San Estevan (=Acoma)......... 544
San Estevan bE AcoMA
S. Estevan pg Acoma (=Acoma).
S. Esrevau pre AcamMa (=Aco-
ING) yore falar ere lere cise eee eee a 543, 545
San FELEPE (=San Felipe). ..... 500
S. Feri (=San Felipe). ........- 499
S. Feur pe Curres (=San Fe-
18h 612) BEBO CEe GA ae tee ee eee 499
SAN GE ELIe Res sae eeeee 498, 499, 500
S. Fete (=San Felipe)......... 499
S. Ferre pe Currez (=San Fe-
NO) Sao er Selo Metaciee Sarees 500
San Feure ve Keres (=San
ClO) eee es mie cee sna oe 499
San FEeLmPe DE QueREs (=San
Helipe) ee ec cent cecisee teow yas 500
San Fevip—E Mesa.........--- 496, 497
San Feuer PuEBLO............ 495
San Fenro (=San Felipe)....... 500
San Feumre (=San Felipe)....-- 499
San FeLire (=San Felipe)... ..- 500
San Frurk (=San Felipe)........ 500
610
Page
San Francisco (=Golden settle-
Ment) eis eee eee 507
San Francisco (=Nambé Pueblo) 360
San Francisco DE NAMBE
(=Nambé Pueblo).-......--- 359, 360
San FRANcISCO DE SANDIA (=San-
San Francisco NaMBE (=Nambé
IBN caeooseeooosbepcesas 358, 360
San Francisco Mountarns, ARIZ. 88
San FRANCISCO Mountains
(=Golden Mountains).....---- 506
San Francisco Pasacte (=Po-
TSEC LE) ase oop ces eeaoseoeesee 334
San GABRIEL (=Chamita)......-- 148
San GABRIEL (=Yuqueyunque).. 228
San GABRIEL DE COHAMITA
(]Chamita) essere eee 148
San GABRIEL DEL YUNQUE
(]Chamita) seeeeesceee eae 148
San GABRIEL DEL YUNQUE (=Yu-
queyunque)......-------------- 227
San GERONIMO DE Los TAHOS
(ne ead ceateasocssabassece 182
San GERONIMO DE -Ltos Taos
(Ta. 0s) Bega eee een 182
S. GERONIMO DELOS Taos (=Taos) 182
San GERONIMO DE Taos (=Taos). 182
San GerOnmmo THAOS (=Taos)... 182
San GrRONYMO DE Los THAOS
(ae ee ce oocceussossoceons 182
S. HreronyMo (=Taos).......--.- 182
S. Izan (=San Juan).......------ 213
San In pE Conso (=San IIde-
fONGO) Wee eee eee 305
S. InpEronsE (=San Ildefonso)... 305
San Itperonsta (=San _ Iide-
TONSO) Gensco eee een 305
San IxpEFonso.. 11,37, 95, 101, 102, 305
S. ItpEronso (=San Ildefonso)... 305
San ItpEFronso Mesa (=Black
Mesa) ices 0 Set aasee ee eerie 293
San InpEronzo (=San Ildefonso). 305
San ItpEPpHoNso (=San_ Ilde-
forso) (2 dsc bee a eae eee 305
San Ineronso (=San Ildefonso).. 305
S. IlosrPHo (=Patoqua).........- 398
San IsmpRO SETTLEMENT... ....--- 516
S. JEAN) (—San’ Juan)e-22se-- se 213
S. JéromE DE tos Taos (=Taos). 182
S. JeERonmo pvE Toas (=Taos)... 182
San JupEronso (=San Ildefonso). 305
S. JoannE (=San Juan)...-.-.--- 213
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS
[ ETH. ANN. 29
Page
S. Joun (=San Juan). ....-.----- 213
DAN OSH or eee eee ee eeeerEir 129, 230
San José (=Amoxunqua)......-- 396
San José (=Laguna Pueblo)..... 541
San Jose (CREEK --=.-----=-4- 20 538
San José pE CHama (=SanJosé).. 230
San José pe ta Laguna (=La-
gunageeb] a) peace eee reer 541
San José pes CHAMA SETTLEMENT
(=San! José) steeese eee 230
SAN JOSE! RIVER s-sess-e eee oo
San JOSE SETTLEMENT.......---- 538
S: JosEr)(—Patoqua)sscccec-- = 397
San Joser pe tA Lacuna (=La-
guna, Pueplo) 2s ee esr = een 541
S. Josero (=Patoqua).......----- 398
San JoserH DE JEMEz (=Patoqua) 398
San JOSEPH DE LOS JEMEZ
(=]Amoxunqua) Bee eee oe 396
San JUAN....--- 37, 95, 213, 214, 215, 552
San Juan (=Astialakw4) .......- 397
San JUAN DE CaBALENOoS (=San
she Sesasecncbecs aacnooe seecr 213
San JUAN DE LOS CABALLEROS
(San Juan) bee sneer lee
San JUAN DE Los CABELLEROS
(]San\ Juan) Saas ee eee 213
SAn Juan PuEBLO......-..- 37, 101, 211
San JUAN RIVER. 32520-22225 - 5 560
San JuANEROsS (=San Juan)...... 213
San JUANERS (=San Juan)...-...- 213
San Lasaro (=San Lazaro)... --- 491
SANMUAZAR Osea ccmcieeieleciitelseeias . 260
SANDIUAZARO=saeeee ose eee sea) 749)
San Lazaro (=San LAzaro)....-- 491
§. Lazaro (=San Lazaro)--.----.- 491
San Lazaro PUEBLO RUIN.....-- 492
S. Lorenzo (=Picuris).........- 193
San Lorenzo DE Tezuqui (=Te-
BUQUC) see cesar a= aman ae 387, 388
San LorENZO DE LOS PECURIES
(@Picuris) See eee nae ae 193
San Lorenzo DE LOS PICURIES
(= Picurts) fesse see ee 193
S. LorENzo bE Los PICURIES
(_Picuris) ae eee 193
San Lorenzo pe Pecuries (=Pi-
CUD) Se eee ee eee eee 193
San Lorenzo pe Picurtges (=Pi-
CUMS) e555 ocean eee eats 193
S. Lorenzo pE Picuries (=Pi-
CUMS) ioe Set cee eo 193
San LorRENzO SETTLEMENT....... 129
HARRINGTON ]
Page
San Lorenzo Tesuqui (=Tesu-
@(UG))S ass cHeo bce cReseyeeeee eee 388
San Lorenzo Tezuqurt (=Tesu-
GUC) eyeetareetes a cere ye dicreisicia cts sie 387
San Lucas (=Galisteo Pueblo
PUN eee see meenies c's ace ce ee 482
SVagp buon) Wun fio <aeeeeoeeaboseade 564
SANBMUAR COS ae eeeeaeeo-ane ese 551, 552
San MArcos (=San Marcos)...-.-- 551
San Marcos PuEBLO GRANT..-. 552
S. Marx (=San Marcos)... -.----- 551
San Mieuen (=Tajique).......-- 533
San Mieu'rt (=Ha-a-tze)...-... 426, 427
San Migurn Misa. .-----.-:---- 425
San Mieuet Mounrains.....-... 421
San Micuet Tasmque (=Tajique). 533
San Miauet TaxiquE (=Tajique). 533
SANBE-ABOsr Cec eeer tite cease 508
San Pepro (=San Pablo).....-- 508
SAn PEpRO) (—Aicoma)s----- 5. -- 545
San Pepro (=Tunque Arroyo)... 504
San Pepro Arroyo (=Tunque
MATTOYO) oacs-se= sie = ec aeite sei 504
San Pepro pe CHamMA (=Chama). 148
San PepRO pEL CucHILLo (=San
Pablo) a seeeree sere ceees aoe 508
San Pepro Mountrarns........- 507
San Pepro Mountains (=Golden
Moun TaN) eee ee ere 506
San Pepro Rance (=Golden
Mountains) Sseeere see eece ee. = 506
San PEDRO SETTLEMENT .....- 252, 508
San Pues (San Felipe)....... 499
S. Poenire (=San Felipe). ...-.-- 499
Sn PuHeEiPe (=San Felipe)...-.. 499
San PHepre (=San Felipe)..... 499
SN. PHILIP DE QUERES (=San
Holi) Berne ate eet ease inte 499
San Puiipre (=San Felipe).-.--- 499
San Puirurre (=San Felipe).... 499
San YLDEFONSO (=San Ildefonso). 305
San YLDEFONZO (=San Ildefonso). 305
San Ysrpro Mountains (=San
Pedro Mountaims).- 25 -2-.----.-' (507
SAND WAS (—Sand1a)) een eeee enemas 527
DANDIAAGAN MONE. ae ee ec - 279
SanpiA CHAIN (=Sandia Moun-
PAINS eee as ae a seas 514
SanprA MounTaINn...-....-- 44, 513, 514
SANDTA PRA oon. yasaseue eee en 515
SANDIA, THE (=Sandia Mountains). 514
SANDIMUAN (Sandia) eea-2- 5-6 -- 527
SANGRE DE CRISTO.........------ 105
PLACE-NAMES
Page
Sant ANTONIO DE Papua (=Pua-
chia ene ARSE OS Seo anoe es omc 524
Sant BuENAVENTURA (=Picuris). 193
Sanr CuripsropaL (=San Cristdé-
[1 Wenn pores AB 5 credeceae ere 486
Sanr Curist6BpaL (=San Cristdé-
ball\® eeeeecmuce stent emissee sets 486
Sant Francisco DE Los Espa-
Noes (=Yuqueyunque) ......- 227
Sant GABRIEL (=Yuqueyunque). 22
Sant GABRIELE (=Yuqueyunque) 228
Sant InEFonso (=San Ildefonso). 305
Sant Joan (=San Juan).........- Pag}
Sant Joan Batista (=San Juan). 213
Sant Micuen (=Taos)....-.---.-- 182
Sant PEpro y Sant Paso
(Sik) Bere eeeene eee erences 519
Sanvt PHEiPr (=San Felipe).... . 499
Sant PuHILere (=San Felipe)..... 499
Sant XpovaL (=San Cristébal)... 486
Sanr Xupat (=San Cristébal).... 486
Sant YutpEFonso (=San_ Iide-
LOTINO)) eerenes see ee ieteerescie 305
SANTAPAN BUI mene cast Accmeaiee 520
Santa Ana (=Galisteo Pueblo
PUN) eee ae sme ses science ee Ne 482
Sra. Awa (=Santa Ana)..........- 521
S™ Ana (=Santa Ana).....--...- 521
Santa Ana Mesa (=San Felipe
IMe@Sa)\ GAS Minccintpnt oe teenie hte 496
Santa Anna (=Santa Ana). .--.. 521
S. Anna (=Santa Ana).......-.-- 521
Santa BARBARA SETTLEMENT: ... 196
SANTA CLARA.....-.- eee ol, 90) LOI 242:
S™ Ciara (=Santa Clara)....--.- 242
S. Crara (=Santa Clara)........- 242
Santa CLaRA CANYON...--..---- 247
Santa CLARA CREEK.....- . 101, 128,
Santa Ciara Mountains (=Jemez
Mountains). .--. Fatteose ses es 106
Santa Crara PRAK.....22:..... 44,233
Santa CLarRA PEAK (=Bald Moun-
iba) Re eee ee eee Sc et A 125
Santa CLARA PUEBLO ......-.- 11, 106
Santa Cruz (=The Boom)....-.-- 441
Santa Cruz CREEK. ...-.. 101, 233, 251
SanTA Cruz DE GALISTEO (=Galis-
teo) Bueblomuin)esce.c-ces-ce" t482
S™- Cruz Dp GALISTEO (=Galisteo
Pueblomuin) besser 482
Santa Cruz SETTLEMENT......... 252
Santa Dominca (=Santo Do-
MIN GO) Sys ses crste ee Sore ae ae 449
612 : ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF
Page
Santa Dominco (=Santo Do-
MIN SO) eee eee eee eae 449
SANmAw He eee eee een oe ee 461
Santa Fr Baipy (=Baldy Peak). 347
SANTA Pe ORERK2 22: -5-<-52 5 464
Santa Fr MountaIns...-.---- 102, 104
Santa Bn SPrAING <2 -osesee coe 104
Santa Fe Rance (=Santa Fe
Mo umitains)eeeessseeeeces aaa 104
Santa Fre Rance (=Santa Fe
Mountains) ser eeceeee eee eee 104
st. Marra (=Galisteo Pueblo
PUAN) fess ee - Cee e re oe 482
Santa Marra DEGALISTEO(=Galis-
teoseeblOerulm peeesse eee 482
S™- Marto (=Galisteo Pueblo
PUI) OE Ac ioke essere ree eRe 482
Santa Rosa CHAPEL.......------ 130
Sanra Rosa VALLEY....--------- 264
SANTANA (=Santa Ana)....---.-. 521
Sanrraco (=Pecos)---2:-------=-- 477
Santraco (=Puaray)..-.-.-:---- 524
Santo Deminco (=Santo Do-
MIT) be awemnn dew eHoDeEasecac 449
SANTO DOMINGO... -.\422-256 2 - 451
Sto. Domingo (=Santo Domingo). 449
Sro. DomINGo DE Cocuiti (=Santo
WMomiIn go) bese sees eee es 449
Sro. DominGo DE CuEvAs (=Santo
Womingo) pees eee eee 449
Santo Dominco PUEBLO.....- . 483, 495
SAIN TOBINIIN OR ee seenee eer see 260
Santo TomAs pE Asrquit (=Abi-
CUT) Pere ees eee sea eee 136
SANTUARIO DE LOS LEONES DE
Prepra (=Stone Lions Shrine)... 418
Santuario Mountvalns......--.-- 355
SANTUARIO SETTLEMENT.....--..- 343
SAUDIA, (=Sandla)ies. 2 se eee 527
SayvaquakwA (=Sia).....-.-..-- 517
SEGOGARROY Os -so5e8 eee eee 258
Seco CrEEK (=Arroyo Seco
Greek) ian sa eocee ee marence 178
SECOMTOWNe soe cee epee ee eee eee 178
Seauna (=Laguna Pueblo)....... 541
Sempo-ap-1 (=Valverde)......... 554
Sem-po-Ap-1 (=Valverde)....-...-- 554
SemMpPoapo (=Valverde). ....-..-- 554
SENDIAY(==Sandla) eee sete eee 526
Sr-pA-uA (=Sepawi).........-.-- 144
SepAvE (=Sepawi)............--- 144
Se-pPA-vE (=Sepawi).......---.--- 144
SEPAWIo teow ne moe eo ee eee 144
THE TEWA INDIANS LETH. ANN. 29
Page
SERVILLETA CREEK (=Petaca
Oreelks) 2: so! spans sania eer 158
SERVILLETAY TOWN = <-<ceie=--en=== 173
SERVIDDETA \ViTETAss see eee 173
SETOR WAS Sats: coe sees eee 407
Se-To-qua (=Setokwa)......-- eae BOT,
Sut (=Pueblo de Shé).......--- 489
SHEE-AH-WHIB-BAHK (=Isleta)... 528
SHEE-AH-WHIB-BAK (=Isleta).. ..- 528
SHEE-E-HUIB-BAC (=Isleta).....-- 528
SHEE-EH-WHiB-BAK (=Isleta)..... 528
SHEE-E-WHIP-BAK (=Isleta).....- - 528
Sur-ap’-a-ar (=Santa Clara)...... 241
SHIEWHIBAK (=Isleta)........---- 528
SHI-PASPU 2p ho ee ee eee 568
SHI-PAPU-LIMIAS = Ao sees 568
SHI-PA-PUW NA Sot cee n eee aeeae 568
SHrpyROCGKssaaceeereee a enc ceeee 566
SHKO-RE) KA=uASH i) 2S2ee ase 427
SHKOR-F KA GUASH pease eee 427
Sau Finne (=Shu-finné).......-- 235
SHUFINNE (=Shu-finné).......-..- 235
SHUFINNE (=Shu-finné).....----- 235
SHU=RINNE: 2922-22 a24- see eee 235
SHYE-UI-BEG (=Isleta).....--.-..- 528
SHIVIU=MON a eryse eee eee ane eee 324
Suyu-Mo (=Buckman Mesa)...... 323
SEAS. 2 3o33-e eee aeeeaaeee 517, 518, 519
STAY: (==Sla) ese cee eee 517
SIFRRAVBEANGAS+—-5-5-e oo eeeeee 564
Srerra Costiita (=Costilla Moun-
tains))3 me otra nee eee nee 559
SIERRAS CRER Kees eee eee 120
Srerra CuLEBRA (=Culebra Moun-
taINS) ye eet ee steno eee 559
Srerra bE Asrquiu (=Abiquiu
Mountains) 2 o-seeeeee eee sea 129
SrerRRA DE CARNUE (=San Pedro
IMountaine) seas eerre eae ee 507
SterraA bE Cocuitr (=Cochiti
Mountains) ees-eeo ee eee 409
SrerrA DE Dotores (=Ortiz
Mountains): emss) nee e eee = 05
SrpRRA DE JEMEZ (=Mount Re-
Cond 0) sass eee ee eee ee 392
SreRRA DE JEMEZ (=Jara Moun-
tain) j3s~ ease ese ceccos-eaaee 105
SIERRA DE LA BOLsA........-- 407, 456
SIERRA DE LA JARA (=Mount Re-
dondo)i\3. ae eee eee 392
SIERRA DE LA PALISADA.......-- 408
SIERRA DE LA TrucHa (=Truchas
Mountain fesse eee aster e 340
HARRINGTON |
SIERRA DE LAS TrucHAs (=Tru-
chas Mountain) See -e-e=eee- 2
SIERRA DE Los Brazos (=Los
IBYaZ0s) beak(8)))secenans ssa =
SreRRA DE Los LApDRONES (=La-
drones Mountains).....-..--.---
Sierra DE Los Mansos (=Man-
zano) Mountains) ==-2-2-22---.- <-
Sterra DE Los Mansos (=Sandia
Moun tain) Sere see aes ae a=
SrerRA DE LOS OrtizEs (=Ortiz
Mountains) peeer ese as eerie see
SIERRA DE LOS VALLES (=Jemez
Mountains) sees sees eee eee
Sierra DE Nampe (=Nambé
Mountains) pececse cee eisies se =
SrerRA DE PicurtEsS (=Picu-
ivl:)) - Socesacadansuecedoessecuae
Sterra vE Picuris (=Picuris
MOUDTaINS) peer eae ana eee
SrerRA pE Puaray (=Sandia
(Mo una tet) 2 ere sree eit
SrerRA DE San _ FRANCISCO
(=Golden Mountains)........---
SrerRRA DE SAN IsrmpRo (=San Pe-
dro) Mountains) pees. =e 2-2 ==
SrerrRA DE San Mateo (=Mount
Mavlon) sess see a seme ==
SrerrA DE San Mieuen (=San
Miguel Mountains).......------
Srerra DE San PeprRo (=Golden
IMG untains) eee etree
Srerra DE SanprA (=Sandia Moun-
CET) Seer ree terscistas ore se crCare
SreRRA DE SANTA BARBARA.....-
SrerRA DE Santa FE (=Santa Fe
MO UEHAINIS) eee ee sete seta ot
SrerrA DE SAnTA FE (=Santa Fe
WIG AEN) Sasa eeoeseosenaeD
Srerra DE Taos (=Taos Moun-
TAINS) ase toe ese crete s.cies
RANPO\ case homce nse lat aes est
Srerra DEL Nacrmrento (=Naci-
miento Mountains).........----
Srerra DEL Rrro (=El Rito Moun-
TAINS) meses eee cee eae mess
Sierra DEL Rito Cotorapo (=El
RitosMountams)seeses sere 26 =
SrerrRA DEL TuErRTO (Golden
PLACE-NAMES
Page
340
11
547
531
514
505
106
353
195
Page
SIERRA DEL VALLE (=Jemez Moun-
TAINS) Eee eee Tae a cine ane 106
Sierra Maapretena (=Magdalena
Monn tains) se eee se eee 562
Sierra Mora (=Mora Mountains). 350
Srerra Nacimiento (=Nacimi-
entonvoun tains) seeees ee 390
SrerrA Nevapa (=Santa Fe
Mountains) sseeeree mere eee 105
Srerra Ortiz (=Ortiz Mountains). 505
Srerra Trucuas (=Truchas
IMO TIN CaS) Berea rs eee ae 340
SrERRE DE TEecoLtore (~Tecolote
Mountains) seeeeeraseenee. ees 555
SIKOUAN(—(PReCCOS) saan se eee sees = 476
Siaqopa (Vyas 4oncncesaseco 473
SUK YING —PeC0s )seeeescepeceey | Sane
ST Se eee oe Ae nok eek 446
SITE ARROVO see o-oo 446
SUGTAG (S18) ere e ae sec mises 518
Slantiol (ESS\h ye oe daseseuaasssocr 518
SInVESTRE: TOWNE 2-2 c- = 22 5-= 120
Sipapuls (—Ci-bo-be) ee qeeeee acc ce 568
Sirsm& (=Laguna Pueblo). -. - -- 540
Sryyrmesul(—lalota) eee seer senses 529
Smal (ASH) sco ok Sec eeneabeeroeor 518
SiAmPARROV Osseo eerste ele 446
SopsA DAM. DHE= == . 2-2 -5--co- = 393
NODAMSPRINGS siya tole see 168
SORA SETLLEMENT: <2 5-5-2 == <l-,-' 196
Sours Lake (=Stinking Lake)... 110
South Mountain (=San Pedro
Mountains) =< oes.cce-ccncese ss: 507
SoutH Sanpra Mountain....---- 515
SpanisH - AMERICAN NORMAL
ScHOOLs.2:- 2 J22sce2 22 sess 143
Spr-nat (=Mount Taylor).-..-. --- 546
SEUR TDMA KE eee eee eer 356
STEWART WUAas sae eens eee 356
STINKING IGAKE.. 2: --2--2--2-= 108, 110
StinkinG LAKE CREEK......-.--- 110
Srone Lions, THe (=Stone Lions
shrine) beeeeeos Seok eee eer aie 418
Stone Lions or PoTRERO DE LOS
IDOLOS seh sano esee =p nee eels 428
Stone Lions PUEBLO......-..--- 418
Srone Lions SHRINE...------- 418, 428
SUGCO) (=A: COMS) eae ere ce eerste 543,
SUCcol(=Eecos) hase ee eee eee 476
SULPFUR SPRING........--------- 186
SULPHUR SPRINGS....-.---------- 391
SuNDIAl (=Sandia)ee ---2- 4-2-5 527
Sunmount Mountain (=Nagel
Mountain) bape eee merece sit 553
614
Page
Tere iA |(—=Quvira) seeeces ee eee 566
Taprrd (=Quivira)........-.---- 565, 566
TABI AN (—QuUIVIra) sees eee eeeeeee 566
Tapie MOUNTAIN. .2----------5- 189
TACOS (808) Seeeee sneha Loe
TAFIQUE (=Tajique)...-.-.--.-. 533
TAGEQUE (—Tajique)--.....-<-=-- 533
TAGE-UINGGE (=Galisteo Pueblo
THIN bose eee een cekeetees 481
T’a-ce Uinc-Ge (=Galisteo Pu-
ebloiruin’)s s2Ssse. cere 481
TA-GE-UING-GE (=Galisteo Pueblo
TUL) ane ee eee ee eee 481
Tacbn-UNGE (=Galisteo Pueblo
TUL) Ses ee es eee one 481
TAGEWINGE (=Galisteo Pueblo
TULD) 22 ee eee Lae 481
TAGIQUE (=Tajiqué)....--.----- 533
Tacuna (=Laguna Pueblo)....... 541
[DATOS ! (== La08) Seen eee 182
TAT-QA-TA TH (=a0s)foseseceaee see 180
Tatra wro (Taos) -2 2.2 ss = 180
Tal-Tz0-GAl (=Tesuque)..,...---- 387
Aeron; (=lsleta) e222 aetna) | cDeS
TWASIQUE aoc oct eee se eee ee 533
Ta-31-QUE (=Tajique)-..----.---- 533
TasiquE ARROYO.......- tise ois 554
TAJIQUE SETTLEMENT. ...-.--.--- 546
ATMA ars (= ROB) eye etee eraetatater eo) ater 18]
Taxtamond (=Ranchos de Taos)... 186
T’A’/LamuNA (=Ranchos de Taos). 185
TAmarya (=Santa Ana).........-- 520
TAmaya (=Santa Ana)....------- 521
TamajJ@ME (=Santa Ana).......-. 520
Tamaya (=Santa Ana)........--- 520
TamayA (=Santa Ana).....-..--- 520
Ta-mMA-yA (=Santa Ana). .....-.-- 520
TAMEs! (Jemez): 45-222 25e- oe 403
Ta-mi1-rTa (=Comitre)......-...--- 495
TPAMOS\(=P6c08) 2: -sseeo=e eee 473
Many a(—Santer Ama) eels oer 520
Tawra’ (—Santackna) ==... eeeeets 520
TANAGE (=Galisteo Puebloruin).. 481
Tan-a-va (=Old Santa Ana)...... 516
TAN-4-vA' (=Santa Ana)-..2.--.-2 520
TAN-GE-WIN-GE (=Galisteo Pueblo
TUT) oe eee eee asaist ee £48!
TANOS(=PG6C08) bees es see 473
TAO (=Ta08)t sno eee eee eee 182
TOROS \(=Ts08)ie-sceeeeee seer ae 182
TAOS Pesce epee eer meee 11, 182, 185
Taos Canyon (=Fernandez Can-
VOW) etate = ee osteo stemtamieres eters 185
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS
LETH. ANN. 29
Page
Taos CREEK (=Pueblo Creek).... 178
Taos CREEK (=Fernandez Creek). 185
TAOS MOUNTAINS? ---eeceee ee eee 175
TAOS UPASB N= 52 -h ele ae eee entaae 185
TAOS PBAK 43. cociceeteers ae see sei 184
TAOS RANGELEE --eeeseeesee eee 105
Taos Rance (=Taos Mountains). 175
AOSANS!'(—'R08). sees ene eee 182
TAOSAS|(—Ta0s) teense eae ae eloe
TAOSES|(—La0s)\e--eeeee eee 182
(RAOSIT, (12,08) 2 -e=eesceeee ee eae 182
ALAOSTS!(—Ta08) ease eee eee 182
(RAOSITES|(—0408) lose eee 182
LAOS Y:(—T208) Fone nee 2 cea Ome
MA-PU 52 cee oss eo eee een ee 459
TAGH-KA-T7B--2cscc.20see eens 442
TA-tstir-ma’ (=Tesuque). -- 388
Ta-1zE (=San Marcos). --..-...--- 551
APA= (=a 0B) eases ae aee eee LO
Tauren (—a08) ee seer eeee= ase ae - 181
avi A (—=Quivira) pases eee eee 566
Ta’-wi-a1 (=Santo Domingo)... -- 448
Ta-wi’-ci (=Santo Domingo)... .- 448
Tas Wor (=Ta0s) ~~. --s2352---s-0, 182
FRAK Ts (—IA0s) ese cneee ose se seas 181
TAXTO UEN(—ajique) sess sass e 533
TAYBERON (= TA0S) a se eoaeeeenes 183
Taytor Peak (=Mount Taylor)... 546
TAwopE (=—TIsleta) oo seecee ses e se 528
ATvAyiorann (== eta) ever rare ore eee 528
TcEE wAnpicI (=Tsawa4ril)......-- 253
TcEEWAGE (=Tsaw4rii). -....-..-- 253
TcEwavi (=Tsawérii)...--.--.--- 254
TcHI-HA-HUI-PAH (=—Isleta)........ 528
TcHI’KUGIENAD (=Cabezon Mesa). 546
TcHIREGE (=Tshirege).........-- 282
TrecoLore MountTAINS.....-.---- 555
TEEUINGE (=Te-e-uing-ge)...---- 154
TEEUINGE (=Te-e-uing-ge) .-..--- 154
TEBUINGE (=Te-e-uing-ge) ....--- 154
TE-E-UING-GE.-...-- Seasanosese 152, 154
MeGAT-HAA(=Ta0s)e ac-e 22-4 180
TEGIQUE (=Tajique)..-.-.------ 533
Treua (—Mewa) is sss-2 seen 570
TEGUAYO See asse teeta se eer eens 572
TreHAUvIPING (=Te-je Uing-ge O-ui-
ING) Sees aeee eee eee 337
Trav (—Tewa)s- ese sssc= eee 570
Ther AG (= C808) Genesco et
Tr-JE UING-GE O-UI-PING..-.-..-- 337
TMEJON -ARROMO sce se oe ee 510
TEIJON SETTLEMENT--...--------- 511
ALETOS)\ (=. R08) seemeeee = ae ae eite 183
HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 615
Page Page
TEJUGNE (=Tesuque)......--.--- 387 | Tiwr (=Santo Domingo)........-- 448
BEMIS (— SCM CZ) seeritee ae nes aa 403 | T1’/wi (=Santo Domingo)........-- 449
lhe Mi74(— J CMCZ) penne see eee) |e Oe || MOASGAIAN(==O19 yess oe eee eee 519
Tewque (=Tesuque)...-..------ 38% | NHAXCATA (—=Sia).-55--.--------- , 519
TEQUESQUITE SPRING. ..-..----- ISP |) Mhroyeun (Sih) a5 eso aeo cece se see 519
TERRENOS Matos DEL Rio DE LAS Tr’ dcr (ES1a) Se cee eee eee OLD
GALLINAS (=Gallinas Moun- TMoOAs(Ma0s beeen eee ee 182
EIUGT) aR ee ae SEE CRE See § 114 | To Gap (=Cochiti)...........--- 440
TeRSUQUE (=Tesuque).-....-.---- 387 | To HAcHELE (=San Felipe).-.-.--- 504
TESEQUE (=Tesuque)...-------- 387 | TOK’ELE (—Picuris).............. 193
TssiKe|(—Tesuque):--o-4e2- == = 3874 Momepo RANGE 22-2202. 22-25 a= 408
gies UK (= Nes qie) saeco ee at OST) | PRO SMAC ever. je yaya sce 324
RESUQUE Pos e-cocem Lee 37, 385, 387 | To-Mra (=Santa Ana).........-.- 520
MesuQue CREEK s-256.00-2542ee- 2) 080) || LOM-I-v al (—SantaAma)e-- - 55. = 2. 520
DES u OUR DLVID heen eee ee ae 4650) Lons\(—Wa0s) is oe e eae yee ae 182
TESUQUE SETTLEMENT. .......--- 390 | TopotiaNA-KUIN (=Taos)....--.-. 182
TrEsuQui (=Tesuque) -.---.------ 397) RORO) CREEK@ne case) eae oee a an
Terma MOUNTAIN..------------ 459° ||| "RORREONGE a-c2 det 2 ie ios see 5<- 522
MnnsoGcr(—Tesuque)--.- ----4---- 387 | Tosucur (=Tesuque).-......-.--- 387
Dersocr(—Tesuque)js-seee--— === 387 | To Titnni (=Laguna Pueblo)... 540
Tit-su-GE’ (=Tesuque) ---..--.-- 387 | TotsfEma (=Tesuque)....-....--- 388
PETES O/-Ge) (—M esugue)eri= 4 =- eee SOO! || HLO-UA-QUA\ «sent n = Soler ee 395
TxE-1z0-GE (=Tesuque). - . -..-- 385,387 | Tous (=Taos)............-...--- 182
ADEA HAN ((—'ES08) p02 sparse eee TSO) Pe RowsEa(— 0208) see eee ene 182
MUBWiAs tao stasis stteraicisae arerera-ain less 570 | To-wa-KwA (=To-ua-qua)....... 395
TWAT Ve 1 =a ee eee 2 25 2a 253i Mowe (— laos) eee = a= ee es 179
Terwiatr (=Santo Domingo).......- 448 | Towi!(=Santo Domingo)...--.. 449
T&-wi-ci (=Santo Domingo)... .-. 447 | TOwrrnin (=Taos)..-..-.------- 181
TEZUQUE (=Tesuque)..-...--.- B8duSSt, [LON Wom (Tas) ear a. a a5 182
(PAO si(— aon) peste eee eee 182 | To-ZAN’-Ne’ (=Laguna Pueblo)... 540
THEZUQUE (=Tesuque). ...---..- 387 | TozJANNE (=Laguna Pueblo)..... 540
IMBOMPSON) EEAKG-.<5= 25-5 -ee-4- 350) MLOOG sAal(—Cochith)i=ss eens. - eee 440
THoxTLawiaMA (=San Felipe).... 498 | Teo Hasmiue.................-- 555
TutiwitHa (=Santo Domingo).... 448 | Teo Hasiné (=Santo Domingo)... 449
Mromurtco) (Pecos) se-nesse es as oe 476 | Tao LANi (=Laguna Pueblo) .---. 540
Trcori (=Picuris).........-.-.-- 193 | Tao EAN (=Laguna Pueblo)..... 541
irgurc(—Pecos) Pere eee-eeeee aoe 476'| ToéwHun (—Taos)-.---- 2. -.:--. 182
PUICUT QUE (=P COS) sees os see 4s 475)\| RAMA ST OREBK: 220 2-=.. = -/05- <=). 190
ASN TOUME (—Pecos):se-2eee 2-2... 475 | TRAMPAS SETTLEMENT... ........- 339
nee RAVAMPARTLGAS 2542-020 ccc Uf Of | sre Asan ose rere o's =z Peee408
TrERRA AMARILLA CREEK........ 112 | Tres Prepras ArRoyo...-...-- 173
TIERRA AMARILLA REGION. ....-- 111 | Tres PreDRAS REGION... ....... 174
TIERRA AMARILLA TOWN........-- H12)|"TRes: PIEDRAS: ROCKS:...-!_--:.. 173
TIpRRA AZUL...........-.-..-.--- 1834] Tres PIeEDRAS SETTLEMENT...:... . 174
TiguEX (—Puaray).....-:------=.-- bay rel Bie (ESAS) Fe) ee ne 517
Traua (=Santo Domingo)..-...-. A485 UP RTOS) (S18 isso) seee wae cece aden 517
Ti’LAWEI (=Acoma)..... ares sacs 542 | Trout MounTaAtins (=Truchas
ADINID AND at. 38a eee os 566 MQ umber eee coe a 340
TI6TSOKOMA (=Tesuque).....-... 388 | TRucHAS CREEK............-.. 101,198
Ti-ra HAn-at Ka-ma Tze-sHu-MA. 417 | Trucnwas Mountatn..........--- 340
Tr-rat HAN-AT Ka-ma TzE-sHu-MA Trucuas Peak (=Truchas Moun-
(=Caja del Rio)..........--.-.- 429 GRUT) 2 Foe Seeet Oye ee om a 340
ADI WAS (—=SaNGi a): 52 -.catoccisicwin = - = 526 | TRUCHAS SETTLEMENT. -.-......- 339
616
PRSANIKAWING 32 cone acer oe cemeu
TSANKAWD MESA ccc 2. ee ceme eae
TSAWART = 2295 se oo anon ee eee ee
Tsawari (=Tsawérli)..........-
TSA WARIN2 33. -o8s ste cew tenn
ahaa \(—Sia)\Pore oe cee sce eats
TS A0H (= Sia) eee ete eee ee
TsENaJIN (=Cabezon Mesa). .----
Tsb TU Kinnié (=San Ildefonso)...
TsHiQuivE (=Pecos)...-.---------
TsHI-Quit-E’ (=Pecos).-----..---
TSHI-QUIT-E (=Pecos)...-.-.------
‘TSHIREGE: 242 ee ee eee te ee
Tsuya-ur-pPaA (=Isleta).....------
TsHyva-vur-A (=Isleta).--.-.--.2-
EE STAG(—= S18) bate eee eee eee eee 517,
TstFENO (=She-finné).....-...:--
TSINATAS.(—DBajada)e -eeeen see
Tsina-Tay (=Bajada)........--.-
TsIPHENU (=Shu-finné). ..-....--
Tso =rA(—Tesuque)oases-e a. ==
HONE (SA ace oeseceracouascad
SPAT AN (Taos) Bees eee eee =
Tu-a-wi-HOL (=Santo Domingo). -
Tucueadp (=Tesuque)......-----
Ti-r1 (=Isleta)
TUBRTO ee ee eee eee ee
(LUBRTORARROVOss sree eee
Tuerto Mountains (=Golden
Mountains)....:.+-.------ aeons
Tu BLAWat\(=Acoma)=: 2-2. .-.--2
GSA Wis) (= A\cOMa) eee oe eae
ToBeOAS (Jemez) -eessseeeee ee ae
Tuu-yIT-YAY (=Tajique) .---..---
Tou’-1a1 (=Santo Domingo)... .-..--
TUIKWEPAPAMA (=Penasco Creek)
TouLawer (=Acoma):--.-----+----
TU-na-s1-1’ (=Santa Ana)... ..-..-
Tony wAi(=Sia) =< ose. = assoc -
Topacwik Ket (Sia) eee eee
TunG-GE (=Tunque). .. .---....-
TuNnG-KE (=Tunque)..-..-...--.-
ToRQUOISH) MINES). .csesceee ose
Tusas CREEK (=Petaca Creek)...
Tusas Hrs (=Tusas Mountains) .
TousAs MoUNTAINS®:-.--2--2---1-—
TUSAS SETTLEMENTS: «.2-0¢2556---
TOsu-yit-yay (=Tajique)......-..
TusuQuE (=Tesuque). ......-..-
ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS
Page
274
273
253
254
254
518
518
547
305
474
474
474
282
528
528
518
235
471
471
235
388
182
180
448
388
528
549
508
(ETH. ANN. 29
Page
TuTaHAco (=Acoma)-.--....-.--. 544
TuTHea-uAy (=Acoma)........... 542
TUTHLA-HUAY (=Acoma).....-... 542
TuTH-LA-NAY (=Acoma)......... 542
Tursvuisa (=Tesuque)........---. 387
sto. WAN (Jemez) oenee eee eee 400
Tiwr’-at (=Santo Domingo)...... 448
Ttwu (=Santo Domingo)......... 449
TowmdAn)(—Taos)e en cee cease 181
Tiwirrsn (= Sandia) see ersesteceerrte rs 525
Ttwira (=Santo Domingo)....... 448
TU-wit-HA (=Santo Domingo).... 448
Tiwiyume (=Santo Domingo).... 448
Toyo} (=BlacksMesa)es- sees see 293
TU=¥O 225-8 c Reece eae eee 324
Tto=voi(—Black Mesa) tesesesseeeee 293
TuzHudnt (=Laguna Pueblo)..... 540
T’wr’wi (=Santo Domingo).... .- - 448
TWASOLIWA ss aaee 2 Jemeee ee tea ae 408
TYESHT-YE Ka-MaA CHINAYA
(=José Sanchez Canyon).......- 429
Ayam = EUAVAN (Ou Dero) sere 456
Tyrt-1 Haa (=Kat-isht-ya)..... 446, 447
Tyir-1 Tzat-yva (=San Felipe
Mesa). 23522 on ee eee 496
TYUONWI2 so 2 esses ssi eee 411
Mzama (Chama) eecee eee eee eee 100
TzE-Man Tu-o (=Pueblo Colo-
Yad0) (so ccci eee ee eee eee comes 488
TzE-NAT-AY (=Bajada).......-..-- 470
TZTA: (Sis) eecne- here meee one 517
[Tzi-k (=Sia)\eessocecee ease eee 518
Tz1-au-Ma (=Cienega)..........-- 468
Tz1-cu-MAy (=Cienega).......-..- 468
TzuPINGUINGE (=Chipiinuinge).. 121
Tz1-quit-E (=Pecos).........---.- 474
Tz71-q uit! (— Pecos) seseeseeeet 474
TzIREGE (=Tshirege).........--..- 282
Tz1-RE-GE (=Tshirege)......---.- 282
Tzrro KavasH (=Pajarito Mesa). 283
Tztro Ka-uasH (=Pajarito Mesa). 283
WickSan aa esos esses ccisjoce ets 408
Uatana (=Picuris)............-- 192
Uata-to-HuA (=Jemez)....-..-. 401
Uat-To-HuA (=Jemez)........---- 401
WAP H-Gie: £25 oe caress saree aie 555
Una pe Gato Arroyo (=Tunque
IATTOYO) oases cote = ere ee eee 504
UNa DE GATO SETTLEMENT......- 555
Unrrep Stares PEAK. ...-...--- 195
Upper Canaitton (=Upper Can-
gilon settlement)... ..........- 118
HARRINGTON ]
Page
Upper CANGILON SETTLEMENT.... 118
(UPPER NAMBY:5.252...-<25- 5455-7 368
WmABA (Taos) eeccseoceee esos 183
WACGASUMESA oss accu ac esc ssae ne 416
VAcus)(=Atcoma)ae-- 55-2 see = 543
WAD OE SSS 25sccnssscceseauee ae 110
Vaiprz (=Valdez settlement)..-- 177
VALDEZ SETTLEMENT... ...----.--- 177
VAT LAD OTD (=Ta0s)e- - eaeec ee ee 183
VALLATOA (=Jemez)....-..-..--- 401
VALLE DE Los Posos (=Posos
Walley) sseeseseee cence eee 265
VALLE DE LOS Posos..:: ..----- 98
VALLE DE MontEezuMA (=Monte-.
ZUMAMV ALLEY) mee kee seinen 564
VALLE DE SAN ANTONIO. .....-- 98
VALLE DE San AntToNIo (=San
AmitonTOMV alley) eset =15 391
VALLE DE San Luis (=San Luis
Walley, Ssecnc sa acest State eee 564
VALLE DE Santa Rosa.......-- 98
VALLE DE Santa Rosa (=Santa
ROSDRWANLOV) ereereteiseere eect 264
VAiIIE DR VLOLEDOS =. s5 422s 408
VALLEY GRANDES sac see eee 98, 276
WATE CUROS=eoe oa tere yeaa 124, 270
VALLECITO CREEK. ........-..- 158, 398
Vattes Cuarn (=Jemez Moun-
tains) eee pee eae nace eae 105
Vattes Mountains (=Jemez
Mountains) Ss eeaa te ree ce 105
Waris Die so aoc cose See 98
WATE RANCH: sacar cet aces nee 556
NViAWIVIBRD Wen seye teres rerscjae estate =. cect 554
Vampr (=Nambé Pueblo)......--- 358
VA ORORE EK = cayeeare ey ne sere tees 351
VELARDE SETTLEMENT. ..----.-.- 198
WicuRiTss(—Picuris) = esses sseeee a. 193
VILLAGE DES Picurts, LE (=Pi-
CUTIS) erro, Cees eee ee Saccine 193
WMewcusl (Acoma) sseseen es eee 543
WWIASB IAS KWikin eee iets sacs Srsle oes 408
WAGONEMOUND g2-2c oes seeeee aes 571
Wa-LA-NAH (=Jemez)......------ 401
AWEACEA TO AVS See. i eerste erasrac See cle 397
WaaToa (=Jemez)......-.------ 401
Wa/’-LA-TU-wA (=Jemez)........-- 401
AVVWATDT re Se ee eye oe cetes ee ores 570
Wasurotsi (=Sandia).........-- 526
W<A/sHutTsE (=Sandia).........--- 526
WATER CANYONS so-cce ess ece ce 101, 286
PLACE-NAMES
Page
WEE-KA-NAHS (=Taos)..-..---.-- 181
WEHLTHLUWALLA (=Santo Do-
STAN ITO) RSS C GEE Gata ea IA a ee 449
WE-LA-TAH (=Picuris)..-.-...-.-- 192 .
WE/-SUALA-KUIN (=Sandia) ...... 526
WITAPTG ROM SSS Sse c re euicne ne 291
WHEELER'S PEAK. /22--.-------- 175
Wire BULTS aces -cnees ses ec - 113
Waite Rock CaNon (=White
RocksaCany.on)peeseeseeeae eee 102
WuitE Rock CANYON........-. 102, 322
Wuite-Rock Canyon (=White
RockiCanyon)tees-ss-ss2 ==") - 102
Wuite Rock Canyon or THE Rio
GRANDES Seeeece eter ema oaacecce 323
WRITE ROCKS See cee aiee eae 445
VG AINAN(—PaGUris) eae eee seer 192
Wr’-11-G1 (=San Felipe).....-..--- 499
Wr’-u1-a1-l’ (=San Felipe). ...---- 498
WILLARD SETTLEMENT...--------- 535
WOnGGr/ (=Jemez). ...-------- 399
XIMENA (=Galisteo Puebloruin).. 482
XameERA (=Galisteo Puebloruin).. 482
MACONA (=Jacona)!: =.--25------- 330
XACON ON (—JACONO) ee eee eee cee 330
XAQUEURIA (—Quivira)........... 565
XE Mis (Jemez) pase eee eae 402, 403
NE MIEZ (Jemez) hae s-eee see sae 402
Ya-aTzE (=San Marcos)...-...-.- 551
Yaa-1zE (=San Marcos)...-...--- 551
SYeACCON(—Alcoma))seseaeaee eee 543
BYANGO) (Acoma) heres eee 544
YAMPHAMBA (=San Cristébal).... 486
Yam P’HampBa (=SanCristébal)... 486
Yam P’HAM-BA (=San Cristébal).. 486
Yam P’HAaM-BA (=Tsawarii?). .--- 254
YAmM-P’-HAM-BA (=San Cristébal). 486
SYA OS(— Mas) areas ctor ers essere <= 182
YapasuHi (=Stone Lions Shrine)... 419
YAPASHI, PUEBLO DE (=Stone
WitonsyEeb1O) eemsee ea aaa see 417
YApPASHI, PUEBLO OF THE (=Stone
ronsyRUeEblO)Seeeeeee cree ceeee 417
WA (— Sani Marcos) see aos DDL
ARTZ 6 (—Sant Marcos) --2 2-5-2 c= 551
BYCATNZ sy (— Sam MaYGOs)er tee sere 551
YemeEz (=Jemez)......-...-.-.. 402
JARS ater ot oe eee aie enete 408
YNQUEYUNQUE (=Yuqueyunque). 227
VWeouinids (SMEG ee 5 cesececcose 529
YON-PEL-LAY (=Santo Domingo)... 448
618 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS
Yoroo (=Santa Fe). -...-.5------
WSLETA (—Isleta)a.- 12 ase4seeee
VeELETE (—Isleta) eee eeee see eeee
WATETE (=—Isletayee = sscet aoe
YUGEUINGE (=Yuqueyunque)...-
YUGEUINGGE (= Yuqueyunque). -
WUGE-UINGGES. 2.0.5 - <5 = we sia
YUGE-UING-GE (= Yuqueyunque) .
YUGE-UINGGE (= Yuqueyunque)..
io AmAN (—Ta0s beeen cee sees
YuNQUE (=Yuqueyunque)... ..-
Yun-Que (= Yuqueyunque)......
Yu-Nu-vE (=Tyuonyi) ......-.---
YUQUEYUNK (=Yuqueyunque)...
WUQUEMUNQUM arse -ee oe eeeeeee
Yuque - Yunque (=Yuqueyun-
UC) once ncesm mee eee ee
Yuaur Yanqur (=Yuqueyun-
Chit) RB See pase craeotckauesesode
Zar (— Chama) asec ce ere
-ZANDIA (=Sandia))..2 = 2 -2-2se-5—-
ZEA (—Sia)..-.0.-.------- eee
Zemas (=Jemez).....-.---.-----
ZesuQqUA (=Tesuque).....-....--
Zitds(==Sid) 25 ssee eee eee
ZAM: (Sid) Seeeso-ss ce eeee ree
ZTE (== Sle) coe oe eee
ZiLE Arroyo (=Sile Arroyo).....-
ZO-CATB-SE-DIM er. © iste ees
[ ETH. ANN. 29
Page
INDEX
(In connection with this index consult BrstioGRaPHy, pages 585-587, and List or
PLACE-NAMES, pages 588-618.)
Page
Apport, Judge A. J., references to.......-- 410, 423°
ABERT, Lieut. J. W.—
On! Chilili es cee ee cn cen wn tae eneen=- seems 531
on\Cochiti.-« 22528222252 so cencaccesanees 439
on Poguate... 539
on San Felipe... 500
on Santo Domingo. ......... SoS ket!
ABNAKI DICTIONARY, Manuscript of... -.-... 23
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. ..........-2.------+--- 38
ACOMA INDIANS, name for............-...--- 574
ADMINISTRATIVE REPORT.............------- 9
ADOBE VUSOOLs sar eens eee ne en Sees oe 80
AGUILAR, IGNACIO, references to.....__-..- 263, 314
ALABASTER, reference to..............---.--- 579
ALCEDO, ANTONIO DE—
OMVA COMO sre ceeecesoos snes se. ec ces 543, 545
On! Galisteoteesenes sence coc ecetciece es 482
OneROjOBQUe tees etree eee eee oe Poot
OM Quivira scot scececcc hcc-csssseses cscs 566
on; San! CristObalesas- ces cae ccccmcccs ss 486
on SantatAmatecc. sae renee seecteceee 521
OnvRaOSsé ccescmenee cree tee meee cect 182
on Tesuque apa iY
ALEGRE, FRANCISCO JAVIER, on Jemez. ..... 402
ALENCASTER, JOAQUIN DEL REAL—
On Cochitimeetes rec nce see coca: seeeeee cs 439
ONIGylISLWe teee ont ke eee eee esc eas 394
Onlislotan sec ccntecer eee owe eetecs 529, 530
onibaguna 22-22 2osc2stsetccecceatecse. 54
ORR OCOSS reser cae en gee ee oe 476,477
Peete a eet anes eee te 193
526, 527
518, 519
ALVARADO, HERNANDO DE, on Acoma 543
AMADO, LUCERO, reference to......- 251
AMERICAN, Tewa names for... .. 5 573
ANCIENT PEOPLE, Tewa name for............ 573
ANDREWS; Hes, WOlk Offenses aescce. css eee 22
ANTIQUITIES, preservation of................ 20
APACHE INDIANS—
APATITE, WHITE, references to...
ARAVAIPA CREEK, ruins on.................. 16
ARCHEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA,
WOLKO ler comin nca cece anenn eee eee a 19
ARCHULETA, JUAN ANTONIO, reference to.... 168
ARIZONA—
national monuments.................... 20
work int <-is2scst 5. ests ects 10, 14-16, 20
Page
Arny, W. F. M.—
ONFPOJOAQUOl a J.secie cs cei. scecics ween Se 335
ON Saud Iaeeeece eee esac. Pace toes soc scc ee 527
ON AOSH er a ieee eeaee seen eee eee 180
ARRANGEMENT of Tewa ethnogeographical
material eee ree sores ocicee eee ea see sees 37-38
ARROWSMITH, A.—
OMWOMeZH en season cee seciss cones 402
on San Crist6bal. -- 486
onihantayAn ain cect essen eon sete sana 521
ONULAOS See esee een encase a ete cree 182
ATHAPASCAN (HUPA) LANGUAGE, sketch of. - 18
ATRAPASCAN INDIAN, Tewa name for........ 573
ATTACAPA LANGUAGE, dictionary of.....-..-- 13
BADGER in Tewa conception. .........--...- 43
BALLOU, Howarp M., acknowledgment to. . 19
BANcRrort, HuBERT HowE—
on Acoma...... poonorsoseososs!esSneed 543, 545
OniCochitibemestemcenesesercme see eae 439, 440
ON OMOZ = ccm soeme mca = eels cicthicers 403
OTE OGOS Sage. reietclestereiatew lets 474,476,477
ONUPICUTIS . oa c ec mcs cutee Nese ena 193
ONVPOLMATC: een amas eooatnstO eee 539
on Puaray. 54
on Sandia........- 527
on Santo Domingo 449
ON SIA aeertnec sts cidense ee se ase 519
on Tesuque 388
BANDELIER, ADOTF F.— ¢
ONVADIQUIY so oa- one oe cee nace eee 135, 136, 137
on Abiquiu Mountains. ............... 123,129
ODFAICOM Ar esee ann eeana acs cae 542,543, 544
OnpA=raUWO-NOv sass orn sc te stenene tse ol 345
onlalabastersnasccsee ewe eee oe ee coe 57!
on Alamo Canyon. 414,415
on Algodones. ...-. -- 508
on Amoxiumqua. - 395, 396
ontAncho: Canyon’ \.. 2.0222. --+02-=--=< = 287
‘on! Apache(Canyon. 22--02s5.-------2-=s~ * 480
on Arroyo dela Yuta..:-...-.....:....-. 556
on Arroyo de los Angeles. ..........--..-. 485
on Arroyo de los Valdéses..............- 452
on Arroyo de Santa Clara...............- 246
onArroyo del Chorro:--5---2....-----22< 489
on Arroyo Hondo Creek......-..-.-..-.. 176
on Astialakwé....... 397
on Bajada height...............-- 470
on Bajadaruing 4--esses eee eee 470, 471
on Bajada settlement.................... 470
oniBald) Mountain’: 2 -oncss---- 522 125
620 ; INDEX
BANDELIER, ADOLF F.—Continued. Page | BANDELIER, ADOLF F.—Continued. Page
‘on' Baldy Peakec. oo crsees- ane - a aeeee 347,348 on Gyusiwa
on Barranco Blanco..........--........- 438 on Haatze.....
OS erate il] O ese eee eee 522 on Homayo
on Black Mesa.........-..- 293, 294, 443,444 on Hondo Canyon....................... 415
on’ Buleitz-e-Qua.<----<----2---se anne 405 fintic(qrintepp eae ice era 162
on Caja del Rio Puebloruin........... 428,429 on Huash-pa Tzen-a..................... 549
on Cafada Ancha Pose LEY on Thamba tee ee eee Pe my 310
on Canada Larga.......... aes O02 omIsht-ua Wense)s oe eee 549
on Canoe Mesa wi. <.2'-223 223 ends 2H) on Isleta 528, 529, 530
on Canon de la Bolsa Hoseacigo ncn opsidesior 453 ontTacons ha OR ied 330,331
on Cafion del Rito.........-..--.-....+-. te Oui Jara/ Creek se fy scene: aan nnn a 406
on Capulin Mesa..........- ~ 424, 425 OM Jerez st Haba ee a ee es 400, 401, 402, 403
on cardinal colors......-....... a oni Jerez Creak. + eee eee 399
on cardinal directions-..2-5--- 42 GaapnGai inne 105
on cave in Black iMesa= 22-200. Ses- nee 296 Gil Jemiez/s princess nn enemas 304
on. Cerrillos.--- == -s2ecr=22cs.esnnesetere= ee on Jicarita Mountain..................-- 339
a oe eens oN pea or 8 on José Sanchez Canyon................- 429
on certain pueblo ruins........--...--. 106, cn Katistya 2 eae
247, 271, 385, 395, 396, 404, 405, 406, 407, on Ke-gua-yo Natale de : i 344.345
408, 425, 442, 443, 453, 455-456, 457, 466-467, am Kipana.. 550
489, 515, 523, 546, 548, 555, 556, 557-558, 571 RELA Gah rican =. | [nea ghnae
on,Chama River:-2-cseesess0-seeee eee 100 ee aoe ae ig i kG Ube oak ae nee
On\Ghamitalcccse =.= 225 snes neeene Fee 298'!|| JO (oss: = raga ory wake eames mince a ataren tal
on Chapero, the............-..---- 414 ony Da rT BOs Ute aes ace eseaaaeca 505
ae on La Canada settlement -. Ee 434
Se at Pi MEE Lee en on La Hoya.. 198
oni Ghimal.. = #222 24. Oe ees p09 1548; || eid = yar-racsie eae CAE ome nae FES Ge
on Chimayo settlement..............-. 341,342 on Ladrones Mountains...........-...-. 547
oniGhipiinninges sees eee ne 122 on LAS. Fe ea ce
on church at San Ildefonso. ............. 307 e oe Z as
on Ci-bo-bets. ccs do-- sac ee asta ee. 568, 569 ag
on Cienega ruin 468, 469 on Las Boces Canyon:<. <= 2-escssacene
‘oni Gieneonillass 5 eae eee ee ees 467 on Las Vegas. ....--.---------+2-+++ 220+
on Cieneguilla Mesa...............--..-- 571 on Los Chupaderos.. paaares¢
eiatinGlasniibes oe 56 | 00 Magdalena Mountains
OniGochitic seets- seen een 439, 440, 441 on Manzano Mountains. ....... - 531
on Cochiti Canyon................----- 430, 431 on Mariana settlement..-........-.------ 133
on Cochiti Canyon cliff............--.. 452, 453 on Mesa del Rito.-...--.----+--+.--.+++-
on Cochiti district.............222222--+- 409 On GSS EE Doce
on Cochiti'Mountains::---+----esss-0ee: 409 on mineral paint. .
on\color:symmbolism=sc=- =e) ene 43,62 on Mount Taylor... SPSESSSER aR Sac
on Comanche Creek............-----...-. 160 on Nambé Mountains.-..............--- 353
on Costilla Mountains. .................. 559 on Nambé Pueblo site ia eo) loo eels 358, 359, 360
on Coye Canyon.........---.2-..2-------- 436 on Nambé village.........-.2-.-...-.---- 377
‘on\Coyote Creek\2.2o2.2-2-s2e-peee 117 on ee : ae
pee OS ects se eoac poem anecososbeaane 456 WANE noe a
on Culebra Mountains..................- 559 on ahi: Creek... .----- 02s 0eeeeee eee ma
on Cuyamunque 333 CEE SUSE EE RO se 2003 SAPs S0ES
on Dixon settlement................-...- 190 on Ojana.....-....-------+----+-----++-- 553
on Dog Lake spring ...........---..----- 548 on Ojo Caliente Creek.................-- 159
on earth deity ........ 5) on Ojo Caliente hot springs... 163,164
on El Cangelon....... 515 on! Old Cochiti2te-saceee es aeeiooe 432, 433, 434
on El Rito Plain 142,143 omoldindian|trailc = ose. eee aoe 205
on El Rito settlement 143 on ae nee wetter reese eee tree eee eee a
on’ Embudo'Canyon=..s-22----22-----+. 187 on Old Santa Ana....---.-..-..-----....
on Enchanted Mesa.....- a 545, on O-pat-y Sen......---------------+---- 41
onifeldsparse..-----s0-o=" - 580,584 on Ortiz Mountains..........-........- 505, 506
on Fernandez de Taos... - a 185 on Painted Cave............----.------.- 423
On Pe-se-rey secs eee eae 152,154 on Painted Cave Canyon...........-.... 422
on fetich of the morning star............ 49 on Pajarito Mesa. ......-...-.--...--.. 283, 284
on Frijoles Canyon 410 (od gs here pl ee ae Sess aoe e Go codscre 398
on: Galisteo : 2. 22s2 5 oe eg ne oe 481, 482, 483 ON POCOS . een eee 473, 474, 475, 476, 478
on'Galisteo Creek: -- <<< << <<. ssecssen 478,479 on Pedernal Mountain 122
on Gallinas Creek...........-- c. 15 on Pena Blanca. .....-.. 445
On. Gipuyies. sc. deces= rome secee - 449-450, 452 on Penas Negras ruin. 479
on Golden settlement....-.-.... 507 on Penasco Creek... -.-. Seon Sahil
on Guadalupe Canyon................... 390 on Penasco settlement 196
on Santa Ana.... == 520; 521)
on Santa Clara.....-- - 240, 241, 242
on Santa Clara Creek......--.-.-------:- 234
GiniSA EY Gn Aes seas eeapeeesaneeesocs 460, 463
INDEX 621
BANDELIER, ADOLF F.—Continued. Page | BANDELIER, ADOLF F.—Continued. Page
OND PGra genase aietos natalie ian 263 on santa WeiGresk=-_-- 2 -------- =n 443, 464
on Peralta Canyon...-.-.--.--.---------- 437 on Santa Fe Mountains....-...---- - 104,105
on Picuris 192,193,194 on Santa Fe Plain. .......-:.-..- eee) 104
on Picuris Mountains... ...--..--.----- 194,195 on Santo Domingo... , 449, 450, 451
ODER IO RC essai aerate ee ae 203 on Santuario Mountains.........-------- 355
OTP O|OAQUGs ee are latopaee ae ee Bad! NOWISOCOPA TION On aoa ae = a 258
on Pojoaque Creek... .-..--------------- 301 on Se-pi#-uii ruin ..........-------------- 144
on Po-nyi Num-bu....- -- 354 | Oasis as oes sagee sosoeesoseeeaes 235
on P’o-nyi Pa-kuen 170 on Shyu- mo, cliff of........------- 323
on Pose-uing-ge...-------- oie, | 165 OM planes tee Seas see ier = 517,518,519
on Potrero de en el Medio.. .--.------- 435, 436 on Sierra de Abiquiu....-..----.-------- 121
on Potrero de la Cuesta Colorada. -....-- 454 on Sierra dela Bolsa..........--- - 408, 456
on Potrero de las Casas. ...--.----------- 424 on Sierra de Santa Barbara a 355
on Potrero de los Idolos... ------------ 427,428 (yalishtehne sho Gy tio) (0 Qh aso eae oss ensesseeese 408
on ‘Potrero Wargo... <= ea eee = 427 OM Sule seulement... -c25 <= sos 2- =m 446
on) Potrero WiejOl~ = «= .258--= = 431-432 OMSkyOOlbyaa ae see eels alee iaiatalets staisia= = 45,46
QNeP Usa yeeeeese aaa .- 523,524,525 OTM OG Gg) IN ee wera etal ainlelrsis 393
OUP bla js sae nen ee ome ae 257 on South Sandia Mountain..-.--..---..-- 515
on Pueblito.. - - -- 226 on Stone Lions Shrine....--.-...-- 419, 420, 428
on Pueblo Blanco. -.-.-.-----.---.------ 489 on sun and moon deities. ........-------- 46
on Pueblo Colorado.....----------------- 488 on Tajique......-----.-- k
on Pueblo Creek......------------------- 179 on Tajique Arroyo-.---- oS
on Pueblo del Encierro..-..-.----------- 442 on Tajique settlement. .......-..--------
on Pueblo Largo.....-.-.--.----------- 490-491 on Ta-mi-ta Mesa... ..-
on Pueblo of the Stone Lions...-..---- 417, 418 ONO Sees eee eee seein
on Pueblo Peak....--.------------------ 178 on. ‘Taos: Mountains. :....--..---.-----=-- 175
on pueblo ruin at Abiquiu. -- 138,139,140 ODM AOSNOd ieee se asee ears ere aan 184
on Puerco River.....---.---------------- 538 on Tecolote Mountains. ........--------- 555
OME UY Css ceciesckaewte atic ore tees 237 on Te-e-uing-ge . 152,154
on Quemada Mesa......-.--------------- 437 on Tejeuingge Ouiping.....--.----- -- 837
on Quemado Canyon......--..---------- 436 OnvLejONss.se- sake == S pyht
OWQuiviras loo. mem pee se 565, 566 on Tejon Arroyo. . 510
on rainbow......---.------------ Soe on Tesuque....---- = 387
on rainy season......------------ a ai on Tesuque divide........-------------- 465
on Ranchos de Taos 5 186, ont Petilla¢Mountain see eae. m2 el =e 459
on Red Hill...- --- 458, 459 on Tewa name for roofhole......-------- 78
on Rio Grande.....-.-.-.--------------- 101 ODib Hey Llw eee ees ee eee aa 577
OM TUINS Ata OV bee se cnm e a= = =r 200, 204 OnulhonVallose cesses eee oe eaciciclen sin sate 98-99
on ruins on Black Mesa.......-..-------- 297 OnuRierrarA Mari) wee eee eee see 107
Oni salinasstnessee seo sean 535, 536 on trailfrom Taos to Picuries. 195
on:Salt: Creek... ----.~-=-----------.----< 516 on Trampas settlement. -- Sase BHit)
on San Antonio Creek......--.---------- 392 on Truchas Mountains. . -- 340,341
on San Antonio Mountain,.......-..--- 560, 561 on Truchas settlement...-...-.---.------ 340
* on San Antonio springs. 407 Onulsankcawilttuine jee <= a-ncienniecin = 274
on San Antonio Valley. . z . 391 ONeUSa Wallen tece = s- -e anes === =i 254, 255, 256
on San Crist6bal.....---- - 486, 487-488 ON TuertolATrOy Obs ocie- = 2s ece-ie-= <i 508
on San Crist6bal Arroyo... ------- ene: 485 UMC HN G HO ase ee ee oe e eee eas 511-513
on San Diego Canyon......-...---------- 393 OnwPunguerATroyO! . ..c--------2------- 504, 505
on San Felipe.....--- 495-496, 498, 499, 500-504 on turquoise deposits. ...-.- .. 493-494
on San Felipe Mesa........------------ 496, 497 on “twin War Gods”’....-- : 146
ODMSADIGADLICl ere con estate oe =e 228 on Tyuonyi.......--- -- 411,412
on San Ildefonso.....-...---------- 304, 305, 306 on Tzirege
ON SAN TANS rte eee eee 212, 213, 214, 215 on unlocated pueblo ruin...---.----.----
on! San azaros. oo. 2. <a = - 255,491 on Vallede Toledo.....----..-------.---
on San Marcos...-.-- - 551-552 on Valles Mountains.....-.------------
on San Miguel Mesa.......-------------- 425 Oni Valverd@sess es a-2 2-6 --e nnn =
on San Miguel Mountains.......--.---- 421, 422 on whirlwind symbol........-.------
on San Pablo ruin...........------ 508, 509-510 on white apatite. .......--
OD Sant Pedro! sae aman esse emia 508 on White Rock Canyon. -
on San Pedro Mountains 2 507 on Yuqueyunque......---
Gyalishiitshiens saccqusacsaceeasceose 525, 526, 527 references to.......---- 153, 154, 253, 280, 286, 574
on Sandia Mountain..........-------.--- 514 | Barcta CARBALLIDO Y ZUNIGA, ANDRES G.—
BARREIRO, ANTONIO, on Cochit
BaRRETT?, Dr. S. A., acknowledgment to...- 12
622 INDEX
Page Page
BASALT, Towa Tame fore cca anrantincinie’= setoieiae 584 | CACHINAS, references to.............-...- 54, 56, 356
BEAR in Tewa conception 43 | CALENDAR, determination of. 47
“ Beast Gops,” reference to.......-..--.-.-- 43 | CALHOUN, JAMEs S.—
BEAUCHAMP, Rev. W. M., acknowledgment to. 12 on Isleta 529
BENAVIDES, ALONSO DE— 402
(OTA CONE ete ace ene ae terrier tee 543 193
On) CHIT Fase ees esc we reese 531 539
on-Isleta. soos secn-sesaesseneeucreses 529,530 334
ONT OMOZ - =a -2 one os ose sees aes ts 402 305
on Pecos...... 476 527
on San Ildefonso. - 305 449
on Sandia....... 526,527 518
on'SantalClaracno.< cesses ane maces 241 | CALIFORNIA INDIANS—
Oni T80S: Hoes 5252525 s eee cecsacteseee-e<e 182 population <.<-~-2- an. -sensseeraneeeen 13
BENT, CHARLES, on Nambé Pueblo.......... 358 TPewa NAM6 lO nso spat one estes 573
BIBLIOGRAPHY. ........------------------ 585-587 | CANDELARIO, J. S., reference to.............. 283
BILOXI DICTIONARY, Work on......-.--.----. 14s OC ARDINAT BIRDSaeseeeeeee a ecece eee 43
Birps, CARDINAL. See CARDINAL BIRDS. CARDINAL (COLORS oes - eno sees see eeee eee 42-43
BLAEU, JEAN— CARDINAL CORN MAIDENS.......-.--------- 43
onzPecos! === 476 | CARDINAL DIRECTIONS...........-.---------- 41-42
on Santa Ana. aoe O21 (CARDINAL AUAMEM ATS 2 seep ce eee ec eee 43
On Pa0S hoi se ea ecoe oth see e ese ene 182 | CARDINAL MOUNTAINS...........--- 44,513,514, 560
BLOEDITE (MINERAL), reference to......-...- 579 | CARDINAL SACRED WATER LAKES . 44-45
Boas, Dr. FRANZ— CARDINATASHELES sacs en so ee ase eee eee 44
acknowledgment to...........-.----..-. 12)||| CARDINAL SNAKES... 02 --2- on. -- 2 eee ssee eens 43
WODK-Of ches not see Sone oc ee eee 18) || CARDINATATREES oc cnc o2 20 o0 eee ee 44
BoLton, Dr. HERBERT E.— CARNIVAL, name for-._--2------ -e=scecsceees 69
acknowledgment to: ---<-.2-----.2-=-..-- 12 | CASA GRANDE RUINS, ARIZONA, operations
WODK Of: coon sacle ste ny-ecisee one enon 19 Eine cascsapnoacadaanaecr coos sedasscnetoc 14-15, 20
Bonm1a, ANTONIO, on Quivira....-.....--... 566 | Cassipy, GERALD, reference to...........-.-- 466
BOWLES, JNO.— CassIDY, PERLINA SIZER—
onvPicuris!= eosestsceesecoeec ees secece ste 193 on tradition of Ship Rock. .........-.... 567
(PEE EY eae Bone at EEGaC ERS Se EOS AABEEE 523 reference tOn. 23 2:22.22 -scseccsseseeeeece 211
ON:Sant Marcos somes see oete fore ae isi 551 | CASTANEDA DE NAGERA, PEDRO DE—
ONL AOS sa. S Sersae cena eto era ise 182 on; ACOMaS =.) atacee eee ee ee 543,544
BRACKENRIDGE, H. M., on Jomez....-.--...- 403 ‘ON GALIStOO Es as coe ee eee ee eee 482
BREVooRT, ELIAS— On} JOMG6zZ.-5 oo. coke ee ee eee 402
oniSan‘ldefonso! oe. eee eee ee erase 305 ONPLOCOS seeseine soo ace eee eee 476
ON Sials.c2shesetec.2=sse==2 518 on Picuris.. 193
BRUHL, GusTAV, on Pojoaque 335 on Quivirasc.-sc-s-)- 565
Bupp, Harry— on Santa Fe Mountains 105
OnPATTOVO HONGO tesco ce i setae atetars 187 517
on Arroyo Hondo Creek.......-.....--.. 176 183
on Arroyo Hondo ssttlement.......-..-- 17 on Yuqueyunque 227
on Elizabethtown ...-.--...:------------ 176 | CaTa, EULOGIO, reference to..............-.- 143
on Luceros settlement.........-.--.----- 184 | CAVES, PRINCIPAL, in Tewa country—
onePueplo'Canyoncen.cacia- 2 ae eee 191 in Tewa tradition. ...........- 138-139, 166-167
fonvPiwehlowiinieste esas 2s nase meee cee 196 Telerences tOs=-.- sas Seine dae oes 225,
on Ranchos:de.Ta0s').- -- +. -2-c-5-5e----- 185 272, 296, 321, 374, 412, 415, 452, 457
on San Ildefonso. . 304 | @EGIHA DICTIONARY, manuscript of... -- eaeee 23
on Sandia....-.-. 525 | CHAMBERLAIN, Dr. ALEXANDER F., ac-
on Santa Clara. 241 knowledgment'to==--2222-.--.+ seeeeeoerees 12
on! Santa le. eases este snee see eens 460 | CHAPMAN, K. M.—
on'Seco town: 2. 2-2 ses aca esnc naar ance 178 acknowledgment to--.-..........-...----- 38
BUSCHMANN, JOHANN— TOLELON COLON see emes ecient ease cents 465, 466
Oni Curyamunguessecc cre aes ens sae er 333 | CHEYENNE INDIAN, name for.............--- 57.
onsletat2 sees eee 529 | Cuimayo, blankets of........ 342
OM JACONS oer) een eee nee: eee nee 330 | CHINAMAN, Tewa name for..-. 573
on Jemez. 403 | CHIPPEWA MUSIC, researches in........ z 19
On LAOS. ae sees sae See eee ees 182 | CHTRICAHUA APACHE, Tewa names for.....-- 573
BUSHNELL, D. I., Jr., acknowledgment to... 12 | CHITIMACHA LANGUAGE, dictionary of........ 13
BUSTAMANTE Y TAGLE, BERNARDO ANTONIO | CHOCTAW DICTIONARY, manuscript of.....--- 23
DEON Bla ce ssce cee ee see ee ete 519 | CLANS, TEWA, reference to.......--.....---.- 61-62
BYINGTON, Rev. CYRUS, linguistic work of... 23) || (CLARK) MAYS: > Work Ofso-cssccsctecsee eee 24
INDEX 623
Page Page
Cray, Pewamamo forse..>.<c0<ceess= os ensie~ 582 | CuLin, STEWART—
(CLANTON, pec. pWOLKIOL oso cle cle inine sits 24 acknowledgment to......-.........+.-.-- 12
CLERICAL WORK OF BUREAU......-..-------- 24 on kicked-stick game - 530
Couns, terms relating to...........------..- 54-57 | CULTURE HERO of Tewa.......... 164, 165-166, 169
Coat, Tewa name for..............---.-.---- 580 | CuRTIs, EDWARD S.—
Cocuiti INDIANS— lOnVA Coma =f S28 sae bce oa sas es ann Soeisele 544
cardinal directions..........-...--------- 42 on Cochiti. 440
COMMUNAl UNS ee ee ee eee aeia ss 414 on Isleta. 529
conception of sun and moon........-.--- 46 on Jemez .. - 402
geographic names................-..--.-- “100 | OT Sao gS etete clean ee ae cine wana 540
Wan guage 2 se sol act esac scene scce sae e esos | On Loan MelinG ss. so acae ta: ace see te Sones 499
legends.......... on San Ildefonso 305
name applied to... on San Juan 213
name for cloud. . on Sandia... 526
DOLLAR acters Serres aenee ee eine ee eee on Santa Clara....-. 242
region claimed by on Santo Domingo. 449
ShrinOS* see ee- Sae2 se coe cee 419-420, 428 OTSA meme cena amet at are citer a acsye 519
successive homes of. 412, 418, 433-434, 435, 440-441 OU) Ta 0Ssases poe essere ee tse te wine cessor 182
Cotp, terms relating to.............-..------ 53 | Curtis, WM. E.—
COLLECTIONS, description of. ......-. 16-17, 19, 20-21 On Cochitipeeseans faeces. csc acc esos zcices 439
Couns, RALPH P., on Poguate 539 ONG OMezeeren sea eo ae cee esealosces= 403
COLORADO, work in 193
Coors. See CARDINAL COLORS. 325
CoLUMBUS MEMORIAL VOLUME— 305
OMVA COMA ase 2 sires nsc sesh cess neeaes 544 183
One Sletavcece == cecienn see oe cisscanncsontes 529 | CusrInG, FRANK Hami.Ton—
OT Kip an fees e eee eel see eee ree 550 On GalisleOmesmee sect ate seco cee racers 481
oni San Crist6ball-s-s2---o--2--22--s2--~= 486 on kicked-stick game-...............----. 530
fOntOand Iaeeeree ee nese ee nse eee sete 525 Onjiba suns eae sess ones: ae nce ase 540
OMSantarAgiae eer. seen seen en ene 520 Ong OjOaQuetosmsssscissae = ceeea ates etc 335
COMANCHE INDIANS— On San digaciien- cance ce seceesese-atteee 526
PEL OLGH GO| LO mere amen sineistspeta aerate aie=iatsiata 480 (on Pass" ce eeeces ce 182
relations with Pecos.........-.---------- 478 on Zuni month-names 62
PewamamelOr-aes-sos deer - wees eee i- 57: on Zufi name for Rio Grande 101
COMECRUDO LINGUISTIC MATERIAL, work on.. 13,14
CONSTELLATIONS in Tewa conception. -...-..- 50-51 | DancEs—
Cooper, Cuas. L.— AttAbiquidscc 28. sceseesnt neers wake Sects 137
on NambéiBueblo:.. -. en... nen 359 Jicarilla Apache Indians.....-.......---. 109
ONEMOSI GUNG ae sae ete eee a ates eieiene 387 San Ildefonso Indians. ............-..- 295,308
Corr, E. D.— SaniJnanvindiansse-s2e- eee ne eee see 119
on Cristone Pueblo ruin. .-..........--..- 115 WaosiIndians:-s-=---.<ceec-seceeeceens 179, 184
oniCuyamunque...---2ss2--s------= =< 333 | D’ANVILLE, Le Siewr—
CoprEeR, Tewa name for.............-------- 580 ON Galisteojcs<2<2-s-0<25s'-s- cesses n2s-~% 482
CorpovaA, Luis CABRERA DE— OMIGYUSIWalecc s spac eeee see ae anes 394
(ON CMOZseaanan se eeeac ema ee neice 402 OnbISletatscrcsemeeneciee ememecceeee 529
ON SAN Ian hearse seeeciase este et 213 ORWACOND sssocer sechs os access tee ce ne 330
CORN MAIDENS. See CARDINAL CORN MAIpD- ontNambéveueblopess.2 ss. se- 255s se. = 358
ENS. On| Patoqua: 222. = 6 - <sticeasescceee enon 397, 398
CORN-MEAL sacred to divinities. ............. 43 ONYRECOS eke eae me sces ec eces tweens 476,477
CORONADO, FRANCISCO VAZQUEZ— on San Cristé6bal.. 486
ONY BCOS Se aaah nienantewien serena naw oeeee 475 on San Felipe. . -. 499
Oni QUiVita. 2. eos secece ss seee eee c ee sanee 565 on San Idefonso.. eo OD0:
COSMOGRAPHY, TEWA..........-.---.--- 41 et seq oniSandiWante osececiesse oe sect wetacan 213
COTONAME LINGUISTIC MATERIAL, work on.... 13,14 ONWaNnsWaZaros....cseews snes seteen-s wee ee 491
CoyoTERO APACHE, Tewa names for.......- 574 OmiSandiaeace conn. 5. corer oscar sect scees 526
CRANK, JAMES A., on Apache Canyon....... 480 OMSAN LAAN A cee oe sae oe earemine oe 521
CREPY— oni Santa (Clara-)./2.-.cc-..25--220cssse-se 242
ONMRALOQUA a o22- = sce ore este ace wee 398 | Davis, ARTHUR P., reference to.........--.. 350
on San Crist6bal. 486 | Davis, W. W. H.—
ONG SANE ase ipa ee ae es cles rare 213 on Cuyamunque 333
omiSarlMarcos®. <<< scencces seen sain 551 on Jacona.-....---:.. 330
onjpanta Caran sces cco. eee eorian sani 242 OMT OMOZ East ccn seen ew seee ons camera 403
CUAME INDIANS, reference to..........---:--- 518 oniSanwh lipase: snore ce ccesen es cres 500
Cupas, ANTONIO G., on Cochiti............- 439 on\SaniWidefonso:=s--5-s-s520 -222esa- sc. 305
CUERVO Y VALDES, FRANCISCO, on Galisteo.. 482 ONSAM Mal nasa necace tetcaene ders oee 213
624 INDEX
Page Page
Davis, W. W. H.—Continued. ECHO; Tewa name fore... 5sse5-s ne rsa ser 60
OD SONIA = share crelsisteet lotsa eames 527 | EcuirsEs in Tewa conception. ....-..-.------ 46
OT SIA s cccan csticln nie oe aes eile stares 517,518 | EDWARDs, FRANK §., on Pecos........-...-- 476
OD SOS eres crete eaitales ete eae 182 | ELpopt, SAMUFL—
OD WM QUC YUN GG se pecan eee 227 pottery: collection'of- 2 -- =~ - p< =-- op 203
Day AND NiaGuHt, terms relating to.......--- 67-68 references to
IDE Wer, N00 Quivira.c- scene betel 566 | Emerson, Dr. NATHANIEL B.—
DE LISLE, GUILLAUME— acknowledgment to............---------- 19
OMA COMA Sean see cates es eee eae Osos poe WOrkiOl.<5 oes nossse5s5ess absense eee 21
on Isleta... 529 | Emmons, Lieut. G. T.—
on Jacona. . 330 acknowledementito:-....------<--=-25--=- 12
OTE GCOS ie eormiciae eect letr ete eine 476 collection made by..............-.-.---- 21
onwanta Claracctnncscscs--- sees a eee 242 | EMory, WM. H.—
OD Sila cesen = oceeaee ase ossoaaeeeee ea eee 517 ONMACOMSScceee ee ee ese eee
ONvLajiqQuess assests sere aaa ae 533 on sleta:=s-s.---c-cee- eae 24 ae
on Taos 182 | EQurmNoxEs not recognized by Tewa.....-.-- 47
DELLENBAUGH, F.S.,on Puaray. 524 | ESCALANTE, SILVESTRE V ELEZ—
DENSMORE, FRANCES, work of. - : 19 on Galisteosaenese ee a sees eee 482
DEw, terms relating to.............---.----- 54 ONL TI VAR Alacra aie ian seer 566,
Dictionaries of Indian languages, references OD CAsIQUC-:e sce se =e ssn eee eee 533
OS GRA CE SaeeohoscnSon soonaceeesne sod 13-14, 23 onWDSa Wario tecceno. peer = eee 254
DIEGuUENO, color scheme of.......-.--------- 42 | EscaLona, Fray JUAN DE, builder of church
DIRECTIONS. See CARDINAL DIRECTIONS. Bt Manto OMINE Ose. essere ane aes 450
DISTURNELL,J-; 00 CAOS cee an scence ines 182 | EscuDERO, JosE A. DE—
Drvinit!Es, INDIAN, references to..-...----.-- 41, 201 Gil RO (ee fie hem enaseooandnc-cdsssee sees 334
See also LEGENDS, MYTHOLOGY. on Santo Domingo. .-........-.---------- 449
Drxon, Dr. ROLAND B., acknowledgment to- 12 | EspEJO, ANTONIO DE—
Doss, ARTHUR, on Quivira.......--.--.- 566 ON A COMA sete acer eco ae eee ee mee aes 543,
DoMENECH, EMMANUEL— ON J OM6Z= 5255-02 eos ene ens a eee oere ee 402
ODVACOMND veces ne seme e eer aes 544 OniPee0S 21-0232 ae eens cere eseseseseees 473, 476
On) Cayamunque soo. enn meee oe 333, ‘ON PUala ys .< cee sane = eee eee 523, 524
ONMGAP UNA meen see eaeece eee seen 541 on Sia..... aon sanosecarSdascressa5
on: NambéiPueblo.-2---c.-ecscncernse ne 358 | Espinosa, ISIDRO FELIS DE, on turquoise.... 580
on Pojoaque. - 334 | Esturas—
OD) TPeSUqQuese.- cee cere serine ee aesjoateleit= 387 ati Kuss, (LOrreOn) seers aseeee= eee eee 523
DONALDSON, THOS.— at San Crist6bal.... 487
OD) Cochitivescsse cena sec eam aaa eee 440 ‘atiSanta Anasccsss acessen aoee ee eee 521
ON POSUS On. aan aa cela emilee nie 539 TOLCLONCO LO ses eet we alee eee ee Ee 361
(isNsphele PEN ape Sneaneeeneacd ebbasse ideas 213 | ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE T'EWA INDIANS—
Cys Gsooaraded sondenosens sodepannan 518, 519 MEMO OMe seen a eee eee eee= 29 et seq.
Dorsey, Dr. GEORGE A., acknowledgment MOLE ON cee ces eee olen eee ete 25
On eeodesidood sndcseacodeeaesaascorisss 12)))| VANS) S. 13.5/ON A COMA © ore leicres o-=ani= alma 543
Dorsey, J. OWEN, linguistic work of 23 .
Dovetass, W. B.— Farr, name for. . 69
data collected Dy <r. - a1 st-r-lteeacl- steel 20 | FaLcoNneRr, T'HOS.—
on Bald Mountain isssss.-cemem=see ees 125 on Pecos. - 476
Dozer, T. 8.— on’ San: Felipe =< <.2.:2s<2<i2=eses<-eme-oss2 500
acknowledgment to........-..----------- 38 | Parranp, Dr. Livineston, acknowledgment
TOLOLGDCO Osea esessienen cece eee eee 224 CO orto ee oe he eae eine eee si eee ree 12
Durourl, Rev. J. H., on Tesuque........---. 387 | FELpspaR, deposit of. - 580
Dunn, J. P.— FEsSTIvAL, name for...... -.-- : 69
acknowledgment to..........-.---------- 12 | FESTIVALS—
linguistic work 23 At PADI WLU aie oe onto aaa ele nee ae es 137
Duro, CESAREO F.— VICATINAHADACHE opener ans e eeiael 157
on Acoma. . 543 | FEWKEs, Dr. J. WALTER—
ON OMOZe sae acta ese wie ae acetate 403 (Onl. BOAD SPIN faassen ce ee are 561
Dwarrs. See PYGMIES. on Colorado River... ..----- - 564
OnvuH an secwcice === eee 570
EAGLE in Tewa conception........-.-.------ 43 on Jemez... 400
EAGLE PEOPLE, Pueblo of (mythic). .-......- 571 OM UAL UNG eee eee ciaiee eels 540
EAMES, WILBERFORCE, acknowledgment to - 12 on Nambé Pueblo. we. 309
EARTH in Tewa conception. ..-...-..----- 45, 52-53 On Pawik pac 2 <ccccce-- -nlna= seme em 563
EARTHQUAKE in Tewa conception .........-- 52 ONUPOJOSQUG!. snsenne separ ent 335
Eaton, Lieut. Col. J. H.— on San Francisco Mountains... ---...-..- 88
(CONVA COMA see eae setae ariestciscisa tine eae 544 on Sani Tide fons0 oe ase nena = 304
on Galisteo.. . 482 (OH SENG URE So Sas asesooe ass s6 211,212
INDEX 625
FEwKES, Dr. J. WALTER—Continued. Page | GALVANO, ANTONIO— Page
On Sandiaeee een eee ee sete eiate is 526 OULPA'COM Share eee ieee cle ase le ae nan 543
Om Santa Clarae.sme2o cress Sacks 241 OTR OCOS Een septate nein ise eee 476
OURS pe peste e eee erie cies tele 568 OM Qi vate Sareiesta te ete sietera|cialet= jat=taketelaiara i=in 565
GUNA 0 fC a asasoree acosueoeceaaceaoucs 387 | GANNETT, HENRY—
on Tsawarii-. 254 oneBaldeMountainteeaceme scsi eciiee eae 125
on Walpi 57 on Jicarita Mountain . 339
work of... on Mount Taylor. - 545
FLEISCHER, K, A.— ON Gand Uanearaace saree. -onae eRe sae 215
acknowledgment to.........-.--....---- 38 on Tecolote Mountain..........------.-- 555
onsletaiis.-2 ss 2e-cues aeeeeccecceseness- 528 | GARCES, FRANCISCO, on Taos........-------- 183
Tefarences|LOme eres pee eee eee eels = 424, | GARRARD, LEwis H., on Taos........-------- 182
432, 434, 443, 444, 445, 446, 447,451, 494,506
FLETCHER, ALICE C., acknowledgment to.... 12
Foe, terms relating to.........-.--......-.-- 54
FOWKE, GERARD—
acknowledgment to.......-...-.-.------ 12
eollectionimade!DY.--2s—-22-24-2-s=5--s6° 21
explorations: Obeemr- ceo eee seat n a as 19
FRACHTENBERG, Dr. LEO J., investigations
Om Sp coca Seo on sM QeC OTe SESE aE GDan OS SHS 18
FRANCISCAN FATHERS—
GUEA COM Ween esa=secere ase 544-
on Albuquerque. 530
on Bernalillo. ... 521
on Cabezon Mesa a 547
OM C OCD Liesetera =e aera ete ae eee ae 440
(ha Cees Caeee cre eeSeeenesaceseesscuS 529
GE OMNG eres sete seis ee eee eee 402
Gab SoaGrannoacpsccRese Mes scance 540,541
on Little Colorado River......-.-.------ 570
on Navaho cardinal colors. .........----- 42
on Navaho cardinal shells. . 44
on Puerco River.....-- 538
on San Felipe... -. 499
oni Sanity anlessnes see ener eee eens 213
on|San’JnaniRiver. «< <2 <2. - -<-n= -c== =i 560
Costas tS a oe a eae Se 526
On San tah Gere tan sane meme mctelae ce 460
on Santo Domingo......... 449
(nif poesede sencoteaoos 519
‘ 182
GHR q ovEaliléne ae ae eee ee 555
TOGLGNCAiLO see eet ainiaie ele ata a Beara laiele 44
FREER COLLECTION, references to...-.--...-- 10-11
FREIRE-MARRECO, BARBARA, acknowledg-
PET GED ai O eee ee ate oe le heen tay tec 38
FREYTAS, NICOLAS DE, on Taos...:...-..-.-- 182
FRIEND, Tewa name for...-..--------------- 574
Frost (MAX) and WALTER (PAUL), on Soda
SPFINGSie cence eccecoees ss acceecce ces credmes 168
Frost, terms relating to..... sso Scoe DORE OOe 54
GALISTEO INDIANS, data on....-.-.-.----.- 483-484
GALEATIN, ALBERT—
OniChiilins css eece see sess ae iasee 531
on Jemez..-. 402
on Laguna. - 541
on Poguate. . 539
ontlaosieaee-n == Se, 182
OD YUGQUey TING Ue ee ee eee ase ine 227
GALLEGAS—
lOnWT OINGzree este stan sealer hh ict 402
OM ROPUS LO seers as tetas ela 539
on\San Felipe... ---.-----------. -- 500
GALLEGO, José RAFAEL, references to 132, 133
87584°—29 rru—16——40
GATES, Dr. MERRILL E., acknowledgment to. 12
GATSCHET, Dr. A. S.—
inguisticsworksOles-s.. ences <= se eee 23
OTREA\COM Aner enemies tee ele lanes nee 542
on Astialakwa..o- s22s.c< ces ee siest cee 396
on: cardinallcolorsiss spears <iaic asi al mine 42
Oi Cochitie se cere eee ee sere ee eer 439
oniisleta ae sean a ene rins teen seee 528
OMT OM GZ see se eee ea eae .-- 400, 401, 403
on Laguna....... - 539, 540, 541
‘onyNambéibuebloc-enepe ene seoes=s2-s—ae 359
on Patoqua....- 5 397
IDMIBE GCOS See wc eae aoe ee eeiisee pe eee 473
ONUPICUFIS tee ee-see nae sic see sense en 193
(ONY E Oj OAC Us re et tetet= wits te faie sins sce eae 335
ONY Sam WAN Steere sesame sine a lose neil 212
ontSandias s252>-2.cnse . 525, 526
on Santo Domingo......-- 2). 448
ONY LAOS Semester aa - 181,182
‘on aossMountainis* ase s- oe 2 - e 175
GENIZAROS, meaning of term......-..------- 137
GEOGRAPHICAL TERMS—
JER BO) (ee o eo sne nee ose CONSUOGOSEEDSS 70 et seq.
note on 37-38
See also PLACE-NAMES.
GIBBS, GEORGE, on Santo Domingo......--- 448
GILA CLIFF DWELLINGS NATIONAL MONU-
MONT CLOavIOM Ol secre cesiens = ee ae miniemee cise 20
GILA (UPPER) VALLEY, antiquities of....-.--. 20
GILL, DE LANCEY, work of...........------- 23-24
GILL, G. WYLIE, collection made by --.------- 21
GUACTER SECLMM OT = wera a ale waieln © nies o)n<ole'ais nei 53
GopparpD, Dr. P. E., acknowledgment to... . 12
ONPADIC UW sees see l> celles == eons oe 138
on Arkansas River - - 563
on Canadian River. - 561
on Cimarron.......--- am ‘ait)
on feast of San Antonio...........-..- 156-157
on Ojo Caliente region..........-..-.---- 165
on personified rivers......-..-.--------= 84, 102
ONUETKeSie ea Kiemmeet a eae see tetra ciae. ra 563
OTIPRIOKG DANG Giclee siete eee seein = 101
on Santa Fe..........-. SER HUBS SORES 460
on Taos.....- 182
SUG y Dy isa~ == cles == ee =e a 18
GoETz, OTTO—
acknowledgment to.......-..--.--.----- 38
POCELBNCGILO mere eeieie ee ee ae ees 557
GOLD; Towa name fOr. o-~-cie cn <lee esos sina 582
GOLD MINING, references to.....------------ 176,
506, 507, 508, 553-554
GOMARA, FRANCOIS LOPEZ DE—
Ons ReC0Seancaenaa ce alice ee nanos 476
on Quivira.... 565
626 INDEX
Page | Hewett, Dr. EpGar L.—Continued. Page
GONZALES, NESTOR, reference to..........-. 309 on Enchanted Mesa.............-.------- 554.
GorHeR in Tewa conception. . . 43 on Frijoles Canyon. 410
GORDON, CHARLES H. See LINDGREN, GRA- on Galisteo.......... 481
TON, and GORDON. on Gallinas Mountains................... 114
FRAND CANYON NATIONAL MONUMENT, cre- oniGuaje Canyon:. --:4--- -ses-s=seseee= = 266
PUTO NG) has pa aneedeahbencoconndocassacscas 20 on Gyusiwa <5.222ssh2s.ascsescs seen 394
Graton, Louis C. See LINDGREN, GRATON, On Haatz0 tee concen ansese acweueee ee oe 426
and GORDON. on Homayo....... 161
GRAVES) DUCK IM. WWOLK/ Ofte ccimcce nonce mnan 24 on Hondo Canyon.. 415
GREGG, JOSIAH— on Houiri......... =: 162
ONL ajlquels. ceccescneeat= nase aoe 533 onan base. .c- as eee see ee 55: 7310
ODT AOS wecew rena fore ame ee ern 182 ON Jacona sosenc cs aaa ee 330
GRINNELL, Dr. GEORGE Birp, acknowledg- ‘on Jemez Mountains..--se.-5 42 oe eeee eee 105
ment t0.-...scecstseesaccseeee see esas 12 (0) 00a) <€:) os ee a ee gn ee 549
(GUBLEYs 10/1 GgWOlK Ofer ioersjs aa -= samen 21-22 On Ke-pUa-VO_-. --<eo nos sceeoeeereceeee 344,345
GUSsSEFELD, F. L., on Galisteo ...........-. 482 on Kipana..../c2.-22.-2: S-saaseeee eee 550
GWYTHER, GEORGE, on Poguate. - on Kiuapa nine. <n. -2 ee 435
GypsuM, Tewa name for......-...-.--..--.. on Lower Cangilon settlement. 118
on Manzano Mountains. ...-. 531
Hasirat of Tewa....--...- Sees serie on Mariana settlement - 133
HAtL, terms relating to on mound-like ruin. . = 423
HAKLUuy?, RICHARD, on Acoma on-Mount Rom4n..----.-.--.-s-scss---< 128
HAKLUYT SOCIETY PUBLICATIONS, on Pecos. 476 onéNamb6(Pueblotsces-- eases eee 360
HALF-BREED, Tewa names for.......-.------ 575 on Nambé village ....-...- steedboascasas 377
HANDBOOK OF AMERICAN INDIAN LAN- on Navaho\Canyon--..-2- ose. shee ee 120
GUAGES, preparation of..........-.-- So50se 18, 22 OnNSVAWie ie mece cara ae anes asa eee 280
HANDBOOK OF AMERICAN INDIANS, prepara- On\Ojana soece somes oe ee ones ase: ee 553
IGN Gasser ce aaaeouronsoso 10, 11-13, 17, 18, 21, 22 on Old Cochiti. - 432,433,434
Hano— on Otowi Canyon 271
derivation of name..........------------ 57 on Otowi Mesa... 5 271
Occupied by Lewacasascsnas-sce ene seer 37 on Painted Cave. .\.- 2. 5:.5-2s2s:ss.s2-<- 422
HARRINGTON, JOHN PEABODY,.Work of... ... 25 on Painted Cave Canyon....-.......---- 422
HAWAMDAN BIBLIOGRAPHY, preparation of.. 17-18, 19 onPajarito\ Canyon... easeeees eee re 281, 283
HAWKE, RED-TAIL, in Tewa conception ....... 43 on' Pajarito Hill... 2.2 = <s2eencaee soe 248
MEATS fermsirelatingitosssssess see eat eae = 53 OncajaritoMesaci cne--csteeee eta eee 284
HEAT-LIGHTNING, terms relating to.......... 60 on Pajarito Park= = 22 o2.2-has- ses eee 260
HENDERSON, Prof. JUNIUS, on rains......... 57 OMIZ COR Sette tnenta case 474, 475, 476, 477
HensHaw, Henry W., acknowledgment to. 12 on Pedernal Mountain. . . sam 1225123
HERRERA, COSME, reference to.......--.-.--- 379 ODNPELaZe:. <cicscce ciel’ : 263
HERRERA, ROMELO DE, reference to... 228 onvPicuriS. oo sceccsp eens ese seeeeees 9193)
HERVAS, LORENZO, on Picuris.............-- 193 on Pioge snes 203
Hewett, Dr. EDGAR L.— on’ pitfall atiNavawis- 2. 40-)cons ose == 279
acknowledgmentto.-....-..-.---..------ 12,38 on Poihuuinge -< 22 2 <o2<c-< ete eeeaee 157
on Abiquiu..... OT Nee Soc nee tee 135, 136 ON" POJOAGUOs ne sols cesise eae an eeeeeen 335
on A-ga Uo-no. 345 ODSPOSC-WINE=F Ceara ete see eae 165, 166
Ol AlBMO|CAN VON essere 2. - eae ee sees 270,414 on Potrero de los Idolos......--..------- 427
on altar on Black Mesa.........-.-- eae ake on Pueblo'Creek.. << -\22c22-.-s---eee eee 179
OMEATNO KAUING Were tes cerita 395 on Pueblo of the Stone Lions --- 417,438
ONVATTOVO CUDIG:cecsase etecene cose eee 130 on pueblo ruin at Abiquiu. . 138, 139,140
‘on Black Mesa.... 156, 224, 293, 294 ONUP UY Ose mrenteae rem aeee --- 236, 237
on Black Mountains. . 131 on Rincon del Pueblo... ...---..---.---:- 278
on Bush Canyon.... Po 287, OmRito. deliBravo.<<scc.cr~ en seese sees 288
‘On: ceremonial cayve:.-a2. =~ =~ 022 2e= eens 412 omruins|at La J0yaoe... es- cee oe = 200, 204
ONC Carrillos<s sermon cee eece sce = ee ee 492 on\SaniCrist6bal >: s-..e-e o- eae eee ae 486
on Chaml tare aesees ces eee eee eee) 228 on SanGabriel jcc-.s2-4-ce- ease oe 228
on Chimayo settlement. ..........-.----- 342 on:San Uldefonso=.- 2. .--2---=---0-sss-= 304
om: Chipiinuinges. cssssee- nen eeee 121 on San Lazaro..... 491
CLO hy hy Abe Gewnoncrocadoenbacosancectiss 236 on San Pablo ruin... 508
on Chupadero Creek. 244 on Sandia Canyon... 279
on Cienega Creek. . 466 on Sandia Mountain.........-.--------. 513
on Cieneguilla... 467 on Santa Clara Creek.......-.-.-.---4--- 234
on Cochiti 440 oniSanta Melos 2. teen eer eatemen es 460, 461-462
on Cochiti Canyon. -. 430 on Santuario Mountains. .....-.-.-.----- 355
on, Cochiti district;---- = cose ee nee en ee 409 on‘ Se-p#-ua ruin... sos. ose sence == es 144
On: Cuartel 6Siee. cscsen ae ean eee nenets 260 On SHUsfinn6s eee se eset a este aaa - 235
(ON CUYAMUNQUEC. .. 2 casa eee een ane 333 on Stone Lions Shrine.........---- 418, 419, 428
INDEX 627
Hewett, Dr. EDGAR L.—Continued. Page , Hoper, F. W.—Continued. Page
On Taossen 2s 183 on San Felipe Mesa... -. 22. -2.22...2002. 496
on Te-e-uing-ge.....__- 154 on San Gabriel 228
on Tejeuingge Ouiping.. 337 on San Ildefonso 304,305
on Tesuque : ot 88 oni Sant dan eee. sheen. =e ete 212
OnyRewsil-toccedoyvescs 2: 2 OReeth ld sae on Sandia. .... 525, 526, 527
on the Salinas on Santa-Ang.<2 2 --20-<t-.05 25. 2 ee 520
on traditions of Otowi on Santa Clara........... - 241,242
on Tsankawi Mesa on Santo Domingo. ...... -- 447,448
on Tsawarii OniSia zee oo sese ss eget s eee ested 517
on Tyuonyi ODUD AOS se seac sate snceee tt 179, 180, 181, 182, 183
on Tzirege........ ODM eR ay.0 eeremeee eee ss se eee ree 572
on Valverde ONFR SUMO! essere anes eee: ee 387, 388
on various pueblo ruins on Tsawarii-...... 254, 256
247, 252, 266, 272, 273, onYaqueyunquel.-2e==-- +c sae eee 227
274, 282,385, 425, 457 Teferences to......- - 323.549
OnAWHapizeseesesseeeoe. oe ee >... 291,292 WODKI Ofte eee = aaa eee een 11-13, 21
on White Rock Canyon.................. 102 | Hon Inprans, researches among..........-.- 23
Om Yulqueyunquescses-22 2-5 seen eee 227 | Hormes, W. H.—
quoting Cope on Cristone Puebloruin.... 115 collection made by...-....-....-..22...- 21
referenices to s--csssce= see es 44,153, 245, 253 Teport of
Hewitt, J.N.B., work of...............-..- 17 WOTK Of vere n-------0enensertaeecbeecanse
HEYLYN, PETER— Hort Inprans—
ODIPRCOs hes es eee Rn saa es 476 color.scheme.----.-...-.2:------. 42
onisantiuansi. 1. eee Le 213 data on 256-257
Hez1o [Hosto], FRANcISco DE— name for cloud a4
on Pojoaque .. 334 settled at Abiquiu 137
oniSanta Anas ose 8 ree 521 | Hornot, Anv., on Quivira 566
Hinton, Ricuarp J.— Hor sprin¢s, principal, in Pewa country . 163-165,
* . ,abZ.
a ie pene tein ats ee ee a Hoven, Dr.. WALTER— el agtaa
Hopart, E. F., reference to............... 292, 296 ee UO ganan=sceesaaree a
Hopce, F. W.— Gea aa
acknowledgment to....:.......--.-:.--.- 38 ees ee ae ae eeaay y eee
note on accompanying paper..... is 25 : sans cts mses epee ris 2
eee 542, 543, 544, 545 | DEDMCKA, Dr. ALES—
ONFAMORIUMGUAL oa ===... Se 395 edalowledement to st
BS aaa See en ase es Huaues, JNo. T., on San Felipe............. 500
P Bea °” | Humpotpt, Frrepricu II,.—
on Canadian River....-............ 561 onal ate eny earn 529
on Chupadero Creeks: <= 22! 2s sos0ee - 244 ontlemer eed ee 402
on Cochiti ele alee s eee 439, 440 OnsRiciriss ite tween Oe ere 193
on Cochiti clan name 453 on San Felipe 500
on Enchanted Mesa 245 | HunTINGTON, ELLSWORTH, on Water C ‘anyon 286
SUG BES WO ae ore e 83 481,483,484 Hunts, communal, reference to.............. 414
ees cose sean | HOA maxorscn, shot of “
On Taconateettiset he aby 380 WTurisa, Tewa name of Indian tribe......... 574
-- 400,401,402 | Tcr, terms relating to........................ 53
on Kopiwéri 385 | ILLUSTRATIONS, DIVISION OF................ 23-24
Onva puna ccese sens ees ese 539,540,541 | Inpran, Tewa name for.... _- : 57.
on Mescalero Apache. ................... 575 | INDIAN MUSIC, researches in....._.. 3 a8)
on Nambé Pueblo............ ssebsden 359,360 | INDIAN POPULATION, researches in.. is
on Ojo Caliente de Pagosa............... 564 | INDIAN TANKS, reference to...............__. 16
on Patoqua -- 397,398 20
OnPecostch=<seese: = 473, 474, 475, 476, 477 17
on Picuris 192,193 | IRoquois, LEAGUE oF THE, reference to_._. 17
538 | IRRIGATION—
335 among San Juan Indians
259 among Tewa Indians........_...........
524 | IsLeTA INDIANS—
258 colonschemay. ae cco-s) 7s seen eee
456 conception of sun and moon
565,566 Ine iiage cn sss 5. 2 bel anette a
486-487 namejfor earthy: 2252.22 9
498.499 | TrALIans, Tewa name for...................
628 INDEX
: Page Page
JADE, black, reference to...........--------- 581 | JouvVENCEAU—Continued.
JAMESTOWN EXPOSITION, reference to....... 10 on Picuriss:..4 20.35.2282 ss-b eee 192
JARAMILLO, JUAN— OM POj0aguel.-..~ 2 -eehe rete eee seas 335
OURO COS aes eretaie cities state ae eel ane ere eae 475 onSan elipe 2. ce-csscssessesse= sae ese 499
ONS QUEVIIA (oawa stein scree eae eclisetetne oe 565 on San Ildefonso............----+--2---- 304
On RAOB a3 2 foros sete resis aa cle eters seers 183 on SaniWuan- wis. .sca- aocaetoss ao ee 212
JASPER, Tewa name for........--...-.....-.- 582 On| Sandia's. .5<2-- 4. a5- ee eae sae 525
JEANGON, J. A.— on: Santa (Clara-.35- 522 2-cs acct sees =a 241
acknowledgment to..........-.---...--- 38 on:SantoiDomingo:--se-2-..-- ese = ese 448
HOSE StOrystolditOss-. =. see eee nee 246 ONL ROS 85. Sac eccse seas Se 180
On Black Mesa cccacriceeta<ne aa seers 224 on. Tesuque: o2).o5s2s02-c2esac-sacccsnece 387
OmmChiplinuinPer ese: aaa aa 121,122
OnGKe-Se-Te tees faa teen eee 152 | KARANKAWA VOCABULARY, Work on....-...- 14
ON NUIN GOs are le ata os tte tee 153-154 | KeRESAN FaMILy—
oniNambé Pueblo! :-=- -2-6- 22 .<a5- ssa = 361 early homes of......... 500-504, 515, 518, 551-552
on San Lorenzo settlement...........--- 129 references to... - 175,259
OM'STONE STINGS See ese eens e saa 249 Mewa name fore 2. ss-ece seeee sees 574, 576
on: Me-e-UIng-20n 2-52 snc sete eis ae 154 | Kern, R. H.—
onl Rewalice scccc-s- oo eetenetee seem ene 253 OM Jemez) a.a2eceecae ee eee oe ee ee 403
on Whapige. -.. 291 on San Felipe..........---- 500
JEFFERYS, THOSs— ONS 18 Sector eee eee ee 518
(ONEACOIMS ace nase ms cen eee een nee 543, 544 oniYiuqueyunque...-2.---2 2-2-2 ee ee , 227
on Chilili-... 531 | KicKED-STICK GAME, references to......... 527,530
on Galisteo. 482 | Kipper, A. V., reference to.......-...-. 380, 413, 466
on Isleta. 529 | KINGSLEY, JNO. S.—
on Jacona. . 330 on! Cochiti.: - <5... 22 <ccsees tee sce se setae 439
OM Patoquea as cassie == en att ot 398 On Apna Se 22 senee a aoe eee ee 540
ODVRGCOR Serene eee n= tee eane teens 47 Om Popidte.. <2 cece aceon ene seer 539
onybicurisia.-cen eae eee ec ee ss 193 on San Felipe 500
OnyPudara yascrs sees sseccas tees aeons 523 | Kino, EUSEBIUS, on Quivira.........------- 565
JEMEZ INDIANS— Kiowa, Tewa name for......-.-------------- 574
conception of falling stars..............-- 49 | Kircuin, THOs.—
conception of sun and moon............. 46 ONUA COM ees seceees sea cn eee eee 545
GILES) Vase span sccnoes sono seiessoctencss 403 On Galistegs--2 he ooo ee eee ene 482
MSNPUEPGse mere atee merce earns oreo 7, 42 oniIsleta-22os ocean iota eee ees 529
locationin’16022 eer ease ease ceece ne: 405 On Pictriss /.2< f=. -sa.5-<= seeeee eee nse 193
MONCH=NAM OS Sec ase esate eee 62, 63-66 foniSanlTAZAVO! eee eee ene eee ree 491
Mames|applied stones seselmecaera sss scne- 399 on|Santo/Domingo:-.....-----50222-2e-== 449
mame foricloud sean eee ae 54 OD! TA0SS s sswrax na esate css Sean eee 182
MAMOiOM Cartas aaceke ese eee ee D2 Kava reference tOnsic see see aee seen ae 361
name for Milky Way............-.....-. 51 See also ESTUFAS.
Baby) OU E ec asa pepodespceeneneaasees 576 | KLETT, FRANCIS, on Laguna...........------ 541
relations with Pecos............-.----- 477-478 | Kosa Socrety, references to....------- 551, 564-565
JEW, Tewa name for... ~~. 2-22-22. .2-- 2-22 574 | Krogper, Dr. A. L.,acknowledgment to... 12
JICARILLA APACHE INDIANS— KWIRANA SOCIETY, reference to......-...---- 551
GENE 4s SaAneod DEC aHaTeUOBEL saceaasseda 109
fiesta in lower Chama Valley 156 | Lapp, H. O.—
LUG OY (8 re eters BOSE Coan Q nb gberacaaatese 108 OD PeCOS sce soos sa sSerecen eee os enoeamne 476
paints... : 175,354 On Picurisi:=2.5252<22 2220 2- seee see 193
rations received by. 138 On Para yee se saeco sae 524
referencesitiG:- saeco == mate ean 574, 582 On San vVWavansess- see aaeeeeeee acres 491
represented in population of Nambé 360 on: San Marcos: 220. <-scisncen eer eeee ees 551
rivers personified by SE AAEDS 102 | La FLESCHE, FRANCIS—
sacred rivers........ Be S4 acknowledgment/t0..--.-4-+-e--ceeeteeel
Tewa name for......-.- -. 9574 on Omaha place-names
JouHNSON, H. J., reference to... .. 292 | LAGuNA INDIANS, Tewa name for .........-- 574
JounsTon, A. R.,on San Felipe......-. -- 500 | LakEs—
~ Jones, Dr. WILLIAM, acknowledgment to 12 in conception of Tewa........-..-------- 52,85
Josepu, Judge ANTHONY, on Taos 2 ; sacred to—
JoserH, ANTONIO, reference to...........-- San Ildefonso Indians...........----- 251,
JOUVENCEAU— 263-264, 309-310, 322
ond sleta-tc: sacce eee sae en ee eee 528 Santa Clara Indians....--- 251
OTT OM OZ Ps eee en esas see asap eee 401 ‘Taos Indians. . --- 178,184
Onuarune on ownceceeee sre eee ee 540 Tewa Indisns!:----- ---s.22--=- 351, 353, 356
OnNamb6iPusplos-csessesens seemmeceee 359 Sce also CARDINAL SACRED WATER LAKES.
INDEX 629
Page Page
Lamy, Archbishop JUAN B., settlement named LucERO, MARIA DE LA Lz, reference to. ---- 167
LOD Saws ease radeans snseee see ee eee eee 480 | Lucero. Don Tomas, reference to....-..-.--- 160
LANDSLIDE, Tewa name for -.......-...----- 52 | Lummis, Dr. CHARLES F.—
LANE, WM. CARR— acknowledgment to....--.--... =e 12
ONMSlCb Rs cee e al een cae eee Seeeineee 529 on Acoma...-.--- non tek!
on Picuris...-. 193 on agates . --- 581
on San Ildefonso 305 on'Cochiti:—------ eee «440
GuliSst ae pesreresoaseeneseerenasaSnescacs 518 on Enchanted Mesa............---...-.- 545
OnPRESUGUCS eases see naka senna 387 lontiaatzevnn--n--eeeeeae ene eae 426,427
LANGUAGE, TEWA, reference to .....-..----- 37 OMUMS ta ater petsems ae te ilo alate 528, 529
LANGUAGES, PUEBLO, resemblances among.. 521 ON WAP UNA ancien eee Ose Lites 540
LATHAM, ROBERT G.— on Pecos 473
on Jemez...- 402 of Shi-pa-pu 568
on Poguate. . == 039) On Wajiques..1..csaceeenes sore oees ee eee 533
on Tajique....- 533
La TouR, BRION DE, 0n Acoma.....-...-- 543,545 | Macaw in Tewa conception................- 43
LEARY, ELLA, work of........-.--.-------- 3. 24 | Macaw PEOPLE, Pueblo of (mythic).......-. 571
LEGENDS— McGurirE, JoserH D., acknowledgment to... 12
Cochibineces 2s sees aa ene mance 452-453 | MALTE-BRUN, on Sandia............--..-... 527
Galisteosacensaces= 25 eens -- 484-485 | MAMMALS. See CARDINAL MAMMALS.
INGER). pao gccnoocag ne sooesSnSanese sone 567 | MANUSCRIPTS in Bureau.............-------- 22-23
of voleanic action...-.-.---- 296, 321, 323-324,458 | Maps—
San Felipe......- 447 explanationiofesessssset ose seers Pees
Sanvildefonsorssccca- 2 = seme taee 306, 315, 329 large features...
Sani RUAN eee cece seen cones 208, 214-215 plan 0f-) 20... =
Mews. ossooe season Se hOOe Shes 151-152,357 | Marcou, JULES, on Quivira
Lewis, Dr. A. B., acknowledgment to...-.-. 12) | P MARCY A Bs,.0n\Je@mez-s-e2.- sees eee 402
Lipsy, Prof. WILLIAM, reference to. - . - 545 | MARTINEZ, CAMILLO, reference to.........-.. 338
LIBRARY OF BUREAU, description of. - ° 24 | MARTINEZ, MANUEL, reference to..........-- 201
LIGUTNING, terms relating to. ..-- -- 59 | MARTINEZ, Hon. MELAQUIAS, references to. 174-175,
LIMESTONE, Tewa name for... . 580 184, 186, 188
LINDGREN, GRATON, and GORDON— MARTINEZ, TOMASINO, reference to........--- 218
on Ojo Caliente hot spring .....-.--..---- 164 | Mason, Dr. O. T., acknowledgment to...... 12
on Ortiz Mountains....---.------------ 505,506 | MarTrHEws, Dr. WASHINGTON, reference to. . 44
on turquoise deposits...----------------- -494 | MEDICINAL SPRINGS, references to........-- 197,549
LINDGREN, WALDEMAR. Sec LINDGREN, MEDICINE ANIMALS, reference to......-.-.--- 43
GRATON, and GORDON. MEDICINE WATER, source of.......-..-...-.- 44-45
LINGUISTIC MANUSCRIPTS in Bureau...-.---- 22-23 | MELINE, JAS. F.—
LinnEY, C. L.— oniSan/Crist6ballars..--c-seocn- soso eee 486
acknowledgement to.....-.-------------- 38 on' San) Marcos: .o.2<scecseseces< eieeeees 552
on deaths by lightning... 59 on Sandias.s-2-s-32h-<se: : 527
on hoarfrost...------------2------22----- 54 | Menpoca, ANTONIO DE, on Sia....-.-.-.-- - 517
on lunar ring. .--..--------- angessoaaoene 48 | MenpozA, JUAN DOMINGUEZ, on Jemez....- 402
RELGLGM COL Osea een eine ee ere a 553 | MENGUAREZ, DoLoritA, reference to.......-. 167
Linscroten, Hans HeGo van— MERIWETHER, D.—
OMA COME apes ee seen serene een emenae 543 On Cochitin. 2: scenes sesenateeeeeseoseesS 439
OTT COS sr eee te eee tal 176 ON Rojoaquetaceeedesaass tee eee sans sess 334
iV EGS pace Ssreeaossssbese 182 Omi(Sandia esses sees cee see tees 527
Lran Inpians, Tewa name for. ....--------- 574 ONISIatiee cae cnscceeceeonssecs cnet tee ces 518
LLANERO APACHE INDIANS, Tewaname for... 574 | MrsA VERDE NATIONAL PARK, COLORADO,
LoEW, OSCAR— Wh be concise codoqstacuccneracoeuner 16-17, 20
ODEACOMAs. cee ile lain Nae seeeneee 543 | MescaL APACHE, Tewa name for......:..... 575
IGQICVASUIMIAKW Sasori =e eee 397 | MESCALERO APACHE, names for....-.---.. 574-575
GUC Ne sete ccm ccscossdnenoecdaness 531 | METEOROLOGY in Tewa conception... .-. 53 et seq.
Girls (ute ec oaon anh dost coe sssocacHaReeos 401,403 | Mexican, Tewa name for........-....-.----- 575
on Laguna... ------ 2 -------. 2-2. =e - 540 | MEXICAN INFLUENCE on place-names.......- 97
on Patoqua.. ---- 397 | MEXICANS—
on Poguate.. -- - 538, 539 disliked | byiDewasw..ctee ace -cleas < saa 97
on Pojuaque . - 335 in fight with Tewa......--2......222-.-- 258
on San Felipe. 499 | Mica—
on Santa Ana.. 520 GIG EENISO Roane ccaconocaasackebosacaccsae
(CSE ong Secor dos sone snoeesconceeodes 518 Tewa name for...
(gal UES b RR rR Snes SooacosEeonbacseeseace 181 | Mmxy Way, Tewa conception of..........-- 41
on Yuqueyunque. 227 | MILLER, MERTON L., on Taos.......-------- 180
Losa, Ropricgo R10 DE, on Quivira....----- 565 | MINERAL PAINT, reference to........-..---- 581, 582
LOUISIANA, researches in........-.---------- 13 See also PIGMENTS.
630 INDEX
Page Page
MINERAL SPRINGS in Tewa country .....-. 163-165, Nampe INDIANS—
168, 190,351,357 eardinal mammals 43
MINERALS IN TEWA COUNTRY— | MON GH-NAM OS vans Vase elses ee 62-66
origin
341, 354, 367, 380, 381, 385, 454, 470, 494, 552, 555
known to Tewa... 38
names of....... . 579 et seq.
MINNESOTA, researches in............-------- 10,19
MINUTES, terms relating to....-....--------- 68-69
MIRAGE, terms relating to............-.----- 60
MISSISSIPPI V ALLEY (LOWER) TRIBES, work on 4
MissourRI— qi
collection trom sem secoses acco eee eee 21
mound exploration ini: <sec.-- ae = = 19
Mist) termsirelating tove---osseee es 8 se oe 54
MIXED-BLOOD, Tewa name for.........------ 575
MoKt. See Hopi.
MOGLLUAUSEN, BALDWIN, on Santo Domingo. 449
Monts in Tewa scheme............:-.----- 62-66
Moon—
in Tewa conception................ 458, 54, 62
names for in Pueblo languages .-....... 46
MOONEY, JAMES; work Of; <2... --©-c-tme as- 13
Mogul, explanation of name........-...-.--- 562
See also Hort,
MOREL, D. Cyrraci—
ODQUivire ce ces ane en eee eee eee 566
on San Juan 213
Mokrrl, JUAN A. DE, on Quivira..._....--:.- 566
MorGAN, LEWIS H., on Tesuque........-..-- 387
Mor Ley, S. G.—
ON P UY Oss loa. qaseacae sees aoe ees 237
TOLCTENCO tO. ic see cesses ae eee 410
Mormon, Tewa name for. 575
Morrison, Cuas. C., on Pojoaque....-.----- 335
Morse, JEpIpIAH, on Isleta 529
Mota-PApILLA, MATiAS DE LA—
on Acoma. . 543
on Galisteo 482
on Pecos. 476
Om Puarayiess eae ce oe ce oe eee = oe ee 524
On Quiviras Sn. 52-420 eee oe aseen cade = 566
MOUNTAIN-LION in Tewa conception......... 43
MOUNTAINS SACRED TO—
Picurisiindiansse ssw seee ee sae eset eo 339
San Juan Indians 223
Taosilndianss ssa essa one eee
Tesuque Indians eee -eee see sees, eter
Tewa Indians
See also CARDINAL MOUNTAINS.
MUHLENPFORDT, EpUARD—
(on) Cochitiz= eo .ses. nas es sceeece aes. 440
OnwPec0S='..05 fe set aanoncse See ese 476
on Sanit elipg seer seca ete eee 500
OD Sandiae see eaeecer eo aae eee ee 527
on santo Domingo a= =e =e ats 449
MULLER, FRITZ, reference to..-...----..----- 357
MYTHIC PLACES in Tewa country .........- 571-572
MytHoLogy—
Pueblo Indians: == <2. oem wae en en 515
San Idefonso Indians : 272
274, 295, 296, 298-299, 331
SaniJuanindians 9. cscc.s oe geeiene aoe se 229
Tawa Indians). 52. saseske ema acaee ise 45,56,
164, 165-166, 167, 199, 514, 536-537, 567, 571
ZNIND IN GINNS Ses ee sense nee 419-420, 514, 537
NARANJO, J. M.—
on Whapige. 291
reference:to.-.--.csee= one 256
NATCHEZ LANGUAGE, reference 10... = l4
NATIONAL MONUMENTS, creation of........-- 20
NAVAHO INDIANS—
cardinal] mountains......-..2.------..--- 44
color/scheme: 242...)=cc% 2cj-0s RES Hee ee 42
in fight with Tewa and Hopi..........-. 257
intermarriage with Zufli................. 403
names for i
part of population of Nambé...........-- 360
shell'assignments=. -.- 2222. -ste=- 2-2 ene 4
Wea vin pe cee Seen te eee oa SLT
NEGRO, Tewa name for...----.----------:--- 57.
NEtson, N. C., acknowledgment to...-..... Ki
New MeExico—
Mationaljymonuments:....-5--32-25---4-- 20
researches IN. - <<< .sveseccen-ccsassers ccs 10,20
INTGA,jonvA COMa =e cee see -e eee eeee eee 543
NICHOLS, FRANCES S., work of..........-... 12, 24
NIEL, JOSE AMANDO, on San Pabloruin.... 508
Nicgut. See Day AND NIGHT.
Non-PUEBLO INDIAN, Tewa name for........ 575
Non-TEWA INDIAN, Tewa name for. -.-.-.-- 575
Nusbaum, J. L., acknowledgment to. -._-.--- 38
NUTTALL, ZELIA, on turquoise......-.-..-... 580
OBSIDIAN—
epositsiol-n cae te wen eee eee 179
-Tewa names for. - 583-084
OcEAN, Tewa knowledge of........-..-.-.--- 52
OCHER—
deposits Of ...2 252 ci. <<e-se2 = eenasaecemase
references to....-.
See also MINERAL PAINT.
OGILBY, JNO.—
ONATOMeZ Renee ene erc aes 402
OLLERO APACHE, Tewa name for....-.:.-.... 574
ONATE, JUAN DE— *
on Acoma
on Chilili-
on Cochiti
on! Jemeziindians 2s. gees see eee 402
on Jemez pueblos.......-...--- 405, 406, 407, 408
OnsKaipana Pnecemclesas. cece essen eee eee 550
On O jane se... 2 aot e eee eae eee
ONUR GCOS ss- noe naae ae mcmece = eee 473,476,477
OnsPicuris.o2. sec seceinee eee eetnee ee es 193
on Puaray By
on{Sani@rist6balrs. 2 sesso se -eaeeeeeee 486,
on'SanPelipes--2<- 5. < ae eeine a sadseenees 499
onisanGabriel emma. soe see eee ee eee 228
‘on Sanilld efons02ess.-.-6 oe ssa eae 305
On'San Jans 922 esc re es creceeracsacn ns 213
OnUSan MALCOS oe cee eee 531
on:San Pablo‘ruin.. -.--<-c.02-.<se-ss5 508
on Sandiass.sse sae ee Sectes esis teense a tie 525
on SantavA na So jee cers fees creee ess 520, 521
oniSanta Claras-.c-spasseeeqenctee= sas oe 242
on Santo Domingo=--...2--cescs---2sacs55 449
INDEX 631
Page Page
ONATE, JUAN DE—Continuod. PIMENTEL, FRANCISCO, on Santo Domingo... 448
ODS ia cee oe canbe eater eee oe 517,519 | Pintnt, a dwarfrace................... 435, 500, 501
on Tajique. . Soo sk} See also PYGMIES.
OND a OScaeeee aa - 182,183 | Prpes, Tewa, reference to.................-- 581
on Yuqueyunque 3 227 | Prro InDIANS—
ONTARIO, researches in...............------- 10,18 languages. (2.0.20. diet sec te- eee eee 37
Orozco Y BERRA, MANUEL— mamevfouearthe se -nieeee ee eeee meee eee 52
OMA COMA ee fe eacieeseichias se eee ee Tewa name for.......... SadtOSccdEsesee 575
on Gyusiwa. . PITFALLS FOR GAME, references to...... 268, 279-280
ORTEGA, DIONISIO— PLACE-NAMES, TEWA—
on Ranchos de San Antonio. . peep eit detailed treatment ........-......... 94 et seq.
meference LOsdas eee ee aese seen 307 large features: = 32s <3. 5.252ecsots tacts ce 98-106
OSTERMANN, Rev. LEOPOLD, acknowledg- MSHOLe Se anes tc seer ap. beech 588-618
MENU LO! ersceecceiceeee aes esses = aeeaee- eee 12 MOLOSION Soe ons seek 2 ace cess 37-38, 94-98
PLAGUE, terms relating to................... 69
PLAINS INDIANS, Tewa name for............ 575
Paint. See PIGMENTS. Poorer, HENRY R., on Taos...............-- 182
PAN AMERICAN SCIENTIFIC CONGRESS, refer- POTOMAC VALLEY, stone relics from......... 21
ONCOIE0 cree a eete sts eee eee 11 | Porrery—
PARKE, JNO. G.— clayidsedifor se << 2 soccer et ok ae 582
OTINE OPM ALOE none enn te sien ecee eee 539 fromiruiniat amyo eee eee eee 557-558
on Pojoaque. - 2... - 2-22 2- 22-222. --e2nnenn 334 PICUTIS eee Nast es ea es Bee 195
(Or QUOI V0 orators tee fee eee ee cieein 566 melerencesitoweey- cee emsee come ane scene oe 201,
OOS cach compsanaaaacoteor on st cnearp 518 331, 340, 380, 411, 442, 450, 455-456, 457, 466, 571
PAWNEE INDIANS, Tewa name for... .... 575, 578 Sanilidefonsoseaseee eee see ee 308
Prasopy House, reference to.............. 16 San Janie sce cette ree we eS 203, 208
Pecos INDIANS— SantajAmakKeresans. sesh eee oe 523
nia ONE ee aren se eee cease oman em eee 477,478 PD AYO eas ee ey eee NS ee ee 512
earlyshomes jajascees os Soome net was ee 474 TDi Walesen te fo OS a SPE
TYPE oc oI SSO gE OANO SS aE SSEE 37 | PowELL, Maj. J. W.—
names for...........----+-++-----+- 472, 473, 576 OniGochitil tess sess ans 5 stoke sey ee
Teference;tOl sausse sees sace aoe eee 259 Cas De Cae pees ee ee ee ne
PEET, Dr. STEPHEN D.— OnvPicuris we esse ass eon es ER Ee ee
on Galisteo 482 OD DaOS Se eens eee ee dn
on Jemez........- 403 Orie Tyron yieenene eee eee ee
PENNANT, ‘T’., On Quivita:.=..-6..--.<2.--2+ 566 | Prapt, G. H., on Poguate
PENNSYLVANIA, researches in................ 10 | Prince, L. BRADFORD—
PEORIA DICTIONARY, Manuscript of.......... 23 foniC@ochitinmees is pete rr cance ae ences 439
PEREA, ESTEVAN DE, on Acoma............ 545 OM@iivirate- possess aus 566
PERSONAL NAMES, TEWA, reference to...... 56 On Sandiaueetsee te eee a 527
PETRIFIED FOREST, references to........... 553, 581 reference to................ < see, 232
PETRIFIED Woop, Tewa name for_.......... 580 stone idols discovered by... . . 417,419
PHONETIC KEY PROPERTY OF BUREAU.........- eee els}
PHONOGRAPH, use in recording Indian music. 19 | PUBLICATIONS OF BUREAU.................. 21-22
PHRATRIES, TEWA, reference to ............. 61-62 | Purnio InpIANS—
PICTOGRAPHS, references to............ 365, 398, 553 names for cloud............... . 54
Picuris INDIANS— names for star.........- 48
habitat... -.-....--------.2.-.2222eee eee 172 names for sun and moon Seer (3
language.....-----------222e10eeeeee eee ake salt supply.......-..--- --. 535-537
name for Tewa.......:..........+--.2+-- 576 Mowa names fors..2----22-8-s-.cs2c0- 575,576
pigment used by.-............--..-..2-- 175 Sce also tribal names.
Pottery....--.---------. 2-22 e eee eee eee 195 | PuLLEN, CLARENCE—
sacred mountain...................222... 339 on Cuyamtngleescmccss eee eee sone cane 333
STINGS -- .- +20 222-202 neces ee eee ee eee: 194, 339 on Enchanted Mesa...............:----- 545
Sun-painting. -----2--22-2222e-22--------- 191 PUNAME. INDIANS, reference to.............. 518
PIGMENT, RED, Tewa name for.............. 582 | pyanrss, references to........ 418, 435, 500, 501, 549
PIGMENTS, deposits of............. 113, 175, 552, 581
See also MINERAL PAINT, OCHER. .
PIKE, Gen. ZEBULON M.— QUERES. See KERESAN FAMILY.
ODI COCHith neste eee ae QUILEUTE INDIANS, researches among....._. 23
QUIRIX, origin ofmame...........-.---.222.0 574
RACE-TRACKS—
onSaniWelipe-ee-----2-s=. =e INAMPE.2sceqcesi eas Fee 362
oniSandia Sjes- == <2 oe San Juan... 2211, 217
ON Sia Sesates essen Rat, terms relating toner ... 57-58
ODMR AOS teen 5 homed cic eae nee tenes a RaINbow, terms relating to................. 58
632 INDEX
RAMUSIO, GIOVANNI— Page | SAN JUAN INDIANS—Continued. Page
ON -AGOMB ae ene a sas cannes eenmneacin sta 543 Piglectsiet cake cisiciamtets oe tatoo 136-137
ODN GCOS... soiamasrerd acta atic enieseneetet 476 divinities. .... 2 201
READ, B. M., on Albuquerque. ..-.-....-.--- 530 general data on. - 213-215
REAGAN, ALBERT B., linguistie work of . 23 ° Tg PCAN Oe aero pnerE Hate Gen arses crc) 230
RENAHAN, A., reference to. . 295 IGE poo ceupcrenocnespeciscricccnss 208, 214-215
RESEARCHES OF BUREAU........----------- 9-19 month-names 62-66
Rio GRANDE PUEBLO INDIAN, Tewa name WOAVUhOlOY~ Soecce cas acae aaa -+-2-- 229, 536-537
tO eae Bo denci ss Born nm ACSC OC OOOBMAGUOSS 576 ROVE or vecontonber pagecaccccnss Ja54 203, 208
Rio GRANDE PUEBLOS, researches at ....... ll YAC@-tLACKS: = Sasso ses cco eset eee 211, 217
Rircu, W. G.— sacred mountains... 2-2-0). see 222, 348
on mica near Petaca.......-...--.-22..+5 158 STINGS: .'< essen soeee wee Sess See eeeeeee eee 222
on New Mexican water mill............. 85 | SAN Marcos tet ownership of turquoise
RIVERA, ANTONIO DOMINGO, reference to.... 169 Geposits se cecsjenc tacmwes sees aaa e eee
RIVERA, PEDRO DE— San PEDRO RIVER, ruins on..
on Islotaz s22-oss28 scene e ere eee 529 | SANDIA INDIANS, references to.
on Jemez .. 402 | SANDSTONE, Tewa name for...............--
on Manzano Mountains. 531 | SANSON D’ ABBEVILLE, N.—
on! Santi eline se: o-ssss0 oo. - see eee 499 oni Pecos':\-- 2. 2s<ce- eee eeeece ea nee ae 476
OnySendiau. sceeccere cana ce nee ee 526 () IME ye mon Sa SeOORCEOSDOSEOSSHoCOSNOS 182
on!Sandia Mountains! oc -.= os ee ee 514 | SANTA ANA INDIANS—
on Santo Domingo: ...----2-+----------- 449 early homes
UU IES a nee cmccDOSEISSOOr OnHOOOR ASOD 182 language... .. 521
RIvERS—- TIA MO fOnss seer an ne teaeee we eee eee 574
peculiarity in naming.........-...2.--2- 96 | SANTA CLARA INDIANS—
personification of 102 cCardinalimammalsteece once asaca eases 43
ROBINSON, DOANE, acknowledgment to = 12 cardinal mountains-< 2.2. -+ sccersseceare= 44
ROMERO, JUAN DE Dios, reference to-...--.- 201 MOnth-NamMes -- 1 eee aaa eae ae 62-66
ROYBAL, ANTONIO, on Callamongue....-..... 333 mythology.) scces sneer 536-537
Ruxton, GEO. A. F.— occupied'by Wewa=..----scn-see sees eee 37
OM JOMEr s. onc scee cane sae sese teers eteeeee 402 Mg fs hee andacnceseadaccinonp Soins ce 237-238
ODEO] OA QUO cose nc eae eee eee 334 | sacred lakes. - .. 251
Oni Passe. .c6-680 so ocees cot ea cease seee 182 | sacred mountains. 348
| Shrines Sn. cece soso ea ee eer 249
SALAZAR, JOSE, reference to.........--.-..--- 230 | SANTO DominGo INnDIANS—
SALT— } communal hunts= eee. see-e erento 414
principal deposits of 126, 229, 292, 535-537 general data onic. essedesenee see secaes 451
Tewa names for 5 ay) Ianguseer.2.2t dee ares eee scene en ee 521
SaLt RIVER VALLEY, antiquities of.......- 20 location in 16925 ecccees ase 405
San CARLOS APACHE INDIAN, Tewa names Mame fOrveonasee ce ewe seee eee Be Jeaiaea Aes 574
ROL orn toa essen ete sisaseerte as eee hee 576 DOULELY.. ccc aie a stice asics oats cims es cele 455-456
SAN FELIPE INDIANS— Sapir, EDWARD, acknowledgment to. .....-- 12
JANEUALES 2 s-c- 2 cee sence cose cases eecces 521 | ScHooLcraFrtT, HENRY R.—
legende iain Sc semantics accearse maces 447 on Galisteo. 481
mineral paint deposits. 552 on Pecos..... 476
MISMO LOLs ter atece eae acest eee 574 on Pojoaque 334
SAN ILDEFONSO INDIANS— on’ Quivira- ----2-- - 566
besieged by Diego de Vargas......-..-- 294-295 On Tesuque.2s5-<.2-2s=+ 22252222 ees eee 387
cardinalimammals. s-5 sce eee neces 43 | SEARLES, STANLEY, work of.....-...--.----- 22
cardinal mountains ...........-.-..-..-- 44 | Seasons in Tewa scheme..-.......---- 55, 57, 61-62
ances tat je wiac nae ase tee aes aetna ote 295,308 | SECONDS, terms relating to ...........-.-.-.. 68-69
OPENS Speers tesa ae aes 306, 315, 329 | SEGURA, Joss, on Isleta..........--...------ 529
MONUN-NEAMGS slain eeleeesas esis a sleet 62-66 | SELIGMAN, JULIUS, reference to.............- 452
mythology.....---- eee = 272° ||) SENEX, JNO: Onisleta-seessc22sees sane 529
274, 295, 296, 298-299, 331, 536-537 | SERPENTS, MYTHOLOGICAL, reference to-. 56
OLigintre as dccemeneneece res eee 283 | SHAKAYUMA RUIN, Arizona, reference to... .. 16
POULEr yc. seca secon as aan een eae 308 | SHEA, JNO. GILMARY—
sacred lakes. .... 44-45, 251, 263-264, 309-310, 322 son Nambéibueblos csees= so -eeeee eee 360
sacred mountains.......... Eotoscentece eee 348 | on! Patoqualss-s. -easaccee see seeeeee eee 398
Saltisuppl Visjesesese ncn stens alex neem 292 on'San'iGabrielis 22. osescscesen sch aries 228
Shrines 27. Joes loca nenocrcceeedacsmeak aes 3080 fee seON Sen Tianhe eae seen en 213
San Juan INDIANS— | ou'San' Pabloruin ss... --seene seco ae 508
QPTICUITUTG Jae sare one nes emetins onan 215 | SHELLS. See CARDINAL SHELLS.
cardinal mammals.. 43. SHRINES, PRINCIPAL—
cardinal mountains..........-. 44 of\Cochiti Indians: --s.----s----- 419-420, 428
conduct in rebellions, 1680-1694 aeons 213 | of Nambeé Indians: .22-2-222----2-2esee> 376
GANCA ee sate a ccna ces costs ce coseneenauet 119 |! of Picuris Indians 194, 339
INDEX 633
SHRINES, PRINCIPAL—Continued. Page | SPINDEN, Dr. H. J.—Continued. Page
of San Ildefonso Indians..............- 295, 308 onhlusH oye ses veto. soe wos woes 197
of/SaniJuan Indians = 2 - teecc sects esine'e 222 omiMatsolta:socnce sscc- nao cac we oases ese 195
of Santa Clara Indians.........-...--..-- 249 359
of Tesuque Indians... - 389 on Ojo Caliente Creek 159
MeferenCesiiOss ieee aceasta asta - 342,451 on Ojo Caliente region. 165
S1a INDIANS— on “‘old castle’’..-..-.. 3 194
po DeAaSt-EOdS 7hOl= so <5-cee on eee a eencee 43 OnV-PECOS Hse acce ce scot ae oe ee S 473
eardinal birds A3iiie » On Pefiasco Creeks -co-tnectese stesso = 191
44 ONMPICUTISEN. Sa totsceee nena Se sees 192, 193
43 on Pieuris Mountains : 194
44 ON) PITOl 22223 os ane= ose 575
574 on Poiketha.. 195
518 on Pojoaque...- - 335
S1GgUENzA Y GONGORA, CARLOS, on Jemez.... 403 on'Ranchos de Ta0s soe. 2. naar 2 186
Srmpson, Jas. H.— ONIRIMNCONAGA seeeseaee oe ates 189
ONCA COMA Sense seine Sects sme ea 544 OUEVO|CHIgiitorerasaa-ce centre tata 343
oni Cochititeeer as secs cetseeeene meer toe 439 OnsRTOIGran d Ofn ctemisacisiecemen eee sees eer 100
ON OMEZ ie see a he aon eins to oes 401, 402, 403 ‘omsan'Crist6ball= == sense es ceceee ss aee 488
ONeMAPINaseen ces cee cee ea es oe 541 on\San.Welip6-- so... sue. ee eeeee een: 498, 499
on Nambé Pueblo - 358 on San Felipe Mesa 497
on Pecos... . 473,476 on San Juan.. see | 212)
on Picuris... -- 193 on Sandia......... - 525,526
ONE ROPURLOs ees eee aoa ona ». 539 oniSandia Mountain< <2 2:-2-2.22222-. 2-2 513
oniSan ‘Welipe*=.-2s2! F222 olosesseascess~s 499 oni SantayAna ectecse i. -niwonreee so cee eae 520
oni Sanlldefonso:2s22.-62.2-2seassceeeee 305 on\Santa Clara: —-.-o-2-.-s-sin eee == 241, 242
On OantarANasaa-s.2 ce cee termes eee 520 on Santa ‘Cruz Creek....-.....--.---::-- 251
‘on Santo Domingo-2:-- fs2xc2.e--e bese o-- 448 OmSantowDomingo! oc sscec~ se ees oe se 448
OW Sige otis sasces tees bee oeea ew seas 518 on Taos 181
on Tesuque..-. 387 on Tesuque. 388
SIOUAN DICTIONARY, Manuscript of.. 23 on Tewa. - 576
Sky in Tewa conception......-..-- -- 41,45 on Tiwa 577
Sky PuEBLO) (MVEHIC)-2~~ cco eesce nant eee 571 on trailfrom Taos to Picuries 195
SMEDES, EmILie R., work of.............-.- 24 on Wertorta 196
SmiTH, BUCKINGHAM, on San Juan--.-....-- 212 reference to 574
SmoKE; termfor-e-4s-- 22 2 tees Se: re 53 | Spirits, ‘‘WATER-AIR,’’ in Tewa belief. ....-.- 151
SNAKES, CARDINAL. See CARDINAL SNAKES. SPRINGS, PRINCIPAL, in Tewa country .-...-.-- 202-
Snow, terms relating to.........-.-.-.---.-- 58 203, 310-311, 325, 367, 374, 404, 407, 548
SOLSTICES, reference to.......-- eR eee en 62 Seealso HOT SPRINGS, MEDICINAL SPRINGS,
Sosa, GASPAR CasTaNo DE— MINERAL SPRINGS, SULPHUR SPRINGS.
on Galisteo. ---- MES or Seales Aedcoos Sse 482 | SPRUCE-TREE HovsgE, work on.........------ 16-17
on:San'Cristobaltt-oss2 2 ccncstae eee cee 486 | SQUIER, E. G.—
on San Marcos 551 Gua CHM = saaseacaosseaSScasoqdasceasct 531
on Santo Domingo... 449 ONS OM OZ essen oe Sean we aes ne 402
SouTHERN Trwa INDIANS— ONYTAICUGs sem cesar cc oie cee nese 533,
Garly¢nomMmesem ee semcee a ecee se sees 524-525 CLM Es — coseeconscedssasesJoCSSOnSOnDOe 183
important pueblose -- --s-c02s2 ase s eee 528,530 | STAFFORD, JOHN, reference to.........-..---. 293
SPANIARD, Tewa name for......-.-- +. 575 | STARR, FREDERICK—
SPANISH INFLUENCE on place-names......... 96-97 east of Stone Lions made by.. 420
SPECK, FRANK G., acknowledgment to...... 13 on pueblo shrines........-. : 420
SPINDEN, Dr. H. J.— Starsin Tewaconception.............-.--.- 48-49
acknowledgment to... ....-: ==: =. 2--<.--s 38 See also CONSTELLATIONS. .
OnVACOMAL a eres donc cope eee: 542 | Sream, terms relating to..............--.--: 54
on Arroyo Hondo Creek. .........-...-.- 176 | STEPHEN, A. M.— if
on Arroyo Seco Creek..........-.-.------ 178 ONVA COMMS Sates an. = sec ncetesesceese se 544
Ons Cochitit csc sc2ecceee~ on ose hoon 438, 440 On! Coches. sane reece om ener 439
on Embudo Canyon. 187 on Laguna........- 540
on Fernandez Creek. 184 on Nambé Pueblo. . 359
on Galisteo Creek. - =a, 478) on Pojoaque.......- 335
on hill near Cochiti.. Z 454 ONYR UY Oeene acc sce een a ce care ace tere 237
om Huash-pa,Dzen-ae ese secs eine ne 453 OniSarmldelonson- meee es eee ee 304
ONY ISOC aes mete stalele Sete cera eee se eels ais 528 OnsantaClaraccccccess cose eeneemaas 241
OW JOM ez sc seats ee ssa eee cecse tects 400, 401 On Santo Domingos. =: 2 cmon s. seeeee eee 449
on) Jemez Credks oss. - ce anne san ee ne 399 on Tesuque......--- jeceecccccetcne eee ee 387
onwJicarita Mountains -.e..-s- esac cane 339 | STEVENSON, JAMES—
ONPEOIOAQU Gast eee ae eames 335
on Santa Clara 241
634 INDEX
STEVENSON, JAMES—Continued. Page | TEN Kate, Dr. H. F. C._—Continued, Page
OM S18 eee nica sane eee 517 on Mesealero Apache 575
on Tesuque 387 ODJSAN USN. ons iete a isla . 213
STEVENSON, MATILDA COXE— “TENT ROCKS,” references to.--.....-...-- 272,437
acknowledgment to... . 38 | TEQUESQUITE—
on a Zufi spring - - 310 deposit of..........-- Gof ec eso, ace eee 132
on ‘‘beast-gods”’........... z 43 Tews Name for joc s0csesseoee eee ewes 579
on cardinal birds.......... E 43' | TERRACE in) Tewa art---..---25- se ccee-- 25 56
on cardinal colors... ..-- 42, | TESUQUE INDIANS, shrine and sacred hillof.. 389
on cardinal identifications. .............. 44 | Tewa INDIANS—
on cardizfal mountains.................-- 44 introductory noteion.. 2... sas.c~-=4-ee se 37-38
on cardinal serpents. -.............<ce..< 43 NAMES {OF << ons nose cease Seem Ree 576-577
‘onicardinallitreess-pc-e- eerie ene tee 44))| MNexXAS; research este nse no-no cess eae 10, 13,19
onjearthid el tyre cere ananceoe eee 51-52 | THomas, Dr. Cyrus, work'of.........-..---- 17-18
On Sia sof lottncctcaceesul ssewecemaees 519 | THompson, A. H., reference to.......-.----- 350
on Salt Mothers: s--s.- 22 = -eneeeeenees 537 | THORNTON, Gov., settlement named for... -.- 452
on Sandia Mountains..........-.-..-.- 513,514 | THUNDER, terms relating to........--......- 59-60
On. Santo Domingor nec. .-- eran seeee 449 | TiGuA InpiANns. See Trwa.
on Stone Lions Shrine. ...........--.-. 419-420! |} Mime ppeniods Ofe- 2m. <n eee aie eee 61 et seq.
on Zunimame for'snn.-.---5-2--es-t esse 46 | Treton, W. M., reference to.....-.---=---- 323,459
Teleren Ces LO see ates eee eee eee 262,300 | Trwa INDIANS— .
WODKd Of ese tee anion eeieaer an eee een 1 early homes....... 510, 515, 522-523, 527, 531-534
Suaso, ANICETO, reference to..........-.---. 121 intermarriage with Zuhi................. 403
SULPHUR SPRINGS in Tewa country.....-.... 177, riaimMes fort cca ees nee mane eee 577-578
186, 197, 391 See also SOUTHERN TIWA.
Sun— TOBACCO, reference'to......---<------s--e0-- 53,56
names for, in Pueblo languages... ........ 46 | TonKAWA LANGUAGE, dictionary of......... 13, 14
Tewa conception of.......-..-. -- 45-48, 54 | Ponto NATIONAL MONUMENT, creation of... 20
Sun-poe, term for-......... --- 48 | ponro River, ruins near mouth.........-- 16
SUN-PAINTING, reference to... . = 191 TRAILS, PRINCIPAL, known to Tewa—
Swanton, Dr. Joun R., work of -. 13-14, 21 fromiNambes are eee ee a ee 358
SYMBOLISM of Tewa 41 et seq. from Pefia Blanca to Domingo station... 445
from San Felipe to Santa Ana..........- 497
TAHLTAN INDIANS, collection obtained from.. 21 from San Ildefonso to Cochiti.......... 314-319
Tano INDIANS— from San Ildefonso to southern pueblos.. 323
agriculture. . . - -- 512-513 from-San Juan to Ojo Calienteor El Rito 205
early homes........ 469, 471, 479, general data ... oe OG L07,
481, 508-510, 512-513, 548-550, 551-552, 553 nanos Magna ee ee 204
general data on... 254-256, 486-487, 488, 490-491 oni Mesa\del Ritos -oee om nee ae ee 413
history of Galisteo......-..---.--.------- 483 references to....-..------e+---- 383, 421, 428, 458
ownership of turquoise deposits. .-.....- 493 | preps. See CARDINAL TREES:
pottery..--..-.. +++ 22+ +++2+-22eees eee eee 4166 | Tripes AND PEOPLES, Tewa names for.. 573 et seq.
rn me ae for ee e PRIBES Known: to Pewaes-.s cess ee ere 38,573
ANOAN, no Tewa equivalent for............ 57 icfi .
reg eee ok Pee dicfionary of 22. <-----=- 13
Cardinal'directions--...-...-----.<------5- 42 oposite ca. Geek cee eet eee a 492-194
conception of sun and moon......-....-. 46 Towa namofor cs eenne ee ee eae 580
dances diosa dic NGBORAaR Samoa mS earaIhSe 179, pee TUTELO TRIBE, researches in.........----+-- 18
habitat... ----..----2--+2-2-2+202e 2s 2022 172 | pwrrcnett, R. E.—
language... ......-..------------+- 00+ -++ 37 On Jacona 24 4. FAs co cies es ee ee 330
mame fOr Carbh see ese om ence 52 OL Paces tec ee ee eae 477
mame for Milky Ways. mcs alm ems asa svic = eH on Perage.. 263
name for Tewa....-...--.-++-+-+++-+-++- 576 Onpueblomuins==- ses. ee =-e sae ss 252, 390, 558
pigment used by. .....-.-..---.--------- 175 BAGH 486
sacred lake... SSE eSeL eS Sn ea 178, 184 on San Ildefonso 304
Sacred mountains: a: 2e 2. - =e ee ee eee 178 BraantaGlaren 241
TAYLOR, ALEX. S.— OnSanta Renn tone ars ee 459, 462-463
on. Jemez See Oy ge om an ae Cp re 408 on Tesuque. - eee 388
on Pojoaque 334 on Yuqueyunque:.-----scesss-h uss snerias 227
TEGUAYO (MYTHIC), reference to........-.--- 572 5
TEN BROECK, Dr. P. G. S.— UNDERWORLD—
on Dagnnag-<<ssesceencosseeceaeesceeee 541 ini Tewaeonceptlonies sone e nce seeisc siete sae 51
on Poguate. . 539 TeterencesitO: oo ce. se see see- == eons es 164, 567
TEN Kate, Dr. H. F. UTE INDIANS—
on Jemez... 402, 403 pigment: used by.s-.4--~---eee eo enero 175
Onilaguna . ten eee seco eee oar 540 Mewainame fOr! nee seme cee soe eee 578
INDEX 635
Page Page
VALLES, THE, description of........---.------ 98-99 | WALLACE, SuSAN E.—Continued.
Vapor, terms relating to......-..--------+-- 54 oni@uivira toe 2secee Ld tes tain gs eee: 566
VARGAS, EUSEBIO— on Santo Domingo - 148,449
on Cochiti .....-.-.---+-+++++2+2-2-2-2 05> 439 | Water, PauL A. F. Sce Frost and
on Cuyamunque.........-.-.-++++---+--- 333 WALTER.
on Tesuque........-.-----------2222022+ 387 | WattHer, HENRY, work of......
VAUGONDY, ROBERTDE— War Gops, references to. 47,5
on) Cochiti...-.-------- =~. 26 52--- 2 2-== 439 | Warp, Joun—
on Galisteo..-----.-----------2-=2-sie2=~ 482 OMEN COTTS Meteo, fet ae hig A hh ken 543
on Pecos..-..----+--++++++++2++----7-->+ 476 on Isleta... 529
Onis anid efons0 ss = onc se see aee eee 305 on Jemez.. : 403
on San Juan... .-.-------++-+++-+--+---+- 213 on Laguna.......- : .. 541
on Santo Domingo.........-------------- 449 on Nambé Pueblo- .. 358, 360
OS) ALES ase SG eo Se SSC 182 ON ReCOS 9 tamenosess a2 .. 476,477
VETANCURT, AGUSTIN DE— Pal TS oe gor ee 198
yal Ne) et = ee S56 Sapo a seneebodessnes 543, 545 on Pojoaque...........-. 335
on Chilili.-..-.--.-+--2-++-2-22-22-2-- 20> 531 OUsSandidees-e-seeseee = 527
Oni Gimyaminquersse see eae 333 OSE ae ts eon
on Galisteo.-......-.-+-+-+-++++------+++ 482 GryatU Nt ye lara a Slay eee Be a aeae
OMY Gry LSLW elses salem sail toe wala mislanie = itale 394 on Tesuque
on Nambé) Pueblol----.--<<2-<-----~- 358,360 | Woasumeton (STATE)—
om Pecos. Seine hace an ase cy hee San 477 researches in---.-....--- fesesiStisasteste 23
on Picuris.---~ 2-22. 22-2222 --2- sree nee ne 193 stone implements from. ..........-.. Bl
on Puaray......----------------+------ 523, 524 WATER in Tewa conception D
on San Lazaro....--------------------++- 491 | WarerMan, T. T., on cardinal colors... -...- 42
oni santa Clarais see neeeece eee 241 Winn sterdn force oe eee a ee 52
on Santo Domingo...............------ 449,450 | Wayima LAKE (MYTHIC), reference to- 573
on Tajique.....--------+-+-+-++220---+-- 533 | WEATHER sIGNs, reference to 8
on Taos... ...--+---+-++++++0ee222eer ee 182 | WEATHER TERMS..........--.- 3
on Tesuque......-..----.----+-++-+++-- 387,388 Sce also COLD, HEAT, SEASONS, ETC.
VETROMILE, Reverend EUGENE, linguistic WEAVING, references to.............-.------ 11,342
W081 910) a5 Be mee Soda emp ganece ae oe eeeean 23 | WEEK, terms relating to..........--.-------- 67
VILLAGRAN, GASPAR DE— WHEELER, GEO. M.—
SOTA COMA ere n-ne ae aces alae 543 oMi@erro eladOwesese asses sa a 392
402 on Ojo Caliente hot spring: 164
334 on United States Peak... 195
523 | WHIPPLE, Lieut. A. W.—
517 FOTIA COM erent eentacsteta interstate ett iatnreiolee, 543
VILLA-SENOR Y SANCHEZ, Jos. ANTONIO— on Santo Domingo.....--.-.--..--+----- 448
Saat ee ee pe a 529, 530 WIcHita INDIANS, Tewa MAMGTOLs= jake cee 578
Perch ae cg ee 4g | WIEGEL, C. W., collection made by......-... 21
Pyihiea aries oe Oren SEMIN ES ales 541 WILLOUGHBY, C. C., acknowledgment to 12
Ga TWAT EON eee 360 | WIND, terms relating to.---...----.--- 59
3 WINTER SOLSTICE in Tewa conception 47
on Pojoaque.......-..-.----------------- 334 | wistizenus, A.—
on San Felipe... -..--.-----.------------ 499 GFR CHES eee se sees see bee eewooee 402
on San Idefonso.....-.....----.-----+--- 305 On Paniiid OnsO-s-a esos ee los saan ose 305
on San Juan... 213 | WissLER, Dr. CLARK, acknowledgment to.... 13
on Santa Ana....-...-. 521 | WotFin Tewa conception..........----.---- 43
ODMEAOS oo = ane 182 | Woop, OWEN, acknowledgment to ......--- 38
OW DESHQNGsse5 sa eet alae . 887 | WoRLD asknown to Tewa............-- 41 et seq.
VOLCANIC ACTION, references to...<.-.------ 296, | WYTFLIET, CORNELIUS—
321, 323-324 342, 458 on Pecos . 476
VotuH, H. R.— on Quivira 565
OUIPAC OWA ee greta ie crara ne eee cio oicie 544
OD Waginiaee see aera eee faerie cae 540
OD. Sanu Kelip Sees steerer 500
WAKEFIELD, JEANNE, work of......-..-.-.-- 24
WaALCcH, JOHANES—
ONWACONG see sa saeeie se ae el= = =a 330
ODES OS eee er ae eee eet ase 182
WALLACE, Gov. Lew, settlement named for... 452
WALLACE, SuSAN E.—
Yarrow, Dr. H. C., references to.......
YEAR, terms relating to..........-.--- ae 61
Yontz, H. C., references to... -.
ATATER IN OM I CCOSs (<5. soa emiess sine eles ine 476
ZARATE-SALMERON, GERONIMO DE—
OMAN O KAUN eee ee atelier itt eet iale 395
on Chama Pueblo ruin 148
OM) COCh ieee ee see = eee eee aeeinelalara 439
ONEG ALISCORaeer rene ta ae eerie ena 482
(OM Gy USL Wel ssiee se eta eee eie emia 393
ONMLOMOZ = saninas= See sno e cattonieioce=rs 402
636 INDEX
ZARATE-SALMERON, GERONIMO DE—Con. Page | ZuS1 INpIANs—Continued. Page
OntE Nara yee cces ances pees see eeeneore 523 Cardinal \trees: ssc os.tosetaasseaa cence 44
On San! Pablo ruins. -ceescsscass sacensese 508
On! Sandie. sa. ac za- 026
‘om Taos aacioce ss sta 182 intermarriage with other tribes.......... 403°
ZUN1 INDIANS— mMonth-names.2 2-4. 22-en se ecioe-s cess 62, 63-66
“beast-pods2\ofaccsecaenwemcen asst emere 43 miy,th olopyisc=2-csee eee eeneee 419-420, 514, 537
candinalibirds 2 -ecens esse esenee eee eee 43 principall games 2 canen.cce recess nee 530
cardinal identifications of six regions... . 45 researches among. . : 11
cardinal mountains: . 6222-22 -cecne- oe oe 44 scheme ofiyearssa-jeeaenceee sete cteaet te 62
cardinglisnakest- as. os-saen 2 scene eee 43
O
i : _ 7 St
Be
in mia X;
| wey iG
rials %si)
c.,
it
oy) ss
n
i : -
u ‘
i
’
i V
f
1
}
Li
i 1
=
:
:
r
, i «£
sat :
[
i
i
i :
t ,
-
ve
,»
'
i"
i
ie
i i
1
’
’
)
ly 1
'
‘7
t
i
it f
ra
. :
ie a :
“
U
i
i} i
T
{
‘
i ’
r ‘
’ 5 ‘
' : , :
>
f a
= i
i
i i
}
n
7
¥ i -
7 =
r i
wT a i
i
i
'
i
:
‘ ¢
,
i
rey ?
an
; an it if Aine
a an
f=, a
oe
Py Ai
Wu
TION
OS
THS'
PO EDC IVE OR
Kav oee sates Ne aiid Dd SRG AEs hore
WN
I
3.9088 014
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11